Actions

Work Header

Rating:
Archive Warnings:
Categories:
Fandom:
Relationships:
Characters:
Additional Tags:
Language:
English
Series:
Part 1 of The Woes Of Quicksilver
Stats:
Published:
2023-11-09
Completed:
2026-06-01
Words:
454,259
Chapters:
62/62
Comments:
764
Kudos:
1,744
Bookmarks:
368
Hits:
56,863

A Family Tree With Rotten Roots

Summary:

“What do we do now?” Wanda sounds four again, hiding under her bed scared of the monster that lived in our house.

Pietro says the same thing he said back then “we go somewhere safe.”

Pietro thinks of the wrinkled-up card in his back pocket and he doesn’t have a plan. Not really.
Just an address.

The sirens get louder, and closer. He grabs his sister and he runs.
-
or
-

After his sister's powers manifest Pietro finds sanctuary in an abandoned school for gifted youngsters, the warden being a drug addict and his supplier. More specifically a professor and his pet scientist.

Notes:

I’m alive, not thriving, but alive nonetheless. Enjoy it while it lasts.

Chapter 1: Days Of The Future Past

Chapter Text

The classic and enormously popular Pac-Man video game came out in Japan on May 21, 1972, and by October of that year, it was released in the United States of America spreading through the arcade scene like a deadly virus.

The adorably yellow, pie-shaped Pac-Man character, who travels around a maze trying to eat dots and avoid four hunting ghosts, quickly became Pietro Maximoff's hyper-fixation for fucking months. Months of staring at the flashing screen of the yellow Pac-Man machine that he legally did not steal from the Arcade shop downtown owned by a peeping Tom with a swastika tattoo.

There are 256 stages in PAC-MAN and Pietro refuses to leave the house until he clears all of them. At least that’s what he tells his mother who thinks he won’t leave the house because he’s depressed, which is untrue. He’s completely fine.

So he can’t compete in track anymore. No freaks allowed. Whatever, no big deal. It’s completely unrelated to the eyebags under his eyes. They took all his trophies and medals and scrubbed his name off all the records. No stress. No problem. Now he has more room in his basement-turned-bedroom for all the junk food in the world. Plenty of space for the ping pong machine, the ho hos, and the awesome pac machine where his trophies used to be mounted on the wall.

It’s completely fine. He’s completely fine. Totally.

He shoves a chocolate fudge muffin in his mouth and is seconds away from beating level 255 when he hears a car pull up in his driveway.

Which is super weird.

His mother is home upstairs disassociating from the TV, Wanda is at school till 3:30 pm and the Maximoff’s do not own a single working vehicle. The baby blue Corvette that belongs to David, Pietro's goy stepfather, has been gathering dust in the driveway since before Wanda was even born and is there more for show than for actual functional use. David is still in jail for another 8 months so Pietro doubts he would’ve miraculously made it start working just in time for Pietro's mental breakdown. Not that he was having one. Not at all.

Pietro was out of his room for the first time in three months. In less than a millisecond, he skirted next to the parked car. Three grown men came out of it. The buff one in the driver's seat had a leather jacket that Pietro was gonna snatch as soon as he could. The one stepping out of the passenger seat wore a comfy orange shirt and squared-off glasses and the guy cruising in the back was someone they could’ve picked up for drunken disorderly conduct if they had been cops. If they had been cops. Which they aren’t. This is a rental car, Pietro spots the company's name on the bumper sticker. Curiously he checks the registration agreement and it’s not from Washington DC.

He super speeds back into the house after memorizing the license plate number.
He pauses the Pac-Man game he was on so he doesn’t lose his place and sits on the couch.
He sits and he hears the knock on the door ages later. He waits. He kind of got bored of waiting so he started playing ping pong. Why are they so slow?

“Peter the cops are here. Again!” His mom shouts and usually, she only calls him Peter when people she doesn’t know are around.

Not friends of hers then. Not that she has any besides the moms from the synagogue and they never make surprise visits.

He sees them come down the stairs and he briefly considers not using super speed but his legs are already getting shaky from standing still and he’s getting increasingly bored by the millisecond.

“What do you guys want?” He switches Pattles “I didn’t do anything.” His wrist is starting to hurt actually.

“I’ve been here all day.” He zooms past them, takes out a popsicle from the upstairs fridge, and runs back downstairs to sit on the couch.

The leather man had pointy hair, like horns, which Pietro thought was kind of hilarious considering how serious-looking he seemed.

“Just relax Peter. We’re not cops,” he says and Pietro looks at him funny, hands clasped behind his head, popsicle vanished “Of course you’re not cops. If you were cops, you wouldn’t be driving a rental car.”

His mother says he tends to word vomit when he’s nervous.

The long-haired hipster glares at him suspiciously behind his chunky sunglasses “How’d you know we’ve got a rental car?” Pietro sits up straighter swallowing something in his throat.
The man is drunk. He’s a different kind of drunk than his mother.

“I checked your registration when you were walking to the door. I also had some time to kill so I went through your rental agreement and saw you’re from out of town.” Pietro doesn’t dare look at anyone but him. This guy reminds him too much of his step-father and he’s smart enough to know danger when he sees it.

“Are you FBI?” Just to make sure Pietro checks David’s wallet. No-not David. Some other random drunk. Not David. “Nope, you’re not cops.” He flips through his card. He has a lot. “Hey, what's with this gifted youngster place?” He drops the Wallet on the ping pong table. A bit further down so the man doesn’t have to come close to him to get it back.

He picks it up from the table with barely contained frustration “That’s an…old card.” he shoves it in his pocket.

Pietro runs around him and up the stairs to get his extra ping pong ball from the kitchen cabinet.

“Why, he’s fascinating.” The tall nerdy-looking one says and that particular phrase makes Pietro's stomach turn. He is starting to not want these people here. He wants them gone.

“He’s a pain in the ass.” The drunk days meanly. Rude. He’s the one breaking and entering into his house under false pretenses.

“What, a teleporter?” That’s not the first time he’s been asked that. But actually, he’s not asking him. In fact, this nerd is talking like he’s not even in the damn room. Which he is, so that’s super rude.

“No, he’s just fast.” The leather jacket clarifies which spooks Pietro a bit. How does he know that? Did he read about him in the newspaper? Pietro was certain they’d scrubbed his name off of everything. Any evidence that Pietro Maximoff was ever part of athletic society was erased utterly from all records. “and when I knew him he wasn’t so…young.”

“Young? you’re just old.” He likes watching their heads jerk back and forth left and right every time he moves from one place to the other. It’s funny.

“So you're not afraid to show your powers?” It’s honestly weird that he automatically assumed I had powers and wasn’t jumping to “possessed by the devil” as his elderly neighbors would say or that it wasn’t some trick of light or trippy mass hallucination. All things that people have assumed before landing on superpowers.

“Powers? What powers? What are you talking about? Do you see something strange here?” Pietro loves the gaslighting part. It’s his favorite little bit of dialogue.

“Nothing anybody would believe if you told them.” His face stretches into a grin.

He’s made people check themselves into mental hospitals. People have lost their literal livelihoods trying to prove he’s a freak. Which really shouldn’t be that hard. He’s a teenager with gray hair and an unhealthy habit of stealing.
He zooms past them and starts playing the Pac-Man again, resuming his game eagerly.

“So who are you and what do you want?” He gets to the point, eating a banana in the game and advancing further into the maze.

“We need your help, Peter.”

“For what?”

“To break into a highly secured facility.” Oh shit? “And get someone out.” Not fucking cops then. Not that that was ever in doubt but elohim these guys are nuts. Walking into his mom's house and asking some random kid to commit crimes.

“Prison break?” He grins to himself. “That’s illegal, you know.” He continues playing on his legally purchased Pac-Man machine.

“Uh…well only if you get caught.”

“So what’s in it for me?” Pietro has already decided he is gonna do this.

“You, you kleptomaniac, get to break into the pentagon.” Not David says.
Holy fucking shit. He stops playing his game, his pac man dies, and he still has two lives left. Pietro turns to look at them suspiciously “How do I know I can trust you?”
“Cause we’re just like you.” Scruffy leathered man says and Pietro can’t help it when he looks over at not-David and his drunkenness. And the skinny scientist is already examining him like a run-over dog on the side of the road.
I’m not like these guys.
“Show him.” The drunk tells the big buff guy as if he could read the uncertainty in Pietro's mind. He “shows him” by making bone claws come out of his knuckles like chopsticks.

Pietro isn’t trying to be insensitive but “That’s cool but it’s disgusting.” The man shrugs like he’s heard it a million times.
He’d never met someone like him before. Well, he’s never met an adult mutant. He had a classmate in grade school whose ears were a little too pointed, nails a little too long, and eyes a little too big. He didn’t know for sure if she was like him but he had his suspicions. At the time he didn’t say anything. His hair was still brown and becoming streaks of silver that he covered up with a beanie or hair dye. His speed wasn’t in full effect, covered up as a learning deficiency. They put him in special classes. They put her in special classes too. One day she stopped showing up to those classes. None of the teachers reported it. They stopped calling her name in attendance.

When his powers first came he had a severe panic attack that shook the entire house. Not that he could remember exactly why. That whole day was a blur. He was a freak. Like that girl in class. He was going to disappear. His mother in drunken comfort soothing him and reassurance in her voice. She told him about a man she knew. A foreigner with kind eyes and a knack for bending metal. She told Pietro he wasn’t the only one that was special in this world. She told him he wasn’t alone. Pietro believed her.
Pietro agrees to help them. He makes sure to steal the shotgun seat when it’s time to go sit in the car, refusing to sit next to Charles or Hank.

Logan introduced them afterward.

“I’m Pietro.” His mom's voice is in the back of his head telling him to use his Americanized name. To keep pretending. To hide. To be safe. But he trusts these guys. Well, at least, he trusts Logan. He’s like him. The other two may not. He’s not 100 percent sure. “Pietro Django Maximoff.”

“That’s a mouthful.” Charles snides and Pietro really doesn’t like that guy.
Logan gives Charles an odd expression “Professor I think it’s time you sobered up a bit.”

“Fuck you.”

“Charles!” Hank scolds.

“You can just call me Peter.” It’s safer that way.

Pietro is glad he picked the front seat.
They tell him the plan. It’s a stupid plan. But he can execute stupid plans. He’s not sure why the others have to come at all. He could be in and out before any cameras could detect him but Pietro doesn’t tell them that.

Pietro used his duct tape to stick the security guard to the elevator wall. He was meant to knock him out but this way seemed far more entertaining. He puts on the security guard's clothes. It was big, too big on him and the hat barely covered up his gray hair. He puts a scribbled note he wrote on the car ride here and slides it into the tray.
He walks slowly down the hall. Slow. Slow. Slow. Like a damn turtle. It was actually the hardest part of this whole thing.
“Where’s Tim?” One of the guards questions before buzzing him in.

“At home with the sick kid.” He thinks of the excuse late but he thinks it at super speed so it’s not even a moment's delay in response.

“Ah, lucky him. And they put you in the dog house. That’s tough.”

“Someone’s gotta do it.” Pietro jokes trying to make his voice deeper than it is.

“Better than us.” They buzz him in. And the wall turns into a door, a hall sliding into another door. Cool. He turns the corner and he’s in a room. The center of the floor is glass. Probably hard bulletproof glass. It wouldn’t be a problem,

He steps inside, closer to the edge of the glass to see a man pretending to sleep in a corner of the small room, hands neatly clasped on his stomach.
He waits for him to see the note. When he looks up at him questioningly he smiles like it’s picture day in fifth grade. No teeth, all dimples. His mother framed that picture and it’s currently sitting next to his sister's current fifth-grade picture.
Okay, show time.

He puts his palms on the glass and at super speed he shakes them. Vibrates the glass to an unknown speed that makes it shatter. The man ducks away from the crystals of glass raining on him.

The alarm goes off.

Okay. Cool cool cool it’s all working out.
The man manages to get out of the room by himself, Pietro makes sure to give him distance to gain his senses. That seems like the right call.
“In three seconds those doors are going to open, and 20 guards will be here to shoot us.” He looks at Pietro in a warning.

He’s one thousand percent has tried escaping before. This is gonna be great.

Pietros is going to make sure this time it’s a success. He zooms right behind him and grabs his neck making him stiffen. That’s okay.

“I know. That’s what I’m waiting for.”
“What are you doing?” He asks stiffly. Does he think he’s gonna murk him?
“I’m holding your neck so you don’t get whiplash.”

“What?” He asks quietly, almost to himself.

“WHIIIIP LAAAAAASH.” He repeats slowly because sometimes he talks too fast and it comes out in a high-pitched noise that no human can hear. The door opens.

“Don’t move!” Said the first guard, gun aimed at the prisoner's head.
He did move. He moved quite quickly. Fast enough to shove everyone out of the way through pure force of his speed.

They are back in the elevator. He changes out of the uncomfortable uniform.

The prisoner looks like he’s gonna hurl and looks at him in confusion.

“You’re good it’ll pass. It happens with everyone.” He was gonna pat his shoulder comfortably but considering he’s a prisoner in the fucking pentagon, Pietro decides against it. The others didn’t tell him much about him, just that he could bend metal. Which explains the lack of it in the building.

“You must have done something pretty serious.”

Ratzah.

It’s got to be murder.

Or terrorism.

Murderous terrorism!

“What’d you do man?” After a while, he asks again “What’d you do?” Or maybe it wasn't for a while. It just felt like he was taking forever to answer. “What’d you do?” This guy is seriously going to throw up.

“Why’d they have you in there?” He asks again because Pietro has no filter, no concept of subtleness, “For killing the President,”

Oh. Wow. Double points for Pietro. Murderer AND a terrorist. A murderous terrorist. Double shit.
He looked at the guard and verbalized his surprise to him “shit.”

“The only thing I’m guilty of is fighting for people like us.”

Like us.

In retrospect, Pietro is aware he’s a mutant but it’s starting to add up in his brain that all the mutants he’s met so far have been shady ass dudes. He’s starting to not feel so bad about being a loser living in his mom's basement. At least he isn’t a terrorist.

Well, Pietro guesses that breaking terrorists out of a secured facility is justified as terrorist behavior but that doesn’t count. Not really. He hasn’t killed anyone.

“You take karate? You know karate, man?” His stepdad made him take karate once when he was seven and Pietro was starting to get a bit too much to handle but it didn’t “humble and teach him responsibility” like David thought it would. Honestly, Pietro is positive he only signed him up as an excuse to punch him in the face.

Practice for karate.

“I don’t know karate. But I know crazy.” The man says and he’s talking about Pietro which makes him laugh.
Being called Crazy is better than being called a Freak. Much better.

Peter Maximoff is crazy fast, world record-breaker-type speed.

Vs.

Maximoff is disqualified after being reported to have used steroids to gain his freak-like speed.

The alarm is getting louder.
“They told me you control metal.”
“They?”

The elevator dings interrupting a thought Pietro was itching with. Is this the same guy his mom knew?
He should ask him.

“You know, my mom once knew a guy who could do that.” It would be actually super weird if it was the same guy. What are the odds?

The doors opened before he could continue his questions.
“Charles?” So they did know each other! Charles hits the prisoner square in the face and Pietro flinches away, heart hammering a mile a minute, literally.

“Good to see you, too old friend.” The prisoner stands up from the ground he had just been dropped to “And walking.”
Was he not meant to be walking? Was that a threat?

“No thanks to you,” Charles spits at him and Pietro stays silent. Watching the entire altercation unfold like a child hiding under his bed.

“You’re the last person in the world I expected to see today.” The prisoner says from the floor an odd expression crossing his face.

“Believe me, I wouldn't be here if I didn’t have to.” Charles says eyes daggers and Pietro bites back the remark that he most definitely did NOT have to come since Pietro could’ve just done this by himself.
He doesn’t say that. He knows better than to disturb arguing adults.

“If we get you out of here, we do it my way. No killing.” Valid super valid. No killing, no hurting. Especially not Pietro. Sounds like a plan.

“No helmet. I couldn’t disobey you even if I wanted you.”
What? Is this Charles guy like some master manipulator? That would make sense. He looks at the guard for confirmation and the guard looks at Pietro like he’s an idiot.

“I’m never getting inside of that head again. I need your word, Erik.” So tense. Why’d he want to get this guy out of prison so bad if he hates his guts?

They get really close to each other. Challengingly, lovingly? Pietro can’t exactly tell but he’d like to get out of this very small elevator.

The real security comes in just in time.

Erik tells something to Charles and Charles yells something back, stuff around them is shaking and Logan is clawing out. Before shit can hit the fan Pietro puts on his headphones.
He does his speedster thing and knocks a few heads together, moves a couple of plates, and a few odd bullets. Take a little nosh.

Does a cartwheel for finales and he’s on the opposite side of the room with a security guard's hat on his greasy head. He is so keeping it. Time goes back to slow and everything unfolds perfectly.

The others look at him from across the room openly stunned and Pietro soaks in it in awe.
Hell yeah, he’s the shit.

But these mother fuckers, they walk past him like he didn’t just save their asses. Logan claps his shoulder “Thanks, kid.” He says.

Logan is the only one to say thank you which he appreciates.
They get in the car and unfortunately, out of pure necessity, he cannot get shotgun. He is squished between Logan and the prisoner Erik whose name he finally catches, Hank clutching the steering wheel tightly and Charles seething in the passenger seat.

“Can we stop to eat?” He was starving but also he couldn’t take the small quiet space of the car for much longer.

“We’re still in the parking lot.” Hank lies. Must be a bold lie because we’ve been driving for ages. “When can we stop for food.”

“We stopped before we got here, Peter.” Hank says pointedly.
“I have a fast metabolism,” Pietro stated simply.

Hank looks at Pietro through the rearview mirror. “How many calories do you have to consume daily?” Hank was using his nerd voice and Pietro leaned away from him pressing the seat belt closer to himself.

“I don’t know. Like 55 hostess boxes?” Per meal.

“Hostess.” Hank nods like that was a scientific term and not a sugary nosh.

“If you didn’t run at all would you still have to consume that many calories?”

“I’m always running.” Pietro tries not to fidget.

“If you didn’t eat for an extended amount of time would you be slower? Or would you simply just be unable to do it for a long period of time?”

“I don't know.” Pietro squirms at the question.

“What’s the longest you’ve gone without eating?”

“I don’t know.” Three days. When David first moved in he put padlocks on the pantry door and fridge to prevent Pietro from eating too much of the food. When that didn’t work he put padlocks in Pietro's room instead and kept him away from the food instead of the food away from him. Unfortunately David, much like his mother, is a drunk and had gone on a three-day bender at a buddy's house leaving him locked away to his own devices slowly making Pietro go insane and inadvertently starving him.

His mom found him after she came home from the synagogue. She yelled and screamed at David and that was the first time he lifted a hand to his mother.

“Have you gotten any vaccinations?”

“What?” Huh?

Charles starts to say something “Hank perhaps-“

“-Would your body just completely reject it? Have you ever gotten Ill?”

Pietro's head is swimming. “Maybe? I don’t remember-“ his mother hated doctors.

“-Can you get Ill?” Charles is taking off his sunglasses and looking very seriously at Hank but the guy must be boneheaded or completely not self-aware.

“I think so? I feel Ill right now.” He needs Hank to stop asking him so many questions.

“-How fast can-“ The windshield wiper smacks against the window with a thud
making Hank Charles and I jump.

“I haven’t had a proper meal in ten years. Perhaps we should all stop somewhere for a bite.”

“You are the most wanted person in America right now. We can’t just stop and eat at a restaurant.” Hank turns his gaze away from Pietro and to Erik instead.

“It doesn’t have to be a restaurant.” Erik smiles cockily and it looks almost familiar. Like he’s seen him smile before.

Pietro cannot make this shit up. Hank stops at a Wendy’s about three miles out.

He parks in a handicapped parking spot which seems pretty shitty to Pietro but he isn’t gonna bite his head off about it before he feeds him. They all go inside like a weird blended family, no one trusting the other to not run off or to be left alone in the car. Pietro was mostly worried they’d get his order wrong and leave the pickles in his burgers. That would be a big texture no-no and he’d throw a damn fit. So he goes inside with them. Hank holds the door for them and Pietro zooms past Logan and goes inside into the air-conditioned establishment.

Charles picks a table to sit in. This is surprising within itself considering Pietro thought they'd just grab the food and go. The fact that they didn’t go through the drive-through is bizarre but he was too hungry to give a flying fuck

Logan orders twenty burgers and fries.

They each get two burgers and two fries and Pietro hogs down Twelve Burgers and twelve fries. He hums and sips on his soda, content and waiting for the others to finish their second burger.

They eat in blissful silence.

“Can I get a Sunday?”

“I’d like one too.” Erik says at the same time that Charles says “At least finish your fries before getting dessert.”

Erik and Charles look at each other sharply.

Logan snorts, and Pietro shovels the rest of his fries into his mouth and super speeds into the kitchen. In about two seconds he's poured two Sundays into large-sized Wendy's cups. He places one in Erik's hand and sits back in his chair like he hasn’t moved.

Everything catches up to everybody else and Charles barrows his eyes at the cup in Erik's hand “I had money to pay for that.”

“We just did a prison break. You have hang-ups over stealing?”

Erik hides a smile and Logan verbally snorts.

“Say it louder why don't you? I don't think the cashier heard you.” Hank whisper yells.

“The prison break was a necessity, stealing is not.” Charles rubs his forehead, stifling back a migraine.

“Whatever.” Pietro shrugs and Charles takes out a wad of cash out if his wallet and puts it in the tip jar heading straight out the door and to the rental car.

“Guess that’s our queue.” Logan pats his shoulder and they all start heading out.

Pietro frowns and looks at the mess they all left behind and cleans it in less than a millisecond and takes out the overflowing trash while he’s at it.

“Felt guilty?” Logan asked, waiting outside with a freshly lit cigarette in his mouth and something close to amusement on his face.

“No.” Pietro's leg bounces, the ten sodas hitting him at once.

The drive wasn’t long. Although it felt like hours to Pietro. He distracted himself by counting how many trees they passed to the airport. One thousand three hundred seventy-one.

They give him the keys to the rental car. “Take it slow.” Charles says.

He laughs. It’s funny in a dumb way,

He goes home. He puts the gifted youngster's card in his wallet because…maybe. You never know. He wears the security guard hat on his greasy head for days before Wanda finesses her way into bedazzling it and claiming it as her own. He’s only allowed to wear it when they play dress up.

Everything goes back to normal. He wins the last level of Pac-Man. His hyper-fixation on the game vanished. He eats the last hostess box in his room. Everything is completely fine.
Six days pass before Pietro realizes just how much he’s fucked up.

It takes six days. Six days after Erik gets broken out of the Pentagon and tries to kill another president. Two days after Erik brandishes mutants as a national threat…a knock is heard at Pietro's door.

“Peter, the cops are here! Again!”

It’s not the cops.

Pietro Maximoff isn’t a fan of uninvited visitors.

Two days after Erik Lensherr attempted to kill the literal president and told humanity to fuck right off, Pietro got a few unfriendly visitors.

He knew bad news when he saw it and these men in black were the spitting image of shitty origins. Pietro made it a point to walk up the stairs. Slowly.

“Hello, Pietro.” Pietro isn’t for everybody. It's what his sister calls him, and his mother. It’s for family. It's not for assholes breaking into his house under pretenses. It's also not a name documented anywhere except his birth certificate so how they knew it at all was beyond his comprehension but it managed to send a foreboding chill up his spine.

Pietro turned his head to see his mother on the floor, in the kitchen blood bruising on her forehead.

He tenses “What the fuck did you do to my mom?”

“Don’t make this harder than it has to be Pietro.” His given name rolled off the officer's tongue like cement down his throat and Pietro wanted nothing more than to never hear it come out of his vile mouth again.

“We had reason to believe a mutant lived in this neighborhood and your neighbors were more than happy to point you out.” Pietro thinks of Margaret with the Chihuahua whose dog always barked at Pietro when he waited at the bus stop for his sister. He thinks of Hank and Dale, the old drinking buddies who find an excuse to leave cigarette buds and beer bottles in his mother's yard. He thinks of Hannah and Larry from the home association who reported his mother to CPS on three separate occasions. He thinks of the endless names of neighbors that hate him and his family. They would fucking jump at the chance to finally get rid of him. The black sheep of this shitty wannabe suburban neighborhood.

“You came here over a rumor?”

A blonde-haired blue blue-eyed man smiled crookedly his gold tooth creeping into view “Is that your natural hair color Pietro?”

“This is breaking and entering. You're not cops or FBI or anything you're just a bunch of fascist shitheads. Get out or im calling the fucking cops.”

 

“The cops won't come.” one of the men came from the back porch, brown-haired and older. He flashes his badge. A fucking police captain.

“Whatever you people think I did, I didn’t.” No proof. Pietro leans on that fact too heavily.

They see no reason. They don't need one.

His mother always warned him that there would be people that would hate him. That will hate him so much to want him dead. She always said they’d hate him because he’s Jewish and that he should always be careful who he tells. He knew they would hate him because he’s a mutant too. He knew, but not like this. He never thought it would get to this. At least not this fast. Not this soon.

When Pietro takes a step forward his foot knocks on a metal canister. Gas leaking from each end and Pietro realizes that he’s been inhaling it this whole time. It shouldn’t affect him for too long. His immune system is currently fighting it off as he came to this realization. But not fast enough. He tried to take another step but felt lightheaded and just when he was starting to gain priorities again a pair of savvy-looking cuffs zapped against Pietro's wrist, electricity flashing through him harshly and the hard iron clasping shut.

What the fuck.

Pietro super speeds away. Or at least that was the intended plan. Recently all of Pietro's plans have been shitty.

His first shitty plan was to use his super speed a little bit more during his ultramarathon because the competition was getting a little bit too close to him. His second mistake was not checking for reporters' cameras pointed at him. It was only for the last four seconds and it was barely any super speed. But it was enough. Enough to raise suspicion. And the thing is that Pietro’s fast even without his super speed. He was fast before he got his powers and he could’ve won without them. He could’ve fucking won. But the pressure was on and he had a way to be faster and he took that chance and fuck off it’s his power! It’s his gift and he shouldn’t have to slow down for anybody. So he didn’t.

So yeah, he cheated. But not really because it’s still him. It’s still his gift. It’s still his speed. And he hates this. He hates being slow. He hates it so much.

The world is dull. The wind doesn’t sing and the flies don’t dance with his breath. The speed doesn’t come. He can’t go fast. His breath catches in his throat as panic begins to settle.

He can’t run away.

HE CAN’T FUCKING RUN.

Pietro is kicked on the ground and he screams, he kicks and he bites. Teeth digging into flesh. Pietro is fighting them every inch of the way.

He doesn’t know where his mom is. He screams for her. Sobs for her. Cries like a little kid. They kick him in the face, his head smacks against the basement stairs. He’s certainly bleeding and bruising.

Everything happens at a normal pace. They start dragging him up the stairs. They pull out a needle after Pietro bites one of their ears, spitting blood in outrage.

His mother taught him to fight. To always fight.

They grab his jaw harshly, jerking his head to the side to extend his neck and they reveal a needle bigger than his fucking hand. “You little piece of shit. You deserve everything you’re getti-“

“What are you doing to Peter?” A small voice spoke from the doorway.

It’s 3:30 in the afternoon.

Schools over. The bus just dropped off Wanda. She’s still wearing the Mickey Mouse book bag that Pietro stole for her.

“Who the fuck-“

“Wanda, leave right now!” Pietro scolds his sister, hoping that the meanness in his voice will compel her to do as he says for once. He should’ve known better.

“Who are you people? Why are you hurting Peter?”

“We’re just playing a game, don’t worry.” Pietro knows he’s in danger. His sister is in danger. If she freaks out they’ll hurt her. They’ll hurt Wanda. Holy shit what the fuck is he supposed to do?

“Why are they hurting you?” Wanda’s voice shakes but she stays firmly in her spot, refusing to move. Refusing to go away and leave her brother to rot. She’s a good sister. God damn it.

God fucking damn it. Pietro raised her to be too stubborn.
One of the men aims a gun at her head and Wanda’s eyes widen and Pietro thrashes.
“I don’t like this game.” Wanda tears up and Pietro screams.
“Stop that! She’s got nothing to do with this!” Electricity zaps through his wrist making him gasp and cough a fit.

He sees spots in his vision.

“Mutation is genetic. Right?” They take off the safety in the gun and Pietro can’t breathe. His heart is running but his feet are still, paralyzed by immovable fear.

“She’s not a mutant. She doesn’t have powers.” Pietro knows that could be a lie.

“Can’t really take that chance, can we?”

Wanda could be a mutant. They have different dads but they have the same mom. Pietro isn’t 100 percent certain which parent gave him the mutation gene but if it’s his mom then there is a chance Wanda might turn out like him. And if he got it from his dad then that means Wanda is going to be killed for absolutely no reason.

Not that being a mutant is a killable offense. It’s not. But Pietro would prefer if his sister didn’t die for a lie. Or at all. Preferably.

“She’s not my sister.” It was a lie. Wanda and Pietro look nothing alike so the bluff could be believable.

“She’s not a mutant. She’s just my neighbor's kid. I tutor her sometimes after school.” Pietro pushed the words out and it felt horrible to verbally disregard his family.

It felt wrong. But it’s what he had to do. His mother would understand.

“Even so. Can’t have any witnesses.”

“Should've just done homework at home.” Another says mercilessly and aims a gun straight at Wanda. Pietro has no proficiency towards guns so he has no idea what brand or style or whatever type the gun is. All he knows is that it’s aimed at his kid sister and it can kill her.

Pietro jerks and screams and Wanda is starting to cry. She's starting to realize the problem. Pietro needs to figure something out right now or their both fucked.

“Please, please, don't do this!” Pietro sobs. The tears running down his face made his face buzz and hot and he couldn't breathe. He can't run and he can't save her. At the end of the day Pietro is just a kid and he has no idea what to do.

They pull the trigger.

He watches in slow motion as the bullet leaves the chamber. The plastic bullet slices through the air and aims between his sisters' eyebrows. A headshot. It's a fucking headshot. Just before it reaches his sister's skin it stops and Pietro thinks he's delayed it. He thinks that he's frozen in time. He doesn’t know how fast his powers can go…but he didn’t think he was capable of stopping time. Not like this. He then realizes the bullet is the only thing that's stopped. The tweeting of the ravens outside sang, the harsh breathing of his sisters chest kept moving, and the static tv kept playing the same news report about Erik fucking lensherr. The world is still moving just not the bullet.

A red glowing strand wrapped around the bullet holding it in place like a yanking string. His sister's eyes change to a different shade and her hair turns to static as a blood-curdling scream rips from her throat and the bullet ricochets back to the sender and pierces the heart of the man with the gun. The windows shatter, the tv fries, the light bulbs blow up and a million pieces of glass juts out into the throats of every single invader. They all miss Pietro. They all miss his mom too. The cuffs around Pietro's wrist buzz painfully before collapsing within itself and dropping to the floor.

The blood stains the wooden floor and
They are surrounded by dead bodies.

“Holy shit.'' Both siblings speak at the same time and Pietro refuses to look away from his sister.

His sister.

“Oh, Elohim.” she gasps falling to her knees and breathing harshly.

Pietro stands and quickly goes to his sisters side “Wanda…Wanda.” when she pushes him away crying he wraps his arms around her tighter. “It's okay.” He soothes.

“I killed them.” She hiccups, her tears overwhelming her, consuming her entire face. Her round cheeks flushed and fingers tightened around her hair, yanking hard.

“Hey, Stop that.” Pietro speaks softly, gently prying her fingers off her scalp and combing her hair with his fingers just like he’s done every time her head gets too loud.

“You didn’t mean to.” Pietro begins swaying back and forth with her. When she was a baby swaddled in a pink blanket they used to have a faded rocking chair in the corner of her nursery where Pietro would rock his sister to sleep after a good little cry.

He did it for months. When his powers first manifested he didn’t have much control and he accidentally broke the chair. It was a stupid wooden chair with a carved butterfly in the center but when he broke it he cried. He cried for what felt like hours. He realized then that he had used the rocking chair to calm himself down too. He cried and he swayed and his sister cried and she swayed. They swayed together. They calmed together.

“What's wrong with me?” Her voice is raw and small and Pietro wishes he could take that hurt and bottle it up somewhere far away from her.

“Nothing is wrong with you. You're just special. Like me.”

“But I’m not fast.” Her eyes are red now. Will they stay like that forever?

“No, you're something completely different.” He kisses her head.

“I don't want to be fast, or special. I don't want to be like you.” Pietro wasn't offended. He didn’t want to be like him either. He wouldn’t have wanted his sister to be like him at all.

“I know. I'm so sorry.” Pietro squeezes her closer to his chest and he can smell the iron in the air and he can hear sirens in the distance.

“What do we do now?” Wanda sounds four again, hiding under her bed scared of the monster that lived in our house.

Pietro says the same thing he said back then “we go somewhere safe.”

Pietro thinks of the wrinkled-up card in his back pocket and he doesn’t have a plan. Not really.

Just an address.

The sirens get louder, and closer. He grabs his sister and he runs.

Chapter 2: Bite Your Tongue Or Tell A Lie

Summary:

“Is David not your father?” Let’s not open that can of worms.

“No, thank fuck. My father isn’t in the picture. He’s not even aware there is a picture. If he did I doubt he’d like the picture to begin with.”

“I’m sorry.”

“Why are you sorry?”

“I’ve brought up a sensitive topic without realizing and I’ve upset you.”

“You haven't, I'm fine.”

“I suppose I assumed you and Wanda had the same father. Considering you both have mutations. Does your mother carry the mutant gene?”

“Don’t know. But she does have a type.”

“Which is?”

“Powerful men.”

Or

Pietro and Wanda Visit the X Mansion and lie their ass off.

Chapter Text

Funnily enough, Pietro is no good at perceiving distance. He overshot by a few hundred miles and ended up in Maine. He rerouted once he located a map in a rest station and figured out the quickest route…for him at his super speed he means.

Roads and paths mean nothing to Pietro; he can create his own.

“Ready to go again?”

Wanda nods, putting on her own pair of red goggles that he got her the third time she went super speeding with him. The second time they went on a run together she had been six and she had gotten serious dry eye and missed school because it would’ve been difficult to explain sudden momentary blindness to the principal. Guilt-ridden Pietro didn’t take her for a run for weeks after. But his sister is nothing if not stubborn even at six years old and she convinced David to buy her a pair of pink goggles under the guise of swimming lessons at school. If David had been half as attentive as he should’ve been he would have realized the school didn’t have a pool and that Wanda already knew how to swim.

Because of this early exposure to his super speed runs, Wanda is one of the only people who doesn’t get sick when she runs with him, her body is already used to the speed he goes.

“Born ready.” She says and Pietro puts her on his back and they piggyback to the correct location.

The card had an address located in New York. Specifically 1407 Graymalkin Lane, Salem Center, located in Westchester County. Pietro had only been to New York City twice in his whole short life. Once during a sixth-grade field trip, it rained the whole time and they went to the Museum of Modern Art and he was bored out of his mind the whole time. His second trip to the city that never sleeps was when his powers first manifested. Beyond excited and a bit curious he ran up the Statue of Liberty, burning off a barely decent pair of sneakers, and sat on the tip of the crown. There was a lot of bird poop and the air smelled of smoke and pollution. It was incredibly anticlimactic. He got home just before dinner and his shoes were toast. They wouldn’t be the first pairs of shoes ruined by a long run but those felt wasted on the trip.

This would now be his third visit to New York, and it's not much better than the first two. Just long dirt paths and woods as far as the eye can see.

“Why are we at a haunted house?” Wanda pouted, stepping over the overgrown weeds on the acre of the hellish front lawn. Pietro holds on to her hand, briefly convinced that he got the wrong address and that he’s supposed to be at a different druggie billionaire's mansion in New York. Until he spots the broken-down sign hidden behind the orange grass.

Xavier's school for gifted youngsters.

The slogan carved carefully onto the wood is "mutatis mutandis"
“After the necessary modifications.” Pietro translates.
“I don't get it.”

“Rich people stuff.”

Wanda’s eyes widened big “Is your friend rich?”

“We're not really friends but yeah I guess he’s rich.” The private jet hinted at that fact in his head but the old-timey mansion-yeah, that's old money for sure.

Who has their own lake? Is that a basketball court? A fountain?

Wanda frowns “There’s a lot of sadness here.”

Pietro is gonna need his sister to
stop saying ominous stuff like that. “It’s a school. Who isn’t immediately depressed at school? Imma’ right?” He explains easily, recalling the multiple panic attacks and rulers slapped against his knuckles he’s had to endure. School is not for the faint of heart.

Wanda frowns, nodding to herself. “grief. Yeah, that makes sense.”

“What?”

“I wasn’t talking to you,” Wanda says as if she's having a private phone call with a friend and not literally talking to thin air like a mental case.

“Okay. Sure.”

They both walk through the gates just as a tall man with a briefcase is leaving, bumping squarely into Wanda with no regard making her fall to the ground in a huff.

“Watch it!” Pietro snaps at the man who takes one look at them and pales considerably. This is when Pietro realizes they both still have blood covering them. From the dead bodies. Because Wanda killed ten men and it was messy. She could probably kill this guy easily too. She could kill anyone.

That’s a dark thought.

The man adjusts his footing and walks briskly around them looking disgusted.
Pietro glares at his retreating form unreasonably irritated at his reaction.
Who looks at a couple of beaten-up kids and looks grossed out instead of concerned?

Pietro already knew the answer to that question.

Scum bags.

He takes the cigarette box from the stranger's coat pocket and puts it in his own pocket, putting the empty box back into the man's coat for him to find later. He also assumes the car at the end of the lot is his and pops his spare tire. He won’t notice right away. But when he loses a tire in the future he won’t have a spare to change it with and that future misfortune sparks satisfaction in Pietro's heart.

Who the hell does that asshole think he is? He doesn’t deserve a corvette. No-not a corvette. A tan convertible.

Yeah, okay, relax.

“Pietro?” Wanda’s voice brings him back and she’s looking at one of the tall glass windows in the entrance of the mansion.

A kid was looking outside, maybe a year or two older than Wanda. Red hair, pale skin, and a curious expression.

Pietro guesses the school isn’t as abandoned as it appeared. Maybe Charles is just really bad at management upkeep. Probably drinks too much to notice the litter in his yard and the dust on his overfilled mail post.

“That was her dad,” Wanda says owlishly and Pietro looks away from the family of wasps hovering in the corner of the door frame to look at his sister curiously.

Her eyes haven’t changed back and he’s wondering if it’s a forever type of thing like his silver hair. Her red eyes and his silver hair will always be there. Something to set them apart from everyone else. Something they can’t hide…not easily. Something someone can use against them.

No eye contact, hair dye, name changes, or running can hide the amount of pain and suffering they’ll endure for simply existing.

They can’t change their DNA. They can’t change who they are and they’re not only going to be hated, they’re going to be hunted.

His mother's cautious words echo.
Collars and cuffs and numbers on his wrist, he can imagine it so clearly. He can feel himself starve, can imagine the razor on his head, and can feel the burning rage not only caused by the assholes who might put him in cages but the hatred festering in his chest making him like them.

He can imagine snapping. He can see it so clearly in his mind. He sees Erik Lehnsherr on the tv and he doesn’t think it was unreasonable…and that freaks him out a little bit.

It can’t get to that. It can’t get that bad. He won’t let it.

Pietro doesn’t know how to help Wanda but he’s hoping Charles knows someone who can. She’s young, she can learn better than he could.

What does Charles even do for a living? He forgot to ask.

“Her dad?” Pietro tries to focus on what Wanda is saying. He needs to stop losing focus. Losing time in the speed force and making it up in real-time.

“Yeah, he just enrolled her.” She says.

“Cool beans.” Pietro doesn’t really give a fuck but he wasn’t gonna say that.

He knocks on the door quickly. Once, twice, thrice he knocks four times and waits a few minutes before knocking again. Or maybe more like a few seconds. He doesn’t perceive time very well but the bugs are starting to buzz around his head and he wants to go inside.

He knocks again. Twice.

“Jesus Christ!” He hears Hank's voice bounce off behind the door and grins to himself. At least he knows he’s got the right place. The door peaks open and Hank is mid-rant “You made it quite clear! Don’t-“ Hank abruptly stops talking as his eyes land on Pietro.

Pietro smiles awkwardly giving a little wave.

“Peter! My apologies-“Hank's eyes dart behind him probably at the long retreating form of the rude guy who bumped into Wanda “-i thought-“ he clears his throat brushing off the non existenting wrinkles off the front of his sweater. “What brings you here?” Then quickly adds “Not that it’s bad you came here, we just weren’t expecting company.”

“We needed somewhere to lay low.” Pietro says and Hank's eyebrows crease together in confusion “We?”

Wanda moves to the left, away from the back of the door to make herself known. “Hello.” She smiles awkwardly just like him and waves bringing attention to the red blood in her hands.

Hank's eyes widen and he pushes open the door “My god, come in. What happened?” He ushers them both in and Pietro notices the half-filled boxes at the stairway. He darts closer and goes through the first box quickly, his super speed making it seem like no time at all.

The first box has books. The second has books. The third fourth fifth box has books. Textbooks. He keeps one in hand when he super speeds back into the place he had been. He begins rifling through the pages as he speaks “You moving?”

Hank flinches the gust of wind from his super speed flapping him in the face and nearly knocking his square glasses off his nose. “no, just updating some old textbooks. You gotta answer my question.” He adjusts his glasses “What happened? Who’s the girl?”

“The girl can talk.” Wanda huffs “I’m Wanda Django Maximoff.”

Hank settles on an expression of surprise “you have a sister?”

“Clearly.” Pietro is starting to doubt that Hank is a doctor.

“You’re an older brother.”

“No, I’m older.” Wanda says sarcastically and Pietro shares on exasperated look with her.

“I can hear the resemblance,” Hank mutters “and why exactly are you bleeding on our floor Wanda?”

“Nothing happened. She just fell, you know how kids are.”

“This isn’t an injury from a fall.” Hank goes to a room and comes back with a first aid kit. Does he just have that in every room? He pulls out a chair and makes Wanda sit in it while he kneels on the ground. He’s gentle as he wipes her knees and palms and I’m curious as to whether he has siblings too. Most of the blood wasn’t hers and the more he wipes the more clear that became. The shards of glass on her knees and arms weren’t a lot but definitely present.

“How’d this happen?” He says after he has to take out a tweezers to pluck out a particularly deep piece of glass off her calf.

“I fell.” Wanda repeats Pietro's lie back to him. “Playing at school.”

Pietro shouldn’t feel fondness over the fact that she defended his lie without hesitation. No questions asked.

Sibling law? Thou shall back up siblings' bullshit until told otherwise.

“Why does she have blood on her Peter?” Hank sounds calm, like he’s had to have this conversation before like he’s willing to repeat the question as many times as possible until he gets the answer he wants.

“Kids get a little rough at school nowadays. Not like how it was in your time.” Pietro jokes, evades the truth and Hank doesn’t look like he’s gonna take the bait. Which is beyond annoying for Pietro.

You tell Child Protective Services you have a black eye because you ran into a door and they believe it but you tell Hank you fell and scraped your knee and he calls utter bullshit.

“I was pushed. I got angry so I pushed them back.” Wanda says and Hank momentarily stops moving. It’s half a second but it’s there. And it’s telling.

He grabs the disinfectant spray off the first aid kit.

“I’m sure they deserved it.” Hank doesn’t meet either of their eyes, focusing on making her not get infected.

Pietro looks at him in surprise and Wanda nods stiffly “They did. They’re bullies. Mom says bullies are just weak men trying to bring everyone to their level. They need to be put in their place before they think everyone is small and they can rule the world like fascist dictatorship.” Hank wraps up her knees with thick bandages.

Yeah, That sounds like mom. Always swindling half-witted propaganda and conspiracy theories when drunk as a skunk. If the tv with the one drastically dark news channel on doesn’t scare them straight then she sure as hell will. Their mother was a paranoid lady with a dozen mental disorders rattling off at a time.

Pietro used to hover at every word, afraid constantly. He mostly grew out of it but Wanda still eats her words up and takes them at face value.
But Wanda is the good sibling, and their mother preferred her over him to begin with. Surely Wanda feeding into her words was a part of it.

“Sounds scary,” Hank says.

“They were hurting Peter.” She changed his name back to Peter instead of Pietro. Just like Mama taught her in front of non-Jewish folks. Their mother Americanized Pietro's name after his previous elementary school teachers would call attendance out loud and make a face while saying Pietro Maximoff. He tended to fall asleep in class and usually, the teachers would scoff and move on but when he woke up someone had written numbers on his wrist. They claimed it was his lunch number because they noticed he had lost his Lunch Card but he hadn't and they weren't his lunch numbers.

His mother pulled him from that school that afternoon and the next day went to the courthouse to legally change his name to Peter. He had to beg her not to change his last name too.

Hank looks up at Pietro “they hurt Peter?” He scans over him and his eyes land on the bruises around his wrist, left by the cuffs and the bruise on his upper arm, the cut on his other arm and the bite mark and the dried blood on his gray hair and his fingertips where he stroked Wanda’s hair when she was having a panic attack.

Wanda was adding too many details to the story.

“I hurt them back,” Wanda says and Hank's lips form a straight line as he folds through those words. His skin was turning a weird color.

“It was an accident.” Pietro defends quickly even though he shouldn’t have to. “They were going to-“ kill her. He couldn’t finish that sentence…not without freaking out about it. This shouldn’t have happened. They shouldn’t have been there. “They were being really rough. Wanda didn’t know how to control herself.” But Pietro thinks about how the shards of glass never actually hit him or their unconscious mother. How the glass only hurt the bad men and not her family. That must’ve taken some form of control. At least a little bit. He doesn’t say anything.

“We just-um…needed somewhere to stay for a few nights.” He tries to sound concrete, and solid in his words instead of shaky. “Because our mother would freak out if she saw us both banged up like this.” Liar liar liar.

“You’re more than welcome to stay as long as you’d like.” He hears Charles' voice before he actually sees him.

Pietro's heart drops to his fucking ass when he does see Charles. He’s in a wheelchair smiling up at them with a clean-shaven face.

“Fuck, man. Did that happen at the White House?” Pietro doesn’t remember hearing about any casualties or any wounded. At least nothing this serious. He listened to the radio for days afterward. His guilt wouldn’t let him not know. He needed to know how many people he inadvertently hurt by letting out a murderer.

He didn’t think Erik would actually hurt Charles. He thought maybe they had been friends. Pretty close ones. But Pietro has been wrong before. About a lot of things lately.

“Holy shit.” He repeats more to himself.

Note to self: Don’t mess with Erik Lehnsherr.

“Charles, you shouldn’t be down here. What if Jean needs you.” Hanks anxiously added.

“Jean is settling in just fine. She’s already made a friend.” Charles smiles at Wanda “She’s on the third floor, second door to the left.”

Wanda smiles widely “Thank you professor.” and darts up the stairs excitedly taking two steps at a time.

Professor? What the hell?

“Jean is a telepath, like me, she’s been communicating with Wanda since the moment you set foot in the neighborhood.”

“You’re a telepath?” Pietro's eyes widened. Then he remembers his previous question wasn't answered either. “you’re crippled now?”

Charles laughs and begins to shift his wheelchair like a professional wheelchair user instead of a guy who just suddenly becomes unable to use his legs. “This happened a long time ago.”

“Three days is not a long time ago. Unless you’re me then yeah that was ages ago. Good times.”

“I recently decided to stop taking the medication that would help me walk.” Drugs. Straight up drugs.

“I don’t think that’s how medicine works.” Pietro is gobsmacked.

Hank tunes in “I developed it myself, it targeted the mutant gene and converted it to the muscle and nerves on the legs and spine.”

“Essentially The medicine had been preventing me from using my powers so that I would’ve been able to walk.”

A chill ran up Pietro's spine. They were developing a drug that could take away mutant powers?

“Okay, cool. You have no legs. Well, actually you do have legs, you just can’t use them. That's a bummer, but if you’re really a telepath what am I thinking right now?”

Charles chuckles but puts two fingers on his scalp and after a few moments of Pietro thinking of Hanukkah and wine glasses clinking together and hand-me-down sweaters knitted by the old ladies at the synagogue Charles' face crunches into a grimace and his nose starts bleeding.

Pietro blinks in surprise, taking a cautious step forward in concern. “dude are you okay?” Hank hands Charles a napkin looking startled as well. Charles shakes his head, rubbing the blood off his nose.

“It seems your brain moves just as quickly as you do. I couldn’t understand anything. Not without getting a headache.”

Pietro is literally a headache.

“That’s corny. Try again.” He super speeds a bit closer to Charles only a mere 2 feet away from his squeaky wheelchair. Pietro puts his two pointer fingers in the side of each side of his head and squeezes his eyes shut “This time focus reaaaaaally hard.” He thinks harder as well “What am I thinking?” He’s gonna pop a blood vessel.

“You’re hungry.”

Pietro beams “holy shit! Yeah!”

“I heard your stomach growl. Did you run all the way here, Peter?” He voiced softly.

Pietro lets out a disappointed breath. “Yeah, I didn't have time to make a snack before I ran for my life.” He meant to say it casually but it came out too genuine. Too real.

Charles looks startled “pardon? Did something happen?”

“No, I was joking.” Fuck how can Pietro forget the lie?

“He’s clearly lying.” Hank is a real snitch.

“Peter my boy what happened? Where you attacked?” Charles sounds weirdly soft when he says ‘My Boy’ and it makes Pietro's face go hot.

“No we-“ Charles put two fingers to his temple and I was startled when he spoke up quickly voice laced in sincerity that made Pietro want to throw up “Peter, I had no idea that you would be targeted. If I had known I wouldn’t have even involved you in any of this. I’m so sorry.”

“How did you-“Then he realizes he wasn’t alone, “Wanda told you. So much for sibling law.” Pietro's chest kinda hurts so he avoids looking him in the face when he speaks “us getting attacked isn’t your fault. It was bound to happen eventually. I shouldn’t have been so stupid. I should’ve asked more questions before breaking into the literal freaking pentagon. That’s on me.”

“You’re not-“

Pietro doesn’t hear the rest of that speech. The ringing in his ear is getting to be too much and the tension in his ribs can do with some super speed. So he gives himself a tour, looking into every room and every corner of every classroom. It was dusty, cobwebs, and faded. It looked like the students took a very long summer vacation and hadn’t touched any of their stuff since.

Some rooms still had kids' clothes, old posters, and little gadgets of a curious child. But…no kids.

No kids anywhere. Not one.

He finds Wanda and Jean on the third floor in the only bedroom that looks properly cleaned besides what he assumes is Charles' room. He doesn’t know where Hank sleeps but it must be one of the messy rooms near the master bedroom.

Wanda and Jean are standing close to each other, books and pens floating all around them. Some are covered in red and others in orange. Both of them are smiling and Wanda looks like she’s in the beginning of a giggle. Pietro lets out a relieved breath before super speeding back downstairs.

“-stupid.” Charles fumbles as a harsh wind hits him in the face and Pietro already forgot what he was saying before he left.

“Yeah, yeah, cool. How come there aren't any students here? Isn’t this supposed to be a school?”

“We were closed for a while. We’re now just beginning to recruit students again.”

“What do you need to enroll in?”

Charles looks at Hank and there’s a long pause that makes Pietro fidget “we would love to have you Peter.”

Pietro snorts “no way. Not for me, I did my time. I meant for my sister Wanda. She can’t go back to her old school.” She can’t go back anywhere near that town.

“She’s more than welcome to enroll. We just need her to take a general knowledge test to see where she is grade level wise, although we haven’t quite started having classes yet. We have lots to do before we are ready for business.”

“Okay, I can help.” Pietro claps his hands together “first food.”

“The kitchen is-“

“-I know where it is Charles.”

Pietro makes four cheese pizzas, as a snack for him and the girls. He fiddles with the ingredients and the oven and basically runs wild in the kitchen for several minutes.

“Wheels, where do you keep the Parmesan?”
“Cabinet to the left. Next to the salt.”
“Okay, cool,cool,cool.”
“There's pepperoni in the fridge, salami too if you wanna add some.” Hank points out.
“Naw I'm good, and the plates?” Why doesn't he have plates in the kitchen?

“We have paper plates under the sink.” Pietro opens the cabinet doors under the sink and instead of paper plates he sees two half-empty vodka bottles.

It’s the same brand David drinks.

Pietro barely thinks when he dumps the rest of the alcohol down the sink at super speeds and tosses the bottles in the recycling bin. The paper plates were actually next to the dishwasher. He doesn’t say anything.

“You seem different.” Pietro starts, not knowing how else to broach the topic. “Beside the wheelchair I mean. You seem less…assholey.”

His eyes don’t look red and his breath smells minty. He looks like he actually bathed instead of marinating in filth for three straight days. He shaved his greasy beard and he looks like an actual human being instead of a shell of one. But addiction is brutal. Pietro knows that better than anyone.

Charles clears his throat and Pietro must’ve not hidden the bottles that well in the recycling bin because his eyes land on them before he speaks “I’m sorry if I came across as callous before. I had been going through some bad…years. I’m just now starting to get better.”

“If you’re just now getting better, is it smart to start teaching again?” Should he be anywhere near Wanda? Or Jean? Should Charles be anywhere near children? Is he just gonna fall off the wagon again and get mean again, throw things, yell at them, hit-no. That’s David. Why does Pietro keep doing that?

Charles is not David.

He looks like him though. Pale, blue eyes and long brown hair. Maybe that's why he keeps confusing the two.

“Pietro…” Charles' voice sounds confused “Who’s David?”

Pietro stiffens “I thought you said-“ the clock dings in the oven “-you said you couldn’t read my mind.”

“I can't- my apologies. I shouldn’t have asked. Your sister was just thinking of him.”

Oh.

“David is her dad.”

“Why does she call him David in her head?”

“Because I call him David. She’s a little copycat.” Wanda also joined track in her school, running faster than everyone there. Not like Pietro but still fast. He liked to think that even though his name was scrubbed off the records maybe the Maximoff name could still be there one day.

Well, he doesn't suppose she could do track anymore.

No mutants allowed.

But it was a nice thought at the time.

“Is David not your father?” Let’s not open that can of worms.

“No, thank fuck. My father isn’t in the picture. He’s not even aware there is a picture. If he did I doubt he’d like the picture to begin with.”

“I’m sorry.”

“Why are you sorry?”

“I’ve brought up a sensitive topic without realizing and I’ve upset you.”

“You haven't, I'm fine.”

“I suppose I assumed you and Wanda had the same father. Considering you both have mutations. Does your mother carry the mutant gene?”

“Don’t know. But she does have a type.”

“Which is?”

“Powerful men.”

Hank starts to go on a rant about science because he’s a scientist and we are not allowed to forget.

“The X gene is passed down through the father usually, so it could be a recessive or dominant gene. Not a lot of data on the subject of mutation but usually one of the parents has to have the gene to have a mutant child. Your mother could’ve had a mutant great-great-great-grandfather or something of the sort and the x gene could've been passed down but dormant all these years. Or-”

“-Or she could have a type.” Pietro cuts in.
Hank sighs but nods anyway “Or she could have a type.” he agrees.

“Speaking of my mother's sex life-”

Hank's face goes red “-we were not-”

“-what was the deal with that Erik Lensherr guy?”

“What does he have to do with your mother's sex life?” Charles's eyebrows furrow into one caterpillar.

“-Can we please stop talking about his mother having sex!”

“-I just think he’s definitely my mother's type so I should probably know if he's gonna be making a cameo any time soon so I can keep them away from each other.” and as far away from Wanda as possible.

“He won't be coming around here. Not for a very long time. His actions in the white house made it so that he couldn't stay in the States. So no surprise visits any time soon.”

“Good. I don’t want any more siblings.”

“-Can we please move on-” Hank exasperates.

“-Didn’t take you for a prude, Hank.”

Charles laughs and it takes Pietro so off guard that he starts laughing too.

“I AM NOT A PRUDE!” Hank is literally turning blue to the face.

Jena and Wanda start stumbling down the stairs and into the kitchen “What's burning?” Wanda exclaims in alarm.

“Nothing is burni-” Pietro opens the oven door as if to show off the nonexistent burning pizza and a waft of black smoke hits him in the face making him cough erratically.

Holy shit, what the fuck?

“Peter, are you okay?’ Charles is by his side in an instant closing the oven door and turning it off completely Hank runs out to get a fire extinguisher from the closet.

 

“Yes, I'm cool. I’m fine, just a bit of smoke in the lungs, nothing crazy, nothing dangerous.”

“My science teacher actually said that inhaling smoke is actually super bad for the lungs.” Wanda said matter-of-factly just to prove Pietro wrong.

Charles pats Pietro's back, looking like he aged ten years in the last five seconds. “She's right maybe you should sit down and drink some water, my boy.”

“I'll order pizza instead,” Hank says after going crazy with the fire extinguisher.

“Plain cheese, please.” Wanda says.

“I think we need a bit of iron and meat if we are going to survive the rest of the day,” Hank jokes.

“Can't mix meat and dairy.” Wanda says. “Me and Peter will eat the cheese pizza you can order a different topping for everyone else.”

“Peter and I.” Pietro corrects like a little shit.

“I hope you get lung cancer.” Wanda snides.

“Damn, that's brutal.”

“Your face is brutal.”

“Only because my face is exposed to your face.”

Hank goes to the landline and orders the pizzas. Jean stands mutely next to Charles stimming with her fingers and they both look at the two bickering siblings with matching fond smiles.

This house hasn't been this loud in quite some time.

Chapter 3: Sisters Keeper, Plus Two.

Summary:

Jean doesn’t look at Pietro, hands folding in a way that looks painful. Jean is eleven she must feel awkward coming to an adult for help. Wanda is nine and wouldn’t hesitate to come and get him if she was scared. But she grew up with Pietro, she knows him and Jean is in a house full of strangers she’s barely known for a month.

Pietro doesn’t know how he’d feel in that scenario.

“Alright. You can stay but don’t tell Wanda, she’ll be so jealous she missed out on a sleepover.” Pietro doesn’t actually care if she does or doesn’t but he knows Jean most likely wouldn’t, too embarrassed. So he’ll make her think she’s doing him a favor, so she feels less bad about it.

It’s what big brothers do.

--

Pietro learns chess and establishes a routine.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The first time Pietro Django Maximoff was arrested he still hadn't gotten his powers yet. He stole a silver Hot Wheels toy from the candy section of a local grocery store. He didn’t necessarily need the toy or even really want it. He had enough money to buy the plastic car but it seemed as if one second he was looking at it with a bored expression and the next it was in his hoodie pocket. He was caught relatively quickly, he had only been seven after all. The store manager from that particular grocery store always kept an unnecessary eye on Pietro and his family. Pietro suspected he wasn't a fan of scanning all the food stamps his mom constantly brought in or maybe the way Pietro accidentally slipped in Hebrew words when speaking to the workers. Either way, Pietro didn’t stand a chance. The lone officer that picked him up in a banged-up car kept him in the twenty-four-hour cell room, cluttered with smelly dudes and creeps and they told him he had one singular phone call. Pietro hadn't memorized his house number so he sat in that cell for a good long while with full-grown adult men staring at him before they tracked down David and had him pick him up. Pietro was black and blue for days after and he finally memorized his house phone.

Pietro typed that very same phone number into the landline, finally deciding to call his mother. The cord for the landline twirled between his fingers in anxiety. His foot tapped inhumanly fast on the wooden floor. Usually, he’d just run back home and speak to her in person but he doesn’t really wanna see the broken glass.

Last Pietro saw her she was waking up in the kitchen surrounded by dead bodies and the cops close by.

He should’ve taken her with them, he’s carried two people while speed running before, but he needed time to process and to think of something that wasn’t “Oh by the way your daughter murdered ten men. Don’t be mad, but I'm the reason they were at the house.”

Yeah, that would not have gone well.

The phone rings. The home number is the only number he knows by heart. It rings and it rings and it rings and the longer it rings the more anxious Pietro becomes and the more tangled the cord gets between his fingers.

She doesn’t pick up. He calls again. It rings it rings and someone answers the phone. All Pietro can hear is breathing and he can’t tell if it’s his mom or not.

“Shalom? Ima?” Pietro tests and he can feel a shuttering of breath on the receiver.

“Pietro! Please tell me Wanda is with you. She hasn’t come home.” Pietro's mother's voice shook, vibrating through the phone and kicking him in the chest. Pietro was so relieved to hear her voice.

“Yes, she’s with me. We had to go, I’m sorry I left you.” Pietro says quickly. Maybe too quickly but it was still understandable for his mother.

“No don't be sorry. Someone had to stay behind and explain to the police what happened or else they’d think the worst.” Like they always do.

“How? I mean what exactly did you tell them?” Not the truth.

“I told them we had a party mishap.”

“A party?”

“Well I had to explain the glass…and the blood and the multiple dead men. I put the least damaged corpse in David's car and ran through the wall of the house.”

“YOU DID WHAT?” Pietro yelled into the receiver in shock.

“I told them they were under the influence and when left to their own devices they crashed into the house and set off the explosion in the engine that started the fire.” Magda Maximoff was always a bit rough around the edges but she’d do anything to protect her children.

“What’s this about a fire?”

“Had to get rid of some evidence.”

“But they bought that?”

“Didn’t need much convincing. I think they assumed it was a provocative type of party. They had all been wearing leather and none were women.”

“Mom I don’t need to imagine the pretend orgy party that you used to cover up dead bodies.” What fucking sentence just came out of Pietro's mouth.

“I’m going to be staying with Miss Margo until I can find a place. I'm packing some belongings.” Miss Margo is a Christian woman who solicits near the elementary school. She lives alone with her disabled child only two streets down from the house and has about twelve outside cats that decorate her lawn. She’s a bit pushy but a charitable lady who will talk your ear off about Jesus until you’ve gone to at least one Sunday sermon with her. Pietro fell victim to her squeezing of cheeks and Jesus cookies and spent an entire Sunday at her church. And Pietro does mean the entire Sunday because it was an urban church with brown and black pastors and the whitest thing there besides the holy bread was Pietro Maximoff and the pastor's daughter's dog. It lasted hours. To Pietro, it felt like days. A quest of wills and the only thing to save him was the drums, the guitar, and the smooth voices of the singers.

All this is to say that Miss Margo is a nice Christian woman. My mother will be out of her house running within the week.

“Right, okay, and where does Margo live? I can come get you.”

“How’s Wanda?” Seriously?

“Mom-“

“Are you both safe? I was worried sick thinking she never came home.”

“Yes, ima we’re both safe. We’re at the stoner dudes house.”

“Are you doing drugs?” She asked, alarmed.

“Not Currently.”

“Pietro Django Maximoff!” Pietro puts the phone away from his ear as she yells at him.

“I was kidding. I’m not doing drugs nor am I planning to.”

“Is your hipster friend doing drugs in front of Wanda? You know how I feel about that Pietro.”

“I know! And no he isn’t. He’s sober or whatever. He’s actually a professor. He has a school…for mutants.
Gifted youngsters.”

“Are we sure we're thinking of the same person? Are you talking about the tall awkward fellow with the glasses?”

“No Mom, that’s Hank.”

“The sexy man with the perky ass.”

“Ew, no Mom, that’s Logan.”

“Don’t ew me you knew who I was talking about.”

“I’m talking about Charles, he's the one that looked like he was in a constant state of the worst hangover of his life.”

“Yes, that’s who I thought you were referring to. I hoped that I had misheard. Are you sure he’s a professor and not part of the janitorial staff?”

“He’s not a janitor, mom. He went to college and stuff. I saw the teaching certificate on his wall, it looked legit.” In all honesty, Pietro wasn’t a hundred percent sure it wasn’t forged.

“And he has a school for mutants, do you like it?”

“Don’t know. It’s school. I think Wanda will like it.”

“But will you?”

“Mom- where are you? I can come get you.”

“Best you not. I think it’s better if you stay there.”

Pietro's heart sank “Mom-“

“-I'm not upset with you. Don’t get that jumbled in your head like you tend to do. I’m under police surveillance they’re keeping an extra eye on everything I do, with everyone I speak with. They say it’s for my safety but they're waiting for you to come get me. So don’t. Stay away for as long as you can and when it’s safe I’ll tell you.”

“But what if-“

“You can’t call this number again. I’ll memorize the number you’re calling from and I’ll call you. Okay?”

“Ima why can’t I-“

“-don’t argue with me over this Pietro. I love you and I want you to be safe.”

“Mom I need to tell you-“

“-tell me what?”

“-you keep interrupting me before I can tell you.”

A pause. “Okay. I’m not gonna talk, tell me what you’re gonna tell me.”

“It was Wanda. She’s the one who killed those men. She was scared and they had a gun aimed at her. They pulled the trigger and the bullet stopped Mom. She stopped the bullet. She made all the glass break and she killed all the men. I don’t really understand how she did it but she did. Wanda is like me, mom. She’s a mutant.”

Pietro's ears were ringing and he waited anxiously for his mother's response. He waited for her disappointment. Her horror. He waited for her to feel the tragedy of having not one but two mutant children. He tried to imagine the confusion and pain she must feel to have birthed two outcasts. To not have a single easy thing in her life.

What bad luck it is to be a mother of two mutants.

Silence.
“Mom? You can talk now.”

“Okay.”

“Okay? Okay, what? Okay, you can talk now, or okay your daughter is a mutant? Please elaborate.”

“Okay, as in that doesn’t surprise me. Your sister is incredibly protective of her family. As she should be.”

Pietro cannot believe this. “I feel like you’re not reacting properly.”

“I already knew Wanda was special.”

“How?” Pietro's brain was going too fast and his mother wasn’t responding fast enough to any of his questions.

“A mother always knows. I knew with you.” Magda has always claimed this. Technically it’s true she always said Pietro was special way before he got his power although Pietro always assumed she meant special as in “slow” not special as in gifted.

“I-I don’t know what to do. How do I help her?”

“Be the person you needed when your powers first manifested.”

Be the person you needed? Those are her words of wisdom? He needed his mom, but she was gone. He needed a therapist but he couldn’t afford it. He needed a dad and instead, he had fucking David.

When his powers manifested? He needed someone to hold him. He needed someone to reach for him and touch him so he could know that he was still alive and that the world was still moving.

But he didn’t. No one helped him. No one told him it would be okay.

So I guess that’s his answer.

“I love you.”

“I love you too kid. Don’t do anything crazy.”

“Too late.”

“Shalom.” They both said and Pietro hung up clicking the phone back into place on the wall.

Pietro hears the familiar vrooming of Charles’ wheelchair entering the second living room.

You heard right. Second living room. Man is rich-rich.

Pietro pushes off the wall and approaches Charles curiously. He has something in his hands he can’t see…not until he gets a bit closer to the British man.

He was holding a clear canister of gooey brown liquid. “I appreciate you cleaning out the rooms Peter.” Charles clears his throat.

Pietro had gone on a bit of a venture earlier that day, stress-cleaning all of the rooms and it took a while, even for him because some of the rooms still had things in them that belonged to previous students. With much care and as much patience he could muster he packed those possessions away into boxes in the basement. Hair clips and sketchbooks, DVDs, and old theater tickets. He rifled through old photo albums and folded old jumpers and blankets. He found an old diary hidden between a mattress and a headboard. It belonged to a child, a year younger than Wanda and Pietro couldn’t bare to read past the first couple pages.

He kept thinking about how all those kids that used to go here are probably dead. Charles mentioned he had to shut the school down after the older kids got drafted. Charles didn’t go into too much detail about what happened to the kids that didn’t get drafted…to the kids that didn’t have a home to go back to after the semester was cut short but someone doesn’t just leave their skateboard, or their full piggy bank behind if they didn’t think they’d be back.

Pietro didn’t want to think about the little girl with the baby blue diary talking about a boy in her class…a class in this school. A boy who’s probably dead too.
Or worse.

Charles hadn’t asked him to clean. Neither did Hank. In fact it seemed like they where procrastinating doing so but after Pietro sneezed for the twenty seventh time he decided a bit of light dusting wouldn’t hurt. And then he ended up cleaning everything.

His mother would be outraged. He never cleaned the house voluntarily.

“It’s no problem. Barely took a second.” It took a long time actually but like hell he was gonna let him think he did something voluntarily that took him an exuberant amount of time.

“I still appreciate it. If I’m being honest I was quite hesitant to go into any of the rooms. It brought quite a few old memories I’m still trying to work through.”

Pietro nods, fidgeting his feet. What is he supposed to say to that? What does someone even say to something like that?

I’m sorry you have trauma?

No problem, it was only a bit traumatic to have to pack away a dead child’s entire childhood.

No stress, I was only having a few panic attacks per room.

Easy peasy no worries.

Like what exactly is he suppose to say in this kind of social situation? Usually he goes into super speed and thinks of about ten million different scenarios and settles on one before going back into normal speed but now he can’t because-
Shit- Charles has been talking this whole time.

“-it won’t eliminate all cravings but it should hold you over for a bit longer than usual because of the high-calorie count.” Charles extends the canister to Pietro and when he simply blinks at Charles in confusion Charles frowns.

“Peter?” Damn he’s gonna have to ask. Fuck.

Pietro lets out a breath, cheeks going slightly pink “I’m sorry, can you repeat what you were saying? I spaced.”

David wouldn’t have repeated himself. He would’ve yelled at him for ignoring him and for being such a fucking moron.

Charles smiles “No worries, Peter. What I was saying was that Hank made you this meal replacement with a high calorie count. It has all the iron and protein you’re suppose to be getting. The oven cooked pizzas and hohos aren’t gonna cut it. You need nearly twelve times more then what the average human being needs. If you drink this a couple times a day it should at least subside any hunger you might be having between runs. You can still have your snacks and your regular meals of course but this would help your body get what it needs.” Charles Xavier scans Pietro quickly “how much do you weigh? You look-“ Scrawny. Skinny. Sickly. Starved. Anorexic. “-small. Perhaps we should adjust the calorie count so you're not gaining too much weight too fast. Maybe taking a canister once a day for now. Do you get any headaches? Lightheadedness? Do you feel fatigued when you run?-“ Pietro must’ve been making a face because Charles stops abruptly.

Charles sounds kind of like his mother. A weird kind of concern that becomes almost overwhelmingly frantic far too quickly.

“-perhaps Hank should be the one to discuss this with you. If that’s alright?”

“Yeah, that’s cool.” Pietro doubts Hank would be any more smooth.

“Cool.” Charles repeats the word like he’s never said it in his life. He’s so British.

“It’s getting late. I should probably head to bed.” Pietro quite literally is just trying to find a good enough excuse to get the fuck out of there.

“Of course. The boys dormitory is on the fourth floor.”

“No worries, I’ll just bunk with Wanda.”

Charles frowns “you wouldn’t prefer your own room?”

Preference has nothing to do with it. He needs to be with his sister.

“I’m cool.”

Charles doesn’t say anything after that.

That night when they went to bed Pietro made sure the door was locked and left a lamp on in the corner. Wanda says she doesn’t need a nightlight but she’ll squirm and rustle in bed all night if it’s pitch black so Pietro tells her he prefers it on. He tucks her In, the smooth comforter wrapping her up like a burrito and Wanda blinks like a tired frog when he sings to her. He doesn’t sing to her every night. Pietro used to sing to her nightly when she was much younger but now he only sings whenever she’s had a particularly bad day. Today has been one of the worst bad days ever.

He still can’t believe it’s been only a day. This morning he was playing Pac-man and now it’s close to midnight and he’s not even in the same city with his sister who’s also a mutant now and has killed several people living under the hospitality of the people he helped break some other guy out of the pentagon.

It’s been a damn day.

His sister is expecting it so he sings. He hadn’t sung this particular song in years and he couldn’t quite remember the words fully but it used to be Wanda’s favorite.
“daj spokój mojemu dziecku.” The lyrics come out choppy and Pietro has an accent while singing the lullaby that would make his mother cringe but Wanda doesn’t know any better.

“dzień się skończył.” He sees the moment Wanda recognizes the words. “gdy nadejdzie poranek, zaświeci słońce.”

Wanda’s smiles sleepily “Ale teraz jest ciemno i świat nadejdzie.” Pietro remembers making his mother teach him this song, word for word, line by line; it had been three days after Wanda had been born. She had sung it to him as a child and it had always made him smile as well. Their mother has a beautiful singing voice.

“Pozwól więc swoim oczom odpocząć i zasnąć.” Pietro smooths through the end, muscle memory pulling finishing the song for him.

“You haven’t sang that one in ages.” Wanda was blinking heavily, she’s exhausted but refuses to sleep.

“Felt like we were due for one.” Pietro speaks softly. “Mom never taught it to you?”
Wanda shakes her head “I barely speak polish. I only know a few words in hebrew.”

Their mother had raised the two very differently. It was something Pietro had caught on very quickly. Pietro was only spoken to in Hebrew until he started pre-k and mother would take him to the synagogue and teach him prayers and taught him how to make Jewish dishes. But when she had Wanda she didn’t do those things for her. In fact it seemed she went out of her way to make sure Wanda knew nothing about her culture.

Pietro thinks it’s because Wanda looks like her. Wanda has their mothers hair, and her eyes and her smile and her complexion. Their mother saw herself and wanted Wanda to never experience the sort of prejudices she faced because of her culture. The same sort of prejudices Pietro had been exposed to time and time again.

Pietro never hates his mother for that. It was her way of protecting wanda. Her small sacrifice. Because that’s what it really was. A sacrifice. Her culture,her language, her religion, her faith, her history, her pain, completely stopping with her, never being passed down to her children. She’s losing her very essence- for her children to be accepted by a society that couldn’t give less of a fuck about them.
Pietro never resented her. Not until he couldn’t remember certain words, or phrases in Hebrew, when his English got better but he got an accent when he talked in Hebrew, when he couldn’t remember the recipe for his favorite dish, when she called him Peter so many times he started introducing himself by that. He began to truly blame her for it when the words to his favorite song began to fade from his mind. A distant memory the less she sang it.

Pietro had to teach himself again. Had to learn it all over again. He refused to forget.
“I’ll teach it to you one day. So you can sing it to your kids one day.”

“Ew, I don’t want kids.”

“Then you’ll sing it to mine.”

Wanda looks at Pietro curiously “you want kids?”

“One or two.”

“Twos good. A boy and a girl. They’ll keep each other company.”

“That’s smart. I should have them ten years apart so the older one can change the other's diaper.”

Wanda makes a face “you’re so annoying.” Pietro laughs at her.

“I think you’ll be a good dad one day. You’re already a pretty great brother.” Wanda’s literally drifting into sleep as she says this and it’s the nicest thing ever and-

Pietro isn’t crying.

He’s not.

“I think I’m only such a great brother because I have such a great sister.” Pietro wrapping his arms around Wanda.

“That’s cheesy.” Wanda mumbles out already dead asleep but refusing to let Pietro have the last word.
Pietro suppresses a breathy laugh, composing himself as he lays a peck on his sister's forehead whispering a quick prayer.

The next day comes and Both Charles and Hank are gone. A note left in one of the kitchens stating that they're out recruiting a new student. They’ll be back by dinner.
Jean doesn’t talk much but as a telepath that’s only a problem when she wants to talk to Pietro who’s mind seems to be impenetrable.

“She says it’s like walking inside a house with the light off. She knows there's furniture and decorations but she can’t see it. Just when she thinks she can see the outline of a couch or a picture frame it all shifts and moves around and she's stumbling and bumping into things again.” Wanda is teaching Jean how to do origami. She had learned in her third grade class and she’s very adamant on teaching Jean and Pietro because ‘everyone should know how to make a swan.’

“That sounds tiresome.” He gets another papercut on his pointer finger.

Wanda shrugs grabbing the blue craft paper to make a boy swan for her thirty four perfectly crafted pink swans “She says it’s nice. Usually she walks inside the house and there’s a lot of stuff going on. Different colors, lots of loud music, different doors that lead to more rooms with more doors and lots of furniture and pictures on the walls, sometimes they even have pets. She says it’s really overwhelming to be inside somebody's house.”

“She hears music in people’s heads?” Jean is cutting red paper absentmindedly even though origami requires no cutting.

“Yeah, you have music but she says the music is going so fast and it’s so far away that it defaults to white noise. She says it’s nice. it’s the first time it’s quiet in someone else’s head.”
Pietro doesn’t know how he feels about that.

“Is that how it is for you?”

Wanda shakes her head folding the blue paper expertly “not really. I mean yeah, your mind is kinda like a dark moving house but it’s a house I recognize. I know where all the furniture is even if it’s dark and I know where it’s going to move. The music in your head is in a different language but I can still feel what it's trying to say.”

“So you can read my mind?” Pietros was a bit alarmed by that.

“No. Not really. I can feel your mind. If you were sad I’d be able to tell, or scared, or any really strong emotion but I wouldn’t be able to know exactly why.”

“That’s pretty cool, Wanda.”

“I guess…” Wanda looks a bit too deeply at her paper now and Pietro raises on eyebrow at her. “You alright?”

Wanda looks at Jean. They do that thing where they talk but don’t. How would telepathy work with other telepaths? Would they be inviting each other to each other's houses or would they just migrate in one? Would it be in an entirely different house? Like a combination of both of them? Pietro still doesn’t fully get it. He probably never will.

“What if I never learn how to control it?”

“You will.”

“But what if I can’t? What if I can’t stop accidentally breaking into people's houses?”

“Can we use another analogy?”

“What if I hurt someone again?”

“You won’t.”

“But what if I do?”

“Then we deal with it. Together. Like we always do. Okay?”

“Okay.”

Charles and Hank arrive later that day, around 7 pm without a new student and matching grim expressions.
Pietro doesn’t ask what happened.

The next day Pietro wakes up to permanent marker drawings on his face. Within seconds he’s got his hands on every bottle of whipped cream in the mansion and spraying his sister with it from head to toe. She retaliates by rewinding his Walkman so it goes at normal speed instead of the 12x speed. He rebuttals that by hiding all a hundred and seventeen of her swan children all over the school. Back and forth. They do this for two days before Charles reveals that it was actually Jean who painted on Pietro's face that morning.
Aghast Pietro covers Jean Grey's floor with bubble wrap in her sleep.

All three became involved in the prank war. Half of Pietro's hair was blue, Wanda’s teeth were green and Jean only had one eyebrow.
Charles forced them to make a truce when they pushed it a little too far and started a small fire in the kitchen.

Two weeks pass and Charles brings Pietro to his office. He thinks it’s about school stuff instead he takes out a chess board. “You play?”
Pietro snorts “No, do I look like I hate fun.”

Charles shakes his head “chess can be quite riveting when done with the right partner.”
“I’m sure all the nerds said that at your fancy little nerd school.”

Charles smiles, putting the little figures into their supposed place “Would you like me to teach you?”

“Not really.” but Pietro was already darting to the kitchen to get a family sized bag of chips and darting back sitting in the chair in front of the chess board.

It was two hours later of Charles explaining the game and what each piece did and how to effectively win or sacrifice pieces and the bag of chips was long gone and replaced with a box of cereal. Pietro was being annoying, he knew he was moving too much and asking too many questions and the few practice games that they played were short lived because Pietro kept sacrificing his king like an idiot. He sucked. Like super hard. Charles didn’t yell at him though. He’d just reset the board and show him again. Again. Again. Again. He didn’t seem annoyed either but some people are good at hiding that sort of stuff.

“Can we put this on pause?” Pietro fidgets with the Walkman on his hip.

“Something wrong?” Pietro hates how genuinely concerned Charles sounds when he asks that. Three weeks ago he was calling him a pain in the ass and now he’s patiently teaching him how to play chess.
“I’m just not any good.”

“You’re just starting. Nobody’s Robert James Fischer from the very start. You’re doing very well for a beginner, look.” He points at a piece in the board “you got my knight blocked.” Pietro doesn’t know who this Robert guy is and he hadn't blocked his knight on purpose but he’ll take the praise anyway.

In the following days Charles had taken the time to sit him down for an hour or two to play a game of chess. The conversation during that time can vary from Charles expressing his struggle to find mutant students willing to enroll, to Commenting on how Hank has been clogging up the pipes in the first floor bathroom with fur. Pietro almost never contributed to the conversation. Not that he never wanted to it’s just that when he’d open his mouth to talk he couldn’t think of a single damn thing to say. So he let Charles fill the space. It seems like he needs it more than Pietro anyway.

At the one month mark Pietro receives a phone call from his mother. She greets him in Hebrew and Pietro responds the same, she asks how Wanda and he are settling and he asks her the same.
“Have you been eating?”

“Yes, ima.”

“Have you been sleeping?”

“Yes, ima.”

“I’m not trying to nag you. I’m just making sure your healthy. I’ve never...I’ve never gone this long without seeing you.” Her voice sounds strained.
When Pietro hears that he nearly runs all the way to Miss Margo’s house right then and there. He wants to hug his mom but he knows it isn’t safe yet.

They talk for a bit longer and then say their goodbyes.

She calls again two days later.
The conversation is shorter but she gives him her Latkes recipe. He writes it down on a napkin. She sends him a prayer.

A couple days later Wanda and Jean have conspired against him and have literally kicked him out of Wanda’s room. They're going to bunk together now. Pietro is only a little bit jealous.
It’s nice to know that at the end of the day Wanda has a friend who is so much like her and who she can talk to in their weird telepathic way.

He tells Charles this during their chess game that day. Pietro tries not to notice the way Charles mood shifts slightly when Pietro actually starts talking during their matches. He seems kinda happy about it.
Which is weird, right? Pietro tries not to think too much about it.

“Where’s Hank been the last couple days?”

“He’s quarantined in his lab.”

“Why? He sick or somethin’?”

“He’s been trying to slowly wean off his medication and that’s resulted in his mutation coming back a bit harsher than usual. He experiences a lot of mood swings, and shedding.”
“What exactly is his mutation?” Pietro moves his Little horsey. He’s fully aware that’s not the name for the piece but Wanda calls it that and it’s now implanted in his head.
“Genius-level intellect, Superhuman strength, stamina, durability, speed, agility, reflexes, dexterity, healing, longevity, and senses, Pheromone manipulation, Razor-sharp fangs, claws, and blue fur.”
Hank has a physical mutation. That actually checks out. “Is that why he’s been a bit reclusive since we got here?”
Charles shifts in his wheelchair looking very pointedly not at Pietro “in all honesty Hank is just not used to other people in the house. It had been just us for so long and we would go weeks without speaking to each other at times. He’ll get adjusted to it.”
Pietro moves his queen.

Charles takes his king in one fell swoop. Damn. They play two more games.
Charles tells them Hank is working on Cerebro. He doesn’t know what that is but it sounds important so Pietro leaves a Kugel outside his door that he can snack on.
He doesn’t see him but when he runs back around a few hours later the plate is empty outside his door and there’s a note written on graphic parchment paper.
He didn’t write anything crazy, just a simple thank you and a comment about the Kugel tasting delicious.

It wasn’t a big deal. It’s just a letter.

Pietro keeps it in his wallet.

Purely because it felt rude to throw it away. Especially when he took the time to sign it and doodle a little cartoon Pietro running with a kugel.
That’s the only reason.

The next day Pietro wakes up early and when he passes by Wanda and Jeans' room he finds the both of them floating about two feet above their respective beds. Pietro keeps walking, already used to it.
He almost beats Charles at chess for the first time. Wanda discovers the fantasy section in the library on the fifth floor. She’s three books into mermaid lore.
That night Pietro heard a knock on his door while he pretended to fall asleep. Jean was standing outside the door matching a set of pink striped pajamas and hair up in a loose bonnet. She had deep bags under her eyes.

“Jean-man, why are you still up so late?” Pietro asks like a hypocrite.

Pietro peaks his head into the hallway. No Wanda.
“Wanda’s snoring driving you crazy?” He teases.

Jean shakes her head and taps her head twice and speaks for the first time ever. “Too loud.”

It's the first time it’s quiet in someone else’s head.

Oh.

Jean doesn’t look at Pietro, hands folding in a way that looks painful. Jean is eleven she must feel awkward coming to an adult for help. Wanda is nine and wouldn’t hesitate to come and get him if she was scared. But she grew up with Pietro, she knows him and Jean is in a house full of strangers she’s barely known for a month.
Pietro doesn’t know how he’d feel in that scenario.

“Alright. You can stay but don’t tell Wanda, she’ll be so jealous she missed out on a sleepover.” Pietro doesn’t actually care if she does or doesn’t but he knows Jean most likely wouldn’t, too embarrassed. So he’ll make her think she’s doing him a favor, so she feels less bad about it.
It’s what big brothers do.

She sleeps in one bed and he sleeps in the other, facing the door out of habit.

Thirty minutes pass and he thinks maybe she’s fallen asleep, but then alarmingly he hears the harsh scraping of wood on wood. He turns around to face Jean who’s lying on the bed. A bed that is gradually moving closer to Pietro in a creepy horror movie moment.

Holy fuck.

It stops when it’s flush against Pietro's twin-sized bed. Jean is now right next to Pietro and by her forced shut eyes and the small blush on her cheeks, he can tell she’s still awake.
Okay. He should’ve realized what she really wanted. It’s not off base to assume Jean probably got accustomed to sleeping next to Wanda.
Pietro has it under good authority that Wanda is a cuddler.

So without much thought and like he’s done thousands of times with Wanda he lays his cheek on top of Jean's head and wraps his free hand loosely around Jean's shoulders. She sinks deeper, trying to make it seem natural. She wraps her arms around his waist and pretends to yawn. He forces back a laugh before it can start bubbling. She’s such an actress.
He hums a little song. And in his mind, Jean is Wanda and she’s his sister, a baby cradled in his arms as he sways her in his old rocking chair.

But in this memory, infant Wanda’s skin is paler, more freckled and her hair is curly and red. He’ll protect this baby just as fiercely as the other.

Pietro will comfort Jean like any brother would.

The next morning Wanda is standing at the foot of the bed looking like a demon out of hell as she sees Jean and Pietro cuddling without her. Pietro has exactly one millisecond to prepare himself before she decides to interrupt by diving in between them at full speed and forcing herself between the sleepy duo. Whining about how cuddle piles are better than cuddle pairs.

That afternoon Pietro tries Mom's recipe and leaves a few Latkes outside of Hank's door. Then Pietro runs to the city to get new bed sheets for all the bedrooms after he finds a weird-looking green stain on one of the spare sheets downstairs.

“You didn’t take my card.” Charles frowns.
“Didn’t need it.” Pietro says flippantly, tossing the old bedsheets into trash bags in less than three seconds. Using about forty-two giant trash bags.

“Peter-“ Charles has a disappointed look on his face that makes Pietro stumble slightly on his way to the dumpster and back.

“-you didn’t need to steal the sheets. I can afford to pay for new sheets.”

“I know.”

“Then why did you steal them?”

“I don’t know.” Pietro fidgets, itching to leave. “I just wanted to get it myself.” Having to ask for money felt like the worst fate in the history of ever.

“I know you have an affinity for stealing. It’s not an easy habit to break but it’s truly not necessary to do so anymore.”

Pietro frowns at the ugly monster crawling around in his head “How do you know that I have an affinity for stealing?”

It’s that specific word. Affinity. He’s heard it before. A cop said it to him once, relating it to his kleptomania, spitting it at him as he tied the handcuffs on his wrist too tight. Leaving marks for days.

Charles doesn’t answer right away and Pietro immediately rummages through Charles' things in less then a second.
Pietro finds his file on his desk. His stomach twists and he’s in front of the professor in microseconds and pointing the rancid file at his face.

“You have my file.”

“I was only doing a background check. It’s our usual procedure. I do it for all of my students.”

“I didn’t see Wanda’s file? Jeans? Only mine. I checked.” Does Charles think he’s stupid? He’s not fucking stupid.

“It’s different with them.”

“How-“ in that second Pietro realizes the differences between him and the girls. Charles can’t go inside his house. He’s stumbling in the dark. “-You can’t read my mind.” That’s so fucked.

“You’re misunderstanding.”

“Am I? You can’t read my mind, so instead you read my file. You read school reports, police reports. The worst of the worst of what people have had to say about me and you decided I’m a crook. Is that it?”

“Pietro-“

“-It’s Peter to you.”

That’s a mouthful. He remembers him saying that. Like a dick. Because Charles is a dick. How can he forget that?

Charles lets out a breath “Peter, you are not a crook. This file told me a lot of bad yes but it told me a lot of good as well.”

Pietro doesn’t care what he has to say. He should just leave before he can sell his case. He doesn’t.

“You stole a lot of unnecessary things, seventeen jetskis seems a bit excessive. But you also stole diapers for your sister, a stroller, baby formula. For every dumb merchandise you smuggled there were two more you absolutely needed. My goal was not to analyze or gather intel behind your back to wish you Ill but simply to understand you a bit more as a person.” Charles’ gaze softens and Pietro is finding it very difficult to find that rage he had a few moments ago.

“All that file revealed to me was that you’ve been dealt a rough hand and have been given a grand disservice from the adults in your life.”

Pietro's chest feels too heavy for this earth like he should be sinking into the core.

“You are a wonderful son.” Charles doesn’t need to clarify which report he’s referring to.

“You are a wonderful brother.” Pietro thinks of the pink snow shoes he stole for Wanda when she was six because she kept slipping and sliding on the walkway.

“You are a wonderful friend.” He thinks of his friend from middle school whose skin was a little too dark for a white suburban school, whom everyone kept calling a particularly nasty word. He remembers the result of that. The way Pietro had tried to protect him and ended up with blood on his hands.

“You Pietro Django Maximoff are a wonderful, compassionate, strong and intelligent young man and I am so incredibly sorry that you have not been treated as such and that all these horrible things seem to happen as a result of that.”

Pietro changes his mind. Running away is a perfectly justifiable plan.

Yeah, maybe visiting his mother won’t be so bad.

Notes:

Cool. See you next time. As always, misspellings will be found.

Chapter 4: Friends Of Humanity

Summary:

There was a knock on the front door that startled both Miss Margo and him.

“Expecting company?” Pietro voices stiffly.

“I never am.” She moved to go to the door.

Another set of knocks and the doorbell for good measure. Miss Margo quickens her steps looking a bit agitated when she opens the door, top chain still on.

“Hello? Who’s there?” Her head covered the small opening in the door so Pietro couldn’t see who was knocking.

“Margaret Wagner, our apologies for disturbing your evening.”

——

Pietro goes to see his mom when a series of events happen at the home she’s presumed to be staying in.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

He knows he’s blowing it out of proportions. Pietro tends to do that. 

Charles says something genuinely nice and Pietro freaks out and runs to his  mom like he’s ten years old all over again. Except it's not that dramatic considering besides his mom, Charles is the only person to ever say something like that to him. 

David never pretended to love Pietro as his own. Never giving in to terms of endearment or giving any form of genuine pep talk that might be misconstrued as fatherly or loving. David never ever confused him. 

Pietro always knew his place with him. 

He was always going to be the bastard child for him. The permanent heavy baggage of the women he claimed to love. Something he had to put up with to be with Pietro’s mom. Something he had to deal with instead of love. 

Anything and everything that ever came out of Davids mouth was critical and judgmental, cruel in a way only he could be. His stepfather had a way of turning it off though. Of twisting his face and softening his voice to make himself seem like a saint. Like a picture perfect person. A concerned new husband stepping up to raise a kid that wasn’t his. A caring step dad picking up his delinquent son from the sheriff's office, smoothly talking to the police to make them release Pietro to his custody. He can morph himself to seem more than he actually was. It took his mother far too long to realize it. 

So yeah, Charles' words were nice. Too nice. Too genuine. Pietro felt too vulnerable in front of Charles and he ran away. Like he always does. Like he’s been doing all his life.

Okay, whatever. Sue him.

He’s gonna see his mom, and she’ll talk him back into the school. He’s basically already here anyway he just has to make a pit stop.

The first time Pietro Django Maximoff met Miss Margo the very first thing he thought was that she had really cool looking hair. He had been about fourteen years old, a freshmen in high school and his own curly hair had been fully gray and silver at that point but in a desperate attempt at seeming normal he would dye consistently brown every two weeks.  

Her hair had gone ashy gray with age and was running down her back in intricate locs. She had colorful seashells in her hair that made Pietro think she was some sort of underwater creature. Her skin was a smooth brown and always adorned some form of body glimmer or glitter, and despite her age she didn’t have that many wrinkles, just the one beside her white eyes that creased when she smiled too brightly. Which was very often. She looked cool

After he met her he kept forgetting to buy hair dye. 

Miss Margo was blind, and some might consider this a factor to the colorful way she dresses but it’s not. Pietro has seen photos of before she lost her sight. From when she was a trapeze artist and her form of dress had nothing to do with her vision. Miss Margo used to work at a traveling circus and met all sorts of people and did all sorts of things. She’s tell Pietro Long riveting stories about her time in the circus and would allow herself to divulge in the words nearly just as much as she’d speak about God. She’d never go into too much detail about how she lost her sight but she always said that she found god afterwards. 

The gold cross around her neck was always proudly displayed on her chest. Miss Margo welcomed his mom into her home when she needed it most. For that alone Pietro owes Miss Margo a debt. Even if she forces him to use up his Sunday. 

But for now he supposes flowers would have to suffice. He hoped she wasn’t allergic to any particular flower when he went to The Token flower shop. 

He slowed down, looking at the pretty potted flowers outside before walking into the store, the doorbell jingling. 

The flower shop smelled like dirt and soil, and the first thing that Pietro sees is pale long arms and stained blue jeans carrying an overflowing basket of Daisies, one second away from dropping them.

“Hello, welcome in-“ the florist trips on literal air, not a pebble or rug in sight. 

Pietro catches them before the flowers touch the ground and the employee, a blonde haired green eyed boy looks at him in embarrassment, face red like a ripe tomato.

“You dropped this.” Pietro hands him the seven or so flowers he caught midair and the florist grabs them gingerly, staring at him openly.

“Dirt on my face?” Pietro wipes his face with his jacket sleeve.

“No sorry,” the boy shakes his head, his bangs shaking with him. After a few more stumble my words he seems to finally be able to say “you’re- holy shit- you’re Peter Maximoff, aren’t you?”

Um. 

Pietro takes a ginormous step back. 

“You know that how?” Pietro thinks their might be another flower shop downtown but he can’t be sure. It might take him longer then he likes to find it. 

“Me and my pa use to go to all your marathons. We thought a local might finally make it to the Olympics.”

Oh.

Pietros chest ached at that. His gut twisting as the knife plunged deeper into that particularly unsealed wound. 

He forgets that people actually knew him. People rooted for him. Had his face on tshirts, his signatures on napkins. He wasn’t famous but he was known. Enough that when he was erased, stripped from any title or any trophies he might’ve won from the years competing that he wasn’t erased from people’s memories. 

This kid, maybe a freshman in high school, had gone to all his games. 

“You think you might start running again?” The boy smiles at Pietro hopefully. 

Pietros is not allowed to anymore. Not ever. 

“Nah, it was bad on the knees.” He says smoothly, picking up a bouquet of Lilies from beside the register. “Can I get these?”

“Yeah, sure, of course.” The boy puts his basket down and goes behind the counter. “This for a girlfriend?”

“No, no girlfriend. Just for one of my neighbors.”

“Oh, yeah? They like Lilies?”

“They love em’.” Pietro lies a lot. It’s a bad habit. 

“I bet. You know Lilies symbolize purity and innocence. In religious iconography, they often represent the Virgin Mary, and are also often depicted at the Resurrection of Christ.”

Bible stuff. Sounds like the perfect flower. 

“Miss Margo will love them for sure.” Pietro hears Charles' voice in the back of his head, telling him not to steal and he takes out his wallet begrudgingly.

“How much?”

“On the house.” He says and Pietro looks at him in surprise “you sure?”

“Yeah, you’ve already done me a great service, just by showing up here.”

Pietro likes free shit more than he likes stolen shit. Although stolen items are technically free, just less voluntary. 

“Before you go though, can I get an autograph?” 

Pietro smiles, “Of course.” 

Muscle memory twists Pietro's wrist and the pen and paper wear his name simply.

He leaves the flower shop with a handful of lilies wrapped in pretty pale paper and a bit of a smile on his face. Puts the flowers on the inside of his jacket, zipper holding them tightly against him, not wanting the soft petals on the flowers to go flying once he goes into super speed. 

It’s kinda hard to misplace Miss Margo’s house. It’s the only yellow house on the block, freshly painted that shade of piss when she moved in. It wouldn’t be too jarring if the roof tiles weren’t also a staining orange making her house look like an angry sun. Her rose bushes are perfectly wild and vibrant and her door a matte white with a wreath made of recyclable soda cans. The lawn had her signature cats dozing off, a black and white cat parked beneath her mailbox. 

Her yellow and blue curtains were drawn, unable to see from inside but that’s more or less the usual style it wears. 

Pietro takes a breath, securing his Walkman on his hip, giving the flowers a once over and knocking on the door three times. Pietro waits, biting the inside of his cheek and tries to peek through one of the windows when no one answers. No luck. The blinds are thick and he couldn’t see a damn thing inside. He’s about to knock again when the door knob starts jiggling. 

Pietro jerks straight, fixing his hair. The door creaks open the little chain linking the door and the wall tightening. Miss Margo’s pokes her head into view looking directly at Pietro. “Hello? Who’s there?”

Right, she’s blind. 

“Hello, miss Margo, it's Peter. Peter Maximoff.” She slams the door in his face and he startled back.

What the fu-

The front door jiggles a bit and then abruptly opens all the way, revealing big wide arms that pull Pietro into one large embrace . 

Pietro holds the flowers away from his chest as he’s attacked by Miss Margo’s strong affection. 

“Oh Peter, dear. It’s so nice to see you.” She chuckles to herself “well not see you but you know what I mean.” She squeezes him tightly, even lifting his whole body off the ground for a moment.

He forgot that miss Margo was a hugger. 

“Come in, come in, I just made cookies!” She’s practically dragging him inside her home before Pietro could get one word out. An orange cat snuck in behind him just before she locked the door. 

Pietro hadn’t ever actually been inside Miss Margo’s house before. It’s exactly how he pictured it. News paper clipping framed crookedly on the wall. Photos of her cats and of her family. The wallpaper was pretty butterflies and the carpet was worn and yellow but clearly cleaned regularly. The house smelled of freshly baked cooked. The deeper they got in the house the more he saw. 

Different colored lamps, most likely thristed, a chunky purple couch with a velvet and fluffy aray of throw pillows. Crosses at every corner, incense burning in one nightstand below a picture of black Jesus. Different Knick knacks and accessories on every corner that only a blind woman would like.

“Take off your shoes please.” Pietro quickly toes his shoes, the nice silver sneakers with the white laces piling next to the entrance of the living room. His mother used to buy him a new pair of shoes each year, around the summer but when he hit puberty and after he got his powers she couldn’t keep track of all the sneakers or even afford to buy new ones and she more or less told him to figure it out. This resulted in him duct taping old shoes or stealing new shoes until they wore out and he eventually had to put duct tape on them. Rinse repeat. Over and over. 

Hank developed and tailored these shoes specifically for Pietro and his power.  Heat resistant, cold resistant, water resistant and made of thick rubbery material used for spaceship chairs. He gave them to Pietro one day just before his morning run. He said “one of my old pairs.” But hanks feet are gigantic and are weirdly shaped and no way he had them lying around. But Hank was acting like it was nothing like it wasn’t the first pair of shoes someone has gotten him since he was twelve. 

Pietro started tearing up and Hank quickly left the room because emotions freak him out. 

“Are those for me?” Hw frowns, not quite paying attention to what the older lady had been saying. She extends her hand looking blindly towards Pietro with a smile. “The flowers. Are they for me Peter?”

“How’d you know I had flowers?” Pietro raised his eyebrows. 

“I’ve been faking being blind this whole time.”

“Gotta get that disability check somehow.”

“I’m always down for defrauding the government.”

“I know you are.” Pietro laughs extending the flowers to Miss Margo’s open hand. Miss Margo chortles her openly loud laugh before she responds truthfully. 

“I smelled the fertilizer, I can hear the crunching of the paper around the stems.” She grabs the stems gently, smiling. She dodged the corner of the table, muscle memory kicking in as she scurries to her kitchen, reaching for a vase already filled with rotten flowers. She takes the old ones out, tosses them in the trash with perfect aim.

“What kind are they?”

“Lilies.” Pietro says watching as she drains and fills the vase with more water from the sink. 

She plops the flowers in like she’s done it a million times and touches the petals  with soft fingers. “My favorite.”

Fucking nailed it. 

“My daughter's name was lilie. She actually named herself. I had her in the circus, no hospital, no doctors, no birth certificate, up until she was four I simply called her darling and one day I sat her down and I asked her what she would like to be named. She was a very smart child, very thoughtful and so I expected her to have to think about it, maybe take a moment to consider the very many options she had. But without a glimmer of doubt she said ‘my name is lilie.’ She loved the flower. Reginald, her godfather, the clown, had this act where he’d pull a flower out of his sleeve and it was a pink lily and she’d always get real close to it and every single time water would squirt out of it. Nonetheless Every Time she couldn’t resist getting close to see the flower.” 

Her daughter's name was lily. Was. 

“I’m sorry.” If he had known the damn flowers would be a sour topic he wouldn’t have bought them to begin with. 

“Don’t be, she died a very long time ago. The flowers don’t make me sad, they just remind me that she’s in a better place now.” 

Pietro didn’t ask how she died. First because it seemed rude and second because he was afraid to know the answer. 

“Plus my heart was always meant to love lost children.” Miss Margo patted Pietros cheek as she walked past him, placing the vase in the center of her dining table. 

“That’s why I have Frankie and Kurt.” 

“Who?”

“My boys?”

“You know Frankie. He’s at school at the moment, he’s got a bit of a speech impediment but he’s quite the talker, he’s in the same class as your sister Wanda, he might have a bit of a crush on her though. She complimented the charms on his wheelchair once and he hasn’t shut up about it. Silly boy.” 

Pietro has never actually met Frankie and he had no idea he and Wanda had a class together. Frankie being in a wheelchair explains the ramp on the porch though. And probably why Wanda was more than willing to play dirty when she was playing tag with Charles last week. Little shit doesn’t discriminate. 

“And you don’t know Kurt. He’s my other foster son. I’ve had him for less than six months. He’s actually around your age, eighteen give or take. He’s just settling into the country. Believe it or not he was raised by the very same circus I used to work in. It was practically fate. He’s a bit shy so he doesn’t go out very much and he’s still practicing his English, so I’ve been homeschooling him. Which is plenty fine. I needed a bit of a refresher anyway. History books and such are all so informative. It’s so interesting to see how much the world has changed…and how much it hasn’t changed.” 

“Right…” Pietro doesn’t know what to make of that. It was just another chapter in Miss Margo’s fascinating story. Although Pietro is a little bit distracted considering he actually just wanted to see his mother. “I’m sure you can tell me all about him after-“

“-I could introduce you two, he’s right-oh.” Pietro suddenly gets a whiff of sulfur. What the hell was that? 

“Nevermind. I suppose not. Like I said he’s a bit shy. Maybe another time.”

“I’d love to another time. Really but if I’m being honest Miss Margo I’d like to see my mother. Is she present? Or…in the synagogue?”

Miss Margo's face forms an odd expression, her eyes blinking slowly “your mother? You must be confused, your mother isn’t here Peter.”

Pietro felt his heart bang against his chest, faltering in his step “what do you mean? She said she was staying with you.”

Pietro runs back to his conversations with his mom. She said Miss Margo. He’s sure of it. She hadn’t said someone else’s name. “She was. She stayed for a couple days but she hasn’t been here in about a month or so.” She fiddles with the cross on her chest.

“Why-“ Pietro can’t form a sentence. Why would his mom lie about where she was staying? She's called him multiple times. She called him just a couple days ago!

Although she did always somehow manage to say in every phone call “-do not come by here.” Was this why? She said it was because they were watching her, that it wasn’t safe but was she really just covering up her lie? 

Pietro is going in circles in his head. “Peter. Sit down. You seem anxious.” Before he could protest, Miss Margo pulls out a sturdy wooden chair and practically forces him to sit down, running to the kitchen to pour him water. 

“I don’t even know where she would be staying. I don’t understand why’d she lie.”

“Lying is a sin.” Miss Margo reprimands from the kitchen, she places the cup of water beside Pietro “although, it might’ve been for a good reason.”

“So lying is okay if it’s for a good reason?” Pietro doesn’t understand why he’s even adding to this fire, but he’s having a breakdown and needs something else to focus on before the room goes still and the air gets thin.

Before the whole world stops moving and he’s left alone. 

“No, lying is never good even if it’s for a good reason. But god is a forgiving god and I think a little lie wouldn’t hurt his feelings too much.” 

“Doesn’t seem like a little lie. How do I know she’s safe? How do I know she’s not out in a ditch somewhere or sleeping under a bridge or-“ 

“-she’s not walking around homeless Peter. You said so yourself. She’s called you. We don’t have public phone booths in this town. She’s somewhere safe, with access to a phone.”

“You don’t know that.” Pietro could check every house. He could, like, actually physically confirm if she’s in a house anywhere in this neighborhood. Why not add breaking and entering to the very long list of laws he’s broken. He’s done it before. He’s broken a man out of the fucking pentagon. It was easy. He can do a house. He can do a hundred houses. No sweat. He can raid every neighborhood until-

“-I’m not supposed to tell you this. Your mother made me promise not to.”

Pietros entire body was vibrating, the cup of water shaking in his grip so he had to put it on the table so it wouldn’t spill.

“Tell me what?”

“God forgive me.” She whispered under her breath, caressing her cross “she’s with your father.” 

“What?” Pietro was running on autopilot. “My father?” For a split second he couldn’t even process that sentence. 

“They let him out early, he came by to pick up your mother just a couple days after your house caught fire. She asked me not to tell you.” 

David is out of prison. 

“But he’s meant to be locked up for seven more months.” Pietro was fucking counting. He didn’t go a day without thinking about it. How many days left he had before his step-dad would get out the slammer and wreak havoc on their lives again. 

“He got out for good behavior or something of the sort.”

For good behavior. What a load of horse shit. He shouldn’t even have that fucking option. Not him. Not for the stuff they locked him up for. He should’ve been locked up longer, not less. 

This is so absolutely fucked.

“Why did she go with him? She shouldn’t have gone with him.” Pietro can’t seem to be able to breathe anymore and Miss Margo was forcing the cup of water onto his lips. Making him slow down to sip from it. 

“Peter, he didn’t exactly give the impression that she had a choice, your step-father, I don’t pretend to know his character but he’s a very intimidating man.” Miss Margo rubbed circles on his back soothingly.

Pietro swallows the rest of the drink in one moment “He’s gonna hurt her.” His voice not his own. 

“I don’t think so. She seemed to have something he wanted and she wouldn't divulge.” Miss Margo squeezed Pietros shoulders firmly.

Something he wanted? David never wanted anything he didn’t already have. He doesn’t care about anything. Or anyone. The only thing Pietro could think that David might want is money, or beer or…Wanda. 

The only person David ever gave even a minuscule of care for was his own flesh and blood.

He wanted Wanda. And mom must’ve refused to tell him where she was. That’s why she didn't want Pietro to come. Why she never asked for specifics when she mentioned the school. Why she kept the phone calls short. 

“She can’t be with him.” Pietro's heart aches at the idea of the two in a room together after all this time. He knew it would happen eventually. They’re technically still married. Technically still legally binded to each other. Eventually David was gonna get out, he just wasn’t prepared for it to be so soon. “He’s not a good person. He’s-“ a monster. The words catch in his throat and Miss Margo is petting his silver hair now, raking her fingers through each knot and humming softly under her throat. He doesn’t realize he’s been talking at super speed, his begging falling flat.  Incomprehensible to Miss Margo’s ears. 

Pietro was prone to panic attacks.

He had a few as a child but once he got his super speed it kick started the part of his brain that told him to freak the fuck out at all times and the panic attacks became a daily occurrence for years. Funnily enough running is what ended up helping. Running at regular speed he means. Training. Joining track made his anxieties level out. David going to prison may have also contributed to his overall chillness. When he won his first trophy he remembers floating on air for days. Feeling like his life was finally starting to make sense. Finally starting to be some form of normalcy. Like he could actually just be a regular dude. 

That sense of calmness didn’t last very long. 

His panic attacks didn’t really go away, he still had them of course just not as frequently. Rarely actually. Almost never. 

And then he got his trophies taken away and was banned from running competitively ever again. Pietro became unbalanced again. 

Pietro knew anxiety ran in the family. He got it from his mother who got it from her mother who got it from hers. Rinse repeat. Passed down from generation to generation and intensified for the next of kin. 

“Your mother is a big girl, she will be okay.” Miss Margo says “I’ve been praying for her every night.”

Pietro sniffs rubbing at his wet face and feeling like a big stupid baby for crying in a strangers house like some basket case. 

There was a knock on the front door that startled both Miss Margo and him. 

“Expecting company?” Pietro voices stiffly. 

“I never am.” She moved to go to the door. 

Another set of knocks and the doorbell for good measure. Miss Margo quickens her steps looking a bit agitated when she opens the door, top chain still on. 

“Hello? Who’s there?” Her head covered the small opening in the door so Pietro couldn’t see who was knocking.

“Margaret Wagner, our apologies for disturbing your evening.” 

“Who am I speaking with?” Miss Margo gripped the four tighter, out of view from the people outside. “Are you the IRS? I told you people I won’t let you take money off my check for healthcare! It’s thievery! And I don't even need health insurance. I haven't been to the doctor In nearly ten years, and if God wants me off this green earth I’ll be damned to try and stop him.”

Miss Margo is on the outs with the IRS. Pietro finds that bit of information quite hilarious.

“No, sorry we’re not from the IRS, we're from the Friends Of Humanities association located in this district and we’ve been informed by multiple concerned neighbors that there might be a suspicious character being housed here.”

“Suspicious how?” Miss Margo, an older black Christian woman, was not one to beat around the bush. Pietro totally respects that. He also wonders by her death grip on the door frame how many times people have gone to her house because a ‘suspicious character’ was living in her house. 

Miss Margo is one of the few black homeowners that live in this neighborhood, her house, besides the Maximoff residence, was one of the most frequently vandalized and Pietro knows that his house and Miss Margo’s are the two houses visited most by cops. 

“Not much detail, just that the individual has a deformity of some kind and may be in cahoots with the devil.” 

What the fuck? Pietro didn’t just mishear that right? What are these people on about?

“God bless, no. No devil here. All followers of Christ in this household. Well…besides Junior.”

“Junior? May we speak to junior?”

“It would be quite difficult but you can go ahead. He's the one currently pissing next to the mailbox, orange fur. Real devilish cat. He was run over by a truck last summer, lost the tip of his tail. Hasn’t been the same since, poor fellow.” 

Pietro stifles a laugh. He knows they probably weren’t talking about a cat. 

“Not a cat, Ma’am. Can we search your home? So we can be extra sure no Ill characters are in your home?” Pietro stiffens.

“No.”

“Pardon?” The man’s voice came out way less professional then he’s been attempting to be for the last several minutes.

“Do you have a warrant?”

“We have multiple eyewitnesses and numerous complaints.”

“Doesn’t sound like a Warrant to me. If you enter my home without one I’ll consider you trespassers and sue you do that I can afford health insurance.”

“You can’t sue-“

“Yes I can. My sister in law is a lawyer. She’s very good at what she does. She specializes in elder law. And I’m a disabled old blind woman who is being targeted by a terrorist group.” 

“We are not terrorist and this has nothing to do with your disability-“

“-so it’s because I’m black,”

“This is not a race thing.”

“We can make it a race thing. I’ll also add being persecuted for my religious beliefs to the very long list of charges you've already accumulated.”

 “We haven’t-“

“Get. A. Warrant. Pigs.” She slams the door shut right in their face and dies a quick cross motion on her chest.

“We’ll be back!”

“I already have my sister in law on the phone!” Miss Margo yells blindly at the door and a Pietro hears the retreating forms of multiple disgruntled men.

Miss Margo darts to the couch stuffing her hands between the cushions as soon as the men are gone. 

“The house phone is to the left of the couch.” Pietro says helpfully and Miss Margo shakes her head, her seashells clinking together. 

“I don’t actually have a sister in law. I’m looking for my stash.” She flips one of the cushions and dips the side of the form and quickly retrieves a ziplock bag full of money. Hundred dollar bills stacked up and rolled and stuffed between sofa cushions. She does that for the next three cushions coming out with zip lock bags full of various things. 

Holy shit. Was she swindling money from the IRS?

“Here.” She hands the ziplock bags to Pietro who’s eyes nearly bulge out of his head in shock. Now that he has a better look of them he sees a passport and old grainy photographs and what seems to be a birth certificate “Uh…why exactly do you have this? And why are you giving it to me?”

“You need to take Kurt to where ever you took your sister.”

“Huh? Who’s Kurt?”

“Pay attention child. He’s my foster son, Kurt Wagner, super shy, homeschooled. We’ve discussed.”

“Have we? Not in great detail? Why am I taking this Kurt dude?”

“Because Friends of Humanities is a terrorist group against mutants. They weren’t here for you, they where here for him.”

Because Kurt is a mutant. He’s just like Wanda. Just like Pietro. 

“He’s a mutant?”

“Yes.” 

“And…that’s okay with you?”

“I use to work in the circus and when you’re in that sort of bizarre environment you get used to the unusual and you learn to even appreciate it. It didn’t deter me in the slightest how blue his skin was or what gifts he seemed to carry. I just knew that he was beaten and he was scared and they had him in a cage and he didn’t deserve to be in one so I took him.”

Fostering is starting to sound a little bit like kidnapping but Pietro kinda glazes over that since it sounds like he needed to be taken away from that shit situation. 

“He has blue skin?” 

“So I’ve been told.” She scurries past Pietro to the kitchen “Kurt! No need for hiding.”

She opens the kitchen pantry and Pietro frowns at the prospect of someone being hidden in there the whole time. Miss Margo whispers something in the pantry and someone whispers back so Pietro knows that She isn’t completely mental. 

“He’s friendly. He’ll help you go somewhere safe.” 

Pietro doesn’t remember agreeing to anything but he already knows before the cowering boy steps out of the pantry that he would definitely help. He couldn’t imagine not helping Miss Margo. 

“Yes I’m sure.” Miss Margo mends and extends her aging hand to the boy inside. A blue hand with three fingers touches her hand and Miss Margo smiles as she slowly coaxes him out. 

Pietro has about one second to school his expression when he sees a fully grown blue demon-looking boy stumble out of the closet, his long pointed tail straying behind him. 

He has a tail. He has Fangs. He has claws. He’s blue. He knew he was blue but I guess he didn’t know. Didn’t believe it until this very moment. 

He’s also scared. Big eyes never once looking away from Miss Margo’s comforting blind eyes. “Will you come with us?”

“I’ve gotta take care of Frankie.” The blue boy, Kurt, seemed to deflate at that looking away from his foster mom with a strained expression. 

“Don’t be sad.” Miss Margo is blind but she must have a motherly instinct like no other “I need you to be safe. You are my family and I will do everything in my power to help you but this is not goodbye. Okay?”

“Not goodbye.” Kurt repeats and looks about ready to cry. “Can I hug you?”

“Don’t have to ask.” And miss Margo is already wrapping her arms around Kurt’s sides. He’s much taller than her, so he places his chin on top of her head and envelopes her in a hug as well, his tail lands around her shoulder gingerly. 

A loud shout behind the door startled them apart and makes Pietro flinch. 

What the hell was that? 

Just as Miss Margo was about to ask what was wrong the window nearest to Pietro shatters open and a rock landed at his feet. Only missing his head because he moved swiftly away from harm. The rock made a loud clunking noise. Except it wasn’t a rock. It was a canister. A very familiar canister with smoke coming out of each end. Pietro in a panic picked up the canister, which burned and singed his hand, and chugged it out the already broken window. Okay, what the hell? 

“Try to hold your breath.” Pietro says loudly, but he wasn’t quite sure if Miss Margo could hear him over the hammering of her door and Kurt looked so spooked he could only curl in on himself and scurry away from the broken glass on the floor.

Another window shattered. Another canister. Pietro chugs it out the window again.

“This is breaking and entering! The police are on the way!” Miss Margo moves one of her cat pictures on the wall to reveal a safe. She clicks in some numbers Pietro can’t see or pay attention to because another window is shattered and utterly broken and he’s chugging yet another Canister out the forsaken window. 

Miss Margo has a fucking gun when he turns to face her again. How in the hell a blind woman had access to any lethal armory is beyond Pietro's knowledge and honestly, he isn’t even surprised in the slightest by this turn of events. He’s mostly confused as to why she stored a gun in there and not the money and passport she had smuggled in her cushions.

She cocks the revolver in her hand and aims it straight at the door. “Leave my property or I will break more than just one commandment.” 

“Margaret Wagner we may not have a warrant to search your property but we have just been informed that a Peter Django Maximoff is in your home at this very moment and we do have a warrant for his arrest.”

Well, fuck. How would they know that? Pietro couldn’t possibly been seen by the neighbors he had barely been in normal speed for s minute since he’d stepped into the neighborhood. 

“I don't know who that is! Leave!”

“Do not make this harder than it has to be.” 

“You’re the one breaking my mahogany windows!” She fires a bullet and Pietro hears more then sees the bullet hit one of the assailants behind the wooden door. A bullet-sized hole is now visible in the door. 

A loud grunt and a curse. 

Followed by an outraged scream and the first swing of an ax on the wooden door. Then a flash of blinding light from the windows that made Pietro wince and a high pitched noise that made Kurt and him groan in pain. Disoriented Pietro tries to cover his ears, feeling the wet blood trickling down his face.

Irritated, he jumps out one of the windows at super speed. He spots three men just outside that window and one of them has a gloved hand on a canister, moments away from throwing into that very window again. 

Pietro punches the man in the gut and makes the other two punch each other as he grabs the already smoking canister and aims it at another approaching man from the left. 

He super speeds to the front lawn picks up two men and dumps them in a trash can in another yard three blocks away. He punches one man in the stomach making them fly off the porch. 

He zips past two other men in superspeed making them jerk away at the force of his speed and to the two men breaking down Miss Margo’s front door with an axe he gives them mega wedges and snatches the ace away from their grip and hits one of them in the face with the hilt of the axe, knocking his teeth out and the other he flings off the porch and on to a pile of cat shit. 

When he goes back to regular speed all of the Friends Of Humanity are on the ground incapacitated. Pietro grins and the front door opens. 

“Peter? Where’d they go?”

“Unconscious.”

Kurt stares at Pietro from inside openly showing the awe on his face. “You where just inside.” He says numbly.

“I was, and now I’m outside.” Pietro zipped right in front of Kurt in superspeed, showing off a little bit but suddenly Kurt is also gone. 

Pietro blinks in confusion and twirls around to face the door thinking maybe he missed him without realizing. 

Kurt was outside, to left of where he had been previously. Half his body materializing out of thin air.

Holy shit. 

Pietro goes back into regular speed and watches the smoke rush off Kurt and they both look at each other with matching grins. 

“We are the same?” Kurt says and Pietro can’t contain the giddy laugh that erupts from his mouth. 

“I run super fast.” 

“I can travel anywhere as long as I can see it or have been there before.” 

“That’s the coolest fucking thing I’ve ever heard.” Pietro goes to Kurt in normal speed feeling a bit too excited by the entire revelation. “Are you able to travel with other people?” 

“Yeah if I’m not too tired.” 

“Can you do it with other stuff? Like heavy stuff? Can you teleport with just for example a Pac-Man machine? Just curious.”

“What’s a Pac-Man?”

“Holy shit. What’s a pac-man machine? Are you serious? You need to go to an arcade or something. You’d love it.” Pietro doesn’t actually know if he would but Pietro does and he unanimously decided that they are in fact the bomb. 

“I’ve never teleported anything heavier than myself.” Kurt says and Pietro laughs, grabbing his bicep “just means you need to bulk up.”

Kurt’s face goes a nice shade of purple and Pietro isn’t sure how color theory works on blue skin but that might mean that Kurt’s blushing. “Bulk up?”

“Yeah! If you get stronger you’ll be able to carry bigger things. Therefore you’d also be able to teleport them. Hank has me on this food regiment that’s got me gaining so much weight, but it’s just turning into muscle cause I run so much. He can totally make you something like that. It’ll taste disgusting though full warning.”

“Who’s Hank?”

“He works at the school.”

“Like a teacher?”

“No, not really. He’s a doctor. You’ll like him, he’s blue too.” 

Kurt’s open his mouth to say something before Miss Margo is stepping out of the house. “Perhaps it’s unwise to be out in the open like this. Reinforcements will come so I think now is the perfect time to go.”

Kurt takes Miss Margo’s hands “what will happen to you and Frankie? I can’t just-“

“-don’t be silly, darling. Frankie gets off of school at 3 today. I gotta run some errands before I go pick him up and we’ll be right behind you.”

Kurt and Pietro look at each other in confusion. 

“You’re coming with?” Pietro is still stuck on the part where she’s waiting for Frankie to get off of school. 

Why not pick him up early? 

“I just said that. Keep up Peter.” 

“You want me to pick you up?” 

“Of course. I don’t own a car. I’m blind.”

“Right, of course.” Pietro smirks “and you want me to take Kurt first?”

“Yes, exactly. You can meet me at the elementary pick up line at three forty five.”

“I know the one. Cool.” Everything is going kind of fast but Pietro still never got what he came here for. 

“And my mom?”

“I don’t know where Magda is Peter. But I have a feeling she hasn’t told you for a reason.”

“Right…” Pietro will figure that out later but for now he turns to Kurt and grabs him by the waist and puts his hand behind his neck. The blue boy goes flush purple “What are you doing?”

“Holding your neck so you don’t get whiplash.”

“Whiplash. Has that happened before?”

Yes. Many, many times with many different people. “It’s just a precaution.”

“Okay.” Kurt relaxes under his touch. 

“Okay. You might wanna close your eyes. Flies are a bitch at superspeed.”

“Right, so smart. Thank you.” Pietro tries not to think too much about being called smart again. He’s so easy it’s embarrassing. 

“Back in a bit, Miss Margo.”

“See you soon, boys,”

Pietro puts on his goggles. He runs towards the X Mansion this time instead of away. 

Notes:

Okay so I introduced Kurt really early on. Yes he’s already a teenager. Don’t think about it too much. Just go with it. :)

Chapter 5: VisionandSpeed

Summary:

“I can only begin to imagine how fast you’re going or how fast you can go with further training. Fast enough to phase through buildings, run through water even.”

“I can run through water.” Pietro takes off his goggles, laying them flat on his messy silver hair.

Hank's jaw drops. Kurt’s eyes widen and he bounces slightly in excitement “like Jesus?”

“What do you mean you can run through water?” Hank asks, pushing his glasses up his nose.
“I did it once by accident, I hadn’t even known I could do it until I did.” Pietro recalls with a shrug.

Or

Pietro Maximoff adds to the very small student body of Charles Xavier school for gifted youngsters.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Pietro was gone for less than two hours. One hour and thirty eight minutes to be exact. During that brief time not much had changed in Xavier’s school for gifted youngsters, except of course that the girls had become incredibly bored.

 

Wanda was in the middle of committing arson. Looking about three seconds away from successfully expelling a demon from the staticy surface of the living room's television. Jean was right beside her with the biggest mischievous grin on her round face, making the Tv float like a giant moving target practice, orange and red entangling around like braided hair.

 

Kurt and Pietro land right in front of the two gremlins. Right smack dab in the center of the open room. 

 

“I’m back.” Pietro announces loudly.

 

“You were gone?” Wanda doesn’t stop her dip into madness as she looks like she’s about to pop a vein in her neck while in her attempt to destroy the television.

 

“Yep. Not long though. This is my new friend Kurt.”

 

“You’re blue.” Wanda says not even bothering to look away from her obviously far more important task. 

 

“I am.” Kurt swallows thickly, looking way too anxious over talking to a nine year old twerp. 

 

“Why?” Wanda asks annoyingly. 

 

Kurt looks at Pietro with begging eyes.

“It’s his favorite color.” Pietro says sarcastically. 

 

“It’s a good color.” Jean adds helpfully. 

 

“Right.” Pietro throws a bone “and it really makes his fangs pop.”

 

“Fangs?” Wanda looks at Kurt’s expectantly. Kurt just stands there looking like a deer in headlight. 

 

“Smile, pretty boy.” Pietro nudges gently and Kurt smiles shyly, his cheeks flushing purple.

 

“See?” 

 

Wanda just stares blankly at Kurt. 

 

“And he’s got nice yellow eyes.” Jean includes and Pietro nods. Jean is coming in strong with the assist. 

 

“Yeah, it does suit him.” Wanda frowns and looks at Kurt quizzically before shrugging back into her task “I’ll allow it.” She says as if she has any say in the matter whatsoever. 

 

“Thanks for your stamp of approval.” Pietro says sarcastically. 

 

“Yes, thank you.” Kurt says not at all sarcastically. He’s such a nice boy. 

 

“Where’s Charles?” 

 

“Who’s Charles?” Kurt folds his hands together nervously looking to Pietro once again and Pietro sees Kurt’s tail wrap around his own body, coiling up like an anxious snake. 

 

“He’s the professor.” Wanda says officially giving up on her mission to end cable. Jean gently places the tv back on its table. 

 

“And he’s in his office, he’s in a bit of a mood.” 

 

That makes Pietro pause “he is?”

 

“You should go see him.” Wanda says matter-of-factly.

 

“Maybe I shouldn’t actually.” Pietro doesn’t need reminding exactly where he and Charles left off. 

 

“Where are your shoes?” Jean asks suddenly, voice just above a whisper. Jean is becoming more outwardly vocal and Pietro is beyond proud of the fact that she’s even speaking in front of Kurt at all, who’s literally a stranger she met less than three minutes ago. 

 

“At his house.” Pietro points at Kurt who looks at him owlishly. “Mine?” He mouths silently. His shoes left carefully beside the front door on the wooden creaky floor of the house. 

 

“Why’d you leave them there?” Wanda jumps at the question and the ringing in Pietro's big brother meter is starting to get loud.

 

“Because.”

 

“Because?”

 

“Because.”

 

“‘Because’ isn't an answer!” 

 

“Because I forgot! Stop nagging me!” 

 

Wanda pulls a face at him and Pietro might be older but he never claimed to be more mature. He flicks her nose and she scrunches her face in irritation and she slaps it away. “You can’t-“ her face fumbles slightly as she looks at the hand that just flicked her. “Your hand is burned.” 

 

Pietro quickly pulls his hand away shoving them in his pocket.  

 

“Why’s your hand burned?” 

 

“Some stuff happened, got messy.”

 

“What stuff?”

 

“Stuff little kids shouldn’t worry about.”

 

“I’m not a little kid, I'm almost ten.”

 

“Yeah, cool, don’t care.” Not like he can stop her from-“I read Kurt’s mind.” That.

 

“She did what?” Kurt gapes and he should probably tell him at some point that he’s about to be living with three telepaths. 

 

His thoughts and feelings are ripe for the taking.

 

“Who’s Friends Of Humanity?” Wanda looks at Jean, a deep rooted frown morphing her face. 

 

Jean pulls on the sleeves of her shirt looking all sorts of apprehensive and Pietro decides to swoop in, standing between Wanda and Jean. Not because he’s afraid Wanda would do anything crazy but because he knows Jean is uncomfortable and the look on her face is making his stomach turn. Jean definitely has experience with Friends of Humanity. No doubt about it but Pietro won’t push. 

 

“I have no idea.” Pietro answers gently and gestures vaguely with his hand “I should probably tell Charles to keep an eye out on them or somethin’.” He was saying that mostly for Jeans benefit so she knows it’s not being brushed off and also because those people are literal nut jobs. 

 

Wanda shakes her head, grabbing Pietro by the elbows and pulling him away from Kurt and Jean and towards the stairs “We should go to Charles office right now since Hank is with him, Hank will heal you up real nice and quick.” Yeah Pietro remembers the way he gently soothed all of Wanda’s wounds the first day here and the many times afterwards.

 

“I’m okay.” Pietro lied, like a liar. The effect of running barefoot on pavement and grass and woody areas in superspeed resulted in burning aching feet and tiny hundreds of razor thin cuts on the flat of his feet. The burn on his dominant hand in which he had picked up the canisters, had begun to splinter and singe as a result of a clearly laced container. He shouldn’t have picked up those canisters with his bare hands and he shouldn’t have run with his bare feet. He knows he should let Hank help him. He just didn’t wanna see Charles right this second. Not after he freaked out on him and ran away. But-but also he was still mad at him. He doesn’t want to deal with that right now. 

 

He hasn’t even gotten a second to breathe or think . It’s been a very busy day. He started with replacing sheets and now Pietros bringing home a new mutant and his family after briefly running away after Charles read his entire life without asking him and then telling him he’s like a good person or whatever In a very genuine way that Pietro couldn’t fucking deal with. 

 

Yeah. He’s a disaster. Whatever. It’s been an emotional rollercoaster of a day and Pietro wants to take a nap. 

 

“Liar.” Wanda huffs interrupting his thoughts, pulling him away from the other two mutants with amazing strength. He almost immediately realizes she's using her powers to help her pull on his clothes. His jacket tightening around him and gently tugging

 

He followed her miserably leaving a startled Kurt behind with a curious Jean. 

 

“You like cable?” Jean asks Kurt with a blank face. 

 

“Never had it.” Kurt responds modestly and Pietro can’t hear the rest of the conversation before he’s already on the second flight of stairs. Wanda’s legs are much smaller than his; she's practically running while he’s taking large steps to keep her pace. 

 

“Hank will make it go away. He’s really good at it.” Wanda has had a few scrapes since she’s been to the school. Just last week she took a tumble off the roof, trying to see if she was able to fly when she wasn’t asleep and scratched up her face and got a tooth knocked out. It was a baby tooth and it was the last one she had. 

 

Ironically Wanda does not believe in the tooth fairy but we did manage to convince Hank that she did and made him dress up in a fairy costume to leave behind a dollar to replace the tooth under her pillow. Pietro recorded the whole thing in a hand held camera they had in storage and will be using it as blackmail sometime soon. 

 

“He’ll give you the magic bandaid and you’ll be all good.” Wanda’s explanation to the tooth fairy not being real was because fairies wouldn’t specialize in human teeth; they'd rather be in nature far away from ugly civilization. 

 

Because the fairy corporation is obviously not making enough profit off of human children’s teeth. They’d just bring the position down to the latter of creatures more qualified like a rat. 

 

Pietro did not inform her that there was in fact a whole region of people who believed in a rat that collects teeth. He mainly tried to focus on the fact that Fairies in Wanda’s magical creature kingdom are the apex predator.

 

Solid points were made. 

 

Wanda made a very colorful graph, it was very informative. She made Pietro and Jean take notes. 

 

Unicorns being underneath the chupacabra sounded a bit incorrect but Pietro was not about to question her logic.

 

Anyway the “magic band-aid” is not magical at all. In fact it’s just a regular blue bandaid with a smiley face in the center which Hank claims that children love. Pietro doesn’t which “children” he’s referring to but Wanda believes that it’s magical because within minutes of applying the bandaid on her skin her bruises and cuts healed up. But this has nothing to do with Hank's bandaids and more to do with her powers and how they help her heal when she uses them. 

 

Pietro lets her believe what she wants and Hank takes the praise wherever he can. 

 

“I think Hank is busy with cerebro.” Pietro hilariously still has no ducking idea what cerebro even is but the thing must be massive if he’s been tinkering with it this whole damn time. 

 

“No he’s not.” Wanda says plainly and Pietro hates that she just gets to know that. He can’t even billshit his way out of this. “He’s with Charles. Talking.”

 

“About what?”

 

“None of your business?” Suddenly she has morals when it comes to snooping? Jerk. 

 

“I don’t wanna disturb, if it’s important.”

 

This is important.” sounds a lot like she’s saying He’s important which makes Pietro shut the fuck up real fucking quick. 

 

The hallway is long but Pietro can see the door at the end of the hall, slightly open and leading to Charles’ office. Wanda clearly doesn’t see or care about  the million alarm bells ringing in Pietros head telling him to not go through that door. Wanda is ruthless and Pietro has no idea where she gets it from. 

 

Without stopping to make herself known, or knock or fucking even breath Wanda whips the door open with her mind and walks right in, Pietro being dragged behind her like a pouty shaken dog. 

Charles and Hank abruptly stop in conversation jumping slightly as the door handle smacks against the wall with a loud clunk. Hank gives a quick look at Charles as the professor puts something blindly away in his desk through what seems muscle memory alone because he doesn’t even look at whatever he’s putting away or where he’s putting it in, his eyes immediately stuck on Pietro since the moment he’s entered the room. Narrowing and focusing on him like he’s meant to be observed and looked at.

 

“Pietro-“ Wanda cannot read a room because he immediately talks over Charles like she was the fault and not him “Pietro got in a fight and he got hurt.”

 

Charles looks at Wanda with a look of guilt that makes Pietro's stomach turn at what conclusion he’s jumping to. 

 

“a physical fight. And I burned my hand by accident.” Pietro corrects quickly his cheeks flush red at the thought of Charles thinking he hurt his feelings . He would rather die than ever admit Charles' words affected his mental state at all. 

 

“You what?” Hank exclaims, looking way too alarmed by what Pietro just said. 

“How’s that possible? Someone was actually able to get close enough to burn you? You didn’t use your super speed?” Hank was beside him so quickly he would’ve mistaken him for having superspeed. 

 

“I used my superspeed.” Pietro mumbles “would’ve been worse if I hadn’t.”

 

Pietro explains what happened, only after Wanda leaves the room. She’ll find out eventually, it’s hard to keep secrets from telepaths in this house. Unless it’s me who’s keeping it. 

 

Hank and Charles are both openly concerned which only makes Pietro want to shrink away. Hank pulls a first aid kit out of thin fucking air and begins slathering Pietros palm with a weird smelling cream that made his hand sting at contact. 

 

“That hurts.” Pietro whines like a dumb kid, trying to pull his hand away from Hank's care. Charles glares at Hank, as if that was personally his fault “Hank-“ Hank glares at Charles back, looking actually terrifying with the fangs and blue fur.  “no shit it hurts. It’s infected.” He aims his irritability at Pietro instead looking between scolding and caring masterfully “You heal faster then most so it had time to get all nasty. You’re lucky it won’t leave too much of a scar.”

 

“But it will leave a scar?” Charles says and Pietro can hear the frown on his face. Pietro might melt to the floor with the amount of attention he was getting for a few scrapes. 

 

“A very faint one. Shouldn’t be too bad just needs to replace the bandages and reapply the ointment every couple hours. Should be completely fine within three days.”

 

“That’s good.” Pietro says at the same time that Charles says “isn’t that a bit long? Three days?” He rolls his wheelchair a bit closer to the pair and Pietro tries not to stiffen too obviously. 

 

“Actually the normal time would usually be around 21 days or more for a burn this severe. So three days is actually pretty miraculous.” Hank says pushing his glasses up his blue nose. 

 

“Miraculous.” Charles repeats under his breath and Pietro thinks it’s finally over. He can leave now. 

 

He was wrong. 

 

“And his feet? Is there any infection there?” Charles isn’t talking to Pietro. He’s talking to Hank. Hank isn’t talking to Pietro, he's talking to Charles. 

 

“Can we not talk about my feet?” 

 

“How quickly are you able to supply him with new shoes?” Completely ignored. 

 

“I already have an extra pair I was tinkering with.” Hank says and Pietro is both impressed by his foresight and touched that he even thought of making an extra pair. 

 

“Can I get it in silver this time?”

 

“Sure.” Hank huffs “and your feet aren’t too bad just need to put the same ointment on them and regularly bathe and clean them in cold water.” 

 

“Cool, are we done, can I go?” 

 

“No, stay right here, I’m going to go get your shoes.” 

 

“I can go get them. I’m faster.” Pietro says. 

 

“It’s best you don’t go anywhere barefoot while in superspeed, even in the house.” Hank is darting out of the room before he could protest, leaving Charles and Pietro to their own Devices. 

 

Was that Intentional?

 

Damn. 

 

“Peter, may I say something.” 

 

Double damn. 

 

Pietro looks at Charles in the face for the first time since this whole mess. “I would prefer it if you didn’t. The awkward silence is quite soothing.” 

 

Charles soldiers on. 

 

“I believe I may have crossed a boundary for you earlier.”

 

“My intentions do not matter if it resulted in you feeling uneasy or hurt. What I did was out of line and unwarranted and I'm sorry. Deeply.”

 

It was a simple apology. The actual words “I’m sorry” actually came out of his mouth. Pietro heard them. It sounded like an apology. It felt like one. It is one. Pietro doesn’t know what to do with that. 

What is he supposed to do with all the leftover anger in his chest, temporally squashed into his lung like ash. “I’m still mad.” Pietro says and Charles nods as if he expected as much. 

 

“You can still be mad even if someone apologizes. Even if it’s genuine. It doesn’t make your feelings go away.”  Pietro feels the heat behind his eyes and he takes in a cold breath that makes his lungs feel like ice cubes at a party. It’s pitiful to realize that Pietro has never actually been apologized to before. Not like this. Not when he was actually distressed. Not when he deserved one. 

 

He’s heard plenty of half hearted Sorrys from Wanda after a badly executed prank. Or a throw away apology from his drunk mother. But not a real honest one. 

 

Pietro didn’t even realize that fact until he heard a real one.  

 

“Can you say it again?” His voice cracked and it made Pietro cringe but not back away. 

 

“I’m sorry.” Charles repeats without hesitation, without question and with just as much conviction. “For invading your privacy and for using the knowledge I gained to make a point.”

 

“Again.” Pietro takes in a breath. 

 

“I’m sorry.” Charles doesn't look away from Pietro, not for even a moment “for making you upset enough to leave. I should’ve realized how my words affected you.” 

 

“Again.” 

 

“I’m sorry. I went behind your back instead of just asking you. I was trying to rush a process and gather information I could’ve easily gotten from you.” 

 

“Again.” Pietro can hear it in his own voice. 

 

“I’m sorry Peter you didn’t deserve that level of distrust. From me or from anyone.” 

 

“Again.” He’s going to fucking cry. 

 

“I’m sorry for everything. I’ll try to be better.” 

 

“Again.” 

 

“I’m so sorry.” 

 

Pietros wobbly voice and entire shaking body made him feel like one of Miss Margo’s purring cats. “I’m sorry for running away.”

 

“I’m sorry for making you run.”

 

Pietro doesn’t realize he’s planning on hugging Charles until he’s already doing it. He does it in superspeed, wrapping his arms around him, knocking his knee on the wheelchair and transferring all his appreciation and adoration into that single embrace. 

 

For Charles it probably felt like sudden warmth and then an abrupt harsh chillness. He wouldn’t have been able to even process the fact that he’d been hugged. Too fast for him to even register it as one. Although Pietro sees the growing smile on Charles face and infers that the man might suspect Pietro's sudden lapse in sanity. 

 

“It’s cool. We’re cool.” Pietro says in a super cool way like he doesn’t have red puffy eyes from crying at super speed. 

 

Because that’s definitely not something he did. He’s not a baby. This is so chill. They’re both good. This is fine. Charles is chill. He totally did not just unravel him in seconds. Unintentionally mending something Pietro didn’t know was broken with a “I'm sorry.” That’s not what happened. 

 

Don’t be dumb. 

 

Pietro just likes giving random bursts of affection. 

 

“I have the shoes.” Hank comes back in at the perfect time. A bit too perfect. Pietro isn’t convinced he wasn’t just hovering outside the door for the last several minutes while they talked it out. 

 

“And I met Kurt. He’s blue.” Hank says matter-of-fact. 

 

“I mentioned that, didn't I?”

 

“I don’t believe you did.” Charles says with amusement. 

 

“I feel like that’s not something I’d forget.” Hank sasses. 

 

“Me either.”

 

“Well you did and I just had the oddest encounter with the boy. I think he thinks I’m his father.”

 

“What?” Pietro laughed hysterically. 

 

“Are you?” Charles asks the question so seriously that Pietros laughter gets louder. 

 

“I am not!” Hank exasperates “When would I have had the time?” 

 

“He’s my age so did you have a girlfriend around 19 years ago?”

 

“No.” 

 

Charles gives him a look. 

 

“We weren’t together!” Hank hisses “plus he would’ve been born before I’d even met her. Before I even finished my last doctorate.”

 

“Ah, that is correct the boy would be much younger if Raven had been the mother.” 

 

“Who’s Raven?” 

 

“She’s my sister.” Pietro knew the professor had a sister, he just hadn’t known what her name was. Or anything about her really. He doesn’t talk about her much. During one of their chess matches he had briefly described growing up with another mutant sibling as a way to relate Pietro and Wanda’s most recent discourse at the time. It had been short and sweet but left the professor looking somber so Pietro never asked further questions on her. 

 

“You had a fling with the professor's sister? Dude!” Pietro is loving this slice of drama. 

 

Hanks hisses af Pietro “we didn’t have a fling. We went on a few dates and then she left the school to be with someone else.”

 

Ouch. 

 

“Because she was pregnant with your baby.” Pietro instigated. The timeline doesn’t add up. He’s completely fucking with him but bring horribly wrong is worth the look on Hanks face. 

 

“She was not pregnant! I would’ve known, I’m a doctor!” 

 

“I dunno Hank, would you? She can change form, she could easily hide a baby bump.” Charles is still in the game and has added to the fuel. 

 

“Not you too professor!” Hank was distraught and Pietro realizes that nothing brings the mood up faster than messing with Hank “we hadn’t even done anything particularly intimate.”

 

“If you don’t want to be a father, we understand Hank. It’s a big responsibility. But I must say I see the resemblance.”

 

“Not all blue people are related, Peter.”

 

“I was talking about the little matching fangs. But it seems you have some personal issues with blue people.”

 

“Would you like to talk about your deep-rooted racism towards blue mutants? We are always ready to listen.” Charles does his best professor voice and Pietro has to go into super speed to laugh. It probably sounded like a split second of a high pitched whistle to them. 

 

Hanks mouth makes a giant O and Pietro might actually just fall apart at normal speed into a mess of laughter. This is too much. 

 

“I AM DONE WITH THE BOTH OF YOU!” Hank jerkily hands Pietro his new shoes and throws his hands in his hair to block out their mockery. 

 

Charles and Pietro high five like a couple of school boys. 

 

Pietro put on his new silver shoes and despite doctor's orders began to run around the school with them to feel them out. At some point he takes Charles card and goes to on atm and gets cash out and pays for the sheets he stole in cash, leaving the exact amount, with tax, inside the registers without waiting in the god awful line. Inventory will be a bitch for them but at least they have the money. He doesn’t tell Charles and he’s rich enough to not check his bank account consistently so he has no way of knowing. 

 

He picks up Miss Margo and Frankie who are both packed with suitcases and suitcases of shit he didn’t think about carrying. This is gonna be multiple trips. It was. And he also hadn’t thought about the cats. He brought them too. All seven of them. “The others are strays and very territorial, they won’t want to leave the home base.” Miss Margo said and Pietro left it at that. 

 

Frankie took little to no convincing in moving into the mansion the moment he was told that Wanda was there. “I wanna be where she is. She is my world.” 

 

The fuck. 

 

“Huh?” Pietro has to process his words for a second and then process that a nine year old child just said that about his sister. 

 

“Like I said before. Frankie has a bit of a crush on little miss Wanda.”

 

“This isn’t a crush, mama! This is love.” Frankie proclaims like he’s said this on multiple occasions. The young boy seems nice enough. He’s a blond haired boy with blue eyes and pale skin. His face is round with baby fat and his silver and red wheel chair make him sit at about Pietros hip. He spots the colorful stone gems he has dangling from the back of his wheelchair and a squishy yellow heart charm that looks like something Wanda may or may not have one at one of the arcade stores he’s taken her to. 

 

“I can’t wait to see her again. I’ve missed her so much. School has been so inbearable without her.” 

 

“Unbearable.” Miss Margo corrects. 

“Inbearable is not a word.” 

 

“Buts it’s how I feel.”

 

“It’s not an actual emotion, the word you’re thinking of is Unbearable.”

 

“Define it.” 

 

“Unable to be endured or tolerated.” 

 

“Then yes. Undarable is correct. School was undarable.”

 

“Unbearable.” Miss Margo corrects again.

 

“Unbearalel.”

 

“Unbearable.”

 

“I’m finding this conversation unbearable. No offense. Can you two have it at the Mansion and not in front of the lawn a bunch of people just attacked.” 

 

Several trips later and a tetanus shot on both feet, everyone is in the mansion. Safe and sound. 

 

“It’s a pleasure to meet you Miss Wagner, I’m Professor Charles Xavier.” Charles introduced himself, extending his elbow for Miss Margo to take. 

 

“Oh, You can call me Miss Margo, sugar.” She easily grabs his elbow, squeezing it gently. She’s a very short woman, just barely gracing past 4 feet and stands comfortably beside Charles. 

 

“Of course miss Margo.” Charles begins his tour with Miss Margo, a teasing smile on his face “Peter has mentioned that you were homeschooling Kurt. Did you have previous experience in education?” 

Pietro doesn’t recall telling him that but the last couple hours have been so crazy he wouldn’t be surprised if he was word vomiting.

 

“Well, yes and no, you see I was part of a traveling circus-“ Miss Margo and Charles are now too far away to be heard but Pietro assumes she’s beginning to divulge into her stories. 

 

Pietro will not save Charles from them; he has bigger fish to fry. Fish being Frankie. 

 

The boy's reunion with his sister was more than he expected. Wanda, unlike with her reaction to Kurt’s arrival, seemed to almost levitate towards Frankie. Actually pietro thinks she actually might’ve been levitating but he could be mistaken. 

 

Wanda bounces down the stairs, the biggest grin ripping from her face “Vision!” 

 

“Speed!” Frankie shouts back joyfully looking like he’s about to cry as he wheels quickly towards the edge of the stairs to meet her faster. 

 

They collapse into a big hug with the both giggling and laughing like…well like little kids. 

 

“Who’s vision and speed?” Jean appears from literal thin air looking between the two happy friends.

 

“It’s a game we play at school.”

 

Pietro listens into the description of this so-called game. The premise is Wanda pushes Frankie’s wheelchair at full fucking speed with a blindfold and Frankie is suppose to navigate as her Vision and tell her if she’s about to ram head first into a damn tree. This game , Pietro decides, is not a game and in fact a death wish for crazy people. Why was that something the teachers allowed them to do? 

 

“for fucks sake, please just play monopoly or something.” 

 

“Monopoly’s for cheaters.” Wanda and Jean say at the same time, like they had this exact discussion before without Pietro present. 

 

“Okay psycho twins just don’t lose any limbs.” 

 

In the days that followed Frankie, Wanda and Jean became a trio seamlessly. Jean unfortunately was the third wheel to the well oiled machine that was VisionandSpeed. With Wanda’s divided attention Jean became more quiet

 again, although Wanda and Frankie never excluded her in anything Jean still drifted away. 

 

This leads to Pietro thinking of a solution. 

 

“Do you think I can come with you to recruit students?” Pietro suggested to Charles one day while in the middle of their chess game. 

 

“Come with me?” 

 

“I just…I’ve noticed you and Hank have been having a hard time recruiting. I thought maybe if they saw someone closer to their age with a cool flashy power they might be more inclined to join.”

 

“Did you just call me old?” Charles moves his bishop. “Is that the only reason you’ve suddenly grown interested in helping?” 

 

Pietro shrugs looking out the run due in his office seeing a lake and trees that surround the area. An empty big yard. “I think more people will help. Jean needs to be around kids her age. Kurts never even went to a proper school before and even if she doesn’t admit it I know Wanda misses actually going to classes. She’s a nerd. This school needs to start feeling like an actual school and not just a big house.”

 

“I completely agree.” Charles smiles and Pietro moves his knight. “You can go with me in two days in Hanks place.” 

 

“What’s Hank doing in two days?”

 

“He’s got a personal matter to attend to.”

 

“Okay, just you and me then.” He blocks his bishop and as soon as Pietro moves his piece he realizes his mistake. “Shit.”

 

“Check mate.” 

 

Kurt and Pietro race. Hank says it’s to see the extent of their powers but Pietro thinks he was just getting tired of the lab. He needed some vitamin D and decent entertainment. 

 

Hank has gotten better at not asking ten thousand questions, showing some semblance of self control but Pietro can tell he was going to burst into full scientist cardiac arrest when Pietro started running so fast that the grass was catching fire. 

 

“I can only begin to imagine how fast you’re going or how fast you can go with further training. Fast enough to phase through buildings, run through water even.” 

 

“I can run through water.” Pietro takes off his goggles, laying them flat on his messy silver hair. 

 

Hank's jaw drops. Kurt’s eyes widen and he bounces slightly in excitement “like Jesus?”

 

“What do you mean you can run through water?” Hank asks, pushing his glasses up his nose. 

“I did it once by accident, I hadn’t even known I could do it until I did.” Pietro recalls with a shrug.

 “I ended up in Japan in the midst of The Omizutori Festival. Loud people and loud music, lots of dancing and amazing food and there was a fifty foot paper dragon with about twenty men beneath it, controlling it like a dancing puppet. It was probably the coolest thing I’d ever seen and the people were nice. I ended up staying there for three days. Technically it was because I was stranded though. I hadn’t known how to get back home and I didn’t know a lick of the language so I had to learn it pretty quickly to navigate myself back to America.” 

“You learned an entire language in three days?”

“Well, I was in a more native state in the country. They spoke a more fluid dialect. Cantonese with a combination of Mandarin terms. I figured it would be easier to learn both Cantonese and Mandarin to get the most accurate directions.” 

“You’re amazing!” Kurt gapes “learning English is hard enough I can’t even imagine.” 

“It was just basic pattern recognition and I was twelve so it was easier to learn new languages.” Pietro wants to make sure Kurt doesn’t feel dumb for not easily picking up on English. 

“You’re a genius.” Hank says still gaping. 

 “I wouldn’t go that far-“

“-no I mean it Pietro. You might be a genius. Have you ever been tested?”

”no?”

”that’s a travesty.”

“Thank you.” Pietro’s face was beat red. 

“You were stranded in Japan for three days when you were twelve?” Kurt asks in such a soft gentle voice that Pietro had to do mental gymnastics to make that previous statement okay. 

“Yeah, but it was fun. The people were mostly nice.” He shouldn’t have said mostly. Mostly Implies that not everyone was. 

“You were twelve. Where did you even stay?” Hank questions suddenly. 

 

“I stayed at some guy's house.” 

 

Hank looks so alarmed that Pietro knows immediately that he’s said the wrong thing. “What guy? Someone you had just met?”

“They wouldn’t let minors in the hostels and the people at the brothels were handsy. So a college student said I could stay at his apartment near the festival.”

“And you just…went along with that?”

Pietro knew stranger danger. He wasn’t dumb, if he felt like he was in any actual danger he would've just ran out before the guy could do anything. The boy did stare a lot at Pietro but Pietro was a foreigner so that didn’t surprise him. 

Although he will admit if his kid sister had told him some wild ass shit like that he would’ve freaked out too. 

 

“He would’ve had to sleep on the streets which would’ve been worse.” Kurt comes to his defense easily before Pietro could even say anything. His voice gained a sort of protective edge that Pietro didn’t realize he'd earned. “The important thing is that he got back home safe. God bless his journey.” 

Hank looked between Kurt and Pietro and seemed to be trying to work something out in his head “and you swear nothing…bad happened?”

“Scouts honor.” Pietro puts his hand on his heart. 

Hank rolls his eyes “you weren’t ever a Boy Scout.”

“You’d know that cause you where?”

“As a matter of fact I was. You’re looking at a senior beetle scout from the 118 squad.”

“What is a Boy Scout?” Kurt frowns.

Pietro bursts out into laughter. In regular speed so Hank knows he’s making fun of him. 

Hank ignores Kurt’s question completely “for your sake I won’t mention the stranded and in the hands of strangers part to Charles. He’d freak out.”

 

“Why?”

 

Hank gives him the deadest expression “because he cares about you.” He can hear the suppressed idiot in his monotone sentence.

“I mean why would you mention it to him at all?”

 

“Because he cares about you.” He repeats with exasperation “and we talk about you.” Pietro…doesn’t know how he feels about that. It’s an odd feeling to be thought about when he’s not in the room. To be perceived is weird. 

 

“And all the others too.” Hank adds suddenly, quickly, as if he’s realized he’s said something weird. Something he wasn’t meant to say. 

 

“But-what’s a Boy Scout?” Kurt repeats stubbornly. 

 

Pietro laughs and he runs. Kurt follows behind him, sulfur and a puff of smoke left behind to hit Hank in the face. 



Notes:

As always. Typos are a given. Enjoy :)

Chapter 6: Origins of Quicksilver

Summary:

In a flurry of motions, Pietro had been stripped from his sheep costume and adorned with shoulder pads and a helmet a bit heavier than expected.

What. The. Fuck.

Pietro was never doing anyone a favor ever again if this was gonna be the result. Pietro told everyone that could hear including the coach himself that he did NOT know how to play football. He doesn't know the rules, he doesn’t know the forms or anything specific at all about the dreaded sport.

“Run where no one is and if they throw the ball at you, catch it and run to the touchdown.” The coach yelled out in a rush, buckling Pietros knee pads into place and he wanted to throw a damn fit

****

Pietro plays football very very briefly, he teaches Kurt how to drive, and he gets a X-Men: First Class summary via Charles Xavier.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Pietro Django Maximoff never really had close friends growing up. The kids at his old school tended to stay away from the hyperactive speedster who always seemed to be on the wrong side of a punch. Funnily enough, the bold silver hair was only really a problem with his teachers who thought it was distracting to his peers, and towards the beginning of his hair transition when he tried to hide the grey streaks with ugly brown hair dye other kids gave him weird looks but after he fully embraced it most of his classmates just thought he was a rebellious teenager who spontaneously dyed his hair fully silver. Pietro was never mistaken for cool though. Rebellious. Yes. Outcast. Yes. A punk. Yes. but not cool. Never cool. That was of course until he was scouted. It happened like everything else in Pietro’s life: completely by accident. 

He was at a football game. He was not playing the sport of course. He’s not exactly built for that type of impact and he was trying to decrease the number of concussions he got, not increase them. He had gone to the homecoming game simply because he had been asked to wear the Sheep mascot costume. The previous student who had taken over as mascot representative was hit by a car and hospitalized. Unfortunately, Pietro was assigned to give the studious peer his makeup work in the hospital and he proceeded to ask, more like beg, Pietro to take over for him in the homecoming game. Pietro couldn't look at his bruised-up face and his double casted arms and legs and say no to the poor bastard. So he agreed. But only for that game. 

One game was all it took. 

He’d never gone to a high school football game before that day and he was excessively disappointed. His school was losing to a whopping twenty-eight points, his costume reeked of sweat and cigarettes, and the popcorn he stole was stale as fuck. His team sucked ass which he knew far in advance before arriving at the game. The school was notoriously shitty at all sports. What he hadn't known was that the other team did not suck. They had high schoolers who didn't look like high schoolers. Pietro swears up and down that, all of them must have been on steroids or had enough muscle mass to bench-press a car. No way on Yahwah Green's earth were they high schoolers. Every single one of them had a beard and looked old enough to have kids. Pietro was grateful he wasn’t the one playing against them. 

He was just a mascot. 

He was only supposed to be a mascot. 

But the other team were beasts. Monsters. It wasn't fair at all really. They had College recruiters on their side of the field. Clipboards and markers and ready beaty eyes all over the opponents and their best players so he knew why they hadn't pulled any punches but holy shit. It was brutal. Three players were down by the first quarter with severe concussions and one with a broken ankle that Pietro and half the cheerleaders could hear from the bleachers. One junior player had a mental breakdown and had to be escorted out of the field by his mother and another player straight up left when he saw the other team walk out of the bus. 

The school's team The Sheep’s, much like their name, weren't very big in numbers and so when they kept losing more and more players as the game went on the coach became incredibly anxious. Pietro knew from being nosy in the teacher's breakroom that the football coach was going through a messy divorce with his cheating wife and had been threatened more than once to be fired from his position in the school. His life was quite literally falling apart. Pietro thinks this is why the coach was becoming just a bit too unhinged as the game proceeded. It was half-time when it happened. It hadn't taken much counting to realize they didn’t have enough players anymore to continue the game. Pietro isn't sure how many players were meant to play but one of the brunette cheerleaders had been talking about it very lightly beside Pietro. Looking sad that she might have to go home early after practicing all week. He jumped up and he did the practiced cheer routine with the girls, swaying and sashaying and doing all the twirls they threw into the songs. Maybe it was the backflip, or maybe it was the fact Pietro was simply there in his line of sight but the coach turned to him in a panic induced desperation and said “What size are you?”

In a flurry of motions, Pietro had been stripped from his sheep costume and adorned with shoulder pads and a helmet a bit heavier than expected. 

What. The. Fuck.

Pietro was never doing anyone a favor ever again if this was gonna be the result. Pietro told everyone that could hear including the coach himself that he did NOT know how to play football. He doesn't know the rules, he doesn’t know the forms or anything specific at all about the dreaded sport. 

“Run where no one is and if they throw the ball at you, catch it and run to the touchdown.” The coach yelled out in a rush, buckling Pietros knee pads into place and he wanted to throw a damn fit. 

Pietro could’ve ran away before they could blink and be home without a care but now the cheerleaders looked overjoyed. And the bleachers that had started to dwindle in excitement looked entertained and Pietro is nothing if not an entertainer. So okay. Whatever. He put on the damn padding and he looked small but not any smaller than his…teammates. He looked like a shrimp compared to the other team. Like little leagues playing with NFL players. Some of those kids will literally probably be in the NFL one day. So he’s not exaggerating. 

He hears the whistle that ends half-time and he prays to his lord and hopes that he leaves without any concussions. 

They line up and the other team looks far more terrifying up close and he second guesses this decision once again. Okay. Okay. He takes a breath and they say some weird phrase Pietro's guesses he’s supposed to know but doesn’t and they scatter. Pietro runs. 

He’s fast. Obviously. He’s a damn speedster. But he wasn’t using his super speed to run. He wasn’t that stupid. He was using his regular speed. Which he guesses is still unusually fast. 

He went to a corner of the field where no one was at, getting there faster then anyone could process, and kinda just stood there hoping no one would throw the ball at him. 

They throw the ball at him. Of course. 

He does not catch it. Because again, Pietro can’t emphasize this enough HE HAS NEVER PLAYED FOOTBALL BEFORE. The ball flies right above his head and bounces off the ground and he thought that was that except the coach was yelling at him to grab it which confused him. 

He doesn’t know how to play football. 

He grabs the ball with urgency because now the yelling is becoming a bit insane. 

“Run, Damn it!” The coach howls and Pietro does so only because the monsters are now coming right at him. Holy fucking shit they're coming right at him. 

He runs. 

Again. 

He must emphasize he really just doesn’t know how to play football. Nothing at all. 

He hasn’t the foggiest idea which side of the field he’s meant to run at. He just runs away from the big beasts chasing him and they go in circles because Pietro still has the ball and they keep tripping over themselves to try and tackle him but just when they get close he runs slightly faster. 

Repeat. Over and over. The cheerleaders are screaming. Cheering. Everyone in the bleachers is standing up gaping or laughing or visibly staring at the mockery Pietro is making of the game. 

Pietro keeps dodging concussions and he holds on to the ball for dear life because he's got no clue if he’s allowed to throw it or not and if he does he’s guaranteed to miss completely. 

Again. 

Pietro doesn’t know how to play. 

At all. 

He runs until he spots the coach pointing at the opposite side of the field in frantic waves and figures that’s the way he’s meant to go. And he runs the entire field, passes dozens of more players and when he gets to the end the bleachers explodes. Roaring and howling and the cheerleaders burst into a new cheer routine that had far too many flips and splits that Pietro couldn’t comprehend. 

Is it over? Can he drop the ball now? He turns to the girls and sees that nearly half the players where on the ground, or out of breath or simply glaring accusatory daggers at him. 

The kid that had a mental breakdown earlier came back with a popsicle and no padding. Pietro was more than eager to give him his own borrowed gear to him and push him back into the football field. 

He let out a sigh of relief, when he no longer had to play. One point was enough for him. 

Unbeknownst to him a recruiter had been observing Pietro in the field. While he usually seeks out football players he was also keeping a pair of eyes out for a runner for the track team at his own school. 

He got a phone call the following afternoon after he got his information from the school. He kinda thinks that was illegal but he didn’t ask too many questions. 

He told his mom. He thought it would be cool. As long as he didn’t have to catch anything. 

He had to transfer schools. Which was fine. He didn’t really like his high school anyway. 

When he transferred word about his stunt in the football field had spread and for the very first time in his life people thought Pietro was cool. He had people that actually wanted to talk to him. Hanging off of I’m like fruit off a tree. He didn’t mind all the attention, in fact he kinda loved it. 

He understood why people wanted to be popular so damn bad all the time. Being loved is kinda awesome. 

Because if his silver hair, which Pietro thought would be a problem for the school but it wasn’t, Pietro had gathered a bit of a nickname. 

Quicksilver. It became a bit of a brand for him. “Just can’t ever dye it back to brown.” His coach said. 

“Won’t be a problem.” Pietro grinned. 

All he had to do was keep the grade point average to qualify for sports but because the school curriculum was actually pretty behind compared to his old school Pietro smoothed past the first school year with a high C without a care in the world. He ran everyday after school and on the weekend. 

It was all he did. And he loved it. He was good at it. He was loved for it. He had friends because of it. 

But of course all that was fake too. Pietro knew that deep down that Tommy from chemistry and David and Lewis from American literature weren’t actually his friends and just groupies. Digging their full nails into someone they thought would be successful. And pietro was successful. Until he wasn’t

So at the end of the day when all is said and done Pietro has never had an actual genuine friend. At least not one his age. Not one that Pietro could see himself becoming close with. Not someone like Kurt Wagner. 

Pietro didn’t wanna do the wrong thing or say the wrong thing. Or be weird. He didn’t want Kurt to leave and considering that’s literally the blue boy's power it’s kinda hard.

Kurt says he’s never seen a movie before. 

“Miss Margo’s blind so she listens to movies on the radio.” When Pietro was briefly in their home he did note that they did not have a tv. 

Pietro was more than happy to set up the tv in the biggest living room and run to the nearest dvd store. He was a bit too eager to make Kurt happy but he also was incredibly bored and was pumped to actually be able to do something.

“Not a lot of options at the store but I’ve got Wonka, The Godfather, Paper moon and the exorcist.” All pretty different genres for him to choose from. 

“Not the exorcist!” Kurt pales his tail going protectively around his person and Pietro immediately tosses the dvd into the trash even though it’s a rental. Kurt’s reaction to the name of the movie was a bit odd but Pietro didn’t push the subject. 

They ended up watching Wonka and even though Pietro had already seen it with his sister when it came out he was very happy to watch it with Kurt who made the experience ten times more enjoyable with his little gasps and awes and the constant happy swaying of his tail. Kurt particularly enjoyed the Oompa Loompas and the way they had bright orange skin and green hair. 

“I wish I had green hair.” Kurt touched his own hair and Pietro for some reason thought that was permission enough to reach over and touch his hair as well. Brushing his fingers through his black curls not aware of how still the blue mutant had gotten. Pietro sees random streaks of blue in his hair when the light hits it at certain angles. “I like your hair. It suits you.”

Pietro catches up to his actions and feels suddenly too aware of how close he had gotten to Kurt and pulls away, taking his hand away from Kurt’s hair and wanting to kick himself in the face. Why did he do that? Hello? Personal space much? 

Pietro is a tactile person. He touches everything. Especially things he shouldn’t. This, as he has recently learned, also includes other people. 

The part of Pietro that always craved human contact usually only appeared around Wanda who reciprocated the hugs and cuddles and the overall touching. More recently he’s been this way around Jean as well but only when she instigates it. He knows she has problems with people suddenly touching her so he tries to tread carefully with her. 

She’s similar to Hank in that way. He avoids physical contact with anyone and everyone and Pietro doesn’t push the man for it. Not when he has plenty from Jean and Wanda. 

Pietro doesn’t know how open Kurt is to being touched. He doesn’t know him well enough yet but Pietro knows that he probably shouldn’t go around yanking on his hair to find out. 

“I like your hair too.” Kurt responds back quickly “I think it suits you as well.” He smiles comfortingly at Pietro who had scurried away from the blue boy afraid of what his reaction was gonna be. 

Pietro relaxes and morphs back to his side with ease. “We both got pretty awesome hair.”

The movie ended and Kurt had the biggest grin on his face “I think I want a Wonka chocolate bar.”

Pietro fell into laughter “don’t we all?”

He had to later explain that Wonka was in fact not a real person and that they couldn’t just go to a candy store and get a Wonka bar that would make them fly. Kurt was very disappointed. 

Of course after that Pietro did end up finding out through Charles that Wonka was based off of a real person who also had a chocolate factory and killed children as a secret ingredient. He did not tell Kurt this horrifying information. He didn’t want him to suddenly hate the movie. 

Pietro did return the movie the very next day though even though he had two more weeks with it. 

Kurt mentioned he liked Pietros leather jacket and that afternoon Pietro finds a matching red one he thought he’d like. Kurt took the jacket from the speedster like it was holy, putting on the jacket slowly. 

He looked at himself in the mirror and then looked at Pietro with watery eyes. “This is for me?”

“Yeah. Obviously. Red isn’t really my color.” 

“I can have it?” Kurt’s voice was small and wobbly, his accent thicker than usual. 

“Do you not like it?” Pietro still had the receipt so he could’ve just returned it. 

“I love it.” Kurt clarifies and he actually is in fact crying. Pietro knows they are happy tears but still feels panicked and really wants to hug him but again, he has no idea if Kurt likes to be touched. 

Pietro has never had a real friend before. Has he mentioned that before? 

He doesn’t know how long one must know each other to be considered friends. Are they meant to talk more? Should they be spending more time together? Are they meant to have inside jokes? How long until someone is officially considered a friend? 

How do you know when someone is your friend? 

Do you ask them? Is that something that has to be clarified? Holy shit does Pietro have to ask Kurt to be his friend first or is it just meant to happen? 

Is it supposed to be like a mutually known thing that no one ever addresses? 

Pietro hates this. 

Is Kurt his friend? 

He’s asking himself this as he’s sneaking out one of Charles' many many cars out of his garage to teach the teleporter how to drive. 

It was a rough start after Kurt and him put on their seatbelts and Kurt couldn’t get it to click into place. Pietro helped him. Kurt kept getting the brakes and the gas pedal confused and the car kept jerking to a stop and then quickly starting every few yards. They hadn’t even made it out of the driveway yet when Kurt asked “what’s a three point turn?” 

“Let’s focus on go and stop before we start on the advanced stuff.” Pietro jokes and Kurt nods very seriously and focuses on the road as if Pietro was a teacher instructing him.

Pietro Maximoff as a teacher? That would be hilarious considering he hates school. 

“No need to rush, just tap the gas gently, no need to throw your whole foot in it.” 

Kurt tries again, the car starting to move slowly but smoothly and it’s slow enough that Kurt doesn’t hit the brakes in a panic every few seconds. 

“I think I’m getting the hang of this,” Kurt says as he turns the steering wheel to slowly peel out of the driveway. 

“Hell yeah, you are!” Pietro fistbumped “Soon enough we’ll be taking road trips to the beach!”

“Really?”

“Of course! Nothing but wind in our hair and water in our toes.”

“I’ve never been to the beach,” Kurt says. He tends to tell things to Pietro that accidentally make the speedster want to cry because it’s just so depressing. Never seen a movie? Never gone to the beach? Never learned to drive? Pietro doesn’t understand what he was doing before all this. 

“More reason to learn how to drive then.”

“Thank you for teaching me, Pietro.” Kurt had heard Wanda calling Pietro by his given name and usually Pietro would tell him to just call him Peter but the way the teleporter rolls his Rs to say his given name made Pietro smile and he never corrected him. 

It’s okay if Kurt calls him Pietro. He’s safe. 

“It’s no problem. 

“Did your dad teach you how to drive?”

“No. I kinda had to teach myself.”

“Teach yourself? Why didn’t Charles teach you?” 

“Charles doesn’t drive. He’s paralyzed.” 

“Doesn’t mean he doesn’t know how to drive.” Kurt shrugs. 

“That’s true.” Pietro doesn’t know why Kurt brought up Charles but he doesn’t really question it because he’s so preoccupied with his own dilemma. 

He thinks they are friends. Does Kurt think they are friends? 

Pietro should really just ask. Better said than done. 

A few minutes pass and Kurt starts to do a U-turn and drives over a bit of grass that will definitely be leaving an imprint. 

“Kurtarewefriends?” Pietro blurts out in a long tangle of words. He used his super speed. Fuck. Kurt doesn’t even realize he spoke, that's how fast he talked. 

“Kurt!” Pietro shouts a bit too loudly but he wants to make sure he heard his question because he doesn’t think he can say it three times. “Are we friends?” 

Kurt looks at Pietro blinking owlishly at him. “Eyes on the road!” Pietro jabs slightly. Kurt nearly ran over a squirrel. He stops the car completely, putting it in park in the middle of the road. Totally illegal in a real life scenario but Pietro will let it slide. 

“Did you just ask me if we were friends?” Kurt says not looking away from Pietro once. 

“Yeah.” Pietro sucks majorly. “Are we?” No pulling out now. 

Kurt opens his mouth and then closes it. Then he opens it again and blurts out “Pietro, you might be my best friend.” 

Pietro gapes at Kurt. Because yeah Kurt could very believably be Pietro's best friend but Pietro being Kurt’s best friend is mind-boggling to the speedster. “Your best friend,” Pietro repeats a smile involuntarily marking his face. 

“Of course!” Kurt beams sunshine right at Pietro and he doesn’t deserve that kinda happiness but he’ll take all of it. 

“Okay. You’re my best friend too.” And Pietro feels giddy. Like some little kid in the playground asking his friend to be his friend. What a weird feeling. 

Why is he like this? “You don’t have to say that just because I said that Pietro.”

“I can say what I want and I say you’re my best friend. So yeah. That’s law now.” 

“That’s law now.” Kurt repeats with a smile. 

Then his face sags “Charles says we’re in big trouble!” And right back to mischievous acts. 

The car wasn’t banged or scratched or anything but Charles nearly blew a fuse shouting and hollering about how it was supposed to be in mint condition and how the paint color of the particular Ford car they drive was discontinued so he wouldn’t be able to fix it if they ruined it. 

He was kinda mad but also Pietro couldn’t take him too seriously considering he had been aroused from his nap, his hair was disheveled, his clothes were wrinkled and he’d been wearing pink bunny slippers that clearly belonged to him, and were often worn. 

“He seemed upset. Will you be okay?”

“Yeah, it’s chill. He’s just cranky from his nap.” Pietro doesn’t know why Kurt specifically asked if Pietro would be okay but he was kinda getting off the high of the revelation of them being actual friends to even connect that particular dot.

Pietro decided that to make it up to the professor he would cook dinner for everyone that day. 

Frankie Wagner from Pietro's observation is someone who wears his feelings on his sleeve. like a superpower, he reveals them like a cool trick. Frankie is deeply infatuated with Wanda; on some level, Wanda shares that love for him too. Whether that be friendship or not is not for Pietro to decide but he is one of the very few people that Wanda has been able to open up to. 

Perhaps it’s because he was part of her life before all this. Before this school. Before becoming a mutant. Before her life went upside down. 

“He didn’t have many friends so when Wanda left he was incredibly sad.” Kurt disclosed to him as Pietro was assembling the bunk beds in the girls' dorms earlier in the evening. Kurt held the screws while Pietro did all the work but Pietro will still tell Hank that Kurt did most of the hard labor. Just to see the way Kurt’s face would grow panicked when Hank approaches him to thank him. 

Pietro knows that Wanda trusts Frankie. But he supposes he didn’t realize exactly how much she did. 

“Brother-in-law, can I ask you a question?” 

“Only if you stop calling me brother-in-law.”

“Just practicing for the future.”

Pietro rolls his eyes “What’s the question, Frankie?”

“Since you and Wanda are Jewish does that mean that you only eat kosher meat?”

Pietro looks at the smaller boy in a daze, not at all expecting that line of questioning. In all honestly he  is surprised that Wanda mentioned being Jewish at all. “We aren’t really strict about it, everyone’s different obviously. We mostly try not to clash dairies and meat as much as we can. We don’t eat pork.”

“No bacon?” Frankie gasped. 

“Turkey bacon tastes the same.” He wouldn’t know actually cause he’s never eaten pork bacon, he’s straight up talking from his ass. 

“Your dad isn’t Jewish but your mom is? Does that mean you’re only half Jewish?”

Huh? 

“No such thing as half Jewish.” Pietro says quickly before adding “and my dad is jewish.” He’s never met his biological father but his mom told him they met at synagogue in the town she lived in at the time. A camp survivor just like her bonding over the loss of their people. 

“He is? I had no idea!” Why would he? Frankie is giving him a headache. 

“Is there a specific reason why you’re asking me these questions Frankie?”

“I wanted to make something special for Wanda. A Kneidlach?” He butchered the pronunciation but Pietro understood him. 

“That’s just chicken soup with matzo balls.” 

“They are my wanda's favorite.”

“I’m aware.”

“I think you should make it tonight for dinner.” 

“Oh, is that all your Highness do you have any other request?” 

Frankie shakes his head “I don’t have all the ingredients for Kneidlach.”

“Can’t you just run and get them?”

Pietro thought about it for a few minutes, a few seconds in Frankie-time. “I’ll do it. Only if you help.”

“Of course! If it’s food for my Wanda I’ll gladly help.”

“It’s Food for everyone . Not just Wanda. We need to substitute the usual olive cloves I put in the soup cause Hank is allergic.” He does NOT want to witness another allergic reaction from the blue man, once was traumatizing enough. 

“Sir, yes, sir.”

And he zipped away to the grocery store. 

Frankie was very eager to help but in the end, only managed to make a mess and spill half the soup. He pouted and looked about ready to cry when his wheelchair jammed suddenly and he dropped his deformed Matzo ball that he had been mushing on for ten minutes. 

Actually-yeah Frankie is crying. His loud sniffles made Pietro's empathy meter ring in his head. The ringing tends to be louder when he hears crying children. That might be a bit of a trauma response for him. He’s not sure yet. 

“Hey, hey, take a breath.” Pietro was kneeling in front of Frankie trying to meet the younger boy's eyes. 

The boy becomes angry at himself and Pietro watches in horror as Frankie begins smacking his head harshly hissing and crying. 

“Hey! Stop that!” Pietro grabs his hand but then he begins to do it with the other hand. Hurting himself repeatedly. Pietro grabs both of his hands, gripping them tightly away from the boy. “Stop it, Frankie. It’s okay. You can make another one.”

“But I wasted ingredients. I made you buy them and I wasted it.”

“It’s okay, it took me less than a second. I can get more. It’s not a big deal I swear.”

“It is a big deal. It’s supposed to be perfect for Wanda but I keep messing it up.” 

“You haven’t messed anything up, kid.” 

“But-“

“-it’s not gonna go to waste okay.” Pietro does his usual whistle and a gray cat materializes right behind Frankie. “The best part about matzo balls is that they are cat-friendly. It’ll be a good little snack.” The gray cat walks closer, sniffs the mess in the ground, and begins licking at the matzo ball cleaning it off the floor In seconds. 

“It’s not a waste,” Pietro repeats soothingly watching as the little boy watches the cat, smoothing out his breathing slightly. 

“At the end of the day, it all tastes the same.” He let go of Frankie’s hands feeling like it was safe to do so. 

“I can help you with the next one and it’ll be perfect. Wanda will love it.” 

“Promise?” Frankie wipes away a stray tear with their palm looking every bit the eight-year-old kid that he was. Pietro thinks that Frankie is a bit annoyingly obsessed with his sister but he doesn’t want the poor boy to be sad. 

“Pinky promise.” He showed him his pinky. Frankie loops his smaller pinky around Pietros and he lets out a kiddish laugh that makes the speedster smile. 

“Now we need to hurry up the process before the oven preheats.” And Pietro helped him with the next batch. The balls weren’t even or perfectly round but it didn’t matter. At the end of the day, he knew Wanda would love it. Pietro made a mental note to talk to Margo about Frankie’s sudden violent outburst. In case it has to be a deeper talk he has to have with Charles. 

They had made enough soup and matzo balls to feed the whole mansion and still have seconds. 

Frankie and Wanda laughed and ate and Jean threw a Matzo ball at Frankie when he wasn’t looking, resulting in him throwing one back. Charles stopped it before it became a full-blown food fight.

Jean was at his door that night, mute and wrapped around a soft blanket that she dragged from her shared room with Wanda.

She hadn’t said a word as she crawled into Pietro's side and dug her forehead into his bicep almost aggressively. 

“Wanna talk about it?” Pietro asks hopefully. 

She shakes her head. The two fall asleep with Pietro's humming. Humming a song he heard on Miss Margo’s radio. 

The following morning, after a hefty breakfast Professor Charles Xavier lets him drive his baby. His child. His most prized possession. Not the one Kurt test drove but the one parked several slots over. 

A beautiful yellow Chevrolet Camaro with soft seats and a lemony new-car smell that made Pietro not want to sit in the car at all in fear of ruining it. The professor had dozens of mint-conditioned cars in his garage which confused Pietro slightly because why was Charles driving a rental car when they first met? And why does he currently have more cars than students in his school when he can’t even drive them?

 

“Why do you have so many cars if you can’t even drive them?” Pietro is no good at sugarcoating and very bad at filtering his words. 

 

“I wasn’t always paralyzed,” Charles says, fiddling with the glove compartment.

 

“Yeah but why do you still have them? Aren’t they just collecting dust? Haven’t you been paralyzed for a while?”

 

“One question at a time Peter.” Right, he’s talking too much at once. 

 

“How did you get paralyzed?” That wasn’t even one of the original questions he asked but it’s what came out if his mouth. There was virtually no traffic, smooth roads, and street signs guiding his way to the new location. They were on their way to meet a potential student.

 

“It’s quite a long story.” Charles finds a pair of sunglasses in the glove compartment. 

 

“Longer than the two hours it’s gonna take for us to get there?” Pietro lifts a brow.

Charles puts on his shades with an easy smile “Surely not.” and he begins his story. 

He tells Pietro everything. From the very beginning. 

Meeting Erik, meeting Hank, and creating a team together. The x-men. A split in philosophy. Erik’s rage and Charles' stubbornness. Charles tells Pietro about the evil man who twisted Erik up and made him the way he is and how all of it came to a boiling end at the beach with missiles, a heavy betrayal, and a bullet to the spine that paralyzed him forever. 

 

Charles speaks of the events with a distant foggy look and Pietro couldn’t even imagine what he felt in those moments. Charles is recalling what seems to be a super traumatic event in his life and Pietro feels that ugly snake wrap around his throat making him feel icky for even asking to begin with, 

 

“He took your sister?” Pietro knows that shouldn’t have been what stuck in his brain. So much was said But he could only think of Wanda. Angry and isolated Wanda, running into the hands of the first person who made her feel justified in those bad feelings. The thought of losing a sibling suddenly in that way feels too raw for Pietro to wrap his mind around. 

 

“She made that decision herself. She would’ve left with or without Erik’s influence.” Charles says heavily like that was something he was still coming to terms with all these years later. 

“She was the girl from the TV right? The one that saved the president?”

“Yeah, that was her. Raven.” Charles makes an expression Pietro doesn't catch fully with his eyes on the road “I suppose, she’s going by mystique nowadays.”

 

“Not a fan?” Pietro raises an eyebrow at him. 

 

“I wouldn’t say that. I just can’t see her as Mystique the mutant hero. She’ll always be Raven, my little sister.” 

 

“She can’t be both? Mystique and Raven? Hero and sister?”

 

“Yes.” Charles blinks “I suppose she can be both.” He looks contemplative. “I suppose I just don’t understand why she had to change her name at all.” 

 

“She feels safer with a name like that. Untouchable. Names are important, you know. They hold power.”  Pietro recalls a conversation with his mother. One about his own name. Another is about his grandparents. About how their names were stripped from them. 

 

He thinks he kinda gets why Raven would want a new name. 

 

“Is that how it is for you?” Sometimes Pietro thinks Charles is bullshitting about not being able to read his mind. He has a way of knowing exactly what crosses Pietro's mind without even much effort. 

 

“Do you feel safer as Peter?” 

 

“As safe as a mutant delinquent can be.” Pietro brushes off. 

 

“You’re not a delinquent.” Charles rolls his eyes. Pietro gasps In dismay “I so am. What the fuck?”

“I’ve seen you hand sew a stuffed bunny ear back in place after one of Miss Margo’s cats ripped it.” 

 

“So? I’m a hooligan. A rebel. A high-risk individual. I just didn’t want Frankie throwing a tantrum over his precious bunny.”

 

“I’ve seen you personally hand squeeze oranges because Wanda was sick but hates pulp in her orange juice.” 

 

“I also don’t like pulp in my orange juice so…that juice totally could’ve been for me.” It wasn’t. Wanda had sobbed about how she only liked the way Pietro made orange juice and he caved instantly.

 

“Yesterday you were playing chess with Kurt and you let him win. Four times.” 

 

“He was very good!” Pietro hadn't known that Charles knew about that. He had borrowed his chess board only for a few hours but he never asked the professor if he could use it.

 

“Peter, I taught you how to play. You most definitely let him win. Four seperate times .” Charles sounded scandalized by the whole concept of letting someone else win.

 

“Why would I purposely lose four times? for funsies?” Pietro scoffed.

 

“No, I think you’d let him win four times to make him happy. Because he’s seventeen years old and has never actually played a board game before and you wanted him to experience that properly. And that, my boy, is not delinquent behavior.”

 

“Yeah, well-I-um-“ Pietro abruptly presses the button on the car that plays music, his face red and glaring at the road like a pouty kid. The music couldn’t cover up Charles Xavier's boisterous laughter. 

 

Fine, whatever. So he’s gone a little soft. Lost his edge a bit. That’s fine, cool whatever. Not a big deal. He’s still a loser. That won’t change. 

 

They pull into a nice neighborhood. The houses all look the same, color-coordinated mailboxes and perfectly mowed lawns that look like what the color green is supposed to look like. The houses are symmetrical and fenced up in equal squares. Trash bins lined up and ironically spotless. 

And every single house has a sign up in the front lawn of a man in a suit and a perfect American smile telling the world to vote for him. 

Which is fine. Pietro isn’t big on politics, all the lingo and debates kinda go over his head and he gets kinda lost in the noise but that isn’t what makes Pietro stare at the sign for too long. 

He knows the guy on the sign. He’s sat across from him during dinner. The few family dinners David had forced them to sit around the barely used dining table and polish out their never-used fancy china and use coasters that matched the table cloth. 

 

He knows that face. He’s seen it sip wine and talk shop with his stepdad. He’s passed the mashed potatoes to that guy. 

 

“Peter, you alright?”

 

“Yeah, yeah, I’m good.” Pietro shakes his head, trying to focus. 

 

“Are you sure? You seem off.” 

 

“Yeah, I’m good, just hungry and glad to not be driving.”

 

“Here.” Charles takes out a small palm-sized canister from his pocket and hands it to Pietro. It’s his meal boosters that Hanks has been making Pietro drink but in far larger quantities. Pietro tries not to think about the fact that Charles didn’t carry that around for himself. 

“Thanks.” Pietro still hates the smell, although Hank has improved in it since the first batch. Charles rings the doorbell. It was a dramatic ringing bell sound that ground in Pietro's head. It was awful. 

 

The door was opened by an older woman, her hair cut short in a bob and peppered in gray. She had big purple glasses that covered the majority of her face and smooth olive skin. 

 

Charles begins his introduction. “Hello, I’m Professor Charles Xavier. I’m here to speak with Mr. And Mrs. Drake?” 

 

The woman looks confused, looking between Pietro and Charles. “Quienes son ustedes?” 

 

She doesn’t speak English. Charles puts his fingers to his forehead. 

 

Pietro clears his throat and brushes off the old Spanish two textbooks in his brain from high school “Este es Charles un profesor de estudiantes superdotados.” He points to Charles who looks at Pietro with astonishment. 

 

“Estamos aquí para hablar con los padres de Bobby. Ellos están en casa?” 

“Salieron por un momento, pronto volveran a casa.”

 

Pietro nods, understanding that they aren’t home currently, regardless he asks if they could wait for them “Esta bien si los esperamos aqui?”

The older woman shakes her head, looking anxiously inside the home “no creo que quieran compania. Bobby está un poco enfermo.”

Pietro frowns and looks at Charles “she says they’re out and they’ll be back soon but we should leave cause Bobby’s sick and they don’t want company.” 

Charles blinks as if still processing that Pietro can speak and understand Spanish “Yes, right-“ he clears his throat “it may be possible that his mutation is manifesting as an illness.” 

“What’s his mutation?” Pietro questions suddenly.

“I won’t have a proper answer until I see him. It was a strong enough effect that it triggered cerebro even this far away.” 

“Does he know we’re coming?”

“I was able to contact him briefly while using Cerebro but he seemed to be incredibly distressed at the time and unresponsive to my call.”

No shit, he’s probably terrified. Pietro knows he was. He knows Wanda was terrified when she got here and Jean told him…

 

“The day I got my powers my mother died.” 

 

She was terrified. Pietro knows exactly how uncontrollable it all is at first, how overwhelming and life-altering it all feels. 

 

“Nosotros podemos ayudarlo.” Pietro tells her they can help Bobby. That’s what they're here for to begin with. To help Bobby Drake.

 

Back and forth they talked. Charles patiently watches them chat from the side and eventually Gloria, the babysitter from Colombia, decides to let them in. 

 

“I didn’t know you spoke Spanish.” Charles says in the brief moment that Gloria is leading them down the long hall, the walls bare. 

 

“Yeah. I took a class in high school.” Pietro barely got a C in the class because the teacher detested him. Convinced he was always cheating, which he wasn't, he just found the class tedious and lame once he already knew the language. 

“You continue to amaze me,” Charles says easily, unable to keep the fondness away from his voice. 

“Aqui.” Gloria turns the corner to a different hallway that leads to two doors. Pietro noticed the temperature drop as soon as they turned the corner. Charles noticeably adjusted in his seat, clearly feeling the difference as well. One of the doors had the nameplate on the front written in blue and green cursive calligraphy. 

 

BOBBY DRAKE

 

Gloria zipped up her jacket and knocked on the door twice. No response. With gloved hesitant hands, she touches the doorknob and twists. 

 

“Bobby, tengo compañia.” She opens the door and Pietro can feel the chills running up his spine . He can see his breath lingering in front of him.

 

Holy shit.

It’s freezing. 

 

“Bobby?” Finally being able to see inside the small bedroom Pietro noted immediately that the entire room was covered in a thin layer of ice. Frosted and snowy like a snowstorm unleashed inside the room. A little boy maybe eleven or twelve with blonde hair and pale freckled skin was crouched in the corner of his bed. The one g do oldest to the wall and farthest from the door. 

His bed sheets were wrapped around him in piles attempting to warm him up but observing the ice cube tears falling from his eyes Pietro doubts it was doing much. 

The boys' room was trashed, posters ripped from walls, chairs stabbed through with ice swords and desks collapsed from a force Pietro couldn't see. His toys are decorated on the floor. His school bag a ball of snow in the entryway of his room. 

“Um, so my best guess is probs cold.”
Charles side eyes him “I’ve gathered that. Thank you, Peter.”

“You’re very welcome.” Pietro crosses his arms, shoving his hands under his armpits, and just rubs around his rib cage in superspeed. Causing a good enough body heat to keep Pietro warm. 

It’s like the goddamn North Pole here. Pietro would know he’s been there. 

“Do you wanna maybe…” Pietro points at his head. Pietro thinks this whole conversation would go far smoother if Charles just talked to him through his mind walkie-talkie.

 

Charles nods and he’s approaching the boy slowly with his wheelchair. Pietro doesn’t know what Charles said to make the boy look up in alarm. “No! You need to leave!”

“You won’t hurt us, Bobby. We’re here to help you.” Charles says softly.

“You can’t help me. I’m sick.” Bobby shakes his head, his blonde hair stiff.

“You not sick.” Pietro clarifies trying to make eye contact with the scared boy “you’re just cold.” 

“I’m not cold. I’m hot.” Bobby says and suddenly Pietro can see the sweat running down his forehead, turning into little icicles as they roll down his forehead. 

“I know I look cold but I feel hot. I’m sick! I can hurt you like I did my things so you shouldn’t come any closer.”

Charles talks to Bobby in his head. Pietro isn’t privy to the conversation which only bothers him a little. He wishes he could help. 

Pietro can hear the parents' car though. He can hear the engine roaring to a stop and he knows Charles is busy settling Bobby down so he steps outside of the room. He steps outside of the house too, meeting the parents outside by the door. Knowing that a stranger in your house is the last thing anyone wants. 

He leaves Charles inside to talk to Bobby, he can do this part. He’s positive. Kinda. Sort of. He’s about 50/50 confident. Most parents like him. Actually yeah, no. Most parents actually detest him. His hair, his vibe, his style, and his overall personality just scream bad influence on his parents and Pietro simply can’t help it. He purposely wore bland clothes on this trip. A flannel and t-shirt with jeans that made him look like a lumberjack. Hopefully, he looks like a respectable lumberjack. He stands up straight trying to present taller than he was. More mature. He had a beanie on his head to hide most of his silver hair and hopefully throw people off to his true identity because apparently, Friends Of Humanity is on his ass 24/7 for no reason. 

A thin middle-aged woman comes out of the baby blue Volkswagen holding bags of groceries. She was decked out in layers of clothes and a ski mask on her head. Her plump husband pulls out of the driver's seat face flush red from the heat which is why it’s so off to see them sporting ski gear like they're going on a trip to Alaska. 

They spot Pietro immediately. Looking so frightened that he feels he has to quickly introduce himself to ease their anxieties. 

“Hi, I’m Peter.”

The dad pulls out a gun from his holster on his hip and aims it directly at Pietro in broad daylight. “We know exactly who you are.” 

Of fucking course.

 

Notes:

Expect typos. :)
Also Kurt is not seventeen years old. But Charles doesn’t know that.

Also I love the comment section, keeps me young.

Chapter 7: Recruiting IceBoy

Summary:

“But they're both blue.”

“Just because two people look alike doesn’t mean they are related.” Charles says easily.

“I know that!” Bobby Drake snaps.

“And just because two people don’t look alike doesn’t mean they aren’t related.” The speedster points out as well thinking of Wanda and him.

Bobby glanced between Pietro and Charles quickly.

*****

Pietro Maximoff nearly gets shot, saves the day, recruits more students and gets a phone call.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Pietro is getting sick of his life being threatened. It’s genuinely starting to become a problem. Over a hundred thousand people die every single day which sounds like a lot but considering there are over three billion people on Earth that's less than one percent. The odds of Pietro Maximoff dying are very slim but as it so happens not non-existent. This is now the Third time in the last three months that Pietro has had a gun to his head. Is it meant to be a monthly occurrence? A running joke with the universe. He doesn't find it very funny. 

“Can we not?” Pietro sighed. “In broad daylight is crazy.” But when has the sunlight ever stopped someone from threatening Pietro Maximoff’s life? 

 

“You need to leave.” The father, a heavy-set man with blonde hair and a close-trimmed beard, spoke with a shake to his voice. Despite the clear nervous energy in his voice he held his weapon firmly in his hand. 

 

His wife, long and tall, scrambled to get something from her purse. She pulls out a knife the size of her palm. Perhaps something she’d carry to walk to her car at night. Something to spook but not to maim. “We don’t want you people anywhere near our family.”

 

“You people?” Pietro frowns, folding the words in his mouth like dirty laundry. 

 

“Our son is just sick, he isn’t like those other children.” The wife’s voice was high and thin, strained from wear and

her knife was tightly gripped in her hand making her bony fingers turn white. 

 

Her wedding ring, a simple gold band caught the sunlight and reminded Pietro of his own mother's ring. Not the flashy gaudy one David gave her when he went down on one knee but the one she wears around her neck. A plain gold band with no diamond or pearl. No splash of anything fancy or personable. She was never without it. A token of a past she hates you divulging in. From Pietro's father. Simple but cherished and then hidden away afraid it would be seen. 

 

Pietro had asked his mother about it once when he was too young to know better. “A reminder.” She told him. “To be aware of danger.” 

 

Pietro thinks Maybe he needs that ring right now because his fight or flight instincts are not cutting it and danger seems to be in every corner he turns. 

 

“Madeline don’t say a word.” The father silences his wife and glares at Pietro who still hasn’t moved from his spot in the driveway. “You can’t be here. We know our rights. You need to leave this instance.” 

 

We know our rights. 

Hadn’t Pietro said something similar just a few months ago? A gun also pointed at his head. 

 

Pietro nods “We can leave if you want, but your son needs help and we can help him. We can take him somewhere that will help him control his powers.”

“You won’t be taking him anywhere! He’s our son!” The mom was frantic as she began to tear up, accidentally dropping her groceries on the ground. 

Her groceries weren’t groceries at all. At least not all of them. With a soft thud, the bag folded over to show a stack of heated blankets and medicine. 

Pietro sees the desperation in their action. They’re just trying to help their son. Pietro knows that. 

 

“You’re terrorists. All of you. Everywhere you go disaster follows. Our family will not be the next tragedy.” The dad takes the safety out of the gun. Flaring his nostrils and thinning his lips. 

Pietro reels, feeling the words kick him in the face. 

Everywhere you go disaster follows. No truer words have been said but Pietro lingers on the word terrorist

 

“I’m not a terrorist. I think there’s been some misunderstanding.” Pietro's mind is running. Jumping every scenario and speeding through every thought process. 

 

“No there hasn’t! We’ve seen the footage. You took that poor girl and killed all those people in that house and your organization tried to cover it up with a fire.”

 

That’s woah wait hold on. What is she talking about? What the hell? Is she talking about Wanda? The fire at our house? 

 

“You kidnapped that crippled family and left those bodies scattered in the street.” 

 

Pietros anger rolled at the words crippled family but was unable to cut in as the woman, Madeline, kept raging. 

 

“You burned down an entire synagogue and everyone in it because of one little boy with pointed ears.” Pietros gut dropped. 

 

A synagogue was burned down? Which one? His mind raced and he thought of his mother, hoping that wasn’t the one she was in. Praying that wasn’t why she hasn’t called in the last week. 

 

Fuck. What if- no. No. He would know if his mother was dead. He just would. He needs to trust that she’s okay and focus on the matter at hand. 

 

Later on, Pietro would look into the fire and see exactly how many people had been lost to the flames and he’d throw up. The number would give him nightmares. He’d think about the melting flesh and the screaming and how the place of worship had been incredibly packed. It had been someone’s child’s bar mitzvah. A boy named Stanley who invited his friend from school to the celebration. His friend was named Kevin and he had inhumanly pale skin and long pointed ears like an elf. Over a hundred people died in the flames including every single member of Stanley’s family and Kevin who died from strangulation. The fire came after he had already died. That part In particular made Pietro's chest churn in anger and dread. 

 

Any feeling of relief he might’ve felt about his mother not being in that particular synagogue was overshadowed by the dread he felt for mutants to be targeted in a place that was supposed to be safe. They should’ve been safe. Stanley should’ve turned thirteen in peace. Kevin should’ve enjoyed a mouthful of cake at his friends birthday party without the fear of getting hate crimed. Pietro was sick. 

 

But Pietro doesn’t know about that yet. He’s still just in the driveway being told this information for the first time. Piecing the little information he did have into his brain. 

 

“You’re a monster.” Pietro flinches at the words. 

 

“You’re all fucking monsters. Friends Of Humanity is just an excuse to attack people that aren’t the same as everyone else.” The dad agrees and Pietro goes through the conversation in a loop in his head over and over. 

 

What is going on? What the actual fuck are they on about? 

 

“I’m not part of Friends Of Humanity. I didn’t kill anyone and Miss Margo and her kids are safe and-and I didn’t burn down a synagogue.” Pietro had to practically spit the last part out feeling disgusted that he had to clear up that last bit of information at all. The fact that anyone would do that let alone think he could, makes him want to cry. 

 

“I’m a mutant.” Their faces shift slightly. 

 

“Friends Of Humanity has been targeting me for the last couple of months. I swear to you. I am not with them.”

 

He hates that this is a conversation he has to have. 

 

“Those people you-they killed. They were mutants too. If it’s true you've been targeted before How did you get away?” The dad voices his concerns looking to his wife for support. In the second he looks away from Pietro he superspeeds in front of him. He takes his gun and takes out all the bullets and puts them in Madeline’s pocket. He superspeeds back into his old spot and with the gun still in his hand the dad looks back at Pietro not noticing anything is amiss. 

“I run fast,” Pietro says and the dad narrows his eyes at Pietro. “Check your pocket.” He told Madeline and she frowned, not taking her eyes off of the speedster. 

 

She puts her hand in her pocket and her eyes widen as she feels what’s inside. She gapes at her husband and he looks back at her. “What’s the matter?” He asks with concern. She takes out the bullets from her pocket and shows him. He gasps and quickly looks at his gun that’s been in his hand the whole time. He shifts it in his hand, weighing it as if he could detect if it has bullets or not. His eyes dart to Pietro and he opens the gun up to reveal no bullets in the chamber. 

 

“Holy shit.” He curses and when he looks up at where Pietro is, the boy is already beside him with a smile making the man yelp in a very unmanly way. “What the devil.”

 

“Not the devil, just a mutant.” Pietro corrects feeling a bit smug. He picks up Madeline’s bags from the ground and smiles at her as well “now that we’ve got that misunderstanding out of the way we should head inside. The professor is probably wondering where I am.”

 

“Who?” 

 

“Charles.” Did the professor genuinely just not call them before making Pietro drive two hours to come here? “Xavier? School for gifted youngsters?” They looked at Pietro like he was speaking Spanish again. 

 

Okay, so maybe that’s why Charles is having no luck recruiting students. Is he only contacting the mutant student and not the parents? Is he not promoting the school well enough? This might need to be a separate and far more longer conversation with the professor. 

 

“He’ll explain.” Because like hell is Pietro doing the dirty work. Charles should’ve already called them. Doesn’t he know that parents probably wouldn’t be super chill about their kid talking to some old guy they’ve never met? 

 

Charles later would scoff at being called an “old guy” stating he isn’t old at all but his reaction was much different at being referred to as “old man.” Pietro doesn’t get the difference. 

 

He superspeeds into the house, putting away the bags of blankets and things they purchased most likely to subdue their son's power. Unsuccessful as they might’ve been it seems they were genuinely trying to help their son. Pietro can tell by that altercation alone that they loved their son, they’d protect him, and they’d kill for him. They’d whip out a gun they have no business owning and aim it at who they perceived danger to be. All to protect what they loved most. 

Pietro can’t be mad at that. I mean he isn’t, you know, thrilled about his face constantly being target practice but he’s sure he’ll get used to the constant inevitable dread of death being waved in front of him at oddly awkward moments. He’ll get over it. It's cool.

“Your house is lovely by the way.” Pietro zips past Madeline and out the door to grab the actual groceries from the trunk of the car. He’s back inside with hefty bags of produce. “Are these Cork floors?” 

“Oak.” Madeline says in a daze watching as Pietro unloads her groceries from her car in the time that it would usually take for Madeline to unlock the door. “You said you’re fast?”

 

“Very,” Pietro puts all the fruit away first, taking out a particularly bruised-up apple from the fridge and tossing it in the garbage disposal. “And your son is cold.”

 

“Very.” The husband says standing close to his wife still clearly very anxious around the silver-haired teenager. “Have you always…been fast?” Madeline gives him a sharp look and they talk silently with eye contact alone.

 

“I was born this way but I didn’t fully get my powers until puberty.”

 

“Did you show any signs before getting them? Because Bobby-he-he was normal. He wasn’t-“

 

“-he always ran cold.” Madeline interrupts gently “But never, never like this.” 

 

“He was a normal kid. Did we do something-“ he clears his throat, clearly emotional, blinking back heavy tears “Did you…show signs when you were young? Was there any way of knowing?”

 

Pietro watches the couple play a game of hot potato. Questioning everything. They are eating themselves alive. Trying to find a reason. Trying to find something to blame for their son's condition. Trying to pin point where they went wrong. This reaction is how he expected his mother to react when he ran for the first time. 

 

“When I was younger, before my speed kicked in my brain would run away from me and it made falling asleep really hard and school was hard and making friends was hard. Everything was just hard all the time. When I got my powers, it didn't feel like the world was as hard anymore, it felt like everything was finally catching up to me. Like I was finally out of a difficult level in Pac Mac. Everything just balanced out.” Pietros problems didn’t go away when he got his abilities of course but when he got them he could finally do something about it. 

 

He could fight back. In his own way. 

 

“I was never a normal kid so it wasn’t a shock to my mom. But-um…my sister Wanda-“ Pietros mind replays the day she got her powers, all that blood and gore fresh in his mind. “She was normal. She had good grades and she had lots of friends and she was happy and she didn’t show any signs of…of literally anything. So I suppose in that aspect I understand-“ Pietro clears his throat looking at the couple who was hanging on to his every word. 

 

“-it’s scary. To believe one thing and it be wrong. Being a mutant is scary and you can’t change it but you can either let it destroy you and let it eat you alive or you can embrace it.”

 

Pietro thinks of Hank, who used some experimental drug for years to hide his mutation. Who hated who he was for so long that it drove him to a career path that could remedy it. If he wasn’t a mutant would he still want to be a doctor? A scientist? Would he still have studied mutations and spent half his life trying to find a remedy for something that was simply meant to exist? Pietro doesn’t know what would have become of Hank if he hadn’t been a mutant. He doesn’t know what Charles would’ve done or Wanda or Pietro. He doesn’t think Charles would've been nearly as okay as he is now without Hank at his corner. 

 

“Is your sister happy?”

 

“What?” Pietros thoughts still tended to run away from him. 

 

“Wanda, is she-is she alright? Is she happy even after-after getting her gifts?”

 

Pietro thinks of the nightmares she has nearly every night. She thinks of the panic attack she had just a few hours ago when he told her he’d be away for a couple of hours. Afraid he wouldn’t come back. He also thinks about how loud she giggled when Hank got a face full of flour when he interrupted a prank meant for Pietro. He thinks about the friend she made and the one she reconnected with. He thinks about how she cuddles on the couch surrounded by cats who cover her like a blanket. She thinks about how she learned how to use her powers to fly the other day and has been a demon ever since. But he also thinks about how every day she asks if mom has called and every day he has to tell her she hasn’t. He thinks of the bad and the good. 

 

“I think she’s getting there.” 

 

Madeline and her husband look at each other and seem to soak in each other's heads. 

 

Pietro hears Charles' wheelchair before he sees him peek out from the hallway. “Hey wheels, you might wanna give a strong and inspiring speech soon.” Pietro lifts a brow at the older man and the professor shares a matching expression “Perhaps you should attend to Bobby and I’ll speak with the parents.”

 

“Yeah, let’s switch.” 

 

Pietro went to Bobby quickly and was once again hit with crisp coldness. His spine prickled with cold goosebumps. Pietro stands beside the shivering boy who is now lying down on his bed with a warm towel on his forehead. The boy seems to try to take it away from his head every time Gloria tries to put it back on his head. 

 

“Señor Peter-“ she stops herself when she sees Bobby's parents walk in right behind me seemingly not to talk to Charles at all. “Senor Thomas, como puedo-”

 

“-Garcia, thank you for coming on short notice. You can go home to your kids.” The husband, Thomas, says extending an umbrella and purse to the attentive nanny. 

 

“Gracias por toda tu ayuda.” Madeline says easily and shares a kind smile with the nanny.

 

Gloria glances at Pietro and then strokes a sweaty piece of hair away from Bobby’s forehead and stands up. She takes her purse and umbrella from the man looking uneasy before suddenly embracing Madeline fondly. “Dios los bendiga.” 

 

“Tù tambièn” and Gloria is scrambling away, stepping away from the speedster and walking out of the house. 

 

“Gloria might need a raise,” Madeline says suddenly and the husband chuckles, nodding in agreement. 

 

“Mom?” Bobby whines tugging the wet cloth away from him and brushing the warm blanket away from his body. “Mama?”

 

“Bobby dear, you need to stay under the sheets.”

 

“It's hot.” Bobby cries, the tears turning solid on his lashes before they can fall to his cheek. 

 

“You’re freezing.” Madeline touches his forehead and winces “Not as much as before though. So it must be working.”

 

Pietro looks at Charles “He seems to have a fever perhaps as a result of his mutation appearing suddenly and his body wasn't quite prepared to suddenly have such a drastic temperature change. To us, he seems to be unnaturally cold but to him, it isn’t cold enough.”

 

“If he doesn’t break his fever soon he could die of hyperthermia.” So all around bad news. 

 

“How do we break it?”

 

“You need to warm him up.”

 

“We’ve tried.” Madeline snaps at the professor and Pietro winces at the high pitchiness of her voice. “We’ve tried! Everything.” She repeats and Thomas has to hug her to calm her down.

 

“We’ve been trying for days to warm him up but nothing works, at least not as much as it should. He’s just too cold.”

 

“We bathed him in scalding water. We’ve put on the heater to the max, covered him with heated blankets, we’ve made him drink hot tea and nothing-” Madeline's words fumble and twist as she goes into a tangent sounding unhinged and exhausted and Pietro wonders how much sleep the poor women has gotten since the entire ordeal. 

Charles and Thomas communicate with her, trying to calm her down trying to think of a solution and Pietro already thought of one. 

 

Well, actually Hank already thought of one. Just last week. 

 

The scientist was curious, testing some aspects of his powers. “Your body balances out your body temperature when you run. That’s why when you run you don’t… you know…catch on fire. Although even if you did your body would heal it almost instantaneously.” 

“Yeah I figured.” 

“Yeah, but that shouldn’t be the case when you superspeed with other people. The moment they went at your speed they’d probably explode or something.” Pietro did not need that visual. 

“No one’s exploded yet.” 

“And no one ever will. Because your secondary power is being able to control gravity and inertia.”

“Cool, what’s that?”

“It’s what helps you catch bullets without your fingers getting blown to bits. It’s why getting hit by a fly doesn’t feel like a car wreck to you when it usually would be for most people going that speed. It’s how you’re able to just pick people up and super speed with them without them turning into jelly.” Hank fidgeted with the clipboard on his hand looking not anxious but almost excited. 

 

“You can momentarily extend your capacity to endure the speed force onto others.” 

Pietro looks over at Bobby, the shivering boy looking right back at him and he reaches over the boy and grabs him by the shoulders and smiles at him “everything will be okay.” He tells him  and the boy looks at him doubtfully. “I can help you endure.” Pietro says and he goes into superspeed. 

He keeps his grip on Bobby and he doesn’t move but everything around him slows down to a halt. Charles stops talking, the clock on the corner stops ticking, Bobby’s shivering is halted and the snow particles in the air stop moving. 

Pietro takes a breath and he wraps himself around Bobby like he would Wanda and he rubs Bobby’s arms up and down to create body heat. To Pietro it’s gentle and at a normal pace but he’s in superspeed. So in reality he is going inhumanely fast and his hands are a furnace. Steam rolls off the pair and the room becomes humid and wet as the snow begins to chop away and melt. 

 

Pietro only does this for a few minutes at superspeed. It couldn’t have been longer than three seconds in everyone else’s point of view. 

 

When Pietro stops the entire room is like a sauna and Bobby is looking at Pietro with awe. “You okay?” 

Bobby nods numbly looking far too stunned to speak. 

“Bobby?” Madeline’s voice broke through the fog and Bobby’s eyes slipped past Pietro and to his wide eyed mother. Everyone just stares at Bobby and Pietro for a few seconds in utter silence. 

Charles' face looks so stunned that Pietro almost starts laughing but restrains only because Bobby’s parents look so relieved and anguished over the whole ordeal. 

“Mom don’t cry.” Bobby pouts and that alone triggers Madeline to combust into tears and Pietro barely has enough time to move away before the frail woman is leeching onto her son and drowning him in kisses and affection. “Oh baby, I’m so glad you’re okay,” Madeline sobs, touching his forehead to make sure. Thomas caves as well and is abandoning the tough guy act almost instantaneously as he too wraps his arms around his son and wife. 

 

The whole scene is very sweet and heartwarming and Pietro turns to look at Charles, maybe to give him a knowing smile or maybe to comment on saving the day Pietro doesn’t know because all thought processes leave his brain when he looks at the telepath. 

 

Charles is looking at Pietro. Like really looking at him and Pietro doesn’t really understand how he knows but he knows that this particular stare is very different then the professor's usual stares. 

 

“From now on I’m taking you.” He says, claiming him as a permanent tag-a-long. Matter of factly and with zero hesitance. 

 

“Poor Hanks has been demoted?” Pietro jokes, not being able to be serious or else fear having an actual human reaction. 

 

“He can live.” Charles says easily. 

 

Madeline and Thomas Drake ended up not needing that much convincing in letting them take Bobby and enrolling him in school. They mentioned something about how he accidently turned his school's pool into an ice rink while some poor classmate was still swimming. His school reported him and that’s why the parents where do afraid that Friends of Humanities was around the corner ready to strike. Charles guaranteed his safety and the couple took that as best as they could. 

 

Bobby on the other hand was not a fan of leaving. Now that he wasn’t in the midst of hyperthermia he was a lot more vocal and Pietro clocked his stubbornness from a mile away. 

 

The kid only relented when his parents told him that Pietro would be able to help him with his powers. As if Pietro personally signed up to mentor Iceboy. Which he didn’t but I guess that’s part of the gig now.

 

Just because Bobby agreed to go to the school does not mean he was very happy about it. Not even a little. Bobby didn’t talk the entire two hour drive back to the mansion. Pietro saw him glaring at the back of Charles' head the entire trip. Pietro is sure his thoughts were rageful by the expression on the professor's face. 

 

“Can we stop at Wendy’s?” 

 

Charles makes a pained face. “What?”

“Can we stop to eat at a Wendy’s?”

“We’re almost home.” Charles lifts an eyebrow at the whining speedster whose leg has been bouncing nonstop for the last thirty minutes. 

 

Pietro didn’t even question when Charles called the mansion home. Adding Pietro to that statement seamlessly. Home. Usually Pietro would’ve corrected him, or even realized the difference when Charles said it. The mansion isn’t Pietro's home. At least he didn’t think it was. Not consciously. But maybe subconsciously? 

Maybe he got too comfortable too fast. 

“But I’m hungry now.” 

Charles without a moment of hesitation opened his satchel and pulled out a food canister from the bottom. “you had that there the whole time?” Pietro doesn’t know if Charles carried it around because he knew Pietro would complain about being hungry or because he knew Pietro had been too anxious to eat that  morning. Either way Pietro feels a bit too seen in that moment and takes the canister quickly.

 

“Drink up.”

 

Pietro begrudgingly drank the liquid inside the canister, the flavorless pinkish liquid running down his throat. Hank had given him several different versions once he disclosed to him that the canisters tasted utterly rancid and he’d end up throwing it up some days because the taste was so bad. Hank was annoyed he hadn’t said anything for so long and honestly Pietro was stunned to know that Hank cared at all since the whole ordeal wasn’t necessarily a make or break kind of thing. 

 

“Hank says it’s supposed to taste like a strawberry milkshake.” Charles says and Pietro was annoyed at Hank at first when he ended up telling the professor about his upset stomach after drinking the canisters because Charles seemed to hover around meal times, making sure Pietro actually drank the canisters and actually held it down instead of throwing up. 

 

“It doesn’t. It Tastes more like old kiwi juice.”

 

“Old as in original? Like classic or old as in-“

 

“-old as in expired. Aged, rotten. Nasty as hell. Not one of Hank's best.”

 

“The peanut butter wafer one was pretty good.”

 

“Yeah but not nearly as good as the black licorice one.” 

 

“That one was pretty good.” That was another thing. Charles tastes the food canisters too. Hank says it’s so he has a vast review of the taste. He thinks Pietro can’t be honest in whether certain food combinations taste good or not and so he recruited Charles to be his test dummy and the poor professor is the first to try the concoction of flavors. 

 

What Pietro doesn’t know is that the professor actually volunteered to taste them beforehand once he was told that Pietro didn’t like them. 

 

When they got to the Mansion Bobby reacted the same way everyone else did when they first saw the school. The yard was spotless now compared to when Pietro first got here with Wanda. The kids had spent a whole afternoon one day cleaning up the yard and creating a bonfire pit in the back yard near the lake. Pietro and Kurt had watched from the porch resisting the urge to help. To speed up the process. But Wanda said they wanted to do it by themselves as a surprise for Charles. 

Charles was smiling when he saw it, the soft wrinkles beside his eyes crinkling with fondness as Jean and Wanda both revealed all the hard work they put in to fix the abandoned yard. 

 

“Thank you, girls. You’ve done an incredible job.” Charles' voice shifted like he was trying to hold something back “it’s-'' he clears his throat “-looking outside hasn't been this lovely in quite some time.” 

“You’re welcome, Professor.”

“No problem wheels.” Wanda had stolen the nickname from Pietro once she realized it was safe to use it at all. It was never okay to call David anything but his  name, not if you didn’t want to set him off. 

 

Pietro had tested it out enough to know that Charles didn’t mind the nicknames as long as it’s all in good fun. It was quite a relief. 

 

Bobby stared at the cleaned and trimmed yard with something akin to excited awe just before he smoothed out his expression and went back to looking irritated and miserable, albeit a bit more forced this time. 

 

“mutatis mutandis?” Bobby stumbles over the words. 

 

“All necessary changes have been made.” Charles says. 

 

Bobby rolls his eyes. Bobby hadn’t been thrilled when he was introduced to the total of four students enrolled in the school. When he met Kurt he visibly flinched, making Pietro want to throttle the child because it clearly hurt his friends feelings. 

 

“Are you a demon?” 

 

Kurt’s face looked small and sullen and he shook his head in response “no, no demon.” 

 

“You look like one.” Bobby says flatly. 

 

“Looks can be deceiving.” Pietro interrupts quickly voice a bit clipped, not wanting to hear what else Bobby was gonna say to the blue teleporter. “And that’s not cool to say to someone.”

“Okay.” Bobby mumbles and doesn’t say anything else. When he meets Hank his eyes widen but he doesn’t say a word, keeping whatever intrusive thoughts he has to himself until he’s out of ear shot. 

 

“Is that the other blue guy's dad?” 

 

Hank wasn’t far enough. He definitely heard that by the way his spine goes straight and he suddenly starts walking away much faster than before. 

 

Well that’s gonna be an awkward conversation later. 

 

“Nope.”

 

“But they're both blue.” 

 

“Just because two people look alike doesn’t mean they are related.” Charles says easily. 

 

“I know that!” Bobby Drake snaps. 

 

“And just because two people don’t look alike doesn’t mean they aren’t related.” The speedster points out as well thinking of Wanda and him. 

 

Bobby glanced between Pietro and Charles quickly. 

 

“yeah I know.” He says much more calmly than when he responded to the professor. 

 

Bobby makes jabs and comments throughout the tour. Pietro shows him his room. 

 

“This one’s all yours.” He opens the door, no longer creaky and Ice boy peaks I curiously already preparing to hate it. 

 

“It’s-“ Bobby bites his tongue “it’s really big.”

 

“It’s meant for four students. There used to be two bunk beds on each wall but we don’t need those for now.” Pietro can still see the scratches on the floor from where Kurt and him attempted to move the deadly contraptions. 

 

“Probably won’t need them for a while, at this rate.” Bobby says. “The school will shut down by the end of semester and I’ll be back home with my traitorous parents.”

 

“The schools not gonna shut down,”

 

“You don’t have enough students enrolled,”

 

Yet . We will soon.” Pietro says confidently “and your parents aren’t traitorous. They just wanted you to be safe.”

 

“Seems like they just wanted to get rid of me.”

 

“Quite the opposite.” Pietro is glad Charles is gone when he says this next part “they held me at gun point because they didn’t want me to take you.”

 

“What?!” Bobby gasps, face going whiter than it already is and looking absolutely mortified. “My mom did that?”

 

“Your dad,” and that seems to shock him even more “my dad couldn’t hurt a fly.”

 

“He almost hurt something bigger than a fly. Just to protect you. They love you a lot and it did hurt them to let you go with us.”

 

“My dad.” Bobby was still stuck on that part “I can’t believe that.”

 

“It definitely happened. Not even four hours ago.” Pietro chuckles. 

 

Bobby settled into his room with the two duffel bags full of clothes that he had. He made Pietro swear to go back to his house when he could to get his comic books when he realized he had forgotten them.

 

Pietro just smiled and ran back to his house in less than three minutes. Found his comic book box stashed in his closet. Left a school card with the house phone number on it on the fridge magnet and ran back to the mansion. 

 

“Here ya go.” Pietro places the box on the dresser and Bobby’s eyes widen as he runs to the dresser practically beaming with joy. “No way. How’d you get them so fast?”

 

“I’m a Speedster, remember?”

 

“How fast can you go?”

 

“No clue.”

“So cool.” Bobby says in a giddy voice and then stiffens “I mean my comics!” He says louder “my comics are so cool.”

Pietro just looks down at the comic book he’s holding. The Flash. 

“You’re welcome.” 

“I didn’t say thank you.”

“I noticed.” 

 

Bobby didn’t get along with Wanda. As a result Frankie hated his guts and Jean was far too antisocial to approach the Cold boy. He hated the short segments of lessons he received via Charles and Miss Margo. Hank was always too busy in his lab to grow any form of impression on the colder boy. 

Bobby grew terrified of Miss Margo the moment she made direct eye contact with him when he tried to sneakily throw away dinner that she prepared. 

Pietro figured the boy would eventually grow into the mansion like the rest of kids. Once more kids start coming to the school things would be better. 

 

For all the kids. 

 

By the end of the week they had two more students. Twins. In an over run foster home. Pietro was in and out of there quickly, practically kidnapping the neglected children while Charles convinced the foster family to let them go to his school. It didn’t take much convincing. Pietro gives the girls some Ho Ho’s he had stashed in the car, looking incredibly malnourished. 

Pietro refused to go back in the house, afraid he’d do something drastic, like punch the foster parents in the face. 

The twins, Sarah and Sasha were Wanda’s age. They settled into the room next to Wanda and Jean and blended into the noise of the school seamlessly. 

Wanda later disclosed to Pietro that Sarah and Sasha were the same person split into two. 

“They share the same house. Same decorations.” 

Pietro thought Wanda was just being too critical until Jean told him the same thing. “I can’t tell them apart.” And as a telepath who reads minds, you not being able to tell one person apart from another seems like concern enough. 

 

Pietro brings it up to Charles during their game of chess. “Alisha Whitley was the original mutant child. She has the ability to clone herself into at least 40 separate copies of herself.”

 

“So Sarah and Sasha are just copies of Alisha?”

 

“No. Well, yes. But the thing is that Alisha Whitley grew up in the foster system. She went through unimaginable horrors and as a result her mind fractured and split into different personalities.” Charles moves his knight “we call it multiple personality disorder. Usually when someone has this disorder they take over the host's body and take control. But because Alisha has the ability to create an entire new body she simply gave her altars their own to have,”

“So Sasha and Sarah aren’t real people?”

 

“They are. They have different personalities, different minds, different memories and different thoughts they are just combined. Linked together. A hive mind of sorts.”

 

“They live in the same house, but have different rooms.” Pietro concludes. 

 

“What?”

 

“It’s the-“ Pietro realizes Charles wasn’t there for that conversation. “Nevermind. I get it. They are different.”

 

Sasha and Sarah don’t go anywhere without the other. Then one day Pietro spots one of them in the library, flipping through baby books touching the pictures with a big smile on her face. It wouldn’t have been weird if it hadn’t been just one. Only one. That hadn’t ever happened before. They never split up. 

 

“Hello, Whitley?” Pietro still can’t tell the two apart, he supposes that’s the point. They are clones so trying to find differences is pointless. So he’s resorted to calling them by their last name. 

 

Whitley looks up from her position on the floor. Criss cross applesauce and bundled between a bookshelf, surrounded by books.  

“Having fun?” 

 

He expects her to nod or smile like the Whitley twins tend to do when faced with a yes or no question. 

“Hi Peter!” She lifts a book above her head. “you read this?”

“Hi.” Pietro repeats with a surprised smile. “You’re talking.” 

 

“Yeah! I’m Suzy.” 

“You’re Suzy. Not Sarah or Sasha.” 

“Yep! I’m three!” She lifts her fingers showing Pietro three. Pietro sits on the ground next to her immediately. Criss cross applesauce. “Right, that’s cool.” Pietro says gently, trying not to show the spike of anxiety that just hit him. 

The twins are now triplets and one of them is a toddler.

 

Okay, okay. 

 

“Do you know where your sisters are?”

“They got tired.” 

“Are they in their room?”

“No. Can you read this?” Suzy hands him a book with a cartoon zebra on the front cover. 

“Then where are they, Suzy?”

Suzy pouts “they went inside. They’re tired and they can’t read to me when I’m outside. Can you read to me?” 

 

“Inside? What does that mean?” Pietro connects the dots immediately, his brain catching up and running, running, running to the answer like it always does. 

 

Sarah and Sasha are locked inside their house and they left Suzy outside. Recharging? For how long? Is it just one of them now? Just Suzy? One body? Or is there a second body somewhere lying unconscious, unreserved? 

 

“They can’t stay outside forever. They try to but they need to sleep. The others get really scared of the outside.”

 

“But you aren’t.” Pietro can tell she isn’t scared. She’s frustrated because she doesn’t know how to read. But she isn’t scared. 

 

“I like school.” 

 

Pietro read her the book. Then he read another. He read five picture books total. 

 

two weeks pass and Another student joins the ever growing school. Angela, whose very touch turns the surface into a forest. She smells like moss and she always has a flower in her hair, gloved hands covered in green tangled veins up her palm. Like roots sprouting from her fingertips. 

 

At the introduction of Angela Sarah-Sasha begin to shake and Pietro witnesses the horrifying way their body splits into a third. Morphing and shredding. It looked painful. Terrifying. 

As soon as the third Whitley becomes sentient and autonomous she approaches the new girl eagerly. “Omg I love your dress!” 

 

Of course giving someone a compliment is an appropriate reason to go outside. 

 

Angela’s face beams “thank you! My mama made it for me.” She twirls her skirt gently making the long flowery skirt sway cutely. “I’m Angela.” 

“I’m Samantha. Can she make me one? I love it so much. I can pay her.” Then Samantha back tracks “Charles can pay her. I have no money. But he’s super rich.”

Charles later on that week established an allowance system between the students. In exchange for doing chores of course because “they can’t just think I’ll spoil them. They need to work for their money.” But Charles definitely handed Frankie a twenty when he put up exactly one dish away. 

It’s been a two months now since Bobby Drake has been in the school and about half a dozen more kids have joined the halls. 

Bobby still wasn’t getting along with anyone but Pietro was hopeful. 

The phone rang and like clockwork Pietro answered it. “Sorry, he still doesn’t wanna talk to you guys.” Pietro tells Bobby Drake's parents, who call every morning at 7am just when they wake up and every night at 6pm just when they get back from work. Each time Pietro has to tell them that Bobby is refusing to take their calls. 

 

They call the next day anyway, like clockwork. 

 

“Is that how you greet your mother now Pietro?” 

 

Pietro stills, a cold rush hitting him as the voice registers in his head. 

 

“Ima?” He says above a whisper, sounding underwater. 

 

“I’m sorry I haven’t called Pie.” 

All at once his heart runs and his voice spills. 

 

“Why haven't you called? Did something happen? Are you okay? Where are you?” 

 

“Yes I’m fine, don’t worry.” Pietro could hear the stiffness in her voice. 

 

“There was a fire in a synagogue are you-“

 

“I heard. I wasn’t there. I’m okay, Peter.” 

 

“I know you’re with him and that you lied about it.” Pietro grips the phone tighter. 

 

“I’m sorry.” Is she? 

 

“Why are you with him?”

 

“It’s complicated.”

 

“It’s really not.” 

 

“Peter, that isn’t why I called.”

 

“Well fuck me then I guess.” Pietro snaps and his mother scolds him “Pietro Maximoff watch your mouth! I called you for a different reason.”

“Okay, sorry.” Pietro mends because even though he’s mad at her for ghosting him for weeks he doesn’t want her to be mad at him. “What is so important that you had to stop ignoring me, ima?” 

 

“Tomorrow is Yom Hashoah.” Holocaust remembrance day.

 

“Yeah I know.” Pietro says softly, feeling that ache in his stomach. He’s been keeping track. 

 

“I just wanted to hear your voice.” Magda Maximoff has no idea what day her family died. She had been split from them, many families where. She knows they are dead and tomorrow is usually the day she mourns them. The day she set aside to shed those tears and pray for those that were lost. Men women and children. She was the only survivor in her family. 

 

Pietro Maximoff and Wanda Maximoff are her only family left in this world. 

 

“I miss you.” Pietro said and that broke her heart. “Wanda misses you. Her birthday is in a couple weeks.” Pietro grasps at the cord attached to the phone. Technically it’s seven weeks. Nearly two months. But a reminder is still needed. “Do you think you-“

“-I’m sorry Peter. I can’t. He….”

“Are you gonna finish that sentence Ima?” Pietro couldn’t hide his annoyance. This would be the first birthday that Wanda would have without Magda. “She hasn’t seen you since the accident.” Months. Too many to keep track of. “She asks about you all the time.” 

 

“I love you. Tell Wanda I said I love her. Goodbye.”

 

She hangs up. 

Notes:

Cool cool cool. You WILL see typos. Until next time. 🤍

Chapter 8: Visiting Dr Hank McCoy

Summary:

Dr Hank McCoy did the same thing to the speedster that he did to Kurt. He checked Pietro’s reflexes, awesome as per usual, heart rate, fast as fuck obviously, eyes kinda blurry, he might need to get reading glasses which is lame, and Hank rechecked his weight again, he’s gained fifteen pounds since he first arrived.

Which Hank said was good and seemed really proud about but Pietro felt nauseous at the idea. David would’ve hated it. He would’ve called him spoiled.

Then it came down to the X-Rays.

Pietro knew Hank was gonna have questions. Pietro knows he would’ve if he was in Hank's shoes.

*****

Charles and Pietro have a series of conversations. Kurt and Pietro get closer then ever and both have their physical check up with uneasy results.

Notes:

Trigger warning *mentions of abuse* not too graphic but stay safe ✌️

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

It’s been seven months since Pietro Maximoff first stepped foot on to the X-Mansion. Seven months since he saw his mom. Seven months since his sister got her powers. Seven months since Pietro first sat across Charles for a game of chess.  Seven months and not once has the poor speedster won. He’s come close a few times. But he’s never actually successfully defeated the telepath. Today is no different. The defeat seems to sting more since it’s very clear that the professor is not focusing at all in the game. 

“You’re killing me Wheels.” Pietro sighs, throwing his head back dramatically. 

“What’s wrong?”

“You’ve been spacing out this whole game.”

The professor blinks “I have not.” 

“Yes you have. Now what’s the matter?” Pietro crosses his arms defiantly refusing to even take his turn in this fraudulence of a game. 

“Bobby is having trouble settling in.” Charles says evenly looking a bit dazed all over again. 

“I’ve noticed.” Pietro zips to Charles' Snack cabinet and takes out a pack of Oreos, eating them all at once and settling back to the chair to look down at the chessboard. Focusing back on the game now, relieved that the professor was actually gonna talk. 

“He keeps getting into verbal arguments with Frankie and is very distant with the girls. He hasn’t unpacked any of his things or made any effort to do any of the class work.” Charles leans back on his wheelchair. Pietro looks sideways at the chess board trying to figure out what defense Charles was playing. He can never tell until it’s too late. 

“he even gave some lip to Miss Margo when he was asked to do chores.”

Pietro winces at that, moving his castle. Miss Margo's second language is whooping ass and even for a blind lady she has impeccable aim. Pietro has yet to fall victim to the back side of her shoe but Kurt has told him horror stories. 

“I thought maybe being able to speak to his parents would calm him but he refuses to answer their calls.” Pietro is very aware of Bobby’s current disdain for his parents.

“He’s still pissed they shipped him off to some preppy boarding school with a total of ten students none of which he enjoys the company of.” Pietro says and Charles moves his bishop and blocks any further advances. 

The professor nods “I was wondering if you could speak with him.” Pietro moves his king. Charles steals Pietro's other bishop right in front of him and the speedster gapes. 

“How the fuck?” Pietro mumbles under his breath moving his king in a panic. He clears his throat turning back into the conversation “why me exactly?”

“He listens to you.” Charles says matter-of-factly. He says it with such sureness that it makes Pietro look up at the professor. Lifting a suspicious brow. 

“What do you mean?” Pietro frowns at Charles, trying to figure out how he got to that conclusion. 

“He respects you.” Charles says, again with way too much confidence. It throws the speedster off completely. 

“Are you still talking about Bobby?” Pietro blinks “the one that can turn into a popsicle? Or did you recruit a different Bobby I don’t know about?”

Charles chuckles looking amused by Pietro confusion “he thinks you’re cool.” 

“What?” Pietro exclaimed In alarm. Then realizing he was acting way too surprised he doubles back “I mean…yeah! Of course he does, I’m literally the coolest person ever.” Pietro clears his throat puffing out his chest “it would be weird if he didn’t honestly. But uh…just out of curiosity-why uh, why do you think that he thinks I’m cool?” 

“Are we forgetting that I’m a telepath?” 

Right. So if Charles says that Bobby thinks Pietro's cool that must be true. Okay, yeah, he's cool. So cool. 

“Bobby thinks I’m cool.”

“Yes.”

“Are we sure about that?”

“Yes.”

“And that’s why you think he’ll listen to me? Because he thinks I’m cool.”

“Yes, you’re also the only person that can effectively cancel out his abilities so if it blows up in your face you’ll be fine.” 

“Aha! So that’s the real reason!” Pietro exclaims “you sneaky bastard!” 

Charles won the chess game and Pietro isn’t surprised. They reset the board for another game. Hopefully a much longer one. 

“SInce I’m doing this favor for you I’d like to ask you for one.”

Charles looks at Pietro surprised. The professor tries and fails to not look too eager to listen. “what would you like Peter?” He asks gently. 

“The Whitleys want two separate rooms instead of one to share. I told them I’d ask you about it.” 

Charles blinks “that’s the favor?”

“Yeah, it’s cause-“ suddenly Pietro feels very anxious like he has to explain why the twins wanted separate rooms. “-A few of the alters are boys. Sebastian and Shane. They want their own rooms.”

Pietro took them shopping earlier in the week and they came back with several pairs of leather pants and band tees. If their sense of style was inspired a bit too much by the speedster, well Pietro wasn’t going to say anything. 

“I see.” Charles says looking contemplative. “Of course, that seems perfectly reasonable. We have more than enough space.” 

“Cool.” Pietro smiles not really thinking the professor was going to have a problem with it but nonetheless very relieved. 

“How come they didn’t come to me?” Charles asks suddenly. “Did they think…” he pauses, gathering his thoughts “…that I would have a problem with it?”

“Not at all.” Pietro says flippantly, getting comfortable in his chair as he looks at all the pieces on the board. “I think they just find you intimidating.” 

“Intimidating.” Charles repeats, looking very confused. And yeah, with his long wavy hair and soft pastel sweaters he looks more like a big teddy bear then anything even remotely scary. So Pietro understands his shock. The man makes it a point to look as comforting and as approachable as possible. 

“If it helps I just don’t think they like men.” 

“As far as I’m aware you are a man, Peter.”

“Yeah but I’m awesome. And you’re the headmaster. No one ever wants to talk to the headmaster.” Charles lets that sink in moving his first chess piece in the process. “That makes sense. They've grown a bond with you so of course they’d trust you enough to tell you when something was wrong.” Very technical. 

“One day they won’t need me as a buffer. They’ll come to you willingly.” And he knows that’s true because Wanda and Jean already go straight to Charles with anything and everything. 

The professor nods. 

On that note Charles doesn’t hold back at all in the game and absolutely destroys Pietro. The speedster knew the older man was holding back but this is just ridiculously unfair. 

That afternoon Kurt is in his room drawing on a sketchbook Hank got him. Hank said it was one of his spare lab notebooks that he never ended up using but Pietro definitely saw him put it in the cart yesterday when they went grocery shopping. If Hank is trying to prove that he isn’t Kurt’s father then he’s doing a pretty shit job at it. 

Nonetheless Kurt has been absolutely obsessed with it. Drawing and coloring and writing silly notes and thoughts that he never lets Pietro see. Which he’s completely entitled to but Kurt always looks so happy while he’s doodling in it that Pietro's curiosity is killing him. Right now the teleporter is going absolutely feral with the band stickers Pietro gave him and is seemingly attacking the pages with them. He looks like-like a teenager having fun. Pietros happy. Even if he is a little jealous over not getting a notebook himself or being able to look inside to see what's so fun about it. 

“Wheels thinks I should talk to Bobby.” Pietro has been trying to read a Latin book for the last several minutes but it’s achingly boring in every aspect of the word. 

“How come?” Kurt sticks out his tongue in concentration. 

“He thinks I’m cool or something.” Pietro says flopping down to the bed and throwing the book over eyes in pure exasperated boredom. 

“You are cool.” Kurt says confidently. Pietro peaks over the book glancing over at the blue mutant feeling weirdly embarrassed over the sureness In which he said it. 

Kurt Wagner tends to do that. He says nice things like it’s no big deal. It feels like a big deal. 

“Dude you think Hank is cool. You have questionable taste.” Pietro jokes. 

“Hank is very cool!”

“He’s not.” Pietro sighs over dramatically sprawling over the bed like a cat. 

“He got me this book.” Kurt waves his book in the air like Pietro hasn’t been creepily aware of it since he’s had it. “He got me these shoes.” He jerks his feet from under the chair to show off his new kicks. “They are very cool.” 

And they are. Because Pietro helped Hank pick them out earlier in the week when they went shopping with the whitleys. “They are sick.”

Kurt frowns scooching them under the chair self consciously “what?”

“Sorry, sick means cool. They are cool.” 

“Oh.” Kurt smiles again easily “Either way I think it’s great that you’re gonna talk to Bobby.” going back to the original topic. 

Pietro huffs “I didn’t say I was. I said Charles wanted me to.”

“So you’re definitely doing it.”

“Charles is not the boss of me!” 

Kurt laughs. Like it’s funny. Like he was joking. Pietro was not joking. What the fuck. “He’s not!” 

“Okay, I believe you.” Kurt says like he’s placating a child “but I think you will talk to Bobby anyway. Just cause you’re really nice.” Like Pietro said, Kurt just gives away compliments like candy and Pietro eats it up. Becoming full with the adoration. So, yeah, okay whatever ,  Pietros is gonna talk to Bobby. 

“I think you might be a gaslighter Kurt.”

Kurt gasps “blasphemy, I’m nothing of the sort!” 

“Are you sure cause I’m feeling very manipulated right now?” Pietro makes a pretend hurt face. 

“If I swayed your decision it is simply coincidental.” Kurt smiles innocently like he doesn’t know what he’s doing. 

“You're lucky you’re cute.” Pietro sighs, and he goes back to reading his book. The speedster doesn’t see the way Kurt's face goes a shade of purple at the compliment. 

That night they had a big dinner. Miss Margo had quote on quote “slaved away in the kitchen for you starving children to eat good food.” 

The thing is that the only people that actually like Miss Margo’s food are Kurt and Frankie. Wanda says it’s because they got used to it while living with her but Pietro doesn’t understand how anyone’s body can ever get used to the fiery pits of hell slivering down your digestive system. 

Miss Margo can NOT cook. No one has the nerve to tell her. Bobby came close once and was practically tackled by fifteen Whitleys who materialized all at once to single-handedly spare Miss Margo’s feelings. 

Because although Miss Margo can’t make anything humanly digestible she still becomes exceptionally happy when she cooks and she’s more than overjoyed when it’s her turn to cook for the school.

“I used to cook for the circus.” Miss Margo would boast “they loved it so much that they said having it everyday felt like a waste and that I should only cook on special occasions because that way they’d be able to appreciate it more.”

The circus definitely lied. 

They were trying to save themselves. By lying. Straight to her face. Like lying liars. 

“Sorry Miss Margo, Hanks got me on a strict meal plan. Only meal canisters for me tonight. I’d be happy to set the table for you though.” Pietro lied because he is no better than the circus. 

“Of course dear.” She pinches his cheeks “you’re such a doll.”

The food looked…well for moral reasons Pietro will simply say that it looked unpleasant. Everyone made grim expressions but because miss Margo was blind she was none the wiser. 

“We really do appreciate you cooking for us Miss Margo. We…” Charles is playing with his food looking distressed but keeping his voice light and kind. He doesn’t finish that sentence. Pietro doesn’t think he can. 

Wanda has a stroke of genius “oh, no..” she says in the most fake voice Pietro has ever heard “I’m so sorry miss Margo.” She doesn’t sound sorry at all. 

“What is it dear? Is something the matter? Is it cold?” Miss Margo’s clear eyes focus on Wanda’s direction. 

“Unfortunately I can’t eat this because I don’t think it's kosher.” Pietro almost laughs. 

“Oh don’t you worry dear. I didn’t forget about your religious dietary restrictions.” Wanda physically paled when Miss Margo brought out a large dish from the fridge. “I made this just for you my dear. Kosher and following all Jewish dietary rules. I made sure of it.” 

Pietro does laugh this time. In superspeed of course because Miss Margo doesn’t realize the gold star entertainment she just invoked upon him. 

Wanda glares at Pietro “I’ll make sure to save some for Pietro so he doesn’t miss out.” A threat. This isn’t over. 

“You gotta eat it while it’s hot.” Frankie says practically destroying his plate, not even breathing just chewing and swallowing. Pietro doesn’t understand how the food doesn’t make him want to gag. 

“Don’t forget the sauce!” Kurt smiles happily dipping his meat into an unholy color of liquid sauce that makes Pietro want to throw up. 

“Who can forget.” Hank says weakly beside him and the Whitleys have become one person only, unanimously deciding that only one of the alters needs to suffer tonight. 

Pietro sees Angela sneak some of her plate to the cats under the table and Bobby straight up doesn’t serve himself anything. Some of the other kids managed to eat small, very small portions of the meat and get full on the rice which is the only thing that seems remotely cooked correctly. 

Much later, after everyone’s eaten their portions away miserably and are washed up and ready to sleep, Pietro is in Kurt’s room listening to music with the teleporter on his Walkman.  

He finally manages to ask Kurt. 

“How come you like Miss Margo’s food so much?” Pietro adds “you know it’s not very good.” 

They were close to each other, shoulders almost touching each other, hovering in the same space so they could share the headphones. He can feel the vibrations in the air from Kurt’s voice when he talks “well...” Kurt speaks with his entire body “…before Miss Margo took me in I lived in the circus and most days more often than not I didn’t get to eat at all. Before Miss Margo’s house I hadn’t ever had a proper home cooked meal before.” Kurt presses their shoulders together and Pietro holds his breath “I guess anything is better than nothing at all. And miss Margo always gives it her all.” 

“Yeah I guess that makes sense.” Pietro says softly, feeling light and floaty at the unexpected contact. “But you do know that it’s not like the best tasting food ever right?” 

“Of course not.” Kurt says equally as soft, his accent thick “I’ve had your food before.” 

Pietro melts into a puddle. He can’t handle this. How did he get lucky enough to have a best friend like Kurt? 

“Right, well, I won’t tell Miss Margo.” Pietro jokes because that’s all he really can do without exploding. 

He falls asleep in Kurt’s room that night listening to The Jackson 5. He hadn’t realized how tired he was or that he was falling asleep at all until he was abruptly woken up from his sleep with a scream. 

“What the fuck.” Pietro gasps awake, alarmed and confused as to where he was. It registered a few seconds later that he was in Kurt’s room and that the heavy blanket around him wasn’t a blanket at all. While the teleporter is a respectable distance away from Pietros sleeping form in the small bed, his tail had other ideas. Moving and shifting to be laying on top of Pietro, clinging to the speedster in their sleep. Pietros heart was hammering a mile a minute so he didn’t have time to process the situation because of that scream. That scream was his sisters. He knows her scream anywhere. 

He moved Kurt’s tail away, his only mission being to get to his sister. Once he knew Kurt wouldn’t wake up from his sudden movements he runs. 

He’s in front of his sister's door in microseconds. Her scream was still echoing in his ear from moments before. Haunting his mind at every possible reason. He opens the door abruptly. 

He sees Charles next to her bed in the dark and his mind reels, thinking the worst. 

“What are you doing?” Pietro didn’t hide his fear from his voice.

Charles doesn’t seem surprised or alarmed that Pietro is here “Peter, my boy, I’m sorry we woke you.” 

“We? What are you doing here?”

Maybe Charles didn’t detect the accusation in Pietro's voice or maybe he was just ignoring it because he was so focused on Wanda. “She was having a nightmare again, I just calmed her down.” Charles says softly, sounding exhausted. 

Pietro paused. Focusing on what he sees and not what his mind is making up. 

Charles isn’t hovering over Wanda, he’s sitting in his wheelchair beside her. The room isn’t completely dark, the lamp is on a low setting so as to not startle Jean awake as well. Charles isn’t doing anything nefarious or bad. 

The telepath had his hand placed gingerly on the smaller child forehead looking like he’s gone through a nightmare as well. Eyebags prominent on his face. 

“It’s not usually this bad.”

Pietro knows that Wanda has nightmares, he just didn’t know that Charles knew she had nightmares. Usually Pietros is there to comfort her through them, or at least that’s what he thought until he looks at Charles. 

His wheelchair has a pillow on the back, a blanket covering his legs and his seat reclined slightly as if he has a habit of sleeping in his wheelchair. A habit of getting comfortable in this position beside her bed. 

How many times has Charles done this? How many times has Pietro failed to notice that Wanda was having a nightmare? How many times has Charles gone to her room to calm her down, losing sleep for her benefit? Pietro watches as Charles hums under his breath, swiping the sweaty pieces of her hair out of her face while she sleeps.

Her face was smoothed away and pleasant and Pietro could see a soft smile on her lips “I gave her a happy memory.”

“Which one?” Pietro barely spoke, too afraid to wake her up from a good dream. 

“You running in the snow, holding on to her and showing her how snowflakes form slowly. It’s one of her favorite memories.” 

Pietro takes a breath, evening out his heart beat and remembering the memory clearly. It was a few days into winter, he had just stolen Wanda a new winter coat and David was out of town doing whatever the fuck David does and mom was inside making them hot chocolate with water. They had run out of milk, they had run out of a lot of things that winter but their pietro always made it seem like they had everything. Never letting Wanda know how much they struggled. 

“She dreams vividly about the day she got her powers. About you dying. Getting shot.”

“I’m faster than any bullet.” Pietro says smoothly. 

“But not in the dreams. You didn’t have your powers. You were slow.” Charles is looking at Wanda but he knows Charles is talking to him. Prodding and poking at a question he wants to ask. “You never told me that part.”

“Which part?” Pietro admittedly was very vague about that day. He had told the professor bits and pieces over time but he doesn’t have the full picture. At Least that's what Pietro assumed. 

“About losing your powers. You never said you couldn’t dodge the bullets.” Charles almost says what he wanted to say. He could’ve died. 

Pietro Maximoff would be dead right now if Wanda hadn’t killed those men. They both would’ve been. 

He hadn’t told Charles that. He let Charles assume what he wanted and hoped he wouldn’t ask too many questions about why’s and what’s. It was hopeful. Too hopeful. 

“Well, it doesn’t matter now does it?” 

“Of course it does, Peter.” Charles looks away from Wanda and up at Pietro looking uncomfortable and confused “why would you think it wouldn’t? It would’ve been different if you hadn’t been in any actual danger. But you had. You felt that fear, you thought you were going to die. You almost did. That’s not nothing. That’s-“ traumatic

“Well I’m fine. It wasn’t a big deal.”  Pietro says with an easy smile. Just a bit forced. 

“If it wasn’t a big deal you would’ve told me.”

“Why would I have told you if it wasn’t a big deal?” Pietro whispered loudly. 

“It was a big enough deal for Wanda to have nightmares over it every night.” Charles jabs and Pietro resks over that information. “Every night?” Pietro had thought they had gotten better. 

“She also has nightmares about the day your father was arrested.” Charles says stiffly “about what your mother did.” 

The Speedsters memory hits a wall.

Pietros face went blank and before it became a whole thing the speedster said “I don’t want to talk about that with you.” A clean cut. A boundary placed. Charles on one side and David on the other. Far far away from each other. Never to cross paths. That night included. No worlds colliding. 

“Okay. I respect that.” Charles Xavier said once before that he would try not to cross any of Pietro's boundaries. That he would try to not push him when he didn’t want to be pushed and Pietro drew a clear line. Clear as day. He doesn’t wanna talk about it. He said it. Done. “But I think you should talk about it with your sister. About everything. Because clearly, it’s affecting her as well. maybe more then you realize.” 

Pietro pulls his eyes away from the professor and to his sleeping sister. 

“I will. I just-“ Pietros nervous. “I don’t know how.” He doesn’t wanna bring it up after all this time. 

Charles stays silent and for a long time Pietro thinks he’s gonna let the question sit unanswered in the air. 

“You’ll know when it’s best.” He says eventually and they step out of the room. 

The next morning he sees Bobby stomp on the ground too harshly and make the marble floor slippery with ice. Jean falls on her face and shouts when she hits her head against the wall. Pietro is by her side in a second. “You okay?”

“Yeah.” Jean says and Pietro goes to look at Bobby and he’s already gone probably to Math with Charles. 

“Why’d he do that?” 

“He’s mad at me.”

“Why?” Pietro couldn’t imagine any good reason to be mad at Jean. 

Jean shrugs and picks up her stuff from the frozen ground. 

She goes to class and Pietro considers talking to Bobby soon. 

After lunch, Kurt Wagner discloses to Pietro his horrible experiences with going to the hospital in his early circus days. A handful of stories ending with him getting called slurs and exorcism attempts that sounded like products of a bad scary movie. The things Kurt told him made Pietro want to give him a big hug but he still isn’t sure if hugging is okay. Sometimes Kurt is okay with small touches but big ones make him nervous so instead Pietro just gingerly grabs his hand. Making sure Kurt sees him do it so he has time to stop him if he doesn’t want him to. 

He holds his hand and strikes a deal with his blue friend. 

“You haven’t gotten your check up with Hank yet?” He already knows the answer but he just needs confirmation. 

“No, I haven’t.” Kurt looks fine at their joined hands chewing on his lower lip anxiously. 

“If you do it, I’ll do it.” Which yeah, Pietro technically hadn’t gotten a physical from Hank yet and he was kinda avoiding it as well but for Kurt’s peace of mind he’ll take the loss. 

“You haven’t done your check up either?” Kurt’s ears twitch and Pietro doesn’t touch them because he has self restraint. 

He hadn’t purposely dodged the check up; it was mostly because Hank had been so busy and Pietro really didn’t wanna bother him. But cerebro is in full swing and all side projects Hank had in motion seemed to be at a good stopping point. Pietro knew that the full check up would most likely put things to light that Pietro kinda wanted to stay in the dark for a bit longer. Unfortunately Pietro Maximoff could no longer avoid the doctor's orders. Not if it helped Kurt go through this hurdle. 

“Do you not like doctors either?”

“Not really. But I like Hank.” Pietro shrugs. 

“I like Hank too.” Kurt says. 

“I know.” 

“You know?”

“You stare.” Kurt blushes a deep purple and Pietro smiles. Kurt went first and it wasn’t too bad.

The teleporter would pray under his breath, soft and peaceful hymns. He got skittish during the X-ray and Hank had to do it twice. He had an old broken bone that was set and healed correctly when he was Twelve. Something about a circus act going bad. Hank didn’t wanna push Kurt for details. Kurt has perfect vision and apparently can see in the dark which Pietro is super jealous of. Kurt held Pietros hand when Hank had to give him his flu shot and vaccinations. His finger nails dug into Pietro's flesh but he refused to pull away. When it was over Hank gave Kurt a blueberry lollipop. 

“See? It wasn’t too bad.” Pietro teases and Kurt licks his Lollipop, still holding his hand even though Hanks has been done for several minutes now. 

“You want me to stay?” Kurt looks at Pietro, eyebrows creasing together “I think I’m good, thanks Kurt.” 

“Okay, I’ll be just outside then. Good luck Pietro.” Kurt gives him a thumbs up. Or at least his version of a thumbs up and poofs away. 

Dr Hank McCoy did the same thing to the speedster that he did to Kurt. He checked Pietros reflexes, awesome as per usual, heart rate, fast as fuck obviously, eyes kinda blurry, he might need to get reading glasses which is lame, and Hank rechecked his weight again, he’s gained fifteen pounds since he first arrived. 

Which Hank said was good and seemed really proud about but Pietro felt nauseous at the idea. David would’ve hated it. He would’ve called him spoiled.  

Then it came down to the X-Rays. 

Pietro knew Hank was gonna have questions. Pietro knows he would’ve if he was in Hank's shoes. 

Hank's face had been completely neutral throughout the entire examination, just like a real doctor. Maybe because Hank is a real doctor? But a real Doctor wouldn’t let his face drop the way Hanks did when the screen was fully loaded.

Hank went still, glaring at the image Pietro couldn’t see. His scans are there, glaring right back at Hank mockingly. 

“Peter…” Hank doesn’t look at him, he hasn’t looked away from the x-ray results in at least five minutes. “When you run are you in any pain?” 

Hank always thinks of a solution. Of different factors. He tries to reason away questions he might have. 

“Not really, why?” Pietro isn’t dumb. He knows why he’s asking. Pietro has broken bones. Quite a few most likely. Torn bones that were never set in a cast and never healed properly or correctly. 

He can see that. Hank has eyes. He’s a fucking doctor. “Is the speed of your mutation not including your internal organs? Can your enhanced speed support your bones and ligaments or are they grinding and tearing every time you run?” Hanks eyes dart between image to image typing something on the computer looking just a little bit unhinged. 

Pietro stares up at Hank who looks at him with confusion “are you in pain when you run?” He repeats again. “You must be.” He looks him up and down. 

“No.” Pietro says evenly “I’m not in any pain when I run.” Pietro doesn’t really feel anything when he runs. 

“You have 35 broken bones and what seems to be 17 hairline fractures all over your body.” 

Pietro stays quiet. 

“They’ve healed improperly, none of them have been treated at all? When was the last time you went to the doctor?” Hank looks angry. Pietro isn’t sure if he’s angry at him or at the situation. Maybe both. 

Pietro shrugs. He couldn’t remember the last time he had gone to the doctor. Maybe to get a flu shot when he was a toddler? He doesn’t know. 

“You can’t just not go to the hospital when you get a broken bone Peter.” 

“I heal fast. Didn’t matter.”

“You healed wrong . In a couple years you could have joint problems, develop arthritis, puncture a lung, create blood clots, take a bad twist and become paralyzed. In a couple years you might not be able to run because your bones will be brittle and weak.” 

“Okay, I’m sorry. I didn’t know.” Pietro lets out a breath feeling tiny. He hadn’t thought about not being able to run again. He hadn’t really thought about it at all. He was very much willing to ignore it all if he could. Pretend it never happened.

“I don’t want an apology Peter, I just need an explanation.”

“I was five when I had my first broken bone and we didn’t have any health insurance.”

“Peter-that’s one bone out of 35. A kid doesn’t just accidently do that. No one’s that clumsy I mean-“ hanks face is still, his blue skin twitching and he looks just a bit conflicted “-were you doing it on purpose?” Hank takes a deep breath “if your body can’t handle you running and it’s breaking your bones and you still do it that’s catastrophic Peter. That’s more than just negligence, that's self harm.” 

Hank thought for just a split fraction of a second that Pietro was hurting himself. Every time he ran he was causing more and more pain. Hank thought he was breaking himself on purpose. 

But he’s not allowed to do that.

The look on his face was so distraught and filled with so much empathy that Pietro felt sick to his stomach.  The ringing in his ear became louder as his heart began to hit his rib cage. Pietro didn't want him to think he was hurting himself Everytime he ran. Pietros is afraid Hank might make him stop running. And that sounded like hell. 

“I’m not. I didn’t-Those aren’t because-“

he doesn't want to hurt himself. He’s not allowed to do that. 

“-Peter. The only other explanation besides self mutilation is abuse.” He says it in such a crisp cold voice that Pietro feels the fear stab through him all at once. His rib cage concaving on itself becoming a cocoon of despair. Things were going south. Like they always tend to do when people get too concerned over the pitiful teenager. 

“My step dad used to hit me sometimes.” He blurts it out. Like a balloon popping. Bursting out in quick motions. 

Fuck. He hadn’t actually wanted to say that. 

He hadn’t ever actually told anyone before. His mom knew but not because he had told her. He hadn’t ever had to say it out loud. Never had to speak it into existence. Maybe he thought it gave David too much power. Like, admitting his step-dad hurt him would somehow make it too real. But after all that Pietro just…says it. Blurts it out. Like an idiot. 

He lets the confession leave his mouth. He gives David that title. Abuser. It can’t be unsaid. Fuck. Fuck. Fuck.

Pietro is kinda surprised with himself. He’s also kinda pissed. And he’s kinda terrified too because Hank isn’t looking at him. 

“Sometimes?” Hank repeats looking at the X-Ray intently. He can see the gears turning. “Peter. That’s-“

“-I’m a lot. David was never a patient man and I tended to piss him off. I’d get bad grades, get sent home cause I’d get into fights, I'd break things, id steal, talk back, I’d be too loud or too annoying. I’d set him off and it usually ended with a bruise or two.” And 35 broken bones apparently.

Pietro didn’t know what he expected Hank to do. What he wasn’t expecting him to do was for Hank to turn the screen around and face Pietro, fury in his eyes as he showed Pietro the jigsaw puzzle that was his skeleton. The doctor points at a broken bone, indistinguishable from any other in Pietros opinion. “That's a broken humerus. Broken on two separate spots. Partially healed and then snapped again. It’s near a broken artery which must’ve happened when your ulna and radius were snapped alongside the humerus bone. That level of pain is excruciating.” Hank's voice shakes and wobbles and he takes in a breath and lets it out quickly “this injury is over twelve years old. You were seven.”

Pietro looks away from the screen and Hank shouts “no! You look at me.”  

He looks up at Hank, feeling the pressure in his chest, feeling that balloon swell up again. He hates this. He hates this. 

Hank looks like he’s going to throw up  and Pietro feels the same way “you were seven.” He repeats, like Pietro might’ve missed it the first time.

“I know,” Pietro mumbles. “I was there.” He says dully.

Hank shakes his head and points at another broken bone “broken femurs. Ten years old. You were nine. Another femur. Eleven years old. You were eight. Another bone, you were twelve.” He points at another on the screen looking so upset that Pietro felt his throat close up as Hank raised his voice.  “another bone, another bone, another bone. You were ten, eleven, thirteen. Thirteen, ten, twelve, nine. Nine. Ten. Seven.”

“Okay.” Pietro chokes out wanting him to just stop already. He got it. He doesn’t need to keep doing this. 

“Okay? Okay what Peter?” Hank raked his fingers over his head making it stand up. “Would it be okay to hit your sister?”

Pietro flinches glaring at Hank suddenly “excuse me?”

“If she’s annoying, and talks too much and gets into fights, and is overall just too much. If she steals and lies and is miserable to be around. Is it okay if I smack her around? Break a few of her bones to teach her a lesson?”

“No. And if you did I’d kill you.” And Pietro actually meant that which is terrifying. 

“What about Jean? She’s a bit older, she should know better. Maybe a good hit to the head would do her some good?” 

“You wouldn’t fucking dare.” Pietro would stop him. He could stop Hank. He could-

“Then why do you think it's okay when it happens to you? It wasn’t okay when you were seven, it wasn’t okay when you were thirteen and it isn’t okay now.” Hank begs, he pleads with Pietro and the speedster is openly crying, trying to catch up to his words. 

“I-I don’t know. I’m just-“ Pietros eyes are drowning, feeling raw and broken and seven years old all over again “-I was- i was supposed to be strong .” 

He wasn’t expecting the sudden hug. 

Hank isn’t the touchy type so it didn’t even register in Pietros head as an option. But suddenly big blue fur was all around him and he was being pulled into the warmest, most coziest hug known to man. Hank should definitely be giving out more hugs, holy shit. “You are one of the strongest kids I know.” He says gruffly and Pietro melts. Sinking into his arms like marshmallows. Feeling that balloon swell up again. 

“I'm not a kid.” Pietro says in a small voice that definitely made him sound like the littlest kid in the world.

Hank hugs him tighter “yes, you are. Kids are supposed to get bad grades, and get into fights and break things and be loud and be however they fucking want and I’m so, so sorry that he ever made you feel like him laying his hands on you was justifiable response to that. He didn’t fucking deserve you.”

Pietro is crying. He can admit to that only because he’s pretty sure Hank is too. 

“You’re safe here.” Hank says “if he ever comes here…if he even dares-he won’t come anywhere near you. He’ll never be able to hurt you again.” 

“You gonna beat up my step-dad Hank?” Pietro teases sniffling away snot and without missing a beat Hank says “I’ll break his legs.” 

Pietro feels something swell “I doubt you’ll need to. But thanks Hank.” 

“Anytime Pie.”

Pietro laughs, pulling away from Hanks embrace “you hear that one from Wanda?”

“I think pie makes you sound sweet.”

“I’m not sweet though, I’m cool and aloof.” 

The blue beast fixes his glasses and turns his back to Pietro to click on his computer “sure. We’ll go with that.”

Pietro gasps “are you saying I’m not cool Hank because you’re one to talk.”

“I just dont think you’re as cool as you think you are. I mean you’re wearing silver leather pants right now.”

“DO NOT COME AFTER MY PANTS BRO!” 

Pietro knows Hank wants to ask more questions but like a good guy he helps ease the suffocating tension and makes Pietro laugh. The speedster would’ve probably told him everything if he had. He would’ve caved. He doesn’t know how to feel about that. He doesn't like that he would’ve spilled every little secret to Hank at the drop of a hat. Every pain and hurt he’s ever felt he would’ve given to him and Pietro would’ve felt heard and understood. 

He hates how much he trusts Hank.

It scares the fuck out of him. 

He thinks maybe that’s how it would’ve felt with his older sister. 

Pietro Maximoff had another sister.

An older sister named Anya. Born before he was even a thought. She died in a fire when she was only four years old. 

His mom didn’t like to talk about it and Pietro didn’t like to think about it but if he did think about it, which he totally never does, he thinks that Anya would’ve loved playing pranks on Wanda too. She would’ve been cool. Cooler than Pietro. She would’ve bailed him out of jail and covered for him when he snuck out of the house, she would’ve listened to music with him, added to his infinite playlist of niche bands, she would’ve yelled at him when he was being mean to mom, she would’ve been strong and kind and compassionate and…alive.

In some twisted fantasy of his they still lived in that first house, with his grandparents that never died and his mom who was still sober, his father that he’s never met and his cool older sister Anya. 

But the Fantasy is always just that: a fantasy. He knows it is because in this pretend world Wanda’s there too. Sitting at the dinner table coloring, permanently four in his mind. He sees her and he knows that the pretend world isn’t real. Because if Anya had lived, his mom wouldn’t have met David and Wanda wouldn’t have been born. 

In this version of events Wanda wouldn’t be his sister but…he couldn’t just erase her. Not even in his imaginary world that he’s conjured up. 

She’s always there. Always his sister. 

That’s when Pietro usually snaps out of it. Because if he had to choose between having a dead sister and having an alive one then he’ll always choose Wanda. 

No matter what.

But Pietro hopes that in some alternate reality somewhere where Anya is alive, that maybe she’d be kind of like Hank. 

Kind and Stern and crazy smart. Someone Pietro would go to for dating advice. Someone that would’ve threatened to beat up his bullies for him as well, who’d help him mend scrapes, who would take jokes at her expense like a champ, who’d teach him how to ride a bike. Pietro thinks his pretend older sister would’ve been like Hank McCoy. Or he guesses he mostly hoped she would’ve been. 

It’s the only excuse he has for growing this attached to the blue man. For thinking of him like family.

For feeling safe enough to utter David's name at all. 

“Are you also aware of the piece of metal in your shoulder?” 

Pietro's balloon pops.

“A what?” The speedster exclaims in horror. 

 

Notes:

Typos will be found. I literally write this fic on the note app on my phone.

Chapter 9: Broken Glass And New Glasses

Summary:

“How was your check-up?” Pietro feels a phantom pain in his shoulder, one he knows isn’t real and all in his head. “It was good. Gonna need glasses.”

Kurt gasps a smile bursting out, enveloping his entire face “No way!”

“Yes, way. I’m gonna look so lame.”

“Glasses are cool.”

“No, they aren’t.” Pietro bumps his shoulder against Kurt’s.

“Hank has glasses.”

“Thanks for proving my point.” Pietro snorts and Kurt smacks his shoulder “Hank is very cool.”

“Hank probably paid you to say that.”

 

********

 

Xavier's school for gifted youngsters settles into a routine and Wanda's birthday is around the corner. Pietro talks to Bobby and goes on an unprompted field trip.

Notes:

Sorry for not updating in a month. Here's a relatively long chapter as a treat. I'm considering doing a POV change for the next chapter. we shall see.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Pietro Maximoff's maternal grandfather had lung cancer. During his long and troubled treatment, he was bedridden in the hospital for an extended amount of time. Unable to move and unable to live outside of the confinement of the sterilized hospital. His mother Magda Maximoff visited her father practically every single day. For months on end, she lived in that hospital. She breathed that hospital. Day in and day out for weeks and months. It was a slow slipping slide of emotions. The cancer was winning. He was dying. Slow and deadly. Sooner rather than later. In the end, it wasn’t lung cancer that did him in, it was the bomb that struck the hospital in the heart of Germany. A place where people come to heal and are slaughtered all at once. 

The sterile air turned to copper and smoke. Germany became a war zone. 

Magda has never been able to walk into a hospital ever since her father died in one. Her stomach turns, her heart pounds and her entire body shakes. she physically just can’t enter them without thinking of the screaming children on the pediatric floor. Or the smell of burning flesh or the taste of ash in her throat. She avoided going as much as possible during Pietro's childhood. Dodging and swerving any attempt at medical practices. She always passed along the trip to someone else whenever it was unavoidable. 

She only told her son the real reason why she didn’t like them after she refused to go to the hospital when she was giving birth to Wanda. Mid-contractions had a full-blown meltdown after Pietro suggested calling an ambulance. Pietro Maximoff also wasn’t born in a hospital. The speedster was born prematurely in a large tent of a commune she had been traveling with for most of her pregnancy. Jumping from city to city usually in caravans. When his mother gave birth to him there was no epidural, no needles, and no medical professional, only an Indigenous woman, Taloa Lopez, who held her hand throughout the entire process. 

Pietro came screaming into this world at a scary weight of 6 pounds and with a full head of brown hair. 

They didn’t take baby Pietro to hospital for several days. Nearly a week if his mother's stories are true. Eventually, his godmother, the faithful Miss Lopez, strolled into a clinic with baby Pietro and they gave him a social security number and a birth certificate. Magda Maximoff didn’t personally take Pietro to the doctor until he was nearly four years old and got chicken pox. She had to step out into the parking lot halfway through the appointment, her excuse being a smoke break.

Magda didn’t have a caravan of runaways or a strong-armed Miss Lopez to guide her through her labor with Wanda. All she had was a scared ten-year-old son who had a broken arm and far too much nerves to do anything else but hold his crying mother's hand and call an ambulance. 

Magda screamed. She cried. She begged Pietro not to call for help, to not send her to the hospital. She swore she cursed and she got mean and Pietro didn't know what to do. He didn’t know what he could do. 

He was scared she was gonna die. He’d seen it happen in movies. Moms dying after having a baby. He didn’t want his mom to die. Not only because he loved her but because she’d be leaving him with David. Or worse. He didn’t want his sister to die. He knew David would get worse if his baby died. He’d be evil, far more evil than he was then. 

He knew his mother would be mad when he called but he had to take the risk of her anger for her safety. Because he’s ten. Only ten. He didn’t know what else to do. The things that followed afterward are what made Pietro Maximoff hate hospitals as well. The day of Wanda’s birth was colored and stained ugly with memories he shouldn’t have had to witness. He didn’t like hospitals. 

Hank McCoy is the only person, the only doctor Pietro has ever trusted enough to poke a needle in him without struggle. 

When he got his vaccines as a child he had to be physically held down by three nurses because he kept biting and scratching the doctor who was trying to poke him. That's what his mother said. Pietro has to keep reminding himself that Hank specializes in mutant genetics. He knows what he’s doing. When he takes his blood he isn’t going to do anything weird with it. He trusts him. Nothing weird or bad will happen. 

So it’s incredibly worrisome when the blue doctor tells him he has fragments of metal inside him. 

“What the hell is it?” Pietro and Hank have been discussing the multiple chunks of metal inside Pietro's very thin body. A disturbing sentence he never thought he'd ever have to say in his entire life. And yes, you heard right. Multiple

“I can’t be certain. There’s only so much I can see through an X-ray.” 

Hank types on the computer. Showing a more detailed scan with muscle and tissue. “You see how the tissue has grown around it? The muscle on top is toned. It’s been there for a while. A couple of years at least considering your healing factor.” He points at another area near Pietro’s heart “that one too.” And then at one closer to his ribs “and this one too.” And then another in the center of his stomach. Scarily close to his lungs. Four pieces of metal. Even if Hank claims he can’t be sure, what they are is glaringly obvious. They are bullets. Pietro Maximoff has bullets inside him. He’s been fucking shot. He doesn’t know when or how but he has the bullets inside him to prove it. 

“When could that have happened?”

“I don’t know. It’s…weird.” Wow, amazing.

“Thanks, that’s helpful.” Pietro sasses and touches his shoulder, where a supposed piece of metal is inserted. A bullet from a gun he doesn’t recall. He can’t feel anything off but he also doesn’t know what he’s supposed to look for. It just feels like a shoulder. His shoulder. 

“It’s just…weird.”

“I got it the first time you said it, Hank.” Pietro exasperates. 

Hank pushes his glasses up his nose and Pietro watches as he clicks on something on the computer. Zooming and unzooming the screen but nothing is much clearer than before. “There’s isn’t any damage around the wound.”

“I heal fast.”

“Yeah, but there is no evidence at all that it had shredded any skin or muscle at all. It’s just…there. With no proof that it ever wasn’t.” 

“Someone can’t just be born with bullets inside them, Hank.” Pietro exasperates.

“I know that. And we don’t know if they’re bullets.” Hank sighs. 

“I’m also pretty sure I’d know if I was fucking shot four times .”

“Again, we don’t know if they are bullets.” They are. They definitely are. “Also You didn’t know that you had them at all.” Hank points out cleverly and that makes Pietro shut up relatively quickly. “They aren’t causing any harm right now, and there’s no evidence that they will in the future.”

 

“Your advice is to what? Do nothing.” Pietro raises a brow at McCoy, feeling like maybe he’s the only one taking this seriously. 

 

“My advice…is to stay vigilant. If something feels off or different, come to me and we’ll figure out a way to remove them with minimal damage.” Pietro would like to avoid any surgeries of any kind. 

 

“Okay.” Pietro frowns and gives Hank a look “Can we not mention this to anyone? I just um-I don’t want it to be a whole thing.” He was talking about the bullets and the other stuff too. It’s just not a conversation he wants to have. Especially not with Charles.

 

Hank turns to the speedster looking very serious “Your medical history is completely confidential. It’s up to you who knows about it.” 

 

“Yeah, for sure. But- you and Charles are like best friends, right? Don't you have like a special bond or whatever, ten years of solitude and all that?” Hank's nose twitches, something he doesn't know if he did intentionally. “Best friends don't have to tell each other everything.”

 

Hank faces Pietro fully “Your medical history will stay private. Unless I feel you are in any danger, what I have learned will stay between doctor and patient.” 

 

“Okay.” Pietros trusts Hank. not because he's his doctor but because he's his friend. He thinks. 

 

“Now let's check those eyes again.” 

 

The speedster groans. 

 

Video game arcades cemented themselves into society when Computer Space was released. Computer Space was the first commercially sold, coin-operated video game designed by Nolan Bushnell and Ted Dabney. Though the game was considered a huge failure at the time, the arcade game was revolutionary and formed the foundations of a new industry. Nolan Bushnell and Ted Dabney then became the founders of Atari, inc. and followed its success to the next year with the game Pong

 

Pietro Maximoff had just gotten kicked out of his professional track team. Left high and dry with nothing to show for it but an empty trophy case and crippling self-doubt. He had gravitated towards PacMan because he needed a goal. His competitive streak was momentarily subdued by the yellow circular man-eating little dots on the screen. It kept him busy and It gave Pietro a goal. The speedster's only goal at that time was to go to the Olympics. That unfortunately was taken from him because of his stupidity and so then he needed a new goal. He found it. His new goal was to win at Pac-Man. To be the best at it. Then suddenly his goal was to break Erik Lensherr out of the Pentagon and he did that successfully too. Then horrifically all at once his next goal was to get his sister somewhere safe. He took her to the school. At the time Pietro would swear up and down that the school was nowhere near safe, with a few health hazards and violations in the yard itself. Not safe. But making the school safe became a goal as well. He made it safe. Then suddenly his goal of making the school safe turned into making the school…a school. A goal right after the other. Back to back to back. 

 

Pietro always has a goal. Vague or laser sharp. His next one is a bit more difficult for him to succeed in. 

He needs to talk to Bobby. It’s not a big goal. Not a big thing. It shouldn’t be. But it is. He thinks it might have to do with the fact that Charles asked him to. He doesn't want the telepath to think he’s a wimp. It shouldn’t matter what Charles thinks. But fuck-it might be weighing on his mind just a bit. 

 

He hates this whole damn thing. 

 

Bobby isn’t a scary kid. He isn’t a bomb ready to be set off. Bobby isn’t a monster. Bobby Drake is just a kid whose life has changed drastically. Surrounded by kids whose lives have also gone through the same ordeal. Confused and maybe just a little bit angry. Maybe even bitter. 

Before this, his mother told Pietro via landline, Bobby was quite popular. He was surrounded by friends who liked him. Admired him. He made them laugh and he pulled pranks and he was an all-around sweet kid. Like actually a sweetheart. Twelve years old and playing Little League with his youth group, volunteering in soup kitchens, and running errands for their elderly neighbor for pen money. He was one of the popular kids. Bobby’s father spoke of his popularity in blanket statements. Vague and almost naive consideration but his mother was far more realistic. She said he wasn’t a bully but he was friends with them. “He was a prankster and made them laugh and he was fun but his friends always took it too far. Always wanting to target specific people, they confused pranking with harassment and they got mean…Bobby got mean too.” She went into detail about how the day he got his powers he had pushed some kid in the pool. A new kid from New Jersey, small for his age and soft-spoken. Defenseless and helpless. 

Bobby hadn’t known the new kid couldn’t swim. Or maybe he had. Pietro wasn’t completely sure but he did know that Bobby's friends watched as the kid slowly drowned, begging and crying and Bobby was the one who dove in to save him. Bobby must’ve been scared. Something in his brain must’ve clicked into place, or his body truly decided to kick-start his powers at that moment because while he was grabbing at the drowning boy, the water around them became cold. It was only pure luck that Bobby got the kid out of the water before it crystallized into hard ice. 

It was ruled as a freak accident. No one made the connection about it being Bobby’s fault. They sent him home with a cold. 

 

Madeline Drake told Pietro that Bobby had been closed off and weird even before that. 

 

Pietro has to talk to Bobby. 

 

He thinks you’re cool.” That’s what Charles said but every time Pietro is anywhere near the kid he avoids him. He doesn’t look at him. He barely talks to him. When he tries to include him in stuff he declines or straight up refuses. 

 

Pietro thinks Charles is confused. No way in hell does Bobby Drake think he’s cool. The kid can’t stand him. 

 

Although Bobby Drake seems to hate Jean Grey the most. When she’s in the room he leaves with a huff. When he can’t leave he glares at her. Daggers of rage aimed at the mute redhead. Jean retreats into herself. Making herself quiet and small. Invisible. Like when he first met her all those months ago. 

 

As a result, Wanda doesn’t talk to Bobby either. Some form of Sibling Law he didn’t get the rules to. And of course, because Wanda dislikes Bobby then so does Frankie because the damn fool is madly in love with her. 

 

The Whitleys don't particularly socialize with anyone but themselves so they don't contribute or erase from the situation. 

 

Bobby in all honesty gives off “I bite” vibes and everything and everyone seems to set him off. 

 

“Bobby made Angela cry today,” Wanda says angrily. This is not a big feat. Last week Pietro killed a roach in her room and she went into full hysterics. Angela is an easy crier. 

 

Nonetheless, he still had to ask “What did he do?” 

 

“Said he didn’t like her tree puns.” 

Her tree puns are actually hilarious. “Criminal.” Pietro gasps dramatically. “Her puns are so funny like you wood not believe.” 

 

Wanda gives him a blank expression. 

“Get it? Wood. Like the tre-“

 

“-I get it. It’s just not funny.” She says in a monotone voice. “It’s funnier when she says it.” 

 

“Not true.” Pietro huffs crossing his arms. 

 

“It’s her delivery. It’s just better.” Wanda says, suddenly a comedy critic. 

 

“Lies. You just don’t think I’m funny 'cause I’m your brother.”

 

“I think you’re funny.” Wanda rolled her eyes looking at him like he was the nearly ten-year-old and not the other way around. “It’s got nothing to do with being funny, it's gotta do with Bobby being mean.”

 

“I’ll talk to him.”

 

“When?” Everyone thinks it’s Pietro's job to talk to Bobby. The speedster can't seem to catch a break ever. Even when he’s just trying to read a damn textbook on music theory. 

 

“When I get the chance.” Pietro sighs, already getting a headache just thinking about it. 

 

“Perfect!” She starts tugging on him. “He’s in the library right now. You should go now before the free period is over.” She leads him up the stairs and Pietro struggles half-heartedly. 

 

“But I don’t-“ Wanda tugs on him more, pulling on his jacket, using his clothes against him, dragging him slightly. Fuck. 

 

“-you said when you got the chance-“

 

“-not now. I can’t just-“ she turns her red eyes at me looking angry. “-Why not?” She screams and the wooden floorboards crack underneath her, the vase near the door that’s probably older than Charles flings against the wall and shatters into a million little pieces. A piece of glass slices through Pietro's jaw leaving a thin and sudden cut on his face. 

 

Pietro and Wanda stare at each other in silence. 

 

Wanda looks at Pietro in horror “I’m sorry.” Her voice shook “I-I didn’t mean to do that.”

 

Pietro touches his face, coming back with blood. He’s just a little bit stunned. Usually, he'd dodge it. Usually, he’s able to see things before they hit him but he was so focused on Wanda he hadn’t seen the vase shatter at all. Hadn’t seen the piece of glass until it was already cutting him. 

 

“I’m sorry.” She repeats her eyes turning back to brown and her hair no longer defying gravity. “I-I’m so sorry Pie.” Her eyes begin to water and her voice becomes watery. 

 

“It’s okay.” He says a bit numbly feeling a bit lost. “It was an accident.”

Wanda pops. The waterworks overwhelm her all at once. “I didn’t mean to hurt you.” She’s making grabby hands at Pietro, small and fragile, and Pietros not completely sure why she’s so emotional about it. He’s been hurt before. He’s been hurt worse. Far worse. He goes to her, her hands wrapping reaching for his cut face and then retreating. Pietro grabs her hand and places it next to his cut cheek.  “It’s okay.”  He feels the tingling sensation of his ripped skin molding back together. “I’m fine.” Pietro knows his round is stitching back up, healing itself in seconds. He watches as Wanda watches him, faces filled with conflict. “All healed up,” Pietro says gently letting go of her hand. 

 

“You heal fast.” Wanda says “When you get hurt, no one even notices cause you heal so quickly.”

 

“Yeah, that’s a good thing.” Pietro smiles. 

 

Wanda frowns, blinking away her tears “No it’s not. When he hurt you, you couldn’t get help because there was never any proof. You would heal so quickly..,” 

 

He doesn’t like that she’s thinking about that. She shouldn’t be thinking about that sort of thing. “Am I gonna end up like him?” The question, do pointed and do raw wrapped around his heart and squeezed. No. This is all wrong. 

 

“No. No way.” Pietro squeezes Wanda’s arms trying to meet her eyes “You are nothing like your father.”

 

“We both hurt people.” Wanda’s lip wobbled. “I killed those men at the house. I hurt you with the glass.”

 

“No. Stop that.” Pietro shook his head, his mind racing for the right words “You hurt those people because you were scared, it was an accident.”

 

“No, I hurt them 'cause they hurt you.” 

 

Fuck. okay. Let’s reroute this. 

“You did it to protect me. Sometimes we gotta hurt other people to protect the ones we love.”

 

Wanda frowns “Aren’t you supposed to say that violence isn’t the solution?” 

 

“Why would I say that? That sounds dumb.”

 

“That’s what Charles would’ve said.”

 

“So like I said. Super dumb.” Pietro jabs already hearing Charles's voice in his head scolding him for promoting violence. 

 

Wanda doesn’t laugh at his stupid joke. She doesn’t even blink. “Have you been doing the exercises Charles suggested?”

 

Wanda nods, finally meeting his eyes “It’s just hard.”

 

“Yeah, I didn't think it would be easy. Jean has the same exercises. Maybe you can do them together?”

 

Wanda shakes her head and looks pensive, way too contemplative for an almost ten-year-old, Pietro puts a finger between her eyebrows, poking her gently “Why so stressed bug?” 

She frowns, fiddling with her fingers anxiously, a habit she got from Jean “She-she gets stuck sometimes. I’m scared that if I go in with her we’ll both get stuck and there'll be no one to pull her out.” 

 

Pietro soaks that information in, twisting the words up in his head and forcing the frown away from his face “I’ll talk to the professor about it, maybe he can be on standby from now on when you two do your exercises.”

 

“I love you.” She says suddenly and Pietro smiles at the sudden burst of affection “I love you too.” 

Pietro lets out a breath, slouching slightly “I can’t corner Bobby." he starts "He needs to be the one to come to me. Otherwise, he won’t listen.”

 

“But how will he know that he can come to you?” Wanda says and Pietro thinks she may have a point. 

Later that day he goes outside and finds Kurt Doodling under a big oak tree in the yard, one he vaguely remembers Charles saying is his favorite. Kurt’s Eyebrows creased together in concentration, tracing the paper. 

 

“Hey, blue.”

 

“Hi.” Kurt looks up at him, his tail tapping the empty spot beside him. Pietro sits down, and the limb falls easily on his lap and Pietro leans back on the trunk trying to peak over at Kurt's mysterious notebook. The teleporter moves it so it's facing away from him. Pietro sighs and asks “Whatcha drawing?” He knows he won’t tell him just like all the other times but he asks anyway. 

 

“Nothing.” 

“Looks like something.”

“I’m just practicing.”

“Practicing what?”

“Nothing,” he says quickly. 

“Can I see the nothing?” Pietro leans closer into his space. 

‘No, you cannot.” Kurt leans back, his nose scrunching up adorably. 

“How come?” Pietro slips a mischievous grin into his face “Is it naughty?”

 

“No!” Kurt snaps and Pietro flinches, barely. It shouldn’t be considered a flinch. Kurt doesn't yell. It just surprised Pietro. But Kurt softens slightly and takes in a breath. “You can’t see it. Not right now.”

Pietro nods relieved that Kurt didn’t bring up his little slip-up. “But I can at some point?”

Kurt nods eagerly “When I'm done.”

 

“Okay.” Pietro settles back into the tree trunk, holding on to Kurt's blue tail instinctively. A habit he’s embarrassingly gotten accustomed to while near the blue teleporter. Kurt doesn’t seem to mind, allowing the contact even when it’s inconvenient. Pietro still doesn’t know how much touching is too much touching but Kurt’s tail seems to be a safe choice every time. Which is convenient because it just so happens to be Pietro's favorite thing. Pietro nearly falls asleep there, beside Kurt, humming under his breath, fiddling with his tail. 

 

“How was your check-up?” Pietro feels a phantom pain in his shoulder, one he knows isn’t real and all in his head. “It was good. Gonna need glasses.”

Kurt gasps a smile bursting out, enveloping his entire face “No way!”

 

“Yes, way. I’m gonna look so lame.”

 

“Glasses are cool.”

 

“No, they aren’t.” Pietro bumps his shoulder against Kurt’s. 

 

“Hank has glasses.”

 

“Thanks for proving my point.” Pietro snorts and Kurt smacks his shoulder “Hank is very cool.”

 

“Hank probably paid you to say that.”

 

“He has not.” Kurt says “Hank doesn’t hang out with me.”

 

The speedster, usually, would’ve kept joking about it but the other teen had sounded so… disappointed.

 

“What’s that?” Pietro keeps the teasing in his voice. “You want some blue-on-blue bonding?”

 

Kurt ducks his head away from the joking speedster looking put off completely by the teasing “It’s not important.” His accent is thick. It's important.

 

Pietro drops the smile, catching the tension in Kurt's shoulders and the sudden heaviness of his tail. “If it matters to you…then it is important.”

 

Kurt’s ears twitch and his face goes through a quick succession of emotions all that Pietro sees in slow motion. He doesn’t realize he’s in superspeed until he’s right in front of Kurt hands on his shoulders and the blue boy is blinking up at him In surprise.

 

“You’re upset.” No shit Pietro. That’s a no-brainer. But why is he upset? “Is it something I said?” Pietro sucks at this. 

 

“No.” Kurt shakes his head quickly. 

 

“But you are upset.” Pietro says pointedly “You didn’t deny that. So what’s wrong?” 

 

“Is it about your notebook?”

 

“No the notebook is good.”

 

“Is it the tree?”

 

“The tree is fine.” Kurt leans back on the trunk. 

 

“My face?”

 

“No, your face is perfect.”

 

“Cute.” Pietro smirks “Is it about the checkup?” 

 

“No, nothing about the check-up. It’s nothing. I’m completely fine,”

 

“You’re completely not fine.” Pietro frowns “You can tell me when something is bugging you. We’re friends. Best friends.” Pietro assumes most best friends share those types of things. He’s never had one before so this is all new territory.

 

Pietro might be a little insecure about the fact that he’s a bit inexperienced when it comes to friendships. He doesn’t know when he’s overstepping or being too much. 

“If I’m the thing that’s bugging you, then that’s fine too. I know I interrupted your alone time. I can just go inside and bother Wanda instead.” Pietro rushes out “It’s okay if you want me to go.” 

 

Boundaries. Pietro is bad at that too. He’s trying to be better at it. 

 

“You are not bugging me.” Kurt struggles with the terminology looking like he ate something bad “I enjoy your company. It just seems-it appears that Hank does not enjoy mine.”

 

“What makes you think that?” Is Pietro missing something?

 

“Whenever I’m around he seems uncomfortable. I don’t think he likes me very much.” 

 

Pietro shakes his head “I can talk to him if-“

 

“-no please don’t do that.” Kurt cuts Pietro off face flushing with embarrassment “I don’t want him to think—i —I do not wish to make this a thing.”

 

“Okay…” Pietro would be a hypocrite if he didn’t understand that. Didn’t he tell Hank the same thing about Charles?

 

“You promise you won’t say anything?”

 

“I swear I won’t.” And he doesn’t he was stuck in his own thoughts when he looked towards the pond. Frozen solid from Bobby’s latest tantrum. From the distance Peter couldn’t catch what they where saying but suddenly Jean was approaching him. Bobby physically became more rigid and irritated and he pulled his fist back mid swing and- 

-Pietro catches it in his glaring down at the boy. 

 

“What the hell are you doing?” Pietro snaps feeling red hot anger engulf him. Bad. Bad. Bad. He needs to calm down but his mind can’t seem to slow down enough to think about anything besides the fact that Bobby was gonna hit Jean. 

 

Bobby flinches, looking up at the speedster in alarm. “What?” He snaps back. 

“Why are you trying to hit Jean?” Pietros voice is odd. 

Bobby goes rock still “I’m not.” 

“Kid, I just saw you.” 

Bobby’s face goes flush and angry “I’m not a kid!” 

“He wasn’t gonna hit me.” Jean says behind him but Pietro doesn’t hear her over the rush in his head. “Well, big kids don’t hit little girls.” 

“I wasn’t going to hit her!” Bobby yells “She was being a bitch and-“

“-hey!” Pietro interrupts him, his voice sounding a bit too harsh even to his own ears “You don’t call her that. Ever .” 

“But-“

“-no buts. You’re angry. I get that. Try to explain it to me without calling people names. You’re smart, I’m sure you can do that.” Pietro finally realizes why he sounds off. He sounds like his mother scolding young Pietro for saying bad words in the presence of the rabbi. He’s only done it twice and the rabbi thought it was hilarious. The way his face went blank and voice clipped sounds like how his mother sounds when she’s pissed off. He hadn’t realized he picked that up. 

Jean touches his arm. He turns to her and sees the disappointed look in her face and recoils mentally. Oh yeah, okay. Maybe he should calm his ass down too. 

“I’m gonna head inside.” She says and doesn’t say anything else leaving the two boys outside to their own devices. 

Bobby doesn’t meet Pietro's eyes looking at his shoes and fidgeting slightly. Bobby let out an exhale. Calming himself. Like Charles showed him how to do when his anger got the best of him. “She read my mind.”

Oh. 

“Without even asking. What am I supposed to do with that? I have to share a room with a-“ Pietro can physically see him stop himself from saying something mean “-a guy in a wheelchair who’s obsessed with some girl .”

“My sister.” Pietro adds in quickly before the kid starts swinging out insults about Wanda as well. Pietro takes a breath too. Fuck. He needs to not sound like that. No wonder the kid never approached him. Is that how he sounds when he’s pissed? 

“Y-yeah-your sister. And I have to go to classes where I can’t even slack off, I’m surrounded by cats, which I’m allergic to by the way, I can’t go to the pool or the lake without turning it into on ice rink and I’m living with three telepaths who can read my every thought without asking.”

“Charles won’t read your mind unless you give him explicit permission but Wanda and Jean are new. They barely have a grasp on their abilities.”

“That’s a shit excuse.” 

“Quit the cursing.”

“You curse all the time.” Yeah, Pietro should get a handle on that. 

“Okay yeah true. But I’m an adult.”

“Whatever. Just leave me alone.” Bobby moves away and Pietro stops him before he can get too far “I'm sorry.” Pietro says quickly hands up in surrender. “I said I’d wait for you to come to me and when You do I get all judgy. That’s my bad.” Pietro gets defensive when it comes to Wanda and when it comes to Jean. Those are his girls. “Just talk, I’ll listen. No sass.”

“I don’t wanna anymore.”

“I won’t say a word. I swear.” 

“Not even to Charles?” 

“Not even to the old man. I’m a perfect secret keeper.” Pietro taps his skull “impenetrable.” 

“I-“ Bobby lets out a breath of air, foggy and cold “I haven’t been sleeping well. I keep thinking about…” he hesitates “when I got my-abilities-I um I hurt someone. He almost died because of me and I never got to say I’m sorry.” A conflicted expression crosses the younger boy. “I keep thinking about how when he got pushed in I just stood there. How I heard him screaming and I heard my friends laughing and I just stood there. Frozen in place. I remember seeing him struggle and my body wanting to move to help him-I’m a swimmer and, I could get him out easily- but my friends kept laughing and holding on to me telling me needed the practice. Like it was a game. Like he wasn’t dying. They were going to let him drown and I was gonna let them let him drown and I can’t sleep at night because all I hear is him begging for me. Him saying my name specifically. Pleading for me to be a good person and actually help him and in my dream just like In reality I hesitate. Because being a good person doesn’t come naturally to me. Every night I think about how worsthe worst human being alive and it’s all I think about all day every day and Jean knows that. She knows the absolute worst thing I’ve ever done and she- she hasn’t said a damn thing about it. She’s never brought it up because she’s a good person. Like actually. And I’m not a good person and I hate that she is. I hate that. I hate her. I hate her so fucking much.”

Okay, so that’s a lot to unpack. He was hoping for a crush-type scenario and not an existential crisis. 

“Good people do bad things all the time.” Pietro says slowly “Just because you did one bad thing doesn’t make you a horrible person. Just because you hesitated doesn’t mean you’re evil, it just means you were scared. Everybody gets scared.” Everybody. 

“It wasn’t just one bad thing. It was a bunch of stuff.” Bobby shakes his head looking distraught. 

“Okay? I do bad things all the time. It doesn’t make me a bad person.” Bobby rolls his eyes and Pietro continues boldly “I robbed a bank once. Just to see if I could.”

Bobby’s eyes widened dramatically “You what?!”

“Yep. I returned all the money, of course, I didn’t need it, I could just steal whatever I wanted.” Pietro continues forward willing to reveal every bad thing he’s ever done in his life if it means Bobby would feel less shitty. “When I was in a foster home I stole food from my foster parents pantry-“ this was before he gained his abilities, less stealthy and far more liable to get caught “-I ate all the food, even the rations that belonged to the other kids.” He doesn’t mention the part about his metabolism already being incredibly enhanced. Or about the fact that he hadn’t eaten in days because he didn’t do dishes. “I once punched my middle school bully so hard in the face that he had to get reconstructive surgery for his nose.”

Bobby’s eyes go comically wide “What did he do?” 

“Dressed up as a nazi for Halloween.”

“You’re Jewish?” Pietro would've knocked him upside the head even if he wasn’t. 

“Yeah.” Pietro says easily “So is Wanda.” 

“And Charles?” 

Pietro laughs “No, I don’t believe he is. Man likes his bacon a bit too much.”

Bobby nods, looking pensive. “Did he get in trouble? The kid that dressed up as a nazi?”

Pietro's face forms a frown, thinking back on that time with disdain “I got expelled and he got to go home early.”

“You got expelled for beating up a nazi?” Bobby sounded scandalized and Pietro is a bit proud of the fact that he isn’t the only one that sees the injustice of that statement. 

“I got expelled for not apologizing and for being in the hallway without a teacher's slip.”

“That's dumb.” Bobby scoffs. 

“It was dumb.” Pietro agrees, crossing his arms. 

Bobby’s eyebrows knit together “Well…I’m him.” Blue eyes meet brown  “In this scenario. I’m the bully that didn’t get reprimanded. I didn’t get to apologize.”

Pietro takes a breath “Did you want to?”

“What?”

“Did you want to apologize? To the boy, you almost drowned.”

“Y-yeah but-“

“-Okay. Shouldn’t be a problem.”

“What?” Bobby looked off balance “wait- what do you mean? You can’t just take me to go see him. He probably doesn’t wanna see me or…” he doesn’t finish that sentence.

“We’ll never know until we try. We can go right now.

“Right now? Shouldn’t you ask Charles for permission?” 

“Nah he won’t even notice we’re gone.” Then Pietro remembers the last time he left the x-mansion unannounced “ actually , yeah, I’ll ask him real quick. Stay here.” Pietro zips away from Bobby before he could protest and down a flight of stairs and into a long hallway in moments and knocks on the door before abruptly opening it anyway before Charles could answer. 

“Professor-“ Pietro watches as Charles fidgets behind his desk darting his eyes away from something under his desk and back to Pietro “Peter? What did we talk about knocking?”

“I did knock.”

“In your speed or mine?”

Pietro grins cheekily “might’ve been mine. Whatcha hiding?”

“Nothing.” Charles says quickly sitting up straight in his wheelchair “you’re a bad liar.” Pietro teases walking towards the professor. 

“It’s-its just…” Charles shoves whatever it is deeper into his desk and nods “it’s your sister's birthday present.”

Pietro stops short from his approach. Wanda’s present. For her birthday. Which isn’t for a while. He got her a present. The professor, a man whose only known Wanda for less then a year— is getting her a present. Something about it makes Pietro's insides vibrate with something unfamiliar. Something mushy and far too vulnerable for a random Wednesday afternoon. 

“What is it?” The speedster asks in a far more softer voice than before feeling small and shy, like it was his birthday. 

Wanda Maximoff doesn’t usually get presents from anyone but Pietro. David managed to miss nearly every single birthday she’s ever had therefore never bestowed her with gifts and while our mother was always present the most she could afford was to make her special birthday breakfast. It was usually up to Pietro to shower her with gifts. Stolen or purchased. It didn’t matter to Wanda. It never did. Her smile was always so big. This year would be the first time she’d be receiving gifts from anyone who wasn’t her brother. It was weird and it made the whole thing twist and curl in Pietro's mind. Overthinking and overly touchy. Too intense in a way Pietro didn’t want to be. 

“It’s a surprise.” Charles says. 

“Wanda loves surprises. I won’t tell her what you got her.” 

“I’m not gonna show you Peter do not even try it. And you better not search my desk at super speed either or I’ll cut your allowance this week.” Pietro feels surreal in this moment. How is that a plausible punishment for Pietro now? In the past being punished implied being starved . Being beaten . In this weird upside-down version of his life that threat doesn’t even cross Charles's mind. The worst thing Charles can think of doing to Pietro is not giving him money for the week

Pietro pouts “come oooooooon! I won’t tell just show me. My curiosity is literally killing me.” He doesn’t search his desk even though he could. He could find out before he could blink. He wouldn’t even know that he’d done it. But he doesn’t. Pietro stands exactly where he’s been in front of Charles desk. Respecting his wishes. Feeling the need to follow his orders because-well Pietro doesn’t really know why but he knows that he didn’t move from his spot. 

“It won't kill you to wait a couple more days.” Charles smiles with only his eyes something Pietro wasn’t aware someone could do until he met Charles. “How can I help you Peter?”

“Huh?”

“You came here for a reason, no? Did you want to play another game of chess, I just put the board away but I can take it out again if you’d like to continue losing.”

“Haha, very funny.” Pietro is acutely aware that Charles doesn’t seem to mind Pietro bugging him. He was just with him. They had played a game of chess during Charles' break. Pietro was very much mentally aware that the professor wasted his lunch break to play board games with an anxious speedster. 

“I was going to go on a field trip with Bobby. He’s tryna make amends with someone.”

Charles touches his chin “A field trip?” He looks at Pietro straight on “Is this about the talk I asked you to have with him?”

“Yep. Figured you should know before I head out.” 

Charles nods “Will you be back before supper?”

“Probably.” Pietro thinks about the fact that it's Miss Magos night to cook “Maybe. I don't know. We’re playing it by ear. I'll call if we stay late.”

He shuffled with his pocket and took out a wad of cash from his wallet, handing it to Pietro with a knowing look “for Wendy’s.” Pietro hides a smile and takes the money from the professor's hand even though he has his own money. The professor looks him up and down “And please put on a jacket, it’s freezing out.” 

“Okay, old man.” Pietro rolls his eyes. 

Charles soldiers on “-Bobby should put on a jacket too, it’s gonna be a cold afternoon.”

“He’s impervious to the cold.” Pietro adds quickly and Charles just smiles “that doesn’t mean he shouldn’t button up.” 

“Alright, I’ll tell em’.” Pietro is very eager to leave. 

 

“Also before you go Hank told me you had your check-up with him a couple days ago.” Traitor. 

 

“Ahuh.” Pietros alarm bell rang behind his ears and he briefly considered jumping off a high window or something. Hank said he wouldn’t say anything to Charles. Was that a lie? Why would he do that? Why would he say he wouldn’t and then go ahead and do it? Is Pietro really this gullible? Does Hank think-

 

“He said you need glasses.” Pietro's alarm lowers in volume. Fading into a quiet buzz. “Yeah, I do.” He says on autopilot. 

 

Wheels takes out a small box from his satchel and hands it to Pietro gingerly. Pietro looks at Charles and then at the box, the noise in his head turning into a hum. 

 

“What is it?”

 

“Open it, Peter.” 

 

He does. They are silver goggles. Exactly like the pair he has in his pocket. 

 

“They have your prescription.” Oh. 

 

Pietro isn’t going to make this a bigger deal than it is. Okay, yeah, he was a bit embarrassed about needing glasses. A dumb thing to be worried about compared to the hundreds of other things he could be stressing about. His mom not calling in over three weeks. His sister having nightmares that shake the earth. His bastard stepfather getting out of prison. The mysterious bullets inside his body. His crippling need to swipe something every time he goes to the store. His unhealthy obsession with Kurt’s tail. 

 

Needing glasses shouldn’t even be a blip in his radar. 

 

Despite Kurt’s assurance that Pietro would not look like a complete nerd wearing glasses, he was still weirdly insecure about it. He doesn’t want glasses. He doesn’t like them. But goggles? He wears goggles all the time. He wears them when he runs. He has to. It won’t feel any different than his old ones. He’ll still look like his old self except now he’ll be able to see the world just a bit better. 

 

Charles took all of that into account. Prescription goggles. It's a perfect solution. One that Charles thought of so that Pietro would feel most comfortable. It was such a seamless and thoughtful gift that Pietro couldn’t process it. Staring at the matching silver goggles in his hand, feeling his throat itch for words he couldn’t say for fear of saying something embarrassing. 

 

“Hank says you should start using them right away. Especially if you’re going to run long distances in superspeed.”

 

Pietro nods, staying silent.

 

“It’s very important that you can see while running, especially at that speed.” it hadn't really been a problem. At least not one Pietro could pinpoint. He could see. He could see well enough. Just not…perfectly. Which he supposes would have become a problem eventually. 

 

“Peter?” Charles rolls his wheelchair closer to Pietro probably trying to figure out why the speedster is glitching out. 

“Are you alright?”

 

“I’m-“ Stop being fucking weird. “-thank you.” 

 

Charles gives Pietro an interesting look “No need to thank me, Peter, you needed glasses so I got you glasses. Being able to see is essential.”

 

“Don’t let Miss Margo hear you say that.” Pietro jokes his face still hot. 

 

“That woman is supernatural, she doesn’t count. Her not having sight is just evening out the playing field.” It was such an outlandishly funny statement that all the tension in Pietro's shoulders evaporated and he combusted into laughter. Holy shit. 

 

Pietro puts on the goggles. The world around him came into focus. Slowing down, and becoming whole again. He breathes and he’s beside Bobby Drake once again, handing him a jacket which he scowled at but put on anyway. 

 

“You ready?” Pietro grabs the back of Bobby’s neck and he runs. 




Notes:

As per usual typos will be found. :)) The Funniest one I've found while writing is Charkes instead of Charles.

Chapter 10: A Confined Tornado

Summary:

“Please, Hank.” Charles’ expression showed ten years' worth of grief, ten years worth of hope, and ten years worth of pent up emotion all in one withering look. “I can’t do this without you. I won’t do this without you.”

A gun cocked and full, aimed at Charles's dreams, and its Hanks finger that’s on the trigger.
“We need to do this slowly.” Hank says.

They don’t do It slowly.

———

Hank meets Charles. The school goes dark. Hank meets The Maximoffs and the lights flicker on.

Notes:

Holy shit I did not mean for this to be 12k but enjoy the POV change.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Dr Henry Phillip McCoy graduated at age 15 from Harvard University at the top of his class and by 18 he had six PhDs in chemistry, Genetics, Biophysics, Electrical Engineering, Computer Science, and Pathology and was widely renowned as a biochemist. So renowned in fact that despite his young age he was personally asked to work for the C.I.A. as a weapons designer, an honor not many can claim. He would be the first person to develop the SR-71 concept and the first person to pilot it. 

Charles Xavier was the first openly mutant person he’d met in his 23 years of life. His father Norton McCoy worked at a nuclear Power plant which exposed him to high levels of radiation that affected his genes. As a result, Norton's son, Henry "Hank" McCoy, was born a mutant baby. Norton McCoy shared the same mutation as his son, hiding away his deformed feet his entire life and implicating that fear into young Hank as well. 

“You will be known as a genius. Not as a freak .” 

He knew that his father, a mild-mannered white-collared man, only wanted what was best for him. His words struck him and molded him to be the way he was. He was always careful. Usually. He tried to be. He was always too aware of the things he could and could not do. The limits he set for himself. 

When he met Charles Xavier he felt that mold chip away. A telepath. So open in all regards. Pioneering a cause Hank had no clue even existed. One he desperately wanted to be a part of. 

“You’re among friends now Hank. You can show off.” A gentle smile and Raven…her smile could jolt him into action even when they had just met. 

So he took off his shoes. It was strange and weird and completely uncomfortable to do so in front of others. He could hear his father's voice yelling at him to stop. To put his shoes back on. To cover up. 

 “You’re amazing,” Raven told him and for just a moment he believed her. 

He was infatuated with her. Some might even say he was in love with her. He would’ve moved worlds for her. He would have. He could have. Hank didn’t know much about love but he’s certain someone’s heart isn’t meant to ache like his after a heartbreak if it wasn’t love.  His girlfriends in college were few and far between and were poor examples. 

He couldn’t date properly when he was in college because he was only fifteen . One of his girlfriends, Linda Donaldson, was a dual enrollment kid the same age as him but they fell off because he was far too focused on school and she was more interested in experiencing college life. His second girlfriend was a woman named Vera Cantor who was far too old for the timid fifteen-year-old kid that he was. No one batted an eye at that. If anything he was seen as mature for dating an older woman. Even if she was old enough to drink and he hadn’t even gotten his learner's permit yet. 

When Hank tells Charles Xavier about the twenty-four-year-old girlfriend he had when he was fifteen the professor looks at him like he was one of his students who just told him a traumatic story. It was not the Attaboy moment he assumed it would be from the man.

“You’re twenty-four right now aren’t you?” 

“Yes?”

Charles gestures at his students. Fresh-faced freshman with braces and glaring acne on the cusp of puberty “If you ever thought of dating any of my students I’d have you arrested.”

Hanks' eyes widened his stomach, rolling. “They are children .” The thought made his head spin and thump. 

“You were a child too,” Charles says evenly, a fire behind his eyes. 

Hank doesn’t bring it up ever again. Neither does Charles even though Hank knows the professor went through a similar situation with an older girlfriend when he was far too young. Younger than he should’ve been. Neither men talk about it but the acknowledgement is there. 

The Math teacher, Victor Glendale, gets drafted. Hank McCoy had to take over for him, teaching a bunch of first graders how to add and subtract. 

“My PhDs aren’t going to waste.” he jokes to Charles. Later Two older students, Fraternal twins with the ability to breathe underwater, get drafted too. A pair of empty chairs follow their absence. Then another teacher. And another. And another. Older students and teachers left first… dying in a war that cared nothing for them. Empty chairs became empty classrooms. The school became smaller and smaller until it was nothing at all. 

Hank waited to hear his number get picked. He listens to the radio for weeks holding his breath and hearing his father's voice grinding in his ear telling him to be a man. 

Charles's number gets called. His birthday, clear as day. He’s disqualified of course. Perks of being physically handicapped. Hank hates the way he has to thank Erik for that. If he hadn’t betrayed them. If he hadn’t lost control and let those bullets fly Charles would’ve been drafted. He would’ve fought in a war. Hank doesn’t realize that fact at the moment but after a decade of being alone with his thoughts, he has a few thoughts on the matter. 

That night Charles takes out his expensive liquor from the basement. Uncorks it and pours himself a cup. Then another. Then another. 

Hank doesn’t stop him. He joins him. Drowning in each other's misery. 

Hank waits for his number to be called. He knows before it happens that it’s going to happen. They say it’s random . They say it’s a draft. It could be anyone is what they say but Hank sees the pattern. It’s no coincidence that every single eligible mutant in their care was drafted. Random mutant birthdays. It wasn’t about luck but even if it was Hank knows deep in his gut that he was unlucky enough. 

He hears it on the radio a few days later. October 11. It echoes in the ancestral mansion like a bullet in the air. He doesn’t cry. He cried when college acceptance letters came in for kids who no longer attended the school and got shipped to war. He cried when he was mentioned in their wills because he was the closest thing to family to them. He cried when he couldn’t have a funeral for the kid he mentored because all that was left of him were his dog tags. He didn’t cry when he was soon to join their fate. It was poetic almost to die the same way. 

Selective Service Officers came to get him when he didn’t show up to post. Hank had packed a bag. He didn’t know what he would need. He didn’t know what he could take. It all happened rather quickly and something must’ve broken in Charles when he heard the younger man’s birthday being called. Or maybe it’s because Hank was the only one left. The only other soul left from the original class of mutants. When the men came to collect him Charles didn’t even let them get past the door. Meeting them at the porch with full authority. 

“You can’t take him.” He told them. It wasn’t a question. Wasn’t a suggestion. It was a fact. 

“Sir-“

“I said you can’t bloody have him!” Charles points the full force of his powers on them, bending their minds and twisting them in just seconds “he has bad eyesight. He can barely see two feet in front of him, let alone enemy soldiers.”

It was a lie. Sure, Hank wore glasses but not because he needed them. They belonged to his father. He wears the glasses as a memento or more of a reminder. Dr. Henry Phillip McCoy has perfect vision. 

The soldier's eyes glaze over and they repeat what Charles says back to him. 

“-barely see two feet in front of him, let alone enemy soldiers.” Robotic and stiff and they smile an overly friendly smile. “His services won’t be needed.” Charles' voice gains a layer of tension. 

“His services won’t be needed.” They repeat and then they get in their shiny black van and drive off. 

He doesn’t say a thing to Hank. Hank doesn’t say anything either. He unpacks his bag, which he had prepared somberly the day previous and he starts up dinner. They had spaghetti. 

They don’t speak of it for ten years. 

For ten years Hank McCoy lived in a big Mansion with a ghost. A carcass of a man he once knew. Slowly fading and aging into a drunken stupor. One drink became two. Two became four. Four became ten. Dark and cold. For years . Approximately ten years, three months, two weeks, and four days. Charles Francis Xavier’s light dimmed when Raven left, taking Erik’s side, and twisting a knife into the remaining X-Men. 

It dimmed more when the war started, eligible mutant students being drafted one by one, educators becoming soldiers in a hopeless war, chipping away at their dreams—dwindling the school's number, taking all their warmth with them. The light dimmed. The warmth erased.

The spark flickered low when Banshee, one of his original students, and a dear friend of Hank, was taken. Poked and prodded. The best of us all, the happiest, the warmest, wiped away from them too soon. Fast and sudden. Painful. 

They don’t talk about it. They don’t talk at all. For ten years. 

It happened slowly. One tragedy after another. Again again again. Darkness looms over the school like a heavy shadow. Hank could not stop it. He could only watch as the darkness covered the school completely. Covered his friend completely. Until he was only a shadow of his past.

Hank could not fan the flames, he couldn’t prevent the spark in Charles from snuffing out. 

All he could do was make it not so cold. Not so loud in the man's head. Hank's skin turned pale and white, blue fading away into nothing. He knew he could help the professor. All Hank wanted to do was help. 

So he did. 

He thought he was helping. 

The moment the needle poked the professor's arm and the serum was inside his bloodstream the voices in his head went quiet. Dull and numb. 

This is the exact moment Charles' flame went out completely . Hank remembers it so clearly. Remembers the way his face no longer looked like his face. The way his entire personality flipped inside out. How everything just went dark behind his eyes. The edges of his voice turned mean and harsh and the way he could walk now but could no longer care. 

Hank killed the Charles he knew. He did that. He was trying to save him. Trying to make things better and in the process he erased his very essence. His very soul. 

McCoy isn’t a spiritual man. He’s a man of facts and data and science but he knows what he did can only be explained as soul-crushing. An erasure of a person's very being. 

The scientist doesn’t leave. He stays in the too-big mansion and lives in a cemetery of old students whose lives ended too soon. The weeds overgrow, the lights flicker off, and the phone line is shut off. He punishes himself. He watches solemnly as a ghost lives in the mansion. Taking up space that no longer exists. 

His mother calls for the first time in four years. “Your father is dead.” Hank waits for the dread to settle in. It never does. “His funeral is on Wednesday. Will you come?” Her voice was the same. Scratchy and quiet from lack of use. She was a lady of few words. That was the only thing she had in common with her husband. A silent couple raising a silent child. 

“How’d he die?”

“Cancer.” Hank hadn’t known he was sick. Knowing his father he most likely refused to tell anyone so he wouldn’t seem weak. “He didn’t suffer.” 

“Lucky him.” Hank says stiffly “I can try and see if there’s any flights for Wednesday.” Hank knew he wasn’t going to go. He was only saying that so his mother wouldn’t cry on the phone. She always got so upset with him when he spoke badly about his father. 

“He wasn’t perfect but he loved you.” His mother's voice was raspy, she smoked a pack a day, and he used to find it comforting but now he found it irritating “He just never showed it well.”

“I know.” Hank hung up. He didn’t go to his father's funeral. He poured himself a drink and he made a half-crazed toast with Charles who made some sad antidote about shitty fathers. 

Hank writes essays, drafts experiments, researches studies, and works to the bone and it’s all for nothing. He fiddles with the channels and he creates and destroys and he tries to live some semblance of a life. But being happy, feeling fulfilled with his life… felt wrong. Like a betrayal. He couldn’t allow himself to feel joy not when the professor's life had abruptly stopped. Not when everything the professor has worked for has slipped through his fingers cruelly and unjustly.

He goes to the grocery store. Buys enough for the week. An excuse to leave the mansion the following week. He grabs the mail on Tuesdays. He organizes them by size. He feeds his frogs in the tank in his office, every morning and every night. He has a routine. A very dull and quiet one. The only conversation he’s had in the last year was with women asking for directions to the city and the very curt greetings with the same aged cashier who looks sick of seeing his miserable face. 

They don’t get visitors. Not ever. The doorbell doesn’t even work anymore. It hasn’t been used in quite some time. 

Logan is the first person to knock on their door in a very long while. Too long to count. Too long to think about. 

“Can I help you?” Hank barely peaks his head out. Forgetting how one is even supposed to greet another human being. 

“Yeah, what happened to the school?” Hank knew the stranger wasn’t from around town. Everybody around these parts knew what happened to this school. It hadn’t been a school for nearly ten years. 

“The schools been shut down for years. Are you a parent?” If he is, he’s about to get the worst news of his life. 

“I sure as hell hope not. Who are you?” Huh. 

“I’m Hank. Hank McCoy. I look after the house now.” He ignores the broken doorbell the overgrown grass and the smell of mold. He lives in a house stuck in time. 

The man takes off his glasses looking at Hank In surprise “You’re Beast?” He hadn’t heard that name since the X-Men. He hasn’t been referred to as Beast since the first class. “Look at you. I guess you’re a late bloomer.”

Hank doesn’t recall this man. But he doesn't think he would remember him even if he was a parent of an old student. He tries to close the door. But things don’t ever turn out the way Hank McCoy usually wants them to. 

The events that followed after Logan’s arrival were otherworldly. Hank often wonders what would’ve happened if he hadn’t answered the door. If he hadn’t been there at all. If he had left a long time ago, if he was dead in Vietnam somewhere with a bullet in his head and Logan was met with a drunken broken professor haunted by voices and nightmares and no Dr. McCoy to help. Hank doesn’t dwell on it. He doesn’t allow himself to continue drowning himself with doubts. He’s had ten years of it already. 

Charles was talking. It was a stupid thing to be happy about but Hank hadn’t heard his friend's voice in months . Nothing but quiet nights and silent mornings.

He wasn’t himself but he was still there. Present. Talking. Angry, agitated, a shell of his old self but still talking. Still actively holding a conversation. 

Hank wanted to rejoice. He’s talking .  He hadn’t heard his friend's voice in quite some time. He didn't cry, Instead, he explained. He tried to reason with Logan. Tried to excuse the professor's behavior. 

“What the hell happened to him?” Charles's harsh rejection echoes in both their ears.

“He lost everything. Erik, Raven, his legs. We built the school, labs, this whole place then just after the first semester the war in Vietnam got worse. Many of the teachers, and older students, were drafted.” Hank hasn’t spoken about it since it happened. Letting it fester and rot away in their thoughts for nearly a decade. “It broke him. He retreated into himself. I-I wanted to help. Do something . So I designed this serum to treat his spine, derived from the same formula that helps me control my mutation.” One dose every morning. For years. 

“I take just enough to keep myself balanced but…he takes too much.” 

“I tried easing him back but he just couldn’t bare the pain, the voices.” He remembers Charles begging, itching for the fix that Hank got him addicted to. 

“The treatment gives him his legs but it’s not enough. He’s- he’s just lost too much” 

Charles changes his mind– his sister swaying his decision one last time for good measure. 

Hank feels the light flicker for the very first time in a very long time. He has a goal. He has meaning again. His father, a strict man with high expectations for him, would've told him to leave the sad man behind. Cut his losses. To move on from this life that he built and destroyed with Charles. To become what he’s always meant to be. Better, more successful, and more renowned for his work. But he hadn’t. Hank could only imagine the voice of his father, angry and disappointed. Harsh in a way it always was with him. But Hank always found a way to never live up to his father's expectations. 

They hatch a plan. And by “they” Hank means Logan and Charles. A bizarre and dangerous plan involving breaking into the most protected and reinforced prison and a new mutant. 

They meet Pietro Django Maximoff. He wants to be called Peter so that’s what Henry “Hank” Phillip McCoy calls him. Hank knows good and well how it feels to be called something you don’t want to be called. 

Peter Maximoff was dead in the future.

Their new friend Logan’s face said it all. The immortal man looked at the speedster like he was a ghost. Sad and heavy. A ghost. He knows that look because it’s the same look Hank gives Charles. But Logan’s expression Carries something tragic. He looked at Hank the same way. He assumed Peter and he shared the same fate. A traumatic end to a story witnessed by men he hasn’t met yet. Logan more or less confirms this later in their adventure. He doesn’t ask how he dies. A little bit scared to know the details. 

Peter's powers were more flashy than Logan's and Charles's. Unapologetic and bold in a way Hank hasn’t been exposed to in a long time. The way he uses it so casually reminds him of Raven when she played Mystique, shifting and molding into different people in quick succession. Playful and childish in a way he never could be. Peter isn’t Raven. 

“Why, he’s fascinating.” Hank has not been around another mutant besides the jaded Charles in nearly ten years. Charles' abilities were dulled and erased by his addiction. Hank asked a lot of questions. All the questions he couldn’t ask before. All the inquiries bitten back and kept flowing out of his mouth all at once. Ten years worth of curiosity poured out into one subject. It was too much all at once. Hank was too much all at once. 

 

“We need your help, Peter.” 

 

“For what?” Peter disappears and reappears right before his eyes and Hank is left there standing just a little bit excited to meet someone new. Someone different than Charles. Someone light and young. Like the children that used to overpower the hallways of their school. The ones long dead. 

 

“To break into a highly secured facility and get someone out.” 

 

“Prison break?” Hank can hear the smile on his face. “That’s illegal, you know.” The speedster continues playing on his Pac-Man machine and Hank wonders what it must look like in superspeed. If the game is any hard for the boy or if it’s just to waste of time. Hank has plenty of habits and things to subdue boredom. To waste time. He’s been wasting time for ten years. He was drowning in boredom.

 

“Uh…well only if you get caught.” 

 

“So what’s in it for me?” Hank doesn’t know if Peter is going to help them. He doesn’t think they have a valid enough reason to make him go. They are strangers asking him to break the law. 

 

Charles looks at the boy in exasperation, Hank couldn’t imagine Charles even expressing that much emotion two days ago. “You, you kleptomaniac, get to break into the pentagon.” 

 

Peter doesn’t do things for the greater good. He doesn’t do it for villainous reasons. The deciding factor in all of this is boredom. Peter is convinced by the fun of it all. 

 

“I’m Pietro.” The speedster says with faux casualness. “Pietro Django Maximoff.” 

 

“That’s a mouthful.” Charles snides and Hank's heart sinks. It was very difficult for the young teen to introduce himself properly and Charles throwing it back in his face was a bit jarring and uncomfortable. 

 

Logan gives Charles a disappointed look “Professor I think it’s time you sobered up a bit.” He had been nurturing a hangover ever since Logan arrived. 

 

“Fuck you.” 

 

“Charles!” Hank scolds, feeling a chill run through him. He hadn’t been prepared for Charles' crudeness to transfer over to children as well. He was a teacher for so long that it’s jarring to hear him act so brazen and rude in front of a teenager he just met. 

 

“You can just call me Peter.” The speedster looked visibly put off by Charles' words. The telepath made no effort to apologize. 

 

They broke Erik Lensherr out of the Pentagon. A horrifically easy feat to accomplish. Especially for an impenetrable prison. Hank hadn’t seen the man since the beaches of Cuba. Surrounded by missiles and a screaming Charles. Newly paralyzed and heartbroken. 

 

Hank doesn’t pretend to know the extent of Charles' relationship with Erik. It would be naive to state that their past relationship was simply as coworkers, working towards a similar goal. It was more than that. Erik opened up to Charles, showing a vulnerability that Hank didn’t see from him and Charles lit up when Erik was around. They both became more . They always clashed though, even before everything, from the very beginning. Their morals were different, their views in life. Always so opposite and yet so similar it hurt them to be together just as much as it hurt for them to be apart. Too exposed and too seen and Hank didn’t understand how it all worked 

 

He didn’t understand how they worked. 

 

He just knows that Charles' heart had been heartbroken not only because Raven left but because Erik had too. 

Erik Lensherr was a ticking time bomb. A disaster waiting to happen. He wanted to be as far away as possible from the man when he exploded but Logan claims that he’s crucial to the plan. But he can tell that something changes in Charles when he’s in the same room with Erik. The metal bender is not the only ticking time bomb. Charles could explode any second. Two bombs is far worse then one.

The air smelled of smoke and copper and he knew things would go south quickly. 

Peter lightens the mood, interrupting and cutting the tension with boisterous talking. Loud and maybe just a little bit annoying but very much needed. It catches Hank off guard. He’s used to long stretches of silence. Awkward pauses. He’s grown accustomed to unspoken words and unmentioned tension. Knowing looks and whispered words instead of loud insistant conversation. But Peter's voice is fast and easy and Hank only catches half the words he spits out but it’s contagious. The kid was fucking contagious. Foul words and young slang that vibarted in the air like oxygen. 

The windshield wiper smacks against the window with a thud and Hank flinches suddenly very aware of the word vomit that was splurging out of his own mouth. He was asking too many questions. Getting too excited by Peters excitement.

 

“I haven’t had a proper meal in ten years. Perhaps we should all stop somewhere for a bite.” Erik says evenly, clearly hiding his irritation. 

Food. They get food. Greasy fast food. He hasn’t eaten out in over ten years. Even before the sparks dulled, Hank had been very particular about his diet even in his college days. Striving for perfection in every aspect of his life. Fitness and health were always emphasized in his household growing up. Maybe that’s why he parks the car and goes inside instead of the drive-through. He wants to experience fast food. Not just eat it. He wants to be inside. 

They shuffle into tables, an odd combination of awkward humans. Strangers really. Pushing against corners and scraping chairs across sticky floors. 

Peter bounces off of Erik and Charles easily. Like the game of ping pong he adores. Hank watches quietly. Easily entertained. 

“Can I get a Sunday?” His voice tilts slightly like a child's. Begging for a treat to his parents. 

 

“I’d like one too-” Erik Lensherr adds. 

 “-at least finish your fries before getting dessert,” Charles says instinctively at the same time, overlapping his words with Erik. Just because Charles hasn’t been around whining children asking for dessert in ten years doesn’t mean he’s forgotten how to respond to them. Hank takes that as a good sign. 

 

Erik and Charles look at each other sharply. 

 

Logan snorts, and Peter's fries are suddenly gone along with himself. Then the next blink of an eye Erik has a Sunday in his hands and Peters enjoying his own ice cream, back on his chair looking like the picture of Innocents. 

 

Everything catches up to everybody else and Charles furrows his eyebrows at the cup in Erik's hand looking a bit jealous that he got one and not him. Did he want one? “I had money to pay for that.”

 

Ah, that’s the route he’s going. 

 

“We just did a prison break. You have hang-ups over stealing?” Peter leans back on his chair casually, licking his ice cream like a cat. 

 

Erik fails at hiding a smile and Logan lets out a snort that catches Hank off guard. He wasn’t aware that the gruff man could experience laughter. 

 

Hank saw the blonde cashier turn to their suddenly very loud table. They are the only ones in the diner. Every bone in Hanks's body itches to leave suddenly. Begging to make his flesh stay creamy white and to make himself smaller. More forgettable. Unidentifiable. 

 

“Say it louder why don't you? I don't think the cashier heard you.” Hank whisper yells at the group. 

 

“The prison break was a necessity, stealing is not.” Charles rubs his forehead, stifling back a migraine probably troubled by the routy group. 

 

“Whatever.” Peter shrugs and Charles stands up abruptly making it very clear who was the one giving him a headache. The speedster not so subtly moves away from the suddenly irritated man, looking stiff even though he has a cocky smile plastered on his face. Charles moves past the teen and takes out a wad of cash from his wallet. Xavier places it in the tip jar in front of the cashier and heads straight out the door and to the rental car. Cutting their time short.

 

“Guess that’s our queue.” Logan pats Peters' shoulder, doing so slowly and in his line of vision. The stiffness in the boy's shoulders goes away. They begin to head out. 

Other trails behind. 

 

“He better leave the tip in that jar,” Charles says irritably. 

 

“You wouldn’t know if he did,” Erik says pointedly, and before they could evolve into arguments Logan takes out a cigarette. 

“The kid wouldn’t steal tips.” The immortal man says with a sense of finality. “He’s just cleaning up.” He takes out a lighter and burns his cigarette. 

 

They shuffle into the car and Peter follows shortly with a trailing Logan who looks like he'd rather be anywhere else. The drive wasn’t long. Only thirty minutes to the shuttle with their jet. Hank can already smell the refined leather seats and filtered air conditioning. When they arrive, while the kid is rifling through the jet with bursting curiosity the two clashing mutants dive into discussion. 

It’s no surprise when Erik says “The kid should go with us.” Just outside of their plane. 

Charles looks at Erik like he’s an idiot, albeit he has been looking at him that way since they’ve reunited “Absolutely not.” 

“He can be useful.” It wasn't surprising to Hank that Peter's usefulness was all the metal bender saw in the boy. 

“I don’t care how useful you think he’ll be. It’s too dangerous. He shouldn’t be involved in this any further.” Hank agrees but says nothing, knowing the professor's talent for passionate speeches about right and wrong. 

Erik scoffs “Even if it helps us stop this war? You don’t think he’d want to fight?”

Charles glares at Erik and they fall into some odd back-and-forth argument. Jabs and retorts that are ten years in the making. Logan stands beside Hank looking at the two bickering pairs like he's already sick of them. Like he’s heard decades full of arguments and it’s the same of nothing and everything. 

“Even now they’re still arguing over the boy,” Logan says under his breath but Hank has impeccable hearing and catches it anyway. 

“Does this happen in the future too?” Hank has held his tongue and knows that he shouldn’t ask too many questions about things yet to come. 

“Not this exact conversation but something similar. Pietro is…” Logan holds his breath “…a complicated man. He lived an entire life before he met either one of them. I’m hoping his story ends differently this time around now that he’s met them sooner.”

Hank doesn’t know the Peter Maximoff  Logan knows. He doesn’t know what he knows. He can’t see what he’s seen. He can only determine so much from the little time he’s known the younger boy. 

Peter was loud and excited and just a bit too warm for the coldness both Charles and Hank have become accustomed to. He’s fun and immature in a way that reminds him of Banshee. He’s young and he’s comfortable. 

“Left these in the car.”  Peter hands Hank his glasses, the ones he left carelessly in the rental car. He places them carefully in the taller man’s grasp. 

He hadn’t even realized he had taken them off. “Thank you.” 

“No worries. See ya whenever man.” He blows a bubble, chewing on a piece of gum for the better half of half an hour. 

Hank thought that would be the last time he saw the eager speedster. The last time he would be bombarded with curiosity and unanswered questions for a long long time. 

Things turn upside down in the jet and he’s glad that Peter wasn’t there to witness the adults implode on themselves. He wonders how the speedster would’ve reacted to being stuck in a metal contraption in the sky, unable to run away as it hurdles down from the sky to his death. 

When he sees Raven he isn’t prepared to feel the punch of sadness. She wasn’t the same Raven he knew before. She was different now. Not gone completely but not the same ever again. 

To no surprise from anyone, Erik Lensherr betrays them. Hank's skin turns blue and unrecognizable and his picture gets taken. A symbol of a monster he never wanted to be perceived as. He tries not to think about how In a couple of years his face would be in textbooks for the opposite reason he wanted. 

A beast. A monster. 

He stays awake at night thinking about the fear in those photographers' eyes. The shake in their aim, the grotesque tone in their voice. He was a monster and they knew it. He can hear his father's voice warning him of this exact thing. 

“Should’ve kept better control, Henry. Now everyone knows the truth.” His father's voice hissed “You’re nothing but a monster playing dress up.” 

Hank puts on his costume again. Skin melting back into pale crème, hair shortening and darkening to brown. Glasses sitting back on his nose. Warm sweater. Fancy customized shoes. No longer beast and now man. Just Hank. Normal Dr. McCoy. 

Raven is in the wind. Again. Charles tries and fails to convince her to turn back. The professor uses his powers for the first time in five years. Hank had forgotten what it felt like to have his every thought exposed to the man. 

Tensions collide at the Whitehouse. Sentinels aimed at a horrible future. One Logan is desperately trying to change. 

In the end, it was Raven that changed the story. It was her mercy that flipped the script. Turned a cold nation's heart warm. She was the Hero. Sure, Charles’ voice in her head tries to convince her but in the end, she has full control. She could’ve killed the president and started a war. She didn’t. The world will remember how a mutant tried to kill the president and how another saved his life. 

Charles let Erik go for reasons Hank could never understand. 

“We can rebuild it. Better this time. Stronger.” Charles gestures towards the school. The mansion. A broken home filled with lost memories. He wants to reopen the school for mutants. He wants to try again. After ten years Hank is surprised he still has hope. The Charles he knew long ago, the one he thought was long dead, is resembling the paralyzed man looking up at him. Maybe he wasn’t gone, instead, he was just lost in that dark cold mind. No fire to help him see or to keep him warm. But still present nonetheless. 

He can see that dream in his head. A school for mutants. Kids running around, studying reading, giggling, living peacefully. He can see it. He can graze his fingers on it, it’s so close. It wasn’t his dream. It never really was. His dream was to become someone great. To be extraordinary. To build and create. Hank thought creating and building a school was the best way to start his journey. 

Instead, it froze him. Failure turned into a tragedy. He mourned. He cried. He bled for the school. He nearly died for it. 

He doesn’t think he could do it again 

“I already have a student who needs our help,” Charles says. Quick. He was too goddamn quick. 

No time to think or breathe or hesitate. Charles is moving fast. But he’s newly sober so he’s trying to grasp at something good. Trying to stray away from his crippling addiction. Trying to stay busy. 

He stopped taking the drug that took away his powers. Abruptly. The physical fatigue is present in his face. He’s going through withdrawals. He’s in no shape to open up his school again. 

“Charles, we can't do this.” Hank tries to be firm but the spark of something bubbles inside him. He missed this. He missed this school so much. 

“We did it once. We can do it again.” 

“What makes you so sure it won’t fall apart like last time? We can’t just dive in and make the same mistakes all over again I can’t-“ Hank took a steadying breath “I won’t be able to fathom that type of heartbreak again.” 

He wasted years mourning what they had. He mourned the family they had made, the students they helped before it all went crashing down. 

“Please, Hank.” Charles’ expression showed ten years' worth of grief, ten years worth of hope, and ten years worth of pent up emotion all in one withering look. “I can’t do this without you. I won’t do this without you.” 

A gun cocked and full, aimed at Charles's dreams, and its Hanks finger that’s on the trigger. 

“We need to do this slowly.” Hank says.

They don’t do It slowly.

Hank can’t blame Charles too much since he didn’t force the parent of the mutant child to drive all the way here and drop off his child like she was a recycling bin. Charles attempted to settle the quiet Jean into the only clean dorm room in the mansion. She hadn’t said a word since she stepped foot into the premises. 

“Don’t contact me. She’s your problem now. I want nothing to go with her.” Jean's father was dressed in a suit, well fitted and ironed, with a brown leather briefcase and slick back hair. He was dressed as if he was going to go to work right after this. Right after abandoning his child in a stranger's house. 

“This isn’t an orphanage. You can’t just leave your kid here and fuck off.” Hank doesn’t curse often but It all just happened so suddenly and Jean looked like she was about to burst into tears before Charles took her away from the crass man. Charles Xavier called him yesterday informing him that the school would be opening up after the summer but neither of them was expecting him to drive all the way here and drop her off within hours of contact. 

“Unfortunately that’s exactly what I’m doing.” The man says stiffly. 

Charles was with Jean. Linking up in their weird telepathic way. Hank still has to get used to Charles being able to read his mind now. 

“But we aren’t even open yet. We won’t be officially open for several months.” Hank tries to reason with the man. 

“I’m sure you can handle one child. far better than me.” He’s out of the door, quickly. slamming the wooden door harshly. 

It can’t be helped, Charles says in his head. Take a breath, my friend.

Hank tries to do just that but a few seconds later Jean's father is knocking on the door again. Repeatedly. Obnoxiously. Hank has to reinstall the doorbell immediately.

He knocks again. Hank twists the doorknob and opens the door irritated “Jesus Christ!” He shouts “You made it quite clear! Don’t-“ Hank abruptly stops talking as his eyes land on Peter Maximoff standing in the mansion's doorway. 

His mind goes blank. 

Peter smiles awkwardly, giving a little wave.

His mouth finally catches up “Peter! My apologies-“ he darts his eyes behind the speedster trying to see if Jean's father is still in the vicinity.      

 “-i thought-“ he clears his throat, it doesn’t matter what he thought, he brushes off the nonexistent wrinkles off the front of his sweater, wanting something to do with his fidgety hands. “What brings you here?” Hank realizes a split second after the words leave his mouth that he sounded rude “Not that it’s bad you came here, we just weren’t expecting company.” An understatement. 

“We needed somewhere to lay low.” Peter says and Hank's eyebrows crease together in confusion “We?” 

A small child maybe 9 or ten suddenly comes into view from behind the door “Hello.” She smiles awkwardly at Hank and waves at him, matching Peters introduction perfectly. Her hands are red. 

Her hands are covered in blood. 

Her hands are covered in blood. 

Why the fuck are her hands covered in blood ?

Hank pushes the door open. “My god, come in. What happened?” He quickly ushers them both in and Peter darts away, wandering around the house at super speed. Quick gusts of wind blew around him. 

“You moving?” Peter says from somewhere behind him, voice easygoing, slightly bouncy in his step. 

“no, just updating some old textbooks. You gotta answer my question.” Hank adjusts his glasses, pushing them up his nose firmly. “What happened? Who’s the girl?” Covered in blood. 

Who’s covered in blood? Charles pokes. 

Some girl Peter brought. He pushes back at Charles. He feels the professor recoil. He might’ve accidentally yelled that in his head. He doesn’t understand volume control when it comes to mind reading. 

“The girl can talk.” The little girl huffs glaring up at the scientist with a pout that makes her look exactly her age. Which must be no younger than nine if Hank had to guess. “I’m Wanda Django Maximoff.” She says matter-of-factly like a badge of honor. 

Hank can’t hide the surprise he feels at the revelation. 

Peter has a sister?

“You have a sister?” Hank voices the professor's question. 

For some reason that didn’t fit the image of Peter Hank had in his head. Hank was an only child so for some reason he tends to forget that having siblings is an option. Not everyone is like him. Peter isn’t like him. 

Although Peter doesn’t exude Big brother energy. He acts like he’d be the younger sibling. Like he soaks in all the attention of existing. 

“Clearly.” 

“You’re an older brother.” Hank repeats, he doesn't know why it’s so hard to adjust to that. He hasn’t known Peter Maximoff for very long. Not even a week since their first encounter. 

“No, I’m older.” Wanda says sarcastically and Peter shares an exasperated look with her. 

The attitude must be genetic. Hank can feel the smile on the professor's face. 

“I can hear the resemblance,” Hank mutters “And why exactly are you bleeding on our floor, Wanda?” 

“Nothing happened. She just fell, you know how kids are.” He hasn’t been around a child In nearly ten years but he knows no amount of roughhousing could’ve caused that. 

He’s not dumb. 

“This isn’t an injury from a fall.” Hank goes to the downstairs bathroom closest to the entrance and grabs the emergency first aid kit from under the cabinet. 

 

He pulls out the chair from the next room and makes Wanda sit in it while he kneels on the ground in front of her. Her knees have cuts and glass embedded in them and Hank can only think of horrible reasons as to why that would happen and a fall is not one of them. 

 

He’s gentle as he wipes her knees and her cut palms. Wanda winces and Hank tries to distract her “How’d this happen?” Plucks out a particularly deep glass digging into her knee. During the school's first semester all those years ago, quite a few younger kids got scrapes and he had established a healing song that made the kiddos feel better.

 

He doesn’t quite remember the song now. 

 

“I fell,” Wanda repeats Peter's lie back to him. “Playing at school.”

 

Hank hasn’t had to deal with lying children for a perpetually extended period but he has dealt with an angry clumsy Charles. Who has lied to him on more than one occasion as to why he got hurt. 

 

“Why does she have blood on her Peter?” Hank tries to sound calm, hoping to receive an honest explanation for the injury. If not he’s willing to ask again. And again. And again. Hank isn’t the only one that can be stubborn. 

 

“Kids get a little rough at school nowadays. Not like how it was in your time.” Peter jokes, and evades the truth but Hank isn’t taking the bait. He can’t humor his way out of this. 

 

Hank thinks maybe that’s his way of deflecting. Maybe no one’s pushed past the jokes before. 

 

“I was pushed. I got angry so I pushed them back.” Wanda’s face scrunched up and Hank thinks of a million ways to respond to that. His mind fills in a memory of his father scolding him for standing up for himself. 

 

“When you react like a monster, that's when you truly become one.” His father liked to throw around that word. 

 

Monster. Deformed. Abomination. Freak. Mutant .

 

It was all the same to him. Something shameful. Something hidden away forever and never expressed outwardly. 

Hank knew exactly what his father would say to Wanda.

Instead, the Scientist grabs the disinfectant spray off the first aid kit.

 

“I’m sure they deserved it.” Hank doesn’t meet either of their eyes, wiping down her knees and swabbing a gash. 

 

I’m gonna pretend I didn’t just hear that.

 

Get out of my head I can handle this.

 

Wanda nods hopefully feeling a lot more comfortable, seeing he wasn’t going to scold her over it “They did. They’re bullies. Mom says bullies are just weak men trying to bring everyone to their level. They need to be put in their place before they think everyone is small and they can rule the world like fascist dictatorship.” Hank begins to wrap up her knees with thick bandages. 

 

“Sounds scary,” He agrees, trying to smother away the amused smile from slapping onto his face. 

 

“They were hurting Peter.” She said with a huff and Hank looked up at the speedster in alarm “They hurt Peter?” 

 

The doctor scans the speedsters quickly, no longer distracted by the offensive blood on his sister's person and now catching the disarray of bruises and cuts on his body and clashing red blood against his silver outfit. Injuries from being held down. Hanks's stomach curls thinking of Banshee. Thinking of his corpse with the matching bruises. 

 

Peter Maximoff was hurt and Hank realizes a moment later that he’s angry about it. 

 

“I hurt them back,” Wanda says and Hank's lips form a straight line as he folds through those words. His skin was turning into an off blue and he took a breath to calm himself down. He can't let this get the better of him.

 

“It was an accident.” Peter defends quickly even though he shouldn’t have to. Hank wasnt angry at him. He wasn’t upset with either of them. “They were going to-“   He didn't finish that sentence. And Hank filled in the blank. 

 

What were they going to do? Hank can only think of the worst. He thinks about the worst thing someone could do to another human being and he imagines it happening to Peter. To Wanda. To Banshee. He needs him to finish that sentence. 

 

“They were being really rough. Wanda didn’t know how to control herself.” 

 

Hank doesn’t believe him. He hadn’t believed him this whole damn time but that he believed.

 

“We just-um…needed somewhere to stay for a few nights.” Peter tries to sound aloof, something he could’ve easily convinced Hank of less than a week ago but now it’s dull and tired. “Because our mother would freak out if she saw us both banged up like this.” 

 

Hank knows it’s all bullshit. He’ll ask more questions soon. But for now, he lets him have it.

“You’re more than welcome to stay as long as you’d like,” Charles says as he 

approaches them. Hank watches in practically slow motion as Peter's face processes that Charles is in a wheelchair. The professor had shaved for the first time in months. His hair was washed, with some assistance from Hank and the fancy conditioner from the dollar store. He wore a soft sweater instead of his stinky wife-beater and satin bathrobe that Hank personally set on fire in the backyard where it wouldn’t touch anything ever again. 

The world is a better place without that pit-stained monstrosity. 

Hank hand-polished his shoes and Charles looked just like his old self again but with longer hair and a far paler complexion from not-so-subtle withdrawal symptoms. 

“Fuck, man. Did that happen at the White House?” Peters eyes widen moving his face in superspeed so he doesnt quite settle in any emotion Hank can discern.

“Charles, you shouldn’t be down here. What if Jean needs you.” Hanks anxiously added letting Peter settle in his shock. Jean hadn't said a word since her father dropped her off. Most likely even before that. Mots likely trauma induced selective mutism. Hank has about half a dozen theories running around in his head. 

“Jean is settling in just fine. She’s already made a friend.” Charles smiles at Wanda “She’s on the third floor, second door to the left.” 

Wanda smiles widely “Thank you professor.” and darts up the stairs excitedly taking two steps at a time. 

Hank grimaces, hoping her cuts wouldn’t scrape with the sudden movements. 

“Jean is a telepath, like me, she’s been communicating with Wanda since the moment you set foot in the neighborhood.” 

“You’re a telepath?” Peter eyes widened. “you’re crippled now?” 

Hank shouldn’t be surprised that Peter has no tact. No subtlety. 

Charles laughs and begins to shift his wheelchair closer to the boy “This happened a long time

The boy tenses up slightly when the professor gets close. Slightly enough that Hank doesn’t think even Peter realizes he’s done it.

Charles tries and fails to read Peter's thoughts. Ann interesting predicament. The only time someone has been able to successfully shut out Charles is if they are telepathic or if similar to Magneto had headgear to to block him out.

The longer Peter is here the more of hanks curiosity is peaked.

Peter is hungry. Hank assumed Charles is as well considering they unintentionally missed lunch to settle Jean in.

“Yeah, I didn't have time to make a snack before I ran for my life.” Peter says and Hank and Charles share a concerned look. 

Charles looks startled “pardon? Did something happen?” 

“No, I was joking.” Peter laughs and he did not find it particularly funny.

“He’s clearly lying.” Hank rolls his eyes.

“Peter my boy what happened? Where you attacked?” Charles slips in a term of endearment Hank has never heard him use before. It was weirdly domestic for a boy he’s only known for less than a week. 

Peter manages to smooth talk his way out of the in depth conversation. Hank can only watch as Peter scrounges up the bits and pieces of food they had in the kitchen to make a pizza. Quick and fast. Faster than Hank can even think. 

He’s remarkable. Charles projects. Intentionally or unintentionally Hank doesn’t know. 

“We have paper plates under the sink.” Hank says instinctively wanting to help in some way. The good cutlery was in storage somewhere, it has been for several years. 

No it’s not. Charles says stiffly and Hank doesn’t understand why the professor is suddenly so tense about it. He doesn’t understand until he sees the empty bottles of Whiskey in the trash in next to the door. They weren’t there two seconds ago. 

Were you drinking that today? Hank aims his accusation at Charles irritated and face hot. Peter saw that. It was under the sink. In hands reach. Wanda could’ve found it. Jean could’ve taken it. 

Are you drunk right now? It would explain Charles weird behavior around Peter, although Hank hasn’t known Charles to be a soft drunk. The withdrawals could’ve loosened his tolerance. 

I’m not drunk. I barely had a glass. Charles' confirmation only made Hank's blood boil. 

You said you’d be better. 

I am better. 

You’re drinking. 

Is that illegal now? In my own home?

There’s children here now. This isn’t just your house anymore. It’s going to be a school. 

Obviously I didn’t know Wanda would be arriving so abruptly or else I wouldn’t have thought of drinking. 

“You seem different.” Peter starts, he doesn’t even know the half of it. “Besides the wheelchair I mean. You seem less…assholey.” That’s one way of putting it. 

Charles clears his throat “I’m sorry if I came across as callous before. I had been going through some bad…years. I’m just now starting to get better.”  He still has lots to go. 

“If you’re just now getting better, is it smart to start teaching again?” Hank is surprised by how much he agrees with that sentiment. If it was up to him Hank would get him completely clean first. 

Peters face blurs. It’s like looking at an unfocused picture, with only vague visible outlines. Hank thinks the boy might be going into superspeed as he’s in thought. He wonders if the boy knows how he looks when he goes into super speed while standing in place. 

A confined tornado. 

“Pietro…” Charles doesn’t call him Peter and Hank thinks the speedster is gonna comment on it. He doesn’t. “Who’s David?” Charles finishes. 

Who?

Peter stiffens “I thought you said-you said you couldn’t read my mind.”

Hank lifts a brow at the professor, also surprised. 

“I can't- my apologies. I shouldn’t have asked. Your sister was just thinking of him.”

Hank wonders what Wanda must’ve been thinking about. 

“David is her dad.”

Her dad. But not his. Wanda is Peter's half sister. The little nuggets of information fit into his brain next to everything he’s learned about the silver haired boy. They have different dads. Was David the one that raised him? Does Peter not have a dad? Does he know him? 

“Why does she call him David in her head?” Hank asked, not baring to stay silent in the matter. 

“Because I call him David. She’s a little copycat.” Hank has no siblings. He doesn’t know what it would feel like to want to be like your older sibling. He doesn’t get it. 

“Is David not your father?” Charles asks pointedly and Hank nearly face palms at how dumb of a question it was. He has very limited questions to ask on the very sensitive question and he wastes one with a stupid obvious answer. Idiot. 

Do not scold me on question decorum Hank. It’s unbecoming. 

The kitchen was insulted with black smoke. Hank subdued the fire and decided on ordering pizza instead. 

Double Cheese deep dish pizza and pepperoni thin crust pizza. A side of twisty garlic bread. They eat together in the same room for the first time in a decade. It was an adjustment to get use to the chaos that was The Maximoff Siblings ®. Clearly able to entertain themselves with nothing less then permanent markers and an obscene amount of shaving cream that was stolen from Hanks bathroom. Playful pranks and comfortable teasing one can only do with a sibling. Wanda caem out of her shell. Sharing in the teasing smiles and sharing the small universe taht was the two siblings. Two became three and a star was added to the constellations. 

I need your help Hank. 

Hank isn’t use to abruptly hearing the proffessor in his head anymore so he drops his tools on the ground in a fright when the man speaks. 

My apologies. The clutter must’ve echoed into the professors study which is the room next door. Hank is in the professors office in seconds catching his breath and looking at the professor in alarm. 

“What’s wrong? Has something happened.”

The proffessor straightens his back looking a bit embarrassed “nothings wrong Hank.”

“But-” Hank narrows his eyes at the man in the wheelchair “you sounded urgent.” 

“Well…it wasn’t. I just needed some help getting my board from the top shelf.”

Hank frowns following the finger pointing at the bookshelf “what? Your-“ his chess board. The chess board he hasn’t touched since Erik left. The one the metal bender bought him when they went into town together one day as a surprise. Wrapped delicately in blue wrapping paper he clearly folded himself and a letter Hank doesn’t dare look at but always makes Charles want to get absolutely wasted . “-board. Don’t you want to use the one in the library?”

The one Hank cleaned just this morning with a rag and polish. 

“No? I’d like this one but I can’t seem to reach it. If you could be so kind as to fetch it for you?” 

Hank sighs, not even going on his tiptoes to grab the collapsible chessboard. 

“Did Jean want to play?”

“No, I’m going to teach Peter.” Charles jokes. Hank laughs. 

“That wasn’t a joke Hank.” And Hank watches in confusion as the man wheels away from him to the door. 

“Have you met Peter?”

“Yes, I have. He seems very tense. I’m hoping a game of chess will help him relax.” 

“I don’t think you know this. But chess is actually very stressful.”

“No it’s not you just play it wrong Hank.” Maybe Hank us a little annoyed that he hadn’t offered to play with him instead. It was silly. But Charles has never played a game of chess with him. He’s never asked but Peter is here for less than four hours and is getting a personal game with the professor’s personal chess board. 

“I’m not sure he even knows how to play.”

“I have a feeling he’ll be a quick learner.”

Peter and Charles played chess. Wanda and Jean played floating checkers and Hank stayed in his room tinkering away. 

Hank was perfectly used to being alone. What he wasn’t used to is the static of the tv being used in the upstairs living room. He was unused to the laughter in the hallway and the extra food in the fridge. He didn’t know how to handle the suddenly very loud and very close Maximoff siblings. Or the less loud Jean Grey. 

So he tries to focus on other things. 

There are 360 calories in a 10 count hohos package. 360 times 50 equals 18,000 calories. If Peter Maximoff can eat 50 packages of Hohos as a meal that must mean he needs more. Approximately 3 times as much. 54,000 calories. Plus any snack or craving in between meals. 75,000 Calories a day. 

Hank has much to do. 

“It tastes like my dirty laundry.” Peter tells him after a while of trying his first batch of drinks.

Hank was a bit sutprised that it had taken him that long to say anything. Charles reveals to him later that Peter didn’t want to hurt his feelings. Hank understands Peter a little bit more. 

He tries again. 

“This one tastes like grass that’s been pissed on by a dog.” Peter grimaces but finishes the rest in one huge gulp, used to suffering through meals and Hank tries again. 

“This one tastes like all the vegetables I hate.” He pinches his nose as he finishes off the drink.

Hank smiles. At Least it tastes like food. That’s an improvement.

“This one tastes like wet cement.”

Hank frowns scribbling in his notebook trying to calculate his misstep. 

“You know you don’t gotta do all this work for me. I can just eat whatever.”

“You’re incredibly malnourished.” Hank tells him seriously. When he weighed the speedster he was small. Too small for his age. He burns more calories than he consumes and he doesn’t nearly eat enough or eat enough of what he does need to be healthy. 

“I don’t feel malnourished.” Peter says sassily, his jumping around the room in superspeed but falling back into his regular spot, the topic clearly making him jittery. “I feel fine.”

“Your body is used to starving. That’s why you feel fine, but you’re thin. Too thin...” Hank says uneasily. He does miss the way peters face goes red in embarrassment or the way he avoids his eyes now. “I know I don’t look big but it doesn’t mean I’m weak or…small. I can handle myself just fine.” 

Hank is mildly concerned by the fact that his response to being called thin is replaced in his as being called weak. 

“There’s nothing wrong with being thin. But you don’t have enough iron or calcium or even protein in your body.”

“Blah blah blah, all that sounds friggin’ dull and like far too much work for little old me.” Peter crosses his arms. 

Hank understands that Peter doesn’t want to be a nuisance to him. He understands . Peter is just a kid. 

“I’m a scientist.” Hank says imstead “I like to experiment and solve problems. Even small things like this. It keeps me busy.”

There. Done. Now Peter will think he’s the one doing him a favor instead of the other way around. 

“Boredom can be a killer you know.” He adds and Peter laughs and nods and Hank thinks maybe he bought it. 

“I’m bored all the time.” The speedster says in jest. 

Hank also had a tendency of not eating. A while ago, before any of this, before the xmen and before he joined the CIA he was a poor college student and he would go days without eating anything that’s Andy out of a vending machine. He made meals out of Funyun bags and twizzlers and non-carbonated sodas. 

When he lived with Charles the last ten years he was the one to make meals. Quick and easy meals for nourishment instead of enjoyment. Enough to keep them both alive. Cooking was never his strong suit. 

When he was young his mother would cook for hours, mixing seasonings and flavors together and she would present her hard work to them with a timid smile and a stained apron. His mother loved to cook and he loved to help. Whisking eggs or cutting vegetables. She was so precise with her measurements, her cuts and slices to the exact degree following the recipe to the letter. Taking great detail and effort in making the meal a perfect creation. A perfectionist at heart. 

As he grew older, about four or five Hanks thirst for knowledge became known. Advanced well above his age and suddenly he wasn’t useless to his father anymore. Hank's father forced him to take a step away from the kitchen, away from his mother and forced him to focus more on his studies. He ate his meals in his room in between study sessions instead of the dining table. 

Evers since then food was simply a task. Something he had to have to survive and not to enjoy. His father tainted even that

Peter cooks like Hank's mother. Not the actual process of course. His meat isn’t perfectly cubed or perfectly measured and seasoned. He isn't clinical or procedural about it. Peter's food is made for enjoyment just like his mothers.  He doesn’t quite know what to do with that information because Peter and his mother couldn’t be any more different. 

When Hank locked himself in his study for weeks, trying desperately not to relapse back into his medication he tinkered with cerebros headpiece-

“You’re not touching my beautiful hair, hank. Don’t even think about it.” Charles told him when he suggested it would work better if he had shorter hair. 

-Hank realized a side affect of going cold turkey was that he was absolutely famished. Just as the thought crossed his mind he suddenly smelled something with his enhanced sense of smell. Just outside his door. Like a miracle there was food just sitting on the floor for him to take. 

Had Charles suddenly learned how to cook? No. It looked far too well cooked to be anything from the man. 

He doubt the girls even know how to turn on the Oven let alone cook something this heavenly. 

Heavenly was the only word Hank could use. The moment he bit into the fluffy bread he nearly died. It was more than just good. It was criminal. 

It was sinfully good and Hank never wanted to eat anything else. He doesn’t know if he’s being dramatic because he’s quite frankly starving or because it genuinely is just that delicious. Both. Certainly. 

He leaves a note, a thank you, with the empty dish outside not really expecting anything to come of it. He was not prepared for Peter to take it as an invitation to single-handedly feed him every single day. Different things every day. 

Spicy. Bitter. Sour. Smokey. Tangy. Honey. Juicy. Greasy. Salty. Peppery. 

Hank gained seven pounds before he finally felt well enough to leave his depression room. 

“Hank?” Wanda is standing outside the hall in a white sleeping hound that makes her look horrifying in the dark night. 

“I’m just putting my dish away.” He needed an excuse to leave his room, he hadn’t realized he was going to be met with another human being so immediately. 

“You…are blue.” 

“That’s correct.”

“You weren’t blue before.”

“That’s correct.” 

“But…you are blue now.”

“That’s correct.”

“Like the Smurf cartoon.” 

“That’s…correct.” He’s a bit stunned to be compared to a smurf. 

“Okay.” She sighs as if this entire conversation was a huge hassle for her and then she simply walks away without another word. 

“She’s so moody lately.” Peter says suddenly right behind him and Hank screams and stops his plate. Peter catches it before it falls and shatters on the ground. “Didn’t mean to spook you. But I was very loud running up here.” Peter looks him up and down. 

“You do kinda look like a Smurf.” 

“I DO NOT LOOK LIKE A-“ Hank did later on end up reading a Smurf comic and was severely bummed out to see that they were in fact blue little gremlin type creatures. 

If he secretly only ever used the Blue Smurf mug Wanda got him when Charles started giving the kids allowances then it’s nobody's business. His coffee just tastes better in that mug for some reason. 

“Why do you have this?” Hank looks at the unstapled papers in the professor's night table. 

“It’s nothing.” Charles says as he grabs the stack but not before Hank reads the title page. 

Pietro Django Maximoff

Well…Why does he have that? 

“Don’t look at me like that.” Charles says stiffly. Hank wasn’t aware that he was looking at Charles at all. “He has a public record. Anyone can look at it. I’m not doing anything wrong.”

“You’re not fooling anyone with that excuse Charles.” Hank crosses his arms “you shouldn’t read that.” He says point blank.

“He doesn’t-“ Charles stops, thinking through his next words “he doesn’t talk to me. I know nothing about the boy except that he doesn’t want to go back home and he has a sister who’s also a mutant. I know nothing.”

“He also helped us when we asked . He came here because it was safe . He cooks in our kitchen because he cares that we’re eating. He plays chess with you because he knows you like it, not the other way around. Anything you need to know about the boy you will learn eventually, at his pace. This isn’t the way to do it.”

“I can’t read him. I can’t ever tell if he’s upset or tired or happy. I can’t see past what he shows me on his face and I never know what he needs or if I’m being too pushy or not pushy enough.”

“You sound like a-“ Hank doesn’t finish that sentence. Not even in his head.

“It’s okay to care about the boy. But this is gonna blow up in your face.” 

“He won’t find out.” 

He did find out. Peter was loud. He could hear him from his study. He could hear the quiet confession in Charles' tongue and it was too much even for Hank. He wasn’t surprised when he found Charles later in his office with a flask full of whiskey. 

“He ran away.” Charles took a sip of his flask and Hank tries not to be too judgmental about it. 

“What if he never comes back?”

“He will. He just needs time to cool off.” 

“What if he doesn’t want to come back.” Charles shakes his head. “You didn’t see the way he looked at me.” 

Hank knows exactly the way Peter probably looked at Charles. Not because he saw him but because he heard him. He heard the hitch of his voice rising to a blazing degree and the anger and hurt in his words that could qualify as pure betrayal. He heard it in the way he had to catch his breath between outbursts. Like every sentence was another balloon popping. He can imagine it perfectly because it’s the way he spoke to his father the last time they saw each other. Like years of hot air filling up and popping in one disastrous experience. Peter yelled at Charles like he was an angry child yelling at his father. 

Charles’ sentiment afterwards is what made Peter run. Younger Hank would’ve killed to have his father say the things Charles said to Peter. If Hank had to theorize, which he is excellent at, he would have to assume that Peter has never been spoken about so kindly before. Like he was something other than what he perceived himself to be. ‘A loser’ as he proclaimed proudly on multiple occasions.

Peter doesn’t do well with unexpected kindness. Hank wonders why that may be. 

Charles takes another swig of his alcohol “you care about him.” Hank says. 

“Of course, I’m a very caring person.”

Hank rolls his eyes. Sure, let’s go with that. 

“Don’t know if you haven’t noticed but apparently not many people care about Peter Maximoff. His dad is-god knows where-his step-dad is on a first name basis which is never good and his mothers been mentally clocked out even before he got here.” Henry gestures at Charles’ tipsy ass “unfortunately it seems you are the only semi-adult person that seems to care about his personal well-being and you go and fuck it up by invading his privacy.”

“Are you not a semi-adult person as well Hank?”Charles lifts a brow at Hank.

“Not the point.” Hank huffs “I’m not the one that invaded his privacy. You’re the one that has to apologize. Not me.”

“I know- but what if he-“ 

Charles and Hank abruptly stop talking, jumping back in alarm when the door handle smacks against the wall with a loud clunk. 

Don’t let him see it. Hank thinks towards him. 

Charles puts the flask in his hiding place without looking. Without tearing his concerned eyes away from Peter. 

“Pietro-“ Charles starts to say before Wanda was talking over him 

“Pietro got in a fight and he got hurt.” Hank scans Peter with his eyes and is alarmed to see him barefoot and disheveled.

“a physical fight. And I burned my hand by accident.” Peter corrects quickly, looking like a pouty child.

“You what?” Hank exclaims maybe a bit too loudly. 

Peter explains what happened, only after Wanda leaves the room. Hank and Charles are both openly horrified which only makes Peter look smaller and smaller as the story progresses. Hank pulls a first aid kit from behind the bookcase and begins slathering Peter's palm with an infection ointment. He tries to be careful. Scared to do any more harm. 

“That hurts.” Peter pouts, trying to pull his hand away from Hank's care. 

Be careful. 

I’m being careful Charles. Chill out. 

“Hank-“ the professor starts and the doctor glares at Charles refusing to let him question him anymore. 

“no shit it hurts. It’s infected.” He aims his irritability at Peter “You heal faster then most so it had time to get all nasty. You’re lucky it won’t leave too much of a scar.”

“But it will leave a scar?” Charles asks like he’s about to burst. Full of concern. 

“A very faint one. Shouldn’t be too bad, just needs to replace the bandages and reapply the ointment every couple hours.” Hank uses his doctor voice. The one he used on concerned parents asking about their child’s care.

“Should be completely fine within three days.” He’s never had to use that voice on Charles before.

“That’s good.” Peter chirps at the same time that Charles says “isn’t that a bit long? Three days?” He rolls his wheelchair a bit closer to the pair and Peter gets stiff, his hand tensing around Hanks. 

“Actually the normal time would usually be around 21 days or more for a burn this severe. So three days is actually pretty miraculous.” Hank says.

“Miraculous.” Charles repeats under his breath.

Tone it down Charles.

“And his feet? Is there any infection there?” 

“Can we not talk about my feet?” 

“How quickly are you able to supply him with new shoes?” 

“I already have an extra pair I was tinkering with.” Hank says and he leaves knowing the two have much to talk about.

Dick.

Talk to him!

They talk, and fires are squashed. Peter looks more relaxed and Hank is glad he didn’t have to talk charles off the ledge. It was becoming obvious that Peters opinion of Charles affects the man. He doesnt understand. Not really. 

He meets Kurt. Blue skin and wagging happy tail as he looks up at Hank like he was someone important and-fuck.

Hank McCoy suddenly gets it.  

Notes:

Hank lore is my favorite.

Chapter 11: Boyfriends and Birthdays

Summary:

“Why’d they choose the coolest picture of you?” Bobby gapes at the screen.

“It’s probably the only one they didn’t erase from the records.” Pietro says off handedly and he can hear the news now. Loud and clear.

“-wanted for assault, murder, breaking and entering, Arsen, kidnapping, harassment, fraudulence, human trafficking, property damage, and conspiring and aiding a terrorist.”

What. The. Fuck. “How in god's green earth did you manage to do all that?” Bobby yells in horror.

*_*_*_*_*

Bobby makes amends, Pietro is on the news.

Notes:

Typos and grammar mistakes are part of my charm. Im gonna give you some Kurt/Pietro crumbs. Cool? Cool.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Bobby Drake throws up all over Pietro's new shoes, smelling rancid in every way describable. “That was god awful.” The younger boy dry heaves, face red and eyes watery from coughing up his breakfast all over the hospital parking lot. 

“I warned you, you might feel a bit dizzy.” Everyone always has the same reaction to Pietros superspeed. Everyone except for Wanda who’s grown accustomed to the high speed travel.

“A bit dizzy?” Bobby scoffs “I feel like my entire soul left my body and came back discombobulated.” He points at the goosebumps on his arms waving it in front of Pietros face frantically. “Discombobulated. That’s a pretty big word.” Pietro smirks, taking off his prescription goggles. 

“Shut up! It was like jumping out of a flying plane without a parachute into an ocean of killer sharks.”

“Aren’t all sharks, killer sharks?”

“Not the point!” 

“Just saying I’ve never met a friendly shark before.” Pietro shrugs. 

“Have you ever met a shark?” Before Pietro could say a response Bobby shoots him a withering glare “exactly! You haven’t!” 

 

So he doesn’t like the super speed, got it. Pietro tries to think of another way to get back to the mansion after this if superspeed is no longer an option. 

 

“Now I’m gonna smell like vomit when I go see him.” The young boy whines wiping his mouth with his long sleeve. 

“If it helps you didn’t smell all that good beforehand.” Pietro smirks. 

“Fuck off.”

“Just saying you should shower more. You’ve got serious B.O.” 

“Just shut up! You’re so annoying.” Charles says you think I’m cool. He could say that. Pietro doesn’t but he’s very tempted to rub that information in his face. He decides to be the adult in 

this Situation instead. Because he is. He is an adult

 

“So what are you gonna say to him when you see him?” 

“I don’t know.”

“Did you wanna maybe rehearse or…”

“No? I’m not gonna rehearse—-can you shut up.” Bobby’s patience with Pietro was decreasing by the minute. “Shutting up isn’t my thing.” Pietro gestures towards the hospital entrance.

“You gonna go in?”

“Me? You’re not coming with me?” Bobby freezes and nervously looks at the speedster and Pietro has never seen a human being switch their attitude up so quickly “you promised you’d help me.” 

 

Bobby has sad puppy eyes. Pietro didn’t know that. Now he does. They are unfortunately aimed full force at him. Damn. “I don’t really like hospitals.” Pietro starts, looking briefly at the entrance sign on the door wrinkling his nose at the vomit stuck on his shoe. 

 

“Please Peter.” Bobby begs. “I don’t wanna go in alone. Plus I'm a minor nobodies gonna let me go visit. You gotta come with. Pleaseeeeeeeee. You don’t gotta be in the room, I just need your help getting there. Please .” 

 

Pietro's vision is getting blurry just looking at the door but Bobby’s voice rings true in his ear. Okay. Fuck. Fuck. Fuck. Fuck. Fuck. Okay. Cool. He can do this. 

“Okay.” Peter barely gets the words out before Bobby is sighing in relief “thank you.”

 

Pietro collects the rare thank you like a delicious cookie and puts it in a jar in his brain for him to look at later. 

 

The speedster slightly dissociates when he gets inside the building and he’s not sure if it’s because he’s suddenly been hit with a pounding migraine or because the lights are too bright and the wall too clean for his eyes not to unfocus on or because he can’t stop thinking about the last time he stepped foot in a hospital.  

“Can I help you?” A middle aged nurse looks at the two boys, wearing blue scrubs and sporting cropped blonde hair that she has braided back in butterfly clips that Pietro thinks Wanda might like. She smiles politely at Bobby who disregards her completely and forces Pietro to talk. 

 

“Yeah, We’re here to visit-“ Pietro realizes he doesn’t know the kids name and slaps Bobby’s arm to answer for him. “Romeo. His name is Romeo Hernandez.” 

 

“He was admitted here a few weeks ago. We’re his cousins.” Pietro immediately regrets the relation as the nurse raises a brow at their very pale white faces. “We’re a blended family.” He says smoothly and with the full confidence of a boy who could just superspeed away from trouble. 

 

“Right…” she looks down at her computer “is that Hernandez with a Z or an S?”

“Z.” Bobby says.

 

“He’s in room 13B on floor four. Visiting hours end in one hour.” She says plainly and goes back to her word search. The speedster fights back a migraine. He swears the white walls are getting closer together. 

Bobby is moving before Pietro can say otherwise “we only have an hour so we gotta be quick.”

 

“We can always super spe-“

“-WE will NOT be doing that again.” Bobby points at his arm as if to remind Pietro again “goosebumps. Literal terror.” Pietro himself feels literal terror just being in this building but he wasn’t going to bring that up to Bobby Drake. 

 

Elevator it is. He can do this. Just one step at a time. 

 

As they go up the elevator he’s reminded of the Wonka movie he watched with Kurt. A magical elevator that goes anywhere. His blue friend had gasped and laughed and glowed with happiness as he watched the film and Pietro thought of his bottled laugh as he went up the elevator. He tries to distract himself so he doesn’t think too deeply about mean doctors and rough needles and tight handcuffs. He thinks about Kurt instead. He thinks about their attempt at making the Wonka bars the following weekend after watching the film. How Kurt’s face lit up when he tried the first batch of chocolate Pietro made. “It’s amazing! This is my favorite.” He proceeds to say that about every other batch after that. This one is his new favorite. The next one was his new favorite. Each he claimed was simply better then the last but Pietro knew that it could taste like straight up garbage and Kurt would still manage to eat every little piece. Pietro watches the numbers on the elevator achingly tick away. Too Slowly. He takes a shaky breath. He thinks about his sister roller skating in the front yard with her scraped knees and scraped palms always getting up no matter how many times she falls. Giggling when Pietro would fall on a pile of wet leaves and jumping on top of him for good measure. 

Pietro swallows the lump in his throat and looks at Bobby who is frozen in superspeed looking impatiently at the elevator doors. 

Pietro thinks about his mom fixing his collar before picture day, smoothing out his brown curls and pressing her pomegranate lipstick on to his forehead. He remembers wiping it away and her laughing at him softly as she attacked him with more staining kisses. He thinks about sitting in a Wendy’s booth surrounded by more mutants than he’s known his entire life and feeling like he wasn’t alone for the first time in his life. A cold Sunday, melting and dripping between his fingers. He thinks about Hank accidentally turning all of his whites blue and walking around with a baby blue lab coat for two weeks. 

Pietro watches the number above the elevator click to the next. He presses a hand against his chest trying to even out his breathing. 

He tries to think about Jean. He remembers looming her hair into two intricate braids, flowers Wanda picked out decorating her red curls and the way she smiled at her reflection. He recalls her giving Pietro a big hug and pulling  away like she thought she would be punished for showing affection. He remembers tugging her back in for a warmer hug and holding her there until she was suddenly crying. He remembers wiping away her tears and telling her it was okay. Pietro didn’t ask why she was crying. She didn’t have to explain.  

Pietro remembers Frankie getting his own custom made aprons so that he was matching with Pietro. He remembers showing him how to cut on the board  correctly. Fruits and vegetables being sacrificed in that endeavor. He remembers watching him press his whole face against the oven just to see the food slowly bake. Pietro laughs at the boy and he throws a dirty spatula at the speedster in a huff. 

 

Pietro looks at Bobby who shares that same impatience in his expression. He takes another breath. 

 

He remembers winning at chess for the first time. The hilarious realization that Charles was a sore loser. Pietro felt accomplished knowing he had actually finally won a game of chess against the telepath. The look of shock on the professor's face when Pietro was gaining traction and killing his defense. “You won. Fair and square.” He says, sounding very much like he was being held at gunpoint. “Aha! Suck it, Wheels!” The speedster exclaims as if he hadn’t lost about 200 times before that. 

 

Pietro remembers the strange expression on Charles' face too. Like maybe he was happy too. 

 

“Best two out of three?” He was a sore loser. 

 

Pietro takes another breath as the elevator door opens and he super speeds out of it and is fine the hall clutching the wall in half a millisecond taking long deep breaths. Bobby came to his side hesitantly “I didn’t think you were claustrophobic.”

 

“I’m not. I just…really hate hospitals.” Pietro waves him away “I’m good. Gimme a sec.” 

 

Bobby fidgets “he’s just down the hall.” 

 

“Yeah? You know what you're gonna say yet?”

 

“Kinda?”

 

“Good luck. I’ll be out here.” Fighting off a panic attack. 

 

Bobby nods “you gonna be okay?”

 

“Yeah, I’mma be good. Just go talk to your Romeo.”

 

Bobby’s face goes flush red “shut up. He’s not my anything.” 

 

“Whatever. Stop dragging this on. Go talk to him.”

 

“Okay, God!” Bobby takes a breath and moves down the hall at an achingly slow pace even in Pietros eyes.  

 

He watches him peak into a door. And then He’s inside a room. Three doors to the left. Pietro sits in the chair nearby, still catching his breath, the white walls looking shaky. 

He needs to get the fuck out of here. 

 

Trying to remember happy things can only help so much when trying to fight back an anxiety attack.

 

His mom used to sing to him when he got like this. Polish words soothing his mind. Magda Maximff would massage his hair and hold him tightly until he was human again. When he got powers. That stopped. Her song never reached his ears, too slow to ever register in his panic state and when he shook it was so fast that if she got close to embrace him she would get hurt. No more hugs. No more songs. 

 

“Are you okay?” Pietro blinks up at a tall man wearing scrubs, his face sunken in and exhausted. The man looked like he went through a war zone and barely lived to tell the tale “probably better then you.” Pietro says quickly his voice coming out a bit on the fast side but still legible to the human ear. 

 

“I don’t know about that. You look like you’re having a panic attack.”

 

“You a doctor or something?” Pietro stairs at a spot of blood on the corner of the man’s sleeves. Big and bright. 

 

“Nurse.” 

 

“Good for you.”

 

“You get checked out already?” He pulls out a stethoscope and puts it on Pietros chest just above his heart. 

 

“I'm not a patient. Just here with a friend-my cousin.” Pietro breath hitches when the boy gets closer trying to listen into his heart beat. 

 

“Your friend slash cousin?” 

 

“Yah. That.” 

 

“Ahuh.” The man looks Pietro up and down then wipes them puts the stethoscope back on Pietro chest, this time going under his shirt. “And where exactly is your cousin slash friend?” 

 

“With our other Cousin slash friend.” Pietro watches as the man’s brows furrow and he tries to listen to his heartbeat. Pietro no longer freaking out and now realizing it’s a bit alarming how easily he had let him get this close to him. He doesnt know this guy. 

 

“Are you dead?” The man looks at Pietro with a haunted expression. 

 

“Not yet.” Pietro grins. 

 

“You don’t have a heartbeat.” He states pursing his lips in a grimace. 

 

“I do, it’s just really really fast. Undetectable by human ears.” Pietro explains easily, shooing the man away gently. 

 

“Human ears.” The man repeats then his eyes widen “you’re one of them . A mutant.”

 

Pietro shrugs “yeah, sure, and?”

 

The man stands up abruptly “you shouldn’t be here. This hospital doesn’t take mutant patients.”

 

“Like I said-I’m not a patient. I’m here with my cousin.”

 

“You can’t be here.” The man says urgently. “If any of the staff finds out you’re a mutant they’re in the legal right to call the authorities.” Ouch. Brutal. 

 

“Aren’t you technically staff? Are you going to report me to the authorities?” Pietro stands from his chair as well and the man takes a step back in uneasiness. “You could try. I would stop you but you could try.”

 

The man stands up straight, his face becoming steely “no. I have nothing against…your kind. But my colleagues aren’t nearly as graceful. They won’t hesitate to report you and your cousin .” 

 

Pietro lifts a brow “right. Well-we won’t be here long.” Pietro moves super speeds around him and into the room Bobby Drake went in. Not thinking twice on what the nurse's reaction would be. When he agreed to go with Bobby so he can apologize to the boy he hurt so that he can make amends he was expecting tears. Maybe yelling. If things went south he was prepared to split up a fight and monitor the interaction if needed. What he was not expecting when he entered the room was for the two boys to be laughing. He hadn't ever heard Bobby laugh before and was incredibly startled when he heard the seemingly innocent sound for the first time. 

 

“Hate to cut this short-“ Pietro saw Bobby flinch, taking a big step back from the other boy “-I thought you said you’d wait outside.” 

 

“Yeah, I did.” Pietro looks between the two boys quickly trying to figure out what he’s missing. The boy was tall for his age. All arms and legs and tan skin and shaggy dark hair that was overgrown awkwardly and not in an intentional way. He was in a hospital bed but looked like he was already on the right said of health. He looked at Pietro with a surprised smile. 

 

“I was just making sure everything was going okay.”

 

“Yeah, whatever, just give me a second will you? Jesus.” The boy next to him put a hand on his arm which only made Bobby look more on edge “it’s alright. He’s Peter right?” He has a thick accent. A twang of two different languages fighting for dominance. 

 

 “Yeah he’s Peter,” Bobby mumbles and avoids Pietro's gaze. They couldn’t have been in this room alone for longer than twenty minutes. How on earth had Pietro even been brought up during those twenty minutes? 

 

“Thank you for bringing him.” Romeo says a kind smile on his face as he gives Bobby a side ways look. 

 

“No sweat.” Pietro is in fact very sweaty and had just stopped having a freak out over being in a hospital not too long ago. 

 

“Take care of him for me?” And Bobby scoffs “I’m not a baby. I can take care of myself.” 

 

Romeo barely spared the pouty Bobby a look “he can be stubborn but he’s not a bad guy.” 

 

Pietro is very confused. This is not how he thought Romeo would react to seeing Bobby at his bedside. He expected anger and hate and annoyance or maybe even fear but he was just…super nice? Like to the point that it’s confusing. 

 

“Yeah, I knew that. Bobby’s actually just like a fluffy pit bull.” Pietro pretends he is not confused simply because he figured he’d berate Bobby with questions later. 

 

“I’m not a dog.” Bobby exclaims irritably.  “He’s more like a shaking pomeranian.”  Romeo says with a teasing smile.

 

Once he saw the picture in his head he couldn’t unsee it and the speedster bursted into laughter not even a second after the joke was made making Bobby protest even louder. 

 

“As fun as this has been, we really do have to go.” 

 

Bobby frowns and Romeo hands him a piece of paper, putting it in the pocket in front of his shirt. “That’s my house number. They're releasing me tomorrow.”

 

Nice. 

 

“But I-“

 

“-it’s okay. You gotta go.”

 

“But we just got here.” Bobby looks at Pietro and the speedster looks at him guiltily “unfortunately I’ve gotten myself into a bit of a situation and we gotta leave the premises as quickly as inhumanely possible.”

 

Bobby’s eyes widen and gestures at his goosebumps once more and Pietro nods somberly. He looks like he’s gonna throw up again. 

 

“It’s alright Robert, you can call me tomorrow.” 

 

Robert? What the fuck? Government name and everything? Holy shit he has so many questions!

 

“Only if you don’t mind.” Bobby is suddenly very shy and a shaking Pomeranian suddenly appears in his head. Truly so accurate. Romeo might be onto something. 

 

“Of course not. My mama will be happy to hear from you too. She’s been worried about you. She’ll be sad to know she missed you.”

 

“Tell her I’m sorry.” Bobby says with uncertainty in his voice “you can tell her tomorrow when you call.”

 

Bobby nods and Pietro gets the impression that he didn’t want the speedster to watch him when gets close to Romeo for a hug so Pietro turns around stealing about twenty cotton balls and cotton swabs. He smuggles a pair of bright purple scissors compulsively and then two seconds later goes back and takes the matching pencil case. 

 

He faces the wall, staring at the poster for CPR and only turns around when he feels Bobby’s hand tug on his jacket signaling his readiness for speed travel. 

 

“You ready?”

 

“Not really,” Bobby blanches and Pietro feels his neck tense when he grabs it. 

 

Pietro runs. 

 

They stop by Wendy’s. 

 

He orders a kids meal for Bobby who glares at him the entire time while eating the tiny slices of apples and dipping on his miniature cup of soda. 

 

“Thanks for letting me go see him.”

 

“No problem Robert .” And Bobby makes the stinkiest stank face imaginable. “Ugh you suck so bad.”

 

“Charles says you think I’m cool.” Pietro blurts out accidently even though he swore he'd never bring it up. 

 

“What the hell? No I don’t!” Bobby’s entire face goes pale and he throws his limited french fries at him. Pietro doesn't dodge the fries even though he could, Letting the salted potato smack his cheeks aggressively. 

 

“Sure, whatever you say. Although you do tend to lie as it would seem.”

 

“What are you on about?” 

 

“Romeo. You said you weren’t friends. That you pushed him down the pool. That you wanted to make amends. That’s not what it looked like from my end.”

 

“I never said that we weren’t friends.”

“Um….it was implied.”

 

“I said he was a new kid. But we knew each other before he transferred school. We had Football camp together and–his mom was my nannie.”

 

Garcia! Holy shit no wonder he looked so familiar. 

 

“Okay so you guys were friends. Are friends. So what was the whole deal with the pool thing? You pushed him or you didn’t?”

 

The plot was thickening. 

 

Pietro was a bit too invested in this tid bit of drama. It just reminds him of the tele novelas he started watching with Teresa. Teresa was a thirteen year old Spanish speaking mutant who had only been with them for three weeks but got him hooked on the weekly airing of a telenovela about a singer songwriter whose family works for the mafia. It was too mature for the thirteen year old to be watching but Everytime he goes to tell her she shouldn’t watch it he gets trapped into the show's vortex all over again. Teresa and him have a betting pool consisting of a total fifteen dollars a two weeks worth of dishes on who we think the main character is gonna end up with. Teresa thinks she’s gonna end up with the nice cowboy that owns the popular bakery and wants to settle down but Pietro thinks she’s gonna end up with the widowed producer with the three year old daughter and a heart of gold. It’s a fifty-fifty chance. 

 

Bobby’s friendship with Romeo isn’t nearly as interesting as the “will they don’t they” Teresa and him have been witnessing on screen but it’s still very entertaining. 

 

“I didn’t push him but I didn’t stop my friends from pushing him. I took too long to save him and he got hypothermia and was in a medically Induced coma for a week.”

 

“And he got amnesia.” Pietro gasps dramatically. 

 

“No, moron. And he should hate my guts. I wasn’t a hood friend to him. When he moved schools I pretended not to know him and I let my friends be mean to him and he got hurt. He got really hurt and he still forgave me. He gave me his fucking number so I can call his mom to tell her I’m okay.” 

 

“Sounds like he doesn’t blame you for what happened.”

 

“He should. I treated him badly. I was a shit friend.”

 

“You didn’t push him. You saved his life. He’s grateful. He’s allowed to feel grateful.”

 

“He shouldn’t. He should be angry at me. His mom, she-she was taking care of me, he was in the hospital in a literal coma.” 

“If I remember correctly you where in pretty bad shape too,” 

 

“ yeah but Romeo’s her son. I’m just some kid she gets paid to take care of cause my parents can’t be around all the time. I’m nobody,”

 

“You’re not nobody. Don’t be dumb,” Pietro sips on his soda “she cares about you. Clearly just as much as her own. Did it ever occur to you that she might love you like a son?”

 

“but I’m not her son.”

 

“Just cause she doesn’t have your blood doesn’t mean she can’t love you like you do. Families form from all sorts of bonds.” Bobby soaked that in. Pietro is feeling pretty wise right about now so he eats the rest of his burgers. 

He’s scoring some major big brother points right now. 

“Is that you?” Bobby says in alarm. 

“Huh?” Pietro turns towards what Bobby is looking at. The public tv near the corner of the Wendy’s is displaying the news and Pietros face is on it. An old picture from when he was a runner he didn’t know they still had flashing across the network. 

 

“What the fuck?” 

 

“What are they saying?” Bobby finds the remote and raises the volume while Pietro is watching in confusion. The picture of him was in his uniform, drenched in sweat and staring off camera looking weirdly menacing and a trophy  being placed in his hand. The trophy was  cut off. They zoomed in on his face a bit and you can only see the trails of sweat and the flush on his cheeks. His sweaty silver hair half up in a scrunchy that actually belonged to his mother. It was his last race. He knew he was going to get axed right after it so he looked pissed off and angry. Out of context he did look like a delinquent. 

“Why’d they choose the coolest picture of you?” Bobby gapes at the screen. 

“It’s probably the only one they didn’t erase from the records.” Pietro says off handedly and he can hear the news now. Loud and clear. 

“-wanted for assault, murder, breaking and entering, Arsen, kidnapping, harassment, fraudulence, human trafficking, property damage, and conspiring and aiding a terrorist.” 

What. The. Fuck. “How in god's green earth did you manage to do all that?” Bobby yells in horror. 

“I very much didn’t. I don’t even know half the shit they're talking about.”

 

“BUT YOU KNOW THE OTHER HALF?”

Pietro shrugs still not over his shock at seeing his face on tv “mutant assailant was last seen in Saint Justice Hospital conspiring with another unknown mutant. If seen please report to your local authority. You can call 82-“Pietro stopped listening and threw away his zevel in the trash compartment. The need to go pronto.

 

“Someone reported you? Is that why we had to leave the hospital?”

 

“We gotta go.”

 

 “But-“ he makes eye contact with the cashier who suddenly looks very panicked, clearly listening to the news as well.

 

“-no buts. We’re going back to the mansion. Now.”  He grabs Bobby and he fucking runs. 

 

When they get back to the mansion everyone’s already settling into sleep. Jean and Wanda are cuddling and Bobby goes to his room and Pietro spirals just a little bit before he goes to Charles office, seeing that the light was on so he was still awake. 

Although he had been in mid conversation with Hank. A very heated one at that. 

“He’s settled in Poland.”

“I didn’t fix cerebro so you could stalk Erik. Why can’t you just let him be? Hadn’t he done enough?” Charles was keeping tabs on Erik? 

Why the hell would he do that? 

 

“I needed to know. For the last ten years I knew exactly where he was. Ten levels down in the pentagon. This was the first time I didn’t know if-“ Pietro stepped on a loose floorboard and he mentally curses. 

 

“Peter?” Hanks voice rang in the room and Pietro was kinda impressed that he knew he was him by his footsteps alone. 

Pietro decided to bite the bullet and open the door sheepishly. “Didn’t mean to eavesdrop. Just curious if you’ve seen the news?”

 

He tells them what happened. Charles assured him that he was safe here. “I think it’s best if you didn’t go with me to recruit students.” Charles says hesitantly “you’ll be at risk of being recognized. For your safety I think you should keep it local for a while until this settles down. I’ll pull some favors and get your face off the news.” 

 

Pietro tries to keep the hurt off his face when he says he can’t come to recruitments anymore. It was kinda their  thing. But he gets it. It’s a safety thing. He knows that. He’s allowed to be sad about it though. “Yeah I get it. wouldn’t be very good for a wanted criminal to be the face of your school.” Pietro throws out jokingly even though it felt like he was being stabbed. 

 

Charles has gotten scarily well at reading Pietros quick micro expressions because he’s grabbing his hand gently, sitting on his wheelchair in front of him with warm eyes “you aren’t a criminal. You’re a good kid. This will pass.”

 

Pietro avoids his gaze because it feels like too much “you’ve quite literally read my file Charles. I am a criminal.” That’s just the things they know about. He’s stolen so many things. Broken so many different laws just because he couldn’t get caught. In this version of his life he was the bad guy and Charles knows that. 

 

“I shouldn’t have done that.” Charles says not daring to let go of his hand, probably knowing that if he did he’d just super speed away “I know I said it before. But you must know that what I did was wrong. You aren’t your past, you aren’t what they are saying in the news. I know you. I’ve gotten to know you the hard way. You are a good kid.”

 

“I’m not a kid.” Pietro feels like he’s had this conversation before, roles different and voice bigger. 

 

“You are to me. You’re mine. I won't let anything happen to you.” 

 

Pietro-well fuck. He’s not trying to be stupid. He knows Charles probably doesnt mean it in the way that it sounds but-fuck. Charles doesn’t want to be his-okay, okay. Shit. His eyes hurt. He might cry in a really cringey little kid way that will embarrass the fuck out of him later when he thinks about it. He needs to stop freaking out. He needs to stop being so fucking stupid. 

 

“This will all work out.” Charles begins  “I’ll take care of it.” I’ll take care of you was the silent promise. Pietro doesn’t know what to do with himself. He’s usually the one taking care of things. Taking care of his mom. Taking care of his sister. Taking care of himself. He doesn’t know how to let someone else do it. He doesn’t know how to emote properly. 

 

“Okay.” Pietros voice is just above a whisper. He’ll learn. Only because it’s Charles. “How-how was dinner?” Pietro clears his throat, hating how much his voice was cracking. Hank and Charles give each other a look. 

 

“What was that?” Pietro watches Hank step out of the room awkwardly. 

 

“You missed quite the night.” 

“What happened?” Pietro is suddenly more anxious than he was before.

 

“Well…without going into too much detail. Your sister seems to have gotten a surprise visit from Aunt flow.” 

“We don’t have an aunt flow.”

Charles expression twitches “it’s her first shark week.”

“Is that what Miss Margo cooked? Shark? Sounds illegal. Sorry I missed it.”

“No.” Charles sighs “your sister is becoming a young lady. Her body is changing-“

“-gross-“

“-Peter Django Maximoff I am trying to tell you that your sister got her first period and you are making it incredibly difficult.”

 

Oh. 

Oh

Oh no! 

 

Pietros eyes widen “did you-“

 

“-she came to me specifically.” Charles says looking like he’s having flashbacks “while I’m very touched that she felt she could come to me when it happened I was not..,well versed in giving that sort of talk. I tried my best but I had to hand her off to miss Margo.”

 

“I’m so sorry.” Pietro feels the second-hand embarrassment.

 

“Don’t be sorry. I’m mostly surprised that your mother hadn’t told her about it before. She hadn’t a clue what I was saying when I was speaking with her.”

That tracks. His mother was never the one to explain things. She liked for them to learn things naturally. She never taught him to swim; she just waited for him to stop drowning. She never sat pietro down to give him the talk. He just figured it out the hard way. She never showed him how to cook, she just left the ingredients out so he could figure it out. 

“Thanks for helping her. This kinda explains her mood swings lately.”

“She has been having a lot more nightmares as of late.”

 

“You help her during her nightmares.”

 

“Yes, I do.” 

 

“You shouldn’t be surprised that she came to you. She trusts that you would always help her.” Wanda isn't easily won over. Not when it comes to grown ups. If she trusts Charles then hes in it for life. He doesn't tell the telepath that, pietros sure he's figured that part out already. 

Wanda doesn't have many good role models. Pietro doesn't consider himself  a very good example, considering his face is in the news right now. 

 

A few days later Teresa announces that the telenovela they are watching wasn’t renewed for another season and suddenly Pietro's world is crumbling all over again. 

 

“How can this be? This is a travesty.” And he’s being so serious. He is fully invested. He made tshirts . This was criminal. “How can they cancel it? It’s at its peak.” 

 

“One of the cast members came out as mutant.” Teresa says her broken English makes the news sound devastating. 

 

Pietro blinks and something in his stomach twists. “They canceled a show because a mutant was involved in it?”

 

Teresa shook her head her ponytails swinging behind her head “It's not confirmed but apparently they were just going to fire her and replace her but the cast refused to continue the series without her.” Pietro's head spun.

 

“Who was the mutant?”

 

“The actress that played the evil mom. Apparently in real life she’s actually super nice and was kinda like everyone’s actual mom on set. Everyone loved her.” 

Pietro thinks there’s something so wholesome about loving someone enough to sacrifice your livelihood over them. To say “fuck it.” And stand by them. In a perfect world it wouldn’t be a problem. The show would keep going. In a perfect world Pietro wouldn’t have to pick another show to watch every Saturday night at 6pm. 

“Everybody loved her and they still canceled the show.” 

 

“Yeah. I guess…she didn’t wanna hide it anymore. Ever since The Mutant Hero saved the president on the news a lot of people have been revealing themselves. Coming out of hiding.” They shouldn’t have had to hide to begin with. 

 

“That’s…good then.” Pietro settles “still bummed about the show though.”

 

Teresa sighs “yeah me too. One more season and Jennifer definitely would’ve gotten married to Thomas.”

 

Pietro rolls his eyes “ugh no way. She would’ve left him at the altar and ran away with Christian.” 

 

Teresa and him go into an entire debate. Which Pietro decided he won. Later on the watch the latest episode and anytime the villainous mom would appear on screen he would feel sad. 

 

Bobby was hogging the phone. Finally getting the nerve to call Romeo. He was on the phone for two hours and Pietro nearly yelled at him to get off cause he was expecting a call. 

His mom is gonna call today. Tomorrow is Wanda’s birthday and he feels it in his bones. She’s gonna call. But the call won’t go through if Bobby’s hogging the phone line.

 

“They blurred your picture on the news.” Wanda says with a bounce to her step. “Oh yeah? Great, I hated that picture anyway.” He tries to pretend like he was anxious about it the whole time. Charles pulled some favors and was able to take his picture out of the news but not the report itself. They are still looking for a silver haired mutant. 

 

“You’re the only one that hated it.”

Pietro frowns looking up from his comic book, the one he smuggled from Bobby’s room when he was in class. “Who else saw it?” 

 

“Jean and Ashley saw it on the tv and Kurt definitely saw it too.”

 

“What do you mean he definitely saw it.”

 

“I read his mind so I know he saw it cause he keeps thinking about it.” 

 

If Kurt saw him on the news and was uncomfortable then that’s probably why he kept thinking about it. Is that why he hadn't seen him all day? Has the teleporter been avoiding him? 

 

“Is he…upset?” Kurt is catholic, He reminds himself. His morals are far better then Pietros and more then once the speedster has stopped himself from impulsively stealing something at the grocery store because the blue mutant was with him. 

Which is probably why Charles always assigned the two to go grocery shopping together. So Kurt would keep Pietro in line. Clever bastard. 

 

Kurt might have some feeling over Pietro being a “bad guy.”

 

“Stop panicking. He just thought you looked really sweaty in the picture.”

 

“What?” I mean he was running in the picture so he was sweaty. 

 

“Yeah, something about you being hot.” 

 

Pietro froze. “What.”

 

“He said you looked hot.” Pietros face goes warm and he stares at his sister in shock. 

 

“He said I looked hot.” He must be misunderstanding her. 

 

“Yes.” Wanda nods sitting on the couch “You did look sweaty and gross.” 

 

“He said I looked sweaty and gross or he said I looked hot?”

 

Wanda shrugs “what’s the difference?”

Pietro suppresses a grin “what did we talk about reading people’s mind?” 

“But he was being so loud about it.” Wanda exasperated, throwing her body to the side of the couch dramatically. “Pietro this- Pietro that-he’s always thinking about you so loudly I can’t help but listen.” 

 

Pietro can’t stop the smile from escaping “oh yeah?” Usually th idea of being perceived outside himself is a strange thing but knowing it’s Kurt only manages to make him really fucking happy.

 

“It’s so annoying.” 

 

“We’ll he is my best friend.”

 

“I don’t think about Jean that much. I don’t think anyone in the face of the planet thinks about a person as much as Kurt thinks about you.”

 

“Jeans your best friend? Not Frankie? He must be heartbroken.” Pietro teases easily. 

 

“Frankie’s my boyfriend.” 

 

Pietro's smile drops. “Excuse me?” 

 

“Jeans my best friend. Frankie’s my boyfriend.”

“Boyfriend? He’s not your boyfriend! You’re too young to have a boyfriend.”

Wanda rolls her eyes at him “I’m ten now. I can have a boyfriend.” 

 

“you’re not ten yet and Ten is still too young! You can start dating when you’re thirty.”

“No fair. You can have a boyfriend and I can’t?”

“I don’t have a boyfriend.” pietro says with his sass level to the max. 

“Whateverrrrrrr.” Wanda wails. 

“I’m gonna kill him.” Yeah, definitely.

 

“You can’t!”

 

 “Yes I can. It would be so easy. I could just forget he’s allergic to cinnamon when I make his pancakes tomorrow.”

 

“You can’t do that!” Wanda smacks his arm and Pietro dodged her next attack “I love him!” 

 

“Gross.” Pietro can believe that Frankie loves Wanda but the other way around makes him want to tear his hair out. Just a few months ago boys had cooties and now she has a boyfriend?

 

“Frankie’s my boyfriend now so you gotta be nice to him.”

 

“I'm literally always nice to him.” Pietro may have learned the cinnamon thing the hard way. He got to his epipen in time. 

 

“Pietro be serious.” Wanda glares at him and Pietro needs to remind himself that she’s not four anymore. She's turning ten now and that brings in a whole new set of problems. “He values your opinion.” 

 

“I’ll…try. To be nicer.” He will try

 

Charles’ face when he tells him is exactly how Pietro felt. “Isn’t she a bit young to start dating?” 

 

“How old where you when you started dating?”

 

“I had my first girlfriend when I was seven. But I was very mature for my age.” Doubt it. “We broke up during second period gym class when I didn’t pick her for volleyball.”

 

“A true betrayal. She deserved better than that Charles.” 

 

“It was a low blow.” Charles jokes “but Frankie is different. I mean—I knew he liked her. Anyone with eyes and ears can tell he does but I wasn’t under the impression that Wanda even considered him anything else then a friend.” 

 

Pietro wishes his mom called today. He was hopeful but she hadn’t and he knew that she would have the perfect words to say to Wanda. 

 

“Apparently she loves him. I don’t see why. He’s just some scrawny little smcmuck. I could squish him without even trying.”

 

Charles nods “I’m sure it won’t last.”

 

It does. Neither of them knew that but Pietro likes to complain that the two of them jinxed it by not knocking on wood after praying for their downfall. 

 

How was he supposed to know that they loved each in every universe? 

 

“I fear I might be missing Wanda’s big party tomorrow.”

 

Pietro stops chewing on his bag of chips looking at the professor in confusion. “What do you mean?”

 

Charles looks remorseful as he says “there’s…an old friend who needs my help. He seems to have gotten himself in legal problems and needs me to be at his court mandated hearing. To speak on his character and such. It was all very last minute and I much rather be with you and Wanda celebrating but…” Charles grasps for words that Pietro already has. 

 

“…he needs you. I get it.” And he does. Sure it’s gonna be a hit for the party considering the student to adult ratio is off balance now and Wanda will definitely note his absence. 

 

“He was an old student. Young and bright but after the school shut down. He went down the wrong path and I’m just trying to get him back in the right one. He hadn’t done anything violent he was just in the wrong place with the wrong people.” 

 

“You don’t have to convince me Charles. I know you wouldn’t bail on Wanda’s party for some random guy. He’s your student . I get it. Seriously.” Probably one of the few students that are still alive. He knows that must be an extra punch for Charles as well. 

 

“You think Wanda will be too upset?” 

 

“She’ll have a full day of activities to distract her from your absence.” He had planned the whole day meticulously just like he did every year. From dusk to Dawn. He had done it to distract her from the fact that their mother wouldn’t be present. It would be the first birthday without their mom and he knows Wanda knows it and he is determined to make her forget that with a pact schedule and far too many sweets and presents to entertain her with. 

Wanda’s birthday tomorrow will go perfectly without a hitch. 

 

Notes:

I’m very excited to write the next chapter.

Chapter 12: Ten Minutes Away

Summary:

Most of the kids fell asleep halfway through the movie. Wanda was the only one that made it to the end credits her eyes droopy and head bouncing trying to fight back sleep.

“Just go to sleep Wanda.”

“Mom didn’t call this morning.”

Pietro holds his breath.

“You’ve been looking at the phone waiting for her to call. You wouldn’t do that if she had called already.” She lets out a yawn.

Perceptive little gremlin.

*****

Wanda’s birthday is in full swing. Pietro gets a gift, Frankie makes a surprise cake, and Hank has pink eyebrows.

Notes:

:) Whiplashhhhhhhh

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

When Wanda Maximoff's first birthday came along Pietro was only eleven years old and he loved being an older brother. She was his whole world. When Wanda cried at night he was by her side before his mom. When she needed a diaper change, he plugged his nose and he changed her. When she needed a song he sang, when she needed a kiss he kissed and when she laughed it was more than likely he was the one making her laugh. He loved being a big brother. He was made for it. What he didn’t love was Wanda’s dad, David. A constant gray cloud in Wanda’s perfectly blue sky. He wasn’t there for Wanda’s first birthday. Not for birthday the waffles, or for the doggie park, or when they opened the presents she won’t remember opening or for the cozy movie in the living room with all the lights off. David was sitting on the inside of a Jail cell for drunken disorderly waiting for Magda Maximoff to bail him out the next morning. 

 

But that was fine because Wanda had Pietro and Magda to keep her company. Mom made waffles and put extra whip cream on top, a smiley face with M&ms and syrup. Pietro always ended up cleaning half the waffles off the floor and her face but he just laughed and took too many pictures that would later haunt Wanda. They took her to the dog park and she waved at every puppy she saw. Pietro took her to the grocery store on Main Street to get a free cookie from the clerk  who was always sweet on their mama. They’d eat sugary candies all day and at the end of the night Pietro and her watched movies surrounded by blankets and pillows in the living room. 

 

Every year it’s more or less the same. Waffles in the morning, Playing outside in the afternoon, watching Movies at night and an unholy amount of sweets in between that. 

Sometimes It was just Wanda and Him, and other times it was all three of them. On two rare birthdays she had her whole class come over for a party and playing outdoors in the afternoon became a day at the zoo with a bunch of rowdy seven year olds. 

But always, without a fail, they had their mamas waffles in the morning. The thing about this tradition is that it’s their moms recipe, the one she never writes down. 

“When you have kids I’ll tell you the secret ingredient.” She told him when he asked a few years back. She was always so protective over it and he knew it was because it was a recipe her mom taught her and had been passed down by generations. 

 

The waffles are also always done before either of the maximoff kids are awake and so Pietro has never actually seen her make them before. The only science of her cooking espionage being dirty dishes and a dirty apron. So now he’s covered in flour, staring at a batter he’s pretty sure has too much of something or just completely missing something. He’s also coming to the realization that he forgot the waffle maker had been broken. Teresa had used it earlier in the week and had confessed to him that she had zapped it and it blew a fuse. She had been pretty freaked out about it and while the speedster was comforting her telling it would be okay that it was just a waffle maker Pietro had unfortunately actually…I forgot to replace it. 

Even if he could find a functioning waffle maker they wouldn’t taste the same. They wouldn’t be the same because their mother didn’t make them. 

He looks at the phone dangling on the wall. He stares and waits for it to ring. He knows his mom knows what day it is. 

He tries not to think too much about it when the phone doesn’t ring like he hoped.

“Wanda’s waffles are looking a little pancakey.” Hank comes down from his mental hibernation. Pietro knows damn well he hadn’t slept a peep, too invested in whatever trinket he had working in his room to actually catch any rest. He’s crawling from his cave for more caffeine and has caught Pietro's failure at making anything resembling waffles. 

“Unless you have a waffle maker hidden away in your room this is all I’m gonna be able to make.” 

 

“What happened to the one we had?”

 

“Broke.”

 

“How? It was brand new!” Pietro knows that. He was there when they bought it. 

“I dropped it In Superspeed. It’s Crushed to smithereens.” Pietro lied. Not because he wanted to but because Teresa has a confrontational problem. He thinks it has something to do with her mother but she doesn’t like to talk about it and he doesn’t like to push. He just knows that Teresa and Drew were both genuinely freaking out when he caught them trying to toss it. 

 

“Why didn’t you just come to me? I could’ve helped you?” Pietro had told the two girls who were refusing to meet his eyes. Holding each other in preparation for who knows what. 

“We didn’t want your da-“ Teresa flinches at one of the cats meowing down the hall and looks around just a bit spooked “-is the professor here?” She says in a quietly panicked voice.

Pietro frowns, shaking his head “yeah, he’s grading papers in his office though.” He doesn’t even have to lie. He knows Charles' schedule like the back of his hand. 

“Is he why you didn’t tell me?”

Teresa looks at Drew desperately and the shorter girl fidgets as she speaks in quick succession “we didn’t want him to get mad at us. We knew that if we told you you’d have to tell him and we knew he’d be mad so we tried to fix it but we only made it worse and now we’re gonna get kicked out and we’re gonna go back into the foster system and get separated again.”

Drew and Teresa are best friends. They had run away from their respective foster homes and met up afterwards at a homeless shelter just outside of Indiana  where they used to live. Pietro can only assume they had been foster sisters at some point but then something must’ve happened to have them be split up into separate Homes. They had been pretty beat up, emotionally and physically when Pietro and Charles found them. Teresa and Drew aren’t biologically related. No DNA or blood linking them together at all. “We’re soulmates” Is what Drew explained. Meant to be together. “Sisters in our past life.” Is what Teresa claimed. The two had no similarities at all. 

Drew had short straight blonde hair and Teresa had long curly brown hair. Drew was short and Teresa was tall. Drew was pale and chubby. Teresa was brown and thin. Drew wore pink Teresa wore black. Drew wasn’t a mutant Teresa was. 

Teresa was who they originally traveled to find all those miles away but Drew refused to leave Teresa’s side. Teresa had a panic attack at even the thought of leaving Drew behind. 

It was an easy solution to take both of them. Separating the two hadn’t even been a possibility and Charles was eager to take the girls away from Indiana. Indiana was a rare place to find Mutants apparently.

“Why is that rare?” Pietro had asked at the time.

“Mutants just aren’t typically born there.” 

“Why?”

“Because of the Supreme Court case Buck v. Bell.” He says easily. 

“What’s that?” Usually Pietro would pretend to know, too embarrassed to admit he didn’t know something. Especially something that is meant to be common knowledge. He didn’t pay much attention in school and it shows at times like this. History wasn’t his thing but it is Charles’ and the professor never makes him feel stupid for not knowing things. Never makes him feel dumb for asking questions when all his past teachers would. 

“It’s a eugenic legislation.” And because Pietro’s face probably revealed that he didn’t know what that was, Charles simply prattles on in his definition like it was nothing like it wasn’t an inconvenience. “Eugenic is the practice or advocacy of controlled selective breeding of human populations to improve the populations' genetic composition.” 

To improve the populations’ genetic composition. 

A chill ran down Pietro’s spine. That sounds familiar. Scarily familiar. 

“In 1927, the US Supreme Court case Buck v. Bell set a legal precedent that states may sterilize inmates of public institutions. The court argued that imbecility, epilepsy, and feeblemindedness are hereditary, and that inmates should be prevented from passing these defects to the next generation.”

“Thats-“ fucked up.

“This legislation has evolved to not just inmates but the population of Indiana. It’s at the discretion of the doctor of course but more likely than not any deformity or mutation has been erased.”

Hence the no mutants being born their thing. 

So Teresa was special. Not because she was a mutant that lived in Indiana but because she was a mutant despite living In Indiana. 

She wasn’t going to be thrown back out there because of a broken waffle maker. 

“Okay, woah, pause, rewind.” Pietro puts a hand on Drew’s shoulder and goes down to her eye level making sure he’s looking right at her blue eyes “Charles won’t be kicking anyone out. He’ll give you both that whole ‘I’m not mad I’m disappointed’ speech and he’ll make you both do dishes for two weeks and assign y’all extra homework. That’s it. Also whatever you say to me, stays with me. If you don’t want to tell anyone then I won’t. I’m on your side. Hell I’ll even help you get rid of it if you like, but it’s seriously not a big deal. Charles won’t be mad. You two aren’t going anywhere I promise.”

“You swear he won’t be mad?” Teresa holds Drew’s hand, the matching bff bracelets clasping together as they did.

“I pinky swear. “ 

They hook their pinkies and Teresa sniffles back baby tears that make Pietro's heart clench. He hates it when the little ones cry. He thinks he hates it most when Teresa cries because her tears turn to acid. Burning her skin with every roll of a tear down her cheek. They heal within minutes never truly leaving scars but she still feels it and Drew feels it in her fingertips when she wipes them away from her friends face. 

“Also! that waffle maker was like twenty bucks. I can easily just buy another before he even realizes.” 

He didn’t. 

He should be forgiven for forgetting to actually buy a new one when that was the conversation that came after the event. Punching him in the stomach Everytime he thinks about how scared the two girls had been at getting in trouble. 

“You could always run to the store.” 

“I could but-“ 

“I smell waffles!” Wanda yells as she stomps down the stairs barefooted. 

“-she’s got the nose of a hound.” Pietro finishes and Hank snags a strawberry from his bunch and pours himself some more coffee into his Smurf’s mug. 

 

“Happy birthday Wanda.” Hank steals the first happy birthday right from under him and Pietro gapes at the betrayal. “Happy birthday Wanda!” He says louder than the blue man. 

 

Wanda smiles and jumps Hank from behind practically tackling the giant man. It’s only a miracle that he doesn’t spill his coffee. Pietro might have something to do with that. He knows how much the blue man likes his mug. 

 

“It’s my birthday!” Wanda gushes as if we hadn’t just said that. “yep and as the birthday girl we get to do whatever you want no questions asked ALL day.” 

“Within reason.” Hank adds quickly, looking a bit nervous. Pietro makes a face from behind him he couldn’t see and Wanda giggles. Wanda doesn’t make a big deal about the not-waffles, only asking for more m&ms and a tower of whip cream that makes pietro feel a bit bad for later Wanda. 

 

The other kids start rising from sleep and Hank crawls back to his room and abandons him after giving Wanda her small wrapped present and promising to be down before the movies tonight. 

 

Around her third serving of Pancakes Wanda glances at the phone. She’s expecting their mom to call just as Pietro expected her to call. Just as Wanda opens her mouth to talk, Pietro claps his hands together gathering the attention of all the kids “I have a surprise!” He refuses to let Wanda be sad for even a second today. 

 

So their mom hasn’t called. Maybe she will later tonight. So Charles couldn’t braid her hair today like she wanted. Pietro is the original hair braided in the family to begin with. 

 

“I bought hair dye!”

Twelve eyes widened and suddenly fifteen more stood in the kitchen as Sebastian and Shane popped out of their sleep as well. 

He takes out the three bags full of multicolored hair dye from under the sink and places them on the table. “Washable of course. Any specific colors?” 

“I want red!” Wanda shouts. 

“Can I have a blue streak?” Bobby adds. 

“I would like a blue streak as well.” Kurt lifts a finger and Pietro raises a brow looking at the blue streak that’s already in his hair “er- maybe silver then. To match you.” Kurt says instead his fangs showing when he smiles. 

 

Pietro smiles back cockily “if you’re obsessed with me just say so.” 

 

Kurt’s cheek turned purple and Pietro wasn’t prepared for the hurtle of kids who also wanted silver hair. 

 

“We can’t decide on a color. It can’t be too girly but if it’s blue the girls will throw a fit.” Shane says. 

 

“How do you feel about purple?” 

 

“I dunno…” Shane looks hesitant and Pietro shrugs “it’s the color I’m getting.” This seems to change his mind completely. 

“okay, yeah purples perfect.”

Pietro starts with Wanda, her body bouncing with excitement. He doesn’t scold her when her excessive movement makes hair dye drip onto his clothes leaving a blob of color on his silver outfit. 

 

He works the silver hair dye onto Kurt’s scalp, brushing out the streaks together gently. The blue boy hums under his breath as Pietro takes care of him. 

Bobby was the genius that wanted his entire head of hair a dashing green color that looks like broccoli. “Why are you taking so long?” Bobby whines and Pietro has enough self control not to yank his ear in retaliation. 

 

Everyone had hair dye on their head. Even the kids who were more hesitant in the beginning. Pietros hair took well to the purple and he looked a bit strange with the dark purple streaks on his silver locks. Miss Margo dyed the tips of her locks rainbow colors looking way cooler than any of them combined. 

 

“Better not leave the dye lying about for my babies to get into.” Miss Margo warned “If any streaks are on my kittens furs ill personally have words with Charles.” 

“What's he gonna do?” Pietro laughs, cleaning the floor of any mess as he speaks.

“He’ll be a good father and discipline you for giving me lip.” Miss Margo chortles and Pietro dodges the smack of her cain on his calves. Damn. 


Bobby peaks his head into the room “Pietro your sisters starting a cult please help.”

“Coming!” it didn't even occur to Pietro until after he was unveiling the fire hydrant from the closet to stifle the flames on the third exploded tv that Miss Margo might have the wrong idea about Charles and him. 

It was while everyone’s head was soaking wet from their wash and brushing their newly painted hair that Wanda decided to ask the question Pietro had been dreading. 

“Pie?” Wanda’s voice pulled the speedster out of his thoughts. “How’s mama?” 

He knew she’d ask but he still didn’t have any way of answering without straight up lying to her face. 

“She’s fine.” Pietro hadn’t heard from their mother in two weeks. “She misses you. She misses us. Says to tell you she loves you and happy birthday.” Liar liar liar. 

“She called?”

“Yeah, earlier this morning. I’m sorry I didn’t wake you.” Pietro lied again, feeling the anger bubble inside him but smothering it down his stomach with placating words. He brushes her hair, the teeth of the brush jerking on the knots on her hair. 

“It’s okay.” Wanda says, sounding like it wasn’t okay at all. 

And then She asks  “is mama mad at me?”

Pietro stops combing through her hair and he jerks to look at her in alarm “what? Why would you think that?”

“I haven’t seen or heard from her since the accident. I wanted to tell her I’m sorry that we left her behind.”

Pietro feels like the shittiest brother in the world. Why hadn’t he thought that she’d feel guilty? Why hadn’t that ever crossed his mind? Wanda doesn’t talk about the accident. Pietro was delusional enough to think it was because she didn’t think about it often. 

He was so stupid sometimes. 

“She’s not mad at you. And leaving her behind wasn’t your choice, it was mine. Mama had to take care of some things and couldn’t come with us.”

“She was with Miss Margo. Then she wasn’t. Where is mama now?” 

Of course she knew that. He doubts Frankie could keep a secret from his girlfriend even if he tried. 

“She’s safe.” Pietro lies again. He doesn’t know that she’s safe. It’s why it’s killing him that she hasn’t called. “Okay?” 

Wanda lets out a breath giving Pietro a hard expression “okay.” She pulls something from her bag, a blue gift bag with white and silver paper stuffing. 

“I have a present for you.”

Pietro blinks “it’s your birthday not mine.”

“Your birthdays too far away and I wanna give it to you now.” She extends her gift bag to the speedster who takes in gingerly looking a bit pale. 

“Is it a bomb?”

“No.”

“Poison?”

“No.”

“A bloody knife linking me to a crime?”

“No.”

“A hungry snake?”

“Just open it!”

“I’m now convinced it’s a hungry snake and I don’t want to open it.”

“Stop being a jerk and Open it.” 

“Mkay!” He pulls out a picture frame from the bag and his breath hitches.  

His eyes scan the frame as if expecting it to change the second he looks away. 

The picture was from right after his first race. He remembers his mom making an effort to be there with Wanda in the stands, cheering him on with hand made posters. 

He was so happy that day and it shows in his face as he crowds around his mom and sister as some stranger takes the picture. Next to the picture, pinned gently in a way to not cover up the actual image is the participation ribbon he had received. 

He hadn’t gotten a trophy, everyone who participated got a ribbon and a free lunch. The makeshift marathon was for charity and simply to test out how much progress he had made with his coach. It was a tester. Not really a race but it was important to Pietro. 

He hadn’t known that Wanda had this picture or that she had the ribbon. Or more like stole it since he could’ve sworn the authorities had taken all of the evidence of him being an athlete from his house. They had been thorough in erasing any evidence from his running career. 

“It’s from your first run.” Wanda says as if Pietro wasn’t getting teary eyed just looking at it. “I know you were really sad when they took all the pictures from when you used to run but Hank helped me find this one.”

Hank helped her. 

“And I had the ribbon hidden in my room. I knew it was still there so I had Kurt help me get it from the house.” 

Kurt did what? 

“Did you know that the house was on fire?”

“Yeah…” He had seen the damage when he smuggled his pac man machine into the mansion. 

“I was able to find it though! But it got a little crispy.” She points at the very small corner of the ribbon that seems to be singed off. It was barely noticeable. 

“It’s perfect.” Pietro isn’t going to cry. 

“Don’t cry.” Wanda says boldly. 

“I’m not!” Pietro chokes out his voice hoarse. 

“You’re so emotional.”

“So? Is that a crime?” 

“No, I guess not.” She blinks her eyes going red briefly and smiles widely “Frankie made a surprise birthday cake!”

“Not much of a surprise if you know about it.” Hank says as he enters the room nursing an empty coffee mug and pink eyebrows that Pietro doesn’t remember doing for him. 

Wanda isn’t even listening to either of them anymore as she runs to the kitchen with loud footsteps and a herd of children dashing behind her in excitement. 

“She says you helped.” 

“Only a little. Had to track down your old coach. Tough guy to locate.” 

They probably paid him a handsome amount of money to pretend he never knew him. He’s vacationing somewhere far away with the family happy to forget the boy that made him rich. 

“You didn’t have to.”

“Have you met your sister? She was very insistent.” Hank says and pushes his glasses up his nose with his paw. “It’s a very nice memory.”

“Just wish i had more.” Pietro cant help but let out the sadness leak into his voice feeling like all the hard work h eput into his running career all be forgotten and erased because he fucked up and was himself for less then a second. 

“You know I was an athlete too.” Hank looks at the picture in Pietros hand. 

Pietros feels a joke bubbling up “You? An athlete?” 

“When I went to Bard College I became a very beloved football player.”

“You’re shitting me.”

“I am not shitting you. They called me Magilla Gorilla.”

“Shut up.” That's hilarious. 

“I was very talented. But like you-once they found out I was different they more or less forced me to stop playing. They didn’t have a word for what I was yet. Not a publicly known term. They just knew that I was different and they didn’t like it. I know it’s not the same as-as your thing but I get it.” 

“you get it.” Peter nods thoughtfully. 

“I was around the same age as you when you started running.”

Pietros brain restarts “you where playing college football at fourteen years old? Is that even legal?”

“Probably not.” He lifts his pink eyebrows and Pietro snorts no longer bothering to take the blue and pink seriously “When did you sneak down here to get your eyebrows dyed?”

Hank huffs “I didnt. I took a nap.”

Pietro bursted into laughter “Holy fuck dont you have like a million locks in your door?”

He thinks maybe Wanda was able to attempt a lockpicking trick, maybe Jean if she had the patience but the two had been in Pietros line of sight all morning. “It was kurt. He managed to get through an entire eyebrow before I awoke and at that point I would've looked ridiculous with only one pink eyebrow.”

If Pietro Maximoff hadn’t already claimed Kurt Wagner as his best friend then he would have at that very moment. Only Kurt could get past his fortress of locks and only Kurt could get close enough to touch Hanks eyebrows and only Kurt had strong enough Puppy dog eyes to convince Hank to let him finish. 

“I love him.” Pietro is bursting into laughter, feeling himself shaking in superspeed unable to contain the joy in his body. 

“You’ve been a horrible influence.”

“Don’t pretend that you’re not a proud papa.”

“He’s not my kid.” Hank sighs like he’s had this exact conversation a million other times. He probably has. 

“You never know.” Pietro teases looking down at the picture remembering that Kurt had some part in that as well. 

“I do know. He isnt. I took a DNA test.”

Pietro whips his head up towards Hank again face gaping “You did what?! when?!”

“Couple weeks ago. Just to prove a point.” Hank frowns and Pietro couldn’t hide the grin slipping from his face “don’t need to sound so disappointed hankie-boy.”

“I’m not!”

“Sure!”

“It was a long shot and it was stupid.” Hopeful, not stupid. Pietro realizes maybe a bit too late that the topic was actually upsetting Hank and not jokingly hurting Hank. The speedster retreats quickly scrambling to lighten the mood “Frankie made cake. You want some?”

“Is it edible?”

“Probably, I’ve been teaching him how to bake the last couple weeks,” months actually but Hank doesn’t need to know that. 

“You can save me a slice, I still have quite a bit of work to do. I only came down for more coffee and to make sure none of the kids have started baptizing the cats again.”

“Ok. I’ll leave a slice by your door.”

They sang happy birthday. Loud and pitchy like he imagined all birthday songs being sung by pubescent kids would sound like. Pietro sang his song too-Frankie joining along as well.

Hayom yom huledet, 

Hayom yom huledet

Hayom yom huledet le‘Wanda!”

They sang the rest of the song perfectly. The words practiced and warm and Frankie barely butchered any words. In anticipation of Wanda’s birthday Frankie had approached the older brother in full confidence as always “Brother in law?”

“Don’t call me that.”

“Even if it’s true?”

“Especially if it’s true.” 

“Can you teach me the Hebrew Birthday song?”

“You want to learn it?”

“If you can teach me, yes, brother in law. I’d like to wish my love a happy birthday in her words.” 

Frankie wasn’t a quick learner. He was relentless in his practice but he grew frustrated with himself becoming fussy with himself, defaulting back into destructive. 

“Take it slow, Frankie. I’ll be singing with you, so just follow my tone and you won’t mess up.”

And that’s exactly what he did. Even if he missed a word Pietro drowned it out with his own clear tone. Wanda despite her claiming otherwise is a very emotional girl and was already holding back tears halfway through the song. 

Frankie cuts the cake for her and Wanda stares adoringly at the boy in question. Pietro was a bit terrified by how much she was willing to give him. That much adoration shouldn’t be given away so easily. Frankie was-he was easy to love and Wanda was taken by him. Pietro would forget later, a brief sad picture in time but in that moment as Frankie gave Wanda a slice of cake like she was the stars in the sky and Wanda smiled at him like he was the moon he saw them older. 

Wanda wearing red staring at Frankie and Frankie with red skin staring right back, tears in each other's eyes.

It was a quick flash of dread. Of a memory that hasn’t and probably will never pass. Pietro was blinking back tears, pretending it was from happiness instead of irrational fear. 

“Can we leave a slice for Charles?” Wanda asks Pietro looking at the dwindling cake. “I know he’ll be out late with his old student but maybe if he gets home early we can eat it together.” 

“Course, red.” 

Pietro cuts an extra big slice of cake for Charles storing it in the fridge and he cuts another, slightly smaller slice for Hank wrapping it up in cling wrap to leave at his door. It was a delicious cake Frankie really outdid himself. 

Bobby volunteers to wash the dishes with Pietro which was a bit of a surprise but not unwelcome. The kids go outside and play with the chalk, jump rope and bubbles that Pietro had stashed away for the day. They can see the kids playing from the kitchen as they both effortlessly work together and put away dishes. 

Pietro glances at the phone on the wall for the seventh time today, waiting for that wretched call from his mom. Hoping that she was able to get away from David long enough to give them a call. That she bothered to remember what today was.

“They're holding hands.” Bobby says suddenly and Pietro pulls away from his thoughts about his mother. “What?” Pietro looks up and looks out the window expecting to see maybe Wanda and Frankie being all kissy face and having to pull a big brother and separate the two children. He hasn’t seen them kiss but he’s positive that’s intentional on their end trying to avoid his wrath. 

Instead of Wanda and Frankie he sees Teresa and Drew holding hands. 

Bobby makes a face, his face pinched and uncomfortable. “Why would they do that here?”

“They’re just holding hands.” Pietros hands are soapy. 

“Yeah but they’re both girls.” 

Pietro gives the younger boy a long look and he keeps hearing Charles' voice in his head telling him that Bobby respects him, that he looks up to him. “Girls can hold hands.” Pietro doesn’t think Bobby has much experience with girls. He’s still pretty young and doesn’t seem to connect with anyone really. No matter how much Pietro tries.

“Boys can hold hands too.” He adds, thinking of Kurt and Him, comforting each other after a bad nightmare. Grasping for something whole and real. 

Bobby visibly stiffens “no they can’t. Isn’t that wrong?” He wasn’t making a statement, he was asking a question. Hesitant and nervous. 

Pietro frowns trying to find the right words not wanting to fuck up this conversation “no, i don’t think it’s wrong. It’s normal to want to be close to someone.”

“But…”

“But?”

“You don’t think it’s unnatural? For two boys?” 

“Unnatural? like running faster than the speed of sound or making the room go below zero just by sneezing?” Pietro doesn’t realize he shouldn’t use Bobby as a comparison point. The boy puffs up like a blowfish and accidently shatters a plate with how cold his hands got and he slices his hand with glass. 

Fuck. “Careful, kid.” Pietro grabs a hand towel quickly and goes for Bobby’s hands trying to stop them from bleeding. Bobby jerks them away from Pietro, his face going flush. “I’m fine!” His voice cracks. 

“You’re not fine. Let me help you.” He pulls Bobby to the side where he knows Hank keeps the first aid kit and Bobby is fussing the whole time. He puts a wrap around Bobby’s hand thankful that he didn’t need stitches. 

“They are friends.” Pietro speaks clearly, not wanting the conversation to end on a four note. “Friends hold hands. Even…if they weren’t just friends it would be okay if they held hands.” 

Bobby just stares at him like his words aren’t clicking and Pietro doesn’t know if he can change his mind on this. It’s not something Pietro is well versed in. Not something he’s ever had problems coming to terms with. Bobby is from a drastically different household than him. What his parents taught him is not what his mother taught him. 

“The moment we start judging each other for what we are is when we truly become divided.” That’s what his mother told at a very young age regarding all things in life. Pietro has always applied that logic to everything, including things regarding who people love. 

His mother always had the right thing to say at the wrong time. She had impeccable words but horrendous timing. 

“I don’t-“ Bobby cuts himself off looking a bit uncomfortable and that’s the last thing the speedster wants “I don’t wanna talk about this anymore.”

“Okay. No problem.” Pietro amends quickly, handing the younger boy a bottle of blue bubbles. “You wanna join the kids outside?”

He nods, looking relieved that Pietro dropped it. 

Later that day when all the kids' energy was zapped away from running around and eating shit all day Pietro piled the living room with blankets and pillows. With the help of all the eager children they made a blanket fort and curled up near the tv. It was getting later in the day but not quite the time they usually put in the movie so instead pietro and Hank told Ghost stories. 

Hank had come down just around the time they had collected all the blankets and was now a burrito of hello kitty wool. He looked funny and Kurt took pictures of the blue man in that state of fluffiness. Miss Margo was listening intently to his story, just finishing telling one of hers. She was surrounded by her hurdle of cats Laying on top of her like a blanket and Kurt Wagner snapped a picture as well.

Kurt had been snapping pictures with the professor's old camera. Charles had said he wanted to look at them later, not wanting to miss out on any of the party activities. Kurt had been more than willing to lug it around all day to snap rare candids of the children. 

“Hey pretty boy.” Pietro sits beside Kurt who was sipping on his hot chocolate inside the blanket fort the old camera beside him. Heavy and ancient looking. “Hello, Pietro.” Kurt smiles at the speedster, his tail falling on to pietros' lap instinctively.

“He’s very good at telling stories.” Pietro whispers at Kurt leaning close so he could hear him. His hands find the top of Kurt’s tail brushing it and cradling it in his lap, already second nature to the speedster. A bit of an impulsive reaction by that point. 

“Yes, very good. Very scary.” and he does sound a bit spooked so it doesn’t surprise him when the blue boy reaches for his hand. 

Pietro lets him. He wanted to prove a point to Bobby who was within eyeshot but also because the doll Hank is describing sounds like the one Pietro had found in one of the rooms when he was first cleaning the mansion that first week here. It’s gotta be the same doll currently sitting in a storage container in the basement. He might be getting into the story a bit too much. 

Hopefully it doesn’t actually have murderous intent. 

“Heard you helped Wanda with her present to me.” 

“It was nothing.” Kurt’s accent was thick.

“It wasn’t nothing. Thank you.” Pietro squeezes his hand. 

Hank finished his story and all the children looked like they were going to piss their pants except for Wanda who was grinning like a demon the entire story. “Another!” 

“Nope! Time to watch the movie.” Pietro says quickly and everyone sighs in relief. 

Most of the kids fell asleep halfway through the movie. Wanda was the only one that made it to the end credits her eyes droopy and head bouncing trying to fight back sleep. 

“Just go to sleep Wanda.” 

“Mom didn’t call this morning.” 

Pietro holds his breath. 

“You’ve been looking at the phone waiting for her to call. You wouldn’t do that if she had called already.” She lets out a yawn. 

Perceptive little gremlin. 

“I’m sorry, red. Is that why you’re trying to stay up?”

“No.” She mumbles “was hoping Charles would be back by now so we can eat the cake together.” 

Pietro chuckles “you can eat it with him tomorrow. I’m sure it’ll taste just as good.”

Wanda hums under her breath, already falling asleep on his shoulder as he tries to pick her up from the floor. He steps around sleepy children and dodges a snoring drew from the corner of the fort and places Wanda firmly on the couch surrounded by a forest of stuffed animals and mutant friends to keep her company for the night. 

Pietro kisses her forehead and she whines when he pulls away making grabby hands at him as he stands. He caves and lays down beside her, the couch being big enough for them both to fit comfortably against each other in a cuddle. 

He always falls asleep better with other people and before he knows it his eyes are dropping and he’s abruptly awoken by the phone ringing several hours later. 

It’s two in the morning according to the clock near the door and he curses under his breath untangling Wanda off of him to answer the phone. 

“Hello?” He says groggily into the receiver.

The caller didn’t respond. Leaving behind soft sniffles. He could recognize his mother's voice anywhere even if she’s whispering. 

Even if she’s crying. 

“Mama? Is that you?” He asks quietly, his chest aching to hear her voice. 

“Why are you crying?” No response. Pietro desperately grasps for something to hold her there. “Are you hurt?” 

“Mai where are you? czy on ciÄ zraniÅ‚?”

She lets out a shaky breath and Pietro can’t tell if she’s hurt, if she’s wincing or in pain. He can’t tell and it kills him that he can’t just come get her. He doesn’t know where she is. Doesn’t know where he’s keeping her. 

“I’m sorry I couldn’t call yesterday.” Couldn’t not wouldn’t. Pietro has to believe that she tried everything in her power to call Wanda on her birthday. 

“It’s okay.” Pietro says quickly, breathlessly “I can get her now. Wanda will be happy to hear from you.”

“Don't wake her, it’s late.” 

“Mom, she's not even ten feet away from me. It’ll take less than a second. She won’t mind at all she’s-“ Pietro swallows back the bite in his voice “she misses you. She thinks you’re mad at her.”

“I’m not mad at her. I just can’t talk for long.” 

“But-“

“Just tell her I love her and that I’m sorry I couldn’t call. And that I hope her tenth birthday was amazing.” 

“It was. I couldn’t make your waffles though. Are you sure you don’t want me to wake her up?”

“Pure Amaretto extract.”

Pietro blanks “what?”

Magda Maximoff lets out a breath “the secret ingredient in the waffles is Pure Amaretto extract instead of vanilla extract, half a cup of brown sugar and a few teaspoons of cinnamon whisked together.” 

Dread consumes Pietro. There’s only one reason his mom is telling him this. “You can make them for her next year.” 

“You can make them for her instead.” 

“No- Mai. Your scaring the fuck out of me what do you even mean by that? Where are you?”

“Good bye Pietro,”

“No! No goodbye. Where are you? I can come get you, Mama, please.”

“Don’t make this harder Pietro.”

Pietro wants to scream at her more but then the line cuts and he’s listening to static. 

He stares openly at the receiver in shock for several minutes. Or maybe seconds. He’s not sure if he fell into superspeed in his shock. He feels his soul get zapped back into his body when the phone starts ringing again. In alarming speed Pietro answers the phone. 

“Mom?” He says immediately his hope is clear in his voice. 

“Er…nah this is Thomas from Froggys.”

Huh?

“I think you got the wrong number.”

“Yeah no sorry. Some British guys been here since five and he’s kinda all fucked up and we took his keys from him. A card with this number was the only thing in his wallet besides his ID and debit cards so I figured you might wanna pick him up. We close in an hour.” 

Pietro stares at the phone, still mildly confused “You mean Charles?”

“Yeah that’s what his ID says. You gonna pick him up?”

“I-um- yeah I can pick him up.”

“Good cause he’s pretty drunk. Definitely shouldn’t drive.” 

It felt like cold water was dumped on him, his body going rigid. Charles is drunk. 

“Froggys is a bar?”

“Bar and karaoke. We got live bands sometimes. Even selling some sandwiches and chips now. We’re tryna spice things up a bit. Get some new customers in.” 

Pietro does not give a fuck about their rebranding. 

“I’ll be there in two minutes.”

“Damn that’s quick as fu-“ Pietro Maximoff hangs up. 

Fuck, okay. 

Pietro hadn’t known where Froggys was so he kinda had to locate a map from Hank's room. That took less than a second in superspeed. Frantic and a bit shaken by the phone call from his mom and then The immediate whiplash with Charles. 

He’s okay. He’s fine. He knows where Froggys is now. It’s not even ten minutes down the road. Although it rubs pietro the wrong way that the professor was only ten minutes away and he hadn’t just gone home. 

He didn’t dwell on it. He couldn’t. He had to go get the professor.

He was in the empty parking lot in less than a second. The open sign flickers off and the music from the inside comes to a roaring stop. Probably starting on their closing. 

He goes inside and nearly runs back outside by the smell alone. It was definitely a bar. A shitty one at that. No amount of fancy cushions and cover up pictures on the walls can disguise the smell of moldy liquor on the ugly carpet. 

“You Thomas?” Pietro asks the tall brown man in the front of the bar. 

“Damn. Two minutes really means two minute huh?” Thomas says and waves him over to a side room “your dads a routy drunk. Tried to start a fight with one of my bartenders.”

The first thing he notices is that Charles is walking. “He started it!” The professor snaps and clutches his extremely large and nearly empty bottle of vodka. 

“Enough yapping. Your son is here to pick you up.”

“I’m not his son.” Pietro says stiffly but Thomas was already walking away to mop the floor behind the bar. 

Charles Xavier looks at Pietro Maximoff for the first time since he got here and has the decency to look embarrassed, wiping away vomit that was clearly on his shirt. 

Pietro grimaced at the sight, feeling his head start to pound. 

“I didn’t ask for you to come.” Charles says. 

“I know. But I did.” Pietro says evenly wishing he hadn’t gone at all. It would’ve been better to let the phone ring instead of watching Charles stumble to get up on his two feet.

“You shouldn’t be here.” Charles says like a damn hypocrite. 

“Neither should you.” Pietro bites. “You said you were helping an old student. What happened to that?” 

“I was. Didn’t go well. Now I’m here.” Charles takes a swig of the vodka bottle, a little bit of it rolling down his chin. 

Pietro takes a breath, stifling back the anxiety of seeing a drunk Charles completely disregard him. Pietro needs to get him out of here without Charles causing another scene. 

“You could’ve just gone home.” Pietro doesn’t know when he started considering the mansion home. Maybe it was when he had more clothes there than his old house did. Or when he brought the pac man machine to decorate his room. Or when he was given a spare key to the door. Or when he stopped locking his bedroom door at night. He was safe there and Pietro supposes that’s all it really takes for it to be his home.

“Needed a drink. Can’t do that at school.” Pietro is at least giving him some credit for being aware enough to know not to drink at the school around students. He just kinda wishes he didn’t have to drink at all. Really wishes he didn’t fuck off domewhere only ten minutes away from the mansion because he needed a drink. 

“You missed a pretty good cake. Wanda saved you a slice.”

“Why?” Charles scoffs and the way he said it with such annoyance made Pietro have to take a deep breath to calm the protective anger that just punched through him. 

Sober Charles wouldn’t dismiss Wanda like that. Pietro knows that. But drunk Charles is a dick and a stranger to Pietro. He doesn’t know this version of Charles as vividly. He doesn’t know how to respond properly. 

“Because Wanda thought you might want some. Considering you couldn’t be there for  her birthday.” 

“I was busy. She knows that.” Charles rolls his eyes and Pietro doesn’t punch him. The speedster is very proud of himself for not immediately clocking Charles upside the head. Even though he wanted to because Wanda was devastated. Even if she pretended she wasn’t. She couldn’t get a phone call from mom and she couldmt eat cake with Charles. She was being a good sport about the whole thing but she missed them both very much last night and Charles just doesn’t care. 

“She wanted you to be there. She stayed up late hoping you’d come home early and have time to share a slice.” 

“She shouldn’t have stayed up late.” Even drunk he’s mumbling about curfew. 

“Clearly.” Pietro grits “you hadn’t even thought of her at all. They said you’ve been here since five.” They were halfway through monopoly at five. He could’ve been there for the round of jenga. He could’ve helped Miss Margo play hide and seek. Instead he was ten minutes away in a bar. 

“Not everything is about her.” Which felt like a giant fuck you to Wanda and that didn’t feel fair at all. 

“It kinda seems like nothing is ever about her. She has one day that is about her and you didn’t even bother to be there.”

“I told her I wouldn’t be. Not everything has to have a huge conversation. I’m not her fucking dad.”

A pause. Pietros brain scatters for just a moment, his face going blank and still. 

Oh. Well. Fuck

That had some kick to it. 

Pietro fucking despises drunk Charles. He already knew that. He had just forgotten how much of a fucking prick he was. 

“Right.” Pietro barely recognizes his own voice, feeling like he’s having an out of body experience. “Cool. I'm gonna take this away from you now.” All at once Pietro takes the Vodka bottle from Charles' grasp and in that quick movement Charles swings his hand towards Pietro to slap him. -No towards the bottle. To grab the bottle. To take it back. 

But In that quick second Pietro can’t tell the difference. 

Charles' face morphs into David’s. David is Charles and Pietro visibly flinches away from the man, dropping the bottle on the ground and shattering it into a million pieces. The speedster is in a frenzy, fear pumping through him like second nature “I-I’m sorry.” He sounds unlike himself, small and scared of the larger man and Pietro is acting so stupid. He’s shaking and his brain is filled with bees as he’s kneeling over to pick up the shattered pieces of glass. Which is dumb. He shouldn’t do that. He’s not wearing gloves. Why is he so fucking stupid? 

David in the last three seconds seems to have found momentary sobriety as he looks at Pietro in stunned horror. “Peter what are you-“

Pietro hisses as glass digs into his finger tips and David is next to him tugging at his shoulder to stand up and stop picking up glass off the floor. “Peter, son, you’re gonna hurt yourself.” Pietro recoils. He hates that David called him son in this moment. It feels vile in this way. He had never claimed the speedster as his son before and for those words to be thrown at him while he’s piss drunk feels cruel and hollow. 

“Don’t call me that.” Pietro hisses at him, jerking his elbow away from his step-dad. “I’m not your son.” He snaps at David.

No, not David. Charles

David isn’t here.

This isn’t David.

This is Charles. 

“Peter…” Charles takes a breath looking clear minded for a split second looking like he wanted to touch him but far too afraid of his reaction if he did “I would never-“ hurt me? Fuck off. He doesn’t need this. 

“-actually, I’m gonna go. You were right I shouldn’t have fucking come. I’ll get Hank to come get you.” 

Pietro thinks it might be a bit of a dick move but he doesn’t care. He does what he does best and he runs away. Like he always fucking does when things get to be too much. 

It’s the only thing he’s good at. 

 

Notes:

Typos will be found. Tis’ only human unfortunately.

Chapter 13: Your Trauma, My Trauma, Our Trauma

Summary:

Hank rubs his eyes looking out of his body completely “did you just say that Charles is at Froggys?”

“Yeah.”

Hank stands up abruptly, making the blanket fort collapse slightly before Pietro catches it in superspeed, not wanting any of the kids to wake up from the rustle.

“I’ll go get him. You shouldn’t see him like that.” Hank cuts off a yawn and looks like murder as he’s slipping shoes onto his feet. Too late. Pietro saw and he left.

Hank pats him on the shoulder half heartedly and goes to leave but seems to fully become conscious at that moment, lasering in on the speedsters face. “Have you been crying?”

-
-
-
Pietro gets emotional whiplash over and over and over again.

Notes:

Gasp* another update ??? I know, I know. Ive outdone myself, truly. I’ve updated some tags you might wanna take a little looky look.

I will be doing a time skip eventually so that we can get to Apocalypse. Erik is currently Adding to the population instead of decreasing. He’s in his milf Lumberjack era right now and that’s simply canon to the timeline so he’s MIA in this story for now.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

 

Pietro gets to the mansion and wakes up Hank. The blue man was not happy about it. Blue hair disheveled and bad breath “what?” He yawns awake looking beyond dead inside. It was a known thing to not wake up Hank before 8 in the morning and to never talk to him before his cup of coffee but Pietro broke both those rules. 

“You gotta pick up Charles.” Pietro says stiffly. 

“What?” Hank repeats in his half asleep stupor. 

“You gotta pick up Charles. He’s at Froggys.”

“What time is it?” Hank hasn’t even opened his eyes yet. 

“I don’t know. Late. Early?” Pietro says in a clipped voice. 

Hank rubs his eyes looking out of his body completely “did you just say that Charles is at Froggys?” 

“Yeah.”

Hank stands up abruptly, making the blanket fort collapse slightly before Pietro catches it in superspeed, not wanting any of the kids to wake up from the rustle.

“I’ll go get him. You shouldn’t see him like that.” Hank cuts off a yawn and looks like murder as he’s slipping shoes onto his feet. Too late. Pietro saw and he left. 

Hank pats him on the shoulder half heartedly and goes to leave but seems to fully become conscious at that moment, lasering in on the speedsters face. “Have you been crying?”

Pietro nods not feeling the energy to lie. 

Hank blinks owlishly, looking like a teddy bear as he fully faces Pietro, pausing in his movements, still slow from sleep “did you wanna talk about it?”

Hank is a saint for even trying to have this conversation before he’s fully awake and cognizant. 

Pietro shakes his head “not really.” 

“Later?” 

“Maybe.” 

Hank nods pushing his glasses up his nose “okay. I’ll be back in a few.” He leaves to go get Charles and Pietros chest feels heavy. Like a weight had settled there and made it its home. It’s always been there, just as heavy and just as present but it’s shifted and made a mess of what was holding it still. 

Wanda is seemingly having a nightmare. Pietro allows the distraction of something else to take over him. He goes to his sister, bees nesting around in his head, getting busier the closer he gets to her. 

She winces and shuffles and looks near tears, her small face scrunching up in pain. He goes to wake her. Shaking her gently, wanting to pull her away from her nightmare. “Wanda? It’s alright. It’s just a nightmare.” 

“Pietro?” She whimpers and Pietro feels his weight lean and turn and shakes her more, feeling dread consume him. “Yeah it’s me red. You gotta wake up.” 

Her eyes dart open, blazing red, with a gasp and she reaches her bare hand against the speedsters arm. 

The room goes completely dark. 

-

-

-

Pietro is slow. He didn’t see it coming. 

-

-

-

Five bullets hit his body. He falls to the ground. 

-

-

-

Pietro Maximoff wakes up and he’s hiding under the bed, tears staining his cheeks and his small hands clutching a stuffed bunny against his mouth to cover up his cries. 

He needs to be quiet. He doesn’t understand why but he knows he has to be quiet and that he can’t get out from under the bed. He needs to be very very still. 

He is. 

She is? 

This isn’t him. It’s her. It’s Wanda. His sister. Small and shaking. 

His hands are not his hands. And this bed is not his bed. Pietro is not sure exactly what’s going on but he stays perfectly still as loud clanking footsteps enter the room, the sounds vibrating on the wooden floor and making his stomach turn. Not his stomach. Her stomach. 

Another pair of frantic feet followed the angry ones. Fast and heavy. “You can’t just come in here!”

“This is my house!” The other voice spoke and Pietro knew it was David. He knows David's angry voice. 

 

“This is my moms house. Not yours.” Pietro remembers this conversation. He remembers telling Wanda to hide. To not make a sound. He hadn’t known where she had decided to hide. He hadn’t knwo what room she had decided was safest. 

 

“This is my house.” David repeats “It’s under my name, the bills are paid by my pension, I pay for all the food and all the things in this house. This. is. my. house.”

 

Pietro is Wanda. Or he supposes he’s seeing these events as Wanda saw them. He knows that the person speaking to David is him. Younger him. Screaming and yelling every chance he got. Not letting the man take a single word from him that wasn’t true. He hated this man with a passion. And he hated Pietro right back. Equally destructive forces clashing with the other. 

“You don’t provide for shit and you haven’t paid the bills in months. Your fancy pension is barely enough to pay for two bills. And this house is under both your names or have you already forgotten?” Young Pietro never sugar-coated anything with David. Pietro told him nearly every time he saw him just how little he thought of him. And David did the same.

 

“Because your bitch of a mother forgot how good I am to her. Figured a couple months of paying her dues would set her straight. But now she’s got it in her head that she can do this by herself when she’s clearly drowning with the load of her ungrateful children.” Pietro feels Wanda squeeze her bunny and scrunch her face at his words. 

They both had been showering at school by that point. Sneaking into their respective Gyms early in the mornings to use the showers. They couldn’t afford to turn on the AC so they left windows open and when it got cold they wore jackets inside, layered like the North Pole. Pietro stole groceries. He stole batteries for flashlights so they'd be able to see at night in the house. He stole what he could and bribed and sweet talked whoever he could and as much as he could. 

 

For months. But it was worth it because David was gone. But that was short lived.

 

“Great. Awesome. We don’t have running water cause you wanted to be a toxic piece of shit. Fuck you.”

 

Wanda flinched as she heard a crack of lightning. No, not lightning. A slap, a face cracked in two. “Do not speak to me that way. I am the man of this house and you will speak to me as such.”

 

“You’re not a man, you’re a weak little bitch.” Lightning strikes again and the feet shuffle and scuffle and he hears grunts and glass breaking and items being thrown and he hears a scream. 

“Fuck you!” He hadn’t known Wanda was in the room. If he had he wouldn’t have been so openly aggressive. So loud in his anger. 

“Piece of shit!” 

She hears something guttural and animalistic. Something you hear in movies. Deep in your chest, crawling out like a beast. It rings in her ears and Pietro hates that this is how she saw it. Half crazed and scared. 

 

“I hate you.” David spits at young pietro like he was the root of all his problems. “This is all your fault.” 

 

Wanda was shaking, he felt her chin wobbling and the ache in her chest. He wants to hug her but this is something he can’t change. Physically he couldn’t control her movements, couldn’t stop her from doing a damn thing. He was a pair of eyes cohabiting a memory. 

 

“You’re a stupid worthless low-life who’s done nothing but cause problems for both your mother and me.” Lightning- “You’re the reason she kicked me out of my own damn house. You couldn’t fucking take it like a man. Grit your teeth and bear it how you're supposed to.” Pietro remembers David having his hands around his throat, pushing and trapping him down to the bed and he remembers he could’ve superspeed away but he hadn’t because he was touching him and some stupid part of him didn’t want to actually hurt him. He was Wanda’s dad and he knew that if he hurt him, actually hurt him, he wouldn’t be able to stop. He was glad that Wanda couldn’t see that part. From this angle all she can see is boots and feet and loud angry words that sting even her. 

 

Pietro can feel how afraid she was. He can feel exactly how terrified she felt in this exact moment. He can hear her thoughts racing, he can sense her confusion. Her panic and how much she wants to get out from under the bed and help younger Pietro. He’s glad she didn’t, that would’ve been a disaster. 

 

Pietro has always hated David but he knows that Wanda loved him, that was her dad. Seeing your dad like that, hearing him like that must’ve been a shock to the system. 

 

She’s heard Pietro and him fight before. Of course. But nothing violent. He hoped she hadn’t seen anything violent at least. He always tried to stop physical altercations in front of her. She was so young. She still loved her dad. 

 

He knows that Wanda saw good versions of David. That he wasn’t completely horrible to her all the time. He had good moments. He bought her presents and watched movies with her and braided her hair but that love was always conditional. And it was twisted. And sick. He’d pawn the presents later for a couple bucks worth of beer, he’d sit down to watch a movie and get bored and change it to the game, and if he braided her hair he’d do it simply for praise. For that beaming smile she always gave him when he did something right. Rare and pretty. 

 

David’s version of love was never extended to Pietro. Not fucking once. 

 

“Where’s my daughter?”

 

“You’re such a shit ass father you don’t even know it’s a school day?” 

Lightning strikes again and Wanda moves and he knows she’s afraid of thunderstorms. 

 

“Fuck you! She’s at scho-“ a grunt interrupts his string of curses. 

 

“Todays her birthday. I want to see her.” Followed by a kick to the groin. It was the first time he remembered. The first time he bothered to make a fuss about seeing her on her birthday. 

This fight was a storm to her. Lightning after lightning. Blow after blow. Rain shattering and words shouting into the void. 

 

Wanda hates thunderstorms. 

 

It was all so confusing and quick and young Pietro was just trying to get David out of the house. Away from Wanda. Away from his mother. 

He thought David was gone for good. He had lowered his defenses and he was caught off guard by his presence. 

This is when the memory starts getting foggy, time lapsing slightly as suddenly she’s out from under the bed and beside a bloody Pietro. 

 

Young Pietro's hair was between gray and brown, and red from splotches of blood and Wanda was next to him on the floor shaking him, her small trembling hands jerking him awake. From this angle young Pietro looked small. He was small. Thin. Young Pietro snaps into consciousness and he feels the relief young wanda felt. He felt the love and the sadness that was taking over her. He wishes she hadn’t felt that at all. 

 

Past Pietro jerks away from Wanda’s touch instinctively which makes her grimace and back away. He looks around his breath ragged and short. Lips split, both eyes bloody and a gash on his cheek that he still has a small scar from because he kept picking at it even after it healed. 

 

“Pie?” When she was young she couldn’t roll her R’s and when she was learning how to spell Pietro's name she thought it was pronounced like the food Pie. “You’re bleeding.”

 

“Are you okay?” Young Pietro touches Wanda’s hand gently and his hands are cold. He hadn’t realized back then that his hands were like ice cubes. Like a dead corpse. 

 

He feels Wanda’s chest burn and then The eventual tears bursting out of her eyes and the gut wrenching sobs ripping from her mouth. Her vision was blurry and hot. 

 

Young pietro wraps his arms around Wanda so quickly he must’ve used his speed to do so but he can’t quite remember if he did or not. He does remember his body hurting as he forced his shoulder to extend and his dislocated wrist to bend at her waist. 

 

“I’ll call the police.” Wanda says and young Pietro shakes his head “no don’t do that. You gotta call mom.” 

 

“Why? You’re hurt. He hurt you.”

 

“It’s okay. I’m okay. Just call mom. We can’t call the police.” He can’t hold a phone. He remembers how much pain he was in. Every inch of his body was bruised.

 

He should’ve let her call the police. But by this point he had gotten beaten so many times he knew exactly what they’d do. They’d tell him he needs to press charges. That they couldn’t do anything if he didn’t. No matter how bruised or how damaged he was they couldn’t do a damn thing unless he told them who did it. That’s what they always say, pretending they didn’t already know who it was.  

 

There was one police officer, a fresh faced rookie with a gentle voice who was the very first policeman to come to his front door. He was the first person to ever patch him up and clean his wounds properly and the officer told him he should tell him who it was that left him all bloody and he would make sure they paid. He was ten. He wanted to tell him but his mother had just told him that she was pregnant. He was going to have a little sister and she needed her dad. She needed David. 

 

Officer Bishop had good intentions but Pietro knew talking would lead to problems. So he stayed quite. Told him he fell. The second time around he told him he got in a fight at school. His excuses became more elaborate and insane and Eventually he stopped asking all together. And eventually he stopped coming at all. Replaced with another mean faced cop who never patched him up or even bothered to ask questions about his bruises. 

 

“You’re bleeding real bad.” Wanda whispers. 

 

Young Pietro shakes his head “it’s okay, I’ll heal quick.” That was another thing that came to play. Even if the cops came, by the time they did all evidence of any harm would be gone. Blurred by his mutation. His healing mutation started when he was around twelve years old and David punched him in the face for not buying him beer. He was twelve. He couldn’t buy beer but David wasn’t a very intelligent man when he was angry or drunk. The black eye turned bruised and yellowed out and then completely healed by the end of the day. Each time he got hurt he would heal faster and faster. 

“Dads gone.” Wanda told young Pietro. At this point Wanda still called David dad. He can hear the stumble in her voice when the word dad comes out of her mouth though. Like she can’t quite wrap her head around the fact that david was her dad. That her dad did that to young Pietro's face. 

He looked brutal. He hadn’t seen it when it happened. His face was already healing by the time he got to the bathroom mirror. But He realizes now why Wanda had been freaking out back then. It looks bad. Really really bad. 

“Yeah he’s gone.” Young Pietro says “you did a good job at hiding.”

“I know all the good spots.” Under the bed is not a good hiding spot. But he hadn’t known that that’s where she was hiding. 

“I know you do. You’re too good at hide and seek.” Young Pietro rubs out the blood on Wanda’s hand with his shirt. She got it from his head wound. 

“It's all my fault.” Wanda sniffles and his Vision blurred, her eyes watering with suppressed tears. 

It was so odd seeing everything from this point of view. Young Pietro looks so much smaller from Wanda’s eyes. 

“It is not your fault, why would you even think that?” Pietros voice cracked. He had been going through late stages of puberty, his voice cracking every other sentence. 

“Yes it is.” Wanda isn’t stopping the tears now and young Pietro is wiping tears from her cheek faster then their falling. 

“No it’s not. Don't say that.”

“I’m the reason mom kicked him out. I told her that he was locking your door at night. Dad said it was because he doesn’t like it when I go in there because I’m too big for sleepovers. but he has sleepovers in your room. I see him. I hear you crying. I told mama you were having nightmares and that dad wasn’t letting me help you and she got really angry. And scared.” Wanda confesses “I didn’t know he was hurting you pie. I thought he was helping you. Mom got really really angry and she was saying a lot of bad words and crying and that was four months ago and he’s been gone that whole time but you still cry at night. I hear you.”

She hears him. Pietro remembers feeling like she had punched him in the face. He remembers wanting to throw up because she heard him. Every. single. night. She heard her dad—she heard Pietro getting—he wanted to throw up. 

He remembers he felt so much shame. The thought of his little sister witnessing that, seeing that, hearing that and not even realizing what was going on. It filled him with so much dread and he hates that David managed to do that. He managed to make Pietro feel bad for being wronged, he was a victim and he felt embarrassed. Ashamed. He felt gross. Like some kind of pervert. 

Pietro blocks it out. He thinks his mind tries to protect him from what was going on by erasing most of what happened to him. Of what David did to him at night. 

Sometimes if Pietro's lucky he forgets completely. He pretends the worst thing he’s ever done to him was beat him. 

“He got himself kicked out. You had absolutely nothing to do with that. You did nothing wrong. You hear me?” Young Pietro, and older Pietro love fiercely. He will always think of his sister above himself, he will always comfort and protect her over himself. 

“I did-“

“You didn’t. David is in the wrong. You did nothing wrong.”

Wanda full on sobs now, wrapping her hands around him and young Pietro flinches and hisses in pain but hides it pretty well considering older pietro-or he supposes younger wanda didn’t seem to notice. 

“You didn’t do anything wrong either.” 

“I know,” young Pietro doesn’t believe that but older Pietro does. He never asked for any of it. 

“I’m gonna call mom.” Wanda says and she’s pulling away and going to the door. Her small feet carried her to the distance. 

The door weirdly enough looks nothing like her bedroom door. It doesn’t look at all familiar but he opens it anyway, Wanda’s hand twisting the handle and as the door cracks ajar a flashing, blinding light takes over his vision. 

Pietro is walking out of a school bus. 

Rows of children ahead of him. He’s all the way at the end of the line of kids waiting to be let into the public pool. 

Where is he? His body stays rigid and stiff as he stays in line, no matter how much he wants to step out of line to look around. He's wearing blue and yellow swim trunks, a yellow pool shirt and blue-purplish sneakers. He’s fiddling with a floaty and he’s definitely supposed to be going to the pool. 

Pietro doesn’t know how to swim so he’s never gone to the pool before, it’s also why he was so terrified of running on water again in case he failed miserable and drowned to death instead. 

“McCoy stay with the line!” An uptight looking teacher shouted from the front of the line. 

McCoy. He’s Hank right now. Okay. Good to know. Now he just needs to figure out why he’s Hank right now. And why he was Wanda earlier. 

Preferably soon. 

The line drags but eventually everyone’s inside the pool and checked in with the teachers and Pietro is under the impression that this is a school field trip. To the public pool. The kids in this class seem to be much bigger than Hank though. McCoy couldn’t be any older then seven and these kids were full on middle schoolers. 

Pietro vaguely remembers Hank boasting about being a prodigy. Something about being the youngest graduate in blah blah blah. Something nerdy. He assumes that means he’s skipped a couple grades. He figured that much but he supposes he didn't really realize how weird that would’ve been. To be the youngest in your class. To always be the youngest. 

“You gonna get in, kid?” One of the middle school girls twists her neck at Hank, her ugly face pulled into a sneer that unsettled Hank “you do know how to swim right? Without floaters?” 

“Y-yeah! I know how to swim, I'm not a baby.”

Pietro is also in fact not a baby. He does not know how to swim and he is not at all tempted to do so by this mean girl's taunt, although it seems Hank definitely is. 

He shuffles his feet and after a long dragged delay he toes off his shoes. 

Pietro realizes why he hesitated almost instantly. 

Hank's feet are weird. 

His mutation started with his feet. He remembers he told him that. He sees it. Pietro hears an intake of breath and a burst of laughter and feels Hank stiffen. 

“What the fuck is that?” A red haired boy exclaims from the pool chair. 

“Ew, are those his feet?”

“Why do they look like that?” 

A series of complaints and insults hurled his way and Pietros became angry on Hank's behalf. He can feel Hank's unfiltered internalized disgust over himself and the burning behind his eyes that indicates he’s about to start crying. 

“Henry McCoy, put your shoes back on.” A male teacher said and the voice made Hank jump to put his shoes on, tripping over himself and falling into the water. 

He’s freaking out for about ten seconds before he’s quite literally plucked out of the pool like a flower off a hedge. Rough hands dragging him out of the pool and away from the other laughing children. Soaking wet, shivering, and only one shoe on. 

Secluded from public view the male teacher pushes them to the wall angrily, scraping hanks elbows. He throws a towel roughly at Hank. “What the fuck did I tell you?” The grip he has on Hank's skinny wrist is concerning. Painful. 

“I’m sorry dad. I just thought since we were at the pool I could swim.” 

Dad. Well-fuck off. 

“Don’t use that tone with me, Henry.” Pietro doesn’t like the way he says his name. Like he’s mocking him. 

“I didn’t mean to have a tone, I'm sorry.” 

“Don’t talk back.” He digs his nails into Hank's forearm, leaving moon shapes on his skin. Pietro thinks Hank might be having a visible meltdown. He feels his chest hurt and his heart thumping but he’s not moving, not even a little. He’s completely still. Like an immovable statue. 

“God you’re so smart how can you be this fucking stupid. You can’t follow simple instructions?” His forearm is bleeding now, salty pool water soaking into it. Older Hank would be throwing a fit about bacteria and infections. But young Hank is completely silent in the presence of his dad. 

“You don’t get to go to the pool. You aren’t like those kids. You aren’t a Normal kid.” Pietro doesn’t like this guy at all. In the back of his mind he tells himself that if he ever met Hank's dad he’d knock him right in the nose. 

“I just wanted to swim.” Hank sounds so young when he says it. He’s seven years old. Younger than Wanda. 

“I’m only going to repeat myself once Henry. You can be a normal kid or you can be better. You have an opportunity to be amazing, to go far and become something more important than any of those kids can be. But you must be perfect to achieve that. Do you understand? You can’t have any flaws. Intellectually or physically.” He looks down at his one bare foot. Hard on the physically. “Mistakes like this, they can end your career before it even begins.”

He’s fucking seven. Why the fuck is he talking about his career?

“You can’t be a charity case, that won’t get you far, not as far as I know you can go. Your deformity will only cause a hindrance. You will be othered by all your colleagues and you will be known as a freak instead of a genius. You will be known for your deformity and not your intelligence. Is that what you want?”

Hank is looking at the ground. No, not the ground. At his feet. Pietro's stomach turns and he feels dread as Hank looks at his own fathers feet. He’s wearing the same designed shoes as Hank. They look large, too big for a guy like him but Pietro can only guess. He can only jump to the conclusion that he got his mutation from his father. That he speaks from experience. That In his own fucked up way he’s trying to do right by Hank. He feels the crumbling of Hank's face, straining to keep it emotionless and Pietro doesn’t think his father is justified. 

“No, I don’t want that.” Hank says hoarsely. 

“Then go to the bathroom. Dry yourself up. And cover up your fucking feet.” Hank nods and his father lets go of his wrist finally and it’s all bruised and ugly looking but Hank doesn’t even hesitate to grab the towel from the ground and go to the door behind him connected to the public restroom that’s part of the pool. 

The mirror on the wall next to the toilet is dirty and just a little bit cracked at the edges but no dim lighting can hide the face looking back at him. 

Hank fucking McCoy. His face is chunkier, adorning baby fat, his posture small and fragile. His hair was wet and buzzed short. His face was pale, so pale that the faded bruise around his neck looked gaudy. The bruise looked like a large hand wrapped around his throat. Pietro has seen that handprint on his own skin before. 

He felt cold. Hank looks down at his bleeding forearm and Pietro feels like he understands the blue man a little bit more. 

“You are one of the strongest kids I know.” That’s what Hank told him while he sat in his lab getting his check up and Pietro wished he could tell little Hank the same thing. He wishes he could tell him that his father was wrong. That he became extraordinary, that he became better and kinder than most people and that his mutation didn’t hinder that but enhanced it. He wishes he could tell him that but he has no control over anything that happens, this is a memory. Something that’s already happened and he can’t change anything. He can only sit back and watch as it unfolds. 

Although he has no idea why this is happening. Not a damn clue. But he’d like to leave now. 

Hank opens the door and a blinding light hits him. When he opens his eyes again Pietro is in a colosseum surrounded by people. Hundreds of eyes on him. Gawking and oohing and aahing. Pietro feels his body lock up and anxiety rush through him as he’s pushed to the center of the stage dropping harshly to the ground on his blue hands. Blue hands he’d recognize anywhere. 

Kurt rises from the ground and he pulls on his ragged shirt so it’s showing less skin. “Do your dance schlampe!” Slut. The word makes pietro want to recoil and Kurt actually does. 

“Ich habe gutes Geld bezahlt!”

I paid good money. 

“Stop crying demon!”

He’s not a demon. 

“Show us your scars!” Over and over. Words blurred together, faces became one. Men women and children. All of them looking at Kurt like he’s meat in a market. 

Kurt with shaking hands takes off his shirt. Then he takes off his pants. And then he takes off his underwear. Kurt stood naked and bare in front of ridiculing strangers. The audience laughed and gasped and Pietro feels the rush of shame hit him and he wants nothing but to be able to put Kurt’s clothes back on. To scream and yell at these evil people and to run as far away from here as possible with Kurt safely in his hands. Kurt whispers a prayer under his breath. Quiet and desperate. 

Kurt begs in German, words wobbly and uncomfortable to hear. The older woman holding his life in his hands who watches him with a stone cold expression and a straight back only glares at his pleading. Pietro sees flashes of cameras, kids laughing and squealing at a naked Kurt. “The boss says you stole from him.” A Thick accent Pietro couldn’t pin point. 

“I didn’t! It was my money.” Kurt isn’t the type to steal. Too good and kind. 

“Stupid boy. Whatever is yours is his. You are his property. Your money is his money. Your body is his body. You need to make up for the money you used. One way or another.” 

Pietro is starting to realize why Kurt never uses the money Charles gives him when they go out. Never buying anything for himself. 

Kurt told him about how bad the circus was to him. He told him about the things they used to make him do. Kurt never went into detail though. He would get all small and his tail would tighten around himself and Pietro never forced him to say more. He knew what it was like to relive bad memories and he never wanted Kurt to feel like he had to tell him. 

He told him pieces. Nothing this graphic. Pietro suspected something sexual but never something like this. It felt different experiencing it from his point of view. Feeling what he felt. Thinking what he thought. 

He thinks this is it. He thinks this is all there is to life. Nothing beyond the circus, not for him. 

The thought of Warm and kind Kurt thinking this was all he deserved, all he would get to have twisted something in Pietros gut. 

Whenever he gets out of here he’s gonna hug Kurt. And he’s gonna hug Miss Margo for saving him. 

“The bidding starts at 3,000 thousand dollars.” 

Pietro feels the bile crawl up his throat and when he hunches over to vomit he isn’t surprised by the booing. 

“Number two! Can I get a 3,500 thousand? Number seventeen! Can I get a 4,000 thousand? Number two! Very persistent. Can we get a 5,000 thousand? 5,000? Thirty two! Alrighty can we get 5,500 thousand? Once again lucky number two!”

It kept going. Tediously higher and higher until it reached five digits. Pietro could never concoct this nightmare scenario. He could never imagine being sold off like meat, like property. He feels angry but it was overshadowed by Kurt’s fear, shaking his body that’s still exposed to everyone’s eyes. 

“65,000 thousand! Can I get 65,000 thousand on the night crawler? Going once? Going twi-“

“-100,000 thousand dollars! I’ll take him.” A women’s voice soared over each voice in the function. Confident even with the tinge of a forced accent in her voice. 

Like she was trying to sound like English wasn’t her first language but it definitely was. 

The auctioneer made an exaggerated face “oooh money bags over here! Can anyone top 100 grand?” Everyone’s faces looked perplexed and annoyed. 

“Going once? Going twice? Sold to the pretty blonde American.” Clearly the auctionist clocked the fake accent as well. 

In a whirlwind of motion Kurt is pushed and pulled and grabbed at in all directions and Pietro wasn't sure if he was the one freaking out or if it was Kurt. 

They were taken to a room. They finally get to see who purchased nightcrawler. During the entire ordeal Kurt hadn’t lifted his eyes from the ground. Too scared and too stunned to even lift his gaze upon his potential owners. 

Now he’s face to face with the women who won him at an auction for a 100,000 dollars. 

Pietro recognized the face. He knew exactly who this was and that only confused him further. What the hell is Charles fucking sister doing buying Kurt at an auction? 

He’s seen her picture in his room. Seen the blue version of her on the news. Her face plastered on posters and tshirt merchandise. 

“All yours. You have four hours with him. We don’t provide protection, or toys, and any marks or damages left on him should be reported on before return.” The guard woman spoke as if she was renting out a car and not his best friend. 

She hands Raven his chains and what seemed to be the keys and a remote. “If he gets mouthy this is the control for his collar.” Raven doesn’t take her eyes away from Kurt even for a second her face is completely blank. Emotionless and scary and Pietro feels the fear Kurt felt. He was preparing for the worst. She doesn’t even acknowledge the older lady who simply smirks at Kurt like she’s happy to be rid of him for the next couple hours. 

Pietro memorizes everything about the circus lady. The limp in her step, the scar on her eyebrow, the exact shade of green her eyes are. He memorized the curve of her cheek bones and the crack in her teeth and exactly where the birthmark on her shoulder is. Pietro scans her and commits her to memory. When this is over. Pietro is going to find this lady and he’s going to hurt her. 

The moment the lady is gone, door turning shut behind her Raven's entire face crumbles. She’s fumbling with the keys as she’s frantically unchaining Kurt from his shackles and he doesn’t move. He doesn’t speak. He’s frozen in his place. A soldier waiting for a command. 

Pietro doesn't understand what’s going on and neither does Kurt. 

Raven takes off her jacket and covers Kurt’s naked body with it. “Are you hurt?” 

Kurt is numb as he shakes his head “I’m not damaged.” He says like he’s merchandise and Raven looks exactly like how Pietro feels. 

Like she’s three seconds away from raising hell. 

“I’m gonna get you out of here Kurt.” She scans the room around her, clearly searching for something.

Kurt stiffens “how do you know my name?” Kurt’s voice is slow and his accent is thick like he isn’t quite used to speaking English but also just isn’t used to speaking in general.

Raven blinks “I know a lot about you. I’m your-“ she swallows her face seemingly contorting into something uncomfortable “I was sent to help you. I was told about this particular circus sex trafficking mutants and freaks and was sent down here to bust it.” 

“Bust it?”

“Yeah, do I look like I carry 100,000 dollars cash? In about ten minutes they’ll figure out I duped them and try to come and get you.” The door starts to wiggle and Kurt is feeling the sudden panic of being in danger all over again. 

“How far can you teleport?” 

“I don’t-“

“-this isn’t time to be coy Kurt. I know you can teleport. How far can you go? How does it work?”

“As far as I can see. Or if I’ve been there before.” Raven grabs Kurt’s hand, firmly but not harshly. “Take us out of here.”

Kurt uses his powers and suddenly the atoms around them shift and change and he's staring at a large pool. 

A boy is struggling to swim, screaming for help. There’s other kids around him, twelve or eleven. Laughing at the drowning boy. 

He knows what this is. Bobby has told him about this day. It’s one of his worst days. The day Romeo was drowning, the day Bobby Drake got his powers. 

Bobby was being help back by his friends. 

Pietro was feeling whiplash jumping. From person to person like this. He needs a second to fucking process. 

Bobby was cursing at his friends, yelling and screaming at them. “Let me help him! He can’t swim! Please!” Pietro didn’t know about this part. 

Bobby always says he stood by and did nothing until the last second. That he eventually overcame his doubt and helped him but it looked like he was fighting his friends from the start. He was trying to save him but they wouldn't let him. 

“Let him struggle for a bit more. I’m sure he can hold his breath for a really long time.”

Bobby was strong. But he wasn’t four boys a grade older than him strong. 

“Must be why he’s such a good cocksucker.” Another boy taunts and Pietros blood boils. No, not his blood. Bobby’s blood. Bobby’s so angry and scared and he must be desperate because he jabs his fist at the older boy's groin and he collapses immediately. He fights off the other two boys. Literally pulling hair and biting. Using every dirty trick to get the fuck away from them and get to Romeo. 

And Pietro gets the desperation of it because Romeo is literally begging. He’s crying and choking on water and breathless and he’s crying Bobby’s name like he’s the only person that will care to save him. 

It was gut wrenching and horrifying and Bobby is fighting tooth and nail and He dives into the water. Romeo was already at the bottom of the pool by the time Bobby got into the freezing cold public pool. 

Pietro can feel the adrenaline rushing through Bobby’s body, the anguish and fear and anger completely enveloping the boy's entire being. A volcanic emotional disaster. 

The water got colder. Fast. 

Bobby’s fingertips touched Romeos and he finally had him. Dragging him to the top through sheer will alone. Just when he gets to the top...thin ice blocks his way out. 

Pietro feels the horror crush his body. He knew that Bobby’s powers manifested here. He just hadn’t realized it was while he was still inside the pool. Slowly drowning beside his friend. 

Bobby screams, air bubbles reaching for the thinnest part of the ice, desperate for the surface. He punches that exact part. His fist sting. 

He punches again. More pain shooting up his arm. He punches over and over again until the ice cracks and the pool is stained red with blood. His knuckles cracking open with torn skin. 

He lifts Romeo above water and the water around Bobby becomes more solid while he’s still inside. He can’t move his legs or his hands or his head. He can’t move at all. 

He’s stuck and he’s cold. Bobby passes out in a block of ice that used to be the pool thinking that Romeo died. 

When Pietro opens his eyes he’s in a car seat in the back seat of a family car. His parents-no not his parent- sat in the front singing joyfully to the children’s song playing on the car. Big smiles and loud unapologetic laughter. 

Whoever he was now was young, legs swinging under his car seat and clutching a stuffed red dragon. Simple thoughts ruling his head. He was happy. Which was a drastic change from the horror show Pietro has endured so far. 

What the hell has even been going on? How the hell is any of this happening? The last thing he remembers is Wanda screaming. She was surrounded, Pietro thinks. By monsters. He thinks. 

He can’t seem to focus on it for too long. The body he's inhabiting, the memory he’s experiencing, is shifting. The snow outside was pretty to look at and his eyes stayed glued to the snowflakes sticking to the car window. 

“I love you.” His mom says adoringly. No-not his mom. “I love you too, babe.” His dad says. No- Not his dad. 

Pietro whines and his parents turn to look at him with matching smiles “don’t be fussy we love you too Franklin.”

Franklin. 

Frankie

Frankie has his moms face and his dads hair color. Pietro doesn’t know what to do with that information. He doesn’t have much time with that information before the car is suddenly turning over and he hears screaming. Pietros head is pounding, his head hits the roof, his car seat must not have been fully strapped in. 

Frankie is crying. Even worse he’s stuck in his car seat facing his father. The man died with his eyes wide open, staring right at Frankie with dead eyes and a bloody face covered in glass. 

He stayed like that for a long time. It was cut to a few minutes but Pietro knows that he must’ve been there, looking at his dead father for hours. 

Then the world turns and he thinks the car is crashing again. But he’s in a hospital room. He can’t feel his legs and the hospital gown is too big for him. He’s too small, too tiny. 

“Mama?” Frankie looks over at his mom who is beside his hospital bed leaning over him with a drained face. “I’m here Frankie. Its gonna be okay.”

She has multiple stitches on her face and a cast on her leg and on her arm. She looked three way to hell but she was alive. 

“I can’t feel my legs mama.” Frankie sniffles and Pietro can feel him try to move them. He can feel him try so damn hard. 

“It’s okay.”

Frankie shakes his head. “Mama I can’t move them.” Is she not getting this? 

Pietro doesn’t understand why she looks so calm. Why does she keep looking at Frankie like he’s an art painting she’s trying to decipher. 

“It’s gonna be okay.”

“Dads dead.” 

Her face darkens “I know. He loved you so much.” She fluffs Frankie’s pillow. 

“Mama?” She’s tugging on his pillow. 

“We’ll be with him soon. You won’t have to miss him for very long. It’s gonna be okay.” She has his pillow and Pietro realizes whats going to happen before Frankie does. 

His mother shoves the pillow in front of his face and Frankie struggles. Scared and confused, Pietro suddenly realizes why Frankie doesn’t sleep with pillows. 

He had noticed how the pillows in his dorm were always lined against the wall furthest from his bed every morning when he went to wake up the kids for class. He hadn’t thought much of it. He just thought it was Frankie being his usually weird self. 

Frankie is seeing black spots. His mother is suffocating him and-and-suddenly the pillow is away from his face and a concerned nurse is hovering above him putting an oxygen mask on his mouth. 

His mom was tackled to the ground but she was kicking and screaming before they put a needle in her neck. Frankie watched all of it. 

“You’re okay now kid,” the nurse says as he breathes into the oxygen mask and Pietro knows that Frankie doesn’t believe her. 

Frankie can’t be more than four here. Pietro didn’t know how Frankie lost his legs. He didn’t know what happened to make him go into the foster system and eventually end up with Miss Margo. He didn’t know any of this and he kinda wishes he hadn’t. 

This is private. All of these memories have been bad. Given to him without permission. It feels vile to simply sit back and watch them unfold. 

Pietro doesn’t catch a break. The room around him stirs and shifts and it goes quick. 

Memories fly past his head, too quick to process any of them only catching glimpses of pain and suffering. 

A starving child selling their body for a warm place to sleep for the night. 

Quick quick. 

Two siblings trapped underneath a collapsed house, scared to move. 

Quick quick. 

A Drunk father tortures their wife and forces their son to contribute. 

Quick quick. 

A mother selling their youngest daughter to human traffickers. 

Quick quick.

Broken glass and heavy fists. 

Quick quick

Screaming, crying.

Quick quick 

Hundreds of horrible memories come at Pietro, too quick for even his fast brain to catch. 

Pietro.” He hears his sister's voice and he’s shrouded in darkness, the pain and suffering too overwhelming for him to see. 

Pietro Maximoff.” His sister sounds different in this place wherever this is but he knows his sisters voice.

He takes a blind step forward into darkness. 

I used to have a twin.” He can almost hear her clearly now. He reaches forward his fingers grasping something in the darkness. 

He doesn’t hesitate to grab whatever it is. He pulls and he’s being propelled forward. 

-

-

-

Everything slows down again. Too slow. Almost stopping completely. 

-

-

-

He doesn’t know what’s going on or how he got here. One second he was suffering and the next he was in a picture perfect living room. Sitting between very soft cushions. 

He looks up at a dark haired woman who watches him curiously. 

“Who are you?” He asks, leaning away from the women. 

She smiles, wide and malicious. “I’m Agatha.”

He doesn’t like that smile at all but he also doesn’t want to go back into whatever hellscape he was just in. 

“I’m Ralph Bo-“ his ears begin to ring. Loud and obnoxious. 

Pietro listen to me!” A familiar voice echoes in his forcing him to stand from the couch abruptly. 

“You know you look a little bit like the silver haired speedster who died.” Agatha smirks her fingers turning purple, her aura reaching for him. 

Pietro don’t listen to her. You need to come home now.” 

Ralph shakes his head tripping over himself trying to get away from Agatha's weird smoke tentacles. 

“I don’t think I’m supposed to be here.” He says to her and she only nods in agreement. 

I can’t do all the work I need you to run.” The voice says loudly. 

Ralph doesn’t really understand it but he knows he can trust this voice. He’s in danger and he needs to leave. Like right now. 

Run, Pietro, run!” Ralph runs out the door and he gets chewed up and spit out again.

-

-

-

Pietro wakes up screaming in the Mansion. A million sufferings crammed in his head. 

“It’s okay, it’s alright, love, I got you.” Charles' voice interrupts his panic, his gentle hand touching his forehead. 

“Just breathe with me, Wanda.” Charles says inhaling deeply in practice. 

Right, okay. So he’s Wanda again. 

Wanda’s brain is loud and frantic but she manages to focus on Charles' voice and follows his directions. 

Wanda breaths in. She breathes out. Pietro follows the same movements in Charles. Inhale, exhale. Over and over for ages. Until Wanda is calm and loosening her grip on Charles' hand.

“Are we feeling a bit better?” Charles says kindly to Wanda placing a stuffed bear beside her that must’ve fallen on the floor in her panic. 

“A little.” Wanda shutters and Charles looks conflicted “would you like me to get Peter?”

Pietro can feel Wanda shake her head and tries not to be hurt by that. “I don’t want you to wake him up.”

Pietro would’ve gladly lost sleep if it helped Wanda. He wonders if she knows that. 

“Okay.” Charles nods slowly and eventually pulls his hand away from Wanda “If you need me I’ll just be in the room down the-“

“Don’t go.” Wanda’s voice wobbles grabbing the professors sleeve before he can go too far. “Can you stay here Professor?” She quickly adds a “Please?”

Charles' face crumbles a bit and Pietro realizes that Wanda has the professor wrapped around her finger if one simple please is willing to change his mind. 

“Okay. I’ll be right here Wanda. Don’t you worry. Just go to sleep.”

“You promise you won’t go anywhere?”

“I promise I won’t move.”

Charles' drunken words repeat suddenly in Pietros mind.  

I’m not her fucking dad.

But he acts like he is. The trust that Wanda has in Charles to protect her while she sleeps, to be there when she has nightmares is clear as day. 

Wanda closes her eyes and Pietro opens them  and he’s back at school standing up.

That memory wasn’t bad. It was actually kinda nice.

“Its a happy memory.” Wanda says right beside him and Pietro jumps in alarm. 

“Wanda? What the hell was that?” He looks at his sister who is currently wearing her old school uniform and carrying her Mickey Mouse book bag, hair in pigtails. 

“You were in a different house. Not mine. I had to think of a strong memory to pull you back in. Charles says that positive memories are just as powerful as negative ones.” 

“What?” Pietro hasn’t caught up, his brain fuzzy and cramped. He looks at his sister and it’s all off and strange. 

“You broke into my house when you tried to wake me up. You were inside but then You went to someone else’s house. In a neighborhood not from here.”

“I’m in your head?”

“No, not anymore. We are in yours now. I think.” Wanda frowned “i've never been able to see it with the lights on before. Must’ve gone through some remodeling. It used to be our house.” 

Pietro looks around the mansion seeing furniture that doesn’t belong and pictures on the walls that don’t match any of what they have in the school. Low volume Rock music playing in the distance. 

“We’re in my head?” He repeats. 

“Yeah.”

“Why does it look like The School?”

“Our houses take the image of where we’re most comfortable.” Wanda says easily. 

Pietro refuses to acknowledge that the room they are currently in is where the professor's office usually is. He’s not gonna think about Charles right now when he’s still mad at him. 

“Why are we in my head?”

“I had to push you out of mine. But I got all turned around and we ended up in yours.”

“Right. So the nightmare fueled memories where all yours? How did that work?” He’s trying to joke about it but he’s definitely traumatized. There’s only so much a non-telepath can see before losing it. 

Wanda looks a bit sad “when I sleep I can’t control my powers all that well and my mind wanders. Sometimes I end up peeking through everyone’s windows.” 

“Every night?” Pietro can’t fathom the idea that Wanda has been experiencing that for months. 

Wanda shakes her head “just some nights. Charles is usually here to help me but he must’ve not come back home yet.”

Pietro swallows thickly. If he hadn’t been so upset when he went to pick up Charles the telepath would’ve already been home and could’ve helped Wanda. But he pushed Hank to get him instead so now the only adults that could’ve helped her are MIA. 

Great. Way to go Pietro Maximoff. 

“He’ll be here soon.”-Ish. He doesn’t really understand how time works here. Has he been here for hours? Days? Seconds? He can’t use his superspeed not even if he tried. Everything was so weird in his head. “He won’t be able to help us. Jean either.”

“What? Why not?”

“We’re in your head remember? Telepaths can’t penetrate your mind. It goes too quick.”

“But you’re here.”

“I don’t know. It’s all pretty confusing. I just know we need to go through the doors. It’s the only way to get to the exit.” Wanda grabs his hand gently. Pietro is a little scared to see what's behind that door. It has four locks and a Do Not Enter sign duct taped on it.  

“Pie?” Her fingers twists around Pietro and he looks down at her somberly, just a bit scared “what’s behind that door?”

“I don’t know.”

“Must be important to be locked away like that.”

“Must be bad.”

“Maybe. Or it might be a happy memory.” Pietro sincerely doubts that. 

“Do we really gotta go through it?” 

“Yeah. But we can go through it together. It will be less scary. It usually is when Charles is with me.” Pietro really wishes Wanda would stop mentioning Charles when he’s so pissed off at him. 

“Okay. Together.” He tightens his grip on her, afraid to let her go. Afraid he’ll be alone when he goes through the door. 

He unlocks the first lock. Then The second. Then the third. The walls shook and the picture frames twisted in warning. Pietro lets out a shaky breath and he unlocks the fourth lock and before he could change his mind…he opens the door. 

A bright light takes them both. 

Notes:

I’m having too much fun with all these Wanda Vision references. Sorry for any typos.

Chapter 14: Got a secret. Can you keep it.

Summary:

What’s on your mind?” Wanda twists her head curiously at him.

“You could just read my mind.”

“I’d rather you just tell me.” His thoughts are cloudy and gray and his door is open but the screen is in front of it.

“I’ve been having bad dreams.”

Wanda knows that. She has his bad dreams too. She has everyone’s bad dreams. Collecting them like cursed objects. But this is different from what she’s already seen.

“I’m dead in my dreams.”

“You die?”

“No, I’m dead. But I’m moving, and talking and I’m older.”

*********

The last nine months from the youngest Maximoff siblings point of view. Pranks going too far. Family secrets being hidden in dreams and a bit of Charles lore.

Notes:

I liked filling in the time from Wanda’s Point of view. I liked being able to build up Wanda and Charles relationship without Pietro being involved. I had to pump the breaks a bit cause the chapter was getting a bit long but it will be back to our normally scheduled program next chapter.

I hope this extra long chapter makes up for not updating for a month. :))

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Wanda Django Maximoff got off the yellow school bus fully dreading the walk home. Stuffed inside her book bag was a detention slip from her teacher Miss Dotty. Fourth grade was hard enough without the mean smelly Miss Dotty. The lousy teacher smells like dirty socks and always has something bad to say about Wanda and her friends. Frankie says he sees her stealing from the offerings at his church whenever she attends so Wanda knows she’s mean and a thief. Wanda also bit her hand when she tried to take away the food Wanda’s brother had made for her at lunch time.  That was probably the bigger reason for the misconduct detention letter and not Wanda calling her a big ugly thief.  

 

Or maybe both things can be true at the same time. 

 

But she deserves it. Miss Dotty doesn’t like Pietro for some reason. As a rule anyone that doesn’t like her brother she automatically thinks is a böse. 

 

Her brother Pietro makes and packs her food for school and He walks her to the gate and the bus stop and he shows up to the parent teacher conferences instead of her mama and he goes to all her art shows and talent shows and miss dotty always has a ugly stank face when he’s around. She very pointedly told Wanda “a parent has to sign the detention slip, not your half-brother.” 

Wanda doesn’t like it when people specify that Pietro is only her half-brother but she especially doesn’t like it when Miss Dotty says it because she makes it sound dirty and wrong and  the last time she did Pietro was in earshot and started a fuss. 

 

“Your mama must get around.” Miss Dotty had thrown out like bait in water and Wanda hadn’t known what she meant. 

 

“Around where?” She looked up from her macaroni necklace, the one displayed in the art show. A bit tired from the long eventful day. Pietro Maximoff is beside Wanda so fast that he must’ve used his speed to get there “Excuse me? Whatcha say?” 

Miss Dottys face goes an ugly red but she flares her nostrils and juts out her chin in defiance “I’ve heard some rumors is all. About your mother and her looseness.” Wanda looked between Pietro and Miss Dotty and knew that her brother was about to do something drastic- “one bastard child is bad enough but two bastard children is quite telling.”

 

“Bastard children? For fucks sake what are we in the 1800s? Why do you give a shit?” Pietro glares at her, his hands coiled securely around Wanda’s school bag, trying to hold himself back. 

 

“You said bad words.” Wanda taps his elbow, he doesnt even look at her.

Miss dotty smiles “Ive heard about your activities as well, Mr. Maximoff. If that is the type of example Wanda has at home no wonder she is the way she is.”

“Youre out of fuckin’ line.” Pietro snaps.

 

“I’m just making sure Wanda isn’t living in a unstable household with a bunch of-” Pietro covered her ears and Wanda doesnt hear the rest. She sees angry faces but no noise. Pietro drags her away and they go home. 

 

Pietro had been upset the entire rest of the day. 

 

Now weeks later Miss Dotty has given Wanda a detention slip. 

 

The letter burns a hole in Wanda’s book bag and when she gets home she sees cars parked in the front she assumes mama is having some of her synagogue friends over again. Once a month they meet up at each other house and gossip but theyve only come to the maximoff residence one other time. Wanda is a bit relieved, hoping her mama would be in a good mood after and won’t be too angry about the detention. 

 

Wanda walks In quietly, tip toeing through the door as to not disturb her mamas friends. 

 

Its gonna be okay. Maybe Pietro will let her play in his PAC MAN machine and he can fake their mamas signature somehow. She’s seen him do it before but Wanda thinks Miss Dotty may have caught on to the forgery. When she gets to the front door it was open though, which is bad because flies will get in the house and mama doesn’t like it when she has to swat them before cooking dinner. Wanda walks in, floorboards creaking and she sees her brother getting held down. They force her brother's head to the side and inject a needle into his neck like they do in scary movies to the monsters. 

 

But it’s all wrong because Pietro isn’t a monster. What is going on? 

 

“You little piece of shit. You deserve everything you’re getti-“

 

“What are you doing to Peter?” Wanda interrupts, eyes wide and horrified. Her brother is too fast, too clever to be caught so easily and she doesn't understand why he's standing still, why he's not moving away. 

“Who the fuck-“

“Wanda, leave right now!” Pietro uses his big voice, the scary one he uses on David or Miss Dotty when hes really mad but his face looks nothing like how his face usually is when he uses that voice. He looks scared. His face looks all flipped around and upside down, like a wet marker drawing. Weird and droopy. 

 

Wanda will not leave without getting some answers. “Who are you people? Why are you hurting Peter?” Wanda always asked the most questions in class. Miss dotty calls her a know-it-all but Mister Lewis calls her a genius. 

“We’re just playing a game, don’t worry.” Wanda sees her mama in the kitchen on the ground and she sees blood and she sees guns and she sees a lot of angry and bad men in her house and she doesnt think this is a game. Pietros games are usually fun. They are always fun. This is not fun. 

 

“Why are they hurting you?” Wanda’s voice is wobbly and she promised herself she wouldn't ever be a witness to Pietro getting hurt again. Not after her dad- after David. 

 

She can't be quiet. She won't be quiet. Not ever again. She stands firmly in her place. 

One of the men aims a gun at her head and Wanda’s eyes widen and Pietro thrashes, but he doesn't move like he usually does. He doesn't become sound and air. He's not fast like he alway is and Wanda doesn't understand why. Why is the moving? 

“I don’t like this game.” Wanda’s face feels hot with tears but shes not a baby. She’s just overwhelmed and confused. 

 

There’s a word for that. Wanda can’t remember what it is. 

 

Either way it’s normal to cry. 

 

No matter what Ryan from Social studies says. It's okay to cry. Pietro says it's okay to cry. Mama says it's okay to cry. Wanda knows it's okay to cry, especially with a gun to her head. 

 

Especially with a gun to her head. 

 

“Stop that! She’s got nothing to do with this!”  Her brother winces and coughs and Wanda smells burnt flesh and the handcuffs around his hands look weird. 

 

“Mutation is genetic. Right?” Wanda doesn't know what he's talking about. 

 

“She’s not a mutant. She doesn’t have powers.” 

 

Powers? Like the man on the TV? Wanda isn't like him. Pietro isn't like him either. He can't move things without touching them. He can only move fast. 

 

These people are so dumb.

 

“Can’t really take that chance, can we?” 

 

“She’s not my sister.” wanda holds back the retort she's about to say because while she's usually offended when other people don't think they are related this is a very serious situation and Pietro sounds scared. “She’s not a mutant. She’s just my neighbor's kid. I tutor her sometimes after school.” Pietro pushed the words out and the men looked contemplative.

 

Thats a new word she learned this week. 

Contemplative. 

An adjective. 

Thinking thoughtfully. 

 

“Even so. Can’t have any witnesses.” the bad man was done thinking thoughtfully. 

 

“Should've just done homework at home.” Another ugly man aims a gun straight at her. 

 

Pietro looks scared so Wanda gets scared too. She doesnt like guns. She doesnt like them at all. But usually she’d be gone. Pietro would usually save her. He’s faster than Bullets but he’s not moving. He hasn’t been moving fast at all. Allowing fists and punches to hit him without dodging. Without running. 

 

“Guns are only used for hurting or controlling.” is what Mama always says and Wanda is becoming aware of which version is being used on her. 

 

Pietro jerks and screams and Wanda knows it's okay to cry but she doesn’t want to die. Are they going to kill her brother too? Or will the Guns be used to control him. 

 

She doesn't want her brother to die. She doesn't want to die either. She never got her mom to sign the detention slip. 

 

“Please, please, don't do this!” is the last thing Wanda hears before she hears the gunshot. Loud and cutting the air. 

 

Boom.

 

Wanda has never heard a gunshot before. She thought it would be quieter, she didn’t know her ears would ring this loudly. Wanda's heart barely skips a beat and the bullet reaches her and stays right between her eyebrows. Her stomach burns. Hot and hot and hot like a warm drink slowly being dumped all over her. 

 

Everything is so loud. The birds, the trees, the air, the static on the tv, her brother's harsh breathing. She can feel it all, enhanced and modified to her eyes and ears. It's so loud and so overwhelming.

The world is still moving, just not the bullet. Plucked from time and dangled in front of her like a cookie. 

 

A red glowing strand wrapped around the bullet that looks like a string. 

holding it in place like yanking string. 

She cant focus on it. Not really. Not when everything is getting so loud and so angry.

 

She hears voices. Big and small.

 

Too many to focus on. Too many in her head. Ugly and angry and scared and she can't- she screams. She was trying to hear something that belonged to her. 

She lets out a blood-curdling scream that makes her throat hurt and makes everything in her body burn and freeze all at the same time. The voices get quieter and the windows shatter, the tv fries, the light bulbs blow up and a million pieces of glass fly everywhere. Wanda doesn't want Pietro to get hurt but she can't focus or think or even breathe without it hurting and she just wants all these people gone from her head, she wants them all to be quiet. 

 

They are all quiet. 

Mute. 

Forever. 

Wanda is surrounded by dead bodies. Her head no longer clouded with noise. 

 

“Holy shit.'' Wanda isn't allowed to curse but she does anyway because...Holy shit. 

 

She's falling to her knees and breathing harshly. The voices are all gone but now her house is broken. Covered in blood. Drowning in iron. Glass dug into her knees and palms and she has an ache in her back that makes her want to cry. 

 

She hurt all these people?

 

She-no-she didn't mean it. She didn't wanna hurt anybody. Not really. She just wanted them to be quiet. To stop hurting her brother. To leave her family alone. Why does everyone always want to hurt her family?

 

But now she’s the one hurting. She hurt all these people. 

“Wanda…Wanda.” She hears Pietro more than sees him. She can't see anything really past her tears, her vision spotty and shaky and when she does feel him trying to touch her she panics and pushes him away not wanting to hurt him. 

 

She doesn’t want to hurt him. She doesn't want to be like David. Pietro wraps around her like a warm blanket. Different from the hotness she felt before. Better. 

 

“It's okay.”  He soothes, his serious voice gone and replaced with his nicer one. A sifter one. 

 

“I killed them.” Wanda hiccups, her tears overwhelming her, consuming her entire face. She hears the voices coming back. From farther away. From around the neighborhood. Angry, confused, horrified. She pulls on her hair hating all the voices hammering inside her head.

 

“Hey, Stop that.” Pietro speaks softly, gently prying her fingers off her scalp and combing her hair with his fingers just like he’s done every time her head gets too loud. But usually it's too loud from her own voice. From her own thoughts. All her. Now it's everyone else's and she can't hear her own. 

 

“You didn’t mean to.” Pietro begins swaying back and forth with her and she can feel his sadness. Small and far away.

 

“What's wrong with me?” Wanda asks desperately, avoiding looking at all the bodies on the ground. 

 

“Nothing is wrong with you. You're just special. Like me.” Pietro is special. He's very fast and not everyone's big brother is fast like her big brother. 

 

“But I’m not fast.” Wanda doesn't understand the comparison at all.

 

“No, you're something completely different.” He kisses her head and she doesnt want to be fast or different, or anything. She just wanted it to be quite and now it is. But now shes different and that doesnt seem fair at all. 

 

“I don't want to be fast, or special. I don't want to be like you.” She liked how she was before. 

 

“I know. I'm so sorry.” Pietro squeezes her closer to his chest. “What do we do now?” She can feel people coming. She can hear the siren before she can hear them

 

Pietro says “we go somewhere safe.” 

 

And they do. Wandas brother knows a lot of weird people in weird places. 

 

Mr Hank is very nice. He is very tall and kinda looks like her old third grade teacher Mr. Lewis who liked to clap his hands a lot and sing when he taught. Mr Hank doesn't sing but he does have cool glasses and nice organized thoughts. 

 

“How’d this happen?” Hank asks after he has to take out tweezers to pluck out a particularly deep piece of glass off her calf. It hurts a lot but Wanda doesn't cry. She’s done enough crying for today. 

 

“I fell.” Wanda repeats Pietro's lie back to him. “Playing at school.” 

 

You're like me? The girl upstairs asks.

Yeah, I think so. 

 

Mr Hank doesn't look convinced. “I was pushed. I got angry so I pushed them back.” Wanda says and Hank grabs the disinfectant spray off the first aid kit. 

 

“I’m sure they deserved it.” He wipes her cut and it doesn't hurt. It usually hurts when the nurse does it. Hank is like a magician. 

 

“They did. They’re bullies. Mom says bullies are just weak men trying to bring everyone to their level. They need to be put in their place before they think everyone is small and they can rule the world like fascist dictatorship.” Hank wraps up her knees with thick bandages. 

 

“Sounds scary,” Hank says and Wanda nods in agreement because it was. 

 

“They were hurting Peter.” 

 

Is peter your brother? Jean asks suddenly.

Yeah hes the best.

I can’t hear his thoughts. 

 

Hank looks up at Pietro “they hurt Peter?”

 

Hanks thoughts are more organized. Calm. Wanda likes Hank's thoughts. Hank wants to help her brother. He is a good doctor. Very good. 

 

“I hurt them back,” Wanda tells him and Hank's lips form a straight line as he folds through those words. His skin was turning a weird color. Kinda blue. 

 

His thoughts turn twisty and loud.

 

Oh no. hes angry. Maybe wanda shouldn't have said that. 

 

“It was an accident.” Pietro defends quickly before Wanda could say anything. “They were going to-“ kill him. “They were being really rough. Wanda didn’t know how to control herself.”

 

Are you okay? A new voice says in her head. British. 

Yeah, Mr. Hank fixed me up. 

Very good dear. I'll be right down. Wanda has only heard a British voice on the radio. It's a very silly accent and it makes Wanda want to copy it but she doesn't want to be rude. 

 

That was the professor. Jean tells her.

 

Pietro is still talking, still explaining, but Wanda only hears a little bit outside of her own head “-our mother would freak out if she saw us both banged up like this.”

 

Oh. They left mama.

I hope she won't be too upset about the blood stains on her carpet, it’ll match the dark spot on the kitchen floor. 

 

“You’re more than welcome to stay as long as you’d like.” She hears the British man and he is in a wheelchair like Frankie, only bigger and gray. Kinda boring looking. It doesn't have the yellow stone like Frankies does. 

 

The British man, the professor, had long hair and blue eyes and he looked like a British man. He is the most British looking man she has ever seen. Except she has never seen a British man so she has no example but if she did…. He is it.

 

British man. How funny. 

 

“Fuck, man. Did that happen at the White House?” Was the professor not british before? Was he keeping it a secret this whole time? Why was he at the White House? Does the white house not like British people? 

 

I’m not actually british. Im american. I got my accent from my mother, who was british. The professor clarifies.

 

This was not amusing to Wanda. She was blind sighted. Her prime example of a British man is now eradicated. 

 

That's a big word. Not-british man says.

It means to destroy completely or put an end to.  Wanda recites proudly. 

 

Very good. He says and Wanda smiles to herself. Only Pietro compliments her when she gets her vocab words right. 

 

“Holy shit.” pietro repeats.

 

Hank doesnt think the professor should be away from Jean. 

 

In case I blow up again. Jean tells her.

 

“Jean is settling in just fine. She’s already made a friend.” Charles smiles at Wanda. “She’s on the third floor, second door to the left.” 

 

Wanda smiles widely, her teeth showing “Thank you professor.” and Wanda darts up the stairs excitedly taking two steps at a time.

 

Jean was very cool, and her hair was pretty.. She talked a lot too. In her head.

“Your dad seems like a shit face.”

Jean starles a laugh out loud. 

You said a bad word.

So? It's the truth. David was a shit face too. He's not around anymore. 

Jean laughs and they talk for a good while in their heads. 

 

Pietro is usually really good at making food but he burnt the pizza. He inhaled some of the smoke.

 

“Peter, are you okay?’ Charles is by his side in an instant closing the oven door and turning it off completely Hank runs out to get a fire extinguisher from the closet. Wanda mourns the pizza.

“Yes, I'm cool. I’m fine, just a bit of smoke in the lungs, nothing crazy, nothing dangerous.”

 

“My science teacher actually said that inhaling smoke is actually super bad for the lungs.” Wanda paid attention during that lesson. 

 

Charles pats Pietro's back, looking panicked. “She's right, maybe you should sit down and drink some water, my boy.”

 

Hank orders pizza and they eat it relatively quickly, hurtling boxes into recycling bins and washing dirty dishes. 

Wanda usually has a little stool to stand on when she does dishes so she can reach the sink. She is still too short to comfortably maneuver around the sink. 

So instead she helps drying the dishes.

 

“Professor Charles how come you live in a house so big?”

 

“It was my parents' home it was given to me in their will.” Charles puts down the book he is reading on the porch.

 

“They died?” Wanda feels bad for asking. She knows she’s not supposed to ask if people’s parents are dead. 

 

“A long time ago. We weren’t very close.” Charles doesn’t sound convincing not even to Wanda. He sounds melancholy. 

 

Melancholy. 

That’s another vocab word. 

She’s been Killing it with those all day. 

Wanda always feels better when Pietro hugs her. He’s like a furnace with arms. Wanda kinda hopes she’s a furnace too only because Charles looks kinda sad. Wanda hugs the professor, placing her head on his shoulder. It was more like she was draped over him with the wheelchair in the way and since he was so much bigger than her she looked like a little monkey on top of a tree. 

 

Nonetheless Wanda considers it a win when the professor placed a gentle hand on her back. Patting it awkwardly. 

 

Like he’s not sure how hugs work. 

 

“I’m sorry for asking Professor. That wasn’t very nice.” Wanda knows never to ask adults about their parents. She learned that from her mama who never liked to talk about Opa and Oma. It made her sad. Pietro told Wanda when she was young that they died way before she was born. Before he was born too. That they were taken from mama too soon by bad people and that’s why mama doesn’t like to talk about them. 

 

“It’s quite alright, genuinely.” Charles' voice is choppy and he’s patting her hair like she was a doggie at the park. 

 

Wanda pulls away, giving him a toothy smile, feeling very calm and comfortable around the man. “So you got this big ole house all to yourself.”

 

“Not all too myself. I shared it with my sister…for a time. Before she left.” 

 

“You have a sister?” Wanda’s always wanted a sister. She knows that she had one. Before Pietro, there was Anya. 

 

“Yeah, I do.”

 

“Is she pretty?” Wanda tries to imagine someone resembling Charles. 

 

“The prettiest.” Charles smiles. “She was actually around your age when she snuck into my family's homes to steal food. I had never met anyone like her before but I knew that she would always have a place here.” 

 

“Is that why you made this place into a school?” Wanda wouldn’t know what to do with a big house like this. If she could she would share it with her brother. “For your sister?” 

 

“Yeah, and for kids just like you.”

 

“Like me?”

 

“Mutants.” 

 

“What’s a mutant?” 

 

The professor seemed to falter “your brother never…well…I guess the simple answer is that some people are born with a mutation. Sometimes these mutations result in extraordinary gifts and abilities. Reading minds, or bending metal, or shifting form or running fast.”

 

“Like my brother!” Wanda realizes, excited to have a good example. Nobody runs as fast as her brother. He used to run slow when he was racing at school but now he doesn’t do that anymore. 

 

“Exactly. Everyone here has something truly special and one day this place is gonna be filled with a lot of mutant kids and they're gonna grow up and they're gonna use those abilities to change the world.”

 

“That’s a lot of pressure. What if they don’t wanna change the world?” Her mama always said it was good to ask lots of questions. Miss Dotty always hated her constant chatter. It was nice to know that Charles wasn’t getting annoyed with her flow of questions. 

 

“Id be happy with them simply being apart of the world.” Charles says with a kind expression. 

 

Apart of the world. “That sounds nice.” And then another question popped into her mind “What is Hanks mutant?” 

 

“Mutation.” Charles corrects. 

 

“Mutation.” Wanda repeats with his accent feeling silly for doing it but egged on by the amused expression on The Professors face. 

 

“Simply put, he is extraordinarily smart.” 

 

“Me too! I have 96 in math and 88 in history. I’m second highest in my grade level.” Her report card will probably get mailed to the house next month. She wonders if mama will be able to see the good she’s been doing in her classes. 

 

Charles smiles, looking very impressed. Good. He should be. “That’s very good Wanda. You are an incredible student.”

 

Wanda glows in the praise. She would’ve liked her mama's praise instead but Charles will have to do for now. 

 

“Not too good though.” Wanda says remembering the detention slip still in her bag. 

 

“What do you mean?” The professor adjs curiously and all his attention is on her, fully and thoroughly and Wanda is a bit nervous. 

 

“Well…” Wanda huffs avoiding the older man’s gaze “I did get a detention.” Wanda isn’t sure why she caved so easily. Charles' face doesn’t change, he doesn’t pull a dissatisfied look like mama does when Wanda does something bad. Maybe that’s why she keeps talking,

 

“I never got my mama to sign the slip and it’s gonna be on my permanent record now.”

 

“A detention slip? Whatever for?” 

 

Wanda feels embarrassed about it now. A bit shameful. Is Charles gonna think that Wanda’s a violent kid? That she just hurts everyone when she’s upset? 

“I don’t wanna tell you.” 

 

She’s pouting a little bit, but it’s alright she’s feeling a bit sad. 

 

“That’s alright. But I am gonna have to see it.”

 

“Why?” Wanda exclaims maybe a bit too loudly. 

 

Charles chuckles at her like she cracked a joke. She did not. “I’ll have to sign it. I can fax it to your school and get your transcripts sent to me.”

 

“Only a parent can sign it. Miss Dotty was very strict about it.”

 

“How exactly will this Miss Dotty know if I was or wasn’t your parent?”

 

“Miss Dotty-“ Wanda falters. Miss dotty has never met David. She doesn’t know how he looks or what he sounds like. She doesn’t know his name or what his signature is. “-oh. Well I guess you’re right. Okay. You can be my dad.” 

 

Without a thought Wanda goes to the living room where she left her book bag to go get her detention slip. If she had waited even a second or had looked at Charles when she had thrown the flippant statement out she would’ve seen the exact moment his brain stopped working. 

 

When Wanda came back to where Charles was, paper in hand, his face had been a bit pale but otherwise she hadn’t detected a difference in the not-British man. 

 

Charles signs the paper “you bit her?” 

 

Wanda’s face goes a bit red. She had forgotten miss dotty had written it down on the slip. Along with wildly false accusations. 

 

“Yeah, it was only her hand though.” Charles frowns and Wanda is quick to plead her case “I won’t do it again. I promise.”

 

“You’ll never see her again so I’m sure that promise won’t be hard to keep, dear.” Charles signs the paper with an expensive looking pen. 

 

“I’m not a bad person.” Wanda knows bad people. David was bad. Sometimes mama was bad too. She doesn’t want to be anything like him. She doesn’t really wanna be like mama either. 

 

“I know you aren’t.” Charles says “I could never confuse you for anything other than good.” 

 

Wanda smiles big and proud. She likes Charles a lot. 

 

The following days Charles and Pietro had been playing a game in his office. With horsies and knights. Charles tried to explain the rules to Wanda but she quickly got bored and played with Jean instead. Jean and Wanda invaded the second pantry. Conquering the snacks and subduing them in the big lumpy couch. Jean ate too much candy and got a stomach ache. Wanda wishes Frankie was here. She misses him a lot. 

 

Wanda doesn’t talk a lot. But she thinks a bunch which is super helpful, she’s older then Wanda. Already twelve and She has pretty hair and 

 

She has nightmares. Wanda’s always had them. Messy thoughts turning into messy dreams. Bad bad things Wanda never wanted to think about. She doesn’t like it when it’s bedtime. It’s only gotten worse since she’s gotten her abilities.

 

Night time is the worst. 

 

That’s when everyone has the least control over their mind. Nighttime is when she sees Hank being hit with a belt by his disappointed father. Nighttime is when she sees Jean cutting her arms and watching herself bleed. Nighttime is when she hearts thunder strikes and earthquakes that shatter minds. Nighttime is when all the bad things happen. 

 

The first week after Pietro and Wanda arrived at the Mansion she had Pietro to soothe her dreams. His calm quiet overlapped her like a blanket. It was perfect. 

 

Then Wanda had the bright idea to bunk with Jean. Who had the same fate as her when it came to nightmares. 

 

“It’s alright Wanda. I’m here.” Charles' voice pulled her out of her head, coaxing her to stop diving farther into despair. 

 

“Let me inside your mind.” 

 

And Wanda did. She doesn’t know how she did but the very moment Charles' presence was in the nightmare she was pulled into a quiet place. It felt strangely familiar yet completely new. 

 

“Charles?” Wanda felt the professor close by but couldn't see him. “Behind you.” 

 

Charles was walking. He was taller than Wanda expected. Taller than David. 

 

“Charles!” Wanda is beside him grasping his hand in comfort, feeling the floor move and shift below her feet. “Where are we proffesor?”

 

“We are nowhere and everywhere in your mind. An empty room. When you feel scared you can go in here and you can think of something happy.”

 

“Something happy?”

 

“Yes. Anything at all. Trust me. Can you do it?”

 

“I think so.”

 

The room shifts and swirls and she’s back home. Her real home. The dining table isn’t long and everlasting like the one at the mansion it’s small and quaint and made of recycled wood that has about seven cuts and dents on it from over the years. She’s sitting on the table with her mother in front of her with a big smile. Wanda was pouting. Her bike helmet beside her.

 

“You did so good Wanda.” Her mother looked tired but her smile was big. 

 

“I fell.” Wanda sniffles, small and pouty. 

 

“But you got right back up and tried again.” Her mai amends massaging Wanda’s hair calmly. 

 

“And I fell again. And my tooth is gone!” Wanda shows off her missing front tooth. Her mother pouts dramatically, playing up her sympathy “oh Yeah? Good job. Now you have one less cavity.”

 

“I don’t have cavities!” 

 

“Your breath would say otherwise.” 

 

“My breath doesn't stink!”

 

“Sure does. A real stinky face.”

 

Wanda giggles and screams as Magda Maximoff makes kissy faces at Wanda tickling her and purposely making her giggle and hiss at her mother. 

 

The room looks different. Brighter but blurrier then she remembers. The memory only focusing on her mom and her and not the messy dishes or creaky floorboards or the bruises on her mothers arms. 

 

The memory was happy from far away but the more she focuses the more bad she sees. The broken picture frame, the empty fridge and the bruise around her mothers wrist in the shape of a hand print. Wanda had been blind to it before. Oblivious to the bad stuff. Forgetting it and fixing it in her mind. 

 

Charles squeezes Wanda’s hand looking thoughtfully at the scene. “Sometimes our mind blocks things to protect us, it’s okay if you can’t remember. Think of a different memory, an easier one. Happier.”

 

Wanda focuses and tightens her hand on charles hand. She scrunches her eyes shut and when she opens them again shes at the same kitchen with the same dented dining table but Pietro is in front of her this time, stirring a mug of hot coco, hair pulled back with some hair clips that belonged to her. 

 

“Pie!” wanda is small and has to stand on a stepping stool to reach the table. Pietro makes a face and sprays whipping cream on the two matching mugs and gives Wanda a wide eyed look “open up?”

 

Wanda opens her mouth wide and Pietro sprays on unholy amount of whipping cream in her mouth. 

 

“Pietro Django Maximoff, you did NOT just do that.” their mother said from the living room looking properly scolding. Pietro gasps dramatically “oh, oh! Mamas mad. Gotta run.” 

 

“Run!” Wanda wraps her arms around pietro and the memory blurs into superspeed. They end up on the roof giggling to themselves and Pietro hands her a mug of hot chocolate, hand firmly keeping her in place so she doesn’t fall off the roof.  Wanda tries to look at Pietro more. To focus on his face or focus on what he’s wearing but isn’t able to move away from what she did before. 

 

“Pie?”

 

“Yeah?” 

 

“I love you.” Wanda smiles, warm and adoring and Pietro looks at her fondly messing up the tangle of curls on her head. “Oh yeah? Guess I love you too.” Pietro takes a sip of his hot coco and whip cream ends up on his nose and it make Wanda giggle loudly. 

 

Wanda is pulled from her sleep and is relieved to see Charles still beside her, holding her hand. 

 

“You’re here.” Wanda shouldn’t be surprised. He’s always there. Always quick to her aid. 

 

Wanda has more nightmares. Charles is always there to help her. A calm voice and kind gesture, ready to heal her mind. 

 

Somehow, someway, in his odd way Frankie Wagner finds her. Wanda couldn’t be happier. She meets Kurt for the first time. Frankie has talked about his foster brother constantly since he’s arrived and he missed to mention that his brother was blue. Which seems important. But I guess not to Frankie. 

 

“How's school been without me?” She asks Frankie innocently. 

 

Wanda wants him to say it’s been horrible. That he missed her and that it’s not the same without her there. That everyone misses her and that Miss Dotty was fired and is crying herself to sleep. That would be ideal. 

 

“I’ve missed you so much.” Frankie looks close to tears and Wanda understands the sentiment. She missed him too. “You can’t go away again okay?” 

 

“If I did you’d just follow me.” 

 

“Yeah, I would.” Frankie’s mind is always open. He was always vocal about his love for Wanda. But now she knows he means it. His mind is open and even if she wasn’t actively trying to read his mind she can hear him loud and clear. David had always said I love you to her mom. Easy. Like a habit instead of a feeling and Wanda wonders if she had her abilities back then if she would be able to tell if he meant the I Love You or if it was simply something he said so Magda would say it back.

 

Wanda Maximoff has only ever said I love you to three people and one of them ended up being a horrible person so the telepath is a bit weary but with Frankie there is no question. No doubt in his mind. 

 

I love her I love her I love her I love her I love her I love her I love her I love her 

 

Constantly chanting in his head when he’s around Wanda. Wanda had never said those words back to him. 

 

Then on a whim “I love you too, you know.” 

 

Frankie looks at her in surprise. “What?” Barely looking like he’s breathing. Wanda is kinda surprised too. She didn’t think she could say it so easily. But it’s Frankie. Everything with Frankie is easy. 

 

“I love you too.” Wanda says confidently, straightening her back and looking Frankie in the eye. 

 

Wanda never lied when it came to saying I love you. Once that honor has been given it would be hard for it to be taken away. She wasn’t sure before but now she knows. 

 

“You mean it?” Frankie looked completely thrown off.

 

“Yes, of course. You make everything better.” When she had a cast in her arm for a month and couldn’t play during recess he sat beside her in his wheelchair. He gave her his secret stash of candy and they went through the whole bag together cracking jokes and stories in the sun. Wanda barely realized she was missing out on four square, too busy trying to one up Frankie in her elaborate story. It was the day they met and ever since then Wanda stood beside him. Even after her cast came off she would drag him to go play with the rest of the class. Forcing a game of basketball or simply running at full speed with his wheelchair into a herd of gossiping classmates. He was her best friend. Her favorite person in the whole world. 

 

“I love you too.” He replies shyly. “You are my favorite person in the whole world.” He says and Wanda wonders if he could read her mind too. 

 

She smiles, “I know.” And she kisses his cheek and he looks like he’s about to explode. “But I’m not ready for a boyfriend yet.” 

 

“It’s okay.” Frankie says with ease “My love is everlasting. I can wait. I’m gonna marry you one day.” Which only makes Wanda laugh. Marriage is for old people. 

 

“Don’t laugh! I’m serious!”

 

“We’re too young to get married, silly.” They are only nine years old. 

 

“Yeah but we can get married later. Like when we’re big. Big like your brother.”

 

Wanda thinks about that for maybe a second “okay. That sounds nice. You’ll have to get my brother to like you though. He’s gonna be your brother in law.”

 

Brother in law.” Frankie says in awe. “Brother in law.” He repeats. “Yeah I can do that.” 

 

Wanda smiles “how about your dad? Shouldn’t I get him to like me too?”

 

Wanda’s smile falters “my dad?” She imagines a scary zombie creeping in through the window.

 

“The professor?” Frankie looks completely serious when he says “your dad. Shouldn’t I get his approval too?”

 

Oh. Okay.

 

Wanda understands now. 

 

She looks in his head. Just a little peak into his memories. She sees what Frankie sees when she watches Charles and Wanda together. It’s nice. It makes sense. 

 

Charles in Frankie’s mind is Wanda’s dad. They have similar powers. They look kinda alike if you squint. Charles takes care of Wanda and Wanda adores Charles. She Looks up to him. Like a dad. It makes sense in Frankie’s mind. It makes sense in Wanda’s mind too.Wanda settles on that information. Shifting it in her head. Folding it into her thoughts. It would’ve been easy to correct him. It would have been easier to tell Frankie that Charles isn’t actually her dad. 

 

Except…Wanda Django Maximoff is a prankster at heart.

 

She adores a well executed prank. And all the pieces of a good miscommunication gag are on her lap. Ripe for the taking. Easily woven into a good laugh. A great prank. 

 

She wonders how fast and how far the joke would go. “My dad already likes you.” Calling Charles her dad felt nice. It rolled off her tongue too easily. That should’ve made her a bit nervous. 

 

It didn’t. 

 

“He does?” Frankie was already too happy about it. 

 

“Yeah. Of course. What’s not to love.” But Wanda knows that Charles calls Frankie “the boy” in his head when he refers to Frankie. It doesn’t sound endearing or fond. Quite the opposite actually but Frankie doesn’t need to know that. 

 

A few days later Wanda recruited Dr. Hank McCoy to her well oiled prank. 

 

“So I just gotta pretend that Charles is your dad in front of all the new recruits?” 

 

“Yep.” Wanda was still getting used to Hanks blue fur, she keeps wanting to brush his hair but he already scolded her for braiding a tangle into his arm last week. 

 

“Sounds like this will have absolutely no repercussions or emotional damage to any of the real life people involved.” 

 

“So you in?”

 

“Definitely. I’m so in. But only if we somehow convince everyone that Peter is his dad too.”

 

It would be a bit harder but not really. It’s believable. Wanda and Pietro are siblings. It wouldn’t be too far-fetched to include him into the equation. 

 

“Easy peasy.” It was not easy peasy. 

 

She decided the more vague she was the better. Maybe Charles is her real dad. Maybe he’s her stepdad. Maybe he adopted her. She never clarifies. She never has to. Everyone jumps to their own conclusion. Everyone is very good at jumping to their own conclusions. 

 

Everyone knew Pietro was her brother. No one assumes he’s her half brother so they assume they both have the same dad. Charles. 

Then Bobby starts asking questions. The cold boy is very nosy.

Bobby Drake has a crush on her brother. 

 

“You gotta keep that to yourself.” Jean tells her when she mentions it to her. 

 

“Why?” 

 

“It’s a secret.” 

 

“A secret? How come?”

 

“Sometimes people don’t like when boys like boys.” 

 

“People here?” Wanda frowns, getting a bit defensive even though she doesn’t particularly like Bobby. 

 

“No. Not here. But Bobby doesn’t know that.”

 

So she keeps it to herself but it makes Bobby Drake extra curious about her brother. 

“How come you didn't live with Charles before?” The cold boy asks curiously.

 

“Before what?” Pietro was only half listening, painting Wanda’s nails taking up majority of his brain capacity. 

 

“Before he opened the school. How come you didn’t live with him before?”

 

“Why would I? He didn’t even know I existed.” Which sounds like Pietro is a long lost son. Wanda wonders if he does know about the joke or if he’s genuinely always that aloof with his responses. 

 

But Pietro is not in on the joke so of course he spills on them having different dads. It’s troublesome at first but vagueness is the key. Pietro is unintentionally vague even in that response. 

 

“Mama Margo isn’t my blood but it doesn’t mean she isn’t my mom.” Frankie explains easily, always having her back even unintentionally. The rest of the students follow quickly to that conclusion. 

 

But again. She never clarified if Pietro is the one related to Charles or if she is. Or neither. Wanda loves the chaos of it all. She definitely likes the fact that her brother has no clue. It feels like she’s pulling one over on him. Wanda feels very adult and very cool having this big of a secret in her pocket. He keeps somehow almost finding out and then just…not. 

 

It’s been months. 

 

The joke is getting a bit out of hand and Wanda is certain Charles knows by this point. 

 

The other kids go to her “can you ask your dad if we can have Ice cream after dinner?”

 

Or 

 

“Do you think Charles can give me a room closer to the bathroom?”

 

Or even 

 

“When will the professor finish grading my paper?”

 

Suddenly Wanda was the spokesperson of the students. Every question aimed at Charles is aimed at Wanda as if she would know. It was a strange sort of power to say “yeah he says it’s fine we can have ice cream.” Or “he says he won’t be done till this afternoon.” A weirder thing that it came so easily to her.

 

She recalls Sally Hummings who was Wanda’s old Principals daughter at her previous school. Blonde Pigtails and a big mouth that snitched on every person who ever made her mad. Wanda wonders if it went to her head…being the principal's daughter. Wanda doesn’t think it will go to her head being the principal's pretend-daughter. Even if it is fake. 

 

She’ll be humble. For sure. 

 

Charles had seemed…distracted the last couple of days. His mind is closed off to her so she can’t tell why. He had gone into cerebro. He says it’s like a magnifying glass for his brain. Widening his abilities further. He showed her the tubes and the funky hat he has to wear and she saw the glare he gave Hank when he suggested he could shave his head. Wanda giggles making Hank smile and Charles glares at the both of them accusingly. It would be funny to see Charles with no hair. The professor used cerebro and when he came back out he was sad. 

 

Wanda saw glimpses of a pretty man with a prickly beard, somewhere far away, and a pretty woman with long brown hair, sitting at a bar. Clinking glasses and smiling somberly. Hesitantly. It was a brief scene in Charles' head. Wanda could feel his sadness but she could also feel his happiness. 

 

Wanda. It’s private. Charles shut the door of his mind and Wanda gets whiplash as she suddenly feels nothing at all. 

 

Sorry, Professor. I didn’t mean to. Wanda had only felt his somberness and was curious. It hadn’t even been a conscious peak into his head. Completely by accident but they had been happening a lot more lately. 

Pietro says she just needs to practice but the more people that join the school the more minds she’s exposed to and the more thoughts she has to remember to push out. 

 

“Speed?” Frankie is knocking at her shared room with Jean. “Can I come in?”

 

“No boys allowed.” She points at the hazardous drawn picture of a boy stick figure on the door. A giant X on top of it. Funnily enough Charles had been the one to draw it and the stick figure did look a bit like Frankie. 

 

Frankie blinks up at the picture in surprise as if he genuinely hadn’t seen it before. Frankie’s mind was a storm and Wanda’s joking smile faded slightly at his thoughts “But I won’t tell anybody. Come in, vision.” She opens the door wider with her mind, practicing the wobbly control she has. 

 

Frankie nods and rolls through the door fitting himself between Jean and Wanda’s bed perfectly. 

 

“What’s on your mind?” Wanda twists her head curiously at him. 

“You could just read my mind.”

“I’d rather you just tell me.” His thoughts are cloudy and gray and his door is open but the screen is in front of it. 

“I’ve been having bad dreams.” 

Wanda knows that. She has his bad dreams too. She has everyone’s bad dreams. Collecting them like cursed objects. But this is different from what she’s already seen. 

“I’m dead in my dreams.”

“You die?”

“No, I’m dead. But I’m moving, and talking and I’m older.”

“You’re not dead though, you’re alive.” Wanda pokes Frankie’s hand, physically making sure he’s there with her. Good. 

Frankie’s eyes widened “Yeah you said that in my dream too.”

“I was there?”

“Yeah, you were older too. Everything was really different. Weirder. It was really scary.” Wanda frowns and hugs Frankie “It’s just a dream.” She says easily. 

 

“None of it is real. You’re alive. You’re here with me at the X mansion. Nothing's gonna hurt you here.”

 

Wanda was wrong about that. She didn’t know she was. 

 

The next week Frankie is sick with the flu and it’s just Wanda taking fourth grade math with the professor. 

“Proffessor?” He’d been trying to teach her an equation. The dashes and dots become funky in her head. 

“Yes, love.” Charles makes it very hard to beat the father daughter accusations when he calls her love and dear as easily and as frequently as he does. She doesn’t call Teresa love. He Doesn’t call any of the Whitleys dear. Only Wanda. 

“Why don’t you have any children?” It had been a thought that she had kept in her head for a while. Charles is good with children. He’s good with her. Good with the older kids too. Charles is good at playing board games and great at setting the table to fit family dinner. He’s awesome at scaring away any monsters in closets or in her mind. He’s there. Constantly. Firmly. Charles would be a good father. Wanda might even say he'd be an excellent father but she doesn’t have a very good examples of those. 

But he has no kids. None that Wanda knows of. Charles falters in his writing looking surprised at the sudden line of questioning “I suppose it was never in the cards for me.” His back was facing her now so she couldn't see his face. 

“You don’t want any kids?” 

“I-“ Charles hesitates, when he turns around in his wheelchair he looks sad, a bit scared. “I don’t think I’d be a very good father…if I did have children.” He looks right at her when he says it, testing, cautious. Well…Wanda has some things to say about that. 

“You are.” Wanda confides “you’re a very good dad.” 

Charles swallows thickly looking like he—oh. That’s not- “listen Wanda I-“ She tried to look inside his head, even for just a moment, just to see what he was feeling, but she was pushed back. Door locked shut. Tightly. And safely away from an overbearing nine year old. 

She hadn’t thought that the professor would be upset. Wanda wasn’t trying to be cruel with her line of questioning. Or with her prank. Maybe she wasn’t thinking at all. 

It’s been months and people have made enough comments and suggestions for him to have realized, surely. Charles is a very smart man. He must’ve figured out who the original culprit was. Guaranteed. 

She didn’t think he’d be so upset. Maybe Wanda isn’t as smart as she thinks she is. In all the scenarios in her head she hadn’t thought that the proffesor would be upset about being thought of as a dad.

“I’m sorry.” She squeaks out, feeling frantic and maybe just a bit scared. 

“Wanda-“

“-I didn’t mean to make you mad Professor. I can-“

“-Dear please-“

“-I can tell them to stop. I can fix it.” Can she fix it? How many misunderstandings does she have to untangle? 

“Tell who? Fix what? Wanda what are you talking-”

“-please don’t be mad professor.” Wanda’s eyes sting. 

“Wanda.” Charles says evenly and he must be livid because he’s trying to hold himself back. David used to do the same thing. He never liked to hurt Wanda so he would hold it in and then let it out on Pietro. The only thing that stopped David from hurting Wanda was that she was his blood. 

What’s stopping Charles here? He wasn’t her blood. 

“I am not mad, Wanda.” Charles’ says and Wanda doesn't believe him, she can see it. Even if he’s locking away his mind she can see it for herself with her own eyes. “I was just…sad.” Charles hesitates but pushes on, gently grabbing Wanda’s hand. 

“Why were you sad?” Wanda says in a small voice. 

“I don’t have kids. I would’ve liked kids. Maybe. I thought that perhaps you had been-“ he doesn’t seem to know how to continue, scared to say exactly what Wanda knows he wants to say “-you were just having a bit of fun. And it was fun. For a bit. To pretend that I was something more to someone like you and Pietro. But I can’t be your dad Wanda. You need someone better, I’m too broken-too worn out.” 

“You don’t want to be my dad?” Wanda pulls her hands away, head twirling thoughts. 

It was so out of nowhere. Or maybe it wasn’t. It felt very justified. Wanda was a bit heartbroken honestly. She hadn’t meant to sound so…emotional about it. It was only meant to be a game. But now it doesn't feel very fun. It felt like she was being rejected. And she never even asked him to begin with which was worse. 

She had just assumed he would be alright with it. And he wasn’t. He isn’t. He doesn’t want to be her dad. 

She hadn’t realized he wanted him to be. But now that she does she wants to cry. 

Charles takes in a shaky breath and he seems to be trying to stay calm and reasonable “Wanda you already have a father.” No. She doesn’t. None of this is reasonable. 

“Why can’t I have you instead?” Her voice quiet and small. She feels small. She feels dumb. 

“That’s not how that works, sweetheart.”

Sweetheart suddenly sounds mean. Kinda like Miss Dotty but Charles isn’t Miss Dotty. He’s supposed to be better. 

“Why not? Why can’t you be my dad instead. Don't you love me?” Wanda grimaces, feeling hurt and overwhelmed. Maybe she’s wrong. How can she be this wrong? “You do love me right?” 

Charles face crumbles looking like a melted painting “of course I do. I love you so much.” And she believes him. “But Wanda…you have a father. At the end of the day I can’t-I can’t replace him. I wouldn’t be a very good replacement.” 

They run around in circles. Wanda doesn’t like it. She doesn’t like that she has to keep explaining it to him. That he keeps side stepping and avoiding. She doesn’t like that he doesn’t want to be her dad. Doesn’t want the title of dad or her at all. 

“Okay. Fine. Whatever.” She kinda sounds like her brother when she says that. 

Whatever?” Charles sounds foreign, like he doesn’t know that word. 

“You won’t be my dad. Then I won’t be your daughter.” Wanda says angrily. Bitter and sad and she thinks she might hate Charles a little bit. But she doesn’t. She loves Charles. That’s the worst part. She pinched her face together,  trying not to cry, Feeling very stubborn and very indignant. She wants to cry. She wants to scream. 

“Wanda I didn’t mean to upset you. It’s difficult to say but in the end you’d just be replacing one drunk for another.”

“You’re not like David.” 

“Yes, I am.” Charles doesn’t know about David. Wanda avoids dreaming of him, about everything regarding and That Night. She avoids thinking about him. Charles doesn’t know that David was foul and crueler than he could ever be. That he hurt them. That he did bad bad things. David hadn’t been Wanda’s father for a long while. Wanda hasn’t had a dad in a long time and that’s not gonna change apparently. 

“You deserve better than a drunk.” Charles says sincerely and she doesn’t like that logic at all. 

She deserves better but she gets nothing at all? Wanda doesn’t think that’s fair at all. 

“May I be dismissed?” Wanda wants to cry but she doesn’t want to cry in front of the professor. Maybe before she would’ve but not when he’s the reason she wants to cry. “please?” Her voice cracked. She was the only student in this class.  No one else was here but she isn’t a bad student. She isn’t a bad kid.  No matter what Miss Dotty says. Charles was still her teacher and this is still a classroom. 

He hesitates. “You’re dismissed.” 

Wanda leaves the classroom with tears in her eyes and her chest heavy and she was so embarrassed by the whole thing that she closed herself off in her room skipping dinner that night. 

Charles left a plate of food by her door but didn’t come in. Hovering but never even knocking on the door. 

Wanda wishes he had. 

“Are you fighting with your dad?” Kurt asks the next day. Everyone had been welcoming the newest students into the mansion. Teresa and drew. They had a bad night as well. No one batted an eye at Wanda’s mood. 

“No.” Because Charles isn’t her dad. He made that loud and clear. 

“Pietro?”

“No.”

“Frankie?”

“No, I’m not upset, okay. Just drop it.” Wanda sounds upset. Even to her own ears. She pulls her stuffed cat closer to her. The one that Pietro gave her a few months back when he came back from recruiting. 

“Can I sit?” 

Wanda sniffles but doesn't say anything against it. Kurt sits beside her and Wanda hands are heavy with Kurt’s tail seemingly looping themselves around her hands. “Pietro usually plays with my tail. Helps him relax.”

“It doesn’t bother you when people touch your tail?”

“It doesn't bother me when the Maximoffs do it.” 

Wanda smiles and Kurt’s tail does make her feel better. Kurt pulls out a sketchbook and he sketches. Long sharp lines and wonky circles. It’s difficult to draw with only three fingers. He manages. 

“Can I talk instead?”

Wanda shrugs. 

Kurt strokes his chin, as if thinking of a conversation topic “Hank made me take a DNA test. He thinks I didn't know what it was but I did.”

“What’s a DNA test?”

“It’s when they take a bit of your spit and test it.”

“Gross.” Wanda wrinkles “why’d he do that?”

“He thinks he’s my dad but he’s not. I know who my dad is.” Kurt says it casually like he didn’t just drop a juicy morsel of Kurt gossip “i just don’t know how Hank is gonna take it. Finding out he’s not my dad.”

“You know who your dad is?” Wanda isn’t gonna let him smooth past that statement like it was nothing. Kurt is an orphan. This is something everyone knows. Miss Margo is his foster mother. Before her he lived in the circus. Anything before or even during that time is a bit of a blur but Wanda knows he was an orphan. She knows. “Yeah. I met him a while back.”

“Then why did you look at Hank like that when you first got here?”

“Like what?” Kurt frowned. 

“Like you thought he was your dad!” Wanda laughs. 

“I did not!” He gasped.  

“Yes you did. Everyone was cracking jokes! Even Pietro.”

Kurt’s eyes widen and then he takes a breath “well…I didn’t realize I had acted that way. I was trying to be very nonchalant. I just- I never met somebody else like me before. With a physical mutation. Pietro's silver hair is Not really a comparison point to Blue fur.”

Wanda nods. Trying to understand that in her own way. She hadn’t physically changed when she got her powers. Her hair didn’t change colors, she didn’t grow fangs or grow big or small. She didn’t have whiskers or get sharp claws. She was completely the same but was totally different.  

“He’s been really nice to me. I didn’t grow up with my father so I’ve never had someone treat me like that before. It’s really nice and I’m afraid once he finds out I’m not his son he’ll treat me differently.”

“That sounds really complicated. Maybe you should talk to him about it?”

“I could never! I’d be way too embarrassed.” His face flashes purple, he hides his face behind his claws, bashful. 

“Okay then maybe you can do what I do?”

“What’s that?”

“Shove it in your bad emotions room and lock it away forever. Until you die.”

Kurt peaks between his fingers and looks at her in alarm “are you sure you don’t wanna talk about it?”

“No way.” 

That afternoon Wanda catches Hank watching Kurt from the other room. “Watcha lookin at?”

“Nothing.” Hank jumps and Wanda grins. 

“Doesn’t seem like nothing.”

Hank ruffles and huffs and settles in the same gaze again “he’s just different with him.”

Wanda looks over at Kurt who’s currently sketching in his book, swatting away at Pietro who’s trying to peek over his shoulder. Full on smiling and giggling. Her brother was happy with him. “Pietro?” 

“No. Kurt. He acts like a teenager.”

“He is.” Wanda raises an eyebrow but then stops immediately when she realizes that she’s gotten that habit from Charles. The professor raises his eyebrows a lot and Wanda had picked up on it instinctively. 

“Yeah, but most of the time he acts older. He’s not always this…carefree. It’s nice. It’s good to see.” Hank fixes his frames “he’s been through a lot. Way more then any kid should go through.”

“Isn’t that everybody?”

Hank looks at Wanda “what do you mean?”

“Everybody’s been through a lot. I can see it. Locked doors and black rooms filled with bad things. Cracked windows. Cold hallways. Bad. Everybody has a lot of bad.” Wanda wishes she didn’t always see the bad stuff first. She wishes she could meet new people and not know something bad about them. Something sad or scary. 

Wanda misses her mom and her soft sweaters and watery laugh. She misses going to her old school with Her old friends. She misses her crowded classes and her bus stop. She misses walking to school and sometimes she even misses Miss Dotty. It was a weird thought to have just then. But it was a thought nonetheless.

“Does the bad ever stop?” Hank looks at her. His thoughts are usually organized. Reasonable. Cause and affect. Wanda knows it’s because his entire life has been one cause and effect. Wanda knows too much about Hank. Too much about Hank's dad. Wanda thinks that Hank is what Pietro would’ve been like if David had been Pietro's dad. If Pietro actually cared for David’s opinion then he would be like a version of Hank. Stuck in time. Finding answers to problems that don’t exist.

“No. It’s always there. Always louder than everything else. But…” Wanda thinks about the whitleys. A giant mind. A building of thoughts and memories all trapped in one body. They were like an apartment building. Memories building off of each other. conjoined yet separate. She thinks about how some rooms are closed off, bolded up and cold. Despite the vastly different rooms and different personalities inhabiting them she thinks about the soft carpet in each room. Shaggy and comfortable. She thinks about how each personality combines and melts and adjusts to each other. She thinks of the picture frame in the center of their minds. A woman with a butterfly on her nose, smiling and surprised. A good memory surrounded by everything bad and dark.

 A small light at the end of the tunnel. 

“…Everyone has something good. Even something small.” Wanda looks up at Hank.

 Hank looked at her with open surprise “when did you get so smart?”

“I’ve always been smart.” Wanda says smugly. 

Hank thinks deeply. His brain is like a web. Connecting one thing to another. Running in circles trying to find an answer. “You can go, you know.”

Hank gawked “I was here first.”

Wanda shakes her head “I mean the school. You don’t have to stay. The professor is going to be okay. He won’t be upset if you go.”

Hank stills, looking down at his mug like he’s still trapped in the last ten years. Hank was alone for a long time. Even when Charles was here he was alone.  “Charles still needs me…You guys still need me.”

“Yeah, we do.” Wanda can’t imagine this place without Dr McCoy “We’ll miss you. But you shouldn’t stay just cause you feel like you have to. NASA offered you a job. You can’t turn down NASA.” 

“I could turn down NASA.” 

“But you shouldn’t. Don’t you wanna see the stars?” Wanda always liked the stars. 

“I wouldn’t be going to space, I’d just be studying it.” Wanda isn’t actually sure what NASA does but she knows it’s a big deal. She knows Hank is throwing away a big deal. 

“But instead you’d rather gloom in your room?”

“I’m fixing Cerebro.”

“You’ve fixed cerebro. You’ve been stalling. I know it. You know it. Charles knows it.” 

Hank sighs looking away from Wanda, “Pietro isn’t nearly as confrontational as you.” 

“You should take the job. Do something more with your big brain.”

Hank looks at Pietro and Kurt again, watching with sadness. 

I’m gonna miss him. Hank whispers in his mind. 

We have a phone. Wanda tells him and she knows he won’t decide now. That he’ll take a while to weigh his options, consider his cause and affects. He’ll find answers to problems in his head and run in circles for a bit longer before he makes a choice. 

It’s okay. 

That night Wanda's dreams turn away from her classmates and morph into her own. Dreams turned into nightmares. 

Wanda was six and on stage with her class. Humming to a song they had practiced all week for the talent show. Her eyes searched for her Mom. They searched for her dad. They landed on Pietro, pointing the family camera at her and grinning up at her encouragingly. Afterwards he gushes over her telling her how she stole the spotlight even though she was in the back row and had no solo. 

“Where’s mama.”

“She couldn’t make it.”

“And papa?”

“He’s the reason she couldn’t make it.”

Wanda didn’t have time to be sad, Pietro didn’t let her be upset, instead he declared that they would be going out for celebratory dessert. 

“You got me a present?” Wanda looks at the gift bag in her hands. Her father had just come back from a trip and was in a relatively good mood. 

“It’s Christmas. Of course I got you a present.” Wanda wrinkles her nose and looks at her brother in question. He was standing stiffly beside David a cut in his lip and arms crossed defensively. 

“We’re Jewish David. We don’t celebrate Christmas.”

David rolls his eyes and Pietro pointedly avoids looking at Wanda “well I’m not and Wanda’s only half Jewish so she can celebrate Christmas too.” 

“That’s not how that works.” Pietro scowls “if you wanted to give her a present then give her a present.”

“I didn’t ask you how it worked Peter. I’m telling you how it is. It’s a Christmas present.” He flits his eyes towards Wanda a fake smile smoothing his face “don’t you wanna open your Christmas present Wanda?” 

She feels small and confused and Pietro nods at her, permission granted and received. She can open it and he won’t be mad. Wanda looks down at her gift bag and slides it over to her dad with a determined expression. “It’s okay. I don’t need any presents.” Wanda manages to add “I’m just glad you're home.” She placates, not wanting to step on any toes. Her dad was easily angered and Wanda was trying to avoid a fight. 

He didn’t like her rejection. His face flashes with something evil and by the time Wanda had stood up from the table he was grabbing her wrist, shoving the present back in her hands. “I didn’t raise you to be selfish.” By the time the words had left his mouth Pietro was already in front of him and Wanda was securely placed in her room through superspeed. 

Pietro cursed and her dad cursed right back. By the time Wanda came back out her dad was gone, taking the money from the money jar and Wanda’s present in his person. Wanda tried not to cry when she saw her brother's bloody face. The bigger bruises fading away within minutes into a weird ugly yellow color but not completely gone. 

“Did you want the present?”

Wanda shakes her head and Pietro looks like he wanted to say something but didn’t.

“If he wanted to actually give you a present he would just give it to you without the excuse of a holiday or birthday. Your dad should give you a present because he wants to.” Pietro looks like he’s about to run and grab the present anyway. Snatch it from her father and give it to her anyway. 

“It was probably something stupid.” Wanda says and Pietro eventually nods looking a bit conflicted. 

Wanda never found out what the present was. She never gets the chance to ever again. After that day Her father never presents her with a gift. 

Then her dream shifts again to her father screaming at her mother. Beer bottle in hand and her mother frozen in place standing straighter than she usually does.  She remembers Pietro telling her to hide in her room when he got like that. He wasn’t here. Pietro wasn’t here to protect them. She didn’t know where he was and her mom wasn’t moving. She didn’t look like she could move. “Go to your room, lock the door and cover your ears.” That’s what Pietro always told her to do but she didn’t this time because David broke her door. She can’t go to her room and lock the door if she has no door. 

“What is Wanda gonna think? Seeing her whore of a mother going out everyday and doing fuck knows what? What kind of example is that?” David swings his bottle and some of it spills on the ground. 

“I’m just going to the synogogue.” her mothers voice was stiff. 

“The synogogue my ass. I know you meet your little criminal boyfriend and you fuck him like the easy slut that you are. Opening your legs to anytime that gives you even a little bit of attention.” David slaps Mom across the face, the sound vibrating up Wanda’s spine like thunder. 

Magda Maximoff barely stumbles looking directly at her husband “David, you sound belligerent. I haven’t been cheating on you. I haven’t done anything.” 

“You’ve been unfaithful before. I know you have. You can’t hide that from me. Wanda is-“

“-Wanda is yours! She is your child! She is your flesh and blood. She is no one else’s. I-I have been unfaithful before. I’ve been a bad wife, I’ve relapsed in my judgment but there is no doubt that Wanda is yours.”

David scoffs his face inches away from her mother, spit from talking so aggressively hitting her mother in the face. She doesn’t flinch, she stands perfectly still. “I’m not a damn fool. I knew that you cheated. I just wanted you to admit it. At Least now we’re even.” 

Her mothers face flashes with something “No, we’re not. Me fucking my ex who I haven’t seen in years is not the equivalent of you-touching him.” Her mothers eyes are watery and yet somehow still. She looks settled. Decided. What has she decided? 

“Is that what this rebellion is about? Peter? He told you I touched him? He’s a liar and a slut just like his mother. Soon Wanda will be the same.”

“You will do nothing to Wanda.” Her mother growls. 

“I haven’t done anything at all. Pay the fuck attention! I just said I didn’t touch him. I roughed him up, I slapped him around. He needs the discipline. He acts like a damn child.”

“He is a child. He’s fifteen. And you’ve been doing things to him for a long time David. You’ve hit him, and you’ve touched him and you’ve fucked him. You were suppose to act like his father and instead you ruined him. You won’t ruin Wanda too. I won’t let you.”

“What makes you think you can do anything bitch? Not that I’m admitting to a damn thing you just said but why now do you suddenly think you’ve got some fucking will power to stop it?” 

“Because I’ve been practicing.” 

“Practicing wha-“ Wanda’s mom pulls out a steak knife that she had inside her sleeve and she stabs David.

David winds his hand back, bottle in his grasp and swings. He’s too slow. Wanda’s mom stabs him again. Again. Again. 

She hears the crack of his knees hit the ground and he spits blood and folds over and Magda Maximoff stabs him in the throat, his head hits the table and then he collapses on the floor with a thud and a squish. Blood spreading all over the floor. 

Oh. 

Mom killed dad. 

Wanda pretends she didn’t see it happen. She goes to her brother's room and she locks the door and she covers her ears and she pretends it didn’t happen.an hour later when her mother comes to Pietros room and finds her crying she pretends it’s because of the yelling and not because it finally stopped. 

She pretends she doesn’t notice the dark spot on the kitchen floor. Pretends the crack on the table was from a roller skating incident and not David’s head. She pretends they’ve only ever had three steak knives. When Pietro comes home Magda sits them both down and explains that David has been taken away by the police. Wanda pretends that’s the truth. She pretends that she didn’t see her mom kill him in the kitchen. Wanda is great at pretending. She cries and Pietro comforts her but he looks relieved. And she is too. 

“What did they charge him with?”

“A number of things. Mostly abuse.”

Pietro looks anxious “do I need to talk to the police?”

“No. That won’t be necessary.” Magda says confidently. Wanda is surprised by how easily she lies. She’s surprised by how real it sounds. If she hadn’t seen it with her own two eyes she would’ve believed every word her mother said “I’ve taken care of everything.” Truth. 

“How long will he be away?”

“A long time.”

“How long?” 

“Five years.” She lies again. “But you won’t see him again. I’ll make sure of it.” 

Wanda pretended David was in prison. But she knew he was close. In the backyard just below the tree her mom planted the day after he died. She pretended not to see the dirt underneath her moms nails or the way she always stares at the tree with a far away expression. 

Wanda pretended until she couldn’t. Until she just forgets completely.

Until one day, just a bit over a year after the event, she’s eight and during a very bad thunderstorm Wanda looks at the tree in her backyard. Crooked and ugly like veins. She looked long enough to see lightning strike the ground and spread the sky with light. If not for the sudden brightness of the night sky she wouldn’t have seen the hand shoot up from the roots. 

Wanda clutched her stuffed animals and saw piece by piece, limb for limb as a man dug himself out of the tree. As the man cracked his neck back into place and stretched his back like he was getting off of bed. This man looked an awful lot like David. No longer dead. No longer buried. One foot in front of the other David walks away from the house and Wanda- 

Well-

How is she meant to process that? Her dead father who nobody knows is dead is actually no longer dead. A zombie. 

Wanda wakes up screaming like she has been the one being stabbed. She wakes up screaming like she was the one to wake up from the dead. Tears in her eyes, face flush and David's name on her throat. Grasping at a zombie. 

“Go away! Leave me alone!” Wanda whines at the creature next to her bed. Claws reaching for her. Snarling lips. Claws that turn into hands, a snarl that turns into a frown. A creature that turns into a man. 

“It’s me. I’m here. I’m here. Take a breath love.” 

“Dad?” Wanda can’t see, not really.

 

She doesn’t know if she’s still dreaming or not. “Yeah, it’s me Wendy. It’s Charles. I got you.” His claws that are just normal hands reach her hand, looping his fingers around hers gently, comforting her in the way that he always does. 

 

“You’re here?” She chokes out clutching his hand. 

 

“Of course. I’ll always be here. Are you alright?”

“I don’t know.”

“That nightmare, was that- just a nightmare or did that actually…” Wanda doesn’t know. She was seven when David went away and she always hated the tree in the backyard. She doesn’t know if that was a dream or if that was actually how it happened. She tends to misremember things about her childhood. Tends to block things out and change them. Hank says it’s a trauma response but Wanda can barely remember any of the trauma unless she’s asleep. 

 

“- i want Pietro.”

Charles let’s out a startled breath “you want Peter? Not me?”

 

“Not you. I want Pietro.” Wanda doesn’t have time to think about whether that’s mean or not because Charles is out of the door moments later. He comes back in less then a minute with a sleep deprived Pietro at his tail. 

 

“Pie.” Wanda wobbles and Pietro is practically sleepwalking as she goes to her side, nudges her slightly to scoot over and lays beside her. Without even a word he’s wrapping his arms around her and cradling her in his arms. Wanda melts and warms beside her brother. “Sleep.” He croaks, sounding like he is beyond tired but still wanting to comfort her “my mind is quiet.” He says and Wanda sighs in relief. 

 

“Okay.” Wanda looks past his arm and at Charles who watches the scene with a unique expression on his face. His mind was blocked from her so she can’t tell if it’s a good or bad expression. 

 

The Maximoff siblings fall asleep in a pile and wake up just the same way. Drool and eye crust dressing their faces. 

 

“Any reason why Charles said you wanted me instead of him last night?”

 

Wanda shrugs. 

 

“I love you. It didn’t bother me, It was just surprising. You usually prefer to let Charles help you. Is there a reason why you wanted me this time?”

 

Wanda shrugs. 

 

“Is there a reason why Charles looked hurt when he said you asked for me instead?”

 

Wanda huffs. 

 

“So there is a reason. Are you mad at the professor?”

 

“No.” Wanda snaps. 

 

“That’s a yes then.”

 

“I don’t know what Hank is talking about. You’re plenty confrontational.” 

 

“He said that?” 

 

“Yeah.”

 

“Don’t change the subject.”

 

“Very confrontational.”

 

“I am when it comes to you. I’d fight demons for you.” Pietro says truthfully and Wanda knows he’s telling the truth. “I know.” He has fought a demon for her. 

 

Wanda thinks he might’ve gotten it from mom. But everything is still a little fuzzy. 

 

“Do you want me to fight Charles? I don’t, like, want to. But if I had to, I’d hate it but I’d do it. I’d fight the fuck out of him. It would be easy. He’s super slow.” 

 

“I don’t want you to fight Charles. I’m not mad at him.” 

 

“Okie dokie but I can get away with it. Just remember that.” 

 

It was about two weeks of this before Charles stopped teaching in the middle of class. “Frankie you're dismissed.”

 

“We’re in the middle of Fragmentation theory.” Frankie frowns, table covered in pencil shavings. 

 

“We’ll finish it next time. Just head out. I need to speak with Wanda.” 

 

Wanda avoids looking at Charles and at Frankie feeling cornered after two weeks of blatantly ignoring the man. 

 

Frankie says “I can stay.”

 

Wanda shakes her head telling him to go. Frankie rolls out of the classroom hesitantly and Wanda watches him go.

 

“I want to start off by saying sorry.” Charles voice brings her back to the classroom. 

 

“Dear,” he cuts himself off “Wanda.” He fixes it and she isn’t sure if she likes that he did. “I’ve been thinking a lot about what happened. Our conversation wasn’t something I was prepared for…I didn’t say the right thing or do the right thing and I’m sorry for being insensitive.” 

 

“Making you cry is never something I want to do.” 

 

“I didn’t cry.”

 

“In front of me. You didn’t cry in front of me. I’ve been trying to think of a way to make it up to you but…” Charles takes out a box. Perfectly wrapped with red paper and a white bow that makes Wanda smile at how gently made it looks. “…I’m a bit rusty in taking care of other people.”

 

“A present? For me?”

 

“Yeah, a gift.”

Your dad should give you a present because he wants to. That’s what her brother said and Wanda took that to heart. 

“For my birthday?” It’s a bit early, but it is just three weeks away. 

“No. Just cause I want you to have it.” Charles places it gently on her desk and Wanda barely waits a second before she snatched it and starts pulling at the ribbon. Soft and expensive. She almost doesn’t want to break the paper but it’s unavoidable as she tries to unwrap the small box. 

When she open the lid of the small black box her eyes catch on jewels and she immediately closes the lid again in shock. She jerks her head towards Charles m, eyes wide. Spine straight. He’s only smiling nervously at her. 

“Is that-“ she cuts herself and opens the lid again. She snaps it shut again, face going red from shock.

Holy shit. 

Language. Charles laughs. 

She opens the lid and stares at the long skinny silver necklace with a giant ruby in the center. 

“Is that a real ruby?”

“Why would I have a fake one?”

“Why do you have a real one?” 

“It’s a family heirloom.”

“You-“ Wanda stumbles over her words “-you’re giving me a family heirloom?” 

It’s phrased as a question but Wanda knows it’s a statement. She can see the initials of its previous owners on the parchment below the necklace. Names and dates going back three hundred years. 

Rebecca Anne Xavier

Angelique Anne  Xavier 

Theresa Anne Xavier 

Marie Anne Xavier 

Marie Anne Xavier 2nd

And then

Wanda Django Maximoff 

Written in permanent Ink on a piece of paper that looks older then historical documents. It should be in a museum not in the sweaty hands of a nine year old Jewish girl. 

“It’s from my fathers side of the family. It’s meant to be passed down from father to daughter but my father never had any daughters. Just me. So it’s been sitting in a crypt collecting dust.” Charles lifts the necklace from the box, Wanda had been too afraid to touch it. 

“Red is your favorite color so I figured it was better to actually be worn by someone who’d appreciate it.” Charles moves the hair away from Wanda’s shoulders and puts the necklace around her neck. He fidgets with the hook for a few seconds before he gets it in correctly. 

It’s a little bit on her. A little too long but it doesn’t bother Wanda. She’ll grow into it. 

“Are you sure you wanna give it to me? I’m not…family.” Saying the word daughter felt like talking with chalk in her mouth. 

“I’ve never been more sure about something in my life.” Charles' voice is sweet and warm and Wanda looks up at the professor because she wants to see what expression he’s making to make his voice sound like that. 

His mind is open. She looks inside for just a moment. 

She sees a baby in his arms, gray and still. Born without a breath in the living world. Charles is crying, singing to the  unhearing baby and kissing its cold forehead. “My sweet Wendy.” 

The name Wendy is so close to Wanda that the telepath pulls away from the memory and jerks out of her desk to wrap her arms around the professor. Close to tears. 

He holds her tight. Tighter than usual. Like she might slip away. 

She had asked him why he didn’t have kids. I suppose it was never in the cards for me. He said. Back turned away from her. 

An attempt had been made. He did have a daughter. He wanted kids. He was supposed to give this necklace to a different little girl. A different daughter. 

You won’t be my dad. Then I won’t be your daughter. 

That’s what she had said all those weeks ago to Charles. It’s only now that she realizes how pointed those words had been. How cruel they must’ve been to the professor who lost a daughter. 

“I’m sorry professor.” She cries into his hair, feeling small and stupid and mean. 

He rubs her back, soothing and soft “I’m sorry too, dear.” 

They stay like that for a long time. Hugging each other in a classroom filling in the empty space left by other people. 

 

Notes:

Charles actually does have kids in the comic books. Canonically his daughter’s name is actually Xandra. The name Wendy came from a typo of Wanda’s name. Also when Charles, Hank, Erik, Logan and Pietro went to the Wendy’ fast food establishment Charles was definitely fighting demons.

In the earlier chapters I hinted that David might have the mutant gene. He does. The concept of David never actually being in prison to begin with literally came to me while writing the dream sequence for Wanda and i was like Holy Shit!!!! I couldn’t go to sleep until I finished. It all fit together so perfectly.

Wanda using Past tense when she mentions David is intentional. She’s confused. She doesn’t know what’s going on.

If you see any typos I apologize. I did write this over a series of weeks in between studying for exams. I’m incredibly sleep deprived. ;)

Chapter 15: The Living and The Dead

Summary:

“You know if your moms picked out a name yet?” The nurse asked softly after a few moments, letting Pietro have his little freak out.

“Yeah..” Magda Maximoff had a list of names tucked between pages in a book next to her bed. The list was long and hadn’t shrunk in the last month. She had about thirty four boy names. She only had one girl name. “Wanda. Wanda Django Maximoff.”

“That’s a beautiful name.”

It was.

———-

Pietro hates David but he loves his family.

Notes:

Trigger warning for *Rape* and Sexual Assault. David is mentioned a lot in this chapter….that deserves a trigger warning in itself.

a/n: my apologies for the late update. I went on vacation and got sick. I feel better now.

Obviously you will see typos I was half delirious while writing the last third of this chapter.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

The first time Child Protective Services came to Pietros Django Maximoffs house he was seven years old and his mother Magda Maximoff wasn’t home. 

“Is your mother around?” A tall woman with Ginger hair tied in a bun smiled at Pietro not unkindly. Tired eyes peering past the door through her square glasses. A clipboard was on her manicured hands. She had a blazer and long dark pants. Too many layers for the amount of heat that was terrorizing the city that summer. 

He hadn’t any clue where his mama was at the time. Sometimes Magda forgot things, simple things that anyone would remember. She’d forget Where she left her keys or Where she bought her jacket from or at What time her favorite show started or even Where she left her Kid. She always remembers in the end. She left her keys next to the cigarettes. She bought her jacket at Ross. Her favorite show starts at six. Her kid is at home. Alone. Sometimes it took her too long to remember. 

Pietro shook his head at the lady who looked sweaty and a bit uncomfortable in the outside humidity. 

He let her inside. 

He climbed on to the stepping stool to reach for the glass cups on the cabinet and he filled up the cup with water to give to his guest. He rarely had guests but he assumes that offering them water when it’s so hot outside is customary. 

Officially Magda Maximoff was charged with child neglect and endangerment. Pietro didn’t feel particularly neglected or In any form of danger, he had leftover kosher macaroni in the microwave and had cartoons on in the tv to keep him company but the ginger lady who came inside his house didn’t think The Aristocats movie was a proper babysitter substitute and the burnt macaroni was not a good bribe for the already judgy civil servant. 

Before he knew it Pietro was taken from his house and plopped into another. Too small beds far more freaky than his and a shared bathroom with three other kids in the same mind frame as him. 

They put him in a foster home for three weeks. The foster family Pietro had wasn’t very nice to him but they weren’t even particularly nice to their real children who actually tried to help pietro settle into the guest room that was once a dog room. He wishes he could recall exactly what thing they did that made his seven year old brain think they were mean but he couldn’t. It could’ve been that they didn’t like The Aristocats or that they didn’t like how he ate his food or maybe something equally as stupid as him not liking curfew. It was stupid. It could’ve been worse. It will be worse. But to his seven year old mind being told he couldn’t see singing animated cats on the tv twenty four fucking seven was a crime against humanity. He was dramatic. When he finally saw his mom again she hugged her so tight she started crying. But maybe it was for a different reason. Pietro didn’t ask, he just thought it was because she missed him. He missed her too so he stuck to her like glue for days after. 

During that time Magda’s immigration status fluctuated. Green card holders must follow all federal, state, and local laws, as well as the laws of their state of residence and local jurisdictions and according to New Jersey police and child protective services Magda Maximoff was accused of Child abandonment. 

Suddenly The Maximoff family was at risk of being deported. The year was 1961 and Germany was in the middle of the Berlin crisis and The United States Government wasn’t feeling so hot about the Jewish residents that fled to their country. Shit was in the balance. Thin fucking ice. And it was all cracking underneath them. Of course he had no clue about any of that, he was seven. As far as he knew he had a long sleepover at a stranger's house and then he was back with his mom in his house like normal. It was business as usual. But it wasn’t. Pietros Mom wasn’t sleeping and she was barely eating and alcohol was her primary medicine. 

“Peter.” Magda Maximoff had started calling Pietro -Peter- even in the privacy of their own home. He wasn’t used to it yet. His face buffering to recall the name as his own. “I want you to meet someone.” 

She gestures at a man he’s never met before. He’s tall with blue eyes and long brown hair that was combed and gelled back. He had a bit of a scruffy beard and a very clean three piece suit. He looked like he was the boss of somebody. Like he had a big person job doing big people stuff making big people money. The man smiled at Pietro, looking down at him like a giant. Pietro doesn’t smile back, only staring at the taller man with open apprehension. 

“This is my friend Mr. Strucker.” Magda gestures towards him, smiling shyly and Pietro can already tell something was weird. Something was off. His mom doesn’t have any friends. Not any he doesn’t already know about. 

“Mr. Strucker, this is my son Peter.”

“Good to put a face to the name.” He extends his hand towards him as if he’s about to close on a business deal. Pietro puts his hand on Strucker's hand, the size difference between them feeling ominously humorous. He shakes it twice and Pietro feels like he was bonded for life, chained to the devil. Like maybe this actually was a deal for his soul and he just gave it away without a fight. 

Idiot. 

Magda smiles at Pietro comfortingly, her honey eyes being the only form of comfort he felt in that moment. Mr. Strucker lets go of his hand and the young boy retreats easily, searching for his mothers embrace. His immediate discomfort around the man should’ve been hint enough. “Mr. Strucker is a lawyer. He’s going to help us stay here so we don’t have to leave.” His mother says soothingly. 

Pietro nods slowly. “Why would we have to leave?” 

Magda strokes her sons hair out of his face looking a bit heartbroken “well-“

“-your mother is under hot water after you let the police report her for child abandonment. I’m here to make that go away. Win her case.”

Pietro shrunk a bit at the implication that this was his fault. That he let the police do anything. He may be seven but he wasn’t dumb. 

“Mr. Struckers here to help us.” Magda says amiably and his eyes shine with something. Pietro back then mistook it for compassion. 

“Magda, please. Call me David.” 

The two of them easily became entangled with each other. Sneaky touches and lingering looks when Pietro was around but he knew that Mr. Strucker- David- wasn’t just his moms lawyer. He stayed later then he should. He brought food when he came. He gave his mom back rubs when she was winding herself up. 

He was good to her. Magnanimous to Magda. 

For a time. 

Pietro wonders if it’s ethical for a lawyer to be dating their client. He wonders if it’s normal for a man to start kissing a woman but have his eyes on her son.

It was a weird sort of slow realization. A moment here. A moment there. 

A slow turn. David seemed to only tolerate Pietro, like he would prefer if he wasn’t there at all. But other times he almost seems to thrilled to be near the seven year old. He stared a lot. Especially when Pietro didn’t have a shirt on. He made any excuse to touch the boy. He patted his back, touched his arm, and squeezed his shoulder. Each touch lingering too long. Too rough. 

Pietro got used to wearing shirts in the house. He got used to avoiding looking at them when they kissed to avoid accident catching his eye. He got used to dodging David’s hands. It will pass. Magda Maximoff has had a lot of boyfriends over the years. She’s only introduced three other boyfriends to her son before and only when it was getting serious. This was the first time she had introduced a boyfriend before they even started dating. It was all moving pretty quickly. Fast and sudden. Big moves in little time. 

Usually Pietro didn’t like his moms boyfriends. 

Pietro hadn’t liked Thomas. That was his moms ex boyfriend from the synagogue who was a widow. He was an intrapreneur which Pietro now realizes was code for jobless. Thomas had dated his mom for nearly six months before he was introduced to him. He was four and called the man a stinky face. Because he smelled like he was a dumpster diver. Apparently he was. His mom had a bad nose so she couldn’t tell that he absolutely reaked. She found him digging into their trash for spoiled cheese that she had tossed and she broke up with him on the spot. 

The second boyfriend the hyperactive kid had been introduced to was Steven. Steven was older than mom, sprouting grays in his head and when he smiled his eyes wrinkled with age. They had dated for three months before Pietro found them making out in his moms car when she was picking Pietro up from school. Pietro didn’t like Steven because Steven was married with kids and he went to school with those kids and they sucked majorly. Pietro thinks he’d suck majorly too if his dad was a cheating whore. He told his mom and she broke up with him shortly afterwards with a hearty slap to the face. 

“Men suck, baby.”Magda declared afterwards combing through her sons browns locks. She forces him to look at her, twisting him forward at eye level.  “Promise me you won’t ever cheat on a woman, Pietro.” 

He knows she’s serious because she uses his real name in that tired voice of hers. “I won’t cheat on anyone, Mai.”

“Anyone huh? That’s good to know. You’re a good boy.”

Magda’s third ex boyfriend she had introduced him to was a biker with brown tattooed skin and bulging muscles that looked like party balloons. His name was Randall and he was actually the only ex boyfriend of his mom that he liked. Randall had been dating his mom for nearly seven months before Pietro met him. He was big and scary looking but he always brought Pietro cookies when he came over to see his mom. He worked at a bakery and he always gave him the Kosher sweats. He was benign, talked to him like he was grown up and not like he was a baby. 

Pietro called him dad once. His mom swears that it wasn't the reason but he broke up with her shortly after and Pietro never saw him again. He swore to never get attached to his moms boyfriends after that. Not to Steven. Not to Thomas. Not to Imar. Not to Carmen. Not to Freddy. Not to Tyron. Definitely not to David. Pietro never called anyone dad again. He definitely never called David dad. Never even thought to. 

“We’re getting married.” Magda Maximoff had only dated David for two months when she told him and Pietro thought she was joking. It wasn’t a funny joke but humor wasn’t Magda Maximoff expertise. 

“Why?” Pietro couldn’t hide the disgust in his voice. Pietro hadn’t told his mom that David didn’t like it when he locked the door to his room. He got angry when he couldn’t get inside but pretended he wasn’t when Pietro got scared by his yelling. 

“If I’m married to an American it would help me with my green card…And we like each other and he’s good to you isn’t he?”

Seven year old Pietro loves his mom.

He wants her to be happy but at that point he would’ve preferred it if she married stinky face Thomas or became Steven’s second wife rather than her marrying David. “Yeah. He’s…nice.” Pietro could barely believe it when they went to the court house. Married within the week. 

It happened quickly. David moved in within the month, his things cluttering the house and he kept changing everything. Replacing his moms things with his own. The comfy and worn couch was replaced with a slick black leather couch that he owned. The miscellaneous picture frames around the walls were replaced with additional clashing pictures that made the walls look like the sketchbook of a crazy person. The fine china was put away in storage replaced with his shiny new plates and kitchen utensils that matched with each other too perfectly. The soft greenish rug in the hallway was rolled up and put in the garage because David did not like taking off his shoes when he walked around the house and the rug kept getting dirty. 

The Maximoff House was being taken over and Pietro wants to cry when David hogs the Tv and prevents him from watching The Aristocats. 

Everything takes an execrable turn when Magda Maximoff gets fired from her job. One moment she is a secretary at a dentist office and the next she’s jobless. Five years down the drain because of budget cuts. 

Suddenly David was the only one paying bills. The only one buying things. The only one with power. David is nice about it at first if not just a bit annoyed. He hides it well, stiff comments and low jabs that would sting for a while. He was sharp with his words. Only his words. Until it wasn’t just his words. 

The first time David slaps Magda Maximoff Pietro flinches with her, his toy slipping from his hand and on to the floor. He apologizes almost immediately. Quick to beg. His mom was quick to forgive. Desperate to forgive. Their marriage was the only thing keeping them home, keeping them together in America. Thin fucking ice. 

David hits her again. Drunk and irritable and Pietro doubts he remembers. His mom does, she had the bruise to prove it. 

The first time Magda complained about something tedious in the house but being done he was quick to yell and Magda was quick to yell back. David didn’t like when his mom talked back. That afternoon Pietro finds his mother black and blue on the kitchen floor crying and David nowhere to be seen. 

Pietro was seven when he saw his mom cry for the first time. She was a rock to him. Resilient and strong. Until she suddenly cracked. Broken down into dust. She was curled up on the kitchen floor barely able to open her eyes because of the bruising. Pietro was seven when he realized if he was annoying enough, if he was bad enough, if he was in the way enough that David would hit him instead of his mom. 

So that’s exactly what he did. 

Pietro had a broken nose for his picture day at school. His mom didn’t buy the picture that year, tossing the order form in the trash with the rest of the garbage. No funky magnets with his bruised face to plaster on the fridge. No stickers with his abused face to decorate notebooks. No mugs with his beat up skin to collect dust in his cabinet. She didn’t want the reminder. Neither did Pietro. 

Although the ugly picture was put in the yearbook. He didn’t know that because he didn’t ever get the yearbook. He never did. He looked like a bad kid. He looked like he got into fights and lost them. Bruised and mean looking. Pietro cried for weeks when he found out the other kids had been avoiding him because they thought he was a thug. Black eyes and Chipped tooths not doing him any favors. He shouldn’t care. It shouldn’t matter. It was a dumb thing to be upset about. Out of all the things, a stupid picture in a stupid yearbook shouldn’t be the thing to make him cry. 

“You’re a good boy Peter. They’ll come around.” His mother didn’t see it. She didn’t see the shift in how they looked at him. She thinks the other kids are gonna simply learn that he isn’t all bad. 

But they didn’t. His face kept getting in the way of David’s Fists and Pietro was labeled the Violent kid every time he walked into school with a bruised eye or broken lip. 

Pietro was treated like a bad kid so he became a bad kid. 

He was eight when David got so drunk that he went into his room instead of his own. Maybe he thought he was his mom. Maybe David was confused or turned around. Maybe-or Maybe he wanted an excuse to crawl into Pietro's bed. Maybe him being drunk was the only way he would have an excuse. The only way to claim deniability. He was a lawyer after all. 

Pietro didn’t know what was going on. He didn’t-he hadn’t known what David was doing. He didn’t even know what sex was. 

He just knew it was wrong. If doing something makes you cry then it's probably bad. David was gone when he woke up and Pietros sheets were sticky and covered in blood. 

Pietro maximoff was Eight when he started doing his own laundry. Washing his own sheets. He was eight when he had his first kiss. He was eight when he had sex. He was eight when he gave his first blow job. He was eight when he lost his last baby tooth. 

He was eight. He shouldn’t have been eight but he was. 

He didn’t tell his mom. He didn’t have to. She saw David leave his room in the middle of the night far too many times to count. She started drinking. She drank until she forgot that she ever saw a thing. She started going to the synagogue more regularly. Praying and crying and Pietro doesn’t know what she’s praying for but it must hurt a lot. 

Denial was a strong thing. 

Pietro Django Maximoff was nine when he had his first crush. A chubby girl, with curly hair and chocolate eyes. Robin was the only girl in his elementary school that talked to him despite his bruised knuckles and big loud mouth. A little black girl new to town and oblivious  or maybe indifferent to his “thuggish” behavior and as the only Jewish boy in the school their teachers paired them off together. The token diversity kids that no one wanted to sit next to so they sat next to each other. 

Solidarity was a strong origin for friendship. 

The first time Pietro realized he thought Robin was pretty was when she smiled at him when he got an answer right in class. Pietro smiled back, his face flushing with the praise. When he realized he had a crush on her it was like he was punched in the stomach. No butterflies. No goosebumps. No giddiness. He was scared but he didn’t understand why. 

She asked him out, he said yes, his rib cage becoming drumsticks, looking equally as bashful. They held hands under the table. They laughed and joked and It was satisfying to like someone. It felt good. Robin laughed at his jokes and doodled on his arm like scrap paper. Little drawn butterflies and flowers accompanied the bruises. It was a good distraction. 

But then Robin tried to kiss him. 

Which-that’s fine-that’s normal. Boyfriend and girlfriend’s kiss. Except most boyfriends don’t have panic attacks when their girlfriends try to kiss them. 

He couldn’t stop seeing David. The man tainted everything with Robin. They never stood a chance. 

“Do you want to break up?” She asked one day. Maybe she thought he didn’t like her? Maybe she thought he didn’t want to kiss her. He did. He just always tended to freak out when she got too close. Confused and frustrated. Robin was nice, gentle, so maybe she was just tired of seeing him so upset. She was kind in that way…never asking about the cuts and bruises but drawing little smiley faces near them to distract him. “Yeah.” Pietro doesn’t want her first kiss to be with a boy who hates to be kissed, who fears to be known. Pietro thinks Robin is too good for that. 

So Pietro gets his first heartbreak at nine years old. 

“Plenty of fish in the sea.” His mom says comfortingly, placating his sadness over the loss. Pietro looks at her black eye and the half empty bottle of wine in her hand. “Plenty of fish in the sea.” He tells her as well. She looks away from him. 

Yeah, well. Maybe he’s allergic to fish. Maybe the smell of fish makes him want to throw up. 

When he was nine Pietro went to the synagogue alone. He knelt and he clasped his hands together and instead of praying, instead of speaking to the man upstairs, he cried. A waterfall of salty tears ran down his round cheeks and it was so overwhelm and painful as he attempted to take a full breath. 

Places of worship are the only place where it’s socially acceptable to have a panic attack. He cried for hours, shaky breaths matching shaky vision. They spoke the Tanakh. They sang hymns. They raised their hands in group prayer. The cantor began and ended each chant in Hebrew. Pietro cried. He cried and he cried until his salty tears turned into a baptized river. He left the chapel sluggish but clean.

Pietro was nine when he found out what the word rape meant. He was nine when David pulled at his hair enough that he had to get a buzz cut. Trimmed short and ugly in a way that made him avoid mirrors. 

He was nine when Robin moved away. A sad wave goodbye to him on her last day before she’s driven away from the school parking lot. Pietro doesn’t wave back. 

Pietro was ten when David got arrested for the first time. Something small and minor. He’d be locked away for a month, maybe two. Pietro felt relaxed for the first time in a long while. A full breath finally leaving his lungs. 

“You don’t have to bail him out. You can leave him there.”

“Peter I can’t do that.” Magda had already ransacked the house to find any spare cash to use for bail. Cushions flipped, piggy banks broken. 

“Yes you can!” Pietro was furious, already too angry to have a proper conversation with his mother. He hated how much effort she was putting into trying to get him back in their house. 

“Do not raise your voice at me Pietro.”

“Oh now I’m Pietro?”

“Enough. You’re being rude. I’m bailing David out and that’s final. He’s done so much for us and he-he isn’t perfect but he’s trying. We can’t just leave him there.” 

It was the worst thing she could’ve said to the already agitated ten year old. Face flushed and chest beating like a drum. 

“Yes we can! He can stay there and we don’t ever have to see him again!” That wouldn’t have worked. Pietro knows that now. He wouldn’t have stayed gone forever. It was just hopeful thinking. A ten year olds pipe dream. 

“We can’t do that-“

“-why not?” Little Pietros whole face was red with anger and hurt. So much anger in such a small body. Barely Contained.

“Because he’s my husband. He’s your stepfather. He’s-“

“-I hate him!” His words angry and vibrating in the room. Interrupting his mothers big speech felt like he was finally taking back control. “I wish you never met him, I wish you never married him, I wish-“ he said the only thing he thought was justifiable. He said the real thing he wanted to happen. He said the truth. “-i wish he would just die.” 

“Pietro Django Maximoff take that back right now. How can you even think-“ Magdas own face was flushed red too, angry and irritated by a ten year olds temper tantrum. Pietro interrupts. “-we can go. You and me. We can be gone before he comes back.” He has a bag. He calls it a go-bag. Not a very large go-bag but it has everything he thought he needed as a scared ten year old trying to run away. He had it in his closet at the bottom of his laundry basket and everyday he picked it up and everyday he put it back down. He constantly thought about his mother. He couldn’t leave her alone with David. Everyday he worked himself up to pick up the bag and everyday he settled himself back down, forcing himself to put the bag back down. 

David was his boogey man and Pietro couldn’t let him devour her. Not if he can save his mom. 

“Oh Pietro…” Magdas voice was sympathetic and sad and twisted up in his brain “I can’t leave. Not now.”

“Why?” Pietros crestfallen face was spreading into his voice, cracking and shivering in his throat like falling rocks on concrete. His mothers eyes melted like warm chocolate and her long lashes brushed her cheeks like a broom. She touches her stomach, somber and tired. “I’m pregnant.”

The room went silent. The words seem to echo in his head like a declaration. Pietros entire face dropped. All the expression on his face erased in a single sentence. Gone. 

This was the moment Pietro lost all sense of self. Two words. Gluing his legs to the ground like cement. 

“You’re going to be a big brother and David is going to be a father. He’ll be kinder with a baby. It’ll be his own flesh and blood.” His mom was hopeful and Pietro was ready to poke holes in her theory. To pull on the untethering string that was entangled in her heart. 

“He’s a monster. A baby won’t change that.” Pietro is wise enough to know that David would never change. 

“Pietro this wasn’t exactly planned but-“

“-I don’t want to be a brother.” Pietros words had been charged with rage and sadness and he hadn’t really meant most of it. Whenever he thinks back to this conversation, to this argument, he cringes at these words. “I don’t want you to have his baby.” Ten year old Pietro doesn’t know what an abortion is. He doesn’t really know what he’s implying or saying he just knows that a baby would mean they can’t runaway. It means David would be a permanent fixture in his life. Forever. No take backs. “He doesn’t deserve a baby.” 

In no version of reality does David ever deserve anyone as good as Wanda Maximoff. Although that isn’t what young Pietro was concerned about. Not really. 

“I’m sorry.” Magda says and Pietro can only say things that he knows will hurt, things that will haunt him later for years. Things he will deny he ever said. 

“I hate you. I will never forgive you.” Pietro isn’t even looking at his mom when he says those words. He’s looking at her stomach. Cursing at a fetus that isn’t even born yet. Already damning a child yet to breathe the air he breathes . 

This is the day that Pietro Maximoff gave up on trying to runaway. The day all hope for a life without David vanished before him. Because of a baby. Because of Wanda. He resented her before she was even born. 

Pietro was ten years old-nearly eleven when he heard his mother curse for the first time. He was ten when she screamed and cried and sounded like she was dying or something worse then death. “Don’t you dare call a fucking ambulance Pietro. I’m not going to a damn hospital.” Hissing right at his face, enraged and young Pietro is more scared of his mother dying then he is of her anger. 

Magda Maximoff has a visceral reaction when it comes to hospitals. Fear and rage and grief all wrapped into one place. Pietro maximoff often tries to forget this happened. He tries to forget how exactly this day went. 

The day Wanda Maximoff was born his mom was filled with so much fear and rage that she would’ve preferred to have died bleeding in David's ugly leather couch than to step foot into a hospital. Baby be damned. David was absent so all the brunt of her wrath was aimed directly at her ten year old son. 

Pietro was scared of losing his mom. Selfishly, he had no concern over the baby, Wanda, but was only afraid that if his mom died the only person he'd be left with in this world would be David. 

“Fuck you! I fucking hate you!” His mother was not his mother. Sweat and blood and curses in her mouth, damming her one son, it didn’t feel like her. It didn’t sound like her. He pushed it far away even back then. Pietro became small and he shook beside a furious mother. Venom in her tongue.

The ambulance could be heard, the siren echoing in the house like a bomb dropping and she was unconscionable. 

The richoches of screaming and crying broke Pietros heart and as the Nurses and doctors strapped his mother down as she struggles Pietro feels his worst panic attack trickling In.  

“You’re hurting her!” Pietro follows the doctors past the ‘no guest allowed’ sign at the hospital face covered in sweat and eyes wide with horror at the scene. 

A nurse looks at Pietro, the only nurse to properly look at him since they’ve arrived at the busy emergency room “She’s hurting herself. And the baby, we need to strap her down so she doesn’t hurt herself or anybody else.” They tighten the straps around her wrist to a painful angle and Magda Maximoff looks like a woman possessed. Thrashing and screaming profanities. 

“Take the kid away.” One of the nurses yanks little Pietro's hand away from the bed frame that was keeping his mother hostage. 

Stubborn and scared he stayed in his spot and refused to go quietly when nurses began to drag him away from his pregnant mother. 

The day Wanda was born an earthquake shook the earth like a baby rattle. It caused dozens of car accidents and the crumbling of many family homes that scattered the coast of the city. Pietro would see later in the news that dozens of people died. 

Pietro Maximoff to this day has no idea what curse was put on the Maximoff family to have such bad luck. The ground shook. The hospital emergency lights flickered and the shelves’ content collected on the ground. The earth spun until the walls began to crack and the ceiling began to split. If Pietro didn’t know any better he’d think it was in his head, a panic attack sneaking its way into his day, but the floor genuinely shook and the startled expressions of the staff couldn’t have been imagined. 

Nurses run down the hall looking frantic “she’s bleeding too much! We need hands!” 

Pietro tries to pull away from the nurses holding on to him. He bites and slaps and punches his way out of captivity. A police report would later say that he was a danger to the staff, leaving two nurses with cuts and bruises and a nasty concussion. 

He refuses to stop fighting and they put him in a wheelchair. The ones meant for psychos. He saw it in a movie once. He’s not meant to be in it. He’s not a mental case. He’s not a serial killer or a crazy person, he just wants to see his mom. They strapped him down and Pietro remembers the bruises on his wrists for days afterwards. He remembers the untethered fear he felt when they started wheeling him away, away from his mother who looked like she was dying. He remembers feeling useless and scared and like he messed everything up by doing the ‘right thing’. 

In that moment as they wheeled him away the roof caved in. Collapsing into the emergency hallway like a giant foot on a ripe pumpkin. 

Pietro had the tendency to over explain things in his head. To simplify things that aren’t meant to be simple. Too imagine things as other things. David is the boogey man. The bus is a dragon. The hospital is a pumpkin. Big things become small things and it makes things more bearable. 

Pumpkin seeds scatter the hospital floor. Gooey and lumpy and smelly. 

Pietro blacks out. When he wakes up the first thing he asks for is his mom. 

“She’s still sleeping.” A nurse had told him but Pietro found her room regardless. He knew that she wouldn’t be happy about waking up in a hospital. 

Pietro calls a taxi to come pick them up, using his own money to pay for the fair and he manages to get his half unconscious mother out of bed and on to a wheelchair to roll her out of the hospital. It was difficult for him to do it by himself, all of the nurses advised against it but Pietro refused to let his mom wake up in a place that would make her panic like she had the night before. He got down the hall, barely strong enough to pull the wheelchair down the twisted and rubble filled hallway before he was stopped. 

“Aren't you forgetting something?” An older nurse smiled knowingly at Pietro and the young maximoff boy looked at her with a twisted expression, confused. “No?” 

The nurse, pink scrubs and tight rows of her curls on her head raised her tinted eyebrows at the young boy and points at the window on the left wall. Past the window was a room revealing rows of baby’s in cradles, a rainbow of skin tones and pink and blue hats with sleeping faces snuggled in their confinements. 

Pietros face drops with the realization. 

He had been so focused on getting out that he forgot why they came to begin with. He has a baby sibling now. They are in that room right now. Someone in that room has his DNA and it makes him want to run away faster. 

“Don’t you wanna see your sister?” 

Sister. He hadn’t known if he would get a baby sister or a baby brother. He hadn’t cared to know. His mother wanted it to be a surprise and Pietro refused to even acknowledge the fact that he was going to be a brother half the time. He has a sister. She’s in that room. 

A part of Pietro considers telling the nurse that he doesn’t want to see her. In fact he wants to tell her that he doesn’t want her at all. He could leave his sister here and never claim her when the hospital calls. He could. His mom is asleep. He could leave. The baby can be gone and he wouldn’t even care. 

He doesn’t care. It’s just David’s baby. Anything that belongs to David is bad. Evil. He doesn’t want a sister that belongs to David. 

He wants to tell the nurse this. Instead he says “I guess.” 

Pietro stubbornly walks into the room, gazing at all the swaddled babies in the room, lingering in each baby girl trying to decipher which one is the most evil. He couldn’t tell which one was his sister. 

“You must be the brother.” Apparently she hadn’t been in any of the cradles she was being rocked by another nurse who had walked in just as they had entered. 

“She’s as healthy as can be.” The nurse smiles and all Pietro can see of his sister is whisks of brown hair and Pietro already wants to leave. “Here you go.” The nurse bends and extends the baby. 

“No, I don’t want to-“ before he could protest, a baby was in his arms. 

Pietro blinks. Startled at the weight in his arms. Are baby’s meant to be this light? He looks down at the infant. His sister. 

He looks at her, like really looks at her, and he can’t look away. 

Oh. 

She doesn’t look like David at all. She looks like his mom. Her eyes, her complexion, her hair, her ears. Something shifts. Clearing his mind. The little human in his arms goes from being The Baby to His Baby. That’s his sister. 

Holy shit he has a sister. 

He’s holding his sister right now.

She’s so tiny. “Is she meant to be this tiny.” His voice wobbles. Thirty seconds ago he would’ve wished death upon her. He wouldn’t have cared if she was a bit skinny, he wouldn’t have even blinked. 

But suddenly nine months of pretending she doesn’t exist is kickstarting his guilt trip. He has a little sister now. Did he ever make the crib in her room? He can’t remember if he ever bought the diapers his mom asked him to get before she was born. 

He can’t- “she’s a bit smaller but nothing out of the ordinary. She’s perfectly healthy.” The smaller nurse commented, her glasses reflecting off the warm lights in the room. 

Pietro wants to cry as he holds his little sister in his arms. “She’s going to be okay?” His voice wasn’t coming out how he wants it to. He feels like he’s moving so slow and he feels so emotional and confused by what he’s feeling. 

He didn’t want a sister. 

But he supposes now he does. 

He changed his mind. 

It was a swift kind of flip. Like the moment he really saw her, the moment she was safely in his arms a switch clicked in his head. He was no longer an only child. It was something he was supposed to have been realizing. He had nine months to come to terms with it but it was only until she was here, in front of him, in his arms that it finally made sense to him. 

He’s a big brother now. He thinks maybe he’s fine with that now. She looks like his mom. The baby giggles, his sister looks up at him with a smile. 

He knows baby’s can’t actually smile, it’s a reflex, maybe she’s gassy. But it didn’t matter. 

Her smile looks like moms smile. 

Okay. 

Okay

He takes in a deep breath and pulls her closer to him, firmer and more secure. 

Okay. 

He’s a big brother now. Nothing bad will ever happen to this baby. He’s hers now. 

“You know if your moms picked out a name yet?” The nurse asked softly after a few moments, letting Pietro have his little freak out. 

“Yeah..” Magda Maximoff had a list of names tucked between pages in a book next to her bed. The list was long and hadn’t shrunk in the last month. She had about thirty four boy names. She only had one girl name. “Wanda. Wanda Django Maximoff.” 

“That’s a beautiful name.” 

It was. 

David had wanted a boy. Something in the back of Pietros head was almost happy that Wanda wasn’t. Out of spite. Magda had vetoed the name Andrea immediately after David suggested it. 

His mother gained consciousness in the taxi drive home. Pietro barely noticed, too focused on looking at his sister's sleeping form. 

They got home and Pietro was on autopilot. Magda was in and out of consciousness for two days. 

For two days Pietro Maximoff took care of his sister. She cried only once when she was hungry and slept equally as long as his mother. 

Pietro changed her diaper. One, two, three, four times before he realized they needed to buy more. His mom breast fed her and Pietro made food on the stove for the two of them. 

Pietro Maximoff had to adjust. Despite David he had to figure out how to fit his sister into his life. He had to protect her.

“She only stops crying when you hold her.” Magda frowns as she hands her infant child to her ten year old son. 

“She’s used to me.” It wasn't meant as a jab at his mother. He had been the only one to properly hold the baby for the last two weeks. His mother was on bed rest and David was nowhere in sight. Pietro was used to her and Wanda was used to him. “Wanda się do ciebie przyzwyczai.” Pietro soothes. 

“Your polish is getting choppy.” Magda says instead. Her face is still holding the frown. 

Pietro rocked in the rocking chair. Feeling warm and safe and he hadn’t realized how much love someone can have for another person. It was jarring. It felt strange to think about him just a month before he had been dreading Wanda’s birth. He hadn’t wanted her home and now it seems like he’s the only one taking care of her. 

His mom had gotten sad after giving birth. Drained for weeks afterwards. Unable to hold long conversations. Only showing face when David would make an appearance for a couple days before fucking off. 

Then one day Pietro came from school and found a full dinner on the stove, his mom was moving around cleaning and cooking with a jittery aura. 

“Davids here.” She says simply and Pietro knew the bubble had popped. He found his stepfather in Wanda’s room sitting in the rocking chair holding his daughter. Pietros sister. He wanted to rip her away from him but instead he just watched David while he sat and looked at his sleeping daughter. He didn’t rock on the rocking chair. He just sat on it, too big and wide to properly look comfortable in it. 

“She doesn’t look like me.” David says and Pietro watches something dark pass through David’s face and the boy fumbles for a remedy. “Moms making dinner. Chicken. Your favorite.” 

David rustles a bit and it wakes up Wanda who immediately bursts into tears. David refuses to let Pietro hold her which only makes Pietro more anxious.

It’s like that for a while. Tense and awkward and thirty days after Wanda was born Pietro took her to the synagogue for her public naming. Her name would be announced and a prayer for his mothers health is spoken. 

“Blessed are you, source of living water, who revives the soul of all living.” 

The words echoed in the large ancient building and were repeated by the mass. His mother wasn’t present, David had kept her busy all morning and it left the ceremony all up to Pietro. 

He knew that she wanted to be there. It was tradition for her to be there but David was David and things happened. 

“When the angels visited Abraham and announced the birth of his son Isaac, Abraham greeted them by washing their feet, symbolic of their status as honored guests. Today we will greet Wanda Django Maximoff as our guest of honor, by washing her feet.” 

Water was poured over the infant's feet, gentle and warm and Wanda looked at ease as the water tickled her. 

Her Brit Banot was concluded when a tallit was wrapped around her. The prayer shawl had belonged to his mother, who got it from her mother who got it from her mother. It was the only thing she was able to save from her past life. Before the camps. Before any evidence of her family and culture was burned to ash. The only semblance of a family heirloom of sorts. It was used during Pietro's naming ceremony and it was used during his older sisters as well. 

 

The Rabbi led the chapel in a farewell prayer and song and everyone eventually left after greeting his sister and sending their own personal prayers over the infant. 

“Is something bothering you young Pietro.” The younger boy had barely realized the shal had gone empty leaving the Jewish leader and himself alone with his resting sister. 

 

The mans voice was soft, rarely rising above a casual stroke of a whisper. 

Pietro has a sneaking suspicion that Rabbi Stanley knew about David. 

Although he was a timid man he often made efforts to keep Pietro at the synagogue for longer when he knew David would be home. He was Always asking if his mother was coming or if the two would like to join him and his wife for dinner. They never obliged. 

 

“No, sorry, I’m good. I’m fine. I should get back home.”

 

“Would you like to help me set back the chairs? It shouldn’t take too long but I have bad knees.” He knocked on his knees lightly with his wooden cane smiling quirkily. 

 

“Yeah…okay. I can help. But I gotta head home right after.”

 

“Of course.” 

 

And they moved the chairs against the wall. Rabbi Stanley began wiping the tables down as well and Pietro followed his lead as well. Then he began dusting past the window sills and the younger boy picked up a duster as well. He ended up staying for an extra two hours.

Suckered into cleaning the chapel completely. It was only when Wanda began to rustle awake that they came to a stop. Rabbi Stanley went to the back room before coming back to Pietro. 

 

“Thank you for your help Pietro. I have this for you. As a thank you.”

Pietro blinked up at the older man looking a bit puzzled when he placed a cassette player in his hands. Shiny and silver. “I can’t-“ he blinks down at the machine in his hand “I can’t take this.” He tries to hand it back to the man but he shakes his head. 

 

“It’s been in the lost and found for a while now. Used to belong to a kid around your age but his family moved away. You can have it. It won’t be any use to anyone in a musty box in a storage room.” But it was spotless. The cassette looked new, not a single nick or smudge on its surface. 

 

He also knew that technology in the synagogue was strictly prohibited. Not heavily enforced but strongly implied. The idea of someone leaving it behind seemed careless but the idea that a seventy year old rabbi would go out of his way to buy it at all felt more unlikely. 

 

“But i-I don’t have any music. I don’t even know what music I would play.” Just as Pietro said it he recalled a music store a few blocks from the grocery store. He remembers passing it. He feels a little numb. He wonders if Rabbi Stanley could’ve bought a cassette player there. 

“I’m sure you will figure it out, kid. You’re smart.” And then he just smiles “music is a powerful tool to have.” 

 

Pietro looks at the silver cassette and feels his chest inflate with something like happiness. But it’s dumb to feel happy about cheap metal. He shouldn’t be this caught up about it. 

But it hadn’t just been Wanda’s naming day it had been Pietros Maximoffs birthday. He is now eleven years old. It had caught him by surprise that morning. Getting dressed in his best outfit, practicing his naming speech as he briefly looked at the calendar. It had barely registered to him. Barely made a blip in his brain. His mother hadn’t mentioned it, neither did David but that was no surprise by the argument that had unfurled between the two. 

He couldn’t remember the last time he had gotten a gift on his birthday. He couldn’t remember the last time he got a gift at all. 

 

“Thank you. I’ll take good care of it.”

 

“I know you will.”

 

He went to the music store right after and purchased a pair of headphones but pocketed two tapes. He listened to The Rolling Stones for the first time on his eleventh birthday.

 

He was eleven years old when his sister started teething. Eleven years old when she cries for hours at a time. He was eleven years old when he had to steal diapers because David spent all their money on booze. He was eleven when his hair started sprouting random grays. He was eleven years old when he got a growth spurt. He was eleven when he began to starve. Constantly wanting to eat but never having food to actually consume. He was eleven when David bolted the pantry doors closed so that Pietro couldn’t eat any of the food without his permission. Pietro was eleven when he realized he wasn’t supposed to be able to count his rib cage. He was starving and graying and he didn’t understand what was happening. 

 

“Your body’s just changing. It’s normal.” His mom said and David looked at Pietro as if he hadn’t noticed. As if he hadn’t touched all the parts that had been changing. Pietro looks away from them both feeling strange in his own body. 

 

He thought it was normal. He thought that it was all standard, normal puberty stuff. That’s what his mom told him. That’s what David said. 

He was talking too fast at times. Hyper and fidgety. More than usual. Enough to be sent to the front office more than once. He was living up to expectations. He was always hyper. Always moving faster than others but it seemed to become a problem now. Because now it felt like everyone else was just going slow. 

He listens to music, and his panic over it all eases slightly. He wonder if this is what Rabbi Stanley meant when he said that music was a powerful tool. 

 

He wouldn’t get to ask though because Rabbi Stanley passes away. Cancer. Pietro wonders if the real reason why he kept asking Pietro to help him clean up the synagogue after the service was because he genuinely just couldn’t do it by himself. Too sick and too stiff. Dying slowly. Pietro threw up when he found out. 

 

Rabbi Stanley had his funeral in the synagogue the very following day after his death. Buried, unembalmed and enclosed in a simple wooden casket. The service was was led by a rabbi from another location, a close friend to Rabbi Stanley. He led them in quiet prayer, barely able to contain his own tears. They followed the Hearse into the place of burial in silence. 

 

They lowered his casket and buried him beside his sons grave. Pietro. His sons name was also Pietro. He had died only a year before. He had only been a year older than Pietro. 

Rabbi Stanley’s son had died at twelve years old. His name matched Pietros. And when Pietro looked closer at the boys tombstone he realized they shared the same birthday as well. 

With horrifying clarity Pietro realized where the cassette player had actually come from and why it had looked brand new. It belonged to Stanley’s son. His dead son. With pietro's name and Pietros birthday. Maybe he never ended up giving it to him. Maybe he had and he couldn’t really use it before he passed. 

 

Maybe Rabbi Stanley wanted to help the maximoff so badly because it was like a do-over for him. Maybe he saw something in Pietro that the younger boy hadn’t realized. He missed it. Maybe it meant something different for Rabbi Stanley when he gave him the cassette player. Maybe it meant something different to him when he said his given name so gently every time. Like a prayer. Like a plead. Maybe. 

 

So many maybes and Pietro and in true Pietro Maximoff fashion didn’t have enough certainty. He’ll never get to know. 

 

He feels almost cheated on. Rabbi Stanley didn’t actually care about him because he was a good kid he cared about him because he thought he was someone else. Because he was getting something off of it. Using him to deal with his own grief. It made Pietro feel like…well not good. Like that’s all he’s good for. To be used. 

 

He doesn’t ever ask Rabbi Stanley’s wife why he hadn’t told the community he was dying. Pietro doesn’t go to the shiva. He doesn’t go back to that synagogue. Not ever again.  

Pietro wants to throw away the cassette player. He almost does. He throws it in the trashcan in his kitchen. Even going as far as to throw old ketchup packets on top of it. One minute later he’s frantically pulling it out of the trash bin looking incredibly remorseful. He wipes the ketchup off the surface of the cassette player and apologizes profusely to no one at all. 

 

When his mother asks about the shiva he lies and she nods to herself, clearly also affected by the rabbis passing. 

 

She never talks about it again and in return neither does Pietro. 

 

Pietro was eleven years old when he realized that he felt different then everyone else because he was. 

Pietro Django Maximoff was eleven years old when his sister started to crawl. The day his sister started to crawl was the very same day that the eleven year old Pietro got his powers. 

 

The light consumed the room and as if they had always been there Older Pietro and Freshly ten year old Wanda split into the memory. 

 

The day Pietro got his powers. Locked away behind an opened door. 

Notes:

I read every single one of your comments. They make my day. Thank you.

This story will be long. I’m trying to cover the ten year gap between Xmen days of the future past and x-men apocalypse. I’m planning on including things from WandaVision as well. Things will be different from the movies and the show.

We will see Erik before the events in x-men: Apocalypse. A time jump will happen in a couple chapters. Nothing crazy.

I’m fully aware that The Aristocats movie didn’t come out until the 1970s and doesn’t line up with Pietro being seven. Just use your imagination, I loved that movie as a kid.

Chapter 16: Forward and Backwards again

Summary:

“Don’t go.” Kurt barely says, his voice already melting into the clouds. Pietro lets him fall towards him, letting the blue boy lay his head on his lap as the speedster leans his back against the wall. He adjusts Kurt’s blanket so that it covers his shoulders as well.

“I’m not going anywhere, blue.”

He doesn’t think he can. They are trapped in here for the foreseeable future.

“Promise?” Kurt lifts his pinky and he wonders how many times he’s seen Pietro do that with the little kids for him to think that was how all promises were made.

“I pinky promise.” Pietro loops his cold pinky with Kurt’s and the teleporter falls asleep just like that—with there fingers looped in a promise.

————

Pietro unlocks a memory and wakes up to a shit show.

Notes:

Sorry for any writing errors or typos. I’m thinking of changing the point of view next chapter so you see what happened while Pietro was MIA.
Thank you for the comments, I love to read them.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Ever since Pietro Django Maximoff got his powers, time has been something he had plenty of. “Time is a social construct.” Some people say that but Pietro knows it’s true. Time is completely and utterly at his disposal. He’s got nothing but time. Nothing but seconds dragged onto minutes dragged onto hours. 

Sometimes Pietro feels like he has too much time. Too much to spare. Too much to meddle with. So he does the little things to keep himself busy or else he’d lose his mind. He plays Chess with Charles, a long and slow game nearly every single day for however long it takes. He hand washes the dishes and hand dries them because he has the time. He braids Wanda’s hair and Jeans hair and Drew's hair and anybody’s hair that wants to be meticulously braided. He counts the students every morning and counts them every night. He has plenty of time to watch the sunrise every morning and fall every single night. He makes breakfast, and he runs laps around the school and Pietro Maximoff still has thousands of hours in his day. Hours stretched into minutes stretched onto seconds. He does the small things and the big things. He mows the lawn and waters the plants and teaches Kurt to parallel park. He watches tv and eats junk food and plays video games and does everything he can to pass the time. 

What’s an hour to a man with an infinite amount of seconds? What’s a day compared to a lifetime? 

But before he had hours to spare and days to splurge, Pietro had minutes. He had seconds. Regular minutes and regular seconds that didn’t stretch too much or too far. Before he was Quicksilver. Before he got his super speed he was just a little Jewish kid taking care of his crumbling family. His mom. His sister. That’s all. To the best of his capabilities. 

 

He missed moments. He lost time. He was too late for things and didn’t have time too think or breath. When Pietro Maximoff was eleven years old he had no time at all and everything happened far too fast and was far too heavy. 

“We’re back at the house.” Wanda observes looking at the slight difference ten years made to their now burnt down house. The walls had a different, brighter paint to it then the faded green that was barely visible in the later years. The furniture was arranged slightly differently, small Knick knacks gone from the walls and shelves. It looked the same but different in a very off kilter way. 

 

Pietro and Wanda had just walked through the creepy door in Pietros mind and landed right back to their childhood house. Pietro doesn’t want to think about the fact Wanda doesn’t refer to the house as home anymore. He doesn’t want to think about why he doesn’t either. 

 

Pietro holds on to his sister's hand even though they’ve safely entered the memory already. He’s unsure of what is happening and he needs the physical reassurance that she’s safe. “Is that me?” Wanda looks down at her younger self. A toddler. Not even a year old. Playing with a squishy ball that Pietro most definitely stole. He remembers knabbing it as he was getting the grocery’s rung up and feeling a hit of endorphins pulse into him.

 

His impulse for stealing started early. Becoming less of a bad habit and more of a necessity in the later years. 

“Looks like it. She’s got your big ass forehead.” Pietro pokes her forehead mockingly and Wanda scoffs rubbing her forehead “it’s my birthday! You can’t be mean on my birthday.”

 

“Is it still your birthday?” It’s been a very long twenty four hours. He isn't quite  sure how time works in the mind. Has it been minutes or hours? Has it been days? How long have Wanda and Pietro been stuck in each others weird vortex mind thingy? Pietro doesn’t have an answer. 

 

“It was morning when I got back. Definitely the day after your birthday at least.” 

 

“Got back from where? Where did you go?” Wanda had asked casually but Pietro point blank refused to think about the whole Charles thing. Mostly because it’s still fresh and also because they are in his mind and he’s afraid he’ll accidently trigger the memory and he’ll end up having to hear Charles say those things again. 

 

“Nowhere, just went for a run. Got a bit angsty.”

 

“You’re lying.” Wanda pouts.

 

Boo, stop cheating.” 

 

“I’m not cheating if we’re literally in your mind pie. I can tell when you’re lying now.” 

 

“Now I know how everyone else feels.” Pietro bemoans. 

 

“Now you do.” Wanda agrees with a funny face. “Where are you?” 

 

“I don’t think I’m here.”

 

Wanda points at her baby self “well it’s not my memory. You gotta be here somewhere if you have this memory.”

 

Pietro hums, understanding that logic. He looks around the house barely catching the ruffle of brown curls, sprinkled with gray streaks, climbing down the family kitchen. 

 

The door suddenly opened, harshly and smacking against the door frame. Wanda and Pietro both flinch as David stumbles into the house. The door had nearly hit baby Wanda and Little Pietro was rightfully upset about it. 

 

“What the hell! You coulda hurt Wanda.” Little Pietro huffs, clambering to set the grocery’s on the counter. 

 

“How’d you get that food?” David had ignored the younger boy's accusation. 

 

“I bought it.” Little Pietro spat. He’s never seen his face when he gets this way, agitated and hollow. It doesn’t look good on his young face. 

 

“With what money?”

 

“My money.” 

 

“Have you been stealing from me you little shit. I was down a few dollars this morning. Did you take them from me?” David snags the box in pietros hand harshly making. They both mutually glare at each other. “To buy this shit?”

“That’s baby formula. For your daughter.” Little Pietro always liked to make that distinction. He now realizes it wasn’t out of bitterness but out of fear. Because Wanda doesn’t look like David. He didn’t want him to forget they are related. He didn’t want him to treat her the same as him. 

“He looks different.” Wanda says quietly, looking at her father strangely. 

“He’s drunk.” Pietro clarifies, not able to look away from baby Wanda as she stares at the open door. 

“I know. But He sort of looks like Charles.” She says and Pietro does a double take. Tugging at that particular string like a toy. Oh.

David looks like Charles.

He hadn’t really put too much thought into it but the moment Wanda said it he couldn’t unsee it. Blue eyes, longish brown hair, short trimmed beard, a long slope to his nose. Pietro can even swear that he’s seen Charles wear that exact tie. It was a disturbing comparison to have. To see someone he—-cares about—-in someone that’s hurt him so badly. 

He didn’t look like him. Not really. But he kinda did. They had similar things. Things that made Pietro's chest hurt just a little bit. Things that made Charles’ addiction feel like an echo of something else. 

He wonders what Wanda must feel. Pietro wants to ask but his mouth doesn’t seem to want to speak. Eyes  trailing back to baby Wanda. Paralyzed as he watches her from a distance. Unable to properly do anything. 

“Are you sure we can’t change anything?” Pietro asks numbly, feeling like a million miles away. 

Little Pietro is shouting something and David is hissing and all Pietro can focus on is that this was the first time Baby Wanda started to crawl.

Babies usually start crawling between seven to twelve months old. That’s what the home nurses said when they stopped by the house. Clipped voices and cold tones. Distant from the family in ways Pietro never understood. Wanda was only six months old when she started to crawl. Already ahead of the curve. Always rushing to those landmarks. Too fast and too early. That’s why little Pietro hadn’t thought to scold David about closing the door. That’s why no one paid attention when little Wanda began to crawl her way towards the open door. Eager and chunky and wide eyed at being able to move without assistance. 

“There i go.” Wanda says to little Wanda, only half joking but Pietro is realizing which memory this is. 

This is the day Pietro got his powers. Baby Wanda takes a minute to maneuver around the porch, past the front lawn in a relatively normal pace. Fast for a baby though.

“Stealing is a punishable crime Peter. Don’t you know that? You can go to jail. You know what they do to little boys in jail? Little boys that look like you? They bend them over and break em’.” 

“You’re disgusting.” Little Pietro screws up his face dodging David’s hands as they attempt to clasp around his wrist. “I gotta feed Wanda.” 

“Don’t pretend you’re doing this for Wanda.” David glares down at Little Pietro and if Pietros fingers weren’t itching to go outside, to go to baby Wanda, then he would’ve been equally as irritated by the scene as current Wanda is. Pietro can only watch in horror as baby Wanda manages to crawl her way of the house and into the lawn. 

“Everything I do is for Wanda.” Little Pietro gets slapped in the face, he can hear the smack bounce in the room but Pietro refuses to look away from the baby that is clearly in danger.

“We can’t change anything?” Pietro asks again before he really knows he’s speaking. 

“No.” Wanda was staring at the scene in front of them, probably the thing little Pietro was focusing on at the time but big Pietro knows better. He knows that ten seconds from now a driver is going to swerve into the street, unstable and dangerous and will barrel right into baby Wanda. Only six months old. 

“What’s wrong?” Wanda grips pietro's hand tightly managing to rip her eyes away from the violence in front of her and gaze up at her brother in worry “you're scared. What’s wrong?”

Fuck.

“I remember now.” 

Pietro can’t look away as the very truck he didn’t know he hates until this second, barreled down the street, full speed and honking his horn. Pietro can't use his powers here. He tries to run to baby Wanda. A fruitless attempt at changing her fate. 

When Pietro tries to pick her up off the ground his hand fazes past her. A mirage in a solid memory. Unchanging and cruel. In normal speed he could’ve gotten her he realizes. If he hadn’t picked a fight with David he could’ve still saved her. 

He could’ve ran even without his powers he could’ve saved her.

The car comes closer, immovable and harsh and the last honk is what alerts little Pietro to the scene. Wanda’s eyes widen as she watches her younger self get toppled over by a truck. 

Crushed and killed. It happened all so fast. Yet in slow motion.

Wanda screams bloody murder. Frantically she grabs on to Pietro, tears in her face. This is the exact same thing that Little Pietro did. Wanda and little eleven year old Pietro scream in high pitched unison at the blood bath. 

He realizes now why he had blocked it out. The blood. The gore. The pain and agony he felt at failing. At not doing the one thing he was supposed to do. At watching a child die.

“No! No! No!” Little Pietro felt all the guilt and all the sorrow and Pietro now remembers what comes next. 

He knows how this plays out. 

He watches in breathtaking horror, never seeing it from this point of view, as Little Pietros body shook. Faster then it should. Faster than he’s ever been even in Pietro's super speed. He remember now why he was always too afraid to push it. Too scared of how fast he could really go. He remembers feeling his skin boil but seeing it is a whole different feature.

He was a fucking storm. 

Little Pietro brown curls went away almost instantaneously. Silver grays overcame his face, and his skin turned paler as he ran. 

Not forward. 

But backwards

The room shifts and the scene moves back to the beginning. Wanda and Pietro watch in amazement as Little Pietro sticks his head out of the pantry, faster this time, head a full silver and before David could barge into the room like before, leaving the door open, eleven year old, freshly mutated, Pietro Django maximoff locks his stepfather out. 

“I’m so sorry. I’m so sorry. I’m so sorry.” Little Pietro repeats it over and over and over and he’s rocking in a corner too afraid to pick up Wanda because his hands are shaking and they won’t stop. 

They shake like blades on a blender, fast and deadly and little Pietro doesn’t know how it works—he doesn’t understand that he won’t hurt Wanda. 

All he knows is that he already had and he refuses to do it again. 

“I don’t understand. What just happened?” Wanda still had tears in her cheeks, looking at her brother having a very clear mental breakdown. 

“I saved you. From the truck.”

“How? I don’t understand? Did that happen or not? “

“I don’t know. I think so. It-it felt real. I remember...Smelling your blood. Being afraid of hurting you. I remember being stuck like that for a long time but I-i didn't realize it was because I had seen you—fuck!.” He remembers the day he got his powers like a movie. Watching it from someone’s point of view. Polished and clean and horrific in a way that most mutant coming out moments are. He recalls it like it was someone else telling him the story. Like he told himself enough times that it wasn’t real that suddenly…it just wasn’t. 

Pietro had blocked it out completely. Erased and altered in his brain. 

Pietro doesn’t realize he’s being hugged until he heard Wanda’s voice whispering in his ear. “Thank you for saving me Pietro.” She says gently, and her arms are too small to fully wrap around Pietro but he melts into them regardless. Becoming almost like putty in his sisters arms. 

“I’m so sorry.” Pietro hadn’t realized the weight of those words coming out of his mouth. If unveiled another dam of tears. 

Pietro feels like he’s been crying a lot lately. 

“I’m so fucking sorry red. I should’ve-I should’ve closed the door. I should’ve seen you leave I-“

“-You weren’t the one to open it. You're not the one that’s supposed to worry about me leaving. You didn’t do anything wrong. You saved me.”

“I killed you.”

“You saved me.” 

“I killed you.”

“You didn’t. You saved my life. I’m alive. I’m right here.” 

“You died. I saw you.” Six months. She hadn’t even made it past six months. How could he forget something like this? How can he forgive himself? 

“I’m not dead Pietro.” Wanda pulls at Pietro, forcing him to face her, to look her in the eye “you saved me. I don’t know how you did it but you saved me.” 

“I don’t know how I did it either.” Pietro didn’t even know that he did anything to begin with. The day he got his powers always felt like a vague memory. Something only recalled in fragments. He remembers being afraid to touch Wanda. He doesn’t remember why he kept crying, why he kept going into panic attacks, he just knows that it was bad. 

Pietro thought maybe he had hurt Wanda. Maybe that would explain his fear of touching her, of holding her even out of super speed. He assumes that eventually he got over that fear. Forgave himself in some way. But he didn’t really remember. Not really. His mind, in some fucked up way of protecting him, decided to compartmentalize the memory. Away and gone from sight, trapped behind a locked door. 

He didn’t know. And now he does and he can only see small broken limbs and a crushed skull and blood. So much fucking blood that Pietro found a new example of the color red. 

“I’m so sorry that happened to you Wanda.” Pietro holds his sister because it’s the only thing he can do. Wanda was shaking too. She did just see herself die. Anybody would be shaken after that. He doesn’t know what to do. Baby Wanda is crying and eleven year old Pietro is crying too, shaking to the point that he can’t be seen and everyone is visibly upset. 

The room shifts and Pietro curses under his breath. Wanda refuses to let go of pietros arm. Not even for a second. 

They are in the living room. Magda is beside eleven year old Pietro on the couch, a bottle in one hand and her other hand combing through her son's hair.

He looked like he hadn't slept, his hair is completely silver now. Magda Maximoff gently holds her son but is unable to shake the discomfort from her face. “You know Pietro, my kochanie, I once knew a man who was special just like you.”

Little Pietro rubbed his baby tears and sniffles up a storm and refused to face his mother. He hadn’t told her what had happened. He hadn’t told anyone. She had simply found him panicking in a corner phasing in and out of sight in superspeed, half the house was destroyed and in shambles from his frantic running and Wanda was left on the floor crying with a dirty diaper. David had passed out on the front porch and little Pietro couldn’t pull himself out of superspeed to pick Wanda up from the floor without fear of hurting her. 

He felt like the world around him was going insane, melting into madness, too slow to even fathom and then too fast all at once. He thought he had lost his head. Falling adrift into madness. Alone in a bubble of his own creation. 

“You did?” 

“Yeah, he could control metal. Move it with his mind.”

“How?”

“He was born with something special inside him just like you.“ 

Pietro digested that information with as much grace as any kid would and made a face. “And where is he now?”

Magda didn’t respond, gazing sadly at her son “some people don’t like when other people are different. They try to make them bend to their rules and if they don’t bend they break.” Magda looks deeply at her son. 

“Which one was he?”

“Neither. He did the breaking and the bending. You’re a lot like him. You’re strong.” 

Little Pietro fell silent. 

He feels those words cool around his neck tightening like a noose. He doesn’t know who his mom thinks he is but unbreakable seems like the farthest thing from the truth. Unbending? Strong? It feels like a lie. 

“I love you.” Little Pietro mumbled out even though he felt like dying, even though his mind was mush and his heart wouldn’t stop skipping in his chest. 

“I love you too.” Magda says with heaviness in her voice. 

Wanda looks at at eleven year old Pietro and he could only imagine what she could be thinking. “Was it the man on the tv?”

“What?” Pietros voice was hoarse. 

“The man that mama knows who can control metal. Was it the man on the tv? The one that tried to kill the president?”

Erik fucking Lensherr.

“I don’t know.” Pietro had thought about it briefly when he met the metal bender. Bumbling and eager to make a connection. Making small meaningless conversation with the freshly out of prison mutant. “It would be crazy if she did though.” 

The odds of his mother knowing the man that attempted to kill two separate presidents of the United States of America is pretty slim. The odds of Pietro Maximoff meeting the same exact mutant is also pretty fucking slim. And bizzare. 

Pietro adjusts his palm on Wanda’s palm, feeling a cold sweat hit him all at once. 

Baby Wanda starts to cry and her screech bursts the scene in half shifting the room again to another memory. 

“Give me a fucking break,” Pietro groans his head pounding. Why can’t he just take a breath between memories? Maybe a small pause? 

“I feel like-“ Wanda tightens her grip on Pietro's hand. He looks down at her in alarm, catching the hitch in her voice. “What’s wrong?”

“I don’t-I-“Wanda blinks rapidly “-i think I’m waking up-“ her eyes glow red.

“That’s good. Isn’t it?” Pietro is relieved that they won’t be in here much longer. 

“No, Something’s wrong. I don’t-I think something happened.”

“In here?” Pietro looks around the collapsing memory feeling panicked and overwhelmed but that isn’t necessarily new.

“Out there.” Wanda shakes her head and clutches on to Pietros hand frantically, both hands clasped. “We’re separated.”

“I’m right here.” Pietro says not quite knowing what’s going on or how to help her. The room is shifting. It’s been shifting a lot longer than it has before. It gets loud. The vacuum running in the air like oxygen. 

“No! Something is wrong Pietro! We’re waking up but its too early-they are forcing us to wake up.”

“Who’s they? Whose making us wake up? Charles?” 

“No, he’s not here. I don’t know where he is. I can’t see him. I can’t see anyone. I can’t feel anyone.” Wanda looks scared and now Pietro is catching up. If she can’t feel anyone that means no one is there or—no. 

“Fuck-“

“-we’re going to wake u-“

“-I’ll be right there when you are u-“

“-I love you pie-“

_

_

Pietros flesh gets torn in half.

_

_

It’s stitched back together again.

_

_

Fuck.

_

_

When Peter opened his eyes again he couldn’t move. He was staring straight at a white light and a loud beeping noise made his heart beat faster at every beep, beep, beep. 

What the fuck? Is he dead? 

He thinks he might be dying, as he’s looking into the bright looming light just before his last moments and instead of the expectant relief he felt only fear. 

He didn’t wanna die. 

Then he saw the face of an Angel. He had brown eyes and tan skin and he wasn’t an Angel. Pietro wasn’t dying. Pietro was in a hospital bed. He tried to move but every part of his body refused to do so. 

The not-Angel smiled at him and it didn’t look evil. “Hello, Mr. Maximoff, nice of you to join us.”

Pietro can’t respond, his tongue itching to do so but completely still in his mouth. Why can’t he move?

This isn’t a hospital room, this is a surgical room. The air smelled stale and thin and Pietro couldn’t move because his wrist and his legs were strapped down to the bed. No, not a bed. A table. 

He was strapped down to a cold table looking at a not-Angel.

“I’m so glad you’re awake for this part. It’s not nearly as enjoyable in silence.” He wore a dirty lab coat and Pietro thought of Hank and his spotless white Coat, always so cautious to keep it clean. This man's lab coat was covered in blood. Pietro doesn’t know if it’s his or not. It probably is. Although he doesn’t remember, which happens to be a running trend as of late.

“How attached to your lungs are you?” 

Physically? Very attached. His mouth was numb. Pietro doesn’t know how this sociopath expects him to respond. 

“Right, well, don’t you worry. We’ve already got a fresh new one just for you.” 

The beeping became erratic. Pietro only then realizes it’s a heart monitor. His heart monitor. Because he’s in a surgical room about to be cut open by a crazy man. 

Holy fuck is this real? Is he in another memory? Is he still asleep or is this actually happening? 

“This will hurt.” The man pressed the scalpel onto his sternum and Pietro doesn’t really feel the pain when he punctures his skin but he definitely feels it when it slices down his chest, gliding through flesh like pizza. 

Fucking fuck!

Pietro squirms and hisses and he can’t move and all he can really do is scream with a still mouth. Wordless screams, that echo in the room and make a smile grow on the devil's face as he continues to cut into Pietro like he’s just flesh and muscle. 

Why is this happening? What is going on? Tears are burning his eyes and runs down his face into the hard table. 

Pietro passes out. 

He wakes up again mid-procedure and he sees his lung in a jar connected to tubes, still pumping and the man’s hands digging and scooping into his insides like two day leftovers. Pietro screams bloody murder and falls back into unconsciousness moments later. 

Pietro wakes up screaming, his head pounding like a church bell. His body hurts and his chest feels like a million splinters. He feels vomit crawl up his throat and huddle back down to his stomach like a game of peekaboo. Pietro is in so much agony that he can barely peel his nearly naked body off the cold concrete ground. He profusely sweats which makes him sticky and gross. 

He doesn’t know where he is. He’s not at the mansion. He knows the mansion. He knows all the rooms, all the crooks and all the crannies. He’s searched and dusted and cleaned all the rooms on every floor. He knows every single one, even the ones he’s not meant to know about. He knows the mansion like it’s his home. He’s lived a lifetime there in such a short time. He isn’t in the mansion. He would know. 

Also-more horrifically—-

—-Wanda isn’t with him. The ache in his chest triples. Where the fuck is his sister?

Where the fuck is Wanda and who the fuck was that guy? 

“Welcome back, Peter.” A familiar voice spoke, hoarse and delicate and it made Pietro flinch even though she was quiet with her words. The room was bursted in light. Bright hospital-like lights that made his eyes squint, and his head pound even more than it already was. 

Pietros eyes located a Whitley from across the room, curled in on themselves and staring unblinkingly at Pietro, deep bags underneath her eyes and pale sweaty skin to rival his own. An empty cement room with no visible door. Empty except him and the unnamed Whitley. 

What the hell is going on?

He attempts to get up from the floor with a groan and hiss. “You’ll pull on your stitches.”

He settles on sitting propped up against the wall slipping his hand under his shirt and feeling the grooves on his skin, cuts and bumps of what seems to be hazardously threaded stitches. 

“Why do I have stitches?” He asks outloud because he isn’t fully convinced he isn’t still in his head. Trapped in another memory he doesn’t remember. Maybe this whole thing is another hellscape that belongs to someone else. 

“They had you for a long time.” Whitley says numbly and Pietro feels sick and he can literally feel his pulse through his shoulder, loud and fast “who’s they? Where are we?”

“They came at night. They took all the mutants and have kept us here in this room for several days.”

Days? Pietro has been out of it for fucking days? 

“I don’t remember. I-“ Pietro clamped his mouth shut when he realized that Whitley looked about three seconds away from crying, crinkled chin and watery eyes that stare into nothing. Fuck. Shit. 

Pietro takes in the heavy set of bags and sweaty face that looked pale and sickly and the shake to her hands that never settle. This was more than the result of a couple days adrift. This was something else. 

Something he’s only seen once before when the Whitleys slept in different rooms for more than a day and didn’t morph at all. The first sign is usually a bit of sweating. By that point they are too tired to stay separated and tend to blend back into one body. 

From the looks of it. They aren’t all there. From the extent of the damage that Pietro can see he figures maybe one or two alters are gone. 

He doesn’t know what the consequence of distance is but if it’s any worse then what it looks now he doesn’t wanna see it. 

“How many of you are gone?” He asks quietly, feeling the dread seep into his bones. He’s memorized almost all their names. He’s played Pac-Man with Sophie, he’s pulled pranks with Samantha, he’s talked about boys with Sky, he’s braided each and everyone of their hairs. He couldn’t imagine losing any of them. 

“Sebastian and Shane never merged. They are stuck.” 

The boys. Pietro knows them. He’s spent time with the boys. He’s bought baseball cards for Shane and taught Sebastian how to skateboard. Two alters. Two boys. The only boys. Two minds with no tether. No way of coming back to their girls. 

Sebastian and Shane are the protectors. Without them the other alters are left unprotected and in danger. Shane and Sebastian were born as a result of trauma. All the alters are. It was a way for the original host to cope and Shane and Sebastian are the skeletons of the original creator. They endure so the others don’t. To them, it’s their duty. They are, in all ways that matter, the older brothers to a herd of sisters. 

As an older brother Pietro knows exactly how they must be feeling, not knowing how their sisters are doing. The guilt must be eating at them, leaving a hole in the center of their mind. Scared and probably just as sick as the girls. Pietros knows they are because that’s exactly how he feels right now. Thinking of Wanda. Thinking of Jean. Thinking of all the mutants that were under his watch. 

“I’m sorry I wasn’t awake to stop it.” 

“There’s nothing you could’ve done. There were too many of them. Too well planned and…”

“…And what?” Pietro doesn’t know what he thought the rest of that sentence was but he would’ve never guessed what she actually said. 

“Miss Margo is gone.”

Pietro flinches, his mouth snapping shut. He doesn’t need her to repeat it. Not really. He knows what she means. But-

“She-she tried to save as many of us as possible. Hank and Charles weren’t there and she couldn’t save everyone.” She rubs her eyes “they only wanted mutants. They didn’t touch Frankie or Drew. They wouldn’t have killed her if she didn’t fight so hard to save us.”

-She would’ve been home, pruning her garden surrounded by her cats, homeschooling her foster children. She would be alive. And now she isn’t. 

Pietro liked miss Margo- is the thing, but Miss Margo, who cooks like death, and laughs with her shoulders, and dresses like she has a costume on every single day, is dead. Pietro is reminded of Rabbi Stanley. His death was just as upsetting and sudden and horrible and Pietro can’t help but think about the fact that she wouldn’t have been in the mansion at all if Pietro hadn’t come to her house. If he hadn’t knocked on her door with fresh flowers and smelly shoes then she would’ve been alive. 

Pietro thinks of Kurt. He thinks about how another parent is gone from the teleporters life. He feels that shroud of darkness around his head. The thought of how Kurt must be feeling is the reason he asks “and Kurt? Is he okay?”

Whitley looks at him, lips forming a straight line as she flicks her head behind Pietro “i don’t know. I-“ her eyes drop and her back straightens, brows lowering. 

This is someone else now. 

“-These stupid fucking collars won’t let us multiply so we only got one body to talk through.” Sylvia hisses. Her thick New Zealand accent bouncing off the cement walls. Pietro suddenly looks down at the heavy collar around his neck, just now realizing he’s wearing one. That explains why he’s not healing fast. Or at all. He’s never actually had to deal with pain to this degree since his mutation surfaced. He’s never needed stitches. 

Is this how it usually feels when people go through surgery? Did Pietro go through surgery? It feels like he did. Is it bad that he can’t remember any of it? Just weird painful flashes. Damn. It probably is super bad that he can’t. 

“Sylvia who was I just talking to?” He had been so out of it he forgot to even ask. 

“None of your beezewacks fuckface.”

“Chill out, man! At least she was actually answering my questions you’re just straight mean.”

“It was Alisha.”

“Alisha as in-“

“-The original host. Yeah. She rarely comes out.”

“-why did she go back in?” 

“-it’s about to be our turn. And she can’t be the one on the line when they get us.”

“Your turn for what?” Pietro tries to stand up again but only groans and winces as the muscles around his stomach pull at his stitches. Fucking hell.  

Fucking fuck that hurts. 

She winces “for whatever they did to you.”

Pietro throws up all over the cold cement floor and as if to kick him while he was down the collar around his neck rang electricity through his entire body. So did Whitleys. They both gasp and scream at the sudden jolt. 

“What the fuck!” 

The wall behind Whitley melts. Dropping until their was a human sized hole in the center. A large man in a black outfit dumps a body on the floor with a thud and a stiff man in a lab coat followed behind him with a clipboard. His heels clock against the cement floor. 

“Who the hell are you?” Pietro hisses, trying to stand but another jolt hits his collar that makes him collapse immediately. Fucking shit. 

Neither responded. The doctor pointed at Whitley who’s expression turned blank and her trying to pull a brave face hurts Pietro's heart more than it should. The man in black steps forward to grab her and Pietro stands up, ignoring the ache in his bones and the threat of electricity in his skin, he moves as quickly as he can in this state. “Please, she's just a kid.” He stands between the two, preventing the dark man from taking her. 

The doctor looks up sharply, his cold eyes familiar in a way that confuses Pietro. “Nobody is just a kid.” His voice was like a snake, smooth and slippery in a form that rubs between his ears and grabs him with nasty talons.

Pietros grimaces “you won’t get away with this.” He wishes he could show more confidence in his declaration. 

He is very aware of how much they’ve probably already gotten away with. He thinks of the homes they’ve raided, the mutants they've taken with no pullback from the government.

“They already have.” The man in black says. 

Pietro notes that the man also has a collar around his neck. Hanging more tightly around him to the point that it looks seared into his skin and his eyes never meet Pietros or Sylvia’s, emotionless and stoic. His face marks a giant M on the side of his skull that looks burned into his flesh. 

Some people break and bend. 

“I think your friend may need some help.” The man in black gestures at the slump body he had just dropped on the floor. To pietros horror he realizes that it’s Kurt. He was wearing a blanket that covered up most of him so Pietro hadn’t noticed him under all the bandages. 

While he was distracted by this revelation The man in black grabbed Sylvia and Pietro jerked forward to grab her but in his sluggish state it was easier to predict his moves. No superspeed to block or aim any attacks. “We’ll be okay.” Sylvia says and she couldn’t quite hide the fear in her voice. That fear grabbed Pietro and gave him the willpower to practically throw himself at the man in black, the man in the lab coat perfectly safe behind the hulking man. 

That’s when the electricity struck him once again. By the time the buzzing around his head stopped they were gone and the wall was smooth and spotless, no evidence of any breakage at all. 

Fuck. Pietro didn’t care. He touched the wall as if maybe it would melt under his hands as well. It didn’t. He slapped it and ran his palms through it, pushed and jabbed and punched and clawed at the grooves until his fingernails bled. Desperate and terrified of what they were doing to Sylvia. Terrified that they might be doing the same thing to Wanda. 

“Yosef?” Kurt’s voice is the only thing to pull him back, sluggish and dripping with a thick accent. 

“Kurt, baby.” Pietro is by Kurt’s side scarily fast for a guy with no powers. “It’s me, it’s Pietro.” 

“I’m sorry Yosef! Please! Stop I’m sorry!” Kurt cries, thrashing and jerking. His tail curled around his body protectively and tears shed behind his closed eyes. 

“I’m not Yosef. You’re not at the circus. You’re with me. You’re with Pietro.” Pietro desperately wanted to say that he was safe. That he had nothing to worry about but he wasn’t. Pietro had no idea where they were and they are currently the least safe they have ever been. 

“Yosef, I’m so sorry. Please forgive me.” Kurt cries and Pietro feels another ache in his chest, he hates that Kurt thinks he has to ask for forgiveness at all. 

“You did nothing wrong Kurt. Yosef was a bad man.” He’s gone. Pietro has to remind himself that Kurt’s demons aren’t ones he can fight for him. Yosef is a bad man. Kurt has told him enough, and if a peak into his nightmare was any hint at what kind of shit he put him through then that man deserves to be six feet under ground. Dead and rotting. 

“I can’t-I don’t want to-please.” Kurt’s voice falters and Pietro holds his hand face crumbling at the boys pleads “you don’t have to do anything, blue. You don’t have to do anything ever again. Just rest. Please just rest.” It felt like a promise, an oath. One Pietro doesn’t know he can guarantee. 

Kurt stops fighting, stops whining in his sleep and his eyes open slowly, a bit foggy “Pietro?” 

“Yeah that’s my name, don’t wear it out.”

Kurt sits up and leans close to him, suddenly wrapping his weak arms around the speedster, letting out a wet laugh. “I thought you were dead.” He sobbed and Pietro wraps his arms around him too even though it hurts to move at all. 

“I’m glad I’m not. Are you okay?” Pietro touches Kurt’s face, more to inspect for any bruises or swelling but also because he just wanted to feel that he was actually there. Present and with him. 

“I’m not doing great.” Kurt says honestly and Pietro wipes the tear that snuck past Kurt’s cheek. “Did they…do anything else to you? Besides—cutting you.” Pietro looks at the jagged stitch running down Kurt’s bare chest. It was the first time he’s seen Kurt shirtless and it’s the first times he’s seen the dozens of cuts and scars scattering his ribs and stomach, not just the giant one slashing the center. Old ones. Pietro looks away respectfully, wrapping the blanket more snuggly around his friend. 

Kurt shakes his head but says “I don’t think so. At some point I just passed out from pain.” His eyes drift, looking heavy. 

“It’s okay, you can sleep.” Pietro adjusts himself into a sitting position. 

“Don’t go.” Kurt barely says, his voice already melting into the clouds. Pietro lets him fall towards him, letting the blue boy lay his head on his lap as the speedster leans his back against the wall. He adjusts Kurt’s blanket so that it covers his shoulders as well. 

“I’m not going anywhere, blue.” 

He doesn’t think he can. They are trapped in here for the foreseeable future. 

“Promise?” Kurt lifts his pinky and he wonders how many times he’s seen Pietro do that with the little kids for him to think that was how all promises were made. 

“I pinky promise.” Pietro loops his cold pinky with Kurt’s and the teleporter falls asleep just like that—with there fingers looped in a promise. 

Pietro looks down at his thin shirt and sees the patch of dark liquid soaking the front of his shirt. 

He hopes he can keep that promise. 

 

Notes:

David and Charles are NOT related. I don’t want anybody to be confused I’m just implying that they look similar, like, if you squint. For angsty purposes.

Brings it back to when Pietro briefly thought Charles was David at the bar and in the beginning of the story when Pietro had to kept calling him
“not-David” in his head.

Wanda’s a bit more perceptive than Pietro.

Chapter 17: The Amazing Nightcrawler

Summary:

“Not many people in the circus liked me. Only Dolly.”

“Who’s Dolly?” Pietro adds to the conversation in small doses.

“She was another mutant. She had spikes for hands so they didn’t put her with the other mutants.” Kurt got a far away look on his face, his bruised up face making Pietro pay close attention to how he hugs himself in a self soothing way. “Everyone was always so afraid of her because she was so prickly but most of the time she just wanted a hug.” Pietros mind supplies him with the image of the scars all around Kurt’s stomach and back. It felt like a rock dropping in his stomach.

The only form of comfort Kurt Wagner ever got was like a slice of a knife and he welcomed the pain with an open heart and a grateful smile.

—- or——

Kurt and Pietro meet some other mutants. They keep warm and they talk until one of them is due for another round of torture.

Notes:

Pietro is a conspiracy theorist. Confirmed.

Also the timeline is purposely vague. You’re not suppose to know how long they’ve been captured because they themselves have no idea how long they’ve been captured.

Sorry for any typos. Enjoy reading <3

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Pietro maximoff blames Hank McCoy for how absolutely hungry he is right now. Not only did the well meaning scientist feed him high calorie food he also got him used to eating it consistently. The little pudge on his stomach is proof enough of how much his health and eating habits had improved. He got less headaches and he could run for longer periods of time without craving any food. Usually that would be a good thing except now Pietro Maximoff after seemingly a few days of not eating is absolutely famished. Starved actually. 

 

“A hundred and forty two. That’s five more pounds then last time.” Hank McCoy had told him, writing the new numbers on his annoyingly noisy clipboard. Pietro hadn’t thought he was underweight before but the way Hank's face had grown ashen pale the first time he weighed him still haunts him. He had been used to counting his ribs and seeing the gap between his thighs. He didn’t know anything was wrong. He thought the slight constant rumbling in his stomach was his ADHD and not his stomach begging to be fed. 

 

Hank nearly force fed Pietro all the food in the house when he told him about the rumbling. “I know the meal replacements don't taste good but it’s just to bring up your metabolism and keep you stable. I’m really glad you’re still taking them.” 

 

When he tells Charles about it afterwards he smiles softly at Pietro “I’m really proud of you.” He says and Charles' approval gave him a bit of a dopamine high for days afterwards. Pietro kept replaying the words “I’m really proud of you” like a chorus in one of his favorite songs. Sticking in his head like an ear worm. Now the speedster is regretting getting his body used to a high calorie count because he suddenly has absolutely nothing to work with. Pietro is fucking famished. He’s also really fucking cold. 

Pietro has grown accustomed to the cold in the last couple of months. He was used to Bobby’s fits and tantrums that ended in indoor snowball fights and icicle sized holes in windows. Pietro was used to Bobby’s anger changing the temperature of the mansion and the drastic imbalance of the occasional indoor snowstorm. Pietro has been woken up more than once by the clattering of jeans teeth and had grown accustomed to doubling up on blankets when he put the kids to sleep. It was an adjustment but not necessarily a problem for the speedster. 

It wasn’t that Pietro couldn’t feel cold, it was just that it didn’t affect him as much considering his body moves faster than the speed of sound and works over time at all times to keep it warm and pumping. His body is a damn furnace--eternally warm and cozy. Bonus points: it's great for cuddling. 

As long as he has his powers of course. Which unfortunately he does not at this current moment. The metal collar suppressing his abilities made it hard to forget that. 

It was cold in the doorless cell, their breaths marked the air around them and Pietro could see a fresh layer of ice forming on the wall. His body vibrates and maybe if he had his silver jacket it would be more bearable but that was taken away and he was left behind with cold bare arms and thin clothes that had no form of protection from the elements. 

Pietro knew this was probably another form of torture. His skin burned with cold and his insides felt like ice cubes being crushed. A disgusting icee of organs and blood. The collar around his neck was heavy around his neck and weighed him down. 

“Did you know-“ Kurt’s voice sounded like a beacon and Pietro turned to him, desperate for the distraction. “-that in the circus I had to wear a collar just like this.” Kurt fitters a bit with his own metal chain. 

He did know that. He saw it during his very invasive dream jumping. “Maybe they sell mutant suppressant collars at Costco or something.”

“Who’s Costco?”

Pietro fights back a grin “it’s a store. They sell things in bulk.” 

“They sell mutant items?”

“No-that was-I was making a joke. I was kidding.”

“I don’t get the joke.” Kurt frowns. 

“I-nevermind. It wasn’t really funny.” Sometimes Pietros jokes go over Kurt’s head and usually the speedster is willing to explain the punchline to the blue boy but the ache in his stomach and the coldness in his stomach, along with the stretched stitches in his abdominal and arms—made it so that he was a bit too antsy to have the patience to do so. “Tell me about the circus. Or anything.” He just wants to hear Kurt talk—his voice is soothing and warm and the only thing keeping Pietro sane currently. 

“In The circus we’d travel to cold places and our trucks and trolleys weren’t very weather resistant so we’d all kinda just stay in one truck so it would be warmer since our bodies created a natural heat. The kids usually paired up and tried to stay warm that way.” Kurt speaks and a puff of cold air circle around his mouth. 

“Who’d you pair up with?” Pietro rubs his palms together trying to create some form of body heat and Kurt just shakes his head. Pietro can see it now. A group of circus performers pairing off for warmth and leaving poor Kurt all by himself shivering in a corner. 

“Not many people in the circus liked me. Only Dolly.”

“Who’s Dolly?” Pietro adds to the conversation in small doses. 

“She was another mutant. She had spikes for hands so they didn’t put her with the other mutants.” Kurt got a far away look on his face, his bruised up face making Pietro pay close attention to how he hugs himself in a self soothing way. “Everyone was always so afraid of her because she was so prickly but most of the time she just wanted a hug.” Pietros mind supplies him with the image of the scars all around Kurt’s stomach and back. It felt like a rock dropping in his stomach. 

The only form of comfort Kurt Wagner ever got was like a slice of a knife and he welcomed the pain with an open heart and a grateful smile. 

“She was a good fighter.” Kurt says with something heavy behind his eyes. He’s thinking about the cage where the circus had them fight in. Kurt has told him about how they made the mutants hurt each other. He never goes into too much detail and Pietro never pushes. “I hope she’s okay.” Kurt slips out, his voice barely above a whisper—he hadn’t meant to say that part out loud. 

“I’ll be your pair.” Pietro wants to break the sadness that’s overwhelming Kurt and he doesn’t know how to do that when they're in such a shitty situation. Hungry, freezing and bleeding. “I’ll keep you warm.” Pietro was already beside him scooting impossibly close to the teleporter, joining him in his space. Joining him in his sadness instead of making it less. 

“I-I don’t-“ Kurt cuts himself off, his voice becoming mush when Pietro's warm breath hits his shoulder blade, his skin equally as exposed as his. 

“It’s alright.” Pietro wraps one arm around Kurt’s stomach, the other around his shoulder, sitting behind him and keeping his back warm. 

“Is this okay?” Pietro was going slow. Kurt is looking at him like a deer in headlights, startled by any quick motion. A week ago he would’ve let Pietro hold him but a week ago they weren’t in a place where they needed to keep their guard up. The speedster is a tactile person and equally as touch starved as his blue friend. Pietro doesn’t want him to feel  uncomfortable so he treads carefully. 

“Y-yes. It’s okay.” Kurt’s teeth chattered and the blue mutant wrapped his arms around Pietros' arms as well, rubbing them and soothing the cold away very very slowly. 

They melted into each other.  “Mama Margo’s dead.” Kurt says suddenly into the dark room and he feels him take in a shaky breath. 

“I know. I’m so sorry, baby. I know she means a lot to you. She’s-“ Pietro can’t seem to regard Miss Margo in the past tense. “She’s a fucking force. It doesn’t seem real at all.”

Now that she’s dead Pietro realizes he can’t remember if he ever thanked her for taking in his mom when she didn’t have to. He suddenly realizes that he kept postponing that knitting lesson with her. He recalls that he never actually did tell her how much he appreciated her time and her banter. Pietro thinks the thank you’s and I’m sorrys are pretty useless when the other person is dead. He feels sick and he’s been holding back tears for what seems like ages; trying desperately not to upset Kurt who is taking it far worse than him. 

“She told me to hide. I didn’t listen-I-“ Kurt lets out a shaky breath that sounds like paper being torn in half “-it was my fault she died and now I can’t ever tell her how much I love her. I can’t tell that to me she wasn’t just my foster mother. She was my hero.” 

“She knows. Trust me even if you never told her she knows that you love her. She loves you just as much.” 

Pietro thinks of the bouquet of Lilly’s that made Miss Margo smile and the way she defended her home ferociously and how she in the same breath defended Pietro even though she was only his neighbor. Insignificant but still worthy of her help. She was kind. Maybe one of the kindest people he’s ever met. 

She collects lost souls. Isn’t that what she said? 

Kurt cries. Fuck it—Pietro cries too. 

Pietros actually hiccuping, like some three year old with bruised knees after rough housing at the local park. He bites the inside of his cheek, trying to suppress the overwhelming grief he feels but it’s a lost battle. Like Pietro's entire stupid life. Hopeless in every shape and form. He cries not only for Miss Margo but for Kurt and for Frankie and for six month old Wanda who never got to live. Because hell—he was trying to forget about it and move on because shits getting real right now but he just can’t. 

 

Everything has gone to absolute shit. 

 

“When I was in the mind prison thing with Wanda I saw her die.” Pietro spits it out like it was poison in his mouth. He had told Kurt yesterday about the memory jumping he did with Wanda’s gifts but didn't go into detail about the memories he saw. It felt still too surreal and trippy to think about. Too painful and invasive to speak them outloud. 

 

“But Wanda is alive.” Kurt says. “She wasn’t taken with the rest of us. She’s back at the mansion with the professor and Hank. She’s safe and they're going to find us.”

 

Pietro nods, relieved to have the reassurance- once again- that his sister isn’t in any danger. Wanda is with Charles and he would never let anything happen to her. He knows that much. 

 

“Any day now.” Pietro reaffirmed. “They’ll find us any day now.” He’s been saying “any day now” for days and the more time they stay here the less confident he is by that statement. 

 

“Tell me something good.” Kurt asks quietly— his voice drowsy and tired. Pietro hums and tries to think past all the bad in his mind—something good he can say so that Kurt goes to sleep and doesn’t have nightmares. 

 

“I think I know who your mom is.” Kurt turns his head, craning his neck and his nose brushes against Pietro's jaw accidentally making the speedsters pulse skyrocket. “My mom?” Pietro can feel Kurt’s breath on his neck. Goosebumps run up his arm. 

 

Okay, calm down. This is okay. 

 

Pietro rushed out the next sentence to cover up the sudden flush to his cheeks “when I was memory hopping. I saw the lady that saved you.” Pietro looks Kurt in the eye, turning his face downwards slightly and Kurt is staring up at him with big yellow eyes that droop slightly. Kurt’s so fucking cute, Pietro can’t stand it. 

 

“The lady that saved me.” Kurt repeats his words slurring together slightly like he really is on the brink of sleep. Poor thing must’ve been trying to stay up to watch over Pietro. The speedsters' wounds were very touch and go for a while there. 

 

“Yeah, I’m pretty sure that was Raven. The professor's adopted sister, I’ve seen a picture of her in his room. And she’s also mystique.”

 

“Mystique?” Kurt mumbles. 

 

“From the news.” Pietro clarifies. 

 

Kurt just hums his eyes closing softly “I don’t watch the news.” Pietro blinks and thinks about how much sense that makes. Kurt wouldn’t have recognized her on the tv as the woman who saved him because she was in her blue form but also because Kurt Wagner apparently didn’t watch the news. Airing on every news channel was a new anti-mutant debate and another law or legislation being passed or overturned. Mutant acceptance has been at an all time high but mutant rejection and segregation has been implemented as well. One good mutant doesn’t account for general fear of the unknown. The public saw a display of mercy but they also saw a display of destruction. Things have hit the fan since the day of the White House incident. Kurt Wagner doesn’t know how much good Mystique has done. 

 

“She’s a hero. She saved the president. She saved you. I think she might be your mom.” 

 

Kurt stays silent but rubs circles around pietro's arms which are still wrapped around him. 

 

“It’s just a theory of course but she must’ve had you before Xavier opened the school…the first time around. I don’t know how she would hide a pregnancy from Charles but I mean she’s a shapeshifter so she probably just, like shifted into a non pregnant person—“ Pietro feels like he’s telling Kurt about an insane conspiracy theory.

 

He sounds fucking mental. 

 

Meanwhile Kurt just nods and listens like he’s listening to one of the kids tell a story that has no plot and makes no sense and is eighty percent of them just ranting nonsense. “—you have the same eyes.” 

 

“Just because someone looks like someone else doesn’t mean they are related.” Kurt says and Pietro recalls a similar conversation with Bobby when he first arrived at the mansion. “And the color of our eyes aren’t that similar.” Kurt says gently and opens his eyes lazily as if to show him.

 

As if Pietro doesn’t have Kurt’s eyes memorized by heart. 

 

“I meant the shape of them. They wrinkle at the ends when you smile. Hers do too.” He can only see the smiling face of Raven framed in a faded picture next to Charles bedside. It was something he couldn’t pinpoint right away but now that the connection was made in his head it seemed obvious.

 

Or completely off the mark. 

 

“Yeah, they do.” Kurt says with a content smile and buries himself deeper into pietro's arms, looking properly exhausted. “Thank you.” He says “I hadn’t realized we had anything in common.” Sounding genuinely pleased.

 

Pietros eyes widened a fraction “so you believe me? That ravens your mom?” He’s surprised by his trust in him but he’s also surprised by how well Kurt is taking the news.

 

It’s not everyday someone tells you you’re related to a very famous mutant. 

 

“No.” Kurt sounds groggy “ravens not my mom.” 

 

“But you just said—“

 

“—She didn’t give birth to me.” Kurt says easily. 

 

Another piece fits into the string of theories in Pietros head.

 

 “—is she…your dad?” It makes sense in a way. She’s a shapeshifter. She can be anyone. 

 

Kurt nods into his chest letting out soft tired breaths “myeah-thinkso.” His words glue together-choppy. 

 

“Then who’s your mom?” Pietro voices out loud feeling a bit insane. He has a million and one questions but only voices that one. 

 

“Margo.” Kurt mumbles out just before he is completely clonked out. Pietro just sighs and adjusts his grip around Kurt’s person. Eventually they both fell asleep just like that. Tangled in each other like their one singular person. 

When Pietro woke up seemingly hours later the two had been wrapped around each other shamelessly. Kurt had curled himself smaller and was flushed against his front, at some point twisting to be facing Pietro, his legs tangled with his and his arms leaching onto Pietro's ribs, one of his hands slipping underneath his shirt. His tail seemed to have gathered interest on Pietro's leg. Wrapping around the limb like a sleeping snake.

It didn’t feel weird. He knew Kurt was asleep and didn’t have any full control over that particular part of his body. Even when he was awake Kurt’s tail reacted to things differently then Kurt did. 

Pietro once saw Kurt’s tail take the tv remote and hide it from Kurt himself. The poor blue teleporter looked for it for forty minutes while Pietro was laughing his ass off. 

The room made a loud siren sound that pierced his ears and made all the sleepiness evaporate in a second. Kurt jerked awake and was in immediate fight or flight mode ripping his body away from Pietro and standing up in alarm. Hands balled up in fists and tail still holding on to Pietro. The speedster patted the tail gently and it eventually loosened its grip on his ankle but was still on high alert even before the voice came booming from the walls. 

“Hands on the wall.” It said simply and they must’ve hesitated too long because the electricity around their necks buzzed and Pietro cursed. 

 

“Hands on the wall.” The voice repeats. 

 

“Fuckers!” Pietro hisses “alright! give us a literal second.” and they both place the palms of their hands against the wall looking at each other with unease. 

 

“What goi-“ the wall began to melt beneath their fingers and enveloped their hands and arms and within seconds swallowed us while. Pietros heart went straight to his ass. What the actual fuck. He was part of the wall. He was the wall and suddenly he’s being spat out on the other side of the wall like they where there the whole time. 

 

Cold and wet and yet completely dry and warm. It was all very uncomfortable. 

 

“Am I having a mental break?” Kurt mumbles and Pietro snorts. Kurt gives him the stink eye “I was just a wall.” He says fully in distress. 

 

“Yeah, me too. It was weird.” 

 

“I’ve never been a wall before.”

 

“It would be weird if you had been, blue.” 

 

“I didn’t like it.”

 

“I wasn’t a fan either.” 

 

“I didn’t think you were ever a fan.” 

 

Pietro let’s out a unintentional snort “No- that’s not what I meant I mean-“ Pietro abruptly stops talking when his eyes meet another. They aren’t alone. Not that they ever were. But he can see them now. 

They seemed to be in a lunchroom type area. Long strips of table and chairs chained and bolted to the ground and- One, two, three-other people in the room with equally as famished expressions and matching restraining collars. 

 

“Another blue one?” A girl with floor length pink hair slits her eyes towards Kurt, tan skin and purple freckles on her nose like girly constellations. She’s about three feet tall with a beaver tail. 

 

“He doesn’t look very strong.” A boy with yellow eyes and black spiky hair jerked his pointy chin towards Kurt. His muscular hands bounded in front of him with a weird metal contraption. 

 

“He is.” Pietro's voice was like ice. He steps in front of his best friend protectively and Kurt’s tail curls around Pietro's ankle. He watches as every eye in the room darts to that contact. A small girl- maybe three feet tall, with a beavers tail and two gaping teeth protruding from her mouth - lets out a delighted squeal. 

 

“How lovely. They know each other.” The boy sitting on top of the table glares at them-he was missing a hand and he had a scar running from the top of his bald head all the way to his chin and because the brute is shirtless he sees two scars on his chest, like an unfinished autopsy. That sounds morbid. 

 

“I love his tail.” Beaver girl says, a slight lisp to her voice. She smiles devilishly “I want it.” 

 

Oh, okay. 

 

Fuck no. 

 

“His hairs cool.” Bald guy says touching his own hairless scalp in wonder. Pietro has a bad feeling in his chest. 

 

“Where are we?” Pietro interrupts feeling more then a little claustrophobic by another room without doors. 

 

“The kibble room.” The bald guy says, not taking his eyes away from Pietros hair. 

 

“The kibble room? What the fuck? Why is it called-“ Kurt’s tail tightens at his leg instinctively and Pietro looks at him in alarm. The blue boy looks like he’s gonna throw up. The tubing above the lunch table shook suddenly and from the vents above the latch opened and all at once dirt began to pour out of it and clutter onto the table. No, not dirt. Kibble. Pietro has fed enough of miss Margo’s cats to know what kibble looks like. To know what it smells like. 

 

All three mutants- Pietro assumes they are mutants- began to scoop big chunks of kibble with their hands and eat it. The boy with clamped hands simply created a pile with his arms and ate it off the table—like a dog. 

 

They're being fed pet food like they're not even human and they just eat it like it’s normal. Like it’s a damn treat. 

Kurt begins to moves towards the lunch tables like a robot and Pietro is so startled by this turn of events that he follows him as well. He tries desperately not to make a face when he sees Kurt take a handful of the chunky kibble and put some in his mouth. Pietro is surprised by how easy Kurt made it seem. Like it wasn’t the grossest thing ever. Like he’s—

 

Kurt has definitely eaten kibble before. 

 

“Before Miss Margo’s house I hadn’t ever had a proper home cooked meal.”

That’s what Kurt told him not too long ago. 

 

“I guess anything is better than nothing at all.”  If the comparison to miss Margo’s food was literal dog food then Pietro would also prefer the devilish food prepared by the blind lady. No competition. And It all comes to Pietro now. Watching his best friend chow down on kibble like he was once treated like an animal. He feels gross and sad and horrified and everything all at once but he doesn’t judge Kurt when he offers Pietro some of his kibble. Looking small and genuine. Pietro is so hungry. He’s so fucking hungry he can feel his stomach eating itself. Fuck. Shit. Fuck. 

 

Is kibble really better than Nothing? Kurt can eat Miss margos food with a smile on his face. He can eat kibble without complaint. Kurt is far stronger than anyone gives him credit for. 

 

“I don’t want any.” Pietro forces himself to say. He can’t stand the idea of proving these people right. He isn’t an animal. He doesn’t deserve this. 

 

“Please eat it.” Kurt looks at Pietro with a tired expression when he speaks. “It doesn’t taste that bad.” Kurt lies. For his benefit. But it’s a lie nonetheless. Kibble can’t possibly taste good. 

 

“It’s not the taste I’m against.” Pietro frowns, watching the others grab another handful of kibble like candy. 

 

“It’s all they're going to give us. Please. I don’t want you to be hungry.” Kurt says with such genuine concern that he remembers that Kurt was there when he forgot to eat for a whole day once and passed out near the lake. It was the same day Charles volunteered to try the meal canisters as well. As a way to motivate Pietro to not skip meals perhaps. Kurt never made it a big deal but he was the one that found him face down on the dirt and it’s no coincidence that every meal time Kurt decides to sit beside Pietro. After that it was “isn’t this rice good? Try some.” Or a more subtle “I'm full, can you finish my plate?” Because Pietro hates to waste food. Kurt knows Pietro has shit metabolism. He knows that Pietro has a weird on and off relationship with food and he doesn’t ever make him feel bad for it. 

 

But right now Kurt can only do so much. “Please, Pietro.” Kurt says gently and Pietro caves almost instantaneously not wanting to see that worried look on his blue friend's face. 

Pietro takes some off the table and just barely puts some in his mouth, feeling more than a little crazy for doing it. 

 

“I like his purple streaks.” Bald guy says like he isn't in the room. Like Pietro is a celebrity on the tv and not standing two yards away from him. Pietro forgot about the purple streaks in his hair from Wanda's birthday. Kurts own silver streak has long faded and only shows as a reminder of how long they've been in this awful place. 

 

Pietro chews on the kibble– it felt like rocks in his mouth and was hard to swallow. 

 

They eat in silence. 

“Hands on the wall.” the ominous voice says again. 

 

All five of them put their hands on the wall like the good obedient animals they are. Pietro is glad Wanda isn't here.

They are back in their room and it feels smaller somehow and they both let out deep breaths.

 

“What was that about?”

 

Kurt wipes his hands on his pants and lets out another breath “I knew him.”

 

“Who? Bald guy?” 

 

“Estevan.’’

 

“How do you know him?”

 

“Circus. They use to pair him up with dolly a lot.” Kurt says with a uncomfortable expression. “Wasnt dolly a little kid?”

 

“Yeah. she was seven.” and Estevan is probably in his mid twenties. Pinning a kid with a grown adult is kinda vile and doesn't sit right with Pietro. Nothing that damn circus ever sits right with pietro. “She was the one that took his arm.” 

 

“Damn.” Pietro said out loud. “She’s definitely a fighter.” A bit proud. 

 

“But he isn’t a mutant.” Kurt’s says seriously “or at least he wasn’t a mutant before.” 

 

“Maybe hes a late bloomer?” Pietro tries to recall something Hank said “sometimes it takes something traumatic for the mutation to appear. Like with Wanda.” Or Pietro himself. But he’s not gonna think about that right now. 

 

“It’s just really weird.”

 

“I mean…what other explanation is there?”

 

Kurt stays silent deep in his head. Pietro gets stuck in his own head as well. He voices a thought that’s been creeping into his head since they’ve taken the Whitleys. “Next time they go through that wall they’re going to take me.”

 

Kurt shakes his head. “I won’t let them.” Which was an empty sentiment. They have no real way of escape. No real way of how to even get out of this room or how to defend themselves without their powers. 

 

“If anything happens to you I wouldn’t be able to live with myself.” Pietro start by saying but Kurt glares at Pietro—looking offended, “and how about you? you think I want them to hurt you? You think I’ll fare any better?” 

“I think you’ll be alright.” And Kurt flinches like Pietros slapt him in the face. 

“You’re so mean sometimes.” His face contorts and he looks like he wants to simultaneously hit me and hug me tightly. Like he’s fighting against his politeness to say something rude. 

"I’m not-“ suicidal. “-Thrilled about it. I mean I don’t want to get tortured, Kurt. But if one of us had to…” 

“You won’t make it another round of torture pietro! They stitched you up all wrong and they had you for days last time. You need more time to recover. If you die, who will sing Wanda to bed. Who will play chess with Charles or annoy Bobby or cook with Frankie or make Jean laugh. Who will be my bestfriend? I can’t just not have a best friend Pietro! I-it was so empty before I had you.” Kurt is full on having a panic attack now pacing the floor irritably and Pietro regrets saying anything at all. 

“I’m sorry.” Pietro reaches for Kurt but the blue boy nudges his hands away with a broken expression. “Take it back.” 

“What?” Pietro lets out a breath feeling off balance.

“Take it back.” He repeats firmly and Pietro let’s out a breath wiping a hand down his face. 

“I can’t exactly stop them from torturing me, Kurt.” Pietro has no say in the matter. 

“Then say you won't provoke them.” 

“I won’t provoke them.” If it erases the look on Kurt’s face right now then he’ll say anything. Kurt doesn’t look convinced. As if sensing the shift in the room the walls begin to cave and melt and the man in black drops in, wearing a new black leather outfit that seems weirdly sexual especially with the metal collar around his neck. A different doctor stepped into the room as well. He had glasses perched on his nose and he had blonde hair perfectly gelled back. Something about him seemed unsettlingly familiar. Pietro can’t quite pinpoint it. Kurt immediately stood in front of Pietro and it took everything in Pietro to let him.

 

“I want the fast one.” The Doctor said simply and the speedster watches a switch flip in Kurt’s head. 

 

Pietro would never categorize Kurt as intimidating. Not to say he isn’t strong—he’s seen him wrestle off half a dozen school kids off his back— he’s very strong. He just sings too much Abba and wears too many soft sweaters to be considered anything other than a sweetheart in Pietros eyes. If you had asked the speedster ten minutes ago he would have told you that Kurt didn’t have a single scary bone in his body. Ten minutes ago Pietro didn’t see the Kurt he sees now: baring his fangs and slamming the man in black against the wall and keeping him up there like he was a little kid and not a 200 pound man who can literally kill them both. In this altered reality Kurt was the one to be feared. He was the dangerous one. It reminded Pietro that Kurt actually does know how to fight. He’s fought for survival for years and He’s won. Kurt is a fighter and a damn good one.

 

“You won’t be taking him anywhere.” Kurt’s accent slipped through his tongue thick and rough and Pietro knows he’s currently staring at the infamous Incredible Nightcrawler. Kurt’s soft edges sharpen and his muscles flex and his face darkens like an angry Angel. Righteous and dangerous. Kurt is strong and he’s protective and Pietros Django Maximoff is all kinds of fucked up in the head because he finds the sight of his best friend all swanked out and protective to be stupidly hot. 

 

Now is seriously not the time to be checking out Kurt’s biceps but where else is he supposed to look? Kurt’s tail grabs at the mans collar as well 

 

Pietro shakes his traitorous little thoughts away and let’s out a breath. “Kurt they can still—“

 

Their collars buzz and pietros is on the floor coughing a lung. Kurt is on the floor as well fresh tears in his face. The man In black…is also on the ground catching his breath. Which is weird. Why would they punish him as well? 

 

“—do that.” Pietro finishes, still catching his breath. Kurt’s tail reaches for Pietro in the mix of electricity and Pietro feels the comforting limb swoop around his waist protectively. 

 

“Just grab him.” The scientist huffs In annoyance, eyes boring into Pietro. 

 

“Just hold on for a bit longer!” Kurt shouts as a set of hands grab onto Pietro and drag him away. The room they take him to isn't one he recognizes. Small and compact. They strap him down easily onto a metal table that looks like it’s connected to a tanning bed. Pietro watches as the blonde man takes notes on his little clipboard. He checks the little knobs and buttons on the machine. He writes something down and then Pietro sees him close the tanning bed door on him. Pietro has barely six inches of space in front of him and feels dread bubble in his stomach as he hears the crackling of the machine turning on. 

 

It wasn’t a tanning bed. He wasn’t coming out of this with a sun kissed glow. No fucking way. He was burning. Sling broiling and Pietro realizes suddenly that he has his powers. His healing factor is coming to his rescue. Except it’s working slower than usual and the burning sensation on his skin feels like it’s going faster than the healing process. He keeps burning and healing-constantly in a series of breaking and mending. He can’t get out of the machine. For some reason his hands won’t phase through the flimsy  cuffs or shatter the non-tanning bed glass. Pietro also realizes that now that he has his speed back he has time. 

 

And time is the enemy of pain. 

 

It feels like he’s been burning for hours-breaking and bending-screaming his lungs raw and crying hot tears. But it’s probably only been minutes. It’s been almost nothing at all and it feels like Infiniti. It feels like hell. He closes his eyes once he realizes his eyes are blurring. Becoming dry from the heat and Jack of moisture. His tears turn to Vapor the moment they are shed. 

 

His throat is raw and Pietro maximoff tries to think of something happy. He hears Hanks solid voice in his head—telling him to take deep breaths. But he can’t breath without feeling like he’s inhaling lava. 

 

Pietro grasps at something. Anything. He thinks—he thinks—he thinks of Charles. 

 

Pietros fractured mind supplies him with a long car ride. Charles on the yard with a singular yellow balloon with a smiley face attached to his wheelchair handle. 

He held a faded little whiteboard while the children presented him with new little tricks they developed. 

 

They called it a Talent Show but Pietro knows it was actually so Charles could see how they had developed their gifts. It started to backfire when Drew instead of presenting her abilities in a cool way decided to start straight up breakdancing. 

 

Pietro couldn’t stop laughing. It took another turn when Frankie began to do magic. He had a whole set up with a top hat and a rabbit—that may or may not have peed in his pants pocket—Margo even taught him a cool trick with a coin. It was actually pretty impressive and Pietro still doesn’t know how he guessed the right card he had Charles pull from a deck. Charles kept rating each talent and hilariously just kept giving everyone a ten writing the two digits in big blotchy fonts on the whiteboard. 

 

Burp the alphabet? (They forgot H) Ten!

 

Beat boxing on the spot? (It was mostly spit) Ten!

 

Doing a cartwheel perfectly? (It was mostly rolling on the grass) Ten!

 

A cool drawing of a cow. (Pietro only guesses it’s a cow) Ten! 

 

The professor would wave around the whiteboard with the numbers in praise as if he was ever going to give them anything less than a perfect score. The children hollered and giggled and had such a good time. Pietro remembers Bobby smiling too, making the air a bit colder so that the kids can see the small snow petals fall from the sky: a nice rate moment from Bobby. Pietro remembers the sudden snowball that smacked dead in the face. Pietro recalls the coldness of that day and how he swirled around trying to find the culprit of the attack only to find Charles Xavier’s hand still extended from his miraculous throw. 

 

In a flurry of vengeance Pietro practically buried the professor in snow. His fingertips stung with cold and his face strung tight with a stretched smile. He tries now to remember that cold. Or at least he tries to remember something that isn’t hot. Burning hot. Anything that can pull him away from the scorching pain his skin is enduring currently. Ripping and mending his flesh. 

 

Any day now. 

 

He wishes Charles was here. 

 

Just as that thought crosses his mind Pietro sees a familiar hand hover above the little claustrophobic window above pietro's head. Then he sees Charles blue eyes looking through that very window. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes:

This chapter was meant to be longer but I felt bad for not updating in a month.

I loved reading everybody’s comments.

Chapter 18: The Imposter

Summary:

Pietro Django Maximoff feels like a weight has been lifted off his shoulders when he sees Charles Xavier’s face behind the small window. He lets out a gasp at the first taste of fresh cold air and he can’t stop himself from pulling the other man into a bone crushing hug.

“You’re here.” Pietro says in disbelief feeling a strange set of dejavu wash over him.

Charles hugs him back “of course I am, son. I was fighting tooth and nail to get you back.”

Pietros face goes flush and completely misses the fact that he’s implying he only came for him.

——or——

Charles Xavier comes to the rescue. Again, again, and again.

Notes:

Typos will be found.
I wrote this so fast I’m shocked.

Slightly related news. I watched Deadpool and Wolverine (no spoilers) and I’m now seeing a sickening amount of Cherick edits on all my social media. (Your honor they are in love) You can thank the editors of those videos for how quickly I wrote this chapter. :)

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Pietro Django Maximoff momentarily forgets that he’s pissed off at Charles. In this moment his complicated feelings towards the telepath are overshadowed by how fucking relieved he is to see him. As the days had passed with no sign of help the speedsters' hopes had begun to dwindle. But he’s here. Charles is here to save him and Pietro is so relieved and so horrifyingly happy about the development that the second Charles lifts the death contraption of the tanning bed, face pinched in concentration, Pietro is wrenching him forward into a hearty bear hug, tears brimming his eyes. He doesn’t even feel embarrassed that he didn’t use his superspeed and that he’s hugging him at regular speed so he can definitely feel him breaking down on him. 

 

“You’re here.” Pietros voice was hoarse from the screaming and Charles’ arms wrap firmly around him as the speedster  practically goes limp on the older man, unable to stay stable in his spot. “Of course I am.” Charles says and pulls away from Pietro—cutting the hug short. Charles scans his face which Pietro is fully aware has gone pale and sickly in the time he’s been here. 

 

“We need to go now.” Charles pulls him up from where he’s sitting on the tanning bed table, his shackles loose and unbuckled, Pietro doesn’t know when he did that. Pietro is a bit fuzzy when he stands and when he reaches for Charles' arm to stabilize himself—the Professor stills, and looks at him weirdly. Pietro manages to stand up straight by himself and when the Professor goes to the door in a rush Pietro stumbles behind him but not before asking. 

 

“H-how did you get in?” Pietro asks, suddenly feeling completely off. Like the axis of the world is slightly off by a centimeter to the left. 

 

“I’m a telepath remember? I have my ways.” He jokes and Pietro lets out a breathy laugh even though it’s not a particularly funny joke.

 

“And Wanda?” 

 

“She’s good.” Charles says peeking through the door window looking down at his watch impatiently. Pietro doesn’t even remember their even being a door there but he was also drugged out of his mind and in incredible pain so he might not be remembering things correctly. 

 

Pietro frowns “Did she get hurt? Kurt Said she didnt but-“ Kurt would never say anything bad if he knew Pietro would be upset. 

 

“She’s fine.” Charles looks him in the eye when he says that “don’t you trust me?”

 

Pietro startles a bit by the seemingly pointed question “I mean-yeah of course I do.” And the speedster actually means it. Which is surprising not only to the speedster but to the professor as well who looks at him with a slightly surprised expression before he covers it up with a kind smile. 

 

Charles nods slowly “right, of course. Then you gotta trust that your friend is safe and sound.” 

 

Charles goes to open the door and—

 

“My friend?” Pietro stops dead in his tracks. 

 

Charles stop moving completely as well, his back turned to him. He suddenly stands up straighter, letting out a sigh. 

Pietro was so overjoyed, So relieved, that Charles was here that he hadn’t even realized. Charles was walking. And he’s using his powers? That shouldn’t be possible. 

A chill ran up Pietros spine. 

Charles turns around and his face is completely blank “I always forget…is Wanda the sister or the red head? I always get the two telepaths confused.” 

This is not Charles. Even his voice is different. His mannerisms are stiff and he-he doesn’t know who Wanda is?

This is wrong. This is all wrong 

“Who the fuck are you?” Pietro stares at the imposter feeling scared and angry all at the same time. 

Charles lifts a brow and does a weird theatrical gesture that seems so unlike Charles “I’m Charles Xavier. World famous telepath. Rich. Beloved. And apparently- what? Your my kid or something? Is that it?” Pietro feels the heat rush through his body all at once feeling the anger overcome the fear. 

“You're not Charles.“ Pietro glares and this imposter looks at Pietro with Charles‘ eyes and Charles face and he looks at him with sick curiosity. “Interesting. So he is. That’s something I can work with.”

“I don’t know what kinda fucked up game you’re playin’ but it’s over.”

“Incorrect.” He says boredly which only makes Pietro more pissy. 

“Fuck you.” The speedster hisses. 

“Wrong dad, hot shot.” And the speedster swings on him before he realizes he’s going to. The imposter dodges it easily. Blocking and moving away from his fists like he knows where he’s going to punch. 

“Alright. Just gotta tweak it a bit but I think next time ill nail it.”

“What the fuck are you talking about?” 

“It took me so long to figure out who you’d trust. I thought the blue guy would definitely convince you but my accent was a bit rusty and you clocked me almost immediately.” 

“What are you-“

“-talking about? This isn’t the first time I’ve been in your head kid. Been doing this little loop for a while now. We even got all the way to the mansion one time before you realized.” 

“How-“ Pietro's mind buzzed and he really can’t- he just doesn’t understand what this guy is even saying. 

“-how many times have I impersonated someone you care about to get a bit of information? Probably twice as many times as we’ve had this riveting conversation.” 

Okay.

“I’ve only impersonated Charles a couple times now but…” fake Charles takes a step towards Pietro and he jerks back “…seems to be doing the trick though.” Fake Charles smirks, something cruel and sharp. “I’ll have to play on your daddy issues next time. I thought David Strucker was a gold mine but Charles Xavier too?” Fake Charles laughs and pushes his long hair away from his face. Pietro realizes the changes in Charles' physique. His hair was longer, and he had a bit of facial hair like he had when he first met him. It was like they were impersonating Charles from before this year. With limited knowledge on him and an old dated photo. A mirage of the real thing.

“Why are you doing this?”

Fake Charles rolls his eyes and when he steps forward he pulls out a dagger the size of his arm. 

The world goes dizzy and Pietro loses his balance and the dagger pierces painfully into his gut.  Fuck. Fuck. Fuck. Fuck. He’s being placed back on the damn tanning bed. Fake Charles is tightening the cuffs around his wrist like he likes to see Pietro squirm. 

“It’s alright. You won’t even remember this. See ya in a bit.” 

Fake Charles pulls the door closed And suddenly he pulls out a knife, and Pietro screams. He screams—skin boiling.

He wishes that the real Charles was here. 

Just as the thought came a hand peaks over the small window of the tanning bed and Charles blue eyes look down at him with concern. 

-

-

Pietro is so relieved that Charles is here he forgets he’s pissed off at him. He pulls him into a hug and lets go of a sob that crawls up his throat. Charles hugs him back. 

“You're here.” Pietro's voice cracks embarrassingly. 

“Of course I am. I wouldn’t just leave you here, son.” Pietro doesn’t even feel some kind of way when he calls him son because he’s just that fucking happy to see him that any form of stanfoffidh pride he had over being regarded as his son is thrown out the damn window. 

Because he’s here. And he’s warm and he’s safe. Charles pulls away from the hug and Pietro barely registers that he hadn’t used his superspeed to hug him to begin with. Usually he’s feel too bashful to hug him for that long. But not today. “How’d you manage to get inside?”

The place was locked down. Covered with security and enough power restraints to prevent at least a dozen mutants that he knows of from using their powers. 

“It’s a long story. One I will gladly tell you when you’re safely out of this hell hole.” Pietro nods in agreement because all he wants is to get the fuck out of here. 

Pietro was about to ask about Wanda.

“And yes, Wanda is safe.” Charles beat him to it. 

Pietro startles “how’d you know I was gonna ask that?” 

Charles lifts a brow looking at him in amusement “I’m a telepath remember? I can read your mind, kid.”

No you fucking can’t. Pietros eyes dart down and he registers that Charles is walking. 

“Not mine.” 

Charles blinks. His concerned face morphing into one of annoyance “Damn it that must be a new record or somethin’.” 

Pietro stumbles and he’s all dizzy and he’s being stabbed in the chest like it’s normal. He’s lying back down on the tanning bed. His wrists are tied up tightly and he’s screaming because he’s burning hot. 

-

-

He told Kurt any day now but he doesn’t even know what day it is. He feels his skin boil and sting and suddenly like a beacon a hand touches the window above Pietro's head. Pietros eyes immediately gravitate towards Charles' concerned blue eyes and he feels the wind get knocked right out of him as he opens the tanning death contraption. 

Before he could even process the overwhelming joy he felt, momentarily forgetting just how pissed off he was at Charles, the older man grabs his by the shoulder and pulls him into a hug. Pietro doesn’t even consider not reciprocating it, his heart heavy and jumping out of his chest all at once as he wraps his arms around the man's face full of tears. 

“You're here.” Pietro gasps between his tears and Charles squeezes him tighter. “I couldn’t possibly leave you here for a single moment longer.” 

Pietro knew that. Deep in his bones he knew that Charles would have tried everything within his power to find Pietro. Even though Pietro is aware that he wasn’t the only mutant to be taken from the school the speedster selfishly hoped that he came to specifically save him. Charles pulls away and Pietro wipes at his face feeling embarrassed that he was the only one crying. “Come on, son. It took a very long time to find you and we only have a few moments to leave.” Charles helps Pietro off the table and he stumbles a bit to get his balance. He starts to tug him towards the door before he’s fully stable in his own two feet and Pietro nearly falls flat on his face. Fuck. He wishes he had his powers. That healing factor would definitely save some time right about now. 

He feels a swell of irritation at being rushed but understands that they have limited time. Even if he has no idea why they are in a time crunch. 

“Come on, Kid. Wanda is waiting in the jet.”

Pietro looks at Charles in alarm “she’s what? Why the hell would you bring her here?” She should be as far away from this shit fest as possible. Charles shouldn’t be practically handing her over on a silver platter to torturous nut jobs that want to kill mutants. That’s so irresponsible.

“She wanted to help find you. She’s a very strong mutant.” Pietro just stares at the professor like he’s grown a second head. like he switched personalities all the sudden. 

“She’s ten. It doesn’t matter if she wanted to help—you should’ve kept her safe at home.” Pietro doesn’t even try to correct himself when he calls the mansion home. It goes undetected. “She barely has a handle on her abilities why would you ever think—“ Charles is staring at him blankly. 

“Charles wouldn’t put Wanda at risk like that.” Pietro steps away from whoever the fuck is in front of him. 

“Didn’t know she was ten. I’ll know that for next time, thanks dude.”

What the fuck. 

Pietro is dizzy. He’s being stabbed in the heart. Or at least that’s what it feels like. 

-

-

His skin is a layer of fire. Crisp and boiling. He sees blue eyes and he hugs the arms they belong to. 

But that's not Charles. 

The world spins and a dagger pierces his chest. He forgets again. Burning hot. 

-

-

Pietro Django Maximoff feels like a weight has been lifted off his shoulders when he sees Charles Xavier’s face behind the small window. He lets out a gasp at the first taste of fresh cold air and he can’t stop himself from pulling the other man into a bone crushing hug. 

“You’re here.” Pietro says in disbelief feeling a strange set of dejavu wash over him. Charles hugs him back “of course I am, son. I was fighting tooth and nail to get you back.” 

Pietros face goes flush and completely misses the fact that he’s implying he only came for him. 

“How did you manage to find us? This place is like a damn fortress.” 

“I had to pull some strings. Only managed to get fifteen minutes inside though so we have to go kid.” 

“Okay yeah of course.” And Pietro lets him get dragged off the tanning bed. Charles fixes the wrinkle on his shirt in a weird form of affection but Pietro doesn’t say anything. Of course Pietro can’t help but ask about his sister. “Is Wanda okay? Kurt said she didn’t get hurt but he wasn’t there towards the end.” 

Charles smiles at him reassuringly “she’s safe. She’s back home waiting for you. Come on.” He walks towards the door——

He’s walking. 

“You’re not using your powers?” Pietro turns his head at Charles, watching as the man reaches the door knob hastily. 

“Why wouldn’t I be using my powers Pietro?”

“It’s Peter.” Pietro corrects instinctively and can only recall the last time Charles said his given name. Drunk and walking in a bar-belligerent and stupidly passive towards Wanda’s feelings. 

Charles frowns at him. “Pardon?” His face twitches unsettling. 

“You don’t get to call me Pietro.” Pietro doesn’t wanna hear Charles say his real name in a place like this. These people know his real name but hearing it from him when he feels so tense makes him anxious. “No offense.”

Charles nods slowly “my apologies, won’t happen again.” Which sounds a bit half assed but Pietro doesn’t wanna fight right now so he lets him drag him forward towards the door with gentle hands. Charles leads him out the door in a rush and it’s a long badly lit hallway. Red alarm lights flash in the walls like a bad scene in a movie, echoing in his ear. 

“Where’s all the security?” 

“I’ve taken care of them.” 

“How?” Charles can’t possibly be using his powers. Pietros eyes darted to his two fully functioning legs. 

Charles’ voices turns agitated “Jesus Christ why do you always ask so many fucking questions?” 

Pietro flinches at his tone but otherwise glares at the man “cause last time I didn’t ask any questions I ended up releasing a fucking mutant terrorist from prison. Does Erik Lehnsherr ring a bill?” Pietro still remembers hearing the number of casualties that day. He remembers every name uttered in the toll. 

Charles stares at Pietro like he’s said something surprising. Like he’s said something he didn’t personally orchestrate and witness with his own two eyes. “That explains that I suppose.” 

“Explains what?”

“I was trying to figure out why they needed you under the Anesthesia for this long. But if you managed to do that? your powers could be a real breakthrough in the program.” 

“That’s-“ Pietro shuts the fuck up. He stares at Charles and feels the sinking feeling in his gut grow. 

This is not Charles. 

“What anesthesia?” Pietros voice filters into the void. 

Charles sighs “your mutation kept healing you before they could get anything useful. But by suppressing your mutation they weren’t able to see how it worked. The regenerative properties in your DNA is remarkable but kinda a hassle to deal with so this was the solution.”

Pietro looks down the endless hallway. Forever long-never ending. He swallows thickly “what exactly is this?”

Charles hums “It’s supposed to keep you calm. If we give you the illusion of being safe then your body won’t fight the blade that’s currently being pierced into you.” As if to prove a point, Pietro feels a phantom pain in his abdominal. 

“We curated a realistic scenario. it was supposed to be painless. Humane even which is more than you deserve. As long as you followed the script everything would’ve gone without a hitch. But you never follow the fucking plan.” Charles pulls out a dagger and Pietro feels sick. 

“So none of this is real?” Pietro stares at the dagger that looks very real. 

“In a sense. We’re mostly in your head but I’m in control.” 

Right, okay. 

“So you’re not real. Nothing in here affects you?” 

“I am real just not exactly corporal. I can stab you just fine.” He points his blade at Pietro and the speedster throws caution in the wind and runs straight at him. 

Pietro grabs the man’s blade that he’s dropped on the floor in the tumble and Stabs him in the leg. 

“Mother fucker!” Fake Charles exclaims in Odin and swings his leg back and connects it with the speedsters head. 

Pietro bangs his head harshly on the floor. 

-

-

Charles punches Pietro in the face making a cracking noise as his fist connects to cheek. Pietro jerks to the side as he’s hit blood stinging his mouth. “What the fuck?” He gawked and Charles just shrugs flexing his fist. “Honestly I just wanted to. You’ve kinda been a handful.” 

 

“What?” Pietros head spins. 

 

“This one doesn’t even count so whatever.” 

 

He stabs him in the gut and Pietro falls in pain. He hits his head on the way down.

-

-

Pietro Maximoff is happy to see Charles. The moment he opens the tanning bed he reaches for a hug only to be interrupted by Charles’ rambling who barely pauses to greet the speedster. 

“I mean honestly this is better then that other guy they have in here. That guys brain is all sorts of fucked up. Alive for two hundred years but somehow he’s got nothing up here to work with.” Charles touches his temple and Pietro is still trying to catch his breath from the horrific pain he was experiencing just moments before. 

“Wheels, what the fuck are you on?” But he might as well not have spoken at all with the way the The professor was pacing up and down the room like he was a mental patient. 

“This whole damn thing Is fucking pointless cause you apperently don’t know how to chill out and you don’t know shit about nothin’. And even worse you apparently know Charles fuckin’ Xavier like the back of your goddamn hand so any time I do something or say something even slightly out of character you figure me out and I have to start from square one.” 

 

“What?” Pietro feels like an echo. “I don't even know what you’re talking about.” 

 

“I know. That’s even worse. Because you’re working with nothing but still figuring it out. it's so annoying.” 

 

Is Pietro being annoying? He doesn’t even know what Charles is talking about. “Sorry?”

 

“Yeah I know. This isn’t the first time we’ve had this conversation Peter.”

 

“Oh. I don’t remember.” Pietro blinks groggily and Charles just nods. 

 

“Yeah I know.” Charles hits him in the head with the hilt of a blade that Pietro had no idea he had. His head pounds and echoes like wet footsteps. 

 

Charles stabs him in the chest and Pietro kinda just lets him. So much for a rescue. 

 

His skin burns.

-

 

-

Pietro doesn't know if it was because he received not one not two not three but four whole concussions or because his mind was already fragile to begin with but when he gets put back inq the tanning bed and his skin starts boiling—he doesn’t forget. 

He doesn’t wake up in the tanning bed this time. He wakes up strapped to a table in a new room with medical equipment all around him. Their changing the setting. It wouldn’t be the first time. 

All at once he gets all the different versions of Charles. All the different versions of this exact rescue. Pietro sees himself and feels himself get stabbed over and over again. He hears the relieved “you’re here.” Tumble out of his mouth like a gullible Schmuck and every “son.” And “kid.” spill from the imposter like a manipulative prick. Pietro screamed. Not only because he was frustrated but also because he was in so much pain he could barely think.

 

He feels the panic of this whole thing finally settle into his bones. 

 

He sees the hundreds of times he’s been manipulated by a Charles imposter but also he sees the hundreds of times he’s been manipulated by a Kurt imposter. And a Hank imposter. And horrifyingly enough a David Imposter. He recalls everything like a faraway dream or like a movie he’s seen but didn’t fully pay attention to.

 

He zeroes in on one specific loop. One where he seemed to have caught on but didn’t say anything. Playing along for as long as he could. He wishes he had done that more during the redos but each loop Pietro would always call out Fake Charles on his bullshit or Fake Hank or Fake Kurt and definitely Fake David. He was a stubborn fucker and only one of those times he made it out of the fucking lab. It was a Fake Kurt that got him the farthest. 

 

“Come on Pie. I’m gonna get us outta here.” Imposter Kurt said gently. Pietro had felt so safe and had trusted that version of Kurt. He thinks maybe the reason he went along with it is because he kinda hoped that Kurt would save the day. It felt the realest. The rawest in a way and he kinda hates that he let himself get tricked by it. 

 

“I’m gonna get us outta here.” Fake Kurt repeats looking at Pietro in the eye and the speedster was so convinced it was him. Why would those eyes lie to him? “I love you. You trust me?” Kurt says and Pietro feels so angry now thinking back on it because Kurt does love him. He knows that. so he trusted him. 

 

“I love you too blue. I trust you.” And Pietro meant it. He loves Kurt so much that he didn’t even think he would end up being an imposter. He was a bit stupid. A bit hopeful. 

 

Pietros only upside to that particular memory is that Fake Kurt—trying to portray a realistic escape that wouldn’t tip Pietro off—actually ended up showing Pietro how to escape. 

 

He memorized it. He recalls every turn and every code switched on the doors. Pietro remembers how they got out. He can do this. He can do this. He can do this. He can do this. Fuck.

 

Pietro had only realized it wasn’t Kurt because his accent kept slipping and he swore. He swore so much that it actually rebooted his damn brain and knocked him breathless. 

 

“I swear to god this better fuckin’ work.” Fake Kurt punched in a code on the door that Pietro memorized immediately. It’s that sentence alone that tripped Pietro up because Kurt is Catholic. And one of the commandments tattooed on Miss Margo’s body was— Thou shall not take the lord's name in vain. So unless Kurt got super flexible on his beliefs since he last saw him or that is not him. He hadn't got to go very far in that version of events but Pietro knows more now. He was working with no knowledge and now he knows what to expect. 

 

Anyone can be fake. Anyone that he sees can be an imposter. 

 

The shackles around his wrist were heavy and hot. Pietro squeezes his eyes shut when he dislocates his thumb. Something he saw in a movie once.  One he saw with Kurt—Munching on popcorn and holding hands underneath the blanket. When he hears the crunch of his hand Over the humming of the machine he hopes he dislocated it and didn’t straight up break his hand. He lets out a scream of pain but otherwise continues on his quest of freeing his hand. He slips his wrist past the cuffs with much force and pain. 

 

“Okay-you got this.” Pietro speaks under his breath trying desperately not to fuck this up. His entire body aches and hurts but despite this he manages to contort slightly so that he can reach his free raw hand into the medical table in front of him. He could practically hear Hank's voice screeching at him about not blindly touching medical tools. He actually finds comfort in that when his hands twist around a scalpel. Okay. Okay. Okay. 

 

He’s tearing into something. He can feel the Fresh stitches in his arms pulling but he could care less as he grabs the scalpel and puts it in his pocket for now. He dislocated his other thump to get out of the other cuffs. 

 

He briefly thinks about the movie where the characters decide to saw off their arm instead of cuffs. He kinda wants to throw up at the memory but instead decides to focus on the crack of his thumb. He wiggles it free with a hiss but otherwise no complaints. Just as hes about to literally dislocate his foot to get out of the leg cuffs—-because he’s mentally exhausted and basing his entire escape plan off an action movie he watched with Kurt once on a random Tuesday afternoon—the cuffs unclamp themselves. 

 

Fuck okay. So the loop is definitely starting up right now. He’s on borrowed time. Any second now Fake Charles is gonna walk into this room and see that he’s already started to save himself. 

 

Now that he’s free Pietro gets off the table—woozy immediately and leaning on the surgical desk to gain balance as quickly as possible. Fucking shit. 

 

He feels like his chest has been ripped apart and put together again. Very possible scenario. Pietro is not gonna think about it. Sounds like a great plan. Okay, cool. Okay.

 

He hears alarms ringing. He thought it was in his head but he realized it’s coming from outside. The flashing red Lights inside the room as well is a nice touch. Very realistic. The red flashes contrast with the pale stained room that feels clean in a dirty way. It makes his reflection in the spotless marble floor look covered in golden fire. Pietro pushes his hair back only to realize his hair has been cut. He feels the little wisps of a really short buzz cut and Pietro actually feels feral over the Unexpected loss. 

 

He feels uneven in his steps as he ignores the insegions across his chest and arms and leg and where ever the fuck else. He lets out a shaky breath. He sees the wall melting—well More like crunching in on itself. Cracking under pressure but it was loud enough to give Pietro a split second to gather himself. 

 

Pietro sees Charles‘ Blue eyes- sunken in and a bit hollow as his eyes meet Pietros. 

 

“Peter.” Charles' voice cracks like he’s finally taken a full breath. 

 

The words “you’re here.” Want to tumble out his mouth so badly it’s actually pathetic. He knows it’s the script. He’s not fucking following it this time. 

 

Instead Pietro runs—in normal speed since he still has the ratched collar on—-right to Charles. Every other version Pietro gives Charles a hug. He’s relieved to see him. Overjoyed. Thrilled even. But this time all Pietro feels is unbridled rage. Instead of a much needed hug Pietro grabs him by the shirt and harshly slams him against the wall pressing the collected scalpel against his jugular.  

 

“I’m not falling for your shit again asshole.” Pietro hisses at the man breathing harshly and using all his force to keep the imposter stuck against the wall. 

 

Fake Charles swallows thickly and the scalpel touches skin briefly drawing blood. It’s the only indication that the man is even a bit startled because his face isn’t matching the trembling in his hands. Fake Charles looks like he’s vibrating—shaking—and his face looked pale as paper and the bags under his eyes looked dark. “You’re okay.” Charles speaks the words like it’s a prayer. A wish granted. The imposter's gaze scanned Pietro for injuries— to play up his act. This isn’t the first time he’s pretended to be concerned for his well-being. This isn’t the first time he’s done a good job at pretending to be Charles. 

 

It took him a while—or maybe he got a more recent picture—but he finally got his hair length down right and the little wrinkle between his eyebrows is pretty spot on. It’s kinda terrifying how accurate this fake Charles Is. Especially since Pietros got a blade to his throat. 

 

You’re here.” Charles speaks—voice shaking and the relieved smile that erupts from his face doesn’t even look plastered on. Pietro makes the scalpel scrape tighter against his neck. Charles doesn’t even seem to flinch, completely committed to making this redo convincing. To make it seem like he was actually worried he wouldn’t be here. Like he actually thought he wasn’t okay. Like he’s actually relieved that he is. 

 

Pietros gotta hand it to him. He’s a great actor. 

 

“That's my line.” Pietro snaps at him feeling righteous anger boil in his gut. 

 

“I’m so sorry it took me so long to find you Pie.” Pietros face visibly hardens at the nickname.

 

“Don’t fucking call me that.” He tries not to sound like a damn toddler when he says it but he kinda feels ridiculous. I mean-what was his plan? This fake Charles is the only one that has control here. The only one that can let him out. He had no control here even if it seems like he did with a weapon in his hand. 

 

Fake Charles just keeps staring at him. “What? Did you run through Your damn script?” 

 

“Are you hurt?” 

 

“Are you fucking joking?” Pietro can feel the skin graphs—can basically feel how much they took from him. Pietro is less Pietro than he was before. “I’m fucking broken.” And he isn’t even just talking about this last batch of unique torture. He’s talking about Wanda. He’s talking about how irrevocably fucked in the head he is. He thinks about the panic attacks he used to have as a kid. How they got worse after he got his abilities but he never knew why. Because his mind has a shitty way of blocking out all the bad stuff. Of erasing things about himself that he’s supposed to know. 

 

He thinks he might be having a panic attack now? His chest hurts. 

 

“You are not broken. You’re going to be okay. I’m-I’m gonna take you back home.” Home. Pietro wants to go back home so bad. He misses his sister. He misses the nameless orange cat that sits in the bottom of Pietros' bed when Pietro is away. His room is probably covered in cat hair. 

 

Pietro flares his nose trying to swallow back his emotions “I’m not going anywhere with you.” 

 

“Peter please listen to me son—“

 

“—stop it! You don’t get to use his voice to call me that.” Fuck. Fuck. Fuck

 

Fake Charles looks so crushed that Pietro almost feels bad. “Peter-“ Pietro feels the pressure in his chest. He winces and fakes Charles darts his eyes behind Pietro In alarm. 

 

“Charles.” A voice warns from behind him and Pietro knows that voice. The speedster can feel something move inside him. 

 

“Stop it. You're hurting him.” Charles scolds and Pietro realizes he’s not having a panic attack. 

 

He’s hurting you.” The man corrects and Pietro can hear the tension in his voice; the unfiltered anger that lifted a stadium.

 

Pietro Django Maximoff had forgotten about the metal bullets in his shoulder. The metal bullets that are now being shifted around inside of him, ripping tissue and muscle. 

Pietros gut drops when he makes the connection. 

 

Pietro also sees a dozen metallic fragments from the wall hovering in the air and aimed threateningly at the speedster. 

 

“He's just confused, Erik. Please. Stop hurting him.” Fake Charles~~real Charles?~~ pleads to the Metal Bender whose Dooming speech still echoes on the tv even months later after the incident at the white house. Pietro tries to focus on the sound of Charles' voice.

 

Make him put the scalpel down Charles.” Erik’s voice reflects his anger and Pietro is a bit unsettled by the whole scene. 

 

Is this…is this real? The imposter has never brought in a second person. He’s never used Erik Lehnsherr in any of his scenarios. The metal bender wouldn’t have any sway on the speedster—Pietro barely knows the man. He’s actually kinda terrified of him and he would do the opposite of relax him. 

 

Pietro loosens his grip on Charles letting out a cough and chest twisting as he sees the professor's wheelchair not even a yard away. In none of the redos does Charles actually have his wheelchair. Pietro considers the fact that not many people knew about Charles' paralyzation reflecting on the fact that he lived as a hermit for ten years and could walk—even if he stumbled drunk in his step—for all those years. 

 

Pietro was so ready to fight that he had practically dragged the professor out of his wheelchair to pin him against the wall who he is now realizing Is completely falling limp against the wall without his support. 

 

Oh. Oh fuck. 

 

He turns His head away from Charles in a daze and looks at Erik—just barely avoiding a rebar to the neck. 

 

“Charles. Make him let you go.” Erik is growing a stubble and his attire is far more relax than it was a few months ago. No helmet. No cape. No creepy monologue that will turn humanity against mutants. He kinda just looks like a regular dude. 

 

Erik’s eyes don’t leave Pietros hand—the one holding the scalpel against Charles neck. Pietro is only now realizing that the scalpel probably isn’t made of metal, hence his lack of control of the situation. 

 

“I can’t.” Charles says. Erik’s face hardens. Pietro let’s out a painful gasp as the bullets in his shoulders twists.

“Why not?”

 

Charles glares at Erik “stop it Erik! Stop hurting him!” And Pietro can’t focus at all—he feels far away and he looks back at Charles with hesitation. 

 

“I-is it really you?” Pietro is almost desperate for it to be true; for this Charles to be his Charles. 

 

“Yes, it’s me. It’s Charles. I swear to you it’s me, son.” His voice is so warm and Pietro doesn’t know if someone can fake it that well. 

 

“Prove it. Tell me—“ Pietros' mind frantically searches for something “tell me something only the real Charles would know.” 

 

Charles doesn’t give himself even a moment to think—blurting out the first thing to pop into his head. 

 

It’s your birthday today.” And it knocks Pietro straight the fuck out. Because his birthday isn’t public knowledge. He wasn’t born in a hospital. The date on his birth certificate is the wrong date but—but—that would mean that Pietro Django Maximoff has been here for a fucking month. 

 

It means he’s twenty now. 

 

“I don’t know what day it is.” Pietro says quietly, slightly embarrassed but also very tired. He can’t prove if what he’s saying is right. Or wrong. 

 

Charles looks like he’s holding back tears “okay, Okay. Fuck. I’m sorry. Okay,I-Just—okay-“ the telepath starts to stumble through his sentence and it almost sounds like something Pietro would say. Like something he’s picked up from Pietros nervous ramblings. The incessant use of OKAY like ‘um’ and ‘Uh’ fillers in a sentence. In the end that’s what convinces Pietro that this is the real Charles. That this one was his. 

 

Pietros drops the scalpel with shaky hands and with desperate hands wraps his arms around Charles middle and pulls him into a broken hug—letting out an unhinged laugh. Charles hugs him back without hesitation and Pietro breaks down “I-I’m sorry. I’m so sorry. I’m sorry-“ Pietro can't seem to stop crying his eyes out. Charles tightens his grip on Pietro instead of pulling away brushing his fingers through the speedsters' very short hair affectionately. 

 

“It’s okay, I’m right here. I’ve got you. I’m so sorry.” Charles voice melt into his ears and Pietro feels all the fight in him drain from his body. 

 

“Charles. Peter. I hate to cut this short but we need to get out of here before the protesters storm the building.” 

 

Protesters? 

 

Pietro helps the professor back to his wheelchair only half listening to his ‘Im sorrys’ and ‘it’s okays’.

 

“We need to get Kurt—and the Whitleys. they looked so bad last time I saw them. A-and there’s other mutants here. I don't know where they are keeping them—“

 

Charles touches his arm, settling him “—we’ll get everyone out. But right now you need to go with Erik.”

 

“You’re not coming with me?” Us But Pietro isn’t really focusing on Erik. 

 

“Hank has the Jet out back. Erik will take you with him.”

 

“But I don’t wanna leave you.” Pietro refuses to look at Erik—knowing that the fear he has for the man will definitely show on his face if he looks at him now. 

 

“I’ll be right behind you.” Charles says, his voice serious. 

 

“Come on, kid.” Erik’s voice coaxes him and the speedster gives Charles one last look—a moment passing between them—before he Picks the scalpel off the ground and follows Erik Lehnsherr down the hall with shaky legs. 

 

 

 

 

Notes:

The way I surprised even myself with this one. I was having too much fun.
The imposter clocking Pietros Daddy issues immediately was my favorite part to write from their scenes.

Funnily enough the entire inspiration for this chapter was The Good Place tvshow.

Pietro saying the exact same line every single time he sees Charles in every single version is actually so special to me. Then cut to the part where the first thing the real Charles does when he sees Pietro is make sure he’s okay. Real dad moves here.

I missed Erik. I know you guys did too.

 

Thanks for reading. Until next time :))

Chapter 19: Golden Blood

Summary:

”We are the future. We are the ones who will inherit this earth. And anyone who stands in our way will suffer the same fate as these men you see before you.“ Erik sounds like he’s declaring something. It’s similar to what Pietro imagines war decrees to sound like.

A cry for vengeance or justice—the two muddle together and all Pietro can think about is how this is going to fuck everything up.

“Today was meant to be a display of your power. Instead I give you a glimpse of the devastation my race can unleash upon yours.” He separates them. Pietro thinks that’s what might scare him the most. The distinction between mutant and human. The separation. One or the other. Pietro can’t be a human and also be a mutant. It makes everything in his skin crawl and he feels sick.

 

——or——

Pietro is stressed. Hank is stressed. Charles is stressed. Erik is emotionally constipated. (Who isn’t?) Pietro is running on adrenaline and vibes alone.

Notes:

I swear I don’t usually post this fast.

The amount of times I’ve made this poor boy have a panic attack is criminal.

Spoiler Alert this Author doesn’t know how to hack into computers. I’m not a hacker. I don’t hack. Thank you for understanding.

Enjoy reading. O7

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

The Speedster didn’t usually watch the news. It had actually become a bit of a rule in his house that he wasn’t allowed to watch the News Channel Live after the bridge incident of 1966.

When Pietro was twelve years old—his Mutant powers still relatively fresh— Pietro's mother had turned on the television to the news channel which had been showing a car wreck live on the George Washington Bridge. Five cars toppled over and one leaning precariously on the edge of the slim bridge. The car was balancing hazardously and was tipping over into the ocean below and the firefighters had just arrived to assess the situation. There was a little girl and a mom still in the car. Pietro Maximoff watched the moment from the dining table—feeding Wanda her solid foods in small “here comes the  train” doses. The timer near the bottom of the screen felt like a ticking time bomb and it might’ve been because Pietro felt a bit rebellious or because he wanted to stretch his legs or maybe it was because the little baby girl was around Wanda’s age but before he even processed the thought he was standing on the bridge. Twelve year old Pietro was a little bit over his head and whenever he thinks back on this he feels horrified at how recklessly he had shown his powers on camera. He was maybe on screen for three human seconds. He was spotted near one of the flipped cars and in the next blink of an eye he’s gone and the mom and baby were safely inside the emergency vehicle as the camera pans onto the car; going off balance and plummeting to the ocean. 

 

Pietro is back home next to his sister in half that time; hair a bit blown out and face flush from the seemingly unnoticed act of rebellion. 

He would have gotten away with it if they hadn’t done the victim interviews. 

Where a flustered Young Mom wept on camera “One second I was in my car about to fall into the water and the next I’m in the ambulance holding my baby. I can’t explain it. It was like a miracle.” The media passed it off as hysteria and then mass hysteria when the firefighters confirmed that she was in the car as it was falling. 

 

Pietros mother rarely yelled at him in anger, but that day she yelled—leaning into hysterics as she’s halfway crying and begging. “I just wanted to help.” Pietros earnest response only made his mother clutch onto him in a tight warm hug that hurts him when her nails dig into his ribs “don’t ever do that again.” She squeezes his arms. 

 

“Please don’t ever be that reckless again.” His moms voice grew in pitch. 

 

“I won’t.” But he was. That’s a promise he couldn’t keep. It felt almost too easy to get away with things and no matter how good his intentions are at the beginning they always end up with him doing some crazy stunt—for example: Robbing a Bank in broad daylight and then returning the money the same day.

 

Stealing an obscene amount of jet skis and selling them to frat guys for double the price. 

 

Breaking into the Turtle Back Zoo and releasing Freddie The Panda back to the wild. 

 

And most recently—Breaking out a known terrorist out of the pentagon. 

 

Not his best moment. Definitely not gonna haunt him for the rest of his life. 

 

Point of the matter is that Pietro Django Maximoff is kinda Impulsive. Also he doesn’t watch the news. Not ever. Because of the bridge incident. And because most of the time it’s depressing. So he usually watches races on the tv or cartoons if he’s with Wanda—and when he’s by himself if he’s being honest. Not the news. Not ever. 

 

Not usually. 

 

Except of course for that day. The day Erik Lehnsherr decided one president wasn’t enough and wanted to make it everybody’s problem. Pietro didn’t even mean to break his moms one rule when it comes to the tv. He was meant to be watching cartoons with Wanda. She had curled up on his lap and was talking a mile a minute over the actual cartoon and Pietro was only half listening to the actual program when suddenly it flickered and was showing a different broadcast. Pietro heard Erik’s voice and was pulled away from Wanda’s story to stare in horror at the man he had shared a meal with days before. He sat next to him in the car. He stole a Sunday for him. He called Pietro crazy. That same man is dropping a stadium on the white house on live television like he’s a caricature villian in a cartoon. He couldn’t stop staring, couldn’t move even though he knew he should change the channel—Wanda shouldn’t be watching that—Pietro shouldn’t be hearing what he’s saying. 

 

“You built these weapons to destroy us. Why?“ Erik Lehnsher speaks to the camera, demanding answers to questions he doesn’t actually have. The hunks of metal machines tower over the cowering crowd of people and Pietro realizes with a turn in his stomach who that’s meant for. He can’t quite describe what’s he’s feeling, his skin is all tingly and hot. 

 

Despite Pietro's turmoil he keeps listening—-“Because you are afraid of our gifts. Because we are different. Humanity has always feared that which is different.” Pietro can’t look away from the screen. He feels his heart race—like he’s movin in superspeed but he’s not. He’s sitting completely still on the carpeted floor. 

 

“Well I’m here to tell you, to tell the world—you’re right to fear us.” Fuck. Pietro’s shaking. That’s what he’s fucking feeling. He’s scared

 

”We are the future. We are the ones who will inherit this earth. And anyone who stands in our way will suffer the same fate as these men you see before you.“ Erik sounds like he’s declaring something. It’s similar to what Pietro imagines war decrees to sound like.

 

A cry for vengeance or justice—the two muddle together and all Pietro can think about is how this is going to fuck everything up. 

 

“Today was meant to be a display of your power. Instead I give you a glimpse of the devastation my race can unleash upon yours.” He separates them. Pietro thinks that’s what might scare him the most. The distinction between mutant and human. The separation. One or the other. Pietro can’t be a human and also be a mutant. It makes everything in his skin crawl and he feels sick. 

 

“Let this be a warning to the world. And to my mutant brothers and sisters out there I say this: no more hiding. No more suffering. You have lived in the shadows in shame and fear for too long.” Pietro liked the anonymity of it. The wave of mystery his presence had to the people that crossed his path. He likes that there wasn’t a name for it. He wasn’t a mutant.  because up until a few days ago—according to public knowledge—there was no such thing as mutants. Up until a few days ago Pietro was just a weird kid who was really fucking fast. Now he’s a mutant and he’s got a damn target on his back. 

 

 “—Come out. Join me. Fight together in the brotherhood of our kind. A new tomorrow —that starts today.” That’s a call to arms. Pietro can practically feel the earth shifting under his feet, clearing the air for something new. 

 

For three whole minutes Pietro didn’t take a breath. The events that immediately followed after Eriks Lehnsherrs grand speech was astronomically bad and also good. The other side of the coin. A bad mutant and a good one. Colored in black and white for all the world to see. 

 

“Mai? Why are you crying?” Wanda’s voice bled into his ears, far away and distant from how he felt in that moment. 

Pietro did this. This was all his fault. He let that man out into civilization because he was bored. He felt sick. 

 

Magda Maximoff turned off the tv—unplugging it from the wall completely. Wanda whined about not being able to see cartoons and Pietro was still staring at the blank television screen, his face deathly pale. 

 

“Pietro? Are you okay?” The speedster doesn’t know if his mother asked the question or if it was his sister. 

 

A couple days later—after Erik recklessly outed mutants to the public as enemy number fucking one—Friends Of Humanity came to Pietros home and tried to kill him and his family. According to Erik, according to Friends Of Humanity Wanda was no longer human because she’s a mutant. A change had been made and it couldn’t be reversed. Not ever. 

 

Pietro hates the separations. Hates the permanent terminology of it. 

 

Pietro is reckless but he thinks Erik Lehnsherr with his angry words and rageful actions might be just as reckless as him. Erik Lehnsherr was the person that started this. Pietro Django Maximoff knows though that deep down that the real person that started this was the speedster himself. For breaking him out of the pentagon which resulted in a series of horrible actions. 

 

A horrible domino effect that will serve as guilt trip material for the speedsters conscience for decades to come. Charles has told him that it was all for the better. That these things needed to happen to prevent a worse fate but Pietro couldn’t disregard his hand in all the bad. He couldn’t see the good in all the bad. Not like Charles. Charles sees the grey, he sees the good in the bad and Pietro just can’t move past all the dark. 

 

Charles trusts Erik. He’s not afraid of Erik like Pietro is. 

 

The Speedster doesn’t trust Erik like he trusts the Professor. Unfortunately Pietro doesn’t seem to have a choice at the moment. Charles’ said to follow Erik and he trusts Charles enough to follow the metal bender even if Pietro is literally shaking with nerves. 

 

The older man walked at a fast pace and usually it would be too slow for the speedster but his collar is still suppressing his powers and his legs aren’t moving as fast as Erik. He’s also still injured, stitches tugging at him as he forces himself to match the man’s pace. 

 

Erik reached a door and stops abruptly in his descent. Pietro barely stops himself from colliding with his back. The door has a passcode and Pietro was about to tell him he knows the code but then the man twists his fingers and the metal lock clicks and ticks until the door opens. Right. Erik doesn’t need a code. Or a key. He is the key. 

 

Erik opens the door wide with his powers and Pietro silently enters behind him, refusing to have his back towards the man. They enter what looks to be a computer room. There was about two dozen computer screens all across the room, chairs and tables flipped, a large crack in one of the screens that covers the center of the room and paper work skewed all over the room like the people working here left in a rush. Which is probably what happened. 

 

Erik soundlessly goes to one of the Computers and puts a flashdrive on the importer and leans into the keypads and quickly begins to type on the board—logging into the computer like it belongs to him and not a terrorist organization. 

 

Do all terrorist have the same password?

 

Worlddomination1!

 

Or 

 

Worlddomination123!

 

“What are you doing?” Pietro quirks his head to look past Erik’s shoulder and look at the screen he’s working on. 

 

Pietros eyes adjust to the German words on the screen and his eyes widen as Erik begins opening different eyes files and looking at what looks to be mutant autopsy files. 

 

“Who’s Dr. Klaus Schmidt?”

 

Erik’s back stiffens and it’s so discreet that Pietro barely notices, but he does. “A very terrible man.”

 

“A Nazi.” Pietro corrects as he reads the words on the screen. His chest was beating like a damn drum against his rib cage. 

 

“Are Friends of Humanity working with Nazis?” Pietros can barely swallow what he’s saying. What the fuck. 

 

Erik turns to look at him slightly surprised “you can read German?” 

 

“Yeah? Obviously.” 

 

Erik just blinks at him very rudely and nods to himself “obviously.” He repeats “well in that case—you should log into that computer and help me.”

 

“Help you with what? What exactly are you doing? I thought we were heading out?” pietros eyes frantically scan Erik feeling off kilter in every way. 

 

“Trying to get as much information as possible before the swat team comes in and confiscates it all.”

 

“The swat team?” Pietro exclaims “there’s a swat team?”

 

Erik nods, focusing on the screen “Charles made sure as many people as possible knew what was happening here.”

 

“Why?”

 

Erik doesn’t answer him and Pietro just withers in silence. “Why?” Pietro repeats again because he hates silences and he’s so on edge he feels like he’s going to explode. 

 

“Public outrage. He wanted everyone to care about what happened here so it doesn’t happen again.” Erik looks like he’s biting his tongue. “There’s news channels, reporters, protesters, swat teams, even the damn Julianna Project knocking down the doors to this facility as we speak.”

 

“Who’s Julianna?” Pietro asks numbly. 

 

Erik shrug “some actress started a mutant children rights foundation. I don’t know the schematics of it.” He looks at Pietro with piercing eyes “will you help me or not?”

 

Pietro finds it hard to say no to the man. Maybe because he’s, you know, a murderous mutant. He types on the computer next to him as Erik feeds him the password. He feels a bit woozy as he leans over the keyboard but he refuses to tell Erik. Although Pietro must’ve accidently groaned out loud at some point because Erik abruptly stops typing and looks at the speedster with something that Pietro confuses for concern. But there’s no way Erik Lehnsherr gives a fuck about whether he’s wounded or not; so Pietro really must be hurt in the head. Concussed definitely. 

 

“Hank said you had enhanced healing.” Pietro feels a woosh of something like embarrassment at the thought that Hank was talking about him to Erik. “The collar kinda stops that from happening. Can’t really use my powers with it on.”

 

Anger unmistakingly crosses Erik’s face as he glares at the heavy collar around his neck. “Why didn’t you say that before?” Erik takes a step away from the computers and is standing in front of Pietro with a fierce look and—

 

—Pietro flinches away from the man. Terrified of the metal bender but also immediately mortified by his bone deep  reaction. Eriks face goes blank for a moment and Pietro can name the exact things he sees in Pietros body language. The death grip he has on the scalpel. The paleness to his face. The shake in his hands. The stiffness to his back. The way Pietro won’t look at anything but the man's eyes blown wide and eyebrows raised to his hairline. 

 

“I won’t hurt you.” Erik’s eyes smooth into something gentler and Pietro lets out a trembling breath and looks at him in disbelief “you literally threatened my life like ten minutes ago.”

 

“That was different.” Erik says with complete seriousness like he was simply relaying the weather forecast. 

 

“Different how?” 

 

“You were going to hurt Charles.“ Erik says honestly and Pietro sees something he probably wasn’t supposed to see. A connection he wasn't meant to process. 

Erik cares about Charles.

It wasn't something revolutionary. Nothing crazy. Pietro cares about Charles too, despite everything. It was simply observed and understood in that span of a second. It wasn’t a jarring revelation, simply just an observation. Maybe just a bit weird. Considering the last time he saw the two together they weren’t exactly each other's biggest fans. Pietro still thinks about the solid punch struck across the metal bender's face in that elevator reunion. 

 

“Okay.” Pietro says stiffly, letting out a shaken breath. He has to trust that anyone that cares for Charles wouldn’t hurt the speedster. 

 

Erik’s eyes wandered to the collar and he places one of his hands on the metal contraption and the other securely on his shoulder—fingers firm and steady. Pietro doesn’t even connect the fact that Erik doesn’t actually have to touch Pietro or the metal to control it. The heavy hand on his shoulder wasn’t so that he wouldn’t move or so that he could touch the metal directly; it was because Pietro was hyperventilating. When Erik breathes in Pietro breathes In too and when Erik breathes out Pietro goes along with him. Erik was anchoring Pietro to his lungs and the oxygen entering them. In. Out.  In. Out. 

 

He hadn’t even realized he was having a panic attack until it was over and Erik was tossing the collar into the ground like it was trash. 

 

Pietro lets himself over analyze it later but for now he moves on. They continue to Download the files from a terrorist Nazi organization like it’s a game of Ping pong and not a federal crime. 

 

The German sentences blend together and Pietro Feels his body become warm and even again. Gaining its ability to heal itself; albeit a bit slower than usual because of the extent of the damage. 

 

Pietro thinks the seconds are melting too slowly and that maybe it’s time they start to get a move on. “Should we-“ when Pietro looks at Erik’s screen he sees the Whitleys autopsy. “-no.” He stands beside Erik and practically pushes him to the side as he frantically scrolls the screen in front of him. 

 

The Whitleys are dead. 

 

He doesn't know if all of them followed after. Sharing a body has its complications, especially with a mutant. 

“Fuck.” Pietro curses and there’s so many autopsies. Boys. Girls. Scrolling back years. Decades. His eyes glue to the words ENHANCEMENT and IMPLANTS and EVOLUTION and TRIGGERED MUTATION like it’s a horror scene. Piecing together the plot twist before it’s revealed on screen. 

 

A video plays On the screen like a jump scare. A man with half a burned face and Seafoam eyes shakes uncontrollably. Jerking and kicking and splitting in half until suddenly there’s two of him. One in far better shape then the other but Two of him nonetheless. 

 

The copy moves when he moves but when he goes to touch his copy it melts to the ground in a pile of mush like a disturbing plate of bone and jello.

 

The video cuts off there. 

 

“That’s Whitleys power.” Pietro feels like he’s losing his fucking mind all over again. This is so much worse than what he thought they were doing. 

 

“They—“ Pietro feels bile crawling up his throat. “Fuck.” He throws up on the floor. His stitches are pulling as he tips over to throw his guts out. 

 

When he's done heaving, full body bent over, his head swirls like a used paint brush hitting water. His mind swims in the dirty water and he thinks he might be drowning. 

 

“I thought they were torturing us to kill us. Not to make brainless versions of us.” 

 

“People are easier to manipulate than machines. People can be molded—machines can be used against them.” Pietro knows that’s true. The sentinels program was a giant spit to the face for them. 

 

Pietro feels sick. Like a million ants crawling up his skin all at once. 

 

“Was she one of Charles?” Erik barely gets the words out before Pietro is superspeeding to the computer and turning it off—forever–with a flimsy metallic chair across the digital screen. A million fragments scatter to the floor. 

 

A bit of a tantrum but well deserved and much needed after the fucking month he’s had. After what he just learned. 

 

“I think its best we leave now.” Pietro wipes the bile that was still clumped around his chin with the bottom of his shirt. With his superspeed Pietro catches Eriks eyes as they dart to his briefly exposed abdominal, littered with bruises and stitches and who knows what at this point. Eriks face stays completely neutral despite the momentary flash of torture shown on the speedsters skin. 

 

“Yes, its best you see a doctor soon.” Erik’s voice comes out stiffly and he takes the flashdrive from the computer and leads the way past the door. They take two left turns–the splintering sirens finally turned off and left with only the red flashes of light every few seconds. 

 

Pietro was caught completely off guard when the bald guy–Estevan–jumped out from the ceiling like a damn spider monkey and collided with Erik in a dramatic meeting. The other man from the kibble room, the one whose hands had been clasped in front of him, had fixed his gaze on Pietro and his very dangerously sharp hands were now bare of any coverings and reaching for Pietro. They looked like sharp blades from the elbow down and already looked stained red. 

 

Fuck that. 

 

Pietro goes into superspeed and dodges the blade man’s attack. He pushes Estevan to the side like hes air and holsters up Erik by his arms, holding on to the back of his neck as he flashes the fuck out of there. He runs out of the building, he passes the main road, and passes the dark green woods. Pietro abruptly stops moving once he reaches a lake, digging his heels into the dirt floor and collapsing onto the ground in pain. Fuck, fuck, fuck. Its one fucking thing after the fucking other, isnt it? He can barely stay awake as he sees blood pooling from his ripped stitches. 

 

When Pietro Django Maximoff was in the seventh grade his science teacher, Mr. Wilson taught his class about blood types and how a child receives one of the three alleles from each parent, giving rise to six possible genotypes and four possible blood types. They had been discussing the topic for about two weeks.

 

”Much like Eye Color, Blood types are passed down from parents.” he said with the excitement of a first year teacher. The fresh out of college teacher showed the herd of over hyper thirteen year olds how to check which blood type they were. The school provided the class with Blood Type Kits and Pietro had felt queasy just thinking about it. His mother ingrained in his brain that being identified by Blood or DNA Or Genetics was only asking for trouble. 

The instructions were simple.

“Prick your finger. Use the lancet that comes with the kit to prick your finger. You must apply blood to the card. Place drops of your blood on the card's sections that contain antibodies and observe the results. Look for areas where the blood clumps or spreads out. You can match the results with your classmates' examples.”

“I’m B positive!” One kid declared high fiving his friend who had the same results. Pietro rolled his eyes like a moody teenager.

“A Punnett square can be used to determine the possible combinations of genes and blood types.” Mr Wilson rattled on like a robot and thirteen year old Pietro just stared at his kit in boredom. 

 

“Pete?-“ Pietro had told Mr. Wilson he went by Peter not Pete but the man was a bit tone deaf when it came to names. He called Pietros ex-girlfriend Rachel by the name Raven for six months before she transferred away from his class. “-are you confused by how to do it?”

 

Some of his classmates snickered at him the word ‘stupid’ uttered somewhere in the back like a brand. Pietro glares at the teacher, feeling his face got hot “No, i'm not confused. I just don't wanna do it.”

 

“It’s really not hard you just have to–’

 

“-i know how to do it i just dont want to!”

 

“Pete, its for a participation grade. You need to do it. You specifically.” Mr. Wilson had already sat him down about his grades previously and had even elected to talk to his mom twice now about it and the school year just started. Mr. Wilson tends to bring it up at inopportune times that always sends a wave of whispers and shame to flow through pietro.

 

Pietro thinks Mr. Wilson is a piece of shit, so he refuses to do the assignment out of spite. He never does figure out what his blood type was. 

 

The Maximoff boy doesn’t remember getting to the Jet but he must have at some point because the first time his eyes stutter open his ears are popping and Hank is yelling at someone out of the speedsters immediate sight. 

“He’s losing too much blood!”

 

“We ran out of O negative!” Charles panics and Pietro can barely tell who’s speaking because of how loud the jet is and how loud the blood is rushing behind his ears. 

 

“Already?” A voice he doesn’t recognize said. 

 

“Kurt was crashing.” Hanks says off handedly “but that blood wouldn’t have helped him.” Hank says with an edge of panic. 

 

“Whats his blood type?” 

 

”It’s RH-Null.” Hank says like it’s some cosmic joke. In the back of his wonky mind Pietro can hear Mr Wilson talking about how Rh-null is The rarest blood type in the world. Fewer than 50 people on earth are known to have that blood type.

 

Pietro hadn’t paid much attention to the lesson but the phrase “Golden Blood” had stood out to him in a way that horrifies him now. Because golden blood could donate to anyone but not the other way around. 

 

“I’m RH-Null.” Erik says suddenly and Hanks eyes widen but Erik calmly begins to roll up his sleeve, revealing an array of numbers on his wrist. 

 

“you are?” Hank stumbles out before shaking his head and quickly grabbing a needle. 

 

“You don’t like needles.” Charles says suddenly and Erik makes some intense eye contact with Charles. “It’s fine, Charles.”

 

He’s Definitely getting brownie points from Charles for that one. 

 

Pietro closes his eyes and doesn’t open them again for a while. 

 

He dreams of trucks driving at full speed at someone he loves. Sometimes Wanda. Sometimes Hank. Sometimes Jean. Sometimes the version of Anya he has in his head. His mind mixes them together. A freshly baked hell. 

 

The next time he wakes up it’s a bit less chaotic. Pietro is wrapped in an itchy blanket and his face feels cool under the air conditioned room. 

 

“He just needs to sleep. There’s nothing else we can do but wait for his abilities to kick in.”

 

“You need to sleep as well, Hank. You haven’t taken any rest since we got them back.” Charles’ voice gravels and it rubs Pietro's head funny.

 

“I-I can’t. Kurt just finally got stable and Pietro isn’t responding to the new medication at all and we have a dozen more mutants we didn’t account for and I’m the only medical doctor-I can’t just- what if something happens?” Hank sounds so tired and his voice was so strained and worn. Pietro wants to give the poor blue Smurf a hug. He hopes someone else has given the blue man a hug at least. 

 

“If anything happens I’ll wake you. It’s like you said. Nothing else you can do but let them rest. We have a long flight. You must rest as well my friend.” 

 

Pietros eyes fall heavy and he’s blurry once again. The third time he wakes up he’s in a different room. The lights are dimmed slightly so they aren’t too bright when he opens them. The blanket wrapped around him is softer then the last, warm and fluffy and Pietros mouth is all sticky and nasty from a long sleep. He twists his neck to see Charles sitting beside his bed in his wheelchair. His head is draped over one of his arms which is leaning on the edge of Pietros bed, hunched over to hold Pietro's hand as he sleeps. 

 

Charles is holding his hand. Safely secured in his sleep. 

 

No not his hand—his wrist. He has his fingers on his wrist. Checking for his pulse and he fell asleep just like that, making sure Pietro's heart was still beating. Like he was afraid it would stop if he removed his fingers from his pulse. The speedster must’ve made some sort of noise of surprise because suddenly Charles was blinking awake and then jerking up in alarm—eyes darting frantically before landing securely on the younger boy. Charles lets out a shaky breath and relaxes slightly as he smiles in relief at Pietro “how are you feeling Peter?” His gaze is unflinching. 

 

“Kinda shitty.” Pietro rumbles out, voice hoarse and thin from rough use. His throat itched and he was so thirsty he felt like a desert lived in his Mouth. “Really thirsty. I feel like a desert.” He smacks his lips and endures how crusty they are. Charles grabs the small cup of water on the table next to his bed and tugs the pink plastic straw to fit into his mouth without complaint. 

 

“Hank has you on some new medication. It’s pretty strong so you might feel a bit loopy for a moment.”

 

Pietro sips all the water and let’s out an unintentional burp, blowing his eyes wide in surprise at himself. Charles doesn’t even scold him for being so gross and instead places a cool towel over his forehead. Oh, Pietro does feel a bit hot. It’s really hot here. But now it’s cool so it’s fine. 

 

“That’s nice.” He melts under Charles reposeful touch. “Medicine doesn’t work on me.” Pietro says suddenly and follows the trail of tubes from his arm to the small beeping machine near behind him. Is he part machine? He wasn’t prepared to be part bionic. 

 

“Hank was working on a new serum.” Charles says as he shifts the blanket around Pietros leg to actually cover him fully. 

 

“Like the one you used?” Pietro asks drooping and then catches on to that line of questioning. The beeping of the machine behind him starts going faster. “Why would he give me that? I don’t—do I still have my powers? I can’t-“ Pietro feels the panic settle and the drugs are so strong he can’t stop the flow of words dropping out of his mouth in frantic succession. “I want my powers. I like my powers. You can’t have them!” 

 

Charles quickly puts a hand on his shoulder to try and calm him “Peter, no. I worded that wrong. it’s just medicine—“

 

“—i don’t want the serum. I don’t-“ Pietro thrashes and he moves so slow it makes his heart clench. His monitor goes insanely fast though. Super fast. 

 

“-It’s not the serum. I would never let Hank use that on you. Not ever. I’m so sorry for worrying you. Peter look at me—“ Pietro jerks towards Charles and the professor begins to wipe tears away from his face which is weird since he wasn’t aware he was crying. “—you have suffered a great ordeal and the last thing I wish to do is cause you more distress. Many things have been taken away from you.” Charles looks so sad when he speaks, so melancholy in a way that makes his whole face watery. or maybe Pietro's vision is a bit blurry. Didn’t he need glasses? He thinks he remembers having glasses. “Pieces of you were stripped away without you being able to fight back and I will never allow anyone to take away any more of you.” 

 

Maybe it was because the drugs where really fucking strong or because it’s something he wasn’t prepared to hear again but it opens him in half and he’s practically transported to the week after David was taken away. Behind bars for an unforeseen amount of time. His mother had told him something similar. 

 

She had barely spoken on the matter of David’s arrest since it happened. Any evidence that she felt anything about his absence was the amount of time she would sit outside in the back porch and stare at their sullen tree—a half built clubhouse beside the newly planted tree that David had started while he was in one of his ‘good dad bonding’ kicks with Wanda and then abruptly abandoned after he had a deplorable week at work and forgot all about it. 

 

“Peter. Pietro.” His mother had started off the conversation softly, and the speedster had assumed she was charging up for a scolding since they finally mailed the report cards from school and he was barely scraping by with Ds. Pietro had looked up at his mother with much anxiety. 

 

“Your stepfather—David…he’s…in prison.” She says testingly. It wasn’t what he had been expecting to hear from her. Pietros nods slowly. “I know.” It had only been two weeks but he was counting down the days. 

 

“He was a bad man.” Magda says and then quickly corrects “He is a bad man.“ 

 

“I know.” Pietro says gently and can’t meet his mothers eyes. He knows exactly how much of a bad man he was. 

 

“He took things from you. Things he shouldn’t have taken. Things I shouldn’t have let him take. He took things from me too. He—“ Magda clears the emotion from her throat “-David was a monster and he made us his victims.” She shakes her head and she grasps Pietros hand into hers “He’s going to be gone for a long time but—but no one can know what he did to us.” Magda makes sure to look her son in the eye when she says the next part. “You can’t tell anyone what he did to you. You can’t tell anyone where he is or why he isn’t around anymore.” 

 

Pietro feels like pressure is being put on his shoulder, weight being shoved down by his own mother. He feels something close to anger or maybe disgust. Or a combination of both. 

 

He jerks his hands away from his mothers grasp allowing anger to overshadow the rest of his emotions. “What the hell are you talking about?” Pietro hisses feeling his face go hot and he feels shame and betrayal soak through him “why are you still protecting him even now? He’s a fucking monster!” 

 

“I’m not protecting him, Pietro. I’m protecting us. You don’t understand—“

 

“—like hell I don’t understand! You want me to stay quiet. To pretend he never did anything to me—to us. To keep shut like a good little boy. He used to tell me the same thing—don’t tell your mother about this—your mom won’t be happy—she'll be so ashamed—you can’t tell anyone or you won’t see her ever again—“ Pietro spits out the words like it was years of pent up guilt because it was. It was stuff he never expected to tell his mother. Not after everything. He never thought he’d tell anyone. Not like that. Not in so many words. “Hes a fucking—“ he falters with the word because even back then he couldn’t put a name to it. The word Rapist felt too real. The word abuser felt too suffocating. “—he's a monster. He deserves to be treated as one. To be known as one.”

 

Pietro practically explodes getting a second wind “for fucks same Mai. He’s in prison! I’m pretty sure the authorities are aware that he's a criminal. ICE is probably gonna take us away any fucking day now.” And that’s another thing Pietro had been more than a little bit worried about. He was counting the days before ICE came to split them up. He knew that they would. They try to keep families together but sometimes, most of the time, parents and children get separated. 

 

They would split them apart. Pietro hadn’t been able to eat or sleep despite the relief of not having David around because he kept waiting for the other shoe to drop. 

 

“Immigration and Customs Enforcement isn’t coming.” Magda lets out a faltering breath like she’s amping herself up for something. She takes a sip of her drink—hard vodka with lime. “Why wouldn’t they be?” Pietro exasperates “your husband is in prison.”

 

Magda shakes her head “no, he isn’t.” She takes another sip of her drink. A bigger sip. 

 

Pietro stares at his mom like she just spat in his face “what?” 

 

“He isn’t in Prison. He’s dead.”

 

It was like glass breaking but inside his head. Like a slow motion car crash with a three month old Wanda at the end of it. He blinked. Buffering like a computer. 

 

“What are you talking about? No he isn’t. He’s in prison.” Pietro feels like his mouth is cotton “you said—you told me they put him away.” He can’t be dead. Pietro would know if the bastard was dead. 

 

“I lied. David is dead and you can’t tell anyone because then they’ll take us away.”

 

“Are you joking?” Pietro just stares at his mother. “Like, are you being so serious right now?”

 

“Peter. David is dead. Nobody knows. You can’t tell anyone.” She repeats it like it’s a chant, like it’s a motto he should know. 

 

“Did he have a stroke or something? A heart attack? How the hell is the asshole dead, mom?” He smoked a pack a day, chugged beer like a damn machine. It could’ve caught up with him. 

 

His mother stays quiet and her eyes trail back to the tree in their backyard staying there for a few moments. Pietros gut drops. 

 

“What the fuck.” Pietros body shakes and he feels like he can’t breathe “you did not bury him there. Please tell me you didn’t bury David in our fucking back yard. Mom holy fuck.” 

 

No. This is all wrong. What in the fuck. 

 

“Yes.” She says evenly “I killed him for you. For us.” 

 

I killed him for you. The words felt heavy. 

She says them like it’s nothing. Like David was nothing but a cockroach under her foot. Like it didn’t shake Pietro to know his mom was capable of killing a man. That someone killed another human being for him. 

 

It makes him feel A bit crazy and maybe just a bit like he’s the monster. 

 

“How can-“ Pietro can’t even breath right. His breaths come in short takes and his chest clenches and tightens. He’s having a panic attack. 

 

“Pie.” Pietro hears his sisters voice clearly. Too clearly actually. Like she was in his head. He feels his sisters hands blindly grasp him wrapping around him like a blanket—heavy and comforting. He lets himself be consumed by his sister. Allows his brain to melt and buzz. 

 

His sister— six years old, almost seven —stares up at him and he swears her eyes are lighter than usual. Redder. “You've been crying?” He asks between gasps and she nods slowly. “Yeah, David went to prison. It was sad. But he was a bad man.”

 

“He didn’t. Mom—“ he probably shouldn’t tell his sister that their mom was a murderer. That could do horrible things to a developing little girl. “Mom did something bad to him.”

 

“No. He went to prison. He’s gone.” Wanda says and when she speaks its outloud but it’s also in her head. 

 

“He’s gone?” Pietro stares at his sister confusion overtaking him. 

 

He went to prison. You can’t tell anyone. It’s a secret.” She says poking her fingers into his cheek. She's so small and little, especially when she tries to be big. 

 

“He went to prison. It’s a secret.” Pietro repeats. 

 

“David is in prison.”

 

“Davids in prison.” Peter agrees. 

 

“It’s a secret.”

 

“It’s a secret.” Of course. 

 

“You can’t tell anybody.”

 

“I can’t tell anybody.” He never will. 

 

Wanda smiles brightly her eyes back to their normal color and Pietro smiles back at her. “You like the tree?”

 

Wanda wrinkles her nose “no, way. That trees creepy.” 

 

Pietro chuckles and turns to his mother who’s staring at the both of them with a weird expression. 

 

“Mai? What’s wrong?” Pietro asks his mother. 

 

Magda looks at her daughter for a moment too long, something in her eyes shifting before she looks at her son. “Nothing at all. Everything is perfectly fine.”

 

Pietro is completely befuddled out of his mind, his head concussed and broken and absolutely fucked with and feeling lethargic and frazzled, when he gets hit with the manipulated memory like a damn rock to the head. 

 

————

 

—-“you’ve been through a huge trauma and you’re gonna need time to adjust.”

Pietro stares at Charles and the professor is still trying to calm him down but the speedster is freaking out for a completely different reason now. 

 

I already knew Wanda was special.”

That’s what his mother said on the phone when he told her what Wanda had done at the house. 

 

Pietro can’t believe that Wanda had her powers back then. He can’t believe that she had taken that memory away from him. Does she even remember doing that? Is that even how it happened? How is that even possible?

 

Pietros can barely breathe when he asks the question “Charles?”

 

“What’s wrong, Peter?” 

 

“Where’s my sister?”

 

“She's with your mom.” 

 

Pietros heart stops. “What? Why?”

 

Charles frowns “She’s her guardian?” 

 

Wanda’s with mom. 

And if David Is dead then—-

 

“Who was with my mom?”

 

“Nobody was with your mother, Peter. She picked her up alone.” Charles opens his mouth to probably say more when a man runs into the room. A handsome all-American looking boy with dirty blonde hair and jingling dog tags stood in front of the door addressing Charles with familiarity. 

 

“Professor, Beast is gonna make an emergency landing.” He cocks his head to the side his blue eyes landing on a conscious Pietro who’s just openly staring at the man. “Welcome to the world of the living, Speedy.” He smirks and his face morphs into something prettier and less ruggish. Oh

 

“Thanks, dude.” Pietro says numbly feeling like he’s having an out of body experience. Who the hell was this guy?

 

As if suddenly being able to read his mind Charles regards the man by name “Thank you for telling me Summers. Do you mind telling the others?”

 

“No problem boss.” He knocks his knuckles against the door frame in a lucky gesture and moves out the door and leaves to what Pietro assumes is tell other people about Hank's emergency landing. 

 

The second he was gone Pietro turns to Charles with wide eyes “Who was that?” Pietro whisper shouts in his direction. Charles raises an eyebrow at the young speedster. “That was Alex Summers. He was one of my old students from when we first opened the school.” Charles takes a sip of water from Pietro's cup.

 

“He’s fuckin’ hot.” 

 

Charles spits water out all over Pietros bed. “Charles!” The speedsters whines.

 

“Jesus Christ, Peter! Are you trying to kill me?” 

 

“Not currently! What the hell man! why’d you spit at me? Not cool!”

 

“Alex summers is a 30 year old army vet.” 

 

“And he’s got a smirk that can end wars. Your point?” 

 

“Peter he’s ten years your senior.”

 

“I didn’t say I was gonna do anything! I’m just saying he’s hot. I can’t say he’s hot? He’s hot! It’s not a crime.” 

 

“In some places it is.” Charles jokes. 

 

“Okay and? I have functioning eyeballs. Guilty. Arrest me. I find a hot guy, hot. Sentence me to life. No parole.”

 

“I wish I could bleach my ears. I’m absolutely horrified by what you're saying right now.” 

 

“Okay Charles. I know what I’m talking about. That man is fine as hell. He looks like he can be a super model or somethin’.” And Pietro knows his mouth is running ahead of him because he’s loopy and a bit drugged out from Hanks medicine but he can’t help the bubble of laughter that erupts from his mouth at Charles' disgusted face. 

 

“You have horrible taste in men.” Charles says as if he wasn’t just saying Alex Summers was one of his first students. The original class. One of the first X-Men if Pietro isn’t mistaken. 

 

“Better than you.” Pietro goes into full theatrics throwing his hands in the air “oh! Erriiiiik but you don’t like big scary needles.” Pietro mimics in a fake British accent that makes Charles gawk at him. Pietro throws his head back in a faux swoon “don’t worry about it baby. Anything for you.” Pietro makes his voice deeper and pretends to roll up his sleeve in a thuggish manner.

 

“He did not say that!” Charles exclaims his eyes wide “And I do not sound like that, lord.” and a horrified smile spreads on his face at the blatant teasing Pietro was pushing down on him. 

 

“He practically consummated the marriage with eye contact alone.” Pietro babbles. 

 

“My word, you’re worse than Alex.” 

 

“Oh Alex is in on it too? He’s hot and has eyeballs that function. It’s a win win.” 

 

Charles places his head in his hands looking absolutely mortified by the teasing. “You two are going to be a headache.” 

 

Once pietro's laughter settles he asks the first question to pop into his head “was Summers the old student you were helping on Wanda’s birthday?” Mentioning Wanda’s birthday—hinting at their fight—even suggesting the day they all got kidnapped by nut jobs was like being dunked into a cold bucket of water. 

 

Charles takes in a breath—all the amusement from the brief banter suddenly sucked away from him in a second. He shakes his head “no, he wasn’t.”

 

He got this anguished look on his face, he wears it like a second skin. Like his face was created to hold unmeasured melancholy. 

 

“What went wrong that day?” Pietro swallows thickly, feeling the new dose of medicine dripping into his blood as they speak. Giving him courage to ask the questions he otherwise would have avoided asking. 

 

He wonders if this is why people do drugs. If this is how it feels to have no impulse control over yourself. Even the very little that he had. 

 

He doesn’t know if he likes it. 

 

“What happened that made you go straight to the bar and get absolutely shit faced? If it wasn’t Summers then who was it?” On Wanda’s birthday of all days. 

 

“Do we have to do this now?” Charles asks with a faraway look. 

 

“I don’t think I’ll have the courage to ask again. To be honest.” Pietro pulls on the thread on his shirt. It wasn’t his shirt. He doesn’t know who it belonged to but it was soft and well worn. It smelled like vanilla and chocolate. 

 

“I’ll tell you. Just not now.” Charles says like it’s a guarantee. Pietro Can’t help but be disappointed and his face must show it. Charles lets out a breath and holds his hand for what seems like the millionth time. “I don’t want you to forgive me.” He says suddenly. 

 

“Not while you’re like this. Not for some sad story–that I’ll definitely tell you about at some point just not now—I want you to forgive me because I’ve changed and because i'm doing better and not because you got kidnapped and horrible things happened to you.” 

 

“Bold of you to assume I’d forgive you at all.” Pietro snarks with no real malice, his head falling sideways in the bed. 

 

Charles just smiles despairingly to himself like Pietro cracked the most unfunniest joke “you will. I know you. You forgive too easily. Especially when it comes to me.”

 

It’s not something anyone’s ever told him before so he’s a bit winded by the observation. 

 

“I don’t want you to forgive me until I’ve earned it. Okay? Until I’m—until I’m better. Until I’m sober.”

 

Pietro clings to that last word. Sober. Like it’s a new word. Like it carries power. New and scary. “You’re not sober?” Pietro doesn’t even know what he wants him to say. 

 

He knew he wasn’t sober before. He knew he had his secret little stashes of alcohol around the school. He recalls accidentally finding a flask full of vodka in one of his carved books. He never said anything. He let the professor have his vices. He knew how to live with people who were only half there and half way through a bottle. Davids a drunk. Magda’s a drunk. Pietro thinks if he could consume alcohol like they could he would be a drunk too. Although this medicine Hanks got him on is kinda doing the trick. 

 

Charle’s sobriety had only been a background issue in Pietro's head. He hadn’t witnessed him drink. He hadn’t seen him drunk, inebriated out of his mind. He hadn’t seen his biting edges on full display since the man recruited him to commit a crime. He hadn’t seen it again—not like that— until Wanda’s birthday. 

 

“I’m not.” Charles confesses. Peter looks at the Telepath and he sees so much in the man and he hates that he feels hopeful. He hates how much faith he has in him. It’s suffocating him. “But you will be?”

 

“Yes.” Charles says immediately and Pietro knows he shouldn’t get his hopes up but he does. 

 

“Do you promise?” The speedster lifts a pinky, the IV and tubing coming up with it. He knows he shouldn’t make him promise. He knows it’s only setting him up for failure. For heartbreak. 

 

But it’s Charles. 

 

The telepath loops his pinky around the speedsters without hesitation. 

 

 

Notes:

The Julianna Project is a reference to the mutant telenovela actress mentioned in the earlier chapters. I was kicking my feet when I wrote that.

Spoiler alert in case it wasn’t obvious the unnamed mutant that attacked Pietro has Dolly's hand blade mutation. (Dolly is Kurt’s old circus friend)

Canonically Erik has O negative blood. Let’s disregard that and pretend he doesn’t. It’s for the plot. Thank you.

I know flash drives aren’t a thing that exist yet. I’m going to pretend that they are because I’m a bit Lazy. Cool.

ALSO Erik’s hold being firm and Charles’ hold being gentle is my form of poetry. Sometimes I forget I’m a writer, that like actually writes shit. It’s crazy.

Lastly, of course, typos will be found. Because unfortunately I’m human. :))

Chapter 20: Safest Form Of Travel

Summary:

“I need you.” Pietro says frantically and Erik stumbles and stares at Peter in confusion. “Peter you shouldn’t be up.”

“Yeah, I know.” He grabs the back of Erik’s neck. “What are you doing?” Erik stiffens like the speedster is about to snap his neck.

“Holding your neck so you don’t get whiplash.” Pietro is getting a weird sense of dejavu.

He superspeeds them both to where he found the hole on the jet and goes into normal speed, the oxygen around them thin and cold.

()()()()()()()()

They attempt to get back home in one piece. Pietro meets a new mutant and reunites with some of his family.

Notes:

Kitty Pryde has entered the Chat. She is the vibe she is the moment.
Featuring Erik unknowingly being a concerned dad.

/Spoilers/

Pietro: no.
Kurt: no? I was gonna say no but why did you say no?

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

They had to make an emergency landing because the Canadian Authorities flagged their jet and required proper identification. Proper identification was given via Charles Xavier mind bending stamp of approval and they were on their merry way with little delay and extra fuel to help fly them all the way home to Washington. It’s smooth flying from there. 

It was supposed to be smooth flying from there. 

Pietro couldn’t stay still for the life of him though. His foot bounced on the soft gurney and is moments away from digging a hole into the material. The speedster has run through the drugs that had been keeping his pain at bay and also mellowing him out and left behind is his usually anxious and hyper self. 

 

“You shouldn’t move so much.” The girl that had been sleeping in the cot in the same room as him stirred and shifted to face the speedster. Her Brown pupils meet Pietro's brown. 

 

“The blue furry guy worked real hard to stitch you up.” Her accent was thick and prominent in her Rs. She had been laying there seemingly the whole time. Patched up and unconscious for the foreseeable future. 

 

“Who are you?” Pietro didn’t mean to sound so on edge when he spoke but he’s alone in a room with a strange girl he knows nothing about. Considering what’s happened in his life recently he thinks it’s okay to be a bit unsure towards strangers. 

 

“I’m Katherine. You’re Peter right?” 

His eyes never leave her brown ones. 

“How do you know that exactly?” He can’t quite keep the accusation out of his voice. 

 

“You and your dad were kinda loud earlier. Couldn’t help but overhear.” She says sheepishly—standing up straight from her cot. Pietros spine goes rigid and his face goes warm as he looks towards the door to make sure there’s no one else to witness this conversation. 

 

“Charles isn’t my dad.” Pietro feels embarrassed just saying it, clarifying it. For some reason his traitorous mind supplies him with the memory of his moms Ex boyfriend Randall and how affectionately Pietro had called him dad before he abandoned them. Pietro really prefers if Charles didn't hear Katherine’s accusations. It would be better for Pietro's heart.

 

“Seems like he is.” She says with dark furrowed eyebrows that link in the middle like caterpillars. 

 

“Well he isn’t.” Peter snaps and he watches her expression grow just as rigid, spine going equally as tense at his tone and that’s when he fully looks at her, taking in just how young she actually was. She couldn’t be more than thirteen. A child. Barely older than Jean. 

Pietro needs to take a damn breath and calm his traumatized ass down. 

 

“Sorry.” He says in a calmer voice letting out a sigh “It's complicated.” 

 

“No need to explain.” She slouches in her cot and fiddles with her arm brace, her neck all black and purple. “I know a thing or two about complicated.” Her head is also shaved, patchy and purposeful. It makes it difficult to hide the bruise running up the side of her face. Her young face, bruised and hurt remind him of himself. Staring at himself in the mirror after a bad fight with David, hands bloody. 

 

“That looks pretty bad.” Pietro says sympathetically trying to catch any other injuries she might be hiding. Which is ridiculous because Hank is thorough and there’s no way he missed anything so no way Pietro will find something he missed. This is just Pietro once again being overprotective over a child he doesn’t even know. Over someone he sees himself in. He wants to look away from her but can’t. 

 

His body relaxes into his bones again and he tries to convince his mind that Katherine isn’t a threat. She’s just injured. She’s thirteen. And she’s probably just been through hell just like him. Pietro repeats these facts in his head so he doesn’t forget it. So that he doesn’t use that scary voice again. 

 

Harmless.

Injured. 

Afraid. 

 

It helps him see her as she is and not as what he thinks she is. 

 

Harmless. Injured. Afraid. 

 

Katherine looks down at herself as if she hadn’t noticed her state of being and simply shrugs “it’s not too bad. You on the other hand look horrible.” 

 

Pietro fake gasps “me?” He gestures at himself dramatically “this is nothin’. I’ve been through way worse.” For once he’s lying. This might actually be the worst he’s ever been. No amount of beatings from David could possibly trump this amount of pain.

 

Katherine watches as the boy groans to sit up on his bed despite all the pain he was in. 

Pietro knows he shouldn’t move. He knows Hank went through so much trouble to make sure he stayed on this side of the living but Pietro can’t stand lying down for much longer. He feels a headache forming. 

 

“You really shouldn’t move so much.” Katherine says hesitantly. 

 

“Kinda impossible for me.” Pietro jabs.

The seconds had started to turn into minutes and minutes into hours and it was only a matter of time before Pietro did something bad like actually fall asleep. He had done so earlier, briefly, and it simply resulted in a fresh set of nightmares that his brain conjured up from its recent abuse. Not very fun. “I need to see how Kurt is doing.” The speedster said absentmindedly. It was the only thing he could really allow himself to think about. 

 

Wanda was out of his control. His mother was another mystery he couldn’t solve. Kurt is the only concrete thing he has. The only thing—person—that he can feel and see and touch that might make this a bit better. He needs to see that he’s okay. That he’s safe and sound. 

 

Charles hadn’t said anything about the blue teleporter and during his brief loss of blood he recalls Hank saying Kurt was stable. But that doesn’t mean he’s okay. He needs to see that his friend is okay with his own two eyes. To feel him under his hands. It’s the only way he’ll know. 

 

“Kurt is the angry one right?”

 

“No.” Pietro frowns being pulled back out of his head like a ball on a string. Short and abrupt. 

 

“With the tail?”

 

“…Yeah.” It was a bit strange to hear someone describe Kurt as angry. It would never be how Pietro would describe his blue best friend. 

 

Protective. Kind. Strong willed. Never angry. Not ever angry. Although he saw flashes of it before they split. Baring teeth and sharp claws that dug into sensitive flesh like an animal. Pietro saw that flash of nightcrawler in Kurt and had ignored all the red flags that told him he was dangerous. 

 

The real Kurt isn’t dangerous. Not to Pietro. Never to Pietro. 

 

“I was with him when they found us. Him and the small one that cries a lot.” 

 

“Drew?” Pietros heart clenched. 

 

“Didn't catch her name. Some of her hair grew vines and leaves.” 

 

“Angela.” Pietro corrects with wide eyes. He had no idea Angela was even captured from the X-mansion. He didn’t know who was taken and who wasn’t. Kurt only had a vague idea and therefore Pietro also only had a vague idea.

 

“She cries a lot.” Katherine stares at the wall behind pietros head, locked in her own head. “I thought it was because she was sad. Or scared. But the more she cried the shorter her vines got.” 

 

Pietros heart sank. He knew that she was only trying to make it harder for them to take anything from her. Her vines are nearly indestructible. If they somehow managed to cut off any of it they would be indestructible as well. 

 

“She needs to consume water for them to grow. If she cries or sweats she’s losing hydration so they shrink.” Pietro explains easily. 

 

“They didn’t put the collar on her?” He asks off-handedly. 

 

“I think they thought she was harmless. They learned pretty quickly how wrong that assumption was. They put a collar on her after her first round.” 

 

“Yeah, she’s a badass.” Pietro was the one to scoop up Angela from the police mutant defense department. She was infamous for her chokeholds, her earthy hair wrapping around her opponents like a noose until they would pass out. She used her services with the police to detain and restrain mutant criminals. She was only twelve when Pietro found her, and the rage Pietro felt at the idea of the police department practically purchasing a child to do their dirty work made him want to break their noses and swaddle her in warm blankets. Instead he allowed Charles to conjure up a deal in exchange for Angela's safety. She held Pietro's hand the entire drive back to the mansion and was crying the whole time. But her grip was strong. 

 

She thought Charles and Pietro were bad men. For weeks afterwards she would sit outside in the sun, charging up. She was expecting to fight. To join an army instead of a school. It took so long to help her realize she was safe. That the school wasn’t a trap or a trick. It was real. It was shelter. 

 

It’s going to take a much longer time now to prove that point once again. 

 

“she’s tough. They both are.” 

 

“Was he-“ Katherine cuts herself off, her long lashes dropping and she settles with her words “was Kurt blue when he got there?” 

 

It almost makes pietro laugh. Almost. Until he realizes the implications of that question. He remember the video he saw of the Whitleys powers being given to someone else. He knows exactly how possible that scenario is. Even if it makes him want to scream. 

 

Pietro swallows thickly “yes.” He says firmly, meeting Katherine’s eyes “he’s always been blue.”

 

Katherine nods shakily “okay. That’s-yeah-that’s good. I wasn’t sure.” She glares her nose and Pietro tries to decipher all the intricacies in her expressions “sometimes they change people and they don’t come out looking the same. Sometimes they—they changed them completely. Gave them things or took things away. To be unrecognizable.” 

 

Pietro opens his mouth to respond but is abruptly jerked to the side as the Jet suddenly makes a quick turn to the left. 

 

Flying is the safest form of travel. The odds of dying in a plane clash are 1 in a million. Pietro is about to beat those odds because he is probably the unluckiest man alive. 

 

Pietro Django Maximoff has never ridden on a plane, let alone a jet before. He’s not sure how the experience is supposed to go but he’s almost certain that the jet suddenly being hit by a propelling object mid-flight is not protocol. Or at least he hopes it’s not protocol. 

 

Pietro hears a loud boom and then he hears screaming. He’s not sure it isn’t him screaming but he can’t exactly hear himself anymore with the high pitch ringing in his ear. 

 

“Fuck shit fuck shit fuck shit fuck shit fuck shit-“ like a panicked mantra Pietro curses like he might not be able to in a few minutes. “-don’t panic!” Pietro shouts at Katherine.

 

“You’re literally panicking more than me!” Katherine yells back, holding on to the wall for support. He holds onto the railing on his makeshift gurney bed and when he goes into superspeed he only manages to panic more because he sees that theirs a giant fucking hole on the side of the jet and how the hell is he suppose to fix that? He swears and stomps his feet irritatingly and he knows that being in superspeed isn’t good for his recovery at this moment but when he panics he runs. 

 

Pietro runs. That’s literally his whole gimmick. But there’s nowhere to run now. He can’t jump off a jet. He’s not suicidal. He needs to think of something. He needs to do something. He needs to—-he needs Erik to fix the damn hole. 

 

Yes, perfect. That’s what he’ll do. Yeah, okay. That should work. Fuck. 

 

Pietro is passing through each room in the jet trying to find the one inhabiting the metal bender. 

 

Fucking hell how big is this jet? 

 

He finds multiple mutants all in a state of frenzy. Frozen midair and some even in mortal danger as they are about to be hit in the head or stabbed by multiple debris. He adjusts them accordingly in his panic darting his eyes around for any stray danger. He makes sure to gently place an ice pack over one kid's eye who was hit with a jerking elbow.

 

He spots the metal bender walking out of the cockpit, his shoulder connecting with the wall harshly as the jet is jerked around in chaos. Pietro slows down to see the grimace of pain cross the older man’s face. Familiar in a way. 

 

“I need you.” Pietro says frantically and Erik stumbles and stares at Peter in confusion. “Peter you shouldn’t be up.” 

 

“Yeah, I know.” He grabs the back of Erik’s neck. “What are you doing?” Erik stiffens like the speedster is about to snap his neck.

 

“Holding your neck so you don’t get whiplash.” Pietro is getting a weird sense of dejavu. 

 

He superspeeds them both to where he found the hole on the jet and goes into normal speed, the oxygen around them thin and cold. 

 

“Fuck.” Erik growls as he stumbles in his long legs like a baby giraffe. “You need to warn people before you do that.” He looks like he’s gonna throw up. He doesn’t. 

 

“Sorry, yeah, my bad.” Pietro helps him  sit up, momentarily forgetting that this man is a fucking terrorist and could snap his arm in half if he wanted to. 

 

“C-can you fix the hole, man?” Pietro holds on to his arm, mostly because he thinks he might fall into the massive hole if he doesn’t and also because everytime he uses his superspeed he feels like screaming in agony. He really shouldn’t have moved. 

 

“Have we been shot?” Erik glares at the offensive rip in the jet stumbling towards it with calculated steps. He notices Pietro's death grip on him and stills in his spot ”you should be resting Peter.” Which is a crazy thing to nag him about after finding out that they’ve been shot at mid-air. 

 

“Kinda impossible when we’re about to die.” Pietro bemoans and gestures at the gaping hole on the side of the jet. As if it’s hard to miss. “Can you fix it?”

 

“I can.” Erik uses the hand that pietro isn’t holding on to and raises it at the hole. Erik does what he does best. He fucks shit up, consequences be damned. 

 

Instead of mending the hole Pietro hears a crash. Another boom and he jerks his face towards Erik with alarm. “What the hell are you doing?” The jet drops downwards and the air feels thin and cold and Pietro hates every second of this. 

 

“Fixing it. Whoever shot at us will have some trouble doing so again.” Pietro hears screaming and the jet itself is being upturned because of the hole and Pietro wrenches his arm away from the metal bender feeling nauseous. 

 

“Stop it!” Pietro yells over the loud booming and Erik doesn’t even make a gesture that he’s heard him. “Erik, seriously, stop it! You can’t do this right now. You can’t hurt them.” 

 

“You sound just like Charles.” Erik says like it’s an insult, which rubs Pietro all sorts of wrong. 

 

Pietro grabs Erik by the shirt tugging him away from his view of the other plane in superspeed, slamming him against the jet wall in his own fit of unhinged anger.  “You can hurt them in your own fucking time but right now we’re literally plummeting to our deaths. I know you don’t care about those people but how about the kids in this jet? The injured mutants you helped save. It would be for nothing if you let your rage win you over.”

 

Erik looks at him with a perfectly blank expression “if we die it would be because of them. They are the ones that decided to shoot at a peaceful jet carrying injured children.”

 

Pietro understands Eriks is the thing. His logic is faulty but it’s not illogical. He gets why he feels the way he feels. In a different time he would’ve felt sympathetic. Maybe if he wasn’t in incredible pain. Maybe if he wasn’t in a metal jet falling from the sky. Maybe if he didn’t just go through the most traumatic thing he’s ever gone through. Well…maybe if none of that where true he would be a bit more lenient. A bit more compassionate. A bit more gentler. 

 

But right now that is not the case. Pietro can only see a problem and a solution. And the solution is not being very cooperative. 

 

Pietro feels like he’s someone else entirely when he narrows his eyes at the known terrorist and says with his entire chest—”there are people in this jet that I care about. People I will do anything for. If you don’t Fix the damn hole, I swear I’ll push you out of this jet and say it was a fucking accident and no one will even doubt me.” Which is a straight up threat. An empty one of course because Pietro would never do that—-maybe. At this point in time Pietro could be capable of anything. The words still send a string of panic up his spine because the person he’s threatening is Erik fucking Lehnsherr but he doesn’t back down. He thinks he might’ve lost his mind or something. Pietro Django Maximoff has officially lost his shit. 

 

Erik looks like, well for maybe just a second, Erik looks a bit impressed— which Pietro is sure he’s just imagining. Why would he be impressed by Pietro threatening him? “Charles would stop you.” He says with no real intention in his voice, simply stating a fact. 

 

Pietro doesn’t even hesitate to respond with biting words “he can’t stop me from doing a damn thing.” 

 

Erik and Pietro stare at each other. The words between them marinating like the salty ocean on a open wound. He feels it before he sees it. The air turns thick and warm. The screeching and crunching of metal twisting around the gaping hole squeaks and echoes in his ear like a used saw. 

 

Erik is mending the wall. Fixing it while keeping his eyes on Pietro. Like the speedsters threat was a real one and not Pietro being overly confident. Overly zealous. 

 

The jet stabilizes and the alarm in Pietros head soothes, the speedster lets out a breath and Erik gets a far away look. A look Pietro knows people get when they are talking to Charles. 

 

“There’s hope for him yet.” Erik says out loud with a smirk on his lips that makes him look less terrorist-y. “I am not your walkie talkie Charles.” Erik says suddenly. 

 

They have a back and forth Pietro can’t hear and Erik sighs before looking at the speedster “Charles says he’s very impressed by your quick thinking but that he would appreciate it if you went back to your room to rest.” 

My room? Does he mean the jets medical room? Why does it sound like he’s grounding Pietro?

Pietro smiles, amused by Erik’s reluctance in quoting Charles but also in the professor's clearly concerned words. “Yeah I will.” 

 

Erik glares at the wall near Pietro and shakes his head stubbornly “I’m not saying that. Don’t-“ Erik huffs and rubs his forehead like he has a headache. “Alright! For fucks sake.” 

 

“What's wrong?” Pietro frowns and Erik looks uncomfortable “Charles says-“ he cuts himself off and rolls his eyes before looking Pietro in the eye. Seeming to relax a bit he continues to speak with a tight voice “Charles says he’s very proud of you, son.” Son. Pietro darts his eyes away from Erik’s piercing ones. His face goes warm. 

 

“And to refrain from threatening one of his oldest friends even if he deserves it.” Erik’s face contorts into a weird expression. “Which I didn’t. By the way.” 

 

“Debatable.” 

 

Erik sighs and rakes his hand through his hair. “You both are such nuisances.” 

 

“Thanks.” 

 

Pietro goes back to his room in the jet. 

 

“Where did you go?” Katherine screeches and with her good hand throws her yellow pillow at Pietros face. Or what would’ve been Pietros face if she had good aim and the pillow didn’t land flatly at his feet. “One second you were here and the next you were gone!”

 

“I can move fast.” Pietro assures “I have superspeed.”

 

“Oh. I thought…I thought you weren’t real.” Katherine says lightly but the speedster detected the ounce of anxiety in her tone. 

 

“I’m definitely real.” Pietro says slowly. “Are you?” 

 

“Yeah, I’m real.” Katherine barely blinks and Pietro sits on his bed slowly, watching her run through hoops in her head. Like she thinks she might still be in the facility. Like Pietros, a made up person in her head and not a real living dude right in front of her. Katherine and Pietro are at a stand still, suspiciously looking at each other and eventually Katherine nods. “Okay, yeah. I’m not creative enough to think up a whole person.” 

 

“All the people they used against me I already knew.” Pietro says easily and Katherine nods—her stomach rumbling like a storm. 

 

“You want my gelatin?” He jiggles the red gelatin cup beside his bed. He doesn’t think about the fact that Pietro got the Gurney while Katherine is stuck in a weird shaped cot in the jet. Favoritism for the win. 

 

Pietro ends up settling back down in his bed after Katherine goes into full discourse about why red colored food isn’t vegetarian because the red dye is made of crushed beetles. She also goes into detail about how Gelatin has a thickening agent derived from the skin, bones and connective tissues of cows and pigs. 

 

It was almost like Katherine was keeping him hostage in the room with blurbs of random conversation. He feels annoyed before he realizes she probably hasn’t had someone to talk to in a long while. 

 

When they landed the oversized jet it felt like Pietro could finally take his first real breath. Pietro looks through the small window near his bed and sees the mansion from the odd view of the dock. 

 

The Mansion looked exactly the same. Which feels wrong in a way because the students going inside aren’t the same. They probably never will be. How can the school still have perfectly green grass and trimmed bushes and the students gain trauma that they’ll have to hire a therapist to deal with decades down the line. 

 

It felt unfair on many levels. Wrong in a sense. Especially since Wanda wasn’t with him. He’s never been away from his sister for this long. A spontaneous trip to Spain for eight days was the longest he’d ever gone without seeing his sister. But even then he had called the house everyday. He hasn’t heard his sister's voice in over a month. 

 

“You guys live here?” Katherine said in awe as she peaks through the window. 

 

“Yeah. This is the school.”

 

Katherine just stares at the mansion with big wide eyes and Pietro smiles at her astonishment. He remembers feeling the same way. He remembers walking through the gate and feeling like a fish out of water. Frantic and desperate for a decent place to stay and landing on the footsteps of a billionaire's home. It felt like a haunted house, with ghosts of past students still evident in the rooms. Now instead of Pietro feeling haunted he feels warm. Like he’s finally home. Like he can finally take a breath. He wasn’t expecting that breath to be cut in half as he gets a visit from Erik. 

 

He wasn’t mentally prepared to see Erik again so soon after landing—and threatening his life in fear of death—-but he’s the one to enter the room after the jet settles on to the ground. 

 

This is a lot of Erik Lehnsherr that Pietro did not sign up for. 

 

 “Peter.” Erik trails his eyes towards Katherine “Miss Pryde.” Katherine barely spared him a quick wave as she continued to stare at the school like it might disappear before her eyes if she looks away. 

 

“Hank wanted me to tell you that you’ll be staying in the med-bay instead of your room until you’ve recovered.” 

 

“I feel fine.” Pietro frowns and barely registers how weird it is that Hank asked Erik of all people to relay that message to him. 

 

Erik fixes him with a look that makes Pietro clamp his mouth shut “You aren’t.” He says simply. Matter of fact. Two words. A statement. Undisputed.

 

“Right. Okay. Thanks.” Pietro stumbles out and scratches his elbow, his IV twisting uncomfortably around his arm. 

 

When Erik doesn’t leave Pietro just stares at him awkwardly. “Um, anything else or….”

 

Erik clears her throat “yes, well I wanted to apologize for earlier.”

 

Pietros eyes widen. “What the hell?” 

 

Erik barreled on like Pietro hadn’t said a word “I won’t apologize for defending us but I will apologize for not prioritizing our safety better. I work alone and don’t usually have to concern myself with the people around me.”

 

This is not how Pietro thought this was going to go. Actually Pietro had no idea Erik was capable of apologizing at all. This all feels a bit surreal. Shouldn’t Pietro be the one apologizing? He was the one that threatened his life. Forced his hand. Although Pietro doesn’t actually believe Erik can be forced to do anything. 

“Did Charles tell you to say that?” Pietro suspects that Charles may be listening to this very conversation as well. Eavesdropping through the terrorist's mind or Even looking through Latherines eyes as this conversation unfolds. 

 

“Maybe. Doesn’t mean it’s untrue.” Erik says easily, not denying or confirming his suspicion but staring a bit too intently at the wall beside Pietro's head. 

 

“Right. Well alright then. Consider yourself forgiven or whatever.” Pietro says quickly, forcing himself not to go into superspeed. 

Erik nods minutely and is about to leave again very abruptly when his eyes catch on to something on Pietro's bicep. A tattoo that he had gotten at sixteen in someone’s garage. Impulsive and permanent. 

A small Jewish star that is so faded from bad aftercare and pure forgetfulness was pierced in the middle of his bicep. His mother had thrown a fit about branding himself—about declaring something like that to strangers. Her paranoia tended to filter into fear and she practically dragged him to a qualified tattoo parlor to get a cover up. 

 

After a very heartfelt speech and straight up refusal to cover it up Pietro left with an additional Tattoo and a teary eyed mom at his side. He got the word MOM in big blocky letters on his arm and the star was centered on the O. It was subtle and almost unnoticeable over the glaring MOM tattoo in your face. But Pietro knows it’s there. Anyone else would simply think it’s part of the design. 

 

Anyone except for maybe Erik fucking Lehnsherr. He of all people would zero in on the Jewish symbolism on his body. Impulsive and permanent. 

 

An indescribable expression stutters through Erik’s face before it disappears. 

“I’m genuinely sorry this happened to you Peter.” And of course…why would Pietro assume Erik was looking at his random tattoo when his entire arm is puzzle pieced together. A burn mark from his elbow to forearm exposed for all to see and a skin graph exposing muscle tissue up his arm. It was all very painful and attention grabbing. The speedster suddenly very much wanted a different shirt. A shirt less exposing of his injuries. 

 

“It’s all good, man.” Pietro says quickly his voice coming out high pitched and awkward and he must’ve shown his discomfort in his face because Erik looks away when he speaks again.

 

“I hope you have a speedy recovery.” 

 

“Sure thing. Always speedy.” Pietro says awkwardly. 

 

Erik leaves and Pietro lets out the breath he had no idea was trapped in his lungs, holding him hostage in place. “Is he your dad too?” Katherine blurts out like an air balloon. 

 

Pietro jerks up. “No! For fucks sake. Not everyone is my dad, dude.” 

 

“Whatever, dude. I’m just calling it how I see it.” 

 

“Get your eyes fixed.”

 

Katherine shrugs and shows off a dopey grin on her face that reveals two pointed canines. “You kinda look alike. If you squint.” 

 

If you squint.” Pietro repeats in disbelief “you really do need to get your eyes checked.” He throws his Gelatin at her face which she screeches at in dismay. 

 

——The moment Pietro spotted the quick wisp of a blue tail, the speedster was on his feet despite the anguish his body was screaming into his bones. 

 

“Woah dude. Is something wrong?” Katherines voice is far away but the question still sticks to his head like glue. No. Nothing is wrong. It’s right. Finally. 

Pietro only had eyes for the blue teleporter who fully came into his heavy view. Like an Angel finally reaching home. 

 

The moment Kurts yellow eyes meet Pietro's brown it was like everything mended just a bit more. Fucking finally. Kurt’s entire face shrinks away from the deep lines between his eyebrows and the hardness to his face melts into smooth skin. “Pie.” Not a question, a prayer under his breath and his blue friend didn’t even give him time to go into superspeed before he’s teleporting the extra six feet and is wrapping his limbs all around the speedster like he’s a damn spider monkey. Sulfur staining the air, Kurt’s lips smack his cheek, watery and sloppy as he continues to affectionately attack his face with wet frantic kisses and blessings under his breath between each parting of his lips against skin. Like Pietro might disappear if he feels unloved for even just a moment. “You’re okay!” Kurt sobs and Pietro wraps his arms around him and rubs his back in a gentle gesture “I’m okay, baby. Are you okay?” 

 

Kurt’s ears twitch and he nuzzles his nose into the dip between Pietros shoulder and neck giving a small peck there that sends a lightning strike through Pietros spine. 

 

“I thought they killed you.” Kurt barely says, his accent thick and choppy like he’s trying not to cry, his snotty nose rubs on to his neck and Pietros heart breaks just a little bit because he knows that might’ve been the case in any other scenario. Pietro almost died. Kurt almost died. 

 

“No way. I’m unkillable.” Pietro says lightheartedly and Kurt squeezes him tighter and it hurts his bones but Pietro refuses to let go of him. It was like Kurt had refused to relax the entire time they where on the jet and is now finally processing that they are okay. His body was flush against Pietro, holding him like he’s a jacket protecting him from cold. 

 

“Kurt you aren’t supposed to teleport in your condition!” Hank is trailing behind the teleporter and then when he sees that Pietro is up from his bed he exclaims “you aren’t supposed to be up, peter!” 

 

It was the first time he’s seen Hank without drugged out eyes and Pietro is hit with the realization that he’s fucking missed him. Pietro is dragging himself and Kurt towards Hank at lightning speed, bracing the back of Kurt’s neck for whiplash and reaching around him to grab at Hank's arm. Pietro sees Kurt’s  tail latch on to Hanks other arm affectionately and suddenly they are pulling Hank into a very awkward, very tangled and very heartfelt group hug. 

 

“Holy shit man, I’ve missed you so much.” Pietro doesn't cry. He’s cried enough in the last couple hours to last him a lifetime but he doesn’t judge the older man when he wraps his blue furry arms around the both of them and holds them there for eternity. Shaking and vibrating like he might explode into tears at any moment. 

 

“I’m so glad you two are back home.” He says earnestly and Pietro squeezes his arms. 

 

“You still have a bit of pink on your eyebrow.” And Pietro doesn't know what’s worst. The fact that Hank has been so busy trying to get them back that he didn’t consider his appearance at all or that he was so off his whits end that he didn’t take the four showers it would’ve taken for the temporary color dye to wash off. 

 

“You-“ Pietro watches Hank's eyes dart to his shaven head and then away quickly “-don’t.” 

 

Kurt doesn’t either. His hair met the same fate as his. Cut short before it’s time and probably in a weird ziplock bag somewhere. Pietro refuses to think about it. Even though every time he glances at himself in the mirror he feels like jumping off a The damn jet and killing himself. Kurt rakes his three fingers through his bare skull and winces as it touches raw flesh. 

 

“Kurt let me see that.” Dr. Henry McCoy says immediately, pushing his glasses up his nose. An anxious habit that he never grew out of. 

 

“It’s fine. I’m fine.” Kurt digs his face in Pietros neck and Pietro has to physically force himself to stop holding the Teleporter against him. He tugs him away and gently touches his little hair before the teleporter winces, placing his feet on the floor gingerly. 

 

“You’re not fine. Hank needs to take a look at that.” Pietro doesn’t need to look at Kurt to know that he’s glaring at him “i don’t want to leave you.”

 

“I’ll be right next to you, baby.” Pietro calms and feels all of Kurt’s warmness soak through him.  

 

“You both were just tortured for a month straight. You BOTH need to get a full check up. Blood tests, CT scans, X-rays. All the bells and whistles.” Hank interrupts and Kurt and Pietro give each other a sideways glance that only serves to piss Hank off. 

 

“I’m serious! You two almost died.” Hank shouts and then realizes that they aren’t alone in this room. Katherine has been watching this whole interaction in silence. Moving her head like bouncy balls as she turns to face the individuals speaking. 

 

Hank's face, similarly to Kurt’s, turns a flushing purple. Both of them are suddenly embarrassed to have an audience. “You’ve all been through great trauma.” Hank overcorrects in a panic and Pietro suppresses the snort he wants to let out. 

 

“Do we have to do it now?” Kurt huffs gripping the speedster arm like he might consider leaving and Pietro feels relief that he isn’t the only one being ridiculously clingy. 

 

“As soon as we settle back into the school.” Hank compromises “but I’m looking at that cut in your head now.” He says evenly. Hanks protective streak was reading its head and Pietro is kinda amused to find out what Katherine’s thoughts are on the whole dynamic. He can feel her eyes watching them. Observing the found family like a scientist collecting data. 

 

“But I don’t-“

 

“-blue come on. Imma be right here.” Pietro says and Kurt’s aversion to doctors has gotten drastically worse. For good reason. But Pietro can tell that it’s affecting Hank to see how against it Kurt is. The blue beast is trying not to show the sadness in his face at being pushed away by someone he cares for but it’s kinda impossible for Pietro not to notice. Hank carries his emotions in his eyes and he’s always more showy around Kurt. 

 

It’s a conversation for another time. 

 

Kurt ends up needing stitches. Pietro holds his hand and Hank talks the whole time to distract Kurt from the pain. It helps to hear his voice. For both of them. 

 

“How’s Jean? Is she okay?” The last time the speedster had seen her she was floating in the living room make shift fort beside Wanda. It wasn’t a good last memory. 

 

“She’s quiet. Has been since everything happened. Bobby’s been checking in on her.”

 

“Bobby? Bobby Drake?”

 

“I’m as surprised as you.”

 

“How’d that happen?” They had made a bit of a breakthrough when Pietro helped him make amends with his friend but he had still held resentment towards Jean. Less animosity than before but definitely not close to anything resembling friendship. “I mean—last I checked Bobby would rather be anywhere she isn’t.” 

 

Hanks just nods “usually I’d agree but—“ the blue man tells the story like he’s still surprised by the whole series of events. 

 

Bobby Drake hated the school. He hated the professor for forcing him to come and he hated his parents for allowing it to happen. He hated his classmates and he hated his classes. Bobby Drake was a very angry little boy and hated a lot of things about his situation and everything that comes with it. 

Despite all that hatred Bobby Drake was the first to fight the intruders. Protecting Frankie from a fatal blow to the head and hiding the younger kids away from danger. He fell into the role of protector naturally and instinctively. 

When the school he hated was in danger he fought fiercely to protect it. To protect his friends. Students he didn’t even realize he considered his friends until bad men tried to take them away. 

Hank tells hem that Bobby Drake had been the one to save Jean while she was in her comatose state-her body left vulnerable and alone. He didn’t leave her side once—protecting her like he didn’t hate her. Like she was someone that deserved his protection. He shielded her from danger. 

Hank told them with a hint of surprise in his voice but Pietro knew that Bobby Drake would never let anyone bully any of his friends, not ever again. He learned that lesson with a splash of pool water and a heartfelt talk. 

Pietro was only surprised that he continued his display of kindness instead of putting up a front. 

“He protected Frankie?” Kurt asks owlishy like that was the only thing his brain hooked on. “Frankie’s okay?” Kurt is blinking away tears and Pietro squeezes his hand. 

“Physically, yes. Frankie is okay but he took the loss of you and Misses Wagner pretty badly and with Wanda gone he hasn’t exactly been in a great state of mind.”

“But he’s alive?” Kurt's face scrunches up and his bottom lip quivers. Pietro had no idea he was even worried about that. He hadn’t even considered that Kurt might think Frankie was dead. His heart breaks for him a little. 

Hank puts his tools down and looks at Kurt square in the face “Your brother is very much alive and he’s very eager to see you and-“ Hank looks at Pietro “-his brother-in-law.” 

“You're married.” Katherine exclaims like she’s cracked the case. 

Pietro rolls his eyes “no, nobody is married.” 

“My brother wants to marry his sister.” Kurt says “probably will someday.”

“Over my dead body.” Pietro huffs. 

“Oh.” Katherine sounds disappointed. “So you two aren’t—y’all are kinda like… brothers then?” 

“No.” Pietro And Kurt say at the same time. Pietro and Kurt look at each other in alarm.

“No?” Kurt searches his eyes. “That was a quick response?” And Kurt is trying to sound lighthearted but Pietro is only hearing alarm bells in his head. 

“You said No too.” Pietro says easily and looks away from Kurt’s pondering eyes. “Plus we’re best friends.” The speedster included in his defense. 

“Right.” Katherine says slowly. “I meant brother in laws. Not like literal brothers but whatever.”

“No one is married.” Hank says absently and Pietro nods in agreement. Quick to move on from this topic. ”Yet.” Hank adds. 

“Not ever.” Pietro glares at the blue doctor and Kurt just frowns. 

“This is officially the most confusing conversation I’ve ever had. Can we please go inside the huge mansion?” 

“Yes please.” Pietro sighs. 

“I wanna see Frankie!” Kurt adds. 

“Alrighty then.” Hank claps his hands together in emphasis. He looks between the speedster and the teleporter and smiles gently. A strange feeling overcoming him as he watches his family come back together again. 

“Let’s go home.” 

Finally.

 

 

Notes:

Thank you for your patience!!

This chapter is a bit choppy but I wanted to give you something. I had lots of fun writing interactions between Erik and Pietro and I loved introducing Katherine/aka Kitty Pryde as a nosy traumatized teenager. She’s thirteen in this fic because she was thirteen when she was introduced in the comics.

You will find Typos and grammar mistakes. Enjoy. <3

Chapter 21: A Daughter, A Lover, A Mother

Summary:

The doctors said it was lung cancer. Her father, who never smoked and never drank, had bad lungs. Going to college was forgotten and all funds were given to her fathers treatments. Open house came and went. Long forgotten in the black cloud of cancer. They tried every experimental drug, every prayer, every oil-ritualistic medicine that they could think up—they did it all. When it came down to it he was simply just too far gone. The cancer got him quick, taking all the warmth in the house with it.

The funeral preparations sucked up the rest of the funds they had stashed away and they buried Jordan Wagner next to his grandfather and great grandfather. His plane stone was grey and his bones decomposed underground-rotting like worm food.

Margaret had never seen her mother cry. Not even at the funeral. Her children wept and crumbled under grief and she stayed strong, shouldering her children’s pain like a saint.

Margaret has never seen her mother cry. But she did hear her.

Like a battle cry.

()()()()()()

The adventures of Margaret Wagner. Finding passion, finding love, and losing it all at once.

Notes:

There is sexual content in this chapter. All consensual but it’s there. I don’t think it’s too explicit but just in case this is your warning.

There is a trans character in this chapter who is referred to as a drag queen but she is not.

Margaret Wagner is 25ish when she joins the circus. I do time jump a lot in this chapter so I’m sorry if it gets confusing.

This chapter got way too long so I had to cut it into two parts. This is the first part of Margaret’s Story—-the second part will be the next chapter which I’ve already started writing.

As always, typos and grammar mistakes will be found. Thank you for reading :))

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Margaret Wagner loved the Bavarian circus that came by her town every year. Just when the air turned crispy cold and the trees began to frost. It was her favorite time of year. She loved the smell of the food and the feel of the cheaply made hot chocolate burning her throat. She loved the bright flashing colors and the loud laughter and jiggly music that played past the tent for all to hear. She looked forward to spending the very little money she could save from the year to buy a ticket from the too tall ticket booth man and clambering to the first available seat on the cold benches closest to the stage. Eager to watch the performance that has had her mystified since she was old enough to walk. Old enough to crawl really. 

 

Margaret wagner was the daughter of Jordan and Phoebe wagner. 

A preacher's daughter in a little town in Maine. Her parents were simple people, living simple lives. Living in the place they were born and raised and feeling content. 

 

“Nothing better than a good steady routine to shape character.” Her mother used to say every morning as she poured her the same oatmeal in her breakfast bowl. 

 

The same bowl, the same oatmeal at the same time. Church on Sundays, Bible study on Wednesdays. Prayers at the dining table and a prayer before slumber. Margaret was the youngest of nine children so routine was needed for the household to function. A prayer for each child. 

 

Margaret had always been the black sheep of her family. Disturbing the routine at every chance, changing the flow of things as they happened. 

A disruptor of peace. Her father used to call her a firecracker, her mother used to call her a brat. Both things were true. 

 

“Lord help me, one of these days one of them elephants is gonna knock your teeth in and you’re gonna be in a world of trouble.” Her mama crows like she does every year when Margaret drags her father to the carnival that they can barely afford to go to. 

 

Margaret was nine when she memorized the acrobatic dance routine. She balanced on the falling tree trunks around her home, light feet tip toeing in sync in her head. In love with falling on her face and scraping her knees and fumbling and stumbling until it aches. She fell in love with practice and bleeding and absolutely nailing it after so many falls to the head. 

 

Margaret loved her family. Her family home was accompanied not just by her parents and siblings but by her cousins and aunts and uncles. A big house for an overflowing family. A big family that also—despite her recklessness and flaws—-loved her dearly. 

 

Her family was her audience as she performed her tricks and twirls and they where her biggest fans. They loved her despite her tantrums, despite her oddities. They loved her enough to save money. 

 

Enough to eat oatmeal every single day for breakfast just to save a couple bucks. They loved her enough to notice her mind along with her talents long before even she did. 

 

“A genius. My baby girls a genius. Thank the lord.” Her father framed the straight A report card like it was an acceptance letter to Harvard. Like it was a Nobel Peace prize. Like it meant something that a black girl was smart in a small town in Maine. Like it was important that it was his girl that was smart. His daughter. 

 

“A 91 in gym? How do you get less then a 100 in playing? All you do is play?” Her mother had scolded her answer, always seeking perfection in everything. “Forgetting your gym clothes is unacceptable, Margo.” Despite her huffing she made sure to iron her clothes every night, prim, pressed and folded in her bag before she leaves the next day for school. She never forgot her gym clothes again. 

 

On her next report card she got a 100 in gym. “Now we gotta see how we can raise that 95 in English.” Her mom complained and then assisted. Helping her study through out the day even when it felt like a hassle. Even when most days her mothers back hurt and her hands cracked. She gave her children oatmeal every morning because it was all they could afford and they scrounged and saved and ate just enough to not be hungry but not enough to be full. 

 

She made sacrifices, cold water and thick blankets in the winter. Discounts and food stamps holding their hands and sewing kits for each pair of dress shirts and hand me down slacks. 

For her children she made sacrifices. Big and small. 

 

“She knows how great you are.” Her father had assured her, gentle in his demeanor, always the one to balance out his wifes harshness with his softness “she just knows you have to be perfect to be given a chance.” 

 

“What if I can’t be perfect?” Margaret Worried. 

 

Her father smiled and kissed her forehead “my sweet butterfly, you already are.” 

 

They had saved money for college. Six siblings and she was the only one they had saved money for. She wanted to cry. 

Despite her mother’s words and doubts she had actually believed in her.

Margo wanted to be a dancer. 

“A doctor would be better.” Her mother joked “but a dancer with a degree would suffice.” 

 

It was as simple as that. 

 

Six siblings and they all decided to pitch in as well. Little Thomas, Big Joey and Penny sacrificing their own little piece voluntarily. She had enough money to go. Years of starving, of mending old shoes and buying on sale, years of favors and extra shifts and extra prayers and they had enough. 

They had enough to put Margo into the best dance academy in the country.  

But then Jordan Wagner, her dear old father, got sick. It happened suddenly. They where celebrating. They bought cake. It was the first time they had ever purchased a cake from a store instead of making it from scratch. A small splurge to celebrate Margaret getting accepted into the dance university. 

One coughing fit turned into another  turned into another and another until blood was splattered into his hand at the rickety dining table. 

 

The doctors said it was lung cancer. Her father, who never smoked and never drank, had bad lungs. Going to college was forgotten and all funds were given to her fathers treatments. Open house came and went. Long forgotten in the black cloud of cancer. They tried every experimental drug, every prayer, every oil-ritualistic medicine that they could think up—they did it all. When it came down to it he was simply just too far gone. The cancer got him quick, taking all the warmth in the house with it. 

 

The funeral preparations sucked up the rest of the funds they had stashed away and they buried Jordan Wagner next to his grandfather and great grandfather. His plane stone was grey and his bones decomposed underground-rotting like worm food. 

 

Margaret had never seen her mother cry. Not even at the funeral. Her children wept and crumbled under grief and she stayed strong, shouldering her children’s pain like a saint. 

Margaret has never seen her mother cry. But she did hear her. 

Like a battle cry. 

Just after dark, when all the children slept and all the movement in the house dulled. Margaret heard her mother cry in her room, her fathers side of the bed untouched. Her sobs echoed in her head like a bouncing ball shaking in her skull. Phoebe Wagner lost the love of her life. Her husband, The father of her children, and her very best friend. Margo has never heard a sound so gut-wrenching leave another human being's mouth. Not at the diagnoses when her sisters cried, not when her father started regularly getting nosebleeds, not when he did his last sermon, not when he died in a hospital bed, and not at his funeral surrounded by everyone that loved him. 

 

Only after. Only in the dead of night, where no one can hear her cries, or hear her agony does Phoebe Wagner fully allow herself to break down into hysterical tears. One after the other. Cracking under her voice. 

 

After that day her mother wasn’t quite the same. Missing a piece of her that made her edges softer and made her smile linger. 

 

Margaret saw what love could do to someone. And she saw what it could do when it was taken away. When the love you had was suddenly gone and far from reach. Leaving behind someone broken. 

 

Margaret doesn’t go to the dance university. She goes to community college and stays close to home. She gets a degree as a teacher and becomes a substitute teacher. For a while that kept her secure but not many people wanted black teachers teaching in mainly white schools. So the job was limited. After a peaceful protest over Banned Books at schools became violent towards her she was arrested and got her teaching license revoked. She got a job at a flower shop. She learned about herbs and seeds and fertilizer types. She loved the smell of the bouquets and the wet dirt that grew more than itself. She loved the job. It was soft and it was peaceful. She just didn’t like the people. An older lady, a friend from church, had given her the job but was oblivious to the demographic that lived in that side of town. The customers that came in either ignored her or paid far too much attention to her to feel not targeted. After a few too many complaints from less than progressive costumers Margo was laid off. 

 

She got a job as a farmers hand, good with her hands and strong enough to huddle animals. She had the job for maybe three months before the helper boy tried to get frisky with her and she had to smack him silly. It was unknown to her that he was the handler's nephew. She was fired instantly. No questions asked. 

Eventually she gets a job at a black owned salon in the city, a 45 minute drive from her family home but she likes the long drive. She likes the quiet in the morning. It helps her think. The location of the salon is more booming with diversity and she rarely gets any looks. Her coworkers are kind- if not just boring conversationalists. 

 

This is the job where she meets her. 

 

“I want it to be different, yah know?” The brown woman sat in her shampoo chair, big lashes and curling acrylics. She wore heels and skin tight clothes with leopard prints. 

 

“More different then this?” Margaret touched her curls, her choppy fro with red tips making it look like fire. It settles something familiar in Margaret’s stomach. Something old she thought she buried away with her scraped knees and dance university dreams.

The other ladies in the salon looked at the eccentric women with apprehension but Margaret only smiled. “How do we feel about braids?”

“I said different honey, not basic. I wanna be the main attraction not some pretty girl on the street.” She smacks her red lips seeming frustrated “can you do that? Can you make me look—- like I’m meant to be looked at?” 

 

Margaret feels something shift. A little fire in her eye. “I’m gonna make it hard for anyone to look away.” 

 

The ladies eyes widen, with something like joy- Margaret had forgotten what that looked like for a while.  “You will?”

 

“I won’t do you wrong.” And Margaret loved a challenge. She also, equally enjoyed making others happy. It was why she danced as a child in front of the porch with big clunky boots and frilly dresses, and why she had talent shows with sock puppets and banana peels and laughing contests with her cousins that left them all crazy eyed and belly aching. She loved to make others smile. 

With lots of extensions and hours of weaving and dying hair Margaret had nearly finished her masterpiece. 

 

The shop had closed hours ago but Margaret refused to leave the client with half finished hair so she stayed after close. 

 

When she was finally done braiding her hair with bright rainbow extensions, each strip of hair a sparkly color that contrasted the other, Margaret twisted and styled the hair half up and half down, the hair nearly touching the ground and the hair that was up twisted and shaped into a crown with four points. It looked jarring and insane and Margaret couldn’t look away as she presented it to her client. 

 

“It-“ the client, who had stayed perfectly quiet and still through out the entire process, looked at her long and colorful design and smiled “it’s stunning. I just-“ she takes her long fingers through her hair, looking a bit lost for words. “I was hoping for something a bit more-“

That’s when Margaret turned off the lights so that the full picture could be seen. Her hair glowed in the dark. Rainbow stripes leaking out of a golden glowing crown like a mythical creature.

“-like that?” Margaret finishes her sentence. 

 

The client looks close to tears, her long purple eyelash extensions fluttering in the dark like butterflies. “You’re amazing.” 

“It was my honor.” 

“No, dear.” The lady, this client who she’s known for all of one day turns to her and braces her shoulders like she’s someone truly precious and looks her dead in the eye without any shame “you gotta listen to me. You have a talent. Do not waste it here.” She gestures at the small shop, long since closed and turned off for the day. Bland chairs with simple colors and normal hairstyles and it all feels a bit too dull compared to this woman's personality. Too little for someone so much. 

 

Margaret is irrevocably in love with her. 

 

“Thank you.” Was all Margaret could say. She took her money and her generous tip and she went home and tried to forget about the lady with the butterfly lashes and rainbow hair that she made glow. 

It was hard. It was kind of the highlight of her day. Of her week actually maybe even the highlight of her year. She tried to forget nonetheless. 

 

It was a bit pointless. Especially when she came back two weeks later with her friend. A tall thin lady with short ear length hair. This lady, who’s name she never did catch, brings her friend to do her hair as well. “She’s a genius, I swear by it. Aren’t you darling?” Margaret basically beamed at the compliment, feeling lightheaded and excited and confusing it for hunger. She hadn’t eaten anything on her lunch break. 

 

“It’s a disaster! Nothing she can do.” The friend had a thick accent Margaret couldn’t place “my last muse cut it. She was too loose with the scissors. Nothing can be done.”

She had enough hair to attempt extensions but Margaret could see from the way she constantly brushed the little bangs that she did have away from her face that she most likely didn’t particularly like long hair. The problem wasn’t that it was short-much like her original client- it was that her hair was boring. 

 

“I can fix it.” Margaret says and pulls out a hair razor. They both stared at Margaret with wide eyes. 

 

“You trust this girl?” The friend looked at the previous client in horror.

 

“Baby, my hair glows.” And that was enough to convince her friend to put her hair on the line. 

 

She trims the sides of her head, keeping the middle part longer all the way to the nape of her neck like a small Mohawk. She carved snowflake designs on the shaved parts of her head and dyed her already blonde hair a striking white and her Mohawk with frosted blue tips. 

 

“I look like a fucking snowman.” Margaret couldn’t tell if she liked it or not, not until she suddenly started full-on grinning and jumping up and down like a little girl at a playground. 

“I love it, love it, love it!” She kisses both of Margaret’s cheeks in a flurry of joy and Margo can only smile at her clear satisfaction with her job. 

 

“I’m Deja by the way.” My original client from two weeks ago says, her perfectly sharp nails touching Margo’s hand and shaking it politely. 

 

“I’m Jessie.” Deja’s friend says shamelessly checking herself out in the salon's mirror. 

 

“I’m glad you came back.” Margo couldn’t stop thinking about her. 

 

“Me too.” Deja says “I couldn’t stop thinking about you.” She says and Margo thinks she’s reading her mind for a second, her own face warming. 

 

“She kept talking’ about this greaaaaaat hairdresser she found. Kept talkin you up like crazy I thought she was eating your shit with how much she was kissin your ass.” 

 

“Girl hush up. I had every right to flaunt my girl.” My girl. 

 

“Ain’t complaining. My new hairdo looks killer. The rest of the circus should get there fresh kicks from her.” 

 

Margaret is following everything with alarming ease. These people, Deja and Jessie, work for the circus. An old memory cleared itself in her mind and she felt that warm feeling in her stomach again. 

 

“Ever think I just wanted to keep her for myself?” Deja scoffed her soothing voice curling around the edge. 

 

“You can’t! It would be like a crime! She’s too talented to only do your hair.”

 

“I let her do your hair…” 

 

“Cause I’m your best friend, you queen.”

 

“Don’t call me a queen, you fairy.” 

 

“Says the magician.”

 

“Says the magician's assistant.” 

 

“Go back to clown school.”

 

“Bitch.”

 

“Slut.”

 

They burst into giggles, like old friends and not girls who just said heinous things to each other. 

Margaret is relieved that the one other hairstylist here this morning is out on a product run and not privy to the language being spoken. 

 

“She’s right, you know.” Deja looks back at Margo who can’t stop staring at her like she’s magical. 

 

“That you’re a slut?” Margo’s mouth runs away from her. 

Deja let’s out a surprised cackle. Jessie snorts “exactly.” Her friend says. 

 

Margo’s face goes warm. 

 

Deja smacks Jessie’s arm “yes, of course I am but I meant the part about you being talented. Have you thought about what I said, dear?” 

 

Only every single day since she’s said it. 

“About moving on to bigger and better things?” Margo lifts a conspiratory eyebrow “as if that’s something that’s actually possible.” 

 

“Come with us.”

 

“Come with you?” Margo furrows her eyebrows. 

 

“Come with me.” Deja says instead and Margaret wants-she just wants. 

 

“Where?” What is she even saying? 

 

“The circus. Join us.”

 

Margaret laughed. She laughed loudly until it hurt her stomach. “I’m serious. It can be part time if you want. Just while we’re in town. See how you like it.” Deja hasn’t stopped looking at her with those eyes. Big and fluttery. 

 

“I can’t just—-Join the circus.” Even if she really wanted to. Even if it makes the little dancing girl inside her happy at the mere idea. 

 

“Why not? What’s stopping you?”

 

“My-“ her siblings are grown. She was the youngest of the lot. Her older siblings take care of everyone else- their grandparents and their mother. 

“-I have church.”

 

In the end it was her fathers church that truly grounded her to this town. The small building brought her comfort every Sunday and every Wednesday night. The church her father built, brick by brick. The one he preached and taught at. The one that he raised his children in. It felt like the only real look into his fathers eyes. Now that he’s gone from this earth. The only thing he left behind besides his children. The only thing to bring a smile to her mothers face every Sunday. 

“There are churches all over the world, doll.” Jessie says and Margo shakes her head. 

 

“It’s complicated.”

 

“Here.” Deja hands her a card, glittery and fluorescent with a number. “Just think about it.”

 

“We’re set up at the mall center.”

 

“I know where it is.” Margo says. She use to beg her family to take her to the mall just to go to the circus on the last day that they performed because that’s when tickets were cheapest. She remembers going and she remembers exactly when she stopped begging her family to go. 

 

“I hope to see you.” She’s says gently and Jessie gives her flashy wave before they both head out of the store. 

Margaret Wagner goes to church that Sunday for guidance. Or maybe as a reminder. Perhaps she needed a bit more convincing to stay put and be with her family. 

She sings in the choir, her voice booming and moving the chorus of voices. She sung until her voice was raw and strained. She listened to the pastor—her fathers old apprentice since before he built the church—and she wrote her notes and clapped and praised the word. She prayed for guidance. For a sign from God to not stray from the path she’s been given. 

It was a bit presumptuous of her to assume god all mighty would take time from his busy schedule to send a message her way but she was a bit desperate and more then a little bit tempted. 

 

“Something bothering you Miss Wagner?” Pastor Richard asked, his bushy eyebrows creasing together in worry. No matter how many times he tells her to just call her Margo—he refuses. Even when she was just a child he would still regard her as Miss Wagner which only got confusing when she had three other sisters and they all shared the same last name. 

 

“Did you always want to be a pastor?” Always straight to the point. 

 

“No.” Pastor Richard said as he sat beside her on the front row. “I wanted to be a rockstar.”

 

Margo looked at the older gentleman in surprise. “You did?”

 

“Yeah, I played the guitar. I had a band. We made a few songs. Even got picked up by a record label.”

 

“What happened?”

 

“Took one look at me with my brown  skin and my thick accent and said I wasn’t good for the brand. It was either they cut me from the band or we weren’t gonna get signed.”

 

Margarets eyes widened. “They fired you from the band?”

 

Pastor Richard laughs and shakes his head “nope. No way.” He points at the church band packing up their equipment from the stage, leather jackets and heavy crosses around their shirts, the only consistent band the church has ever had all consisting of older white men. “Those guys are my family. They stood by me and when my dream changed they changed with me.” 

 

Margo watches the band settle their things, moving seamlessly with each other. Their instruments tucked away and secured into their cases.

 

“And your real family?”

 

Pastor Richard just smiles kindly. “I grew up with them. I’ve bled with them. When I was homeless, they gave me a bed. When I was hungry they fed me. When I cried, they cried with me. They are my family. Family isn’t black and white. It isn’t just blood.” Then…almost like he knew what she was struggling with he continues. “My family supported my dreams. Even if it was different then what they imagined. They still come every Sunday to support me.”

 

He leans in close to Margo to whisper conspirately “even if the drummer is an atheist.” 

 

Margo nods, laughing under her breath, deep in her head. “And you?” Pastor Richard asks. 

 

She looks up at him in question. “What did you want to do when you were young?” He asks. 

 

She barely thinks when she responds. “I wanted to go to the circus.”

 

“Then you should go.” Richard says simply.

 

“I can’t.” She shakes her head. He has no idea what she’s telling her to do. He has no idea what has been troubling her.

 

“They are in town. You should go. I know your father loved to see them.” And it was only the mere mention of her father that made her walk to the mall pavilion the following night. 

 

“It smells nice.” Her mother said beside her, her voice lacking any usual coldness. Margaret had mentioned going to the pavilion to see the performers and her mother had made an expression she hadn’t seen in a long time. Something mixed with fondness and sadness. 

Margaret had always dragged her family to go see the circus-for years her father would take her and her siblings and her mother would always stay home. Every year she’d make an excuse. She didn’t like the noise. She didn’t like the crowd so she preferred to stay home while she had the house to herself. Margo thinks her mother might have some feelings about the circus as well. Like maybe her mother was sad that she never went while her husband was still alive. 

 

Margo watched as her mother stopped at every booth-her first time seeing the art and the magicians performing. Margaret saw her Mother light up for the first time since her fathers death. Like a wide eyed child her mother let herself be taken in by the tricks and flight of hands the magicians showed. Oohing and aahing at every successful deception. Margo watched in awe as her mother purchased two caramel apples and gave Margo her own without fuss. 

 

She was fascinated by her mothers reaction. 

 

“I bought us tickets for the freak show.” Her mother said. “Although I’m not very fond of the name. It sounds rude.”

 

“I’m sure they don’t mind.” Margo was simply surprised that her mom voluntarily spent money on tickets. It would take begging before. Literal hands and knees and chores for months before she’d let her dad buy tickets. 

 

When they entered the tent it was like electricity. The environment was like a wildfire, sending everyone’s heart aflame. It was exactly like she remembered it. The large drums matching the tempo of the fire dancer quite literally setting the stage on fire. 

 

Margaret couldn’t suppress the smile that matched her mothers, marking them as a mother daughter duo. 

 

An elephant bedazzled in jewels and a man dressed in purple on his back- pranced into the center of the scene in sync to the trumpets and drums. Perfectly choreographed and practiced to perfection. 

 

Margo’s eyes widened when the man stood with one leg on top of the elephant's back with perfect ease and did a flip still on top of the giant creature. He swung his legs and then he jumped high enough to catch the rope attached to the ceiling meanwhile dancers surrounded the elephant in fluid movements. 

 

The performance of limbs and flips and luck seemed to go on for a long breathtaking moment and just when Margo believes the man won’t be able to catch the rope— he doesn’t. 

 

Gasps and screams and just when he’s about to hit the ground he hovers there propelled upwards into the sky like an Angel and the crowed claps in thunders. 

 

“Welcome my friends and foes alike. A round of applause for our freak show!” A booming voice came from behind the curtain. In a flurry of applause and laughter a gang of diverse individuals overcome the stage. Margaret spots Deja like a magnet, eyes trained to her rainbow hair and the way she moves to the beat like a snake.

 

Later that night, after the boisterous events of the carnival they went home and her mother made dinner. She cooked her fathers favorite meal and served a hearty spoonful to all the members of the home. She bummed under her breath, a tune from the carnival, one her father often sang as well after a long day at the event. 

 

It was like for just a moment her father was back in the house, a warmth spreading the room like a hot fireplace finally lit after a cold winter. “I see why he liked it so much.” Phoebe spoke while Margaret helped her with dishes. 

 

“The food?”

 

“The carnival, dear.” Phoebe scrubbed the plate with a soft smile—a smile she hadn’t seen in so long Margaret momentarily thought she was dreaming. 

“He always seemed to happy to go with you. I always thought it was so silly. Your father used to say-“ phoebe thinks deeply “he used to say that he could see you in them. That they had the same sparkle as you. I always thought he was just being fanciful like he always was.” She hands the wet plate back to her daughter, meeting her eyes “but it’s true. It’s like looking through a window.”

 

Phoebe Wagner loves her daughter deeply. And like most mothers she was a bit rough around the edges but in the end she had an intuition. Like all mothers do. An intuition that her baby bird wanted to fly out of the nest. 

 

What kind of mother would she be to clip her wings just as she’s learning to fly? 

 

“You used to love dancing.” 

 

Margaret looks away with shaky eyes, feeling caught. “That was a long time ago mama.” 

 

“After everything that happened. i was in my own grief. In my own head. I lost sight of you. of all of my children. I didn’t even realize you had stopped dancing. Your father loved it when you danced.” 

 

Margaret blinked away her misty eyes “its alright mama. Life happened—I can’t dance anymore. It just reminds me of papa.” 

 

Phoebe scrubs the plates silently. A long break in the conversation before she speaks again—looking out the window as the moon sparkles in the distance. “I think that’s why you should keep dancing baby. He lives in all of us but you most of all. That carnival it made me realize just how much I missed—Your father is the love of my life. Forever and always. When he died a piece of me did with him. I can’t ever get that back but you—you have a piece of him I never had. You have his eyes. His smile. You have his heart. His spirit. You are the most like him out of all of my children.”

 

Her mothers words repeated in her mind for days. It felt like permission. It felt like justification. She felt hopeful in a way she hasn’t felt since she was accepted into the dance academy. 

 

She goes to the Carnival the next day. She can’t afford the ticket so instead she sneaks in via Jessie’s assistance. “Deja’s having a hair emergency.” Jessie lied smoothly to the security “this is her stylist.” 

 

The security guard looked them both up and down and eventually let them through after Jessie whispered something in his ear that made his face go hot red. 

 

“Alrighty honey, Deja’s tent is right here. I’ll keep watch so nobody asks no questions.”

 

“Thank you.” Margaret stares at the funky mirror outside her tent and grimaces, pulling her skirt down. 

 

“Baby girl, trust me you look hot.” Jessie grinned as she peaked her head over her shoulder revealing a gold tooth she hadn’t noticed before. 

 

“I’m not trynna look hot.” 

 

“Just a happy coincidence then.”

 

“Who’s this sweet thing?” A heavily bearded man walks past the tent looking Margaret up and down like she’s a meal to be ravished. 

 

“Shove off, you redneck. She ain’t here for you.”

 

“She’s one of Deja’s unicorns? I don’t get the fad for drag queens but if it’ll get me laid maybe I’ll wear a dress or two.” 

 

“Shut the fuck up, Hansel. Everyone knows you look fugly in everything regardless.” Jessie flips him the bird and the man walks away with is hands up in surrender. She looks back at Margaret who was listening to discourse with mild interest “don't listen to Hansal. He’s an old shit. Deja will be happy to see you. she’s been talking you up to everyone.” 

 

“She has been?” Margaret blushes her face hot and smiley, shy with her affections. “Nice things?”

 

“Great things.” Jessie nudges her towards the tent—giving her two thumbs up. 

 

When Margaret steps into the small tent she catches Dejas eyes on the mirror near the bright light on the makeup table, a giant cot and dresser next to it filled with intricate outfits. A chest full of props used as a chair. 

 

Dejas eyes grow big and a surprised smile grows on her face as she swings around to face Margaret—long legs swing past the chest easily. “Deary you came!” She’s up on her long feet in a instant coming to the other girl like she was greeting an old friend. She pulls her into a hug and as Margaret wraps her arms around the taller woman—pressed against her completely—that’s when she realizes. 

 

“You-“ Margaret Wagner falters slightly, understanding suddenly. “You’re a man?” Margaret asked curiously, not pulling away but Deja pulls away and meets her eyes, with caution but not fear. “Only physically.” She says and straightens her back, trying to appear taller—braver. “But I’m no less a woman than you.” 

 

Margaret thinks that over, adding that to the pieces she already knows about the marvelous women. She belatedly realizes she’s never seen Deja without a thick choker around her neck. She has different colors that match with every outfit and it’s only now after receiving this information that Margo realizes it’s to cover up her Adam’s apple. “Hansel called you a drag queen.”

Deja let’s out a puff of air from her cheeks looking properly annoyed “Hansel is a damn poppet and he ain’t know left from right. He thinks the real me won’t sell tickets so he colors me in drag. He’s a damn buffoon.”

 

“He is.” Margo agrees, holding her hand. “Your performance was amazing.” 

 

“Thank you dear.” Deja squeezes her hand kindly but then retreats them quickly—looking a bit anxious “you really didn’t know?”

“How would I?” Margaret scans the woman’s face as if maybe it would give her away. Her features were not masculine in nature, but her androgynous appearance is overshadowed by her makeup and lashes and long beautiful hair. Deja looked so beautiful that Margaret didn’t even question it. 

 

“I thought you realized the first day we met. When your coworker made an excuse to not do my hair?” Is that what had happened? 

 

“I didn’t.”

 

“I sat in your chair for a very long time dear how could you not even realize?”

 

“I was a bit distracted.”

 

“By my hair?”

 

“By you. You are meant to be admired not analyzed.” Margaret was never one for being subtle. 

 

Deja smiled looking properly smitten “Margo dear you truly are something else. It doesn’t bother you at all?” 

 

Margaret puts a hand over hers, stepping closer to the taller woman once again. “nothing to be bothered by. You are stunning.” 

 

Deja and Margaret stood close to each other, practically breathing each other's air. “You are like the moon.”

 

“Cause im huge?” Was that a dick joke? 

 

“Because you’re the brightest thing here.” Margaret corrects. 

 

“Only with help from The sun.” Deja touches her cheek gently “will you be my sun?” 

 

Margaret helped Deja glow. With her hair and with her spirit. It felt almost like fate bringing the two together. Magnetized to each other like gravity forcing the two yo collide. 

 

Many of the circus members assumed that Margaret and Dejaunae had been dating since they met. Jessie had assumed they had hooked up that night. The two had stayed in that tent the whole night. Talking for ages. Giggling like school girls between periods. 

 

But in reality it was a slow and steady Slope for them. They didn’t share there first kiss until a month into their travels after Margaret had gone through the whole acrobatics routine without stumble for the first time since she was seven. She had been so happy that she had run up to a clapping Deja—cheering on her in the sidelines—and had planted one right on her. 

 

Margaret and Deja tried to keep it a secret. Sneaking kisses and holding hands underneath the shared tables. They’d cuddle in Dejas private tent and whisper sweet things to each other when no one could hear. They kept up the secret until they had realized that everybody had assumed they had been dating to begin with. A pointless endeavor that nobody believed. 

 

It was actually more shocking to the circus that they hadn’t been dating the whole time. 

 

Patrick the head clown looked the most shocked, his clown makeup looking extremely hilarious in context to his disbelief. “I literally saw you wipe ice cream off Dejas mouth and lick it off your fingers while making direct eye contact with her. It was very traumatic. It was like the first week you got here.” 

 

“I thought Deja was the forward one.” Jessie whistles lowly. 

 

“There were children around. I had to fight back a homophobe.”

 

“Thank you for your service.” Deja said sarcastically, wrapping an arm around Margaret easily pulling her in to sit closer together in their bench. 

 

Deja and Margo made love for the first time under the stars in a rooftop in Spain. Sweaty and warm all at once. “Am I your first girlfriend?” Deja asks curiously. 

 

“No.” Margaret smiles. Deja kisses her palms, like she’s a flower inhaling her completely. “Here I thought you were a proper Christian girl.”

 

 “I am! I’ve just always liked beautiful things. Beautiful people. That can’t be helped. And you?” 

 

“I’ve never been one to be picky.” Deja smiles at her. 

 

“But you do have a type. Jessie said so.” Margo muses kissing Dejas neck sweetly as they lay in the fluffiest blanket they could find. 

 

“Am I your type?”

 

“No way, babygirl, you’re one of a kind. There’s nobody else like you.” 

 

They loved each other quickly. They traveled the world and the more distance they covered the more love Margo felt. 

 

She had never been in love before. She never realized how much someone could love another person before. It was jarring and beautiful and everything and nothing like she imagined. 

 

They made love in every state they traveled. Their affections never seem to run dry. 

 

It was bound to happen eventually. It happened seven years down the line. 

 

“I’m pregnant.” Margaret says after throwing up her lunch. 

“You’re pregnant.” Deja repeats like it was a new word in her vocabulary. 

We’re pregnant.” Margo says wiping the vomit off her mouth with annoyance. 

The biggest smile known to man erupted into the stunning woman. Even after seven years Dejas' smile still shakes Margo’s lungs, stealing her breath. “We are? I-“ she fell short suddenly nervous “is that-are we happy about this? I can’t tell from your expression, dear.” Deja crouched down next to her love like it wasn’t a filthy bathroom floor. 

“We can do whatever you like beloved. We can get rid of it or-or give it up for adoption or we can be parents. It’s whatever you want baby but you gotta say something cause I’m freaking out.”

“Baby-“

“-I’m sorry, yeah. Shit I know abortion is like a morally gray area in Christianity. I’m sorry I shouldn’t have said that-“

“-baby-“

“-I’m just kinda trynna wrap my head around it-“

“-my love take a breath. You need to-“

“-I just didn’t think this would happen-“

“-Deja!” Margo snapped touching her face so that she’s looking at her properly. “I’m not getting an abortion. Not because I’m against it but because I know this is a miracle.”

“I’m supposed to be infertile. My meds-“

“I know. Dear, I know.”

“I wanted kids but—because of who I am I never even thought…I thought it was out of the cards for me.” 

“Yeah, well it’s not.” Margo smiles at her like she’s her whole world “we’re gonna have a baby.”

“I’m gonna be a mom?”

“Yeah.” Margo gushes and kisses her love deeply. 

 

The pregnancy had more than a few scares. Margo had to stop dancing for a time once she started showing. Margo wrote to her family once they stayed at a location for longer then a week. Enough time to get a letter back from her mother and all nine of her siblings demanding the baby be named after them. 

 

When Margo had her first contraction she believed she saw God. Or perhaps it was simply Susan the mime but she truly believed someone was watching her and giving her that extra push to not give up. It was a painful labor. In the middle of a Canada winter outside in a barn surrounded by elephants and pigs like she was giving birth to Jesus Christ himself. It truly felt biblical but she definitely broke public peace with her outcry’s and poor Deja got the brunt of her death threats. 

 

“I can’t believe you got me fucking pregnant!” Margo was cursing like a damn sailor and Deja was taking it like a champ. “I hate you I hate you I hate you I hate you!” Followed by Dejas frantic “imsorryimsorryimsorry! Promise I’ll never do it again!” 

 

“This sucks so bad!” Margo was in so much pain and agony being ripped in half and she just knew that this big headed child was gonna take their time coming into this world. 

 

“Just keep pushing! You almost got it.” Jessie was a mid-wife in another life which Margo found hilarious at the time but is evidently very grateful for now. 

 

“I see a head. Full head of hair!”

 

“Gets it from me.” Deja jokes and Margo bites her damn head off with a series of cuss words. “They got their big fat head from you asshole!” 

 

“Breath Margo. Just breath with me.” 

 

When Margo heard crying she wasn’t convinced it want hers. It wasn’t until she felt a small weight settle on her chest that she realized she had finished giving birth to a whole fucking child. a baby girl with her Dejas eyes. 

 

“How dare she look like you. I carried her for nine months.” 

 

“She’s beautiful.”

 

“Yeah, no shit. She looks like you.” Because Deja was nothing if not beautiful even in Margo’s after labor haze. 

 

“I think she looks like you. She has your pointed ears.” Dejas gently taps the infant's ears like she still hasn’t processed that it’s her child. A baby. 

 

“Holy shit we have a baby.” Dejas eyes glossed with shiny tears and Margo just stares down at her baby girl swaddled in a homemade unicorn blanket that Rocky from concessions made. He had spent over two months crocheting it and stabbed about two pedestrians to finish it in time. 

 

Margo takes back her previous statement. This is the first time she realizes how much it feels to love someone completely. This child is her love. This child is her world. The sun and moon surround her–shining only for her. 

 

Deja took to motherhood like a fish on water. Margo stumbled slightly—struggling with being a perfectionist and being a mother; a role that requires messiness and chaos. 

 

It was a bit unsettling to realize that she was just a little bit like her mother in that regard. Wanting things to be perfect for one’s child is what all mothers want. It was a trait she hadn’t realized she had taken from her own mother. 

 

They raised Lilly in the circus and she easily became the happy mascot everyone came to see. A lion tamer taught her how to tie her shoes. Clowns taught her how to Read. Acrobats taught her how to swim. She was a wild child like Margo. But she was kinder, gentler. 

 

“I love you my Lilly.” Margo kisses her kid goodnight like she does every night for the past seven years. Deja tucks her in and sings her a song. Her voice had hushed crowds and settled animals but tonight it whispers a lullaby only for her daughter's ears. A gift only she can give. 

 

“I love you too mama.” Lilly snuggles close to her stuffed animals and Deja blows on the candle wick candle near the cot. “I love you sweetness.” The two mothers tip toe out of their family trailer with large coats to cover their cold bodies.  

 

“I feel a bit guilty leaving her here to go out.” Margo always felt anxious when she was away from her child. If she didn’t have her eyes on her she won’t actually know if she’s alright. 

 

“Babygirl please. We haven’t gone out and had fun without baby drama since before we had Lilly.”

 

“Not true, I recall a certain French horn player just before Lilly’s second birthday.” Margo smiles knowingly bumping her shoulder with hers. 

 

“He was amazing with his mouth.” Deja agrees and pulls her in close by the hips, stealing each others warmth. “And the pretty blonde tourist in Germany with the most perfect breast.” Margo adds “that was around Christmas.”

 

“Halloween.” Deja corrects “she was dressed up as a priest.”

 

“A nun.” Margo corrects “I had to go to church the next day and avoid eye contact with actual nuns. It was traumatic.” She shivers at the thought and Deja only laughs, trailing her fingers down her arm. “It was anything but traumatic last time I checked.” 

 

“I just don’t feel like leaving her alone. She’s having nightmares again and I-“

 

“-Honey, she hasn’t had a nightmare in over a week and she won’t be alone. Jessie has agreed to sacrifice her last free day in Spain so that we can fish for a good time.”

 

“She knows the scary monster song?”

 

“She memorized it.”

 

“And the clown lullaby?”

 

“And her nighttime prayer. She’s got it on lock baby. So just come out with me and let’s get laid.” 

 

Margo thinks about it for maybe two seconds before Dejas coy smile convinces her instantaneously. 

 

The two women go to Charlotte's Treasure in the center of Spain. Reminiscing on their first sexual encounter together there in that very rooftop. Long after hours and in the cold night under the stars. 

 

They sit at the bar and lean close to each other in the dark lighting of the bar. 

“I love that lipstick on you.”

 

“You should. It’s yours.”

 

“We have good taste.” Deja winks and sneakily touches her knee with hers. 

 

They sit just like that. Existing in each other's orbit but never quite touching each other the way they want. Teasing each other with almost contact but not quite. Even after all these years. Nearly fifteen years together, seven years raising a child, and they still gravitate towards each other. 

 

The bartender puts two napkins on the counter and places two beverages in front of them. “Drinks from the man in the blue tie.”

 

Margaret, never one to be subtle, turned her neck to look at the fancy suit. A white man with brown eyes looked directly at her before looking down at his drink shyly. ”he’s cute.” Deja says looking at him with eyes she’s too familiar with. 

 

Margaret is only a bit surprised when he stands from his group of friends, all white men with collared shirts and pressed slacks, and begins to approach the circus act with measured confidence. 

 

“He’s a bit young ain’t he?“ Margaret turned to Deja with a raised eyebrow and the woman gives her a wolfish smile. “Not the youngest we’ve caught.” 

 

“We were younger then too.” Margo twirls with her free drink. 

 

“Youth is a social construct.” Mr. Blue tie says behind her. She pulls her eyes away from her love and lands them on the man. Deja does the same, crossing her legs in a way Margo knows shows off how long they are. 

 

“You here on a school field trip, dear?” Margo teases, playing with her drink. 

 

“Vacationing with my brother.” A vacation to Spain. So he’s definitely rich. He should stay as far away from Margaret who barely has a dime to her name. Or better yet he could keep buying her and Deja drinks until he’s just as dirt poor. 

 

“And your friends?” Deja twirls her hair, out in loose curls around her head, highlighted in bloody purple—looking over at the group of men with fake interest. They don’t usually go for more than one partner. They always share. The other men didn’t look interested in getting lucky with a pair of circus characters. 

 

Margaret isn’t naive to the looks the well dressed men are giving her or their blue-tied friend. While this particular bar is known for welcoming all people from all walks of life and all sorts of backgrounds, a home beacon for the circus freaks that need a good drink once in a while whenever they are in town, it doesn’t stop individuals who aren’t as open-minded from coming inside. 

 

All are welcome. Unfortunately means ALL are welcome. 

 

“They aren’t really my friends.” Blue-tie says not even looking in their direction when they try to coax him back to the table. Away from the freaks in hot pink leather leotards and Big fur coats. 

 

Margaret smiles, a bit on edge but not daring to show it. She's a very talented performer, she knows how to be confident when the crowd is booing. She takes a sip of her drink, the one generously paid for by him- it’s sweet and fruity. A colorful combination of flavors. Not the usual drink men pay for her. She Leans close to him, hearing the obnoxious whooping and hollering from  his table, she schools her expression. She sees Deja bite her lip from the corner of her eye. 

 

“What’s your name dear?” Margo touches his arm, barely a touch but enough to make him look like he was on cloud nine. 

 

He’s not experienced. Not if a little touch was enough to get him this excited. Not if he’s desperate enough to shoot his shot with the only two black girls at the bar. With big stilettos and big hair and big hips. The very bar that currently holds many other conventionally beautiful women that are much prettier and much younger than them. 

 

“R-Ronnie. Ronnie Xavier.” Margaret couldn’t tell if it was a fake name or if he was just nervous. 

 

“Well Ronnie what’s a pretty thing like you doing in a place like this?” There are far nicer and far better places to drink than Charlottes Treasure. Not that Margaret could go into any of those places. Spain isn’t as progressive as one would hope. Black folks aren’t exactly welcomed in whatever establishment they please. 

 

“Hopefully you?” He says with no flare, like he’s heard someone else say that line before. Margaret laughs “maybe in ten years, when you grow into this suit.” She smooths the wrinkle in his blazer, pressing firmly into his chest. 

 

“You’re not that much older than me.”

 

“I’m forty.” 

 

“That’s doesn’t bother me.”

 

“And what if it bothered me?” 

 

Ronnie smiles and suddenly he has a crease between his brows, and his smile lines deepen. In a blink of an eye he was maybe Fifteen  years older. “Do you prefer me like this?”

 

Margaret has seen many incredible things in her life. Dogs jumping over hoops, women balancing on ropes ten yards off the ground, quick changes and slight of hands. She’s even seen real magic. Real life miracles. A woman walking again after fifty years after Margaret’s father laid his hands on her in prayer. She’s seen it all. Almost all. This would be the exception. Deja puts her drink down on the table. As if she thinks she might be tipsy from just two tips. 

 

“I think I prefer you as you are.” Margaret says openly staring at the man in front of her feeling truly mesmerized for the first time In quite some time. It was like a circus act she’s yet to crack. A magic trick she needs to focus on to understand. 

 

“I don’t think you would.” He says meekly and Deja touches his shoulder, long fingers slipping under his sleeve like a puppet master. Ronnie looks at her and his face goes hot red looking between the two as if he’s just now realized what trap he’s fallen into. “You have no idea what we’d be okay with, sugar.” Deja layers in that charm thick, leaning close to his ear to speak and touching his chin so that he’s looking at Margo fully as she speaks again “we’d love to see you completely.” 

 

In the time that it took them to drag the poor pup into the alley way—Margaret kisses his lips, and he kisses back with a surprising gentleness. He’s shaking like it might be his last kiss. Or maybe it was his first. She leans into his ear “you kiss like a woman.” which was an interesting take on her part. Margo has no idea what exactly about how he kissed her made her think it was feminine. 

 

They fell into bed together—checking into a fancy hotel that Ronnie said his brother had been staying at. In between groping hands, Margaret enjoyed how the man would lose control of his faculties. Margo liked to be in control but tonight she was docile, allowing Deja to take the reins on how the night went. Ronnie was simply a consensual player in their little game of cat and mouse. A sweet little thing with shy wandering hands and suppressed moans he was too embarrassed to let out before Deja took him in her mouth. 

One eyebrow was darker then the other. One eye a different color. Skin patchy and all sorts of shades. His mask had been falling until he came undone. Literally. Deja was sucking cock and the next she was eating pussy. 

 

Pecs turned to breasts and his hair became longer, redder. His skin is a scaly blue. Margaret’s fingers danced on his skin and she kissed him in his true form without shame. But once the man realized he had changed fully—without his knowledge— he flung away from both of their naked bodies, shifting back to his original mask. “I-I’m sorry.” Ronnie said breathlessly. 

 

“Nothin’ to be sorry for, dear.” Margaret slipped her hand up his chest and kissed his bare shoulder looking up at Deja with big round eyes. 

 

“You can be who you are.” Deja agrees kindly slipping her hands through his locks of hair. Margo thinks Ronnie looked better as a redhead but doesn’t voice the thought. 

 

“I-I don’t—“ Ronnie stammers through his sentence face scrunching up like a stress ball. Margaret rubbed circles between his eyebrows soothingly kissing beside his eyes gently. 

 

“Sweet thing, relax.” 

 

It was a far more interesting night than any of them expected. Ronnie shifted between man and woman-between blue skin and Pale porcelain. At one point he had even turned into Deja. Long legs and bare skin. 

 

“I’m not kinky enough to want to fuck myself.” Deja laughs lightly—and only gestures at Margo to continue the adventure for her, sitting on the armchair naked and observing. 

 

It was a weird sort of thing. To be watched and to be fucked by the same exact person. With familiar hands but unfamiliar motions. 

 

It was a good night for all of them.

 

They went their separate ways and the couple only thought about the night during foreplay. 

 

Ronnie Xavier was just a fun night after a long couple months of lilly having nightmares and the chaotic management switch amongst the world renowned circus. 

 

Then Margo missed her period. At first she thought she was going through early menopause which was the exact same fate her grandmother had around her age. It would explain Margo’s mood change and why she is suddenly craving high iron foods. 

 

It was barely a thought. Then her feet began to hurt. She was in a bit of denial at that point and disregarded the pain as The result of too many nights dancing in the stilts. 

 

“You’re pregnant.” Margo tells her when she wakes up throwing up her dinner from the night before. 

 

“I’m not. It’s menopause.”

 

“It’s not. Your tits are massive.” 

 

“You calling me fat?”

 

“Never. You’re carrying my second child. I could never call you fat. Not if I want my head on my shoulders.”

 

“I’m not pregnant.” Margo repeats through gritted teeth and is already getting Horror flashbacks to her horrible labor experience. 

 

“You wanna buy a home pregnancy kit?”

 

“And spend a fortune on something that’ll be useless in two hours? and only has a 80% accuracy? Fuck no.”

 

Margo stubbornly refused to believe she was pregnant until she started visibly showing. She had bursted into tears and Deja had stroked her head and gave her a good long hug “it’s alright, baby.” 

 

“I can’t believe you got me fucking pregnant again you jerk.”

 

“Technically I think it was that Ronnie lad. All my swimmers are pretty much useless. Lilly was a miracle baby remember?” 

 

“Oh God.”

 

“Blasphemy Margo.” Deja faked gasp “That’s not like you. Putting the lords name in vain.”

 

“I’m very emotional right now Deja do not test me.” 

 

She raises her hand in surrender but smiles so fondly at her love that Margo only lays her head on the taller woman’s shoulder as she cries. “What are the odds of ever seeing that Ronnie boy ever again?”

 

“Slim to none. But no worries I’ll step up and take care of the bastard child, like he’s my own.” Deja says with a whimsical voice that pisses Margo off cause she’s so damn happy “-Because he’ll probably look like me.”

 

Margo scoffs “Shut the actual fuck up. I swear you’re on thin fucking ice. This baby’s head better be regular sized.” 

 

Deja and Margo told Lilly a few weeks later when it was more then a little too difficult to hide the baby bump. 

 

Lilly laid her head on Margo’s stomach trying to hear her sibling inside. “How big is he?”

 

“We don’t know if it’s a boy or girl yet, Lilly.”

 

“A grapefruit.” Deja says even more giddy with this pregnancy than she was with their first. She’s been telling Everyone that’ll listen that she has a little grape baby. It’s adorable. And annoying. 

 

“It’s definitely a boy.” Francis the psychic says as she waves her fingers at Margo’s stomach “I sense a masculine aura.”

 

“I always wanted a boy.” Deja says “a boy and a girl. Just like my parents.” Almost like an afterthought Deja adds humorlessly “after I transitioned of course.” 

 

“I never wanted kids.” Margo doesn’t know why she says that just then. It was an old thought. She has a kid. A beautiful seven year old girl with a big smile and colorful clothes that adores her kisses And all her circus friends. Margo also loves her baby even if it’s just a grape. Everytime she eats she feels comfort in knowing that her baby is eating as well. What her past self envisioned is not important because it isn’t what she feels anymore. She loves her family. 

 

She hadn’t known that that night would be the last time she would be with her family again. She hadn’t known that her offhand comment about not wanting kids would come to haunt her when their trailer was caught on fire. Attacked in the dead of night by men with guns and gasoline that hated the freak show just a bit too much. Hated them so much they wanted them gone. Forever. 

 

Margo has never been afraid of fire. But she’s also never been drenched in a gallon of gasoline surrounded by flames. 

 

God blessed her with the gift of forgetting. She doesn’t remember the fire. She just knows she was in pain. Her eyes burned and when she opened them after shutting them closed harshly it was still dark. 

 

When she woke up in a hospital. It had been quite some time. She had been in a coma for two months. She was burned to hell, blind and heavily pregnant. She felt her protruding belly with her shaking fingers and when she spoke she wasn’t even sure there was anyone in the room to answer “my baby. How’s my baby?”

 

“The size of a very large papaya.” Hansals voice was familiar but jarring in her state. Why is he here? Hansal could care less about Margo. He would never visit her in the hospital. 

 

“Lilly. I meant Lilly. Where’s Lilly? Deja?”

 

Margo could hear Hansal clear his throat—the heart monitor beeped loudly “There was a fire. They didn’t make it out.”

 

Margo’s entire world collapsed. Her moon shattering just above her. Her light flickering off as she’s shrouded in only darkness. “No.” 

 

“Many circus members perished in the fire but mainly-“

 

“-the freak show.” Margo spat “don’t pretend to be sorry, Hansal. You hated us. You tried to discontinue our special numerous times.” It was no secret that Hansal had it out for the freaks in his circus but they made most of the profit. So many people came to the circus to view their act and that couldn’t be erased, not even by Hansal who’s the nephew of the owner of the circus. 

 

The Sixty year old man had waited until his uncle's deathbed to make him sign over the circus to him just a few months ago. He had been going through a power trip ever since and has threatened to fire every member of the freak show at least twice in the last month alone. He was a conniving prick. 

 

“I didn’t do this though.” Hansal says pointedly “the freak show made too much money. I’m a good business man.”

 

“You’re a con artist. You got my family killed. You-you sent us to a location that wasn’t safe. You fired our security on our last relocation. This wouldn’t have happened if they were still here.”

 

“The what ifs aren’t important anymore. I’ll let you rest.” 

 

“Are they all dead?”

 

“Yes.” 

 

“Why am I alive?” Margo sobbed, glaring at darkness and wishing she had been able to go with her family. 

 

Hansal doesn’t say anything for a while and Margo thinks he might’ve left until he speaks again “one second you where in the tent and the next you weren’t.”

 

Margo shakes her head “people don’t just teleport in the middle of the night Hansal. I was with my family. I was in bed. I felt the flames. I could feel-“ Margo can’t properly breath and she feels a tightness in her stomach. 

Fuck. 

She hears footsteps and shuffling and her bed is being shifted so that she's laying down flatter. “She’s having contractions.”

 

“But it’s too early.”

 

“She’s only seven months pregnant.”

 

“It might be the stress.”

 

“Is she gonna lose the baby?”

 

“We’ll try to save it,”

 

“The baby can’t die.” 

 

“How far apart are her contractions?”

 

“She needs to be sedated.”

 

So many voices overlapped and so many things are happening that create so much noise. She can’t focus or calm down and she’s scared. She wants her Deja but she’s gone. She wants Jessie but she’s not here. She wants Lilly but she’s not here. She wants her family and all she has are these strangers she can’t even see. 

 

“I don’t want to be sedated.” Margo says but already feels the mask cover her mouth and nose and the gas fill in her lungs. She loses herself pretty quickly. 

 

She wakes up in incredible pain. She thinks maybe she’s dead and has gone to hell because it’s only darkness but remembers that her vision is gone. 

Her gingers reach her stomach instinctively and can feel the difference in her body. 

 

“Misses Wagner, good evening,” is it evening? It feels like it’s perpetually nighttime forever.

 

“Where’s my baby?” She cuts to the point quickly, feeling frantic and crazy. After she gave birth to Lilly she had her in her arms within minutes but now she couldn’t feel her baby in her arms. She can’t feel the baby at all.

 

“I’m so sorry to tell you miss Wagner but you gave birth prematurely and we simply did not have the tools or resources to keep the infant stable long enough for it to take its first breath. I’m very sorry for your loss.” Margo is dead. She must’ve died. She must be in hell. She must have done a heinous sin to have ended in this fate. How cruel can God be to have taken her family completely. To not even give her baby a chance to live. 

 

Margaret Wagner was devastated. She was also blind. In any other occasion she would’ve demanded to hold her baby–even if it was a lifeless corpse. Maybe if she hadn’t still been grieving the loss of her daughter or the loss of her love or the loss of her family. Maybe if she hadn’t been blinded in the attack she would’ve seen the look of disgust in the doctor's face when she was telling her the news. Maybe she would’ve seen her rubbing the cross dangling around her neck like she witnessed something unholy. 

 

“It’s for the best.” The doctor says cruelly “being a single mother isn’t easy but to also be disabled would’ve been too much of a burden. This is a blessing.”

 

No. It wouldn’t have been a burden to raise her child. She knows it deep in her heart. This is not a blessing. This is a punishment. 

 

“Was it a boy?” Margo could barely get the question out. Gluten for punishment. 

 

“Yes ma’am.” 

 

Deja wanted a boy. She wasn’t lucky enough to see him and Margo wasn’t lucky enough to give him life. Every part she had of Deja is now gone along with her. 

She was supposed to have gone with her. She was supposed to be dead. 

God did not bless her with death. Instead he punished her with life. 

 

 

Notes:

I didn’t mean to make it this sad. I had the basics of Margaret’s story in my head but once I started writing it down I felt compelled to write more.

Also Spoiler!!!

-
-
-
-
-
-
Margaret Wagner is Kurt’s Bio mom.

Chapter 22: The Making of a Family

Summary:

The circus fire was deemed a tragedy. The plot of land they inhabited during the fire is covered in ash, flowers, and cards of condolences that Margo couldn’t see. They had the funeral and memorial service while she was in a coma—months ago—so she didn’t even have the chance to mourn with her family's loved ones.

The Twin clowns had sisters and a dad in Brazil. Did they make it to the funeral?

Francis had a daughter in college, she traveled to pay for her tuition. Who will pay for her education now?

Carla had a husband in deployment. Was he able to take leave?

Jessie had a sister in Texas, with nephews and nieces who expected her at their graduation. Will her seat be left empty?

So many people are dead. She can’t tell which cross is for who, she can’t read which names they bare. She can’t see anything. Not even the place they died.

“This one.” Her mom says gently stopping her from continuing down the line. “It’s covered in Lilly’s.”

(Or)

Seventeen-ish years of Margaret Wagner being kind of a mom to every mutant child ever. Through love and loss, Miss Margo makes a new family.

Notes:

16k is too many words. My bad. Margo is nosey so this chapter we learn a lot of things about other people that we otherwise wouldn't from Pietros POV. Also For clarification, Margaret has no idea that Ronnie and Raven are the same person. She has no idea that Charles and "Ronnie" are siblings.

I'm aware that Charles and Margo "met" in Chapter five but I thought it would be funny if they just pretended to meet each other for the first time as like a long elaborate prank. If you go back you can see that they are overly friendly with each other and that Charles purposely calls her "Miss Wagner" even though Pietro never told him her last name. Also the fact that Charles knew she was homeschooling Kurt even though Pietro never told him that.

Also in Pietros POV he describes Margo as really old but she maybe only in her late fifties or early sixties. I attribute this to Pietro thinking anyone older then his mom is ancient. lmao.

Also foreshadowing Charles' alcohol problem and connecting it to him grieving and also his 'party animal' persona in X-men First Class.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Once Margo has full function of all her faculties and she feels like she can ask for a phone the first thing she does is call Phoebe Wagner. Her mother was still alive and kicking and was at her bedside within two days, taking a train and three buses and a long plane ride to get to where Margo was. She was like a superhero, coming to her aid. 

 

“They're all dead mama.” Her mom holds her, 80 years old and still strong as a bull. She rocks Margo to sleep like she’s six years old again and she lets her cuddle her because she feels like she might fall apart if she’s alone for even a moment. 

 

“She was the love of my life.” Margo cries into her mothers lap and doesn’t even realize that technically that was the first time she had told her mother she was in love with a woman. Margaret Wagner never was subtle with her attractions and Phoebe Wagner was never one to turn a blind eye.

 

 ”I know a thing or two about losing the love of your life.” And that was something Margo never wanted to relate with her mother. She never wanted to experience the grief her mother felt when they lost Jordan Wagner. Her father was her mothers greatest love and she had the misfortune of living longer than him. Margo has the same fate. Living too long. 

 

Maybe God has forsaken them both. 

 

The circus fire was deemed a tragedy. The plot of land they inhabited during the fire is covered in ash, flowers and cards of condolences that Margo couldn’t see. They had the funeral and memorial service while she was in a coma— months ago —so she didn’t even have the chance to mourn with her family's loved ones. 

 

The Twin clowns had sisters and a dad in Brazil. Did they make it to the funeral? 

 

Francis had a daughter in college, she traveled to pay for her tuition. Who will pay for her education now? 

 

Carla had a husband in deployment. Was he able to take leave? 

 

Jessie had a sister in Texas, with nephews and nieces that expected her at their graduation. Will her seat be left empty? 

 

So many people are dead. She can’t tell which cross is for who, she can’t read which names they bare. She can’t see anything. Not even the place they died. 

 

“This one.” Her mom says gently stopping her from continuing down the line. “It’s covered in Lilly’s.” 

 

Margo falls apart all over again. 

 

She goes to her childhood home and sleeps in her too small bed that feels Uncomfortable compared to the cots she had grown accustomed to. Everything was so quiet here. So different then the home she had created within the boisterous circus. 

 

It took a long time for Margo to come to terms with the fact that she was blind. 

 

She would wake up and forget that she wouldn’t see anything when she opened her eyes. She had to learn how to walk without knowing if she’s stepping on a rug or the corner of the stairs. Most days she stayed in bed. Drowning. She barely spoke. Barely ate. Barely existed as a person. 

 

Her sister Janet called. Two cities over with her husband and kid. “I’m sorry to hear about Lilly.” And hearing her say her name was so painful. 

 

“Mama said you’re expecting.” Margo says, choking back the bile that crawled up her throat. Her baby and her sisters would’ve been so close in age. Practically siblings. 

 

“Yeah, I am.” Janet was short with her answers, clearing not wanting to bring up her pregnancy after Margo had just lost her child. “Is it healthy?” Margo pushes on. 

 

“Y-yeah. He’s healthy.” 

 

He. 

It’s a boy. 

Just like hers. 

 

“Right that’s—“ Margo really tried to hold on as long as she could “-that’s amazing Janet. I’m really happy for you. I gotta go.” She hung up and she cried for days After. 

 

”it’s time to go to church.” Her mother said one Sunday morning and the words sent a guttural reaction through Margo’s body. 

 

“No.” It was clipped and harsh and never in a million years would Margo speak to her mother in that way but the idea of praising a God that took her children felt like dancing on their graves. 

 

“No?” Her mothers voice is still the same even after all these years. “In my house we go to church. Every Sunday.” She says matter of factly. 

 

“I don’t want to go.” while Margo was traveling these last few years she’d go to church when she could. Not every Sunday but enough Sundays to still have that Habit. “I don’t want to speak with him.”

 

“Margaret.” She can hear how much she’s trying not to be too harsh on her grieving daughter. “God did not take your family away. It was those small minded men. God gave everyone free will and unfortunately that means free will to do bad things.”

 

Margo doesn’t say anything. She stays in her mind staring at darkness or maybe it’s a wall…she’s not sure. Everything feels like nothing ever since she’s woken up. Empty. 

 

“Maybe He made a mistake.” Margo spits out. 

 

“Everything—“

 

Margo jerks up from her bed with anger boiling in her veins “—if you’re about to say that everything happens for a reason I beg you to hold your tongue because NOTHING could have justified what happened to me. Nothing.” 

 

“Ill pray for you.” 

 

“Don’t bother.” Margo lays back down in her bed feeling drained and like a shell of herself.  

 

Days blended into weeks and poured into months. It was an entire year before Margo learned to walk with her cane and adjusted as she should. It was an entire year before she stopped crying at the mere mention of her dead family. 

 

Her siblings had come to visit throughout that year all in different variants of concern. All nudging her to take a Sunday to visit the church with their mother. Each attempt was met with harsh silence or irritated responses. 

 

Margo believed in God. That’s what is making the transition so difficult. She had believed God to be a kind and just lord but she sees now that is not the case. For years she had been praying to a man that allowed her family to leave her too soon. That is the thing she could not stomach. She’s afraid that entering the church and hearing the blessings and the praises in the congregation would send her to a spiral. She fears she wouldn’t be able to pull herself out. 

She refused to go to church. Stubborn and angry. Her mother always asks her. Always offers. Margo always refuses. 

 

“A foster child is coming today you need to clean out your brothers room.” Her mother said one random Tuesday. 

 

“What?”

 

“You need to clean out your brothers room.”

 

“Why?” 

 

“For the boy?”

 

“What boy?” 

 

“Benjamin.”

 

“Do I know a Benjamin?”

 

“Not yet. You’ll be meeting him in about two hours. He needs the room closest to the bathroom.”

 

“What? Why?” Margaret was going in circles.

 

“He’s potty training?”

 

“is he a dog?”

 

“Heavens no. Dogs are far too messy. He’s a four year old boy.” 

 

Margo takes a deep breath “mom.”

 

“Yes?”

 

“Please explain to me why exactly a four year old boy named Benjamin is going to be staying in this house?”

 

“Im fostering him.“

 

“Since when?”

 

“Since this morning when CPS called to place him in my care?”

 

“Since when—“ Margo rubs her forehead, feeling a bit insane and overwhelmed “how long have you been fostering kids, mom? How has this never come up.”

 

Phoebe Wagner sits beside her child and the bed dips slightly. She sighs—winding up for a conversation. “After you left I was all alone in this big house—“

 

“-mom I’m sorry-“

 

“-don’t be sorry. I wanted you to go. To fly wherever your wings took you. I didn’t want to hold you back. Your siblings… they visited as much as they could but they had their own lives. Your grandmother…she passed and I had no one to really look out for anymore. It was so strange to not have anyone to take care of so I volunteered at church to foster a child in need. A special program.  It was meant to be a one time thing but I had such a knack for it.“ Phoebe Wagner sways in her spot slightly—seeming deep in thought “I’ve only fostered a few kids and only as a last resort. When kids come to me they have nowhere else to go. I don’t call—they call me. Last time they called was two years ago for a sixteen year old boy named Sami Chan. He was nonverbal and would get into fights at school. Now he’s about to graduate high school top of his class with a group of great friends and I had a piece in that just like he had a piece in helping me too. In the end these kids always come to me during a time that I need them as well.”

 

“That’s—“ Margaret doesn’t really know how to respond to that, she’s both surprised and not surprised that her mom voluntarily asks to take care of kids that aren’t hers. “—really admirable mama. It is. I just…I don’t think I can handle being around a kid right now.”

 

“That’s too bad because Benjamin needs a home and I’m giving him mine whether you like it or not.”

 

“Mom!”

 

“I understand that you are grieving but so is that baby. You can’t truly be selfish enough to want to turn away a wanting child who needs a place to stay. I didn’t raise you like that.”

 

It was almost comforting to know that her mother can still guilt trip her into submitting to her cause. 

 

Margaret Wagner set the table for lunch—setting up a high chair that she hadn’t known her mother still had. 

 

Benjamin was blind. He was born that way. 

 

It was pretty difficult to complain about things when a child never did. Benjamin was all giggles and jokes and his feet squeaked with the feel of rubber shoes against wood floors. He stuck to Margo like she was his personal walking stick and she didn’t have the heart to pull away. Benjamin was blind but he saw in other ways. 

 

A month after Benjamin’s original arrival at their home Margo heard a knock on her bedroom door. Small and light. Definitely Benjamin’s shy fist. Nervous to wake her. 

 

“Bennie?” Margo had adopted the nickname subconsciously in the last couple of weeks. She can’t remember if she heard her mother say it first or if she had simply taken it upon herself to call him that. 

 

“Mango?” Benjamin had trouble pronouncing his Rs and had began calling her Mango instead of Margo. She found it incredibly endearing. 

 

“Are you alright?” 

 

She heard his little sniffles and his little padded feet and assumed he was making his way over. “Monster.” 

 

Margo ignores the ache in her chest “a monster? In your room?”

 

“Up, up.” Margo can only assume Benjamin wants to go up to her bed and can’t reach by himself. She bends over carefully and feels for his shoulders. She picks him up from the armpits and places him beside her. “Your room. Safe.” He says easily and she feels him snuggle close to her. 

 

“Yeah, of course. Monsters don’t go in my room. They're scared of me.” Lilly use to be afraid of monsters in her room too. It was always better if she played along and acted as if it was real. 

 

“Sure?” Benjamin’s voice shook, clearly still afraid of whatever spooked him in his room. Her mother hadn’t told her much about his background so she has no idea why the small child has so much trouble sleeping. 

 

“Yeah, I have a song. They don’t like it.” Margo pulls the blanket over Benjamin, hoping that she covers him completely. 

 

“Song?” Benjamin wraps his little fingers around her hand and she nods even though he can’t see her. “Yeah, a song that keeps all the monsters away.”

 

She isn’t fully aware of what she’s about to do until she starts to sing. Deja was the one that usually sung it. She had the voice for it. Margo’s voice was rougher around the words, her octave slightly lower then Dejas. The words came to her suddenly—instinctive and easy like her old routine with her kid. 

 

The realization that she’s singing this song to a kid that wasn’t hers makes her falter towards the end, voice hitching slightly as she realizes that she’s actually crying. 

 

Oh. 

 

She tries to stop, desperately wiping at her face but it’s like a cracked bottle, once the hole is big enough nothing is gonna stop the water from flowing. 

“Mango sad?” Benjamin’s baby voice only made her cry harder. Mango feels his little hands touch her face, squishing her soft cheeks like a basketball. “I get Fefe.” Fefe instead of Phoebe. 

 

“I’m okay, I’m okay,” Margo can’t stop crying though and her voice shakes and Benjamin touches her eyebrow, feeling the groove between her brow bone and the wrinkle between her eyes, showing signs of age. “Fefe is awake. I hear her. I get Fefe.” But her mother is in her bedroom in the opposite side of the house, in no way can Benjamin possibly hear the older woman rise from this far into the house. 

 

Although Benjamin does tend to hear things he shouldn’t be able to. Last week when they walked the neighborhood he knew a dog was gonna pass by from two blocks away, cooing and asking if he could pet it before they even came across the panting creature. 

 

He must’ve left at some point during her breakdown. He must’ve climbed out of her bed and walked out the door and gotten her mother. He must have gotten over his fear of the monsters because before she knows it her mother is being dragged into her room. Phoebe wraps her arms around her crying daughter. 

 

“It’s alright. I’m here. Just let it out.” 

 

Margo cries like her mother. Like the night her father died she cries like she has the weight of her sadness in her tears. But while Phoebe cried in private Margo is fortunate enough not to be left alone in her misery. 

 

“Today would’ve been her birthday.” 

 

“I know.” 

 

“It’s just not fair .”

 

“I know, baby.”

 

And she cried harder. Her voice echoed the walls, shaking the room like earthquakes. If any monsters hide in Benjamin’s room surely they would’ve been scared by the beast shaking the walls on her behalf. 

 

“Kisses, better.” Benjamin, ever the sweet boy, places a small peck on her left knee, the closest place he can reach from the foot of the bed. “More kiss. Better.” He kisses the Same spot and rubs it with his little fingers like it’s a boo boo. It melts her. 

 

“Thank you for the kisses Bennie.” 

 

“Better?”

 

“Yeah, I’m all better. Thank you.” She sniffles away the last bit of her tears and pulls him into a hug which he giggles into. 

 

“I’m sensing a slumber party.” Phoebe says and Margo is so surprised she doesn’t protest when her mother pulls out her extra blanket and curls all three of them into a queen sized bed like they are tiny burritos. 

 

Benjamin goes back to his parents two weeks later. His mother had been in a car accident and had gotten amnesia and his father, the only living family member had been overseas fighting in Afghanistan. He had gotten out of deployment once the news of his wife’s condition was reported to him and he tracked down his son as quickly as he could to the Wagner home. 

 

“Bye bye Mango. Bye bye Fefe.” Benjamin kisses and hugs them both. “No crying.” He says and Margo can hear him get in his car. 

 

“No crying.” He says and Margo already is. She doesn’t get how he can always tell when she is. She’s not very loud about it. “Love you mango! Love you Fefe!” He shouts through the open window-the car was already moving away. 

 

“I love you too.” She says quietly and she somehow just knows that he hears her. 

 

It was a happy ending that not many had but it still made Margaret sad to say goodbye. 

 

“It’s part of the job, dear.” Is all that Phoebe said to her daughter's dampened mood. 

 

Four months later two children were dropped off at their house. Siblings. Rose and Court. The name Rose is so similar to Lilly that Margo can barely speak to the child without getting breathless. The two children are Thirteen and six.

 

Seven years apart.

 

That’s the age gap that would’ve been between her children as well. 

 

“They come to me when I need them the most.” That’s what her mother had said just a few months ago. Margo thinks that theory might ring true. 

 

This had been their fourth foster home in the last year. They are having trouble finding living family members who are willing to take in both girls. They had a physical deformity. Margo doesn’t know exactly how they look like but she can hear the harsh whispers when she takes the girls to the park. 

 

“She has Satans mark!” A woman barked at Margo when her kid wanted to play with Court. A friendly game of tag that ended abruptly with shouting and cursing from the parent's side. 

 

“She’s six.” Margo’s eyes narrowed “She doesn’t even know what you’re talking about.”

 

“She walks the path of evil. Born like the devil's children.” The woman was delirious and Court had cried the whole walk back home and Rose had a protective hand on her sister—clearly fuming. “Margo, Am I evil?” The six year old asked at bedtime. Her sister scoffed from her side of the room. Snuggled into her sheets. “You’re not evil, court. That bitch doesn’t know what she’s talking about.” Rose snaps and despite the language Margo agrees. 

 

“Sometimes when people see people that look different it’s easier to be judgmental instead of curious.” 

 

“Is it because of my horns? I cover them up.” 

 

“You shouldn’t have to.” Rose says into the night “we shouldn’t have to hide what makes us different. You shouldn’t hide your horns. There’s nothing wrong with them.” 

 

Eventually Margo asks her mother. “How do they look like.” They had been staying with them for over three months and Margo was trying not to push but it felt like she was missing things because she was blind. 

 

“They look alike. Both Albino. White hair. Court has Pale blue eyes. Rose has grey eyes. Court has two horns protruding from her skull, barely visible, mostly covered up by her curls. She wears bows in her hair and hats mostly. Rose’ horns are cut at the knubs. Her previous foster parents cut them off. They are growing back slowly. She has a shaved head so you can see them more clearly.” 

 

“Thank you.” Margo thinks of blue scaled skin and fire red hair and settles into her head. 

 

Margo braids Court's hair the next day. It was the first time she had touched someone else’s hair since Deja. 

 

“They are going to look at you no matter what.” Margo says, recalling Dejas words to her when they first met at the salon. “Might as well give them something good to look at.“ she braids a familiar tangle. Beads and colored feathers that she hopes looks good against her pale complexion. 

 

“Margo’s own hair, which she had neglected to do anything with since her accident was braided by her mother, covered in swatches of colors and little seashells that the girls collected after a trip to the beach. 

 

The two girls had stayed with them for nearly two years before they found a distant cousin that was willing to take them both in. Two years. 

 

“We’ll call when we land, Aunty Margo.” Rose had grown from a thirteen year old middle schooler to a freshmen in high school. Fifteen now. 

 

“You better, or else I’ll think the worse.” And Court—Now eight years old wrapped her arms around Margo without warning “Im gonna miss you mama Margo.”

 

At first it had given Margo whiplash to be referred to as mother after losing her children. It was also a strange development that Rose had considered her an aunt and Court had considered her a mother instead even though they had lived here for the same amount of time. Margo assumes it’s because rose knew her mother, she had a relationship with her before everything happened while Court barely had any memories of her biological mother. In the end Margo was happy to be connected to them at all. 

 

“I’ll miss you too, dear.” She kissed her horns and pushed Roses’ hair out of her face. 

 

Another kid didn’t come knocking at their door for another year. It was getting harder for her mother to move around, though. Her hip was busted and she had just gotten surgery on her knee. 

 

Jane, their social worker, had knocked on their door personally. A bit desperate for housing. 

 

“His mother went to prison. A non violent offense. Won't be out for a year.“ Jane has always dropped off the children that come to stay with them. 

 

“It’s really not a great time to be fostering another kid.” Margo begins but her mother interrupts “You can’t turn him away.” Margo could feel her Mother's glare at the suggestion. 

 

So Margo let little ten year old Harry make himself at home. What Margo hadn’t known at the time was just how influenced Harry would be by her mother. Practically overnight the kid had gone from throwing hissy fits to leading dinner prayer with her Phoebe. 

 

He went to church with her mother, something she still refused to do even after all this time. Margo’s been tempted to go more than once. Every time Sunday crawls she gets dressed and the moment she steps outside the house, feeling the sun on her skin, she hightails it back inside. It’s compulsive at this point. 

 

She’s afraid of entering a church and getting angry. She’s afraid of her own anger towards everything and everyone even now. After all these years. 

 

“Take your time dear.” Her mother kept her in her prayers like she’s had since the beginning. 

 

But Margo doesn’t go. She stays home while they go to Sunday mass. Margo flips on the radio. Her version of Television now. She plays with the knobs and she flicks it on the channel she knows plays worship music. 

 

Exposure therapy. She thinks maybe if she gets more use to it, she’ll adapt better with the real thing. One small step before taking the leap. 

 

Once upon a time she used to go to Sunday church and Wednesday church. She was the church girl. But now she can barely listen to the music without flipping to the next channel in a panic. 

 

But now she’s doing it on purpose. She flicks it on, raising the volume as the latest song comes to an eventual end. It’s maybe the last twenty seconds of the song. An old chorus she recognizes from her fathers church.

 

Margo is shaking. Her fist clench and she raises her hand to the knob to change the station impulsively when the next song filters in. 

 

The voice halts her. Margo stares blindly at the darkness that always surrounds her now and she can see this person so clearly in her eyes. She can practically feel her. This voice, singing this song, sounds like her sweet Deja. It’s so jarring and beautiful and unexpected that Margo listens to the whole song and feels something open inside her. A door she didn’t know she still had the key for. 

 

The song filled her with warmth and she knows that logically the singer isn’t Deja. Her beloved is dead and this singer is most likely someone who just really sounds like her. But it’s enough of a similarity that it feels like a warm hug. Like Heaven to her ears. 

 

It feels like Deja is talking to her, opening up the heavens and speaking to her directly in the only way she knows how. The song was written so beautifully and sung so angelically that Margo forgets herself. She barely registers the end of the song. And it’s over before she realizes. 

 

“How was church?” Margo asks her mother for the first time in years. She had been humming the song under her breath the entire day. Feeling light. 

 

“It was very good. Harry joined the church choir today, they needed another boy.” 

 

“I have practice on Wednesday and then we perform on Sunday.”

 

“I can’t wait to hear it.” Margo says easily and doesn’t miss the way her mother goes quiet suddenly. “You’ll be joining us next Sunday?” She asks quietly, like she doesn’t want to jump to conclusions. 

 

“Yes, I will. I can’t miss Harry’s big performance.” And that was that. 

 

Harry sang beautifully. Everyone else was a bit pitchy but not everyone can sound like a prepubescent boy. 

 

“I’m glad you joined us, Margaret.” Her pastors voice was just as she last remembered it. She’s mostly surprised he still works at the church—he must be in his early eighties by this point. 

 

“Couldn’t miss Harry’s first performance.”

 

“Will you miss his second?”

 

“Don’t know yet.”

 

“I noticed…” her pastor took a breath as if contemplating something “..I noticed you don't ask questions anymore.”

 

“Pardon?”

 

“Before? You would question everything. We could barely get through the scripture before you would ask for clarification or dissect it. You always had so much to say but not now.”

 

“I didn’t want to be a nuisance.”

 

“It’s not a nuisance. Having questions I mean. Doubt is essential to Faith. If you believe without doubt then it’s not really faith.”

 

“I know that.” It was the same thing he had told her when a church member had complained about her asking so many questions during service when she was young. “but it’s different now. I’m different now.”

 

“Yes, I know. I’m so very sorry for your loss. You and your family have been in my prayers.” It’s what everyone always says and she knows they mean well but it makes her heart ache every time. 

 

“My family is dead. No need to keep them in your prayers. It won’t help anymore.” 

 

“Your right. My apologies you are correct. But…is your mother not your family? Is Harry?” 

 

“It’s not the same.”

 

“Does it need to be the same to still be family?” 

 

Margo thinks about it. 

 

Harry's mom gets out of prison early on probation and gets partial custody for a few months. Eventually partial custody turns into full custody. She’s good to him. She’s a good mom, has her flaws, but she’s working on them everyday to keep her child. 

 

“Thank you for taking care of my kid.” Harry’s mom says shaking her hand firmly. Margo’s hand feels tingly at the touch and Harry’s mom gasps and then pulls her into a sudden hug “I’m sorry.“

 

“Sorry for what?” Margo hugs her back easily, a bit confused but simply letting the random affection soak into her. 

 

”I’m a psychic. Sometimes when I touch people I can see snippets of their future.” Harry’s mom says and Margo nods like that’s a normal thing. 

 

“Right, so you saw mine?” Margo concludes. 

 

“Yes. He’s going to be okay.” Her voice sounds distant and Margo stiffens. 

 

“Who is?” But Harry’s mother just shakes into her hug pulling away abruptly “They come at night. They know the professor isn’t home. They timed it perfectly so that it’s up to you to protect the children. No Jean. No Wanda. No Peter. You fight. You bleed. When you hear singing that means It’s over.”

 

Margo blinks and frowns trying to piece all of that together “I don’t know who any of those people are.” 

 

“I’m sorry, I don’t either. I only get a few minutes before.” 

 

“A few minutes before what?”

 

“A few minutes before you die. I only see  the future from a few minutes before they die.” 

 

“Do I save them at least?” Margo says hollowly. 

 

“You save as many as you could. You save Frankie but Kurt is taken.”

 

Margo feels distant and somehow present in this moment. “Is it avoidable?”

 

“No. The future is set. I’m sorry.”

 

And that’s that. Margo tries to not think about it. Phoebe and Margo get Christmas cards from them every year with small updates. Margo sees him grow through words on paper, Phoebe tells her he has the same smile. He’s taller. It makes Margo smile when she feels the crispy thick letter in the mailbox each year. They use the same textured envelope so that Margo could tell the difference. Harry was always thoughtful in that way. 

 

Phoebe Wagner passes away in her sleep on her late husband's side of the bed, hand extended like she was embracing him. At least that’s what the paramedics said when they checked her body. 

 

Margo knew it was coming, she had prepared to lose her but still felt that grief hit her when she finally did leave. 

 

“Your mother left specific instructions on her will.”

 

“Shouldn’t my siblings be here for this?”

 

“Your siblings have already been notified. Your mother was very specific. She divided her assets equally and split them amongst her children. But the house specifically she left for you.”

 

“She did?” Margo blinks as if that might clear her mind a bit. “My mother hated this house.” It belonged to her father before, a family home. Her mother hated the color, hated taking care of the animals, she hated the smell, hated the window light, hated every little detail about it. Her keeping it after all these years was only to please her late husband. 

 

“Not this house. This house will be sold and its assets divided amongst your siblings. You will be taking ownership of  her other house.”

 

“Her other house? My mother doesn’t have another house.”

 

“Her family home in New Jersey. Two story home with upgraded fencing and balcony. Three rooms, two bathrooms. Open floor plan. Very modern. It was given to her by her mother—your grandmother—in her will. She was renting it out to a couple. They have been informed of the situation and have already moved out. These are the keys.” He places them in her palm. Cold metal keys that she feels the grooves of. 

 

“A secret house.” Margo laughs, alarmingly calm “My mother never seizes to surprise me, even when she’s gone.” 

 

“She left this letter for you as well. In braille I believe.” He places the braille paper in front of her and Margo hears the shuffling of his papers and briefcase. “I’ll leave you to it.”

 

Dear Margaret,

 

The house smells like smoked firewood. The mailbox is the shape of a dolphin and the house is painted the ugliest shade of orange that I know you’ll find endearing. The backyard has an apple tree and the neighborhood is infested with cats that seem to adore the bushes in the front lawn. I hope it feels like home. I hope you create a family to live in it with you. A family you choose. I love you. Don’t come see me too soon.

 

With affection, 

Mom

 

(P.s. I signed you up for a special fostering program and put that house as your new home address so you can’t wimp out)

 

Phoebe Wagner was a stubborn lady. 

Margo took everything she owned. She filled her luggage with Knick knacks and clothes and all the letters she’s received from Harry, Benjamin, Rose and Court. And all the other children her mother has helped. Important reminders of what her mother wanted. 

 

Her new neighbors weren’t as open minded as her old ones had been. Nonetheless she walked the pavement and knocked on each door. She introduced herself to her new neighbors. Receiving silence or scoffs or slurs. Some didn’t bother opening the door. 

 

She knocked on the last door. She will continue her introductions the following day but she couldn’t quite handle anymore slammed doors to the face. 

 

He hears a creak. She thinks no one will answer and she turns to leave. 

 

The door opens and Margo smiles brightly at whoever has opened the door, hoping that she’s looking at them in the face. 

 

“I’m not supposed to answer the door to strangers.” It’s a small young boy. Margo lowers her gaze to where she thinks he might be instead. “I'm not a stranger. I’m your neighbor. I live two blocks over. The big orange house.”

 

“The one with the cats?”

 

“The very one. Is your mother home? I’d like to introduce myself.”

 

“Yes.” He says quickly “but she can’t come to the door. She’s busy and you can’t come inside.” The lie was quick, practiced. Like he’s had to lie to adults before. 

 

“I suppose that’s alright. Do tell her I stopped by though. She can come for tea at any time.” 

 

“Okay.” He’s on edge as he speaks like Margo might try to muscle her way inside. “Why do you have that stick.”

 

“Helps me see where I walk.”

 

“Oh. Okay.” He says quickly and Margo can practically feel him holding himself back from asking a million questions. 

 

“I’m Miss Margo.” She takes her hand out showing him her palm. Like a startled dog that needs to sniff first. 

 

The boy hesitated before placing his small hand in hers. “I’m Peter.” 

 

No Peter. That’s what Harry’s mom had said. 

 

Margo smiles kindly “Nice to meet you, Peter.” 

 

“Nice to meet you too, Miss Margo.” He says politely and she nods at the small child before turning around to leave. 

 

“I like your dress.” He says like it’s bursting out of him. 

 

“Thank you.” She doesn’t know what color it is but she knows it’s two different materials, the texture is soft and knitted and sways when she walks. “A clown made it for me.” 

 

“Cool.” She can hear his smile. 

 

Margo eventually did meet Peters mom who knocked on her door fiercely the following morning “I don’t want you speaking to my son.” She had started her speech before Margo could even fully open the door. 

 

“Okay.” Margo says simply trying to look in her direction but not really knowing if she’s looking at her face or the space next to it. 

 

“He’s six. He shouldn’t be opening the door to anybody let alone strange neighbors I’ve never met.” 

 

“I shouldn’t have spoken to him without your knowledge or without you present.” Miss Margo mends easily. She wonders if Peter has already gotten an earful from her mother and this is round two for the woman, a calmer version of her anger. “Sometimes children don’t listen to their mothers until it’s too late.”

 

This seems to placate the other woman “Yes. He never listens to me. He’s so stubborn even at such a young age. He thinks he’s all grown up and he isn’t. He’s small—he’s just a little kid.” 

 

“People do horrible things to little kids. I know that better then anyone?”

 

“You have kids?”

 

“Not anymore. I take In a few strays from time to time.” She extends her hand to the mother. “I’m Miss Margo.” 

 

For the first time since she’s moved to this suburb town in New Jersey another adult has shaken her hand. It was progress. 

 

Miss Margo invited the mother inside and that’s when she learned that Magda Maximoff mixed honey with her tea. A slow sipper. 

 

They talked for what seemed like hours. Maybe the full morning and pouring into the afternoon and they talked about religion. They talked about love. “I just want a father for Pietro. My last boyfriend. I thought he was it but he freaked when things got too serious. Poor Peter got attached and now I’m afraid to introduce him to anyone I see.” Margo notes the name change between Peter and Pietro. Margo wonders briefly if she even realizes she’s doing it. 

 

“Dating while having children is like dating with children. if the shoe doesn’t fit both it’s not gonna work out.” Miss Margo says wisely although that has never been a problem for her since her greatest love had been the one to bless her with children.

 

“More importantly I just—I don’t want Pietro to feel like he’s missing something by not having a father figure in his life. He has these moments where he’s so much like his father and I wonder if maybe If he had someone different to guide him he would be happier.”

 

“You don’t think he’s happy?”

 

“I think he worries. Too much like me in that way.”

 

“Is his father not in the picture?”

 

“No, no. Not in anyway. He’s out there doing whatever angry people do and my son is as far away from him as possible.”

 

“So you split in bad terms.” Margo sips her tea and she’s no gossiper but Magda is pretty loose lipped for a woman with heavy burdens. 

 

“He’s the reason my daughter is dead. I don’t want to ever see that man again.”

 

Miss Margo placed her teacup down on the coaster feeling her face stiffen at the words, processing the mothers grievances. “You had a daughter.” It wasn’t a question, simply an observation “I am so sorry for your loss Magda. I know how it feels to grieve one’s child I wouldn’t wish that upon anyone.” 

 

“It was a long time ago.”

 

“But it feels like yesterday.” Miss Margo mends and she can hear the other woman take a sharp breath. “She died in a fire.” Miss Margo feels like she’s back in her own fire. Set aflame and burning with her family. Pain surging through her body before darkness takes her. 

 

“Anya was targeted by the people my ex husband targeted. He was a vengeful man and he hunted men that were equally as vengeful. We grieved differently. He wanted to kill the men that hurt our baby and I-i just wanted him to not become a monster. In the end he made the decision to leave—to hurt them and I made the decision to not be there when he came back. I found out I was pregnant two weeks later. I swore It would be different with Pietro. He’d get to live without suffering.”

 

“Sounds like you had to do what you had to do.” She thinks of the fire that hurt her family and the fire that took them away and she can understand the fear and the need to run–to escape the danger that caused it. 

 

Magda Maximoff leaves Margo’s home a bit tipsy and with a to go boxes. “You sure you don’t want to eat here?”

 

“Couldn't waste all this food in one sitting.” Magda says easily and Margo lets her go. 

 

She settles into her new home. She feeds the strays. She names a few. She hums to the radio and eats the same oatmeal she ate every single day growing up. She feels content in her routine. She finds a church near the bridge. Small but welcoming. 

 

“Miss Wagner you cannot put these rainbow flags in the porch.” Teresa from the neighborhood home society tells her for the third time. Margo just blankly stares at her. 

 

“I have no idea what you’re talking about.”

 

“The rainbow flags. We can’t allow them in the neighborhood. We have children that walk this street.”

 

“If rainbows are corrupting the children then they simply shan’t look at the sky after it rains.”

 

“Do not be smart With me Margo, you can’t live here if-“

 

“-you can’t take this house. I own it. I’m no renter. This is all mine. Also—in case it has passed your inspection I am very much blind. I cannot tell the difference between the American flag and the rainbow flag so perhaps stop harassing me.”

 

“You can’t keep using your blindness as a scapegoat-“

 

“-it’s a pretty good scapegoat.”

 

“Please just take them down.”

 

“Of course. No need to fuss.” Margaret Wagner hires someone to paint her fence rainbow colors. 

 

Margo would have given money to see the look on Teresa’s face “Are the colors not up to code?”

 

“I have been very lenient with you, Miss Wagner. I want to speak to your husband. Does he know what mess you are making to this home?” Teresa huffs. 

 

“The only man in this house is Jesus Christ and Mr. Whiskers. You can speak to them but Jesus is a silent listener and Mr Whiskers doesn't speak the language.” 

 

“I will report you to our neighborhood watch committee.” Teresa fumes. 

 

“Go for it I’ll report you for harassment of an elder.” Margo says smugly. 

 

“You’re forty six. We’re the same age!”

 

“You don’t act like it!” Margaret slams the door on her face. It was a bit childish she’ll admit but it brought a youthful step to her walk each morning seeing how angry it made people. 

 

Turns out Margo likes pissing people off just as much as she likes making them happy. Who knew? 

 

She listened to the radio, worship music humming through the station. It’s not the same groove they had back home but it’s still just as beautiful. Margo eventually found a channel that does daily sermons, the pastor's voice was deep and soothing. Margo thinks he’s a black man but that just might be wishful thinking. Black pastors are a dime a dozen in her hometown but in New Jersey it almost felt like she was the black sheep of the whole city. 

 

The man spoke with a swing to his voice that Margo considered southern and that’s the only tell she really had of his origins. 

 

She barely hears the knock on her door. 

Margo maneuvers through her home and reaches her door swiftly. 

“Teresa! If that’s you I’m not taking down the Halloween Decorations, I don't care that it’s December.” In all honesty Margo forgot where all the decor was and truly has no idea if any of them are still left outside. She’s far too prideful to ask the help of her neighbors who all seem to resent her. 

 

“This isn’t Teresa. I’m Jill from CPS? Am I speaking to Miss Margaret Wagner?” 

 

“Oh.” She unlocks the doors and bolts, extra quickly and open the door with a smile “that’s me. You can call me Miss Margo.”

 

“Ah, yes, well, hello Miss Margo. I’m here for a house inspection.”

 

“You got a kid with yah?”

 

“No, not currently. We have one on que for you but we do have to check your home for any safety hazards.” 

 

“I ain’t got any mold or nothing. I checked. Not with my eyes of course but with the inspection folks before I got the house.”

 

“That was quite a bit ago.”

 

“Six months or so. Everythings running good. The water pressure is garbage though.” 

 

“Yes, well it’s all just procedural stuff. We do it with all our new foster parents. It’s for the safety of the children.” 

 

“Sounds reasonable. Come in, love. I’ve got tea on the stove.” 

 

She hears two sets of footsteps. “Does your friend take it with honey?”

 

Jill is quiet for a minute. “Sugar is fine.” Says the new voice. A man. It’s more difficult for Margo to discern age from just voices but she’s getting better at it. He’s maybe late twenties. Early thirties. 

 

“Take off your shoes. I don’t want you dragging dirt in the house. It’ll take forever for me to notice.” 

 

She moves around a sitting cat in her hallway. The kettle screams and she pours the tea one at a time. Setting the cups on the table, hoping the two guests are sitting where she thinks they are. 

 

“We have some questions as well we would like to ask you, Miss Wagner,” Splendid. 

 

“Please, Miss Margo is just fine, dear.” Margo looks in the direction of the voice, hopefully not staring at a wall. She takes a small sip of her tea. “Where’s Jane? Shes my usual visitor.” 

 

“She’s taking a sabbatical.”

 

“Finally taking that much needed vacation? Good for her.” Margo smiles to herself. 



“Right.” Jill clears her throat. “ Miss Margo first things first are you aware your house has been vandalized.”

 

“How so?” 

 

“Graffiti. Toilet paper, eggs.” Jill sounds uncomfortable. 

 

“I’m sure that’s all true. I’m blind so I’m unsure how that would affect me. Unless the eggs start smelling then I might be concerned for my cats.”

 

“Is vandalism, normal in this neighborhood?” The mans voice spoke. 

 

“I wouldn’t know. As I just stated I’m quite blind so graffiti has no relevance to me.”

 

“And do you—“

 

Margo interrupts the interview process which seems more like an interrogation. “—my apologies. I didn’t catch your name.” She asks the nameless man. 

 

“Right, sorry, how rude I should’ve introduced myself. I’m Charles Xavier, I’m a student at Colombia university. I'm currently shadowing Jill King for the Child psychology program I’m currently in.“

 

“A student at thirty? You’ve taken higher education very seriously I see.” 

 

“I’m not thirty. Yet. I’m twenty seven. And I’m working on my PHD.”

 

“PHD for what?” Margo asks curiously. 

 

“Oh, god.” Jill sighs. “Don’t get him started—“ 

 

Charles voice responds eagerly “—it’s good you asked. I have a Doctorate Studies in Genetics biophysics and psychiatry. Currently I’m working on my PHD in Biological Anthropology. You see I believe that advanced mutation is currently happening in our young—“

 

“—he’ll just keep talking if you let him. So please interrupt.” Jill says sourly, like she’s fallen victim to one or two of these talks. 

 

Margo shows mercy “Charles, dear, why would a PHD student need to shadow a CPS worker?”

 

“It’s for the program I’m starting.”

 

“Would you like to tell me about it or will Jill be fighting a headache.” 

 

Hill just sighs deeply again. “I fear it may never go away.” Jill takes a dip of her tea “you put salt in my tea.”

 

“No I didn’t.” Margo says quickly and then turns to Charles expectantly. She hopes she did at least. “So? What are your plans, handsome? Save the world?”

 

“No, to save the future. To help the next generation.“

 

“Anyone in particular?”

 

Charles hesitates and Jill pipes in “we want to start a mutant foster care program. The goal is to receive mutant children of any age and to be able to house them in specific homes with other mutant children.”

 

“Have you not been doing that the whole time?” It hadn’t passed Margo’s notice that every Foster child in her care over the years has had something special about them. Different or rare in their own way. Jane had explained it as targeted fostering but Margo knew that the real reason was because no one wanted the weird kids. 

 

“Yes but eventually we want to introduce those very mutant children to other non mutant children in the foster system. We believe that early exposure to mutant individuals will cause a quicker acceptance in the younger generation.”

 

“This sounds lovely but why foster children? Why not do this program in schools instead?” 

 

“I’d love to start a school one day, for the gifted.” Charles says easily “but the fact of the matter is that most mutant children are in the foster system. Abandoned or orphaned or taken away from their families for things they couldn’t control. Simply for who they are.”

 

“Also we tried schools but they refused to even acknowledge that mutant children even existed so that was kinda a null attempt.” Jill sounds bitter when she says it. “Statistically there is no evidence of an abundance of mutated children in the foster system. There also isn’t any study or non-theoretical evidence that this program would work. We only have three documented children who have mutations and are in the fostering system, they are all in rural countries and only one of them even gave consent to go on record. It’s all circumstantial and it’s hardly feasible for a whole program.”

 

“You sound like a non-believer.” Margo muses at her doubts. 

 

“In the contrary it was my idea.” Jill sighs like she just revealed a deep shame “Charles was crazy enough to fund it. But all that Time and effort is going down the drain if all the houses we go to aren't viable homes or keep rejecting the program if they are.” She sounds like she’s at the end of her whits. 

 

“It might have to do with the fact that four out of five mutants with drastic physical abnormalities are more likely to have criminal records and or violent misdemeanors.“ Charles voice speaks the statistic like he’s had to say it before.  “Foster families are more hesitant in taking in a child with a physical mutation in case they are violent. There are many studies on it.” Charles says. 

 

“But not any on mutants in the foster system…” Margo observes. 

 

“We’re aware that it sucks.” Jill says. 

 

“So who’s the kid?” 

 

There’s a pause. “We still have to check to see if you’re the right fit for the program.”

 

“I am. And if I’m not I will be.”

 

There’s an in take of breath. A hesitant pause “miss Margo, we in no way want to pressure you into fostering mutant children if you’re not comfortable or able to we understand that in your predicament-“

 

“-I have a house.“ Margo interrupts “I have two spare rooms. I have a stable income and a steady beating heart. Most importantly I’m willing. If a child…any child at all needs to stay in my care they will be welcomed without question.” She reaches for a hand. She assumes it’s the young Charles Xavier. Margo feels close to this man. He is someone important and even though she has no way of really knowing that—she wants him to know she’s being sincere. “why is this important to you Charles?”

 

“Mutant children are the most neglected children by both their parents and the foster system.”

 

“But why do you care?”

 

“Ive seen twins be born and only one of them is taken home because the other child had the face of an ogre.” Charles responds to her question in a huff, like nobody’s ever pushed passed the first immediate reply. 

 

“Thats not it.” Margo can feel he’s holding something back. Something that clouds his mind, something heavy that he carries with him. 

 

“Jill…why don’t you finish the inspection.” Charles says curtly. 

 

“You sure?”

 

“Yeah, I’ll stay here with miss Margo for just a bit.” 

 

Margo heard Jill shuffle out of the kitchen. She faces Charles fully “something weighs on you.”

 

“You are much more perceptive than one would assume.” Charles says reluctantly “I dont have a reason for wanting to do this program besides knowing it’s the right thing to do.”

 

“that’s not it. There’s more.” She squeezes his hand. A comforting gesture.

 

“There’s nothi-“

 

“-you’re grieving.”

 

Charles falls silent. His shoulders stiffen and Margo nods to herself. “I know a thing or two about grieving. I’ve done quite a bit of it in my life.” Margo prods, nosey at heart, and wanting to hear the truth. “Who have you lost Charles?”

 

She was mine for less then a day. The words came to her mind like he had spoken them but he hadn’t said a word. 

 

“A day is enough to love someone.” Margo says simply and the man seems to become small within her hold. His charm, his confidence seeming to cloud around his mind as she continues to question him. It wasn’t an intentional thing. She hadn’t meant to make the man smaller. She was seeking the truth. In whatever form it was sent.  “A lover?”

 

Charles doesn’t need to respond for her to know she was wrong, his body shakes like he can barely hold himself up, she tightens her grip on his hands, steadying him. “A child.” Margo corrects hearing him release a breath. “Was your child a mutant too?” It didn’t seem to trip Margo up that Charles was a mutant. One of many. 

 

  Yes . Charles says in her mind like he’s afraid to say it out loud. To make it true. 

 

“A physical mutation?” 

 

Yes . He seems to stumble even in his mind, his thoughts flashing back to a memory that Margo couldn’t see. She was blind even in her mind and in his memories but she could feel how he held his child. She could feel the weight of her in his arms. Small and light. Too light. Too small. And still. Unmoving. 

 

Dead. 

 

Margo can feel the grief he felt, the love and the sadness and he can feel the anger. He was angry at the doctors. They must have done something. Or maybe they didn’t do anything at all. Maybe that was worse. The lack of action towards a mutant infant. Margo doesn’t know the specifics, she can’t piece it together through this memory alone but she doesn’t need to. 

 

Before Margo could hesitate she was pulling Charles Xavier into a hug. “I’m so sorry, dear. She would be so proud of you.” 

 

Charles hugs her, a quiet comfort amongst the two adults. Margo can hear Jill enter the room and then abruptly leaving the room once she finds the two entangled. 

 

It was only two days later that Jill stopped by with a child. “No charles today?” 

 

“He had other matters to attend to but he sends his wishes.“ 

 

“Would you like a heart to heart as well?”

 

“I prefer if we didn’t.” Jill says meekly “hugs are not my thing.” 

 

“Understood.” Margo muses “tea?”

 

“Maybe next time. I’m not in the mood for salty tea this evening. Thank you.”

 

“Missing out.” 

 

“Not really.” Jill quips and hands her a stack of papers with her gloves hands.

 

“What’s this?” 

 

“It’s Katya’s File. It’s in braille. She’s got an extensive record. She went to juvvy so there’s a lot to read. She wears gloves. Like me. Doesn’t take them off. It’s part of her whole—mutation thing—got no clue what it is though.”

 

“Okie dokie.” Margo puts the file between her elbows. 

 

Katya sneaks out of the house that very night. Margo called Jill in a panic when she realized the sixteen year old was gone. “Yeah, she’s a runner. She always comes back though.”

 

And she did, close to three am and she shuffled back into the house through her open window. “Take off your shoes. I don’t want you dragging dirt in the house.” Katya slips off her shoes silently. 

 

“You can’t leave without telling me.” Katya doesn’t say anything and Margo sighs. “I’m not saying you can’t leave at all. You can leave when you want. Midnight or whenever. But I need to know so I don’t worry.”

 

Katya makes a noise of confirmation but doesn’t say anything else. Margo signs her up for school at the nearest high school.

 

Margo gets a call from her school asking if she’s feeling better from her sickness. 

 

“She’s feeling much better thank you. She’ll be starting back up Monday morning and she’ll turn in all the assignments she’s missed.” She confronts the girl that afternoon when she’s supposed to be returning from school. 

 

“When you're supposed to be going to school, where do you go?”

 

No response. “Are you visiting a friend? A boyfriend? A girlfriend?”

 

“I’m visiting Giovannie.” 

 

“Giovannie is who exactly?”

 

“My son. He lives an hour away from here. With his foster parents.”

 

“You have a son.” 

 

“Yes.”

 

“That wasn’t in your file.”

 

“I had him at thirteen. Before I was in the system. My parents kicked me out and raised him like a son. I hadn't seen him since he was a baby.”

 

“And now that you have?”

 

“He’s big. He smiles like me. My parents…they are better with him then they were with me. They gave him my old room. It’s painted blue and they put little glow in the dark stars on the curtains. They have a swing in the backyard.” 

 

“Sounds nice.”

 

“It is nice. Why couldn’t I get that? Why did I have to be gone for them to be happy? Why did he get the perfect parents and I got the ones that couldn’t help me. Parents that were afraid of me.” 

 

Margo doesn’t have an answer for that “they aren’t perfect parents.” Margo says eventually “perfect parents wouldn’t abandon their kid. Giovannie got the best version of them because all their worst mistakes were made with you. That will haunt them. He has your smile. Trust me, it haunts them.”

 

Katya sniffles and Margo Pretends she doesn’t know she’s crying. “You’ll be 18 soon. You can fight to have him back if that’s what you want.” 

 

“He doesn’t even know who I am.”

 

Margo never does find out what Katya’s mutation was. But when she turns eighteen and visits her child for the first time he already knew who she was. He also already knew who Margo was too. They spoke to each other like old friends seeing each other after a long time. It was odd but still made perfect sense. Margo was just happy that Katya was happy. 

 

“Hello Charles.” Margo greeted The young man after his unprompted visit to her home some time after Katya left her dare. “How are you?”

 

“I’m good. I actually came with some news.”

 

“Yes Jill has already told me that you graduated. Did you not get the congratulations letter I sent to your estate?” 

 

“I did, it was quite lovely. Once I learned how to read braille.”

 

“This makes you officially a what? A doctor?”

 

“A professor.” 

 

They know the professor isn’t home. Margo ignores Harry’s mothers fortune and smiles in congratulations towards the man. 

 

“That’s splendid news. Just one more step away from that school you wanted.” 

 

“yes, well, friend, That's actually what I came here to speak with you about.” 

 

“Well, do tell.” Margo sits on her sturdy chair prompting the man to do the same. Captain Snuggles rubs against Margo’s legs, purring. 

 

“I’ll still fund Jill’s program but I’ll have to take a step back from the process because I’m starting a school.”

 

Margo’s heart swells with joy for the man “oh Charles! Praise the lord!” She says excitedly. “You’re finally doing it. I’m so proud of you dear.” Margo was absolutely ecstatic. “You’ve been such a lovely friend. I’ll miss our talks and of course your handsome voice but you’re starting a new chapter in your life dear and I can never hold you back from that.” 

 

Charles and Her talk for a while. He tells her about an fbi woman who approached him at a bar talking about mutants. 

 

“It felt good to be able to talk about it outside of theory. To be able to say mutants are real and they are here.” 

 

He tells him about the man in the ocean, trying to pull an anchor with his mind. 

 

“He’s been through so much pain and he thought he was alone. Imagine if mutants knew they weren’t by themselves in this world. That other extraordinary people where out there too.” 

 

He tells her how thrilled he was to speak to other people like him. 

He tells her about a boy who can control sound waves and a girl who can fly. a man that can adapt and one that can shoot fire. He tells her about Hank and how he had hit it off with his sister Raven, which he seemed a bit grossed out about. 

 

“Don’t you want your sister to find love?” Margo taunts. 

 

“I just can’t see her in that way. She’s my sister. She’s forever nine in my head.” 

 

“I’m sure she loves that.“ 

 

He tells her about everything she’s missed. In return she does the same. 

 

“Your brother got married?”

 

“Yep, and my sister got divorced. Again.”

 

”The mechanic?”

 

“No, that’s Julianna. I’m talking about Adorah. Poor things got worse taste in men than Dreama.”

 

“How is Dreama?”

 

“Prison.”

 

“As to be expected. And her kid?”

 

“A cop.”

 

“Balance.” 

 

Charles and Margaret talk for hours, finishing two bottles of wine by themselves. Charles has more than her. 

 

“It's best we stop here, friend.”

 

“One more glass.” Charles says “you gotta tell me about that circus act you used to do.” But he was already slurring his words so Margo pulled the bottle away, putting the cork back on the neck. 

 

“I’m calling it a night.” Margo says easily and Charles just laughs loosely. 

“You’re no good to drive.” She tells him and he’s so out of it—he simply nods off and allows her to gesture him towards the couch. She gives him a spare pillow and the warmest blanket in her house. 

 

A few years had passed. About half a dozen kids coming in and out of her house. A kid who can grow extra limbs. Another that can heal. A child who can breath under water and another that can wield fire. 

 

She’s had a few kids with nothing strange to them at all. Born from mutant parents but held no visible or biological mutation. 

 

This was the case for little Frankie. Jill had said something about his father having the biological markers for mutation but had no data to back it up. His mother was prevented from custody Indefinitely. A danger to her child and herself. Frankie was in it for the long haul. 

 

“As far as we can tell he’s just a normal boy.” Jill says and Margo shakes her head “no such thing as a normal boy.” 

 

Frankie had an accident that paralyzed him from the waist down. Margo had to get ramps installed in her porch before he was allowed into her custody. She took extra measures to make everything accessible to him. 

 

Frankie was a perfect child. Watching over him felt similarly to watching his older siblings growing up. All put together and all knowing. A Perfect image of what every child should be. But it was just that. An image. As Margo got older she realized her siblings weren’t perfect. They had their flaws and they had there anxieties. And watching Frankie felt like that. Like watching a mirage of a perfect child, cracking and twisting to be perceived as such. 

 

Frankie broke a plate and he panicked and fell off his wheelchair trying to pick up the glass on the ground with bare hands. 

 

“Hey. Hey. Honey, stop.” Margo was walking blindly into glass, trying to stop the young boys from hurting himself. 

 

“I’m sorry. I broke your plate misses Margo.”

 

“It’s okay to make mistakes.” Frankie sounded like he couldn’t breathe “it’s just a plate. I break them all the time. I’m very clumsy.” She manages to grab his small hands, shaking fully “see?” She shows him her palms, bumpy and calloused and homing a few scars from glass shards. From her right wrist and up her shoulder she has burn marks she’s only half aware of but that’s not what she’s trying to show him. “It’s okay to break stuff. Things break. It’s alright if they do.”

 

“I’m sorry.” Frankie says anyway his voice much calmer and she feels him touch her calloused hands and trase the scars there. 

 

“You don’t need to apologize.” 

 

Apologizing when no apology is needed was a big problem for Frankie. He seems to think everything is his fault. Which is a horrible burden to put on a six year old boy. 

 

“How was school today?”

 

“The same as always.” Frankie doesn’t have any friends at school. Margo had hoped that when he interacts with kids his age he’d be more out of his shell but he seems to have closed off entirely. 

 

“Frankie signed up for the scholastic Art fair.” Margo tells Jill when she drops by to see how he’s settling.

 

“He did? That’s good. Are you going to go?”

 

“Of course. I’m sure I can compel someone to describe the pieces for me. I’ll use the blind card. Usually works.” 

 

“Sounds fun.”

 

And it was. Margo showed up a few minutes before they were meant to start to help Frankie go through the only wheelchair accessible entrance in the gym. 

 

Margo walk around, tapping her cane and going towards where she hears the ooohs and aaahs. Her cane taps on a small foot. Unmoving despite her tap. “Excuse me dear can you show me what’s the fuss?” 

 

“Sure thing.” And the small child, a little girl, grabs her hand, dragging her forward, deeper into the crowed. “It’sa volcano. See?” Her voice is excited and she can barely hold on to Margo’s hand as she bounces up on her tip toes. 

 

“No, I can’t see. How does it look like?” 

 

Without missing a beat “big. Real big. As big as me. Made of candy. My brother could eat it real quick but it would take me ages and I’d have a tummy ache. It’s got licorice and hummus bears and skittles. And hohos. My brother loves hohos. I’m glad he’s not here cause the Valcano would be gone . Poof. Just like that.” 

 

“I thought it was meant to be an art piece?”

 

“It is. It’s very pretty. And very yummy. They have little samples. Didya want one?”

 

“Of course.” Margo nods quickly eager to taste the art. How very clever. “Okay!” She let’s go of her hand and is gone for maybe fifteen seconds before she’s huffing right beside her like she ran for the sweets “they said I can’t have anymore so you gotta go yourself. Come on.” She drags Margo’s hand and the older lady doesn’t bother using her cane, simply letting the child guide her—hoping she isn’t leading her somewhere strange. 

 

“One marshmallow monster, please.” The girl asks and Margo can hear the smile on her face. 

 

The girl in the booth sighs “you can’t have any more Wanda. You already had thirds and we just started the exhibit. You gotta leave some for other people.”

 

“But other people aren’t gonna like it as much as me. I appreciate your art.” 

 

“And I appreciate your support but I can’t give you anymore.”

 

“Can I have three?”

 

“You can’t give her one. She’s so spoiled.”

 

“It’s for me and my kid. He’s got a booth towards the bleachers. He loves marshmallows.”

 

“Okay.” 

 

Margo is walking away from the booth with three little cups holding little marshmallow monsters drizzled in mnms and chocolate. 

 

“Where are we going?” Wanda asks curiously, easily following her. 

 

“To my kids booth.”

 

“Okie dokie. Can I have a marshmallow monster.”

 

“After.“ so she lied to the booth lady. Sue her. 

 

When they get close Enough Wanda exclaims “Frankie!” And abandons Margo’s side to—Margo assumes—go to Frankie’s. “Wanda, you’re here!”  

 

“Yeah, silly, I said I would.” Wanda teases “you invited me.”

 

“He did?” Margo asks suddenly and Wanda speaks easily on top of Frankie’s flustered response “yeah. Last week during recess. Are you miss Wagner?”

 

“Yes, but you can call me Miss Margo as the lord intended.” 

 

“Your hair looks like my brothers.“

 

“Who’s your brother?”

 

“Peter.” Peter is a very common name. 

 

“Very nice. Does he got a last name?” 

 

“Yes. It’s maximoff like mine. We match.”

 

Oh. This must be Magda’s Daughter. I guess she never successfully taught her children stranger danger. How fitting. 

 

“Oh, I think I’ve met your brother actually. He’s gotta be how old now?”

 

“Seventeen.” 

 

“And that would make you…seven?” Magda was pregnant a few years back. She hadn’t realized how many years had actually passed. Time blends together when you can’t tell the difference between night and day. 

 

“Only one year older than my Frankie.” 

 

“Mama Margo Stoooop!” Frankie whines, clearly embarrassed by her prodding and it happened so naturally that she barely even realized. 

 

He just called her mama. 

 

“I’m just teasing. Here’s a marshmallow beast for you two.” She places the gooey madness in front of the kids. She can hear them smacking and chewing their mouths. 

 

“It’s yummy right?” Wanda gushes and Frankie giggles, high pitched and soft like an actual kid. It makes Margo smile.

 

That night, just after she’s tucked him into bed and Kissed his forehead enough to make him squirm in gush she asks him about Wanda. “Is Wanda doing okay at school?”

 

“Yeah, she’s super smart. A genius.” He says easily and Margo boops his nose “and you like her?” She slips into a teasing smile. 

 

He doesn’t fluster away or squirm. “No. I love her.” He says like it’s the only thing he’s really sure of. The sun is hot, the ocean is wet, Frankie loves Wanda.  Simply a concrete fact. 

 

“You Love her, huh?” Margo fiddles with her necklace. “That’s a pretty big deal, hon.”

 

“Yeah, Wanda’s a pretty big deal.” Frankie says with a giddiness to his voice that he’s heard more and more recently. “Do you think she likes me too, Mama Margo?”

 

Mama . Margaret does catch it this time, her heart aching as her mind shapes the face of her daughter, Lilly. She imagines her curled up in bed as well smitten over a classmate asking for assurance and receiving it easily. Deja would tease and Margo would reassure. But this isn’t that. Frankie is not Lilly, no matter how similarly they laugh. 

 

“I think she’d be crazy not to. You're the best too.” 

 

“Yeah but…I can’t do stuff like the other boys.”

 

“Has she ever made you think she cares about that? 

 

“No?” 

 

“Then don’t worry about what other boys can do.”



A year goes by. Frankie loses his last baby tooth. Margo gives him a Mohawk after he insists and Then a week later shaves it off when he admits that he hates it. Frankie’s birthday passes with colorful streamers and baked good that Margo spent the whole day before making and a very badly wrapped present hidden in her closet in the shape of a wheelchair. 

 

“We gotta test out the new ride. Make sure it’s sturdy.” Margo says. She Holds on to the handles and lets him lead her to the park. It was almost too natural to sit down on the bench facing the park, a pair of purple sunglasses draped over her eyes and Frankie sitting beside her with a loaf of freshly baked goods to feed the perky ducks that always swarm them. It’s when she sits down, leaning back fully against the metal bench and listening to the birds chirping in a distance that she realizes in all her excitement to test out Frankie’s wheelchair she had left her cane at home. Propped beside the wooden door. 

 

She waits a few minutes, listening to the squeak of a seesaw go up and down by the wind and the honking of cars in the distance. 

 

 

She takes a breath, folding her hands over her lap. 

 

“I seem to have forgotten my cane.” She says, trying to keep the unease out of her voice. 

 

“But you need that to help you see mama Margo.” Frankie says instantly, the worry soaking into his words and Margo smiles fondly. 

 

“Yeah, i do. I was so excited about your new wheelchair that l got here purely through muscle memory but…” she hears a screech of car breaks and a distant dog barking at an angry squirrel. She hears a million different noises and sounds that do not help the growing headache in her skull. Right this second she can’t tell left from right.“…I’m all turned around now.”

 

“I’m sorry, how can I help?” Frankie is genuine and kind. 

 

“We’re gonna play a game.” Margo says after a moment of thinking. 

 

“A game?” Frankie’s voice lifted. Eager for play. 

 

“Yeah, you can guide me where to go  and I move us forward.” Margo says “you be my vision-“ she grips his wheelchair handles firmly taking in a breath “and I’ll be your legs. Sound like fun?”

 

“Yeah!” 

 

“We can call it Vision and Speed.” Margo says and hopes and prays to God that Frankie doesn’t play this game with anyone else. This is crazy dangerous and she’s all but hoping that Frankie doesn’t realize how dependent she is on him at this moment. 

 

They make it home, only two blocks from their house and Margo kisses Frankie on both cheeks. “Such a brave boy.” 

 

“It was fun!” Frankie says and Margo ruffles his hair. 

 

She cooks lasagna that night, extra cheese and they listen to the radio before bed, soft music trickling through the creaky house. 

 

Margo sings her monster song. She speaks a prayer and checks under the bed and in the closet for monsters. All her bases were checked and all the boxes ticked. She pressed one last kiss on Frankie's forehead, already dozing off. 

 

She closes his door softly and just as she’s about to head to bed someone knocks on the door. 

 

Someone is at her door, near nine 9 o'clock at night. She grabs her cane—more as a weapon then as a tool for walking. She peaks the door, lock chain still on and only wide enough to be able to speak out loud and be heard without yelling and waking up Frankie “Who’s there?”

 

“Misses Wagner? It’s me Jill.” 

 

Margo frowns as she recognizes her voice. She unlocks the chain and opens the door wider. “What’s wrong?” 

 

“Nothing is—“ Margo opens the door completely and Jill stops talking, breath catching in her mouth. For a moment Margo thinks she might’ve forgotten to wear a bra or maybe had something on her face she hadn’t known about.

 

“Clearly something is wrong Jill. You haven’t called me Misses Wagner in nearly ten years.“

 

“Margaret.” Jill recalls like it was an epiphany, like she was having a come-to-Jesus moment right in front of her and Margo honestly has no idea why. 

 

Margo furrows her brows, dipping her head to the side “Miss Margo.” The blind woman corrects and there’s a long stretch of silence that confuses her deeply. ”is something wrong Jill? It’s quite late.”

 

Silence followed the question. 

 

“You’re blind.” 

 

“Yes. Glad you remembered. Would you like a gold star?” Margo taps her cane against the door frame sarcastically. 

 

Another long stretch of silence. Margo was getting concerned. 

 

“Jill?” 

The woman is quiet. So quiet that Margo only knows she’s still there by her suddenly labored breaths. It goes on for a bit that Margaret can confirm that Jill is definitely having a panic attack. The blind woman has no fathomable idea why but doesn’t really have time to question it. She steps into Jill’s space, placing a hand on her arm and another on her heart. She’s done this many times with the children in her care. A gentle voice and gentle touch.  “It’s alright. Take a breath dear.” 

Jill makes a awkward noise that Margo disregards and inhales loudly—allowing Jill to match her pace. Inhaling exhaling. Over and over until their breaths mingled. 

It’s at this close proximity, Margo calming the suddenly panicked social worker down that she finally realizes that this isn’t Jill. They sound like but their breath smells of peppermint gum and Jill is allergic to mint, she always gets turmeric tea when Margo offers. She also isn’t wearing her signature gloves—in the ten years that she’s known Jill she always wore gloves because of her OCD. Her hands are bare now. They aren’t hers. This in no way is Jill. 

Margo inhales with the stranger. Inhale exhales. Over and over. 

The stranger said her name like she knew it. Like she knew her. The hand on the strangers chest, held above her heart, presses more firmly. A lose hand falls on top of her hand, holding Margo’s hand gently in place. It was an odd reaction. But it was also familiar. Someone once upon a time ago did the same thing. Followed by bruising kisses and sultry moans. He feels different, but his skin still runs cold, and he smells the same. His heartbeat sings the same tune. Unmistakable and unique. 

“Ronnie, dear. It’s been some time.” Margo says with enough confidence that if she has been wrong she would claim insanity and never speak to Jill again. 

But the way Jill—Ronnie—squeezes her hand and moves closer to the older woman is done with far too much familiarity to be the mild mannered Jill. “It has.”

“Barely recognized you.” Margo slides her hands up his chest—away from his heartbeat and cups his face gently. She feels him shiver at her touch—falling silent even after all this time. That night was so long ago now but she did always find his shyness endearing. Deja always said Margo liked to be worshiped but it’s not her fault her beloved boasted her with compliments enough to give her a type. 

“How-“ Ronnie doesn’t continue his sentence as Margo touches the back of his neck, feeling the hair there, long and curly like it’s up in a ponytail instead of flowing past his back. She feels his jaw, feels his entire face, trying to memorize the grooves and edges. She doesn’t normally go around touching peoples faces, at least not strangers but Ronnie isn’t a stranger. He melts into her touch like butter, just as he did back then. Touch deprived or maybe just lonely—Margo can’t tell the difference. 

“You’re different. But you’re the same.” Ronnie doesn’t say anything and Margo just smiles touching his eyebrows with her thumbs. “Still beautiful I imagine.” Maybe it’s the way she said it that snapped him out of the daze Margo had put him in. She had said it with a twinge of sadness. A loss she couldn’t describe. Ronnie wasn’t just a fling. He wasn’t just hers. He was Dejas too and seeing him now after all these years only reminds her that Deja would’ve loved to rake her fingers through Ronnie’s hair too. Deja would’ve realized it was Ronnie sooner—because she was always more intuitive than Margo. 

Ronnie also technically fathered her baby. Her dead baby. Margo takes a step back from Ronnie. 

“Well, Ronnie slash Jill not that you’re not a sight for blind eyes but why are you here?”

“I came to see you.”

“I don’t do one night stands anymore, dear.”

“That’s not-I didn’t-“ even after all this time Margo can still make him stumble over his words. “I hadn’t realized at the time that you where you.” Ronnie takes a breath “I just mean I hadn’t realized that Margaret Wagner was you.”

“Sorry to disappoint.”

“You could never.” There he goes, inflating Margo’s ego once more. Truly a man who knows a woman’s heart. 

“You are the right Margaret Wagner correct? You foster mutant kids? Or did I get the address wrong?”

“Address is correct. But I fear you don’t make the cut, unless you definitely lied about your age.” 

“No, I—no. Fuck. I’m screwing this up.” He pauses “I’m not here for me, I have a mutant kid. He needs a place to stay until further notice. Jill said this was a safe place.”

“Does Jill also know you’re stealing her face?”

“What she doesn’t know won’t hurt her.”

Oh the irony. Margo wonders if what Ronnie doesn’t know won’t hurt him. What will telling him about the dead baby do? He’ll have to grieve. Right now. He hasn’t lost anything. If she tells him—then he’s lost a child. Long since dead and with nothing to show for it except pain. Is knowing you could’ve had a child worth the pain it inflicts? Margo doesn’t know the answer. 

“It’s good that you’re blind.” Ronnie says unexpectedly. 

Margo lifts a brow and Ronnie clears his throat “I just mean—I’m sorry that happened, obviously I just mean—in context it’s good that you can’t see how he looks.”

“Is he ugly?” Margo frowns “you’re completely right, I can handle mentally ill kids and daily world ending diapers but god forbid they’re ugly.”  

 

“Haha funny. I just mean it would be less—jarring if you didn’t know how he looked like.”

 

“It wasn’t jarring when I saw you.”

 

“I was in the middle of fucking you so it’s not like you had much time to be shocked—“

 

“—oh so we’re just gonna casually bring that up? That’s how we’re doing that? Last I checked it was you that had the slow reaction time. Not me.”

 

“I’m not that person anymore.”

 

“Obviously not. I’m sure you’ve got plenty of faces to choose from.” Margo huffs and rubs her temple “point is I didn’t care what you looked like then and I wouldn’t care how the child looks like now. Even if I could see.” 

 

”He's special. He…he was staying with me the last couple of weeks but I’m not—he can’t live the life I live. He needs something stable. Jill said he’d be good with you but I—“

 

“—you wanted to see for yourself.” Margo finishes and she smiles in understanding “and what have you decided, dear? Do I have the stamp of approval to take your child?” 

 

Ronnie makes a noise “he’s not-he isn’t mine. He's just some kid I found. He was traveling with the circus. He needed help.”

 

“And you helped him. That’s pretty heroic of you.”

 

“I’m no hero.”

 

“You don’t have to be a hero to do heroic acts.” Margo sagely responds and rewinds back to the circus “he’s from the circus? Which one?”

 

“Bavarian Circus. The freak show exhibition was a front for sex trafficking and illegal auctions.”

 

Margaret took a breath. “I was part of that circus once. It wasn’t like that before. Everything was so different.”

 

“The circus was sold for half a million dollars about two decades ago. Probably just after the fire that killed half it’s staff.” 

 

The fire. Margo took a step back from Ronnie who was speaking too comfortably about something that ruined her life. “Deja died in that fire.” Margo touches her arm instinctively, the arm with the scarred over burn marks that still burns when she thinks about it too much. 

 

“Oh.” Ronnie sounded distant, voice strained “I’m so sorry Margo. I know you loved her.” Anyone with eyes could see Margo loved Deha just as much as Deha loved Margo. They were the moon and sun shining brightly in the sky right beside each other. 

 

“She was my world. The circus was my family. I’ve made my peace with it.” 

 

“Kurt’s special. I don’t-I don’t know if he’s my world. But I know myself and I know if I spend too much time with him—if he stays with me for too long he’ll mean something to me that I’m not ready to be. I don’t want him gone, I just need to hold him at a distance. But I need to know that he’s safe. That he’s cared for.” Margo’s heart sinks and swells in apathy and she wanders back to her baby. Some things are just meant to happen she supposes. Ronnie caring for a mutant child is just meant to happen. One way or another. 

 

“He’ll be cared for with me.” Margo assures. 

 

“Okay.” He says and grabs Margo’s hand to shake it. She does so with a firm grip even if it seems out of place. 

 

“Okay.” She pulls him by the hand, coming close to the man “don’t be a stranger though. You know where I live. If you want to see him. Just call.”

 

“Okay.” 

 

“Don’t okay for me to shut up.”

 

“Okay! I will. I’ll call.” Ronnie says easily. 

 

“You better.”

 

Two days Later, while Frankie is at school, probably in the middle of his Spanish quiz, Margaret hears a familiar knock at her door. 

 

Three firm knocks, less then a second apart. Jill’s signature exactly. Margo knows it’s her before she smells her Vanilla moisturizer and before she hears her the scratching of her scribbling in her notepad. 

 

“Hello Jill.” Margo says before she fully opens the door, a smile on her face. 

 

“I swear I don’t know how you do it.”

 

“You caught me! I’ve been faking my blindness for the disability checks. Call the police.”

 

“I’ll do that right after this.” Jill says dully and her brand of funny was always so straightforward and deadpan that after all these years Margo is still caught off guard by Jill actually cracking jokes. She just doesn’t seem like the type. 

 

“You giving me a kid today?” Margo already knows the answer to that but pretends to ask anyway. 

 

“Yes, I am.” She hands her a stack of papers in braille “he had to go through a lot of paperwork. He didn’t have a birth certificate or legal documents so we can only guesstimate that he’s between  sixteen and seventeen years old.”

 

“Great I’d love to meet him. Is he here with you?”

 

“My associate Reginald will bring him here in about an hour or so. I just wanted to discuss something with you first.”

 

“is Reginald your new Charles?” 

 

“In a way.” Jill Blands. “Although I haven’t heard from Charles in quite some time.”

 

“Nearly eight years.” Margo still remembers the last time he was over, half drunk on her couch and speaking so kindly about a boy he had met. A metal bender. Margo thought that he had met his Deja but—she hadn’t heard from him since then.

 

“Does Reginald like tea?”

 

“I think he’s more of a coffee guy.”

 

“Boring.”

 

“Yes, well he is my husband.” And Margo is stunned to silence. 

 

Gaping she says “You are full of surprises Jill. I had no idea you where married.”

 

“It was a small endeavor at the court house. We spent more on the honeymoon then on anything else.” 

 

“Did you have fun?”

 

“Yes and I fear this conversation has gotten a bit tangled from the original topic. Let’s go back to what I was saying.”

 

“Of course, go on, Jill.” 

 

“There’s something you don’t know about me.” 

 

“Apparently you’re married for one.”

 

“yes, but also I’m a mutant.” Jill says simply. Margo blinks and can’t tell if the other lady is cracking another joke. 

 

“You are?” 

 

“Yes and I knew that Charles was a mutant too.” 

 

“Okay…well I suppose that explains your passion for this program. Honestly I’m deeply sorry I never asked.” It’s been years and Margo never even wondered why Jill wanted to help these kids. She had just assumed like any other social worker–that she was a bleeding heart. 

 

“My mutating ability is activated through touch.”

 

“Explains the gloves then. Although I thought you said that you have OCD.”

 

“I do. Do you know much bacteria is in doorknobs alone? I’ll have a panic attack just thinking about it honestly. But—that’s got nothing to do with my mutation. I can detect other people with the Xgene.” 

 

Margo connects that dot quickly with the information she already has. She’s always wondered how Jill found these mutant kids. Specifically the ones with no obvious physical mutation. Or the ones who’s mutated ability aren’t activated at all. Stupidly Margo just assumed she tested them but that doesn’t seem very ethical now that Margo thinks about it. 

 

“That’s a wonderful gift and to be able to use that gift to help children that are like you is a blessing.” Margo has always liked Jill, the fact that she was a mutant this whole time only makes that fondness deeper. Jill was an unsung hero this whole time and Margo was none the wiser. 

 

“Miss Margo, I appreciate that. Truly I do. but I’m not done.”

 

“My apologies. Keep going then.”

 

Jill takes in a breath almost like she’s nervous which is unlike her “I can identify the persons DNA and ancestry . it’s usually helpful in finding next of kin or anyone related to the mutant child. It usually allows me to see as far as three generations back into the DNA. So parents, grandparents and great grandparents.”

 

Margo nods, it’s an interesting aspect to her mutation and she can see how that could be incredibly helpful in her line of work. She can tell that Jill is winding up to something so she stays quiet. 

 

“I was wondering if I could use my mutation on you.” Jill asks like it’s being punched out if her—like if she didn’t she might explode. 

 

Margo frowns “will it hurt?”

 

“No.”

 

“May I ask why?”

 

“I’m afraid if I tell you now and I’m wrong it might cause more pain. It’s best if I verify it first and then I can—we can move on from there.”

 

”I don’t think I have a mutation, Jill.” Margo extends her hands anyway, allowing the other woman to feel relief in her compliance. “But it’ll be interesting if nothing else.” 

 

“Okay.” She can hear Jill take off her gloves and for the first time ever Margaret touches real Jill’s hands. They are warmer than she expected. Calloused. 

 

Margo expects some tingling. Maybe a flash of something but nothing of the sort happens. She has no idea if anything is even happening. She doesn’t know until Jill is yanking her hands away from Margo likes she’s been burned. 

 

“Fuck.”

 

“What’s wrong?”

 

There’s a long pause that makes Margo fidgety. 

 

“I’m either going to tell you the worst news of your life or the best.” 

 

and it was. 

 

Margaret thinks she’s dreaming. Maybe she’s died. Maybe the last two decades have been a dream and she’s going to wake up with her sight and with her beloved wrapped around her, their Lilly in between them snuggled like a cat. Or-or maybe she’s being tested again. A punishment for a crime she doesn’t recall committing. The Story of Job, Gods favorite human—tortured and condemned to win a bet with the devil. 

 

Jill is telling her things, important things, things she should know but all she can focus on is “he’s alive?” Margo’s voice is so hoarse and she barely realizes it’s her speaking.

 

“Yes, Miss Margo. Your child is alive.” and Margo doesn’t remember the next three minutes because she might have broken down crying, disassociating in her mind and delirious. Crying like her father just died. Crying like her beloved had died. Crying like her Lilly had died. Crying like Jessie had died. Crying like her family had died. Crying like her mother had died. 

 

She’s crying because he hadn’t died. She’s crying because he was alive the whole fucking time. She’s crying because he was alive and he was hurting and she wasn’t there. She wasn’t there to help him. She’s crying because instead of being buried in a shallow grave surrounded by family and flowers he was alive and living a life of suffering. Hopeless and afraid. Unloved. 

 

How can her baby be unloved? 

 

How can her baby be alive and not be loved? 

 

She was robbed. So was he. It all feels unfair and despicable. 

“H-how is he? Is he hurt? Is he-“ miss Margo can barely speak without hiccuping into sobs. 

 

Jill takes her hand, finally gloved, and she speaks soothingly “he was hospitalized after we found him. He was in tough shape and he still is but he’s much better than before. Unfortunately most of the damage is mental. He has nightmares and episodes where he doesn’t know where he is and he’s easily frightened and squirmy. He doesn’t do well with men. He doesn’t feel safe with them. That’s why-at first-before I realized his relationship to you-I was going to place him with you. Since you don’t have a spouse. Our other families are mostly couples.”

 

“So me being horribly single is working in my favor.” Margo jokes even though her heart is beating a mile a minute and her face is still swollen with tears. 

 

“Yes. I suppose so. But regardless…he’s your son. He would’ve gone to you as soon as I realized. You’re next of kin.” 

 

Margaret takes a breath “and Frankie? He’s a boy, I hope that’s not a problem—he’s a sweet boy.”

 

“Don’t worry. Kurt doesn’t mind kids. His triggers are usually towards dominant men or men In general. Little boys don’t count.” 

 

Margaret clutches the papers Jill gives her. Everything they know about her boy is in these papers. Written in braille just for her. Thick and heavy. A burden she will soon gladly carry with him. 

 

“Jill?” Margo hears a car pull up and she knows she’s about to meet someone very important. Her son. “Do you know about the man that found him? His relationship with the boy it’s—“

 

“—I know. I could tell the moment I touched Kurt. The ancestry is split but it was clear.”

 

“Does he know?”

 

“He…might suspect. But he doesn’t know you are the child’s mother. I keep my abilities very private and hadn’t told him of my discovery. I think—I think a parent just knows sometimes. He grew quite attached to the boy very quickly.”

 

“Okay.” Margo says like that doesn’t complicate things more. Ronnie came to her, in a sense asking for a favor to take in the child. Ronnie views this as a favor—Margo is taking care of his child in his eyes. But in reality Margo has equal attachment to the child. She has equal rights to care for him. Ronnie has no idea that if he decides to ask for  Parental Rights over Kurt then it would be hurting Margo as well. 



Margo thinks she might break if Ronnie decides to take Kurt back. 

 

The car parks as closely as possible, one of her outdoor cats meowed aggressively at the offending vehicle. Margo faces them, relaxing her face and gripping her cane tightly. she can do this. She can do this. She can do this. 

 

She hears the door open. A few minutes pass—her heart beating against her ribs like church bells. She hears footsteps. Two pairs. Sneakers thumping on the ground. Boots following shortly. 

 

She smells vanilla shampoo. It’s the same as Jill’s. They share the same economically priced shampoo. They live together. They are married. So the one that smells like sulfur and coconut must be him; Kurt. 

 

Margo opens her mouth to speak, to introduce herself but then clamps up and stays silent. Jill comes to the rescue “Kiddo this is Miss Margo. She’s the nice lady you’re going to be staying with but I’ll be making monthly visits to check up on you and make sure you’re settling in okay.” It’s the same thing Jill always says to all the kids going into Margo’s care but the routine speech helps Margo focus in on the situation. 

 

Kurt, her boy, hasn’t spoken. He stood quietly in front of the house without moving a muscle. “Miss Margo is currently fostering another little boy named Frankie who is disabled and uses a wheelchair to get around. He’ll be joining you two soon. Do you have any questions? Any at all?”

 

The three of them wait for a response and Margo, blind to any emotions that might be crossing his face, just waits with a heavy heart. 

 

“Thank you for allowing me to stay in your beautiful home.“ Kurt says and Margo’s heart skips to the next beat. Kurt has a thick accent. His English was choppy and too proper to be natural but it was soft and warm in a way that reminded her of Deja. The comparison chips away at her. 

 

“Do you have any questions though Kurt?” Reginald prods gently and Kurt seems to pause in his sentence. 

 

“Yes…I-“ Kurt seems to pause saying something in a different language that she can’t understand “-I do not know the norms of America but—um—“ he pauses, letting out a shaky breath “-why are there very large socks on your wall?”

 

Margo burst out into laughter, uncontrollable and maybe a bit hysterical. She was so worried he would ask something she wouldn’t know how to answer that e very simple question had caught her off guard. She wipes away the tears of joy from her eyes and tries to compose herself. “They're stockings. For Christmas. St. Nicholas leaves little treats inside them during Christmas.”

 

“St. Nicholas. Is he another boy who lives in your home?” Kurt asks Pointedly and Margo is glad he isn’t nervous to ask questions anymore but the fact that he doesn’t know who Santa clause is, is quite upsetting. 

 

“No, he’s-he’s no one you have to worry about. He visits every year. But only if you’re good.” Margo swears to buy every book on Santa Claus and Christmas and anything mentioning the North Pole. Maybe she shouldn’t encourage a sixteen-year-old to believe in Santa but considering he hadn’t ever had a moment to ever Hope she thinks it’s more than justified. 

 

“Do I get a sock?” He asks, sounding almost excited. 

 

“Yes. I’ll make room next to Mr. Crackers stocking.”

 

“Is Mr. Crackers—“

 

“—a very fat black cat. Yes he is, and he likes to eat crackers.”

 

Jill says her goodbyes—Reginald too. 

Margo gestures towards the open door of her house. Her home. Kurt comes inside, hesitant and cautious in his steps. 

 

For the very first time her son is home and for the first time in a long while Margaret makes food for three. 

 

There were no leftovers. Frankie and Kurt never leave leftovers. And when Christmas Day comes and goes her wish for her family Is granted. When she hears Frankie she hears Lilly’s laughter in him and when she hears Kurt she hears Deja's voice in him. 

 

Her family is finally Home. 

 

And then she remembers her future. Harry’s mothers warning rings in her head. 

 

“You save as many as you could. You save Frankie but Kurt is taken.” And horrifyingly, it’s starting to make sense. 

 

Her family will never get forever. 

Notes:

The Timeline confuses me too. Don't think too hard about it. I accidentally made Jill a rip-off of Caliban. oopsie. Also, Jill telling Margo something personal about her life because she found out something personal about hers will never not be sweet to me. I love OC x OC friendships.

Also Ronnie/Raven does end up calling. I just wanted to leave that for Kurt's POV later.

Back to our regularly scheduled program next chapter.
Typos will be found. Thank you for reading. :)

Chapter 23: Fractured Mind

Summary:

“Why are you watering her plant if she broke you?” Kurt says and what he means to say is ‘Broke up with you’ but sometimes his phrasing is slightly off and usually its endearing but in this instance Frankie just seems more emotional. “She’ll be sad if she comes back and BillyTom is wilted. Just cause she hurt me doesn’t mean I want to hurt her back.” It’s such a Frankie thing to say that it kinda breaks Pietros heart a little bit.

“BillyTom?” Kurt works around the vowels and Frankie huffs “we couldn’t settle on a name for him. we where stuck on Billy and Tommy so we just mushed the two names together.”

“Very romantic.” Pietro says, maybe a bit too sarcastic because Frankie is blinking back tears again. “I thought it was...” Frankie hiccups and Kurt shoots Pietro a scathing look that makes the speedster grovel to make it up to him.

“How about we get him a new pot later? He’s getting a bit too big for his current one.” Pietro suggests quickly, but he slows down his words so they aren’t on top of each other.

Frankie sniffles and glances at the yellow pot on the window sill. He nods slowly. “Yeah…I think she’d like that.”

()()()()()()()

Pietro and Kurt are finally home. But all is not well.

Notes:

!!! Trigger Warning for self-harm !!!!

Nothing too graphic but it starts at "He looks beat to hell---" and ends right after "--In his frantic state he hadn’t realized the bathroom door had opened."

Kurt Wagner is extra clingy with Pietro this chapter and will probably be so for a while because they *Trauma Bonded* So, yeah.
Also Bobby is younger then Jean (not by much) but he acts like a mean and protective older brother because they *Trauma bonded*.

basically erik and charles' vibe right now

----->
Erik: Do whatever you want--fuck these bitches.

Charles: actually DONT do that. These bitches are trynna help you.

i love horrible accidental co-parenting. yum.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Pietro Maximoff doesn’t feel twenty years old. He thinks maybe it has something to do with how he ages slower so he hasn’t looked his age in quite some time or maybe it’s because he spent the weeks leading up to his unsuspecting birthday being physically and psychologically tortured. He doesn’t feel twenty. He feels older. He feels like the last month has aged him drastically—catching up to the years where it almost felt like he was frozen in time, forever young. 

When he walks down the path of the X-mansion, with the assistance of his trusty Cane; Kurt Wagner, he feels nostalgic, like walking through his childhood bedroom…which has long since been destroyed in the fire his mother set. He’s only been gone a month. He was running these halls, in super speed and now he’s limping through them with a deathly grip on his blue best friend. 

Kurt seems to be adjusting better then the speedster. Pietro thinks it might be because Kurt’s childhood was literally him being tortured and abused at the circus. He’s used to being introduced into strikingly different situations. The teleporter could easily jump to the infirmary, Hank advises against using their abilities but he still technically can, but instead, Kurt goes at a snail's pace beside the impatient speedster who seems to get out of breath every few minutes. 

 

His little stunt in the jet bursted more than a few stitches and he’s convinced he fucked his internal organs or something because his body burns . Hank says he has a fever but Pietro doesn’t remember the last time he’s gotten sick so he has no idea if that’s right or not or if he has some deadly viral contamination from the lab. Who the fuck knows? Not Pietro that’s for sure. 

Pietro approaches Wanda’s room, the hand-drawn 'No Boys Allowed' sign crooked on the wall. The door is slightly ajar and even though Pietro knows Wanda Maximoff isn’t here he stops his shuffling and he forces them to a stop in front of his sisters room. 

 

Kurt doesn’t ask why. He doesn’t have to explain. Pietro just wants to see her room, to see her things. To see if she packed all of it or if she left things behind. If she left things behind that means she’s expecting to come back. He’s hoping, wishing really, that she comes back soon. He misses her so much it hurts to even look at her fucking door. 

 

He likes to torture himself. He opens her door and it swing inwards. Frankie is inside, his wheelchair is beside her bedroom window, he’s watering the little plant she has in a yellow pot. The plant was a gift from Christina who sleeps across the hall. Wanda had been taking good care of it and it had grown about a foot tall from its original smell sprout. 

 

Pietros chest aches at the idea that Frankie had been taking care of it since Wanda left. He wonders if she asked him to before she left or if he had brought it upon himself to do so. 

 

“Frankie.” Kurt’s face wobbles into something sad and his voice is all watery even with the one word. 

 

Frankie gasps and Pietro has never seen him maneuver his wheelchair around so fast. He’s rolling forward— his face tight and at the same time Kurt pulls away from Pietro and goes to Frankie—dropping to his knees so he’s at eye level with Frankie and pulling him into a tight hug. They both melt into each other and Frankie’s crying big tears and choking back sobs that scratch at Pietro's skull like Velcro. The speedster looks away from the scene, blinking back his own curtain of sadness. 

 

He wishes he could have that moment with Wanda but she isn’t here and he has no idea if she even knows he’s okay. Does she even know that Charles found him? 

 

Does she—honestly Pietro doesn’t know what Wanda knows. His memory is snapping back at him and he’s remembering things in broken fragments. 

 

Wanda used her powers on him. It doesn’t sit right with him. Not only does it not make sense but it also feels jarring for one’s mind to be wiped clean of an entire memory the way he was. How many times did she do that? How many times did she alter his mind? Is it even a conscious thing? Was she aware of what she was doing? 

 

He thinks it has something to do with trauma. Or maybe Wanda’s powers. Or maybe a combination of both. His mind is broken. A puzzle with no image he can discern just the corner pieces glued together in a panic. 

 

“Brother in law.” Frankie speaks to him like he’s on death row—like his next words are about to order an army to death. 

 

“Don’t call me that.” Pietro says instinctively because it’s what he always says and he doesn’t really mean it anymore but it’s tradition. 

 

“I’m sorry!” Pietro doesn’t expect Frankie to burst into literal tears. Kurt shoots Pietro a glare that gathers all the protectiveness a big brother has when their sibling is hurt. Pietro panics, immediately raising both his hands in a placating way towards Frankie “shit. Don’t be sorry, Frankie-man.” 

 

“Wanda left!” Frankie buries his eyes into his elbow and Pietros heart swoops. Frankie isn’t upset at him. He’s just sad cause Wanda is gone. He can relate. 

 

“Yeah, I’m really sorry, kid.” Pietro kneels beside Kurt and in front of Frankie who refuses to look at either of them. Pietros knees hurt and he probably shouldn’t be bending over or moving this much but he can’t just leave Frankie like this. Kurt bumps his shoulders against Pietros-constantly touching even in this space. Like little reminders that they are still here. Alive. 

 

“She didn’t wanna go but she said she had to. I wanted to go with her. I didn’t want her to leave but-but she said I couldn’t come. S-she said where she was going I couldn’t go.” Frankie bit his lip, his fist gripping his thigh painfully and Pietro watched nervously as Kurt takes his hand instead—allowing the younger boy to grip on to his hand until his knuckles are pale and Kurt’s face grimaced but he didn’t pull away. Pietro frowns at the way Kurt allows Frankie to give him his pain. Pietros heart is beating quickly as he realizes Kurt did that without any hesitation and has probably been taking care of Frankie in that way for a while. Kurt lets other people hurt him so they can feel better. He does it with Frankie. He did it with Dolly. He’ll probably do it until he’s hurt too much to take anything else. 

 

“I wanted to go anyway. I didn’t—I didn’t want her to feel sad all alone but-“ Frankie’s lip quivered and he sounded so heartbroken “she said I was being a big idiot and that I wasn’t needed and I should just let her be and I got really—I got really hurt because Wanda never calls me an idiot . Not like that. She never says things like that to me.” Frankie sounds so gutted and if Wanda was here usually Pietro would’ve scolded her. Maybe even made her apologies because everyone knows that Frankie is sensitive when it comes to his intelligence. A slow reader and a slow learner. Charles told Pietro that Frankie has a learning disability. Miss Margo had described it as words floating on a page. Sentences moving around and getting jumbled in his head. Wanda would never poke fun at that so he’s more than a little shocked to hear that she had used it as ammunition. 

 

“She was being so mean a-and cruel and she broke up with me.” Frankie was holding back more tears, face flush and puffy. 

 

Oh. 

 

Pietros let’s out a breath. Surprised and confused not even being close to what he was feeling. 

 

“Oh, Frankie. That’s horrible.” Kurt rubs circles on his back and Pietro shakes his head. 

 

“That doesn’t make any sense.”

 

Kurt gives him a warning look “Pietro-“

 

“-no, no way. It doesn’t make sense. Wanda loves Frankie. It’s ridiculous and weird, I know, but it’s true. She would never just break up with him for no reason at all.”

 

“She really didn’t want me to go with her.” Frankie mumbles and Pietro nods. 

 

“Maybe that’s it then. You where pushing and she thought the only way you wouldn’t follow is if she broke your heart.”

 

Frankie sniffles and pulls away from Kurt and Pietro, gripping the wheels on his ride. “Well it worked.” He huffs out emotionally and tugs slightly to back up and roll around the bedpost. 

 

“Whatever Wanda said she didn’t mean it Frankie.”

 

He shakes his head “sounds like she meant it.”

 

“She’s a Maximoff. She’s very good at pushing people away.”

 

“Is that a Maximoff thing or a Pietro thing?” Kurt asks not unkindly and Pietro mumbles “Unfortunately I am included in that broad statement.” 



“It doesn’t matter why she said it. It still hurt.” Frankie mumbles sadly “she said things that she knew would hurt my feelings and then she left.” Left him . that’s what he means. That’s what Pietro hears and the speedster is convinced it’s all wrong. That there must be something else going on. Wanda had a literal fist fight with Rebecca when she complained Frankie was reading too slow in class. It was very aggressive and very traumatizing. 

 

“Why are you watering her plant if she broke you?” Kurt says and what he means to say is ‘Broke up with you’ but sometimes his phrasing is slightly off and usually its endearing but in this instance Frankie just seems more emotional. “She’ll be sad if she comes back and BillyTom is wilted. Just cause she hurt me doesn’t mean I want to hurt her back.” It’s such a Frankie thing to say that it kinda breaks Pietros heart a little bit. 

 

“BillyTom?” Kurt works around the vowels and Frankie huffs “we couldn’t settle on a name for him. we where stuck on Billy and Tommy so we just mushed the two names together.” 

 

“Very romantic.” Pietro says, maybe a bit too sarcastic because Frankie is blinking back tears again. “I thought it was...” Frankie hiccups and Kurt shoots Pietro a scathing look that makes the speedster grovel to make it up to him. 

 

“How about we get him a new pot later? He’s getting a bit too big for his current one.” Pietro suggests quickly, but he slows down his words so they aren’t on top of each other. 

 

Frankie sniffles and glances at the yellow pot on the window sill. He nods slowly. “Yeah…I think she’d like that.” 

 

Okay. Perfect. 

 

Eventually they do get to the infirmary. Kitty is laying in a proper cushioned bed and eating the juiciest grilled cheese Pietro has ever seen. Pietro superspeeds to her plate and grabs the other half of her lord cheese, shoveling the rest of it into his mouth. 

 

“Asshole!” Kitty says at the same time as Hank shouts out a “Peter! I said no superspeed!” 

 

“It was barely superspeed. I was just-“ his eyes connect with Erik’s and he clamps his mouth shut at the excuse. 

 

He genuinely forgot Erik was here. In the X-Mansion. Casually. For reasons he still doesn’t really know about. 

 

“Hank gave you very specific instructions to not use your abilities until you’re fully healed.” Charles rolls into the room, trailing behind a tall Erik who swapped his flannel for a soft sweater that looks suspiciously like Charles’. 

 

“It’s weird that I’m not already healed. I mean it’s been like a day or whatever. How come my superhealing hasn’t fixed majority of my scrapes?”

 

Scrapes .” Charles scoffs. “Those aren’t scrapes.”

 

“Whatever, I just mean-“

 

Charles face scrunches up “- whatever ?”

 

Hank raises a placating hand at Charles like he was about to go into a whole rant “—Peter you were tortured . By people who specifically prepared to torture you . They used special skills to slow down your healing because they wanted pieces of you that your body wouldn’t let them have. Whatever they did, whatever they gave you to slow you down is still in your system. I couldn’t flush it out of your system. Not without making you overdose and have a seizure like-“

 

Like who? Pietro glanced at Kurt but he’s avoiding his eyes and Pietro's gut drops. Fuck. Did Kurt have a seizure? Is that why Hank was freaking out before? 

 

“-it’s not an option. Okay? We just need to wait it out and monitor you. You can’t go into superspeed because it’s what it specifically targets. It’s going to make you more sick.”

 

“I can’t just not use my speed, Hank. That’s like asking me not to blink. It’s impossible.” Pietro hates that he had to explain that to Hank. 

 

He understands to a degree that Hank and Pietro don’t have the same thoughts about their mutations. For years Hank did everything to hide his, to repress it. Even when that was impossible. 

 

Pietro runs. In his core that’s what he does, that’s what he is. He can’t just flip a switch and decide not to anymore.

 

“It’s his decision.” Erik speaks into the room with a heavy tone. “You can’t stop him from using his gift.”

 

Charles looks briefly annoyed at the taller man “that’s not what we’re asking him to do.” 

 

“Not like you could actually stop him.” Erik says his eyes connected heatedly with Charles. 

 

“I wouldn’t try to.” 

 

“We both know that’s not true. If it came down to it-–if you could—you’d make him stop.“ Pietro feels like he's interrupting an argument that isn’t even about him. Erik’s words bite and Charles just shakes his head “You know nothing.” The telepath says and something must unfold in their minds because Erik’s posture goes rigid and his eyes dart between the speedster and Charles. 

 

Charles disregards his expressions and ponders over Pietro, his face smoothing into something gentle “Just try to be aware of it, Pietro. I know it’s hard for you to stop but just try to minimize how many times you use it. Can you try?”

 

“Yeah, I can try.” For Charles he can try. Even if he feels like a caged animal when he sits in one place for too long. 

 

“Do not force yourself.” Erik interferes stubbornly like some weird Comedy Skit Pietro with slapstick humor. The contrasting advice gives him a migraine and he sits down on the long bed, Kurt sits beside him stiffly—his tail falling on the speedster's lap. 

 

Pietro caresses the long flesh like it’s a cat, taking a breath as he tries to calm down. He hears the unfolding argument between Charles and Erik. He sees the stress coil up in Kurt’s back and Pietro watches his blue friends eyes dart between the two men in alertness. Pietro bumps his shoulder against Kurt, staying there, pressed against his side. A reminder. 

 

“Out!” Hank demands pointing a furry finger towards the door. “You’re both being too loud and too annoying. Get out of my med-bay.” He says in a calmer voice. 

Hank shushes the two grown men out of the room. 

 

“Do they always argue like that?” Katherine asks into the sterile room. 

 

“I dunno. Erik isn’t really around.”

 

“Deadbeat dad?” Katherine shakes her head in sympathy and Pietro sighs “no. For crying out loud.” The hoops Katherine jumps through is insane. 

 

“They argue like a married couple.”

 

“They aren’t married.”

 

“Yeah, probably not legally.” Katherine mumbles but doesn’t say anything else. She flips through the teen magazine in her lap, looking interested in the modern fashion segments. Pietro looks over at Kurt who hasn’t said or done anything since Hank has ushered Erik and Charles out. 

 

“You okay, baby?” Pietro asks quietly, not wanting Katherine to be her nosey self. “Why is Mister Lehnsherr here?”

 

“He helped us break out of the facility.” Pietro recalls like maybe that was something that went over his head. 

 

“I know. But why?” Kurt fidgets and Pietro frowns. He doesn't want to beat around the bush “What’s wrong? Tell me what’s bothering you”

 

“Isn’t he a bad guy?” He asks hesitantly like he might be misremembering something that he might get in trouble for. “Yeah. He is. Kinda. But he’s Charles’ friend. So…not so bad I guess.”

 

“He hurt people.” Kurt states just as quietly. 

 

“Yeah he did.” Pietro knows that Kurt is anxious, he just doesn’t know why. 

 

“He hurt my dad.” Kurt says eventually and Pietro doesn’t know what to say to that. in all honesty Pietro hasn’t done much reflection on the whole Kurt’s dad being Raven thing. It was something he had admitted to in the cusp of sleep and amidst enemy territory. Pietro didn’t even fully connect the fact that Erik had shot Raven in the capital. Her blood was splattered on the pavement and that’s how they got the DNA for the sentinels. Charles had described the events offhandedly after Pietro asked what had happened after they parted ways. 

 

Erik shot Raven. Erik shot Kurt’s family. It dawns on Pietro that Kurt wasn’t just confused by Erik’s presence, he was scared of the man. And he also realizes in the same breath that Hank hadn’t ushered the men away for his sake but for Kurt’s. Pietro rubs circles into Kurt’s skin “yeah, you're right. He did.”

 

“How can the professor be friends with someone who hurt his family?”

 

And it’s such a pointed question Pietro doesn’t know why he feels targeted or even why he feels defensive because he doesn’t owe Erik anything. He barely knows the man. One descent moment in a falling jet doesn’t change that. 

 

“Charles is a forgiving man and Erik and him have a complicated relationship.”

 

“Would you have forgiven him if he hurt your sister?” Kurt asks tensely. 

 

“No.” Pietro says immediately and without hesitation “but I don’t have the same relationship with Erik as Charles does.”

 

“Mama Margo says one must only forgive when the other person has shown true change. When they have reflected in their penance.” Kurt says and it’s the first he’s mentioned Miss Margo since they’ve been back from that dark cement room in the facility, huddled together sharing warmth. “But Erik is the same person he was when he tried to kill Raven. He’s the same man that tried to kill the president. He hasn’t changed. Why does he deserve forgiveness?”

 

“I-I don’t know.” Pietro says softly trying to think of any wise words that could help his conflict but nothing comes to mind. Charles says Pietro is too forgiving. He says he wants to change before Pietro forgives him for his bad behavior on the night of Wanda’s birthday. Is that what Kurt means by penance? Taking accountability? Changing? Earning that forgiveness? He doesn’t know. And he doesn’t know how to fix the part of his brain that tells him that saying “ sorry ” is enough. He doesn’t know what to do. 

 

Katherine rustles her magazine and her voice cuts between the private bubble they perceived themselves to be in. “Maybe Charles forgave him for his own peace of mind. Holding a grudge is what turns people like Charles into people like Erik.” 

 

Pietro thinks Katherine might be the smartest thirteen year old girl he’s ever met. “Would you forgive him? If you were in my shoes?” Kurt’s asks suddenly his accent thicker then usual, his eyebrows wrinkled in tension.

 

“Yes, and I was.” Katherine says, her voice distant. “I chose to seek revenge, Instead of forgiving the person that wronged my family. I made things worse, I went the wrong path and that’s how I ended up in that damn facility, losing six months of my life.” Katherine doesn’t go into detail, just drops that nugget of information and continues on reading her magazine like she didn’t say exactly what Kurt needed to hear. “Just sayin’.” She flips to the next page, crossing her legs over the other, making herself comfortable. 

 

Pietro doesn’t know Katherine Pryde very well. But her words do not seem to come in judgment. Just a simple opinion quickly thrown out and collected by sad ears. Kurt gets lost in his thoughts and Hank comes back into the room with fresh sheets and a boy with a cast in his arm and half his face covered in scar tissue. 

 

Three more mutant children, injured in different degrees, enter the med-bay and set up in the rows of flatbeds lining the wall. 

 

It’s maybe three hours into mutants shuffling in and out of the room, getting checked out by Dr. Hank MCcoy and Pietro trying to distract the littler ones with badly executed jokes, before Charles rolls back into the infirmary—no Erik trailing behind him. 

 

“How are you feeling?” Charles asks him as he settles beside his chosen bed. 

 

“Shitty. But less shitty than before.” Pietro says truthfully. “I stopped seeing the white dots in my vision.”

 

Hank shoots him a look “you were seeing white dots?”

 

“I’m joking. It was a joke.” Pietro replies quickly and Hank glares at him even if it was just a quip. 

 

“And your fever?” Charles places a hand on Pietro's warm forehead like Hank hasn’t been checking his vitals every thirty minutes. Pietro moves away, making a little fuss over Chatles’ fussing. 

 

“The same as before, old man.” He got used to being hot like a furnace and also shivering like a wet dog.

 

He meets Katherine’s eyes from two beds away and she mouths the words Old Man with a sly grin that makes his mouth tighten into a line. 

 

When did Pietro start calling Charles Old man? 

 

Charles has bags under his eyes, his face pale and skinny. “When’s the last time you slept?” Pietro asks gently, looking at him with worry. Charles just laughs, looking at him disbelievingly “that’s my line, kid. You’re the one that’s been through hell.”

 

“Charles…”

 

“You don’t need to worry about me.”

 

“That’s my line. “ Pietro replies. 

 

“Well—“

 

Katherine phases through her bed and through Kurts bed so that she’s standing in front of Charles “—he’s great. you’re great. You’ve both have had 8 hours of soundless sleep every night. Cool. Great awesome. no worries.“ she says all in one big breath and hunches over between them “Can we please talk about the fact that there’s like a terrorist casually walking in the school. Like forealsies. I was being super chill about it before but I feel like a chill in the air and that’s never a good sign.”

 

“The chill in the air is Bobby. One of the newer kids had poked around in Jeans room and he lost his wits for a moment.” 

 

“How is Bobby?” Pietro perks up at the mention of Ice-Boy. 

 

“He's dealing with everything that's happened as best as he can. He hasn’t left Jean alone since Wanda left. It would be kinda sweet if he wasn’t constantly arguing with the poor girl.”

 

“Still Bobby then.” Pietro mends and Katherine frowns “is Jean his girlfriend?” 

 

“Hell no.” Charles said at the same time that Pietro says “absolutely not.”

They give each other a look. 

 

Katherine makes a face “alright. Got it. One no would have sufficed.”

 

“How’s Jean?” Pietro asks instead. 

 

“I think she’d like to see you. Might lift her spirits.” Charles says and Pietro nods eagerly and the thought of super speeding to Jean's room crosses his mind and then he back tracks. No. He needs to walk. The old fashion way. 

 

He takes a breath and is about to lift himself from the bed. “Hey, no stop it. Don’t get up.” Charles scolds “I didn’t mean now. You’re hurt Peter. She can make the trip down here.” 

 

“But-“

 

“-no buts.” Charles takes a shaky breath “she’s on her way down. She says not to force yourself to move.”

 

“But-“

 

“-seriously, Peter. You’re hurt. Let her be in your beckon call and not the other way around.” He doesn’t know how to do that. 

 

“Okay…” Charles touches the blanket he’s been getting cozy with and frowns “is this warm enough? I can get you a different quilt.”

 

“No. I’m good.” Pietro can tell that Charles is going to get him a new one anyway because he can’t help but fuss over Pietro like he’s a little stray pup he found in the trash. It’s a bit annoying and also a bit comforting. He feels almost like his inner child is being healed by Charles’ insistent mothering. His own mother was not a cold mom but she wasn’t nearly as comforting to be around when one was sick. While Pietro himself can’t recall the last time he’s ever needed his mothers warm touch while he was bedridden with a fever he is aware of the handful of times Wanda has grown ill and their mother was around to help her. Pietro has a strong immune system, he rarely gets sick, she never had to worry about him but with Wanda, a light breeze would have kept her in bed for the weekend. She was gentler with her, a gentleness Pietro was never at the receiving end of because he’s never been sick before. No home made soup, or cocoon tuck ins under softer quilts. No fluffing of his pillow or stroking of his hair. He wasn’t babied. not really. 

 

He doesn’t know what to do with Charles’ version of his mothers pruning. He doesn't think he’s worth all that fuss. 

 

“We have more in the closet next to the laundry room. I’ll go get some.” 

 

Pietro sighs and Katherine pipes in “I’m actually pretty cold too. Can I get a new blanket?” 

 

Charles is already rolling away and is probably going to come back with a mountain of blankets at his disposal. 

 

“You sure he isn’t your dad?” Katherine prods with a slick smile and Pietro throws his recently fluffed pillow at her face. 

 

“Shut up. You’re annoying.” 

 

“I didn’t hear a denial.”

 

“You need to sto—red!” He spots the red braids before he really, truly sees her. 

 

She makes a beeline straight to Pietro, dodging Hank's worried eyes and diving between the speedsters knees in his bed and burying her face into his chest, wrapping small arms around him easily. She doesn’t cry. She doesn’t even really move. She just grips him and presses her ear against his chest, hearing his fast heartbeat. Imperceivable to her own ears. She taps her fingers twice against his spine, a question. 

 

“Yeah, I’m okay.” The speedster says into her hair, his throat catching slightly. 

 

She sits there, holding on to him and pressing an ear against his sternum. Counting his breaths. He knows her mind has probably been loud. That night most likely fucked her up hard in the head. He knows the voices are harder for her to mute, harder for her to quiet them. Pietros mind is quiet. Before when things got to be too much she’d go to Pietro and he’d hold her just like this until the storm in her head cleared and she could think her own thoughts again. She hasn’t had access to his mind in a month. She hasn’t had peace of mind in a month. 

 

“I missed you too.” She doesn’t need to say it for him to know. Hank told him that Jean isn’t speaking to anyone besides Bobby. Which is a weird choice considering their previous relationship being so tense. 

 

“Is this Wanda?” Katherine asks innocently and Pietro knows she means nothing malicious by it, an easy mistake but the mention of his sister only makes Jean stiffen and Pietros face goes equally as rigid. “No, this is Jean.” He says and Katherine Pryde just smiles and nods “right of course, Jean. I should’ve realized.” The thirteen year old says smoothly even though Pietro has mentioned Jean exactly zero times outside of the conversation with Charles just now and Katherine has no idea who Jean is. Pietro had only mentioned that Wanda was his sister. 

 

It’s nice that Katherine tried to make up for her mix up but it's pointless because Jean can read her mind and can tell she’s lying. Pietro wonders briefly how many people see Jean and Pietro together and assume they are brother in sister. He wonders how many people in this very room are seeing their reunion and thinking they are family. 

 

The thought doesn’t make Pietro feel bad per say but the idea that Jean is being perceived as his sister when Wanda isn’t here, not even slightly in the picture makes Pietro feel hollow. It feels almost like he’s betraying his own flesh and blood by feeling brotherly towards someone that isn’t Wanda. But it’s dumb because he didn’t feel that way when Wanda was here. He showered both telepaths with plenty of attention and joyful brotherly time. He would’ve even gone as far as saying they are family but the idea of Wanda not being here to share that affection makes him feel vulnerable and off center in a way he can’t logically explain. 

 

It’s so dumb. He squeezes Jean tightly, feeling guilty for feeling guilty. He’s such a mess. Fuck. 

 

Bobby enters the room not even a minute later.

 

 “Hey icicle!” Kurt does a little wave that has no business being that adorable. 

 

Bobby’s face goes flush and he immediately gets defensive “don’t call me that! That sounds so lame.”

 

“It’s a cool name.” Pietro defends. 

 

“Better than Ice-boy, I guess.”

 

The other kids around the room introduce themselves and Bobby begrudgingly greets them with disinterest. “this place is getting too crowded.”

 

“It’s a school. It’s meant to be crowded.” 

 

“The more the merriest.” Kurt says from his bed. 

 

“Merrier.” Pietro Corrects gently “the phrase is the more the merrier.” 

 

“Isn’t that what I said?” Kurt pouts and Pietro giggles, maybe a bit loopy from the drip IV Hank put on him earlier. 

 

Bobby and Jean stay for a bit longer. Jean stays close to Kurt and Pietro, not fully feeling comfortable with the new children. That leaves Bobby to get the brunt of the kids' curious questions. 

 

Ranging from “what are your powers?” To “can you lick your elbow?” It was all clearly getting on the boys nerves and he has a silent argument with Jean. A grand improvement to him being annoyed with her gif invading his mind.

 

They leave shortly after, Jean gives Kurt a quick hug and shuffled out of the room behind a thorny Bobby. 

 

“I thought you were exaggerating but they're like each other's shadows.” Pietro says groggily. 

 

“Yeah they are.” charkes says and a sad look crosses his eyes “Reminds me of the twins.” The Whitleys had gotten separated and eventually the one that was left behind, shielded by Bobby’s ice faded away and died without their other half. Pietro doesn’t know the details. A bit scared to ask but knowing whatever demise they met would only get imagined worse in his head. 

 

“Did they suffer?” He asks because it’s the only thing that he can think of. He knows the Whitleys from the facility suffered. They suffered and he can’t ever change that. 

 

“They barely lasted a week before it got bad. They were just tired. Kept talking about how they needed to go inside but that the door was locked. They went to sleep and just never woke up.” Charles fidgets with the necklace around his neck, his voice hoarse and Pietro wonders how many times Charles has seen the end of one of his students.

 

Pietro remembers the rooms in the mansion covered in children’s last things. Stuck in time, like a museum of the dead. A cemetery that Charles lived in, untouched and abandoned but seen constantly. Pietro wonders if Charles has touched the few things the Whitleys had collected in the few months they’ve been here. Or if they fit in their closed room, untouched. Pietro wouldn’t have the heart to move them. He barely had the heart to do it the first time with children he hardly knew.

 

But Pietro knew the Whitleys and now they are dead. 

 

“Jean gave them a good memory as they went.” Hank adds in and it levitates the ache in Pietros chest. At least they didn't suffer. 

 

They didn’t say much after that. Hank rewrapped the bandage around Pietro's leg and when the day crawled to an end Pietro laid in the med bag surrounded by other wounded children whose names he couldn’t really memorize while heavily medicated. 

 

His eyelids droop. Heavy and tired but they have been for hours and he’s yet to sleep. He keeps looking at the dark spot in the ceiling. It looks like a butterfly.

 

As soon as he manages to fall asleep his broken mind takes over. 

 

He’s in the bathroom staring at his scuffed up reflection. His hair goes past his shoulder, this is before he decides to buzz it, the roots a dark gray. 

 

He stares at his face and grimaces at the growing bruise on his face. Any evidence of his Argument with David was shown clearly in his face. There’s a ringing in his ears that bounces between his ears, the result of his head being slammed against the wall, leaving a hole in the hallway that’s later covered up by an old family picture. 

 

He looks beat to hell. He thinks one of his ribs might be broken but he doesn’t know. He’s in a lot of pain. Everything feels just a bit out of his control. He digs his hands into a fresh bruise on his arm.  The sting brings him back into focus. 

 

He needs to get out of his head. He needs to—He doesn’t even process the razor in his hand until he’s pressing it against his arm, his flesh slicing as he slides it down. The pain is sudden and makes his eyes grow wide with surprise. He hadn’t known he was going to do that until he did it. He stares at the blood running down his arm and—and he must have gone too deep or knocked a vein or-of something. Because it’s flushing out of him and he runs his arm under water in a panic. His breathing is rapid and he’s kinda freaking out. 

 

Holy shit how can he be this impulsive? 

 

He’s not suicidal . He just wanted to be in control for one second.

 

In his frantic state he hadn’t realized the bathroom door had opened. “Pie?” Pietro gut dropped when he makes eye contact with his little sister who is staring at the bloody razor and his cut up arm like it’s a murder scene. It might be. 

 

“It was an accident!” Pietro says quickly and his breathing is becoming ragged. “i-I can fix it.” 

Her eyes water and Pietro can’t handle her getting emotional. “Please, I’m—don’t freak out. I’m okay. I’m fine.” But it really hurts and he thinks he might be losing too much blood. 

 

“You're hurt.” Wanda is young. Her words are wobbly and her eyes are glued to Pietros' bruised-up face. 

 

“It’s alright. I’m okay I promise.” Pietro says as he wraps a hand towel around his arm hoping to stop the bleeding. It was one of his mom's nice towels. He hopes she’s not too upset about the stain. 

 

“You promise. You’re not hurt?” Wanda frowns her face scrunching up. Pietro nods quickly “Yes, I’m okay. I’m not hurt.” It was a lie and there’s no way she’s buying it. 

 

“Pinky promise.” Her eyes meet his and she extends her little finger. Her eyes shift strangely but Pietro doesn’t have time to process that as he’s hunching over to curl his pinky finger around hers. 

 

“I pinky promise I’m not hurt.”

 

Wanda shakes her head and there’s no mistaking the shade of red in her eyes “you pinky promise you will never be hurt.“ 

 

Pietro blinks and something shifts in the room, or maybe within him. The ringing in his ear is gone. Calm. “I pinky promise I will never be hurt again.”

 

“And you’ll never try to hurt yourself.” 

 

“Yeah okay.”

 

“Say it. Say you won’t hurt yourself pie.” 

 

Pietro can’t miss the sudden buzzing spreading around his body. Like his very DNA bubbling and readjusting within himself. “I won’t ever try to hurt myself.” 

 

And he doesn’t even know why he did it to begin with. He feels a lot better. He looks at himself in the mirror and watches with fascination as the bruises around his face fade away. The cuts in his cheek blend into his flesh leaving behind none of the evidence. 

 

Huh. 

 

When he removes the towel around his wrist it reveals unblemished skin. 

 

The towel was covered with blood. Pietro's eyes widen and he looks at Wanda with concern “Are you hurt? Where did this blood come from?” He bends down to inspect his little sister, worry consuming him. 

 

“No it was yours.”

 

“Mine?” Pietro doesn’t even know why he went to the bathroom. 

 

“You where hurt. But you healed.” Wanda blinks owlishly, confused but looking relieved. 

 

“Yeah…” Pietro tries to grasp at the reasoning but comes up empty “I always do.” 

 

Does he? 

 

Wanda turns her head to the side like a confused pup “you have?”

 

“Yeah. I heal fast. I always have.” Pietro says more confidently and just as he says it his mind supplies him with dozens of examples of when he’s healed quickly. 

 

“Have you?” Wanda looks unconvinced as she stares at the bloody towel.

 

“Yeah. Super healing.” Yeah that makes sense. 

 

“Okay.” She says with a slow nod and it felt like a slight shift to the right. 

 

“Okay.” Pietro smiles, tossing the towel in the trash and his eyes land on the bloody razor; confused and startled but he picks it up. His fingers feel tingly and weird when he does so he immediately drops it in the trash, feeling weirdly grossed out. 

 

 Pietro wakes up in a sweat his mind racing from the rush of adrenaline. His breath comes out in chimney puffs and he’s looking the med-bay in alarm. 

 

That couldn’t have happened. No. Pietro pushes his sweaty hair out of his face, trying to breath. This is all wrong. This. is. Wrong. 

 

Pietro abruptly stands up from his bed, his bones aching and his stomach clenching painfully. A memory flashes through his head as he’s walking out of the med-bay, leaving behind the mutant kids sleeping soundlessly. 

 

The memory is of a beat up Pietro, bleeding and crumbling on the floor, laying there for hours. His mom patches him up after. Blue bandaids and rubbing alcohol that stings. His mom does. No super healing. 

 

Pietro takes a step down the mansion hall, refusing to slow down as he makes his way. 

 

Another memory resurfaces in his mind. A memory of Pietro pressing an ice-pack on his face and a white cast on his arm. Wanda had drawn a caricature version of him running. She called him Mr.Quick. How could he have forgotten Mr.Quick? He wore that cast for two months. How could he forget that?

 

Pietro is outside Charles' door panting, catching his breath— when he remembers the bullets currently lodged in his shoulder. He doesn’t remember being shot. But he apparently doesn’t remember much. 

 

He knocks on the professor's door maybe a bit too frantically for how late it is. 

 

He knocks again his face and voice maybe just a bit desperate and scared “Charles, I need you.”

 

It might’ve been the tone of his voice—how young and scared he sounded probably but Charles opened the door quickly, his face wide and pale, looking equally as panicked as Pietro felt. “Peter? Son, what’s the matter? Are you hurt?” Charles sounds so worried. 

 

“Charles what’s wrong?” Erik’s voice came from inside Charles' bed chambers. 

 

Oh. 

 

Erik was sleeping in Charles' room. Pietro's face paled at the unexpected company and he swallows thickly and takes a step back “um-“ fuck. 

 

What was he thinking? Waking up the professor at this hour. He’s so annoying. What was his plan? Wake up the professor, tell him that Wanda was messing with his head and hope he can fix it? 

 

Is he serious? Why would he even think that would work? He has a nightmare and the first thing he does is go to Charles? Like a child waking up in the middle of the night to tell their parents they threw up. But Charles isn’t his parent. 

This is so not Charles' problem. Pietro should deal with his own family stuff and leave Charles out of it. 

 

Pietro suddenly doesn’t feel older at all. He feels young, small, he feels like that scared fifteen year old boy staring at his reflection in the mirror, drowning in doubt. He wants to feel in control of something. 

 

“Peter. What is it?” Charles’ voice cuts through his thoughts. 

 

“It’s nothing. I-I’m sorry for waking you. Go back to sleep.” Pietro can’t help it when his eyes dart to Erik currently with a bed head and wearing a satin pajama set like he definitely raided the professors closet. He looks pampered and kept and Pietro doesn’t know how he feels about it. He feels all over the place and this whole thing was impulsive. 

 

Charles rolled further into the hallways “Peter.” He says firmly his voice calm yet assertive “you wouldn’t risk furthering your injuries coming all the way here, just to tell me nothing. What’s wrong?” He pushes.

 

Pietro looks into the professor's honest eyes and he for the first time since he’s arrived at the mansion, scared and with his baby sister, he asks—“Can you help me find my mom?”

 

And without pause and to the surprise of absolutely no one he says “of course.” 

Charles closes the door behind him, leaving Erik Lehnsherr in his room and taking the speedster's hand gently. 

 

A path given. 

A path chosen. 

 

Charles picks Pietro without hesitation.

“Let’s go to Cerebro.” 

And Pietro finally feels like he has some form of control. 

 

The ringing in his ear stops.

Notes:

I’ve been playing with the idea of Wanda’s powers. I was doing a mix of comic book powers and the powers she has in the marvel cinematic universe. I liked the idea that Wanda had been using her powers unknowingly most of her life. She goes into almost a trance like state where she doesn’t even fully remember using them on her brother.

As you read the story you realize how inconsistent Pietros healing is and his patchy memory is not only a response to trauma but also the result of Wanda changing his memories.

In the original version of his memories he doesn’t have super healing but not only does Wanda use her powers to make him believe he has super healing, she makes it so that he’s always had it.
Basically unknowingly rewriting history.

*Sigh* The things we do for family.

Like always...you will see typos. Thank you for reading. :))

Chapter 24: The Ones We Miss

Summary:

“—you shouldn’t have enlisted.” Charles says suddenly and it felt like something he was trying to hold back. Like it was bursting out of him all at once in his very clean kitchen.

Pietro looked between the two men—feeling like the odd one out. Like he’s looking into ten years worth of history and taking it out of context. Except how can someone misinterpret what Alex responds with?

“I couldn’t hide away in this school, Charles. I wasn’t just gonna let him go at it alone. He was like my fucking brother.”

“Banshee was forced to serve. You did it voluntarily knowing what it would do to us to lose you.”

“I didn’t die, Charles. I’m right fucking here.”

“You never came back.” Charles snaps and Pietro should not be here for this conversation. This is something that’s clearly been festering for years, an unspoken tension they are now just addressing over hot chocolate that is getting a bit too lukewarm for his taste.

“You said you’d come back and you never did. Not even a call or a letter. Nothing.” Charles seemed to get emotional.

---

Four different "I miss you's.", a midnight hot chocolate session, and a healthy amount of daddy issues.

Notes:

I actually have no idea how old Nina was in 'X-Men Apocalypse' but Erik has to relocate and procreate asap. Charles is unfortunately collateral. We get a bit more of Alex's content in this chapter and not enough Erik. Sorry. and a rare Banshee mention.

For my American readers consider this early update a prize for sticking it out with your family during Turkey day.

Also, I'm not a spy or affiliated with any government conspiracies--let's use our imagination nonetheless.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Pietro Maximoff has only been inside cerebro a handful of times and never while Charles is using it. He’s seen Dr. Hank McCoy fiddle with the headpiece and tinker with the boards but never to the extent of any consideration. He doesn’t truly understand how the whole thing worked really. Hank explained it as an amplifier. Charles explains it as a tuner. Both are true. 

 

It’s how Charles locates the mutants to enroll in the school. Pietro doesn’t know how far it really goes but he knows that Camryn, a mutant child currently enrolled in the school, was from Florida. Pietro and Charles had taken a weekend to drive down to the Miami beaches to find the curly haired girl. Pietro told the professor he could’ve easily used his super speed to get her but he was adamant that they drive. Over a thousand miles. Cerebro found a mutant from over a thousand miles away. 

 

Pietro knows Cerebro can go further than that.  He knows exactly how powerful it can be. Hank built it so of course it’s impressive. 

 

Pietro knew that he could’ve asked Charles ages ago to find his mother. Before Wanda left. Before Pietro was taken. The moment he realized David was back in the picture he could’ve convinced Charles with little effort to help him find her. He hadn’t though. 

 

At first it was because he didn’t know How to ask. They had just met and Pietro didn’t really know or trust Charles like that and even after he did eventually gain some trust in Charles he hadn’t known how to ask. When he found out that his mom, Magda Maximoff, had been with his stepfather David Strucker he almost told Charles. But then he would’ve had to explain why he waited that long to ask to begin with. And he would have had to explain why the idea of David being around his mom scared him. He would have to tell Charles about David. To some extent Pietro would have to be vulnerable with the man and Pietro is never any good with that.

 

In the end, Charles didn’t ask any questions. So Pietro felt pretty stupid for postponing his request to the professor  because the man hadn’t even hesitated to help him.  

 

He hadn’t asked any questions. He simply knew that Pietro wanted to find his mom and that was a good enough reason for the older man to help him.

Pietro felt sick. He could’ve asked . He could’ve avoided all of this if he had just asked the man. 

 

Charles leads him to the doors of Cerebro, fully incorporated into the building's blueprints. The metal doors opened in an extravagant way that Pietro was used to seeing from this side of the room but this time he’s going inside with the professor. The speedster holds on to the handles of Charles' wheelchair. Not to push the fully competent man but so that Pietro could brace himself as he walks, still incapable of walking by himself with his broken body. 

 

The sphere room is a neutral temperature, the blue lights around the room being a nice addition since the last time he’s seen it. 

 

“Hank was tinkering with the design.” Charles explains and smiles to himself “he’s grown a fondness for blue.” 

 

He can’t really think about the complexities of Hank's relationship with Kurt Wagner. Or how Hank views his own mutation. Or the doctor's feelings towards Raven. Pietro would gladly analyze Hank McCoys choices at a later time where his mind isn’t still reeling from a memory he didn’t recall. He really truly cannot focus on anything besides his sister and his mother. 

 

But blue was a nice choice. 

 

Charles stops in the center and puts on the tangly metal helmet he’s seen Hank working on. It’s less chunkier than the last version of the helmet. Charles fiddles wIt’s the knobs and buttons and Pietro just watches him attentively—not knowing how to help but refusing to leave his side regardless. 

 

“Do you have any idea how far away she might be?”

 

“No.” Pietro responds uneasily. Charles just nods and continues fiddling with the knobs. 

 

The machine is on. The light flickering every so often and Charles’ eyebrows furrow and he grips his wheelchair arm rest firmly. An hour passes. 

 

Pietros feet hurt from standing for so long but he doesn’t move. 

 

Another hour passes and the professor turns a red knob, the lights flicker. “Peter, perhaps you should get some rest, you don’t need to be here while I look for her.” 

 

“Yes I do.”

 

“Son, you’re shaking.” And Charles hands touch his arms which had been shivering from his fever that he’s yet to runoff. “You should be resting. I can handle this on my own.”

 

“I can’t sleep.” Pietro admits quietly. “I just have nightmares.” And Charles looks—Pietro can name the expression that overtakes Charles face. 

 

“I’m sorry. I wish—I wish I can alleviate your pain.” He looks almost heartbroken. Pietro knows it’s because he can’t help him with his nightmares at all. Pietro is probably the only person in the world he can’t help rest because he can’t go inside his head. Pietro Maximoff, has an impenetrable mind but it’s broken. Fractured in ways the professor can’t mend. Maybe if he was Bobby or Jean or Kurt. Maybe if his mind could be reached with his powers he could help him the way Pietro knows he helps the others when they have nightmares. 

 

The way Pietro knows Charles has helped Wanda. 

 

But he can’t. Pietro is the only mind he can’t reach and the only one he wants desperately to help. 



“I know. It’s okay. But I need to be here.” 

 

Another hour passes and Pietro is shaking so much he can’t stand anymore. “It’s time to go.”

 

“But-“

 

“-Peter. You are not well. I’m not giving up. We can try again tomorrow. You need to rest.” 

 

Charles says like he’s one of the younger students begging to stay up past curfew to watch a movie. It makes pietros head hurt and he doesn’t understand how Charles can be so calm about all of this. 

 

He hasn’t asked him why he wants him to find his mom. He hasn’t demanded to know why he dragged him out of bed in the middle of his alone time with Erik to find his mother who he presumably hasnt seen in months. 

 

“Aren’t you going to ask me any questions?” Pietro says instead, feeling the nerves grab him by the throat. 

 

Charles gives him a look that makes the speedster start to babble. “If I were you I would ask questions. I’d ask so many questions.” Pietro pushes out quickly feeling the nervous edge slip into his voice.

 

“Anyone else would be asking questions in your shoes. I mean I woke you up in the middle of night. Demanding you to find my mom. You must have questions. You can ask what you wanna ask Charles.” Pietros tries and fails to be nonchalant. He tries to say it like it’s no big deal. Like the idea of telling Charles about his mom, what she did, about David and what he did, about what his sister did too—doesn’t make him literally go into a panic mode. 

 

Charles just looks at Pietro with kind knowing eyes and Pietro can’t stand his silent support. “I learned that if I want to learn things about you I shouldn’t pry. You’ll tell me when you’re ready to tell me.” 

 

“That’s dumb. If you want to know—“

 

“—Is there anything you wanted to tell me Peter?” Charles looks him in the eye, open to listen, prepared for anything he might want to say and Pietro isn’t prepared for that. 

 

Pietro blinks, once, twice, he looks away and then looks back at the professor. Fuck. 

 

“I don’t-“ Pietro clamps his mouth shut. He sucks. Pietro Django Maximoff is a fucking coward. He makes all this fuss and kicks his feet and then nothing . He can’t even talk to Charles who’s just trying to help him. He can’t even look at him. The mere suggestion of being vulnerable with him makes him go into a spiral. 

 

Why is everything so fucking complicated with Pietro? 

 

“-I don’t know how.” Pietro says instead and Charles isn’t a saint. Pietro knows he isn’t perfect. He’s seen him be not perfect. He’s seen the professor stumble and screw up. Pietro knows Charles isn’t perfect but the professor makes it easy to forget that. Especially when he smiles as kindly as he does at Pietro in that moment, like Pietro isn’t being completely irrational. “It’s alright, son. You can take as long as you need. You tell me when you’re ready.” 

 

Son. 

 

Pietro lets out a shaky breath “what if I’m never ready?”

 

“That’s okay too.” Charles says easily and Pietro knows Charles isn’t perfect. He’s seen it. Charles doesn’t always say the right thing. But when he does say the exact right thing it feels like he’s a fucking Angel. Pietro doesn’t want to cry. 

 

He swears he didn’t use to be this emotional. He kinda hates how much of a cry baby he’s becoming but he’s been going through it and Charles is so understanding about everything that it makes Pietro want to cry. 

 

“I’m so tired.” Pietro says “but I don’t think I can sleep.”

 

“I’ve been there.”

 

“What do you do when it gets like that.”

 

“I drink myself stupid.” Charles says “but I’m trying not to do that anymore.” 

 

“Right,” Pietro laughs wetly, feeling the burst of laughter pop out of him like fresh water. “Not like I can get drunk anyway. Fast metabolism.”

 

“That’s probably for the best.” Charles says patting his arms as they begin to walk out of the room. Away from cerebro. “How about a hot chocolate instead?”

 

And they go to the kitchen and the professor brews them the best cup of hot chocolate He’s ever tasted. Or maybe Pietro truly is that tired that he thinks anything is good. 

 

They sit in comfortable silence. Pietro is about halfway through his beverage, taking small and slow sips—when someone walks through the kitchen door. 

 

“Alex? You’re up late.” Charles questions his old student like he isn’t currently also up late as fuck. 

 

“You’re one to talk.” Alex has half his hair up in a ponytail that makes him look like a surfer boy from a movie or something. Pietro pushes his own hair away from his face, behind his ear in a flustered motion. 

 

“Hey Peter.” Alex Summers does a little finger wave that reminds him so much of Kurt that the speedster is momentarily thrown. “Hi Alex.” He says back and stupidly waves back. 

 

“You guys hiding the liquor?” Alex eyes the matching mugs that Charles and Pietro have. A gift from Kurt. 

 

“No alcohol.” Charles says like it’s a reminder to himself. 

 

“It’s hot chocolate.” Pietro says with a dopey smile. 

 

“Nice! Can you make me some too, prof?” Alex rubs his hands together like he’s getting ready for a treat. . 

 

“You have hands and feet make it yourself.” Charles says blandly, and it’s such a Charles response. Although Charles did make a Pietro's hot chocolate and the speedster didn’t even ask. 

 

“Lame.” Alex says flippantly but pulls out a mug from the cabinet, already knowing where it was, and it’s the Smurf mug Wanda bought Hank as a gift a few months back. 

 

Wanda had been relentless about buying it. She specifically wanted a Smurf mug to give to the man and Pietro never understood the insistence but scoured multiple stores to find the perfect one that she found acceptable. Pietro hasn’t seen Hank use any other mug besides that one. A unspoken rule that no one else is allowed to drink from it. 

 

“That’s Hanks mug.” Pietro says and Alex looks down at the mug with big eyes and a smirk grows on his face that makes Pietro's own face stretch into a loopy smile. Alex is a very beautiful man.

 

“Oh, yeah. Beast bought it?” Alex sounds like he’s about to tease the fuck out of Hank. 

 

“It was a gift.” Charles says and Pietro hadn’t realized how tense the professor had gotten when Alex grabbed the mug. 

 

“My sister bought it for him. Says it reminds her of him.” Pietro fills the space because clearly Charles wasn’t going to explain. 

 

“Oh.” Alex’ smile fades away slowly but not completely “that’s sweet of her.” He says and glances at Charles before putting the mug back and grabbing a different one. A ceramic brown one that has little cats on it. “This one hers?”

 

“That’s Miss Margo’s.” Pietro says and feels almost bad when the older man puts the mug back as well and grabs a plastic Valentine themed cup instead. He almost told him that cup belonged to one of the Whitley twins but didn’t want to make him feel worse when he had no intention of guilting him to begin with. 

 

“Gross. Who drinks oat milk?”

 

“It’s good for the digestive system.” Charles and Pietro say at the same time and the speedsters face and Charles face go a matching red. Fuck. How many times did he hear Charles say that? Enough times to memorize it apparently. Enough to internalize the knee jerking response to the question. 

 

“Alright then.” Alex says placatingly, looking at them oddly and he slowly puts the milk back in the fridge. Taking out 2% and pouring some in the cup. 

 

“How olds your sister?”

 

“Nine.” Pietro says and then realizes that’s wrong “no, sorry. I mean ten. She’s ten now.” She’s ten . Holy shit she’s getting old so quick. 

 

“My younger brother Scott is ten. Grew six inches during my last deployment. My seven year old sister practically grew a whole foot.” 

 

“How long did you serve?” Pietro asks conversationally but quickly sees the way Charles seems to tense up at the question. 

 

“On and off for the last ten years. I enlisted during Vietnam. Re-enlisted two years later when my sister was born. To help pay for her treatments. Did you serve?” 

 

Pietro laughs. Only because he couldn’t imagine ever willingly joining the military. Drafted or otherwise. “Nah, im pretty anti-war.” And then adds “I think I’d actually shit my pants if someone voluntarily gave me a  weapon.” Not that he hasn’t held a gun before. He has. The memory of unarming Bobby Drake's parents when they pulled a gun on him is still pretty fresh in his mind. But he didn’t hold it for very long. His fingers burned and the idea of accidentally hurting someone with a gun makes his stomach turn. 

 

He regrets the part where he says he’s shit his pants. That’s not a very attractive thing to say to a cute boy. He feels a bit better though because Alex laughs at his self deprecating joke. “I was like that in my first deployment.” Alex says into his mug looking a bit older than he actually is. 

 

“Because you were a child.” Charles says stiffly with an edge to his voice. Pietro turns to the man with big eyes, confused and surprised by his tone shift. 

 

“I was grown. I knew what I signed up for-“

 

“—you shouldn’t have enlisted.” Charles says suddenly and it felt like something he was trying to hold back. Like it was bursting out of him all at once in his very clean kitchen. 

 

Pietro looked between the two men—feeling like the odd one out. Like he’s looking into ten years worth of history and taking it out of context. Except how can someone misinterpret what Alex responds with? 

 

“I couldn’t hide away in this school, Charles. I wasn’t just gonna let him go at it alone. He was like my fucking brother.” 

 

“Banshee was forced to serve. You did it voluntarily knowing what it would do to us to lose you.”

 

“I didn’t die, Charles. I’m right fucking here.”

 

“You never came back.” Charles snaps and Pietro should not be here for this conversation. This is something that’s clearly been festering for years, an unspoken tension they are now just addressing over hot chocolate that is getting a bit too lukewarm for his taste. 

“You said you’d come back and you never did. Not even a call or a letter. Nothing.” Charles seemed to get emotional. 

 

Shit. 

 

When Pietro looks at Alex Summers he seems to be surprised by Charles' emotional response. “After how we left things…” Alex put his cup on the table slowly approaching the professor like he might lash out. “I thought maybe it would be better if I stayed away. I thought—I was scared that you wouldn’t look at me the same way…after the war. After everything I had to do. The war made me violent. Dangerous. I became everything you said I wasn’t. I hurt people and I couldn’t wash that red off my hands and I knew—-I knew that me coming back here after all that…” Alex let’s put a breath. “I didn’t want to see the disappointment in your face.”

 

And Pietro, for the first time, wonders if Alex saw something in Charles that was above ‘just his teacher.’ 

 

He knew the original x-men class was close. Like a family. They didn’t have each other for very long and Hank doesn’t really talk about it. The snippets he gets from Charles only amplifies that thought. They had been a family. Probably the most stable family Alex had. The most stable family any of them had. A homemade one that burned and toasted at the edges. Cut up into portable slices. 

 

Charles must realize that Pietro is a bit too invested in the drama that’s unfolding and decides to cut his live telenovela short by speaking to Alex telepathically. Alex goes through different stages of emotions and Charles’ face shifts and Pietro feels left out again. A frown grows on his face. 

 

Charles Xavier is communicating with Alex in his favorite way. The only way he can fully express his words and feelings accurately to the other man. Pietro is usually relieved that Charles can’t read his mind but in this instance—seeing how casually and calmly Charles communicates with Alex it makes something curl in Pietros mind that the speedster doesn’t fully understand. 

 

How can he hate the idea of being read like a book but also crave desperately to be understood in the way that Alex is being understood by Charles? Why is he suddenly hearing the little creature in his ear telling him that Charles will never fully know him if he can’t read his mind? 

 

Charles can’t be himself with Pietro because the speedster has a wall in his brain. Pushing him away and so he’ll never fully have the professor's attention  at his peak. But Alex doesn’t have a wall. Alex is an open book and Pietro suddenly very desperately wants to be read. 

 

Very abruptly Pietro wants Alex to close the book completely. He wants Alex to push Charles away—to close himself off from the professor. In an almost dramatic misstep, the giddy crush he felt for the older boy turns into bubbling jealousy that makes Pietro's butterflies turn into elephant steps in his gut. 

 

Oh no. Pietros kinda wants to throw up. 

 

Fuck. This is so unfair. Why can’t Pietro just have a crush and not make it complicated? Why does it feel like he’s suddenly competing with the older boy? and why is he losing? 

 

“I missed you.” Charles says and Pietro isn’t jealous. He decides that he is not going to be jealous. 

 

It’s immature, 

And he’s not immature. 

 

Alex let’s out a wet laugh and is blinking up at the sky looking far too wrecked by the words for it to mean nothing. “Missed you too professor.”

 

They hug, a quick—bro-hug type contact that makes pietro think Alex isn’t a fan of physical affection. 

 

Pietro fucking loves physical affection but he’s also touch starved half the time so that might not be an accurate depiction. But Charles loves giving hugs. Or at least he usually gives them away freely. 

 

At least Pietro can receive those hugs. He’ll be better at Alex in that department at least. 

 

No—that’s not what he’s supposed to take away from that. For crying out loud. 

 

The two nod at each other when they pull away. There’s clearly still something Unsaid but the words levitated some of the hurt away. Pietro finishes his chocolate with a dramatic slap of his mug to the table and a big dramatic smile. “You where right that hot chocolate hit the spot. I’m exhausted.” And Pietro isn’t proud about it but he does use his injuries as an excuse to pull the two away from each other. 

 

Actually Pietro feels pretty shitty about it. He knows Charles and Alex haven’t seen each other in a long while. He hates to pull them away from having a nice moment except—-apparently he doesn’t hate it and he’d rather they not. 

 

Like at all. 

 

Pietro is such an asshole. 

 

They are back at the med-bay, Kurt has moved positions since he last saw him, a leg is hitched up and his arm is covering his face while the other is clutching a pillow like it’s a person. Soft snores curl out from the blue boys lips and Pietro can calm down to the sound of his breathing. In out. In out. In out. 

 

“We try finding her again tomorrow?” Pietro turns to charles who has been silent the whole walk back to the beds. 

 

“Yes of course.” Charles says and Pietro sits on his bed and Charles helps him lay back down. Pietro winces as the fabric ruffles awkwardly against one of his wounds. 

 

Pietro lays down fully and closes his eyes. 

 

“Peter?” Charles says quietly, cautious of the children sleeping arounf them. Pietro opens one eye—looking directly at the professor “Charles?” He asks quietly back. 

 

He makes meaningful eye contact and Pietros Can see his face go through a shift in expression. He does it in superspeed without realizing and immediately stops when he realizes he’s analyzing his expressions. “What’s up?” Ever impatient.

 

“I just wanted to say that I’m happy you came to me for help. And I’m-“ Charles’ words get caught in his throat “-im really happy to have you back home. I missed you so much.” 

 

And the ‘I miss you.” Sounds different now with the context of Alex’ words. Alex didn’t come back home. Pietro did. 

 

“I didn’t really have a choice, did i? Kinda broke me out, remember?”  Pietro jokes and Charles gives him an easy smile but shakes his head. 

 

“And the The first time.” Charles starts “when you left. After I read your file. You came back then too. I don’t think I said it then but I was—I was really happy that you came back. Relieved. I messed up big time and I thought you wouldn’t come back. That I had pushed you too far.”

 

Pietros chest hurts at that confession and the speedster thinks back to that day. Overwhelmed and frustrated and he was so emotional but he knew even back then that he was going to come back. He was going to visit his mom, not stay with her. The thought of leaving the x-mansion forever hadn’t even crossed his mind. Not seriously. 

 

Pietro almost responds with “I could never leave Wanda.” A generic answer that is true but not really what he wants to say. 

 

“I like it here.” Pietro says honestly. “This is my home.” He closes his eyes as he admits it, too intimidated to look at the professor's honest eyes and not wanting it to be a big deal. 

 

Charles doesn’t say anything right away and Pietro squeezes his eyes tighter. “It only started being a home when you and Wanda got here.”

 

“Wanda and you.” Pietro corrects and can feel his face go warm. He really is letting Charles influence him too much. 

 

“Yeah exactly that.” Pietro can hear the smile on his face and Charles squeezes his arm before pulling away “rest easy, son. I’ll see you in the morning.” 

 

Son

 

Pietros face grows sickly warm but he doesn’t hate it.

 

“Good night Peter.”

 

“Good night d-“ fuck “-dude.” 

 

The second he knows Charles is gone Pietro opens his eyes wide and stares at that stupid butterfly in the ceiling. What the fuck was he about to say? 

 

He almost called Charles; dad.

 

And it felt so fucking natural that it actually scares the fuck out of Pietro. He can’t do that. What the hell was he thinking? He can’t call Charles dad. Because he isn’t his dad and also because Pietro can’t call anyone dad. Not again. Not ever again. He swore that he wouldn’t. 

 

How could he fucking forget that. Why is Charles making it so easy to forget why he doesn’t? Fucking shit. 

 

Charles wasn’t saying all that nice stuff because he wants to be Pietro's dad . What the hell was he thinking? Charles was just being Charles. He was being kind. He was clearing the air and trying to say something nice to Pietro, to tell him he has a home here. Not that he has a family. 

 

“You’re such an idiot.” Pietro says outloud to himself. 

 

“Yeah you are, now will you shut up I’m trynna sleep.” Katherine’s blurts out in annoyance from three beds down. Pietro flinches at her sudden voice but settles into bed quickly. 

 

Pietro sighs “I’m going through a crisis.”

 

“Do it quieter, please.” 

 

At least she said please. 

 

Pietro doesn’t get any decent sleep that night. Or the next day either. but pietro thinks that might be because Charles and Pietros second attempt at finding his mom is unsuccessful yet again. 

 

They try again. Again again again. For days. Hank switches out his stitches and his nightmares only get worse. 

 

Days pass and nights come with heavy pain and fatigue. Pietro starts up on Hanks meal replacements again. Less calorie counts this time because Hank says he can’t just jump right back into it or his body will reject it. This is proven right when Pietro chugs it in one sitting and then hurls it out in the next. 

 

Pietro dreams of the dark room and the cold and Kurt begging him to stay strong for a little longer. To hold on for just a bit more. When he doesn’t dream about the dark room he dreams about the kibble room. The other mutants, picking out their features like clothes they’d like to try on. 

 

On particularly tough days Pietro can’t look himself in the mirror, avoiding looking at reflections in case he sees a glimpse of his broken body. He feels envious of Alex's luscious hair,  missing his own fried locks—hating the way his forehead looks ginormous without his hair to cover it. 

 

“You have a preportional forehead.” Kurt reassures when he tells him of his sudden insecurity. 

 

“Proportional.” Pietro corrects easily, rubbing on the back of his head, no longer able to tug on his hair when he’s anxious. 

 

“Is that not what I said?” Kurt pouts, his little fangs popping out. Kurt is so unintentionally cute it makes Pietro want to kiss him right on his little fang. But he wouldn’t do that cause that would be weird. Instead he squeezed Kurt’s hand and kissed the back of it instead. A quick affectionate peck. 

 

“It was close. You said pre- not pro. Proportional not preportional.” 

 

“Oh. Okay.“ he said breathlessly and Pietro smiles brightly at him ”You’re proportional. I would know. I’m not proportional at all.” Kurt says wiggling his three fingers still in pietros grasp and Pietro catches the self deprecating jab too late. Kurt continues to speak before Pietro could refute that statement. 

 

“Our hair will grow.” Our . Because his hair is short too. Growing at a faster pace than pietros which makes zero sense to the speedster and he’s totally not jealous. He’s just upset. 

 

He knows that Kurt is upset about it too. It’s just hair but Kurt had told him that “mama Margo liked to braid my hair. Now it’s not even long enough to brush.” It was something they had bonded over. Doing each others hair. It was how they had showed love. It was how Miss Margo showed affection towards the children. An old profession she often poked her fingers back into when the right hair volunteered to be the victim of the blind woman. 

 

“I had a buzz once. It took ages to grow out again.”

 

“Why’d you cut it back then?” 

 

David had pulled his hair out on the side of his head and was so obvious and impossible to cover up that Pietro had to shave his head so he didn’t look crazy. “I didn’t want David to be able to use it against me.” It became a liability and so he cut it. Growing it out slowly afterwards and by the time It was as long as it was David had been long gone. 

 

“Peter can I say something?” Kurt says. 

 

“Go for it.”

 

“If I ever see your stepdad im going to do some bad things to him.” And the non specificity of it makes Pietro laugh. 

 

“You don’t gotta worry about it. I’m pretty sure the bastards dead or somethin’,”

 

Kurt’s eyes widen and he turns to the speedster who just shrugs “I thought he was in prison?” 

 

“I don’t know anything for sure.” 

 

“But…?”

 

“I think my mom might have killed him.” It’s the first time hes said it out loud. It feels like a weight off his shoulders. 

 

Kurt looks him in the eye, maybe trying to figure out if Pietro is lying to him. He must see something in pietros face that makes him certain. “Good.”

 

That surprises Pietro “you’re not gonna say something about murder being bad? Or somethin?”

 

Kurt nods, fitting himself beside Pietro like he’s a chair and not like he’s the son of a murderer. “Murder is bad.” He agrees simply “but I didn’t kill him.” He says flippantly. 

 

It’s a very pragmatic response and it sounds so much like what miss Margo would’ve said that Pietro just smiles at his blue friend. “You surprise me all the time, you know that?” Pietro pokes his cheek watching as it turns a pretty purple from his compliment. 

 

No matter how many compliments Pietro showers Kurt with, his friend always gets all shy. 

 

“Kurt?” Franki looks past Pietros shoulder to look at his brother, standing near the phone. 

 

“Yeah?”  Kurt turns in the couch towards the younger boy. 

 

“It’s for you.” Frankie has the phone to his ear looking skeptical. “It’s miss Jill.”

 

Kurt’s face goes slack and he stands up from the couch without further delay, he teleports the extra two yards to the phone, even though Hank bellowed at him earlier in the day to stop using his ability while he’s healing. 

 

“Kurt You okay?” Pietro questions from the couch, feeling Kurt’s absence beside him. Suddenly cold. 

 

Kurt just gives him an anxious look and takes the phone from Frankie with a thankful wobbly smile.

 

Frankie walks away—rolls away— from him, like that’s a normal response to having someone call him. He doesn’t linger. Frankie is gone in a second. Pietro just stares at Kurt's tail as it sways slightly behind him. “Hello?” The teleporter responds, hesitant towards the person behind the phone. Kurt lets out a breath, heavy and deep in his diaphragm. Pietro can't look away as the muscles on his back untense and relax into his clothes like water. He hadn’t even realized his stuff Lirt had been until he wasn’t. “Yeah, i-I’m okay. Just a bit banged up.” 

 

Who is he talking to? 

 

“No I didn’t know that.” Kurt fiddles with the cord attached to the phone anxiously. “I promise. Yes.”

 

A long pause and Kurt is blinking back tears, that makes Pietro get up from the couch. Who the fuck is he talking to? 

 

He doesn’t interrupt but he does approach the phone cautiously, allowing Kurt to see him as he walks over. 

 

“When can I see you?” Kurt asks quietly, sounding so sad that Pietro fighting back the urge to press the hang up button so he can stop talking to whoever is making him act like this. 

 

“Why not?” Kurt can’t hide the hurt in his voice and Pietro just watched as his face crumbles and turns angry. “you always say that. You never come. Lügner!” He calls them a liar . A strong German word that makes his accent sound thicker when he goes back to English. 

 

“It’s never you. You don’t—why can’t you just—“ Kurt snaps his mouth shut, holding something back. His face drops, dissatisfied and he nods to himself looking a bit tired. “yeah…okay.” Kurt hunches over making himself small. “I just Ich vermisse dich.” He says quietly. 

 

He misses them. 

 

Kurt hang up the phone and his tail drops to the floor, drained. Something about the way he was speaking to the person on the phone…the way he got almost excited to hear from them, eager and hopeful, reminds Pietro of when he waited by the phone to hear from his mom the whole week leading to Wanda’s birthday. Hoping she’d call. 

 

Kurt lays his forehead flat on the wall,  taking care to take deep breaths to calm the energy coming off of him, it looks like he grounded himself and is taking a time out. Pietro leans against the very same wall. Pressing his forehead against the cool expensive tile. He stands in self solitude beside his friend, matching his breaths. After a few minutes Pietro twists his neck, head still pressed against the wall, to look at his friend. “You doing okay, blue?”  

 

Kurt pressed his knuckles against the wall, pushing them forward to the point that his knuckles turned a pale blue. “I thought he’d be more concerned.” 

 

“Your dad?” Pietro guesses, going out on a limb. He must’ve guessed right because Kurt just squeezes his eyes closed like the thought makes him want to cry. 

 

“He doesn’t like me.”

 

“Impossible.” Pietro can’t imagine anybody hating Kurt. 

 

“He…doesn’t want to be my father. He saved me and then he left me. He…he loves me but he doesn’t like me.“ and Kurt sounds so convinced and so heartbroken. 

 

“That can’t possibly be true.” Pietro knows what it feels like to not be wanted by a supposed father figure. He remembers his moms boyfriends who he clung to and was disregarded like king on clothes. Pietro was a bad kid though. He was a lot to handle. He was loud and obnoxious and he caused trouble. Kurt isn’t like that. Kurt is perfect. 

 

If anyone deserves to be loved by a father it’s Kurt Fucking Wagner. If anyone deserves to be liked, to be known by his family it’s the incredible nightcrawler. It doesn’t sit right with Pietro. It's the most wrong thing he’s ever heard. 

 

Kurt is perfect and he deserves perfect. He doesn’t deserve to feel like he has to hold back words, he shouldn’t have to utter the words ‘I miss you.’ Because he shouldn’t be missing anyone. 

 

“Kurt?”

 

Kurt makes a noise that sounds like a confirmation that he’s listening. Pietro takes it. 

 

“If I ever see your dad i'm going to do some bad things to him.” Pietro recites Kurt proclamation before, pressing his palm against the fist that Kurt has pressed against the wall. 

 

Kurt just laughs and when he removes his forehead away from the wall there is a circular spot on his head from lack of blood flow and Pietro knows he’s matching. 

 

“I think Hank could be a great replacement dad.” Pietro jokes and that sends Kurt into a fit of cackles that makes Pietro head ring happily. 

 

It’s with matching circles on their foreheads and Bubbles of laughter erupting from their lips that forces them to bend over to catch their breaths that Erik Lehnsherr decides to walk into the living room. 

 

Pietro and Kurt sober up pretty quickly as they spot the intimidating man looming over. 

 

Pietro doesn’t know how long Erik plans to stay at the mansion. He has no clue why Charles keeps him around like one of Miss Margo’s domesticated cats. Charles says he’s decoding-working something out from the facility but everytime he explains it Pietros mind wanders or goes static like dead film. 

 

Erik Lehnsherr is like the boogey man if the boogey man was a middle aged Jewish man going through a lumberjack midlife crisis. He’s grown out a bit of a stubble which Pietro is a bit jealous of because he can barely grow a mustache without looking ridiculous. The older man has also taken to speaking as little as possible to anyone that isn’t Charles. 

 

“May I use the phone?” Erik asks but it sounds more like a demand—on instruction they are very much going to follow. 

 

“Yeahsure.” Pietro blurts out “noproblem!” 

 

Erik winces at his suddenly raised voice and Pietro kicks himself mentally at his shitty volume control. 

 

Kurt doesn’t say anything, he rarely speaks when Erik is around. Probably still a bit iffy about his presence. But apparently he’s a bit iffy about his dad too so that must be confusing for him. To feel loyal towards a man that apparently doesn’t even like him sounds exhausting. 

 

Erik lifts a heavy brow at the two boys who only move to the side so he can use the phone. “I would like some privacy.” He says the word privacy like Charles would and it has Pietro immediately nodding and agreeing. 

 

“You bet.” Pietro says and pulls at Kurt’s arm so they can leave the living room. Kurt gives him a weird look but doesn’t say anything as Pietro rushes out so that he doesn’t annoy Charles—no not Charles. Erik

 

Not David. Not Charles. Not anybody. Just Erik. His head got a bit mixed up because he sounded like Charles for half a second but it doesn’t mean he has to react to Erik like how he reacts to Charles. They aren’t the same person. Pietro knows Charles. He knows him very well. Enough to clock him a million times over in a mind-bending loop while being tortured. Pietro knows Charles. He doesn’t know Erik. 

 

Pietro hears the backend of a conversation, a snippet of an uttered “I miss you too.” He supposes even Erik Lehnsherr has someone. 

 

Days turn into weeks. Finding his mother is becoming a harder task than originally anticipated. Even with the help of cerebro. 

 

“I think Wanda might be blocking her from me,”

 

“She knows how to do that?”

 

“She was practicing…it was part of her training with Jean. She must’ve finally figured it out.”

 

“We’ll that’s inconvenient as fuck.” Pietro curses, using his crutches to keep pace with Charles as they walk down the hall, children running past them in a herd. 

 

“Peter. What did I say about the cursing?”

 

“It’s freedom of expression Charles! If I wanna say Fuck I’ll say Fuck,” 

 

“I’ve had to reprimand two third graders and a fifth grader for cursing.”

 

“Okay? Okay.” Pietro sigh. “I’ll try not to curse as much.” This fucking sucks. “In front of the kids.”

 

Charles nods like he doesn’t believe him but continues on like he does “I think I might have another way to find them.”

 

“Awesome! Let’s do it then, man.” 

 

Charles makes an expression that tell Pietro he’s guilty of something. 



Pietro stops walking and gives Charles a side eye “what did you do Charles? What did you do? Whatcha doooooooooo?” Pietro gets real close to his face and the professor swats him away. 

 

“In my defense-“

“Oooh, Whenever you start a sentence with ‘in my defense-‘ I literally—immediately get defensive so can you just say something else.”

“Okay. Sure.” Charles sighs like he’s exasperated with Pietro but he’s smiling something soft “just don’t get too upset.” He says instead which isn’t much better if a way to start a statement. 

“Okay? Like, actually, what did you do?” 

 

“I didn’t do anything. Technically my great great great great grandfather did.” 

 

Pietro makes a gesture towards Charles for him to continue his explanation. 

 

“In 1902 my great great great grandfather was a British spy-“

 

“-that’s the coolest thing ever-“

 

“-he died-“

 

“-I assume, yeah-“

 

“-allegedly In action but he actually just retired and married my great great great grandmother.-“

 

“-romantic-“

 

 “Peter. Please let me tell the story.”

 

Pietro makes a zipper motion for his mouth. He throws away the key. 

 

“They had a daughter in secret. He loved her very much but was afraid that one of his enemies would discover her and use her as bait so he put a tracker in her necklace. It was very advance for the time but he always had access to things he shouldn’t. Very high ranking man. The necklace was a family heirloom. Passed down from father to daughter in my family. The bit about the tracker has lost its appeal but it is a beautiful and treasured piece worth thousands.” Charles doesn’t continue and Pietro frowns. 

 

“Okay cool story bro but like-“ he shrugs “how the fuck does that help us?” 

 

Charles gives him a look, “sorry! How the frick does that help us? It’s not like you gave Wanda that necklace.”

 

Charles stays silent. 

 

“It’s not like you gave Wanda that necklace, right?” Pietro repeats. 

 

Charles stays silent. Pietros eyes widen. 

 

“Charles, did you give Wanda that necklace?”

 

Charles begins to roll away. No fucking way. “Charles! Thousands of dollars? I did hear that part right? Right?” 

 

“Its barely above market value.” 

 

“I don’t even know what Market value is Charles. I’m horrified. Charles, Wanda lost her school bag while she was wearing it. Why did you think that she could have something like that?”

 

“I-I didn’t think…I thought she would like it. It suits her.”

 

“And it had nothing to do with the fact that this supposed necklace that suits her so much has a tracker in it? That’s just a coincidence?”

 

Charles exasperates “you said you wouldn’t be mad!”

 

“You chipped my sister! I feel like that’s maybe a little bit crazy? No?” 

 

“I did not do it on purpose.”

 

“Liar.”

 

“I hadn’t known about the tracker.”

 

“Liar.”

 

“I just thought she’d like it. It suited her.”

 

“Liar.”

 

“I wanted her to have it. I wasn’t thinking about—the history behind the necklace. I just wanted Wanda to have it because—“ Passed down from father to daughter. 

 

Oh. 

 

Pietro wipes the accusation off his mouth. Trying to be totally chill about this. 

 

“—it would have just sat in the crypt forever. It deserved to be worn. So I gave it to Wanda.” 

 

“I bet she loved it.” And Pietro has a vague memory of a chain around Wanda’s neck. A necklace. Usually hidden under a shirt or jacket. But he remembers her fiddling with it on her birthday. The pretty red necklace now having deeper significance in pietros memory. 

 

Charles nods assuringly “She has it on her.” She has to. “We can find her that way.” 

 

“Okay.” Pietro rubs his forehead with his fingers trying to fight back the headache. “Okay.” He says again. 

 

“How’d you find out about the tracker.”

 

“I was doing some research late last night. I had to keep busy.”

 

“Keep busy? Why?” Pietro is a fountain of questions. Always constantly asking too many questions or not enough. No inbetween. 

 

“Nothing. I just couldn’t sleep.” Nightmares he means. 

 

“Lehnsherr doesn’t…” he was going to ask if Erik helped him with his nightmares. They seem close. Closer than Pietro originally realized. When Charles isn’t helping Pietro find his mom he’s with Erik helping him with his whole top secret confusing shit that Pietro can’t wrap his head around. 

 

Erik has a room in the mansion. Charles cleared out the room second closest to his own. The few times he’s walked passed it, the room looks vacant and untouched. Erik isn’t sleeping there. And Pietros favorite hobby is jumping to conclusions so he assumes Erik is sleeping in Charles' room. Not to be too observant but Pietro knows for a fact the pullout couch in the corner is uncomfortable to sleep on. 

 

Something is there. Maybe. Pietro just knows that they stay in the same room. Maybe even sleep in the same bed. If anyone has seen Charles have nightmares it’s gonna be Erik and despite what people might think Erik doesn’t seem like the type to let someone suffer. 

 

If Erik came across a wounded bird Erik would give him a mercy kill, if Charles came across a wounded bird he’d nurse it back to health. 

 

If Pietro came across a rounded bird he’d hand it off to Charles and join Erik in hunting down whoever wounded it. 

 

Sounds logical to Pietro. 

 

But when Pietro says Erik’s last name Charles makes a face that looks irritated, nothing like the smitten expression he’d been carrying the last week. “Erik is quite preoccupied doing other things.”

 

Pietro hears Erik’s heartfelt ‘I  miss you too’ tickle The back of his skull and his eyes widen “Oh oh, what happened?”

 

“Nothing you should worry about. Erik won’t be an issue for much longer.”

 

“Damn, you kickin’ him out? Hardcore. Good for you Charles.” It just makes sense that Erik is in the wrong. 

 

“Don’t be ridiculous. He’s the one that’s leaving. He’s got too much press on him. It’s nearly been a year you know?”

 

“A year...” Since Erik attacked the White House. Since he became most wanted Man in America once again after his second attempt at a president's life. Nearly a year since Pietros life flipped upside down. Nearly a year since he’s met Charles. 

 

Has it really only been a year?

 

“…damn your right. Time flies.” 

 

“They tend to do anniversaries around these types of things. They’ll buckle down on news outlets. They’ll re-release old footage of his speech. He’ll be on everybody's radar again. So he needs to leave the states again. Go back to his family.”

 

Pietro stutters into his next step “his family?” His voice comes out choppy and wired. The speedster was under the impression that the magnetic man didn’t have a family. 

 

It was the one thing the media loved to constantly bring up. A Jewish holocaust survivor. Intent on revenge and destruction for the mutant race against humans. His lack of family was used as a weapon to fuel his rage. It was used as the basis of people’s accusations towards the angry man. An orphan. No family. Alone. 

 

“Erik has a family?” Pietro repeats like it’s the most bizarre thing he’s ever heard. 

 

Charles keeps his voice neutral “he has a partner. A spouse. They are expecting.” He couldn’t hide the disdain in his face. This might explain why Erik didnt want Pietro overheraing his conversation on the phone. 

 

“That was quick. It’s barely been a year.”

 

“Very quick.” Charles says with deep distaste. Oh, yeah, they definitely had a fight about that. 

 

“Erik’s going to be a dad?” Pietro practically screams and more then a few heads turn their way. 

 

“Peter. There’s no need for shouting,”

 

“I’m just surprised!” Pietro shouts louder. “I mean could you imagine it? He’s gonna be someone’s dad? Poor kid. Hate to be them.” 

 

“Peter. Enough.” Charles voice became serious, defensive almost and Pietro realized he took the wrong route in this. He thought he was being supportive but only managed to spiral the man further. 

“Erik deserves to have family. I will not stop him from trying to carve himself one after all the loss he has had to endure.” 

 

“Sorry.” Pietro says instinctively with wide eyes, feeling lost at Charles' sudden sadness. At Charles sudden support for Erik abandoning him again. He wonders if the professor is used to people abandoning him. 

 

“He’s already lost his family once. He should have a chance with this child. A proper chance.” Charles doesn’t look at Pietro, touching the necklace around his neck, a small coin looped in string. 

 

Erik already had a child. had . Not anymore. Children die all the time. Pietro knows that, he’s seen that first hand. Children die everyday everywhere like it’s nothing. Sometimes it’s nobody’s fault. It just happens. Nobody deserves their child dying. Not even Erik. 

 

“Losing a child the way he did. It puts things into perspective for him. He wants to be there for his new child like he wasn’t for Anya.”

 

Anya . Pietros heart stops at the name. He reels in his sudden panic back in when he remembers how common the name Anya is. It’s just a coincidence. It’s a very popular Jewish name. Erik is Jewish. His mom is Jewish. They have similar taste in baby names. This is not a world ending thing. 

 

But Anya is dead too. He knows what losing a child does to people. He's seen it in his mom. 

 

“You deserved a chance too, professor. I’m sorry Erik wasn’t the family you got. But you have—“ me . “--all of us. We're your family now.”

 

Pietro feels a wave of sadness hit him all at once.

 

He misses Wanda. He misses her so much. The thought of family—even Erik’s possible future family—makes Pietro want to hug his sister, to make sure she’s okay. But she’s nowhere to be found. 

 

“I appreciate you saying that, son.” 

 

Pietro Maximoff misses Wanda Maximoff. Another I Miss You, this time— left unsaid and unheard. 

 

Charles smiles at Pietro, and he feels his approval wash over him like a warm blanket. He finally said the right thing. 








Notes:

Like always, Typos will be found.

Also, I do read all the comments. They always make my day and im so genuinely happy that you're all enjoying this fanfic as much as I am enjoying writing it.

Thank you for reading. :))

Chapter 25: Hot Chocalate and Hohos

Summary:

“I don’t think—“

“—just try it. Ten years in that prison probably fucked your tastebuds. Hohos are heavenly. trust.” Pietro chugs the hoho at Erik’s face, it bounces on his cheek and lands on his lap with a crinkle of plastic wrap. Charles poorly hides the laugh that releases from his mouth at the shocked surprise on Erik’s face from the sugary assault.

Erik picks up the packet like it’s a roach and not a sweet snack. He opens the crinkled plastic and Charles and Pietro watch with bated expectations.

The initial bite is hesitant and almost unpleasant but Pietro sees the exact moment Erik realizes hohos are bomb as fuck. He can physically see him restrain himself from taking another rushed bite. He sees the exact moment Charles' face glows at the unexpected moment, his smile stretching on his face like an asshole. “Like it?” Charles is bad at hiding his amusement.

The Magnetic man quickly retreats and makes a face like he was indifferent to the nosh. “It’s alright.” He says while licking his lips of any sugary substance. But he doesn’t take another bite. Too stubborn to admit he kinda fucks with hohos.

---or---

Everybody loses sleep. Erik tries a hoho and Pietro gets a surprise visit.

Notes:

Happy New Years to my American readers!
sorry for the late chapter. My sister got married this past week so I've been pretty busy.
I hope you enjoy the Chapter.

Also to anyone that doesn't know Pietro was 19 at the beginning of the fic and is now twenty. It's officially been a year since I've started this fic. Time flys by when you're fighting demons.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Hank says that whatever serum or drug they gave Pietro to fall into his mind in the facility is still in his system. Unlocking or revealing old memories that were previously fuzzy or altered. 

 

Pietro wakes up most nights gasping and thrashing because he’s suddenly remembered David’s hands holding him down, wrapping around his throat, and leaving bruises around his neck. Pietro doesn't remember the bruises. He’s not convinced he ever had them. He’s remembering things differently now. 

 

A patchwork of bruises up his stomach from bad Beatings, a faded memory of a hospital trip and broken bones. He tries to piece it all together. He tries to shake away what’s wrong and what’s been altered in his brain.

 

He wakes up screaming one day, super speeding out of his bed and running out of the mansion and stopping only when his breathing evens out. He ends up at a gas station an hour away from the mansion in nothing but a band Tshirt and checkered pajama bottoms. Barefoot and without his crutches, suddenly very tired and his head fuzzy. 

 

Shit. He finds a pay phone and begs that anybody but Charles picks up the phone. 

 

“Hello? Xavier's school for gifted youngsters.” Charles answers the phone with a groggy voice and pure instinct. 

 

Pierre curses under his breath, embarrassed that he woke up Charles when the man barely sleeps himself.

 

“Peter?” Charles recognized his long silence and mumbled curses. “What—where are you calling from?” Peter hears a muffled groan and a smack. Pietro shifts the phone in his ear.

 

“Peter, are you there?”

 

“I’m sorry.” Pietro leans his head against the glass payphone door. “I had a bad dream and I started running and I-i don’t know where I am. I think-“ the speedster frantically looks around him trying to catch a sign or a road number. “I’m lost. I didn’t mean to wake you.” A silent I’m sorry rings in Pietros head for being so needy. Hes twenty years old and he doesn’t even know how to get back home. “I can take the bus or—or order a car but I don’t have my wallet on me. My legs all fucked and-“ Pietro remembers the last time he ran barefoot and is grateful not to have glass shards in his foot again but fully notes the ache in the heels of his feet. 

 

“-son, don’t worry. We’ll come get you. Don’t go anywhere.” Pietro doesn’t even question the we and he also doesn’t question how he’ll know where he is. He simply sits next to the phone booth like an adult child and stops himself from going inside the gas station to steal some snacks.

 

Even though his stomach churns during the one hour it takes for Charles to find him. When Pietro sees Charles yellow mustang he stands up from the ground and spots the man in the passenger seat with searching eyes. When he meets Pietro's eyes-the relief in his face is mutual and Pietro wastes little time climbing into the back seat and wrapping his arms around Charles from behind—more confident in hugging him when he couldn’t see his face. “Thank you.” Pietros voice cracks and is comforted by the fact that Charles looks just as shaken by the whole thing as he was. “I’m sorry.”

 

“Don’t be sorry. It’s okay. We can talk about it later if you like.” 

 

“Sure, yeah. Maybe—I just-I’m-I’m so sorry to have woken you up.” 

 

“Peter.” Charles' voice is warm and so understanding and Pietro can’t even comprehend how someone can be that way. Not with him. He doesn’t understand. 

 

“Did either of you want food from the gas station?” Erik’s voice loops into the middle like a detonating bomb. Pietro hadn’t even realized he was driving. Erik parked the car next to disabled parking spot and gave them both questioning looks. 

 

Pietro swallows thickly “yes, Please.” And usually he’d be more embarrassed by the way his voice shook but he isn’t. “Can you get him some hohos?” Charles places a hand on Erik’s elbow and the metal bender barely reacts to the touch. Or he tries very hard not to react. Keeping his face neutral. 

 

“No problem.” Erik shifts to open the door and Pietro spots a purple bruise high on his neck. 

 

The second Erik is out of ear shot Pietro turns to Charles with a breathy laugh “you sly dog.”

 

Charles' eyes widened “what?” 

 

“You were up with him.”

 

“Yes.”

 

“You were up with him.”

 

“Peter-your implication is not necessary—“

 

“—I thought you two were fighting.”

 

“We are. We were .”

 

“You have a hickey.” Pietro points at his neck and Charles cranes his neck away from Pietro and pulls at his collar and twists the rear view mirror to see. There’s no hickey. The hickey was on Erik but the fact that Charles thought he did was proof enough. 

 

“Made you look. Thanks for verifying that though.” Pietro smirks cockily. 

 

Charles' face goes flush and he lets out a calming breath “you’re a menace.”

 

“You love me.” Pietro teases. 

 

“I do.” Charles says it like it didn’t make Pietro's head hurt. Oh. Oh, okay. 

 

Pietro-fuck-he’s super cool and chill about the casual admission. “Do you love Erik?” Pietro blurts out because he’s super chill and cool and not trying to distract himself with Charles' relationship drama.

 

“Peter, for god's sake.” Charles exasperates. 

 

“I didn’t hear a no?”

 

“Our relationship is complicated.”

 

“Yeah I know. Lots of history. But do you still love him?” because Pietro doesn’t need to be a scientist to know that Charles did love him. At some point Charles loved Erik enough to create a family with him. To build the X-men. He’s not questioning his past feelings—he’s questioning his current ones. 

 

Anyone can fall out of love. 

 

“I can’t discuss this right now.” Charles' eyes darted frantically towards the gas station where Erik was already waiting in line. 

 

It’s a strange sight to see a wanted terrorist—patiently waiting in line to buy hohos and a Fanta. 

 

“Okay, prof. Just be careful.”



”I am.” Charles says. 

 

“You’re gonna get your feelings hurt.” Pietro points out the obvious. 

 

“I know.” Charles admits. 

 

Erik comes back with a plastic bag of nosh. Pietro greedily waffles down the packet of hohos. He’s two-thirds of the way through before he thinks of offering some to the other two men. “Want some?” Pietro says with a full mouth and extends a sealed hoho packet at the amused man. “I’ll pass this time.” Charles says easily. Charles prefers salty snacks over sweets.

 

Pietro looks at Erik curiously “wanna try it?” Because in no mixed universe has Erik Lehnsherr ever voluntarily tried a hoho pastry before. This would definitely be his very first. 

 

“I don’t think—“

 

“—just try it. Ten years in that prison probably fucked your tastebuds. Hohos are heavenly . trust.” Pietro chugs the hoho at Erik’s face, it bounces on his cheek and lands on his lap with a crinkle of plastic wrap. Charles poorly hides the laugh that releases from his mouth at the shocked surprise on Erik’s face from the sugary assault. 

 

Erik picks up the packet like it’s a roach and not a sweet snack. He opens the crinkled plastic and Charles and Pietro watch with bated expectations. 

 

The initial bite is hesitant and almost unpleasant but Pietro sees the exact moment Erik realizes hohos are bomb as fuck. He can physically see him restrain himself from taking another rushed bite. He sees the exact moment Charles' face glows at the unexpected moment, his smile stretching on his face like an asshole. “Like it?” Charles is bad at hiding his amusement. 

 

The Magnetic man quickly retreats and makes a face like he was indifferent to the nosh. “It’s alright.” He says while licking his lips of any sugary substance. But he doesn’t take another bite. Too stubborn to admit he kinda fucks with hohos. 

 

This is the funniest shit Pietro has ever witnessed—A grown-ass man denying he has a sweet tooth is so diabolically funny. 

 

Erik very slowly finish’s the rest of his hoho with a blank expression very clearly pretending he doesn’t absolutely love it. Pietro is overjoyed at the revelation. 

 

Charles hands Pietro his portable cassette player and he flips the music on without another word. Relieved he doesn’t have to force himself to have small talk or sit in silence for the next hour back to the mansion. 

 

The next he darts out of bed in fear is because he thinks David has crawled into bed with him but it was just one of Miss Margo’s cats. 

 

David is not here. He has to keep reminding himself. The speedster grabs the grey fluffy cat and gently rubs his head snuggling into the bed again—trying to calm down. The cat purrs soothingly. 

 

Pietro can’t fall back asleep no matter how much he tries and the following day his already tired body is drained of all energy. He stumbles his way past Wanda’s room, refusing to look at it for fear of getting sad. 

 

A pair of students run down the hallway in slippers and warm pajamas, to fight back the cold that is collecting outside. Signs of a cold winter coming. Pietro watches longingly as they run, his own feet stumbling down the hallways, barely able to take two steps without wincing or limping. 

 

Dr. McCoy says he should be healing normally soon but it all seems to be painfully slow. 

 

When Pietro arrives at Charles's office, his sisters absence still grappling in his mind, not even paying attention to his surroundings, he stumbles into the middle of a chess game between the metal bender and Charles. 

 

Erik Lehnsherr has been scarce during the time he’s been here and has been secluded in Charles bed chambers or away from the student body since his arrival. During Pietro late night escapade is the only time he’s seen Erik even leave the mansion since his arrival. 

 

Right now Erik is leaning back on his chair—the chair Pietro usually sat in when he played chess—Erik looks almost happy. Probably the happiest he’s ever seen him. Erik isn’t even looking at the board, his eyes are glued to the professor as he speaks like whatever Charles is saying is the most interesting thing Erik’s ever heard. Pietro is almost ninety-eight percent sure that it’s not . Xavier is relaxed in his chair, fiddling with a horse piece he took from Erik’s side. The professor loops it around his fingers smoothly and with ease and continues to do it over and over again as he speaks. It’s a stimulating habit that Pietro does when he plays because he can’t sit still for too long and needs to fidget with something. The speedster hadn’t even realized that the professor had picked up that habit of his. 

 

Pietro watches them from the doorway, and he sees Erik’s eyes trail down to Charles's fingers, fiddling with the pointed horse. “Nervous Schatz ?” The German term of endearment catches Pietro off guard. 

 

“No, I’m about to win.” Charles says as his fingers continue to twist around the horse piece. Pietro wonders if he looks just as distracting when he does that. 

 

Erik’s hand reaches for Charles fidgeting one, reaching over the chessboard and halting his movements. Erik’s hands are bigger than Charles's. Covering his hand completely and almost deliberately. Like he’s something he needs to touch. Like he’s desperate for contact in any little way. Erik pulls at the horse piece in Charles’ hand and places it slowly in front of him on the table, his eyes slip from the professor's face down to his exposed neck, his eyes hungry in a way that makes Pietro want to hightail it outta there. What the hell did he just walk into? “You’ve been playing without me.” Erik says with a heaviness to his tone as Charles takes his turn on the board, moving his king. He sounds almost jealous. 

 

“Like you haven’t?” Charles says amusingly and Erik looks—He looks like he wants to say something, maybe something revealing, but then decides against it. Erik plays his turn with a forced crooked smile that looks familiar. But somehow unfamiliar. 

 

He has a partner. A spouse. They are expecting. That’s what Charles told him but Erik is looking at Charles like he has no one waiting for him. Like his telephone “I miss you too.” Was imaginary. Pietro didn’t know what to think. Erik can’t be looking at Charles like that if he has a family to go back to. It will only hurt Charles when he has to leave. 

 

Pietro shuffled into the room, extra noisy, trying to make his presence known. Hoping his interruption will prevent Charles from falling deeper into the hole he seems to have dug for himself. 

 

“Peter.” Charles sits up from his slouching position in his wheelchair and he sees the moment he realizes he’s been caught flirting. His face goes a bit flush, embarrassed and then he clears his throat as he looks a look away from Erik who looks confused by the professor's sudden shift. 

 

“You’re up early.”

 

“Never slept. Nice game.” Pietro pointedly looks at the horse piece that Erik had placed in front of the professor. The one he was fiddling with. Charles forces a big easygoing smile on his face. “I was just about to win.” He says. 

 

Pietro smiles back, if only to let him off the hook “Oh, yeah? I can tell.” 

 

Erika scoffs “he is not. I’m in the lead.” Defending himself, looking at them both with suspicious eyes. 

 

Pietro Looks at the board and shrugs “Yeah but he’s got your Queen locked. Your offense is good but your defense is garbage.” It doesn’t surprise Pietro that Erik plays in the offense, risking his pawns to win while Charles plays defense, guarding his queen from any attacks.  

 

Chess is a telling game. 

 

Pietro usually plays defense as well. That’s why Charles and him play for hours. Pietro usually takes more risks though. That’s usually why Pietro loses. 

 

“My defense is not garbage .” Erik looks almost offended by the comparison and Pietro almost laughs at how he looks at Charles like he expects him to defend him. “It is quite bad.” Charles confirms with zero remorse and Erik laughs in surprise. Loud and bright. Erik laughs like he’s in a cave. Echoing from his chest and up his throat like a haunting ghost. Almost a scary laugh if it didn’t result in him baring his teeth in a smile like a photogenic child. 

 

“I assume you play then?” 

 

“Not really-“ Pietro begins to lie because he’s impulsive in that way. Charles squeezes his arm, looking up at him with a smile “-nonsense.” Charles gestures at the speedster like he’s a prize horse in a carnival “He’ll have you sweating. Three steps ahead, this one.”

 

Pietro flushes at the compliment and refuses to look at Erik who is very obviously staring at the boy—not like a prize horse but a fat pig who is about to get butchered at the fair. “Let’s play then,” Erik suggests conveniently like he wasn’t in the middle of a game with Charles. Who he was very much flirting with not even five minutes ago. It is weirdly jarring as well that it's Erik offering and not Charles. 

 

“You guys are in the middle of a game.” 

 

Despite Pietros protest, Charles resets the board and is moving away from his spot in the table. Pietro reluctantly pulls out a chair from the corner and sits on it in front of a looming Erik. Charles shuffled behind his desk and goes to his snack drawer. “Last bag.” Charles says.

 

“Didn’t you just restock that yesterday?” The speedster hasn’t raided the snack drawer yet. 

 

“I thought I did.” Charles says with a frown and drops the last bag of chips in Pietros lap. Pietro opens the bag of chips without even looking and starts the game off by moving his castle. 

 

Erik watches the interaction with a distant look. 

 

“How long have you played chess, Peter?”

 

“The professor taught me,” Pietro says easily and Erik just nods, taking his turn. 

 

“He was a quick learner.” Charles compliments and Pietro knows it’s a lie. It took him forever to learn all the rules, but Charles seems to enjoy hyping him up to Erik. 

 

“Quick. Like always.” Erik remarks and Pietro takes his turn again.

 

They play back and forth and Charles keeps a steady flow of conversation going even if Pietro falls silent. The professor talks about nothing and everything. He talks about Hank. About Jean. He talks about Timothys recycling bin project on the second floor. Random spurts of information flow from the professor's mouth and it’s maybe five whole minutes of this before Pietro realizes the not-British man is word vomiting. 

 

Charles Xavier is Nervous. Pietro doesn't understand why the professor is so anxious but now Pietro sees it. Can feel the tension in his bones as he talks overly optimistically. 

 

“Charles.” Erik interrupts the professor's next spurt of words with a smile that still feels foreign “Do you have any of those snacks for me? Or are they just for the boy?” 

 

“Yes.” Charles says immediately and Pietro snorts which makes Charles straighten his back “I mean…the snacks here are for Peter. But I can go get you some from the kitchen.”

 

“If you insist.” Erik says with faux enthusiasm which makes Pietro give Charles a confused look. 

 

“I’ll fetch it then.” And Charles is gone within the minute and Pietro is left alone with the terrorist. 

 

“You could’ve been more subtle.” Pietro moves his piece, taking one of Erik’s horses. Erik leans back on his chair with a look that makes Pietro regret even agreeing to play. 

 

“He clearly wants us to get along.” Erik says when he moves his left piece sharply. “He’s been raving about you at every turn.” 

 

“Yeah well…he does do that.” Pietro says, his leg bouncing. 

 

“He cares about you.” Erik says like he’s trying to say something. 

 

“Yeah, well, yeah. I care about him too. Or whatever.” Pietro refuses to look at Erik as he says that—pretending to be focused on the game. 

 

“You know he called me.” Erik tells him in a different tone, intense “the day you all got taken. He put aside his pride, and he called me. I hadn’t ever seen him so…devastated.”

 

Pietro recalls Charles being shot and paralyzed on the beaches of Cuba and he thinks Erik might be lying. How can that be less devastating than Pietro being taken? 

 

“Why did he call you?” Pietro successfully keeps the accusation out of his voice, he was curious after all “I mean, what was even the point?”

 

“I had personal experience with Friends of Humanity.“

 

“Personal experience?” Pietro had no idea what button he was pushing. He couldn’t have possibly 

 

“They killed my daughter.” Erik says like it wasn’t a bomb. Like it didn’t make Pietro's heart drop to his feet. “They called themselves something different before. Nazis are very good at hiding who they really are.” 

 

Right. Pietro swallows the spit that gathered in his throat. His skin feels prickly. 

 

Why would Erik tell him that? Why—Pietro is nobody . Erik doesn’t know him enough to spill family trauma. Pietro forgets where he is for a moment. Feeling hot and embarrassed and completely out of his depth.

 

He knew that Erik had a family once. He’s already lost his family once. Is what Charles said. 

 

Anya. Pietro couldn’t imagine how Erik felt. He can only gather information of a type of loss like that from his mother Magda. She lost her daughter. Pietros oldest sister. Remembered only by a single burned-off picture in Pietro's wallet and his mother's memories. 

 

“I’m sorry.” Pietro says because he is. Pietro knows that grief does horrible things to people. He knows that his mother essentially has been grieving his entire life. That he was born during her grief, raised in her grief and lived in her grief. It’s all he knows. 

 

Twenty years isn’t enough for her to move on. And another twenty probably won’t be either. Grief has no timeline.  “No parent should outlive their child.” 

 

Erik doesn’t say anything to that, moving his piece silently. 

 

“So you came out of hiding because it was Friends of Humanity. No other reason?” Pietro doesn’t like confrontation, he avoids it at all costs but this affects Charles. Erik being here means something to Charles. Erik means enough that Charles wants the metal bender and the Speedster to get along. 

 

“What other reason would there be?” Erik Is just as transparent as Charles. 

 

“Don’t know.” Pietro smirks at the man and Erik gives him a withering glare that does nothing to stamp down smugness from his face. “Maybe cause you care about Charles too?”

 

Erik’s eyes drop down to Pietros fidgeting hands which had begun to twirl a familiar horse figure around with his fingers. Pietro hadn’t even realized he had started twirling the black chess piece. The metal benders glare softens. “I do care for him. He’s a dear friend.”

 

“Yeah? A friend you call Schatz. Not many friends call each other darling.”

 

Erik takes his turn with an irritated huff “you know nothing, child.”

 

“I’m not a child. I’m twenty.” Pietro having to clarify his age only makes him sound like a child but he couldn’t help it. “I haven’t been a child in a long time.” Pietro thinks he never really got the chance to be. Not really. “I know what it looks like when Charles loves someone.” He’s seen it in the way he spoils the kids, in the way he’s gentle with the smaller kids like they are precious. He’s seen it a million times over in the loop in his head, the look he gives him before Pietro realizes it isn’t him. The torture mind loop made Pietro keenly aware of Charles’ adoring face and he knows it well. 

 

Even if it was fake.

 

“It’s…complicated.” 

 

He has a partner. A spouse. They are expecting.

 

“When is it not?”

 

Erik plays his piece. Blocking Pietros queen. Pietro puts the horse piece down, his fidgeting fingers stilling like a statue. 

 

“Eventually you’re going to leave. Don’t you want him to know how you feel before you go?” 

 

He has a partner. A spouse. They are expecting.

 

There is no happy ending here. He knows Erik will have to go. Inevitable. He had a family to raise. A future he holds dear and Charles is his past. 

 

Charles comes back in the worst—or maybe best timing—considering Erik hasn’t said anything to that comment. 

 

“I come bearing gifts.” Charles drops a hohos packet on Erik’s lap with a flair that only he can get away with. 

 

Pietro goes into super speed and watches the micro expressions flash through Erik’s face as he recognizes the Pastry. His eyes give him away even when he keeps his face perfectly neutral. 

 

Erik makes a face like he’s annoyed by Charles’ choice in snack but doesn't stop himself from ripping the plastic open to eat the sugary snack. He holds himself back. 

 

Pietro wonders why Erik would deny he liked something he very clearly liked. Why would he hold himself back from fully embracing it? 

 

“Who’s winning?”

 

“Me.” Erik and Pietro say at the same time.

 

In the end Erik wins. But Pietro will say with his whole chest that it was a close game and that he almost had him. 

 

“Good game.” 

 

“I was going easy on you.“ Pietro lied, knowing damn well he was trying very hard not to lose. 



Erik scoffs and Charles shakes his head. He leaves the office so the two can have their alone time. Pietro finds Kurt reading outside next to Charles' favorite tree, a comic book strip open on the grass with a familiar flair. “You steal those from Bobby?”

 

Kurt shakes his head, not looking away from the comic.  “I borrowed. No stealing.”

 

“Does he know you borrowed them? Cause last time I asked to borrow his Superman comic he bit my head off.” 

 

“I asked very nicely.”

 

 “Sure. What did you bribe him with?”

 

“I did not bribe.” Kurt pouts “I simply offered to do his dishes for the week.”

 

“Sounds like a bribe, babe. And a shitty one at that. That flash issue is lame. Time travel? Paradoxes, it's all too elaborate for my taste.”

 

“Says the boy that can do all those things.” 

 

“So I’m qualified to give that opinion. Quicksilver is way better than The Flash, anyway.” Pietro makes a superhero pose, putting his hand on his hips and puffing out his chest. Kurt smiles dopely at the speedster “agreed.”

 

Pietro sits beside the blue boy with a dramatic huff and a very genuine groan. Shit. He really shouldn’t move like that. “Why’d you decided to read outside?” Besides his walks with Hank the blue teleporter sticks to being indoors. Has so ever since the facility. but also probably always has. When you look like Kurt you get used to hiding away from the worlds prying eyes. 

 

“Enjoying the fresh air.” Kurt says distantly and Pietro sees a curling purple on his cheekbones. Pietro trails his eyes over to see what he’s looking at. 

 

“Enjoying the view, you mean.” 

 

Alex Summers is running on the track. Wearing a tank top that’s revealing enough that Pietro feels cold looking at him and a pair of form fitting joggers that has more than a few students sitting outside to watch the older man do his laps. His longish hair is pulled up in a bun and that reveals a tiny tattoo in the back of his neck. 

 

Fuck. He’s hot, even when he’s gross and sweaty. 

 

“I was out here before he started jogging.” Kurt defends himself with a blazing face and hands covering his cheeks in a nervous gesture. 

 

“After you memorized his routine. You sly dog.”

 

“Stop it.” Kurt whines pulling the hood of his blue hoodie up and yanking the strings so his face is hidden. Pietro laughs his head off “Don’t be embarrassed!” Pietro tries to pull apart the small hole in the hoodie where his head should be but only his nose is peeking out. “You've got great taste.” 

 

“I know that!” Kurt exasperates, his fingers curling around his head in a fetal position which seems dramatic. 

 

“Oh? You do? Who else have you been fawning over?” Pietro teases, easily poking his shoulders and arms to annoy him. Kurts tail swats his hand away and Pietro bubbles out a surprised laugh “it’s alright! I swear, I get it. He’s very handsome.” Pietro hunches over next to the shy boy, leaning close so their face to face “poke your head out babe. I swear I won’t make fun of your little crush.”

 

“It’s not a crush .” Kurt pokes his head out with a prominent pout “I just—I think he’s pretty to look at.” 

 

“That’s so valid. The muscles and jawline are pretty appealing.” 

 

“His eyes are pretty.” Kurt says softly and Pietros smile dims slightly. Alex Summer has blue eyes. Kurt likes boys with blue eyes. 

 

“Blue is pretty.” Pietro says—only thinking of blue skin and yellow eyes. 

 

 “His hairs cool too.” Pietro isn’t even looking at Alex when he says that, leaning his head on Kurt’s shoulder. 

 

“Very cool. Soft.”

 

“How do you know it’s soft?”

 

Kurt pauses, Massaging Pietro's scalp “I just have a feeling it is.” 

 

“Hmmm. Sure.” Pietro leans into his touch, allowing himself to relax for the first time in a while. He almost falls asleep.

 

Pietro barely sleeps. It shows in the bags under his eyes, the way his bones feel like led, too heavy to carry. 

 

He often stays up with Charles, brooding over a cup of hot chocolate in the kitchen island. The speedster no longer feels guilty for occupying his time this late in the night because he’s well aware of the professor's similar issue with sleep. Charles’ heavy bags match Pietros to the shade. Dark against his pale skin. They brew an extra cup of hot chocolate for Hank who seems to hover around the kitchen at the end of the night like a kitchen utensil-themed vigilante. He joins them at the counter in silence, sipping on their midnight concoction like it’s whiskey even though it’s absolutely not, and Charles’ one-month chip can attest to that. Hank's hair sticks out at all ends of his head, his glasses perched on his nose like a mask to blur his identity. 

 

The twenty-seven stitches on Pietro's sternum resemble an autopsy and he's happy to have them gone finally, even if the result is a protruding scar that will prevent him from walking around shirtless and his eyes blur too—reminding him that he did need glasses and the prescription goggles aren’t being worn because he isn’t using his superspeed. Making his vision worse. 

 

He’s counting dow n the days before he can finally use them freely. 

 

Hank hasn’t hassled him over it though but Pietro suspects it’s because he’s been working on his own project. When Hank is not treating the last few still injured mutants, or staring at Alex like he’s begging for money off the street, then the blue man is closed off in his room—working on whatever side thing he’s been doing that’s kept him so busy. Kurt had managed to find a small window when the man leaves his room to force him to take a walk. Mandated therapy is what Kurt called it. He needs to practice walking with his healing injuries in a way that doesn’t require Pietro to be leaning against him for mutual support. In reality, Pietro is aware that the blue teleporter just wants to spend time with Hank who is always willing to take the small path in the backyard near the pond with Kurt even if it takes him away from his work. Pietro thinks the quiet walks do more good for Hank than they do for Kurt but the teleporter always gets extra clingy with Hank after a call from his dad. Raven. Which Pietro was asked by his best friend not to tell a soul about. Which—if anyone is able to keep a secret from the telepaths in the house it’s Pietro Django Maximoff. Although it is becoming increasingly difficult when Charles is so sad, and so very lonely since Erik has left. 

 

Erik Lehnsherr left the mansion without a word to anyone, just a few days before the one-year anniversary of the White House attack. He didn’t say where he was going or if he was expecting to return. Or what the data he collected from the facility had to do with it. As far as Pietro knew Charles is the only person that knows where Erik is. But the sudden abortion of Erik Lehnsherr from the mansion has caused the telepath to reminisce on other occasions where that’s happened. A different time where Erik has abandoned him. 

 

Charles isn’t sleeping well. Pietro knows he drove to an AA meeting the night after Erik left. He came back sober. Hank checked. Pietro didn’t ask him to check but the Doctor put it upon himself to do so. 

 

Pietro felt so relieved that Charles didn’t immediately go out to get absolutely shit-faced the second his mind got dark. He was proud that Charles took the initiative to find a meeting instead. Pietro doesn’t know what exactly goes down in those meetings but he knows Charles goes to them frequently, which is upsetting to think about in the sense that his frequent visits mean he frequently wants to drink. 

 

Charles can’t sleep? He goes to a meeting. Pietro has to get new skin graphs for his arm? He goes to a meeting. Hank tells them he’s thinking of joining a NASA program? He goes to a meeting. 

 

Even when it’s good things. Jean finally speaking sentences again? Charles goes to a meeting. Harley gets early acceptance into Harvard university? Charles goes to a meeting. It brings perspective on how often, or how much Charles would’ve drank if he wasn’t sober. If he wasn’t sober he would’ve celebrated Harleys success with a glass of champagne. It wouldn’t have been a big deal. But it is a big deal because Charles is an alcoholic. And he’s trying hard to stay sober. 

 

Good things happen and he can’t celebrate the way he wants to. Bad things happen and he can’t cope the way he usually would. 

 

So Pietro drinks hot chocolate with him, on the nights that it’s bad. 

 

Today was one of those bad days. They had been trying to find the pairing device that would access the tracker on Wanda’s necklace, but they were unsuccessful. “I have so much junk. I haven’t a clue where to even look for the thing.” Charles revealed to Pietro that he couldn’t even begin to search in the attic because, well, he couldn’t access the attic at all. One cannot simply make a wheelchair-accessible entrance into the attic. Not on a historically ancient building that still creaks when the wind blows too hard. 

 

Pietro had been hesitant to enter the filthy room, cobwebs, and dust invading his vision the moment he pulled the little switch for the light to appear. Pietro had put the old students' things in the attic. The ones from a decade ago. It felt almost disrespectful to crack open the boxes of children’s toys to see if a tracker device was shoved inside them. Pietro had to keep his mind occupied, unable to use his superspeed, per Hank's orders. 

 

Pietro thinks about the Pac-Man machine in his room. He took it upon himself to move it into the living room so the other new mutants can play it. It was collecting dust in Pietro's room, the speedster unable to find motivation to play anymore. It ended up being a good move as the kids lined up to play the new game like it was going to disappear any second. It caused an unprompted PAC MAN competition. To see who could go further into the game before losing their third life to game over. 

 

Pietro excluded himself from the competition so it could be a fair game. Instead, he kept track as the kids played and Kurt sat beside him doodling in his notebook once again with just as much intensity as before. 

 

“Still won’t let me see?” Pietro asks with a pout to his lip and Kurt smiles as he shakes his head “Not yet.”

 

The same response he always gives to Pietros prodding over the notebook. Pietro respects the boundary even when the teleporter leaves the notebook lying around and Pietro could easily look inside. He doesn't. Pietro just snatches the book away from any of the younger kids when they get curious enough to pick it up and tell them it’s private. That exact scenario happens that day when Kurt goes for his walk with Hank and the living room was stacked with busy bodies. 

 

It was a little kid. Maybe five years old with brown skin and a head full of silver curls that always makes Pietro do a double take. He has a birthmark on his face that looks like a white handprint over his eye that covers most of his face. His nails are long like claws and he tends to accidentally tear things when he gets excited which he is currently. That’s the only reason why Pietro is quick to take the notebook away from him. Maybe too quickly. His superspeed flashes through him like a drug and Pietro blinks and he’s suddenly got the notebook in his hand. Firmly in his grasp. 

 

The little kid, Timothy, had taken Pietro's sudden speedy movements as a threat and was cowering away from him behind the couch. 

 

The room goes silent as the other little kids realize what has happened. 

 

They began to crowd around the little boy. Protectively—Pietro realized. These are the very same kids that lived through the facility, for months. fight or flight soaked into their skin like wet clothes. They are used to sudden attacks. They registered Pietro as an attacker and he doesn’t—he doesn’t know what to do with that. Pietro doesn’t think he’s threatening. He doesn’t think—it doesn’t matter what he thinks because he can see it now. He can see how the kids are crowding around the little boy that he snatched Kurt’s notebook from and they are waiting for him to attack. All the kids. Even Kitty, who knows him personally, stood abruptly from her spot next to the fireplace and balled up her fist like Peter might attack Timothy. 

 

Pietro is thrown. He is so scared by the shift in their view of his character. He wouldn’t hurt any of these kids. He could never even try, 

 

“I’m sorry. I didn’t mean to scare you.” Pietro breathed out in a rush, but Timothy just kept crying and the sound hurt Pietro's heart so deeply. He was having so much fun earlier. He was giggling and being loud and playing around and now he’s crying because of Pietro. 

 

“I’m so sorry.” Pietro shakes out again, feeling his breaths come out ragged at the sudden tension. 

 

Kitty was the first to snap out of it, her glare turning soft as she registered the attacker as; just Pietro. 

 

“It’s just Pie.” Kitty reveals, breaking the tension like a knife through cake. Pietro doesn’t know who keeps telling the younger kids to call him Pie but whoever it is should be given a warm hug because it’s probably the least threatening nickname he’s ever had. His sister calls him Pie. For years it was just a family nickname and now it seems like everyone and their buddies call him Pie. 

 

“Pie.” One of the kids mumbles—like they are coming out of a violent trance. Blinking away the fear in their face. 

 

“Oh, it’s Peter,” and someone else states “Yeah it’s Peter. Just Peter.” And then “safe. It’s okay.” The additional tone shift when they go from protectively standing in front of Timothy to bending over and hugging him in comfort, trying to soothe his worries, is enough for Pietro to walk towards them cautiously. 

 

“You need to tell him it’s okay, Peter.” A boy, Zachary says to the speedster in earnest, no longer looking like he’s going to use his sharp canines to bite him. 

 

“It’s okay. Right Pie? You’re not mad.” Angelica sniffles beside the group quietly, her mouth and nose covered in a mask. 

 

“Yeah, I’m not mad.” Pietro expresses slowly, trying not to freak out.  “I swear. I’m not mad Timmy. I didn’t mean to scare you. I’m really sorry.” Pietro is on the floor beside Timothy, his leg screaming at him to stop straining it but he ignores it. His back hurts but he refuses to stop comforting the crying child. The kids hugging him pull away to make room for Pietro. “It’s not my book.” He shows him the cover of the notebook and points at the name scrawled on the corner of the spine. 

 

“It’s Kurt’s. You know Kurt right?”

 

Timothy sniffles, looking at the name hesitantly. 

 

“The Boyfriend.” Kitty says to the kid who just stares at the name and looks like it finally clicked. 

 

“The blue monkey.” Timothy whispers in awe and Pietro ignores Kitty's dig and just nods at Timothy. “he’s nice. Always ties my shoes.” the boy says and Pietro wishes he had seen Kurt do that because now he can’t get the image out of his head of Kurt having a line of six-year-olds waiting to get their little shoes tied. Pietro melts. 

 

“yeah, he’s really nice and he likes to draw in here but he doesn’t like anyone to see it. Not even me.”

 

Timothy nods like he understands “he must be a really bad drawer.” 

 

“The worst.” Kitty goats. “Wonky stick figures. Very abstract.” 

 

“He’s no Picasso.” Pietro agrees even though he’s never actually seen his drawings and neither has Kitty. 

 

Pietro thinks about Picasso and stick figures when he sifts through decades-old notebooks. He catches little doodles of children’s crushes and quickly closes them before he gets too sad. 

 

He sees an old board game and thinks of the pac man machine. Pietro makes sure the tracker isn’t hidden inside the box. A spider crawls out of the box and he doesn’t touch it again. 

 

The attic felt like a forbidden war zone. 

 

A few boxes later and a few hours pass, Pietro is about to climb down from the attic, to a waiting Charles. He had sat below the stairs with a textbook in his hand on Spy gear. Doing his own research on the device for a better part of the day as Pietro worked tirelessly to find the actual device with his shaking fingers and limping legs. He was still not fully decided but he refused to pull anyone else into their quest. Charles wanted to keep him company while he shuffled around in the attic even if he was unable to help in the actual search. 

 

Pietro fell. It happened purely by accident, tripping over a stray baseball glove but he completely ate shit and fell straight into the corner of a box that was definitely carrying something hard. Pietros swears it’s gotta be fucking rocks cause holy fuck it was hard. Pietro feels the trickle of blood running down his forehead and his vision is a bit blurry from the sudden unexpected fall. He feels a scrape running down the arm he fell in. 

 

“Peter?” Charles shouts frantically from below. “Are you alright? Peter?” The professor sounds terrified, and from Pietros lack of response, he can almost imagine him running up the attic stairs to come get him, to check on him. But he can’t . Charles literally, physically cannot help Pietro from below the attic. 

 

“Hank, help!” And Pietro knows logically he said it telepathically along with saying it out loud but he’s surprised by Hank's immediate response. 

 

“Please, he’s hurt. I can’t-“ Charles can’t help Pietro. Pietro doesn't need help, his head hurts and his hands are shaky—probably because he forgot to eat all day—but he doesn’t need any help. Hank is climbing up the attic stairs swiftly and with ease that he knows Charles is jealous of. Pietro was okay in the end. The cut was surface level and healed–slowly but it healed. 

 

It’s not often that Charles’ disability is a problem. Most of the time it almost seems like the professor forgets he’s disabled at all. Probably because for the last ten years that he was supposed to be adjusting to the life of a man who can’t walk he was instead drugged out of his mind with a fully abled body. Today his wheelchair was holding him back from doing the thing he wanted to do. It held him back from taking care of Pietro who he physically couldn’t get to. It scared Charles. Pietro could hear it in his voice even if the man tried to pretend it wasn’t a big deal afterwards. The professor's hands shook as he touched Pietro's face to look at the cut resting on it. 

 

Charles could not reach Pietro physically or telepathically and he felt utterly useless. “It’s okay, I’m okay.” 

 

Charles nods, he agrees but when he pours the steaming hot milk into the hot cocoa he places the mug on his bare knees. It seemed like he was waiting for the pain to come from the heat. It never did. Charles is paralyzed and can’t feel anything from the waist down. 

 

Charles Xavier places the hot mug on the coaster sitting on the table, with a deep frown and the three of them sit side by side like some bad sitcom. 

 

The three of them sip. Brooding into their beverages and Pietro wonders when he became the type of person to brood with company. “How’s your project going?” Pietro asks Hank because it’s the only thing he can think of to ask.

 

Hank blinks away the surprise that momentarily spreads through his face at being asked a question at 11:52 pm.

 

“It’s…good. Very enlightening.” Hank says hesitantly. He’s been very hush-hush about the whole thing. He hasn’t told anyone what he’s been working on, not even Charles. Not that Charles couldn't just find out but Hank has made it a point to push the man out when he feels him snooping in his head. A hard line is drawn. Charles tried once and never tried again after the initial rejection but not because he wasn't curious just because he respects Hank's boundary. 

 

“Is it for your NASA program thing?” Pietro scratches his elbow, just below the small wonky birthmark in his arm and just above the beginning of the skin graph they spent weeks trying to match his actual skin tone. It still looks off-putting and usually Pietro wears long sleeves to hide the ugly thing. 

 

He watches Hanks's eyes dart to the scarred skin like a Doctor to an injury with an expression that makes Pietro want to put on a jacket. Hank looks away when Charles gives him a warning look—clearly noting how uncomfortable he’s made Pietro. 

 

“It’s not for that. It’s a…personal project.”

 

“Ominous.” Pietro quips out and Hank pushes his glasses up his nose and avoids looking at Pietro again. That wasn’t what Pietro wanted at all. 

 

Hanks been acting weird since they got back from the Jet. Extra protective—yes of course. Understandably so but also he’s been quieter. Pietro would go days without seeing him. It reminded him of when Pietro first showed up with Wanda and he closed himself off in his room for days at a time. 

 

Everything was much quieter back then so the silence was warranted. It was only the five of them. Before Kurt. Before Miss Margo. Before Pietro and Charles became successful in recruiting more students. When it was just Wanda, Jean and Pietro roaming the halls and Charles trailing behind them. 

 

“When Hanks has a problem in his head he tries everything to find a solution. He just won’t quit until it’s done. He’s always been like that.” Charles had told him that long ago when the speedster first asked about Hanks' closed-door policy. Maybe a few weeks into living here. 

 

It was just before Pietro decided to start cooking him meals in return for him making him the meal packets. 

 

Pietro doesn’t pretend to understand Hank's work. He’s not a scientist or a doctor or a genius, no matter what Charles may say. He just knows that when Pietro realized Hank was getting in that mood again he started leaving food outside his door again. But this time the meals are left untouched. Uneaten. 

 

The thank you letter Hank wrote him after the first time he dropped off food burns in his pocket, still folded up in his wallet. 

 

Pietro doesn’t try to make a big deal out of it. Even when Hank looks like he’s been losing weight and the walks he takes with Kurt Wagner are at a slower pace. 

 

Pietro managed to convince the telepath to stop tasting Pietro's meal replacements and to let the doctor try them instead. The speedster just wants the blue man to eat . “He’ll catch on, you know.” Charles told him and Pietro just shrugged “Let him catch on. Doesn’t change the fact. If he doesn’t eat I won’t eat either.” 

 

And Hank has definitely caught on to Pietro's concern. He drinks the meal packet smoothly though, even the ones that taste like shit. Pietros does as well. Pietro knows how it feels to starve but it doesn't mean he's eager to 

 

“I was thinking…” Hank takes a small sip of his hot chocolate, leaning back on his chair “If the tracker device isn’t in the attic it could be anywhere.” 

 

“Thanks for the boost of confidence Hank.” Pietros says at the same time that Charles says “you’re such a negative Nancy.” 

 

Pietro is either starting to sound like the older man or Charles is starting to sound like Pietro. Either scenario makes Pietro's face go warm with embarrassment. 

 

“Why don’t you try to connect the device to Cerebro?”

 

“That could work if she was close enough—or if we had a vague idea where she might be but if not we’re back to round one.” Charles says frustratingly and the Gamer terminology is making it clear to Pietro who is influencing who. 

 

“You’re not tracking Wanda though. You’re tracking Wanda’s mom.” And Pietro almost corrected Hank by saying she’s my mom too. But that sounded childish and was so not the point. 

 

“Wanda can’t drive. She isn’t dictating where she’s going. You can’t track the places you think she’d go, you need to track the places you think Magda would take her. What she has access to.”

 

What she has access to is definitely referencing the fact that Magda hasn’t held a steady job in years and has no funds to buy a proper place to stay even if she gets insurance money on the house. Pietro kept imagining them in homeless shelters and he kept thinking about dainty motel inns that made his skin crawl. 

 

Pietro tried to protect Wanda from all the bad stuff. Losing power, not having dinner, or stealing things can all be excused away. Pietro could find a way to make it okay. To hide the fact that they grew up poor while still having a nice house. A nice house that they only had because their godmother gave it to their mother when Pietro was barely two and couldn’t remember the unsteady commune they used to travel with or the odd jobs Magda would do that ended up being scarier than odd. 

 

The house was put under his mom's name. The house was all she had and she set it ablaze without hesitation to protect her family. 

 

He hopes Wanda is safe. He prays, he rarely does it, but at night he closes his eyes and he speaks into the dark, feeling foolish but not foolish enough to stop asking for her safety. 

 

He knows he hasn’t prayed enough, not nearly enough for his prayer to be taken into consideration but he hopes that the man upstairs is feeling generous enough to listen to a casual believer. Even if Pietro does stumble over the recitation and curses a bit too much for it to be considered a holy conversation. More like a casual request. A hopeful suggestion. Although it feels like a desperate plea. 

 

He wants Wanda safe. He wants her home. 

 

“I don’t know where to look.” Pietro felt like he was giving up. Like admitting he had no clue what to do was a grave loss. 

 

They sit in silence, their hot chocolate becoming warm and then becoming cold. Hank was the first to leave—with a clean mug and tired eyes, he shuffled away from the pair. 

 

“I think I’m gonna try to get some shut-eye.” Pietro says—it’s a lie. He doesn’t want it to be. He wants to sleep. But his mind doesn’t let him relax long enough to rest. Pietro can finally sleep in his own room. The soft silk pillows felt cold and soothing against his skin. Everything is soft and comfortable but yet somehow his body refuses to rest. 

 

Charles gives him a long look like he knows he’s lying. “rest well, my boy.” He says because what else was he going to say?

 

Pietro wants to use his super speed as he forces himself to walk normally with the crutches that he barely needs anymore. He’s going up the elevator. The one hidden between bookshelves that Charles uses instead of the stairs. 

 

It took Pietro nearly four months into living here to realize that was how Charles was getting around the mansion so easily. Pietro had just accepted the fact that the man simply materializes anywhere he wants to be. But he’s normal. He uses an elevator. 

 

Pietro decided to also be normal and use an elevator. Not because he can’t walk up the stairs without wincing and groaning but because he’s lazy. 

 

He can walk up the stairs just fine. He’s barely in any pain. 

 

He’s fine .

“Brother in law?” Frankie's voice splits through the hallway and Pietro nearly falls from the sudden noise. 

“Frankie?” Pietro squints down the darkness, once again reminded that he has glasses for a reason. He should start using them.

“Why are you awake?” Pietro looks at the rickety clock on the wall, ticking away by the second. “It’s 2 in the morning.” 

“I just wanted to make sure you were here.” Frankie says and it throws Pietro off completely.

“What? What do you mean? Of course I’d be here.” His room is just three doors down. 

“I just wanted to make sure. Just in case.” Frankie bites his lip nervously. 

“Just in case.” Pietro repeats slowly and his mind runs a bit, trying to catch up to Frankie’s “I’m not going anywhere Frankie. It’s the middle of the night.”

“I just wanted to make sure.” Frankie says again, and he writes in his notebook. The same notebook he’s been writing inside every day. For weeks. Anxious scribbles that nearly match Kurt’s ferocity when it comes to drawing. 

“Frankie. What are you writing.”

“I’m just checking you off.”

“What?” The words come out just as confused as he actually is. 

“Checking you off my list.” Pietros eyes dart down towards Frankie’s notebooks open and secure in his grip. 

 

“List of what?”

 

Frankie, unlike Kurt’s cautious drawings, flips the book around to show Pietro his scribbles. His scribbles contain a list of names. Names and dates and times and Pietro realizes it’s everyone in the school. 

Frankie keeping tabs. 

Making sure everyone is here. 

Making sure everyone is checked off his list Incredibly long list. “Frankie, it's past curfew, you should go to sleep.”

Frankie shakes his head. “No, I can’t.” He says. 

“You have to go to sleep, man.” Pietro feels like a hypocrite knowing he hasn’t slept properly in weeks.  

Frankie tightens his grip on his notebook and looks down the hall to the other rooms filled with students. “I need to make sure, Jean, Bobby, Dereck, Dillon, and Teresa are in their rooms.”

“Frankie…seriously. It’s 2am. You need to sleep. You can do that in the morning.” But it’s the completely wrong thing to say because Frankie looks like he’s going to cry. Pietro realizes he isn’t a fan of Frankie crying. He doesn’t like it when anyone cries but Frankie especially. It’s something almost gut-wrenching when his whole face quivers and clenches like he’s being consumed completely by his overwhelming sadness. Pietro liked it better when he was just an annoying kid who liked his sister. Now he’s a person with like—real emotions and feelings that Pietro isn't professionally licensed to handle. 

“I-i can’t sleep if I don’t know everyone is here.” He admits and Pietro takes in a breath letting his heart settle back into his chest. “If I don’t make sure they are here with my own eyes then I won’t know they are safe. How can I sleep without knowing if my friends are safe?”

“Frankie-“

“-you weren’t safe before, how am I supposed to know if you’re safe now? They took you in the middle of the night. 2:45 am. So at 2:45 I check and make sure you’re all still here. I make sure we’re all still safe. I just want everyone to be safe. I want-“ Pietro has his arms around a shaking Frankie before he can even think about it. Swaddling the small child like a baby and watching him heave into a panic. 

The poor boy works himself into a panic attack and all Pietro can do is hold him firmly, swaying left to right in his wheelchair, calming his breaths. “We’re safe.” He says it enough times that he thinks he might believe it too. “We’re safe.” He thinks about how scared Frankie must’ve been when the bad men came to the school. 

“We’re safe.”

He thinks about how Frankie was literally a sitting duck. Helpless to the gun and the men who took his friends away. Helpless like how he was when he was smaller, in a hospital, and his mother shoving a pillow in his face. 

“We’re safe.” 

The speedster thinks about the fact that he probably saw Miss Margo die. Just like he saw his father die. Pietro thinks that seeing one parent die is tragic enough. 

“We’re safe.”

He thinks about the fact that for a month he didn’t have his mother and he didn’t have his brother. For a month he had no family to mourn with. Only Wanda. Who left.

“We’re safe.”

Pietro feels Frankie’s breath shake in his chest, sounding choked and tired. “What if they come back?”

Pietro combs through Frankie’s short hair, and it prickles his fingers. He had buzzed it short a few days after they came back from the facility in solidarity with his brother who was very touched by the gesture. “Then I’ll stop them.” Pietro says confidently. It’s the only thing he knows for sure. The only reason they managed to get anyone at all was because Pietro was in a trapped coma state with Wanda, who also couldn’t help in defending the school. Hank was gone. Charles was gone. The only adult in the building able to help was a blind woman who gave her life to protect who she could. 

But this time—Charles is here. Hank is here. Pietro is here. ”No one will stand a chance.”

Pietro trails behind Frankie as he pokes his head into each room. Pietro watches him check off the names off his list one by one. Frankie becomes more calm as each name is verified.  

It’s during Frankie’s check list that Pietro notices that Bobby is sleeping in Jeans room. 

Bobby sleeps in the top bunk and Jean sleeps on the other bunk bed also on the top. Like the distance of height is too far away even for them. There’s styrofoam cups attached with string that connect one bunk with the other. A children’s telephone. Pietro wonders what even is the point of Jean can read Bobby’s mind. Jean sleeps underneath a pile of blankets—-clutching onto a stuffed bunny that Pietro is fully aware belongs to Bobby. The cold boy usually pretends he doesn’t have the stuffed animal, hiding it under his bed. Bobby’s mother shipped it over from his house about two weeks into IceBoy staying at the mansion. Hes caught the boy washing it with his laundry, trying to pretend it wasn’t his when Pietro goes to do it for him and sees it underneath his dirty tshirts.

“This been goin’ on for a while?”

“Bobby gets scared when he doesn’t know where Jean is.” Frankie says with no judgment in his voice. The small boy knows how it feels to not be able to rest without knowing his friends are okay. It’s why he needs to check everyone off the list. 

“Bobby’s the one that gets scared?”

“Yeah. He has trouble breathing. Like me.” Frankie says. 

Panic attacks. 

Pietro Maximoff kind of hates how many kids in the mansion get panic attacks. It actually breaks his heart a little. 

Frankie checks off the last person on his list and slips the book in his side bag. Pietro does a big brother thing and tucks him into bed even though he insists he doesn’t need to be. “I can always check off the list with you. Keep you company.” Pietro says offhandedly “I don’t sleep anyway.”

Frankie avoids looking at him “Wanda was doing it with me before she left.”

“Oh, yeah? Sounds like her.” Pietro goes to flick the lamp off but Frankie shifts in his spot “can you…” Frankie bites his lip nervously playing with his fingers. “..when you find Wanda…can you tell her I’m not mad anymore. I can—she can come back whenever she wants. I won’t be—I won’t be upset with her. I’m not hurt anymore. I’m grown up now.” 

“You’re grown up now?” Pietros voice mumbles out with sadness “you’re not meant to be grown up kiddo. You’re allowed to be upset with her. It doesn’t make you more of a kid if you’re still mad. Or hurt. It’s alright.”

“But I’m not mad she can come back whenever she wants. She doesn’t have to stay away.”

Pietro doesn’t even know how Frankie mixed it in his head so that Wanda being gone is somehow his fault. Nothing could possibly be more wrong. “When I find her I’ll tell her you’re waiting for her. That you miss her. That we all miss her.”

“Okay good.” Frankie says In such an innocent little kid voice that it makes Pietro want to start crying. He doesn’t. 

Pietro turns off the light.

“Good night brother-in-law.” Frankie mumbles into the darkness.

“Good night Frankie.” 

Eventually Pietro goes to bed. He feels off. Like he’s being watched but he disregards it as his paranoid body betraying him in the dead of night. 

He huddles underneath the sheets with a grimace. He crashes into his mind almost immediately. A relentless nightmare of waking up in that machine, to being betrayed once again by a trustworthy Charles. A trustworthy Kurt. A trustworthy Hank. All of them ending the loop with a smack to the head and another round of anguish. He dreams that the last month has been fake. That he was never rescued. That it’s another allusion. 

A fake scenario to put Pietro at ease. 

He wakes up crying and feels fingers wiping away at his tears blindly. Kurt had crawled into his bed in the middle of the night, curled up against his side like a monkey.--like they are back at the facility again in that dark room, gathering body heat.

“Baby?” Pietro mumbles into his hair, feeling warm and groggy. His nightmare fading back into his mind.

“Hmmm?” Kurt squeezes his waist, stubby fingers soaking into him trying to get closer–impossibly closer. Tangled legs and cheeks pressed against his chest like it’s meant to be there. Completely comfortable and at ease. 

“Whenyougethere?” Pietro slurred together, half asleep and only slowly processing the fact that he fell asleep alone and is now molded into Kurt’s body. 

“Hmm?imtired.” Kurt is barely responding, and Pietro is so sleepy that he’s about to let it go. Fall back asleep with Kurt like it was always meant to happen. 

“Okaybaby, sleep.” 

Kurt lets out a soothed sound looking so happy to fall fully asleep and it makes Pietro melt into the mattress, rubbing circles on Kurt’s back. “I love you pie.” 

“I love you too blue.”

“you're safe here.” He mumbles, barely heard under the fan running. 

Pietro drapes the blanket so it covers Kurt as well. His blue friend purrs like a damn cat and Pietro smiles softly at his cute little noises of contentment. 

“Good night.”

Kurt snores. 

It’s the best sleep Pietro's had since he got back a month ago. 

When he closes his eyes he doesn’t have any nightmares for the first time since the facility. For the first time in a while he falls asleep immediately.

It’s maybe minutes—hours—maybe before he feels the fast hand cupping his mouth—stifling his startled scream. 

Pietro jerks in the bed as he stares eyes wide at a boy with white hair and sharp eyes that resemble his own. 

“Whaghdafug?”Pietro muffles behind the hand that grips his mouth shut. 

“Imma need you to not freak out.” The scarily buff man darts his eyes towards the sleeping Kurt currently cuddled up next to him. 

“Whoarfyogh?whahishghoinown?!!!” Pietro bites his palm and he hisses “stop it.” He whisper shouts. 

“Stop freaking out. Okay? I’m gonna move my hand but I’m gonna need you not to wake everybody up, alright? You promise?”

Pietro nods slowly, with wide eyes and his heart jumping out of his chest. 

The stranger removes his hand and Pietro lets out the loudest—most toe curling scream he’s ever screamed in his life—waking absolutely fucking everybody up. 

“Not cool dude.” The boy huffs and superspeeds away. Superspeeds. 

What the fuck ?

 

Notes:

You will find typos. Sorry not sorry.

Chapter 26: The Irregularity

Summary:

“Is Luna a student?” He doesn’t know the names of all the new students yet. He feels a bit bad about it but he’s been preoccupied with recovering from his injuries. But the name—it’s a nice name. A pretty name. He thinks if someone introduced themselves as Luna he'd remember—simply because the name stuck out to him. It’s a good name.

“Every universe is different.” Pete says almost too himself. “But Luna…okay. Okay. Shit. Alright.” He shakes himself—in super speed—he seems jittery and suddenly anxious and this frantic version of his other self seems more like Pietro. More his style. For a second he actually sees the resemblance.

He's almost proud of himself for freaking the other guy out. Winning the imaginary competition he has going in his head. He doesn’t have much time to feel smug though.

“Lunas my kid. Our kid I guess.”

Oh.
--------

Pietro meets Pete, for better or for worse.

Notes:

Logan Mention. Loki Mention. Luna Mention. TVA mention. Anya Mention. Kurt Trauma Mention.

Many things are mentioned. you get a mention, you get a mention, we all get a mention!! yay!

Luna has been sitting in my back pocket for a minute. This is just seven thousand words of Pietro being jealous of himself.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Kurt Wagner being directly beside him, sleeping soundlessly, when Pietro unleashes the depths of hell through his vocal cords—is the only logical reason why he went into action so fucking quickly. It's faster than either speedster can think. 

 

Pietro smells sulfur and sees the sudden movements collide in front of him.

 

Pietro finds it a bit too attractive how quick Kurt Wagner is to fight whoever the intruder is. Quick to protect. Quick to attack. It makes something in Pietros fucked up brain buzz. 

 

The strange intruder fully disgruntled by Pietros clear defiance in following instructions begins to super speed away but not before Kurt, brave and beautiful Kurt, teleports onto the intruder's back and pulls him onto the ground—digging his nails into his shoulders, the same hands that had caressed Pietro's tears away not even hours before. All of this happens in quick succession and in wind-breaking super speed and it is insane to witness from where Pietro laid in bed. Pietro thought the intruder would try to fight back but he barely makes a move to fight Kurt once he sees who tried to stop him. 

 

They fall to the ground with a thud and Kurt hisses and the intruder just sighs as he lays on the ground. “Yeah, I guess this might as well happen.” Like he’s not even gonna bother fighting Kurt. He hasn’t even considered it. In his defense—even though the intruder needs no one to defend him—Kurt is very strong and intimidating when he’s pissed off. It’s hot and debilitating and Pietro has witnessed his remarkable strength in the facility, pushing a full-grown man against the wall like he was a beast. He’s baring his teeth at the man like he might use them as weapons. 

 

What a way to die.

 

The house erupts into action shortly afterward, not taking much time after Pietro's battle cry for half the damn school to be in the hallway. Stomping their feet and knocking on his door. Alert and panicked. 

 

“What happened?”

 

“Peter?” 

 

“What’s going on?”

 

”Is pie okay?“

 

“Peter, are you alright?”

 

Different voices jumped into questions—overlapping each other like butchered song lyrics of anxiety and concern. 

 

“This is what I was trying to avoid.” The intruder voices in annoyance. Which—fucking rude—he’s the one that broke into Pietros room In the middle of the night like some creep. Did he expect him to be chill about that? Have a mild reaction? 

 

It’s both impressive and concerning how quickly everyone got up from bed and went into action. It’s kind of touching and kind of sad to think about. These are kids who are ready for the worst at the drop of a hat. Charles is in the room within seconds. Twenty-two seconds to be exact. Hank is opening the door right behind him—adorning a metal bat that he got from seemingly nowhere. No one in the school plays baseball and Pietro knows Hank's sport is football not baseball. So he just has that for what ? To break shit? Hank looks more awake then Charles, like he might’ve been awake before he heard Pietro's scream. Charles looks like he just woke up from a nightmare just to enter another one. 

 

Hank flicks the light on and the professor's anxious eyes search and find Pietro instantly—his tense face relaxing slightly seeing that he was okay. Pietros stomach turns and Charles looks away and at Kurt who is straddling and poking at the intruder with a rough hand and a deadly glare that sends unnecessary goosebumps up Pietro's back. 

 

Pietro needs to get a grip

 

“Kurt?” Hank's voice melts into Kurt’s shoulders making them tense up and he curls his mouth like a scared and trapped animal. “You got him, Kurt. You can let go of him now.” Charles says kindly—his voice gentler than Pietro expects for an unexpected home invasion. 

 

Kurt doesn’t let go though. He tightens his grip and he’s shaking like a leaf in the rain. “You’re not real.” The blue boy grinds out and Pietros eyebrows furrow together. Alarmed. “Blue?” Pietro begins to question before Kurt hisses at the intruder who tries to move away from Kurts tight hold. 

 

“You’re not him. You can’t trick me. You’re a fake you can’t-“ the intruder looks up at Kurt with calm eyes, almost somber in his stillness.

 

“-Kurt.” Hanks voice goes down on octave, soothing a scared animal. “You’ve left the facility.” He reminds him warily. “We aren’t in your mind. This is all real. The man underneath you is real—you’re back home. It’s all over.”

 

“You can’t trick me!”  Kurt spits at Hank like he’s the villain too. Like anyone and everyone in this room could be the imposter. The imposter. Pietros knows that Kurt had gone through a similar torture as him and it’s affected him. But knowing and seeing those effects are very different. 

 

The first few nights Kurt would wake up screaming and would only get worse when Hank would get close. The only thing that would calm the teleporter down was Hank listing medical procedures. Apparently the imposter didn’t know enough about McCoys field to accurately portray him in conversation and it was the only way Kurt would know Hank was Hank. It was probably the only time Hanks' nerdy ramblings saved his neck.

 

Kurt Wagner doesn’t talk about the moments in the facility where Pietro wasn’t with him. He doesn’t talk about the torture—nothing outside the obvious—the things he can see. Nothing deeper than the scars Pietro can see. Nothing about what happened in his head. But he sees signs of it sometimes in the way he asks questions now. Like he’s verifying that the person he’s talking to is the person they say they are. 

 

Pietro swallows thickly, mind racing unnaturally fast. Trying to figure out how to make this better. “Baby, it’s alright—-you got him.” 

 

“Don’t call me that.” Kurt snaps angrily at Pietro his eyes cold and the speedster sees conflicted yellow Eyes— staring down at the President with a gun in her hand, ready to pull the trigger . Pietro looks at Kurt now, angry and furious and only sees Raven. Nightcrawler is Kurt’s version of Raven's Mystique. A perfect shield. The resemblance is uncanny when the full force of his rage is aimed at Pietro. Like he’s the root of all his problems. 

 

“Okay.” Pietro rushes out quickly trying not to flinch at how Kurt’s eyes look through him, like he wasn’t even there. Like all if this truly was all in his head. Like Pietro wasn’t his best friend but simply an illusion meant to hurt him.

 

This is fine. This is okay. 

 

“I’m not a fucking baby . I-I know my own mind. This isn’t real. None of you are rea—“ his eyes meet Charles and the telepath must say something to him. Kurt shakes his head, grip tightening around the intruders neck. 

 

“You’re pressing into his external jugular vein.”

 

Kurt’s eyes go big, darting down to his hands which laid on a neck. “External jugular vein.” He repeats absently like he’s verifying. 

 

“You’re compressing the cervical nerves which can lead to radiating pain, numbness, and weakness down the arm.” Hank keeps his voice nice and even and Kurt is blinking fast like he’s trying to unblur his eyes. He purses his lips. 

 

“I’m—hurting him.” Kurt says slowly like he isn’t sure. Kurt’s shoulders sag and his hands clamp away from the intruder's neck. Eyes losing their Mystique-ness. 

 

“It’s alright, Kurt. Just take a breath. Look at where you are.” Charles begins, his voice gaining a sudden lightness that he usually deserves for Wanda. 

 

Kurt does as he’s told. He inhales and exhales and he smells the lilac air spray that jerks out every few minutes from the wall plug. He feels the soft thrifted rug underneath his bare feet and on his scraped knees. Kurt looks at the disarray of band posters bleeding through the walls. The teleporter hears the buzzing of electricity flowing through the mansion, gathering light into the room. He focuses and unfocuses. Like a camera lense. 

 

“I’m in Pietros room.” Kurt says numbly like he wasn’t completely certain. “Yeah, you are. You’re at school.” Charles says calmly.

 

“I’m home.” Kurt bubbles out like he might cry—but he makes the pinched face Frankie does when he’s trying not to cry. Like he might explode with emotion if he lets the tears start flowing. The expression is so uncannily similar to the one that Frankie makes—Pietro wonders if he got it from him or if Frankie got it from Kurt. 

 

Pietro wants to hold him safely in his arms, away from the man pinned underneath him like a limp doll. 

 

“Not to be weird but if you don’t stop sitting on my junk this is about to get a whole lot more awkward than it needs to be.” 

 

Kurt, with suppressed tears on his face, jerks down to look at the man speaking “who are you?” his voice between a sob and a hiss.

 

“Yeah! And why are you in my room?” Pietro demands as well his voice getting high and pitchy.

 

“it's complicated.” The man says immediately. Kurt then puts his hand around the intruder's throat again with a clear mind. 

 

“Kurt!” Hank chokes out in surprise. 

 

“Oh fun. We’re doing this again?” The man on the ground doesn’t even flinch with Kurt’s fingers wrapped around his throat. 

 

“Who are you?” Kurt voices the question with a thick accent and the intruder on the ground stares at Kurt for a while, stretching the long silence with inquisitive eyes, like he’s trying to figure out a confusing puzzle. 

 

“We will call the police.” Charles warns icily. Breaking the expression on the intruder's face. “Don’t do that.” 

 

“I already called the cops.” Hank adds suddenly. Charles gives him an exasperated look. “Hank…”

 

“Seriously?” The intruder says disappointedly. 

 

“Oh, I’m sorry? Are you joking? Calling the cops is actually super reasonable in this situation.”

 

“I agree.” Pietro raises his voice in defense but he’s ignored. 

 

“Me too.” Kurt Wagner adds. 

 

“It took you like thirty seconds to get here. You called them in the thirty seconds it took you to get here?” Charles says in bewilderment. 

 

“Yes, it’s a very short number. Only three digits.”

 

“Hank. Why would you assume it wasn’t Pietro having a nightmare?”

 

Pietro crosses his arms defensively. He did not need Charles to mention he has nightmares in front of this complete stranger. 

 

“I saw the intruder from outside. That’s why I grabbed my bat.” Charles looks at Hanks bat with confusion “you play baseball?”

 

“No.”

 

“Okay.” Charles sighs he turns back to the scene like he wasn’t just openly scolding Hank “Why are you in our home?” Charles asks the man who just stares at the professor with a weird expression. 

 

“You know why.” 

 

“Do I?” Charles lifts a suspicious eyebrow and Pietro looks between the two in confusion and then looks at Hank who just shrugs. “Who are you exactly?” 

 

“You know who I am.” The intruder says easily. 

 

Pietro looks between the two, confused and annoyed. “You know this guy, Charles?” 

 

Charles and the intruder have the weirdest staring contest he’s ever seen. probably having a conversation in their minds that must’ve convinced Charles because now he’s settling back in his wheelchair with sagging shoulders. 

 

“Yes, I do.” Charles says with surprising calmness. “He’s you.”

 

“Who?” Pietro frowns. 

 

“You.” Charles doesn’t stop looking at the intruder. 

 

“Me?” Pietro points at himself dumbly. 

 

“Yes.” Charles looks at Pietro with somber eyes. 

 

“But I’m me. He can’t be me because I’m me.” Pietros brain might actually be broken. Is he making this up? Has he lost it? 

 

“Are we sure we’re out of the facility?” Kurt says with distant panic. Pietro is feeling equally as anxious about this scene.

 

“Yes, he’s you. But he’s not. He’s…different. From the future but not this one.” Charles isn’t making any sense. 

 

“What?” Hank and Pietro say in horror. Kurt looks down at the man he’s sitting on top of, eyes focusing and intense and he must see something that makes his face go flush purple. 

 

“Gotta give it to them in smaller doses, wheels.” The intruder says casually smiling up at Kurt like he’s an old friend. Which makes Pietro want to crawl out of his skin. Kurt isn’t associated with this guy at all. Kurt is Pietro's friend. Not this random guys' friends. 

 

“Don’t call him that.” Pietro snaps. This man is a stranger. He has no right to call anyone by Nicknames. He doesn’t get to look at Kurt like that. 

 

“Peter it’s alright.” Charles raises a placating hand at Pietro like he’s the crazy one in this scenario. No. This is all wrong. 

 

“I’m having Deja vu.” Hank puts a hand on his head, looking distressed. 

 

“Logan said you might come.” Charles drops the information like it didn’t just cut through the room. 

 

Logan. 

 

“He did?” Hanks' tone sounds almost offended. 

 

“He said someone might come. That time is strict and doesn’t like to be altered. That this person will try and mend things so that it can bend.”

 

“Your Logan is a real talker huh.” The intruder jokes. And he really wasn’t. Logan was the opposite of a talker. He exclusively did not say words If not necessary. It was kinda his whole schtick.

 

“He wasn’t. But he wanted to warn me. He didn’t say who would come. Just that I would know when they did.” 

 

“Logan is great at being perfectly Vague. Isn’t he?” The intruder joked.

 

“So you’re Pietro?” Kurt is still sitting on his lap, eyes wide and staring. 

 

“No, I'm Pietro.” Pietro cuts in stubbornLy- his mind racing and his fingers twitching like a bad habit.  

 

“Im Pete, actually. Just Pete.” The intruder says with a grin that makes Pietro want to throw up because that's his grin. Those are his dimples on a creep. What the fuck. Why does this guy have his smile? 

 

“You don’t go by Peter?” Hank asks curiously. asking the completely wrong question. 

 

“Every universe is a little different. I’ve met Pete’s, Peter’s, Pietros, Pedro’s and I even met a Petra once. It’s the same variant, just a little different.” Pete throws out this information like it isn’t breaking Pietro's mind. 

 

Like this isn’t confusing enough. 

 

It is. It really fucking is. 

 

Pietro went to sleep worrying about Frankie and Wanda and his mom and suddenly he’s being introduced to peters and Pedro’s? 

 

“I’m you, just a different franchise.” Pete says calmly and Pietro looks at his sharp jaw peppered with genetically white facial hair and his handsome tan face and his stupidly buff arms and he hears “better” instead of Different

 

Pete looks like what Pietro wishes he looks like. Like some cooler, hotter version of him that isn’t nearly as traumatized as him. This fucking sucks. Pietro already hates how he fucking looks he didn’t need this slapping reminder of what he could be. Of what he should be. 

 

“Are you the reason why all the snacks in my office have been dwindling?” Charles asks like he already knows the answer. 

 

“Yeah, that’s my bad. My professor always had snacks stashed away for me too. I figured you wouldn’t miss them.”

 

“I didn’t. The snacks are for you.” Charles says kindly. This alternate, adult version of Pietro is maybe a decade older then Pietro is now. Yet Charles is looking at him like he's one of his students. Like he’s not a grown-ass man who was very much about to kidnap Pietro. Probably. Most likely. 

 

“They were my hohos.” Pietro cuts in rudely “They're actually for me.” And he points that comment at Charles, making his annoyance known. Charles has the decency to look embarrassed by his slip-up. Like he momentarily forgot that he wasn’t talking to his Pietro. 

 

Pietro didn’t think he’d be that easily forgotten. 

 

Kurt gets up from on top of the speedster. Pulling Pete up by the arm and Pietro doesn’t miss the way Kurt's eyes stick to the older boy's arms. Pietro has to restrain himself from grabbing Kurt and shaking him. Why is everyone obsessed with this guy? 

 

“So you’ve been here a while.” Hank says. “You were here when….Erik was here.” Hank says it like that’s significant. 

 

Pete blinks at Hank like he’s speaking in Morse code “yeah. I was. Couldn’t let the old man spot me. Would give too much away.”

 

Hanks eye twitches and Pete just raises both his eyebrows at him almost like a dare. “Right…that would be bad because…”

 

“He needed to go back to Poland. To his wife and daughter. That still needed to happen.” 

 

“Daughter.” Charles says distantly.

 

Pete Looks away from Hanks questioning eyes and looks at Charles with alarm “Yeah, did he not tell you? I thought-“

 

“-He did. Yes, he told me. He didn’t know if—if it was a boy or girl. I was just surprised.”Charles says with feeling. 

 

Pietro thinks he looks sad actually but he doesn’t question him. At least not now with all this happening.

 

“Two Variants in the same timeline always end up fucking something up. Just look at Loki.” 

 

“Who?” Hank rubs his forehead like he’s fighting a headache. 

 

“The Greek god of mischief?” Pietro frowns mentally trying to remember anything from Greek mythology. Rachel, his ex girlfriend, used to always check out books in the library on Greek mythology. Mostly Hades and Zeus but she would read to him sometimes when he was feeling less hyper and still. 

 

“Yep. Except no.” Pete says with a laugh that feels like nails on A chalkboard. 

 

“That makes perfect sense, thank you.” Pietro huffs in annoyance. 

 

“It’s not important. The point is we ain’t supposed to mesh. It can cause like glitches or something. The TVA will have my ass if I f uck up another timeline.” Pete freezes. 

 

“What?” Charles frowns. “What’s wrong?”

 

Fuck .” Pete blurts out. 

 

Fuck off!” He exclaims excitedly.

 

Holy shit! Bitch! Asshole !” A wicked smile smears onto his face. 

 

“Um, Why are you freaking out?” Pietro is actually concerned. 

“You can curse in this universe?” Pete looks elated. 

“Uh..yeah? Can you not curse in yours?”

“We’re usually pg-13. Family friendly trauma only.”

“Bummer.” Pietro clips out. 

“We actually prefer if you didn’t curse. Considering, the-you know-children.” Charles tabs in. 

“Right. The children.” Pete nods and sits on Pietros bed like it’s his. Pietro nudges him off it with his foot since he’s still laying in it and Pete looks at him with amusement. 

“Why are you here Pete?” Kurt asks gently, any aggression he had before is slipped away and replaced with concerned curiosity. 

“Well, Kurtis dear, I’m stuck in this timeline unfortunately. I broke the little doo-hicky that makes me jump from different universes. It’s just my luck I ended up stranded in a time period before Stark Tech.” He makes a flippant gesture with his hands. 

He talks a lot with his hands. Does Pietro do that? He hopes not. Pete looks ridiculous.  

“And so you decide that kidnapping was the best solution.” Pietro swallows the words of outrage that want to bubble out of his throat. 

“Don’t be so dramatic I wasn’t going to kidnap you.” Pete has the audacity to roll his eyes and Pietro feels the need to strangle him. 

“It seemed like you were.” Kurt says quietly, ringing his hands in front of him anxiously. Pietro wants to hold his hand. He doesn’t. 

“Pete it was a bit tone deaf.” Charles says pensively his voice rough “after the abduction—-he just got back. You should’ve thought about how your actions might come across.” It’s the closest to a scolding that Pietro can imagine Charles giving the older speedster. 

Pete seems to take the words as if they where a scolding. Like maybe Charles is someone he actually listens to in his universe. “Sorry, that’s my bad. I wasn’t trying to scare you I just needed your help.” 

 

“Needed his help with what?” Hank asks and Pietro notes that he has yet to loosen the grip on his bat, blue skin pale around the knuckles. Pietro is relieved at the fact that he’s not the only one who feels uneasy by the man’s presence. 

 

Pete looks at all the people in the room. Kurt, Hank, Charles, and Pietro. He’s quiet for a moment and he looks at a picture beside Pietros bed. His face looks conflicted before he looks back at Pietro. “I think I should discuss that with Pietro alone.”

 

“Like hell you do—“ Hank is quick to say and he barely has time to raise his bat threateningly. 

 

“-Pete you can’t just—“ Charles is clearly searching his head and before—Pietro presumes—he could read Pete’s mind the speedster runs off. 

 

“Peter you can’t —“

 

“—your leg is still recovering—“ Hank begins but Pietro can see Pete running and he’s running after him at super speed before any of the other words really land on him. He follows the white flash of curls ahead of him running down the hallways—weaving through the students who were woken up with the ruckus. 

 

He runs past the ache in his leg and he follows the other speedster until they are right beside each other, running in pairs. Running in unison. He can tell that the speedster had slowed down so Pietro could catch up. He was faster than Pietro. Possibly through proper training or maybe because Pietro was recovering. But it made panic swell in Pietro. 

 

No one has ever been faster than him.

 

They stop right in front of the lake, the water shaking from the force of both their speed. 

 

Pietros feet burned because he’s running barefoot and Pete’s shoes are smudged with mud. 

 

“What the hell was that about?”

 

“The less people involved the better. Less ways to fuck up the timeline.”

 

“That’s stupid. They can help you. Hank isn’t a Stark or whatever but he’s a scientist, he can help you with your machine thing.”

 

“He’d have to use science that hasn’t been invented yet and I seriously do not want to have to teach my God-Father Science that I barely understand myself.”

 

“Godfather?”

 

“Forget I said that.” Pete shakes his head. 

 

“Literally, impossible. I don’t think anyone is gonna forget any of this anytime soon. How is Hank my Godfather?”

 

“He’s not. He’s mine. We’re from different universes, remember? In your timeline you guys— met like a year ago or something. In my timeline I grew up in the mansion with Charles and Hank. They raised me together. Like brothers.”

 

Hank and Charles being brothers in another timeline makes sense to Pietro in a way. Hank has been by Charles’ side for over Ten years. That’s more than enough time to be solidified as brothers. At least best friends. 

 

But Charles has never said. He says “dear friend” or “old friend” but never “best friend” never “brother” and Pietro thinks that’s a bit odd now that he’s thinking about it because if anyone has gained that title it’s Hank. Yet….nothing. 

 

“I was under Charles’ care.” Pete says as he pulls a twizzler from his pocket and rips open the plastic packaging. 

 

“That’s weird. So Charles is like your—“

 

“—dad. Yeah. Charles is my dad.”

 

Pietros breath is stolen. He stares at Pete like the word ‘dad’ was a fucking slur. 

 

“He’s not. He isn’t my dad he’s just Charles. He-“

 

“—He isn’t your dad. Relax. I’m trying to explain to you that every timeline is different. In this one Charles is what…your professor? Your coworker? I don’t know—it’s weird but it’s not unusual. I’ve met Peters who dont even have a Charles. It’s all different.”

 

But that feels wrong too. No Charles? At all? Pietro tries to pretend that it doesn't scare him. 

 

“In your universe he is though? Charles is…your dad? Like…biologically?” Pietro can’t even imagine that. He can imagine Charles having kids. He can picture it in his head perfectly—he sees it all the time when he’s around the students but Pietro being one of those kids is impossible for him to imagine. Or maybe he just refuses to imagine it. 

 

“No. Not biologically. He’s my adopted father. My biological father is-“ Pete snaps his mouth shut and makes a tsk noise. “-im not allowed to say that.”

 

“Say what? Who your father is? Didn’t you just say that every timeline is different?”

 

“Most of the time this is pretty accurate. And pretty dangerous information to be throwing around.”

 

“What the fuck.”

 

“Do you know who your father is?”

 

“No? How the fuck, no my mom never told me who my father was.”

 

Pete’s face shifts “well finding out is a cannon event so I’m not touching that at all.”

 

“That’s bullshit.”

 

“Thats just how it is. Certain things have to happen in every universe. Nothing I can do about it.”

 

“And if it doesn’t? If I never find out?”

 

“You will.”

 

“But if I don’t?”

 

“Well…the TVA used to eradicate timelines that didn’t follow the order of events but now they are under new management. Hazzah.” 

 

“Eradicate? What the ever loving fuck? They just kill off an entire planet?”

 

“Timeline. Universe slash reality, the whole Shabang would be gone like it didn’t even exist. That’s how they did it for a long while. There are sooooooo many peters in the Void they’ve started a small cult. The only reason I’m not in there is cause I managed to weasel my way into a job. I’m under contract for one more job before I settle back into a secure timeline with my family.” that was a lot to take in. 

 

“One more job? What kind of job?”

 

“Sniffing out irregularities. Mostly leg work stuff, research and such. This was supposed to be my last jump but—my jumper ran out of juice and I thought I could make it back.” 

 

His last job. Pietro shifts that around in his head and frowns. “Irregularities like what?”

 

Pete looks at Pietro as if he’s the telepath in his universe. Pietro shifts his leg feeling the urge to repeat himself even though he’s pretty sure the other man has heard him. “Are there any irregularities here?” Pietro Asks instead and Pete just stares at Pietro like he might answer his own question. 

 

Pietro crosses his arms “I’m not helping you with whatever you need help with until you’ve answered my questions.”

 

Pete crosses his arms as well and Pietro wonders if he looks as intimidating as Pete does when he does that. He probably doesn’t. “It's better if you didn’t know. It’s like—a lot.”

 

“A lot? Like—are we getting eradicated?” Pietro gestures towards the mansion in distress. “Are we blipping out of existence or something? You said—“

 

“-no! Woah. Chill out. Dude. You’re like way more angsty in this universe. Fuck. Stop freaking out okay? You’re universe isn’t going to like end or—at least not right now. It’s just that some things are different. It’s nothing catastrophic—usually it would be in any other case but I think you’re the exception.”

 

You’re

 

“Me? I’m the exception? Am I—“ Pietro doesn’t even know how to phrase the question “am I the irregularity?”

 

It’s so dumb. It’s a stupid question. Especially since the moment he says it he knows it’s true. He's always felt off

He wouldn’t have used the word irregular but it fits like a damn glove. 

 

Pete Doesn’t even say anything this time. He just stares at Pietro like he’s a ghost. Like he isn’t even a proper person that deserves a proper response. 

 

“How?” Pietro's heart feels like it’s not even in his chest anymore. He feels like maybe he left it behind in his room like a lost toy. 

 

“Trust me. You don’t wanna know.” 

 

“I do want to know.” Pietro says firmly and Pete just shakes his head like he knows better than him. And Pietro hates him. He hates whatever fucked up version of him this is because he thinks he knows better. He thinks the age in his face and the scar on his eyebrow makes him more knowledgeable—more knowing than him. 

 

Maybe that’s true. Maybe he’s seen more shit than Pietro. Maybe this version of him has lived through horrors Pirtro can only dream up in a torture chamber. Maybe. But fuck him anyway. 

He doesn’t get to keep this from Pietro. He doesn’t have the right to withhold something that has to do with him. Why does he get to do that?

 

“I’m not helping you then.” Pietro says like a petulant child and is already preparing to head back to the mansion in a moment of emotional rebellion. 

 

“Wait-“ Pete grabs his arm before he can leave looking panicked. “I need you.” 

 

Pietro lifts an eyebrow at his expecting face. 

 

“There isn’t any point in telling you. You can’t reverse it and the fact that it happened at all and didn’t absolutely destroy this timeline is beyond comprehension. But it’s not something that needs fixing. So there’s no point. It won’t cause any more harm than it already has.”

 

“Then what’s the point of keeping it from me? If it’s no big fucking deal then just fucking tell me?”

 

“Pietro Django Maximoff I swear you do not want to know.” 

 

“Pete Django maximoff I swear that I fucking do.”

 

“That’s not my last name.” Pete exasperates. 

 

“What-fucking-ever! What even is the point of you ominously popping into this universe if not to spill the beans? You won’t tell me shit! You’re just an asshole!”

 

“I’m supposed to give you this.” Pete suddenly takes off his necklace and throws it at Pietro like the necklace burns him. “Catch.”

 

It’s only because Pietro goes into super speed that he's able to catch the jewelry with swift fingers. 

“What is it?” Pietro looks at the yarn woven into a small canister. Maybe the size of his pinky. The liquid inside an indescribable silver. 

“It’s your DNA.”

“Gross.”

Pete rolls his eyes “it’s special. Has extra timey-whammy bullshit that makes other people heal quickly.”

“Why would I need to heal anyone?” Hanks the doctor. Pietro doesn’t heal people. Hank does. 

“Trust me. When the time comes you’ll need it to save her.”

“Save who? Come on man stop being so fucking cryptic.” Pietro grips the vial like it might disappear if he lets go of it. 

“Our sister.” Pete says eventually. 

“Wanda?” Pietro's heart stops. “Does she get hurt?” His mind races and he was already worried but now he’s beyond frantic. “Is she okay?” 

“It’ll only be compatible with someone who shares your DNA. Try to give it to anybody else and it won’t work.” Peter looks at him intensely “do you understand?”

“Yeah I understand.” Pietro's mind stirs “Do I at least get to know when I’ll need it.”

“You’ll know when it happens.” Pete says simply. Like a dick. 

“But you do need to know it’s the only way. He still needs to mourn.  Someone still has to die. You can’t change that. Those versions of events can’t change. You can save one . Not both.”

“He? Who’s he?” And for some reason, Pietro's mind thinks of Charles. He thinks of Charles mourning his sister and someone else—someone else he doesn’t have the face for. Pietro feels a swell of panic. Of sadness. 

Pete just shakes his head—like he’s said too much already. 

“So that’s it then? You give me this super vague message and fingers cross I use the super healing serum on my sister and you just get to fuck off to neverland?”

“That’s kinda the gig really. I was supposed to give it to you before I realized you where a bit weird but regardless it’s what I’m supposed to do.”

“And you do exactly what you’re told twenty four seven? No matter what?” He’s such a damn bitch. He hates him. 

“I used to be like you. Rebellious. Wreckless. I questioned everything too.”

Oh, he’s getting this speech? Seriously? 

“And now you’re so mature? Doing exactly what you’re told like a real man? How amazing . How fucking old of you.“ Pietro is so unnaturally angry. At himself. At this version of himself who feels and looks so different then how he is. He sees himself in a way that he doesn’t find completely appealing and it’s making him so resentful and uncomfortable in his presence. 

“I have a Wanda too. A Hank. A Kurtis. I have a dad, a father, a mother—“

—Pietro doesn’t catch the fact that he said father and Dad like it’s two separate people because Pete also says—-

“—I have a Luna too. My family is relying on me to get back home. To finish the job and settle down with them. I have to do everything in my power to get back to my family, okay? I don’t get to question the TVA just because you—“

“--Who’s Luna?” Pietro didn’t think the other speedster would stop talking when he said that. He seems to freeze completely, the color from his face washing away in seconds “you—“ Pete narrows his eyes at something Pietro can’t see “-you don’t know Luna? You-“ he looks tense all of the sudden. Like something is truly wrong. 

“Is Luna a student?” He doesn’t know the names of all the new students yet. He feels a bit bad about it but he’s been preoccupied with recovering from his injuries.  But the name—it’s a nice name. A pretty name. He thinks if someone introduced themselves as Luna he'd remember—simply because the name stuck out to him. It’s a good name. 

“Every universe is different.” Pete says almost to himself. “But Luna…okay. Okay. Shit. Alright.” He shakes himself—in super speed—he seems jittery and suddenly anxious and this frantic version of his other self seems more like Pietro. More his style. For a second he actually sees the resemblance. 

He's almost proud of himself for freaking the other guy out. Winning the imaginary competition he has going in his head. He doesn’t have much time to feel smug though. 

“Lunas my kid. Our kid I guess.” 

Oh. 

Something in Pietro cracked, splitting open in his head—something he didn’t know could break more. “We have a kid?” He didn’t mean to sound so heartbroken by this. He was surprised by the delicateness of his own voice. Like he’s afraid to speak the question in case he misheard. In case it’s a lie. 

Pete looks completely devastated. Like Pietros told him something truly horrible. Pietro feels like he has. Pietro feels like something was taken from him. Something pure and beautiful. Something he didn’t know he wanted until he was told he didn't have it. like he was robbed of something he didn’t know could be stolen. He feels—-he feels

“Yeah. We do.“ Pete says with sad eyes and he looks at Pietro with sympathy for the first time since he’s met the guy. Like this is the first time he’s actually felt empathy for him. 

Before this it was like he was whatever—an irregularity—a lucky one at that. An exception. Pete had no remorse for Pietros life until he realized he had no Luna. He had no child. Pietro doesn’t know how to feel about that. 

“I don’t.” Pietro says to the air as if he needed to clarify. The older speedster doesn’t even look like he’s there anymore. He seems distant and wobbly. Like he isn’t even processing much of anything that Pietro is saying. 

“That’s—I can’t even imagine.” Pete says this as if fatherhood is everything. Like him being a father is essential to his story. Like Luna is his life. His heart. And Pietro suddenly feels like he has no heart. Like it’s been taken from him. Like he’s been walking around without a heart this whole damn time and he’s only now being made aware of it. 

“Is that unusual?” Pietro refuses to say the word irregular because he’s scared. He's scared that him not having a Luna is the reason he’s irregular. That the absence of a heart has made him off .

“I might have missed some cracks in this timeline but nothing should account for the absence of my child.” His child . Like every Luna was his child. Despite the timeline. Despite the universes. Like even if it wasn't his Luna it was still his child. Like it was universal to him. 

Luna equals Pete's child. 

Pietro doesn’t fully understand that. He wishes he did. 

“You said so yourself. Every universe is different. Maybe I don’t have a kid in this universe. It’s-it’s not a big deal. I don’t even want kids.” It feels like a lie. Like dirt in his mouth. 

It is a lie. 

He remembers telling Wanda not so long ago. 

Twos good. A boy and a girl. They’ll keep each other company.” He had told her flippantly. As a joke. But now it doesn’t feel like a joke. It feels personal. Like a prophecy. One that will not come to pass. 

Pete looks like Pietro just punched him. He looks like he’s about to punch him back—his face contorting into something angry “Don’t you dare fucking say that, you piece of shit.” He says venomously to Pietro and he takes a startled step away from Pete. What the fuck?

“Luna is the best fucking thing to ever happen to us. Don’t you dare say you don’t want her. Not even as a stupid joke. You fucking hear me?” Pete looks like he might actually say ‘fuck it’ and eradicate this universe regardless of Pietro being an exception. Like this whole Luna thing might actually change everything. Pietro wonders if he has that kind of power. 

“Pietro!” Pete snaps his fingers aggressively in front of Pietros face and he glares at him. “I don’t get it man! You said every universe is different. You said—you told me that your future wasn’t my future. So why are you acting like this is the end of the fucking world.” Pietro feels like he’s lost. Like he’s the worst version of all the Peter’s. 

“Luna Is in every Timeline.” Pete spits out like he has to force it out—like he wasn’t supposed to say that but does. Like he’s breaking a rule that the TVA set. The ones he’s so particular about keeping. “Every single one. In every universe—the ones that we live past Sixteen—we have a kid.”

“Past sixteen? So every Peter is a teen dad? I couldn’t imagine.” It feels like a lie. He does know how it feels to raise a child for the entirety of your teen years. He’s been raising Wanda since he was ten. He thinks maybe thats why hes freaking out a little bit. Did he trade Luna for Wanda? Is that what happened? Why does that make him sick to his stomach? 

Pete snaps at him like he’s the stupid one. “How about you shut your stupid mouth.” But Pietro's mind is racing and a thought crosses Pietro's head. A stupid question. 

“Fucking hell. Are you saying I’m straight in every single timeline?” Pietro thinks that might be the most horrific thing he’s heard all day. He think that might be the weirdest thing.

The other speedster just stares at him blankly “no.” he says with a voice that gives away exactly how much he hates Pietro and his questions. “I’m saying you’re a dad in every single timeline. Regardless of how that came to be. I don’t understand how this universe is different?”

“I didn’t raise a Luna-“ Pietro says ‘a Luna’ like she’s a material object and not a person. It’s the only way he’s able to think straight. “-but I did raise Wanda.” 

Pete’s face makes a weird twitch that Pietro barely catches. “What?”

“Wanda? Your twin?”

“Twin? Negative dude. Wanda is not my Twin. She’s ten. Do I look ten to you?”

Pete looks at Pietro like he’s a bug. “No, you don’t. You look like a perfectly normal twenty one year old.”

“Twenty year old.” Pietro corrects with narrowed eyes.

“Right!” Pete snaps his fingers like it simply slipped his mind. “Twenty.” He repeats to himself. “Your Wanda…is she…alright?”

“I dont know.”

Pete just hums under his breath and then eventually looks towards the sky as if it might have the answers. 

“Is she okay in yours?”

“Yeah, shes my best friend.” Pete says with conviction “She keeps me sane…and i havent seen her in a while.” Pietro thinks he might understand that feeling. He feels incomplete without his sister by his side. 

Pietro then asks something. Something he wasnt even fully prepared to ask. “And Anya?”

Pete looks surprised by the question “Anya…” like he doesnt know how to process what Pietro is asking.

“She died before i was born. Is she…alive in your universe?”

Petes eyes clear, nodding in understanding “Shes…” his voice goes soft “...alive in some timelines. Happy. She grows old in some. Shes amazing. Exactly how we imagined shed be.”

But not in his. Anya is alive though. Just not in either of their timelines. But shes alive. Theres a version of events where she lives. A version of events where Pietro has an older sister. Its bittersweet. 

Pete just stares at him like he might say something else. Something more meaningful. Pietro feels something wet roll down his nose. Blood. He has a nosebleed. He wipes at it with his hand. “Oh…”

“You’re not well.” Pete says with a frown. “You still need time to recover. So I’m stuck here for now.” 

“You are?”

“You cant help me if you cant run at your fastest capacity.” Pete says with a frustrated look “Youre stuck with me.” Pete looks at the mansion in the distance. “For now.”

Fan-fucking-tatsic. 

“Ill tell the professor then.” Pietro grumbles out. Pete waves his hands in his direction. “Don't bother. Already did.”

Right. That. “How come the professor can read your mind?”

Pete just gives him a questioning look “cause I let him.” As if it's that simple.

Pete runs off, the grass shifting behind him all dramatically. Pietro looks down at the necklace and rubs at the glass canister with a frown before slipping it around his neck. 

He walks back to the mansion instead of running. Pietro hears the police sirens in the distance. Horrible response time as per usual. If there was an actual break in Pietro and everyone in the school would be long dead. 

The Sirens get closer. Louder. 

Pietro thinks for a flashing second that he's not where he's supposed to be. The sirens are at his ears. He hears crying. His mother crying. Cradling his head. His chest hurts. His shoulder hurts. The shoulder where the bullets are lodged into. 

 

Everything feels convoluted and twisted and it only makes his head pound as the sirens get closer. 

He needs to get some rest. 

Yeah.

Thats what he needs to do.

Notes:

Typos and grammar mistakes will be found.

Sorry for the late chapter. This month has felt like ten.

I very quickly decided future/alternative Pietro had to be given a different name or else I was gonna give myself a headache.

Pete (obviously) hasn't traveled to every timeline he just assumes (from his experience) every Peter has a kid, he's just being a bit dramatic cause he misses his kid.

Random info... Pete took his father's last name so he's Pete Lehsnherr. I dont know if ill bring that up in the fic.

As always thanks for reading. ;)

Chapter 27: Failures and Successes

Summary:

“You’ve made an exceptional difference with these kids Peter. Don’t diminish the impact you’ve had on them. It’s demeaning not only to your efforts but to their progress because of those efforts.” Charles flips one of the essays over, hidden amongst the pile and it’s of a doodle. Probably made by one of the more artistically inclined students because he knows it’s him before he fully sees the whole picture.

It’s him in some sort of superhero costume. Goggles and cassette player on full display. A touch of accuracy to the fantasy of it all. He’s presumably in a running pose, frozen on the page with a goofy smile that makes his own grin appear on his face.

Pietro barely looks at the name on top of the page before the small grin turns into a wide smile. “Bobby drew this?”

-----

Pietro adjusts terribly to having another speedster in the mansion. Pietro reminisces and vents while Charles and him play a game of chess.

Notes:

Pietro isnt a high school drop out. In chapter one I mention that he quit (was forced to resign) running competitively three months before. Someone In the comment section had brought to my attention that this is why some readers assumed he was a high school dropout. I was super vague on his age and I did make it a point to be super vaugue about his childhood and life before we meet him In 'X-men days of the future past'. Sorry for accidentally misleading you. I did inevitably decide to play on the fact that he's a "high school drop out" but in an angstier way.

Anyway!

Im really happy everyone is enjoying the story so far, its really runaway from me. I have so much more i still wanna get to in this story. originally i wanted to fill in the ten year gap between 'Xmen Days of The Future Past' and X-men Apacolypse' but at the rate I'm going I'm gonna have to do a time skip. I know how I'm doing it--its just getting there is gonna take a while longer. The time wont be as drastic as TEN YEARS but regardless it'll be a time jump.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

It’s been days

Pietro thinks the hype would’ve died down after the first day of Pete’s splashing arrival but everyone is just too invested in the man. Pete refuses to answer any “spoilers” though so most questions are non-specific. 

 

“Do the Eagles win the championships?“ and he responds with Who are the Eagles? 

 

”Do I get taller?” Probably

 

“Is Hello Kitty a mutant?” No, weirdly enough, but Elmo is. 

 

“Is my name Patrick?” Uh, I don’t know. Is it? 

 

“Who’s the president of the United States?” Steve Rogers.

 

“How many marshmallows can you fit in your mouth?” Forty-seven.

 

“How fast can you run?” Pretty fast. 

 

“Faster than a train?” Yep .

 

“Faster than a bullet?”  Yes? Depends on the franchise.

 

Do you have a girlfriend?” No .

 

“Why not?” Cooties .

 

The questions get sillier and sillier and Pete responds very casually to them as if they are genuine questions and not inquiries done by children. Pete seems good with the kids. Another similarity that Charles seems to latch on to.

 

Despite himself, Pietro Maximoff makes an effort to track down all the new kids he doesn’t have names for and formally introduces himself to all of them. He tells Charles it’s so they know him properly, but he knows he’s looking for her name deep down. 

 

A Luna. 

 

But she’s not here. It would’ve been too easy for her to be a new student. Too convenient. He still feels the swell of disappointment when none of the stubby children with chipped teeth replied with a “Luna” when he asked for their names. But he’s also relieved that she wasn’t in that mess. she wasn’t in the facility. 

 

Luna isn’t here. She probably never will be. She probably doesn’t even exist. 

 

Pietro decides not to think about it. 

 

The only person who seems not at all interested in playing twenty-one questions with Pete is Hank who decided pretty quickly he wanted zero insight into the future and closed himself inside his room for the foreseeable future. The only time he stumbles out of his room is if Kurt is knocking which isn’t a surprise. Pietro leaves small baked goods on a plate near his door and after the third time it’s left outside his door untouched the speedster begins to give them to Kurt to give to the blue man. 

 

Charles takes Pietros' complaints over the other speedster like he’s a nagging customer in a convenience store. A fake placating smile and soothing words that make Pietro want to grind his teeth. Or shake his shoulders until his brain gets knocked back into place. 

 

Charles likes Pete. Pietro is worried Charles might like Pete better than him.

Pete sometimes sounds vaguely like Charles. Like his accent had molded with his and seemed to surface with certain vowels on specific words. It’s a frivolous thing to be so caught up on. Pete was raised by Charles. His Charles. Of course, he’d pick up a few things from the man. A few things Pietro doesn’t because Pete was raised by a faux British millionaire. 

 

It’s a bit of a “what if” moment. 

 

What if he had Charles instead of David. 

 

It’s a dumb and pointless thought. One that seems to grow bigger in his mind as the days pass. 

“He’s got cool white hair and I get grey hair? That’s not fair.” Pietro hates comparing himself to him but ever since Pete’s decided being “scarce” around the Mansion wasn’t an option anymore he’s been popping up everywhere. It’s driving Pietro crazy. He’s been purposely hiding the hohos from him but he seems to know all the good hiding spots. He feels like he’s in constant threat. He tells the professor this at any given point. 

It never occurs to Pietro to keep those insecurities away from him. He voices his distaste for the other speedster freely to Charles. Something in Pietros mind must truly be broken because he’s never talked shit this openly about someone else but when it comes to himself —to Pete—an alternative version of himself it’s like he’s given free range to say heinous and petty shit. 

“Peter, son, that’s you. You can’t be jealous of yourself.” Charles reasons as he uses his prominent hand to steer his wheelchair. 

He can certainly try. “He’s clearly got a better budget. And-“ Pietro looks at the muscles Kurt’s been shamelessly admiring for the last fifteen minutes “-a workout routine. Should I have a workout routine?” He looks at Charles expectantly. 

“You look perfectly healthy, kid.” Charles says kindly, patting his arm encouragingly. He could care less about being healthy

Pete, ever fucking observant, sees them from his spot on the track, he runs over smoothly at super speed and looks between Charles and him. He seems thrilled to see the professor. As if he hadn’t just monopolized the professor's entire day yesterday.

“Hey, old man.” And he smacks his hand against Charles's hand and does the most convoluted handshake he’s ever seen. Charles does it effortlessly, like he’s done it a million times before even if he looks utterly shocked as his hand moves on its own accord. Like muscle memory despite not having the practice or knowledge of ever learning the handshake. Pietro hates that this version of him is a million times cooler than him. 

“How’s your health today professor?”

“My health?” Charles questions. 

“Any headaches?”

“No? Healthy as a bull.” Charles smiles in amusement. 

“Good. Wouldn’t want any canon events to happen so early.” Pete, despite saying otherwise, is very bad at being subtle. Constantly dropping tidbits of random information that always makes Pietro's brain recalibrate. Just this morning he casually mentioned Aliens like that was a genuine threat he needed to worry about. 

“Pardon?” Charles' eyebrows lift in concern. 

“Don’t worry about it, dad.” And there’s that. Dad

The first time he heard him call Charles Dad it felt like the world had ended. It’s one thing to know that Pete’s Charles was his dad. And another thing to hear it— to see it. He wasn’t expecting this guy to go around calling every damn Charles he comes across; dad. But he does. Like a crazy asshole. 

He does it without any qualms or regard for Pietro's emotional standing in the whole thing. 

Charles Xavier isn’t Pietro's dad. 

The first time Pete said it casually in conversation he saw the way Charles seemed to freeze up. Floundering slightly at the situation. 

Because it is a situation. Pete isn’t that much younger than Charles. Practically the same age in this timeline. Anyone would be confused when a grown man they barely know starts calling them dad. 

He probably would be confused if Pietro called him dad. Not that he would do that!

Charles's face seemed to take a different expression when Pete explained the situation a bit better. He looked…sad. Pietro doesn’t know how to take that. “Right, I understand the confusion then.” Charles sec plains away. 

But Pete isn’t confused. He’s doing it on purpose . He’s trying to get on Pietro's fucking nerves. On purpose! Pietro has no proof of this but he can’t possibly explain away ‘dad’ as a slip-up. He does it every fucking time. 

Pietro feels ridiculous when he tries to explain that to Kurt who only looks a bit confused. “He keeps calling him dad. It’s embarrassing.”

“Because they’re the same age?” Kurt asks innocently while tracing one of the healed scars on his arms with his finger. He’s been doing that a lot. Checking his wounds. 

“Because he’s not his dad!” Pietro exasperates. 

Kurt just nods like he understands. “You do not like to share.” He doesn’t get it at all. Pietro is suffering

“I could care less!” Liar. “This universe isn’t his to claim. These are my people. My friends. My family.” The word family dropped from his tongue without his consent and he feels like he just shot himself in the foot. 

“I think…” Kurt looks at Pietro without judgment hesitantly. “…I think he misses his family. He keeps trying to talk to Hank but he keeps shutting him down. He seems upset about it.”

Hank . Right. Hank was Pete’s godfather. In his universe they were close. Closer than Pietro and Hank probably. Pete is missing his family. This is only confirmed when Pete says “I’ve missed you.” with soft eyes and the professor looks a bit unbalanced by the confession. He has in fact been there the whole time. But maybe for Pete, he hasn’t been. “Peter-“

“Pete. Just Pete remember?” the older speedster looks almost hurt but not surprised by the slip-up. Charles does that too. He keeps mixing the two up. calling Pete by Pietros name. It makes Pietro feel almost cruelly smug about it. Like Pete isn’t even real to Charles. 

It’s a mean thought. Pietro still has it though.

“Oh, right. My apologies.” Charles clears his throat–he adjusts in his seat, looking a bit sheepish. “Well- Pete is it too presumptuous of me to volunteer you for PE duty with the kids?” Pietro is thrown into outer space. 

“I thought I was doing PE duty today.” Pietro refuses to let the hurt show in his voice. He probably didn’t let his face have the memo though. Pietro hasn't been able to run around as eagerly as he usually would because of his bum leg and stupidly aching body but he didn’t think Charles would just up and replace him. Every day he gets better. He's almost at his normal speed. Practically back to normal besides the nightmares and the occasional nosebleed. 

 

Pietro's protest goes unanswered. 

 

“No problem. I can do that.” Pete salutes jokingly and does a sideways glance back at the field. “By the way, who's the hot guy?” He points a thumb at Alex Summers who’s swimming in the lake despite how cold it is outside. 

 

“That’s Alex Summers. Do you not have an Alex Summers in your universe?” Charles frowns, his eyebrows raising up to his hairline. 

 

“That’s Alex Summers?” Pete exclaims with a loud voice that makes both Charles and Pietros eyes widen in surprise. 

 

“Sorry.” Pete says sheepishly at their expressions “Alex Summers is kinda, totally, dead in my timeline. Died in the war. I've gone to so many universes and I’ve never actually come across the guy before.” Pete looks at the guy again, not even pretending he wasn’t checking him out “didn’t know he’d be so drop-dead gorgeous.” Finally, he says something that makes sense for once. 

 

Charles looks at Pete like he just said the craziest thing. 

 

“He is criminally hot.” Pietro agrees despite himself totally not wanting to side with Pete. He knows if Kurt was here he’d be just as gobsmacked and would be singing Alex Summers’ praises. 

 

Pietro and Pete are both staring as Alex Summers swims a lap across the lake without even breaking a sweat. His back muscles rippling as he moves fluidly through the water. 

 

“Will the both of you quit ogling?” Charles scolds them and both speedsters turn away from the swimmer and look at Charles with matching pouts. 

 

Charles looks at the two matching expressions and looks almost overwhelmed. “Right, um. Yes. Don’t do that. It’s rude to stare.”

 

“It’s rude to be that hot.”

 

“I’m offended daily.” Pietro says, which isn’t even a lie. Kurt still blushes when he sees Alex Summers’ biceps. Pietro looks at Pete’s muscles and thinks maybe he should start on that workout routine everyone seems to be fucking doing. 

 

Charles asks Pietro to play a game of chess with him. It seemed almost out of place to sit down and play a game while everything crazy is happening. Time travelers and estranged family members still plaguing the speedsters mind. 

 

“It’ll help you relax.”

 

“I’m very relaxed.”

 

“You are not.”

 

They sit down and Charles starts the game with a bold move. Pietro shuffles in his seat and digs his fingers into a salty snack—laid out and ready for him by Charles. 

 

“Don’t you wanna play with Pete?” 

 

“Why would I want that?”

 

“So you have someone new to play with. I’m sure you get bored of just playing me.” Pietro eggs on, not meeting the professor's eyes as he moves his Horsey. 

 

The professor doesn’t make a move right away. “I am perfectly content playing chess with you son.” The extra emphasis on son makes Pietro want to throw his chair against the wall. In a very mature way, of course. 

 

“Yeah, I mean-“ Pietro fidgets, taking in a breath that feels shallow. “It’s fine if you did want to play with him. I get it. He’s probably better at the game than me anyway.” Pietro can imagine Pete playing Chess with his own Charles, years and years of practice. He can imagine it better than he can imagine Pietro himself doing the very same. Foreign yet familiar. Different but the same. 

 

The professor falls silent, he makes his move. “The kids seem to love Pete. so that’s good.” Pietro forces the edge out of his voice. He’s trying not to be annoying. He’s trying not to make his own jealousy the root of every problem in his life. 

 

Charles takes in Pietro's words “The kids love you . Pete is just new and exciting. They were the same way when Alex arrived.” 

 

He does remember the constant flow of questions towards Alex as well, in fact he recalls himself being one of those many voices asking questions. Pietro also despises the fact that despite his miniature crush on Alex he’s also jealous of him too. Fuck. Pietro really didn’t think he was the jealous type but that’s two for two now. 

 

“The kids like me.” Pietro shrugs looking at the chessboard with forced focus. “They adore you.” Charles corrects trying to catch Pietro's eyes but the speedster refuses to even glance away from the chessboard. He wishes Charles would let it go. Just let him wallow in his self-doubt. 

Pietro raises an eyebrow, not truly believing the words Charles says so confidently. “I dunno about all that. Maybe I was just new and exciting for them too.” Because that seems to be the pattern too. 

For a lot of the mutant kids at least the original ones that Pietro recruited with Charles, he was the first mutant person they’d encountered. He doted on them. Matching their eagerness to bond.  with others like him. He was their first point of reference when it came to being a mutant. 

Charles takes a while to take his turn and suddenly he’s moving away from the chessboard and to his desk. 

“Pausing the game?” Pietro stops the tapping of his foot. He hadn’t realized he had started doing that. 

“Just for a moment. I need…to show you something.”

Pietro follows Charles' descent into his desk with his eyes, watching as the older man rifles through folders and papers. Pietro stays silent as he anxiously waits for the man to explain his abrupt distraction. 

When Charles comes back to the game he has a stack of papers. He drops them on to Pietros lap unceremoniously. The speedster looks at them suspiciously without touching them.

“I swear Charles if these are files on the students I do not want to reopen that wound-“ 

“-no.” Charles says quickly, almost embarrassed “God no Peter. They are school papers.” 

”School papers.” Pietro is very confused as he focuses on the pile of child-like writing. Class essays. A writing assignment for an English class most likely. 

Charles gestures at the pile with a small smile. Fond . “The kids had to write about someone they admire. I gave them no restrictions. I said it could be anyone. Anyone at all. These are twelve papers written about you.” He drops another stack “and that’s seven other papers that mention you. 22 out of 34 papers had the name Peter Maximoff written on it.” 

“How many of those papers were from the Twins?” 

Charles's face doesn’t change. “That’s besides the point.” 

Pietro looked at the papers in confusion regardless. “22 papers? I can’t possibly imagine what they’d write about?” 

Charles laughs like it’s a joke—like Pietro was a damn comedian. “They wrote about how much they love you Peter.“ he says it like that was the simplest answer and not something that made Pietros mind turn to goo. He just stares at the piles of papers trying to fathom it all. 

“They wrote about how you help them with homework and tell them stories and play with them during recess and sing to them when they have nightmares and make them any snack they want and listen to them when they talk. They talk about how much you mean to them. they talk about how you were their first friend. They idolize you. You’re their hero.”

Pietro feels the ache in his chest sink into his bones. He feels the stinging of stupid and ridiculous tears in his eyes. Fuck

“I don’t see how they could—I’m no one special.” Pietro can’t possibly be anybody’s hero. He hasn’t done anything particularly heroic. He isn’t a hero. He’s just a guy. ”Compared to a universe jumping time traveler I’m not much.”

“You are to them. You are so special, Peter. How could you not know that?” Charles puts a warm hand on his shoulder, soothing instead of intimidating. Grounding in a way. “You give pieces of yourself to everybody as keepsakes. They always seek you out first. Not Hank. Not Pete. Not me. You .“ He moves the pile around, shuffling the papers in Pietros lap, pointing at a specific one. 

“You remember Carlisle? How he struggles to read?” Carlisle is thirteen years old and doesn’t know how to write anything besides his name. Not that he ever wanted to admit that. He’d disrupt class so he wouldn’t have to read out loud and would blatantly vandalize the literature in the school to avoid reading. It’s not that he didn’t want to read, it's simply that he couldn’t. 

“He only opened up to you about it and if you hadn’t pushed past his initial abrasiveness we would’ve just assumed he was a troublemaker.” Charles interviewed a teacher last week who specializes in kids with learning disabilities. 

“And Bobby—“

“—I don’t care how many times you say it. Bobby does not think I’m cool.” 

“He does.” Charles presses “If it wasn’t for your guidance—reintroducing him to his friend, keeping patience with the boy he wouldn’t have reached out to his parents again.”

“Didn’t his parents want to pull him out of the school when we got invaded? He wasn’t safe here. I didn’t keep him safe like I said that I would.” Pietro recalls the angry and emotional phone call from Bobby Drake's parents when he had first gotten back. 

“They did try.” Charles nods “They drove all the way here to pick him up and everything but Bobby refused to go. He didn’t want you to think he left Wanda to fend for herself.” 

 

“He said that?“

 

“He didn’t have to.” He tries to imagine scrawny Bobby Drake going toes down with grown men, armed and trained to capture and kill kids just like him. He tries to imagine him saving all the kids that he could—feeling that weight on his shoulder. Pietro tries to imagine Bobby Drake still deciding to stay after that. Insisting really. For his sake. For Pietros peace of mind. It makes all the reserved fondness he has for the cold boy spike in his chest like a porcupine. “Wanda left. He didn’t have to stay. He…” Pietros mind supplies him with red hair and burdened eyes. Right. Jean. He would stay for Jean too. Of course, he would. The telepathic little girl managed to mean something to Pietro too.  

Bobby Drake pre-invasion would have avoided Jean in the hall. Bobby Drake after the invasion is usually within ten feet from Jean at all times.

“You’ve made an exceptional difference with these kids Peter. Don’t diminish the impact you’ve had on them. It’s demeaning not only to your efforts but to their progress because of those efforts.” Charles flips one of the essays over, hidden amongst the pile and it’s of a doodle. Probably made by one of the more artistically inclined students because he knows it’s him before he fully sees the whole picture. 

It’s him in some sort of superhero costume. Goggles and cassette player on full display. A touch of accuracy to the fantasy of it all. He’s presumably in a running pose, frozen on the page with a goofy smile that makes his own grin appear on his face. 

Pietro barely looks at the name on top of the page before the small grin turns into a wide smile. “Bobby drew this?” 

“Yes, definitely one of his tamer pieces.” Charles comments knowingly “He usually has hearts floating around.”

Pietro memorizes the stupid little doodle like it’s made by fucking Picasso. He wants to keep it. Frame it. plaster it on the fridge with magnets like a doting father. 

He wants to become this version of himself that Bobby sees. Brave and courageous with a perfectly smug grin and meticulously drawn hair. He wants this to be how everyone sees him. It’s hopeful thinking. Dumb, almost, but if Bobby Drake can imagine Pietro like a damn hero then maybe he can actually become one. “You can keep it.” Charles says—like he can read his mind. But Pietro knows that he can’t. That the professor simply just knows him that well. 

He was going to keep it regardless. He’s already adding a picture frame to his mental checklist for the grocery run they have to do later this week. 

“Thank you.” Pietro clears his throat—desperately trying to clear away the mist in his eyes and wobble in his voice. “For, um, telling me all of that. It means a lot to know that they care about me as much as I care about them.” Emotional Honesty. Pietro thinks he might be finally getting the hang of it. He’s emotioning the shit out of his honesty right now. Straight up killing it. who needs therapy? He’s awesome at this. 

Charles looks at Pietro straight on. “You don’t need to feel threatened by Pete. The kids hang at his every word because he’s you . If he had been another version of Hank or me the kids wouldn’t have been nearly as compelled.” 

“But he’s not me. He’s some alternative cooler, far more put-together version of me.” it’s the part nobody seems to understand. 

“Trust me, Peter. He isn’t as put together as you think.” Right. Because they talk . Charles can look into Pete’s mind and see all the ugliness he supposedly has and Pete just lets him. It’s another thing that Pietro can’t do. 

“He has an Olympic gold medal.” Pietro blurts out suddenly—his mind buzzing with adrenaline. “I took track in high school. I never made it to the Olympics. I was close. I trained for it. For two years. Even after I graduated. All I did after high school was train. Running was my thing . Competing was my thrill . It was my passion. It was the only thing I was good at. The only thing I enjoyed doing. It was what I thought I was going to be known for. But then it was taken away from me. Not just that. It was erased . Censored and buried. forgotten completely. Like I never even existed . Like it was insignificant.” like he was insignificant.

Charles doesn’t say anything. Pietro keeps talking, feeling his lungs shake with each sentence. “I graduated high school. I fucking finished. I had my diploma. But then that was taken away from me too. When they erased my running career they erased all traces of marathons or field days. They made it so it looked like I never even took a P.E. class. They took my diploma back over one credit. A damn P.E. class. Over a fucking P.E. credit that I definitely fucking took. I don’t even think that’s legal. Nothing they did to me was legal. So now I’m a high school dropout? Not an Olympian like Pete. Not only am I not an Olympian, I’m still fucking wanted for crimes I’ve never done. so I’m a high school dropout, and a criminal. Im A fucking stereotype and none of it's even real. I did graduate. I didnt commit the crimes I’m wanted for. everything is out of my hands. Everything in my life, my sister, my mom, my career, my education, my daughter is completely out of my fucking hands. I have no say in a damn thing. And Pete does. Pete has everything I should fucking have and it isn’t fair at all. Nothing in my life has come easy and I just thought that’s what happens when you’re someone like me. But apparently, that’s not true. Apparently, there’s a version of me out there whose life is exactly how I imagined it to be for me. I got all the bad stuff and it wasn’t inevitable. It wasn’t bound to happen. It just did happen. I just got the short straw in this life. I’m just simply that unlucky.” Pietro looks over at Charles who hasn't moved since he’s begun speaking. He hasn’t interrupted or attempted to soothe his panic. 

Pietro is in super speed. He’s been talking in superspeed. Charles is frozen in his chair. Looking at a chess piece like he’s deep in thought. He isn’t. He’s simply frozen in time. Like a paused tv. He hasn’t heard a damn thing Pietro has said this whole time. Pietro hadn’t even intentionally gone into superspeed. He just felt like he was going to explode and then he started venting. 

Fuck. Pietro can’t even vent correctly. He can’t do anything fucking right. When he pulls himself out of his speed it feels like diving back under water after taking a deep breath of air. 

He grounds himself into the chair, forcing himself to be solid and still and slow

“maybe you should try to see it from his point of view.” Charles continues on to whatever he was saying before Pietro was taken into his speed. It felt almost like a slap to the face. 

“You don’t get it.” Pietro feels so drained from the conversation—“all I see is his point of view.” He slows down his words making each vowel and letter slip through his mouth in solid sentences that are easily discernible by human ears. Pietro tries to explain himself in a way that doesn’t make him start rambling again. He doesn’t want to lose himself in the speed of his mind. 

“I feel like you aren’t seeing it from my point of view. What if there was a version of you that succeeded at everything you’ve ever failed at. Everything you want but don’t have—-they have it. Wouldn’t you feel some sort of way too if they just showed up and made themselves at home in your life?”

Charles looks Pietro in the eye, his face calm in the face of Pietros struggle. “Pete has a Charles—“

Pietro nearly screams “— Ben Zona —“ he curses in Yiddish. He might actually be running around in circles. Charles extends a placating hand in a ‘calm down’ motion. He places a firm grip on Pietros elbow, steadying him. Keeping him solid with the moment. He feels almost cornered. 

“Listen. His Charles can walk . Pete offered me a drink last night to mix with my hot chocolate so I assume his Charles isn’t an alcoholic like me.” Pietro watches as Charles seems to breakdown each point like it’s a tally against him. 

“His Charles is married. He has—He has children .” Charles looks so incredibly melancholy. “He has a thriving school and he has Raven by his side.” His eyes drift past Pietro. The speedster is hanging on to his every word.

“His life is the one I wanted for myself as well. His successes are also my failures. It is difficult to think about. But I discovered something…something he didn’t mean to tell me.”

Charles moved his chess piece, a counter attack that leaves his pieces vulnerable for attack. “I’m dead in his universe. I don’t know how it happens. But I know it must’ve been out of the ordinary because—“ Charles takes a breath, calming his nerves. “—it created a divergence in their timeline. My death was the reason his entire universe was eradicated and erased from the flow of time.” 

Pietro stares at the professor in absolute horror. He watches as Charles very casually plays his next piece like he didn’t just mention how his unexpected death was the catalyst of an entire universe being destroyed. 

It’s not a competition but fuck

“Yeah, you win. I think your thing is bigger than my thing.” He says with a puff of hysterical laughter. Charles must seem to find the whole thing just as horrifyingly ridiculous as him because he’s gripping the table and throwing his head up in laughter. 

“Like, Holy shit man.” Pietro can’t hold in the high-pitched laugh that just unleashed from his lungs. It’s such an inappropriate response but he feels a lot better knowing that Charles is also actively losing his mind with him. Their laughter nearly echoed in the room. “That’s so fucked up.”

“Incredibly.” Charles hollers “he looks at me like I’m a damn ghost.” And he’s laughing like that’s not incredibly painful to hear. Charles is literally keeling over and cackling like they aren’t actively making fun of his horrible fate in an alternative ‘perfect’ universe. 

This whole thing became very twisted and fucked up and Pietro should feel bad about being relieved but he isn’t. “At least I’m not dead.” Is what Charles says between wheezing laughter and they’ve practically abandoned the game of chess to compose themselves. 

It’s just like—bent over and hysterically laughing that Kitty walks through the wall and stares at them in confusion. “Hello? Are you guys tripping?” 

“No.” Charles tries to stop laughing—unsuccessfully and when he makes eye contact with Pietro they both seem unable to hold in their laughter once again. 

“I love this for you guys but like someone’s at the door. I think it’s a parent.”

Charles sits up from his chair, trying to level out his myrrh—a smile was still unavoidable on his face. “Right. Of course. Who’s parent?”

Pietro starts to shuffle the children’s essays on his lap, beginning to stand from his chair to clear out from the professor's office. 

“I dunno. Said her name was Magda.”

Pietro Maximoff runs out of the room and to his mom before the name Magda is fully out of Katherines mouth.

Notes:

Thank you for reading! As always you will find grammar mistakes and typos ;))

Chapter 28: Pseudo Parent Teacher Conference

Summary:

Pietro visibly sits up straighter—a bit stunned that Charles is on his side again and not trying to placate his mother. He looks at his mother—trying to see what the professor's words have done to her defense.

She seems to straighten her back as well—her face going cold as she shoots her glare at Charles. “I’m his mother. You’re just his teacher. You can pretend to be his father all you like but you have no say in how or when or what I choose to tell my son. I’m his actual parent. Not you.” It’s like she’s quoting a past experience. Yelling at a different teacher who sent him to the principal's office too many times. Magda Maximoff has yelled at more school teachers then Pietro can count but not one of them has ever reacted to those words the way Charles does.

 

()()()()()()()

Magda Maximoff has arrived at the x-mansion to shake things up. The Speedsters clash and Kitty makes some easy money.

Notes:

Blah blah blah. Sorry for the late update. Thank you for reading and commenting. You will find typos and grammar mistakes.

The next chapter should be done sooner than this one.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Pietro Django Maximoff hasn’t seen his Mai, Magda Maximoff, in a year and some change. 

 

Before this the longest time he’d go without seeing her was a month or two. He hasn’t seen his mothers face. He’d nearly forgotten how she looked like. Which seems a bit dramatic but she must have dyed her hair or lost some weight because she looks indescribably different in some way that Pietro can’t pin point. 

 

He feels a swell of blood flush through his feet as he makes himself solid and still right in front of his mother. Wanting her to see him, fully before he comes any closer. His mother always had a sort of sixth sense as to when he’d be using his powers. She always has. When he was younger he thought it was creepy how she knew exactly when he was going to run or when exactly he was gonna show up in a room. He tried to figure out if he had some sort of tell that told her he was going to use his abilities. Did he lean on his feet too much before he ran? Did he make a face before bolted? Did he make some sort of noise that triggered her mom instincts that told her he was about to go into superspeed? 

 

He remembers his last competitive race. The one that tanked his career and kicked him out of the national team and basically doomed him to anonymity. He met his mothers eyes just before he used his powers to win and she just knew. He could see it in her eyes that she knew he was about to go into super speed. 

 

Pietro never did figure it out. 

 

It wasn’t important. 

 

She’s pulling into a gentle, crooked  smile before he’s even gathered in front of her and when he falls back into regular time she’s spreading that smile further without any hesitation. Like she knew he’d come to her the moment he realized she was here. 

 

Here. At the mansion. His home. A place he’s been Calling home subconsciously despite his mother not being here. Am now she is. She’s home. “Peter.” She says his name like she hasn’t said it in ages. Like it’s the first time. Like she’s not sure how to pronounce it anymore. Out of practice completely. Her thick voice forms a familiar swell in his chest. “Mama.” He says breathlessly despite not being particularly fatigued. “Your here.” His voice cracks pathetically.

 

He feels young. He feels old. He feels too much all at once. 

 

He feels like he’s dreaming. But his dreams aren’t ever this kind. Never this sweet. 

 

Pietro doesn’t know who’s pulling who into the hug but he’s enveloped in one regardless. When was the last time his mother hugged him? He can’t remember. Did she always smell like lavender? 

 

“I’m so sorry mama.” He doesn’t even know what he’s apologizing for. His brain is supplying him with information all at once. Bullet points of things he should speak to his mother about. All of them fall short once he tries to speak. “I’m so glad you’re here.” Pietro hears footsteps and a ruckus coming down from the stairs. He allows his mind to focus-Focus-Focus on one of the many bullet points. “Where’s Wanda?” He looks behind her. Hopeful. Still holding his mother in a hug. arms strong wrapped tightly around her. He’s afraid she’ll pull away before he’s ready. He doesn’t think he’ll ever be ready.

 

Magda squeezes him hard, rubbing his back like she always does and Pietro can't even melt into it because she hasn’t answered his question. 

 

He pulls away from her, despite not wanting to and het face is contemplative. “She’s not with me.” She says finally. 

 

“Yeah, she is.” Pietros heart sinks “Charles said—he said you came to pick her up. She’s with you.” He tries to convince himself that he misheard. Maybe she misheard his question. 

 

“David has her.” She says after a long and hard pause. 

 

No. That doesn’t make any sense. No. Pietro shakes his head. He can’t tell if he’s doing it at superspeed or not. 

 

“He got out of prison early. He wanted to see Wanda. Forced me to come get her so he could see her.”

 

“No. That doesn’t make sense.” He actually ends up voicing his inside thought. Damn. 

 

Magda barrels on—wringing her fingers together in a familiar habit. Wanda does that. Where the hell is Wanda? “He got out on good behavior.” 

 

“Who was his warden? Satan? How the fuck did that go?” Pietro snaps sarcastically. 

 

Magda’s eyes turn sharp “cussing is not necessary, Peter.” 

 

“Oh I’m sorry!” Pietro exclaims very dramatically.  “I’m just confused how he got his demonic ass out of hell on good behavior? Did he eat the devils ass? Like what gives?” 

 

Magda barely even makes a face at Pietros vulgar analogy which only makes him feel more insane. He doesn’t even look around to see if anybody is around to overhear. “You killed David, didn’t you? So how is it that he’s back and haunting the narrative again?” He feels like he’s missing another piece of the puzzle. Again. Like fucking always. He can never see the whole picture. 

 

An outsider in his own life. 

 

For fucks sake. Can he catch a break that’s longer than a page turn? 

 

Magda’s face pales. “What exactly did Wanda tell you?” 

 

“She didn’t tell me anything.” Pietro says almost defensively. ”I just…remembered.” Pietro tries to think of a way to explain the memory jumping without sounding absolutely batshit crazy. “You were the one that told me. You told me and then…Wanda made me forget. And I did but…now I remember.”

 

Magda’s face goes slack for just a moment, looking like all the sleepless nights have finally caught up to her.

“How much exactly do you remember?”

 

Alarm bells ring in Pietros ears. “Is there more that I forgot?” 

 

 

“Peter? Who is it?” Pietro can hear Kurt before he can see him. His voice settling down his nerves just a bit. He can’t freak out in front of Kurt. He needs to take a damn breath and stay calm. Clear his mind and think logically. 

 

He doesn’t know how to do that.

 

“We should talk in private.” Magda says stiffly and Pietro just stares at her. 

 

“Is everything okay?” Kurt’s voice breaks through the tension that’s between Pietro and Magda and he doesn’t know whether to feel grateful for it or not. 

 

“This is my mom.” Pietro says suddenly and steps slightly to the side to gesture at his mom, like she’s a prized turkey at the fair.

 

Kurt’s eyes drift towards Magda and a little smile pops into his face at the introduction. “Your mama.” The way he says mama makes a smile slip through Pietros mouth as well, despite the intense moment he’s having with his mom. Kurt could say anything and he’d probably think it’s the cutest shit ever. 

 

“Yeah, my mom. Magda.” He looks at his mom who’s now displaying a very polite smile, despite the stiffness to her shoulders. “Mom, this is Kurt.” He gestures towards his blue friend like he’s also a prize turkey he won at the fair. 

 

“His best friend.” Kurt tacks on eagerly, like that wasn’t obvious. Which maybe it wasn’t. Magda has never met Kurt and it’s not like the two relatives talk. Kurt’s toothy smile breaks through Magdas polite smile which then turns into a genuine one, her eyes softening. 

 

“Yeah, my best friend.” Pietro mends.

 

“It’s nice to see you again, Kurt.” His mom says. 

 

“Again?” Pietros mind races. 

 

“I stayed in the Wagner home for a moment before leaving if you don’t recall, Peter.” yeah, no, he definitely forgot that. 

 

Holy shit that feels like ages ago. 

 

Kurt met his mom. Ages ago. Before he even met him. That’s such a weird thing to think about. Pietro glances at the teleporter in question who just gives Magda an observing look. 

 

“I’m sorry to hear about your mothers passing. She was a force.”

 

Kurt nods—“she was.” His eyes dart behind Magda quickly and then back at Pietro. 

 

“Is the Professor here?” Magda asks suddenly and Pietro takes a step back—feeling absolutely thrown.

 

With a puff of sulfur Kurt is gone and Pietro is facing his mother once again. 

 

“Charles? Why would you want to see him?” Pietro must be so blatantly obvious or his mother must know him well because she takes his arm and squeezes it gently—a quick and anxious smile appearing on her face “I’m very glad to see you Peter—“

 

“—are you? I was kidnapped and tortured and you don’t even seem to care.”

 

Magda looks at Pietro with deep sorrow, she wears the emotion like a trusty jacket, worn and used. “Of course I care.” 

 

“You didn’t call.”

 

She bites her raw lips, chipped and cracked like she’d been nibbling on them. ”Things were very complicated and I couldn’t reach out. I’m sorry.” 

 

The I’m sorry feels like too little too late. 

 

“Why not? Mom, please, just explain to me what’s going on.” He’ll forgive her. He realizes pretty quickly that there’s very little he won’t forgive from his mother. Maybe Charles was right when he spoke to him in the jet. Maybe he is too easy to forgive others. It’s not something he likes about himself but he isn’t in a position to be unforgiving. He’s no saint. 

 

Magda nods “I will, I just need to talk to Charles first.”

 

“Why?” Pietro snaps and then quickly retreats when she narrows her eyes at him. “Sorry—“ he says quickly, repeating it when he realizes he said it too quickly for anyone to understand. “Sorry--I didn’t mean to snap at you Mai. I just—I don’t understand why you’re being so secretive.” He gets it. But he also doesn’t. Why does she keep secrets from him? What good does it do now? 

 

“It’s not something I can just say out here in the open Peter.” Magda says evenly and he’s barely recognized the crowed of students huddling on the top of the stairs, intrigued by the abrupt reunion. Pietro smells Kurt before he sees him, puffing back into the room like a smoke bomb.  

 

“Wanda’s not with you.” Kurt says firmly, he probably just checked—triple confirming to see if the younger Maximoff sibling was here but to no avail.

 

Pietro loves that he did that without him having to ask. 

 

“Why didn’t you bring her with you?” Kurt’s asks—his voice leaning towards confusion instead of concern. 

 

Pietro looks at his mother expectantly, crossing his arms “great question.” He raises a questioning eyebrow. 

 

His mother crosses her arms as well and raises an equally pointed eyebrow towards the speedster. “I don’t appreciate your attitude, young man. I am still your mother—“

 

Pete decides this is the time to make his grand entrance. “—Questionable.” The older speedster leans against the door frame with a sharp look towards Magda that makes her visibly stiffen. “Who are you?” 

 

Pietro sighs “he’s nobody.” He does NOT want to explain time traveling and alternative universes to his mom when he himself doesn’t understand it either. 

 

Pete makes a face that reminds Pietro that he’s the spitting image of him. Fuck. Magda’s face goes grey. 

 

“You don’t recognize your own son?” Pete smacks his lips like he’s genuinely hurt but his voice says otherwise “how Magda of you.”

 

Magda looks between Pietro and Pete and her face goes surprisingly blank as she processes what she’s seeing. 

 

“What? You’ve never seen an older alternative version of your son before, Magda?” 

 

Pietro feels Kurt’s tail loop around his ankles, an anxious habit that ends up helping Pietro feel grounded. 

 

Magda just stares at Pete like she’s making a decision on the matter. “You are not my son.” She concludes and Pete makes a face, a quick hurt expression that is gone within microseconds but Pietro sees it Nonetheless. Pete pretends to be unphased by the observation and narrows his eyes in a taunt. “You sure? I know how confused you get.” 

 

Magda looks away from Pete and looks firmly at Pietro. Like she’s adjusting her eyes to the sun and needs a few blinks to truly settle. 

 

“Can you fuck off?” Pietro waves his hands at Pete in a shooing manner like he’s one of Miss Margo’s stray cats that’s wandered into a room it shouldn’t be. 

 

“Whatever.” Pete gives Magda one last insufferable look before speeding off into fucking nowhere. Pietro let’s out a breath through his nose. “I’m afraid to ask.” his mom says distantly. 

 

He turns to his mom, the Middle Aged woman looking far less perplexed then Pietro feels she should be “he’s just stopping by.” 

 

“When does he leave?” Magda asks very pointedly.

 

“Not soon enough.” Pietro doesn't even get to gloat on the fact that his mom clearly doesn't like Pete. Probably the only person in this fucking school that doesnt like the older speedster. Although she is the only person who he seems to show ill faith towards. 

 

“Magda.” Speak of the devil. Charles seems to materialize just when his presence was asked for. 

 

“Charles.” His mom says gravely. 

 

“We’ve been trying to reach you.” Charles says—he tips his head to the side “but you already knew that didn’t you?” 

 

“Yes, I did.”

 

“Wanda has been blocking cerebro? Blocking me?” Charles’ voice has a different tone to it. 

 

“Yes.”

 

“Why?” Kurt and Pietro ask at the same time. Weirdly in sinc in their confusion. 

 

“Because of David.”

 

“David…” Charles gives Pietro a questioning look and he’s glad he isn’t the only one completely confused. “I’m not following.”

 

“David is peters stepfather.”

 

Charles nods—-very slowly—choosing his words carefully. “yes, I know…My condolences.”

 

“David isn’t dead.” Magda says stiffly. 

 

Kurt’s tail tightens around the speedsters ankles, almost shackling him in place. The blue boy goes rock still beside him. 

Charles badly contains his shock—his face widening—and then immediately realizing how inappropriate it would be to openly gape at the woman—he clamps his mouth shut and blinks twice. Adjusting. Eyes darting to Pietro and Kurt before speaking. 

“That’s quite unfortunate. I have many questions.”

 

“So do I!” Pietro adds. 

 

“Would you like to speak in my office?” Charles is already turning his wheelchair. 

 

Magda looks around towards the Nosey children gathered in the hallway before nodding “Yes, That’s probably what's best.” 

 

The abandoned game of chess was still spread out on the professor's side table. Pietro's chair pushed away from the table as a result from his abrupt departure to greet his mother at the door. Magda walks into the office with a tension to her shoulders—her eyes drift to the game of chess with a sharp look before drifting back towards Charles’ desk. She sits across his wood desk on the worn brown leather seats. 

 

“its better if I have this conversation with Charles alone.” She says when Pietro and Kurt sits on the chairs beside her. 

 

“It’s a family matter.” Magda says to Kurt and the blue boy barely even pauses before speaking his mind “whatever you tell Pietro he’ll just end up telling me.” 

 

Magda blinks—startled by the Immediate response. She gives Pietro a look who doesn’t even pretend to be embarrassed. “Word for word most likely.” 

 

Magda then looks at Charles with a question in her eyes. “They are a bit codependent. It’s best not to question it.” He says flippantly like he’s had this conversation before. With who? Hank? Erik? Alex? 

 

Pietro wants to ask but he doesn’t. Staying focused on the current issue. The issue being his mom. 

 

 

“I think it’s better if Peter isn’t here either.” 

 

 

“What?” Pietros' voice wavers. 

 

 

“Please.” Magda says and Pietro looks at Charles who looks like he’s being pushed into a corner he doesn’t like. 

 

“Are you sure you don’t want Peter here—he might understand a bit better than I can.” Charles asks Magda who nods without hesitation. 

 

“It’s a bit sensitive.”

 

“I can be sensitive!” Pietro scoffs.

 

“Yes I’m aware.” Magda gives him a sideways glance and Pietro refuses to let her see how much that hurt. 

 

“It might clear up some miscommunications if Peter stays to listen.” Charles says—quick to assist the speedster. Poor guy, he’s actually trying. Like actually

 

“I deserve to know what’s going on.” Pietro adds in with a huff.

 

”I don’t care. I’m the adult here and I told you I don’t want you here. I’m speaking with Charles alone.” Magda says While rubbing her temple—a growing headache that seems to be caused by Pietro. Or maybe a hangover.  

 

Pietro forgot that his mother was like this. She treats him like he’s frozen in time with her—perpetually ten years old forever. Her rules, her way. No if or buts about it. No explanation given. No reasoning granted. 

 

Pietro is used to Hanks constant questions—followed up with answers—reasoning—data’s. Every rule or step is made with a purpose and is explained. Charles and Hank have created a household where you can reasonably ask a question and if an answer is known it will be shared and would have solid reasoning. “Because I said so.” Is not a reasonable answer here. But it is to Magda and it’s a bit jarring to have to adjust back to that mentality. 

 

“Perhaps…” Charles settles between the two—most likely seeing the power dynamic Pietro seems to fall into now that his mom is here. He might be realizing what every other school counselor—every after school teacher waiting in the parking lot—has realized. 

 “…it’s better if Peter is here so that you don’t have to repeat yourself. He’s been very concerned and I think some answers might alleviate some of his worries.” 

 

Pietro visibly sits up straighter—a bit stunned that Charles is on his side again and not trying to placate his mother. He looks at his mother—trying to see what the professor's words have done to her defense.

She seems to straighten her back as well—her face going cold as she shoots her glare at Charles. “I’m his mother. You’re just his teacher. You can pretend to be his father all you like but you have no say in how or when or what I choose to tell my son. I’m his actual parent. Not you.” It’s like she’s quoting a past experience. Yelling at a different teacher who sent him to the principal's office too many times. Magda Maximoff has yelled at more school teachers then Pietro can count but not one of them has ever reacted to those words the way Charles does. 

 

It was a calculative jab. It looked like a slap to the face by Charles’ expression. Like a bucket of ice cold water dunked on to his head. Just my teacher. 

 

It’s almost funny how wrong she was by that defense though. Charles isn’t just his teacher. He isn’t just anything. In fact he isn’t his teacher at all. I think that’s what makes Pietro realizes how very little his mother knows about him. About what’s going on at the mansion. How very little she’s been paying attention. She doesn’t even know who Charles is to Pietro. Who he is to Wanda. 

 

“I’m not a student here.” Pietro says to the thin air—all the oxygen sucked away and evaporated into Magda’s lungs. 

 

“That’s besides the point. You should leave the adults to speak Peter.” Magda says and Pietro stands up from his chair—Kurt standing with him.

 

 

”What-fucking-ever.” Pietro leaves the room with a irritated slam of the door and a anxious Kurt trailing closely behind him. 

 

“Your mom is kinda mean.” Kurt Says uneasily.

 

“Oh, really? You think?” Pietro snaps irritably and Kurt stops trailing behind him—he stops walking entirely. “What?” Pietro turns around—unknowingly glaring at the boy like he has anything to do with this whole mess with his mom. 

 

“When your mom feels judged or trapped she gets a temper.” Kurt says slowly—his tone gentle. 

 

“Yeah, I already knew that Kurt! Why are you psychoanalysing my mom?” Pietro Rakes his hands through his none existent hair, feeling even more irritated that he couldn’t tug at his strands. Overstimulated and frustrated. 

 

Kurt doesn’t say anything else—just kinda looks at Pietro weirdly which only makes the speedster more stressed. Why is he looking at him like that? What is he seeing? “Spit it out Kurt!” He says with an edge to his voice. 

 

“You and your mom are alike in that way. You’re angry.”

 

“Yeah, obviously I’m angry Kurt. My mom is a mess. My life is a mess. My entire fucking life feels like a walking nightmare.” His mind isn’t his own. He’s an irregularity. Somehow-someway. Something is wrong with him and he doesn’t know how to change that. How to make it better. 

 

Kurt nods, calm and put together “You’re actively yelling at me. Currently.” 

 

“I’m not yel—“ he realizes the volume of his voice has actually increased immensely about halfway through that sentence. He’s yelling at Kurt. Why the fuck is he yelling at Kurt? Of all people? “-yeah. Okay. Shit. I am.” Pietro closes his eyes—trying to reel in his irritation. Trying to tune it to the right thing. To the right person. Not Kurt. Not him. Not ever. 

 

“I’m sorry.” He says with his eyes closed—almost afraid to open them and see how hurt Kurt must be by his blind and irrational attack. Pietros emotions get the better of him. Constantly. “I shouldn’t have raised my voice at you. I’m really fucking sorry.”

 

And when he opens his eyes to look at him Kurt meets his eyes immediately. Open and honest. Because he isn’t a coward. Not like Pietro. Pietro who can’t even apologize while looking at him to see the damage he’s caused. 

 

I forgive you.” Kurt says easily. “not that you needed my forgiveness. I just needed you to see it from your moms perspective. She’s feeling judged. Trapped. She’s lashing out. At the wrong person. Just like you would.”

 

“Okay.” Pietro let’s out a breath “so what you're saying is I should chill out? Get off her dick? Touch some grass?” 

 

“Not in so many odd terms but yes you should definitely—get some perspective. Get cold and such.” Chill out is what he means and Pietro can’t help the stupid grin on his face. 

 

“Right. That’s my bad, dude. I’ll definitely chill the fuck out now that you told me to chill the fuck out. Can’t believe I didn’t think of that sooner.” Pietro says sarcastically, joking through a smile—bumping his shoulders with Kurt who bumps right back. Easy and calm. Unintentionally. Pietro grabs Kurt’s hand—just cause he could. Because he wanted to. 

“it’s all very strange.” Kurt says. 

“what is?”

”I can’t see Magda and Charles ever having a child together.”

Pietro burst out into laughter. What a random thing to say. Kurt laughs as well—albeit a bit less loudly. “My mom’s types are usually assholes but good looking out. We should definitely  keep those two apart from now on. We don’t want any more bastard kids running around.” 

He does feel a bit better now that he’s able to joke about stupid shit. 

Kitty walks through the wall-very casually. “Is your lovers spat over?”

 

“It wasn’t a spat.” Pietro corrects. 

 

“Yes it’s over. He apologized.” Kurt says with a kind smile and Pietro gawked at the boy. 

“As he should. He’s usually in the wrong.” Kitty says with zero knowledge of any time Pietros ever been wrong. She just likes siding against Pietro. Like a little shit. 

“Did you need anything, gremlin?”

 

“I have information.”

 

“What kind of information?”

 

“Give me ten dollars and I’ll give you the information.”

 

Pietro rolls his eyes. “I’m not giving you money.” Kurt is already pulling out Pietros wallet from his back pocket.

 

“No, dude. Stop giving the kids money. They literally have an allowance.” Pietro has witnessed Kurt get not-so-subtly mugged by children too many times. 

 

“But—then i won’t tell you the very suspicious thing I saw Pete doing.” Kitty—the little shit—says, knowing damn well how to push Pietros buttons. 

 

“she brings up solid points.” Kurt says opening up Pietros wallet—because apparently kurt doesn’t have a wallet—apparently he’s been giving away Pietros money—and the teleporter pulls out a crisp twenty dollar bill. 

 

“Do you have change for a twenty.” Kurt asks innocently. Kitty snatches the twenty from his hand with a grin “nope.” 

 

“Okay, shit head, what do you know?”

 

“The professor said you can’t call me shit head anymore.” Kitty says in a mocking voice. 

 

“The professor can suck my left toe.”

 

“Gross.” Kurt wrinkles his nose.

 

“I will take that twenty back before you can even blink.” Pietro retorts. 

 

Kitty sighs, pocketing the money in her bra—knowing Pietro wouldn’t go anywhere near that. “Pete’s in Hanks laboratory snooping through his things.”

 

“Hank is in a meeting in the city.” Kurt rattles off like he knows his schedule by memory. He probably does. 

 

“And his laboratory is always locked when he isn’t at the mansion how did pete get inside.”Pietro frowns.

 

Kitty shrugs “he gave me five bucks to unlock the door.” 

 

“Katherine!” 

 

“What? I knew it was suspicious that's why I told you about it.” 

 

“After you swindled twenty bucks from us.” Pietros exclaims. 

 

“I asked for ten. I’m a fair and generous business woman. It’s not my fault you don’t carry smaller bills.”

 

“If I carried smaller bills you’d just take them from me.” Pietro exasperates. 

 

“It’s not my fault you’re easy to steal from. Kurt is giving away your money like candy. Don’t I deserve to make a livable wage?”

 

“You don’t pay bills!” Pietro yells. 

 

“So it’s best I save up now. With the way the economy is going I won’t even be able to afford to pay for a good winter jacket so I don’t freeze to death under a bridge.”

 

“A bridge?” Kurt gasps and looks at Pietro with wide eyes like it’s his fault that Kitty is theoretically dead and homeless under a bridge in her imaginary future. 

 

Kitty nods crossing her arms like she’s made a point “I won’t even be able to afford a tombstone.”

 

“Because economy?” Kurt’s eyes go big and sad.

 

“Exactly. Because of the economy.” 

 

“Where is economy? he can’t do that. Pietro did you know Economy was doing that?” Kurt whines and Pietro just glared at Kitty who just keeps adding to the fuel of Kurt’s innocent confusion. 

 

“As a result of the economy. The richer get richer and the poor get more poor.”

 

“No!” Kurt exclaims like he’s been mortally wounded. “Miss Margo Also didn’t like this economy person. He sounds like bad news. You should stay very far away from him, Kitty.” 

 

“The economy isn’t a person, Kurt. It’s a thing.” Pietro says gently. 

 

“A thing?” Kurt blinks and looks at Kitty for the answer because all Pietro can do is vaguely shrug. Kitty goes into a whole rant about—tariffs and Stocks and for some reasons communists—Pietro is already walking away from the pair. 

 

When he reaches Hank's laboratory the door is wide open—no effort in concealing the break in. 

 

Pete is rummaging through Hanks desk.

 

“What the hell are you doing?” Pietro narrows his eyes at Pete, already irritated by the adults in his life and not wanting to deal with other shit. “Looking for tools.” 

 

“You’re going through the wrong drawer if your looking for a fucking hammer.”

 

“I’m not looking for a fucking Hammer.” 

 

“Then what are you looking for?”

 

“Just fuck off.” Pete hisses.

 

“You fuck off!” Pietro hisses back. Like a pair of territorial cats. 

 

“I was here first.”

 

“You can’t call dibs on a room that Isn't yours. Does Hank even know you’re here.”

 

“If he does that’s probably why he ain’t here. The assholes been avoiding me.”

 

“Boohoo.”

 

“Fuck you.”

 

“Fuck you too.”

 

“Just go back to Magda and leave me out of it.” Pete types into Hank's computer. Possibly attempting to guess his password. 

 

“What’s your deal with my mom man?”

 

“I do. I knew everything I needed to know about you and your family before I even stopped in this universe. The TVA is very meticulous.”

 

“You don’t know shit.”

 

“I know more shit than you.” 

 

“Oh, yeah? Pray tell? What exactly is this big secret everyone seems so keen on keeping me in the dark about?”

 

Pete stops typing after the third failed password and lets out a breath through his glared nose. “Its better if you don’t know.”

 

“You’re just like my mom.” Pietro scoffs. 

 

“I’m nothing like her!” Pete looks rigid as he speaks, like he despises the comparison. Pete lashes out when he feels trapped and judged too. 

 

Damn. They have that in common too. 

 

“You got serious mommy issues.“ Pietro mocks him, feeling almost like a hypocrite when he says it. He thinks he actually might have some mommy issues too. 

“Well, my mom, my Magda, abandoned me at the front door of the mansion with a loaded diaper and a letter saying that having me was the worst mistake she ever made. So I don’t really have much love for the woman.” 

Ouch. 

Pietro let’s that sink in for less then a second before speaking his mind. “My mom isn’t your mom. What your mom did was…shitty but my mom didn’t do any of that. You can’t attach the hatred you feel for your own mother onto mine.”

Pete rolls his eyes at Pietro. “Your mom isn’t a saint either.”

“What the hell is that supposed to mean?” 

“At least my mom never lied. She never pretended to love me. She made it very clear how she felt about me.” 

“What does that have to go with my mom? My mom does love me.” 

Pete doesn’t respond, instead he continues rummaging through Hank's things like he knows exactly where everything is. He probably does. Hank would have an aneurysm if he knew that anybody was messing with his things. “What are you looking for?”

“Dont worry about it.”

“Maybe i can tell you where it is and then you can stop fucking around with his shit.”

Pete sighs “I think he moved it.” 

“Moved what?”

“He probably knew I’d check. Of course he did.”

“Check for what?”

”the serum. I need it.” The serum. He doesn’t need to clarify. Pietro knows this is a bad idea. 

“For what?” 

“I need to confiscate it.”

“He’ll just make more.”

“I’ll steal the recipe then.”

“He knows it by heart.” He’s made enough of it that he knows everything he needs to know about it. Hank had ten years to memorize exactly what he was putting into his body. 

“Why don’t you just like, tell him to not make any more? Instead of stealing.” Pietro—the kleptomaniac—is not the person to talk about restraining yourself from stealing. 

“Gee. Wish I’d thought of that. Because it’s sooooo easy to have a one on one conversation with the man who’s been blatantly avoiding me.” 

“He’s been ignoring me too. It’s probably nothing personal.” Pietro says more out of comfort for himself then him. The fact that he hasn’t had a proper talk with Hank since before the speedster was kidnapped has been severely fucking with Pietro a bit. 

“He doesn’t usually react this way. Whenever I go to different universes he’s usually asking a million questions. Jumping at every theory or thought. He doesn’t ignore me. Ever. I just—I don’t know what I did.” Pete shakes his head “maybe it’s you.” He looks at Pietro suspiciously “did you do something?”

“How the hell did you jump to that conclusion?” Fuck off. 

“If he was already pissed off at you then me being added to the equation would only make him more irritated.”

“He’s not pissed off at me.”

“Would you even know if he was?”

“Yes. I’d know if Hank was mad at me. He’d tell me if I did something wrong or stupid. He wouldn’t ignore me.” Pietro says hotly—feeling the awkward realization that he actually doesn’t think that. Maybe Hank is mad at him. Maybe Pietro was so preoccupied with his own shit that he hadn’t realized. Too selfish to even know he did something to be mad over. Pete stops rifling through some files—face going blank. 

“Then explain this.” He says places a very thick yellow file. Pietro name is labeled thickly on the tab in white tape. 

“That—that doesn’t prove anything. He’s a doctor. He’s my doctor. I did a medical check up with him so of course he would keep records of my medical history.” my very traumatic—very triggering medical history. That Pete just plops on to the table like nothing. It makes Pietros skin crawl. 

“I’m sure it was very traumatic.” Pete says—like he knows—but he couldn’t. Or maybe he does? “Do you think it’s more or less traumatic than Kurt’s?”

“Don’t bring him into this.” Pietro snaps immediately. 

“It’s just an example. Im in no way trying to belittle or discredit my Kurtis’ experiences.” Pietro has to physically stop himself from making a face at ‘my Kurtis’.  

“But are we thinking…his file is thicker or thinner? How much research has Hank pulled for his brother in law in comparison to you.”

Brother in law? Kurt and Hank are in laws in Pete’s universe? Isn’t Hank Pete’s uncle or something? Kurt married into the family? Pietro is a bit sick to his stomach when he comes to the conclusion that Kurt probably married Wanda since in Pete’s universe the maximoffs are twins. so Wanda wouldn’t be all that much younger then Kurt. Well, fuck. 

“It's not a competition.” Pietro says forcefully. 

Pete drops another file. On the table. Full but drastically smaller than Pietros. “If it is then congratulations. you won.”

Pietro looks at the folder and without a second thought is super speeding to get it away from the other man. Pete grabs Pietros file—while Pietro grabs Kurt—both in super speed. 

 

They both look at each other in surprise.

 

 “You can’t look at this it’s private.” Pietro pulls Kurt’s file into his chest—protective and tight as he glared at the man with righteous fury. 

“Right.” Pete says almost amused “there’s isn’t anything in there I don’t already know.” He waves Pietro's file up towards his line of sight “this on the other hand could be a bit more informative on why dear old McCoy is avoiding us.” Pete goes to open the file—

“What are you two doing?” Alexs’ voice cuts through the air like a train wreck waiting to happen. Both speedsters look over at the older boy in alarm. Pietro points an accusatory finger at Pete. 

“He’s going through our medical stuff.” Pietros voice comes out far more small and whiny then it should have. Alex must make a note of the sudden change to Pietros tone—maybe a bit more anxious and desperate than usual. 

Alex crosses his arms, his arms flexing unintentionally and he settles a look on Pete that would’ve made Pietro crumble. “You are?” Alex looks at Pete with what Pietro would assume is the full force of his big brother aura. Pietro does remember that Alex mentioned having a younger brother. This look must be reserved for him. Now it’s being used against Pete who seems almost stunned and embarrassed by the turn of events. 

“Are you supposed to be looking at that?”

“It’s just—“ Pete looks at Pietro with a fiery glare. 

“-look at me when you’re speaking to me. I’m the one that asked the question.” Alex says like he’s a soldier. His voice going deep and commanding. 

Its…really hot. 

Pete’s face goes rosy pink and Pietro knows he’s realizing the same thing as him. 

“Pietro thinks that Hank isn’t upset with him. But he’s been doing extra research on him and he’s been avoiding me completely.” Pete says evenly—his eyes meeting Alex’s’ like a challenge. 

“This whole things about beast? Jesus. You shouldn’t take it personally. Hanks always been a bit on the moodier side.”

“That’s what I said.” Pietro says with a huff. 

“Yeah, listen to the kid. He probably knows a bit more about Hanks weird moods then we do.” 

“I’m not a kid.” Pietro deflates. 

Alex barely glances at him. It makes a big bubble swell in his chest. Look at me. Look at me. Look at me. 

Pete shakes his head looking visibly frustrated. “Hank is-“

“—depressed. He gets really sad for no reason sometimes. He’s been really stressed and has had to deal with a lot of new changes. He hasn't been ignoring you he’s been ignoring everyone. He hasn’t been his best.”

“He hasn’t been avoiding Kurt. Or Charles.” Pete states. 

“Kurt can get passed his locked door so it’s not like he can avoid him even if he wanted to and Charles owes him.”

“Owes him?” Pete mumbles out.

“Charles himself went through a ten year depression with Hank by his side so I’m sure the telepath is eager to return the favor.” 

“He did?” 

Pietro looks at Pete in confusion. The older speedster always acts like he knows everything—like he knows everyone’s story like the palm of his hand. Most of the time it feels like he does. Like he knows everyone’s deep dark secrets but sometimes he slips up. He gets things wrong. 

Like when he called Frank Jarvis or when went Left to go to the professor's office when he’s supposed to go right. Small things. Minor slip ups that make Pietro wonder if he actually does know everything like he claims to. 

“So if he seems weird and distant it’s got nothing to do with you. His brain is just an asshole sometimes and he needs to hermit.” 

“Okay?” Alex says—waiting for them to nod and agree and mend their mistakes. 

The two speedsters kids nod and speak over each other. 

“yeah, alright.” And “Okay. Makes sense.” 

“You two leave Hank's room and I won’t tell him you two were snooping in his lab while he was gone.”

“How did you know?“ Pietro asks suddenly. 

Alex sighs “I lost ten bucks to a conniving little girl.” 

Right. Of course. Kitty really is a money monger. She’s definitely going places. Most likely not that cold bridge. 

”Oh no.” Pete says suddenly. 

Alex and Pietro both turn to look at him. 

“What?” Alex looks concerned by the scared look on Pete’s face. 

“Charles just spoke to me.”

“Damn, he caught you quick.” Alex snorts. Even his snort is attractive. Pietro needs to get a grip. 

“No. He’s asking me to set up the table for dinner.”

“Dinner already?” Pietro is a bit hungry now that he thinks about it.

“What’s wrong? Never done a chore before?” Pietro jabs. He wonders if Pete’s Charles spoiled him enough not to make him work for anything. 

“What’s wrong is the person that’s apparently cooking Dinner.”

“Who is it?”

“Let me ask real quick. Just in case I got anything mixed up.” Pete turns to Pietro slowly “Miss Margaret Wagner, previous circus employee, was Kurt's legal adoptive mother correct?”

“Yep.” Pietro confirms. 

“Then we’re Absolutely doomed. I love kurt—i love him but he’s given me food poisoning three times.”

“That’s not good.” Alex says with wide eyes. 

“Not good? Do you not understand how difficult it is for someone with my metabolism to be affected by food poisoning? Very fucking difficult.” 

“Maybe This Kurt’s cooking isn’t that bad.”

Pietro makes a face. “Uh, no. It’s actually atrocious. Whoever assigned him for dinner duty should be put on the electric chair.”

“That’s too merciful.”

“That’s—well…about that…” both speedster stare at Alex in betrayal “he asked if he could make a special dinner for Magda. How was I suppose to know he’s notoriously bad in the kitchen? He’s never had dinner duty.” For a good reason. 

Pete sighs. “In the bright side Kurt Wagner will surely kill us before the TVA changes there mind and decides to eradicate this universe.”

Lovely. 

Kittys head pops in through the door. Her face doesn’t change when she sees all three boys in Hanks lab. “Kurt wants to know If the fire alarm has an off switch— apparently It’s distracting him from cooking.” 

For fucks sake. They really are screwed. 

 

 

 

Notes:

My favorite thing to do is to make Pete give everyone random lore drops about his alternative universe. I also like sneaking in random Marvel Easter eggs.

The amount of times I edited and changed this chapter was actually giving me a headache. I don’t love how it turned out but it’s what I got.

Chapter 29: Too Little too late

Summary:

“If you ever need anything…you can always come to me for help. You know how to get through the door.” Hank makes an explosion motion with his hands—imitating the way he puffs into a room with his abilities.

Kurt nods, smiling shyly, “yeah, okay.”

“And please don’t let the kids have too much sugar.”

“No promises.” Kurt grins.

“I’ll be down in a bit.”

Kurt nods eagerly “Okay. I’ll see you downstairs. I love you.” He says it quickly—Hank doesn’t even get a moment to register the I love you before Kurt is gone and a smell of sulfur is left behind. Hank stares at the empty space that once occupied his favorite person.

“I love you too, kid.” He whispers to the open air—feeling something warm and heavy rush through his body, overtaking the numbness he’s been feeling as of late

 

()()()()

The conversations in between. The good and the bad. Charles tells a long held secret.

Notes:

The Way I RAN to get this chapter done. I’ve been really excited to show you guys Hanks POV.

As always:typos and grammar mistakes.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Hank McCoy is in one of his darker moods. His mind is muddled and gloomy and he hates to bring anyone down into the dark little cave he calls a room. He sees the pile of dishes on the bedside table and the scribbled nonsense in his journal beside his bed, the crumpled-up pieces of paper and tissues littering the floor and blending in with his dirty clothes. The blue beast is falling into his depression and he can't even pinpoint what exactly did it. Everything was fine. And then suddenly he was hit with a wave of heaviness. He's used to being sorrowful. That's a normal day. 

 

But he isn’t used to people being around him when he is this melancholy. He’s no fun when he’s despondent and broody. 

 

And today was a typical day. Full of elated people and plenty of moods to dampen with his demeanor. Peter made breakfast–a not-so-unusual special treat since he tends to cook often and with much ferocity. The evening was perfectly warm and the children were perfectly happy as they enjoyed the nice day’s festivities. Today is a very normal day. 

 

Except it is not. Today is Wanda's Birthday. She turns Ten today. 

 

Hank remembers his own tenth birthday with a gutted feeling. He recalls the empty dining table and the big cake that was never cut. He remembers his mom's sad eyes as no one rang the doorbell to celebrate with him and he remembers his father's absence like a stone on his back. He was ten and all he had was his mother to celebrate and a very extraordinary cake she spent days preparing for guests that never showed. A quiet dull birthday. The same quiet dull birthdays he had grown accustomed to in the ten years he was haunting this house. 

 

“I won't be here tomorrow.” That's what Charles said to Hank yesterday when Beast brought up Peter's anxious planning. The boy had grown quite the reputation in the last several months as the master of food. Miss Margo is criminally bad. Hank Himself is mediocre at best and Charles grew up with personal chefs and later in life had Raven or Hank to cook for him who aren’t much better. 

 

Charles and Margo teach. Hank heals the scrapes—occasionally teaching science and Peter is the one who cooks, sometimes taking over PE when Hank isn’t feeling up to it.  He’s heard one of the kids jokingly calling the speedster the lunch lady and Hank was in tears laughing for hours imagining him wearing a hairnet. Peter had been preparing the food for Wanda’s party like it was life or death. He’s gone through four aprons and Hank has had to go through three entire loads in the dishwasher. 

 

Peter Maximoff has been stressing out and has made no effort to hide that fact. 

 

Hank hadn't said anything to Charles about missing the party though. He knew that Wanda's birthday had the misfortune of landing on the day that Charles keeps for himself. It comes around every year. Like clockwork. Even when he was ten years deep into addiction, every year on that day Charles would leave the mansion. He wouldn't tell anyone where he was going but he would wear his finest clothes and he would leave early in the day and when he came back he was always worse for wear and always fell into a pit of darkness for days after. Hank tried to stop him from leaving once. Three years into the ten years of melting into the shadows of the mansion the Professor crawls out of bed and showers and brushes out his longish hair into a ponytail and wears the cleanest clothes he could find at that time. He sprayed on the most expensive bottle of cologne he had and he went to leave the mansion with a big doped-up smile on his face. He had done the same thing the year before. And the year before that. And Hank hadn’t connected the dots as to why the professor felt compelled to leave on that exact day. 

 

But three years into the tradition—at least the three years he'd been present, Hank has no real idea how long Charles had been doing that routine before he came into the picture—Hank tries to stop him at the door. 

 

It was stupid. Almost a bit selfish. The blue man should feel happy that the man is making some effort to cheer himself up, to be alive, but it only feels worse when he gets back and is doubly worse than before. Shitless drunk and on the verge of a mental breakdown. 

 

But that was dead Charles. Charles isn’t a shell of himself anymore. He’s alive. At least a bit more alive than He was back then. Charles also hasn’t been drinking as regularly. 

 

But he has been drinking. 

 

Even if he pretends he hadn’t been. Even if he says he hasn’t been. Hank knows better. Hank knows drunk Charles intimately. He knows his movements, knows his motions like a slowly collapsing car wreck. He knows drunk Charles more than he knows sober Charles. 

 

What a horrible thought. 

 

Hank had received a vile string of cusses strung together by the professor and a swift shove so he could get through the door. Hank has never tried to stop Charles since that day. 

 

Hank heard Charles tell Peter what Hank presumed to be a lie. 

 

He doesn’t say anything. He regrets not saying anything. 

 

“Babydoll, are you good for a chat?”  Miss Margo moved fluidly through the hall and into his laboratory, not even hesitating to enter, no knocking, simply making her presence known. 

 

“I’m in the middle of—“ he points at the pair of tweezers and wires coiled together in his laboratory table before realizing she couldn’t see “—sure. Just for a moment though.”

 

Miss Margo stands just in front of him, leaning on her cane with a small flourish that makes all the attention—his attention—go to her. “Is the professor getting any help? With his little problem?” 

 

“His problem?” Hank watches her eyebrows crease together in concern. 

 

“The drinking? He’s a bit heavy handed.” It was a very polite and largely understated fact. 

 

“I know—yes…he’s dealing with it.” Hank takes his glasses from his face and begins to wipe them down—simply to have something to do with his hands. 

 

“—Hank, sweetheart, Has he started the program?”

 

Hanks mind goes quiet, feeling just a bit daft. “What program?” Hank relents. 

 

“Hank…” miss Margo’s disapproval lies heavily in her voice. ”Has Charles gone to any meetings? Has he spoken to a sponsor or professional?”

 

Hank feels almost like an idiot when he doesn’t respond at all. It’s not that he hasn’t brought it up. He has. Or at least he’s tried to. But Charles is doing so much better, he seems genuinely better that Hank fears if he mentions the drinking he might backslide into a dark mood. Hank can’t handle another ten years of Charles backsliding. 

 

Miss Margo shakes her head her locks shaking beneath her. “has he taken any steps at all to manage his addiction?”

 

“I’m not sure. He’s—he’s not as bad as he was before. Hes…okay.” Hank knows what it looks like when Charles is bad. He knows what to look for. He knows how to handle him. He is better. Far better than he was before. 

 

“Better does not mean okay. Charles is an addict and it doesn’t seem like he’s taking any effort to mend that fact.” Miss Margo shuffles with some papers. 

 

“I know. I’ve spoken to him about it but—“

 

“—Kurt found an empty bottle in his office.” Miss Margo clips out matter of factly. Hank knows that when it comes to Kurt Miss Margo is fiercely protective. “Kurt was scared to tell me about it. He thought he’d get in trouble. That Charles would get mad.“ Miss Margo’s jaw tightens, like she’s trying to force back the emotion in her voice “my baby shouldn’t be scared to tell me anything Hank. He shouldn’t be scared at all.” She places the papers on Hanks table with confidence “those are some flyers promoting a few AA meetings around town.” Hank wonders how she knows that if she’s unable to read them. He doesn’t ask. He simply stares at them with a lump in his throat. 

 

“I love Charles to death but he needs to get a grip on this thing before someone gets hurt.”

 

Hank doesn’t know when it became his responsibility to take care of Charles. When did he become his keeper? Was it when he agreed to join his X-men program? Was it when he moved in? Was his role in Charles’ life solidified when he didn’t leave. When the school was dismantled and he stayed by his side? Was it then? How did Charles become his responsibility? He feels almost….guilty for hating it. He feels guilty for not wanting to deal with Charles even for just one moment. 

 

But Miss Margo is right, as she always is. This doesn’t just affect Charles and Hank anymore. It affects all of the students. It affects Kurt. 

 

“By the way, just so you know Peters birthday is a month after Wandas. He hasn’t said anything—i don’t think he wants to make a big fuss about it.”

 

“Pietro? Not making a fuss? That doesn’t sound like him at all.”

 

“He’s nineteen. Maybe he just doesn’t think he needs to celebrate anymore.”

 

Hank pauses. “Nineteen? I thought he was twenty?”

 

“No, he’s turning twenty.” Miss Margo says confidently. 

 

Hank frowns doing the math in his head. “That doesn’t make sense.” 

 

Miss Margo gives him a look—the eye contact always catches him off guard when she’s supposedly blind. “how so?”

 

“He was ten when Wanda was born. Wanda is turning ten. I know basic math. his birthday is one month after Wanda. So he turned 11 after Wanda was born. Which means he should be turning 21.”

 

“Well, Peter told me he was nineteen.” 

 

“What year was he born?” Hank asks and it feels so silly because it’s something he should already know. 

 

“Would be pretty awkward to ask now. don’t you think?” Miss Margo tuts and leaves the room. 

 

Hank decides he’ll look into it at a different time. He also decides he’ll talk to Charles about going to meetings after the party. 

 

He should have done it before. He should have done a lot of things. 

 

But he had no idea the sequence of events that would happen.

 

Kids run all over the school. Sometimes things break. Sometimes they go missing. Misplaced or borrowed. It’s normal for Hank to have a pair of goggles or two be ’borrowed’ and then returned with a sheepish grin. But he knows it wasn’t any of the kids when he finds his cabinet unlocked. The one holding the serum he knows a bit too intimately. 

 

It was left unlocked. Hank feels a huff of anger rush through him at the thought of any of the kids coming across the unlocked drawer—Taking the serum without realizing how dangerous it was. Not knowing the repercussions. He was angry at Charles for taking it. He was angry at the professor for leaving the drawer unlocked, and easily accessible for the younger kids. And more importantly, Hank is angry at himself for even making the serum in the first place. 

 

It’s a mess. His mind races and settles and he tries to calm his thoughts. Today is Wanda’s birthday. He needs to leave his room. He needs to wish her a happy birthday. Contribute to the event in some way that isn’t falling asleep in his bed or flickering off the lights. But he barely moves. Barely has the energy to crawl out of his stupor. But he does manage it. 

 

“Wanda’s waffles are looking a little pancakey.” Hank says to Peter. It was the first sentence of the day. He had grabbed his empty Smurf mug and Wanda’s present wrapped in soft paper and decided he had to leave his room now. His stomach ached with hunger but all he craved was coffee. 

 

“Unless you have a waffle maker hidden away in your room this is all I’m gonna be able to make.” Peter jokes, cutting strawberry’s and placing a smiley face on the pancake.

Hank shook back the memory of an empty table. A posted note on the fridge wishing him a happy birthday. A singular cupcake in the fridge. A sweet treat for one. Peter piles the pancakes high, like sugary towers. It makes Hanks's mind noisy with ridiculous envy. He wishes…he hopes…he doesn’t know what he wants. It doesn’t matter. 

“What happened to the one we had?” Hank recalls purchasing the waffle maker at Peter's insistence. Obsessive in a way only Peter can be.

He had recruited Kurt to insist on the need of such a delicious contraption. Kurt’s begging did more to convince Hank than Peters did and the speedster probably knew that. 

that’s why Hanks a bit surprised when the speedster says the waffles maker “Broke.” Peter uses blueberries for the eyes on the pancake's face. Hank is starving.

“How? It was brand new!” Kurt had spent over half an hour debating between the one that made the classic shaped waffles and the one that made them in the shape of a heart. In the end Kurt got what he wanted with a toothy smile and Peter’s freshly baked—heart shaped waffles.

“I dropped it In Superspeed. It’s Crushed to smithereens.” That makes sense but Peter is very particular when it comes to kitchen things. He knows better than to use his super speed with the appliances. But Hank doesn’t question him on it. Not when he’s clearly anxious already. 

“You could always run to the store.” Hank says helpfully trying to remember the last time he had waffles. His mouth watering at the mere thought. “I could but-“ 

“I smell waffles!” Wanda yells as she stomps down the stairs barefooted her voice echoing down the hall like an alarm.

“-she’s got the nose of a hound.” Peters finishes, the fondness in his voice making Hank smile which he hides by snagging a strawberry from Peters bunch and pouring himself some fresh coffee into his mug. Peter had turned on the machine for him and Hank knows it was for him because Peter doesn’t drink coffee—he doesn’t need it. Hank feels noticed in a way that makes his stomach hurt because he doesn’t deserve to be thought about. Not in that way. 

Hank stirs a packet of sugar in his beverage feeling the hot drink go down his throat. 

He takes a breath. Mentally checking off the list of things he needs to do before retreating to his room again. Get coffee. Wish Wanda a happy birthday. Give Wanda her present. 

Easy. 

“Happy birthday Wanda.” Hank says almost robotically and hates how he has to force himself to say it at all. He hates how horrible he is when he’s depressed. Hates how he has to make himself a checklist. Remind himself to be happy for Wanda on her birthday. Like it’s a chore. He Despises how that’s the only way he can get out of his room. By making it a chore. 

“Happy birthday Wanda!” Peter exclaims excitedly, his joy Sincere and adding a weight to Hank's shoulders. Wanda genuinely seems happy to see Hank. Smiling brightly at the blue man. Like Hank isn’t counting the seconds before it would be appropriate again to go to his room. 

Hank knows she’s excited because she hasn’t seen him in a few days. He was trapped behind his room. Closed off to everyone in the mansion. 

She jumps onto Hank's back and he has to tell himself not to freak out and just let himself fall. 

“It’s my birthday!” Wanda gushes and Hank smiles.

“yep and as the birthday girl we get to do whatever you want no questions asked ALL day.” Peter says overzealously. 

“Within reason,” Hank adds quickly, Trying not to be a buzzkill but also not to have another broken cable tv. 

When Hank hears the other kids start rising from their sleep Hank gives Wanda her gift. Another thing checked off his list. 

Wanda looks up at Hank with big eyes. “Thank you, Hank.” She says taking the gift from his hand but he isn’t sure she’s talking about the present. “It’s okay.” She says—wrapping her arms around his body in a sudden tight hug. Easy and gentle in a way little kids are. “When I’m sad, Pie makes it better.” 

Hank isn’t sure if Wanda is referring to sweets or to her brother. His mind is too occupied to even question it. “I’ll come down later.” 

“Okay.” She says easily and pulls away from the warm hug. 

Later on during his mid-day nap which he seems to be having at longer intervals lately—He feels the soft strokes of a brush tickling his eyebrow and opens his resting eyes slowly. He wonders if maybe one of the cats had snuck their way into his closed room. He is only partially surprised to see Kurt red handed with a brush and a bowl of hair dye in his hand. He doesn't even have the decency to look embarrassed. Only giggling when they make eye contact. 

 

“Kurt.” Hank furrowed his eyebrows, one of them wetter than the other. “What are you doing?”

 

Kurt smiles, his canines peeking over his mouth “making you pretty.” he says with his thick accent that always makes everything sound extra sweet and Hank weighs his options. “Is it washable?” He asks reluctantly. The young boy nods and Hank flops his head back down on the couch with a sigh. 

 

Alright then. The soft brush strokes of the dye on his eyebrows tickles a bit.

 

Hank isn't surprised by his lack of backbone when it comes to Kurt. He just looks so excited and happy that Hank doesn't stand a chance at all. He never wants to dampen the boy's spirit. No matter how underwhelmed Hanks mood seems to be. He refuses to let his darkness smother Kurt’s light. The eighteen year old rarely acts like a little kid and he doesn't want to spoil his fun.

 

“How's the party going?” Hank asks conversationally.

 

“Pietro made pancakes!” Kurt says excitedly “I had seven. They were very sweet. I put extra maple syrup and-and whip cream. Blueberries and strawberries and chocolate.” Kurt has gotten accustomed to talking fast when he’s excited, a habit that he picked up from Peter and he doubts the speedster has even noticed. Hank always has to work double time to catch up to what their both saying when they get jumpy and hyper. completely in sync in a way only best friends can be. 

 

“I didn’t know Pietro put chocolate in them.” He can only imagine the sugar high the children must all be having. 

 

“Yeah, wonka chocolate.” Kurt bursts out like he might explode if he doesn’t tell Hank. Hank is aware that Wonka chocolate is actually just regular chocolate but for some reason Kurt assumes any chocolate Peter makes is Wonka chocolate. It’s only a little bit confusing. 

 

“Homemade, I presume.” Hank muses and watches as Kurt’s tail zips back and forth behind him like a golden retriever. 

 

“Yeah! Pietro made extra.” Kurt puts the bowl of dye on the table and takes out a fist full of wrapped chocolate from his pocket. “Here you go.” 

 

Kurt adores sweets. Pietro does too. The both of them are like walking talking cavities waiting to happen. Fortunately for Hank he loves sweets too—he takes the wrapped chocolates from Kurt’s fingers. 

 

“Thank you.”

 

“Mama Margo told me that mr. Xavier won’t be home today.”

 

“That’s correct. Something important came up.” Hank says with only a bit of guilt. 

 

“Must be very important for him to miss Wanda’s birthday.” Kurt says like that’s a fact—no judgment in his voice. “He took a car.” 

 

“Did he?”

 

Kurt’s eyes dart around nervously and eventually he asks “how can he drive if he can’t use his legs.”

 

“Sometimes he can. When he takes a special serum.” Hank doesn’t even consider lying. 

 

“A special serum?”

 

“It helps him walk.” kurt nods eagerly. 

 

“Why doesn’t he just take that all the time then? Driving is very fun. Pietro taught me.” 

 

“The side effects of the serum aren’t ideal.” Hank says truthfully. “it gives him his legs but it takes away his powers. For a time.”

 

“Oh.” Kurt’s voice goes quiet his tail dropping to the ground. “And he still takes it? On purpose?”

 

“Yes. And um—“ Hank hadn’t had this conversation with Kurt. He didn’t think he ever had to. He kind of hoped it would neve come up but seeing that look on his face…it makes Hank want to be honest. “up until recently I had taken the serum as well. It made my fur and blue skin disappear.” 

 

Hank forced himself to look Kurt in the eye as he confessed to it. He saw the moment his words registered for the young boy. The way his round eyes dimmed just slightly —his shoulders hunching together. 

 

“Why?” His voice was so small and he rubs his tail in a methodical way that he’s seen Pietro do before. 

 

“I didn’t want people to look at me and see a beast.” And Hank dates his eyes to dart towards the mirror on his dresser. He looks at his reflection, blue and furry and beastly. he doesn’t know if he feels any better about it. But when he looks at Kurt. Same blue skin, same furry traits, same beastly qualities—-his heart breaks at the thought of him hating it. 

 

“Instead of trying to change how they saw me I changed how I looked.” Kurt looks at his reflection in the mirror as well. Hank sees the boy sizing them both up, reflecting just as Hank did. 

 

“Do you still feel…beastly?” Kurt asks gently. So wise and understanding for a kid who doesn’t need to be. 

 

“Yeah, sometimes.” Hank decided a long time ago that he doesn’t want to lie to Kurt. He knows more than anyone what misunderstanding can do—what kind of hearts it can break. He has no intention of ever breaking Kurt’s heart. 

 

When he told Kurt—months ago now—about how he’d made a paranoid decision in tricking him into taking a paternity test, the young boy had already seemingly figured it out. The conversation was a difficult one to have and one he had no idea was going in the direction it went. 

 

“I know who your father is.” Hank had said like he was telling him of a sin. It actually did feel cruel, to invade his privacy in that way. It felt cruel when he first did it and it felt cruel when he continued to do so. 

 

At the time Hank and Kurt had just begun to get to know each other and the revelation had felt monumental. He had been checking for his own DNA. A silly paranoid thought. But what he found instead was hers. Hank has looked at Ravens DNA before. It’s unique in many ways. So when he saw Kurt’s DNA—how it was structured, how it worked—he knew almost instantly. But he also, confusingly enough, recognized Miss Margo’s DNA as well. The woman had voluntarily gotten good use on the free medical check ups Hank was offering. 

 

It didn’t take much figuring out that the shapeshifter—shapeshifted. It was hard to digest. Hank was a bit ashamed to say that he avoided the younger boy for—two days—before he couldn’t stand it anymore and had to spill his guts to him. He just couldn’t stand looking at his sad little dejected face everytime Hank ignored him. 

 

“Your father is Raven.” Hank says very matter of factly. 

 

Kurt just nods “yes.” He says like that was common knowledge. Like it didn’t take everything in Hank to tell him. 

 

“You knew?” Hanks let’s out a surprised breath.

 

Kurt stares at Hank, his face open and honest “yes.” 

 

“How? Does she know? How do you know?” Hanks filter seems to disappear completely his eyes trained on Kurt who just smiles. 

 

“She knows.” Kurt plays with his tail.

 

“And?” Hank grasps at something he can’t grab—completely stunned “Why isn’t she here? Why isn’t she taking care of you?” Hank didn’t even fully understand why he was so upset. 

 

He thinks it would’ve been better if Raven just had no idea. If she was clueless to fathering a child completely—but…if she knew—if she was made aware of it and she just didn’t do anything about it—didn’t care enough—then what the fuck is wrong with her? 

 

Kurt frowns “she doesn’t want to.” He says it like it’s simple. Like it’s a damn choice. It makes Hank so angry at her. He doesn’t want to be angry at Raven. It was the last thing he wanted to do. But if it was between Kurt and Raven he’d always choose Kurt.

 

“She doesn’t want to?” Hank's eyes widened and he couldn't stop staring at Kurt. How can anyone not want to take care of Kurt. “That can’t possibly be true.” Hank tries to reason. He tries. 

 

The Raven he knew—she’s different now but she couldn’t possibly be that different. 

 

“She’s not interested in being my dad. She said so herself.” Kurt said it like it didn’t break Hank's heart. 

 

“She’s a fucking idiot.” And Hank meant that so wholeheartedly. He was so angry on Kurt’s behalf. So emotional over the idea of Kurt not being loved that he—just for a moment—honest to god—hated Raven. “She’s got no idea what she’s missing out on.” 

 

Kurt and Hank talked for a long time that day. Hank told him about his rocky relationship with his own father. It felt reminiscent and genuine and Hank swore to himself he’d be more honest with the boy. If Kurt had answers Hank would try his best to answer them at the best of his capabilities. 

 

And now today they look at each others reflections in the mirror and for maybe just a moment Hank sees a father and son. 

 

“I don’t think you’re a beast.” Kurt says and Hank looks at his claws and he can’t imagine why he wouldn’t. “Thank you Kurt. That means more to me than you know.” 

 

“I think you look like a giant teddy bear. Fluffy and a good hugger.” 

 

“Thanks,” Hank laughs suddenly and is overwhelmed by the idea of miniature stuffed animal versions of himself at toy stores. 

 

Kurt puts the now empty dye Bowl on the table. “I should head back down now.“

 

“Sure, but real quick…” Hank scratches his fuzzy chin and gives Kurt a solid look “I’m going to talk to Charles when he gets back, okay? You won’t have to worry about him or anything.” he doesn’t mention what Miss Margo told him. He doesn’t have to. 

 

“Okay.” Kurt bites his lip anxiously.

 

“If you ever need anything…you can always come to me for help. You know how to get through the door.” Hank makes an explosion motion with his hands—imitating the way he puffs into a room with his abilities. 

 

Kurt nods, smiling shyly, “yeah, okay.”

 

“And please don’t let the kids have too much sugar.”

 

“No promises.” Kurt grins. 

 

“I’ll be down in a bit.”

 

Kurt nods eagerly “Okay. I’ll see you downstairs. I love you.” He says it quickly—Hank doesn’t even get a moment to register the I love you before Kurt is gone and a smell of sulfur is left behind. Hank stares at the empty space that once occupied his favorite person. 

 

“I love you too, kid.” He whispers to the open air—feeling something warm and heavy rush through his body, overtaking the numbness he’s been feeling as of late. 

 

The rest of the day goes by with that warmth in his stomach. Like he’s won something. A trophy or a medal. But better. Kurt. 

 

The day ends with a movie. As perfect as it can get. But the day wasn’t really over. 

“You gotta pick up Charles.” Peter wakes Hank with trembling hands. 

“What?” Hank repeats in his half-asleep stupor. He doesn’t know what time of day it is or what even is going on. Is it morning already? 

“You gotta pick up Charles. He’s at Froggys.” Peter is talking but Hank can’t even really hear him over his tired mind. Rebooting and restarting to comprehend human language. 

“What time is it?” Hank hasn’t even opened his eyes yet, and hasn’t even fully processed Peters's words. Or the emotion behind his voice. quiet and small. So completely unlike his usual big and loud words. 

“I don’t know. Late. Early?” Peters voice shakes and Hank rubs his eyes trying to fully develop a coherent and conscious thought that isn’t static in his head. 

“Did you just say that Charles is at Froggys?” Because he swears he heard him say that. The words fitting in that exact order in his brain. 

Froggys the bar. Charles. 

“Yeah.” Peter's dull and quiet answer makes Hank's gut drop. Fuck. 

Hank stands up abruptly, making the blanket fort collapse slightly but Peter catches it in superspeed, always considerate of the children. 

“I’ll go get him. You shouldn’t see him like that.” Hank stifles back a yawn, going through the house on muscle memory alone, the dark room being exactly as it was when he fell asleep. 

Hank wonders how long Peter got the call. Did Charles call? Was he sober enough to even give his correct address? Hank is racing through the checklist of things he needs to worry about. The car Charles took. The wheelchair he’ll need. The time the bar closes. Problem after problem. He needs to figure it out. 

Hank pats Peter on the shoulder half-heartedly hoping to convey to him that this was alright. That everything was going to be okay. That the blue man had it all under control he didn’t need to worry. But—but Hank suddenly looks at Peter. Really looks at him. His eyes are red and puffy and his nose is flush with emotion. 

“Have you been crying?” Hank hears himself ask. 

Peter nods and Hank blinks slowly, looking at the speedster's blotchy face, seeing how he was hunching in on himself. Like he was nervous. Hank begs his mind to catch up. To say something useful or reassuring or comforting. Anything at all that might make this better? 

Wanda says Peter makes her feel better when she’s sad. Who makes Peter feel better when he’s sad? Hank has no idea. 

“did you wanna talk about it?” Hank mentally pats himself on the head. He thinks it’s an okay response. Not his best work but good in a pinch. 

Peter shakes his head “Not really.” 

“Later?” Hank wishes he had pushed. Maybe just a little. Maybe past the initial no.

“Maybe.” Hank could’ve stayed a bit longer, he could’ve gotten real answers from the speedster. Charles could wait. Peter needed him and he should’ve stayed to comfort him. To figure out the problem. 

He could’ve hugged him. He wishes he had. But it all was happening so suddenly and Charles needed to be picked up. Charles. Charles. Charles. 

Hank McCoy at that moment decided to prioritize Charles. It’s probably one of the single biggest regrets Hank has of that day. He should’ve stayed. He could’ve called a cab for the man to pick him up. He could’ve done so many things differently. 

Hank nods pushing his glasses up his nose “Okay. I’ll be back in a few.” 

It took ten minutes to drive to Froggys. An extra ten to coax a blasted Charles into his car. 

Charles was belligerent, mumbling “I’m sorry’s.” And “I didn’t mean it’s” like candy snacks that Hank can collect.

“Is Peter okay?” Charles is sitting in the backseat— pressing his forehead against the headrest of the passenger seat. He speaks slowly, slurring his words together to form the sentence clearly. Practicing his vowels and annunciations. 

Hank barely looks at Charles. Still fuming from Having to get up to pick him up. Still reeling from everything he has to do. Still worried about Peter. Peter. Peter. 

“No.” Hank glares at the steering wheel. “what the fuck did you do Charles?” 

“Nothing.” Charles mumbles out hunching into himself and Hank puts the car on park sitting in the parking lot of a dingy bar in the middle of the fucking night with a sad drunk in his backseat. “Why do you keep trying to make this backfire on you?” he moves his glare to the rearview mirror. 

“What are you on about?” Charles wobbles out in annoyance—like he has any right to be annoyed with Hank. 

The blue scientist loses his composure. A brief moment of insanity as he jerks around in his seat to grab Charles's collar and pulling him forward between the consoles. Charles gasps and stares eyes wide at a furious Hank. “Stop fucking around Charles. I’m sick of this. You’re a lucky bastard.” Charles makes a pained expression like he might disagree and Hank will have none of it. 

“You have no idea what you’re throwing away by acting like this. You have a fucking family—whether you want it or not and you’re just pushing them away—-pushing us—pushing me away like we aren’t of any concern. what the hell is this day Charles? Why the hell do you get like this? Why did you have to drink why do you always have to fucking drink?”

“It’s what people do when they celebrate.” 

“Celebrate what?” Hank snaps, feeling all his bottled-up wrath, ten years worth of suppressed rage bubble to the surface. “You fucking missed Wanda’s party. You know how crushed she’ll be when she finds out you missed her party just to have one of your own at some shitty bar?”

“I-I know. I didn’t mean for anyone to get hurt.” 

“But someone did. Why was Peter crying?” 

At the mention of Peter Charles face morphs into something sickening, a series of emotions that Hank can’t possibly categorize without losing his indignation. And he needs to be rageful. He needs to say his piece and he’ll only do it in the heat of anger. “You made Peter fucking cry Charles.”

“I know.” He says somberly. 

“You can’t fucking do that Charles. You can’t make that kid cry. Not him. He doesn’t deserve it. He’s—“ Hank knows too much about Peter. He knows exactly just how broken his bones are—he knows just how scared he gets when things get loud. Not just loud but angry. Loud and angry. It’s why Hank didn’t let his irritation out until he was gone. Far away from the mansion. He didn’t let the beast out until the root of the problem was sitting in his back seat. 

“—I know.” Charles says quietly, like a broken record. 

“Oh, you know?” Hank hisses sarcastically “you keep saying that. ‘I know, I know’ you don’t know shit Charles. Read my fucking mind and I’ll tell you.” 

Hank dares him, knowing damn well he couldn’t. Charles has that cursed serum in his veins, making his paralyzed legs function and his abilities dull. If he didn’t then Hank wouldn’t have risked breaking HIPPA. But more importantly, he had sworn to Peter that his medical history would stay between them. Hank wouldn’t allow a loophole like -Charles reading his mind- to break his trust. He knew Charles was incapable of even reading his mind in this state and Hank wouldn’t suggest it otherwise. 

 

He just wanted to make a point. Charles looks at Hank, unblinking, his pupils are so small and he's slow to speak.

 

“I can’t,” Charles says with much difficulty. 

 

Instead, he lets go of Charles' collar making the older man drop back into his backseat with a huff and Hank smooths out the irritation in his face. 

 

“you don’t deserve that kid.” Hank says venomously.

 

Charles' face grows pale “I only had today. She was here just for today.”

 

“Who Charles?” Hank pushed. He never pushes. 

 

“Wendy.” Charles says the name like it’s a saints name. Delicate and small. 

 

Hank forms a straight line with his lips trying to understand but falling short. “Do we know a Wendy?” Because everybody that Charles knows—Hank knows too. Hank can’t even comprehend that Charles had a life before Hank was around. 

 

But he did. Miss Margo had said so herself. She was friends with the man. Back when he was in college. Hank doesn’t know everything. 

 

“You don’t know her. Nobody does. Only me.” Charles is reaching for something in his pocket. Thinking it’s a hidden flask Hank snatches it away in haste. It was his wallet. An older one with frayed edges. 

 

“Give it back Hank.” Charles voice goes cold—any emotions in his voice are gone. 

 

Hank and Charles are at a standstill. Hank lets out a breath of frustration and chugs the wallet back at the professor's chest who catches it in quick haste, frantic to have it back. 

 

“Who is Wendy?” Hank isn’t letting this go. He’s not moving this fucking car until he tells him. 

 

Hank later on regrets the decision. He should’ve been driving back him. They would’ve gotten back just in time to stop those men from taking the children. But Hank had no idea that while he was grilling Charles in a car parked in a dark dirt path that Kurt was being sedated. He didn’t know that Miss Margo was losing blood as he sat parked in the middle of the street. He didn’t know. 

 

He couldn’t have known. 

 

“Charles. Help me understand why you would do this.“

 

“Wendy was my daughter.” Charles says and Hank isn’t really in his body. Not really. He feels like he might be somewhere else completely. “Daughter.” Hank says so quietly that it’s barely even uttered. 

 

Charles eyes are so far away and glassy as he pulls on something in his wallet. With shaking fingers he shows Hank a picture he’s never seen before. An ultrasound. Arms. Legs. Body. Head. And then almost like a glitch in the picture—a blur that could be mistaken—Hank also saw Ten toes and only six fingers. Three for each hand. Small baby fingers. “She was so small.” Was. She died. 

 

“How old was she when she—“ Hank couldn’t even say the word Died. 

 

“She passed away the day after this picture was taken. Her heart was too big for her body. She never even took a breath on this earth. When her mother told me she was pregnant I was so scared. I was just a kid myself. Still in college. Still getting my life together and I didn’t want any part of it. I denied her.” Charles gazed at the baby picture with such sadness that Hank thought he knew. He thought he understood sadness, he thought he understood Charles level of pain but he didn’t. He was wrong. 

 

“I came to my senses though a bit later in the pregnancy. When they took this picture I thought she was the most beautiful baby in the whole world. I had one day. Only one day where I thought I was gonna be a father. I went out and I got drunk with strangers and I told everyone who would listen that I was gonna be a dad. I was so excited to have this family. I was so proud to have a daughter. The morning after the mother went into labor—premature and—and they both died.”

 

Hank feels all the air leave his body and come right back to him in a second. “I’m so sorry Charles.” 

 

Charles shakes his head “every year on this exact day I go out and I look at this picture and u pretend she’s still here. I pretend that I’m about to be a father—I get shit faced and I celebrate her. Just once a year I pretend I still have a daughter.” 

 

“Charles that’s—“ unhealthy? Who is he to judge how he grieves? “-does Raven know?” 

 

If Raven knew…how could she do what she did to Kurt. How could she abandon him and then let him stay with Charles of all people. Charles who doesn’t get the chance to raise his own child so he takes care of everybody else’s. 

 

Charles shakes his head “I’ve never said it out loud. Miss Margo—-figured it out. Wanda knows about Wendy but not the details.”

 

Wanda knows about Wendy. Maybe that was why she kept asking for him. Kept trying to include him in the celebration even if he wasn’t there. 

 

“But you’ve never said it out loud before? You’ve never spoken to someone about it?” Hank can’t stop staring at Charles. A grieving man. More grief than he could have ever realized. 

 

“I can’t. I—“Charles breaks fine into tears again, his entire body shaking and Hank has never moved so quickly in his life. He’s out of the driver seat and club h on to the back seat with Charles. He’s hugging the man like he was gripping his collar just moments before—angry and confused. 

 

“Today was suppose to be a day for Wendy.” Charles says mournfully and he hiccups into Hanks shoulders—truly allowing himself to be held. Hank grips his shoulders—he lets him fall apart. 

 

Time is ticking by. 

 

“But—“ Charles sniffles “—All I could think about was Wanda. I was suppose to be celebrating my daughter and all I could think about was Wanda. I kept trying to drink more—trying to remember Wendy instead but I just kept thinking of Wanda waiting for me at home. I kept mistaking the two and I just—I couldn’t handle it Hank. I felt like I was losing Wendy all over again. Like she never existed. Like she was being replaced.” 

 

“And the worst part—the worst part Hank-“ Charles squeezes his eyes shut like he can’t even bare it. “-I wasn’t even upset about it. Because Wanda is perfect. She’s everything I thought Wendy would grow up to be. And Peter—“ his voice hitches like he’s in pain “they would’ve been around the same age. I look at him and I think about how I feel about him—about how I feel about the two of those kids and sometimes I think I’m a monster. Like I’m dancing on Wendy’s grave.”

 

“You’re not a monster.”

 

“I don’t deserve those kids. I don’t deserve any of them. They deserve someone better someone like you.” Charles says it like it’s a fact. 

 

Charles thinks Hank is better than Him. It’s so bizarre and so wrong that he almost laughs. “I’m not any better.” He thinks about the delayed I love you he didn’t say to Kurt. He thinks about all the things he could’ve done or could’ve said differently. “And to be honest I don’t think anyone deserves those kids. But we're the ones that have them so shouldn’t we at least try?” 

 

“Yes, I know. I know.” Charles pulls away from Hank now his eyes puffy and red. 

 

“Wanda loves you. Pietro loves you too—he’ll forgive you for tonight.” Hank squeezes Charles shoulder. 

 

“I don’t want him to forgive me.” Charles says and Hank doesn’t know what to say to that. 

 

He gets back to the driver seat and he drives back to the mansion. A different mansion from before. Different in a way that hurts Hanks heart. 

 

He had no idea that the last conversation he had with Peter would be the last. He hadn’t known that the unheard I love you too, kid would be something that would haunt him.  He hadn’t known that some of the kids in that blanket fort wouldn’t be alive when he got back. 

 

He hadn’t known that that night would be one of the worst of his life. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes:

Kurt is such a special character to me and I want to give him all the love. I was hoping to show the difference between how Hank communicates with Kurt and how Charles Communicates with Pietro.

Chapter 30: From The Beginning

Summary:

“Why is the rice blue?” Alex Summers asks with wide puzzled eyes.

That’s not the question he needs to be asking.

“Everything is better when it’s blue.” Kurt says easily and Pietro nods. “Yes, obviously but um…is it also meant to be soggy and hard at the same time or was that just a…happy coincidence?”

“Yes. It’s better for you when it’s just slightly undercooked.” Kurt says like he’s quoting Miss Margo’s philosophy on every dish she’s ever made.

-------

Kurt makes dinner. Pietro gets answers from his mother. His life gets a bit more complicated.

Notes:

I love how i keep saying there's gonna be a time skip and there hasn't been one yet. oopsie. Thank you for the comments! i love reading them all and I'm loving the theories you guys have.

About half-way through I forgot what the TVA called the TemPad so I just kept calling them jumpers. Let's just pretend 'Jumper' is what the Maximoffs call TemPads for funsies. okay. cool.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Kurt Wagner is wearing Pietros favorite frilly apron. The speedster takes a moment to go into superspeed to grab the camera from upstairs and take a few pictures of the blue boy. 

He just looks too damn cute. 

“Say cheese!” Pietro gushes and Kurt throws a peace sign and shoots him a full teeth smile. “Cheese.” 

Pietro snaps a very appropriate amount of pictures. Pete takes out a small rectangular device from his back pocket and also aims it at Kurt. A quick flash of light comes from the device and then Pete quickly puts the device back in his back pocket—without a word or explanation.

“What was that?” Pietros eyes widen. 

“Nothing.” Pete says. 

Pietro super speeds to grab it from his back pocket—-Pete super speeds away so he can’t reach for it. Damn. 

“Did you guys come down to help me?” Kurt chirps happily as literal smoke is consuming the kitchen. Pete opens up all the windows and Pietro opens the doors to let the smoke clear. 

“Smells like something’s burning.” Alex says as he trails behind the counter. 

“That’s how you know it tastes good.” Kurt says with full confidence. Oh no. 

“I fear you’re beyond help, hon.” Pete sighs as he looks grimly at an abused bowl of grits. Looks like Kurt added something…green or purple into it. Could truly be anything. 

“Why is the rice blue?” Alex Summers asks with wide puzzled eyes.

That’s not the question he needs to be asking. 

“Everything is better when it’s blue.” Kurt says easily and Pietro nods. “Yes, obviously but um…is it also meant to be soggy and hard at the same time or was that just a…happy coincidence?”

“Yes. It’s better for you when it’s just slightly undercooked.” Kurt says like he’s quoting Miss Margo’s philosophy on every dish she’s ever made. 

“Oh? Awesome.” Pietro says with a pitch to his voice and he just smiles adoringly at his pretty friend. He can’t really bare to be mean to him, even if it will spare himself from food poisoning. 

“I Trust you completely.” Pete says with a hand to his heart— like he’s feeling his heartbeat maybe for the last time in his life. 

“I’m sorry, I’m not eating this.” Alex says grimly as he looks at the burnt pieces of vegetables cut up in a bowl full of some off colored liquid. It could be venom or literal piss but if Kurt is looking at him with those big hopeful eyes he will swallow it whole. 

Kurt looks at Alex with a pout that would’ve sent Pietro into the stratosphere. “you won’t?” 

Alex makes a strategical move to NOT look at Kurt when he says the next half of his sentence. “I already had a Big lunch and I won’t be here for dinner—Hank asked me to pick him up from his meeting.”

Kurt’s tail sways slightly “oh, okay. I understand. I can leave a plate for you and Hank for when you get back.” He says eagerly. 

Alex plasters a smile on his face—like a coward and he nods “sure thing bud. Extra big portions for Hank you know how his metabolism is.” Pure evil. 

Hot and evil. What a combo. 

First he makes the mistake of assigning Kurt dinner duty and now he doesn’t even get to suffer the consequences? 

Charles' face is already pale and grey as he rolls into the kitchen. Pietro has no idea if it’s because of Kurt’s cooking or because of something Magda said. 
“That’s an interesting development.” Charles looks uneasily towards the group of horrified kids huddled near the dinner table—like they are being held at gun point. 


“I’m going to let you guys in on a little secret. If you just don’t breath and just start shoveling the food into your mouth you barely even process the taste.“ Robbie, a green scaled fish boy rescued from the facility, said. 

“Oooh good one.” Kitty subtly High-fives the younger boy whose gills shift at the praise. 

“Have you tried the chew and Sauce method?” Oliver tacks on like he’s revealing a conspiracy. Oliver can go translucent—almost invisible for short periods of time. 

“The what?” Petes voice raises over the chattering kids around them. 

“You get the most edible thing, preferably meat, and just chew on it. You don’t gotta ever swallow you just gotta look like you’re constantly eating. You grab a huge plate, small portion of something but preferably with a lot of sauce. Just start playing with it on the table. The messier the plate the more it looks like you’ve been going to town on it.” 

“That’s brilliant! Howd you think of that?” Robbie gasps. 

“I used to starve myself as punishment for my sins.” Oliver says casually. 

“Oh.” Pietros eyes widen at his blatant honesty. 

Oliver makes a panicked face at Pietros reaction “Don’t worry I’ve been absolved of all my wrong doings and I no longer think I’m going to hell.”

“Right. Well, that’s great.” Pietro gives a worried glance towards Charles who just shakes his head like he’s already had his own headache over it. Oh, so, that’s like a whole thing. Got it. 

The school seriously needs to hire a therapist. 

“It was easier with Miss Margo. She was blind. We could make whatever faces we wanted and do whatever with the food but this is like three times worse because he can see us not eating it.” Christina said and at the mention of miss Margo the group diverges into mumbled conversation and Charles rolls his wheelchair over to the speedster. Pietro makes a face. “Am I allowed to ask about what you guys talked about or is it still none of my business?” Pietro asks bitterly and Charles doesn’t even justify his sourness with a response. 

“Peter…” Charles starts and then doesn’t seem to know how to continue. Pietro just stares at the man who seems to be at a loss of words “was it that bad?”

Charles eyes shift away from him—something deeply sad in them that tugs at Pietro's chest. The speedster wants to know what was said. He wants to know what his mother told him to make his eyes look like that. To make the professor look so genuinely emotional. 

“What did she say to you Professor?” Pietro asks in a hushed voice—not wanting the children to overhear. 

“I don’t…” Charles sounds so lost— like it’s an afterthought—like he can barely remember what he’s meant to do. “I had some idea but I didn’t know—not that. I couldn’t see the full picture. Wanda’s dreams where always filtered in a way that…I couldn’t see past certain things. I couldn’t have guessed something like that.” 

“Guessed what?” 

“Your stepfather.” Charles says evenly and there’s no mistaking it. Pietro can feel it settle in the professors bones. He can hear it in the base of his voice. The anger. Charles is angry. Not drunk in a bar angry—-he’s righteously angry.

“I don’t wanna talk about him.” Pietro says instinctively and he knows that the impulse is because of Wanda. Because of what she pushed into his mind. 

“He went to prison. You can’t tell anyone. It’s a secret.” 

I can’t tell anyone. I can’t talk about it. That translates to: I can’t talk about him. An avoidance that Pietro had no idea blocked his mind at all. It makes sense after all this time. 

It makes sense why it felt physically painful to tell Hank a fraction of what David did. Opening up—going against Wanda’s vague orders—was like pulling fingernails with his teeth. 

Pietro is so broken in ways he’s only now becoming aware of. A puzzle piece of trauma and lies that only reveal parts of his story. 

Pietro looks away from Charles—his eyes find Kurt whose stirring a pot of food in the stove, his tongue sticking out in conversation. Pietro takes in a deep breath trying to ease his anxiety trying to find comfort in the other boys presence. Trying to fight his compulsion to avoid avoid avoid. 

“I think we should.” Charles says evenly—firmly. Like he was expecting Pietro to block his first efforts. Because he knows Pietro. He knows him even more now. Everytime he learns something new about Pietro his keen instinct over the boy adapts and evolves. Like a new round of Pac-Man—getting faster and smarter in each new level. Charles is constantly adapting for Pietro—he doesn’t know why anyone would want to deal with him at all. 

“I’m sure you talked plenty with my mom.” Pietro knows that he tried to keep him in the room but as always his mothers word is bond. 

“She…had much to say. But it’s your story too.”

“David was an asshole. there’s not much more to say.” 

“Peter.” Charles frowns. 

“Right sorry. No cursing. He was a jerk. point still stands.”

“I wasn’t scolding you over language pie.” The nickname catches him completely off guard. He’s heard Charles say it before. Plenty of times. It’s a widely known nickname of his apparently. But he wasn’t expecting to hear it now. During this type of conversation. 

Pietro looks around and realizes his mother didn’t come down with the professor. “Where's my mom?” 

“She wants to speak with you in my office. Privately.”

“And what she says goes.” Pietro scoffs and Charles places a gentle hand on his arm making an effort to level with him “son, you don’t have to do a thing you don’t want to do. But—“ Charles looks intensely at him “-you said you wanted answers and she’s the only one that can give them to you.” 

He knows this. He hates it. “I know.”

“Just listen to what she has to say and we can deal with the rest. We can figure it all out together. I promise.”

Another promise. 

Okay. “Okay.” 

“Kid-“ Charles pauses his eyes a bit glassy—anchoring him to this moment. ”I just wanted to say…”

”…you just wanted to say.…what?” 

“That, I, um, I love you is all and I care about you a lot.” 

He says it like Pietro might leave. Like he’s afraid this might be the last time he gets the chance to say it. It makes Pietro feel so raw. Like Charles sees him in all his flesh. With all his flaws and all his dramas and just—everything and he’s still giving him this. He still finds Pietro worthy of it at all. It’s terrifying. 

Pietros misses a step. “I-“ he falters—just for a second. 

“You don’t have to respond. I just wanted you to know. Before you spoke with your mother.” Charles squeezes his arm and then lets him go. 

Pietro doesn’t know what to do with that. To be loved without expectation. It rewires something in him that he didn’t know was crossed. 

“Okay.” He breathes out with tight shoulders. 

He finds his mother sitting in the exact same spot he left her before. She looks more drained if possible. Eyes distant. 

“Mai.” He knocks on the door even though he’s already inside. 

“Peter. Please sit.” 

Magda purses her lips cradling a coffee mug that looks more lukewarm now. “I apologized to Charles. For snapping at him.”

“Awesome, good job.” Pietro says with so much sarcasm he expects his mother to scold him. She doesn’t. 

“I’m sorry for pushing you out of the room.” An apology?

Pietro doesn’t respond—even though every part of his body was itching to blurt out I forgive you. He hates fighting with his mom. Hates seeing her upset. He hates that she always feels ten miles away even when she’s right in front of him. 

“For you to understand I need to start from the beginning.” Magda says tediously. 

“The beginning?” Pietro frowns at the vagueness. 

“Anya died in a fire.” Magda says like that was an appropriate place to start a story—like this wasn’t the first time in years she’s said his dead sisters name to him. “Your biological father—He had a way with words—with moving people. It attracted all sorts of folks. People that didn’t like what he was saying of what he represented. The fire was meant to kill us. To silence him—but it only made him louder—angrier. I was so scared of his anger, of the people it attracted—of what that would mean for…for you…it was easy enough to run away when I knew what would happen if I stayed.” 

Pietro stares at his mother—the way her mannerism turn jittery as she speaks. The way she can barely look at Pietro as she says the most words about his father he’s ever heard. 

“I thought that I was free of him. Of the chaos he brought. I thought that I could start anew but the people that wanted to hurt your father had eyes everywhere. I traveled with your godmother from camp to camp—I lived under the radar—I kept my head down—laid low and I thought that they wouldn’t find me but they did. David Strucker was perfect on paper. He was beloved and respected by the community and I thought that it meant the bad men wouldn’t be able to touch you or me. I didn’t know he worked for Hydra. I didn’t know that he worked for the people that tried to burn us alive in our sleep—who killed Anya.” Magda pulls on papers she had placed on Charles' desk. 

She flips them over and hands them to Pietro like he isn’t already overwhelmed with the information he’s getting. What. The. Fuck. 

“The organiziation he’s apart of experimented on him to trigger his mutation and made him the perfect weapon. He was a Nazi soldier during the early developments of the war.”

He sees David in a grainy picture shaking hands with a man that looks like—-oh he definitely is—Adolf Hitler. He looks exactly the same. Like he hasn’t aged a day. Which is strange considering this picture is dated to when his mom was a kid. 

Pietros almost starts laughing hysterically.  “a Nazi! Mom, are you serious?”

“Unfortunately.”

“You married a Nazi.” He can feel his ancestors' ashes crawling up his throat like a bad taste in his mouth. “You’re Jewish, Mai.” 

“Clearly I wouldn’t have married him if I had known Peter.” Magda exasperates. 

“Holy shit—-Wanda’s dad is a Nazi.” Pietro is actually physically ill. This explains so much. Yet nothing at all. “Does she know?” 

“I prefer if she didn’t.” Which means fuck no. 

“How did you find all this out?”

“I had my suspicions that he was hiding things from me. Sometimes he would say things—things I hadn’t told him or he would lie about things that didnt add up. In the end I didn’t really know anything. Not until I—not until I killed him.” 

Pietros heart was racing—she said it. Just like that. She’s confirmed what he already knew but it was all wired and strange and Pietro thought he’d feel different. Better. Freer. Less crazy. He doesn’t. 

“I didn’t think I was someone that was capable of murder but I—I just couldn’t sleep with him under our roof. I saw him leave your room one night…I hadn’t known if it was the first time or if what I had thought happened was what was happening but I just remember wanting him gone.”

This was the first time Magda Maximoff has ever outwardly mentioned the things David used to do to Pietro. It was the first time he’s ever heard it from out of his point of view. 

Magda put the mug down— her hands shaking slightly without the solid ceramic around her fingers. “He was so strong. I knew that from experience. I couldn’t fight him with my fists so I—I put cyanide in his beer. Told him It was a new brand of alcohol. He drank it all in one sitting. He was dead in minutes.” 

Wait—that’s not—- “he was dead for a week and then he strolled into our house again with a hangover and with no memory of what I had done. The second time I killed him was in his sleep. I made sure he drank enough liquor that he wouldn’t be able to fight and I asphyxiated him with a pillow. He was gone for three weeks that time and when he came back he had a headache so profound that he beat me half to death. I tried for the third time in the shower. We didn’t have electricity because of the blow dryer causing a fuse for a month but he was gone for that whole month and I thought he would stay dead for sure that time. He comes back, very much alive—and curses about me not paying for the electric. The fourth time I killed David—-“

“—-holy fucking shit.” Pietros eyes are so wide he thinks he might be a cartoon character. “H-how many times did you try to kill him?”

“I didn’t try, Pietro. I did it. I killed him. Over and over again but the bastard just just kept coming back. He’d be dead for longer periods each time —weeks—months—but never forever. He never stays dead, that’s his gift.”

“How many times Mai?”

“As many times as it took. Every time I killed him—he was gone and it would be just us two and we’d be safe. You know? We had each other and whenever the guilt would eat at me I’d go to a synagogue. I’d pray and I’d pray and when that didn’t work I drank to forget how many times I’ve killed david.” 

“So whenever David would go on his long trips or you’d kick him out in a fight—“

“He was dead. I hadn’t figured out who he actually was—who he was to your father until it was already too late. I thought maybe I could run. But I had before and hydra still managed to find me and I saw no way out. I was stuck married to him. I was married to a monster again. I was in an endless cycle, again. I couldn’t believe that I let it happen to me again. i couldn’t believe that I had been so blind—so desperate for safety that I fucking married him. I just—-“ Magda wipes at her face and she’s already puffy and red and Pietro has no way to comfort her. He has no idea what anyone is supposed to say to that. 

“—Peter. I tried my best. I know it wasn’t good enough—not even close. I fucked up so many times but I really thought I could keep him dead longer. That last time…he was buried for a year. I had been practicing—trying to make his deaths last longer then just a couple months. I thought maybe if he was cut into pieces—-it would be harder to come back from it but he did and this time he remembers me killing him.”

“He’s been gone for five years. what the hell was he doing for those four years he was back?” Pietro is taking all of this in with gracious speed. It’s all insanely crazy and bonkers and the idea of his mother committing homicide multiple times is still extremely absurd but he’s taking it in. As best as he can. 

“I don’t know but I’m sure it had something to do with those men coming to our house last year. They came in at a time that Wanda wouldn’t be there so he thought she wouldn’t be harmed—but he had forgotten about early dismissal for Bus drop offs. He hadn’t expected Wanda to get hurt—or for her abilities to manifest in the way that they did. In the end Wanda is the only person he cares about.” Magda purses her lips “I thought if you and her stayed away—somewhere he couldn’t follow then you two would be safe. I wanted to be with you two so badly. But I couldn’t. He had a way of tracking me. He knew where I was at all times. I knew that if I came here he’d find me.”

“Charles would have protected you. He wouldn’t have let anything happen to you.”

“Charles said the same thing.” Magda says with an almost sad smile “he’s a good man. I can see why Wanda loves him so much.”

“Wanda talked about him?”

Magda grimaces “yes, but David didn’t like that very much.”

Pietros face darkens “you left her with him?” He feels the chill run down his spine “why would you think that would be okay? After everything you know?”

“David wouldn’t hurt Wanda.”

“You don’t know that.”

“David would kill you and me in a instant. But Wanda? She’s his blood. That’s important to him. The only reason she’s alive is because she's his daughter.”

“Is she?” Pietro blurts out—an edge to his voice that catches even him off guard. Pietro had suspected…that maybe his mom hadn’t been so truthful in that front. Wanda doesn’t look like David. Not even a little. But—Pietro never dared question it. Not in front of his mom and especially Not in front of David who was always on the verge. 

He’s heard the accusations from David. He’s heard the fights and seen the bruises he’s left behind. Pietro has allowed himself to believe that Wanda is David’s because if she wasn’t—-then that means they stayed in that house, suffering through the clutches of that man, for no reason at all. 

“Yes, Wanda is David’s.” Magda says firmly. “I made sure of it.” 

What?

“Whats that supposed to mean?”

“It means she’s safe. And We’re safe to an extent.”

“Explain.” Pietro is—-his mind is racing. Jumping to a conclusion—a horrible one that makes him look at his mother…in a way he doesn’t want to look at her.

“His mission was to kill us. I gave him a reason to not want us dead.”

“He wanted us dead every single day, mom.”

“But he never did go through with it.” Magda defends and Pietro never thought he’d hear his mom defend David. David? Fucking David? 

“He just almost did, constantly.” Pietro spat out. ”You can’t be this delusional Mai.” 

“I’m not. He wouldn’t kill the mother of his child. Even if he hated me—even if it was his mission to do so. David grew up without his mother. He wouldn’t want that for his own child. And Wanda loves you. Her love for you is probably the only reason why he never…”

“Never what mom? Because he did a lot? He did horrible things and you’re acting like it was a blessing he didn’t do more.” 

“Peter—-“

“—-David has mommy issues. congratulations on manipulating that somehow—really—truly—impressed—
but why would you even risk that?“

“He has done worse.” Magda says like she’s referencing something he doesn’t understand. “I couldn’t kill him not forever so I needed to give him a reason to not want us dead.” Pietro is coming to the realization —slowly. 

The pit in his stomach grows. “I needed him to care about me…if not for being his wife then for being the mother of his child.“

“Mom—“

“—that’s why I had Wanda.”

There it is. 

That’s what Pietro was dreading. That’s what was making his hands shake into superspeed and making his lungs hurt like he’s inhaling fire. 

“No.” Pietro can’t—he can’t think. he can’t—“Wanda was an accident.”

“No, she wasn’t. I planned to have Wanda.”

“No.” Pietro squeezes his eyes closed—shaking his head. 

“It was the only way. She had to be born.” 

“As a pawn.” Pietro couldn’t keep the disgust out of his voice. He couldn’t help the anger and the sadness he felt on behalf of Wanda. On behalf of his younger self—-wanting to run away with his mom and being denied because of his mothers pregnancy. 

It was so twisted—-he shouldn’t be surprised but he somehow didn’t see this coming. But it was obvious. Magda loves Wanda—but she’s always been distant with her. Honestly she’s been distant with both of them, but even that can be explained now. Wanda was her scapegoat. Her golden ticket to safety. 

Pietro can’t use his mothers depression or traumas to excuse her bad decisions. 

This talk isn’t levitating anything—it isn’t helping at all. It’s making everything so much worse actually. 

“To save us.” Magda amends like it isn’t the fucking same thing. “To save us.” She says again like she’s convincing herself. 

Pietro thinks back to how Charles was acting before—seeing red. “is that what you told Charles? That you were saving us?” Pietro stands from his spot—all his energy scattering in his bones like lightning. He glares at his mother like she isn’t his mother at all. He feels so much anger. 

“Did you tell Charles that you conceived Wanda as a pawn in your game of chess? Did he get a kick out of your little game—over how clever you are—or did Charles tell you that she had nightmares about it—-about this exact scenario. Did he tell you that he comforts her when she wakes up screaming—that he tells her she has purpose, that she’s wanted, that She's loved. How did Charles react when you told him that wasn’t true?”

”I do love her. Wanda is my world.”

“Then where the fuck is she?!” He screams and he hopes his voice carries. He hopes the entire mansion can hear him. “Where is my sister?! Why isn’t she here?!”

“She didn’t want to come with me.” She says with a shaky voice. 

“She’s Ten!” Pietro is shaking so much that the floorboards beneath him are cracking—the wood splintering. “She doesn’t want to come—you take her anyway! She’s a child—a baby—and you left her with a monster!” 

Magda watches him blow the fuck up with quick tracking eyes—like she’s looking for something. 

Pietro points a finger at his mom, eyes hot and face flush with anger and fear and so much sadness that it feels too overwhelming for his body. “You're supposed to protect her not feed her to the fucking wolves!” 

Magda’s eyebrows narrow together.  “You look so much like him when you do that.” She blurts out like it was an accident. Pietro goes completely still. His breath pushed out of his lungs and the fire in his gut muffles out.


“Not David.” She corrects but the jab had been made and now Pietro's mind is already winding. Shrinking back like a wound up doll. A puppet whose strings have been cut and is left sagging. “Your father. You look more and more like him everyday but especially when you’re angry. I think that’s why David always got so riled up when you got angry. All he could see was your father.” A chill runs up his spine. 

His voice rises high like a ballon inflating with hot air. “Did he want to fuck my father too? Is that what you’re gonna fucking tell me?”

Magda flinches at the vulgarity of his words. “Peter—“ the room feels cold. 

“—he had the hots for my dad so he had the hots for me—does that explain away his rapey tendencies? Or was the sexual assault strictly for little boys?!” He can hear his voice going faster—he hopes she can still hear his words. He hopes she can still understand his rage—his anger. 

“You said he could find you anywhere you go. So why would you assume he couldn’t do the same for us.”

“He could. But not while you were here.” 

“Why not?”

“I don’t know. Something to do with the frequency. But he figured it out eventually.” 

“What is that supposed to mean?” Pietro tracks his mothers movement like she’s a criminal. He watches her fidget with the mug, the way she moves her fingers and how her eyes never quite reach Pietros. “What does that mean mom?”

Something clicks into place in his head. 

“David works for Friends of Humanity.” He says numbly. 

Pietro's heart stops. It must have. He looks at his mother—waiting for her to deny it. She doesn’t. She doesn’t fucking deny it and—and—holy shit—why isn’t Wanda here? She should be here—Pietro can’t think. He just—he needs to—his hands are shaking—phasing through the table at super speed and he’s afraid he’ll break Charles desk. 

He needs to—-he needs to—Pietro lets out a breath, which is curling around his mouth. Because the room is cold. He hears a rustle in the closet. It’s cold because Bobby is hiding in that little closet next to the bookshelf probably freaking out. 

Okay. Okay. Pietro needs to fucking focus on one problem at a time. “Bobby the gig is up.” He opens the closet door and not only is Bobby in there actively having a panic attack but Jean is crouched down next to him trying to calm him down. 

Two children are currently exposed to his awful family drama that somehow now consists of Nazis, torture facilities, and literal murder. 

Okay. This is fine. He’s fine. He can deal with this. He just—“Peter I think—“ Pietro interrupts whatever the fuck Magda was going to say “get out, actually.” Pietro says with surprising calmness.

“You’re triggering the fuck out of these kids and I need you to leave before I lose my shit.” 

Magda frowns “I didn’t intend—“

“—-leave. You’re so great at it. Go!” 

Magda is gone, it’s the three of them now in this cold room. Bobby is actively in a fetal position and having a panic attack—Jean is nonverbal and equally as freaked out and Pietro is clearly having a moment of his own. 

“Call for Charles.” Is the first thing he can think of as he crouches down on the ground to face Bobby. Jean doesn’t respond. He looks over at her and sees that her eyes are milky white and her hands—the one touching Bobby’s back— are shaking subtly. Oh. She’s actively sharing the panic attack with Bobby. 

It’s weirdly touching in a horrifying way. Okay. But now they're stuck. Pietro doesn’t touch either of them. He remembers how that went last time when Wanda was having a nightmare just before the school got broken into. He does not want to go down memory lane again and see everyone’s worst reruns in life. No thank you. 

“I’m getting Charles.” He tells them. Hoping that they hear him. 

Pietro runs. 

——-

----

----

——-


Wanda Maximoff had been enjoying a good cup of tea early in the morning—watching the sun rise past the ocean line out her open window. She inhaled the warmth of the cup with a peaceful smile. 

Peaceful. Wanda’s skin crawls. A chill running up her spine.

“Is there any news?”

The room lit up in a soft fluorescent blue as the AI spoke into her room at her request. Always eager to answer any questions she might have even at 4:30 in the morning. “The north border has no new breeches—the patchwork seal on the hospital has been running smoothly since your last enhancement and the temperature outside is 73 degrees with a 30% chance of rain in midafternoon. Not unusual for this time of year.” 

“Nothing else? No important meeting I’m missing or anything at all?” 

“There’s nothing in your calendar for today besides your nieces birthday Dinner tonight at 6:45 pm. You can’t forget about the plastic utensils. No metal. Your father will be there.” 

“That’s it?”

“Yes, my love. Nothing else.” A pause—Wanda sits in her contemplation for just a moment. “Is there something the matter?” Visions voice—sounds inquisitive—despite not having the programming to make that sort of connection.

“No just…it’s quiet.” 

“It is quite early in the day. would you like me to cue some Sokovian music?”

“No. I like quiet. it’s just…It’s been quiet for days. Too quiet. It’s unsettling.” Wanda tries to think of why it’s so unsettling. She loves lazy weekends—she rarely has them despite being retired—a consequence of being the spokesperson and vice president of the Witches and Mages Foundation. She rarely goes a couple days without something happening that she needs to intervene with.  “Has President Roger’s left any notifications?”

“No. I’m not sure he knows how to do that to be candor.” 

“Right.” Wanda sighs and she tries to settle into her chair that suddenly doesn’t seem as comfortable anymore. 
“How about The Guardians?”

“Still in space. Doing what they usually do.” 

“Confidential?”

“Unfortunately. I could request clearance from Morgan stark.”

“Don’t bother her. If I don’t need to know I don’t want to know.” Wanda places her tea on the windowsill. “The kids haven’t been around as of late.”

“Billy is visiting his boyfriend in Wakanda. I suspect he’s gonna propose.”

“You suspect?” Wanda smiles knowingly.

“I saw his recent search history and he often visited a site with custom made vibranium wedding rings.“

“I bet he was thrilled you did that.” Wanda can already hear the discussion Billy and Vision will have about invasion of privacy and boundaries. 

“And Tommy? Is he still…” Wanda snaps her fingers trying to recall the exact term she’s looking for. She tries to think of the word. She gestures widely with her hands like she’s doctor strange “...with the yarn—what is it, hon?”

“Crochet.” Vision supplies easily and Wanda smacks her lips. “Right. Is he still influencing the crochet?”

“A crochet influencer.”

“That’s what I said.”

“It was not.” Vision cannot laugh in his current form but Wanda feels the house vibrate and knows that he is currently trying to. 

“And he is doing well?”

“Yes, he has 2.5 million followers on various social media platforms and has many brands funding his work.”

“Is that good?” Wanda doesn't run her own social media she has a very talented PR team that does all of that for her. 

“I would assume so.”

“And neither has any problems?”

“None that have occurred in the Last four days since we’ve seen them last. Billy did lose his keys for thirty minutes yesterday but he found them. They were in his pocket.”

Wanda stares at the sunset for a moment longer. The unsettling feeling in her bones stayed persistent. Her kids are alright. Safe and healthy. She hasn’t missed any world ending news from  anyone of importance. She hasn’t missed any meetings or appointments. Everything is fine. 

“So everything is fine?” She asks vision—the only person she can really ask in this moment. The only person she knows wouldn’t mislead her. 

“As far as I can tell everything is completely normal.”

“Normal.” Magda frowns. No, that's not right. Nothing is ever normal. Not in this house at least.

That’s when she realized why everything feels so peaceful. “Where’s Pete?” 

“His location is unknown.” Which isn’t all that surprising. As the fastest man alive who can be anywhere at any point he’s very hard to track down. But today is his daughters birthday. 

“Is he on duty?” He wouldn’t work on his daughters birthday. 

“He shouldn’t be.” Vision knows exactly how serious Pete takes Lunas moments. Her birthday is a big moment. One he doesn’t take lightly. He should be making her breakfast waffles at this exact moment. But no—his location is unknown. which is odd. Definitely strange but not too alarming. It’s fine. Not unusual, just unexpected. 

“You have an incoming call from the Time Variant Association.”

Wanda knew it was too good to be true. 

“Answer it.” 

A holographic image of a broad looking woman, B-15 in all her glory, appeared from her watch. 

“Good afternoon.”

“It’s morning.” Wanda lifts a brow. 

“It’s afternoon somewhere.” The woman looks around as if she’s trying to find someone in Wanda’s room. “Is Pete Maximoff with you?” 

“I was about to ask the same thing.”

A collective silence. 

Both women sigh outwardly—shoulders heavy from carrying the burden of space and time.

“So he’s lost.”

“It would seem so.” 

“For how long?” Wanda asks. 

“Time is—-“

“—different in the TVA I know. I used to work there, remember? Jesus you guys are like robots.” 

“Things have been scrambled back here. We've recently gone under new management—new protocols and rules and such. A more non-genocidal approach to the extinction of the universe.”

“That probably would’ve been nice before you erased my universe and made me reimagine my own pocket dimension to relocate all of the remaining civilization from my original universe.”

“Yes, that…. is unfortunate. But clearly we’ve grown from that and we're just trying to get all our ducks in a row—straightened and such and well—-we were missing a duck.”

“Did you just refer to my brother as a duck?”

“It was a metaphor.”

wanda looked at the ceiling “vision, can you get me a recording of the last fifteen seconds and email it to Kurtis.”

“I’ve already done it.” Vision says. ”I also attached an AI generated gif of your brother as a duckling. It is quite humorous.”

“God, I love you. You so get me.”

“I love you too.” Vision says back sweetly. 

“You guys are adorable—really but the issue with your brother is very concerning.”

“What exactly is the issue, B-15? is my brother in danger?” Wanda feels the prickly sensation in the back of her neck. Really she should’ve known better. Her Twin brother is a pain in her ass. 

“We can’t tell.”

“Why not?”

“His jumper is currently immobilized. Very likely damaged from the jump. You know how he was about getting his monthly repairs in.” 

Pete is a procrastinator until the very end. He’s also a fucking idiot whos lost in some alternative branch of Time. Great. How very on brand. 

“Do we know where?” Wanda flicks her wrist and her mug is washed up and propped on her kitchen sink downstairs. 

“Yes. We just don’t know when.” Wanda waves her hand up and curls her fingers. She’s no longer wearing her cute little two piece silk pajamas—and instead wearing her long TVA uniform. The leather is tight and uncomfortable—from before she retired and gained fifteen pounds from being happy and not working for these soul crushing people. 

“You look breathtaking.” Vision says like he has any breath to steal. 

“I know, thank you.” Wanda pulls her hair up in a ponytail. “Can you please set an alarm for 6:00pm. I am NOT missing my nieces dinner.”

“It might take a bit longer than that to find him. The anomaly is very unique so this particular universe was very tricky to pinpoint.”

“Send me the file.” Wanda gestures at the bed and it’s made up within seconds. Fluffed and prepped for when she gets back. 

“The alarm has been set.” Vision says. 

“We might need more time to sort this out Wanda. Your brother—“

“—-my brother would rather break his own legs than miss Lunas birthday. I’m finding him today. Yes or yes. No excuses. If he isn’t at the table by 6:30pm tonight then he’ll have to answer to Sam Wilson who paid the deposit on the bouncy house.”


“That man does not play about his money.” B-15 says affirmatively—like she’s had to deal with a few Sam Wilson variants in her days. “Is he still single?” 

“Divorced. Third times a charm,”

“He might have better luck if he stopped pursuing people from the 1940s.” Vision says like the nosey bitch he is. Anyone that says Wanda is the gossip in the relationship is a damn liar. 

“Enough chit chat.” Wanda says. “It’s time to find my brother before he does something stupid.” Wanda allows the flow of power to trickle from her fingertips.

“This does not mean I’m out of retirement.” She reminds them. 

——

——


——


——

She jumps a bit too far. 

The world is ash and smoke. No living creature—human or animal—left in this time. She’s about a couple thousand years into the future of this universe. 

That’s a bummer. But inevitable. 

——-

——-

——-

Wanda watches a blue man snap the legs of a variant version of his brother. She winces and glares at her father from a distance. He must be a dick in this universe too. 

Wanda better be getting paid for this. 

——


——-


——


——

Wanda sees Kurtis—no not him. A variant of his. Younger. Skinnier. Before Miss Margaret Wagner. Before Raven. Before the x-men. Hes chained to a wall next to the elephants and lions. Seeking warmth amongst their bodies. It was a cold night. Too cold. 

Wanda waves her hand and a wool blanket appears near the distracted Nightcrawlers feet. It was a small gesture—-so small compared to everything he’s done for her brother. 

And if the small flash of Wanda’s power triggers alarms through Ravens mutant tracking system—helping her locate Kurt in this secluded area in Germany—well….thats none of Wanda’s business. 

Just a happy coincidence. 

——-

——-

——-

She jumps again and she’s close. She can feel it. 

She’s in a house. Half burned down and she can smell the ash and sizzling of burned flesh. she has no idea what has happened here but she knows she was here. Not her. But a different Wanda. She can feel the familiarity of her power. Less contained. Less strong. Less—just less. Probably a younger version of her. 

Police officers and Fire trucks are outside talking to a woman. “Youre saying they ran through your house while you were hosting a party.” Wanda can hear the disbelief in the officers voice. 

“Yes. It’s horrible how these things happen.” The woman says and her back is towards Wanda but the telepath doesn’t have to look at her or even read her mind to smell the gasoline on her clothes. These men were not killed by this fire. They were dead before it was set. 

“Miss Maximoff do you really think that I’m gonna believe that?”

Oh. Wanda’s eyes find the woman’s brown eyes like a syncing heartbeat.
That’s her mom. She looks different in this universe. More fragile. A little more insane. If Pete was here she hopes he was long gone before Magda got here. 

Wanda walks up to the pair very nonchalantly. 

“Where did you come from?” The officer jerked away at her sudden appearance. She touches his forehead and flashes her eyes red. “You believe her. This was just a car accident gone wrong.”

His eyes turn murky and he nods stiffly “yeah, it’s a tragedy. Drinking and driving is an epidemic.”

Wanda nods and walks away. 

“Who are you?” Her mother but not her mother— asks suspiciously. 

“Nobody.” Wanda waves her hand and she’s gone. 


——-

——-


——-

——-

Wanda ends up at the X-men mansion. Familiar and yet different from the one she had grown accustomed to seeing when she visited Pete. 

It’s night time and she’s in the second kitchen on the second floor. The one Pete always liked to hide his snacks in. This must be before Hank refurbishes the kitchen cabinets because they are a old brown color that squeak when you open them.

The squeak is what alerted Wanda to the small child—maybe fifteen or sixteen—she’s not very good with guessing children's ages—sneaking into the snack pantry. 

Wanda’s hands glow and the girl freezes mid-reach, a bag of Lays in her hand. 

“Hi.” The child says, blinking slowly like she’s half asleep. “So—like these are totally mine.” The bag clearly has the name BOBBY written in sharpie on the front. 

“I’m not here to stop your snack heist, I'm just looking for my brother Pete.”

“Oh, wow, you just missed him.” 

“Do you know when he’ll be back. We have a very important dinner to go to.”

“You were already here.” She says and Wanda turns her head to the side. “Pardon?”

“You got twenty bucks?” 

Wanda flicks her fingers and a fifty dollar bill in American cash appeared in her hands. From her Tony Stark insurance fund. “How’s a fifty instead?”

The child snatched the crisp bill from her hand with speed that would impress Pete if he saw it. She inspects it—raising it under the lone fluorescent lightbulb In the kitchen. 

“Pete was here two years ago. Dunno how long he was here for—I wasn’t really paying attention.” She says after pocketing the money. Securing it in place like Wanda would snatch it back. “It was awesome though.” She says with a distant smile “for me.” She corrects “he was loose with his money too so I made hella bank. It was not awesome for everybody else though. Very stressful. Not fun.“

“He isn’t here anymore though?”

“Nope.” The child rips open the bag of  Lays and pops a chip in her mouth. Wanda has not been finessed for this much money since Kitty Pryde faked being bad at Air hockey only to turn around and obliterate her at Tommy And Billy’s six year old birthday party with no mercy. 

Wanda sees the child’s hand fade through the bag and grab a large chip instead of going through the opening on the top. Right. Of course. 

Wanda sighs and pulls out another fifty dollar bill from midair—-Kitty's eyes practically grow two sizes and she’s basically salivating and not for the chips anymore. “I should know better then to ask any Kitty Pryde for a favor without compensation.” 

Kitty Pryde—honest to god—giggles as she pockets the money. 

“You figured out where he was and you brought him back to your home—your universe— with Pietros help. And then you were both gone. It was around summer time? No it was after summer—-barely any classes though. It was around fall. Yeah. Definitely fall.” She licks the salt off her fingers.

“You don’t have an exact date?” Wanda knows kittys holding out. “I’m not giving you more money. That fifty was worth a date at least.” 

“You’re literally materializing money out of thin air. I think you can splurge on another fifty.” Kitty then pauses—as if something else has occurred to her. “Um—-actually how about a favor instead.”

“No.”

“I have something you need.” Kitty says with so much confidence that Wanda does actually hesitate. The kitty she knows from her universe isn’t a bad person. Rarely do Kitty Pryde Variants become villains. There was one branch of timeline where she was a mean girl running a Home Owners Association but that wasn’t villainous she was just kind of a bitch. 

Point is: Kitty Pryde isn’t a bad person. Not really. Not usually. So Wanda knows she’d never ask for anything that would put anyone in danger. 

Wanda weighs her options. She could just keep jumping and hope she ends up exactly where she’s meant to be at the times who's supposed to be and risk missing Lunas birthday. Theoretically she could just jump back at the exact same time she left this morning and would be like she was gone for less then a minute but if that was an option then clearly Pete wouldn’t have been gone for days. He would've just time traveled back to when he first jumped and she wouldn’t have noticed he was gone and none of this would be happening. 

So not good. Something is weird here. 

This whole damn mission is bonkers and her feet hurt from all this jumping. 

“As long as it doesn’t affect the timeline.” Wanda could care less if it did but she knows the TVA despite their change of heart hates when timelines get too off kilter. She doesn’t want to give them a reason to go back to their old ways. She doesn’t want that guilt in her head. Not anymore. Never again. She’s already got enough responsibilities. She doesn’t need another universe to keep a lookout for.

“It won’t.” Kitty says confidently. 

“Alright then. What’s the favor?”

“I’ll cash it out later. When you come back.”

“You mean— When I Travel back.”

“It’ll be the first time I meet you so you’ll just have to remind me.” Kitty says easily. 

“Did I already grant the favor?” Wanda questions her confident response. 

Kitty nods “yes. It all worked out…mostly.” 

 

“why ask for a favor if it’s already been granted?”

“It needs to happen exactly the same. If it doesn’t then I don’t know if that version of me would've asked for a favor and then this version of me that knows everything to come wouldn’t have existed and—“ Kitty Pryde abruptly stops talking and then sighs like she’s sick of her own voice “—paradoxes. Because paradoxes." Kitty pops the last chip in her mouth with a satisfying crunch. 

“Right. That makes sense.” It does not. 

 

“Do we have a deal?”


“Yeah okay.”

 

“I’ll be right back.” Kitty is gone for maybe two minutes—walking through walls like they don’t exist at all. 

“Here ya go.” Kitty gives her a jumper. It looks patchy and odd looking but it’s definitely a jumper. 

“I already have one of these.” Wanda takes the jumper regardless. 

“Yeah but this one’s better. New and improved.” Kitty says. 

The jumper has the same VN number that hers does. Weird. 

“Alright—thanks.” 

Katherine Pryde recalls the date up to the very minute of the hour. Wanda thinks that maybe this favor is a bigger deal then kitty is letting on. 

 

 

It doesn’t matter, though. Wanda’s about to find out very soon. 

 

 

 

Notes:

writing Pete and Wanda felt like i was writing a fanfic within a fanfic. i liked dropping random pointless lore. For all the people that don't like Magda---thats so valid. I wrote her incredibly flawed and broken and writing this chapter and hearing 'her side of the story' made me realize that I had been trying to write her like she was the good parent but she's just...not. The ends, in fact, did not feel like they justified the means.

And yall don't even have the full story yet.

regardless, thank you for reading. as always typos will be found. <3

Chapter 31: Wrong Family Reunion

Summary:

“Right now?” Pietros asks with clear surprise in his voice. “Don’t you think you should let him cool off? Talk to him later today or something?”
Hank frowns and he looks at Pietro fully. “The last time I left things unsaid between Kurt and I—he was kidnapped and tortured for a month. I would rather deal with the uncomfortable conversation now then allow him to think the worst for a second longer.”

Oh. Pietro nods.

Of course.

Why wouldn’t Pietro assume that Hank wouldn't want Kurt and him to go to bed on bad terms? Is that what it is to have a healthy and communicative relationship with a father figure? Pushing through uncomfortable conversations so that there isn’t any miscommunication between them?

Oh.

Pietros got this all fucked.

----or-----

The aftermath of Magda and Pietro talking and the very long day that just won't end.

Notes:

Sorry it's been almost a month since I updated this fic. i hope this longish chapter makes up for it. :))

Featuring Pete and Scarlet serving chaotic twins.
Featuring oblivious Alex--whos just vibing. I made older/alternative timeline Wanda go by Scarlet so that its less confusing to read--and write lmao.

grammar mistakes--spelling errors. Okay, yeah. It's a given.

Thank you for reading.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Pietro interrupts dinner. He’s missed about half of it but no one seems to be too upset that he’s cut it short. The speedster makes eye contact with Charles Xavier and he barely opens his mouth before the Professor is wheeling over to him and pulling him into the hallway near the entrance of the dining room. 

 

“Peter.” Charles' voice is shaky and just barely heard over the blood rushing to Pietros head at a supernatural speed. Pietro points up—hoping that Charles can discern that he wants him to go upstairs. Fuck, his hands are still shaking. “Son, take a breath with me.” The professor goes to place a hand on his arm and then falters—he seems to hesitate before deciding it was best not to touch the speedster at all. 

 

Fuck . Charles has never hesitated to touch Pietro before—not when he needed comforting but clearly what his mother told him has made him feel less certain over that form of affection. 

 

Fuck. 

 

Fuck.

 

Fuck. 

 

Pietro put his palm against his eye socket, pressing hard until it hurt. Trying to hold onto any sense of control. He needs to fucking focus

 

Pietro swallows. “The twins are—“ Pietro clamps his mouth shut. Fuck . Jean and Bobby are not the twins. The twins are dead—-he reminds himself. They are gone. The speedster just has his wires crossed. “—BobbyJean. Upstairs.” Pietro exhales shakily and maybe it’s the way the speedster clearly needs him that Charles decides to overcome whatever controversy he has in his head about touching Pietro. The Professor places both his hands on Pietro's arms, steadying him in place. Making his feet solid and still. His breathing comes back in patches. Charles waits patiently. 

 

“Take your time.” Charles doesnt push him to speak quickly. He just waits as Pietro seems to try and reel in his emotions to form full sentences. Failing miserably to even do that. “Listening—office—panic attack. You—help them.” 

 

You’re having a panic attack.” Charles says and he’s not doing what Pietro thought he’d do. He’s not rushing to go help Jean and Bobby. He’s staying put and sitting with Pietro like he’s more important. It makes him sick. It makes him so unreasonably emotional and he just wants him to go

 

“Help them .”

 

“You need my help too.”

 

“don’t want—help.” Pietro does not snap at him—he doesn’t yell because Charles doesn’t deserve his anger. Not right now. Not when he’s like this. 

 

He just doesn’t want to have a whole debate about this—not when he’s this stupidly emotional. Not when he can barely speak without something embarrassing coming out of his mouth.

 

“It doesn’t mean you don’t need it.” Charles makes a pained expression “I saw your mother leave the house. She’s outside.“ His voice sounds so far away in Pietros head.

 

”I’m sorry.” Pietro hiccups, his skin feels like it’s on fire—like he’s back in that damned torture bed in the lab all over again. 

 

“You have nothing to be sorry about.” 

 

“I—I tried to listen like you said but it—it’s so bad dad.” Pietros eyes sting. “it’s so much worse then I thought a-and Wanda’s just with him. And I don't know what to do. I don’t know what I can do. I-I-i just want her here and safe and Bobby and Jean need my help and I can’t help them dad, and everything feels like too much. It’s too much.” The sentences come out fast and stumbled out with a gush of dread.

 

Charles takes his despair in stride—his face a perfect mixture of compassion and understanding and Pietro doesn't know how he does it. “I know a thing or two about feeling too much.” He places a hand on the side of his face—and Pietro knows what Charles wants to do. He’s seen him pull this trick on the children to ease them out of their own panic attacks—more lately since the lab. He’s trying to use his powers to—not control—but to ease . Even maybe to understand his distress. There’s no malicious intent. Only care and love and Pietro wants him to help him. He wants Charles to be able to do what he can. But Charles can’t read his mind. Pietro is the only person he can’t help. “I got you.” Charles says, because even though he can’t fully grasp everything he will always be on Pietro's side. 

 

“We just need to take things one step at a time. Let’s get your breathing evened out and then I can go help Bobby and Jean and then we can figure out how to get Wanda back here. Safely.”

 

A plan. A vague—no structured plan that’s more bullet points then anything else but it’s a plan. okay. Okay. 

 

“mom shouldn’t be outside, it’s cold.” And Pietro hates that that’s what he’s focused on—he hates that he’s even concerned about Magda at all. He’s so angry with her. But he doesn’t want her to be cold? 

 

Why can’t he be mad at someone and just want them gone forever? Why can’t he just be petty and bitter and want them dead—the end—end of story—no remorse. Why does he have to care if the woman who's lied to him for years is cold or not? 

 

“She has a jacket.” Charles doesn't make him feel bad for feeling remorseful. He just lets him have his feelings. 

 

“I’m sorry.” Pietro wipes at his face and his hands won’t stop fucking shaking. 

 

“You have nothing to be sorry about.” Charles reassured again, soft in his repetition. 

 

Pietro and Charles feel like they are in a different place completely. Following each other's lead. Being led somewhere out of their depth completely.

 

“Feel better?” Charles asks after a few minutes of deep inhales and exhales and Pietro nods quickly even though he’d prefer if Charles stays—but he needs to help Jean and Bobby. That’s the whole reason he came downstairs. Pietro needs to stop being selfish. Charles pulls his hands away from Pietros arms which had been rubbing small soothing circles to calm him down. 

 

“Please go help them.” Pietro can feel the house getting colder. 

 

“We’ll talk when I get back down.” The professor says.

 

“Do we have to? I’m kinda packed full on emotional conversations for the day.” 

 

“No we don’t have to.” Charles says like he wants to say more—like he wants to say a million different things. “But we will at some point.” He compromises and Pietro just nods and watches him go. 

 

“That sounded intense,” Pete pops his little bubble of peace in seconds. “Go away.” Pietro rubs the migraine growing in his head—a side effect of having an emotional breakdown. 

 

“How’d your little chat with your mama go? lots of revelations? y’all besties again?”

 

“You're a real asshole, you know that? You knew this whole time didn’t you? You knew and you just kept that shit to yourself—knowing Wanda was in danger.” Pietro glares at Pete and he really doesn’t understand why anyone likes him at all. 

 

“It’s not my fault your Wanda’s in danger and it isn’t my job to correct the mistakes of this timeline.” Pete doesn’t sound like he believes what he’s saying. His face is almost revealing in the way his eyes appear almost sad. Like his hands-off approach to the whole thing has burdened him deeply. 



It’s all bullshit. 



“You act like you care about Charles and Hank and Kurt but you’re just passing time. You pretend you’re some cool hero time-traveling dude but you’re just as flawed as the rest of us.”

 

“Of course I’m flawed. I’m a variant. Just like you. That’s how I know certain things I can’t change. How much did Magda tell you?”

 

“Everything.”

 

“Doubt it. She’s always so awesome at keeping secrets.” Pete makes a face “Atleast… my Magda definitely loved Wanda. She just didn’t love me. I guess I looked a bit too much like our father.” 

 

Our father. It’s the second time today the Mans been mentioned and Pietro can’t help but feel like he’s missing some cosmic joke. 

 

“Charles isn’t my father,” Pietro sighs because Pete is so weird and is constantly dropping information that has no relevance to Pietro at all. His entire family tree gives Pietro a headache. 

 

“Naw, he’s our dad.” 

 

“I literally just said he isn’t my father. Dude are you deaf?”

 

“—rude, and ableist I’m telling hawk eye you said that.”

 

“Who the fuck?” 

 

“Nevermind. Just know he’d be super pissed and will not name his kids after you if you keep that shit up.” 

 

“I don’t care?” Again, no relevance to Pietro at all. 

 

“And since we’re throwing around the word deaf maybe you should get your ears fixed too buddy cause you definitely called Charles dad just now.”

 

“No, you did.” Pietro glares at him—pointing an accusatory ginger at him. 

 

“Yeah, duh. But so did you. Earlier. I heard you. Loud and clear.” 

 

“How long where you just standing there like some creep?”

 

“I heard crying. I thought it was one of the kids, and I didn’t want them to be alone.” Pete says immediately and it—he says it with no sarcasm at all. it sounded genuine. Like he actually cared about the well being of some theoretical random kid in the hallway. It’s so deceivingly nice. 

 

Pietro is reminded—-like a slap to the face—-that Pete has a Luna. He has a kid. He's a dad . He’s intune to children crying and so when he heard Pietro cry he came to help. Instinctively. He obviously hadn’t realized it was Pietro. 

 

Or maybe he did. Pietro doesn’t know if that’s worse. 

 

“I seriously do not want to deal with you right now. I’ve already had a shit day.”

 

“A slip of the tongue then.” Pete grins. “Maybe it’s your brain recalibrating what you already feel.”

 

“You don’t know anything about how I feel.” 

 

“You're right. I don’t. But I’ve seen a lot of different quicksilvers and trust me—you could’ve had it worse. Even if you are an anomaly.”

 

“What does that even mean ? Anomaly. You keep saying that.”

 

“It’s complicated…” Pete frowns. 

 

“Can’t be that complicated.”

 

“When varying branches in the timeline are created due to a Nexus Event they’re given a number and a file and a reasoning for the separation of the main timeline. Usually they are dealt with accordingly. We used to erase them—prune everyone in that branch and so on and so forth. Things have changed recently and they don’t really do that anymore. Regardless The TVA is always notified of any branching in the timeline—-always. Except for this universe. Up until a year ago we had no idea this branch even existed. It doesn’t show up in the map at all. Even now— it’s like it doesn’t even exist—“ Pete gestures at the room around them openly. “But obviously it does. So somehow this branch was being hidden from the TVA. Not sure for how long or why or how. But it’s a problem. Your sisters explosion of power is what triggered the TVAs system—-but it’s not the Nexus event that caused the branch in the timeline. It’s the anomaly that caused the branch.” 

 

“And i'm the anomaly?”

 

“Yes.” Pete says. 

 

“What did I do that could have possibly been so bad?”

 

Pete shakes his head and Pietro knows enough now that he isn’t going to get answers from him. 

 

Pietro Maximoff suddenly feels a wave of something. A tightness in his chest—his bones heavy like he’s wet. Something is—strange. 

 

Pete’s eyes widen. “My sisters here.” He blurts out like he’s just won the lottery. 

 

“What?”

 

Pete is already super speeding away and Pietro follows immediately. He loses him for a moment when he takes a turn to the left when he thought he’d go right. Pietro gives up on chasing another speedster and turns back to the dining room once more—surrounded by busy-bodied children all avoiding eating. 

 

Pietro Django Maximoff doesn't realize anyone else out of the ordinary is in the room at all until one of the little kids, Gunther, suddenly grabs his hand—an anxious habit. Pietro squeezes it almost instinctively and turns his head at the sudden appearance of a woman. Charles is settling Jean's mind and Bobby has warmed up significantly since his brief panic attack. Pietro gives himself a reminder to talk to the two of them later. So they aren’t completely traumatized. 

About thirty eyes are suddenly all on the newcomer. Does the professor not have locks? Why is it apparently so easy to walk into this fucking school? 

“Who are you?” 

“What the hell?”

“Whos that?”

Different voices jump in front of each other all at once, and Pietro meets the woman’s familiar eyes. Her eyes turn almost sad, and Pietro recognizes that look before it’s suddenly washed away. A forced indifference in her voice. 

“Hello, I’m looking for my brother Pete. I’ve been told he should be here.” She looks down at the food on the table and her face wrinkles—-Kurt’s food has that effect on people. Everyone had been in the middle of dinner when he’d stumbled down the stairs asking for the professor. 

”Kurtis cooked? Never mind, he probably left.” 

“Wanda?” Pete’s voice flows from the kitchen, sounding almost relieved. Pete is in front of her before she even blinks and he’s opening his arms wide and she opens her arms as well, and the older speedster pulls her into a bone-crushing bear hug. 

Wanda. Pietro's eyes go misty. That’s Wanda? She—she looks so big. Tall. Older. Older than Pete. Which is odd considering she’s meant to be the same age as Pete. Aren’t they twins? But then again, he does remember a brief conversation with Hank just after he got rescued from the facility. 

“Your mutation drastically slows down your age progression. So in twenty years you would only look like you aged a fraction of that time.” Hank had told him as he swabbed his mouth for DNA. Something about checking for something blah blah blah. He didn’t really ask too many questions at the time and he never really did get back to him about it. 

This was before Pete had made his presence known so Pietro had no idea how right Hank would be. Pietro has no idea how old Pete actually is but if Wanda’s age is anything to go by Pete might be older than Pietro thinks. 

Hank would have a million theories right about now if he was here. Which he isn’t. Alex summers has already left to go get the doctor from the city but Pietro just knows Hank is gonna somehow miss all the drama once again. Hank doesn’t even know that his mom is here. Hank has missed a hell of a day. 

“Man am I glad to see you.” the other speedster says squeezing his sister tight. Older Wanda smiles and then pinches his ear which makes Pete holler in pain. “Ow ow ow!”

“You little shit! You stressed me out so much.” Older Wanda looks even older as she scolds her brother—like she’s gone her whole life reeling him in from any trouble. Pietro wonders how that must feel like. To have an older sibling. Is this Wanda older than Pete? Or does she just act like she is? 

“I’m sorry!” Pete huffs—trying to push her off of him. 

“You should be! I’m supposed to be retired!” Retired

“It wasn’t my fault.” Pete complains. 

“Like hell it wasn’t.” Older Wanda bites back. Something in Pietro stirrs. 

“The damn TemPad just exploded on me! Like as soon as I hit the school premises it just started going haywire. I don’t know why!” 

Siblings. They act like siblings. Which is a weird thing for Pietro to be hung up on. 

“Where’s the Professor?” Gunther asks Pietro—looking up at him with a scared look. Pietro nudges him closer squeezing his hand and he watches about two or three kids begin to hide behind Kurt who looks not at all intimidating with the apron still on. “He’s helping JeanandBobby.” Kitty says like Jean and Bobby are one person—one singular entity. It kind of reminds me of the twins—how the alters always worked together organically that they felt like one person. The comparison makes Pietro sad and guilty just a little bit.  

“Wanda?” Frankie’s voice hovers over the confusion in the room. The boy openly stares at the older version of his sister like he wasn’t quite sure it was actually her. 

Older Wanda looks over at Frankie with a twinge of confusion before her face shifts into one of dawning realization. “Vision?” 

“It’s super weird right? He’s like completely real in this universe.” Pete says with a teasing smile but Wanda shoots him a sharp glare that would have sent chills up anybody’s spine “Vision is real in our universe too.”

Pete winces. “Yeah, you're right. That’s my bad. I just meant—like— human you know?”

“My name is Frankie.” The younger boy pouts, and older Wanda just nods in understanding, “of course, my apologies, Frankie. It’s just that—you look exactly like my vision.”

“Well not exactly—-vision isn’t twelve .” Pete huffs. 

“I’m nine.” Frankie corrects sassily, and Pete shrugs. 

“You're Wanda?” Frankie questions his eyes, only staying on this older-alternative universe Wanda. It’s so strange to think about. Even in his head. 

Wanda looks down at Frankie and smiles softly “Yes, I’m Wanda Maximoff.”

“Wanda?” Magda's voice comes from behind the children–entering the home again without anyone taking notice. Seriously, Charles needs better security. They all turn to face her, and she’s staring with wide eyes at older Wanda.

Older Wanda—Pietro needs to call her something else, or his head will get dizzy— looks away from Frankie and over to Magda, and her smile doesn’t go away at the sight of her like Pete’s does. “Hi, Mama. Wasn’t expecting to see you.” 

Magda looks like she’s seeing a ghost. Her eyes trailed down Wanda like she might be a figment of the light or a trick of some kind. “You’re…”

“Older?” Wanda supplies gently.

Magda blinks “...different.” she grimaces–like shes remembering something painful.

“I’m from a different place–different time.”

“You have an accent.” Magda says with the matching accent. 

“Yours. You did raise me.” Magda raised Pietro and he doesn't have an accent, so hes not sure how valid that explanation is.

“Pietro doesnt have an accent.” Kurt says for him like hes a damn mind-reader. Bless him. “Neither does Pete.” Kurt tacks on like hes also just realized this. 

 

“Magda didn't raise me, and she barely raised Pietro.” Pete sasses, and Wanda smacks his arm in protest. “Will you shut up?” Older Wanda hisses at her speedster brother.

“Everybody has an accent.” Kitty points out suddenly, like she simply couldn't let the misinformation slide.

“Not me!” Gunther shouts with the most pronounced Western Canadian accent that Pietro has ever heard. “Yes, you do, hon.” He corrects promptly and Pietro squeezes his hand gently. Gunther pouts but doesn't protest. 

Older Wanda waves a hand in a gesture. “What he means to say is I was raised in Sokovia.”

“Thats not a real place.” Kitty says confidently–maybe too confidently because then shes looking at Pietro for confirmation. “Right?”

“Definitely not real.” Pietro confirms and lets Gunther open his palm and play with his fingers. Counting each long finger over and over again. 

“Not anymore. It was bombed.” Pete says. 

“Morbid.” Pietro mumbles. 

“Maybe it's not wise to talk about bombings in front of the children,” Magda says sagely and Pietro rolls his eyes. “You literally have no room to talk. You made Jean and Bobby have a panic attack like thirty minutes ago.”

Why is time literally moving so slowly? This is dragging so long.

“She did what?” Kurt's eyes go as big as saucers and his tail almost instively moves further away from magda–who was to the left of him. “How was i meant to know those children where listening in? They shouldnt have been in there. How is the professor just letting kids run amongst his school without knowing where they are? People just walk in and out of here like its public property. Why is there no security here?” Magda rants out. 

Points where made. Pietro doesnt really care if shes kinda right on the lack of security, he’d rather jump off a cliff–in a non-suicidal way thank you very much—then let Magda think she was in the right. “None of this would've happened if you weren't keeping secrets from me. LITERALLY all of this could have been avoided if you had just been honest with me from the beginning instead of blowing everything up now.”

“I didn’t want to blow anything up.”

“oh so you just weren’t ever gonna tell me at all?” Pietro can see Kurt slowly inching away from Magda—his eyes tracking the both of them like a game of tennis. Kitty was doing the same thing, her big brain probably trying to connect dots that are laid out for her. 

“If I could’ve avoided doing any of this I would have.” Magda says with tears in her eyes that make Pietros anger shrink slightly. 

“Can we please go back to the whole Pete’s older—alternative—timeline—sister being here randomly?”  Kitty points at older Wanda like she’s a fire hydrant in the desert. 

“You can just call me Scarlet if it’s easier.” Yes, it is easier. 

“Aaawe pulling out the childhood nicknames? How sweet.” Pete teases. 

Scarlet looks over at Kitty with interest. ”i’m not here randomly. It took me a couple tries to find my stupid brother. But I found him thanks to you.”

“How'd you know I was stranded?” Pete asks his sister. 

“Life was going a bit too smoothly. Figured something horrible must have happened to you.” Scarlet looks at Kurt’s food at the dinner table and barely holds back a grimace. “Seems I was right to worry.” 

“I have extra if you want some.” Kurt says hopefully—misunderstanding Scarlets expression of discomfort for hunger. 

“Oh—no thank you Kurtis. I gotta keep my appetite for Lunas birthday dinner.”

Pietros ears perk at that—-Gunther pulls on his thumb with eager nimble fingers, and Pietro lets him, unmoving and unbothered—- and Pete’s face grows big with genuine relief.

“I didn’t miss it?” 

“We should be good to make it on time.” 

Pete let’s out a shaky breath that feels more like a punch of oxygen “I’m sorry for almost missing it. Does she know that I’m here?” 

“did I tell your daughter that you decided to work on her birthday? Despite you promising that you wouldn’t? No, I didn't tell her. You get the honors.”

“I didn’t think I’d be gone this long. Usually you wouldn’t even know I was gone but when my tempad exploded—-i didn’t know how to call for help.”

“Did it happen when you landed in this timeline? The TVA should’ve realized the discrepancy in your TemPad if that’s the case.” Scarlet asks. 

“Nah, it happened when I got to the mansion. Before that, it was working fine.” 

“How odd.” Wanda pulls out a small device from her pocket. Shiny and slick and definitely futuristic looking. “Mine is working just fine.” 

Pietro is trying hard to follow the conversation. Gunther tugs on his wrist—just cause he wants to not because he wants him to move. Pietro let’s the small boy have his fun. 

“You said thanks to Kitty ?” Pietro rewinds mentally. Kitty snaps her fingers. “Yeah! Thanks to me? What's that supposed to mean?”

“You told me where to find my brother.”

“I ain’t ever met you a day in my life, lady.” Kitty adjusts a blue beanie on her head. She’s grown accustomed to wearing head scarves and hats to cover up her bald patches that have grown unevenly.  

“We meet later.” 

“Like in the future later?” Kurt blurts out in horror. 

“Literally when else would later be?” Kitty snaps and gives him a ridiculous side eye that makes Pietro glare at her. “Dont be rude, Katherine.”

Kitty shakes her head. “How much later?”

“Hard to say….your hair was longer. A bit taller too.” Wanda looks at Pietro for a moment—a chill runs down his spine— before looking at Kitty Pryde once again.

“Shouldn’t the professor be here for this?” Magda says suddenly, and Pietro honestly keeps forgetting she’s in the room. Honestly, he’s only now just realizing how many people are privy to this conversation. About a dozen children are still around the dining table—some more invested than others in the current events. 

“Maybe we should step into his office. Have this discussion in private.” Kurt adds helpfully. 

Scarlet raises an eyebrow “what discussion? I’ll be taking my brother and leaving. No need for further fanfare.” And as soon as Scarlet says that her Tempad begins to shake and make a loud screeching noise that makes everyone cover there ears. “Oh no…” Pete groans and just a second later Scarlet's device cracks in half with a puff of smoke, three clunks of metal and screws collapse on the ground. 

“Right.” Scarlet sighs. “I knew that would be too easy.” Her wrist watch dings and she sighs again. Double sigh? Damn. 

“We’re officially Late for Luna's birthday.” 

Pete’s face crumbles slightly. “How are we getting home? What if something happens?”

Kitty picks up the excess pieces of the tempad from the ground with careful fingers. “We can probably fix it.”

“Yeah, maybe if you had Tony Stark or Shuri, but it’s the 19 hundreds . Y’all don’t have any of the tools to fix this thing.” Pete huffs and crosses his arms in frustration. Pietro sees Kurt try very hard not to look at the other speedsters tensed arms. 

“It’s the 1970s.” Pietro corrects bitterly “you’re acting like it’s the dark ages.” 

“I’m pretty crafty. And Hank works for NASA now. If anybody’s got advance shit it’s the people going into space.” Kitty supplies looking at the pieces quizzically. 

“1970s NASA technology is years behind on creating anything useful to help mend that TemPad.” Pete says stiffly. 

“Yeah.” Scarlet nods in agreement “it’s a good thing they had years to figure it out.” She says with a smile and she pulls out another Tempad out of thin air—maybe some weird power Pietro doesn’t understand. 

“Kitty gave me this when we met. It’s the same Tempad you have in your hands right now—tweaked and upgraded to withhold something. I’m not sure what. It’s dead though. No charge at all.” Scarlet says with a wave of the Tempad. 

Kitty grins, “told ya I could do it.” But then she frowns “I just gave you that? Out of the goodness of my heart?” Kitty says like she has no goodness in her heart. One of the little children in the dining table giggles at the disbelief in her voice. 

“No. For a favor.” 

“A favor?”

“Ooooooh.” A group of kids said at the same time. Kitty points a finger at them—clearly not taking anyone’s dilly dally today. “Zip it.” She hisses.

“What was the favor?” Pietro imagines about a million different very illegal things that Kitty would want to do. 

“Not sure. Up to her.” Wanda says and Kittys eyes practically glow. “I didn’t ask for the favor already?”

“You specifically said that it had to be past you that had to ask because then future you wouldn’t be the person she needs to be to help past you.”

“I understood that perfectly.” Kitty says while rubbing her chin in conspiracy. 

Did she? Pietro looks over at Kurt, who looks equally as confused as Pietro feels. 

“I have a headache.” Gunther whines suddenly and puts his hands up, wanting to be picked up. Pietro picks up Gunther with ease and props him on his hip. The toddler begins touching his patchy hair and giggling. Pietro just lets him and wishes his hair was as long as Pete’s, which parted naturally on his head like waves. He looks over at Kurt, expecting the blue boy to be fawning over Pete still but is met with direct eye contact instead. 

“What?” Pietro adjusts Gunther on his hip and the kid lays his head on his shoulder. Pietro smiles at Kurt—-a bit confused by the expression on his face. 

Kurt blushes instantly, and he looks away from the speedster, but then can’t seem to keep his eyes away—looking right back at him. “Nothing. You're just really good with him.” 

“Yeah? I’m good with kids.” 

“I know. It’s really nice.” Kurt says softly and it sounds like he wants to say something else but Kitty starts to pretend to gag. “We get it! You wanna have his babies. Can we please stay focused? An interdimensional witch owes me a favor, and I don’t need to see you two doing gooey eyes at each other while I think my way through a paradox.” 

“Whose having whose baby?” Alex Summers walks into the room suddenly. 

“Hot damn.” Scarlet says out loud when he sees Summers and does the world's most unsubtle high five with her brother.

Pietro is starting to think that Alex might actually be universally hot.

“I heard something about a paradox?” Hank enters the room and honestly it’s about damn time he’s back in the picture. The scientist looks at scarlet “Who are you?”

“That’s Wanda from an alternative timeline. Also she’s Pete’s sister.” Kurt supplies with great enthusiasm. 

“You can call me Scarlet though. Less confusing.” Scarlet extends a hand and Hank in his shock just shakes it and nods. 

“Right of course.” And Hank's eyes look over at Pietro and he must see how drained he feels because he looks concerned. It’s the most attention he’s gotten from Hank in a while. 

Hanks' concerned eyes drift past Pietro. “And this is Pietro's mother—“

“—Magda Maximoff.” Hanks voice was cold when he says her name. Stiff and clinical. Like he’s reading a hospital chart. 

His mother looks suddenly uncomfortable as Hank stares her down like she’s a cockroach. Which is funny considering Hank is very kind to bugs—preferring to capture and release them outside instead of killing them. 

Now it feels like Pietro is the one that’s missed a step. Why is Hank looking at his mom like that? He doesn’t even know what she did! He hasn’t been here all day. 

“So…do I get two favors? For telling you where to go and for fixing your exit strategy?”

“No.”

“And our exit strategy isn’t very helpful without charge.” Pete adds and gives Hank a confused look when the blue scientist continues to glare at Magda Maximoff. Okay what is happening? 

“Whos this?” Charles interrupts as he rolls into the room with Bobby and Jean trailing behind him. They both avoid Pietro's eyes and he tries not to take it personally. Even if it does make the pit in his stomach grow. 

Pietro thinks Gunther is falling asleep on his shoulder. 

“That’s Wanda.” Jean says without hesitation like it’s not even a real question. 

Bobby let’s out a truly exhausted sigh that shakes his entire body. “I’m tapping out.” He says and it’s so damn reasonable after everything that Pietro doesn’t even question when he just starts walking away—leaving whatever chaos is about to unfold to the adults. As he should. 

“Yeah…” Jean looks at Scarlet and then looks at Kitty and then shakes her head. “Me too.” 

“I’m tired.” Gunther says gently and it’s enough for Pietro to say “I think it’s time we call it a night. Regroup in the morning.”

“This can’t wait.” Pete objects and looks at Scarlet for back up she just shrugs. “I’m pretty beat honestly.” She looks at the professor “Do you have any spare rooms?” 

Charles stays silent. Actually he hasn’t said anything since he came down stairs. He just stares at scarlet with so much emotion in his eyes that even she seems to be caught off guard. “Professor?” She steps closer to him her hands glowing slightly and she falters. “Oh..” and she looks at Pietro, her eyes turning sad. “I see. This must be a lot. I can find a motel.” She suggests and Charles finally speaks “No!” He blurts out “you don’t have to go.” Sounds a lot like please don’t go. 

“Dads got like a million rooms.” Pete says and Pietro is trying to figure out why Pete feels so comfortable imposing on Charles' hospitality but Scarlet doesn’t. Why does he seem more comfortable here then Scarlet does?

Pete doesn’t have an accent. Scarlet does—because Magda raised her. Pete calls Charles dad—scarlet calls him professor. In hindsight it isn’t a big reveal. It’s obvious once he really thinks of it. 

Pete said Magda abandoned him. The Maximoff Twins were separated.…it feels so sickening. Pietro thinks of a different set of twins—split in fragments and gone

Pete and Scarlet were raised in different households. Scarlet was raised by Magda and Pete was raised by Charles…for some reason. It makes Pietro feel a bit sad and angry for them. 

He misses Wanda everyday—-he couldn’t imagine not living in the same household, not growing up together. Missing all those moments. He just couldn’t. 

Pietro recalls what Pete said earlier in the hallway. 

“Atleast…my Magda definitely loved Wanda. She just didn’t love me.“

And it all comes back to Magda. 

Pietro is beat. He’s too tired. “You guys can figure it out. I’m heading to bed.”

“Peter.” Magda starts and Pietro just shakes his 

The speedster put Gunther to bed through muscle memory alone. He likes being put to bed the same way Wanda did at that age. He turns on his small nightlight. Checks under the bed and in the closet for monsters. “No monsters.” Pietro tells him reassuringly—taking his fears very seriously. 

“No bad men?” The child asks quietly his eyes droopy. Pietros breath hitches slightly and he’s responding quickly not wanting Gunther to worry even for a second. “no, no bad men.” 

Gunther wasn’t from the school originally. He’d been in the Friends of Humanities lab for a few days when Charles busted down the place. He was there for the least amount of time. Kitty had been there for months. Days or months, it doesn’t matter. Any amount of time in that place is a bad thing and Gunther is so young he probably will never really recover. “How about the scary monster song?” 

Pietro falters. “The what?”

“So the monsters know they can’t come in.” Gunther says while gripping his stuffed bear, one that used to belong to Frankie. It’s now a public Stuffed Bear that the children claim protects them when they sleep, passed around every night on a strict schedule. Last night Angela had it. The night before Bobby had it. (Although he claims it was technically Jean that had it.) 

“How do you know about the scary monster song? Did Frankie tell you about it?” Pietro asks gently, tucking the boy in like a burrito just like he likes it. 

“No. The little girl sings it to me.” Gunther says sleepily and Pietro frowns. “Little girl? What little girl? Jean?” 

“I dunno…” Gunther is already falling asleep and Pietro lets it go. “Good night.”

Pietro doesn’t even have the energy to superspeed to bed. When he opens the door to his room Kurt is already there like the absolute saint that he is, wearing a matching pajama set that he can guarantee Hank bought for him. 

Pietro changes into his most comfortable tank top and striped boxers. His shirt smells like expensive detergent and sulfur. Probably washed with Kurt’s clothes. He doesn’t mind. 

“Today was a lot.” Pietro says as he sits on the bed. 

“Yeah.” Kurt agrees and grabs his hand tugging him into bed. The nightlight makes his blue skin fluorescent and Pietro can’t help but stare as he lays his head on Pietro's one singular pillow—sharing like its second nature. 

“I can’t believe that’s how Wanda’s gonna look like.” Kurt mumbles with a pondering smile. 

“Like the spitting image of my mai ?” 

“Yeah.” Kurt interlocks their fingers and Pietro is used to the closeness. “I’m sorry she upset you.” 

“Me too.” Pietro makes it a point not to look at Kurt’s eyes, instead focusing on the slope of his nose. 

“You wanna talk about it?” Kurt whispers into the air. 

“I…” Pietro can barely even get the words out “I don’t think I can look at you and say everything that was said.” How can someone look at another person, so loving and kind, and just give them their worst? “That bad?”

“Yeah…it’s really bad Kurt.” And Pietro feels Kurt pull away suddenly and Pietros heart nearly jumps out of his throat. He realises that Kurt i’s reaching over and turning off the nightlight—soaking the room in absolute darkness. He lays back down immediately and grabs at Pietro's hand again like it’s his right to do so. “You can’t look at me now. Go ahead and tell me. I can handle it.”

Pietro feels like his heart is about to burst. Fuck, why is he literally perfect?

“Thats no fair you can still see me in the dark.” Pietro tries for a joke and it doesnt really land.

“I'll close my eyes.” he says.

“Kurt…I really don’t wanna burden you with all this.”

He squeezes his hand “you can never be a burden.” Kurt says immediately and Pietro can’t help it…the words sound so sincere and this day has been long and draining and his eyes start stinging with tears. Kurt’s fingers start wiping at his eyes and he’s whispering “it’s okay, it’s alright, I got you.” Over and over again as Pietro finally lets himself feel it all. 

“My mom is so fucked up. She’s lied about so much stuff. I can’t—“ Pietro lets out a whimper that feels stuck in his throat. “—he has my sister. She’s not safe Kurt and I can't lose my sister, I can’t bear it.” 

I can't lose Wanda. 

“We will find her.” Kurt places a kiss on his forehead that makes Pietro's heart flutter, and he pulls him close, seeking his comfort. “She’ll be home soon. Safe.” Pietro knows that Kurt can’t guarantee that, but he still allows himself to believe him. Kurt leaves soft pecks on his wet eyelids and then another on his cheek where he wipes his tears. The ache in his heart swells into butterflies that flutter everywhere Kurt touches. Gentle and warm. “Everything’s going to be okay.” Kurt says, and Pietro lets his body relax completely, his heart settling in his ribs.

“What if something is already wrong?”

Pietro can't see Kurt but hes very aware that Kurt can see him perfectly fine. He can feel his yellow eyes staring right at him, burning his skin like a wildfire. 

“What if there's something wrong with me ?”

 

Irregularity.

 

Anomaly. 

 

Variant. 

 

Kurt pulls him closer if possible, and the speedster can feel his tail wrapping securely around Pietro's waist like a snake. “There's nothing wrong with you, Pietro.”

“But what if–”

“--there is nothing wrong with you.” okay. 

Pietro promises himself he’s going to tell Kurt everything in the morning. 

 

They fall asleep just like that, with an unspoken promise and pressed tightly against each other, so that they practically fuse. 

When he sleeps he dreams of his mother on a perfect day. An accumulation of perfect memories rolled into one. 

Two versions of his mother looking at him at ten years old. 

“I’d die for you.” Says one of his mothers, her smile so tender as she looks at Pietro. 

“I’d kill for you.” Says the other, a knife in her hand—already bloody.

Suddenly the one that is so willing to die is falling to the ground, her shirt growing in blood. The other mother—armed and ready to kill—presses a frantic hand on the wound. Pressing down hard with her shawl, trying to stop the bleeding. “Don’t go, please don’t go.”

“You need to take care of Pietro for me.” 

“I can’t—he—“ They both looks at him now, abrupt and sudden.

“Pietro.” One mother says. “Don’t look.”

“Peter.” The other says. “Go away!” 

The world shakes and the two are the same. Good and bad. Neither and both. 

The dream is strange and off putting and he wakes up with a start. Pietro wakes up and Kurt isn’t beside him. He rubs the sleep from his eyes and looks at the clock on the wall that Hank insisted on putting on everyone’s room. It’s early. Too early. He’s barely slept. 

Maybe Kurt is in the kitchen, drinking hot chocolate with the professor. It’s a nice thought and it’s the only thing that pulls him from the bed and out of the room. 

He barely makes it to the second floor before he hears Kurt. 

“—I hadn’t realized.” Kurt speaks distantly and Pietro doesn’t have to be looking at him to know that he’s embarrassed. 

“It was the heat of the moment. I understood.” Hanks voice is what makes Pietro pause. He isn’t really prepared to come face to face with Hank right now. 

“Right.” Kurt responds hoarsely and he sounds like he’s gonna cry so Pietros decision making skills are immediately fried and he’s walking into the room at regular speed, pretending to have stumbled into their conversation. 

He yawns very theatrically and makes. A show of seeing them from the corner of his eye. “Oh, you two are up early.” Sheesh, this is why he never did theatre in high school. 

Kurt stiffens and plasters the fakest smile on his face. The forced smile makes Pietro's gut drop—“everything alright?”

“Yes, everything’s fine.” Kurt’s thick accent makes the rushed vowels sound like a droopy alphabet. Kurt’s tail falls into his lap, and the teleporter pets the edge of it in comfort—shrinking within himself.

Hank looks like he wants to say something to Kurt, his face pale, Pietro thinks for a moment he won’t say anything at all but he does. “Kurt, it’s okay. I’m not—I was just surprised.”

“I-I’m going back to bed.” Kurt blurts out suddenly his face in a grimace and avoids Hank's eyes completely. 

“Kurt-“ Hank reaches for Kurt in a placating manner but the teleporter is gone in a puff of sulfur. 

Hank drops his hand and finally looks at Pietro—his face pulled. “you should be resting Peter.” 

“Ditto. You too.”

“I’ve had enough rest.” Hank says like he’s talking about something else completely. 

“What happened with Kurt?”

Hanks sighs “it’s a misunderstanding.”

“Love those.” Pietro quips. “Super fun time.”

“It’s a bit sensitive. You’ve been through a lot today and I don’t really wanna pile on, kid.” 

“Is it about me?”

“No.” Hank shakes his head. “I don’t want to talk about all this right now, Pete.” 

“Peter.” Pietro corrects with a bad taste in his mouth. 

Hank flinches “ Peter . Jesus I’m sorry. That was bad—I meant Peter. My heads all funky right now.”

“Right.” Pietro frowns and grabs the hot chocolate mug Kurt left behind. 

“I've been juggling with a few different things. I’m trying to do everything right and I just keep messing it all up.”

“I’m sure whatever happened between you and Kurt, you’ll figure it all out.” Pietro reassures. 

Hank nods and he sits up straighter “yeah, you’re right. I’m gonna go talk to him.” He starts to clean the kitchen of any mess. 

“Right now?” Pietros asks with clear surprise in his voice. “Don’t you think you should let him cool off? Talk to him later today or something?”

Hank frowns and he looks at Pietro fully. “The last time I left things unsaid between Kurt and I—he was kidnapped and tortured for a month. I would rather deal with the uncomfortable conversation now then allow him to think the worst for a second longer.” 

Oh. Pietro nods. 

Of course. 

Why wouldn’t Pietro assume that Hank wouldn't want Kurt and him to go to bed on bad terms? Is that what it is to have a healthy and communicative relationship with a father figure? Pushing through uncomfortable conversations so that there isn’t any miscommunication between them?

Oh.

Pietros got this all fucked. 

“Okay, you should go then. He'll probably be in my room.” 

Hank leaves, and Pietro wonders if he should’ve pushed an uncomfortable conversation with him as well. Should he have forced him to have a conversation with him? Should he have forced Hank to tell him why he’s been on the outs with Pietro? Or why Hank has been stilted with him? Or maybe he should've asked why Hank bit his mom's head off earlier. Maybe. 

But he doesn’t. He’d rather do these dishes. 

“You had Hot chocolate without me?” Alex Summers trails into the kitchen a few moments later holding a packet of special edition marshmallow coco. 

“No—not yet.” Pietro smiles and gets an eye full of side boob from Alex’ low cut muscle shirt. Kurt would hate to be missing out. 

“Did you pick that up from the trip into town?”

“Yep—apparently Charles has banned all sugar? I was losing my mind.”

“We have sweets—we usually just hide them on the higher shelf. He can’t reach them.”

Alex looks impressed “oooh, that’s playing dirty.” 

“You gotta do what you gotta do.” Pietro says. 

“Well I guess I’ll hide this up here.” And Alex takes out two packets and reaches up the drawer above the microwave to place the sugary box away. This reveals that not only is Alex wearing a low cut shirt—the shirt is also cropped. 

Pietro nearly breaks a mug. The glass shard cuts his palm.

“You good there, kid?” Alex asks as he pulls two new mugs from the cabinet. 

“Y-yeah. I’m fine. Just distracted.” Pietros' palm bleeds and then it heals as he looks at it. Scabbing over completely within a second. 

“That’s understandable with the day you’ve had.” Alex Summers is probably the only person in this building that knows close to nothing about the situation that was Pietro's day . “i'm a bit lost. That Scarlet girl isn’t your sister is she? I thought your sister was younger.”

“No, scarlet is Pete’s sister.”

“And Pete’s your cousin?”

Oh, wow. Alex really has no idea what's been going on. “Has Charles not filled you in?” Pete’s been here for a while. How has Charles or Hank not explained to him who he is? 

“I just kinda assumed—y’all do look alike.” Alex pours non expired milk into the mugs. “I don’t really ask too many questions. In the military It made me a good soldier but here—I’m just outta my depth.” 

“It’s complicated. Even I'm still confused.” 

“Pete and Scarlet are good people?” Alex asks with a lifted brow, placing Pietros mug of hot coco in front of him. 

“I guess. They aren’t hurting anybody—not actively at least.”

“That’s all I need to know then. The less I know the better.” Alex takes a sip of his drink. 

“How do you do that?” Pietro says in almost awe “just—not care? How are you just fine with not knowing?” 

Alex pauses for a moment and he touches his dog tags for a moment. “Well—-if I ever need to know something people usually just tend to tell me. I’ve spoken to the professor on multiple occasions and he’s never once mentioned the situation with Pete. He has mentioned you and Wanda every single time he’s gotten the chance. That tells me enough. I don’t need any more information.” 

“Charles talks about Wanda and me?”

“Yeah, constantly .“ Alex laughs—sounding genuinely amused. “We’d be watching the game and he’d go ‘you know Pietro used to play football’.”

“I barely played one game. I was a substitute mascot .” Pietro says with flushed cheeks. “My sport was track.”

”Yeah I know. My kid brother used to watch your matches on tv.” Alex says and he scratches his five o'clock shadow with trimmed nails. “Honestly it made me a bit jealous.”

“Jealous?” Pietro thinks he might be dreaming. In what world is Alex, god in disguise, Summers jealous of Pietro? Definitely not this world. Definitely not this timeline.

“I come back from deployment and all my brother wants to talk about is how cool and fast quicksilver is and then I see Charles for the first time in literal years and he’s raving about how his kid knows twelve languages and can cook five star meals in his sleep and what are the odds it’s the same person? I thought I was getting punked. No way this super star guy exist—“ Alex sighs, like he’s been really holding all that in. “—and then I met you and I realized you deserved every bit of that praise.”

Pietro doesn’t know why the unwarranted compliment hits him. 

“I mean any guy that threatens to throw Erik Lehnsherr out of a falling plane is golden in my book.”

Pietros groans “That wasn't–I wasn't actually going to do that.”

Alex laughs and claps Pietro's shoulder firmly like he's in on a joke. “We’ve all wanted to. It’s okay.” 

“I dunno what all the fuss has been about but I guarantee you’ve been handling it all way better then I would have. ”

Alex has no idea what Pietro's life has been like in the last year alone. He doesn’t know him at all but somehow he’s concluded that Pietro is doing good. From the perspective of an unbiased observer he’s a super star guy. 

“Thanks—I feel like I’m losing my mind everyday.”

“Aren’t we all?” Alex and Pietro clink their mugs together and Alex isn’t much of a talker so Pietro just starts talking about Wanda. Nothing of too much importance. Talking about her makes him feel better. Alex listens, adding a few annotations here and there when it’s needed. Pietro is mid-rant about a last-minute science fair project that Wanda hussled him into doing one year for school when his mug shatters from the speed in which his hands had moved. “Shit–you okay?” Alex asks in alarm.

“Sorry—if I'm too amped up, I start vibrating through stuff.” 

“A contained tornado.” Alex says out loud and Pietro's face goes hot. 

“What?”

“That’s how Hank described it. A Contained Tornado.” Alex smirks, and Pietro would like everyone to just stop perceiving him starting now. 

A contained tornado.

Leaving destruction in his path. Pietro kind of hates how accurate that is. 

Notes:

im just gonna slip those "dad'"s in there very casually. very cool.

Hank is single-handedly beating up the miscommunication trope when it comes to kurt---not when it comes to pietro though. poor guy stays misunderstanding and being miserable about it. Kitty is incredibly ADHD coded in this chapter.

You get abandonment issues. You get abandonment issues. WE ALL GET ABANDONMENT ISSUES. yay.

 

Love the comments! <3

Chapter 32: The Fastest Man Alive

Summary:

He’s vibrating and shaking and he’s vibrating even at superspeed so he thinks maybe he can get through. He touches the door.

BAM!

“Fucking hell!” Pietro curses and gasps as his hand crushes against the metal door, leaving a giant dent on it but still very much not phasing through it. He cradles his hand with painful tears in his eyes.

“That was so dumb.” Pietro gasps as the pain pulses up his arm. Fuck.

“Peter?” He hears shuffling behind the door and the door jerks open to reveal a disheveled Hank with his glasses askewed on his head as if he even needed them to see. “Are you okay? What happened?” Hank's eyes are wide as he looks at Pietro's crushed hand.

“I was trying to be Barry Allen.”

“The comic book character?” Of course, Hank knew who that was.

“Yes?”

-----

Charles and Pietro have a long-awaited talk. Pietro gets some new clothes, and Bobby reads his comic book.

Notes:

TYPOS. TYPOS. TYPOS. etc. Grammar Mistakes. Hopefully nothing too heinous. If so...mind your business.
Charles Lore drop! Nothing new to you, but new to Pietro. I'm already writing the next chapter, so hopefully the wait won't be as long—sorry, babes.

Thanks for reading! <3

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

The days that follow are one’s Pietro barely recalls—moving through muscle memory alone. 

 

He does all the things he usually does. He makes breakfast, he greets the children, he shuffles through hide and seek with the energetic kids, he greets worried parents, sings lullabies and tucks small bodies in. At night he goes through the same motions with Kurt and at 2am he trudges out of bed and completes the checklist with Frankie. Every child accounted for. Every child is safe and secure. 

 

If anybody looks at him they wouldn’t know that anything’s happened but Pietro isn’t here . He doesn’t know what breakfast he made or what child he sang to, he doesn’t recall who won the game of hide and seek. 

 

The days that follow the bomb that was his mother he doesn’t really feel like a human person at all. He feels like a puppet whose strings have been cut—moving in ways he only assumes he should be shifting towards. 

 

He doesn’t know how many days have passed when he suddenly finds himself sifting through batter. 

 

Attempting to make pancakes for the herd of children that just barely woke up before noon. Was Pietro meant to wake them? He doesn’t know. Is it irresponsible to let them sleep this long? Maybe. He doesn’t know what the hell he’s been doing the last couple of days. 

 

He only fully becomes aware of his body when he hears Charles' wheelchair clunking into the kitchen—the old chair desperate for a tune-up. A permanent creak in the metal since Erik left. A constant reminder of the impact he’s left on the man. 

 

He hasn’t spoken to Charles in days . At least nothing substantial. He isn’t sure what he would say to the man. He’s actually quite afraid of what Charles is going to say to him.

 

Pietro avoids looking up from the pancake batter, like it needs his complete focus. It doesn’t. But he can’t look at Charles this early in the day and have the talk he knows he wants to have without grasping at a distraction. Without hoping for some form of delegation. 

 

“I’m making breakfast.” Pietro says it like it isn’t completely obvious. Like he hasn’t been making breakfast for the last couple of days while In a complete dissociative state. 

 

“I have blueberries if you want to add them.” Charles' voice is hesitant as he says this. It’s from the community garden that Wanda had fully invested in before everything fell to shit. Frankie had been taking care of it, and it started growing actual berries during the last couple of weeks. Wanda would be so happy if she was here. 

 

He wishes so badly that she was here. Everything else—his moms lies, David’s looming presence, the warrant for Pietros arrest, the torture, the nightmares, the trauma, the bullets in his shoulder, Luna, the time travel, the alternative reality version of him and Wanda, the looming threat of having to Save his sister in the future, ALL OF IT—-would be so much more bareable if Wanda was here. Safe

 

“They should be good as toppings,” Pietro says without looking up—super speeding to get the butter from the fridge and sizzling it in the pan. 

 

“Peter, you know you don’t have to cook every morning. You can rest for one day.” Charles' voice is hesitant.

 

“I’ve had enough rest. I need to contribute.” Pietro says aloofly. 

 

“Contribute to what, son?”

 

“I dunno…” Pietro falters, and he’s glaring at the pan because he knows exactly what he means and exactly how Charles would respond to it. So he says nothing. 

 

“You don’t need to do anything to be here.”

 

“I know that.” Pietro grips the bowl tightly, trying to focus on pouring. 

 

“Peter, can you look at me?” Charles' voice is filled with emotion, and Pietro can’t place it. It’s infuriatingly convincing, and Pietro peeks at his face, doubtful and maybe just a bit nervous. Which is dumb. It’s Charles

 

Charles has an intensity in his eyes that makes Pietro falter; his finger accidentally digs into the batter, but he ignores it. 

 

“Pietro, I need to tell you something.” He says it straight on, and Pietro wants to throw up or run away. Maybe both. Charles fidgets “Peter.” The man corrects suddenly like he’s remembering all the times Pietros corrected him. 

 

“We don't have to talk about it.” Please let’s not talk about it. 

 

They can just avoid talking about it like they always do. He’ll get over it eventually or it’ll get swept under the rug and forgotten. 

 

“I need to say this, before I lose my nerve.” Charles says as he rolls a bit to the side—close but just far enough that Pietro can pull back—retreat if he has to or even pull in. Pietro appreciates it and also despises the fact that it’s something he has to think about at all. 

 

“When I was around your age, I got someone pregnant.” It was not at all what Pietro thought he was gonna say. Not at all.

 

“I was young and she was much older than me, and I wasn’t ready to be a father.” 

 

“You have a kid.” Pietro says out loud, and his voice is unforgettably soft and distant, far-away from this moment yet painfully present. The pancake batter sizzles in the pan—half forgotten. He doesn’t know why he feels suddenly off balance—-or maybe he does. Maybe the idea of Charles having a kid makes complete sense to the speedster because Charles is so naturally paternal in a way. He’s so much like the dad Pietros always fantasized about having that it makes everything hurt in his chest.

 

He hates Pete for this realization and he hates Charles for it too. But mostly he hates himself for it. It’s a realization he’s been pushing away for a while. An ache that was buried deep in his subconscious. It’s all so ridiculously needy that it makes Pietro recoil. 

 

“Not anymore,” Charles says evenly, his voice coming out slow and practiced like he’s said this speech in the mirror enough times that it’s muscle memory. Like he’s following a very tight script of words, an untrained soldier preparing for battle. He fiddles with an old wallet, and when he slides the ultrasound picture on the table so Pietro can see, his hands are shaking. Pietro's eyes were glued to the image like a car wreck unfolding in front of him. 

 

The last ultrasound that Pietro saw was his sisters over ten years ago. He felt like throwing up then—-and he feels like throwing up now. 

 

 “I didn’t have any time with her—she didn’t get a chance to live—not really. She wasn’t mine for very long, but for the brief moment that she was—she had been my whole world. She was everything .” 

 

Pietros thinks of Wanda. He doesn’t think it’s the same. That loss. He thinks—for just a second—-of Luna. Of the kid that could’ve been. He thinks of her and then quickly pushes that thought away completely. That’s not real. She’s not real. It’s not comparable. Not at all. Luna isn’t someone he lost—she never existed to begin with. Charles lost a child. A daughter. Charles had a daughter. 

 

Pietro lost a sister. Anya . He can never forget Anya. 

 

It brings the conversation they had about Pete’s version of Charles to light. When Pietro sees the date of the ultrasound, his chest aches. 

 

Oh.

 

It was taken on Wanda’s birthday. 

 

Oh

 

“I grieved for a long time—-I’m still grieving—that pain never really goes away.”

 

“Charles—“ I’m so sorry. That’s what he wants to say, but Charles speaks over him. “—I’m not telling you this so you feel sad. I’m telling you this because I needed to explain. Please just let me finish.” 

 

Charles and him are similar in that way. Spurts of honest energy—easily deflated if pushed back. Pietro doesn’t push back. 

 

Okay . “Okay,” Pietro says quietly, settling back into his bones like sand. He watches Charles go through a series of expressions on his face. A cloud hovering in his skin. He tries to name them in his head—freezing time to decipher each micro expression like it’s a tally against him. 

 

Sadness. 

 

Worry.

 

Pain. 

 

Discomfort. 

 

“Sometimes I think about the life we would've had. The clothes she would wear, the toys she would have played with, the shows she would have watched. The idea of her—of who she would have become, haunts me. I think about her every day. I think about the life she would have lived with me, and I dunno if it would've been good.”

 

“Of course it would have been good.” Pietro can’t help but say that because the way Charles is talking is deranged. 

 

The professor looks too certain by his own judgement. “She was born with a deformity. I think about it too much. I know exactly how it would have gone because it’s exactly how it went with Raven.” Charles gets a distant look “despite my best intentions—she managed to grow up to hate herself. I did that. I didn’t mean to but it’s my fault. I think about that when I think about Wendy's fingers.” 

 

“You didn’t raise Raven. You grew up together . It’s different when it’s your kid.” Pietro doesn’t know where that reference is from, he doesn’t know why he feels so strongly about it. The pan sizzles—sweltering and ignored. 

 

“I think I would have tried my best. I think—I would’ve failed in a lot of places, but she would have been amazing. She would’ve been kind and funny and so smart.” Charles meets Pietro's eyes as he says these things. Naming each quality like he knows

 

“Great at chess too.” Pietro adds and Charles is nodding before he even says it, eyes glassy. 

 

“Yeah—that too.” Charles' voice sways and Pietro doesn’t know if he just made it worse. “Your mom showed me her grief.” Charles continues—swallowing thickly. “She showed me her pain. She lost a child too. She’s lost quite a bit more than you realize…”

 

Pietro is annoyed. Maybe irrationally so. He knows what Charles is doing. He might even understand it. He’s keeping the peace. He’s siding with his mom. Knit-picking her reasonings and explanations, and he’s deciphering her like he deciphers everything else. He’s seeing the good in her despite all the evidence against her. Charles is being Charles, and Pietro doesn’t want that. He doesn’t want to forgive her. Not yet. Not now. He hasn’t had enough time to process. He hasn’t had enough time to be angry. He needs time to be pissed off. To be hurt. He can’t brush this away. 

 

Magda killed for him. Over and over and over again. 

 

She lied to him. Over and over and over again. 

 

She had Wanda—-for Pietro. As sick and twisted as it is, she put that responsibility on him. 

 

She let David have Wanda. 

 

She abandoned her for him

 

It was all for him . or maybe it was all for herself. A way to handle her grief. Maybe that’s what Charles is about to say—-maybe he’s going to frame it in a way that makes everything more okay. More clear. More—-not totally insane. 

 

Pietro bites his lip to hold back the retort. Allowing the professor to continue. “I’ve hurt people during my grief. I’ve hurt Hank…I’ve hurt you too.” Pietro thinks of the ten year gap. He thinks of Hank all alone in this haunted mansion with a destructive man. “Your mother is a deeply troubled woman. I believe she might have severe PTSD and is suffering through Postpartum depression. Her life seems to have one tragedy after another and it’s left her unwell .”

 

Pietro nods because he’s known that. He’s always known that his mothers never really been mentally well. No one goes to synagogue that often if they are good mentally. No one traumatizes their kids the way she has if they were okay in the head. 

 

“I know tragedy. I’ve seen it, I've felt it. I see a goodness in her that you might not be able to grasp right this moment—“

 

“—I know my mom isn’t evil Charles. But fuck—someone doesn’t have to be evil to do fucked up shit. Am I allowed to be pissed? Am I allowed to be hurt?” Pietro glares at the handle of his wheelchair, smelling the toastiness of the pancake on the pan—ready to be flipped. 

 

“Peter, please look at me.” Charles's voice asks him to do the impossible. Avoiding eye contact during intense moments is kinda Pietro's thing. 

 

Pietro does the impossible for him. He makes eye contact, face warm with frustration. 

 

Charles' eyes are intense, zeroed in on Pietro completely. “Your mother's goodness does not outweigh the hurt she has put you and your sister through. Good people are capable of doing bad things just as easily as bad people are capable of doing good. What your mother has done was misguided and wrong, and while I understand to a degree, it doesn’t change how undeniably bad it is.”

 

Pietro blinks—trying to catch up to his words. Trying to figure out where he was leaning. “She—“

 

“—has been staying in a motel in town. I told her that she couldn’t stay here.”

 

He knew it was weird he hadn’t seen her since the Scarlet arrived. He hadn’t even wondered why she wasn’t around the Mansion; he was just relieved he didn’t have to deal with her. 

 

Pietro is at a loss. “Why?” He smells the pancake burning, and he’s ignoring it completely. Charles wouldn’t put someone out. Not Charles. Not with as many rooms as he has in this mansion. 

 

Charles looks almost confused by Pietro's question, “Why?” Charles repeats like he’s trying to decipher the words under his own mouth, “because she hurt you.”

 

Like it’s that simple. 

 

Pietro shakes his head—his ears buzzing with bees, and he feels everything move too slow for him—but also too fast. Like lightning in quicksand. 

 

“I told you I would never let anyone hurt you ever again.” Charles says very seriously, and his eyes are so honest and open that Pietro does have to look away—swallowing the words he wants to say and saying instead, “She never hurt me.” 

 

“No?” Charles voices the question like it’s not one at all. Like it’s redundant and obvious. “But…your stepfather did.”

It feels like his mouth isn't attached to his brain anymore; the inside of his head is a dial tone. A dead radio no one can tune in to. Not even Charles. 

Pietro—-he wants to say something. Deny it? Confirm it? He wants to respond and it actually mean something but it won’t because…Charles already knows. The choice was already taken away from him. He had a year to tell him. And he didn’t. He had many chances to open up about it—about David—and he didn’t. His mother was here for less than a day and she did it without any regard to what Pietro wanted. 

 

No pause. No rewinds. No do-overs. It just— is

 

He didn’t even get to see how she told him. He didn’t get to see his reaction—not really. Just the aftermath. The awkward comfort—the hesitant touch—-The forced affection. 

 

He hates that. 

 

The choice was his. But it isn’t anymore. It’s gone. Charles knows about David. About all of it. 

 

“Your mother said—“

 

“—what exactly did she say?” He interrupts his flurry of words with his own. Desperate for that clarity. He hates that he wasn’t there. He hates this whole damn thing. 

 

Charles grips the armrest like it might fall off if he lets go—or he might fall if he lets go. “I don’t want to upset you Peter.”

 

“Please.” Pietro puts the spatula down—he faces the man fully and he maintains eye contact. “I need to know exactly what she said. Please. Just show me.” 

 

Charles makes a pained face “I want to but I—“ he gestures towards his skull “—you know I can’t reach your mind.” 

 

Pietro hates that too. The way his mind is closed off to the telepath. A distance even he can’t reach. 

 

“Then just tell me. With your words. Tell me what she told you.”

 

Charles sucks in a breath, his eyes carrying the words with him as he speaks “She said your stepfather beat you. That he would leave you with bruises, and sometimes he left bruises that weren’t from beatings but from other things.” Charles looks uncomfortable—Pietro feels sick. “She said that he took pleasure in making you suffer and that he found many different ways to do so.” 

 

“She told you all that?” Pietro's voice barely sounded like him—he sounds like he’s eight years old again, hiding under the covers, hoping David doesn’t come into his room.

 

Charles looks uncomfortable. No. His nostrils flare—like he’s trying to compose himself.

 

That’s not right. 

 

He doesn’t look uncomfortable. The grip on his arm rest—the grimace on his face. The tension in his shoulder. It’s sending mixed signals, but—no. Pietro was reading him wrong. Charles isn’t lamenting or uncomfortable. He isn’t worried, or sad, or confused. He isn’t. Not at all. 

 

He’s pissed. 

 

He’s fucking vibrating with anger. 

 

It’s obvious now that Pietro sees it. He’s been just barely composed since the moment he entered the kitchen. Boiling with righteous anger that is so foreign that Pietro hadn’t even realized it. “A parent who would let their child go through that in their home doesn’t get to be given common courtesy.” 

 

Pietro feels the pressure in his chest explode into one big breath of fresh air. Oh-oh-okay. Fuck, okay. Yeah. Alright. That’s not what he expected him to say. 

 

“Yeah.” Pietro is breathing funny, his face is warm and kinda hysterical—“yeah, no silk sheets for her.” Pietro let’s out another breath. Deep from his lungs. Almost a laugh but not quite. 

 

“Peter, when you were taken, she came here and she already knew. I hadn’t realized—I just assumed Hank had told her. But she knew . She knew you had been taken, and she took Wanda—she took my Wanda, and she left her with that monster. I can never understand that. I can’t—“ Pietro isn’t even phased when Charles refers to Wanda as his . It sounds right—it sounds natural in his voice. Pietro doesn’t even really register the claim until he’s doing it again, but for the speedster. 

 

“She let that monster flag Friends of Humanity to take my kids and my son and then she took my Wanda and gave her to him.” Charles spits the words out like a curse—but Pietros hears it now. He hears the claims. My kids. My son. My Wanda. A lot of “My”s. 

 

Charles isn’t done. He keeps speaking like he didn’t just claim him. Like he isn’t saying things that are fucking with Pietros sense of self completely. “I was beside myself trying to get you back—trying to make up for that horrible night.”

 

“You mean to get everyone back. You were beside yourself…to get everyone back.” Pietro corrects desperately. Looking around them as if maybe a kid was walking around eavesdropping. He hopes not. Charles is making it seem like he was top priority. 

 

“Do not tell me what I mean, Peter. I meant what I said, and that night…I saw the way you looked at me. You thought I was him—when I reached for the bottle.”

 

Pietro's entire face grows hot with the memory of a bottle clashing on the floor—a hand—a flinch. Instinctual and stupid. He remembers frantically trying to pick up the glass—forgetting it was Charles. Forgetting it was just Charles. He hates that the professor has context for that reaction now. He hates that that’s causing the hesitance in casual touches. 

 

He hates the distance he has from him right now. Before, it was necessary. In the beginning—before he knew him—before they grew close—Pietro would prefer space from the man but now…he just wants a pat on the shoulder, a ruffle to his head. Something to show him that Charles doesn’t think he’s broken. 

More importantly, he hates that Charles is bringing it up at all. “I am not him,” Charles says firmly. “I am not that man.”

 

”I know that.” Pietro bursts out. Defensive. Loud.  “You just kinda look like him, is all.” He throws it away quickly, like it’s no big deal but Charles looks like he just swallowed the world's sourest lemon. “I do?” Like he swallowed it whole, and it stole its vocal cords. Shrinking his throat like an old wrinkled straw. Ugly and shrivel. 

 

“No—not really.” Pietro backtracks regretfully, seeing the older man’s reaction and dreading it immediately, “It’s just something Wanda said while I was memory jumping.”

 

“Wanda said that?” Charles does look like he’s gonna throw up now. His face has changed color. 

 

“Only vaguely, it’s not—-she knows you’re not him. You’re nothing like him. I know that you’re not him, and she knows that you’re not him.” 

 

“But that night—-“

 

“That night I was scared. Yes. Okay, I’ll admit that for half a second I smelled alcohol and I saw a vaguely David-shaped man and I forgot where I was. I forgot who I was talking to. Okay? It doesn’t mean I’m afraid of you or think less of you or anything like that, alright? I flinch when Hank raises his voice, too. It’s a trigger. Alcohol makes it worse. That can’t be helped.”

 

“I’m sorry.” 

 

“You have nothing to be sorry for, you were grieving. Right? That’s what you were doing?” he has that context now. He has that knowledge in the back of his mind when he thinks of how fucked up he got. 

 

He remembers Charles’ words at the bar, stumbling and loopy “Not everything is about her.” When Pietro had mentioned Wanda being upset. That makes sense now too. So much makes sense. 

 

“I was celebrating. Trying to anyway.” Charles says quietly. “It’s something I do every year. I go out—pretend I’m having a daughter. Drink to forget, I don’t. This year it was just—-unsuccessful. It was more mourning than celebration.” 

 

“Why was this year different?”

 

“This year I actually had a daughter—and I was drinking to forget her.” Oh. 

 

I’m not her fucking dad. Charles said that at Froggys and Pietro had made the assumption that he was being a dick. But maybe he was also projecting. Denying, maybe a little too much. 

 

He’s not Wanda’s dad. But maybe that’s worse. Maybe forgetting your own child because of a child that isn’t yours is worse than moving on. 

 

It’s so fucked up. 

 

“Wanda isn’t the child you lost.” Pietro says gently. 

 

Wanda isn’t the child Pietro lost either. She isn’t Luna. It actually hurts so much to think about her at all in that context. Wanda isn’t his child. Luna never was either. Pietro is a childless father. Pietro can’t grieve because it was never even a child that existed. Luna isn’t real

 

“The two are different.” He says and he’s not sure who he’s reassuring anymore “it’s okay to think of them both and feel different things. Wanda isn’t replacing the child you had, nobody can ever do that.” Pietro is using up all his hard earned knowledge in this one little moment right here.

 

Dissociating for days probably kickstarted his extra brain cells and evolved him into a genius level wisdom spitter. He feels like a Inedible human Fortune cookie. 

 

“That was very wise.” Charles says with glassy eyes that forces Pietro to break the tension expeditiously. 

 

“Yeah, a bit too wise. I don’t know where that came from at all. I think I was Just momentarily possessed by my dead ancestors just now.” Pietro jokes. 

 

“Very wise people.” Charles cracks a smile and Pietro smells the smoke before he hears the fire alarm. A perfectly chaotic interruption to a too severe conversation early in the morning. He needs therapy. Badly. And maybe an exorcism. 

 

He scrambled to the pan and plopped the burnt pancake in the trash—coughing over the smoke. Charles grabs a broomstick and pokes the fire alarm with the tip to turn it off. Children scramble down the stairs, caterwauling and hollering. Bobby cools down the torrid room unintentionally, and Jean frowns at the now two burnt pancakes in the trash can like they were meant for her specifically. “Is Kurt cooking again?” Alex yells from up the stairs—too lazy to walk down them to ask. 

 

“No it’s Peter, he’s regressing.” Katherine snobs as she grabs a banana from the bowl of fruit in the kitchen and immediately walks through a wall and out of the room without another word. 

 

Rude. 

 

“I was just distracted.” Peter mumbles the excuse with a red face, glancing at the professor who's already halfway through replacing the trash bag. Jean watches him with a frown. “Are you okay?” She asks earnestly and he nods reassuringly—lying through his teeth. “Yeah I’m fine red. You sleep okay?”

 

“Yeah we slept fine.” She says even though he was only asking her. Jean and Bobby sleep in the same room. 

 

“Speak for yourself you snore like crazy.” Bobby bites and Jean doesn’t even spare a retort, simply sitting on a stool beside him next to the phone he’s hogging. 

 

“You could always sleep in your own room.” Charles says almost teasingly—knowing good and well that it really isn’t an option. 

 

Bobby rolls his eyes “whatever.” He twists the dial to call on the phone. 

 

“Who you calling?” He hears Lucy ask as she rubs her eyes away from sleep. Her monkey patterned pajama pants match her own monkey ears. Pietro find it incredibly endearing but refrains from saying so since she’s thirteen and is easily embarrassed by compliments. 

 

“My mom.” Bobby says simply, and Pietro is very happy to know that he’s still on talking terms with his parents. It was looking a bit shaky there for a second. 

 

“We want to know if she dropped off the Star Wars comic at Romeo's house.” Jean says very casually. 

 

“You know Romeo?” Pietro raises his eyebrows in surprise. The one minute he saw Romeo Bobby nearly bit his head off like a possessive child over a toy. 

 

“Yeah, I know him. He calls Bobby all the time.” Jean says with a grin that looks almost mischievous. It reminds him too much of Wanda. 

 

“He does not . Shut up.” Bobby’s face is flush red as he presses the phone against his ear with a sharp glare that only makes Jean smile. “Hi, mama.” Bobby says in a softer voice—pulling a 360 with a live audience. It reminds Pietro that they are all just little kids. “Hi Mrs. Drake!” Jean shouts over the Phone. 

 

“Hello sweetheart!” Pietro can hear Bobby’s moms voice over the small speaker and Bobby winces as he pulls the receiver out of his ear. “Jesus mom, you’re so loud.” He grumbles. 

 

Pietros mom has never been that happy to hear from him. It actually makes the speedster physically ill. He must be making a face because Charles is suddenly beside him—lifting his hand to touch his arm and then retreating his hand hesitantly. Pietro wants to ram his head through a damn wall. “Did you want her here? I should’ve asked—before sending her away.” 

 

Pietro shakes his head quickly “no, no, it’s fine. I’m fine. It was the right call.” Pietros gaze meets Jean's eyes from across the room, she looks away quickly. 

 

Pietro steps out of the room feeling suddenly overwhelmed. 

 

“I’m glad they are doing better.” he says to Charles who follows him into the hall. After their shared panic attack Pietro was unable to talk to the pair to explain or reassure them. After everything he doesn’t want them to avoid him. 

 

“I’ve had a conversation with them about personal space and eavesdropping. They understand that—“

 

“—-they aren’t in trouble are they?” Pietros' eyes dart to Charles, feeling suddenly mortified.

 

“No, I made it clear that I wasn’t upset with them—I never made my office off limits. I never set that boundary and that’s on me. The rest…well…it seemed they thought you’d be more upset with them then me.” 

 

“Me?” Pietro can’t even fathom the idea that any of the kids think he was mad at any of them. They're just kids. 

 

“I’ve told you Peter, they love you.” Charles says and Alex is suddenly downstairs and snatching the blueberries from Charles' bowl.

 “Yeah, those kids adore you dude.” Alex Summers says with zero context to what the conversation is about. He’s wearing a cropped shirt and the sliver of a happy trail is the only thing Pietro can focus on. 

 

“Yeah. I just don’t want them to think I’m mad at them.” Pietro says distractedly looking at the way Alex’s arms flex when he reaches over the cupboard to get a paper plate. 

 

“Who's mad at you?”  Kurt appears into the hallway like a normal person. No teleportation, no puff of sulfur. Just legs and walking. The speedster was admiring the way Alex seems to be wearing very little clothes and didn’t register Kurt’s approach. 

 

”Nobody is mad at Peter.” Charles reassures quickly and Peter tears his eyes away from Alex to look at Kurt—his eyes doubling in size. 

 

“Holy sh—“ Peter goes into superspeed, gawking at his blue friend. He’s wearing his old Pink shirt—one he had outgrown and barely wore anymore and instead of tossing it he decided to give it to Kurt. Apparently Kurt has decided to pull an Alex Summers and cropped it to hell, just barely falling above his belly button, and chopping the sleeves so that it just looks like a bunch of fabric barely being held together. Pietro has seen Kurt shirtless. In the facility they had barely been covered, shivering in their own skin but it’s different in this context. He looks sleepy. Comfortable. Warm. Pietro can barely breathe. He goes into super speed to recalibrate his brain or maybe to admire him for longer with less prying eyes. 

 

“Nobody’smad at me. I’mperfect in everyway, yay!” Pietro says quickly, hoping it doesn’t come out too fast for them to comprehend. “LoveThat.you're incharge of breakfast!Bye!” He grabs Kurt by His waist, his hands inevitably meeting skin. His fingers tingle and burn at the flesh and he’s super speeding the two of them away from the hall and back into Kurt's room. 

 

Pietro lets go of the back of Kurt’s neck, the touch feeling too intimate now with the way his heart is racing. “That’s a sleep shirt.” Pietro says and Kurt blinks—processing that he has moved him back to his room. He hadn’t even slept here last night but it felt too intense to run him to Pietros bedroom suddenly. “What?” Kurt’s voice is thick with an accent and all groggy from sleep, clearly he just woke up, hadn’t realized how Indecent he looked. 

 

That’s understandable, an easy mistake. 

 

“Your shirt is for sleeping. Not for walking around.” Pietro explains easily, gesturing to the fabric. 

 

Kurt doesn’t even look down at his shirt; he just stares at Pietro with a blank expression. “What?” He says again. 

 

“That shirt is only good for sleeping. You shouldn’t just wear it for whatever.” Pietro sounds actually dumb. He knows he does. He has never once said something like that outloud in his life. What in the actual fuck is wrong with him? When did he become the shirt police? He was literally just admiring Alex’ cropped shirt not even fifteen seconds ago—-but Kurt’s shirt is a problem? 

 

“I did not wear this shirt to bed.” Kurt’s voice sounded confused, he looked confused too. Great so they're both confused. Perfect amazing fantastic. “So it is not a sleep shirt.” He reasons very logically. 

 

“Well it’s too much.” More like too little . But that sounded dangerously like he was shaming him which is not what he wanted to do. 

 

“It’s your shirt.” Kurt says with a frown and this time he does look down at the shirt, like he’s verifying that it is the same PINK shirt Pietro gave him after the facility when all his clothes felt too strange against his scars. 

 

“It did not look like that when I have it to you,”

 

Kurt’s pointy ear twitches and he puts a hand on his hip “it was too small, cutting it was the only way it would fit.”

 

“If it was too small—“ for fucks sake “—then you could’ve just tossed it Kurt. It’s Just an old Tshirt. we could go to the store and get you a set of tshirts for like five bucks at the mart.”

 

Kurt looks visibly upset now, his brows creasing together and he lifts his chin at him like a challenge “I don’t want a set of tshirts I want this one. There’s nothing wrong with it.” 

 

“Kurt, seriously it’s barely even a shirt.”

 

“It’s yours.” Kurt says again. 

 

“I know it is but—“

 

“—no. That’s why I like it. Because it’s yours. It’s comforting. It smells like you. The set of Tshirts from the mart wouldn’t smell like you.” 

 

Pietros brain might be self-destructing. He stands there gaping—readjusting his arguments and falling short. 

 

“I could…always put them on first and then give them to you.” He reasons slowly. 

 

“Or—“ Kurt says suddenly, very happy, like he just struck gold. “Or you could wear all my clothes so they all smell like you.” He says with a big and very innocent smile. 

 

What. The. fuck. “Yep, I can do that.” Pietros ancestors are definitely possessing him. It’s the only logical reason as to why he then proceeds to divide Kurt and Pietros clothes into one non distinctive KurtPietro pile. “We could just always share.” Pietro says and he superspeeds into one of Kurts purple crocheted sweaters that runs past his fingers. It’s bunchy around the elbows but tight around the chest. It’s soft and stretchy. He's always secretly wanted to wear it. Pietro has no regrets. 

 

“Okay!” Kurt says happily and takes off the shirt he’s wearing completely. In front of Pietro and not in super speed because obviously he’s not capable of doing that like Pietro. No discretion, just action. The speedster is completely normal about it. He’s not weird or awkward at all. Super chill. Super calm. Very relaxed. Kurt grabs one of Pietro's dark Grey Tshirts with a lightning emblem that Bobby insists belongs to the flash. It looks bulky on him but Kurt just grins and presses the shirt down and unwrinkles any bits. 

 

Pietro, trying to be super chill, tries to grab the flimsy shirt he was wearing before and Kurt pulls it away from his reach, folding it neatly. “For sleeping. Like you said.” Kurt sounds too smug for this to not have been a set up. 

 

Pietro accomplished nothing from his moment of insanity except gaining double the laundry load and a deep weakness for cropped shirts. 

 

Scarlet, Pietro discovers, is a lot more sensible than Pete. He knows that she’s around but he doesn’t really see her unless she’s with Pete, joint at the hip. It’s a strange thing to see how the whole sibling-thing is supposed to work when there isn’t a ten year age gap and a narcissistic and abusive household in the works. It should make him jealous but it only makes him miss Wanda more.

 

Scarlet carries herself differently from Pete. Pete is aloof and acts confident and almost all knowing but Scarlet doesn’t. She carries herself like an observer. Like she knows nothing but everything she learns doesn’t faze her. “That won’t work.” Pete says with a shooing motion of his hand, looking on the wrong side of agitated. “Did you try?” Scarlet says plainly, like she’s used to Pete brushing her off right off the bat and is unphased. “Or are you just assuming again?” 

 

“I’m not assuming—Jesus—you don’t think I've tried contacting SHIELD? that was like plan C. I’m on plan F now.”

 

Scarlet looks unimpressed and crosses her legs on the chair she’s sitting on, folding her hands over her knee in a weirdly elegant way that Pietro wants to copy if only to look half as chalant as she does. She looks like she can sit for a living. That could be her whole job if she wanted to. She looks like she’s really good at it. 

 

“What about—“ and they go around in circles, referencing things and solutions that Pietro hadn’t a clue about. He basically isn’t even in the room. Mostly just cleaning up after the kids who found it very amusing to leave an art piece on the wall with some permanent markers. 

 

“Why don’t you just travel to a time where what you need is available?” Bobby says exasperatingly from the sofa thrifting through a comic book that looks well loved. 

 

Both Pete and Scarlet stop their back and forth game of pin the tail on the problem. They share a look that looks almost cautious. Pietro folds that solution over in his head. He didn’t think it was all that unreasonable. “Our Tempad is broken. We can’t do anything.  haven’t you been paying attention?” Pete says with an edge of snippiness.

 

Scarlet slaps his arm at the tone and looks a bit more polished as she responds “what made you think of that Bobby?”

 

“The Flash. He runs so fast he can travel through time.” 

 

“Who?” Scarlet frowns and Pete groans.

 

“It’s a comic book character.” Pietro clarifies and Pete groans again. 

 

“He is the bane of my existence is what he is.” Pete bemoans and dramatically snatches Bobby’s comic book from his hand. “Hey!” 

 

Pete is unfettered by Bobby’s annoyance and instead shows Scarlet the comic book. “They based him off of me, you know.” He smacks the comic book on the table in front of scarlet who flips one of the pages with two fingers like it was a bomb—her face perfectly composed.  

 

“I honestly doubt that.” She says. 

 

“They did! A funny-good natured speedster solving crimes with his team. They even made him a time traveler, Scarlet.“

 

“You’re not that funny. Nor are you the only speedster and you're very bad at solving crimes.” 

 

“It’s annoying! They spread so much misinformation. Speed force? What the hell even is that? They got some things right but other stuff is just science fiction.” 

 

“I had no idea this upset you so much Pete. It’s just a comic book.”

 

“It’s not! They gave him movies, merch, and action figures and even a low-budget CW tvshow!” Pete drops this information like it’s been deeply weighing on him and Pietro is genuinely amused by his frustration over the whole thing. As far as he knows their isn’t a movie or TVshiw about the comic book character that Bobby likes so much. Just comic books. He had no idea it even had such a high fan base. 

 

“TVshow…“ scarlets eyes widen and she snaps ger fingers like she’s remembering something assential “I remember that. Yes, Of course. Barry Allen…isn’t that the name of your kids dog? Isn’t she obsessed with that show?”

 

Pete visibly deflates and falls silent completely as he snatches the comic book away and throws it back at Bobby with a grind of his jaw “I can’t time travel. That’s a myth.” He tells Iceboy and Scarlet just snorts in amusement, apparently an instigator when it comes to her brother. 

 

“You can’t?” Bobby sounds disappointed. 

 

“No.” Pete glares at him like he’s to blame for that. Pietro frowns at that. 

 

“I can.” 

 

Oh. 

 

All three eyes look over to Pietro who just blurted out the two words because he was more then happy to do one thing that Pete couldn’t. One thing to be better at. 

 

“You can?” Bobby’s eyes widen, a smile forming on his face that makes Pietro feel like he won something. 

 

“No he can’t.” Pete says very seriously and Pietro looks at him “yes I can. I can run fast enough to time travel back a few seconds. Dunno how helpful that would be.” 

 

“No you can’t, shut up.” Pete says with a tension in his voice that irritates Pietro. 

 

Scarlet looks between the two of them cautiously “Pete—“

 

“—you don’t know shit.” Pietro scoffs. 

 

“This shit I do in fact know. You can’t time travel. Not without a TemPad.” Pete stands up, facing him head on like he’s going to fight him on it. Pietro is already beyond annoyed by him. 

 

“I beg to differ. I did time travel. When I was kid, Wanda was about to get hurt and I—“

 

“—-Stop.” Pete says and Pietro suddenly hears the fear in his voice. His eyes are wide and He looks like he—he looks terrified and when Pietro looks over at Scarlet her eyes are sad and her fingers are glowing red smoke. 

 

She takes two breaths. Pietro counts them. “Okay, a few seconds…that’s unfortunately not gonna do must use. We need to travel forward not backwards and certainly not just for a few seconds.” 

 

Pete leaves the room in superspeed and Pietro watches him go with deep confusion. “What the hell was that?” Bobby voices his confusion perfectly. 

 

Pietro looks at Scet for that answer and she just looks out the window looking tired. “You don’t wanna push this.” Scarlet says and Pietro—-yeah, fuck it. 

 

He’s gonna let it go. 

 

For now. 

 

He genuinely can’t deal with any more bullshit. He’s gonna protect his peace. 

 

“Jean says she wants Tacos tonight.” Bobby says as he stands from the sofa and takes his comic with him. 

 

So he makes tacos because it’s easy and Jean wants them and he makes tofu for Katherine and Gunthers tacos who are both vegetarian. 

 

He puts Hank's food in a plastic container and he usually leaves it by his door for him to grab himself later but tonight he knocks on his laboratory door. Waiting. 

 

He knocks again. 

 

Knock 

 

Knock

 

Knock. 

 

Pietro puts the food down on the floor and he's briefly inspired by Bobby’s comic book. Pietro starts to vibrate his entire body. 

 

How did that flash character describe it again? Vibrating his own molecules at a speed that allows him to pass through solid objects, essentially becoming a wave rather than a solid. Sure. He can do that. He can fucking time travel—walking through a wall, or a door, should be easy. 

 

He’s phased through mugs. He can do this. He can be a contained tornado. He can become a contained Tornado. 

He’s vibrating and shaking and he’s vibrating even at superspeed so he thinks maybe he can get through. He touches the door. 

 

BAM!

 

“Fucking hell!” Pietro curses and gasps as his hand crushes against the metal door, leaving a giant dent on it but still very much not phasing through it. He cradles his hand with painful tears in his eyes. 

 

“That was so dumb .” Pietro gasps as the pain pulses up his arm. Fuck

 

“Peter?” He hears shuffling behind the door and the door jerks open to reveal a disheveled Hank with his glasses askewed on his head as if he even needed them to see. “are you okay? What happened?” Hanks eyes are wide as he looks at Pietros crushed hand. 

 

“I was trying to be Barry Allen.”

 

“The comic book character?” Of course Hank knew who that was. 

 

“Yes?”

 

“Don’t. You’re definitely not him.” Hank gestures for him to go inside “Jesus, Peter, did you do this?” He looks at the bent of door. “This is like Eight inches of metal. It’s meant to contain a bomb. I’m impressed you even made a dent.”

 

“Well at least one of us is impressed. I’m literally never telling another soul I did that. It was so dumb.” 

 

Hanks observes the dent a while longer and Pietro goes inside the lab for the first time since he healed from most of his injuries. Nothings changed. The Tupperware containers are stacked high next to the sink but besides that it’s basically the same. 

 

“You brought me food? Why didn’t you just leave it at the door?” Hank lifts the container of tacos from the floor where Pietro left them. 

 

Pietro rips the Bandaid ”Why are you pissed at my mom?”

 

”we’re all pissed at your mom.” Hank jokes lightheartedly but Pietro isn’t biting “nah, youre pissed at her and you were before all the stuff came out. Why?” 

 

Hank rubs a wrinkle between his brow, it makes him look older when he puts his glasses on. “Out of Principal I guess.”

 

Pietro deflates a bit. “Principal? What principal?”

 

“Peter, seriously, with everything I knew before this, I didn’t ever wanna meet the people that raised you.”

 

“What's that supposed to mean?”

 

Hank takes a deep measured breath and begins “You never brought her up. Your mom. When we did your physical the first time. You never said she hurt you or anything but you never brought her up. Ever . When Wanda cried she cried for you not for her mom. You act like a parent to your sister. You cook, you clean, you comfort, you do all the things she never did for you. Youre Jewish but you never go to the synogogue. Why?”

 

Pietro gapes, stunned by the turn in question. 

 

“You’ve been here a year, Peter. I’ve seen you in prayer, I’ve seen you teach your sister the language, I've tasted your cultural food, we had a mass for the children we lost—--but you never go to the synagogue. Why?”

 

“It’s just not something I do.” Pietro says quietly, feeling cornered. He was meant to be interrogating Hank, not the other way around.  

 

“Because it’s something she does. She goes to the synagogue, and she spends her life away in prayer, and you refuse to do that. She let her guilt consume her. She let horrible things happen to you and she turned to god instead of her children. I don’t like her. I didn’t like her because I thought she was hurting you, I didn't like her because I thought she was a bad mom. I didn’t like her because she made you feel unsafe and small, and she forced you to raise your sister when you were still a child and I hated her because she took Wanda away. She took Wanda away even when she cried for her brother, and there was nothing I could do about it. I hated her because I thought you two deserved better.” Hank's voice rises in octaves, fierce in his protection, passionate in his care and Pietro is moved. “I feel vindicated in knowing that I was right but horrible at the impact that’s created in your life.” 

 

Pietro's chest hurts, and he realizes just how much he truly loves Hank. Like, to his core he loves Hank. 

 

“So you were just…being protective.” He says quietly. 

 

“Yes. Is that dumb?”

 

“No. It’s nice.” He was protective out of fucking spite. He was Hank and Pietro didn’t really deserve it. 

 

“I also spit in your mom's to-go container.” He reveals spitefully and Pietro bursts into laughter. 

 

“What the fuck!” Pietro cackles, “It was Kurt’s food. She probably tossed it.” He wheezes with laughter. It was such a bizarre thing to do. 

 

Hank being petty might be his favorite thing. “It’s the thought that counts. I was sending very bad energy her way. I even booked her the farthest motel from the Mansion just to be spiteful.”

 

“Hank!”

 

“Bad ratings. No morning breakfast. Poor phone service.” 

 

“Holy shit!” Pietro can‘t breathe, he’s laughing too damn much.  

 

He hasn’t laughed this good in a while. He’s so relieved that he forgets to ask about his suspiciously thick file, and why he’s been avoiding him to begin with. 

 

He goes to bed alone that night and he dreams of two moms again but this time a familiar voice fighting along with them. 

 

“I’d die for you.” Says one of his mothers, her smile so tender as she looks at Pietro. 

“I’d kill for you.” Says the other, a knife in her hand—already bloody.

“Nobody has to die!” Hank growls out, gesturing at them both irritably. 

It’s different from the dream he had before. Still scary and unsettling but different. 

In his dream he’s looking at himself, ten years old and bleeding out. A bullet to the shoulder. 

 

“What did you do?” Both Magda’s became one and Hank is gone. Left behind is just one—grasping at his shoulder, putting pressure on it. Pietro looms over the scene. 

 

“I didn’t do anything!” David invades this dream and Pietro doesn’t like that. He doesn’t like that at all. He thrashed and he feels fear flush through him. This was already scary but now David is here and he needs to—he needs to wake up. He needs to wake up right now. 

 

He needs to—-“wake up, Pietro.” Kurt’s voice sneaks into his system like a balm. Making his tense shoulders ease. “It’s okay, Liebling . He isn’t here. Alles ist in Ordnung .” Kurt tells him everything is okay and he believes him. He rubs his shoulder, squeezing him tightly. “I’m sorry, I should have been here sooner.” 

 

Pietro only responds with shuffling hands gripping his sides, pulling him in closer. Kurt is here. He’s safe.

 

Everything will be alright. 

 

 

What nobody knows is that Katherine Pryde has been thrifting through medical files for the last couple of days—phasing in and out of Hanks office without him being the wiser. She finds the flash drive that Erik Lehmsherr had imported from the facility and she sees the faces of the people that hurt her friends. She sees how they hurt them. And she sees a name. 

 

David Strucker. 

 

That’s the man that killed her family. That's the man that put a bullet in her mothers skull. The one that turned her sister into nothing but a memory. 

 

Suddenly all at once she knows what favor she’s gonna ask for. 



Notes:

Kurt took one look at Alex Summers' attire and was like. "Yes, that is what I want," and went crazy.

As always thank you for your comments! I love to read them. I can't believe I've been writing this fic for over a year. Time flies when the world's on fire. <33

Chapter 33: Everyone, Everything.

Summary:

“I thought the child he lost was Anya. I must’ve misunderstood.” Kurt looks away anxiously, tugging at his tail painfully and Pietro stops him. Kurt’s face goes flush and he looks like he’s going to throw up “Was that meant to be a secret?” He says and lets go of his tail and grabs Pietro's hand instead. “I didn’t think it was a secret. I assumed Anya and Charles' child were the same person and you talked about Anya, so I thought it was—common knowledge.” Kurt’s breath shakes “was it meant to be a secret?” He says in a panic “I—I didn’t tell anyone, I assumed it was private but I wasn’t actively avoiding it. I didn’t think—“

“—Kurt. Take a breath. You’re shaking.” Pietro says gently and he’s freaking out a bit but not nearly as much as Kurt is. “You’re allowed to keep secrets. It’s alright.”

“But I wasn’t—“ Kurt’s eyes grow glossy with emotion. “I wasn’t trying to keep a secret from you. It was an accident. I swear it. So please don’t be mad.”

()()()()()
Pietro and Kurt talk, and a misunderstanding is mended. Kitty confesses.

Notes:

Typos, and grammar mistakes will be shown.
I'm not liking the pacing of this chapter but whatever.
I Hope you like the chapter regardless. I love the comments and theories.

i wrote this instead of doing my assignments. Fully sleep deprived and a bit unhinged.
So yeah....

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Pietro eventually does ask. Almost an entire week before it practically bursts out of him. The question he's been dying to ask Kurt since he interrupted him and Hank in the kitchen. 


“What were you and Hank talking about in the kitchen the other night?” Pietro is more surprised that he hasn’t had an opportunity to bring it up. But between Pete and Scarlet trying to figure out how to charge a dead Tempad and Pietro disassociating for most of it, he’s more surprised he recalls it. 


Charles tried to rope him into playing a game of chess in his office, but Pietro found that entering his office had made him start having a panic attack. Not fun. Pietro refused to let Magda ruin that for him, so he asked to switch the game to the library. The usually quiet room was engulfed in ruckus as some of the children couldn’t help but interact with the pair. Chelsea had grabbed his non-dominant hand and began to paint his nails, jagged and messy, but Pietro was unbothered by the splash of silver. Another pair of girls started unpromptedly braiding Charles' hair, which he allowed with a long sigh and a reluctant gesture. Gunther found a way into Pietro's lap, finding comfort in the fast tapping of Pietro's knee as he practically dozed off from that alone. “He hasn’t been sleeping well.” Charles says and Pietro nods “who has been?” Pietro moves his King. 


Sarah, a child they had saved from the facility, had her grandmother come retrieve her. It was a sweet reunion, and after a short conversation with Charles, she agreed to enroll her in the school in the upcoming school year. Sarah left her baby doll in one of the beds, claiming dibs and a pinky promise to Pietro that he’ll make her waffles next time he sees her. She was a sweet kid but needed time with her family after all that. 


Another parent came by to drop off an inhaler and a handmade warm jacket for a four-armed child. Robbie was showing off the hem the whole morning, and his parents stayed for dinner. 


Magda called, Bobby answered, since he had been huddled there for most of the week catching up with his Romeo,  and promptly hung up when he realized who it was, no questions asked. Hank was secluded in his lab, doing who fucking knows what and Alex was chopping wood shirtless in the backyard, causing a damn scene and Kurt for most of the week decided to spend quality time with Frankie, which was deserved and very much needed. 


The point is, everyone’s been staying occupied. Trying to stay busy as much as possible. Pietro is still trying to find that damn tracker, hoping that would lead him to Wanda. The Professor keeps flipping every rock, rechecking every space he can find. Pietro can barely sleep. 


The sun comes down, and the house becomes quiet with worn children. It was time for bed once more, and just like clockwork, Kurt came to his room, never bothering to use the door. Pietro sleeps better with Kurt in his bed. Kurt isn’t wearing The Shirt™—-small mercies. 


“The other night?” Kurt sits cross-legged on the bed, taking off his slippers—they once belonged to Miss Margo and he wears them habitually every night after his bath.


Pietro is basically fully healed since the kidnapping and torture. He has scars. Like actual unhealable scars, but everything that can heal has healed and he’s basically back to his old speedy self. He traveled to Pittsburgh today to get a specific Cinnamon brand for dessert and was back within a minute. Easy. Only took that long because he decided to pay for it. 


The punch against Hank's metal wall did fracture his fingers, but after cursing Gank out and straight up refusing a cast, the fracture melted into a bruising and then barely any discoloration within the hour. Pietro looks at his hand and can’t even tell anything was ever wrong. 


“The night Scarlet showed up. You and Hank were having an argument I think.” Pietro says and Kurt sighs and flops face down into the bed, fully dramatic. 


Pietro suppresses a snort and flops down beside him, propping his head behind his arm. “Hank seemed like he really wanted to talk to you.” 


“We talked. Cleared the air.” Kurt speaks into the pillow, voice coming out muffled. 


“What was there to clear?” Pietro prods gently, trying to catch Kurt’s avoidant eyes. 


Kurt shuffled, looking so uncomfortable that Pietro retreated, “You don’t have to tell me. You just—you pulled a Maximoff, so I got curious.”


”a Maximoff?” Kurt’s voice curls around his last name and Pietro likes it when the blue boy says his given name but he loves it when he says his last name. Everything just sounds better in his tongue. 


“Yeah, You pulled a Maximoff. You ran away from him. It’s such a me thing for you to do.” Pietro teases and Kurt grows a crease between his eyebrows that Pietro immediately touches with his fingertips like an iron. 

“You’re rubbing on me.” Kurt says. 

“Rubbing off on you.” Pietro corrects and then immediately feels bad for correcting when Kurt shoots him an annoyed glare. 

“My bad.” Pietro grimaces pulling his finger away from the crease. “Wrong time.” 

“No. It’s okay.” Kurt’s glare softens and he sits up from the bed with a dramatic flourish. “I told you to always correct me.” 

Which is true. A few months ago, he had said something in English that hadn’t translated to what he was trying to say at all. Pietro hadn’t known how the wires got crossed in Kurt’s head, but past tense and present tense had gotten mixed in his words.  “I came here.” and “I come here.” Sounds far too inappropriate with a mouth full of homemade glazed donuts that Pietro had made. Pietro didn’t correct him, no one had, but Kurt had gotten doleful and defensive at the fact that Pietro hadn’t said a thing to him until after Miss Margo hooted and hollered when she heard him say it a few times later. Kurt was mortified once Pietro had explained to him why it was so vulgar, and he made him swear to always correct him. 

So he does.

“It is not a bad thing. It is just embarrassing.” Kurt says digging his flushed face deeper into the pillow like it might mold into his face if he digs into it deep enough. 

“More embarrassing then my mom calling Charles a deadbeat dad like he’s my literal father.” 

Kurt pulls the pillow away from his face “what?” He mumbles out in surprise. 

“Why are you surprised? You were in his office with me that day. She bit his whole head off. It was mortifying…and infuriating.” He refuses to replay that moment in his head. The whole thing feels so weird and reduces Charles to being just a teacher. Charles isn’t just anything. He’s Charles

Kurt sits up again, crossing his feet quickly and facing Pietro fully all of a sudden. He leans closer to the speedster, and Pietro just sits on the bed and waits for him to say whatever he’s gonna say. “Are you pranking me?”

“Not currently, no.” Pietro smiles boyishly. 

“Charles isn’t your dad?” Kurt blurts out his voice laced with so much confusion that Pietro has to pause. 

The speedster's joking smile slips from his face slowly. “Huh?” 

“The professor?”

“The professor?” Pietro stares at Kurt in horror. 

“The professor is your dad.” Kurt says firmly, trying to convince himself or maybe Pietro. 

“My…dad.“ Pietro says slowly, testing the word in his tongue. He feels dizzy.  ”No. He isn’t. Why would you think that?” 

“Yes he is." Kurt says like that's something he and only he can decide.

"no, he isn't." Pietro insists. 

Kurt pouts, “You’re pulling a prank.” He crosses his arms. “Thats Not funny. I was being serious.” He huffs and he’s so close that Pietro can feel his hot breath hit his shoulder. 

“Serious? Kurt—“ Pietro sits up fully and grabs Kurt’s hands—unfurling them from being crossed “—wait. Hold on.” Pietro forces Kurt to look him in the eye “—blue, did you think Charles was my dad?” No. 

Kurt blinks, and he bites his lip “He is your dad.” 

Pietro's chest squeezes like he’s having a heart attack “Kurt.” He squeezes his hand because he needs to feel solid and present. “Charles isn’t my dad. Why would you think he was my dad?”

Kurt’s eyebrows furrowed together and Pietro might have to permanently place his hands on his face so he doesn’t get wrinkles. Not that wrinkles would look bad on Kurt. Everything would look good on him. 

“Because he’s your dad. Everyone knows that.” No. No. No. 

“Except he's not my dad. I’ve—I’ve told you about David, and about my biological dad. You—-fuck—did you think that I was talking about Charles when I was talking about my bio dad?” When did Kurt get his wires crossed? How is this happening? What the hell is even happening?

Why is it happening on a Wednesday night? The most neutral of days. 

This makes certain things very clear to Pietro. Random interactions that the speedster is now seeing in a completely different light. 

Kurt had asked if Charles would be okay with him sleeping in Pietros room because he thought Charles was his father . A dozen other examples run through Pietros head and he’s realizing just how much he’s let slide—just how much he didn’t question. 

Holy shit.

Kurt hadn’t even been subtle. Pietro was just fucking blind. Kurt was genuinely running with the assumption that Charles was his dad, this whole time. 

“No…” Kurt frowns “…i mean—yeah, I suppose I did.”

“You thought Charles dated my mom way back when and had a baby and that baby died in a fire and then my mom was left pregnant with me when they split.” Kurt doesn’t know about the new and revised version of this story. Pietro is trying to figure out what he thought was going down. How could this possibly have been a scenario Kurt thought was happening? What misunderstanding is Pietro detangling?

“Charles lost a child. I just assumed it was Anya.”

“What?” Pietro is reeling. Charles grief and Magda’s grief is similar. He knows this. Charles has even pointed it out but not similar enough that Pietro would have ever assumed that Kurt assumed it was the same. 

“I thought the child he lost was Anya. I must’ve misunderstood.” Kurt looks away anxiously, tugging at his tail painfully and Pietro stops him. Kurt’s face goes flush and he looks like he’s going to throw up “Was that meant to be a secret?” He says and lets go of his tail and grabs Pietro's hand instead. “I didn’t think it was a secret. I assumed Anya and Charles' child were the same person and you talked about Anya, so I thought it was—common knowledge.” Kurt’s breath shakes “was it meant to be a secret?” He says in a panic “I—I didn’t tell anyone, I assumed it was private but I wasn’t actively avoiding it. I didn’t think—“

“—Kurt. Take a breath. You’re shaking.” Pietro says gently and he’s freaking out a bit but not nearly as much as Kurt is. “You’re allowed to keep secrets. It’s alright.”

“But I wasn’t—“ Kurt’s eyes grow glossy with emotion. “I wasn’t trying to keep a secret from you. It was an accident. I swear it. So please don’t be mad.” 

“I’m not mad. Why would I be mad it was just a misunderstanding. You thought Charles of all people was my dad—weird—but it’s an easy mistake. You’ve literally never met my mom until a week ago. Trust me he’s not her type.” 

“I did meet your mom. She stayed with miss Margo for a couple days when your house caught fire.” 

“Right.” Pietro frowns. Why does he keep forgetting that? 

Kurt shakes his head, “-and Pietro, he might not be her type, but she’s definitely his type.”

Who is he dissing with that observation?

“Emotionally unstable Jew with a thirst for murder?” 

Kurt nods without hesitation, “Yes. I really thought Charles was your dad.”

“Why?” Pietro prods gently. “We don’t exactly look alike.” Even though he knows kids don’t always look like their parents. He’s made that comment before. He’s walked right into this misunderstanding without even realizing. 

“No you don’t but—everyone kept saying you were father and son.”

Everyone who?” Pietros eyes widened in alarm—his heart racing. 

“Wanda.” Kurt drops casually like it doesn't fry Pietro's brain. What the actual fuck was she thinking? “Hank.” Kurt adds and Pietro really should’ve known the blue beast had something to do with it. “Jean. Christina. The Twins. Bobby.” And he keeps going. He just keeps naming names like he’s taking attendance. Snitching on every person without any hesitation. Flagging all of them. He names nearly the whole school—even the damn new kids. Everyone has apparently gone to the consensus that Pietro Maximoff and Charles Xavier are father and son, and just never deemed it necessary to bring it up to either one of them, 

But wait—“does Charles know about this?” He must know. He’s a damn telepath. He knows when people are staying up past curfew to read trashy magazines he must know that the entire student body thinks he’s boned Pietro's mom. 

Kurt shrugs “I have no idea.” 

“Okay. Great, so I’m gonna jump off a cliff now if that’s alright,”

“That’s not alright actually.” Kurt says immediately and Pietro is now the one shoving his face in a pillow—heart beating out of his damn chest. 

“And the charles’ kid thing?” Pietro swallows Thickly talking around the pillow. Hoping Kurt can explain away that as well. A logical reason for the misunderstanding. 

“It was just something miss Margo told me. I thought—like I said I thought you already knew because I assumed it was Anya.”

“Miss Margo knew? Who doesn't think Charles and Me are father and son?”

Kurt pauses, thinking deeply about his answer. “Alex?”

Right. Pietro sighs “Alex is the most unaware supporting cast member I've ever met. He just jumps out of photoshoots and exists without a thought.”

“At Least he's pretty to look at.” Kurt mends with a gooey smile.

“So true.” Pietro thinks of the fact that everyone thinks Charles is his dad. He thinks about the fact that Charles hasn’t corrected them. Fuck. 

“What's the tallest cliff in New Jersey?”

Kurt jumps on top of him—crashing his body into the mattress fully, not allowing him to move or scramble away. “No! No jumping!” Kurt wraps his arms around Pietro In a bear like state and apostrophe just lets the mortification wash through him. “You stay here with me and we can cuddle.” Kurt says instead like that’s the holy grail. 

It might be. 

Cuddle time does trump fake-suicide attempt. 

“Okay, yeah we can cuddle. I’ll just never leave this room again. Do you think if we asked Hank he’d install a bathroom in here. That’s all we really need.”

Kurt nods “yeah, Frankie can leave food at the door and we can get a bucket to wash ourselves instead of showering.”

“Sounds hot, let’s do that,” 

“Yes, very hot. We will be hermits.”

“Live off the land. This land. This very rich land.” Pietro tacks on. 

“Good plan.” Kurt’s nods. 

 “Great plan.” the speedster can’t help but smile. 

“I’ll stay with you forever.” Kurt says 

“Promise?” 

Kurt turns to him very serious, lifts his pinky “pinky promise.”

Pietro loops his finger around his, pulling his hand towards him. Pietro presses his lips against the blue boys knuckles, his warm skin flushing his cheeks nicely. “

Kurt and Pietro lay flat on the mattress, staring up at the popcorn ceiling. Pietro feels Kurt’s hand reach for his in the dimly lit room. His three fingers grasping his. “Hank has cameras in his laboratory.” 

Pietro nods slowly waiting for him to continue. Kurt let’s out a breath. “The night that—-everything happened…and the school was under attack…I went to his laboratory first. I hadn’t realized he wasn’t home and I just I was so scared, I thought he could help. I yelled for him and when I realized he wasn’t there I left and tried to find Mama Margo.”

He doesn’t say anything more and so Pietro squeezes his hand “it’s normal for you to have gone to him first. It was a scary situation and you trusted Hank to help. You had no reason to think he wasn’t home.”

Kurt shakes his head, and Pietro waits for him to elaborate. “When I called for him it wasn’t by his name.” Kurt says quietly and Pietro takes it in quickly. At a unearthly speed and he can’t help the smile that crawls into his face. “You called him dad .” 

Pietros smile shrinks back slightly at the realization that it was said in distress. That it hadn’t been said in a touching moment between the two but during a time he thought he was in danger. It was said in what Pietro could only imagine was desperation. 

Kurt’s humiliation now seems clear. If he hadn’t even realized…if the entire ordeal felt almost against his will then of course he would feel some sort of way about it. 

Whatever Kurt felt—it wasn’t how he wanted to say it. That’s enough of a reason to be upset. 

Kurt smashes his other hand on to his forehead and groans in dismay “I hadn’t even realized! It all happened so quickly and I hadn’t even believed him when he told me. it’s so embarrassing! He had a video, Pietro!” 

“Had?”

“I asked him to delete it.“

“That’s nice of him.” Pietro muses. “So you guys talked about it? The whole dad thing?”

Kurt makes another noise from the back of his throat. “Yes we talked about it.” 

“And you still feel weird about it?”

Kurt makes a tight expression, so expressive in everything he does “I already have a dad.”

“You can have more than one dad.” 

“I know, I just—my dad isn’t like Hank. Hank never ignores me or makes me feel bad and he never makes me think he doesn’t like me. Hank thinks I’m amazing—“

“—-You are amazing. and your dads a dick.” 

“Okay.” Kurt’s face blushes hard and he darts his eyes away from him “the point Is I think Hank is amazing too. That’s why I don’t think I should force him to be my dad because if we’re comparing the one I already have to Hank then Hank is overqualified.”

“Kurt…” Pietro thinks this is the most roundabout way of saying he thinks he doesn’t deserve Hank. Which is bullshit. “Hank would be honored to be your dad. You wouldn’t be forcing him to do shit.” Pietro doesn’t have to even question it. 

He sees it everyday. Hank Is different around Kurt. He always has been. 

“He said the same thing.” Kurt says in a small voice and Pietro nearly jumps out of the bed out of pure excitement. 

“Oh yeah?”

“Said I can call him whatever I feel most comfortable calling him.” Kurt adds and Pietros grinning ear to ear—- Kurt pokes his cheek with a huff. “Stop smiling.”

“No, I’m happy for you.”

“I’m mortified.”

“You literally shouldn’t be. You hit the jackpot.” 

Kurt crawls under the sheets and Pietro follows with gusto. 


“Hey Pietro?” 


“Hmmm?” Pietro says noncommittally. 

“Charles would be honored to be your dad too.” Kurt supplies softly into the night. 

Pietro opens his eyes fully and stares at the curve of Kurt’s mouth as he smiles at him. “I know.”

“So why don’t you let him?” Kurt’s fingers stroke a pattern on his arm, soothing against his vibrating skin. 

“I don’t—-“ Pietro swallows “—I don’t think I can bare it if he was.” 

Kurt’s eyes implore him to keep going and he knows that Kurt’s far more open then he is when it comes to being vulnerable. He has Hank to thank for that but Pietro doesn’t know how to do that without feeling like he’s dying. “What if he goes away?” Pietros knows that he isn’t a child anymore—Charles isn’t a dead Rabbi or one of his moms ex boyfriends. He’s Charles and that holds weight now. He means something to Pietro. 

Charles holds space in his head and if that space vanishes he doesn’t think he’ll survive it. He can’t be left behind again. He can’t. Or worse. “What if I go away?” He thinks of the amount of times a guns been aimed at him, he thinks of the facility and he thinks of the torture and the men bursting into his childhood home to kill him. He’s nearly died so many times. What if he does die? 

Is he willing to leave Charles childless? Again

He can’t. He can’t. “You can’t know what’s going to happen in the future. You can only plan for now. And right now Charles is here and you are here. Shouldn’t you give that a shot before turning it away completely?” 

“Why are you literally so wise?” Pietro sighs as he folds his arms over Kurt chest. 

“I eat a lot of fortune cookies.”

“That explains it.” 

Pietro thinks about Kurt’s words for days afterwards. It’s been two weeks now since Scarlet has arrived and no breakthrough has been made on the Tempad. Or on finding Wanda. He feels like he’s hit a dead end again. 

Katherine wakes up Pietro one morning with a cough and a shake to his arm. Kurt groans at the movement digging his body closer to the speedster. Katherine wrinkles ger nose at the act and Pietro sticks his tongue at her. “Get out. Too early.”


“It’s Shavuot tomorrow.” She says into the quiet room, her voice very matter of fact. 


Pietro peels one eye open to look at Kitty Pryde incredulously “is it?” He hasn't really been keeping track of the days. He doesn’t even know what day it is really. 


“Yes.” She says with the same tone of voice. It’s too early in the morning for that level of sass or energy. She’s fully dress and well kept while Pietro is sprawled in bed tangled in Kurt’s Limbs like a knotted string. “You need to take me to the synagogue tomorrow so I can.” 


“Oh do I? I didn’t hear a please in there.”


“Please take me to the synagogue, tomorrow.”


“No.” 


“Your a dick.” 


“Tsk tsk, cursing on the eve of a holy day is crazy Kitty.”


“Technically we’re not supposed to curse ever, actually.”


“Well that’s a fucking bummer.” 


“Eat shit.” 


“I can have Charles take you.” He waves her off with a tired hand. 


“No, I wanna go with you.” She wants to go with me. 


“I’m tired. I didn’t sleep well.”


“You slept? Lucky you.” Kitty says bluntly and crosses her arms “I don’t want a gentile to take me. I want you. It’s important.”


And he gets it. He does. Katherine is Jewish. Pietro is Jewish. She wants to be with her community—he gets it. Painfully so. But he hasn’t gone inside a synagogue in quite some time and—Hank is right. He has issues with it. He has trauma because of course, he does. Pietro is full of trauma. 


“I know it’s important. I just can’t go.”


“Yes, you can. You’re just afraid.” 


Pietro pulls the blanket over his chin, cozy in his bed and Katherine grabs the end and pulls the comforter like a bitch. “No!” Kurt whines in unison to Pietros exclamations. 


Kurt hisses at her and Katherine rolls her eyes and tugs at Pietros arm like he’s a dog on a leash. “Come on!”


Pietro allows himself to be dragged away from bed if only so that Kurt can get his rest. “I can’t go Katherine, Charles can take you.”



“We need to go to my synagogue. In Minnesota we can only get there on time with your super speed.”

 She doesnt want me to go—she needs me to go. That’s different. 


“I already said no Kitty. I don’t want to go to a synogugue.” 


“Because of Rabbi Stanley?” Kitty snaps irritably and Pietro stiffens at the name and his face shriveled at the name—quick to cover it up with a glare. “How do you know that name?”


“His obituary was in your file, next to an arson crime you committed on his grave sight.”


“It wasn't arson, it was a Yahrzeit Candle near his grave. That’s completely out of context and those charges were dropped and you shouldn’t know anything about that Kitty. Why the hell would you read my file?” 


“It wasn’t personal, I read everyone’s file.” She says like that isn’t so much worse. 


“That’s horrible Kitty. That’s an invasion of privacy.”


“I needed to see it.” She says with no remorse. 


“Why?” Pietro thinks of Kurt and Jean and All the kids whose lives haven’t been great—exposed to the eyes of a fourteen year old girl edging for gossip. 


“I needed to know it was all real.”


“You needed to know that what was real Katherine?” 


Everyone . Everything . I needed to see it—I needed to know everything. I needed to know that Gunther talks to the air because of his mutation and not because the simulation was glitching out. I needed to know that Jean doesn’t talk because of her mutism and not because my mind didn't give her dialogue. I needed to know that Alex was forgetful because it’s a sign of his PTSD and not because I was trying to avoid filling gaps in my own memory. I needed to know that Hank was hiding away from you because he feels guilty and not because he is guilty. I needed that information. I needed—I needed to know that everything that’s happened until now is actually happening and not some coping mechanism I’ve created in the facility.” 


Oh. Pietro feel a pain in his chest. Like panic crawling up his throat but worse. Pietros heart hurts. He looks at Katherine Pryde as she is and not as how she’s presented herself. A traumatized kid—-begging for reassurance that she safe. That’s she’s out of the facility. He understands. He hates that he understands. He wakes up nearly everyday still expecting to be in that damn burning bed—waiting for blue eyes to look at him.



The facility isn’t behind them. It probably will never be behind them. They lost so much there—they still are losing things. 


 “Kitty…” Pietro begins softly, feeling his throat close at the need to comfort. At wanting nothing ever to go badly for any of these kids. 


“this isn’t the first time I thought I left the facility.” she says with a shaky breath. “It was too perfect the first time—too convenient. The second time I went through this scenario they made it a bit harder, made me get hurt to really  sell it. It was more believable but they didn’t have any detail. This time I thought—-“


“—-Kitty we’re out of the facility. This is all real.” He hopes this is real. It has to be real. 


“—I couldn’t be sure. I couldn’t know for sure. Not until I saw the files.”


“How did that help you Kitty?” Because he needs to get it—he needs to hear it in her own words how invading their privacy—how crossing that line was beneficial for her. 


“It—the things I read…my mind could never make those things up, it’s just so—-horrible. So convoluted. You. Chelsea, Angelica, Gunther, Jean, Gregory, Summer, Garcia. All of them. Everybody. All the things that happened to them—-I couldn’t have imagined those things for them. It’s how I knew it was all real. That kind of trauma can’t be fabricated.” 


“What made you think this wasn’t real?”


Kitty shakes her head with a grimace, “I get saved by a well meaning billionaire who just so happens to house mutant children out of the kindness of his heart and has a spare room for me and my friends to sleep in without having to work  for it. I get three square meals a day and a decent education and I’m surrounded by mutants that I like and that like me back and the adults in my life are both gullible enough to give me money and kind enough to not steal it back. And an All powerful witch literally walks into my life and tells me she owes me a favor—no strings attached, no real limits.” Katherine says with an airy calmness that doesn’t fit her manic words at all. “Pietro up until two days ago I wasn’t sure I ever left the facility. I was trying to figure out who the imposter was this entire time.”


Pietro isn’t aware he’s hugging Katherine until he feels her shaking hands vibrating through his chest. He can feel her powers rushing through her skin and she walks right through him like he’s air. He wonders briefly if that’s why it was so hard for her to tell this was all real. Because to her everything always feels like a mirage—a hologram only she can make solid. 


“Gross.” Katherine complains immediately at the affection. Pietro scoffs and tries to reach for her again to hug her and she phases through him again. “Stop trying to hug me, creep.”


“Stop making me phase through you, it's disturbing!” Pietro complains back “I keep getting this chill up my spine.” 


“Maybe that’s a sign you shouldn’t hug people without warning.” Katherine sasses. 


“You're so mean . I’m trying to comfort you.”


“I don’t need your comfort.“ 


“Right.” Pietro pouts. 


“Are you gonna take me to the synagogue?”



”No, I’m still mad about the complete invasion of privacy.” You can forgive someone and still be mad at them. That’s what Charles said when he did the same. 


“In my defense I didn’t think your feelings would be hurt—-genuinely I thought you were a figment of my imagination so therefore I didn’t realize you had actual feelings.”


And that makes sense but it also doesn’t because if that’s the case Katherine would've just been outwardly mean this whole time. But she hasn’t. A bit snobby, a lot sassy, a bit of a money gremlin but not cruel. Not mean. He might even push it and say she’s like a nice person when she isn’t being an absolute menace. Katherine sighs “if it helps I’m really glad everyone is real. I don’t think I would have been able to bear losing all of you if you were all fake.”


“I think that’s the nicest thing you’ve ever said to me.”


“I said all of you . dick head. Not just you. Gosh you’re so self-centered. Stop making this sentimental.”


“I wasn’t trying to! You’re the one saying you love us.”


“I literally did not say that.”


“You basically did.”


“I hate to see you go—is not the same as I love you.”


“You said you wouldn’t bare it. That’s as much as an I love you as I could expect from you.”


“If I was gonna say I love you I would just say it. I’m not like you—I’m not beating around the bush,”


“When have I ever beat around the bush?” He exclaims maybe a bit too loudly. 


“You want me to name a few because I definitely could.”


Pietro scoffs “you’re ridiculous—“


“—Your mom abused you.” She blurts out like that’s relevant. 


“What?” Pietros eyes widen. “No she didn’t.” She hadn't laid a hand on him. 

“It’s called reactive abuse. Some people will push you to the point where you blow up and then they take that anger and make themselves the victim.” She says like she’s reading off of one of her book’s. All clinical and matter of fact. 

“They will use your anger against you. Your rage no matter how justified no matter how in the wrong she was it made her the victim in her mind.”

Pietro shakes his head, swallowing back bile. “Kurt said we have the same defense mechanism. I don’t think—“

“—dude. Stop. No offense but Kurt doesn’t know what he’s talking about. He’s got his own biases and his go-to is to keep the peace.” Kitty looks him dead in the eye “his mom died. Of course he doesn’t want you to fight with yours. I’ve never met miss Margo but I can tell just from the way you guys talk about her that she was a good soul and unless I’ve seriously misunderstood her character she wouldn’t have let anything like what your stepdad did happen to her kids.”

Pietros chest clenches “how do you—did Jean tell you about my stepdad?” That information wouldn’t be in his file. 

“I know that he hit you. Enough to break your bones. That’s all I need to know.” 

“Jean and Bobby are about to get a huge talking to. charles told them—“

“—Jean and Bobby didn’t tell me anything. I asked and they refused to tell me anything. Sworn to secrecy by you assume.” Kitty corrects quickly, sounding almost afraid to get them in trouble. 

“Oh.” Pietro bites back the retort he was about to make. “Then how—“

“52 broken bones is a lot of bones.”

Pietros brain connects to the words. “You broke into Hank's office and stole my medical records too?”

“I didn’t have to break anything to get in.”

“You shouldn’t have done that Kitty. seriously! My medical stuff is private.“ His criminal record is one thing, second hand information can be misleading but medical shit is concrete. Factual. 

“David Strucker needs to be held accountable.” 

“What?” Pietros eyes widen. 


“David strucker—he was my family's lawyer. my mother was dying—and He managed to convince her to put him as our legal guardian when she passes. He invaded my family in a time of crisis and got them all killed. I had two brothers, three sisters, a nephew. Cousins, uncles, aunties. I had a big family. I don’t know how many of us are left. I didn’t get to see their bodies before I ran away. I—“


“—-David Strucker killed your family?”


“Yeah. He did.”


“When was this?”


“four years ago.”


Magda Maximoff killed David Strucker For the last time around that time. He must not have stayed dead for very long. He must’ve just been employed somewhere else—deciding to bide his time with another family. Inflicting pain on another family. Killing another mutant family. It’s a morbid thought to realize that Kitty would have been him. Death was the natural result of dealing with David Strucker but because his mom did what she did, digging her claws into him—giving him a blood child—they managed to come out with their lives. lucky? He’s not sure it was. 


Pietros eyes track Kittys anatomy in a horrified panic. Did he ever touch her? Did he ever hit her? “Did he ever—“


“—No. He preferred boys.” She says like she understands what he’s gonna say before he does. Which is worrisome. 


Two brothers and a nephew. “Did he ever touch your brothers?”


“My brothers where six foot tall Athletes in high school I’m pretty sure he preferred little boys. He was sick in the head that way. i was the youngest. My nephew was closer to my age but my sister was very active in his life—wouldn’t even let him babysit without one of us being there.”


It was a good call. “Smart girl.”


“Yeah, she was.” 


“I’m sorry.” She can’t possibly know how sorry he is. 


“Yeah, me too.” Katherine shakes her head and furrows her brows like she’s a ancient turtle “


“What was her name?” 


“Amber, Rachel and Bianca. Amber was the one with the gremlin child.”


“He must’ve gotten it from you.”


“Maybe. He would’ve loved it here.”


“Was he a mutant?”


“I don’t know. All my siblings were mutants though—so maybe he would’ve been one too.” Kitty says far too much emotion. She blinks and her skin fades invisible and the back to solid—like she readjusting her tamale in reality. Trying to bury her turmoil. “So the synagogue? Will you take me tomorrow?”


“After the trauma dump you just unloaded on me I have no other choice.”


“Perfect. The service starts at 9am tomorrow. Dress appropriately.”


“I always dress appropriately.”


“No Jeans, no leather jacket.” 


“Shit.” He's spiraling over the supposed dress code for about three hours that day. He hasn’t gone to a synagogue in so long he’s forgotten what would be considered appropriate attire. He’s sifting through his closet taking out T shirts and jeans and shorts and leather pants that don’t follow dress Protocol  whatsoever. 


“Charles, what size pants are you?” Pietro asks frantically after gutting his and Kurt’s room of any nice clothes. 


Charles lifts his head from the book he’s reading in the library, putting a bookmark in its place and giving him his full attention. “Why are you asking?” 


“I need to dress nice for the synagogue tomorrow. I don’t have any good clothes.” Pietro slows down his words so he isn’t saying them in super speed, consciously making an effort to be understood by the telepath. 


“I'm sure we can figure something out.” Charles says “I might have something you can wear.” He adds sagely and he wheels away very calmly. Pietro follows with fidgeting fingers. He wants to pretend to not know why he’s so anxious about going to a synagogue but it’s painfully obvious. Religion is a tough subject for him. But the synonyms no longer was a place of comfort after Rabbi Stanley died. Air became a place his mother went to hide. It became a place that she could drown herself in. A place that stole her away from him for so long. It felt wrong to hate a place so deeply connected to his people but he hadn’t stepped foot in the holy place in such a long time that he’s been able to ignore it. Ignoring things is Pietro's Favorite thing in the world. Right next to running away and hohos. 


“You’ve gained some weight.” Charles says offhandedly as he shifts through his closet and Pietro stays quiet feeling hollow by the comment. At his silence Charles turns to look at him with concern “I meant nothing bad by it. I just meant that perhaps you’ll be able to fit in some of the suits I have in my closet.” 


“A suit?” Pietro clears his throat, making an effort not to cross his arms over his stomach. Kurt had laid his hand on his stomach just last night, gentle and warm and he hadn’t said a thing about it. Gaining weight is nothing to be ashamed of. He lost a lot of weight during the facility. He manages to gain some of it back gradually afterwards and it’s all healthy and natural and it’s not wrong to look the way that he does. It’s okay. Charles meant nothing by it. It’s okay. 


“I have a few. Collecting dust—you should try them on and see if you like any of them.” He hands him a few on hangers that feel heavy in his hands. 


For the next hour and half Quicksilver is stumbling with slacks and buttons and clip on bow ties that feel ridiculous on him. He tries on four different suits with slightly varying shades of black that hurt his eyes. “Are these all the suits you have?” Pietro knots the tie hazardously in his neck. He doesn’t know how to tie a tie at all. 


“Charles?” Pietro peaks his head out of the walk in closet looking a bit sheepish. “This one isn’t a clip on.” He says tugging on the tie—hoping to be given an easy out. A clip on perhaps. No such luck. 


“I’ll show you how to tie it.” Charles says warmly and Pietro swallows thickly feeling airborne for just a second. Okay. 


He nods, glaring at the tie like it’s the cause of his sudden panic. He steps out of the walk-in closet with his oddly matched bunny socks that Jean got him last year. The suit he has on is a dark blue with a fancy looking collar. It looks nice. comfortable. When Charles sees him he falters, his face growing a bit pale.


“What’s wrong?” Pietro observes his reaction, feeling suddenly embarrassed. Did he miss a button? Does the color clash with the tie? Does he look like a douchebag? 


“Nothings wrong, I just hadn’t realized I still had that.” Charles says with forced calmness. He looks like he’s seen a ghost. 


“It was in the back. Does it look bad?” Pietro asks self consciously.  


“No, you look great Peter. The color suits you.” Charles says as he gently grabs Pietros tie from his hand, not meeting his eyes. 


“Then what’s wrong? You look upset.” 


“I—it’s nothing. It’s just…that’s Erik’s suit.”


Erik’s Suit. Pietros stomach flips and drops to his feet. Why does that make him feel weird? “Oh…I can take it off.”


“No, no.” Charles shakes his head, his eyes scan over the suit like it might give something away about Erik. Charles' eyes fall flatly on Pietro's face with something distant in his face. “It fits you perfectly.” He says and Pietro doesn’t understand why that makes his stomach churn. The idea of having even just the same suit measurements as Erik Lehnsher makes Pietro unreasonably uncomfortable. 


“Yeah, well the ties isn’t a clip on so not perfect in this case.” Pietro teases and Charles laughs lightly, his eyes shining with emotion Pietro doesn’t understand. 


He wishes he knew why. 


“I can show you.” Charles says and he knows he can’t read his mind but for a second he thinks maybe he did. 


“You’ve never had to wear a tie before?” Charles asks curiously as he displays the tie on his own collar—presenting it to Pietro. 


“No one’s ever showed me how to tie one before.” The words feel like a double edged sword. Hurting him and hurting Charles because he know what that really means. 


His dad never showed him how to tie a tie because he doesn’t have a dad. But Charles is going to show him. He’s going to show him at twenty years of age how to do something he should’ve been knowing how to do. That means something to Charles. It might even mean something to Pietro. 


“It’s easy.” Charles shoes him in detail, typing it around his neck and then making sure it was loose enough to transfer it over to Pietros collar, firm and solid. It felt like such a dad move. Not that Pietro would know. He’s never experienced it before but he’s seen it in movies. He’s seen father figures teach their sons how to dress, tie their ties and tie their shoes and comb their hair and shave their face. All the things Pietro had to teach himself. All things he never had someone to guide him through. 


It feels domestic and he kinda falls into the emotion a bit. 


“—it goes through the loop you just made and then you tug.” Charles continues his explanation quietly. A warmth in the air that makes Pietro feel nice. Like this would be something important later. Like picture in a photo album of his life. Tragic but his. Warm at moments where it seems uncanny for it to be so. Small kindnesses. Casual connections. 


Right. This is fine. This is normal. This is no big deal. 


Charles doesn’t want him to look ridiculous with a crooked tie. That’s the reasons his hands seem to fidget on the collar. Charles smooths down the collar of the suit with much care because it’s Erik’s suit and not because it’s Pietro wearing it. Very reasonable. Yes. This is fine. 


Pietro smiles—because he doesn’t know what else to do when Charles eventually looks at him with something fond in his eyes. 


Who is he seeing right now? 


“I can pick a different suit.” It had been his favorite out of the bunch. The most comfortable even if he still felt like a dick head wearing a fancy suit. 


“Don’t.” Charles grabs the hem of his sleeve, fixing the button there with practiced ease. Like he’s dealt with that particular round button before. Right. He pats his palm, like he’s releasing him in a way. “You should have it.” Charles says and a Pietro laughs “no, way it’s way too fancy for me to have I’d probably wreck it.”


“It’ll just collect dust here. Use it. Please.” The please is said with such care in his tone like it means something far different. 


It’s odd and Pietro has a moment of insanity. “I don’t want anything of his.” 


Charles eyes flicker to his eyes, looking a bit startled but Pietro must convey how serious he is because he speaks “why? It’s a nice suit.”


It’s a fantastic suit. probably the best suit Pietro's ever seen. Close to perfect as it gets. But it makes Charles look like he’s gonna jump off a cliff any second and Pietros the only one allowed to be that dramatic. “You said you’d give me your suit. I want yours.”


I want yours. I choose yours. 


“But—“ 


“—he came when you called.” 


Charles blinks, surprised by Pietros words and the speedster continues with all the pent up energy he’s had stored away. “When I got taken. You called him and he came without hesitation even though he had a family. He’s important to you even though —he hurt you. He’s someone that means something to you. This suit means something to you. I don’t want to wear it and you only think of him. I want to wear a suit and you see me. And only me.”


“He never wore it.” Charles says suddenly his eyes are filled with so much sadness that it makes Pietro clamp up in his honesty. Charles swallows thickly, like he realizes his emotions are overwhelming them both. “He got it for the first class graduation. We never got to that. He was gone before that. It’s been sitting in the closet hidden away ever since.”


“It reminds me of a time that never happened. Of a what if. It’s not real. He never wore it. I never got to see how it fit him or how he looked with that shade of blue.” Charles speaks firmly his voice like a weighted blanket. 


“I don’t want to wear something that makes you sad.”


“This wasn’t supposed to be about me, Pietro. I’ll be fine. You were meant to find something you liked to wear to the synagogue. Do you like the suit?”


“It’s—“ Pietro frowns “—it’s alright.”


“Then you should have it.” Okay .


Pietro hears a ruckus and suddenly Hank is barging into the professors room in a huff without knocking. “Professor—“Hank falls silent when he looks at Pietros his eyes growing wide. 


“Is that—“ okay so apparently it’s a known suit of Erik’s. For fucks sake.


“—it’s Pietros now. He’s taking it.” Charles says with little debate. 


Hank is staring at Pietro hard. 

“You good?” Pietro hears himself ask, feeling like a big under a microscope.


“I think the universe is fucking with me.” Hank says vaguely.


“Pardon?” Pietro and Charles say at the same time, with the same annotation and tone in their voice. Oh.


Hanks's eyes widen at that, too. Like he’s witnessing a horror movie “Right, so, yeah, um—“ Hank says cleverly. Hank clears his throat and points at something behind him. “I had a thought.”


“Fun.” Pietro mumbles “Want to share with the class?”


“It’s—I think I know where the tracker might be.” Hank says and it’s the single most important thing he’s ever said. 

Notes:

I eat Kudos as snacks. keeps me nourished and my skin glowing. Thank you.

Chapter 34: All The Above

Summary:

Pietro is three seconds away from screaming. Why the fuck is this important? Why the actual fuck is he getting a history lesson right now? The only reason he isn’t absolutely going feral right now is he cause Charles looks genuinely interested. It’s his family history. His story. His family legacy. Of course, Charles would be interested in knowing and Pietro would usually be more patient. Charles wants to know about his family, but Wanda is his daughter so he should prioritize her over this.
It’s so dumb. This whole side story is—Wait—Pietro pauses mentally.
Rewinding that thought.

Daughter.

Pietro just said that Charles was Wanda’s father. Well, not said, more like—thought it. But still. He thought it so casually. Like it was true. Like he believed it.

----

Things take a turn. Kitty pulls through. Alex uses his arms.

Thank god Charles can’t read his mind.

Notes:

typos! Grammar mistakes etc. Yah yah enjoyyyyyy

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Charles rolls over to Hank quickly and just in that instance, Gunther's little head peaks into the bedroom. He runs straight to Pietro and grabs his knees like it’s a tree trunk. “Gotcha!” 

Pietro looks down at him, heart in his throat but not wanting to alarm the small child with his nerves. “Hi, squirt.” 

“Hi, Pie. You look like a fancy man from the tv.” Gunther grins up at him, showing off all his teeth, and Pietro's eyes widen. “Your tooth!” His front left tooth is gone, a dark gap between his teeth that slips his pink tongue like a cave.

Pietro can’t remember when his first tooth fell out. He does recall Wanda’s first fallen tooth like a rose colored memory in the back of his mind–a simple time—a small moment between the nightmare that was his home life. 

“I fell.” Gunther says and then sticks his hand in his pocket and shows him his wobbly baby tooth that he had secured in his pocket. “And then my tooth fell off.”

Pietro smiles widely and bends down to pick him up, placing him on his hip in a practiced manner. “Holy smokes!”

“Did you hit your head?” Charles voices in concern—taking the questions straight out of his mouth. 

“Nope.” Gunther giggles and Pietro lets him put the tooth on his hand. “It’s tiny.” 

Pietro boops his nose “you're tiny.” He corrects and feels a bit like a giant when he holds the little tooth with two fingers. He remembers when Wanda lost her first tooth. She was just as young as Gunther. Maybe even smaller. “You gotta put it under your pillow.” Pietro tells him and Gunther giggles “why?”

“For the tooth fairy.” Hank supplies and Pietro recalls the fake fairy wings and tutu they made the blue man wear last year to masquerade as the tooth fairy. He wonders how much begging he’ll have to do to convince him to do it again. Maybe he’ll ask Kurt to ask him. 

“Tooth fairy?” Gunther gasps and puts his hand in his mouth like he’s afraid the rest of them would fall off. “What's a tooth fairy?” his Canadian accent slips. 

Pietro is reminded that Gunther is an orphan. No parents to give him fantasies. It reminds him a bit of Kurt and how he didn’t know so much about anything. Childhood small and compressed into sadder moments. 

Pietro looks at the two men in the room and then around the room in conspiracy. Dramatic in his show. “It’s a secret.” He stage whispers to Gunther, who makes shhhh’s with his fingers. 

“A secret?” Gunther gasps and grabs his shirt. “I wanna know. Pleeeeeease.”

“Yeah, the tooth fairy comes at night.”

“Like the pretty lady?” 

“Yeah, sure, like her. But she only takes your fallen teeth and you know she came when she leaves behind a quarter.”

“A quarter!” Gunther gasps. 

“A dollar.” Charles corrects and Pietro snorts. 

“That’s a lot!” Gunther huffs.

“Yeah it is a lot. But only if you flossed and have no cavities.” Pietro peers in his mouth making a stinky face.  “Do you have cavities?”

“No!”

“He probably does.” Hanks sighs like it’s his deepest shame as a doctor knowing one of his students has a cavity. 

“I don’t!” Gunther exclaims. 

“You sure?” Charles asks as well.

“I don’t!” Gunther giggles and slaps Pietros shoulder softly. “I dunnooo your breath is pretty smelly.” Pietro jokes and Gunther breaths in his face like a little twerp. Pietro makes a dramatic gagging noise and pretends to start falling on the ground. “Oh no! The stench!” Pietro bemoans as he melts on to the ground with his grip still firmly on Gunther who is laughing his head off. 

“It’s not.” 

“Im meltingggggg.”

“You’re a butt!” 

I’m a butt? You’re the one killing me with the smell.” Gunther breaths on his face again with a Wicked grin and Pietro coughs frantically on his face too. Pietro is hunched over in the ground and Gunther is standing in front of him gripping his shoulders just so he can stink on his face with his smelly breath—Pietro grips the fallen tooth with his hand, securing it in his pocket—his other hand gripping the juice box. Gunther dangles off of him like a stinky monkey. He does that a lot. Amused by Pietro's height. 

Alex Summers suddenly strolls into the Room shirtless and covered in dirt. Gunther Grows quiet and not so subtley stands closer to Pietro, grabbing his shirt sleeve but not making a move to grab his hand. Pietros heart breaks a bit. But also Pietro is gaping as the man snatched the water bottle Hank had in his hand and drank it in one gulp. “Hello?” The speedster could’ve stopped him from taking it but he genuinely looks like shit. 

“Are you okay?” Charles eyes widen and he’s beside Alex instantly, his eyes darting towards Hank who's already grabbing another water from Charles' cooler. 

He’s stinky, not me.” Gunther says sassily.

Pietro chokes out as Alex just jerks the cooler door open and pulls water from it, covering the handle with mud. 

He twists the lid open “Don’t mind me—I just finished digging a grave.” 

Pietros nods, covering Gunther’s ears immediately. “Right, anybody we know or…?” 

Alex makes a no gesture with his finger as he chugs the water. He crushes the water and recycles it quickly. “Don’t worry.” He says before grabbing the third water from Hank's hand “the body was already in there.” 

“Pardon?” Charles' eyes slit to Hank and then Alex in quick succession—confused and startled equally as much as Pietro. 

“Yeah, okay. Right.” Pietro's eyes widen and Hank pulls a chair so Alex can sit—Gunther still holds his sleeve and begins sucking on his thumb. Pietros eyes dart towards the door, Gunther's hand grips Pietros hand, firmly—the one he’s half heartedly covering his ears with. 

“Hank told me to.” Alex says. 

“Of course.” Charles and Pietro say at the same time. 

“Jinx!” Gunther says. Pietro is not covering his ears good enough. 

“It has to do with the tracker.” Hank begins and then looks uncomfortably towards Gunther who is looking up at him with big curious eyes. Pietro sucks at this. 

“Can I have another water?” Alex asks delayedly. 

Hank hands him another bottle and he chugs it again, a droplet of water rolling past his chin and down his throat. Oh, okay. He needs to focus. 

“He’s thirsty.” Gunther observes and Pietro nods because that is the only fact he does know about what’s happening right now. 

“You should probably go so we can talk about grown up stuff.” Pietro says taking his hands away from his ears and Gunther looks up at him with big cow eyes. “I can’t listen to grown up stuff?”

“No, no grown up stuff. You can go watch cartoons.”

”I don’t wanna watch cartoons. I wanna be with you.” Gunther frowns, his face nearly a pout “and I’m a big boy, my tooth fell. Remember?” 

“When you have all your adult teeth then you can listen to grown up stuff.” Pietro says instead and Gunther stomps his feet like a child. He is a child. Nothing like about it. 

Pietro finds it hard to reprimand him. “I want to stay. Why can’t I stay?” 

Pietro can see Charles open his mouth to respond, maybe he would’ve said something better then him but Pietro is faster then him. “Sometimes children shouldn’t listen to certain things. It can be difficult to hear. Bad for them.” 

“I’m not a baby. I don’t wanna leave.” Gunther squeezes his hand, his little fingers soft against his calloused hands. He’s so small, so young

“I already said no, and I explained why. It’s okay to be upset about it but it doesn’t change what needs to happen.” Pietro says like he’s—it sounds like—he sounds a bit like his mom for half a second. Not even the words—just the way he said them. “I want my tooth back.” Gunther glares at Pietro's feet like he can break his toes with his mind. Thank goodness that isn’t his mutation.

“Okay.” Pietro takes the tooth out of his pocket, and Gunther snatches it from his hand angrily, his eyes a bit glassy. “I’m gonna keep my dollar for myself. I’m not sharing with you anymore.” He yells angrily at Pietro, and it’s both amusing that this is the best insult he can come up with and also heartbreaking that he was planning on sharing his spoils with him to begin with. Such a sweet boy. Even when he’s being a bit dramatic. 

“That’s okay.” Pietro says quietly, and Gunther must hate that response because he then looks Pietro dead in the eye and says “I hate you,” with full vindication and Pietros heart nearly stops. 

His chest hurts, and he’s more surprised by the fact that those words from such a small human can have an effect on him at all. Gunther’s affection has always been plenty—full and overflowing. He tells Pietro he loves him every night. Like a ritual. Gregarious, affectionate, and loving. 

Pietro hears, "I hate you," and almost backs down. But then he looks at Alex’s dirt-covered face and sees that some of it is actually dried blood, and he knows the conversation will be serious—too serious for Gunther to listen to. He learned his lesson with Jean and Bobby. 

The Kids stay out of the drama. 

“Okay. You don’t have to like me.” Pietro says with forced firmness and Gunther storms out of the kitchen and Alex watches him go with raised eyebrows. “That your kid?” 

Pietros heart drops at the question and he looks at Alex with puzzlement. “what?”

Charles shakes his head—answering for him. “No, he’s just a student.” just a student. Right. 

“Right.” Alex says like the question didn’t just fry his whole brain. Gunther isn’t his kid. If he feels close to him it’s because he feels close to all the kids from the facility. A shared trauma. A shared hurt. Protective like how he is with all the kids. Gunther isn’t any different then all the other kids. Hes just Gunther.

“Well kids are like that. Emotional. Trust me he didn’t mean that.” Alex says like he has plenty of experience with emotional children. 

He misses Wanda. 

“Yeah I know.” Wanda was enough experience to know that. 

“My brother has told me he hates me at least twenty times.”

He misses Wanda so much. Thats why he feels this way. 

“Maybe he just hates you, then. Ever thought of that?” Hank muses. 

“Nah, he adores me. Even if he won’t admit it.” Alex wipes sweat from his forehead, showing off a whisper of armpit hair. Pietro focuses again.

“I’ve been digging all morning.”

“So I’ve heard.” Charles says. “Where? And Why?” 

Alex shrugs. Completely fucking useless. He gestures towards Hank. “He can explain. The less I know the better. Just in case it’s illegal.” He's walking away from them. “I just wanted to tell Hank that I will not be covering up the hole. That will be his responsibility.” Alex then walks away in an exhausted heap. 

“Jesus.” Charles swears under his breath and Pietro tries to find the thread back. 

They both look at Hank, expecting some sort of explanation. 

Hank looks tired. The bags under his eyes are darker with his blue skin. His tangled fur is stuck in a certain edge of his skull, combed over with anxious hands. He looks like he hasn’t slept in quite some time. He’s tired. The genuine definition of the word if he’s ever seen it. 

Tired. Indefatigably drained with his body. 

Emotionally exhausted from his core. Pietro wants to ask why but he’s afraid it has to do with him. To do with that thick file he has on him. He’s also worried of what it might say. Of what Kitty Pryde must know about him now. He could ask her—but he doesn’t want to hear it from her. He could ask Hank but—it never seems like the time. 

Pietro is the fastest man in the world but always too slow to action. Too little, too late. 

Hank looks like he’s carrying the weight of the world on his shoulders and carrying it badly. Breaking his bones and bending his spine into a hunch. 

He fidgets with his glasses, a false need, but one of comfort. Hank doesn’t need glasses; he just wants them— needs them in a way that’s not for sight.

“I was thinking about the tracker and where it might be. Your great grandfather—“

“-great great great grandfather.” Charles corrects expeditiously. 

Hank rolls his eyes “yeah, that —he was a spy you claimed.”

“Yes. Very secretive man.” Charles says with a nod. 

“So I thought—if he was so secretive perhaps he wouldn’t leave his things lying around—even after death. Perhaps he would've wanted his possessions to be with him.”

 Oh. That’s morbid. 

“In his casket?” Pietro nearly threw up. 

“Yes, I think he buried the controller with him. Maybe it was his way of keeping his daughter with him.”

“His daughter? What happened to his daughter?”

Hank looks almost upset “despite his best efforts the necklace was never actually given to his daughter. It was completed after she was already taken away.”

“Taken? By his enemies?” Charles' eyes widened, looking sick to his stomach. The necklace is sounding a bit like a bad omen now. 

“The books—his journals—-it never said who took her just that he was distraught for years. Bedridden for the rest of his life until his death. The necklace stayed in its case until his only son gave it to his own daughter.” 

“He had a son? It never said that in the bibliography I read.” Charles frowns listening attentively. Pietro was trying to follow the story as best as he could but he genuinely could care less. He just wanted to know if they found the damn thing.

Did Hank find the controller for the tracker or not?

Hank looked almost uncomfortable “Well—-if I’ve read the text correctly, he never had a biological son. His wife had a son before him—out of wedlock and he claimed him when they married. He’s technically the man you’re related to—he’s the one that started the tradition of passing the heirloom down from father to daughter.”

Pietro is three seconds away from screaming. Why the fuck is this important? Why the actual fuck is he getting a history lesson right now? The only reason he isn’t absolutely going feral right now is he cause Charles looks genuinely interested. It’s his family history. His story. His family legacy. Of course, Charles would be interested in knowing and Pietro would usually be more patient. Charles wants to know about his family, but Wanda is his daughter so he should prioritize her over this

It’s so dumb. This whole side story is—Wait—Pietro pauses mentally. 

Rewinding that thought. 

Daughter

Pietro just said that Charles was Wanda’s father. Well, not said , more like—thought it. But still. He thought it so casually. Like it was true. Like he believed it. 

Thank god Charles can’t read his mind. 

He knows—he knows that Charles would love to have Wanda as a daughter. He knows that in some place in his heart she already feels like she is. it’s just strange to shift that narrative in the speedster's head. 

I guess not strange enough to not think it. 

Charles and Wanda make sense. They feel similar in ways father and daughters feel. Or at least in ways Pietro assumes they should feel like. They feel close. Like family. Like a bond built past blood. Alike in mutation and in mind. Troubled in ways only each other understood. 

Pietro falls back slightly at his train of thought. Feeling like a train off its tracks—running full speed in a direction that’s uncharted. 

“It doesn’t matter that I’m not biologically related to him. I carry his name.” Charles says like it really means nothing. Like the origin of his relation to the Xavier fortune not being linked by blood isn’t important to him at all. Hundreds of other billionaires make it a point to have heirs—to have blood relatives to pass down their name. “Blood is not the only thing that makes a family. All Xavier’s know that.” And Pietro is reminded briefly once more that Raven is adopted . Taken in by Charles' family and raised as siblings. Blood is not the only thing that makes a family. 

“So I thought—maybe he’d have the tracker controller buried with him.” 

“But?” Pietro asks with dread covering his chest. 

“But there wasn’t anything in the coffin.” 

“So—we’re at a dead end again.” Charles sighs and Pietro slumps against the wall, feeling anxious prickles up his arm. This is giving him a headache. 

“This is so stupid. We’ve searched everywhere.” Pietro bemoans desperately, feeling like he might be going a bit crazy. He feels crazy. But that’s not new. 

“No you misunderstand. There wasn’t anything in the coffin.” Hank repeats quickly, “there was no dead body. The coffin was completely empty.”

“You lost me. Why does that matter? Like—it’s been at least two hundred years if he wasn’t dead then—he’s definitely dead now .” 

“Unless he time traveled.”

Charles and Pietro stay silent while Hank begins to go on an entire rant. 

“Think about it.” He’s trying not to, honestly. “A secret spy in a war nobody knows about? Or maybe one that hasn’t happened yet. And the tracking technology? That’s far ahead of his time. Far ahead of maybe even our time. And the TemPad stops working as soon as the twins reach the premises of the school. Maybe he had future technology to block out TVA mechanics.” 

“That’s a crazy conspiracy.” Pietro's mind is raising, trying to fill in blanks, trying to figure out why any of that should make any sense. 

“It’s an interesting theory…” Charles looks a bit uneasy. 

“He almost got it.” Pete’s voice booms behind us, making all three of them flinch. Pietro jumps about a foot in the air and curses in Hebrew. 

“Excuse me?” Hank's eyes narrow down at Pete—the unspoken tension towards him coming back in full force. 

If anybody dislikes Pete more than Pietro, it would be Hank. 

Pete just shrugs, looking almost uninterested. “Your great great great great great great whatever wasn’t a spy who fell in love; he was a TVA worker who figured out he was a variant. High ranking—at that, and he figured out a way to not only hide himself but hide an entire sub-timeline from the TVA so that it wouldn’t be tracked. That’s why we didn’t find out about this Universe until it started making real waves. Until Wanda’s powers blew through the universe.” Pete says and then looks over at Charles with a kind smile “he did fall in love though—that part was right—he wasn’t part of this universe so he was afraid that having a child would cause enough of a wave in the timeline that the TVA would notice, that’s why he made the necklace. He was a variant that had another variant. He needed to be able to block her signature from the TVA.”

“You knew all this and you didn’t say anything?” Pietro scoffs “you’ve been watching us try and track this controller down and you knew this whole time it wasn’t even a tracker? That it was some TVA bullshit?” Pietro was seething, vibrating with anger. He’s no closer to finding Wanda than he was before he left the facility. He’s back to square fucking one. 

“You’ve been sitting on this information, why Pete?” Hanks anger can be heard so clearly that Pietro feels almost validated by his own outrage.

“What happened to her?” Charles asks suddenly, concern in his voice “to his daughter? If the TVA never found this universe—they never found her then who took her?”

“She died . Natural causes. She never made it to her tenth birthday. It was tragic.” Scarlet's voice looms over the room like a bandaid—making everything so much worse when she rips it. 

“He was so worried about the Time Variant Authorities killing her that he didn’t take into account that she could die of the damn flu.” Pete says insensitively. He’s talking about a child

“You could’ve said that better, Pete.” Scarlet sighs. 

Hank starts again.“But his body—“

Pete lifts a finger to stop him mid-rant “-was cremated. His son knew that any evidence of a variant left behind in this universe would be bad so he cremated them both. Molded their ashes into a necklace. The necklace with the blocker. The necklace you gave Wanda.”

“How do you know all of this? I thought you hadn’t known what happened or how this universe was blocked from your detection?”

“I’ve been doing some digging too. Mental digging not…physical digging.” Scarlet says. “Houses have memories, energy. This house had a lot. It’s been very informative—-That necklace, it carries enough energy, to charge the tempad.” 

“So you need the necklace.” Charles says suddenly.

“Yes.”

“And Wanda has the necklace.” Hank adds.

“Yes.”

“So we ALL need to find Wanda.” Pietro adds as well. 

“Expeditiously, yes.”

”so that’s why we’re going to go get her.” Pete says simply. 

Charles, Hank, and Pietro all look at Pete with varying phases of confusion. “I don’t understand? You’re going to get Wanda?”

“Jesus Pete, you’re so blunt.”

“Someone has to be.” 

“I’m confused. Are you saying you know where Wanda is?”

“All Wanda’s are connected. It won’t be hard to find her.” Pete says cockily and—and Pietro can’t even fathom it. He can’t even process the absolute bullshit he’s hearing right now. What the actual shit?

“You’ve been able to find Wanda this whole time?” Charles voice wavers with emotion, and if Pietro didn’t just experience this level of emotion he wouldn’t have realized Charles was mad at all. That seething anger that starts with his voice.

Pete must know this too. His eyes suddenly slip downwards and avoidant like a scolded child and when he crosses his arms in a fake nonchalant way they are tight “It wasn’t vital to find her—and we didn't want to mess up the timeline too much. Certain events need to happen and we can’t—“ Pietro has never seen Hank physically violent before. He’s certain it’s happened before. He's sure that Hank has some unhinged rage hidden behind a small veil of jittery calm. But it’s still a jarring surprise when Hank suddenly lands a punch on the usually quick Pete. Clearly caught off guard, Pete’s entire face is jerked to the left with a snap that resounds across the quiet face. 

“-Bullshit!” Hank hisses as he grabs at the speedsters shirt “Not vital? Not vital? Wanda is ten years old. How could you even say that? How can you call yourself a father and not even care? How can you—“ Hank eyes glaze and his grip loosens and he doesn’t know if he’s talking to Charles or Scarlet who both seemed to have approached the angry blue man with fierce caution. In this rageful state Hank looks like the spitting image of Kurt in the facility—displaying a force of dominance towards the bad men. Out of fear. Out of anger? Pietro can’t really tell which. 

Hanks anger feels almost like a reflection of Pietro's own. He’s moved by the retaliation—feeling justified by his own sense of betrayal. 

This whole time? Pete and Scarlet could have found Wanda this whole time? They watched them struggle for months to locate her and they had a solution this whole time. Watching them break themselves in half to find her and doing nothing. 

“How could you just do nothing?” Pietro voices the question with such contempt in his voice that he sounds—older—different. 

“We’ve seen what happens when we do something. You think we’ve never wanted to help before? We travel to universes where one wrong move makes the whole thing collapse. We’ve seen timelines get eradicated for far less than a missing Maximoff. We couldn’t risk it.” Scarlet says with raised hands—her priority is calming down Hank who's still on Pete. Pete, who has made no move to dodge him or swerve his hands, even though he could. He’s a speedster. He can avoid all of this but he doesn’t. He stays put. He stays still. He stays in this moment—like a punishment. 

“But now that it affects you, you’ll help? Now that it benefits you—you’re willing to fuck shit up?” Pietro spits the words with righteous anger—overwhelmed and at his limit with their hypocrisy. 

“We had to make sure that it wouldn’t affect the timeline.” Scarlet says evenly “it’s the only reason we’re even going to do it.” Because if it had affected the timeline they would’ve left her with David—afraid and alone with a man capable of horrible things. 

“How do you know it wouldn’t?” Charles says hesitantly like he’s afraid if he questions it too much they won’t help. Like their decision isn’t already made. “How do you know doing this won’t mess up the timeline?”

“Because we already did it.”

“What?” Hank blurts out instinctively.

“Wanda’s here?” Charles asks blindly his eyes glazing over like he’s searching for her, his hands making grabbing motions like he can touch her, like he’s desperate for that connection. Pietros heart is beating out of his damn chest his mind racing at lightning speed. 

Pietro runs the parameter of the mansion. Searching for her with shaking precision, his feet leaving skid marks during moments where he refused to slow down in a corner. He searches for Wanda’s brown curls and complexion. He looks for her like she might be hiding from him. He does this in the disk of what the other might assume is seconds. But he searches long and hard. He comes up empty—he runs back to the professors room with a sharp glare. “She’s not here.” Pietro bites his heart drumming against his skin like a disease taking over his body. 

 “No, not now. But soon. In the future.” Scarlet corrects quickly, not quickly enough. 

“What are you literally fucking talking about?” Pietro exasperates—beyond his limits. He can’t—he just can’t. 

“Kitty’s favor—it’s to bring Wanda home.” 

“What?” Pietro doesn’t blink. He doesn’t even really process what Scarlet just said until after the word what is out of his mouth. Kitty's mysterious favor. The one she’s been grueling over. She’s using her one favor…for Wanda? 

“Katherine’s never even met Wanda.” Charles voices with a strange emotion in his voice. Pietro can’t tell if he’s upset or surprised or confused or all the above. Pietro feels like all the above. He feels like all the above all the time. Like it’s a button in his brain and the thumb pressing down on it hasn’t stopped pressing down on it for weeks—months really. It’s all so draining. 

”In the future she says that nothing she asks for affects the timeline negatively—therefore bringing Wanda back will not affect the timeline.” Negatively

Why would she do that? Why would Kitty use her one favor to bring Wanda back? Out of all the things she could’ve gotten—out of all the favors she could’ve asked for—she chose something as simple as that. 

Why would she—-Pietro isn’t in the room anymore. He’s running before any thoughts really escape him. His feet rush past the wooden tiles of the long hallways—leaving burnt marks on the rugs near the living room. He rushes past window at glass breaking speed—slipping past furniture like nothing. Fast forward into Kitty Pryde room. The younger girl was in her desk, reading a book on the psychological affects of torture in the developing mind—while working her way through a box of his hohos. “That suit makes you look like a giant dork.” She says when she looks up from her book to see him standing there staring—not even phased by his sudden appearance. 

“You already picked your favor.” Pietro says instead, his throat closing up towards the end of his sentence. “You—“ Pietro voice falters his emotions getting the better of him. 

He feels pressure in his chest, like heavy rocks crinkling in his ribs. Shifting at every turn. Heavier at every chapter. Heavier and heavier. Harder to walk. Harder to function. 

Katherine’s face is the definition of indifference. She shrugs when she says, “Yeah, I told her what I wanted this morning.” And Pietro knows she’s doing it on purpose. Pretending she isn’t phased. Like she’s too cool to care. Like, she didn’t just admit to him that she thought all of this was fake. That everything and everyone was meaningless. 

Regardless. “Why?” Pietro's eyes are glassy. “You didn’t—you hadn’t mentioned it to me. Why?” 

Kitty shrugs, but Pietro can see the way her cheeks flush even if her face stays stoic “it’s no biggie.”

“No biggie.” Pietro repeats. 

“It’s your sister. Once I realized this wasn’t a simulation or some weird mind trick it didn’t seem fair that you wouldn’t have her. So, yeah, she should be with her family, even if you are super annoying.”

The moment she realized Wanda was real, she tried to bring her back to me. 

She could’ve done anything with that favor. But she decided to use it to help Pietro. It’s the kindest, most selfless thing anyone’s ever done for him. 

He’s hugging her and she’s letting him hug her. She’s not phasing through him or wiggling away, she's just letting him embrace her fully. She’s letting him show his affection in the only tangible way he can. “Thank you.“ it doesn’t feel like enough. 

Thank you is not a sufficient enough phrase to describe his gratitude. It doesn’t balance the outcome of Kitty has done. What she’s done for him .

The next phrase that leaves his mouth is not one he realizes will impact his life do greatly. He doesn’t realize how much exactly he owes Katherine until much much later. “I owe you one. Whatever it is, if I can help I’ll do it.”

Katherine shakes her head, unusually humble on her dismissal. “I don’t need anything from you Peter.”

“I mean it. I'm making it up to you.” Pietro speaks it into the universe. 

“The synagogue doesn't count as a favor—you already committed to going with me.” Katherine’s crosses her arms and Pietro nods eagerly “Okay. No problem. I’ll dress up like a total jerk if I got to.” 

“And you better not start being like—weirdly nice or whatever.”

“I’m always nice. I’m a nice person.”

“You’re like an annoying brother. It would be weird if you started like kissing the ground I walked on or whatever.”

“That would be weird. And unsanitary.” 

“Okay.” 

“Okay.”

“Can you leave my room now? I’m learning about Self-Destructive Behaviors resulting from severe Post Traumatic Stress Disorders.”

 

“Riveting stuff.”

 

“I’m learning lots about you from it.” Katherine makes a face. 

 

“Haha.”

 

“You should read it. There's a whole section about parentified children in immigrant families.” Oh, well—no.

 

“Nah, I’m good. I don’t like reading about things that will make me question my entire existence and purpose in life. Just a personal choice.”

 

“Sure. Makes sense. You do have an avoidant personality.” Kitty nods to herself. 

 

“I do not!” He doesn’t even know what that means, but it sounds bad. “I’m leaving your room now!” 

 

“Finally!”

  

When Pietro returns to Charles’ room with his super speed, he finds that only Hank is left, rummaging, standing awkwardly to the sid,e almost like he’s waiting for Pietro to appear. Maybe he is. Pietro leans close to his face, studying the lines between his eyebrows and eyes. His blue skin is patchy and dark under the eyes. A common occurrence when it comes to Hank. 

 

“Where’s everybody?”

 

“Cerebro. Scarlet says it’ll be easier to pinpoint Wanda if she’s the one searching for her in it. Something about all Wanda’s being connected like a String. It got very science fiction you would've hated it.”

 

“Right. Glad I missed it then. They where kinda pissing me off.”

 

“Kinda?”

 

“Like very much pissing me off actually. No kinda about it.” 

 

“They’ll be out of our hair soon. No more weird time travel stuff anymore.” 

 

Pietro has the urge to knock on wood. He doesn’t though. Maybe he jinxed it by not throwing salt over his shoulder. 

 

“And you stayed behind to tell me that?”

 

“No I—“ Hank fidgets with his glasses, a nervous habit he can’t seem to shake even at his grown age. Pietro waits for him to continue—feeling the seconds flip away like sand. “—I needed to tell you that Charles  is insisting that they find Wanda alone. “

 

“What? Alone? What do you mean?”

 

“He doesn’t want you to go.” 

Pietro folds the words over in his head. Trying to find meaning behind them. 

Pietros about to protest, insists that he should be the one to find his sister but Hank speaks fluently like he knows exactly what the speedsters thought process is. “He doesn’t want you to see David. He’s trying to protect you.” 

 

The speedster is speaking before he can even process it. His voice riding an octave. “He’s taking the choice away from me. I’m fine , i can bare to look at my stepfather one last time as long as I get Wanda back. He doesn’t just get to decide that.”

 

“I agree.”

 

“I—“ Pietro wasn’t expecting that answer. 

 

“Whether you see David or not is up to you. But you need to understand that as a victim of abuse, exposing you to your abuser is never a good decision.”

 

“I’m fine! I’m not going to freak out.”

 

”You haven’t seen your step father since he went to prison. You have no idea how youre going to react once you actually do see him.”

 

Pietros argument falls flat from his tongue at Hanks words. 

 

Since he went to prison. 

 

Hank thinks David went to prison. 

 

Hank thinks—he doesn’t know

 

Hank doesn’t know. How does he not know that David didn’t actually go to prison? 

 

Pietro had assumed that word had gotten around. That Charles told him or maybe even Kurt. He assumed that Hank had the big picture. That he knew everything that was said that day in the professors office. 

 

But he doesn’t. “It’s not—“ Pietro try’s to think logically—-he thinks about the bigger picture. Wanda will be home. Pietro thinks about the result and not the process. Pietro then thinks about emotions honesty. He thinks about Hank and his own father. He remembers seeing just how cruel and pointed he could be. He knows that Hank can relate to being afraid of someone you’re supposed to trust. He knows—but he doesn’t know . Not all of it. 

Hank doesn’t know about the trips to his room. He doesn’t about how much David really took from him—he doesn’t know how far back the abuse goes. Generations . He doesn’t have that vital puzzle piece.

 

Pietro thinks critically—-for maybe half a second. “I’m not going to freak out.” He says evenly, his voice smooth like butter—calm. 

 

He’s going to get his sister. 

 

He’s going to be okay. 

 

Hanks eyes glaze over and a smile furrows on to his face–Pietro thinks Hank looks so much younger whe he genuinely smiles. 

.

“Good news?” Pietro recognizes the face as the one he uses when hes speaking with Charles.

 

“He says Scarlet found her.” Hank says eventually after a long pause. 

 

“That was quick.”

 

Hank shakes his head looking a bit disbelieving his smile turning and dropping into a frown. “What?” Hank says outloud like he couldn't quite believ what he was hearing and had to physically release the question outward.

 

“What? Whats going on?” Pietro tries to meet Hanks eyes–but the older mans eyes are glazed over and distant, listening to a conversation in his head. Not for teh first time pietro wishes he could hear Charles in his head . He wishes he could have that connection. 

 

“Hank-seriously! Words through mouth please. Whats going on?”

 

“He says wanda is here.”

 

Pietro blinks. “No she’s not—I checked.” 

Although that was twenty minutes ago. A lot can change in twenty minutes. 

 

“She’s at the front doo—“ Pietro doesn’t hear the rest of his words. The Speedster is using his mutation, Hank’s face frozen mid vowel like a picture. Pietro runs out of the room—even at superspeed he’s running . The old historic wood that tiles the hallway of the mansion cracks under his feet. Pietro's socks which he’d been wearing vaguely on his feet—thinned until there was a hole underneath the souls of his favorite socks. The frames gathering in the hallway Swayed and some even fell to the ground as he rushed past. He disregarded any chaos left behind by his speed. Curtains sway, glasses vases shatter–he doesnt care. He moves fast and with purpose and he when he reaches the front door, large in its place, he walks straight through it. He phases through the door like Bobby's comic book character. Like he's stolen Kitty's power for long enough to split his atoms and get to his sister. 

 

His sister. 

His sister is here

 

“Pie?” Wandas voice is like an anchor in a thunderstorm–keeping him grounded and sane and hes grabbing her before she can even finish saying his nickname. Hes grabbing her–touching her. Hes holding her. She shere. Shes right fucking here .

 

“You’re okay?” They both ask each other at the same time. Pietro squeezes her tighter. “Im doing so much better now that i see you, red.” He breathes her in, like a flower left out in the rain. She doesn't smell like herself. No fancy shampoo that Charles buys her–more like off-brand detergent and second-hand smoke. “Me too.” She sounds choked up “I thought the bad men still had you.” she wobbles out in such a small voice that it breaks Pietro's stupid little heart. She squeezes him back–her small arms wrapping around him like a crutch–like she's afraid he actually isn't real. 

 

How funny that they both have the same fear. And by funny--Pietro means totally morbid and traumatic. 

 

He cant stop staring at Wanda. It's been months. He hasn't seen her in months .

It’s the longest he’s gone without seeing her. The longest he’s ever gone without hearing from her at all. 

 

She grew a few inches. She got some sun–skin a bit tanner. Her hair is shorter–it looks like she got a pair of scissors and went at it. The necklace that they’ve been scratching their heads about is protruding under her shirt–like she's purposely been hiding it. 

 

He should be relieved that she still has it, but honestly, he can barely think of anything besides the fact  that she’s here. Wanda is here.

 

“Wanda?” Charles' voice drowns out his own swell of emotions. Someone's thumb is pressing hard on that ‘All The Above’ button for the emotions in his head.  

 

He doesn't know how Charles got downstairs so quickly. He doesn't really care when the result is this. Wanda hears the professor before she sees him and her eye grow glassy with emotions too big for such a small child.

 

“Daddy? ” Her voice wavers and Pietro doesn’t breathes as he watches Charles' face crumble at the title. Pietro tries not to think about how that must make Charles feel–but its a bit hard when the older man is looking at Wanda like she's a damn gift. “Youre home.” he breaths out like all of Pietros breathes had been transferred over to him in a desperate attempt to flow. 

 

“Im sorry for leaving.” Wandas face smudges with quickly shedding tears–her voice becoming heavy with mush. “You dont need to be sorry.” Pietro says as he wipes at her face–and she reaches over and wipes at his face too. He hadn't even realized he was crying. 

 

“Are you mad at me?” Wanda asks Charles with the saddest expression hes ever seen in his life. It could rival Gunthers. Charles is shaking his head before the question is out–rolling over to her with enough speed that Pietros afraid hes gonna roll over and fall but he doesnt. He's in front of Wanda and pulling her into his chair, her small body fitting into the space and wrapping his arms around her small frame. “I can never be angry at you. Ever. You have no idea how worried we’ve been.”

 

“We actually do know how worried you’ve been, sorry about that.” David’s voice sounds exactly like he remembers. Calm and on the edge of something he can never guess. He hasn’t heard it in so long that he forgot that the very sound of it makes his hair stand on end. Instinctual fear. Fight or flight. He forgot momentarily why his body developed that fear. 

 

He was so enraptured by Wanda–so focused on her arrival that he hadn’t felt the hair rise on his skin. “So you’re the man she calls dad . She’s been talking all about you.” Davids voice is perfectly familiar, almost humorous—like he’s being pulled into an inside joke. David smiles with his teeth–the edge of danger that Pietro had forgotten about. 

 

The charm. 

 

He had forgotten David was actually likeable. People liked David. Surface level charm that always got him out of trouble. Blinding them from who he really was behind that toothy smile. a shark—with sharp teeth. 

 

Pietro is not okay. He forgot how afraid he was of David–but his body did not. He can feel himself shrinking, crowding away from the man without thought.  Wanda buries her face into Charles’ neck and the professor tightens his grip on her–secure in his protection. He glances at Pietro and he's not sure what he sees when he does but his face grows cold. 

 

This is the first time they’ve met and Charles knows nothing good about the man. Pietro doesn’t even know if he even knows who this is. Surely he’s seen David in Wanda’s mind before—or when his mom spoke of him surely she showed him how David looked. 

 

“Thank you for bringing her home.” Charles says simply his voice sounding just a bit off. David straightens his back, the smile still plastered on his face. Pietro hates that smile. He hates David. Hates how he clearly thinks this fake charm will work on Charles. “Not exactly what I was doing.” 

 

“Whos this?” Alex, like a saving grace, pops into the lawn and is walking up the porch steps just behind David. The casual smile on Summers face is a stark contrast to David’s very fake smile, very out of place. Alex’ smile seems to falter slightly when he makes eye contact with Pietro a questioning eyebrows raised at him. You okay? Asked with his eyes. 

 

Pietro is too afraid yo even shake his head—stalk still and immovable. Like maybe if he stands still enough David won’t notice him. 

 

David turns to look at Alex with pure annoyance. “Gosh, I'm sorry, how rude of me. I’m David.” Gosh . He hates him. He extends his hand towards Alex in friendly greeting and Pietro wants to throw up. 

 

Alex disregards his hand. “Im Alex.” and promptly punches him in the face–knocking him out cold. 

 

“What the fuck.” Pietros eyes widen as Davids body crumbles to the ground like he was paper. David is strong–stronger than most people so the fact that Alex was able to knock him out with one punch is borderline impressive. Maybe those buff arms aren’t just for show. 

 

“Alex.” Charles says with not enough exclamation for the situation. “What was that?” 

 

Alex just raises his hands up like hes completely innocent. “ I was told by Hank that if anyone by the name of David ever came to the house to punch him in the face.” 

 

“Wow.” Charles says like hes still processing. “When did he tell you that?”

 

Months ago. Super vague about it though. Do you owe him money?”

 

“Do i owe him money?” Charles, the billionaire, asks. 

 

“Does he owe you money?” Alex then bends over and quite literally pulls out Davids wallet–throwing it towards Charles who catches it with one hand–his other hand still firmly holding Wanda. Wanda–who simply stares at Davids unconscious body with relief.

 

“Who owes who money?” Hank mumbles out as he walks through the door–his eyes fall on Wanda before David. “Wanda!”

 

“Smurf!” Wanda is crawling out of Charles lap and jumping on to Hanks back with too much ease. Hank holds on to her knees so she doesn't slip and just smiles as Wanda immediately starts ruffling his fur. “I missed you.” she says to his fur and Hank hums with enough fondness to rival Charles. “Missed you too.” Hanks eyes fall on Davids collapsed body on the ground.

 

His face goes slack “Is that–”

 

“-David.” Pietro says gravely and Hank looks at Pietro, and again he doesnt know what he sees but it must be bad—enough to also concern Alex, and without further delay Hank swings his foot back and kicks David in the stomach. Twice.

 

“So I was going to use my ability to make him leave but that's no longer an option now that hes unconscious.” Charles raises an eyebrow at the both of him. He didn’t seem that upset about it. 

 

“We still have that hole.” Alex suggest.

 

“You having zero context right now is making this response very worrisome,” Pietro says numbly—staring at David's body slumped on the floor. This feels so surreal.

 

“You can't kill him.” Wanda says evenly– burying her face into Hank's hair. “We're not going to kill him.” Charles says like he's being held at gunpoint. Like it pains him deeply to have morals. 

 

“No, I mean you can’t kill him. He can't die.” Wanda says, and Pietro remembers again just how complicated everything really is. 

 

Thats when Kitty walks through the wall looks directly at David and then at Scarlet who seems to materialize out of nowhere.

 

Scarlet raises an eyebrow at Wanda sitting on Hank's back. 

 

“Guess I owe you a new favor.”

Notes:

Thanks for the comments! You guys make my day everytime.

Chapter 35: A Favor To Ask

Summary:

He wonders, knowing alternate realities exist, if there’s a version of him that recalls it all—who is fully whole. All the pain, all the trauma, all the blood and betrayal, all his memories still attached. He wonders if there’s a version of him, exactly as he is, but with a mind that isn’t fractured. A stronger mind—capable of withholding all parts of his story.

Pietro wonders if that version of him is happy. Or if maybe the version he is now, the one with gaps in his mind, is better off. Pietro has a horrifying, almost sickening feeling that maybe this is as happy as he gets.

What if this is the happiest he’ll ever be? What if he truly can’t do better then this. Sitting in the office of a man who he wishes was his father trying to decipher the fate of a man who is legally his father, embracing his sister, and feeling like it might be okay. What if okay, is as happy as he’ll get? A constant ball of anxiety thrashing inside of him.

____or_____

They figure out what to do with David Strucket and how to get the Maximoff Twins back home.

Notes:

Typos are inevitable. Mistakes are certain. Sorry for the short chapter.
Thank you for reading and commenting. I love you guys all.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Pietro Maximoff knows that the brain sometimes does things to protect itself. Memory loss is a common occurrence when one goes through trauma. Patches of his memory are untraceable and unreachable to him. He wishes he knew what precise incident caused each erasure of his identity, but he doesn’t. He knows that some of those memories—some of those blank canvases in his brain— are gone as a result of Wanda. However unintentional or good-natured her intentions had been, it has caused irreparable damage.  

 

Pietro Maximoff has bullets in his shoulder. healed over and fused with his muscle tissue. A trauma. An incident he can’t recall. The bullets planted into his skin felt almost like a part of him. A part of his organs and blood. Like trauma was always meant to be interwoven with his very being. Like pain was part of his DNA. 

 

He wonders, knowing alternate realities exist, if there’s a version of him that recalls it all—who is fully whole. All the pain, all the trauma, all the blood and betrayal, all his memories still attached. He wonders if there’s a version of him, exactly as he is, but with a mind that isn’t fractured. A stronger mind—capable of withholding all parts of his story. 

 

Pietro wonders if that version of him is happy. Or if maybe the version he is now, the one with gaps in his mind, is better off. Pietro has a horrifying, almost sickening feeling that maybe this is as happy as he gets. 

 

What if this is the happiest he’ll ever be? What if he truly can’t do better then this . Sitting in the office of a man who he wishes was his father trying to decipher the fate of a man who is legally his father, embracing his sister, and feeling like it might be okay. What if okay , is as happy as he’ll get? A constant ball of anxiety thrashing inside of him. 

 

The thought makes him want to shrivel up. He feels all the weight in his chest. What if there’s a version of him that’s happy and that version is this one and this is all there is. 

 

He wants more. Desperately. 

 

But he’s afraid that there is no more. He thinks of Pete. Just for a moment. He seems, despite his angsty and aloof attitude, like he has a good life. A spouse, a family, a career, a child. Pete seems like he’s the happiest version. Or maybe he isn’t. Pietro thinks about the heaviness behind his eyes. He thinks of a dead Charles in Pete’s universe. He thinks about the burden the older speedster claims to carry, the jobs he has to travel to. Schlep as Pete implies. He knows that Pete’s universe was destroyed. A fate Pietro's reality would've met. Pete bargained, or maybe it was Scarlet who negotiated—but regardless, a deal was struck. A version or a fantasy of her universe was pieced together, and the Maximoffs are responsible. A fraction of what they had. Incomplete. Not whole. Held together by hopes and prayers. 

 

Pietro can’t imagine that kind of responsibility. He tries to imagine what thoughts are rushing through Scarlet's mind as she pulls a force field around David’s unconscious body, secured and safe. David doesn’t deserve to be safe, but Pietro supposes it’s meant for their benefit as well. 

 

They huddle in the professor's office—Pietro trails behind them, trying to gather his breathing, trying not to think of David in the mansion right this second—trapped within the realms of Scarlet's power. He tries to avoid looking at him while Scarlet moves him. 

 

His hands shake and when Hank gives him an imploring look he refuses to meet his gaze—knowing exactly what he’d say. 

 

They just had this conversation. 

 

He told him he would be fine seeing David. It was a bold-faced lie . He keeps imagining David crawling out of the forcefield somehow. Punching his way out of freedom and going for one of the kids. He thinks they should’ve trapped him somewhere further away, and not one of the spare rooms in the mansion. 

 

Alex suggested a grave—Pietro was tempted to agree. But David is used to crawling out of graves so the speedster feared it wouldn’t be enough to hold him. 

 

They enter the professor's office and he tries not to think of the last time he was in this room with his mother. A discussion turned into an argument. One of the same topics. David fucking Strucker. Haunting the narrative. Always.

 

He almost suggests a different meeting place for this talk, but everyone has already settled in their spots, and he doesn’t want more focus to be on him and his holistic trauma. Pete steals the usual seat Pietro sits at—Another comfort taken from him. Pietro would be annoyed if he wasn’t so absolutely fucked in the head right now. 

 

The only real, tangible comfort he has is that Wanda is here . Her hands are clasped against his and warm against his flesh just like he remembers. He feels so shaken from both exhilaration in seeing her and fear in seeing David. Instead of balancing him out it shoots his body with unpreserved adrenaline that seems to reflect his hand holding abilities. 

 

“Are you okay?” Wanda’s voice isn’t very loud but it’s so deadly quiet in the office that everyone hears her. “Your mind is heavy.” She says with furrowed eyebrows, and he knows she can’t hear his thoughts—no matter how frantic they may be—but she can sense his feelings. A quirk only she seems to have. He also assumed—that this benefit might have something to do with her past manipulation of his mind. He doesn’t bring it up. Not now. Not so soon after he’s finally gotten her back. 

 

“That was a lot.” Hank says gently, “if you need to take a minute—“

 

“—I’m fine.” Pietro meets his eyes quickly “seriously. I’m okay. I’m fine. It was just whiplash at suddenly seeing him here. I’m fine.” Whiplash feels like a gross misuse of what he feels. Like an echo of mockery to the word he’d used in jest. 

 

“Whiplash.” Hank repeats uncertainly, picking up on Pietros's every term, and then he looks at Charles with a deep frown, written into his skin like a mold. “Professor, I don’t think he should—“ 

 

Annoyance flares up his spine. 

 

“—Don’t talk about me like I’m not here, Hank.“ Pietro huffs out, and he feels just ike how he felt that night when his mother dismissed him from Charles' office like he had no say in the matter. Like a child scolded. He was not a child. 

 

Wanda squeezes his hand. Right, Wanda is still here. 

 

She’s here.

 

She’s safe.

 

She’s here .

 

She looks at him, and it’s like she’s trying to read his mind—or At least read his face, but is coming up with confusing results. 

 

Charles Xavier’s eyes thrift between the Maximoff clasped hands with deep reverence and then looks between Hank and Pietro in quick succession—determining a decision quickly just from that. “If he says he’s okay then he should stay. Peter shouldn’t be excluded from this.” Charles says evenly, with a tone of finality that Hank nods stiffly to. 

 

It’s concern. That's all Hank feels right now. Pietro knows he isn’t belittling him or thinking less of him. He’s just concerned. He knows Hank means well. He always does. Pietro maybe even kinda agrees with him. But he needs to be here. 

 

Charles must see how much Pietro wishes to be here. He must see it because why else would he be on his side on the matter. Charles has consistently been on his side. For quite some time. Pietro Maximoff recalls a time where he believed Charles hadn’t been on his side. It feels like a lifetime ago. How long has it been? Pietro has lost track. A year? Two years? If tomorrow is 

 

“Can I have a sweet?” Wanda blurts out suddenly and smacks her lips. “David didn’t pack a nosh and I’m hungry.” 

 

“A nosh?” Hank asks. 

 

“A snack.” Pietro translates, and Charles is shuffling behind his desk before he even translates. Which indicates that he already knew what it meant. He pulls out one of Pietro's hohos from the snack drawer. The speedster feels a sort of fondness for the common gesture.

 

Wanda walks over to go to grab it but doesn’t let go of his hands—dragging Pietro forward with her as they approach the desk. Pietro tries not to throw up. He suddenly hates this desk very much. He can’t look at it without seeing David's file that his mom put on the table—a memory still too fresh in his head. He can’t seem to shake it. 

 

“Thanks, Dad.” Wanda says gingerly as she grabs the snack from his hand. Again. Dad

 

“You’re welcome, dear,” Charles says easily—like this was normal. Like Wanda calling him dad was a normal thing. Is it normal? Did Pietro somehow miss that chapter? When did Wanda start calling Charles dad?

 

“Do I get a snack? I just dug a grave.” Alex asks pointedly with a very sassy pout. Wanda gives Alex a sideways glance and then unexpectedly extends the other half of her hoho with a smile. “Here yah go.” 



Alex smiles back and uncurls his muscular arms and takes the other half of the sweet treat with a wink “thanks, hon.” wanda just smile bigger—her cheeks a bit rosy. 

 

He’s hot and good with kids. Pietro thinks dreamily. 

 

Charles scoffs from across the room. 

 

Pietro raises an eyebrow at him in alarm—only to look over and see that Charles is looking over at Scarlet and Pete who are also ogling Alex.

 

Wanda nods “You’re very pretty.” 

 

Alex blinks surprised by her Honesty. He gestures towards himself looking stunned. “Me?”

 

“Pretty and dumb.” Wanda says with the same smile. Alex frowns suddenly “that’s kinda mean.” Hank smacks his shoulder “you get used to it.” he says with a smug expression. Loving the fact that he isn’t currently the butt of the joke. 

 

“There are worse things you can be.” Kitty comforts as she leans on Charles desk like standing was too much effort. She grabs one of Charles' expensive fountain pens and pockets it silently. 

 

“Like what?” Alex looks at Kitty and Wanda answers instead. 

 

“A terrorist. A terrorist is bad. And a serial killer. Serial killers are bad sometimes.” 

 

Serial killers are only bad sometimes ? Pietro then recalls Wanda’s own memory of their mother. Does Wanda think that their mother is a serial killer? Oh—he’s gonna have to ask her about that one, for sure. He needs to make a bullet point of questions to bring up when best convenient. 

 

Accidental Memory manipulation from early power manifestation? 

Healing abilities connected to Suicidal tendencies being erased? 

Charles is “dad” Now?

Therapy appointment? 

Serial killer mom???

 

Oh, and that whole thing where Pietro hits a brick wall every time he wants to mention the abuse that happened to him. Those are the highlights

 

He’s sure he’s forgetting a few. He forgets a lot. Like a lot. 

 

He adds ‘memory loss from erased memories’ to the bullet point in his head as well. Yeah. Another day. Not today. 

 

“Apperently terrorists aren’t that bad. Erik was pretty chill.” Kitty says with a grin. Pietro would never describe Erik as pretty chill.

 

“Whos Erik?” Wanda asks with an innocent expression. 

 

“Nobody important.” Pietro says. 

 

Hank makes a noise in the back of his throat and Pietro wonders if he’s catching a cold. 

 

“You could be a Nazi. Nazis are bad.” Wanda adds instead very seriously and Pietro is NOT going to be the one to break it to her. Absolutely not. David being a Nazi is gonna be a Charles conversation. 

 

“Yes they are.” Pietro agrees quickly—squeezing her hand. 

 

Wanda looks at the Maximoff twins. 

 

“That’s us.” Wanda says simply and Scarlet gives her a little halfhearted finger wave. 

 

“in a sense.” Charles says uneasily. 

 

“They need to get home.” Wanda says neutrally and looks up at Pietro like he’d understand "their family must miss them.” 

 

“They do. Very much.” Pete says and he faces Wanda now cautiously. “You have something that can help us get home.” 

 

Wanda pouts “I do?” And the crease between her eyebrows is concerning—she’s been frowning far too much for Pietros liking. 

 

Pete bends down to be in front of Wanda and it takes everything in Pietro not to pull her away from him. He’s so angry with him—with both Maximoff twins—that he's not really thinkIng clearly. 

 

Pete looks at her with an expression that looks almost apologetic—maybe even remorseful. “You are a very smart girl. You sensed Wanda didn’t you? That we needed your help—that is why you came back is it not?”

 

“i heard a voice In my head—calling for me.” 

 

“my wanda, scarlet , sensed you as well. It’s very good you came.”

 

Wanda shakes her head like Pete is a damn idiot—Pietro agrees. “No, I heard a voice in my head—calling for me—a child. That’s why I left several months ago. She needed me to find her. To save her. I came back here because David was the man she needed saving from. The farther away we got—the safer she was. But I—“ Wanda falters her eyes glowing and her hands squeezing his hands like a clumsy comfort “—I was afraid.” She admits. 

 

Pete frowns “you have no reason to be afraid. You are strong.” And Pietro doesn’t understand how Pete can keep saying that. 

 

Wanda is strong. but she’s a child . Pietro doesn’t understand how Pete can see her strength over her age. in fact it doesn’t feel like Pete sees her at all. It feels like he sees his own Wanda. His scarlet. A strong woman of great power—strong enough to save them all. Pete sees his own sister—he doesn’t see Pietro's sister.

 

“I can be afraid and strong.” Wanda says almost like a scold—like she’s had to say it too many times. To who? To David? To herself? Who was she telling these words to? 

 

Pietro pulls at her hand gently—away from the imploring Pete whos eyes a bit too on edge. Wanda holds still, grounding her feet and staring straight at Pete “you already know the solution to your problem. Why are you hesitant to ask?”

 

Pete’s face does something strange—something like—maybe almost like—-he’s afraid . Pete is afraid of Wanda. The haze behind Pietros eyes clears away and he sees that clearly now. Pete is petrified of this Wanda. 

 

Why?

 

Suddenly Pietro's pulling at Wanda’s hand not for her benefit but for his . Pete let’s out a breath—a forced calmness in his bones. 

 

“Your necklace is what we need.” Scarlet interrupts. 

 

“Not before you’ve completed your favor to me,” Katherine says suddenly—gleefully. 

 

Right—because that's still something. 

 

“Dad, gave me this necklace,” Wanda says hesitantly as she touches the gem over her shirt her eyes trail over to Charles, who nods at her comfortingly. “It’s alright, sweetheart. We shall part with it as long as all is resolved.”

 

Dad .

 

Pietros is never gonna get used to that. 

 

“Okay.” Wanda unclasps the necklace and goes to give it to Scarlet's expecting hands. Kitty stops her abruptly with a hand. “Hold on. You still owe me a favor.”

 

“Right…” Scarlet frowns as if contemplating her options. She does a twist with her hand and the necklace is already in her hands without disruptions. “We can figure that out later.”

 

 “No. Later, you won’t be here.”

 

“Hopefully, yeah…” Scarlet sighs and then Pete gives her a pointed look, which she doesn’t really seem affected by. “Wanda did get here all by herself. No help from you at all, so you didn’t fulfill your favor at all.” Pietro points out helpfully. Kitty shoots him an appreciative look, mouthing ‘thanks’.



“Right.” Scarlet nods to herself as if she’s readjusting everything she had planned and fixing it accordingly. “So what do you want, Scarlet?” 

 

Scarlet grins deviously and then falters slightly. As if she’s just now realizing that she has to actually think of a new favor to ask for. “Show me what I said in the future. Exactly.”

Scarlet frowns, “What good would that do? You didn’t say anything of importance. Just that Pietro would help us in some way. And that the favor you asked for wouldn’t disrupt anything.”

“Just—show me. Please. I need to see it for myself.” 

Scarlet leans close to Katherine—placing two fingers on her forehead despite not needing to actually touch her to project her powers. 

Katherine gasps softly—overwhelmed by the power—deep in the memory of the future, her lips press into a grimaced line. Her shoulders sag suddenly, and when she opens her eyes, a grin crawls into her mouth like a secret. “Right. Okay.” She blows out a breath and looks almost hysterical. She looks between everyone in the room, who all wait with silent suspense. 

 

“I want you to take David with you. So that he can never hurt anyone ever again.” She says suddenly. 

 

Pietro doesn’t know what he expected but it wasn’t that. Katherine has every reason to use the wish on herself. Everyone seems to fall into heavy silence and only Scarlet seems to break it with her voice. “It might change the timeline.”

 

“It won’t. You already made it come true. Future me already said so, right?”

 

“That’s true.” Scarlet pauses—hesitant in her agreement. 

 

“I want nothing more than for justice to be served, and unfortunately, that cannot happen on this earth. In your world—-you have prisons that can hold mutants like him.”

 

“In my world we have prisons that can hold gods .” Scarlet confirms easily with a certain quality to her voice that he can’t quite place. “Are you certain that’s what you want, though? Justice through the law? I could just …kill him?

 

Pietro can believe that Scarlet could do it. She’s strong enough to do it, powerful enough to wield David’s fate in her hands like nothing.  

 

Nobody objects. 

 

Pietro's stomach twists, and he can’t help it when he looks at Charles to see his expression. Charles' face twists with something close to sadness, and he only realizes why when the professor looks at Wanda. Her face, despite her forced neutrality, looks torn and too easily read. David is still Wanda’s father . Charles might not like the man, but if his death causes any damage to Wanda’s heart, he knows he wouldn’t be for it. And Pietro is compelled to agree. Wanda will always come first. 

 

He’d want nothing more than for David to be dead. He understands his mother in that regard. He thinks he understands her a bit too much. 

 

“No. I want him to rot in a cell for all of eternity. Death will not find him—he will wish for it but it won’t come, and that will be his penance.” Kitty speaks the words like it’s what she’s always wanted—like the venom in her voice has been bubbling in her stomach for years. like a project only she can utter. Pietro understands. He understands so much what she must be feeling. David has wronged too many families—too many he can’t even account for. How many lives has David taken? How many families has he hunted in his mission? 

 

“Penance,” Scarlet says, and then, with a sideways glance to Pete, she nods. “Alright. Then consider the David problem resolved.”

 

Resolved. It barely feels resolved. He feels anxious even talking about it when he knows he’s still here. He knows that David is in the school right this second, he could wake up, and he could hurt any one of them. Wanda grabs his hand again and looks up at him with imploring eyes. “It’s okay.” She says. 

 

“I’m sorry.” Pietro tells her with a heavy heart and he doesn’t really know what he’s apologizing for, but he knows that he means it. He feels so sad and so scared and overwhelmed, and he just wants a pause . But for once, the world is moving at exactly his speed, and it’s too much. Too much. Too fast. And the sun is falling—dropping in its path across the sky. He sees the blinds shift colors and he focuses on not thinking about nighttime when David was around. He tries not to think about his hands on him or his breath on his skin. 

 

“David is a bad person.” Wanda says like she’s trying to convince him more then anything else. Like he was a barrier stopping this from happening. He wasn’t. He really really wasn’t. 

 

“Yeah, but he’s your dad.” His voice cracks at the words—like it hurts him. Like it burns to even say. 

Ever since his mothers confession it’s felt like David has dug his claws deeper into his body, leaving not only himself scarred but his sister too. 

 

“No.“ Wanda shakes her head and she touches her necklace like a reminder. 

“He’s not anymore.” A comforting word, covered in false colors. 

 

Charles and Wanda have a moment in there minds—an understanding passing through them that Pietro isn’t included in. It kills him just a little. Another distance he can’t reach. Another tally against his character—against his ability to simply be

 

Pietro looks at her hands, glowing as she touches the necklace around her neck. “Okay.”

 

“Okay.” Charles repeats. When did she get so mature? When did she grow up so fast? Did it happen while he was gone? He blinked and now she’s cutting people off from her life like it’s easy.

 

Wanda hands Scarlet her necklace—there fingers touch briefly, hands glowing similar shades and he sees the exact moment Wanda must’ve poked too deeply in the older woman’s  mind because her back goes rigid and her hands jerk back from Scarlet like she might be burned. “Pietro can time travel.” Wanda blurts out like that isn’t something that Pietro was trying to keep on the down low. 

 

There goes that. 

 

Everyone turns to look at Wanda and then to Pietro in surprise. He feels his face flush red with uncomfortable laughter. “Kinda.” He begins anxiously. 

 

The speedster feels Charles' eye reach him like a concerned father. “kinda?”

 

“I’m sorry Time travel? ” Hank looks visibly lost. 

 

Kitty snaps her fingers “this has been soooooo fun, I think I’ve heard enough. I’m gonna bounce.” She says before sinking down through the wood floor and out of the room. She's gone before anyone can say otherwise. 

 

Great. 

 

“I’ve learned far too much about all of you in the last hour. I’m gonna take a nap.” And Alex is also leaving the room—placing a pat on Hank's shoulder as he goes. 

 

Okay. 

 

“So…time travel? Since when can Peter do that?” Hank's voice sounds so tired . Pietro thinks maybe Hank doesn't know what it feels like to not be tired. 

 

“Since never—“ Pete denies immediately, but Wanda is quick to talk over him. “He saved me when I was a baby.” she says with the amount of love and adoration a little sister can have for their big brother. 

 

Pete visibly pales, and Scarlet gives her brother a look. They share something within their minds that the rest are not privy to. 

 

“he saved you?” Charles is looking solely at Wanda now, his eyes searching her face seriously. “Yeah! I can show you.” Wanda puts her hand on Charles's shoulder before Pietro or anybody can stop her. 

 

“Wanda, I don’t think—“ but the words barely leave Pietro's mouth before the professor's eyes glaze over, and he’s thrown into the memory face-first. Within seconds, he's gasping and thrashing backwards in his wheelchair—his eyes glassy with grief. “Wanda!” Charles chokes out a sob before grabbing the very much alive Wanda and pulling her in for a hug, his hands shaking as he holds her. Charles' eyes meet his over Wanda’s shoulder, and Pietro can’t even think of what to say. 

 

What does someone even say in this situation? 

 

He recalls just how much of a mess he was when he first witnessed the horrible memory. He remembers the noise of Wanda’s small body being crushed. He remembers the tires rubbing harshly against concrete roads. Grief. He recalls it all like a bad dream. A scene from a horror movie—displaced and abandoned from his mind. He recalls just how shaken he felt and then being thrown into a literal torture chamber in the facility like some bad joke. No breaks.

 

Charles looks like the spitting image of what he felt. His hands shake and he knows that when he cradles the back of Wanda’s head on to his chest, he’s imagining her much smaller. An echo of herself.

 

“You can time travel.” Charles says with poignant emotion in his voice. Not a question. A statement. A truth he’s witnessed. Pietro wishes, like he often does, that he had been able to tell him himself–but much like everything else, that choice was taken from him as well. 

 

“Yep.” Pietro mumbles out, and he wants nothing more than for Charles to forget what he just saw. He was never meant to see that—never meant to know how broken his story was. He was never meant to see little Wanda die. Not Charles. He’s already seen enough children die. He didn’t need to see Wanda die either. 

 

“No.” Pete corrects firmly, and Pietros watches Charles' eyes turn sharp as he looks at Pete with protective irritation. Frustration tickled his expression like a coiling snake. “He saved Wanda. I saw it.” he says as if daring him to deny it. Daring him to brush that fact away. 

 

“Yeah…he did.” Pete says slowly, and he always sounds like he’s got something hidden away behind his throat. A thought drifting away that won’t be let out. Pietro hates it. That nagging feeling that he isn’t being told everything. Pete looks constipated as he looks at Charles now, uncomfortable is the only word he can think of to describe him. 

 

“He can help you.”

 

“Yes, he can. In another way.” Scarlet's hand glows around the necklace gem, the reflection making lights bounce off the edge of the necklace like diamonds. A stray of lights that the naked eye could see cleanly. Unnatural but beautiful. “This gem has enough energy to charge the updated Tempad that Future Kitty made for us. But there's still something in this school blocking the TVA from here. It’s what made the original Tempad go haywire.”

 

“Beautiful. Any more bad news?” Hank exasperates, and Pietro knows he must be tired because his sassiness has reached a catastrophic level that seems almost humorous. The darker his bags are, the looser his tongue is—Pietro has learned that about Hank. No filter, no Tack–before his morning coffee. 

 

“Whatever we’re gonna do. We need to do it today .” Pietro says firmly, and he looks down at Wanda, “Tomorrow is Shavuot, and we have some place to go.” 

 

This needs to end. Sooner rather than later. Preferably now, so that everyone can start grieving properly without the fate of alternative universes whispering behind their ears. Without the heaviness of impending something knocking at their door. They'll be able to grieve the children they lost. They'll be able to grieve the friends they couldn't save–the family they lost. They'll be able to grieve Margaret Wagner as well. 

 

A proper ceremony. 

 

He knows that Kurt had been struggling with finding a place to spread her ashes. Her rose colored urn was sitting carefully in his closet like some horrible sin. He stares at her every time he goes to grab his coat and is left dazed and distant every time he sees her. 

 

A funeral. Months too late, but it's what they need. It's what Kurt needs. 






Notes:

blah blah blah.
Hoped you enjoyed. :))

Chapter 36: The Other Shoe

Summary:

“Can I sleep with you?” Kurt asked in a voice unlike his own, smaller in size. Kurt had stopped being hesitant to ask by this point, so again, Pietro found it off that he did at all. It was odd, but he simply lifted his comforter so that Kurt could crawl into bed with him.

It was only when he fully lay down and was inches away from him—sharing the same breath that Pietro had noticed. Gut-clenching at the realization.

Kurt smelled like—“Are you drunk?” Pietro's breath punched out of his mouth, his heart skipping a beat completely. The words fell from his mouth like a bomb.

___or___

Pietro reflects on everyone else's mental health but his own. Things are resolved while others escalate.

Notes:

Second update this month??? What? That's crazyyyy. anyway---- Y'all wanted Kurt so damn bad. Here's a flashback as a snack.
You will find grammatical mistakes and typos.

Trigger warning for David having dialogue---gross.

Editing is my enemy.
live long and conquer.

Hope you enjoy. ;))

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

He knows that Kurt has been Hank's number one priority in the last couple of months. Kurt's grief had reached a boiling point a few weeks out of captivity. It’s been a couple of months now. 

He had fallen gracefully into his despair. Quiet in his grief. Private in his pain. Only Pitero really saw how much his blue friend truly grieved for his mother. Frankie was more open in his sadness, and Kurt often offered a strong shoulder to the boy, but away from his younger brother, Kurt grieved furiously. Tears-stained pillows and affectionate pecks on the cheeks aren't enough to heal those wounds. Pietro tried.

 

During a particularly tough night, Kurt came to his room, just as he always did most days. Unannounced, but not truly ever needing an invitation. His blue friend peeled the door open slowly, like he was unsure if Pietro would be there. Which the speedster had found amusing at first. It was his room after all. Who else would be there? 

 

It had just started to become routine to sleep in the same bed—a new development that Pietro appreciated. 

“Can I sleep with you?” Kurt asked in a voice unlike his own, smaller in size. Kurt had stopped being hesitant to ask by this point, so again, Pietro found it off that he did at all. It was odd, but he simply lifted his comforter so that Kurt could crawl into bed with him. 

It was only when he fully lay down and was inches away from him—sharing the same breath that Pietro had noticed. Gut-clenching at the realization. 

Kurt smelled like—“Are you drunk?” Pietro's breath punched out of his mouth, his heart skipping a beat completely. The words fell from his mouth like a bomb. 

“Yeah.” Kurt hummed uncommitably as he gripped Pietro tightly, clinging to him like he always does when it’s time for bed. Pietro's entire body stiffened against his will, an instinct he never assumed he would have with Kurt. “Did something happen?” Pietro tried to focus, tried to calm down. This wasn’t—Kurt wasn’t him . This wasn’t  David. This was Kurt. Kurt. Kurt. Kurt. 

“I miss mama.” Kurt whimpered, and Pietro forced his shaking hands to grab Kurt’s own palm. A forced comfort as he tries not to throw up. 

“I miss her too,” Pietro says, and he tries not to cry when Kurt comes closer, his breath reeking of bourbon, and his lips kissing his shoulder affectionately. It’s no different than when they cuddle. His touches are no less innocent and no more intimate than they usually are, but he’s drunk . That changes everything. It reframes everything in his mind. Sticky and dirty. 

David loved bourbon. 

“It’s Lillys birthday today. Mama would always have a party.”  Lilly. Margo’s first child. Her baby. Pietro doesn’t know much about her death but she knows that Margo loved her and often celebrated things in remembrance of her. A party. Pietro could smell the party in Kurt's exhales, a confetti of alcohol. A sad party of one. He recoils and then hates himself for recoiling away from Kurt. 

Pietro’s stupid brain couldn’t handle it, he can’t stand the idea of laying with someone this drunk and having their hands on him. It’s too upsetting and triggering and he hates that his brain can’t seem to filter in that it’s Kurt . It’s Kurt. Sweet and gentle hearted Kurt. Kurt—who would fiercely protect him from intruders and show him a brave face when they're both worse for wear. He’s good, he’s kind. Kurt would never do anything bad. Kurt would never do anything that David did. But he’s drunk . Pietro's brain supplies him with that like it’s a bad joke. Like that’s reason enough to want him out of his bed. 

“You’re cold?” Kurt asks innocently, contributing Pietro's shaking body to coldness and he’s wrapping the blanket tighter against the speedster like a damn sweetheart but unfortunately he only finds it more suffocating. This is bad. This is really fucking bad. 

“No, I’m not.” Pietro evens out, like he's in a horror movie and can't speak too loud in fear of death. “Where’d you get the alcohol?”

Please don’t say the professor. 

Please don’t say the professor. 

Please don’t say the professor. 

Please don't say the professor. 

“I got it from Alex’ room.” Fuck. 

He knew that Alex had no reason to follow the no alcohol rule that Charles Xavier had implemented in the last few months. He knows that Alex is a grown man and not an addict. He isn't like Charles. So he doesn't have that same precaution. But he still feels almost like a sense of betrayal at the thought that Alex had alcohol here anyway. 

Pietro had to remind himself that Alex doesn't know. 

“Are you mad at me?” Kurt’s voice cracks, and his breath is hitting Pietro's neck, and he—Pietro pulls away because he can’t stand the smell. He couldn’t be there.

“I can’t-“ Pietro swallows back whatever half-organized thought he was going to say. Kurt leans close to him, not realizing that the pull away was on purpose. “Please don’t be mad. He had already thrown it away. It would have gone to waste.”

That’s good. That’s better actually. Alex had thrown it away. He was doing the right thing being in a school full of children. Maybe Charles had spoken to him. Or maybe Hank. Maybe. Alex threw it out. He just didn’t dump it out in the sink—he didn’t destroy it well enough because Kurt got a hold of it. 

Gone to waste. He wishes it had gone to waste. Far away from him. Far away from Kurt too. 

Pietro hates this. He hates how uncomfortable he feels right now. Hates how nothing has changed except the simple inclusion of alcohol. Alcohol. Kurt knows Pietro—he knows this isn’t something he’d be okay with. Kurt must have been in a bad place to resort to this. He’s in a bad place. Grieving his mother. One he only just got. 

He knows that people drink for all sorts of reasons. 

“I’m sorry, Kurt.” Pietro pulls away again, pushing on Kurt's hips, which had started to curl around him like a koala. “I can’t be here while you’re drunk.” And Pietro can hear Kurt begin to cry. He can feel him grasp at his arm desperately like he’s gonna be gone forever “please don’t go.” He whimpers out, and Pietro’s heart aches because he knows Kurt is mourning . He knows this whole thing was done out of grief. Out of sadness. Pietro just wishes Kurt’s coping mechanism didn’t trigger Pietro’s PTSD. “I’m sorry. I promise I’ll be good.” Kurt hiccups and Pietro wipes at the tears in Kurt’s face—his body not wanting to touch, but Pietro just can’t let his best friend fall apart and do nothing. Pietro's own body feels like it’s on pins—like he’s at fucking gun point. run run run. He’s so terrified, and it’s just Kurt. It’s just fucking Kurt. For fucks sake, why can’t his body just realize it’s just Kurt? He’s safe. He’s always been safe. He doesn’t run even if he really wants to. He stays for just a moment longer— to comfort him. As best as he can. 

“I’m always good when I’m drunk. Yosef always said so.” Kurt wobbles out unhelpfully and not for the first time Kurt breaks Pietro’s heart—because he knows in what context he’s referring to. He knows what situations Kurt has been in. He knows that this isn’t the first time Kurt has said those words to someone in bed. Pietro knows that Kurt’s sexual history is far worse and far more traumatizing than his. 

Kurt would tell him they shouldn’t compare—-that trauma is trauma and Kurt’s trauma doesn’t invalidate his own. 

But Pietros has been raped by one man and one man only. Kurt can’t even name the number of people. Pietro doesn’t even know if Kurt drank to get through the acts or if it was required of him to do so. He doesn't know if some of the people who used Kurt liked it when he was just a little bit out of it. Liked him palpable and inebriated. Defenseless. 

Pietro wants to protect him, cover him up with blankets and cocoon him away from the evil people. 

The drunkenness makes everything feel ten times worse. It makes Pietros feel like he’s the one doing the bad stuff. Like he’s the reason he’s like this—even though he knows logically he isn’t. It all feels dirty and wrong and like bloody needles crawling up his spine, poking at his nerves. Pietro doesn’t know how to cope. He doesn’t know how to push past this. 

Kurt let’s put a breath that hits Pietro square in the face. “No, I'm so sorry. I’m so sorry.” Pietro holds his breath, like maybe if he doesn’t breath in the alcohol he’ll be safe from it, he’s all but jerking away from Kurt’s touch, standing up from the bed abruptly trying to gather his head—trying to breathe in clean, fresh oxygen. Fight or flight. Fight or flight. Run. Run. Run. His body can’t seem to decide. He doesn’t want to do either. He doesn’t want to feel afraid of Kurt. He doesn’t want any of this. 

Fuck. 

          Fuck.

                    Fuck. 

“I can’t be here when you’re like this Kurt. I can’t sleep next to you when you’re drunk.” Pietro says regretfully and he can’t really see Kurt in the dark but he can hear him sniffling, crying quietly. “Please don’t go.” He says so quietly Pietro can barely hear him and the speedster wants to cry too. He wants to tell his damn broken body to stop shaking —to stop freaking the fuck out. Kurt needs him to stay . But he can’t seem to stop shaking. He can’t seem to stop being afraid. 

“I don’t want to be alone.” It was a plead. One that cut Pietro's chest like a knife slicing through skin. Like he’s back at the facility all over again, being tortured. 

“Kurt, baby.” Pietro starts—trying desperately for his voice not to sound run over. “If I stay—I won’t be able to sleep next to you ever again. I won’t—my body won’t ever be able to differentiate between sober or drunk you. I’ll never be able to tell if it’s safe or not. I don’t want that. You don’t want that.” Pietro squeezes his hand, he hadn’t realized he had reached for it when Kurt started crying. 

“I’m sorry. I didn’t mean to get so drunk.” Kurt’s voice sounds regretful, like he understands what Pietro is saying. He hopes he does. “I know you didn’t.”

“I won’t do it again.”

“It’s okay if you do.” Pietro reasons—he just wishes he didn’t. He wishes none of this was happening. 

“I’ll never drink again.” Kurt swears to sobriety before hes ever legally allowed to drink, like it’s the easiest thing to do. “I’m sorry.”

“I forgive you.” Pietro says so easily, it makes Kurt squeeze his hand, “I love you.” Kurt says, and Pietro wishes he had said it sober. He knows that he will when he is. 

He’s told him he’s loved him so many times, but this time it feels different. Pietro doesn’t like it. He doesn't like how detached from the words he sounds. “Remind me in the morning.” Pietro says, and he pulls away completely—his hands and breath shaking as he steps out of the bed. He’s not able to take a full breath until he’s slumped into Wanda’s bed, inhaling her lavender air spray. 

They both go to sleep alone that night.

He wished she had been there to hold. In the morning, Pietro gives Kurt his mom's hangover cure—full-blown Magda tested—recalling it by memory instead of calling her on the phone, not that he could have. This was before she came back—before she dropped a truth bomb on him and before even Pete was an equation. 

 

Kurt is quiet for most of that day–distant—and Pietro waits for him to come to his room that following night. When he doesn't—Pietro knows that just won't do. Pietro is determined to make it okay. He won't be afraid of cuddling with his best friend when it's brought so much comfort before. 

 

He doesn't knock on Kurt's door. It's not locked. He walks in—and he doesn't say anything…just lays down in Kurt's twin bed. Smaller then his own, but Pietro is determined to make it work. “You're here?” Kurt's voice shakes, and Pietro, despite the light being off, can tell that he had been crying. “Always.”

 

“I'm sorry for last night.”

 

“Water under the bridge.”

 

“I'm so sorry.” Kurt hiccups, his nose becoming stuffy with tears.

 

“I know, I forgive you.” and he means it–he pulls him in, forcing him to lay his head on his chest. Refusing to feel afraid of Kurt's touch. He smells of clean linen and sulfur, He smells like Kurt. 

 

“I love you.” Kurt says, completely sober, and Pietro kisses his temple, his arms wrapped firmly around his body. Close. Close. Close. Practically fused together. Reminding his body of who he's with. Kurt. Kurt. Kurt. “I love you too.” 

 

“Hanks mad.”

 

“At you?” Pietro couldn't even imagine. This seemed like an unlikely course. Hank was never mad at Kurt. 

 

“At Alex, I suppose. I told Hank it's not his fault.”

 

“He's just being protective.”

And Pietro thinks now, with a clear head, that maybe that is why Alex so easily dug that grave. 

 

Maybe he felt just a bit of Hanks wrath–

 All those months ago—or maybe he felt guilty and was trying to make up for the blunder. Or maybe Alex truly does trust Hank's judgment that deeply. 

 

All the stories Pietros heard about Alex from his earlier years with the school sounded like he was more of an instigator towards Hank than anything else. Hank had explained to Kurt, who then explained it to Pietro, that Alex had been in solitary confinement before he was taken into the custody of Charles Xavier. A danger to society and far more hot headed then anyone anticipated. Hank and Alex clashed at times but only because they were so similar in the way they viewed their powers. Hank hid his powers away just as much as Alex was afraid of his. Kurt told him that there had been a member of the x-men that had died early on. Darwin

 

An unexpected death by a theoretically unkillable man. Darwin had been strong. His death had rocked the foundation of the first class of X-men. Alex and Hank had grown close after his death. But like a shift in the water, they had split apart after Alex enlisted, following behind Banshee who had been drafted. When Banshee died Alex was the one that made the call to the mansion. 

 

Alex informing Hank that their best friend had died was the last time either had heard from each other in nearly a decade. 

 

A decade and then suddenly when the mansion was in crisis and they needed back up Hank only thought to call Alex. Charles had called Erik. Hank had called Alex…and Havoc answered. 

 

After ten years. 

 

So Pietro understands the loyalty they have. He understands the trust they have in each other. 

 

Hank has been trying to hold it together for Kurt's sake this whole time and Alex knows that. Months upon months of trying . Beast hasn't slept. Making his composure falter. Pietro watches as the frustration grows in the blue man’s face. 

 

He can see why Alex was eager to help ease the man’s anxiety. Doing things without question if only to help the man sleep better at night. 

 

Looking at Hank now–standing beside Charles in his office while they discuss the possibility of time travel, he knows that he’s at his wits end. 

 

He also knows that Hank, much like Pietro, feels far too much. He wonders if that’s why Hank is so certain that Pietro isn’t okay—because he wouldn’t be okay in this situation. Because the two work similarly when it comes to estranged family members.

 

He wants to ask but also he doesn’t want to know. 

 

“You can’t just mush the two pieces together and make them combine?” Pietro says vaguely towards the Tempad and Necklace. 

 

“Like a Lego?” Scarlet hides a smile and he counts that as a win. He constantly feels the urge to make scarlet happy even now, when he’s pissed off at her. It must be because she’s a version of Wanda. A version of his little sister and Wanda’s happiness means the world to Pietro. 

 

“That’s not how that works, do you see a charging port on the necklace?” Pete asks sarcastically. Pietro blinks “I just assumed scarlet would—-“ Pietro does the finger flexing thing scarlet does with her powers. 

 

Pete stares at him blankly. Like he’s a moron. It makes Pietro want to recoil. 

 

“Uh no. That’s not how my powers work.” she says with a suppressed grin, far too amused by the situation. 

 

“I don’t really know what your powers are . I just assumed it would be sort of like Wanda’s. Telepathic wishy wushy stuff.” And changing reality so that Pietro can heal—making it so that he could always heal—but he includes that in the wishy wushy category in his head—but that’s also not something Pietro wants to mention right now.

 

The topic of Scarlets powers has been in debate amongst the children at the school. He knows of two running bets currently being played about the Maximoff twins. Gunther told him one of his invisible friends saw Scarlet creating a ball of fire to light up the fireplace last week. Pietro has no idea what the parameters of Scarlet's powers are. She’s older—stronger—more powerful than anybody Pietro has ever met. A charging port cannot possibly be her enemy. 

 

“Me and your Wanda aren’t the same. Our powers are very different.” She says calmly. 

 

“You created an entire planet for your universe to live in. You can do that but not this?” Charles adds unhelpfully and he sounds almost just as frustrated as him. 

 

Wanda shakes her head with a sigh “everything has a balance. The only reason I was able to create a planet is because a universe died. It wasn’t from nothing. There’s a balance to things. Nothing is free—I can’t take things without giving something back.”

 

“For every action there is an Equal and opposite reaction.” Hank says like the absolute nerd that he is. 

 

“Mr. Peabody and Sherman.” Pete says and Hank looks at him horrified “Newtons third law of motion.” Hank says instead. “Who the fuck is Mr. Peabody?”

 

“He’s a time traveling dog.” Pete says like that’s super obvious. 

 

“Dogs can be time travelers?” Wanda says with a smile that Pietro missed so much. “Sounds ethical. They are pure of heart.” Pietro says very seriously. 

 

“It’s a movie.” Scarlet sighs like she’s had this conversation before and has had this answer in her back pocket for ages. “Which hasn’t come out yet and won’t come out for many years.”

 

“It’s a great movie. Inaccurate time traveling propaganda but my daughter loves it.” Pete says with a smile that Pietro is starting to only associate with him when he talks about his child. 

 

“You have a daughter?” Wanda asks curiously and looks at Pietro like staring at him long enough will make him spill some dark secret faster. “I don’t have a kid.” Pietro says like he’s being accused of something “you would literally know if I had a kid, Wanda. Pete has a daughter but he’s from another universe.”

 

Wanda looks at him suspiciously before looking back at Pete. Charles snorts and Hank mumbles a “sure.” under his breath which only looks more suspicious when Kitty pops her head back into the room for a split second “Pietro, you should probably talk to Gunther he’s still being moody about you yelling at him.”

 

“I didn’t yell at him!” Pietro yells, and Wanda looks at him with raised eyebrows all the way up to her forehead “who's Gunther?”

 

“The Toddler he accidentally adopted while you where gone.” Kitty says bluntly before leaving again—always stirring up the pot for no reason.

 

“Lies!” Pietro exclaims and has half a mind to grab Kitty and explain but he doesn’t even know what he would say. Gunther’s young—and as far as Pietro can tell he doesn’t have family and when he got out of the facility he was in a comatose state. Seeing someone as young as Gunther being subjected to the kind of torture Pietro went through had sent a flurry of outrage to flush through him and Pietro was there when Gunther woke up. He was stationed right next to him in Hanks makeshift hospital room. It was a coincidence when Gunther woke up and the first person he saw was Pietro—hovering gently beside him—also worse for wear. He can’t help it if Gunther imprinted on him like Baby duckling—he can’t help it if he’s done the same to him. 

 

“Hey squirt. Welcome back to the world of the living.” was the first thing Pietro said to him. And Gunther looked at him like he wasn’t convinced he was alive at all.

 

Gunther had reached over and poked his shoulder testingly and his eyes widen “You’re alive?”

 

“Mostly, yeah. Did you think I was a ghost or something?” Pietro joked and his smile falters when Gunther just nods slowly. “I can see ghost.” Gunther says simply and so Pietro lets him keep touching. He doesn’t mind when he wants to hold his hand or touch his still growing hair or poke and prod—if it proves to him that he’s real. That he’s alive and not dead. 

 

It was all very sad and Pietro doesn't know how to do things half way. He's fond of the boy. He likes him. 

 

“He’s my friend.” Pietro says instead in a very calm voice and Wanda looks at him with an amused expression. “He’s four.” Charles says with a smile. 

 

“And a half.” Pietro says like Gunther was pulling at his strings to add that part in. 

 

“How come?” Wanda asks suddenly.

 

“How come what?” Pietro frowns. Wanda frowns too and she looks so much like their mom when she does that and it makes the air in his lungs shrivel up. “How come I have different powers?”

 

“Not that different.” Pete mumbles and Scarlet talks over him so only Pietro hears him say it. “Pete is my twin. You and Pietro are just half siblings here. Not sharing the same father could be a reason as to why you’re so different.”

 

Wanda speaks before Pietro can even say a word against the just a half siblings part of her words. “Pietro is my brother.”

 

“Yes, of course. DNA is just DNA.” Scarlet turns to look at Pietro, her face very serious. “Wanda is your sister, Blood or not.” Scarlet looks at Pietro—long and hard, like she’s trying to make him believe it. He does believe it. He’s never once thought she wasn’t his sister. It’s a none issue. Not even worth discussing. 

 

He almost says just that before he suddenly feels a poke in his skull. A prodding in the back of his mind—met with a hard surface and Pietro is horrified by the realization that Scarlet was trying to enter his mind. Pietro jerks back, as if she’s physically touched him despite her standing across the room. “Stop that.” He says firmly. “I don’t need you to convince me of something I already believe.” Pietro glares at the older woman and she frowns, the spitting image of his mother, the same worry lines between her eyebrows, the same know it all expression. Her hands glow and Charles' voice jumps between the action like a life vest. 

 

“Enough. The boy told you to stop, Scarlet.” Charles speaks into the scene like a parent scolding his children, a half-hearted reprimand in his tongue. He can almost imagine it. He could almost see it behind his mind. It makes Pietro feel all weird inside. Like a bag of worms wiggling inside his abdomen, waiting to rip through the plastic ziplock and infest his insides. It’s a contagious fantasy. The idea of family.

 

He thought he knew who family was. He thought he knew exactly who he was. But at some point family became more than just his mother and his sister. Family became a red-headed girl hiding a smirk behind a book, family became wary eyes covered in blue fur and sharp teeth, family became the squeak of a wheelchair rushing to get to a classroom, family became a curious tail heavy on his lap, family became smiles and laughter and heartbreak and grief. Family became more. More than just his mom and his sister. Family became this mansion. Family became a place instead of people, a feeling rather than blood. 

 

“Understood,” Scarlet says simply, and she looks down at the necklace in her fingers with a pondering face. 

 

“I think I might have a solution.” Hank says suddenly, “It’s not an exact fix but it might work.” 

 

Hank then proceeds to go into a long, as fuck monologue about the machine he was creating for NASA. Pietro had known he had started something big with them—he just hadn’t realized it would ever be useful to them. The way Hank describes the contraption sounds almost science fiction. Absorbing matter and converting it into energy. Not erasing it, but simply transforming it into kinetic energy. He explains it like how you burn coal to run a train. But the coal would be the necklace and the train would be the Tempad. 

 

It’s bizarrely perfect, and Pietro is just a bit concerned as to what NASA was going to use this machine for. He knows the government doesn’t have the best report on morality when it comes to evolution and he knows that sometimes advancement causes decay. 

 

He thinks about the fact that once upon a time Friends of Humanity was a government funded organization. He thinks about Teresa's mutation being used by the police to do their dirty work. He thinks about how the same fate had most likely occurred with Katherine—not that she ever talks about it. 

 

He knows that despite Charles' good standing with the US government that he too can fall victim to it. He knows that the only thing stopping him from branding the school globally is his alliance with the U.S. government. He also knows that this is the most he’s heard Hank talk about his work in months. or ever really because even when he was talking there was always a sense of urgency in the way he spoke. Like he needed to say it all at once in fear he wouldn’t be able to continue. Like he had a timer with his openness.

 

So Pietro lets him talk—he watches like magic as the tiredness behind his eyes lightens, he watches as his arms brush the air in his hyperfixation. More relaxed than he’s been in a very long time. 

 

The idea is that the necklace goes in one part of the machine and its essence goes into the other half of the machine where the Tempad will be. It’s in smaller words, “a fancy extension cord” as Pete suggested when he finished his speech.

 

Pietro waited. 

 

He waited for the other shoe to drop like most things. And he waited to be included. What part of this does he contribute to? What part of this was absolutely essential for him to do? 

 

Even when the whole group walks painstakingly slow to Hanks office and flip on the large metal contraption—he waits. He stands to the side and he squeezes Wanda’s hand again for reassurance. He waits and he watches as the little bars in The Tempad glow. One two three four bars. Fully charged within seconds. 

 

He waits. 

 

It’s too easy. 

 

The Maximoff twins cheer and Pete attempts to high fives Hank who doesn’t even acknowledge the hand. Still clearly miffed with the man. Pietro feels a swell of satisfaction at the act. Like he has eternal dibs on Hanks loyalty. 

 

Charles stayed close to Pietro, a calm presence as everything settled over the room. Wanda was still holding Pietro's hand—long enough now that it felt almost impossible to let go. Like their hands had fused together like a marble statue. Attached for all of time. 

 

The room was erupting with voices—overlapping each other and Pietro could barely focus on anything. Excited and happy in there success.

 

He still hasn’t eaten. 

 

The thought barely leaves his mind before he thinks— Why am I here? 

 

“is that it?” Pietros voice disrupts the flow of the room like a giant grey cloud and he hates to be the one to bring the mood down. “You go home now?”

 

Scarlets excited smile slips slightly. The shoe. 

 

“Not quite.” 

 

It’s dropping. 

 

With a fully charged Tempad and a wave of her hand Pietro feels himself start to shake. Disappearing and reappearing somewhere he doesn’t recognize.

 

His gut drops when he realizes he’s no longer holding Wanda’s hand. No longer anywhere he seems safe or comfortable. He sees a long open field. Miles of grass and rows of trees. His eyes meet Scarlet with a fury. “Where the hell is Wanda?”

 

Wanda Wanda Wanda Wanda. 

 

He just got her back. He just had her. She was here. She was right fucking here and now she’s not. She’s gone. She’s—-

“She’s back at the mansion.” Pete says so close to his left that it made Pietro flinch. Pete had Davids arm around his shoulder—dragging him over like a rag doll. Pietros entire body went rod still as he realizes that David is awake and staring directly at him. 

 

“What are you doing?” Pietro is asking them but he’s looking at David, trying to remember how to breath. Counting the amount of blinks breaths Davhd takes per minute. 

 

David’s eyes paralyze him and for just a moment he’s eight years old again trapped in his childhood bedroom crying for his mother. 

 

“Peter.” David says his name like it’s a prize, like just the words registering in Pietros mind, causing discomfort, was enough of win for the older man. 

 

“Why is he awake?” Pietro swallows thickly. 

 

“He woke up.” Pete says simply and Pietro watches as David looks over at Pete—-like he’s finally processing who's keeping him from collapsing on the floor. “You look like my Peter.” 

 

My Peter. Pietro wants to throw up. 

 

Pietro does actually throw up in a nearby tree. Out of sight from David and at super speed because he refuses to let him see that he got to him. 

 

Pete’s face grows stiff and he shoots the man a scathing expression “I’m older. Stronger. So not really your type.” 

 

“My type?” 

 

“Defenseless little boys. I can fight back.” 

 

David just smiles, and looks directly at Pietro, like he thinks Pete was cracking a joke. “I liked it when Peter fought back.” 

 

Fuck you. 

 

“Why are we here? Where are we?” Pietro disregards David’s words and tried to melt back into his bones. 

 

“New Mexico. We needed to leave the premises of the mansion before using the Tempad. There’s something there blocking the use of TVA technology so we didn’t want to risk damaging it again.”

 

Pietro can feel David looking at him. He ignores the older man’s eyes. 

 

“You got some new scars.” He hears David Strucker's wicked voice utter and Pietro ignores him. He ignores him. He ignores him. He ignores him. 

 

“Why didn’t you just say that? Why did you need to literally kidnap me?” He can hear David’s laugh, deep from his throat—cracking Pietro's ribcage like a chainsaw. Pietro ignores him. He ignores him. He ignores him. He ignores him. 

 

“We also need to tell you something and we couldn’t let the others hear. It might cause a ripple and I’m not sure how that will affect your universe.” 

 

“Then tell me. Whatever it is, just spit it out.” 

 

“You’re anomaly.” Scarlet says with unsure eyes, looking towards Pete as if he might have better words. 

 

Is that it? He already knew that. Pete’s already told him that much. Anomaly. It’s a word that’s been haunting him for months now—ever since Pete first said it. 

 

“You’re not meant to be here.” 

 

You kidnapped me .” Pietro frustrates and Pete shakes his head. 

 

“No I mean—this universes Quicksilver was meant to die.”

 

“So…the anomaly is that I didn’t die.” Pietro thinks it's a cruel fate to be punished for surviving. 

 

Scarlet purses her lips “No—“ 

 

“—this universe's quicksilver did die.” David speaks with a sense of purpose. Pietro gawked at him—confused about how he’s even following what they're saying. Multiverse, time travel, multiple quicksilvers should be confusing the hell out of him. But he doesn’t look confused. 

 

He looks almost satisfied . Pietro is terrified by that expression. He's terrified by his words.

 

“I killed him ten years ago. You are not this universe's Quicksilver.” David smiles as he said it. 














Notes:

I've written many different versions on how I wanted this to be revealed ---in none of the versions was it David that revealed it but that's what we're getting, I guess lmao.

For those of you who guessed the plot twist, pat yourselves on the back. For those of you who didn't, buckle in.

The relationship I see between Alex and Hank is more distant best friends type. In my version of events Banshee was the glue to their little trio after the fisrt class movie and Hank felt like he lost two of his closest (and only) friends to the war. I haven't written much about the two of them in the story but it's always kinda in the background.

There will be a Frankie and Wanda reunion soon, I promise!

Thank you for reading.
I enjoy reading your comments.

Chapter 37: Useless, discarded, replaced.

Summary:

“Long story.”
She glances at her black watch—old but clearly loved. She lifts an eyebrow, the slit in them punctuated by a ball piercing that shines in the dark moon. It’s a full moon.
“I’ve got time.”

And maybe it’s because she’s a mutant like him, clearly struggling like him, or Maybe because she's a stranger and its easier to talk to people you don't know about the crazy shit in your life. She has one of those faces–one you just cant help tell everything to. She must hate customer service with that face.

He spills.

He tells her everything.

And when he says everything he means everything.

------
Pietro gets some answers. He really just wants to go home.

Notes:

The long awaited chapter. good riddance to the maximoff twins! Good bye david! I have few more chapters left in me before the time skip. I swear there's a time skipppp
Typos--grammar--bad--yeah---sorry.

I was trynna get this chapter done. It was originally wayyyyyyy longer but i split it into two chapters so hopefully you wont have to wait too long for the next update.

I did not proof read this---so sorry

lots of kudos and comments <3

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“You are not this universe's Quicksilver.”

 

Pietro's spine coils up and he looks at Wanda—no—at Scarlet. Pietro doesn’t know this version of his sister. Not really. These last few weeks have been nothing but cryptic messages and know-it-all expressions. Any charm she had was replaced with betrayal when she revealed just how easily she would’ve left Wanda in David’s clutches. He doesn’t know this woman. Not really. But for some Pietro looks at her and he just knows. David is telling the truth and Scarlet knows it. 

 

“Whats he talking about?” Pietro doesn’t look at David, stiff bones and stiff muscles. He’s all tight and uncomfortable and he knows he’s about to hear something unpleasant. like really fucking bad. He feels that dread pool around in his stomach. Something familiar. Like a blanket of anxiety he’s grown attached to. 

 

What's the proper way to prepare for an unstoppable car crash? Inevitable and full force. Is he meant to grit his teeth and bare it? Block any possible head wound? Could doing something at all cause more damage? What is he meant to do but listen

 

“It’s the truth.” Scarlet says and he knows it is. He knows it fucking is. 

 

He knows David well enough to know when the fucker is lying. He knows how to discern the truth from his lies. Even if he is such a brilliant liar. Manipulation was always such a strange gift. 

 

Pietro knows David is telling the truth. Anomaly. Anomaly. Anomaly. There’s only so many different things it could’ve meant. Pietro is adept at assuming the worse case scenario. He’s very good at jumping to conclusions. To think the worst. Even if it’s improbable. 

“Pietro, this is all so very confusing but you must’ve sensed it, right?” Scarlet looks at him hesitantly—imploring with her dark heavy eyes. His sister's eyes. 

“Your memories have been muddled. Trying to merge and alter things to fit your brain. Two lives becoming one. You couldn’t have possibly thought it was all Wanda’s doing.”

And Pietro did. He really did think it was just Wanda’s doing. Testing out her powers before she even realized what she was doing. Doing damage where things had been whole. It was easier to reason with himself. The sense of not truly fitting into place was easy to grasp when he simply thought he was too broken to be the same as before. But that’s not it. It’s not. He’s an anomaly. He was never meant to fit. He was never whole to begin with. 

“Your mind was broken before she cut into it. It was already so convoluted.” Scarlet extends her hands—glowing orange and Pietro flinches away. 

“Don’t you fucking dare—“

“—Pietro I can’t access your mind even if I wanted to.” And Pietro can’t relax, he can barely grasp the thoughts racing through his mind at light speed. 

Scarlet's hands shift towards her own brother instead. The small cut on Pete's arm from a stray branch began to seal and mend. Only through Scarlet's help. Pete can’t heal. Not like Pietro. 

It’s strange to see even now how different they both truly are.

”Scarlet, maybe you shouldn’t tell him it’s….” Pete doesn't even finish the sentence, seeming to trail off into thought.

“You aren’t supposed to be here.” David snides and Pietro feels that familiar bile crawl up his throat. 

“Will you shut the fuck up?” Pete hisses at the older man and Pietro almost feels grateful for the backup. Almost

“What does he mean, Scarlet? Why am I an anomaly?" The speedster pushes the words out and he looks desperately at the only person with real answers. The twins looks at each other for a long time and Pete shakes his head. Scarlet gives him another look and the older speedster sighs before turning his gaze away from them both. 

Scarlet looks full on at Pietro, like she wouldn’t dare not to meet his eyes when she split his world in half. 

“When you were very young you  jumped to a different timeline. One nearly identical to yours. So identical in fact that you didn’t even realize anything was different. Your brain…must’ve tried to recalibrate with what was now real. Filled in the blanks.”

Pietro shakes his head “That’s—I would notice if I traveled to a different universe.

“You know how you said you time traveled. How you saved your baby sister.” Pete says suddenly and it has Pietro reeling. 

What? No. 

“That did happen.” Pietro's heart is running ahead of him. Jumping over his rib cage and into his throat. No. No. No.

“No it didn’t.” Scarlet says softly. So softly that it nearly made Pietro want to throw up again. Her pity—her sad brown eyes make him want to cry. No

“The Wanda from your original timeline died. Killed by a semi truck after your step father left the door open and she crawled into the middle of the street.” Scarlet looks deeply pained by the words leaving her own mouth and Pietro can’t even bare to listen. Lies. He saved his sister. 

He saw himself save his sister. He remembered. Even after he forgot. He forgot that he saved her and then he remembered. He knows sometimes your mind tries to erase things to protect itself. Pietro's mind was erasing a trauma. Of him saving his sister. Of a possible outcome. Her small toddler body was crushed by a vehicle. Killed and then changed. That's what this was. 

Nothing more.

He saved her.

He saved Wanda. She’s fine. She’s fine. He was just holding her hand. He was just—“No. Thats-that didn’t happen. I stopped it. I saved her.”

He saved her. 

“No, you didn’t. You just thought that you did. And then you forgot that you did at all.” 

Shut up shut up shut up. He needs everyone to shut the fuck up. Right fucking now. He’s shaking, he can see his hand vibrating—his whole body really. Melting with the atoms around him. Shaking with fear. Or maybe something else. This can’t be real. 

This— “That doesn’t make any sense. I would know if—if my Wanda wasn’t my Wanda.” Wanda, his sweet good natured Wanda, funny and mischievous, alive. The one he raised. The one he’s always taken care of. He knows his Wanda. He knows his sister. He knows her. He would know. He would know.

“I would know if she was different—“ would he know if he himself was the one that was different?

“This Wanda is your Wanda. All your memories—teaching her how to read, showing her how to ride a bike, getting her ready for picture days and first days of school—all those moments you had were with this Wanda. But the Wanda from your original timeline, the toddler you swayed to sleep every night. She died. She never lived this long. Everything after the day you got your powers was in this timeline.“

“That can’t be true.” It just doesn’t make sense. He would know. “I saved her.”

“No, you saved this wanda. Same circumstance, Same accident. Different universe. Different Wanda."

“But it is.” Pete speaks firmly—and Pietro wants to wake up now. He wants to open his eyes and this all be some fucked up nightmare. Kurt would wake him up if he was having a nightmare. He would. He wouldn’t let him suffer like this. 

“Pietro, look at me dude. Nothing has changed. You are still her brother. This whole thing is confusing and weird and what you did shouldn’t have been possible. But the good thing is that you chose a nearly identical universe to drop into.”

Nearly identical. You keep saying that? What was different here then over there?” He refuses to say his timelines. That feels like defeat. Like a reality he hasn’t processed yet. 

Pete paused, contemplating his words before sighing, “There wasn’t a Peter here.”

What?

“The original Peter from this timeline died.” 

what?

“I replaced a dead kid.“

And then a recent memory fits into place—

Magda looks between Pietro and Pete and her face goes surprisingly blank as she processes what she’s seeing. 

“What? You’ve never seen an older alternative version of your son before, Magda?” Pete had mocked. 

oh.

My mom knows.” Not a question. A painful statement. He wants to believe she wouldn’t keep something like this from him but she’s done so before. And it makes sense. The personal hatred Pete seems to have for Pietro's mom. The side-comments and twisted remarks about her being a liar. It makes sense

Another memory surfaces to the front of his mind. The clashing speedsters jabbing at each other. One knowing more than the other. 

Pete rolls his eyes at Pietro. “Your mom isn’t a saint either.”

“What the hell is that supposed to mean?” 

“At least my mom never lied. She never pretended to love me. She made it very clear how she felt about me.” 

“What does that have to go with my mom? My mom does love me.” 

And then after everything. More hints. More clues. She has to know. She must or else why was Pete so harsh with her. Hinting constantly. 

How much did Magda tell you?”

“Everything.”

“Doubt it. She’s always so awesome at keeping secrets.” Pete makes a face. Knowing more.

Pietro feels off balance from the recollection. The obvious moments he overlooked completely. Puzzle pieces fitting together. “She knew.”

“Yeah. She knew you weren’t her son.” Scarlet says. Pete shakes his head like he was annoyed. At him? At the situation? Pietro can’t—he can’t fully comprehend it.

His sister—his mom. 

“It says something that she still took you in. Raised you as her son.” Scarlet says gently like it makes up for the lies. For the deception.

Pete seems to take a different route in this speech “She was in denial. Playing house with somebody else’s kid because her real kid died.” 

Real kid. That thought came to him now too. Because if this is all true that means that the child she did all this for—having Wanda, killing David over and over again, protecting her family—that was for a different child. It was never for him. She did all of it to protect her child and she failed

“How did this universe's Peter die?”

”No one knew he died. It didn’t impact anyone. It didn’t cause any waves in the timeline. He died and then you replaced him right after before anyone could notice he was dead at all. If it had been any other timeline, two Peter’s in one universe would cause waves and definitely shift things. The TVA would’ve realized and eliminated you.” 

Peter died and nobody cared. A child died and the universe did not care. Useless, discarded, replaced

He replaced him. 

He’s an imposter

“You were older than Magda’s son though. By a whole year.” Pete adds suddenly and Pietro thinks that might just kill him. 

He wasn’t even the same age? For fucks sake he wasn’t even identical. He was just close enough. His birthday is all wrong. He thinks of his birthdays and he tries to recall them all in order. He falters when his mind can only account for some. He’s a whole year older and he had no idea. 

“How did he die?” Pietro asks again. He needs to know. He needs to understand everything.

“I shot him. In the chest.” David's voice interrupts the tension in the air—sizzling like a gear out of tune. 

David. The answer always comes back to David

Magda lost two children and was left with the love child of the man who killed them and a child who looks like the son she lost. 

How did she not hate him? How could she look him in the eye and tell him she loved him when he was replacing her dead son. Pietro was a walking corpse. One the universe discarded. 

Pietro is an anomaly and this time, he’s the imposter too.

“Why?” Pietro looks over at David with stiff shoulders and fully looks at the filthy man. He looks exactly the same as he did when he first saw him at seven years old. But—-Pietro supposes—that wasn’t this David either. Because everything that happened to him before the age of seven wasn’t from this timeline except—-except everything is foggy and mixed together. 

Pietro was abused by two different Davids. That’s all sorts of fucked up. 

“Why?” David repeats like he wasn’t sure what the question was. 

“Yes, why? Why did you kill me?” not me. But me. A version of me. A smaller version. Defenseless and small. No powers. Replaced. Discarded. His sister's brother. Her real brother.

What did Scarlet say earlier?

Wanda is your sister, Blood or not.” Scarlet looks at Pietro—long and hard, like she’s trying to make him believe it.

He believed it. Wanda is his sister. But somehow he feels like this other Pietro was more her brother. better. And he’s just some cheap replacement. 

He feels that sadness for her. And for his mother who isn't even his mother. 

Nothing here is meant to be his.

“Because I could. Because I wanted to. Take your pick.” David's words come from deep in his chest. “He wasn’t an easy child. Always getting into trouble, always making things difficult. Stealing, crying. Always crying.” 

His stepfather takes a long look at Pietro's fractured body; taking it in probably for the last time. “He always cried so pretty.“

“Jesus, man. Shut up.” Pete hits David in the back of his neck fast enough to knock him out. The action feels practiced and allows Pietro to take a full breath. David slumps on the ground again. For the second time today. 

“What happened to my universe?” Pietro asks the two maximoffs with a heavy heart. 

“It’s gone.” Scarlet says with genuine sadness in her voice. “The TVA was a different place back then and the death of a scarlet witch was monumental." 

The death of a Scarlet Witch was manumental. Not of quicksilver. He was forgotten. Easily replaced. 

Unimportant in the grand scheme of things. 

“But nobody noticed I was gone? That I wasn’t where I was meant to be?”

Scarlet asks “Who would've noticed?” And Pietro flinches at the honesty. And then tries to think of someone who would have given a damn. He comes up short. 

“I’m sorry.”

“Are you?” 

“We are.” Pete confirms and Pietro can’t fathom to believe them. All they’ve done since getting here is wreck his life.

“I want you guys to take David and leave here. And never bother me again.” He wants to go home. He wants to crawl into bed and hug Kurt until he can fall asleep to his breathing. Until he doesn’t have to think about a different version of his best friend dead because he couldn’t save his sister from a car accident. 

Too slow. Too little. Too late. 

-

-

-

They adjust the Tempad as they should and make the calculations they need to make. Pietro is barely even paying attention to the whole thing—too stuck in his whole mind. 

“Don’t forget what I told you.” Pete says suddenly, gesturing towards Pietro's chest. No, not his chest—his necklace. The one he gave him when he first got here. A liquid cylinder wrapped in leather dangling around his neck. It’s tucked under his shirt, not visible to others. 

A serum that will help save his sister. A cure from a near death of some sort. For his sister. 

Right. A warning. An actual threat. A real one now that Pietro knows that Wanda’s death could lead to the universe ending. 

He clutches the necklace like a Vice. The distant future looming over him—and the recent past grabbing his mind. He will not let Wanda die again. He won’t fail her again. He’ll always protect her—even if she isn’t his. 

-

-

-

The round light surrounding the Tempad felt oddly satisfying to see in real time. He wishes Hank could see it. He knows the beast would get a kick out of it. 

“Also—try to find Luna if you can.”

“Find her? She doesn’t exist I’ve never—-“ he doesn’t want to have to explain to the speedster that he’s never had sex with a woman before so gathering a secret love child is very much out of the question. 

He’s had one girlfriend and they never even kissed and The girls he did kiss in high school while he was in his Track Star era didn’t get past second base. 

“—not yet.” Scarlet interrupts “soon.”

Well, okay. Pietro looks around the long deserted area they were in. 

“Before you go. Where exactly—“ they stepped into the portal with David held tightly between them. Before he could finish his words they were gone. “—am I?” 

-

-

-

He was in a small town in New Mexico. Near area fifty one. He managed to find a twenty four hour diner with a little green Martian at the top and he wanted to fuel up on food—eat something—-but he didn’t have his wallet on him. He was still wearing the suit he was trying on for the synagogue. He’s not in his clothes. He’s not in his universe. He’s not himself. He can’t pay for food and Pietro Maximoff of two years ago would've taken it without paying, ordered his hamburger without pickles and called it a day. But Charles has influenced him enough to hesitate in doing so despite his hungry stomach. Hank had gotten him a meal plan and he hadn't followed it all day. He can’t remember if he ate today. Maybe breakfast? He hadn’t been able to eat anything before beginning this whirlwind of a day. 

He was starving. It took him a while to locate exactly where he was. He finds a payphone but has no means of actually using it without money. He can't go to the mansion because he’s tired and hungry and he’d probably collapse on the way and get a road rash. Which Hank would hate to deal with because he’s still kinda being weird with him—and he’s wearing Charles' fancy shoes. Not meant for running. He doesn’t want to mark them up. 

Pietro wants to scream. He does scream. Loud and guttural and he doesn’t stop when people stare and fake at his outburst. His eyes water as he scrunches up his face and just throws his frustration into the air. 

He must look crazy. 

He feels a bit crazy. 

He feels—-someone is suddenly standing right beside him and screaming

Pietro stops for a breath and looks over to the side at a woman. Dark olive skin and long black hair that falls down her back and just barely hides her pointed ears, jutting out with dangling piercings. A black eye, bruising her round face and a cut on her cheek. She looked like she was having a day just like him. She takes a breath just like him—and they both make eye contact, like a moment of understanding. A moment of mutual anguish and they both just start screaming at the top of their lungs in unison. His throat cracks and his lungs burn from his forceful and ragged exclamations but he feels less lonely with someone else doing it too. 

Screaming at the abyss together. 

He doesn’t know how long they both scream at nothing and everything. The street falls silent and he can hear bugs cricking in the night. A lamplight flickers, the diner door opens and closes with a little jingling bell. Life keeps going. 

They both are out of breath and empty. Drained. “Feel better?” The woman asks as she sits on the ground with him. He hadn’t realized he had collapsed on to the ground until she was falling down with him. 

“Not really.”

“Me either.” She admits with a huff of breath, her warm exhale trickles in the cold air like a vanishing cloud. 

“Bad day?” Pietro asks with a huff of the same air, his cloud looks less cloudy and more like a burning building. 

“Bad life.” She pulls out a packet of cigarettes—she has one left. 

“Me too.” He leans back on his hands on the gravel, it hurts his palms. He likes the sting. 

“You ever feel like everything is working against you?” 

“I’m almost certain everything is working against me.” 

“I hate this place. I hate this town. I hate these people. I hate my job. I hate my life.” She says and maybe it’s because he's a stranger—clearly not from here—that she easily tells him these things. 

Pietro doesn’t give her placating words or any real advice—he just sits there with her and she spills and breaks like she’s wanted to for a while. “I could've been something else. Something better.”

“Why weren’t you?”

Her elf ears twitch, like a reminder. A caution sign above her face for all her employers. He sees a scar near the tops of her ears—like someone tried to file them down. He wonders if it was her or someone else that tried. “What did you want to be?”

“I dunno—I guess just not working in a diner for less than minimum wage. Go to college, Travel the world, Fall in love, Eat a dragon fruit.” 

“A dragon fruit?” 

“They just look so cool. I’ve never tried it.” She smiles, she has a nice smile, dimples—reminds Pietro of Kurt’s smile. 

“What would you go to college for?”

“I dunno, something basic and versatile so I can get a job that makes lots of money.”

“Big house—good job—lots of money—dragonfruit. That’s the dream.” Pietro says mindfully. He doesn’t think he has any dreams. Not any that he’s ever thought about fully. He thought he wanted to be an Olympian—but that was never going to happen. That was never really a dream, more like a goal. Something he wanted—needed really. But a dream life? He doesn’t know what that would look like for him.

“Yeah but not like those snobby rich people that just sit and do nothing with their money. I’d be charitable. I’d try to help people.” She repeats the last part like she wasn’t sure at first but now she is. “I wanna help people.” 

Pietro thinks of Charles and how much wealth he has and how much good he’s always tried to pass on to others. He thinks wanting to be good is a pretty good dream to have. 

“You still could do all those things.” 

“Yeah, sure.” She snorts as she pulls on the thread of her green work pollo, her flash nails polish clashes with the neon color. A small rebellion for her job most likely. “It’s too late for me to do any of that. I’m not meant for that life anyway. Im not even sure I’m meant for this one either.” 

Which sounds a lot like im gonna kill myself which rings alarms in Pietros head. 

“Do you ever think about dying?”

“Yeah.” He remembers the slippery actions in his childhood home—a repressed memory of glass slicing skin and the need to feel in control. “Doesn’t everyone?” 

“Yeah, Probably just too polite to say anything.” she twirls a ring around her finger, she has quite a few of them in her hand. She looks at Pietro with big eyes—dark piercing eyes that kind of scare the shit out of him because he’s staring at them and he—-he doesn’t want to lie to them. “If I ran into oncoming traffic and died I don’t think anyone would care.”

Pietro thinks about the fact that when this universe's quicksilver died nobody noticed. He thinks about how nobody cared. How easily he was replaced. Pietro wonders if he would have the same fate. 

He thinks about Wanda and Jean and Charles and Hank and he thinks maybe it would be different this time if he died. He has people that care about him. That rely on him. He thinks of Gunther specifically requesting the monster song from him—he thinks about Bobby Drake and his drawing and he thinks of Kurt probably waiting on him at home. 

He has people. Even if they weren’t meant to be his. 

“I’d care.” Pietro gives her a sideways glance “for one i’d be super traumatized. Incoming traffic is a bit of a trigger for me apparently so I’d be pretty messed up about it.”

“I’ll make sure my hypothetical doesn’t happen in front of you then, Fancy pants. Wouldn’t want to give you more trauma.”

“I appreciate the consideration. And these pants aren’t mine.” 

“Really?” She looks him up and down and smirks. “they fit you nice.”

“Everything looks nice on me.” He says with fake cockiness. 

“I bet. What are you doing with somebody else’s pants?”

“Long story.” 

She glances at her black watch—old but clearly loved. She lifts an eyebrow, the slit in them punctuated by a ball piercing that shines in the dark moon. It’s a full moon.  

“I’ve got time.”

And maybe it’s because she’s a mutant like him, clearly struggling like him, or maybe because she's a stranger and its easier to talk to people you don't know about the crazy shit in your life. She has one of those faces–one you just can't help tell everything to. She must hate customer service with that face. 

He spills. 

He tells her everything. 

And when he says everything he means everything. 

Davids abuse, his mom killing him, the whole hydra/nazi reveal, him breaking into the the pentagon and letting a terrorist go free, how that very same terrorist later helped him escape capture where he was tortured physically and mentally, his sisters powers, the time travel, the alternate reality him, his baby sister dying, everything, everything. His entire life story was regurgitated out of his mouth and once he started he couldn't stop. 

At some point he would talk too fast and she would stop him–ask him to repeat it again. Patient, unbiased in her empathy. He would slow down his words, get everything out so she would know. 

It was too much information. Too much for a stranger. But she made no inclination that she was annoyed. Or that she was uninterested. She was invested. Gasping and even crying with him at some parts. She was feeling everything he was saying and he knows its a lot. 

He tells her things he's never told anyone. Not even Kurt. 

He tells her about David sexual assault. He tells her about Wanda erasing his memories. He tells her about how he isn't from this universe. He tells her about the bullets in his shoulder that he can't really explain away and he tells her every awful thought he’s ever had about himself. Then on a lighter note he tells her about the kids at the school. The mutants that he feels have helped him more than he's helped them. He tells her about how he never felt truly safe until he went to the mansion and then that safety was taken from him when the invasion happened. 

He tells her everything he could think of under the full moon. 

Then when everything feels drained from him she leans close to him and she pulls out a change bag from her pocket. “I’ve met people with less shitty stories than yours who’ve turned out to be bigger assholes than you. If it's any constellation I think you're handling everything pretty well.” She pulls out a wallet from her back pocket and she hands him her whole change bag like she doesn’t even care. like she won’t be needing money anymore. “Go phone home.”

Pietro takes it and grabs two quarters. He hands it back to her even if she doesn’t ask him to. “Didn’t you have somewhere to go?’

“Not really.” She looks at the road ahead of them, face distant and sad. She looks over at him and frowns far too deeply—like she’s grown accustomed to being upset. He hopes she doesn't still jump into oncoming traffic after everything he just told her.

She can’t be much older than him. Pietro looks down at her name tag. Only the letter M is displayed. 

“I’m gonna make a phone call. Don’t go anywhere.” Pietro eyes her carefully. “I've got literally nowhere to be.” She says with a shrug—-like she’s following a serial killer to a secluded area. She isn’t okay. Pietro doesn’t want to leave her but he’s also not doing okay and needs to call home. She knows that. 

He used the payphone next to the Diner to call the Mansion. He memorized the phone number long ago. Despite this he’s nervous that he hit the digits wrong—afraid to use up one of his quarters for nothing. 

It rang twice before it was answered. 

“Hello?” Gunther’s wobbly accent speaks into the phone like he’s pressing his lips right against the speaker. Pietro stomach churns and he can’t really handle all of this. He can’t be on the phone with Gunther; he really just can’t handle it. 

The sun has already dropped—the stars dot the liquid sky with white and silver. A good breeze rushes past him. 

“Gunther it’s past your bed time.” Pietro speaks slowly into the phone trying to gather his emotions. He needs to talk to Charles not Gunther. Why did he need to be the one to answer the phone?

“Pietro?” Gunther gasps and he sounds like he was gonna cry which only make Pietro want to cry. “Where‘d you go? Charles is looking all over for you!” 

“I had to have one of those grown up talks again.”

“I’m sorry.” Gunther hiccups and Pietro can hear the strain the small child’s voice is going through. “Why are you sorry, bud?” 

It’s not a great night for anybody, so it would seem. 

“I hurt your feelings and then you went away.” Pietro's heart sinks and he clutches the phone tighter against his ears, speaking clearly. “No, that’s not what happened buddy. Me going away had nothing to do with what you said. You’re okay.”

“I hurt your feelings.” Gunther sounds upset and Pietro wishes that the worst of his worries was getting his feelings hurt. 

“A little.” Pietro says truthfully because he’s not in the habit of lying to Gunther. “but I understood why you were upset. I’m sorry we couldn’t clear the air before I had to go.”

“Clear the air?” Gunther repeats the phrase with a snuffling nose and it makes Pietro smile. A brief amusement to an otherwise shitty day. 

“Talk it through. We should’ve talked about it.” Because Pietro is so good at doing that. 

“When are you coming back?” His voice cracks and Pietro wants to hold him. To comfort his tears away, to reassure him that he isn’t going anywhere. Pietro is holding back tears. Everything that’s been said today has been building up. 

“Is Kurt there?”

Gunther must be shuffling the phone “no, he’s with miss wanda.” 

Miss Wanda. Calling another child miss just cause they're a bit older is probably the cutest thing Pietros ever heard. 

“Can you go get him, please?”

-

-

-

“Pie?” Kurt’s voice calms him immediately, his voice an anchor. 

“Please, come get me.” Pietro can’t bother to keep the desperation out of his voice now that Gunther’s out of the line. Please please please.

“Okay, I will.” Kurt says, a bit breathless but very immediate and he does. It takes him about an hour to pinpoint landmarks from books and then street signs Pietro named but he found him with a puff of sulfur and a tired smile that makes Pietro grab him into a warm hug as soon as he sees his blue friend. Bystanders around them gasp and swerve out of the way when they see a blue mutant but Kurt doesn’t even look at them, his one track mind is latched on to embracing Pietro back whole heartedly. 

“I missed you.” Pietro mumbles into his neck, feeling his eyes tear up.

“I saw you this morning.” Which is so true. But it feels like longer. This day has felt longer. 

“I missed you anyway.”

“I missed you too.” Kurt says easily and Pietro knows that if he died today—right now—he wouldn’t be forgotten, he wouldn’t be replaced or disregarded because Kurt would miss him. Kurt would notice. 

He knows other people that would too but right now he can’t think of anything except Kurt Kurt Kurt. Over and over again until he’s memorized in his brain. A part of his cells. 

“Wanda is home.” Kurt says with so much teeth, so much happiness that Pietro momentarily forgets the dread he feels about his newest discovery. 

“I know, man. Isn't it great?” His Wanda is dead though. She has been for a long time

Kurt’s smile droops a bit and Pietro comments “what’s wrong?”

“N-nothing. It's silly. Nothing at all.”

Kurt knows his lies inside and out and Pietro wonders how he got lucky enough to find someone who understands him so well. Who can read his words and understand the lines. His three fingers touch the speedsters shoulder, looking him in the eye like it doesn't kill Pietro to be looked at like that. Like he’s something precious and good. 

“Not silly if it bothers you.” Kurt says with a soft voice and Pietro just smiles and shakes his head. “I just—“ he takes in a breath, shaking slightly “—I wanna go home.”

”Of course.” Kurt nods and then looks behind Pietro. “Who's that?” 

The woman from before, stands awkwardly to the side—a cigarette in her cracked hands and the wind catching her hair in the breeze. She’s wearing Pietro's jacket because she got cold and Pietro is a gentleman. 

“I’m Monet.” She says with a soft smile—not at all phased by a blue man appearing out of thin air. “I work at the diner—-worked at the diner.” 

“She’s coming to work at the school.” Pietro tells him and Kurt’s own pointed ears twitch in unison with Monet. Pietro thinks the two might get along. 

Her eyes, painted in dark eyeliner and dark purple eyeshadow, slip towards the speedster with a small spark in her eyes. “I can’t guarantee you'll travel the world but the country's pretty big and we live in a big mansion. Good pay, good cause.” Pietro thinks she’d like what he was doing before. Recruitment. Finding mutants. Helping them. Charitable—like she said. Kurt warps a hand around Pietro and then extends his own hand towards her. Always so quick to help others. Even when Pietro puts him on the spot. 

“You in?”

Monet doesn’t even think twice before she’s stepping forward with a smile and taking Kurt's hand. “Yeah, sounds like fun.” 

—And that’s how he met the future mother of his child. But of course—he didn’t know all that yet.

Notes:

I debated in naming Monet Crystal cause the character in the comic books who is Lunas mom but i decided not to. There's another character in the comic books named Monet and i loosely based this character off of her. Veryyyyy Loosely. Anyway the next chapter should be more light hearted.

This was basically me trying to recap everything that has happened in this story so far and WOAH. a lot. Pietro needs to stop picking up randos off the street.

Also Lets not forget he still doesn't know Erik is his father.

For anybody that's curious, the Pietro we meet at the beginning of Miss Margo's story when she knocks at his door when she first moves into the neighborhood is the Pietro from this timeline before he died. May he rest in peace. Its implied that David kills him---its not stated but that was him fulfilling his original mission. Which means Magda was wrong about the fact that he wouldn't kill them because she was the mother of his child.

Thank you for reading!
hugs and kisses.

Chapter 38: Jewish Mutant Club

Summary:

“Then we can come back to the synagogue whenever you want. Or—um, church. I can take you to a church if you would prefer that.” And Pietro is willing to commit to that.  He’s willing to put aside any displeasure he might have at a Christian establishment, ignoring any thoughts he might have about exorcisms and forced baptisms he might have. He could ask Kurt to take him, but he knows the blue mutant doesn’t go to in-person service. 

 

So this would be all him. He could do this for Gunther if it’s important to him. Just like he did this for Pietro--celebrating Shavout with him-- because it was important to the speedster. 

 

“No, I like it here.” Gunther smiles and takes his hand “I wanna be with you Abba.” 

 

Oh. 

 

Abba. 

-------

Pietro Maximoff celebrates Shavout, and Katherine reunites with family.

Notes:

WOAH another update ?? so soon?

---anyway
-- Monet is based very loosely on Monet St. Croix from the X-Men comics. I'm contemplating whether I want her powers to stay the same...and her origin story is, actually, bonkers!!! I'm not sure if I wanna do the whole --Penance-- thing for her.

This Chapter was fun to write. can you tell I love the reluctant father figure trope? ive Only done it three whole times now, lmao.

Gunther was never meant to be this big of a character but much like Pietro, i got attached and now I've adopted him into the story. I recall writing a section earlier in the series with Pietro and Wanda talking about how Pietro would want two kids, one boy and one girl (I reread my story a lot, so I don't forget things), and I was like "damn not me forshadowing something I didn't even know I was gonna do!" Love that for me.

Also respectfully, I've never gone to a synagogue before--- I'm pulling from my research dive and TV media I've seen, but I'm hoping I didn't do anything to jarringly uncultured. I am not Jewish. I did ask my one singular Jewish friend and the internet for any enquiries I had. Special shout-out to my girl Grace for not blocking me.

As always, grammar and typos are not the best.. yah yah you know it.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

The synagogue echoed the hymns he hadn’t heard in so long. Low and deep from the crowd of Jewish parents in the front row. The children are reading the verses from the public book, reading the lyrics with unpracticed slowness. He feels at peace here. With his people. He didn’t think he would. 

He was worried that he would feel like an outcast even here.

Wanda was to His left and to the left of her was Katherine. Gunther was to the right of the speedster—holding on to his hands like a rope tethering him to the ground. The child had thrown a tantrum when Pietro told him he would be gone for the day. “Barely a day.” he told him but he was having none of it.

When he finally arrived late last night Gunther was still up with droopy eyes waiting for him. Pietro had just settled Monet into her own room when Gunther had spotted him. He raised his fingers high above his head with wobbly lips and watery eyes and Pietro picked him up from the floor and placed him on his hip. “You’re back.” He cried and he rubbed his nose on Pietro's chest. Gunther has abandonment issues up the wazoo and Pietros afraid he just made it worse with his sudden, unwilling, departure from the x-mansion. Gunther slept on top of Pietro the whole night—chest above his heart like he was counting each breath. Wanda slept between Kurt and Pietro and the four of them managed to squeeze into the king sized bed in Pietro's room. 

Through sheer will alone. 

Wanda had made little shadows with her fingers on the ceiling and Gunther watched in awe as they danced. Kurt’s soft humming is what eventually made them both fall asleep. 

“Is this gonna be the new normal?” 

“Might need to get a bigger bed.” Pietro jokes and Kurt reaches over Wanda and grabs Pietro's hand—the only contact they really have with two whole children in between them. 

Pietro had told Gunther this morning that the synagogue would be boring—that was one of the reasons he always hated going as a kid. Pietro would throw tantrums to not go to the temple, not the other way around. “Sorry No gentiles.” Katherine said with a straight face—referring to a non-Jewish person, but there’s no rule against non-Jews attending. It’s just that Katherine preferred it was just her people. Like a small club she created In Her mind. Jewish Mutant Club. 

“Why?” Gunther’s missing tooth made him develop a lisp. “I wanna go, please.”

Katherine touches her chin like she’s pondering “where you baptized?”

Gunther looks at Pietro like he would know.  The speedster shrugs “I dunno. He probably was. Were your parents catholic?” He looks down at the toddler, who just looks up at him in silence. 

“He looks Jewish.” Wanda says as she bites into a grilled cheese. What does that even mean?

“He’s not. I don’t think.” Pietro looks at Gunther like a Jewish star might float above his head if he looks closely enough. It does not. 

“We can make him an honorary Jew for today.” Wanda suggests with a straight face. He attempted to do that with Frankie who also wanted to go but Katherine said absolutely not. 

“That’s not a thing.” Pietro frowns but Katherine just shrugs, which surprises Pietro “sure, whatever. We could always just convert him.”

“Yeah!” Gunther wiggles happily and Pietro gives him a raised eyebrow “Do not cave into peer pressure, bud.”

That’s how Gunther ends up standing beside Pietro during the service, wearing his nicest clothes and a spare cap that’s slightly too big on his head. Pietro wore Erik's suit and Charles' nice dress shoes. Kurt took photos of the two of them with fast fingers and a big wide smile—gushing at the two of them. Pietro thinks that it’s probably the first time someone's taken a photo of Gunther that wasn’t in the context of mutant research or something truly horrible. It actually makes him sick when he sees Gunther flinch at the flash of the camera and the only way the child would relax is when Pietro starts making silly faces or poses at the camera, resulting in a fit of laughter and flushed cheeks. 

Wanda wore a dress that Charles had bought her. A soft floral pink that she clearly hates but wears anyway because Charles got it for her. “Thanks dad. It’s really pretty.” And Pietro hadn't asked her about that yet. The whole dad thing. She doesn't call him dad all the time only sometimes. It’s Charles and Professor and Wheels and now Dad apparently. It’s bad because Pietro is hearing her say it so many times that he’s getting used to it. 

Pietro digs his feet into the ground, planted in the ground. Solid and whole and his eyes fixate on Wanda. He reflects back on his new discoveries. He categorizes everything about her. Brown hair, tan skin, dark eyes, rounded chin, button nose, a widows peak and big ears. He knows this face, he’s held it in his hands, kissed its cheek and wiped its tears. He knows Wanda’s face but when he tries to think back to when she was a baby he seems to find differences. Not obvious differences. But differences nonetheless. When she was a baby her eyes were lighter—-but baby’s eye color changes sometimes and he remembers now that she had a mole on the bottom of her foot. He used to tickle her there to unleash a fit of giggles. He doesn’t want to demand Wanda strip off her shoes and socks to show him her mole but he’s very tempted to. 

He can’t remember seeing it in a while. But Wanda doesn’t make a habit of walking around barefoot. 

“Are you okay?” Wanda has asked this question at least seventeen times since Pietro arrived back at the mansion after the twins abandoned him in New Mexico. Charles has asked him twice as much so he knows he must look absolutely wrecked. 

This morning he peeled himself from bed before the herd of people in his bed awoke, and he went to the bathroom and he cried. He cried for himself—he cried for baby Wanda, whom he never got to see grow up. And he cries for the Wanda that was in his arms moments before that lost her brother without her even knowing. He cried for a long time, and Monet, bless her, knocked on the door and ignored him when he said he was fine—coming inside the bathroom regardless. He sat on the toilet lid, trying to make himself smaller, and she just stood in front of him like a calm presence. Eventually, he placed his forehead on her plushy stomach and she stroked his head soothingly. “I’m a mess.” he chokes out. 

“Same, babe. isn’t everyone?” She says and he laughs Wetly. She was comforting in the worst way possible. He doesn’t want to be held. He doesn’t think he deserves it. 

So later, when Wanda holds his hand in service, it takes everything in him not to pull his hand away. Not to flinch away from her affection. He killed his Wanda—wasn’t fast enough to save her—wasn’t good enough to keep her. So he stole someone else’s. He stole this Wanda—stole this life from a boy. 

Some could argue that Pietro has lived his life longer here in this timeline than in his original so therefore this one is more his then the other. Some would argue that this Wanda—despite everything—is more his sister then the other Wanda who he only had a short time with. He raised this Wanda. He loves this Wanda. but—

He loved baby Wanda, too. He loved her so much. The memories are mushed and tangled and fucking combined—but he knows what he felt. He knows that in the grand scheme of things, he lost a sister. Another sister. He had forgotten—erased and replaced her with a perfect replica just as easily as he had done with himself. 

And in the end, he really—-he just doesn’t understand why his mom never said anything. 

He doesn’t have baby pictures, he doesn’t even really have a real birth certificate—-now he knows why—-he doesn’t have family videos he can replay and look back and say “nope that wasn’t me. That was the dead kid I swapped with.” He can’t pinpoint the moment of the split screen. But surely his mother could. 

surely she would know the difference between him and her son. Her real son. 

And that’s the thing too—he has memories. Things that are sticking back into place now. Loose and twisted but sticking

The repeated nightmare—of two moms. A good mom and a bad mom. It’s not a damn metaphor. He’s not dealing with his mothers moral conflict…he’s dealing with the fact that he Literally has two different moms. One from his own timeline, a good mom—dying to save him—and the mom from this timeline, a bad mom—killing to protect him. 

The dream of him bleeding out while his mother tries to save him isn’t a dream at all—-it’s a memory. One that doesn’t belong to him. One placed there. 

“Yeah I’m okay.” Pietro lies and he spots a ceramic box decorated in jewels and gold trim in the corner of the temple. A tzedakah box for charitable donations located in a public space of the building. Synagogues don’t pass collection plates for offerings mostly because Jewish law prohibits carrying money on the sabbath day or any holiday. Charles had written him a very large check for him to donate—despite Pietro telling him it wasn’t necessary—the professor insisted that if it was important to him then he would donate a million dollars if he had to. The check isn’t a million dollars but it’s pretty damn close it and his fingers burn with all the zeroes sitting in his pocket right now. 

“Don’t steal from the pushkes.” He reminds Kitty who rolls her eyes “you’re no fun.” 

Despite her devious response Kitty manages to sneak towards that side of the temple and instead of slipping her fingers through the box to take a few bills she slips a thick envelope through the slit at the top of the box. A hushed prayer under her breath.

Gunther distracts his observation when he tugs at his sleeve and points at a group of children moving to a separate room, their parents waving them off to go to the shul room where the children are educated in a quiet room away from the service. Pietro had attended those studies when he was very young with his mother's insistence, despite her disregard for the culture later in his life. But actually…now that he thinks about it maybe that wasn’t her suggestion at all. Maybe that was a warped memory. Maybe it was two different alterations of his childhood. Included in the culture—-and undereducated in its practices. He feels both are true and he doesn’t know how to feel when Gunther asks “can I go?”

Pietro's instinct is to say no. To keep the child here beside him at all times and make sure he isn’t in any trouble but—-the children are around Gunther’s age. And despite everything Gunther is barely with peers—the X-Mansion isn’t flooded with toddlers and Gunther is often with the older kids of the school. The idea of Gunther actually making friends here with children his age makes any doubt rush out of him. “Sure thing. But you gotta be a good boy okay? And—“ he almost says don’t mention being a mutant and feels disgusting for even thinking it. But the fear of being rejected or even excluded from the services because of recent events had been a genuine fear of Pietro. “-Have fun.” 

Its a fear that was quickly dispelled once he entered the synagogue and saw its community. There were flyers in the community board on mutant safety, how they should be taken in for asylum. A program for assisting mutant rehabilitation in the temple. And today’s charitable donations is going to a Jewish family in the community with a teenage mutant needing funds to go to college. The synagogue was outwardly pro-mutant and Pietro feels almost jarringly secure in letting Gunther waddle his way out of the isle to follow the other children. 

“You wanna go too?” He asks Wanda but she just makes a face “that’s for baby’s.” And Pietro withholds a laugh. It’s meant to be a respectful silence during services. 

“They have different age groups.” Pietro tells her and he doesn’t actually think she knows that. He doesn’t think Wanda has any memories of ever going to any service. This very well might be her very first time. 

“I wanna stay with you.” She says quietly and Pietro nods—squeezing her hand. She’s here, she's here, she's here. 

She’s right here. It still makes his heart ache when he looks at her. He doesn’t think he’s being very subtle about his turmoil. Maybe that’s why she’s hesitating to leave him alone. 

It’s a long service. He doesn’t feel impatient though. He waits for his body to start feeling jittery and too still and it just never does. He feels heavy with his thoughts and his body and he feels present in the moment. He wonders if this is what compelled so many people to come. This sense of belonging. Of acceptance. 

He wonders if this is why his mother goes to the synagogue. For the lightness.

When Kurt, a practicing catholic, described his experiences in church he claimed he didn’t feel all that welcomed. Of course it depends on the church—on the people—but his experiences ended with scars and holy water dunked on his face. A mutant baptism that made Kurt too traumatized to ever attend another service again. Despite his reluctance to attend another church Kurt had listened to services on Miss Margo’s radio when he lived with her. It was what had made him feel solid and grounded in his faith. He liked the words they preached and the messages they spoke and he loved Miss Margo for believing in them. 

When he told Kurt he was going to a synagogue he told him to “be safe” and the earnestness in which he said it made Pietro's heart break just a little. 

They read the Torah kept in the ark and he assisted Wanda through the pronunciations. 

It was a good service and when the Head Rabbi greeted each member of the community he stood in front of Kitty and he embraced her. He squeezed her tight, like a Family reunion of some kind. Kitty’s eyes grow glassy and Pietro knows there must’ve been a reason she wanted to go to this specific synagogue. Maybe this is why. 

“It’s been a very long time.” The man says with a heavy smile as he pulls away from the younger girl. “I heard about what happened to your family and we feared the worst. I'm so incredibly glad to know you are well.”

“I heard you paid For the funeral. Thank you, I’m sorry I couldn’t attend.” Kitty says with a matching heaviness.

“We all paid. It was no problem and it was not your fault you couldn’t come—we understood.”

“I ran—“

“—if you hadn’t you would’ve joined their fate. I’m glad you ran. You are here with us because you did.” The rabbi spoke softly.

“I could've come back sooner.” Kitty sniffles, and Pietro could mistake it for allergies, but he can tell she’s about to cry.

“What's done is done and you are here now.” he looks over at Wanda and then over at Pietro who watches the interaction with curious eyes. “You brought friends.”

“This is Pietro and Wanda Maximoff. I've been staying with them and their father for the last couple of months.” Kitty Pryde doesn’t even let Pietro rebuff or correct her on the whole father thing; she just keeps talking, “they are mutants like us.”

Which catches Pietro completely off guard. Pietro's eyes dart back to the rabbi like he would suddenly grow a tail or something marking him as a mutant. He does not. He looks like a normal man. A heavy-set, grey-haired man with a spotty hairline, dark eyes and wrinkles that make him look a bit like a soft teddy bear. He doesn’t look different. Not that all mutants look abnormal—it’s just that—Pietro can’t imagine it. 

Hes old. And he looks happy. 

He doesn’t think he’s ever met an older natural born mutant before. Let alone a genuinely happy looking one. 

Every older mutant he’s met has been disgustingly depressed and/or a literal terrorist. Himself included—Two for two—if the media is to be believed. 

“Are they?” The rabbi takes them in with pondering eyes “and Jewish?”

Pietro is starting to think that this rabbi might be the Co-founding member of the Jewish Mutant Club. 

“Yeah.”

“So few of us left. I’m glad to have met you both.” He shakes Pietros hand and makes an effort to shake Wanda’s as well who does so with raised eyebrows. 

“Rabbi Ezra knows where she is.” Wanda says suddenly and Pietro looks at her with wide eyes. The rabbi—rabbi Ezra he assumes—raises his eyebrows. Kitty is the only one that doesn’t look surprised—in fact she looks like she expected her to say that. 

“Pardon?” Rabbi Ezra looks between the two girls confused—nervous. 

“Are you sure?” Kitty asks Wanda in a hushed voice. 

Wanda nods firmly “he’s protecting her.” Pietro gives her a look “go find Gunther—his class should be over now.” 

Wanda shrugs and skips away to go find him. 

“Who are we talking about?” Pietro asks quickly towards Kitty and the rabbi. 

“I would also like to know—“ Rabbi Ezra lifts a finger. 

“—my sister.”

“Your sister is dead, Katherine.” The old man looks deeply saddened by this news despite him being the one to deliver it. 

“She was pregnant when she died.” Kitt says with a straight face—blank and suddenly very very cold. Pietro gapes at the way the conversation turned. 

Rabbi Ezra’s face blurs into something saddening. “I know.”

Pietro is becoming aware of the fact that they aren’t actually here for service. 

“Katherine—“ Pietro doesn’t get to butt in. The younger girl is pushing through the conversation. 

“—she trusted you. We all did. You where our leader, you where like family.”

“I feel the same. I lost my family young as well.”

Pietro gets that familiar sinking feeling. He couldn’t even go a whole twenty four hours without feeling it. It just follows him everywhere. 

“I know.” Kitty bites her lip, her hands phasing slightly before she’s solid again and meeting the man’s gaze again with “—i know you had an affair with mama and I know that my dad was infertile.”

Rabbi Ezra looks a bit shaken but he doesn’t deny it. He just looks at Kitty like she’s something terrifying. Like all his worst parts wrapped into one person. His worst fear—his greatest loss. “How long have you known?” He asks after a long pause, looking almost shameful, his voice hushed despite the temple being nearly empty now.

“My mom said all my siblings where mutants cause dads grandfather was a mutant but the gene wouldn’t be that strong and that consistent if it was two generations back. You being our biological father wasn’t too much of a stretch.” 

“So you guessed.”

“You went to all the basketball games—all the birthdays, when Rachel had her kid he called you saba and when my mom was sighing her life away to that horrible man you told her not to. I heard you. You begged her not to do it. You tried to warn her. You told her that you loved her—that you loved us and that you would provide for us and—and—-you told her you’d marry her.” Kitty's breathing hard, her voice rising and falling between sentences like she can’t decide between reminiscing or raging. 

“You told her that you loved her but a man that loves someone wouldn’t have given up like you did.”

“She didn’t love me. She didn’t want my help. She was stubborn and she thought she was doing right by you—by her family.” 

“She wasn’t. She was blind and she trusted the wrong man.” 

“I know that now.”

“Too little, too late.” 

“I know. I’m—I can’t undo those mistakes. I can’t make right what was taken from you.”

“You can help. My sister was pregnant—-but I read the autopsy she didn’t have a baby inside her when she died. They took her baby—“and Pietro is glad he had the foresight to send Wanda away because what the actual fuck. 

Is she implying that they cut open a dead women and stole her dead baby? Pietro is sick. 

“You read the autopsy?” Rabbie Ezra sounds—so sad—and yeah Pietro has had to read his friends autopsies before. The Whitley Twins autopsies still haunt his nightmares—every child taken from the school and experimented on is still fresh in his mind. ”dear…you shouldn’t have done that.” The way he says dear reminds him of how Charles calls Wanda dear and love: all soft around the edges. 

“I have a niece. My only family. And you know where she is. Tell me where she is. That is how you can help me.”

 

“It is not a grand conspiracy Katherine. The paramedics where able to save the baby when they found my—when they got to your sister.” Rabbi Ezra takes a deep breath and he nods. “She’s here.”

Kitty stiffens her mouth gaping. “What? Here?” 

“In the daycare with the children. Here she comes.” Rabbi Ezra gestures behind them and when they turn—Pietro twisting his neck to see—they see A group of children coming out of a room with colored papers and big smiles. Gunther is showing his picture to a little girl and Pietro knows without question that that’s her. She looks like the spitting image of Kitty. Skin a bit darker, hair a bit curlier but everything else is like a clone. That’s Kitty Prydes niece. Her only relative left alive—besides the rabbi, apparently. 

Wanda is beside the two of them as they show her the drawings they made. She looks like she’s looking at the worst drawings she’s ever seen in her life but nods placatingly at them. 

“Oh.” Kittys voice cracks and her eyes dart towards the rabbi and back at her niece—back and forth like she can’t decide who to look at. 

“She lives with me.” He confesses. “A family wanted to take her in—but I—I was being selfish and I just—I couldn’t bear for her to be away from me. She was all that I had left of your sister—“ his daughter. “—and I knew you’d find your way back to us.” 

Kitty looks emotional—more emotional than she usually allows herself to get. “You were waiting for me?”

“I have a spare room. It was always meant for you. For when you came back home.” He says earnestly and it looks like it nearly breaks Kitty. 

Pietro knows that Katherine spent a lot of her time homeless after her parents passing—jumping from one thing to the other—barely making by and he can only imagine how heartbreaking it must be for her to hear that she had someone that was willing to take her in. 

“I should’ve come back sooner.”

“it’s okay.”

“I’m not the same as I was before.”

“It’s human nature to change. To evolve with our circumstances. I would’ve been a fool to think you’d still be that ten year old little girl sneaking snacks into service.” 

“I wasn’t ready to come back—I was—I did bad things—I didn’t think you’d…I thought that you would be disappointed in me. That you wouldn’t like who I became. Who I am.” 

“It’s okay. Whatever has happened, whatever you thought you needed to do—I don’t care. I mean I do care I just—-My dear, I’d rather you be a disappointment than dead. I prayed for the day I would feel something besides grief for you. Disappointed isn’t even in the top list of emotions that I feel right now.” 

Kitty wipes a stray tear “gross, you’re making me cry. Not cool man.”

“Her name is Aliza.” Rabbi Ezra says gently, “She’s been very excited to meet you.”

“She knows about me?”

“She helped decorate your room.” He says kindly. “I tell her stories about you and your family—about your mother and your father. She knows exactly who her family is. I made sure of it.”

“Oh.” Kittys eyes ger glassy again and she coughs and then shoots a glance at Pietro like she forgot he was there. “Well, I can’t um, live with you right now I’m in a boarding school. I like it there.”

She likes the school. It’s probably the first time she’s ever said it. He mentally pats himself in the back and he reminds himself to tell Charles later.

“Education is important. And I’m glad you found a place you enjoy going to. I know you weren’t fond of school before.” Ezra says with a smile. 

Kitty blushes and clears her throat. ”So yeah. I can’t just drop everything and come live with you.” Katherine then exhales deeply “but it’ll be spring break soon. I can come visit…and summer. I can stay in the summer.”

It was the most awkwardly sweet truce he had ever seen. A family reunion he had no idea he was going to experience. 

“Is this the first time your Abba has taken you to a temple?” Gunther's teacher asks him when The speedster approaches and Pietro isn’t even sure Gunther knows what Abba means. The teacher is assuming Pietro is Gunther’s father and Gunther just nods shyly at the teacher dressed in fine silks, thumb in his mouth. “Did you like it?”

He looks over at Pietro for his approval. Pietro gestures for him to answer truthfully. Gunther nods demurely. Anyone would assume the two were family with the way this kid waits for his permission to do anything. 

“What was your favorite part?”

Gunther has the foresight to remove his slobbering thumb out of his mouth to respond. “I liked when the old ladies danced.” 

The teacher just laughs and makes a comment like “kids' imaginations are so fascinating.” Even though Pietro knows Gunther sees the dead. He wonders just how many dead people are here for Gunther to see. Then horrifically Pietro wonders if he could see this timelines quicksilver. Could Gunther see the boy he was masquerading as his whole life? Would he even be a ghost? How do the parameters of Gunthers powers work? 

“Pie?” 

“Yeah?”

“How come dodah is sad?” 

“Dodah?” Pietro doesn’t know who Gunther would be calling Auntie. Maybe one of the female elders lining the walls has pinched his cheeks long enough to convince him of blood relation. 

 “Miss Wanda said I had to call her that.”

“Oh she did, did she?” Pietro will be having a word with her. “You don’t have to call her anything you don’t want to.”

“No is okay. Dodah sounds silly. I like it.” 

Right—well “it means Auntie.”

“Yeah she told me. It’s weird.”

“Yeah, it is. It’s okay you don’t have to call her that,”

“It’s weird cause dodah is only six bigger then me.” Gunther bubbles out showing six fingers like Pietro might’ve confused the numbers. “dodahs are supposed to be old. Like blue man.”

old like blue man. Who is he talking about? “Kurt?”

Gunther giggles like he said something Humorous. “no, silly. the doctor.”

“Hank?”

“Yeah! Dodah is supposed to be Old like Mister Doctor.” He is telling Hank Gunther said he was old as soon as he gets home. Sooner if possible actually. This is amazing. 

“I’m sure that’s very confusing. Sometimes dodahs are young. But—“ Pietro looks at Gunther gently “Wanda isn’t actually…” Pietro trails off when he sees how happy Gunther looks. The small child isn’t even looking at him, he’s looking at the candles and the pretty chandelier lighting up the pathway. He looks so content and relaxed. Like he belongs here. 

“Well…if Wanda’s your aunt does that make me your uncle?” Pietro teases, grabbing him from the back of his head and shaking him in a gesture he’s seen before—he just can’t remember from where. 

Gunther gives Pietro Maximoff a toothy grin and shakes his head. “No!” He says like thats absurd. Which actually kinda makes him feel some time of way. Wanda is worthy enough to be his aunt but he’s not worthy enough to be his uncle? What the actual hell? He’s known him longer! 

“right—well. You said Wanda looked sad?”

“Yeah she has little line here.” He touches the space between Pietro's eyebrows and he nearly swoons. This kid

“I don’t think she liked my drawing.”

“That’s not why she’s upset. It’s a very nice picture, bud.” Pietro smooths —kissing his soft cheek and receiving a giggle. 

“They said we had to draw one for our mommy’s but I don’t have a mommy but I still wanted to draw one so I said she could give my drawing to her mommy and she said she didn’t think she’d want it.” 

“Oh.” His mom. Of course Wanda is thinking of their mother while they're here. This is the place she most went to. This place must mean something completely different for Wanda. 

“Does your mommy not like flowers?” 

“No she—-Wanda isn’t sad because of you bud she just hasn’t seen our mom in a while. She misses her.”

Today of all days. Maybe it’s time for that to change. Maybe it’s time to have a proper family reunion. 

“Pie?” Gunther whispers next to him like a secret “yeah?” Pietro whispers back. 

 

“I think I was baptized." Gunther whispers in his ear and Pietro fake gasps looking overly scandalized. “No way!” He whisper yells teasingly and Gunther nods very seriously. “I remember a loud man reading from a book and drowning in the water. It burned my throat. But he said It was to make me clean.”

 

Oh, that’s—-anger flashes through Pietro—something like fury as he breathes through his nostrils and looks at Gunther intensely. What the actual fuck.

Gunther just smiles and sucks on his thumb like he didn’t just say something that broke Pietro's heart. 

 

“I’m sorry I lied.” Gunther says quietly, “I just wanted to come with you.”

 

Pietro shakes his head “Don’t be sorry. You have nothing to be sorry about. You—“ Gunther sees ghosts. It wasn't a baptism—-it was an exorcism. Completed on a child who can’t even tie his own shoes or draw flowers cohesively. A fucking baby. “You didn’t do anything wrong. I’ve decided it doesn’t count.” 

 

“It doesn’t?” Gunther looks at him with big trusting eyes. 

 

“Nope.” He pops his Ps cause he knows it makes him smile. "Annulled. Erased. Didn’t happen. You like it here?”

 

Gunther nods—eager to please him. 

 

“Then we can come back to the synagogue whenever you want. Or—um, church. I can take you to a church if you would prefer that.” And Pietro is willing to commit to that.  He’s willing to put aside any displeasure he might have at a Christian establishment, ignoring any thoughts he might have about exorcisms and forced baptisms he might have. He could ask Kurt to take him but he knows the blue mutant doesn’t go to in-person service. 

 

So this would be all him. He could do this for Gunther if it’s important to him. Just like he did this--celebrating Shavout with him--for Pietro because it was important to the speedster. 

 

“No, I like it here.” Gunther smiles and takes his hand. “I wanna be with you Abba.” 

 

Oh. 

 

Abba. 

 

Pietro knows this isn’t how this is supposed to go. He’s not meant to feel like this. Like he just won the damn lottery. 

 

“They have cheesecake in the community pantry. You want one?” Wanda waves at Gunther from across the hall and Gunther’s eyes grow big with excitement and then looks at Pietro. “Can I get one, Abba?” Again

 

“Y-yeah, sure thing kid. Save me one too okay?” The kid is joining Wanda within seconds and Pietro lets out a breath. 

 

Holy shit. 

 

“So are you planning on adopting him cause apparently Ezra has a pretty good adoption lawyer.” Katherine appears beside him like a phantom—any trace of her emotional talk with her secret father erased from her face. Pietro flinches at her appearance. 

 

“No—I—I’m too young to adopt a child. I can’t be a dad.” It was fine when it was a concept—a fantasy—a missed chance—a dodged future, erased and altered. No luna. Not now. Later. No kids. Not now. 

 

But apparently nothing in his life ever waits for him to catch up. “Didn’t you literally raise Wanda? Isn’t that enough practice?”

 

“I’m not—I can’t do that to him. He needs someone better. I’m too…broken.” He was never meant to be mine regardless. This life was never meant to be his. Any happiness he has here is a theft. Taken from someone else’s future. 

 

Pietro was always a kleptomaniac; he just hadn’t realized how far it went. 

 

Thud

 

Kitty punches him in the arm. 

 

Pietro jerks to the side and gapes at her “ouch, what the fuck!” 

 

“Stop cursing. We’re in a holy place.”

 

“Bitch.”

 

“Stop being a fucking moron.” So much for not cursing. “You love that kid.”

 

“I love all the kids.”

 

Katherine rolls her eyes “yeah, but he’s your favorite.”

 

“I don’t have a favorite.” 

 

“Yeah…just like how Charles doesn’t have a favorite. And Hank doesn’t have a favorite. Get off it bro. You can play neutral all you want but last week when that fire alarm went off—“ the mandatory fire safety certification Charles had to put the school through but forgot to tell Pietro about so he thought the alarm going off was very real. “—you saved Gunther first. Your favoritism wouldn’t have been so obvious if it weren’t for the fact that Kurt clearly searched him out as well. The two of you are perfect for emergency evacuations as long as Gunther isn’t there apparently or else everyone else can burn to a crisp.”

 

“We evacuated everyone else too.” Pietro says guiltily, nobody had said anything about it—the delay in getting everyone out was barely a minute. He hadn’t thought anyone had noticed. 

 

“During moments of crisis parents tend to prioritize their children. It’s normal. It’s why Charles looked for you specifically when he went to the facility. It’s why Hank gave his own blood to Kurt when he was crashing in the jet. Its normal. Parenting is just like that.” Katherine has always been too smart—too mature for her age. How is she only fourteen? 

 

“I’m glad you reunited with your dad. You could’ve told me that’s why you wanted to come.” Pietro gives her a sideways glance. 

 

“Stop changing the subject.” Katherine sighs. “Avoidant personality.” She gestures at him “like I said.”

 

“I’m not ready to be a dad, okay? I don’t wanna talk about this and I seriously don’t want either of them to overhear.”

 

“Fine—be like that. See if I care. I have two hundred in the line but see if I care.”

 

“Two hundred what? Dollars? How the hell do you have two hundred dollars?”

 

“I don’t. I will once you legally adopt Gunther.”

 

“You bet money you don’t have on the odds of me legally adopting Gunther.” 

 

“Yeah.”

 

“Why would you do that?” He sounds horrified—he kinda is. Two hundred dollars is a lot of money. 

 

“I don’t think Kurt can adopt since he isn’t a legal citizen.”

 

“I’m not a legal citizen.” Pietro points out. He isn’t even from this universe

 

“Yeah but you got a rich daddy he’ll pull some strings.”

 

“I’m genuinely in shock. You don’t even have two hundred dollars Kitty.”

 

“Only cause I decided to play the long game and put all my money on the whole Kurt situationship thing. I didn’t have any extra cash after that.”

 

“The whole Kurt what?”

 

“Nevermind that. It’s nothing. Don’t worry about it.”

 

Well—okay, he’ll have to ask about that later. 

 

“Plus—I’m definitely winning that one. So it’s money I’m getting back anyway. I mean my wager was way more realistic then Jeans whole throuple theory.” 

 

“Jeans whole what?” Pietro raises his eyebrows. 

 

What even are these words?

 

“Just a theory, don’t worry about it.” Pietro is very worried about it. 

 

“So no rush or anything but I did put a five year time limit on the adoption bet so if you do it after that I will actually kill you.” 

 

“I’m not adopting—“ Pietro's eyes catch the sight of Wanda and Gunther eating cheesecake in a corner—giggling and whispering like proper children. For just a moment—-just a split second he can see himself and Wanda in the same state. Giggling and whispering. United like proper siblings. And Pietro instinctively imagines Gunther and a different little girl. Luna. Someone he hasn’t met yet but will “soon.” According to Scarlet at least. He thinks whoever that child might be would love Gunther. 

 

Gunther would be a good big brother. 

 

It’s a fleeting thought. One that wrecks him all in one blow. 

 

“Adoption in under five years, for sure.” Katherine says smugly. 

 

“How long do you think it’ll take the rabbi to adopt you?” Pietro jabs back—wanting the pressure to be off him. 

 

“Hopefully not too long. He does have a good lawyer.” Katherine smiles “although technically I’d have to like—serve time in juvie first.”

 

What?” And Katherine decides to phase through the wall and into another room to avoid talking about it. 

 

Avoidant personality my ass. 

 

“Hi sorry.” A woman, the teacher who had been with Gunther before came up to him. “Are you Gunther’s Abba?”

 

“Yes.” Pietro says immediately and then feels himself cringing at the slip up. Fuck. 

 

“He left his other drawing in the classroom. Here you go.” And Pietro takes the piece of paper carefully. 

 

“Thanks.” He looks down at the drawing—more detailed than the one he had drawn before. Still clearly drawn by a toddler but obviously he had a vision. An idea of what he wanted on paper. A person. Pink dress, brown skin and long rainbow hair. It was mostly shapes and colors but the idea was there. It’s clearly meant to be a person. He just can’t tell who. 

 

He does end up asking after Shavuot—as he’s placing a magnet against it on the fridge. “Who’s that supposed to be, bud?” 

 

“It’s the pretty lady who sings me the monster song.” Right, so it must be one of the ghosts. He had mentioned a pretty lady before but Pietro hadn’t thought much about it. Gunther has a lot of friends that nobody else can see. “Does the pretty lady have a name?”

 

“Yeah!” Gunther nods, the gap between his teeth showing when he smiles up at him. “It’s Deja.”

 

The name doesn't sound familiar to the speedster. 

 

“That’s a pretty name.” Pietro says as he looks at the picture again. 

“She likes Lilly’s?” Referring to the small flower next to the person's feet. 

 

“Yeah, she loves them.” And Pietro thinks distantly that—-Miss Margo likes Lilly’s too. 

 

He makes a mental note to buy flowers for the vase in the hallway to replace the wilting roses. 

 

Lilly’s sound nice.

Notes:

Deja is Miss Margos' wife who passed away in the circus fire. In case anyone forgot. She was the original creator of the monster lullaby and sings it to all the children in the school, it's just that Gunther is the only one who hears her since she's a ghost. Pietro does not know Deja or Miss Margos' story, so he has no way of knowing the importance of her being there.

Possible angst? who knows? not me.
Thank you for reading. Do what you do. <33

Chapter 39: Call Me What You Want

Summary:

He wants to say it’s a big revealing moment but honestly he doesn’t even realize. He’s so consumed by Charles' unrelenting adoration that he doesn’t register his own reflecting words back. He’s just grinning at resumes like some sap when he realizes Charles hasn’t said anything in a minute or so.

When he looks up at him Charles is full blown staring at him. “What? Do I have something on my face?”

Charles shakes his head and he opens his mouth and then closes it again. “You—“ The professor takes a deep breath, like he’s trying to work something through. “You called me dad.”

Pietros mind blanks.

-----

Pietro calls Charles dad. They hug about it. Pietro calls Kurt Baby. They kiss about it.

Notes:

I'm publishing this with my eyes closed. Here you go. This Fic is officially over 300k words.

 

I wrote the word "dick" ten times and cringed every time I did it. I hate this chapter--but i can't keep editing it or I'll lose my mind. The amount of times i went "wait what position are they in again?" was insane. I write fluff and Angst, Guys, please! RELEASE ME!!

 

I just feel like Kurt is a boob guy. I don't want to explain myself.

Also, how many of y'all caught those few times I let Pietro call Charles "dad"?
i had other plans for Hank this chapter, i was gonna make him meaner but i just thought it was too out of character--and i hated writing it so i just scrapped the whole idea.

hopefully we get to see some more father son bonding time soon.
hopefully i actually do that time skip at some point...

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Two weeks have passed since Wanda came back home to the X-Mansion, and she still hasn’t talked to him about the time she spent with David. 

 

“She’ll come to you when she’s ready.” Charles tells him during their chess match. They had finally gotten back in the routine of consistently playing despite the booming attendance of children always being around. 

 

“Me or you?” Pietro crosses his arms pathetically, and that’s another thing that’s been weighing on him, too. She hasn’t talked to him about it, but that doesn’t mean she hasn’t talked to Charles about it. Pietro had seen her approach him with apprehensive eyes and fidgeting hands, and he knew that Charles had heard Wanda’s thoughts and feelings on the matter. He knows that Wanda talks to Charles about the missing time—but she just doesn’t talk to Pietro about it. 

 

It’s killing him. Charles keeps reassuring him that she’ll come to him when she’s ready—not to push it. He doesn't. But he wants to—he needs to know if anything bad happened. 

 

If she’s okay. 

 

But—

 

He knows Charles would’ve said something if it had. He knows that Charles wouldn’t keep that bit of information to himself. 

 

It’s been two weeks though. 

 

It’s been two weeks and Monet has barely spoken to anyone besides Pietro, more reclusive. Hank has a similar situation—-enclosed in his room, only being coaxed out by Kurt. Frankie has gotten in the habit of joining them during their walks—letting Hank pull his wheelchair while Kurt picks pretty flowers on the path they always walk. From a distance, they look like a little family—comfortable and at ease with each other. Sometimes Pietro is tempted to barrel his way into their walks, pull an arm around Kurt, and join Frankie in naming all the bugs they see, but he doesn't. He knows that is Hank and Kurt time, and the main reason Frankie is included is because Kurt is worried about him. 

 

“Bobby Drake isn’t talking to his parents again.” Pietro tells Charles when he moves his horsey. Charles nods and blocks his next move. “They told him he could bring his girlfriend to Thanksgiving—that they’d prepare the guest room for her.” 

 

“His girlfriend being…Jean Grey?” Should Pietro make them sleep in different rooms? Is this suddenly going to be a whole different talk? 

 

“They aren’t dating. He told them they were just friends. The boy was mortified.” Yeah, that sounds more like Bobby. 

 

“So he’s ignoring them cause they misunderstood?” Pietro sighs and Charles lifts a brow at him “In a way.” The professor says. 

 

“I think the boy was just hoping they’d be able to be themselves there without any misunderstandings.” Themselves being codependent and in tune with everything the other does. 

 

Bobby and Jean—have become BobbyandJean and he doesn’t think anything can undo that. “Have they ever met Jean?”

 

“During open house. They met briefly. She left quite an impression.”

 

Right. He had forgotten about open house. Rabbi Ezra had come to visit for a few days, and Katherine was mortified when he started pulling out old baby pictures of her from a travel photo album he had on him. 

 

Gunther played with Katherine’s niece, and the mansion was full of people and reunions of all types. Kurt had waited by the door like he expected someone—-Pietro only managed to gather later that his blue friend had been waiting for his father's arrival. But Raven did not come. Pietro tried to hug him when he told him—and Kurt, for the first time ever, refused to be held. He pulled away when Pietro tried to embrace him and hadn’t come to bed with him that night. Kurt had decided to sleep in his own bed alone for the first time in months.  

 

Pietro felt like it was more of a punishment on him than it was on Kurt. Although Pietro isnt sure if it was meant to be a punishment at all.

 

He tried not to think about that night too much. Kurt had opened up to him the following day with hiccuped cries and “I’m sorry.” And “I need a hug.” Gracing his lips like a curse. Caving in to the affection like a bee to honey. Pietro hugged him, wrapped him up with all the blankets like a burrito, put on a sappy movie, and made him muffins. Wanda helped make them—putting some aside for Frankie, who had been staring from the sidelines as they made them like a dog wagging its tail. 

 

“Open house was pure chaos.” Pietro sighs. “Magda hadn’t come.” 

 

He didn’t know if he wanted her to come or not. He hasn’t spoken to her since the day of their fight. He hadn’t invited her but at Wanda’s request Charles had sent a message to her via Cerebro about the event. It was a big deal for Wanda. She wanted her mother here. Pietro could barely stand to look at the woman but if she had come he thinks—he wouldn’t have made a scene. He would have let her enjoy her time with Wanda. 

 

“Did you want her to come, my boy?” Charles' voice was gentle, assessing. Pietro barely talks about his mom even to Charles. Especially to Charles. Especially since the fight. 

 

“I don’t know. I think I just wanted her to want to come.”

 

“So that you could slam the door on her face?” Charles says with a knowing smile.

 

“It would’ve been satisfying.” Pietro suppresses a smile.

 

“You know where she is if you truly wanted to see her.” And he does. It’s where she’s been since that wretched day in this very office. The motel room close to town—-the one Charles dutifully pays for. The speedster had gotten close a few times. After Shavuot, he got up to the lobby before high-tailing it back home. He just didn’t know what he would even say to her, and he didn’t want a whole argument.

 

“Charles, did you have a good relationship with your mother?” Pietro asked curiously, peaking at his expression for any signs of discomfort. Charles doesn’t talk about his family unless it’s Raven. 

 

“My mother wasn’t around much. Nor my father. They were always on trips or vacations or something of the sort. They loved each other deeply. All their time and love went to each other and their jobs—not much left over for me, I suppose.”

 

Charles smiles, though, leaning over to make his next move. “I had Raven to keep me company. And maids and butlers. And a very friendly gardener. I was not wanting just because I did not have them.”

 

Charles takes his king. The game's over. “Best two out of three?” 

 

“Unfortunately, I do have papers to grade.” Charles sighs. 

 

“I can help.”

 

Charles gives him a look of surprise, “I’ve helped before! Why are you looking at me like that?”

 

“It’s not surprise, it’s suspicion. The last time you graded papers, you ended up doodling on half of them and giving everyone stickers—-even the really bad ones.”

 

“I didn’t want them to be bummed out over the bad grades.”

 

“They shouldn’t be excited to get a bad grades.”

 

“They shouldn’t be excited to get grades at all. Schools for losers.” Pietro says just to whine the professor up. 

 

“Pietro, you work in a school.”

 

“Barely…” Pietro frowns throwing his hands in the air all dramatically “I barely get to leave this place.”

 

Charles gives him a look, almost sad.  “Do you feel trapped? My intention wasn’t to keep you hostage, I just—“

 

Pietro interrupts before Charles can do a deep dive into that train of thought. “—Nononono. Stop that.” He feels a bit guilty for being dramatic. He didn't think Charles would take it to heart.

 

He isn’t trapped here. He can leave and go as he pleases. He chooses to stay. “I just mean like—-we haven’t left in a while.” Pietro's face does something strange. He hopes Charles doesn’t notice. “You’ve slowed down on recruitment, and we need to reach more mutants.”

 

“Yes, I see. I understand what you mean. I have slowed down a bit, I guess…I could go on Cerebro and see if I can locate anyone. I’ll inform you and Monet if anything comes up.”

 

Pietro freezes “um no I—“ just say what you want. “—I thought maybe it could just be the two of us. Like old times.” 

 

“Isn’t that why you brought Monet here? For recruitment? Shouldn’t she go with you, so that way she can see the ropes? Get the hang of talking to parents and children. You’re very good at it.” Pietro soaks the compliment in and tries to push past the mental wall stopping him from saying what he wants. 

 

“Yes. That’s—exactly what we should do. Eventually…I just...I wanted to spend time with you.” And Pietro didn’t realize how pathetic it sounded—like he was begging him to hang out with him. He rushes to fix it before making it awkward. “But you're right, that’s dumb! I’m dumb. We should focus on training Monet she’s all cooped up in her room and—“

 

“—It’s not dumb.” Charles interrupts quickly, and Pietro goes still. He dares to look at the professor who is staring back at him with far too much fondness. It makes him want to run away. He doesn’t, though. He sits and he waits for him to continue. “You’re not dumb. You don’t have to make up an excuse to spend time with me.”

 

“Okay.” Pietro swallows; his face going hot. “Can I hang out with you?” 

 

“Of course, son.” Charles smiles, relaxing in his chair. “What would you like to do?”

 

“Can we go to the arcade in town? They put up a new Pac-Man machine. It has more levels. And the graphics are really good.”

 

“Sounds fun. Is there chess there?”

 

“Probably not “

 

“Shame.”

 

“I-I can show you how to play pac man though.” Pietro is too excited about that prospect. 

 

Charles nods even though he probably has no interest in it. It’s not like chess or like those weird brain games he likes. It’s mind-numbing and brainless and flashy. He doesn’t think he’d enjoy it, but Charles nods. He agrees to do it—-to be taught-—just because Pietro wants to. Because it’s something that’s clearly important to him. Pietro does end up helping him with grading the papers, though. He uses a glittery blue pen that reminds him of Kurt and doodles on papers despite claiming he wouldn’t—he couldn’t help himself. 

 

He’s halfway through grading a very poorly titled analysis paper on the history of Left-Handed Pirate Captains when Hank decides to waltz into the professor's office to presumably drop something off.

 

“Hey, Hank!” Pietro exclaims happily at his arrival, and the blue man smiles politely at him, which might as well have been a slap in the face. 

 

“Hi, Peter. Charles letting you grade papers again?” Hank muses and goes to Charles quickly—“yep. Almost finished with this flower.” Pietro says as he shades a pedal. 

 

“These are the transfer papers and applications for the new teacher position, there's a few candidates I think would be good.” Hank says as he hands the resumes to Charles who nods and shuffles the papers in his lap before going to hand them over to Pietro. “Peter can look through them.”

 

The speedster reaches over to grab them when Hank's own furry hand blocks him from taking them, a sudden motion that catches both Charles and Pietro off guard. 

 

“You should be the one to look through them, you’re the Dean.” Hank says without even looking at Pietro Maximoff. 

 

What the fuck?

 

“What?” Charles looks absolutely flabbergasted by Hank's words which makes Pietro feel a lot less crazy for being caught off guard. 

 

“Hiring decisions should be up to you, not Peter.” Hank says evenly, and Pietro feels his body go rigid and hot at his tone.

 

“Is this about Monet?” Charles frown, looking incredibly confused by Hank's line of questioning. 

 

Pietro stands straighter–his face going very serious. 

 

“You don’t like Monet?” Pietro doesn’t mean to sound so hurt when he asks the question. He hadn't even considered that Hank would have a problem with Monet. She's barely left her room to leave an impression on anybody. The idea that Hank would dislike her makes Pietro inexplicably sad. 

 

Despite the short time Pietro has known Monet he feels close to her. He bared his soul to her—she listened without judgment. She knows things about him that not even Kurt knows. Sure, he had said them to her when she was a stranger, a faceless person to vent to and let out his energy but she became more to him after that. 

 

Hank is important to him too. The first person that he considered family outside of his immediate blood relative. They are both important to him. He wants the people he cares about to at least like each other.

 

Hank meets Pietros eyes—like he knows that he’s spiraling a bit. “I barely know Monet. But I trust that she’s good because you like her Pietro. I trust your judgement in people but—She doesn't have any experience in childcare or marketing or anything useful for the position you hired her.” 

 

Pietro knows that. He does. Logically he knows that Charles ‘interviewed her’ but the telepath had already decided to hire her the moment Pietro had said she was his friend. 

 

He knows there’s a word for that. He just can’t think of it right this second. Being handed a job because of who you know and not for your qualifications. 

 

“Have you heard of St Croix Corporation?”

 

“The Tech Company?” 

 

“Monets father is the CEO. So she's got more connections as a socialite than you and me combined. She speaks three languages, and for undisclosed reasons has diplomatic immunity. Her mutant abilities also make her an incredible asset to the school. So no, I didn’t just hire her cause Pietro likes her. I do actually think she’ll be a great fit.” 

 

Pietro is surprised yet somehow not. Of course Charles didn't hire Monet because of his favoritism for Pietro he hired her because she’s amazing

Hank nods “that’s…incredibly lucky.” The Blue Beast looks at Pietro. 

 

“It’s very lucky that you managed to stumble upon such a qualified mutant, Pietro.” 

 

“It wasn’t luck.” Pietro says with ease. It hadn’t gone past his head that the twins decided to take him to a secluded place in a random city where he later happens to meet Monet. It doesn’t feel like luck, it feels like an intervention—moving his chess piece to guarantee a move he never otherwise would’ve made. He wonders idly if he would’ve met Monet at a different time, organically or maybe if this was always the way it was supposed to happen. 

 

“She found me.” And that feels true too. Because he hadn’t known she was meant to meet her. He hadn’t expected anything to come of it. She saw him in the midst of a meltdown and decided to join in. Stewing in his screams with him. It was an odd experience looking back on it but it was nice. 

 

“i hadn’t known that you did an interview.” Hank says and because he isn’t like Pietro—he makes eye contact with the both of them, firm in his words. “I’m sorry for doubting you.” 

 

“Apology accepted, old friend.”

 

Hank looks over at Pietro and he realizes the apology was meant for him as well. “My intention was not to doubt your judgement—I simply wanted to avoid nepotism. I’m sorry Peter.” He says intently and with ease—unlike the speedster, apologizing isn’t agonizing to him. It's not a whole heart wrenching ordeal. 

 

Nepotism! That was the word he was trying to think of. Holy shit, right on the nail. “No stress, you’re good.” Pietro's voice comes out wonky but nobody comments on it. 

 

Hank leaves them be with no further fan fare and Pietro waits until he’s gone before he looks away from the resumes and towards Charles. “You really hired Monet because you thought she’d be good?” 

 

Charles sighs “In all honesty I hadn’t known any of that stuff about her until a few minutes ago when I read her mind. I was just showing face. I fully hired her because you like her.”

 

He knew it! “Charles!” Pietro burst into laughter, his face breaking into a gasping grin. “Why would you lie about that?” He was so convincing too! 

 

“I didn’t want Hank to doubt you.” Charles says with a fondness in his voice that makes Pietro's skin prickle. 

 

And it was so effortless and instinctual—to protect Pietro's honor even when he was technically in the wrong. Pietro feels warm and fuzzy and like he’s in superspeed—otherworldly—-but he isn’t. 

 

“I love you, kid. I just wanted to make you happy.” Charles says earnestly—so simple.  Pietro fiddles with the resumes and his instinct isn’t to say ‘I’m not a kid.’ But instead it is—“I love you too, dad.” 

 

He wants to say it’s a big revealing moment but honestly he doesn’t even realize. He’s so consumed by Charles' unrelenting adoration that he doesn’t register his own reflecting words back. He’s just grinning at resumes like some sap when he realizes Charles hasn’t said anything in a minute or so. 

 

When he looks up at him Charles is full blown staring at him. “What? Do I have something on my face?”

 

Charles shakes his head and he opens his mouth and then closes it again. “You—“ The professor takes a deep breath, like he’s trying to work something through. “You called me dad.”

 

Pietros mind blanks. 

 

“No I didn’t.” Pietro blurts out instinctively—horrified, and staring at Charles with wide eyes. 

 

Charles continues to gaze at Pietro like he’s something else—something special. ”Yes you did. Just now and a few times before."

 

 

“No I didn’t. When?” Pietro's heart is beating fast—faster than usual. He hears blood rushing to his head. 

 

“In the Jet, when you were going in and out of unconsciousness you called me dad. A few times actually.” Charles says with a bit of guilt, like he had kept that memory locked away, like a little secret. 

 

“And after the talk with your mother when you could barely speak you called me dad then too.” He thinks he recalls Pete mentioning that Pietro had called Charles dad at the time but he had been frustrated and didn’t really listen to the other speedster. 

 

“And just now you called me dad.” Charles says firmly “you said ‘I love you too dad.’” 

 

Pietro considers running away. Very briefly. He decides against it. “I didn’t realize.” How many times has he done that and didn’t realize? How many times has he said it and Charles didn’t realize either?

 

When did Charles become his dad? He knows Charles doesn’t mind when Wanda calls him dad—he thrives off it actually. He knows Charles doesn’t hate it when Wanda claims him in that way but it doesn’t mean he wants a grown ass man to walk around calling him dad. It’s different. Pietro is different. 

 

He doesn’t have time to spiral about this. “It’s the first time you said it when you weren’t in distress.” Charles says like that means something to him. Like Pietro claiming him when he’s at ease is just—if not more—impactful to him then when he’s claiming him in a moment of panic. 

 

“Is that okay?” Pietro's voice is barely above a whisper—his face tight and he doesn’t relax until Charles is placing a soft hand on his arm. “Of course it is. You’re my son.” And he knows that Charles had kind of said it before—implied it in his own way. He knows that Charles loves him like a son and he knows that’s important specifically because he’d already lost a child. He’d already lost something special. Pietro isn’t the child he lost. 

 

Hes filling that parental void in Charles—replacing a dead child again. It makes his skin cold and he’s pulling away from Charles' comforting hands. 

 

“I don’t want to be a consolation prize for the child you lost.” 

 

Charles' face crumbles—startles a bit at the words. He hadn’t brought up Charles loss since their heart to heart. It feels like a twist of a knife bringing it up now when he’s so emotional. 

 

“You’re not.” Charles had fought with himself about this already and Pietro knows—he knows it’s a topic he revisits when he’s at his lowest. Questioning whether he deserves a family after he’s already lost one. “You’re my son. Pietro Django Maximoff.” It’s the first time Charles has ever said his name fully. The pronunciation is perfect—like he practiced it in the mirror, repeating each vocal until it was perfect. 

 

Pietro Django Maximoff. Charles' son. 

 

“I don't want you to look at me and see somebody else.” His mom never saw him. Magda Maximoff never saw him. She saw her son—the one she lost. Pietro replaced her dead son. 

 

Pietro can’t do that again. He can’t

 

“I only see you. You’re my son.”

 

“I can’t replace another dead kid.” Pietro doesn’t realize he’s crying until he sees Charles reach up and wipe his tears, the speedster melts into his touch—craving the affection even when he’s trying to pull away. 

 

“What do you mean Pietro?” Charles says his given name like he’s always said it. Like it isn’t new to his tongue. Like he didn’t scoff and call it a mouthful when Pietro first introduced himself to him—back when he was coming down from a low point in his life and Charles saw him as a tool to help him break someone out of the pentagon. He wasn’t his son back then. Pietro wonders what was the moment that changed his mind about the speedster. 

 

What moments accumulated to make Charles see him as his son? How did Pietro do it? 

 

How did he do it with Magda? How did he make her love him even though he had her dead son's face? Did she ever love him? Was that a lie as well? 

 

“Im not from this universe.” He finds it surprisingly easy to confess. It rolls off the tongue like waves. 

 

Charles face looks so concerned as Pietro begins to explain—his hands never once leave Pietro. Going from wiping his tears to rubbing his shoulder soothingly, to holding his hands securely. It’s almost like he’s afraid that if he lets go of Pietro the speedster might come to his senses and run away before he blinks. It’s a possibility especially as he explains the situation to him. Recalling what the Maximoff twins said to him. 

 

When he gets to the part about David killing his alternative self Charles looks visibly shaken, squeezing his hands like he was reminding himself that Pietro was right here—right in front of him—alive. So similar to how Pietro reacted with Wanda when she finally came back. 

 

“He was in this house,” Charles says with a revised resentment in his voice. “He could’ve hurt you. Magda made it seem like he wouldn’t go as far as to kill you. But she was wrong.” It’s the same realization Pietro had made at that time. 

 

“You wouldn’t have let him.” Pietro is so confident in that assessment. In no world would Charles have let David hurt Pietro not when he was in his home. “But he already did. A different me and he’s done horrible things. Before he came here. Before I was even a thought.” And it’s the closest Pietro's gotten to telling Charles. A fraction of what he wants to say. 

 

“Magda…she said that he hurt you. She told me that he used to starve you. He’d lock you in your room for days and he’d take out his anger on you with his fist. She told me—how he’d mark you with his blade, watch you bleed and heal right in front of him like a game. He was cruel and unkind and I’m sorry I ever allowed him to step foot into this house.”

 

Pietro notices that in his description of the crimes David has committed against him he doesn’t say a particular one. The speedster pauses—hesitant to even bring it up. Afraid to break the coat of ice they seem to be balancing above. 

 

Magda told him. Right? She said that he told him everything. Had she only told him parts? She wouldn’t leave something like that out. Right? 

 

Charles had acted so distraught afterwards. He had seemed so upset that it seemed like he must’ve known. Pietro tries to recall what Charles had told him that day. He hadn’t given much away. Not much to go by. 

 

“Is that it? Is that all she told you?” 

 

“Is there more I should know?” Charles frowns and Pietro feels that pull again. That brick wall building around the topic. But telling Monet—being able to push past all the ugliness makes it easier to find his words. Any compulsion Wanda put in his head to avoid avoid avoid has torn up and broken up ages ago. 

 

“Yeah. He touched me. He used to make me touch him too.” Pietro says quietly, and as if to clear up any confusion he says In plain words “he was—is a rapist.” 

 

Charles’ face goes through a series of emotions. It makes it clear to the speedster. He didn’t know. He believed the extent of David’s abuse was physical and not sexual. Pietro can see Charles backtracking mentally—recalling every moment—every hint or clue Pietro might’ve given. Every interaction. Every misalignment. Every misassumption of Pietro's character. 

 

“Your door doesn’t have a lock.” Charles says with a dawning expression, eyes watering. 

 

Pietro doesn’t have a lock on his door. It was a choice he had made early on when Wanda and him had just gotten here. Lost and uncertain. Once he had settled in a room he switched out the doorknobs. His room is the only room in the entire house without a lock. Which means anyone can come in—-but he will never be trapped. He can always leave. He will never be seven years old again in a locked room with a drunk man. Charles hadn’t said anything then. Or Hank. 

 

Kurt had asked about it once and Pietro gave him some off hand excuse about leaving the door open in case Wanda wanted cuddles. It had been early in their friendship and he hadn’t wanted to drop all the ugly shit on him. 

 

He did eventually tell him the truth of why he prefers an open door. But besides him no one had ever questioned it. Or at least nobody ever voiced it. 

 

Charles looks at Pietro with glassy eyes—“your mother knew?” Nothing could’ve hidden the disdain in his voice. 

 

“Yeah. She knew.” Pietro squeezes Charles hands—the ones the professor is still healing like a lifeline. Charles puts his other hand on top of his hand—cupping his one hand like a prayer. “My poor boy. How could she even think—-“ Charles cuts himself off, closing his eyes as he seems to try and reel his emotions in. He obviously doesn’t want to talk badly of Pietro's mother. It’s his mom. He had been playing a balancing game of neutrality when it came to his mother—never really giving too much heat or too much attention to her. Allowing Pietro to feel his feelings without added opinions. 

 

Pietro knew that Charles was on his side. Despite the forced neutrality he knew that Charles was team Pietro all the way and was only saving face in case the two made up in the future. 

 

But Charles face curls up into grimace and nothing could’ve hidden his distaste for Magda Maximoff. “She should’ve protected you.”

 

“I think that’s what she thought she was doing.”

 

Charles is not an illogical man. He’s very smart and very understanding but at this moment he cannot fathom the idea of Pietro getting hurt being the best course of action. “He had Wanda.” Charles looks at Pietro with sad eyes. Pietro's crying and he can’t even be bothered to wipe them away. “You must’ve been so afraid.” 

 

“I’m sorry this happened to you. I wish I would’ve known, I wish—“ Charles pulls Pietro's hand up to his face. The professor leaves a peck on the back of his hand, a small kiss that he then rubs circles over with his thumb. 

 

It’s a gesture he got from Pietro when the speedster is “healing” the children’s scrapes and bruises. A kiss, the magic touch and a little wish for all the pain to go away. It makes Pietro cry harder. 

 

“—I wish that undeserving men wouldn’t be fathers. I wish that your mother didn’t give you such a bad one. I wish that it was all simpler—better. I wish that you realized just how much everyone cares for you.” Charles holds Pietro's hand like it’s his whole world. 

 

He thought—he thought Charles would be hesitant in touching him once he knew what David did. He assumed he would be more cautious—more unsure of what would be interpreted from those affections. 

 

Charles hugs him. The action is difficult from his chair but Pietro makes it easy for him—practically collapsing into it like his limbs are jello. Charles holds him for a long time. Mumbling words like “my son.” Or  “my boy.” And Pietro takes it all in like a dream. 

 

All of this feels foreign to him. Pietro doesn’t remember falling asleep. It’s a testament to how comfortable and safe he feels around Charles that he was even able to allow himself to get drowsy. 

 

He doesn’t remember falling asleep. He just remembers the emotional turmoil and Charles caressing his hair gently, kind and patient. 



It’s maybe the best sleep he has in a very long time. 

 

It’s probably the calmest he’s ever felt. 

 

He wakes up in his bed. Door opened and the sun dropping through the window.

 

Kurt is curled up to his side, hand holding his like he is picking up where Charles left off. 

 

Pietros eyes feel crusty with dried with tears and his body aches from exhaustion. He has no idea how long he’s been asleep but it feels like his body aches for more rest. “Kurt?” He whispers into his pillow. Voice groggy and hoarse. 

 

“Yeah?” Kurt doesn’t open his eyes, just scoots a bit closer and wraps his tail around Pietro instinctively. 

 

“You carry me in here —princess style or something?”

 

 “Yeah, like a pretty princess.” 

 

“My hero.” Pietro grins and pulls the cover closer to his chin, sinking into Kurt’s chest. 

 

“You told Charles?”

 

“Yeah.”

 

“I’m proud of you.”

 

Pietro's eyes welled up—“Thank you.” 

 

Kurt kisses his eyelids softly. “I love you, Pie.”

 

“I love you too, baby.” Pietro hums and Kurt grips him tighter. “You haven’t called me that in a while.”

 

“Called you what?” Pietro asks absently. Letting out a breath that puffs out into Kurt’s neck—making the blue boy giggle.

 

“Names.” Kurt says with a happy tone.

 

“I don’t call you names!” Pietro jerk up and looks at Kurt with opened eyes. Kurt opens his eyes too—-his yellow eyes meeting Pietros shyly. “Not bad names…sweet names?”

 

“Sweet names?” Pietro face grows a sly grin. “Like what?” 

 

Kurt looks away—flustered suddenly and Pietro grabs him by the jaw softly, a big grin on his stupid face. “You mean baby?”

 

“Yeah. You haven’t called me baby in a long time.” Kurt says quietly, looking at him through his lashes. 

 

“I call you baby all the time. And babe. And sweetheart. And honey.”

 

“Not lately. Not since Pete got here.” Kurt mumbles and Pietro has no idea what he’s talking about at all. 

 

Well—actually—oh yeah. He remembers that night. Pete had barged into his room like a creep and Kurt took him down in a frenzy. They tried to coax him out of him.

 

“Baby, it’s alright—-you got him.” Pietro had told him.

“Don’t call me that.” Kurt had snapped angrily at Pietro his eyes cold and then followed with a “I’m not a fucking baby.” And Pietro remembers Kurt wasn’t in his right mind. 

His words had been said in a different context. He thought Pietro wasn’t real. An imposter. He had spat the words in a way to protect himself. 

He hadn’t meant them for the speedster. But Pietro supposes that he must’ve internalized it regardless. He hadn’t noticed that he had stopped calling him pet names after that point. 

An abrupt cut off of verbal affection. It wasn’t even something he processed. 

Obviously it was something Kurt had processed though. 

“Did I do something wrong?” 

He thought he had done something wrong? Pietro's chest aches and he shakes his head quickly. “No, of course not. You told me to stop calling you baby. But honestly I didn't even realize that I had stopped.” 

 

“I didn’t want you to stop. I liked it.” Kurt admits with an almost desperate expression. It pains Pietro to know that it had been something Kurt was bothered by and didn’t tell Pietro sooner. 

 

“Why didn’t you say something?”

 

“I tried to but it felt…silly. I thought you’d start saying it again eventually. If I was good or if I was…cute.” Kurt says with a blush to his cheeks, clearly embarrassed by his own words. Pietro tries to grasp at the meaning, feeling a bit giddy. “Where you trying to be cute on purpose? So I’d call you baby?” Pietro couldn’t keep the teasing out of his voice. 

 

Suddenly so many random things connected in his head. Kurt deciding to cook with his apron—despite it being frilly and girly. Kurt putting on all of Pietros clothes despite the loose fit. Kurt wearing The shirt (™) just to get Pietro all flustered. Kurt acting like he couldn’t open a jar of olives and pouting at Pietro to open it. Kurt laying his head on his lap, all soft and cute while they talked outside near the tree. 

 

He was trying to be cute. On purpose. 

 

“No!” Kurt gasps and pulls the cover over his head like a guilty liar. 

 

“Kurt you tease!” Pietro giggles, flipping under the covers with him to look him in the eye. Kurt is covering his face with his hands “you were trying to be cute for me?” Pietro tries to pull his hands away from his face. Kurt keep them firmly pressed against his blushing face. “This is so embarrassing.” Kurt says through his hands. 

 

“I think you’re cute all the time so it didn’t even register that you were trying to be extra cute, baby.” Pietro wiggles his hands around the other boys waist, still under the cover like it’s a secret. “I’m sorry I didn’t appreciate it. I promise I’ll always call you baby, sweetheart and whatever pretty name you like.” 

 

“Okay, Please stop talking,” Kurt whines and Pietro smiles big and wide, looking down at his best friend like he’s the sweetest boy to ever live. “Baby.” Pietro coos, kissing him on his knuckles, Kurt's face still covered. “Sweetheart.” Pietro presses his lips against his neck, a lazy affection. Kurt shivers and Pietro grins mindlessly as he presses another kiss down Kurt's visible collarbone “Honey.” Pietro purrs. His hands slip under Kurt’s shirt and he slides it upwards without thought, Kurt wiggles and gasps a quiet “pie..” which does nothing to stop the soft peck Pietro presses on his sternum, just above a scar “darling.” The speedster follows the goosebumps trailing down Kurt’s exposed blue stomach and with a delighted grin presses another kiss on the side of his ribcage, lower down his body. “Love.” 

 

“Pietro, please.” Kurt whines and Pietro doesn’t know if he’s asking him to please stop or please keep going but he can tell without looking up that Kurt’s removed his hands from his face—watching with breathless eyes.

 

Pietro doesn’t know what comes over him. He knows it’s going to far when he presses another kiss on Kurt’s hip, just above where his boxer briefs peak over his pajama pants—“pretty boy.” and something presses against the speedsters stomach—half on top of his best friend, showering him with kisses and pet names like that’s something friends do. It’s not. And he knows it’s not because Kurt is hard

 

Pietro can feel that he’s hard. He knows it’s a normal reaction—for crying out loud he’s kissing all over him, practically on top of him in his bed. So he shouldn’t be surprised that Kurt feels some type of way. 

 

He just doesn’t expect himself to react to Kurt. Pietro had grown used to the idea that he just wasn’t going to be a sex person. Whether that be because of his trauma or because he doesn’t want to—he just kinda assumed he’d never feel the urge to do this kind of thing with someone else. 

 

Kurt tries to wiggle out Pietro's hands, clearly horrified by his body’s reaction “I’m sorry.” The blue boy rushes out—his voice a higher octave than usual. 

 

And Instead of doing the appropriate thing and moving away and allowing Kurt to shuffle away and cool down the speedster makes it so that he can’t move at all—fully on top of him and bracketing him with his thighs, looking down at his best friend with a mushy brain. Kurt’s breathings grows fast as pietro slides his hand from his chest down to the hem of his boxers. He follows the descend with hooded eyes and Pietro soaks in that expression on his face like a Polaroid picture. He wishes he could take a picture of the pretty shade of purple his cheeks have colored. He barely slips a finger inside his boxers when Kurt’s breath hitches—Pietro stops and meets Kurt’s yellow eyes “do you want me to stop?” Pietro whispers and Kurt bites his lip, his fangs making an appearance, and shakes his head quickly. “Use your words, baby.” 

 

Kurt makes a noise from the back of his throat that makes Pietro's skin vibrate. “Don’t stop, please.” He whines and Pietro hand is sliding down his boxers before he can finish saying please

 

In one swift movement Pietro's hand is gliding down Kurt’s cock. 

 

Fuck, he’s big. 

 

Pietro loses his damn mind over it, feeling the length of it like he’s measuring it with the loops of his fingers. “You’re so big, baby.” 

 

Kurt whines and for a moment Pietro thinks he might go to touch him but instead his hands flatten against the mattress and he curls his fingers around the comforter in a tight fist. 

 

Pietro becomes horrifically jealous of the comforter and wishes Kurt wouldn’t hesitate to grip him just like that. “Can you touch me?” Pietro doesn’t mean for it to come out so desperate but he can’t help how his voice sounds right now. 

 

Kurt meets his eyes quickly. 

 

“Can I kiss you?” Kurt asks with big doe eyes and a voice that’s far too innocent for someone whose dick is in Pietro's hand. 

 

“Of course.”

 

He feels lightheaded and on fire when Kurt finally moves those fingers away from the comforter and to the back of his head to pull him down. Kurt kisses him Pietro like he’s water, drinking him in like he’s dehydrated. This kiss was starving. Wanting. And Pietro was willing to give him all of it. 

 

He’d do anything for Kurt and that should be terrifying but it isn’t. 

 

Pietro continues to stroke Kurt and he moans into the kiss, fingers curling tightly around Pietro head of curls. Pietro is so fucking happy his hair has grown long enough for Kurt to pull at it. He doesn’t know what he’d do if he couldn’t experience that satisfying sting it leaves behind. Pietro allows his intrusive thought to take over when he runs his tongue over Kurt’s fangs—sharp and deep—and Pietro can taste a bitter metallic in his mouth when his tongue pierces the sharp canine. He grins at the bitter taste of his own blood and he feels Kurt’s dick jump in his hands. 

 

“You’re so beautiful.” Kurt moans mindlessly, head swimming in pleasure. Pietro feels the specific high when he’s had a good long run, like a full body comfort but more. His mind kind of melts into the affirmation and if only to hear more praises he leans down and swipes his tongue down Kurt’s neck, smearing his blood in the process like some off the wall science experiment. He likes that his DNA is all over Kurt. Staining his pretty blue skin. 

 

“Oh god—“ Kurt says the lords name in vain and Pietro thinks it’s the biggest compliment on earth to have coaxed it out of him—one stroke at a time. 

 

Kurt let’s go of his hair and before Pietro can protest at the loss of sensation the boy is gripping at the back of the speedsters shirt and tug-tug-tugging at it. Pietro hears a crinkle of fabric being stretched too far and feels the strain around his shoulders but Pietro only finds encouragement in that revelation. Liking the distant sting of fabric stretching against his flesh. 

 

It felt good to see Kurt blush that pretty purple, to see him lose that sweet composure and it felt good to feel him throb in his hand. Growing more desperate beneath him. 

 

“Fuck.” The speedster moans as Kurt grinds into his open palm, careening his voice in a way that makes Pietro mind fuzzy and warm. Kurt’s dick is already leaking precum and Pietro is making sure it covers his whole length as he strokes him. Kurt’s hips jut upwards, chasing the friction of his hand—horny and desperate for his release. Pietro can’t tell if Kurt realizes he’s doing it or not but it’s hot. It’s so fucking hot. Especially with those sounds coming out of his lips. 

 

Kurt is fucking into Pietros hand like it’s his civil right to do so and it shouldn’t turn Pietro on so much to be used like some sex toy but it does. He’s floating, and the wet noise of Kurt’s precum sloshing around in his hand might just be his second favorite sound next to Kurt’s breathy moans. 

 

 “Baby you sound so good.” Pietro groans out and he hears the rip of his shirt—finally stretched to its capacity and Pietro has never been happier to ruin an AcDC Tshirt in his life. “Fuck!” Kurt’s Fingers change course and instead of fabric he’s gripping his shoulders and Pietro has no time to process the digging of his nails scraping down his back. 

 

His vision is white hot pleasure and his mind is static as Kurt, in a flurry of motion, wraps his strong arms around him and flips them over so that he’s on top—straddling Pietro with his thick thighs and arms bracketing near his head. 

 

It’s perfect. Kurt is perfect. 

 

The speedster expects to feel gross and exposed in this position but he feels the complete opposite. 

Pietros has scars all over his body—he knows they aren’t pretty to look at and he has stretch marks that he’s worked hard on not hating but Kurt looks at Pietro's body like he can’t believe he’s allowed to touch it. Pietro feels floaty and safe and secure in all the ways that he never has been before. 

 

Kurt begins trailing kisses down his jaw “taste good.” He mumbles into Pietros neck and his curious hands land on one of Pietros perked nipples, grazing his fingers over it like a child playing with a button. Twisting it and prodding until Pietro is whining “baby.” Not even sure if he wants him to stop teasing him or to please keep going. 



“Does it hurt?” His blue friend asks curiously and Pietro immediately responds with a “yes! so good baby. Please.” 

 

It must be the right thing to say because——Kurt is shifting downwards and Pietro whimpers because the distance is making it difficult for him to touch his dick and he misses the heaviness of it in his palm. Kurt shifts so that his mouth is hovering over Pietros bare chest—and fuck

 

“Fuck.” Pietro gasps as Kurt’s tongue laps over his nipple and Pietro learns in the best way possible that Kurt’s tongue is rough. Like a cats tongue that scrapes against its fur to groom young. Kurt’s salivating all over his nipple, sucking and biting and Pietro is moaning and losing his mind over it like some wanton idiot. 

 

He loses time. It could be seconds. Could be hours. But Pietro is so blissed out that he doesn’t even care if he’s being too loud. 



He cries when Kurt pulls away—a string of saliva connecting the nipple to his mouth fulfilling some pornographic scene from a movie. “Don’t stop.” Pietro begs like some needy slut and it’s never this. It’s never Pietro begging the other person to not stop it’s always him pumping the breaks. Squirming and crying in pain not in bliss. 

 

He’s never done this willingly. He’s never craved it before. Not like this. 

 

“I won’t. Hold still for me.” Kurt says gruffly as he barely shifts and is on his other nipple—fondling it with just as much attention. Focusing all his energy on ruining Pietro's concept of time. 

 

Kurt hums as he pulls away—observing his hard work with a dope smile and he trails kisses up Pietro's neck and then back to his lips. He has the audacity to look into  Pietro eyes with fluttery lashes. Baby. “You feel good?” Kurt asks innocently like he didn’t just ruin other people’s tongues for him.

 

“Yes, Kurt.” And Kurt looks at him with a frown and a raised eyebrow. Pietro is overwhelmed with such a strong need to please, to be good. “Yes, baby. I feel good.” Pietro corrects quickly, quivering under the heat of him. 

 

“Can I make you feel good too?” Pietro asks breathlessly—reaching for his dick thoughtlessly. He wants Kurt to feel good too. He wants Kurt to feel just as good as he feels. 

 

Kurt nods against his neck, kissing a spot there—and Pietro doesn’t need any more confirmation before pulling down Kurt’s pants—exposing more of him to his eyes. Pietro grabs his dick and mouth watering at the new angle of everything. He goes hilt to tip twice and then rubs circles with his thumb around the tip where precum is throbbing from his hole and fuck—he wants him inside him. 

 

He wants to see how Kurt’s blue dick turn murky with cum all over it—with Pietros calloused hands wrapped around the hilt, milking it to climax. He wants to see him cum. 

 

He wants him to cum. 

 

He wants him to cum. 

 

Kurt whimpers as Pietro's hands go faster and he’s close. He can feel that he’s close. Pietro goes faster. Hands shaking unthinkably and his body aching and hot and fast fast fast. Words of encouragement wobble out of his mouth like a prayer and he’s beside himself. 

 

It isn’t until he realizes Kurt isn’t meeting his thrusts anymore that he realizes he isn’t just going fast he’s using his powers. Jerking him off in super speed. 

 

It couldn’t have been for more then a couple seconds—brain too fried and horny to have processed what he was doing and as soon as he realizes he stops and when he gets back to normal speed Kurt is collapsing on top of him with a guttural moan, and cumming all over Pietro's stomach—sounding absolutely wrecked. 

 

“Sorry, baby.” Pietro apologizes quickly kissing him on his sweaty forehead, and Kurt is shaking and boneless on top of him, satisfied and happy and doesn’t even respond to the apology, just leans against Pietros neck to catch his breath. The Speedster hums at the weight on top of him—feeling fuzzy and warm. 

 

His own dick is left untouched between them but Pietro is soaking in Kurt’s release. 

 

The unlocked door creaks and Pietros hand is still down Kurt’s pants when the sound of little feet are shuffling on the floor. 

 

Pietro is so clocked out that he doesn’t even process the movement until a drowsy “Abbah?” Is said.

 

Gunther’s tired voice is like a bucket of ice water getting dumped over their heads. Pietro freezes and Kurt’s instinct is to jerk away from Pietro. He grabs Pietros hand—which was still on his dick—and tugs it away from him like it was disgusting and Pietro's gut drops. 

 

Oh. 

 

Kurt is shifting, moving away from Pietro at a speed that’s mildly impressive if not for how clearly horrified he looks. He goes to fix Pietro's shirt and then seems to realize there’s no fixing it since he’s ripped it in two. He hitches up the covers adjusting it so it covers most of Pietros body—hiding any evidence of what he had done to him. 

 

Pietro watches him do it with a sharp tug of his heart. Flustered and confused by the sudden shift. 

 

“I had a bad dream.” Gunther mumbles into the dark room and

Pietro feels like he’s also having a bad dream. A nightmare really because Kurt isn’t looking at him. 

 

“Baby?” The endearment dies in his throat as Kurt visibly stiffens and looks visibly uncomfortable. 

 

Pietro decided at that moment that he would never call him baby again. Not if he looks that terrified when he does it. 

 

“Can I sleep here with you and blue?” Gunther asks sweetly and Pietro is still trying to recover from the emotional whiplash of getting the breath kissed out of him to getting pushed away by the very same person. 

 

“Of course you can.” Pietro says automatically because they never say no but Kurt shakes his head quickly. “No, sorry, I have to go.” And he marks the air with sulfur. 

 

Pietros heart plummets. 

 

Kurt is gone. Only seconds after he was moaning Pietro's name like he was his saviour. Just after he made Pietro feel safe and secure and loved. He left him alone. 

 

Oh. That’s—

 

That actually hurt. 

He didn’t think Kurt would hurt. 

 

Kurt is warm and fuzzy and kind—he isn’t supposed to look at Pietro with regret. He isn’t suppose to run away. Pietros the runner not him. 

 

“Why did he leave?” Gunther whimpers, and Pietro feels his heart ache. He feels stupid and hurt and despite it all he doesn’t want that to bleed over to Gunther. 

 

“It’s okay. He just doesn’t feel well.” Pietro lies— he hates lying to Gunther but telling him that Kurt suddenly doesn’t want to be in the same room with him hurt too much to say. 

 

“Is he sick?”

 

“Maybe. I’m gonna wash my hands just in case, I’ll be right back.” Pietro goes to the bathroom quickly and his eyes sting with unshed tears as he scrubs at his hands with steaming hot water. He touched Kurt with these hands. 

 

He scrubs and he scrubs and he tries to scrub the memory of the shame in Kurt’s eyes. Pietro feels unclean even after his hands are scrubbed raw and he feels dirty. He feels disgusting. 

 

He feels so distraught over it. He thought it would be okay. He had thought that Kurt had liked it. That he enjoyed himself. He sounded like he had. But maybe that’s all it was. Maybe he hadn’t wanted to go further—maybe that was all in Pietros head. Pietro was good for a quick fuck and nothing else. 

 

He should know that by now. He learned that a long time ago. He didn’t need to relearn that…not with Kurt. 

 

Pietro fucked it up. He didn’t need to do this. He didn’t need to fly this close to the sun.

 

He just hadn’t realized Kurt would burn him. 

 

He thought that since he loved him he wouldn’t hurt him. But he learned that lesson with his mother. People will hurt you even if they claim to love you. 

 

Pietro barely registers when Monet reaches over to turn off the bathroom faucet. The steam evaporating as soon as she does so. Pietro looks over at her tall figure, her dark eyes watching him. “What happened?” She asks. No build up—just straight to questioning. 

 

“I-I don’t know.” Pietro shakes out and he feels his hands start shaking again. Or maybe his whole bodies shaking. He can’t really tell.  “He just left. He thinks I’m disgusting.” and he knows he’s projecting. Kurt didn’t say that. He didn’t say anything to him at all actually. He thinks that’s what might be fucking with Pietros head. It’s fucking him up bad. 

 

“Woah, hold on, hon. Who are you talking about?” Monet goes to take his hand—an easy comfort but Pietro doesn’t want to touch her. He doesn’t want anyone to touch him. Especially his hands. 

 

“Kurt.” Pietros lip quivers and he takes his disgusting hands and presses his palm against his eyelids until he sees spots. “I messed up.” He sobs. 

 

“You didn't.” Monet says with such sureness in her voice but she wasn’t there. Pietro saw him. 

 

“He’s ashamed of me. O-or he’s angry with me or —I don’t know but he isn’t happy!” Pietro wants to be held but he wants it to be Kurt. He wants Kurt to be the one to hold him—just like before. 

 

“Explain to me what happened.” Monet says softly. Not a question. 

 

Pietros mouth falls open without much resistance; “we were in bed and we were kissing a-and touching each other.” Monet doesn’t react to that at all, only lifting an eyebrow at him to continue. 

 

“It was good and I felt him get hard and he has a really big dick,”

 

“Noted.” 

 

“A-and I thought he was enjoying himself. He did this thing with his tongue it was literally life changing.”

 

“Okay so you enjoyed yourself.”

 

“Yes I did. I felt floaty like he could’ve done anything and I would’ve let him cause I was just that turned on.”

 

“You must’ve felt very safe with him.” Monet blurts out like that makes any sense to what he was telling her. 

 

“I did. I-i used my powers.” Pietro says in dismay like maybe that was the reason Kurt had hightailed it outta there. “Maybe he didn’t want me to get him off, maybe he just wanted a hand and maybe me using my powers reminded him who was touching him.”

 

“Okay, imma park this runaway train before it goes too far, hon. You using your powers during an intimate moment probably just rocked his world and if I know anything about Kurt I know he was looking at you the whole time. He knew exactly who he was messing around with.” Monet smiles charmingly “and knowing you you were probably being loud about it too. What happened after?” She prods gently. There wasn’t any doubt in Monets voice, just calm and steady as Pietro vents in a panic. Usually it’s Kurt calming him down, not bringing him to a spiral. 

 

He tells her about Gunther walking in and how Kurt reacted afterwards. 

 

“So he left.” Monet says with a frown, “it’s strange but he probably has a good explanation.” 

 

“For leaving? After we—“ Pietro clamps his mouth shut knowing he sounded whiny and dumb. “This is dumb.”

 

“Hey.” Monet lifts his chin to he’s looking her in the eye. “It’s not dumb, and it obviously wasn’t the best decision especially since you’re clearly prone to thinking the worst but you need to trust that Kurt had a good reason.”

 

“What would be a good reason for leaving?” Pietro whines and Monet shrugs “I dunno, I’d assume falling asleep with cum covered pants would be pretty uncomfortable. Maybe he went to go change.”

 

“All of his clothes are in my room.” Pietro frowns, and fiddles with the bottom of Monet's shirt. It’s from an indie band he’s never heard of. The material feels nice and he wonders if she has an extra one to spare. 

 

“You guys are a mess.” She sighs and rakes her nails through his scalp like a nice massage. Pietro relaxes slightly—the touch keeping his nerves at bay.  Monet does that for a few seconds and when she pulls away she’s smiling at Pietro with a smile that shows off her pretty canine. They don’t look as sharp as Kurt’s but Pietro still wonders what kind of imprint they’d leave if she bit on to flesh. 

 

“Did you get off?” She asks and Pietro blushes profusely. “Why does that matter?”

 

“You just gave me the play by play on how you teased your best friend so hard that he ended up milking your tits with his tongue—thanks for that visual by the way—this is not the time to be a prude about whether you did or did not climax.” 

 

“I didn’t cum.” Pietro admits awkwardly and Monet pushes his hair away from his face. “Poor thing.” Dhe says under her breath and Pietro leans his forehead onto her shoulder feeling fuzzy and tired. He looks at her and she places her hand on his cheek. It’s cold with her rings on but it’s a contrast against his hot cheeks. It’s nice. Really nice. 

 

“Don’t look at me like that Pietro." Monet warns and he bites his lip, his eyebrows furrowing together. “Like what?” He asks innocently and he knows that it’s bad to crave affection like this. He’d gone so long without it and he thought it would be okay. 

 

“We’re not having sex.” She says with a sigh. 

 

“I didn’t say we were." Pietro mumbles, pressing his lips against her bare shoulder, strong and structured like some Amazon warrior.

Monet smiles softly at him. She has such a great smile. 

 

“We need to stay friends.”

 

 “We will.” He promises.

 

“Pietro you have a weird concept of friendship.”

 

“Weird how? I have great friendships.” She lets him hold her hand—he twirls her rings around within his palm. 

 

He wonders mindlessly how they'd feel in other places. Would Kurt wear rings if he got him some? 

 

“Do you look at all your friends with fuck me eyes or is it just cause Kurt didn’t make you cum.”

 

“I’m not doing that.” Pietro lies, his voice shaking. 

 

“Pietro—darling—-I’m trying to spare you. You do not want to get on this ride. Trust me. Especially Not while I’m this fucked up in the head.” 

 

“You’re not fucked up. You’re perfect.” Pietro says quickly and feels a satisfying warmth when Monet places a kiss on his cheek. 

 

Monet makes a gesture with her hands that goes over Pietro's head completely “Like—I’m seriously depressed, and you have shit going on that’s like super fucked. I don’t think we should start a relationship before we get our shit together.”

“Okay. Yeah. But we’re friends.” Pietros head is spinning. 

“Do you kiss all your friends?” 

Yes. He does. He’s an affectionate guy. 

“Sharing is caring,” Pietro can feel the sting of his lips, anticipating a kiss before he gets one. He wants to be kissed. He wants Kurt to be the one to do it but he thinks—he thinks Monet would be just as good. Her tongue piercing drags his attention to her and he thinks he might have a problem. 

“Cute.” She pokes his cheek “Yeah, for sure, but I’m like into you. And clearly you’re into me too. I just think we shouldn’t do anything about it without working on ourselves first.”

“You’re into me?” Pietros entire face is hot. 

“You’re my usual type. I know myself. I’ll try and sleep with you when I hit rock bottom and then I’ll do something shitty and we’ll never speak again. It’s very pathetic and typical of me. And you’re very vulnerable right now. So I’m not having sex with you even if it might make you feel better because that’s gonna make me feel like shit too.” 

“I don’t want you to feel like shit.” Pietro doesn’t want anyone to feel how he feels right now. It’s horrible and he wouldn’t wish it upon anybody. 

“After I’m emotionally stable and don’t wanna actively kill myself and you aren’t actively self destructing and touch starved by somebody else—if you still feel like getting on—we can make sweet sweet love on your king sized bed.” Monet traces Pietro's left eyebrow with her pointer finger and Pietro melts at the gentle caress, his brain turning into goo when she puts a hand on his chest, leaning close to him. “I don’t mind if Kurt joins either.” 

 

Pietro shakes his head, swallowing thickly. “Don’t say that.” 

 

“Sorry.” Monet says with the biggest not sorry face he’s ever seen “Ill keep it Pg 13 until then.”

 

Pietro gives her a look “okay, okay, pg for the kiddos. But mind you you’re the one giving out handies to all your friends.” 

 

“Not all my friends and it was spur of the moment,” 

 

“Pretty long spur of the moment.” Monet teases. “Id high five Kurt for leaving that gnarly hickey on that pretty chest of yours but he did leave you in a bad state of mind so I’ll show some restraint in my support.”

 

“Thanks,” Pietro monotones, crossing his arms over his chest—keenly aware of the fact that yes, he does have hickeys. 

 

Monet takes off her shirt and Pietro is disappointed that she has a tank top underneath. She tosses her shirt towards the speedster—who catches it easily. “Don’t walk around exposing everyone to your extracurriculars.” She says and Pietro puts the shirt on quickly. 

 

“And Pietro?” Monet pauses, seeming to pick her words carefully. “You know Kurt. You’ve gone through things together. I think—despite everything—Kurt deserves the benefit of the doubt. Maybe he something else is going on. Just cause I can’t see a reason why he would go so suddenly doesn’t mean there was no reason. It’s Kurt. He would never do anything to hurt you.” Monet pauses “unless you asked him. Of course.” 

 

Pietro nods and after everything is said and done he drags himself out of the bathroom with a heavy heart. He almost hopes that Kurt would be back in bed with a forgivable smile and everything would be okay. He isn't and Pietro hates that he’s come to expect the best from Kurt because when he doesn’t meet that criteria of goodness it breaks Pietro's heart tenfold. Monet doesn’t have to tell him to give him the benefit of the doubt—he already does. 

 

Gunther snuggles up next to Pietro and wraps his arms around the speedsters arm. He wishes Kurt was here. He bunches up his borrowed shirt and inhales it—he wishes Monet was here too. 

 

Pietro's chest hurts. He doesn’t get much sleep. 

 

Notes:

Sorry, i dont know how to write love triangles but i do know how to write angst. yayayayya
This was supposed to end right after Pietro woke up in bed with Kurt and it was supposed to be very nice and sweet but i was momentarily possessed and this was the result. so sorry again. Also, i've coined Pietro as demi-sexual but he obviously doesnt know that so it will most likely never come up. But just know that he is.

Is he a top? a bottom? He's a mess, and he's horny.

Also I wrote this with Kurts P.O.V. in mind so hopefully i actually write his chapter soon. lmao.

Chapter 40: I Wish To Be Loved

Summary:

English is not an easy language to learn. He knew some words—some phrases—enough to get by. Words like please, and stop, and no. Not that they did any good where he was from. English was hard but Raven was patient. Surprisingly Patient. Relentless in her teachings, like she was always taught to push for perfection. Good, not good enough.

She’s well spoken. He can’t tell what region of America she’s from by her accent, but she speaks it with a comfort she does not share with German. Kurt speaks perfect German, but Kurt wanted to be perfect at English too. He wanted to be perfect for her. He had hoped that if he pronounced his vowels and rolled his Rs with enough precision, it would deem him worthy of her companionship. Every ‘uh’ and ‘um’ was a tally against him. Every deliberate pause to grasp at vocabulary was a reminder of how much he didn’t belong. Kurt Wagner was no stranger to being the odd man out. But in the presence of freedom, of a possible human connection, he was desperate to be accepted.

_____or_____

Kurt tries to be good.

Notes:

YES! A Kurt Chapter <3 Finally!!!!
So for obvious reason i did not write this chapter in German. I dont know German---But just pretend his internal monologue is in german unless stated otherwise. i specified when a character was speaking a different language--"---she said in German." just cause i didnt wanna have to keep google translating so yeah. so just pretend Kurts POV is all in german except for when he specifically states that hes trying to say something in English. okay cool.

Anyway, so ive been excited to post this one. Kurt has a lot of unresolved trauma and hopefully we get to dive into that soon.
Typos etc.
Enjoy reading. LOve the comments <3.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

When Kurt met his father, he had no idea that he had just met his father. In some fantasy in the back of his mind he always thought his parents would find him one day and rescue him from the circus. It was only a fantasy, one he dreamt of on rough nights to keep him from crying too hard. It was a childish dream—created by a starving boy with sad yellow eyes and a sinful soul. He hadn’t actually thought that his father would rescue him. Dreams only come true for good people and Kurt isn’t a good person. 

It was only a dream. A hope. Hope was all Kurt really had in the circus. And his hopes usually were more realistic in nature. 

He dreamed of being fed dinner. He dreamt of a warm jacket. He dreamt of being forgotten in the roster. He dreamt of gentle hands instead of hard ones. He dreamt of comfort not rescue.  

Dori, before she was bought and shipped to the highest buyer, dreamt wildly enough for the both of them. Kurt liked her dreams, even if they did make him weaker. Softer. It was okay though. Sometimes they liked it when he was weaker, softer. They preferred when he didn’t fight. It was easier. 

For them. 

When Dori went away all those false dreams went with her. All his strength as well. 

Kurt hadn’t known Raven was his father for a long time, actually, but In his defense, his father turned into a woman pretty much as soon as she realized Kurt couldn’t relax with a beard and large calloused hands in his presence. So she wasn't a man for very long. She was a man and then she was a woman. It wasn’t something he thought about at all. It wasn’t something she ever talked about either. 

A man. A woman. She didn’t seem to have a preference but she stuck to a female form when she was around Kurt. A subtle kindness that the teleporter interpreted as care. He thought maybe she had cared for him—in her roundabout way of doing things but he could never quite tell. 

It was hard to focus on the intricacies of her self-expression and attributes when he was so preoccupied learning how to read.

He hadn’t ever been taught. 

English is not an easy language to learn. He knew some words—some phrases—enough to get by. Words like please, and stop, and no. Not that they did any good where he was from. English was hard but Raven was patient. Surprisingly Patient. Relentless in her teachings, like she was always taught to push for perfection. Good, not good enough. 

She’s well spoken. He can’t tell what region of America she’s from by her accent but she speaks it with a comfort she does not share with German. Kurt speaks perfect German but Kurt wanted to be perfect at English too. He wanted to be perfect for her. He had hoped that if he pronounced his vowels and rolled his Rs with enough precision it would deem him worthy of her companionship. Every ‘uh’ and ‘um’ was a tally against him. Every deliberate pause to grasp at vocabulary was a reminder of how much he didn’t belong. Kurt Wagner was no stranger to being the odd man out. But in the presence of freedom, of a possible human connection he was desperate to be accepted. 

Each stiff Pat on the back and microwaveable dinners split for two was greeted with a smile that Kurt knew made him seem too eager—too desperate. Too wanting. 

He wanted so desperately for Raven to like him. He wanted to desperately for her to keep him. 

“This is Jill. She’ll be taking care of you from now on.” Raven said this in German—so he understood perfectly. She had transformed into a younger man before this new lady arrived. Kurt had felt scared by the sudden change—and unsure of this new form she chose. Raven never changed into a man while Kurt was around. It was a small kindness that did not go unnoticed by the blue boy. 

He takes in Ravens words like perhaps she translated her meaning—mistook an American phrase Kurt isn’t familiar with. 

“I will not be staying with you?” Kurt picked each English word in stubborn discomfort. He did not wish to be misunderstood but he did not wish for Raven to struggle to understand him in his tongue. It was a strange imbalance on both their parts. Both wanting to accommodate but causing each other confusion with that choice.

Raven shook her head, the eyebrows she chose furrow together. “I can’t take care of you.” She speaks in German again and in his tongue it sounds harsh. Or maybe, simply, the words are harsh. English or German. Being disregarded feels the same. 

Kurt feels the sting of the words in his gut. “You do take care of me.” He pushes the words out in English—insistent despite the clear struggle in his annunciations. He hates his struggle—despises the way Raven can’t hide her dissatisfaction when he stumbles with his vowels. She’s not mean about it—her disappointment in his lack of comprehension is subtle but Kurt is in tune with everything his savior does. Her dissatisfaction is like a burn in his skin. 

“Not the way you should be. You need more.” She says in German and her voice is a man’s. Her voice is deeper and stronger and he hates it. 

Kurt wants her to be how she presented before. But then who is he to tell her to change. She has that freedom. Yo mold—to change. He just wishes her freedom didn’t make him recoil. 

‘You need more’ sounds an awful lot like ‘you’re too much’ and it breaks his spirit more. Kurt has been trying very hard not to be of any inconvenience to Raven. He doesn’t ask for things—he takes what she gives him and never takes more. Her split dinners leave him hungry—the hotel room is too cold—the locked door scares him—the small rooms make him anxious—his shoes are too small—he never voices his complaints. He never makes a fuss. He hoped that if he wasn’t too much of a burden—if he blended in with her routine—if he made himself discreet that she wouldn’t realize he was extra baggage and dump him at the nearest stop. 

That hope was wild even for Kurt’s standards. It was asking too much to be taken care of by a woman he did not know and did not know him. 

“This is enough.” Kurt says in English and Raven shakes her head and rubs her beard like this was all very tiresome for her. 

“No it’s not. This life—traveling from place to place—never staying for too long—its not good for you.” Raven says in German and Kurt knows he shouldn’t curse. 

Bad words are poor language etiquette—that’s what Raven had said when he had repeated a bad word she had said in English. Parroting her language as he’s exposed to it. He hadn’t known it was a bad word. But he was scolded regardless and the memory burns behind his eyes. 

He shouldn’t curse but the only word he can think of is. “Bullshit.” 

“Kurt. I told you not to say that word.” She finally says in English and it feels like a victory. Small and only important to him. She’s finally speaking to him comfortably. 

“I lived in circus—we travel—we move. This is no different. Your reason is—“

“—bullshit. Yeah, I got it. But you’re proving my point. This is exactly like the circus. You need something better. You need to settle down somewhere. Something more permanent.”

“I thought—“ he had thought that she would be permanent. Kurt hoped. It was foolish of him to do so. 

“—you said you would protect me.” Kurt remind her like maybe she had forgotten—like perhaps the words spoken as he saved him from the circus where erased from her mind—momentarily forgotten. 

“That’s what I’m trying to do.” She says stiffly—and Kurt does not argue further. He does not know how. 

Jill is a tall demure lady—square glasses and a pale dull face. She seemed like any other regular white woman with her pin straight blonde hair and brown eyes. She took off a glove, her face perfectly amicable as she extends her bare hand to him. 

“My name is Jill King, I’m your social worker. It’s very nice to meet you, Kurt.” He nods and stares at her manicured hands. 

“Shake her hand, kid.” Raven tells him and Kurt goes into action—eager to please her in anyway possible. He grabs the woman’s dry palm, not too hard, not too soft and he shakes her hand—up down up down. And then he lets go, just like Raven taught him. 

Jill stares at him for a few moments, her eyes going wide and then eyebrows furrowing and Kurt thinks he did it wrong because she’s quickly taking out a hand sanitizer and squeezing it onto her open palm and shoving her gloves back on. 

“Did I do it wrong?” He asks meekly and Raven is glaring at Jill but he’s not sure why. 

“He’s not contagious.” Raven bites—agitated and clearly put off by Jill’s reaction to Kurt’s hand shake. Maybe he squeezed too hard. Are his hands sweaty? He feels nervous. 

Jill puts her sanitizer away and she looks at them both with something foggy in her eye. “My apologies, that had nothing to do with you. I have a fobia of touch. Some call it OCD. I assure you it had nothing to do with you and everything to do with me.” 

“Why’d you take off your gloves if you have a fobia?” Raven asks suspiciously and Jill answers swiftly “Studies show that skin to skin contact releases stress and helps children be more open to social engagement with caregivers.” 

“That sounds made up.” Raven says oddly and Kurt tries to figure out why she is so stiff all of the sudden. Her voice—a man’s voice—is deeper now. Dominant in a way that it was not before. 

“It’s not. It has long-term physiological and cognitive effects.” Jill speaks like a robot. She reminds him of Yosef from the Circus with the way she says things. Like she knows more than everybody. 

“What does that mean?” Kurt asks with his broken English and Jill just ponders that for a second. Jill is a very smart lady. He can tell. 

Yosef was very smart too. He always tried to listen to him. Even if the things he said would hurt him. 

“It means kids need hugs.” She says in simple terms and then elaborates on her choice “but physical touch is difficult for me so hopefully a brief handshake should suffice.” 

Kurt admires Jill’s compromise in comfort for the sake of his. It would’ve been odd to have received a hug from her—a stranger he had just met—but he thinks he understands the sentiment. She’s displaying a level of courtesy that not many people give him. “Thank you.” He says quietly—suddenly timid. He looks over to Raven who looks at Jill with suspicion. But that is not new. 

Raven looks at Kurt that way sometimes too. He thinks perhaps that’s just Ravens face. 

“Are you his Father?” Jill focus’ her eyes on the older woman. Her dull brown eyes becoming suddenly sharp and piercing over her glasses.

“When will you take him?” Raven avoids the question completely, meeting Jill’s gaze with a raised brow. 

Kurt's stomach turns. 

Jill frowns and looks down at her clipboard before speaking. “You said he was in the hospital a few weeks ago.”

“Yes. He was.” Raven speaks in a clipped voice and maybe it’s because he’s currently taking the form of a man—big and broad—but Kurt winces at the flatness of his voice. 

“Are you feeling better?” Jill asks Kurt instead of asking Raven. Kurt’s ears twitch at the shift of her attention and looks over at Raven like perhaps she would know. 

“He’s better, physically.” Raven answers for him. “He has nightmares.”

Kurt drops his gaze to the ground—self-conscious about the information being shared. He wishes they did not speak of him while he was here. But also, he wishes they would not speak of him while he is not. He thinks he would much prefer if they did not speak of him at all. 

“Yes, I read your report,” Jill says softly, and Kurt feels shame envelop him as he ponders the fact that Raven had written of him without his knowledge. How long had she been planning to give him away? How far in advance did she begin her analysis of him? How broken did she deem him? 

“Is it alright if I ask you a few questions Kurt? I just need some clarification for the legal paperwork.” Jill asks mechanically–a pretense of choice. 

Kurt is startled by the formality of her tone. The words feel heavy in his head. He does not understand. He glances at Raven, who stands near the door, arms crossed, watching him with that unreadable expression. She does not move. She does not speak. For now, Kurt has to answer on his own.

The blue boy nods. He does not think he has much of a choice, but he pretends this one is. He thinks he is doing a bad job at pretending. His eyes dart towards Raven as if she might object. She does not–just gestures toward the small side chair near the nightstand. 

“Is it alright if he stays here while i ask these questions Kurt?” Jill does not look at Raven–she only looks at Kurt. The decision is his and his alone. If Raven protests, he does not know–he does not look at her. Kurt nods. He does not know what she will ask, but she does not want Raven to leave. He wants her to stay here. 

Kurt sits in the chair–his tail loops over his lap with practice, his legs slip under the chair, taking up the least amount of space. He feels odd sitting while Jill stands–he feels small and vulnerable. This chair is uncomfortable and reminds him of the shame chair in the snake pit at the circus. He rubs at the snake bite on his stomach–reminiscing the sensation of that punishment. Jill sits across from him on the chair–a good distance away. Kurt is relieved that she sat down–even if Raven does not, hovering by the door. 

Jill takes a notepad from the inside of her jacket–Kurt's ears twitch in curiosity. He wonders how deep the pockets of her jacket are. How many hidden treasures must she have inside the clothing? He does not voice this. She clicks her pen and then looks at him through her glasses–assessing him. “How old are you Kurt?”

Kurt blinks, startled by the seemingly simple question. Simple in theory. Kurt has no birth certificate. He can only really guess how many winters have passed since his birth. “I do not know.” 

“The doctor put his age around 17 to 19 years old.” 

“He's not a minor.” Jill says bluntly, “He should not be going into the foster system.”

Rave scoffs, “You don't know that.” Kurt does not have to look at Raven to know that she is upset. Kurt does not understand why. He is not even sure what they are saying.

“Minor?” Kurt asks for clarification. The word feels odd in his english. The R rolls funny in his tongue. 

“A minor is a person who is under the age at which the law considers them an adult.” Jill says. “Only minors are put in the foster care system.”

“American Law,” Raven says. “He isn't from here.”

Jill makes a humming noise as she writes something down in her notepad. “Do you know where you were born, Kurt?” 

Some people in the circus said he was born in hell. Marked by Satan's hands. Some say he was not born at all—a collection of the dead souls perished in the circus fire so many years before–born of ash and misery. “In the circus.” 

Jill makes a face, and Raven makes a noise, and Kurt knows he said teh wrong thing. Perhaps he misunderstood the question–or maybe he didn't answer clearly enough? The words fumble in his throat. “I was born in the circus,” he repeats more clearly, and Jill nods like she understands. “The circus is all you know.” She says more like she was recalling something rather than making an observation.

“Your accent is German. Is that where the circus usually was?”

“German is what my keeper spoke. It is what most of the trainers spoke.”

“Your keeper.” Jill repeats. Raven clears her throat– “All the mutants had Trainers.” she says, and Raven had spoken of it briefly before.

He had called Raven his keeper–once. In passing. While learning synonyms in English and Raven had corrected him quickly.  She was not his keeper. He was not an animal. He was not in the circus anymore—so he does not get a keeper anymore.

Raven had explained to him briefly that the collars they put around the mutants were meant for animals. That Keepers are meant for the elephants and lions and not the mutant children. Keeper—Trainers—assigned to people—is not normal. 

Kurt had learned that Keeper was not a synonym for Caretaker. 

It was a difficult lesson. 

“So everyone at the circus spoke German.” Jill writes something down and Kurt’s anxiety strikes the more she writes. “Except for Yosef.” He blurry out—his eyes frantically tracing Jill’s notepad like she might be writing bad things about him. “He spoke französisch.” Kurt says the language in German. 

He does not know how to say it in English. 

“French.” Raven clarifies for him and he repeats the word in his head over and over again until he knows it. 

“French.” Kurt practices out loud and nods eagerly. “He spoke French.” Raven makes a noise—he cannot tell if it's approval or disapproval. 

Jill frowns “who’s Yosef?” Her pen hovers over the pad and Kurt feels like he did the right thing. She isn’t writing anymore. He’s doing okay. 

“He was—-“ Kurt feels too embarrassed to say sexual partner in front of Raven and instead he says “—my friend.” 

He does not like talking about Yosef. He does not know why he even brought him up. 

“Did he wear a collar like you?” Jill says and there’s something sad in her voice—almost pitying and Kurt bristles slightly at it—feeling his flesh rise hot and embarrassed. 

He should not have brought him up. 

“No.” Kurt says and feels like crying when Jill writes something down on her notepad. He refuses to look at Raven—afraid that if he does she will have that same indifferent expression on her face. “He was a stable boy.” 

Yosef was a keeper. A real one. He took care of the elephants and the monkeys. Made sure they were bathed and fed and groomed. 

Sometimes he let Kurt sleep with the elephants—their large bodies were the warmest during the harsh winters. Sometimes he would stitch him back up when the cages left scars on his bones. Yosef used to tell him his skin was just like a monkey—that’s why he found it so easy to stitch him back up. 

“Okay,” Jill nods—mostly to herself. “You don't have a last name in your documents.”

Last names are for families. Kurt does not have a family. So he does not get a last name.

“If you don't mind me asking—who named you?”

Kurt frowns, “I named myself.” 

They’d call him ‘It’ or ‘boy’ or ‘freak’; meanwhile, Kurt would test out names in his head. Soft and Playful and temporary only in his mind. He played with different versions of names he heard in passing—He’d settled on Kurt and that was that. The first person he ever told his name to was Dori—a nameless razor-hand little girl who cried and hoped and hugged too tightly that it hurt. 

When Yosef said his name, it was in private moments where no one else in the circus heard. Whispered in his ear and kissed onto his jaw. Mumbled between prayers and curses like Yosef couldn't decide if he was unholy or sinless. 

Jill scribbles in her notepad again. 

Kurt shrinks in his seat—eyes darting towards Raven who frowns at the two of them but says nothing. Jill’s pen stops moving—mid stroke and Kurt realizes she’s looking over at him. Pausing. 

She looks at Kurt and smiles—an awkward smile but still a smile. “Kurt is a good name. In Turkish it translates to wolf. Symbolically, wolves represent qualities like loyalty, family, strength and freedom. Do you like wolves Kurt?”

No he does not. The only wolves Kurt ever saw where wild ones in the forest—untrained and hungry—eager to snap at him when he got too close at night. He had no idea of the significance of the name; he just thought it sounded pretty. “Yes.” He lied, not wanting to explain. He does not know how to explain in English words.

“Kurt—one last question. How are you feeling? Be honest.”

How is he feeling? 

Kurt does not know how to answer. “I feel okay.”

Jill does not look convinced but she takes her pen and scribbles some more before ripping the page. 

Kurt winces and when he looks to Raven she looks confused. As confused as Raven can look with a scowl on her man face.

Jill hands over the paper to Kurt—which is unexpected.  “I am not saying bad things about you. I don’t wish for you to be uneasy or uncomfortable in my presence. I only wish to understand you better so that I can help you to the best of my abilities.” 

Kurt feels stuck in her gaze—her dull eyes seem to glow with intensity and Kurt takes the paper with steady fingers—making sure not to touch her gloved hands since she does not like that. 

Kurt’s reading comprehension is still not perfect but Jill must have known this already. She wrote her sentences fully and with simple words. She was precise and considerate in her phrasing. 

“It is a summary of what I have gathered. Unfortunately I don’t believe it would be appropriate to give you my full notes but I hope this would suffice.” 



You are not broken.

You are learning very quickly.

I believe you are strong and brave.

You speak more than one language, and that is impressive.

You were hurt by people who should have protected you. That was not your fault.

You are not too much.

You are enough.



Kurt reads the note quickly. Then he reads it again slowly—mouthing each syllable like it might change if he does not perfect it. Kurt lets out a breath and his fingers tighten around the paper.

“I don’t need that back.” She says and Jill stands up from her chair—she goes into her infinite pocket and pulls out a round red marble on a stick. Wrapped in wrinkled paper. 

“Thank you for agreeing to meet with me.” She says in that monotone voice that Kurt is getting very used to. She extends the item to him and he looks at it with glassy eyes. “It is a candy. A lollipop. I give it to all the children.” 

A lollipop. “Lollipop.” Kurt blurts the word out as he takes the candy by the stick like she did. 

Kurt looks at the treat with wavering eyes. 

Lollipop

“You unwrap it and you eat it. It’s a little treat.” Jill says in a plain voice—unmatching the awe in Kurt’s eyes. 

Lollipop.

He unwraps it and puts it in his mouth. It is hard and sweet. It is nice. 

Danke.” He thanks her in German. 

Kurt flattened out the wrapper and kept it in his pocket, right next to the slip of paper Jill had given him—unable to throw away either crinkled items. He spent the whole night thinking of sweet candies and words like impressive and strong and brave

“This is for the best.” Raven says when Jill King opens the passenger door of the rental car a few days later. The air freshener smells like the same one Raven has in her car. Maybe they are from the same rental. 

Kurt doesn’t look at her. He thinks that if he looked at her he would not be able to hide his hurt and he did not want to cry in front of her. He did not wish to make this a difficult decision even if it hurts him. He—despite everything—does not wish for Raven to think badly of him. She saved him. She was his savior. She will always be someone he cares for—even if it is not reciprocated. 

Danke.” He thanks her in German. He does not know how to encompass all that he feels in English. He wants her to at least know that he is grateful for all that she had done for him. 

He thinks that is all. This will be the very last time he will see Raven—his savior—ever again. He settles his small bag into the car, not owning much of anything except for an extra pair of clothes and a worn down jacket. His back is facing her and he feels her approach him. In the circus not many people could sneak up on him—it’s a skill he had to learn to survive. Raven approaches him and stops a couple feet away—directly behind him. “You didn’t do anything wrong, kid. I know that’s probably what you’re thinking but it’s far from the truth. Sometimes we have to do things we don’t want to do.” 

Kurt knows that. Doing things he didn’t want to do was a common thing in the circus. Kurt’s opinion was never taken into account when decisions where made for him at the circus. He did not have a choice—he did not have a voice. He feels much is still the same when it comes to Raven. His thoughts and feelings do not have a place in this conversation. 

“Okay.” Kurt nods stiffly—unfocused eyes trained ahead. 

“Kurt..” Raven's voice trails on and the teleporter considers turning around to look at her if only to see what expression she has on her face. He doesn’t. “The woman who’s going to take care of you, she's not like us. She’s not a mutant so don’t make too much trouble okay?”

Kurt doesn’t turn around. He faces the car door with a broken heart and stiff shoulders. He should not have been surprised. He should not have expected resistance or a heartfelt goodbye. She is a decisive woman—firm in her decisions. Even in this one—sending him away to live with someone else. These few weeks have been straining for her and she wishes to get rid of the extra baggage. 

“Okay, Kurt?” Raven wants a response. 

Kurt can hide himself from her—avoid her eyes—but he cannot hide the devastation in his voice. “Yes, ma’am. I understand. I won’t use my powers.” 

“I didn’t say that.” Raven says immediately and Kurt stands firm in his spot—back facing her. 

“Kurt, it’s rude to not look at people when they speak.” 

But that’s not true because Raven rarely looks at him when she speaks to him and he’s never once considered it rude. Kurt knows she words it that way because not being impolite is something ingrained in him. Beaten into him by the circus. 

Raven wants to look at him before he goes away. She wants to see the hurt in his face. It is the only reason he can think of for her demanding propriety. She wants to see him. 

It is one of those subtle things that always made Kurt believe she cared for him. Even just in a surface level kind of way. 

Kurt turns around—facing the tall woman with a quivering lip and barely holding back sadness. He looks her in the eye and he sees her blink—processing—taking in his sadness. She reaches forward like she was about to touch him—hug him—but then she refuses herself the comfort. He can tell she needs a hug too. He considers reaching out to her as well…but thinks better of it. 

Raven is very good at keeping her emotions in check—the momentary need to embrace him was the only hint to her feelings. It was a strong impulse. 

“I didn’t say that.” She repeats evenly and maybe she is not as unaffected as she seems because she looks away from him—after she had told him to look at her. Looking away from his gaze. 

He did not wish for this to be painful for her. He bites down on his quivering lip and tries for a comforting smile. “I’ll be alright.” He says and she looks uncomfortable by his response and begins to rub at her forehead—like the sight of him trying to keep it together is worrisome. 

He is not very good at this. “I will stay out of trouble. I will be good.” He says and Raven shakes her head and he does not understand. 

“I’ll—“ Raven's eyes shift colors, capturing something in them. “I’ll check in. I’ll call. Make sure you’re doing your part and staying out of trouble.”

She’s going to call him when he’s away. It’s more than what he expected. He assumed this would be the last time he would see her. His savior. 

This is another thing she phrases weird—as if she is just making sure he is not being bad instead of just wanting to make sure he is doing alright. 

“You promise?” Kurt allows himself this small hope. A phone call from his savior. This will have to do. This is all he can hope for. 

“Margaret has a phone.” Raven says, and the vague words seem to finally hit Kurt all wrong—his eyes water involuntarily. It must show on his face too strongly because Raven takes in a sharp breath and nods stiffly—affected by his hurt. “yeah, I promise.”

“Okay.” Kurt wants to hug her goodbye. He does not. Raven does not do hugs or affection or words of affirmation. She is not Dori—she is not Yosef—she is not Jill. She is someone else completely. 

This has to be enough. He can not hope for more. 






Notes:

It's not explicitly stated but Yosef is not his "friend" he was just slightly nicer to him than all the other staff members. He was in a sexual relationship with him that was "sometimes" consensual but was more of a groomer situation. Dori was mentioned in previous chapters--she was his mutant friend from the circus that had knives for hands.
Poor guy just wants to be loved.

so when i say he's never been hugged without it hurting i do mean that literally.

You will get more Kurt POVs soon!

Chapter 41: A Place To Call Home

Summary:

When he looks at his unmutated self, he hates it. He feels disgusting and small, and he does not like how he looks. In this form, his resemblance to Deja is jarring, but it’s overshadowed by the idea that Raven wants him to look like this. She wants him to look less blue—less like her.

It feels like a direct cut off. A blow to the connection—the seemingly only resemblance they have. By erasing his blueness, she’s erasing herself from the equation.

Kurt took a long look at his reflection, and he noticed other things too. The small scar above his eyebrows—caused by a scared Dolly clinging on to him—is gone. When he peels away his clothes, it reveals that all his scars are gone. His ribs, which he’s been able to count, are now invisible to his eyes. He looked healthy. He looked unlike himself. She changed his skin, changed his ears, changed his scars, she changed his body, changed everything.

---or---

Kurt meets his mother and waits for a phone call that does not come.

Notes:

Miss Margo, you will always be a legend. I love you.
Poor Kurt just needs his parents.
Again---just pretend his entire internal monologue is in German.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

When they drive away from his saviour, Kurt can feel his heart breaking. An indescribable ache grows in his chest the further he gets away from Raven. 

The further he gets away from her, the more he sinks into himself—the more he shakes with each bump in the road. When the tears started falling from his face, he had nothing to help hide himself with. 

He does not know where he is going. He did not cry this hard when he left the circus. He had Raven to protect him. To help in his transition. Her presence was a balm to his anxiety. But now she is no longer here. 

He is all alone again. 

Jill is not naturally affectionate but unlike Raven when she sees his tears she does not pretend they are not there. She reaches over into her middle compartment and takes out a box of kleenex. Her gloved hands brace the box towards him in a silent gesture. He blows his nose and she winces at the sound but says nothing. 

Jill had brought someone with her when she came to pick him up. A quiet man—brown skin and a patchy beard that swallowed his face like a bad children’s drawing. He was quiet, but his presence was loud, uncomfortable, and still in the car. Kurt did not want him here. 

Her husband was in the passenger seat. And Kurt was in the seat behind him, gazing at the stars. 

He did not speak the entire three-hour ride. The only hum was the sound of the radio. 

“Reginald will be taking you out to eat. It shouldn’t be more than an hour.” Jill says and she drives her own car—Kurt does not speak with Reginald as he orders them both burgers and fries from a smelly place. “Fast food.” Reginald says, but it was not a fast endeavor. 

Fast food. Kurt repeats the new phrase and adds it to his internal dictionary.  

Reginald orders a “happy meal.” Though he does not seem excessively happy. He gives it to Kurt—with a hesitant smile but no words spoken. Distant but present. Kurt wished Jill were here instead. Or Raven. Perhaps he can tell he had a preference. Kurt feels bad. 

With his three fingers he opened the ornate box that contained his meal and was met with a warm hamburger—American cheese and two dollops of ketchup and mustard. Plain and simple in nature. Beside it was French fries and a sealed bag. 

Kurt looks at Reginald, who eats his food with ravishing fingers—Kurt observes the way he seems to consume his own food with ferocity. Raven is not here to scold him on his posture. No one is here to tell him he cannot do the same. Kurt tentatively plucked a bundle of fries and slowly put them in his mouth—looking over at the man to see if he said anything about the messiness. He does not—Kurt continues eating his food at a fast pace. 

Fast food. 

Kurt understands now. It is meant to be eaten with haste. 

His canines dig into the burger, and his fingers dig into the box for the mystery sealed bag. 

Kurt, with greasy fingers, attempts to peel it open and fails. Kurt does not ask for help, but Reginald’s hand extends for the bag—not asking but simply waiting for Kurt to give it to him. 

Kurt carefully places it into his palm and the man tears it open with his mouth. He figs his teeth into it and clamps them tightly. 

Kurt opens his isn’t mouth—clamping his teeth—mimicking his movement in fascination. 

He opens the bag to reveal a toy, which he places on the table for Kurt to take. 

Kurt’s eyes glow at the small figurine in the shape of a clown. It looks nothing like the clown from the circus. Kurt hands grab it eagerly, and he clenches it against his chest, and Reginald does not ask for it back. 

“Can I have it?” Kurt asks quietly and Reginald simply nods. A man of few words. 

Kurt puts it in his bag. Zipping it up quickly. He sits in the back seat even after the passenger seat is open—clutching the back pack to his chest. He has things in there that he likes now. He does not wish to misplace it.

The house was big. Far bigger then any hotel room he’s been bouncing between since he got out of the hospital. It is a house. Kurt realizes that it will be the very first house he has ever been to. Therefore it is the biggest house he has ever been in by default. 

Kurt looks at the dolphin mailbox—full to its capacity. He sees an orange cat lazily drag across the path to the door. Jill went ahead of him—speaking with the lady of the house. Kurt does not speak to Jill’s husband. Her husband does not try to speak with him. 

Margaret Wagner is a rainbow of color—one he could reach over and touch. Her clothes do not match—contrasting fabrics and patterns. Her hair was long—nearly dragging on the floor with pearls and seashells that jingle when she moves. Her nose is wide and her smile wider. Dark unseeing eyes greet him with intensity he does not understand. 

She is beautiful. 

The door behind her is open—an array of color he couldn’t imagine anywhere else showing from the inside. Kurt fidgets with the strap of his light bag. 

“Kiddo this is Miss Margo. She’s the nice lady you’re going to be staying with but I’ll be making monthly visits to check up on you and make sure you’re settling in okay.” Jill introduces the pretty lady and Kurt tries not to move. Jill’s husband has grown closer and Kurt reminds himself that he will not be seeing him again. 

He will be seeing Jill though. Every month. Kurt hopes she brings a lollipop Everytime she comes. He has the second wrapper from his lollipop today. Blueberry Pop. 

“Miss Margo is currently fostering another little boy named Frankie who is disabled and uses a wheelchair to get around. He’ll be joining you two soon. Do you have any questions? Any at all?”

She had already told him all of this in the car. She wrote down her number—ten digits he’s meant to put on the home phone to call her if anything happens. Jill told him “day or night.” And Kurt had taken the paper and was determined to memorize it throughout the car ride. 

Kurt has many questions. He wants to know why there’s so much Mail in the dolphin. He wants to know why the leaves turned that color when they fall. He wants to know why the clouds float away when he looks at them. He wants to ask a lot of questions. All of them. Thousands of them. All the questions he’s ever had. 

Ravens had told him that too many questions feels like an interrogation. Kurt does not ask any questions.  

“Thank you for allowing me to stay in your beautiful home.“ Kurt had practiced this phrase in the car ride here. Raven told him to be polite—to not cause any trouble. 

Margaret makes a face at his accent and Kurt thinks maybe he should have practiced it for longer. 

“Do you have any questions though Kurt?” Jill’s husband prods gently—it’s the first time he’s heard him say a full sentence. His voice is deeper than he expected. It sends a shot of fear through Kurt and he tries to grasp at a question he could ask. 

“Yes…I-“ Kurt’s eyes catch a row of red socks lining the hallway to the door—in view of the open door. “-I do not know the norms of America but—um—“ he pauses—trying to gather his question in his mind, letting out a shaky breath “-why are there very large socks on your wall?”

Miss Margo laughs like she was made for it. God blessed her with the vocal cords of singing angels. Loud and unabashed. She laughs so deeply that she begins to cry. 

The only time Kurt has ever laughed so hard that he’s cried is with Dori and it was not a particularly funny encounter. 

Margaret wipes away the tears of joy from her eyes and speaks with levity. “They're stockings. For Christmas. St. Nicholas leaves little treats inside them during Christmas.”

A treat. 

Like a lollipop

“St. Nicholas. Is he another boy who lives in your home?” Kurt thinks he’ll be fine if he’s here as long as he gives him a lollipop. He quite likes those. 

“No, he’s-he’s no one you have to worry about. He visits every year. But only if you’re good.” Miss Margo says with a pleasant smile and Kurt’s eyes widen. Oh. 

He has to be good. 

That’s okay. 

He told Raven he was going to be good so he was already going to do that. His eyes dart towards the large socks. 

It could fit a lot of lollipops.

“Do I get a sock?” He can already imagine the flavors he hasn’t tried yet. 

“Yes. I’ll make room next to Mr. Crackers stocking.”

“Is Mr. Crackers—“ 

“—a very fat black cat. Yes he is, and he likes to eat crackers.”

Jill says her good bye—“you have my number.” She tell him and he nods eagerly. “Yes, ma’am.”

“If anything happens—you call me okay?”

“Okay.”

“I’ll see you in four weeks.” 

“Okay.”

“I’m serious. I don’t have a sleeping schedule. Anytime.” 

That cracks a smile on Kurt’s face. He does not really know what that means. “Okay. I will.”

She leaves. Reginald does too with a small wave. He waves back. 

Miss Margaret gestures towards the open door of her house. Her home. Kurt steps inside—hesitant and cautious. It’s warmer inside than outside. 

Miss Margo gave him a tour—showing him around the house with an unusual flair. “This is your room.” She says and Kurt stares openly at the expanse of space—a bed—a dresser—a closet—a nightstand with a lamp and a small side chair. It was big. Too big. 

“Where do I sleep?” 

“On the bed, hon.”

“Then where will Frankie sleep?”

“In his own bed?” Miss Margo frowned and then continues “this is your room dear. Frankie has his own room across the hall.”

Oh.  

He has his own room.

He’ll be sleeping by himself. 

Kurt has never had a room to himself. Even after the circus—these last few weeks Raven and him have gotten hotel rooms with two beds—sharing a room instead of getting two separate ones. Kurt never had a place of his own in the circus. When he did have shelter it was always with at least four other people in the same place. 

He has his own room. 

He will be by himself. All by himself. 

He does not like it. He does not voice it. “Thank you, Miss Margaret.” He says in English—chopped and fragmented. 

“You don’t need to thank me, love.” And something sad crosses her face “and please—just call me Miss Margo, or Margo or—whatever makes you comfortable, hon.”

Hon, dear, love. Kurt floats at the words. No one has ever called him this in his life. 

Kurt is grateful that Margaret is unable to see the blush on his face. Unable to see how these words make him feel. Unable to see how fond of her he’s already becoming. 

When Kurt meets Frankie he is floored. 

Floored

Jill had said this word in the car. 

He quite liked that word. It sounds fun.

Kurt feels floored.

Kurt likes children. He does not mind them. Even if at times they did not like him. He tended to scare them with his appearance. He was afraid this would be the case with Frankie who Miss Margo has spoken so lovingly about as she prepares a meal in the kitchen. 

The kitchen smelled of Garlic and Seasoning when Frankie finally makes an appearance. Kurt sees him and he thinks he might be dreaming.

He knows it is not possible but Frankie is the spitting image of Dori. His skin is a bit paler—his eyes a bit lighter—-but they looked enough alike that Kurt is left winded when he sees him rolling over to the dining table. 

“Hi, Frankie, my love. How was school?” Miss Margo whistles as she stores the large pot in the kitchen. She’s so alive with everything that she does. Kurt watches her prepare the meal like maybe it’s all a mirage. 

Frankie pulls his school bag on to his lap. “It was boring!” Frankie huffs and his eyes grow big at Kurt. Dori had the same reaction when she saw him for the first time. 

Although they were meant to fight each other at the time—trapped inside a cage with prying hungry bystanders—so the look was more of fear than of being floored.

“Mama Margo?” Frankie does not look away from Kurt as he tries to get his mothers attention. 

“Yes?”

“A boy is here.”

“Yeah, that’s Kurt. He’s a very special boy.”

Frankie seems to process that and nods slowly—his eyes catch at Kurt’s tail and The blue boy tries not to move. “He has a tail.”

“Yes. He does. And blue I think.”

“He is?” Frankie makes a face like he could not tell and Kurt almost laughs. He tries to follow the conversation but Frankie is talking fast. His words slur together in a fragmented manner that reminds Kurt of a snake they had at the circus. Frankie is grabbing his crutches from where they are hooked behind the wheeled chair and he props himself up. He is strong. Hauling himself up and uses the stability of the crutches to move forward.

“Frankie’s colorblind.” Miss Margo supplies. 

Color blind. 

“Color blind.” Kurt repeats—testing the words. 

“He talks funny.” Frankie says and Kurt deflates slightly at the words. 

“That’s not nice Frankie.” Miss Margo scolds like she can tell that it hurt Kurt’s feelings despite not being able to see him.

Frankie’s eyes widen at his mothers words and he looks over at Kurt with sad eyes “I’m sorry, that’s not nice.” He says quickly. “I talk funny too, sometimes.” 

“Kurt’s going to be staying with us. He’s going to be your foster brother.” Miss Margo says and Frankie’s eyes grow big “a brother?” 

“Yeah.” Miss Margo says easily and Kurt isn’t prepared at all When Frankie hurls his body over to him in a big hug—abandoning his crutches. 

Kurt grits his teeth—waiting for the pain that does not come. His muscles clenched with expectation of hurt and did not know how to unclench when no slice of pain came.

It was the first time in a very long time that someone has hugged him and it did not hurt. The arms wrapping around him did not slice his skin or burn his clothes. Frankie did not hurt when he captured him in limbs and kind eyes. 

Kurt feels the younger boy pull away and in a flurry of panic—he does not want the warmth to go away—he is so cold—so very cold—-Kurt wraps both his arms around him. Pulling him tight against him. His tail settles down the ground—melting down with his posture. 

Frankie hugs like Dori but it hurts only on the inside instead of the outside. 

“What’s going on? why is it do quite all the sudden?”

“We’re huggin.” Frankie says as he digs his cheek against Kurt’s stomach. Dori used to do the same thing. It makes his stomach turn. He hopes Frankie can’t tell. 

“Huggin! Without me?” 

“It’s only for brothers.” Frankie pouts and clenches onto Kurt’s shirt. He looks a bit unbalanced. 

Kurt recalls the dropped crutches and goes to grab them from the floor. Frankie gestures towards his chair instead and Kurt helps him to it. 

Frankie trusted him so explicitly. 

It was the first time anyone hugged Kurt without hurting and it was the last time Frankie ever tried to use his crutches. 

Miss Margo placed a bowl of watery substance in the two placemats. 

“My world famous Soup, made with extra love.” Miss Margo grins and Kurt spots a gold tooth in the front of her mouth—hidden like a gem. 

Kurt settles on the table and he looks at the food with big round eyes. He was not hungry. He had just eaten the Happy meal. But Kurt looks at the dishes made in the kitchen and Miss Margo’s kind expecting eyes and he cannot refuse. 

It would be impolite. 

And it would be a burden to make her put it away after—and it smells like food. 

Cooked by a mothers hand—chopped garlics and blocky carrots and diced meat. Kurt has never had a home cooked meal before. No one has ever made food with him in mind. 

“We need to say grace.” Miss Margo says and she clasps her hand on Frankie’s and extends her other hand towards Kurt. He hesitates for only a moment before placing his three fingered hand on hers. Her hands are warm and worn from craft. The hands of a woman who’s used them all her life. Kurt had no moment to fear her reaction to his oddly shaped hands because she’s squeezing his palm and diving into her prayer. 

The prayer spoken over the meal felt like it was for him and him alone. 

 

“Thank you for this gift. 

Thank you for this family. 

Thank you for the mouths I feed today. 

New and old. United together for this blessed meal. 

Amen”

 

Her prayer was short but also  somehow meaningful in a way Kurt did not understand. There was no shame or sadness in her voice. No judgement spoken into righteous words. No pain inflicted in her prayer. 

She prayed for their meal with a smile on her face and a gentle stroke of her thumb on his hand. 

Kurt was not used to that. He was not used to many things. Margaret’s easy kindness and soft touches felt like breathing fully for the first time. 

Frankie is the first to pull his hand away and begin to eat. Kurt follows Frankie’s lead and he scoops the spoon into the dark liquid and slurps it. Extra loud just like Frankie. Not impolite. Frankie’s doing it so it can’t be impolite. Miss Margo doesn’t scold him. She doesn’t say anything, just places a roll of napkins in the center of the table and begins her own meal with just as much intention. 

Kurt eats the too hot soup and it warms his stomach. 

The first night he sleeps in the house he cries. He stares at the small stain on the popcorn ceiling and he is not sure why but the crickets heard from outside trigger a sense of dread. 

Kurt hears a soft knock on his door. “Big brother?” Frankie’s voice whispers into the dark room and Kurt quickly wipes his tears. He does not think he was being loud—he hopes he did not disturb his sleep. 

“Frankie?” This is the first time he has said the boys name. It is very easy to say. Solid. 

 “Mama Margo says I shouldn’t bother you when you’re asleep. Are you asleep?”

“No, I am awake.”

“Good. Can I come in?” 

“Yes. You can.” Kurt doesn’t even consider telling him no. 

“Mama Margo said you lived in a circus.”

“Yeah.”

“Mama Margo used to live in a circus too. She said your circus was bad. She said the people where mean. I’m sorry if what I said about your accent was mean. I didn’t mean to hurt your feelings.” The words burst out of him quickly and Kurt can only really grasp it slowly—processing his lisping English with focused ears. 

“It is okay. I am still learning.” 

“I’ve never been to the circus before. But mama Margo sings me a song at sleep time.” Frankie tells him of the Monster Song and Kurt nods along even if he’s a bit lost. 

“I can get mama to sing it for you.”

“No!” Kurt jerks up—grabbing the younger boys arm quickly to stop him from getting her. He lets go quickly. 

“Don’t bother her please. I don’t want her to lose any sleep.”

Frankie makes a face “but I don’t know all the words yet.” Frankie frowns, seeming very upset. “So I can’t sing it to you.”

“It’s okay. You don’t need to sing to me, I'm not a baby.” Kurt says quickly—he could not imagine such softness being displayed by Raven or by Jill or even by Dori. A lullaby is for children. Kurt is not a child. 

Frankie’s eyes flash with something and he bites his lip “I’m not a baby, either.” He fidgets with his hands “maybe I should tell Miss Margo she can’t sing me the song since I’m all grown up like you.” 

Like you. 

Frankie wants to be like Kurt. It makes Kurt’s heart clench and he lets out a breath and shakes his head quickly. That can not be. Frankie does not know Kurt. He has only eaten one meal—he’s spent one afternoon. He is not someone to be admired. 

Frankie should not want be a grown up just because Kurt is. 

 “no, that is not—“ Kurt tries to grasp at the word he is looking for and falls short. “—you are a not big.” 

“Neither are you, my dear.” Miss Margo’s voice flows into the room quietly and Kurt’s back stiffens at the interrupted conversation. She leans by the door frame, her unseeing eye are aimed in his direction and a kind smile on her face. “No one is ever too big for a little song.”

The first time Kurt hears the monster song he cries. It was an involuntary thing. The tone of her voice, the words, all of it just seemed to touch his heart all at once and he was overwhelmed. 

He cried and when Frankie crawled into bed beside him, sharing that space with him without hesitation, Kurt did not feel that familiar embarrassment he’d usually feel. 

Kurt did not understand it but all the anxiety he felt about leaving Raven and starting this new journey—melted gently into the background of his mind. He felt at ease for the very first time in a very long time. 

Kurt experiences a lot of firsts in Miss Margo’s house. 

His first home cooked meal. His first bedroom. His first harmless hug. His first lullaby. 

These firsts are unexpected but Kurt takes them with prying hands and an eager heart. Eager to please and eager to be loved. 

The first time Kurt uses his powers in Miss Margo’s house—-she cries.

He had been spooked by a car horn in the distance and had teleported to his room without thought in the middle of breakfast with Margo. 

His room had become a place of safety. It is where he rests at night and Miss Margo never enters unless given permission. It is completely Kurt’s and it is safe. It is his. That is where he goes. 

He was at the dining table and then he was not. 

Frankie’s voice was frantic—“Kurt? What happened?” Kurt’s racing heart did not allow his mind to filter in the fear in Frankie’s voice. 

He did not realize that his sudden disappearance would frighten the boy—he hadn’t realized he would react that way to the loud noise. 

He’s tried very hard to avoid using his powers. Just like he told Raven. 

It’s been two weeks without any slip ups. He feels a hot horrifying shame costume at the realization that he broke the rules. That Miss Margo must be upset with him for using his powers. 

When Kurt calms down enough to leave his room and enter the dining room again Margaret is up from the table with shaking legs and frantic eyes as she tries to see with unseeing eyes “Kurt, dear? Are you there?” Her eyes become glassy and Kurt is quick to explain himself. 

“I am sorry. Miss Margo I did not mean to frighten you.” When Miss Margo extends her hands—reaching for Kurt the older boy barely even thinks about it when he takes her hand with both hands like a prayer. 

“Please forgive me. I did not mean to upset you.”

“What happened? You where here and then—Frankie said you disappeared.” Her eyes become more then just glassy the unsure tears begin to drown in them. “I couldn’t feel you. I thought—how did you do that?”

“I am a mutant. I can teleport from one place to another. Sometimes I leave a bit of a smell behind.” He hates the smell that he leaves behind. Traces of his powers that he feels self conscious about. Yosef always hated when he used his powers in his trailer, it always took him a very long time to get the stench out afterwards.  

Miss Margaret nods stiffly and then suddenly she has tears flowing down in her face. Kurt’s heart aches for her. “I’m sorry.” Kurt apologizes again, and Miss Margo squeezes the hand he’s holding and uses her other hand to wipe her face despite her tears still flowing insistently. “I can open a window to get the smell out. A-and I won’t use my powers again.”

“No-no-don’t say such a thing. Don’t be sorry, my son.”

My son. That was new. She has not used that phrase before. It makes Kurt’s chest warm and fuzzy. 

He is such a stupid boy. 

He can hear Yosef’s voice chastising him for getting so attached. “Typical Kurt always giving his heart away.” Yosef had said it to him after Kurt had cried to him about Dori. Kurt’s kind—too hopeful—Dori. Sold and traded to a different seller. Gone without so much as a warning. No goodbyes. No hugs to leave behind on his skin. 

You love anyone that gives you even a bit of attention,” Yosef had said with a smile—teasing and with rough hands unbuckling Kurt’s pants. Kurt did not want to have sex. He had missed his friend. Yosef insisted it would make him feel better. 

Kurt did not feel better. But he never really does. 

He grew too close to anyone that even tolerated his presence. Too fond. Too much. Yosef was right. 

He yearns for Margaret’s tender squeezes on his shoulder and warm comforting words. He does not want to upset her. He does not want her to hate him. Please don’t hate him. 

“You saved me.” Miss Margo speaks the words like she’s praying. “I see that now. You saved me long ago.” 

Kurt tries to grasp her words. He tries to understand what she means but he does not. Kurt squeezes her shaking hands. 

“I do not understand.” Kurt speaks softly into the space between them—he’s afraid if he speaks too loudly that he will break whatever control she has over her tears. 

Miss Margo stops trying to wipe her tears—with her wet hands she grasps Kurt other hand and grips both of them fiercely. Margaret is blind but she somehow look him right in the eyes. 

She cries openly but her words are strong—certain in every vowel and annunciation. “You saved my life before you were even born.” 

Kurt does not have to ask what she means. She is explaining before he even has time to voice his confusion. 

“There was a fire. I should’ve died in it with my Deja and my Lilly but I was moved out of danger. The baby growing in my womb teleported me out of danger.”

Kurt’s mind falters—his eyes widening as Margaret continues to speak.

“The doctors told me my baby had died in childbirth. I thought you had died but you were taken from me. My boy. My sweet boy.” 

Oh. Kurt must be dreaming. A nice dream he will be sad to wake from. 

“You are my mother?” Kurt’s English is chopped—his words are unsure and ugly but he needs her to be clear. He needs her to tell him he’s not misunderstanding.

“Yes. I am your mother. You are my son, Kurt.” 

Kurt tries to pull his hands away from her his heart aching but Margo’s frantic hands are pulling at his hands to her—bringing him closer to her. 

“I know this is a lot to drop on you. I’m so sorry.” Margaret's eyes look just pass his eyes—her vision failing her. “I didn't want you to think I was crying because you were using your powers. I want you to use your powers. This is your home. You are free to do as you wish.”

Kurt is breathless and emotional and unsure what to do when she presses her lips against his knuckles, her wet cheeks smearing his knuckles. “You are my son and I want nothing more than for you to feel comfortable in your home.” 

Kurt looks around the house—if only so he doesn’t look at Margaret—his mother—he looks at the curtains and the mix match lampshades and wonky photo frames. He sees the cordial carport and rugs and the jar of kick jacks on the shelves. His home

This is the first time he’s ever really called it his home before. From his limited grasp of the American foster age system he is to live here until he is legally considered an adult. 

Not a minor. 

Jill said Minors are under 18. He doesn’t know how old he is but he’s pretty sure if he is a minor he doesn’t have much time left as one. He thought…that once that time came he would have to move again. 

He thought that even though he wanted this to be permanent that it never really would be. He thought that this was only for now. 

“I get to stay here?” Kurt feels silly for asking. “With you and Frankie?”

“Yes. You get to stay here for as long as you like.”

“Even after I’m not a minor?” He’s not a minor. 

“Between you and me…you’re not a minor. I don’t have the exact date—I did have you a bit early and I was drugged for most of the birthing process but you would’ve been about nineteen winters old. So even if you came a bit early you still would be at least eighteen and some change.”

“So I’m not a minor.”

“No. Which means you can leave at any time.”

“You don’t want me to go?”

“Heavens no. If it was my choice I’d handcuff us together so we’d never be apart again.” Margaret says very seriously and it’s so absurd that it makes Kurt laugh. 

“I don’t want to go. I want to stay with you.” 

Miss Margo is his mom. Kurt is living with his mom. He’s so overwhelmingly happy—it takes away the sting of Raven still not calling. 

“Good. Then you never have to. I love you.” Miss Margo says I love you like she’s breathing for the very first time.

Miss Margaret says I love you even if Kurt does not say it back. 

“Good night. I love you.”

“Okay, I love you.”

“You’re so silly, I love you so much.”

“I’m going to drop off Frankie, I love you.”

“Lock up behind me. I love you.” 

“It’s okay, I love you.” 

“I love you.” She says it like she has been holding it in the last few weeks and finally has the excuse to let loose. 

Kurt has never told anyone that he loved them before. He has loved people—he loved Dori and he thinks he might’ve loved Yosef but he never told them so. It was not something that was ever encouraged to say. It was not something he was even aware he could do. 

Kurt practices saying I love you in the mirror. He feels strange saying it in the mirror to his own reflection. It was a bit silly. 

He feels silly. 

Margaret is his mother. Kurt thinks he might love her. He feels fond and warm and he knows he feels loved in her presence. He wants to be able to say it back to her. He wants to be able to say it just as confidently as she does. 

But—it feels strange. To have a mom. It all feels strange. He finally gains the nerve to ask her—“Miss Margo—“ he notices the perfectly neutral face she makes every time he calls her that—he knows she does not want to push him to call her mom. “—May I ask you something?”

“You say you are my mom…” he did not mean to pose this as a question but Miss Margaret answers regardless.

“I am your mom.” She says firmly—nodding as she sticks her knitting needles into the loop. He’s not sure what she’s creating. 

“Yes. Of course.” Kurt bites his lip—fiddling with his tail anxiously “I just—I was wondering…about my father. Did he die in the fire?”

Margaret does this thing with her face. She scrunches her face and her eyes grow a distant sadness to them. Far away from here. Her hands stop mid-loop. Kurt categorizes that expression in his mind. 

“I’m sorry.” He tries to mend. 

“Dont apologize for being curious my love.” Miss Margo says immediately—shaking her head and clearing her thrust. “The answer to that question is not easy. Yes and no.”

“Yes and no.” Kurt repeats the answer like maybe it’s his understanding of the English being spoken that’s confusing him. 

Yes and no are the simple English words he learned first. Yet together in this scenario is confusing Kurt. 

“I do not understand.” Kurt has said this phrase so many times he is starting to despise it. 

“Like I said, it's complicated.” Miss Margaret purses her lips and then places the needles on the counter with the red Yarn. “My love was Deja. She was passionate and beautiful and my whole universe. She was not born a woman she—she was born a man. She took medication to make her voice lighter—her skin clearer—her breast bigger—“ Margaret clears her throat and under her breath she says “—i did love that part.” 

Kurt’s face goes flush in embarrassment. 

“She was my one true love and you have her laugh. You even sound like her sometimes, your accents are not the same but sometimes when you roll your Rs or say a particular word I hear Deja. Maybe you have other things of hers but I will never know.” Margaret’s eyes dart to the sky and then towards Kurt who is taking this information in with cautious want.  

He wants more. He can tell there’s more she wants to say—there’s more  he wants to know. 

“Deja died in that fire with my daughter—your sister. Lilly. You have Lilly’s curiosity. You slurp your food just like her. You tap your feet just like her.” 

Kurt stops tapping his feet—not even realizing he’s begun to do that. 

“Jill told me you named yourself. Lilly named herself too. I suppose it’s a right of passage.” She smiles fondly and Kurt knew that she had a daughter. It just never connected in his mind that that would mean he had a sister. 

He lost a sister. Another sister. Another Dori. 

“I’m sorry.”

Margaret just shakes her head and lets out a shaky breath “stop apologizing for things you have no control over Kurt. I’m gonna start keeping a sorry jar around the house, okay?” 

“Okay, yeah sorry.” Kurt winces at the involuntary sorry and Margaret just snorts. 

“Deja and I met a man one night. We—“ Margaret makes a face. “—I know you’re technically grown but I’m gonna try and spare you the details. Basically we had sex with this man and sometimes this man wasn’t a man—sometimes he was whatever came to his mind. Not like Deja. He was something else. He was a mutant just like you. He could transform himself into whoever.”

Kurt—Kurt must be misunderstanding. A man that sometimes wasn’t a man? Whatever came to his mind? He could transform himself into whoever? Kurt’s mind is racing. It can not be a coincidence. 

Coincidence

He learned that word with Frankie. The younger boy had discussed the likelihood of Wanda, a girl he likes in his school, having the same scooby doo binder as him because she wants them to match. Miss Margo stated that it was probably just a coincidence

This could be a coincidence too. 

But how many people can have the same abilities? Kurt does not know. 

“So you know bees and birds. When—you know—everything happened he had Deja’s appearance and so technically he’s the father but you have Deja’s genetics. I assume you got the whole mutant thing from Ronnie though.”

Ronnie. She didn’t even try to change her name that much. 

“My Deja is dead, may she rest in peace but Ronnie is still alive.” Miss Margaret frowns and Kurt is digesting this information as best as he can. 

A few things are becoming clear to Kurt. Ronnie—the person who fathered Kurt—is his savior. Raven is his father. 

And— Although he never hoped or wished for it in his wildest dreams because wishes are for good people, Kurt s parents did ultimately rescue him from the circus. He just hadn’t known that was the case until just now. 

Raven, his father, rescued him and Margaret, his mother, saved him. 

Another thing that has become clear to Kurt at this moment is that Raven must know. She must know and she decided that the best solution was to give him away. 

Kurt wanted to cry. He wanted Raven to call him, like she promised that she would but still has not. He wants her to explain herself. To say it was a mistake. He wants Margaret's easy I love you’s to infect Raven. 

But that is selfish. 

All he can hope is for Raven to call. 

When Kurt gets a phone call it is not from Raven, to his grand disappointment. 

“Hello, Kurt. How are you settling into Miss Margo’s place?” Jill’s calm voice sounds more relaxed on the phone. 

“Good. She is very kind.”

“I have a package being delivered to you. It should arrive in a few days I was just keeping you informed since it is for you.”

“For me?” 

“Yes, Ronnie has asked me to send it to you.”

Ronnie. Raven. 

Kurt’s heart clenches and he grips the telephone base tightly. “I…haven’t heard from Ronnie. Is he alright?” 

“Unfortunately, Yesterday was the first time I’d heard from him since we took you to Margaret's and it was very brief.”

“Okay.” Kurt says stiffly.

“He hasn’t called you?”

“No.” Kurt thinks it’s okay to cry since Jill can not see him. It is a bit more difficult to keep his voice from shaking though so he keeps his answers to a one word minimum.

Jill talks for a few minutes before the conversation fills out. She tells him she’ll be stopping by in the next week or so to see how he’s settling into the new place. It’s about a week earlier then she was scheduled to come see him. She’s coming early to see him.

Kurt knows it is technically what she is supposed to do—it is a standard evaluation, but he can not help but think that she just wants to make sure he is actually doing okay because she can tell that he’s been crying. 

But sometimes Kurt knows that he reads too much into things. He makes assumptions that are not true. He thinks others care more about him than they actually do. He latches onto people. Desperately

When Jill visits she speaks with Margaret like they are old friends. Maybe they are. Jill seems to settle into herself when she speaks with Miss Margo. She makes her a tea, no sugar, and Jill makes a joke about it. 

Miss Margo fills out more papers, and Jill looks around the house once more as if it would have changed since the last time she was here. “This one’s new.” Jill points at the framed picture of Kurt and Frankie around the Christmas tree, decorating each branch with ornate colored balls. Kurt and Frankie made their own ornaments with wooden sticks and glittery markers. It was the first time Kurt had done anything like that. 

Kurt can spot his own oddly shaped cross on the tree in the center of the tree, surrounded by other homemade ornaments. Miss Margo has taken care of many children and they have created many memories for her to clip onto the tree. Each is labeled and dated back years. Multiple from the same children—others only one. 

The framed picture of the two boys was sitting prettily next to the table by the door—beside two other framed photos and a baby Jesus statue. 

“A nice addition.” Jill looks at the picture of Margaret’s parents wedding, a young couple smiling at the camera—a grainy black and white photo. The other picture is of Margaret gazing lovingly at Deja who’s holding a bundled up toddler in her arms. Everyone in the picture is smiling—even the toddler, Lilly, has a gap tooth smile displayed for her mothers. It looks like the picture was originally a Christmas postcard. 

Miss Margo says her mother had it with all her things. It is the only picture she had of Deja. She was beautiful. Tall and broad and her smile made her look younger then she most likely was. Kurt had taken one look at the picture and realized they did have the same smile, the same dimple to his cheeks. 

It had made Kurt incredibly sad when she saw how happy they all looked. 

His mothers. 

“Let me see your room, kid.”

“My room?” Kurt shuffles his feet awkwardly and blushes softly with the realization that he did not make his bed before starting his day. Miss Margo never tells him to—Raven always did but he’s been living with Miss Margo for long enough that he’s accustomed to those lazy habits. 

Raven would be so disappointed to know he’s been slacking off. Maybe she somehow already knows. She can sense his inadequacies. Maybe that is why she has not called him. 

“I haven’t made my bed.” Kurt admits by his bedroom door, hoping her prying eyes won’t be as severe if he confesses to it first. 

Jill just nods “that’s alright.” 

When they step inside she doesn’t seem particularly pleased or unhappy. She seems perfectly neutral. “You don’t have anything in your room.”

“No, ma’am.” Kurt agrees with an eager nod and Jill frowns. “No I mean…you don’t have anything in your room. How am I meant to know that it’s yours?”

“I-“ Kurt furrows his eyebrows and feels like maybe he’s failing this test after all. “-my bookbag is here.” 

“You haven’t even unpacked Kurt. Everything you have is in a single bag like you expect to leave.”

“I don’t have much to unpack.” 

“You have a toothbrush. But it’s not in the bathroom. How about we start there?” 

Kurt nods stiffly and when Jill goes to leave an hour later—after refusing to eat Miss Margo’s food—she reaches into her pocket and pulls out a lollipop. 

A lollipop

Kurt’s tail involuntarily starts wagging. It is a bit embarrassing but Kurt can not help it. He smiles shyly when Jill hands him the orange flavored treat. A new color to add to the list. 

“Thank you for seeing me.” Kurt blurts out and feels a deep blush consume his face at the blunder. That was not meant for her. Jill is not Raven. The feelings he has are misplaced. 

Jill pushes her glasses up and gives him an expression she can’t decipher. “You know I was a foster kid too once. My whole life I went from one bad situation to another. Some better than others—none permanent. To this day I don’t keep a lot of things. I travel a lot for work, so not having much sentimental stuff comes in handy, in a way I still haven’t really unpacked my bag either.” Jill says softly, putting her gloved hands in her pocket. 

“What I’m trying to say is it’s okay to go at your own pace. But you don’t have to be afraid of being turned away or having to leave. This is your home.” 

“Did you ever find a family?”

“I made one. With my husband, our cat and our dog, and our neighbors and our friends. That’s all family really is. A group of people that love each other.” Jill looks past Kurt’s head—at the house around them. "this group of people love you.: 

Kurt nods, his eyes glassy. 

“did you get his package?” Jill asks by the front porch, her boots scraping the welcome mat. 

Kurt nods. His words are failing him. 

“If you don’t mind me asking…what was it? He made it seem very important.”

Kurt lifts the sleeve to his arm to show the intricate watch on his wrist. It came with a letter. He tucked that letter away in his bag and has pretended it didn’t sting every time he put on the watch every morning. Like his body doesn’t ache. 

“It’s supposed to make me look normal.”  Kurt says with tinged sadness, and no matter how many times he re-reads the letter, he can’t seem to give it an uplifting twist. Raven got him a watch that’s supposed to change his appearance. And it works. 

He turned it on only one time and stared at himself in the mirror. The tinged blue in his hair disappears into black, and his blue skin turns a pale brown, his tail fades away, and his eyes bleed away the yellow and melt into dark, dark brown. His fangs square off, and his ears shrink into round lobes. His hands shrink and his fingers double into the normal five per hand. What is he meant to do with all these fingers? 

When he looks at his unmutated self and he hates it. He feels disgusting and small, and he does not like how he looks. In this form, his resemblance to Deja is jarring, but it’s overshadowed by the idea that Raven wants him to look like this. She wants him to look less blue—less like her

It feels like a direct cut off. A blow to the connection—the seemingly only resemblance they have. By erasing his blueness, she’s erasing herself from the equation. 

Kurt took a long look at his reflection and he noticed other things too. The small scar above his eyebrows—caused by a scared Dori clinging on to him—is gone. When he peels away his clothes it reveals that all his scars are gone. His ribs—which he’s been able to count are now invisible to his eyes. He looked healthy. He looked unlike himself. She changed his skin, changed his ears, changed his scars, she changed his body, changed everything

Kurt hated the gift. It felt like a punishment. 

He shows the watch to Jill. He does not turn it on. He keeps his blue skin. He keeps the watch on as a reminder. 

“It looks nice.” Jill glances at the watch with curious eyes. “I don’t know why he couldn’t just give it to me to give to you, though. He made it seem all important.” 

Jill is not making this better. Usually she has very good words to say. She is a very intelligent lady. Today her unknowing words hurt his heart. 

Raven has not called. 

Kurt does not think she ever will. Even though she promised. 

 

Notes:

Typosssss, typos, typos. etc. Raven is on my shit list. I'm itchinggggggg to introduce Pietro already, holy shit.
I'm starting to think this fic is gonna go on forever and ever and ever. I mean...I do have ten years to fill in until Apocalypse.
time jump? What time jump? Let's move backwards, actually. lmao

Thanks for reading. ;)

Chapter 42: The Monster Song

Summary:

Bobby Drake was the last person to see Margaret Wagner alive, and he told no one how it happened for two days.

Bobby was silent—practically mute for the entirety of those two days. When he did speak of it he told Frankie and only Frankie. “She saved my life. She dove in front of a bullet for me, she stopped them from coming inside the room, and she pulled us into safety, and I tried to stop the bleeding but she was losing too much blood. I couldn’t—“

He learned this information second-hand. Charles said that Bobby Drake—the very boy who bit a child for trying to paint his nails—had sung to Miss Margo as she bled out. A soothing lullaby she had apparently sung to all the children at night time. The Monster Song, they called it.

___or____

Hank tries to cope with the loss of Kurt after the attack at the mansion. The school is fractured. Everyone is traumatized.

Notes:

Typos. Grammar mistakes. etc.
Banshee mention!
Thanks for still sticking around. Classes have been kicking my ass.
Another Hank POV. Jajajajajja!
Yes i did write a whole Monster Lullaby---it was harder then i realized.

This chapter ended up being too long so i chopped it in half to be a two parter. :))

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Hank knows he’s spiraling. Sinking deeper into that depressive pit he claimed as home ten years ago. It’s familiar. Soothing in his grief. 

 

When Hank met Peter Maximoff, he reminded him a bit of Banshee. That familiar boyish charm that always lightened everything up. Easy jokes and quick affection. He felt like an old friend coming home. A flash from the past.

 

The Speedster just felt familiar. It was a series of things, really. Small moments that made him pause or recall things that he had no place in. 

 

It was the curiosity that did Hank in. The constant itch in the back of his head whenever he saw Pietro look serious or remotely upset.  

 

When the school was attacked, Hank was beside himself—guilt eating away at him, he keeps replaying that night over and over. 

 

Literally and figuratively. The security camera in his lab felt like a blessing and a curse. 

Vati!” Kurt’s voice can be heard over the door, the camera in his laboratory picks up on the sound of fist slamming on the metal frame. The fear in Kurt’s voice will always haunt the man. He wasn’t there when he needed him. He wasn’t there.

Kurt is teleporting inside the room in a hurry, his feet moving before he’s fully even in the room. “Vati? Where are you?” Kurt’s voice shakes and Beast has to pause the video and count to ten before he can fully grasp what he’s watching. He hadn't realized when he went to watch this the first time that he would have to see Kurt. 

He had been gone—taken away—kidnapped by horrible people in the middle of the night—for three days before he got the nerve to look at his security cameras. 

Kurt’s voice sounds younger on camera. He sounds scared. Desperate in a way that breaks Hank's heart when he realizes he was the first person he looked for when danger came. He hadn’t known that he wasn’t home. He didn’t know that Hank was nowhere near the mansion. That he left him alone. All alone. Hank presses his palms against his eyes trying to stop the drag of emotion from pooling in his eyes. He unpauses the video with a shaking hand—and heavy heart. 

Kurt frantically looks around the room, shouting Hank's name over and over and over like a punch to the chest and he must realize he isn’t there because he’s teleporting out of the room in a rush when the screaming starts. The pitchy scream follows a ricochet of bullets and Hanks heart is in his throat at the idea of Kurt being anywhere near them. Hank stands from his chair, unable to stand still as the scene unfolds behind the camera, behind a closed door that Hank has no visual to— only the horrible sounds. 

He looks up what Vati means in the German to English dictionary he got because of Kurt. It means dad. Hank manages to break his own heart even more with that revelation. 

Hank was terrified and scared and the only thing that kept him from falling apart completely is the realization that Frankie was still here. Frankie had lost his brother and he lost his mother. 

Margaret Wagner was dead. 

Frankie needs Hank to be stable—to be here. He can’t fall apart. Not now.

Frankie Wagner is barely nine years old and he’s lost so much. Too much. Hank doesn’t know how to be a good role model or how to make an environment of emotional openness. He doesn’t know how to guide Frankie to come to him when he’s upset. He doesn’t know how to help him. 

All he can do is try and find Kurt. Try to help Wanda and Jean. All he can do is try. Even if it hurts. 

Hank replays the footage in his lab. Kurt had teleported children into the room. Safe behind a locked room. Kurt’s laboratory became a safe haven in a moment of crisis. Kurt was trying to save as many children as possible—going at a speed that would’ve impressed Peter if he had seen it. He teleports Miss Margo inside and he sees the woman clutch at his arm to stop him from going outside again. “You can’t go—“

“—I need to find Hank, he could be hurt.” Kurt says and Hank wishes he could time travel if only to tell Kurt that he isn’t home. That he isn’t in any danger. That he should worry about himself. Hank isn’t there. He should save himself. He should stop being so good all the time. 

Hank hopes with a futile heart that Kurt would be selfish just this once. He isn’t surprised that Kurt isn’t. He’s good. He’s always good. He will always leave the place of safety if it meant he could save just one more person.

Kurt was trying to find Hank when he was taken. The scientist thinks about that every single day. It haunts him. 

Keeps him awake at night. So he doesn’t sleep.

Kurt was safe. He was behind the locked door—impenetrable and sealed from the inside. He was safe and he chose to leave to save as many children as possible and then again to find Hank. Hank

Miss Margo left to save Kurt. Because a mother knows the screams of her child. Kurt's scream when he gets shot has been in a constant loop ever since he heard it on tape. Hank doesn’t sleep. It happens right outside his door. He doesn’t see it. He doesn’t see them drag him away or sedate him. He doesn’t see it. But he sees Margo’s blind eyes frantically trying to find the keypad by the door. He sees and hears her shout at the kids to stay put. 

He sees her tears and her frantic breathing as she types the code in. Hank has no idea how she even knew the code to his laboratory door but Margo was mysterious in that way. Always knew more then she let on. 

He sees her leave and then a few minutes later she comes back in with two more small children and a cat in her arms. A mother to all, not just her own. She hurries back out, kissing the black cat on the head before she does. 

The next part he doesn’t see. She leaves to go find her son again. She finds Bobby instead. The boy had been guarding the unconscious telepaths.

Bobby Drake is the only one to witness Margaret Wagner's death. In all its gory detail. 

The boy was traumatized. Wanda and Jean were in a coma for a week and Bobby was by their side like he was still guarding them from intruders. 

Bobby Drake was the last person to see Margaret Wagner alive and he told no one how it happened for two days. 

Bobby was silent—practically mute for the entirety of those two days. When he did speak of it he told Frankie and only Frankie. “She saved my life. She dove in front of a bullet for me, she stopped them from coming inside the room, and she pulled us into safety, and I tried to stop the bleeding but she was losing too much blood. I couldn’t—“ 

He learned this information second-hand. Charles said that Bobby Drake—the very boy who bit a child for trying to paint his nails—had sung to Miss Margo as she bled out. A soothing lullaby she had apparently sung to all the children at night time. The Monster Song, they called it. 

A hard-earned tradition that all the children expected at night.

Hank hears the song for the first time when Frankie is singing it to one of the younger kids—during one of his midnight strolls around the mansion, after the attack on the mansion. The young boy was restless after the death of his mother and his Anxiety Disorder—Hank hasn’t diagnosed him or anything but the signs are obvious—-is making it difficult to relax without knowing everyone is okay. 

He hears the lyrics and feels dull—like a piece of him is gone, forever because he’ll never be able to hear these words in Miss Margo’s voice. 

“Close your eyes, my darling dear, The stars above are shining near. The monsters that you think you see are only shadows, just like me. 

They're tucking in their claws and toes, they’re yawning soft, in sleepy rows. Even monsters dream at night, of glowing moons and soft starlight.” Frankie’s lisps all but disappears with the flowing song. Practiced in each way possible. 

“So hush now, love, don't be afraid, the scary dreams will fade away.

You're safe and warm, right where you lie, with lullabies and sweet good nights.

The night is kind, the dark is deep, but I am here — just go to sleep.” Frankie puts the child’s stuffed toy on the pillow—and continues the lyrics with ease, he’s never seen in the boy. For a moment, he sees someone older. Someone who’s gone through things no nine-year-old child should ever go through. 

“The creaky sounds behind the door are monsters dancing on the floor. But they are dancing just for fun, then curling up when night is done.

No teeth to bite, no claws to scratch, just fluffy tails and gentle hats. They hum a tune to help you rest. They only want what's kind and best.

If dreams get dark or clouds drift near, just call my name, and I’ll appear. With songs to chase the gloom away, and hold you till the break of day.” Hank tries to imagine Miss Margo singing this song to Frankie every night. He imagines Miss Margo singing this song to all the children every night. He can almost see it in his mind. 

“So hush now, love, don’t cry or fear, The monsters sleep — they’re never near.
You're wrapped in light, you're wrapped in me, as safe as any child can be.” Hank—god—he tried to imagine Bobby Drake singing this song to Margaret as she’s bleeding out in front of him. He wonders morbidly if he forgot any of the words—or if he recalled the lyrics with perfect clarity in that moment. 

“The stars will guard your every keep...
Goodnight, my love. It’s time to sleep.” 

Bobby Drake had sung that beautifully tragic lullaby during the last moments Miss Margo had been alive.  He sang it with her blood staining his hands—and it was the last thing he did before falling mute for two days straight.

A beautiful chorus and melody, followed by silence. For two days. 

Charles relapses. Falling back into bad habits. 

The Professor finds Pietro's prescription goggles on the living room floor underneath the couch after the attack at the school and absolutely loses his mind. He’s in shambles

Hank remembers when Charles got Pietro those goggles. Charles had suspected that Pietro's check-up with Hank had gone oddly and poked at Hank to share details. Pushy in a way only Charles can be about Pietro. Hank hadn’t wanted to betray Pietro's trust or his privacy so he caved on something unimportant. He told Charles that the speedster needed glasses and then promptly told the professor he wasn’t allowed to read his mind after that. Charles hadn’t pushed—he seemed happy to help Pietro in that way. Purchasing and adjusting the goggles to Pietro's preference without even having to ask what those preferences are—just knowing

Charles had held on to the goggles as he uncorked a bottle of the strongest alcohol he could buy. He drank the whole bottle by himself and in a drunken stupor—out of his mind depressed—Charles goes to cerebro and he tracks down Havoc.

Hank didn’t know the professor called him until he hears knocking on the front door one week after the attack and opens the door to see Alex Fucking Summer with dog tags around his neck and a carry on bag. 

“Charles called.” He says and Hank is so emotionally unstable that he isn’t even upset about it. 

He hasn’t seen or heard from Alex Summer in nearly ten years and Charles calls him once and he’s back in the school like nothing happened. It’s upsetting except that—Hank isn’t brushing his teeth, he hasn’t showered or even really slept at all and he doesn’t have the mental capacity to be pissed off at Alex. One day Alex offers to untangle a braid behind his ear. Kurt must have braided it there when he dyed his eyebrows pink and Hank never noticed it. When Alex points it out Hank bursts into tears and Alex uses those outrageously buff arms to hold him as Hank cries his heart out. 

Alex didn’t even know why he was crying. He just knew he was upset and needed comfort. 

Their relationship isn’t like this. It never has been. They weren’t the feely touchy type of friends. In all honesty the friend that held them together was Banshee and when he died—an experiment of the US military—the two mutants seem to stray apart. When Alex enlisted, refusing to let Banshee get drafted into a war all alone—he left Hank behind. Briefly, when Hank got drafted he thought maybe he’d join the two—reunite in some sad way but Hank never went to war and banshee never left it. A corpse in the desert. Alex never visited. Not once. 

Sometimes when Hank looks at Alex’s haunted eyes he thinks he still might be there. 

“Forget I just did that.” Hank begs Alex as he’s wiping his snotty nose and seeing the wet spot where he left his tears on Alex's shirt. 

“I have a concussed brain so it’s already forgotten.” Alex jokes easily.

Alex is an extra helping hand around the mansion. He brings two groceries bags full of candy and sweets one day. A pumpkin pie and apple pie in one bag. 

“What’s all this?”

“For when Wanda wakes up.”

Hank blinks in surprise and Alex just shrugs “she must have a sweet tooth or something. So I bought her everything I can think of.” He places the bags on the counter. “And Pie. Since she keeps asking for it.” 

Oh. 

Oh god. 

When Charles starts crying Alex is swearing and apologizing profusely. “I didn’t think you were that strict about sweets.” 

Charles is falling apart in the kitchen and he’s hunched over on his wheelchair—curled up and Hank is placing a hand on his shoulder trying to give him some comfort. Alex is is squaring on the ground—trying to meet Charles gaze. His dog tags jiggle and his combat boots squeak on the polished floor but he stays on the ground with him. 

“Pie is a nickname. It’s what she calls her brother.” Hank answers for the professor who seems unable to speak. 

Alex nods in understanding and then says “so when the kids keep asking for Pie...they're talking about Charles’ boy not sweets. That makes more sense. I was a bit confused.”

Hank laughs—in a sad hollow way that breaks him a little bit more. Alex ends up eating the pie by himself ‘so he doesn’t upset anyone.’ He claims but the man is a glutton and would’ve probably done so regardless. 

Alex Summer leaves for a “work thing.” But Hank is positive Charles has him doing something that might not be completely on the record. During the gap where Alex leaves the mansion for mysterious purposes Wanda and Jean wake up from their coma. Unanimously. Wanda’s screams can be heard from across the mansion, Jean's powers shake the walls and Charles and Hank are by their sides in an instant. 

Charles is the one that has to tell her about the attack. “He’s gone?” Wanda’s voice wobbles-raw and exposed from yelling when she awoke.

Jean is laying her head on her hands, looking absolutely out of it. Bobby Drake is by the door—cooling down the room with his anxiety. “We’ll get him back.” Bobby is the one to say it. “Your dad will find him and he’ll be back here before you know it.” 

Hank links the words Your dad to Charles and he feels like he should be surprised by Bobby making that leap but he isn’t. Wanda and him had taken the prank too far long ago. It stopped being a prank and started being reality. 

Wanda wasn’t trying to trick the students into thinking Charles was her dad—he simply became her dad. Charles doesn’t correct Bobby instead the telepath nods intently at Wanda, cradling her hands. “I’ll find him.”

Four days after Wanda wakes up her mother is at the front door. 

Hank has never met Magda Maximoff but he knows that Charles had called her to tell her about the attack—about Pietro being taken. That was two weeks ago. 

It took her two weeks to get here. 

Hank remembers Magda briefly. Answering the door half heartedly before they asked her son to break Erik out of prison. Reluctant and worn. A mother doesn’t wait two weeks to see if her daughter is okay after her son has been kidnapped by a terrorist group. But Magda waited two weeks. 

Hank tries not to judge. He tries and fails to not let the frustration show when Wanda agrees to go with her. Away from Charles. Away from Frankie. Away from the people that she’s been with for the last year and a half. 

Hank is trying not to be upset when Charles just lets her. Charles has been using cerebro everyday trying to find Pietro. He can only focus on one tragedy at a time. 

Charles doesn’t know what Hank knows. 

Hank doesn’t know much. But he knows that Magda Maximoff was married to a man that abused Pietro for years. He’s seen the scans—he’s seen the torn tissue. Hank doesn’t trust a woman who would allow her son to be hurt in her own home like that. 

He just doesn’t. 

He might be too judgmental or too hypocritical but he just can’t look at her and see anything but a woman who failed Pietro. And now she’s taken Wanda. 

She’s gone just like that. Wanda and Pietro aren’t home and it’s wrong. It all feels wrong. Kurt isn’t here. The twins are dying. Fading away with each passing day. 

He tries to pretend like the fever is normal—like the aches in their bones are just growing pains. But he knows it’s not. He tries to soothe them with medicine that will do nothing to stop what’s to come. Their body is craving their other half. Their soul is split in half and are currently being tortured. 

Tortured. 

He knows they are because he sees it reflected in their own self. Tired and drained for no explicable reasons besides the fact that they are being tortured. 

Kurt is being tortured. Pietro is being tortured. They have evidence of this right in front of them. Those poor kids. Those kids are meant to be safe—here with them. 

Alex comes back with Erik fucking Lehnsherr, and he should be surprised. He should be gobsmacked by the presence of the man who is quite literally being hunted by the government just casually walking through the mansion doors. But he isn’t. Because it’s Charles. 

It’s always been Charles. 

Erik would risk detection and possible death and destruction if it meant he got to see Charles. 

Erik is an immovable force—compelled only by Charles curious eyes. 

They are a fucking mess. 

Hank does not pretend to be happy that he is here. Erik Lehnsherr is a bastard and he hurts the people he claims to love. Ultimately, this will end badly for Charles. 

But he can't possibly get any worse than he is now. 

The night of the attack—Charles was drunk. He’s been drunk nearly every day since. Small increments of sobriety. Followed by buckets of sadness that only Hank rivals. Classes are at a halt. Nobody wants to do group projects when half the group is in a torture facility. Nobody wants to turn in homework when their teacher was just murdered. Maybe that’s why Charles lets Wanda go so easily. Afraid to hurt her the way he hurt Pietro at the bar. Afraid to be too drunk around his daughter. Afraid to disappoint her. 

Now that she’s gone—he’s less subtle about his behavior. Hank has tried to reel him back in, but was met with tearful eyes, and Hank's heart is also broken so it all just feels wrong

Hank wants to join him—he does one time. Drinking in mutual misery. It was not a fond memory. 

Hank had tucked Frankie in with unpracticed hands and the boy had made a face when Hank slurred his good night. He did not know the monster song by heart but he knows that Frankie does and he sings it to himself. “Your breath stinks.” Frankie says innocently. 

“Sorry I’ve been drinking.” Hank is too drunk to sugar coat his words—too out of it to even consider what those words might mean for Frankie. 

Frankie’s eyes grow glassy in the dark “I don’t like it.” He says with a shaky voice like he’s afraid Hank would be upset at him for saying so. 

Hank looks at Frankie’s uncomfortable face and he remembers why he never drank at the mansion before. He remembers this is a school. With children. This is a fucking school. What the hell is wrong with him?

“I won’t do it again, then.” Hank isn’t a drunk—he doesn’t drink much for enjoyment or anything of the sort but Frankie’s innocent declaration had put him off drinking completely. He never wants Frankie to look at him like that again. 

Pietro wouldn’t like this either. He knows that Charles' sobriety necessary. He knows that Charles needs to get better. 

Erik isn’t good for much else besides destruction. Except maybe getting Charles to sober up. 

Erik’s presence had single handedly brightened Charles spirits. Even if it was by just a bit. 

When Charles found the facility they had the children held at it was Erik that wanted to storm the place as soon as possible. Outraged and vengeful. Erik was always so headstrong when it came to injustices. 

It’s probably the only redeemable quality that Hank can pin point. His love for mutant kind. 

The metal bender was fierce and Charles—Charles wasn’t strong enough to stop him. Not him. Not Erik. It actually surprised Hank a bit to see how far he was willing to let Erik go to get Pietro back. 

Charles moral compass bends at the knowledge that his son is in pain. 

Hank is the one that has to reel everyone back in. It pains him to not go in hums blazing but he knows what they want to do won’t lead to justice it will lead to a massacre. 

“What are you suggesting?” Charles asks briskly when Hank voices his disapproval.

“We alert the press.” Charles rubs his temple—a headache induced by stress. Or maybe the voices in his head.

“Despite what Erik might have you think there are some people that care about mutants just as much as you do. There are people who can actually help us bring a stop to this. The whole thing—not just this facility.”

“It will take time.” Charles fidgets, not fully convinced but but still listening to reason. “Time we do not have. Our kids need us Hank.” Charles is appealing to Hanks love for Kurt. Their mutual adoration for the children taken under their care.

The twins dying was a wake up call.  

“I know a journalist we can trust that can run the story—make sure everyone knows what’s going on. And you can call Moira MacTaggert and she can get eyes on them. We can call a few stations—we can contact mutant allies that will help us. We need as many eyes on this as possible so that they see exactly what they are. A terrorist group. Abducting children.” Hank knows it’ll take time. He knows that every minute he delays this the longer Kurt is getting hurt. 

But he’s trying to do this the right way. He’s trying to make sure that something like this never happens again. So that Kurt will never be hurt again. 

“Moira MacTaggert.” Charles repeats like Hank has said some random celebrity's name. 

“You still have her contact right?”

“I mean—“ Charles stumbles “—yes. But—“

“—no buts—she’s high high-ranking officer, we need her on our side. Put whatever petty nonsense happened between the two of you to the side and call her.” 

Charles' face looks pitiful “she won’t know who I am, Hank. I erased her memory of me.”

Hank looks at Charles with crawling horror up his spine. This is the first he’s hearing of this. “You did what? When?” 

“Ten years ago—before I opened the school. I couldn’t —I couldn’t risk the government getting involved and endangering the kids.”

But yet somehow—someway— they still did. A war. The draft. The attack at the school. The government has always had some control over the outcome of this school. 

“Well then make her remember Charles. You were friends. Surely you meant something to her before this. She’ll help us.”

“It’s been so long…” Charles mumbles and Hank snaps his finger in front of his face the fire he goes into a half minded daze about the past. “I don’t care. Call her Charles. For Pietro. For those kids.” 

Charles looks properly chastised. He nods stiffly, pressing his hand against his buttoned shirt—trying to gain some form of composure.  “Can you convince Erik not to attack until we’re prepared?”

“Yes, I can convince him.”

“Can you convince him.” 

Charles gives Hank a Sharp look “that won’t be necessary. I will convince him the proper way.”

“Okay.”

“Okay.”

And that’s the end of that discourse. 

Hank hopes the wait is worth it. That his boy won’t be in pain for too much longer. Kurt will be home soon.

Notes:

Part two of Hanks POV will be up soon.
Hope everyone is good and healthy.
Happy birthday to anyone reading this whose birthday is today. You rock.
Thanks for reading. I appreciate you all.

Live long, hugs and kisses.

Chapter 43: A Piece Of The Puzzle

Summary:

While we were barreling to our death, I suddenly remembered!” Alex says with far too much joy to have survived a near-death experience.

“What?” Hank hisses, still out of breath from something that happened literally minutes ago.

“Magda. Her name was Magda.”

Hank's brain tries to jump hoops. “Pietro's mom? What are you talking about? What?” Hank's pulse is still racing.

“No, Erik’s wife’s name. It was Magda.” Magda.

—-or—-

Hank is having a horrible time. They rescue the kids but with trauma.

Notes:

Okay!!!! I hope you like. If not—don’t tell me.

Typos. Grammar mistakes. No beta we die like live action Charles Xavier.

Sorry for the late post I’ve been hustling for finals. Hope this quenches your thirst.

As always, have fun. :)

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Charles passes the idea off as his own—the typical Charles and Erik’s contradicting moral compass shtick. 

“You want to wait?” Erik’s voice booms loudly over the privacy of the professor’s office. Not so private in this case. Loud voices flinch the walls of the hallway like a slap to the face. 

“I don’t want to. It’s what we must do. We cannot be rash.” Charles' voice is calm. Calmer then he actually is. 

“Rash? Rash was coming into your home with guns and taking your students from right under your nose. Rash would be doing nothing while those very same children are being tortured!”

“I know! You don’t think I know that Erik? Do you think me, cold?”

“I think you, naive. Ridiculously so. Do you think these men will just turn themselves in and call it a day? They will not go down without a fight.”

“A fight is what I'm trying to give them, one they cannot come back from. One that will bring justice not vengeance.” 

But Hank knows the truth. He knows that Charles wasn’t going to stop Erik from killing anyone. Especially not the men that took their kids. Charles isn’t as green as he used to be—his white has tinged grey and it’s all fatherhood's doing. The two argued and Hank knows deep down that Charles would’ve let Erik burn the place to the ground if it meant having his students back. If it meant having Pietro back in the school. Back by his side. 

The house shakes with fury and anger, pictures frames clattering and metal bending and in the end they didn’t have to wait very long. Less than 48 hours and Hank was fueling the jet. He stocks up on everything he thinks they might need. He double—triple—quadruples the amount of blood on board. He doesn’t have much of Pietro's blood type. He has maybe three bags in his lab for emergency’s and five on the jet. Hank takes all of it—he wishes he had more. He has no idea how much damage he’ll encounter. 

He hopes that eight bags of blood is enough.

Frankie packs fancy bandaids in his bag, Hank doesn’t think they’ll be useful but he lets him anyway. “They have kitty’s on them. It’s his favorite.” Frankie says with a very determined expression. “They’ll fix his bumps.”

Hank nods and pats his head with a gentle ruffle “I’ll make sure he gets them.” He says softly and Frankie moves his head away from Hanks hands and instead jerks forward in his wheelchair and wraps his arms around his legs. An unexpected tight hug but Frankie has been extra clingy since Miss Margo’s passing and Hank doesn’t know how to say no. Not to him. He hugs him back with a heavy heart. 

The weather is perfect for flying the jet. 

When Hank finally sees Kurt he feels like he momentarily possessed the other boys powers because he’s beside him in seconds. He knows something must’ve gone wrong—Kurt isn’t supposed to come out from the front. He was supposed to come out from the side door. 

His journalist friend, Patricia Tilby, had been brutally honest in her dissection of his story. “Only the normal-looking mutants should be seen on camera. It’s fucked up but—the public would be more sympathetic if the mutant kids looked like their everyday people. Makes them think ‘oh it could be our kid in that facility.’ If they see some kid with like three heads or tentacle hands or some shit they’ll just change the channel.”

But Hank doesn’t care about the statistics of viewership or the ratings—not right now—because Kurt is here. He’s right here. 

Cameras are everywhere and Kurt is the only thing Hank is looking at. He’s reaching for him instinctively and Hank isn’t prepared when Kurt’s sharp eyes turn to him and don’t even seem to recognize him. “Stay away from me.” Kurt swings at him and Hank hears cameras flashing and voices but he doesn’t care. Kurt is scared and he’s attacking him because he’s scared and Hank doesn't fully understand but he knows the boy isn’t in his right mind. He’s seeing everyone as a threat. “Where is Pietro? What did you do to him?” Kurt’s accusation hits Hank straight in the chest. 

“He’s still inside—Charles is getting him, Kurt.” 

Kurt flinches when Hank says his name and Hank isn’t sure if it’s because he’s said it with such softness on his voice or because he hasn’t heard it in a while. But it seems to snap him out of whatever violent trance he was in. He blinks at Hank and his eyes seem to realize he’s outside—he’s surrounded by people he doesn’t know and then he looks at Hank like he’s his saving grace.

Hank? Charles voice invades his mind and Hank is responding quickly. 

Did you find Pietro? 

Yes. He’s hurt. 

Charles didn’t have to say more. Kurt doesn’t make it past the engine door before he collapses, and Hank catches him before he falls to the ground. He’s gone limp, and Hank's entire heart plummets when he reaches over to his neck and doesn’t find a pulse.

Hank moves like a man possessed. He spent the next four hours trying to keep Kurt and Pietro alive. 

Kurt has seizures. Hank is crying the entire time while he’s holding him to the side and making sure he doesn’t choke. He feels like a failure when his heart stops for the second time. He breaks his ribs trying to keep the pulse and the sound haunts him—he feels the crack of bone breaking under his palm. 

While Hank is actively pumping Kurt’s chest Pietro decides to gain consciousness. The blood bag hooked to his vein is nearly empty. It’s the last one. 

Dad!” Pietro chokes out in a sob, his eyes frantically reaching Charles like a bullet yo the chest. “It hurts! It hurts! please!” 

Charles frantically goes to the drawer to replace his blood bag and quickly realizes it’s empty. 

“He needs more blood!” Charles shakes out, his face smudges in panic and barely sustained grief. 

And those seven bags of that rare fucking blood type hank had shipped three months ago from Taiwan are gone. 

They are gone.

No more.

Zilch.

It wasn’t enough. Not even close. Pietro is losing too much blood. Worse, he's actively not healing. But anyone who’s lost this much blood for this long would be dead by now. Pietro in all accounts should be a corpse on the table but the boys body keeps trying to fight that infection in his blood. He’s both simultaneously healing and dying at the same time. Hank can’t explain it. He’s a damn doctor and he can’t explain it. Not in any known words. 

Pietro's body moves fast. Faster than anything Hank can see. Pietro's body is actively healing itself but not curing itself. His wounds get stitched back up, but his bones stay broken. He heals halfway wrong, and that causes more harm than good. 

“We need to open him back up.”

“What?” Charles looks at Hank like he’s grown a third eye, and Hank gets it. It sounds horrible. Hank doesn’t want to do it. It feels disgusting to even think about it. 

“Charles, you need to strap him down.” 

Charles looks at Hank and he knows he wouldn’t ask him to do this if it wasn’t necessary. Charles knows Hank. He trusts his judgment. But Charles looks at Pietro's wrist—which is already cut and bruised from being harshly strapped to an operating table for weeks—and he can’t do it. Hank doesn’t blame him.

“We shouldn’t, he’ll be afraid.” Charles sounds devastated at the aspect, and Hank isn’t sure if he's understanding the whole —Pietro will die if you don’t do this—scenario. Charles's ability is useless with Peter. He can’t enter his mind and ease his panic. He cannot help him the way the telepath wishes to do so desperately.

“I’ll do it.” Erik is stepping forward—gently removing Charles' own hands on Pietro's shaking palm and placing his other hand on Pietro—tugging it towards the straps near the armrest. 

Charles falls silent; he was not strong enough to do this. But Erik will take the burden. 

Erik Lensherr makes his expression blank—emotionless as he straps Pietro's arm and then going to strap down the other. His composure seems to break when he reaches for the strap on the second arm and Pietro becomes alert again. The Speedster's eyes dart open, and he seems to process the worst of the situation, “no, please, please! I’ll be good! I’m sorry! Please! Stop! Please!” Pietro is begging, and it’s a testament to how much Erik loves Charles—the length he will go to not make the telepath suffer this fate—that he does not stop. He keeps buckling him up, but Hank can see his face—pinched and very much affected by the boy's begging. 

Hank can’t understand how someone could do this for weeks. How can anyone hear him crying and begging and still want to hurt him? 

“Please, stop! I’m sorry.” Pietros is in hysterics and his eyes are darting around the room—at the injured bodies around him, and he must think the absolute worst. Hank can’t even fathom it. “Please Dad. Dad, don’t do this! Please, I’ll be good, I promise! Please!” He’s looking blindly at Erik Lehnsherr, and Hank has no idea if he even knows who he’s speaking to but the effect is the same. 

Something about Pietro calling him dad must do something to Erik. Hank doesn’t even really think Erik likes Pietro all that much but a scared boy calling you dad while you’re actively tying him down would traumatize anyone. Anyone with a heart Atleast. Hank supposes Erik does have one of those. 

This is a moment Hank thinks about later when he categorizes it all in his head. The hints. The clues. The foreshadowing. The evidence that he didn’t know was evidence of something more. 

Pietro needed blood. 

That was simply a fact. Hank can open him up and set his bones right. He can pluck out torn ligaments and shredded tendons. He can stitch his insides back up. He can use every trick in the book but if he doesn’t have blood he’ll die. Point blank period. 

Pietro was losing consciousness and Hank couldn’t even be relieved by the small mercy because he had nothing to prevent him from not waking up at all.  

Charles is screaming at him—saying horrible things he doesn’t really mean and Hank is taking the emotional hits to the chin.

“We ran out of O negative!” Charles is manic, shuffling through empty blood bags like they might have some blood left in them. 

“Already?” Alex says by the cockpit and Hank doesn’t need to explain himself. Everybody saw what was happening. Kurt was losing blood. Three other kids needed medical blood transfusions. Hank has been doing this for four hours. None stop. They lost kids. Not all of them made it out of the facility. Hank will have to put some of these kids in a body bag instead of a med-bed. 

“Kurt was crashing.” Hanks says off handedly even though it wasn’t just Kurt. It was everyone. These damn kids were on the cusp of death every five seconds and he was barely keeping it together. He was incredibly overwhelmed and he’s the only medical doctor on the jet. 

Alex was a medic in the war. He’s helped wrap injuries and stitch up the wounds but it’s different with kids then with soldiers on the field. Alex tapped out when a nameless, four year old bled out on his arms. He stood wordlessly from his spot and his face was covered in a tiny bloody handprint. A child’s bloody handprint and he went to the bathroom to wash it off but then never came back out. Hank couldn’t blame him. He wishes he had the same luxury of being able to stop. He’s all they got. 

He’s just grateful that Alex didn’t fall apart in front of him. Hank didn’t think he’d be able to handle seeing Alex crying. 

“—that blood wouldn’t have helped him.” Hank says with an edge of panic. 

“Whats his blood type?” Alex is type O negative. He sees him rolling up his sleeve—ready to give him everything. Hank can barely stand to look at him. Self-sacrificing idiot. 

”It’s RH-Null.” The rarest blood type in the world. Fewer than 50 people on earth are known to have that blood type.

The bags of blood that he had were bags he had bought from a scarce supply. Not many people with that blood donate. Which is a damn shame. 

“I’m RH-Null.” Erik says suddenly and Hanks mind seems to falter at that. Erik calmly begins to roll up his sleeve, revealing an array of numbers on his wrist. A reminder of his own tortures. 

It’s rare. Statistically speaking it’s unlikely that two people with no correlation with the other would have this same exact blood type. 

Less and less people have it each generation since it’s only passed down if both parents have it. The likelihood of this happening is improbable. Borderline impossible. 

It doesn’t make any sense. 

“you are?” Hank stumbles out and his mind jumps through every hoop—every single possible reason this could be possible. 

But Hank doesn’t have time to digest this—he sticks Erik’s arm and he doesn’t have time to filter it into a bag—he makes a direct line to Pietro's veins. 

When Pietro is finally stable enough to not crash Hank injects him with medicine. A murky blue color in the tube. It should flush out the virus. 

Erik looks pale—most likely from being a human blood drive. He gave a lot of blood. More than he probably thought he had to give. Charles keeps giving him these pathetically big heart eyes that Hank pretends not to see. He’s not going to keep reminding Charles of the inevitable heartbreak that would result from Erik. 

As soon as Hank finished stitching Pietro back up Charles was unclasping Pietro's wrist. He rubbed soothing circles on them and looked heartbroken by the additional bruising there caused by the restraints. He had already been restrained in the facility. Charles didn’t want to see him like that for longer than he needed. Erik watches the two of them with a tender expression. 

Hank is frustrated by the whole interaction. He knows where this is going. He doesn’t want to see it unravel. Not again. 

“Mommy and daddy love each other.” Alex jokes as Hank tries to laser them with his eyes. He was unsuccessful. 

“Mommy and daddy got divorced for a reason.” Hank says bluntly and recoils mentally at the fact that he just said mommy and daddy out loud in the context of Charles and Erik’s toxic relationship.

“Can’t you just let them self implode like usual?” Alex sits on the makeshift bed beside him. 

“You didn’t see how Charles was after Cuba.”

“I was there.” Alex says like maybe he’d forgotten. It’s true he was there for the aftermath. But after the aftermath he was gone. 

“Briefly.” Hank mumbles. 

“You gonna keep holding that against me?” 

“No.”

“No?”

“You’re O negative blood saved Kurt. I think that gives you a blanket pass for all future and past transgressions.”

Alex chuckles and Hank hasn’t heard that laugh in a long time. He missed his friend. 

“You really care about him, huh.”

“I love him.” Hank still hasn’t told him so. When Kurt wakes up he’ll tell him how much he loves him. He won’t let this moment pass. Not again. 

“I’m glad we were able to save him.” Alex says. 

“Me too.”

“I never thought I’d see the day you become a whole dad. God you’re getting old.”

“We’re literally the same age.” Hank scoffs. 

“Not true, you’re a year older then me. You’re practically elderly. I’m still in my prime.”

“I’m sorry, who’s deaf in one ear and has prescribed medication for his joint problems, that he won’t admit is actually arthritis? Not me.”

“Low blows old man. Low blows. I’m seeing a few grey hairs on that scalp of yours.” Alex lies. Hank does not have grey hairs. 

“Shut up.” Hank laughs and Erik looks over at the two men and has the audacity to look annoyed at their laughter. God forgive a guy decompress after saving everyone’s life. Jesus. 

It’s probably the first time he’s laughed since the attack at the school. 

“He’s always been so intense. I’m glad you saved his kid. He probably would’ve been super pissed if he died.” Alex jokes and—Hank—Hank freezes. 

Wait. What

“Come again?”

“I was joking dude. Obviously it would be depressing as hell if his kid died. I’d probably cry in the bathroom again.” 

“His kid? Peter isn’t Erik’s son.” Hanks voice is barely above a whisper and Alex’s eyebrows furrow together. A perfectly perplexed expression on his face. 

“For real? I mentioned his name and Erik came immediately to the rescue."

Oh. That makes sense. 

“He owed him one. Broke him out of the pentagon.” Hank explains easily, his gaze falling back to Erik’s stiff shoulders and Charles gentle hands on Pietro's pulse. As if he’s waiting for him to crash again. 

“That’s wild. I just assumed, I guess, they kinda look alike.” Alex laughs like it’s funny and not absurd. 

Hank looks over at Pietros deathly pale skin and over at Erik’s far too intense eyes and he just doesn’t see it. He looks at Erik and he only sees Erik. He looks at Peter and he only sees Peter. He doesn’t see the similarities. But from an outsiders point of view—-maybe they looked alike? 

“They're both Jewish too.”

“Not all Jewish people are related, Alex.” 

“I know that, Jesus, Hank. I was just saying. Same blood, same ethnicity. Both mutants. It made sense.” Alex shrugs and makes a gesture with his hands that goes right over Hank's head.

“That’s the dumbest thing you've ever said,” Hank says flippantly and immediately regrets saying that when Alex’ postire stiffens.

“Hey man, you know I don’t like that.” Alex frowns and doesn’t try to hide the way Hank's words stung. 

Hank rewinds—regretting his choice of words. Alex had disclosed to him that he had suffered a head injury in the war. That his head trauma gave him some form of mind fog that made it difficult to process new information. He’s not the same Alex he could rib off of during his x-men days. He’s different and those kinds of comments, about his intelligence, don’t roll off his back like they used to. 

“I’m sorry, I didn’t mean it like that. You’re not dumb.” Hank amends quickly, placing a hand on top of his and squeezing it gently. It feels too familiar—too intimate in a way they never have been. Alex’ face does something strange and he lets out a nervous laugh that Hanks never heard him use ever—his cheeks turning a bit rosy. He’s had a long day—he must be tired. Hank knows he’s tired too. 

“I am a bit slow though.” Alex self-debricates and Hank makes a disagreeable noise and knocks their knees together. “Stop that.” He mumbles out.

“I’m just agreeing with you.” Alex laughs and runs his thumb through the fur on the back of his hand. Hank hadn’t realized he was still holding it. 

“I already took it back. Stop being so mean to yourself.” 

“You’re the king of being mean to yourself. Whatever happened to that?” Alex quips back and Hank pauses and looks over at Kurt “I’m trying to be better. Lead by example you know?”

“For your kid?” Alex’ eye trails over to Kurt and he grins “did you actually knock up Raven? Cause I always thought she had the pants in that relationship.”

Hanks mind supplies him with Mystique—shapeshifting into a man with incredibly large pants. Comically large. The image by itself makes Hank feel overwhelmed and a bit foolish.  

“Jesus Christ she is not—“ Hank abruptly stops talking. Yes she is Kurt’s parent. Despite everything. Despite her supposed insistence of not wanting to be. She had some hand in creating him. 

“—I mean how many blue mutants do you know?” Alex continues and he isn’t completely off base. Raven is Kurt’s father. Hank had already figured that out. He had done a DNA test out of curiosity for himself and was then met with Ravens DNA. 

“It doesn’t matter.” Hank is still so upset with her. He still feels so out of his depth but he knows that despite everything Kurt is with him. 

Hank has claimed him. Despite everything. Kurt has become his family and he refuses to let her have more claim in it simply because she is Kurt's blood. “I’m his dad.”

It’s the first time Hank ever said it outloud. The first time he’s ever properly claimed him. 

He wishes that he had taken this stance before this. Before Kurt was taken from him. Before this heartbreak. He wishes this wasn’t the first person he told this to. He wanted to be able to tell Kurt. To be able to look him in the eye and tell him he is wanted. 

“I never said you weren’t.” Alex says easily, and Hank lets out a breath he hadn’t known he was holding. 

They both seem to look over at the three men, Erik, Charles and Pietro with a look of relief or maybe something else. After a long pause Alex says—

“It would've made sense though.” 

“Huh?” Hank shakes his head and peers over to look at Alex again who has a distant look in his eye. “What are you talking about?”

Alex fiddles with his dog tag “Erik and Peter. Would’ve been before he met Charles. With his first wife or something. Theoretically.” 

“Erik was married?” God forbid. This man had actually committed to a woman? Hank couldn’t even imagine it. 

“Yeah? Dude, don’t you remember he used to wear that wedding ring around his neck.” 

And it’s been more than ten years. So really it isn’t his fault that he forgot that tidbit of information. 

“Darwin asked him about it once—you were there. Don’t you remember?”

It was before everything happened. Before Darwin died. Before the x-men had fractured. Back when they acted like dumb kids—even if they weren’t. Darwin loved a good puzzle and back then Erik had been the biggest puzzle of them all. He had also been the oldest of the x-men, so he gathered some sort of authority among them. Bold and clever. 

“You got a story with that gem or you just like lookin’ fancy?” Darwin spoke over the neck of his beer. Casual in his delivery. Eyes filled with mischief. 

Erik had a few drinks in him by that point. They all had. They had been enjoying themselves. The few times they all felt truly relaxed and happy. As short as it had been. 

“It’s a reminder of a past life. A reminder of what I’m fighting for.”

Hank at the time had stupidly said “love?” 

But was corrected with a blunt “no, this ring is reminding me not to get distracted by love.”

It had foreshadowed something greater. A betrayal they all should’ve seen coming. But they hadn’t. It all hurt too much to think about even now. 

“He told us her name. I can’t remember it now.” Alex rubs his forehead. 

“I don’t think I was there for that conversation.” Hank had tended to split off away from the group even back then. Easily overwhelmed by large groups even if they were his friends.  

“Maybe not. I think Angel snooped through his things. She told Banshee who told me.”

Angel Salvadore. Hank hasn’t heard that name in a long time. “She always was getting into others things.” 

“I can’t believe i can’t remember the name.” Alex tsks his tongue irritably and Hank shakes his head. 

“It’s pretty pointless now.” Hank looks over at Erik’s bare neck. No ring. 

The jet is being shot at and Hank kinda forgets about the whole thing. 

Chaos should be normal for Hank. It isn’t. His heart still jumps out of his throat and his mouth gets dry with anxiety. His ears pop with the drop in the jet. His head spins and all he can think about is the face that everyone’s gonna die after he just spent the better half of six hours trying to keep them alive. 

Charles is quick to invade the minds of the opposition but there’s still a damn hold on the jet and they are falling. 

They are falling and all he can think about is that he never got to thank Jill King. 

Hank has met the social worker a handful of times—she’s constantly checking in on Kurt and Hank has spoken to her on the phone just as many times. 

She was blunt and a bit aloof around Hank but always seemed to have kind words with Kurt and the other children in their care. She reminded him of Darwin. Maybe that’s why he always felt such an ache in his chest when Kurt was always too happy to see her. 

Charles had called Jill King, apparently old friends, and she called a few people and in less than six hours had people piling outside the facility ready to camp out. 

Kurt has no idea how much everyone loved him. How much everyone was willing to do to get them back. 

Somehow, they didn’t die.

Hank has no time to really be relieved. Just as Hank is slouching back on his pilot chair, a stress wrinkle forming between his brows, Alex is barreling back into the room. 

“While we were barreling to our death, I suddenly remembered!” Alex says with far too much joy to have survived a near-death experience. 

“What?” Hank hisses, still out of breath from something that happened literally minutes ago. 

“Magda. Her name was Magda.”

Hank's brain tries to jump hoops. “Pietro's mom? What are you talking about? What?” Hank's pulse is still racing. 

“No, Erik’s wife’s name. It was Magda.” Magda.

Hank—he—they stare at each other. Hank's mind seems to go completely blank. 

Alex laughs and stands up. “I'm glad I remembered. It was eating at me. Anyway—-my whole theory about Erik being Pietro's dad doesn’t really make sense now cause she died right? In that fire. The whole ‘fighting for the family he lost’ bit was cause they died. Super tragic. I can’t believe I forgot that, I’m such a dick. Forget I even said anything.” 

“Okay.” Hank won’t be forgetting any of this ever. 

A fire.

Didn’t Pietro's older sister die in a fire?

Isn’t Pietro's mother also named Magda? 

Isn’t Pietro's father a mutant? 

Oh. 

Fuck.

For fucks sake.

If anybody ever asks, which he doubts anyone ever will, he will tell them he figured it out because of the blood thing. He’ll name all the other random droplets of moments he’s collected or will collect. The matching birthmarks on their elbows. The suit Pietro wears that belonged to Erik and fits perfectly and makes him look like a future terrorist who will kill the president. He will recall the number of times Pietro has gotten upset and has had that same darkening in his eye that Erik gets when he’s pissed. He’ll tell them that Erik has the same sweet tooth as Pietro, he’ll mention how they both sit in the same spot when they play chess with Charles. He’ll mention that they both seem to have a soft spot for Charles just as Charles has a soft spot for the both of them.

He’ll recall a conversation with Logan. Brief and confusing at the time—now far more important with the current revelation. 

He won’t mention the whole--Alex Summers wild conspiracy theory- of it all. 

Because in reality he only suspected up until he met Pete. Before that it was just a series of coincidences—a weird rabbit hole he was digging himself into. 

He’ll say he was smart and of course he figured it out. 

He will not tell anyone how long it actually took him to pull the pieces together. He will not discuss the theory board he created in his lab—hidden behind a whiteboard and covered with red yarn and evidence that wasn’t acquired ethically or legally. 

It was Pete. 

Fucking Pete.

Pete Django Xavier. A boy from an alternative ralaity. A different version of Pietro. Raised in a different time—with different parents. Raised by Charles Xavier and Erik Lehnsherr.

Because they were married. Because where Pete was from gay marriage was possible. 

Charles was married. To Erik. Raising Pete. 

It’s the 1970s and 2015 feels like a long time away before literal gay marriage is even considered. He’s happy for Charles, at least that version of him had that option. But Erik? He had to marry Erik of all people? Really?

Hank was Pete’s Godfather in that timeline. 

Hank was always meant to be untangled in this fucked up family tree one way or another. 

Pete.

Fucking Pete.

Pete was the nail in the damn coffin. A screaming confirmation dressed in smug looks and casual clothes. 

Pete is the spitting fucking image of Erik Lehsherr. 

So yeah. 

Hank figured it out. 

The Doctor spirals an appropriate amount. I mean—Erik fucking Lehnsherr? What are the fucking odds? Really? Really

Pete deciding to show his face only after Eriks long gone from the mansion is also a very obvious choice. 

Pete is what Pietro would look like in a couple years. Fading into his looks—stretching into his fathers image. He looks just enough like Pietro for Hank to come to that realization. 

Pete however moves like Erik. He talks like Charles, a lilt of an accent. Hank can’t even process this new version of reality. 

He wonders if he would’ve realized if Alex hadn’t put the thought in his head—if he hadn’t been mindlessly collecting evidence of the fact. Would Hank had been just as open about his arrival as Charles had been? 

Maybe? 

Maybe if he didn’t already have the ‘Erik being Pietros dad’ thing rolling behind his head? 

But the point is that Pete looks so much like Erik it’s actually concerning that Charles hasn’t realized. Having them both here—dude by side would’ve been too obvious. Even Charles would’ve seen the similarities…surely. Maybe. Hank certainly does. 

Hank looks at Pete and he only sees a younger version of Erik. 

And Pete looked like an older version of Pietro. 

So—

As a result Hank started noticing the similarities between Erik and Pietro as well and it was causing tension. One Hank didn’t prepare himself for. 

How does one ever prepare to face the love child of a man you despised. How does one face the fact that they love that child—that they’ve bonded. Hank is conflicted. 

And more importantly Hank is more than just a little bit ashamed. 

Mostly because the first time he looked at him when he figured it all out, confirmed right before his eyes, it was filled with too much compunctiousness. Guilt. Shame. 

Hank felt guilty. Because for a second he forgot everything Pietro and him had been through, every laugh they shared, every bond they had, every good memory they had made vanished from Hank's mind and all he could see was him. Erik. The man who created so much torment and so much suffering, someone Hank used to call a friend as well. 

Peter was Erik’s kid and for just a moment Hank hated him for it.

He hated him without hesitation, without thought, and that felt horrible. It felt like he momentarily lost his brother and he was so sorry, so immediately remorseful that he couldn’t bear to be near him in fear of still feeling that distinct hatred.

He needed to figure himself out. To situate his feelings so it doesn’t affect Pietro. So that he doesn’t cause any more harm to the boy he’s grown so fond over the last year and a half. 

He tries desperately to keep the sudden discomfort to himself. Everytime the speedster approaches him he has the urge to spill his guts. But how does one break that kind of news to someone. It’s not his place. It’s not his call. 

When Magda arrived, back with Wanda he had thought maybe that was what the big fight was about. He hadn’t gotten any real answers from anyone involved. Bobby Drake and Jean Gray, the dynamic duo, had been tight lipped about the whole thing. In fear of triggering their compulsive muteness Hank does not push it.

When David appeared Hank gained some perspective. Hank despised David out of principle. He’s an abuser and Hank still hears the crack of Pietro's ribs from when he gave him compressions. Anybody that finds joy in that is a monster. 

David is a monster. David wishes harm upon Pietro and maybe Wanda and all Hank can think about is that he hopes there’s no version of him like that. 

He hopes that in no timeline does Hank hate Pietro Maximoff enough to want to harm him. He doesn’t think he could stand it. Even when Pete was here, it was mostly an annoyance—and aching reminder not a hatred. At least not until the end. 

Not until all things flipped and Wanda was home without his help, Hank couldn’t stand the sight of the older speedster. 

Indecision. Maybe that’s the crutch of it all. 

Pietro Maximoff can tell he’s hiding something. He can tell it’s about him. Hank can’t keep hiding what he knows forever. It’ll eat him alive. 

Hank figured it out. He wishes he hadn’t. 

He thinks maybe he could ignore it. Pretend he doesn’t know. Pretend to be as clueless as everyone else seems to be. He can ignore the guilt in his chest whenever he feels angry towards Pietro for taking up Charles’ time. Or taking up Kurt’s time. 

Its fine. 

It’s fine. 

Pietro isn’t Erik. 

He knows Pietro. He cried with Pietro. He loves Pietro. He just wishes he didn’t look so much like someone he despises.

And-also—horrifically—he wishes Kurt didn’t have an outrageous crush on the speedster. 

Hank is losing another person he loves to Erik. 

No-fuck—No—not Erik. Pietro…God, Hank is terrible. He isn’t losing Kurt. Kurt just has a crush on Pietro. Not Erik. 

A meaningless crush. Something innocent and sweet by all accounts. Something Kurt so rarely gets. 

A crush that’s quickly turning to something more, far too quickly. Becoming not so innocent and sweet. Hank can’t really pin point the turn. The upgrade in intensity. Maybe it was after the facility. After being tortured together. Maybe it was the restless nights after that—holding each other when no else could. Maybe it was before any of that…between prank wars and PAC-Mac marathons. Hank knows what’s going on. He saw it with Charles and Erik. 

He’s hoping it doesn’t turn the same way for them. He’s kinda hoping nothing happens at all. It would be more simple. But nothing is ever simple.

It’s been a few months now since the facility. The dust has long settled and everyone has licked their wounds and recouped. Kurt and Pietro have become inseparable. Molding together like a reincarnation of the twins. 

So close. Too close. Hank tries to be supportive—he wants Kurt to be happy. Even if he wishes it was with someone else. Even if he wishes he didn’t get flashes of Erik everytime he looks at pietro.

Hank hates himself just a little bit more when he pretends to not see how hurt Pietro is by his behavior. 

Pietro is a kind person. Intensely Good. Hank will literally move the ends of the earth for him—as long as he doesn’t have to look at him. Cause fuck—everyday he looks more and more like Erik. 

Everytime Kurt moons about him during their walks, gushing and giddy over his innocent crush on his supposed best friend—he wants to shake his shoulder and tell him to stop. To choose someone else to love. To save himself the heartache. But he doesn’t. 

Hank knows he’s in the wrong here. He’s judging him for the sins of his father. 

He’s doing to Pietro what he never dared do to Kurt. 

How did it come to this?

-—

Hank avoids everyone. Pietro. Charles. Alex. The curtains show morning and night. He does not leave his room. He is one with his bed. He is dragged only by the scent of sulfur invading his senses. Kurt needs no key. 

—-

Hank has decided to pick up walks. He is in one of his daily walks with Frankie and Kurt when Beast voices the things he wanted to say to Kurt since he woke up from the facility. Since before that even. Long before that. 

“I love you kid.” Hank had finally told Kurt Wagner. It wasn’t some big moment in the mix of emotions and vulnerability he just said it while on their walk. The birds pecking by the trees near them. 

“I love you too,” Kurt says with a shy smile, and Frankie lifts a nicely shaped rock from the ground and hands it to Hank like a prize. “I love you, too.” Frankie says stubbornly and Hank looks down at the boy and realizes that—he loves this kid too. Holy shit. How did that happen? That snuck up on him. Kurt he saw coming. But Frankie? 

“I love you too Franklin.” And means it. 

“Do you think Wanda will like it?” Wanda had come home. Finally, reunited. 

Magda. David. All of it had been a whirlwind of emotions and Hank was more determined than ever to get past his own feelings of anger and guilt. 

Pietro has been through enough. He doesn’t want to add to the load of disappointing adult figures. 

“I think she’ll love it.”

Frankie and Wanda had fought before she left. They had made up almost instantaneously when she came back. One tearful apology had them both hugging and swearing to never be apart again. 

It was melodramatic but they are kids so it was funny to Hank. How did both his kids end up having things for the Maximoffs?

They often had walks. It was the only time Hank really allowed himself the grace to socialize. The only moment he felt at ease. It must have something to do with nature and trees. He’s not completely certain. 

“How is Monet settling in?” Hank asks Kurt one day—a few days after her abrupt arrival. The blue boy plucks a pedal off the flower in his hands, face perfectly neutral. “She’s fine.” He says with too much casualness. 

“Is she getting along with everybody?” Hank hasn’t really spoken to her so Kurt is his only reference. The more obvious question is is she getting along with you? Unsaid but implied.

“Pietro likes her.” Kurt says instead and Hank gives the boy a curious glance. “She’s cool.” Kurt adds with a frown. 

“Cool?” 

“Super cool!” Frankie adds ahead of them “she can fly!” 

Kurt makes a face and quickly changes it with a smile. “Yeah, super cool. And tall.” Hank has no idea what her height has to do with anything.  

“You seem bummed about it.”

“I am not bummed. I am happy for him.” Kurt says plainly and Hank tries to quickly figure out what the problem is. 

“Kurt Wagner.” Hank begins “what’s the matter?”

“Nothing. Nothing. Monet is perfect. She is cool and funny and pretty.”

“Singing her praises. Do you really not like her?”

Kurt jerks away and looks at Hank with big eyes “I did not say that. Monet is Pietro's friend. I have no problems with her.” 

“You’re his best friend and that won’t change.” Hank reminds him gently. “But you also have had him all too yourself this whole time. You’re not used to having to share him with someone else.” 

Kurt avoids his eyes and Hank tries to understand. Kurt and Pietro are more than just a bit co-dependent. He recalls a time in college when he had but one friend and how he constantly monopolized her time. She grew tired of being just his friend—she was sociable and active in the community and her friendships grew and Hank was more or less a footnote. Left behind and friendless. He didn’t have many friends back then. Not until the x-men and even that ended in a grand big disaster. 

Kurt doesn’t disclose any discomfort he has towards Monet but he doesn’t have to tell Hank what he sees clearly on his face. He doesn’t like her. 

Open house was a moment to see it in action. Monet had stepped out from her room and more surprisingly Hank had been present for the festivities. They had hired a new teacher and enrollment went up by 25%—many new faces had appeared to not only reunite with lost relatives from the facility but also new faces inquiring about enrollment.

It was a full and active day where it was more or less filled with happy chattering children. Pietro was in charge of a booth outside filling water balloons with washable paint and Kurt was passing them out to eager children. 

“Can I have a red one?” Frankie was eager to get his second load of paint for his canvas propped by the tree. 

Each child was throwing paint at their own canvas or at each other but they all smiled and Charles is in charge of laundry this week so Hank is just sitting back and watching it all unfold with a fond smile.

Up until Monet slipped between Kurt and Pietro covered in neon red paint. Possibly a product of Wanda’s mischievousness. Hank had seen her tip toe inside the school awhile ago looking a bit too casual. 

“Your sister has assaulted me.” Monet says with a big smile that shows off a pair of canines, sharp but not as sharp as Kurt’s. “I’m here to seek vengeance.” 

Pietro looks at her with an easy smile “you’ve come to the right place—would you like a blue or green?”

“Can’t go wrong with blue.” 

“Personally my favorite color.” Pietro muses. Kurt is blue. Hank doesn’t think Kurt even thinks to apply that to himself. 

“Color of the sky. Classic.” Monet says with easy swagger as she grabs a blue ball from Kurt’s bucket and throws it at Pietro's chest. 

Pietro has super speed. Hank assumes that if he really wanted to dodge it he could—so it all must be in good fun. “What? Why?” Pietro sobs dramatically, looking overly large for someone who could’ve dodged. 

“You and Wanda planned it. Don’t pretend you didn’t smuggle her a whole bag of paint balls. You miscreant." She grabs another ball and slams it at the top of his head—his curling locks turning a dark blue and Pietro just laughs. It’s a big laugh—one of those full body laughs. 

When she goes to throw another ball at him, a twinning smile on her face as well, he grabs her by the waist and tugs her away—smearing his own blue paint on to her painted skin. It blends a nice purple and it’s not long before Monet is tackling Pietro onto the ground smearing her paint all over him, turning his blue mostly purple and laughing manically. “Mercy mercy!” Pietro screeches and Hank is smiling. It’s nice to see them goofing off. 

“Kurt, I need back up!” Pietro laughs and it’s only then that Hank looks over to Kurt who’s watching the two with a mixed expression. 

Kurt opens his mouth—maybe to respond but Monet speaks over him, neither of them really look at the blue boy as they tussle on the grass smearing the yard with their paint. “Kurt can’t help you here—this is vengeance for disturbing my peace!” 

“You would’ve just stayed in your room all day!” Pietro bellows and tries to gain momentum but Monet is stronger than him apparently. 

“That’s my decision, love. And you utilizing paint was your decision. I liked this shirt, Pietro.” Monet rubs a palm onto the speedsters blue forehead drawing a little frowny face with her paint. 

“I like it too.” Pietro says and Hank could almost mistake the way his eyes track down to her bare arms as him seeing the paint all over her and nothing else. “It’s washable paint, promise.” He says with sudden softness that usually has Kurt melting but only makes Monet roll her eyes at him. 

“It’ll smell like paint for ages though.” She says as she climbs off of Pietro's lap and onto solid floor. “Nothing a few good washes couldn’t fix, right Kurt?” Pietro looks over to the booth where Kurt had been but the teleporter is gone. Hank has no idea how long he’s been gone. Left behind is a basket of paint balls and a clipboard. 

“Where’d he go?” Pietro voices his confusion to his friend's sudden absence. He gets up to find him. Quick to go search for his friend. 

Hank leaves the scene before he ever finds out if he finds him or not. 

Beast sees this scene shortly before witnessing another similar situation of Kurt’s show of feelings towards Monet's presence. A few days later the two of them—Pietro, and Kurt—were sitting around the large dining table, attempting to assemble one of the ridiculously complex 3D puzzles Pietro had found at the mall for a crazy sale. It was a massive, clear plastic structure meant to be a crystalline replica of the Eiffel Tower, requiring immense spatial reasoning and patience—hence the need for reinforcements. 

Pietro had bought the puzzle because he knows Kurt loves detailed, quiet activities and the speedster presented him the purchase meer minutes after he bought it and was practically vibrating with excitement. Pietro was always buying Kurt random impulsive stuff that Kurt would never buy for himself—it made them both horribly happy. The teleporter loved it, immediately cracking the box open and Pietro's fast feet slowed down for once to sit with him, plopping on his prescription goggles for once to look more closely at the puzzle pieces. Hank had seen Monet shuffle in with tired eyes from the kitchen—Beast himself had only come down to remind Kurt of his chores before things got too distracting with the activity. 

Monet slides into the kitchen—no real goal but to snoop on what the boys had been hunched over working on. Hank watches her slip beside the other side of Pietro and poke a hand out to one of the pieces. “This one’s wrong.”

“We just did that.” Pietro pouts and Kurt doesn’t look over at her but his ears twitch irritably. “The instructions said to connect B and C.” Kurt says simply—poking at the instructions like they are the holy grail. Their word is law. 

“The Eiffel tower doesn’t look like that though.” Monet lifts a brow at the picture on the box. 

“You’ve seen it before?” Pietro asks curiously.

“Couple times. It’s not as cool as you’d expect.” 

“Says the girl who’s seen it.” Pietro bumps his shoulder against hers and inexplicably bumps his other shoulder against Kurt with a big smile “maybe miss Richie rich will take us one day, right Kurt?” 

“I can take you one day.” Kurt says instead like that makes any difference—except it does. He said you not us. Which very pointedly excludes Monet. Hank notes the distinction in his mind—dipping on his hot coffee in silence.

Pietro just smiles, maybe he didn’t catch it. “I thought you could only teleport places you’ve been.” And then with big eyes he grabs at Kurt’s arm “you’ve been to Paris and didn’t tell me!?” Pietro bemoans. 

“It is not that nice.” Kurt says hesitantly like he regrets even agreeing with Monet's original assumption. 

“Ditto.” She nods in agreement and quietly connects a piece while Kurt looks at her hands like he wants her to stop touching his things. It’s borderline territorial. 

Hank is a bit aghast by the whole thing. He leaves before he can even remind Kurt of his chores. He thinks he hears Monet leave shortly afterwards too but it was the least of his concerns. 

A few random interactions is all that leads to the awkward half hearted confrontation in Charles' office with Pietro present. 

Hank was a bit biased on the ordeal. He can admit that much. 

Kurt’s feelings mean more to him then he’d like to admit. He sways him just like Pietro sways Charles. 

When the professor hands Pietro the resumes Hanks instinct is to block him from taking it. 

“You should be the one to look through them, you’re the Dean.” And it wasn’t just because of Monet—even if she’s a big part of it. It’s the fact that Pietro has too much sway on Charles choices about the school. The new teachers Charles hired were all vetted by Pietro. 

“Hiring decisions should be up to you, not Peter.” It felt logical to Hank. What was not logical was the way he couldn’t look at Pietro while he made this statement.  

Charles—the traitor—peaks into his mind—if only for a second and Hank has to push him out. Out. Out. 

“Is this about Monet?” Charles frown, looking incredibly confused and Hank is relieved that that’s the only thing he got from his brief exposure to his thoughts. 

Pietro is obviously hurt my this comment. Hank denies any ill feeling even though he’s only thinking of Kurt. He wonder how concerned Pietro would be if he knew this was actually how Kurt felt. 

It all unfolds and Hank feels a bit foolish. Properly chastised. “My intention was not to doubt your judgement—I simply wanted to avoid nepotism.” He looks at Pietro and says “I’m sorry Peter.” He's apologizing for a lot more than one thing. 

Hank goes back to his laboratory to reflect. One of Miss Margo’s cats rubs against his leg when he opens the door and Hank barely fights it when the creature plops down on his study, taking up the entire table with his body. A big loaf of a cat sitting on his NASA issued Technology and he doesn’t even care. 

Hank slumps on his chair and just dives into work. 

He's at it for hours—more for the distraction than for actual progress. It’s hours—before he heard a soft knock on his door. 

When Hank decides to open it his heart drops and he's taking Kurt’s hands in concern. The young adult looks like he’s been crying. “I’m sorry I—“ Kurt’s eyes are drowning and Hank is pulling him into his lab and hugging him tightly. “What’s wrong, Kurt? What happened?” 

Kurt is shaking and Hank is thinking the worst when he smells it. Hank has enhanced smell and this sometimes leads to him knowing things he shouldn’t. Like for example right now he smells Pietro all over Kurt—but he also smells spit and sweat and—well something Hank does not want to be smelling on his son. 

“Did something happen between you and Pietro?” Hank asks even though he reaks of Pietro—even though the blood he smells on Kurt is his own and not much. 

Kurt shakes his head in denial—even though his eyes shine and his bottom lip wobble. His shake turns into a nod—a gasp choking out of him and Hanks mind is racing. 

Hank could never think Pietro would do anything heinous to Kurt—not to anyone. But sex is a complicated topic for Kurt and they’ve clearly been in the midst of it—-or the end of it if Kurt’s smell was anything to go by. “Did he hurt you?” Hank asks despite the uncomfortableness of the words. 

Kurt shakes his head quickly, “No. I felt good. He made me feel good and I —“ Kurt’s cheeks grow purple and Hank wants to stab his ears—he doesn't want to hear this! 

Hank doesn’t interrupt—he lets him say his piece. “I love him so much.” Kurt confesses like he didn’t already know that. Like he doesn’t make that painfully clear ever time he’s near him. 

“So what’s wrong?” Hank is privileged enough to be the person Kurt goes to when he’s distressed. He doesn’t want to pressure him to finish a thought he’s yet to process but it’s better to say out loud. To speak his feelings so Hank knows how to help him. 

“Everyone I love always leaves. Dolly, Yosef, Raven, Mama, you.” 

Hank feels unsteady. “Me? I haven’t gone anywhere Kurt.” The NASA recruitment letter burns in his mind. An opportunity past Hank would’ve jumped at the chance to have. But Hank is hesitant to leave. Now, he’s more hesitant than ever. 

“You weren’t there when I needed you.” Kurt says like it hurts him just to say it—to speak the words Hank has been thinking for months now. He wasn’t there when he needed him. He wasn’t there when they were under attack—he wasn’t there when Miss Margo died. He let him down. 

“I know. I’m so sorry.”

 

”I know you are.” Kurt covers his eyes face with his hands shaking “I understand. I just—I miss her.”

”she isn’t gone. Not really. She’s all around us. Her cat is in my bed right now. she hasn’t left. I’m still here. And Pietro isn’t going anywhere. He loves you too.”

kurt shakes his head “not the way I love him.” 

Hank sighs—placing two firm hands on each side of the boys shoulders “don’t be ridiculous. He loves you like oxygen.”

Kurt shakes his head and Hank can’t fathom why he thinks he’s so unlovable. “You are not someone that people have to grow to love. You are instant—loving you is natural.”

Hank gives him a firm look. “Pietro isn’t going anywhere. He isn’t going to leave you.”

Hank couldn’t have known. 


“Did you speak with him?” Hank has been trying to promote healthy communication. What a hypocrite. “What happened? Why are you here and not with him?”

kurts face looks uncomfortable as he speaks, voice barely above a whisper “Gunther walked in, we didn’t get a chance to talk about it.”

”he walked in while you two—“ Kurt’s face was flushing purple and Hank cleared his throat uncomfortably. 

“I was vulnerable and he walked in.”

”he’s just a kid.” Hank says gently even though Kurt wasn’t accusing Gunther of anything. 

”I know. I did not want him to see. He is too young. He is a baby.” Kurt looks emotional as he explains and Hank stays quiet, letting him speak. “I did not want to be watched.” Kurt confesses.

Hank almost asks and then he remembers. Kurt was sex trafficked in the circus. People, strangers, of all ages—watched him while he was being violated. 

Kurt doesn’t want to be watched. In a moment of vulnerability he felt exposed and scared and he left. Hank is glad he came to him but he doesn’t know how to help him. He doesn’t know how to help any of these kids with these types of problems. 

“I did not want to feel like I was on display and I did not want Gunther to see me that way. He is too young to see those things just as I was too young to do them.” 

Hank never really got a timeline of Kurt’s abuse. He never really got a whole play by play on his long everything was going on. But Kurt is implying that he was Gunther’s age when it started. 

Gunther is barely five years old. 

Hank wanted to throw up. He wanted to cry and kill someone. He thinks he might be capable of killing on entire forces for Kurt. 


He needs to see someone. A professional. They all do really. Jill King had given him a few numbers for child psychologists in the area but Kurt doesn’t qualify for any of those anymore. Therapy. They need extensive therapy. 

Hank leads Kurt to the bathroom to clean himself. Making a small comment that had the other boy avoiding his gaze. “It’s alright. I’ll be right outside.” And Hank waits behind the closed door like a guard dog and only really relaxed once Kurt turns off the shower head. 

Hank is racing for a solution while he waits for him to bathe. Kurt is his son and he needs him. 

He leads Kurt to Frankie’s room which is only a few doors down from his. His two children cuddle together—Kurt poking his head over the covers like a little dog in a burrito. 

“Did you want to come with me to visit my mother?” His mother was a trained therapist before she married his father—it’s been years but he’s sure she still has colleagues she still talks to. 

Kurt looks at him and Hank knows that what he’s really doing is escaping. Avoiding a conversation he should have with Pietro. One they both should have with him really. 

“yeah, okay.” 

They both avoid talking to Pietro together. Just for another day. 

“can I come too?” Frankie mumbles into the dark and Hank smiles. 

A family trip. 

Notes:

Thanks for reading. I’m going to virtually give you a very aggressive hug.

—And have a cookie. 🍪 You deserve it, hon. :)

Chapter 44: I love you. Please love me back. 

Summary:

Not a man. A boy. Maybe not even a boy. He looks like someone he’s never seen before. A real-life Angel in silver. A part of the winds–intricately woven in nature, unstoppable and beautiful. Kurt knows that everyone is created in God's image—he thinks perhaps God's image was particularly clear in this angel's beautiful face. God used his finest quill to draw the slope of his nose—the curve of his legs as he pierces his steps into the ground. Is it possible to look at divinity and not lose your mind just a little?

“Unconscious.” The Angel says with a big, earth-shaking smile. Kurt doesn’t think he ever saw Magda smile while she was staying with them. Did she give her son this smile? Rows of white teeth underneath pink lips. Pale flesh, with generous moles and a beautiful, stunning face that grows bright when he smiles. Maybe her not smiling was a mercy. Perhaps she was sparing us from her own beautiful, shattering smile—Kurt wonders why her son would not be as considerate in his beauty.

---Or-----

Kurt meets Pietro.

Notes:

Rereading the scene when Pietro and Kurt first meet is so funny and sad at the same time because, in context, that boy does not know what's going on. He's just accepting being taken cause Pietros cute.

Kurt has experience with sex--- consensual and mostly non-consensual--but he has no experience with romance. So anything even moderately romantic (or just nice in general), he interprets through a sexual lens.

it is important to know that since Pietro is Kurt's first and only friend, he has no reference for what is considered a normal friendship. He truly does believe that wanting to kiss your friends is normal.
His only non-family/sibling relationship was with Yosef--and it was very quid pro quo, and so he interprets Pietro's actions through that mindset.

Kurt is sexually traumatized but he still has crushes--his trauma just complicates those crushes a bit.

---Not a lot of Hank in this, so sorry. I was trying to focus on Pietro and Kurt for this Chapter--but just know that in between these scenes Hank and Kurt ARE bonding.

 

Typos--grammatical mistakes---etc. Enjoy!!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“Kurt, dear?" Margaret's voice was soft, drawing him back. "You’ve been quiet. More than usual. Is there something worrying you?" 

Kurt turned to her, not knowing how to voice the question that had been sinking into his mind about his father. 

He wanted to confess the whole painful truth—the identity of his father, the purpose of the watch shackled to his wrist, the deep, aching feeling of being unwanted. But the words caught in his throat. The urge to not voice his discomfort—to not be perceived as a burden was strong. 

Instead, he looks at the mirror attached to the dresser to look at his own face, still brilliantly blue, and mumbles, "I am too blue." 

Brilliantly, horrifically, bright blue. Aching to the eyes. Catching and unavoidable. 

Margaret stopped folding the towel, her smile instantly fading into a look of serious tenderness. She reached out and gently ran her thumb over his cheek, something she no longer asks permission to do. Kurt no longer flinches at her touch. He trusts her explicitly.  

She's tracing the line of his bright yellow eyes, her unseeing eyes drifting closed like she's imagining him in her mind–feeling every bump and curve of his face–creating a picture of how Kurt looks like. Kurt does not know what she is imagining in her mind. She can not see the hues of blue shading his face. She follows the motion of his wide nose, poking the hiding dimple and smiling when she finds it.

“Blue is the color of the late summer sky, Kurt. Blue is the color of the powerful reflecting ocean. Blue is the color of heaven—it’s a reminder of God's sovereignty that links earth to heaven. Blue is the most beautiful color I have the misfortune of never seeing again,” she said, her voice firm. "And even without my eyes, I know that you are the most beautiful sight in this house. Don't ever let anyone tell you otherwise. Your blue is a blessing from God. Do you understand?"

He nodded, taking in the truth in her blind eyes. Her words strike his heart. She does not comment on the tears that trail down his cheek—she just wipes them with her ringed thumb and smiles. 

Kurt wishes he had inherited her smile. He wishes, with a gutted heart, that he had inherited her skin instead. Even if it seems that others don’t deem hers acceptable either, but at least then he would be able to go somewhere that could accept him. Miss Margo speaks of communities and movements, and of a culture Kurt isn't even certain he's meant to be a part of. He does not have the same skin as Miss Margo. Kurt is drastically blue. His black features have been overshadowed by the fact that Kurt is blue. His blueness is what people notice first–that is always what will set him apart. He is blue. He is alone in this fact. It sets him apart when he so desperately wants to be included.

But mostly, he feels the need for family. He wants to look like his mother. He wants strangers to look at him and connect him to someone else–to attach him to a person without thought. He wants to look like his family. He wants to have a family that people know is his family. He wants to be claimed by the right genetics and the right features, and he is stuck with all the wrong ones.  

“Can you tell me about Deja?” It was a question he often asked. After the big reveal of his parentage, he grasped at the only parent he deemed truly safe from his blunders. Deja would never disappoint him—she is dead. He would never disappoint her—she is dead. She would never hurt him, and he would never disappoint her. She is dead. 

Dead people can not hurt you, and you can not disappoint a dead person. 

Kurt is fascinated by the stories of Deja and Margaret Wagner. Years full of adventures that Kurt could not have imagined. Speaking of Deja always made Miss Margo happy, so Kurt was always eager to ask of her—even if the words sometimes felt like grief growing in his chest. Like mourning someone he only knows in pieces. 

“She loved you very much.” 

“She never met me,” Kurt says instinctively and immediately regrets it when Miss Margos' face crumbles. “She's left her mark on you before you were even born, my love. I sense her when you are near. Her love has guided you to me. You may not believe it, but I truly think that she looked over you all this time just to make sure you came back home to me.”

“Like a ghost?” Kurt's eyes widened. Frankie had stayed up a few nights before telling him ghost stories, and now it’s got Kurt jumping at shadows. 

Miss Margo laughs like it’s funny, but Kurt does not think it's funny. “Like an Angel.” she corrects, she is a godly woman after all. “Although I did have a friend who could see ghosts, and she did say my soul was a bit of a beacon for lost souls.”

“A beacon for lost souls.” Kurt pales–he hopes the house isn’t haunted. That would be quite scary. He hopes the ghosts aren’t scary. 

“Perhaps you inherited.” Miss Margo says distantly and then smiles like it is of no consequence. “No matter. No evil spirits can enter this home. See.” Miss Margo gestures at the golden cross hung crookedly above the welcome mat. “He won't allow any bad spirits to enter this home.”

Kurt makes a cross above his own heart, and later on in the day, he goes over to the front door and fixes the crooked cross so it’s sitting straight. He can’t take any chances.

Jesus was meant to protect the home from evil spirits. 

Unfortunately, Miss Margo did not have a totum to protect the home from evil men.

Or random unannounced guests. 

In Kurt’s defense, the last unannounced guest had been Magda Maximoff, and she was polite and perfectly civilized for a woman whose house had just burned down. She reminded Kurt of his Father–Raven so maybe that is why he was so quick to appease her. So quick to give her the benefit of the doubt. 

“This is my Foster son Kurt Wagner.” Miss Margo tells Magda, allowing her to enter the house without even a sideways glance. 

Kurt Wagner. 

It had not been something they had discussed. His lack of a last name. She had given him hers without any hesitation—while doing introductions with a woman Kurt had only heard about in passing. Magda did stare at Kurt for a bit, her back had stiffened as her gaze landed on him. 

Kurt was nervous. He smiled at her and Magda seemed to relax–perhaps smiling was a good call. “How old is he?”

“Older than he looks. I'd say about your boy’s age. How is he doing by the way? I haven't seen him at the bus stop as of late.”

“Oh, he's…gone on a last-minute trip.”

“And Wanda? Frankie's been so adorably sad about her missing school. Poor sap.”

“Oh, well, she's with her brother…visiting family. The house went up in flames, you see…it was a gasleak of some sort. Horrible accident.”

Miss Margos face goes horribly pale. “A fire?” Her voice shakes–oh. A fire. 

Kurt knows that Magda Maximoff is lying about the fire. Her clothes stench of gasoline and her face is revealing. Shes lying with only Miss Margo in mind. Miss Margo cannot see Magda's hands or anxious eyes. Kurt can. 

Miss Margo takes the lie at face value–stunned enough by the mention of a fire–to believe it. Magda is Mamas friend. She makes her a tea–like she already knows how she likes it and Magda already knows to pour her one sugar–in fear of getting salt instead. 

“Do you need somewhere to stay?” Kurt is the one to suggest it–desperate for his Mama to have her friend around. Desperate for Magda to like him. Because Margo is her mama, and if she doesn’t like Kurt she might not ever come back and Magda looks so happy to have guests. She never has guests.

“I wouldn't want to impose,” Magda says and Miss Margo–by the support of Kurt–is quick to give her a spot on the couch. Kurt gives her his extra pillow–the one that smells the least of sulfur, and Frankie gives Magda his fluffiest blanket—accommodating the guest like a true hostess. 

Magda left abruptly. Miss Margo excuses her absence with a wave of a hand while returning his pillow back to him. Kurt feels stupidly sad that she had not said goodbye. Kurt is so stupid. Magda had barely spoken to him the whole time she was here. She was quiet and kept to herself. 

It was good to have someone else in the house though. Someone Miss Margo liked. 

Kurt feels wary of new guests though. 

Perhaps that’s why he kept to his room when someone had knocked on the door. Margaret had greeted whoever was at the door with tough words and her usual jest—clearly not expecting company. She would’ve told him if she was expecting company. She always tells him when Jane King calls. 

She let whoever was outside—inside. Kurt was curious. He hadn’t wanted to spook anyone though. He heard a voice, a man’s voice. 

Kurt did not want a man in here. 

Miss Margo hadn’t let Magda’s husband inside when he had come around asking for Magda. Kurt hadn’t seen him. Kurt hadn’t heard him. Miss Margo had relayed the events with a conflicted expression. Kurt thinks Magda’s husband is not a very good man. Miss Margo didn’t let him inside, which means he’s not a good man. 

Kurt stays in the hallways, hidden away. 

Miss Margo did let this man inside, though. Kurt trusts Miss Margo’s Judgement, but he still hesitates to peek his head over the hallway. He tries to take a glance at the dining room—he sees Miss Margo place a fresh bouquet of flowers on a pretty vase. Lily’s. They are very pretty—Kurt wants to smell them. He sees the back of the stranger's head—a pile of curly grey hair that should signify age, but his voice sounds young. 

Maybe not a man. Maybe just a boy. 

Kurt only sees the back of his head, and yellow duck socks. He had taken off his shoes by the door. Kurt loves ducks. They look soft. Fuzzy and comfortable. 

They are talking, and Kurt doesn’t eavesdrop. In the circus, eavesdropping was cause for punishment—Kurt being nosy was enough reason to have him stripped naked in the cages. His opponents got the option to beat him or fuck him. If Kurt put up enough of a fight—they’d do both just to see him cry. Kurt does not eavesdrop. 

He knows better. 

When Miss Margo turns to him, “—I could introduce you two, he’s right-“ as if to introduce him to this man— Kurt panics. Afraid of being accused of something he didn’t do. He teleports away. Somewhere quiet and dark. That was always the best option. Kurt can always see best in the dark. No one can sneak up on him. 

He’s in the pantry. He smells the saltine cookies and an open bag of rice. He can sense the comfort of Miss Margo’s uncooked food. He’s safe here. He can stay here, and he won’t be punished. 

The Cross above the Pantry door matches the one above the front door. He’s safe here. No evil spirits. 

There’s another knock at the door—rougher and more insistent. Kurt folds himself over the can of beans and corn. A soft prayer on his lips. 

He can live here if he really wanted to. He even has a small jar for peeing. Maybe he can sneak his pillow in here. 

A few moments pass. Kurt hears shouting, and his breath shakes. 

 “Kurt! No need for hiding.” Miss Margos' voice is in front of the pantry. His hiding place has been found. She always finds him. Kurt is no good at hide and seek. Living here has made him predictable. 

Someone opens the kitchen pantry, and Kurt nearly teleports away, as the light leaks into the dark closet, before he realizes it is just his mama. 

“Who is here?” Kurt bites his lip anxiously, his chest tight, and Miss Margo touches his cheek. She's trying to comfort him. 

“Some men are here for you.” 

Men are here for Kurt. 

Men are here for Kurt

The teleporter feels sick. 

“But do you remember Magda? Her son is here.” She whispers into the Pantry—smooth and calm. 

“Miss Maximoffs son?” Kurt’s mind races—and he’s just a bit more confused. 

“He’s friendly. He’ll help you go somewhere safe.” 

Safe. But he thought Miss Margo’s home was safe. 

“Are you sure it’s safe?” She was sure before. She had said he was safe here and now she’s saying it’s not. Kurt doesn’t know what to believe. 

“Yes, I’m sure.” Miss Margo says confidently and extends her hand—waiting for him to reach out. To take that leap of faith. 

What is faith if there is no doubt? Isn’t that what Miss Margo always says? 

When he reaches for her hand, she smiles and coaxes him out of the safety of the pantry. 

He’s scared. 

Big eyes never once looking away from Miss Margo’s comforting blind eyes. “Will you come with us?”

“I’ve gotta take care of Frankie.” Miss Margo’s words crush Kurt. He will be alone again. Starting over again. 

He feels like he’s in the motel with Raven—being passed on to someone else. Somebody else’s problem. Kurt shakes, and he wants to cry. He doesn’t want to be alone. Not again. He loves Miss Margo. He can't lose Frankie. He can't lose his family. He's only just gotten them. 

“Don’t be sad. I need you to be safe. You are my family, and I will do everything in my power to help you but this is not goodbye. Okay?”

This is not a goodbye. 

Kurt is not stupid enough to ask her to promise. He will not ask for more disappointment. 

“Not goodbye.” Kurt repeats and looks about ready to cry. “Can I hug you?”

Raven had allowed a hug. One hug. It was their goodbye. A goodbye forever. Kurt hadn’t known it was a goodbye forever. He really hopes this isn’t a goodbye forever hug. He won’t be able to handle it. 

“Don’t have to ask.” And Miss Margo is already wrapping her arms around Kurt’s sides. He’s much taller than her, so he places his chin on top of her head and envelopes her in a hug as well, his tail lands around her shoulder gingerly. She’s so warm. He doesn’t want to let go. 

A loud voice from behind the front door shouts something in a foreign language. Kurt flinches to look in that direction and barely has a moment to register the windows breaking as something is thrown inside the house. 

“Try to hold your breath.” Magda’s son shouts quickly. Kurt’s head is pounding. 

“This is breaking and entering! The police are on the way!” Miss Margo has never called the police in her life. She doesn’t trust them. So, through learned observation, neither does Kurt. 

Miss Margo is shouting about mahogany doors, and there’s a high-pitched noise that Kurt does not like. The room is starting to be covered in smoke, and he sees a silver jacket, but only for a split second before it’s gone

Magda's son vanishes with his voice.

There’s no more shouting. The smoke has cleared, and no more high-pitched noise rubbing at Kurt’s ear canal. 

Kurt was so relieved, and Miss Margo is alright! 

Miss Margo goes to the front door and opens it to reveal bodies on the ground. An array of guns and skin. 

Miss Margo says something Kurt can barely hear. She can’t see the bodies on the floor. She can’t see the gleaming guns on her porch. She can’t see the stunningly beautiful silver-haired boy in the middle of all the chaos. Surrounded by bodies and guns on the floor. 

Not a man. A boy. Maybe not even a boy. He looks like someone he’s never seen before. A real-life Angel in silver. A part of the winds–intricately woven in nature, unstoppable and beautiful. Kurt knows that everyone is created in God's image—he thinks perhaps God's image was particularly clear in this angel's beautiful face. God used his finest quill to draw the slope of his nose—the curve of his legs as he pierces his steps into the ground. Is it possible to look at divinity and not lose your mind just a little? 

“Unconscious.” The Angel says with a big, earth-shaking smile. Kurt doesn’t think he ever saw Magda smile while she was staying with them. Did she give her son this smile? Rows of white teeth underneath pink lips. Pale flesh, with generous moles and a beautiful, stunning face that grows bright when he smiles. Maybe her not smiling was a mercy. Perhaps she was sparing us from her own beautiful, shattering smile—Kurt wonders why her son would not be as considerate in his beauty. 

It’s a really good smile—-it makes Kurt’s own lips stretch into his own grin. Broad and Instinctual. Contagious. Too high on adrenaline to be self-conscious about his own teeth. “You were just inside.” Kurt says dumbly, feeling his own brain catch up to the scenario at hand. 

Kurt heard him inside. But he’s very clearly outside. He’s outside with his bare feet and high cheekbones, and Kurt’s mind is racing, and he can’t tell if it’s because of the random attack in Miss Margo’s house after months of peaceful living or because Magda’s son has the most breathtaking smile Kurt has ever seen, but his heart is racing fast. 

Or maybe it’s the whole situation. Is he a teleporter? Is he like him? Is he a mutant? 

Is he a mutant?

Is he a mutant? 

Please be a mutant.

Kurt teleports to him—he hasn’t been outside in months. Miss Margo says he can but Kurt has refused to. Too afraid to be seen. 

He isn’t afraid to be seen now. 

He teleports with a puff of sulfur and Magda’s son isn’t there. He’s back inside beside Miss Margo with a stunned smile on his face. He looks just as thrilled by this revelation as Kurt is. 

It feels like Kurt has truly met an Angel. 

A demon and an Angel. Kurt could write sermons on it if he could. 

“We are the same?” Kurt says, and Magda’s son laughs like a train wreck. Wreckless and chaotic, and unapologetically fast. Kurt thinks it’s the best laugh he’s ever heard. 

“I run super fast.” He says—giving that information away with ease. As if he trusts Kurt to know that. 

“I can travel anywhere as long as I can see it or have been there before.”  Kurt confides in him immediately—he doesn't even think he’s told Miss Margo what the extent of his powers is. He doesn’t get many opportunities to talk about it. 

“That’s the coolest fucking thing I’ve ever heard.” The Angel goes to Kurt, and he looks like he’s holding himself back from running—like he’s that excited to get to Kurt. To Kurt. No one has ever thought his powers were cool. Helpful? Yes. Convenient? Yes. Weird? Definitely. Cool is definitely a first. It makes Kurt feel all warm and nice. 

He thinks my powers are cool. 

“Are you able to travel with other people?” The Angel asks without any restraint—like he knows Kurt would answer him. He is right in this assumption. 

“Yeah if I’m not too tired.” Kurt bites his lip as the other boy seems to almost vibrate in his spot in excitement. God, that’s cute. 

“Can you do it with other stuff? Like heavy stuff? Can you teleport with just for example a Pac-Man machine? Just curious.”

“What’s a Pac-Man?” Kurt will do anything he asks him as long as he keeps smiling at him. 

How did Quiet and Calm Magda have a son who’s so outwardly talkative and energetic? 

“Holy shit. What’s a Pac-Man machine? Are you serious? You need to go to an arcade or something. You’d love it.” The Angels words tumble over each other like he can’t fathom slowing down in his own excitement. Kurt wants to record his words. Slow them down and rewind them over and over again. Store the sound until he’s memorized the joy in his tone. Kurt wants to keep the angel in his treasure chest of favorite noises locked away in his head.

His top favorite noises are cataloged in his treasure chest like a list of gifts given to him. 

Frankie’s wheelchair squeaking in the hallway. 

Margaret's hair beads clanking together as she walks. 

Yosef moaning his name for the very first time. 

The popping sound in his ears just before Kurt uses his powers. 

The Angels unfiltered excitement coming out at varying speeds. 

“I’ve never teleported anything heavier than myself.” Kurt says and thinks of the time he teleported with Raven—completely out of breath and running off of fear and adrenaline. The Angel laughs and touches Kurt’s arms thoughtlessly. “just means you need to bulk up.”

He’s touching him. Without warning. Without fear. Without hesitation. Kurt blushes profusely at the closeness of the boy, his mind supplying him with the last time he was this close to a boy he found attractive. Although Yosef was no boy—he was a man—and his closeness always had an end goal in mind, and it was never just to tease. He always wanted more from Kurt than just a casual touch. Kurt always gave him everything. 

“Bulk up?” Kurt is unfamiliar with the term, but his Angel supplies him with a definition easily. The other boy is still touching his arm. Kurt is melting at every gentle stroke of his thumb. Feeling the fuzzy feeling spike up his spine. 

“Yeah! If you get stronger, you’ll be able to carry bigger things. Therefore, you’d also be able to teleport them. Hank has me on this food regimen that’s got me gaining so much weight, but it’s just turning into muscle cause I run so much. He can totally make you something like that. It’ll taste disgusting, though full warning.” So much information. His Angel gives him too much information without prompting. 

Does he always give his thoughts away like this? Does he always touch other people like he has every right to? Kurt thinks he might melt away if he keeps touching him.

“Who’s Hank?” Kurt wonders if Hank is his lover. Why else would he be controlling what he eats? Yosef used to sneak him nuts and crackers before bending him over and having his way with him—a treat given for another. Taking things disproportionately. Sometimes Kurt just wanted to eat after days of malnourishment—sex was always the path to a quick meal. Kurt didn’t mind.

“He works at the school.” What school? His Angel attends a school? Kurt has never seen a school before. He knows Frankie goes to one nearly every day, but he’s never seen one. Only heard snippets of stories from his brother. 

Kurt thought that Magda had said her children were visiting family. 

“Like a teacher?” How old is Hank? Does his Angel prefer his lovers to be older? Yosef was older than Kurt—much older—but he was beautiful, so Kurt understood that maybe his Angel just had a type for older men. It would be a shame, though. Kurt doesn’t think he’s older than him. 

“No, not really. He’s a doctor. You’ll like him, he’s blue too.” 

He’s—what?

Kurt opened his mouth to say something, desperate for more information. But Miss Margo is stepping out of the house, towards the two boys. Unseeing the way Pietro was still touching Kurt—or how Kurt was reacting to him—the teleporter is grateful for that. He did not want to explain himself to her.

“Perhaps it’s unwise to be out in the open like this. Reinforcements will come, so I think now is the perfect time to go.” She says sagely. 

Kurt pulls away from his Angel and takes his mama's hands “What will happen to you and Frankie? I can’t just-“ 

“-don’t be silly, darling. Frankie gets off of school at 3 today. I gotta run some errands before I go pick him up, and we’ll be right behind you.”

Kurt looks at his Angel as if maybe his English has failed him. 

“You’re coming with?” His Angel asks curiously. Asking the question, he was also wondering.

“I just said that. Keep up, Peter.” 

Peter. His Angels name is Peter. Like the Apostle. Kurt loves that name. 

“You want me to pick you up?” Peter asks. 

Peter. 

Peter.

Peter.

“Of course. I don’t own a car. I’m blind.” 

“Right, of course.” Peter smirks—oh that one might be better than his smile. It’s wrapped in mischief.  “And you want me to take Kurt first?” Please, do. 

Kurt has no idea where exactly they are going. Or how far away it is. He doesn’t see a car so he figures it must not be far.

“Yes, exactly. You can meet me at the elementary pick up line at three forty-five.”

That isn’t too long from now. Surely the place they are going isn’t far at all. That’s good. 

“I know the one. Cool.” Peter nods, and he turns to Kurt. The teleporter breathes in a gasp when the speedster grabs him by the waist, strong hands touching his hips and long fingers grabbing the back of his neck like he’s about to kiss him. Oh, God, what’s happening? Why is he so close to him? 

Kurt hopes he doesn’t notice the blush on his face. “What are you doing?” 

Kurt thinks he’d be okay if Peter wanted to kiss him. It would be a bit sudden and unprompted, but he’s been kissed under worse circumstances. Kurt thinks it would be a nice kiss. Peter is beautiful. 

“Holding your neck so you don’t get whiplash.” He says his thumb is subconsciously stroking the back of his neck. It sends shivers down his spine. Kurt cannot handle this. 

“Whiplash. Has that happened before?” How fast does he usually kiss others? Will Kurt even realize he’s being kissed? Will he be taken advantage of without realizing it? 

Kurt bites his lip—his mind supplying him with very naughty things—his angel—Peter—taking advantage of him is actually not that concerning to him. 

Maybe it should be. Maybe he should be more afraid. 

But Kurt is used to being taken advantage of. 

“It’s just a precaution,” Peter says kindly, and he does the thumb thing again. Kurt will let him do whatever he wants. 

“Okay.” Kurt relaxes under his touch. 

“Okay. You might wanna close your eyes.” Yes, that’s pretty standard with kissing. Yosef didn’t like kissing, but when he did, his eyes were always screwed shut

“Flies are a bitch at superspeed.” Flies

“Right, so smart. Thank you.” Kurt praises instinctively—Yosef never liked it when he praised him, but maybe Peter does. 

“Back in a bit, Miss Margo.”

It took Kurt an embarrassingly long time to realize that Peter was not coming onto him—he was not trying to kiss him—he was simply trying to get him somewhere safe. Away from the bodies in the front yard. He was using his super speed, which was, in fact very super. He was running at a speed Kurt couldn’t even fathom. He was incredible. 

Kurt is a bit mortified by his own assumption that Peter would ever want anything to do with him. They had just met. This is not one of Miss Margo’s drama radio shows, she likes to listen to on Saturdays. Pietro is not Yosef. 

Yosef touched him for sex. Pietro was touching him to use his powers. To get him to the school. 

Kurt meets the infamous Wanda.

Previously, she had been the subject of dinner discussions with Frankie. Just last month, Kurt had helped him style his hair for picture day–away from his face–because Wanda said she “likes how big his forehead is.” Kurt thought that was strange, but they are children, and children say strange things at times. Meeting the nine-year-old girl now felt almost like meeting a celebrity. Kurt had wanted her to like him. She was not as fast as her brother but she’s got her brother's mischievous grin. She pulls the teleporter into a prank within hours of meeting him. 

“What’s a prank?” Kurt was unfamiliar with the word. 

“It’s a practical joke,”

“A practical joke. What is humorous about practicality?”

“No, that's—“ Wanda laughs, and it’s not like her brothers—it’s almost more manic—like a cackle in fire. She can’t seem to keep in her laughter either, like it's a whole different being. They have that in common. “It’s like a mischievous trick—meant to confuse or surprise or embarrass the one being pranked. All in good fun. Usually. Unless I hate them.” Wanda supplies. 

“Unless you hate them.” Kurt repeats with his usual cautious words. 

“Yep!” 

“What if you get in trouble?”

“I won’t.” Wanda says confidently. She looks at Jean who just nods “Charles will not punish her. She is his favorite.”

Kurt isn’t sure. Charles being her father doesn’t necessarily mean no consequences will come to her. Kurt has seen plenty of consequences in his life. Some of them, between family. 

Kurt is cautious, and Wanda is wild in her own way. Her pranks consisted of exploding things and white lies that she’d reveal within seconds. 

She is young and happy. She makes Frankie happy. Happier than he’s ever seen him. 

Kurt’s mortification with his assumption about Peter is short-lived because the speedster is knocking on his door the very next morning after his sudden arrival at the mansion. 

“Mornin’ Kurt.” Pietro is wearing an apron. It snatches around his waist—wrapped in frills and pretty shades of blue. He’s holding a plate of mouth-watering pancakes, and his sweet Angel has batter in his cheekbones—and a bit on his lash that is far more distracting than necessary. Kurt grips the doorknob—trying to gain his composure at the sight so early in the morning. He hides the majority of his body behind the door—trying to create a false barrier between Pietro and him. 

“Good morning Pietro.” He had heard Wanda calling him Pietro—he’d like the way it fit in his tongue. The way the Rs left a mark in his throat. 

Pietro smiles, “You just wake up?”

“No.” He hadn’t slept. So that’s not a lie. 

“Well, it’s your first day so I figured you’d want to sleep in a bit. So I made you breakfast for you to eat in your room.”

He brought him food. When Yosef gave Kurt food, it always ended up with Kurt in his bed—showing him how grateful he was. Kurt was always good at showing how grateful he was. 

“I don’t have a table.” Kurt doesn’t think having sex with Pietro would be a good idea. He is beautiful, and Kurt is sure he’d be kind but Kurt only just got here and he does not wish to sully his time here by having sex with Charles son. Charles owns the school and Kurt wants to stay. Miss Margo says it’s safe. He doesn’t want to disappoint her. 

And his room is much bigger here than it was in Mama's house. 

Pietro rakes his fingers through his hair—pulling his curls away from his beautiful face. Kurt gets a better look at the silver in his eyebrows. 

Wanda had told him that  “His hair is just like that.” And Kurt is compelled to believe her. 

Kurt tries not to swoon, at the way. He needs to stay focused. 

“It’s breakfast in bed. You don’t need a table. Just your lap. My sister and I used to do it all the time when—well—we couldn’t go in the kitchen. David was a real dickhead. But it was fun.” Pietro talks so much. 

Kurt wonders how someone can say so much without feeling afraid of saying the wrong thing. A fearless trait that Kurt is incredibly envious of.

 “Okay.” Kurt takes the plate and sees the blueberry’s in the shape of a smile—whipped cream for a nose—strawberries for eyes. “Thank you.” Kurt almost doesn’t want to ruin it by eating it. Kurt will eat this, and nothing will come of it. He looks at Pietro, who’s already turning to leave, and Kurt doesn’t want him to go, even though he knows he should.

“Will you join me?” Kurt is weak.

He regrets it almost immediately, realizing his bed hasn’t been made, and he did not have any protection or lube. 

How is he meant to repay his kindness in such a state of disarray? Kurt did not think this through. 

“I already ate.” Pietro says, and he’s gone so fast that Kurt barely has time to be embarrassed about it. Then he's back without his apron and a fresh batch of pancakes in his hand. Taller than Kurt’s. 

Kurt is shaking. He can’t tell if he’s afraid or if he’s excited. He grips his plate of pancakes with both hands. 

“I’m down for fourths though.” Pietro strolls into his room and plops on the right side of the bed.

Kurt just stands by the doorway, stunned.

Pietro is in his bed. It’s all happening so quickly. 

Pietro pats the spot beside him. “Come, leave the door open.” 

Leave the door open.

Kurt lets out a breath. Relieved and maybe a bit disappointed. Kurt does not think his Angel is the type of boy to have his way with him while the door is open. Kurt has misinterpreted this situation. Again. 

Kurt moves without much coercion. 

Pietro eats his food, not fast, but not slow. Like he’s trying to eat at Kurt’s pace. He is sloppy and a blueberry gets on Kurt’s comforter from all the fast eating. It funnily enough makes Kurt feel less tense. Kurt eats just as passionately and is only mildly affected by a cute boy sitting in his bed eating homemade breakfast with him. Miss Margo is the only person who’s ever cooked for him before. 

Pietro cooks better than mama Margo. Maybe he cooks with extra love. Kurt is not sure. 

Pietro's knee, which had been sitting criss cross on his bed, touched his own legs. A small contact that Kurt is hyper vigilant of. Does he know that he’s doing that? 

Does he mean to touch Kurt? 

Does he mean to be so effortlessly tactile? 

Pietro has whip cream on his lip and his tongue snakes out to wipe it from his own face—Kurt feels hot and flustered and wonders if his kisses would taste different after gorging himself on sweet pancakes. 

“Do I have anything on my face?” Kurt wants Pietro's tongue on him. Maybe if he had syrup on his face his sweet Angel wouldn’t hesitate to clean him. It would be so divine—Kurt nearly forgets himself. 

Kurt, not even moments before had told himself he didn’t want to make love with Pietro. How quickly his mind melts in the presence of a beautiful boy. 

“got some syrup on your cheek.” Pietro smiles as if it is funny—like Kurt is not making a complete fool of himself with his backwards attempt at seducing him. 

Kurt touches the side of his cheek he knows the syrup isn’t in—faking ignorance. Kurt's desperation truly knows no bounds. Pietro shakes his head “other cheek.” 

Kurt manages to “accidentally” smudge the syrup further and he must look pathetic enough that Pietro decides to help him. 

“I got you, man.” The speedster grabs the bottom of his shirt and wipes Kurt’s cheek with the soft fabric. Kurt sees a pale soft stomach and stretches of pink on the speedsters skin. Oh.

Kurt is a sinner. 

He invites Pietro to bed, provokes him to touch him, tricks him into exposing himself to him and yet Kurt has no intention of sleeping with him. How could Kurt be so cruel? 

“All good now,” Pietro pulls away and drops his shirt—and Kurt is just a bit disappointed he doesn’t take off his shirt completely. 

“Thank you.” Kurt swallows back his shame. 

Pietro leaves after—they do not make love. Kurt is relieved. He thinks if Pietro had initiated it he would not be able to stop himself—but Pietro has been noble. Pure in his intent to help settle Kurt into his new home. 

He does it again, though. The touching. He’s always touching. Constantly. He touches his waist instead of telling him to move out of the way. He wraps an arm around him when he sees him walking down the hallway—talking a mile a minute. He high fives him—fist bumps—shoulder checks him. Brief gestures of contact. Kurt interprets everything every time, incorrectly. 

Kurt’s body reacts to Pietros touches  as though Yosef is the one touching him—not the speedster. He thinks it means he wants something and he becomes docile at the idea. 

It’s only after repeated exposure to Pietro’s gentleness that Kurt’s body begins to differentiate the touches. 

Pietro's fingers are longer than Yosef’s. Softer. Like he’s used to taking care of other people. 

Kurt has never experienced such casual touch. Every time it happens he feels a bit more fuzzy—a bit more like floating on air. Less scared. Pietro does it all without thought. Kurt can’t fathom it—he does not want him to stop though. 

Kurt is curled on the small couch in the library attempting to read a book in English, tail flicking lazily underneath the table. Pietro arrives like a gust of wind, drops beside him on the couch, and instantly leans in far too close. “Whatcha reading?” He flicks at the cover—trying to see the title.

“Hank recommended it.” Kurt blushes at the attention—the abrupt noise in such a quiet place should be unsettling but it lights his whole body on fire. 

“Hes such a nerd.” Pietro teases and Kurt takes that as you’re such a nerd. Kurt—a bit too desperate for his approval drops the book on his lap “it’s boring. I don’t like it all that much.” Kurt hadn’t put it down in two hours. But now he was too embarrassed to finish it.

Pietro darts around the library—zig zag—all over the place and back beside Kurt—somehow closer than before. “It’s not too bad. The first couple chapters just drag a bit. A lot of exposition. But once you get through the first book they’ve got three other books from the series.” Pietro drops the three extra—very thick books on Kurt’s lap. Oh.

Pietro read this book. He likes them. He wasn’t making fun of Kurt for reading it. 

Kurt’s shoulders relax and he smiles shyly at the books—fingers flipping to their covers. They are pretty covers. 


“Hold still.” Pietros says this like it’s the most normal thing in the world.
No explanation. No pause. Kurt holds still. Any survival instincts flying out of the window because of a cute boy.

Before Kurt can react, Pietro’s fingers are already in his hair, brushing through it with surprising gentleness. 

What are you—?” Kurt’s face is hot—staring at Pietro's nose as he leans close. Oh no. Oh no. He’s too close. Kurt could count his lashes if he so wished to.


“You have lint. Or a crumb. Or—something fuzzy. Don’t move.” The speedster squints with exaggerated seriousness, still smoothing Kurt’s hair back, using his whole hand now. A few seconds pass and Pietro is still touching his hair—fingers scratching at his scalp. 

The lint must be gone now. Surely. But Pietro keeps touching his hair—He’s not even thinking about it.

He’s just…petting him. Kurt freezes, ears flicking back, fighting the urge to melt. Fighting the urge to purr like one of Miss Margo’s clingy cats. 


“Is it… gone?” Kurt squirms in his seat—face purple. 


“Hm? Oh—yeah, yeah, ages ago.” Pietro picks up the third book in Kurt’s lap and flicks through the pages—his hand is still in his hair.

He keeps touching him—absently running his thumb along Kurt’s temple subtly, brushing a curl behind his ear—when he turns a page. Without remorse his fingers trail along the fur at the side of Kurt’s jaw, while Pietro flips through a chapter. No awareness of boundaries. No shame. Just unfiltered affection radiating outward. He’s reading the book fast. Inhumanly fasts but the hand on Kurt’s head is slow—soft—gentle. 


“Your hair is soft.” Pietro says with a big smile as he finally—mercifully—stops touching his scalp. “It’s nice.”

He says it casually, like it does not turn Kurt’s insides out. 

Kurt’s heart does three flips—skipping its usual tempo. Pietro goes back to reading his book and his knee bumps his—a constant contact. Kurt is going to go insane.


“Do… do you always touch people this much?” Kurt blurts out with his butchered English’s and the teleporter might as well have punched the speedster in the face with the way Pietro's soft content smile drops. 

The speedster sits up straight—gathering inches between them. Away. Away. Away. Kurt’s eyes grows in alarm. “Oh, sorry. I didn’t realize.” Pietros eyes dart away and back and then just as quickly as it left his smile comes back. “You can just tell me to go if I’m annoying you. I swear. I know I can be a lot. My mom says I’m a walking heart attack.” 

That’s not a very nice thing to say. 

Pietros says it with a big smile but It’s not the same bright smile as before. Kurt’s chest hurt and he’s scrambling to fix his blunder —he didn’t mean for him to stop.

“I did not mean—“ 

“—the touching is a lot. It’s a bad habit. I’m really sorry. Fuck. You probably don’t even like people touching you. And I’m just all up in your business. I swear I don’t even realize I’m doing it until I’m getting yelled at.” 

Yelled at? Why would anyone be yelling at Pietro? 

The speedster blurs in his vision—moving fast—faster then Kurt can gather him in his eyes. 

“It’s okay.” Kurt’s tail droops high and then without any warning lands directly on Pietro's vibrating lap—like a cat Pietro stills completely. “I do not mind.” 

Kurt has initiated contact. Has he ever done that before? He can not remember. 

Pietro relaxes under his tail—his wide eyes softening at the firmness on his lap —and he holds Kurt’s tail—with more uncertain hands—like he’s more aware of his own actions now that they have been called out. 

Kurt believes affection must have a reason—and he doesn’t trust that he could be the reason. Miss Margo touches to comfort, to steady herself and Kurt. She touches Kurt as a reminder. Her son is here. He is safe. He is with her. 

Pietro touches for seemingly no reason at all—and at any given time. He simply wishes to, so he does. 

Hank says it is part of how the speedster controls his powers. He said touching others is how Pietro keeps himself grounded. Kurt does not understand it. Not fully. But he does not mind the touching. 

 

Pietro one day stops inches away from his face—standing right in front of his room. “Hi. Hi. You wanna race? Hank cleared out the track. He wants to test our abilities but he’s saying it’s just for fun. I think it’ll be fun but it’s definitely like a test or whatever. He’s such a weirdo. What time is it?” Pietro grabs Kurt’s wrist and turns to see the time on his watch. The watch raven gifted him. The one he still stupidly wears despite how much it pains him. “Ten am only? Damn. Time is so slow. Holy shit. That’s a really nice watch by the way.”

He’s zooming down the hall and he’s back wearing different clothes. “He got me these kick-ass running proof shoes. So no burning my feet you know?” Pietro shows off his shoes like how Frankie shows off his good grades. They are two shades of silver—the souls darker than the rest of the shoe. 

That’s a really nice watch, still echoes in Kurt’s head. 

“They look cool.” Kurt says. Cool. Pietro says that word a lot. He likes that word. 

Cool.

“Yeah they are.” Pietro grins at his feet then places a hand on Kurt’s shoulder, touching him mindlessly. “don’t tell Hank though. He’ll get a bigger head.”

“His head is not big.” Kurt defends but feels flustered when Pietro removes his hand from Kurt’s shoulder and puts both his hands beside his face, his fingers brushing against his pointed ears. Kurt’s breath is stolen from him in a moment. Pietro holds Kurt's head like he’s measuring the diameter of it. “Be careful. Might be contagious.”

Kurt laughs, the sound tickles his stomach like an ache. Strange and weird. 

Kurt is genuinely charmed by Pietro's oddness. Kurt tries not to lean into his Angels hands—doesn’t want to seem too eager to have him hold him. 

“Okay, I will race you.” Kurt says, feeling warm and fuzzy. 

“Yay!” Pietro bounces and kurt—infected by his happiness—bounces with him. Jumping in unison. 

Kurt feels Pietro's happiness like cool waves in the ocean on a hot summer day. 

They raced. The grass caught on fire. Pietro was very casual about the fact that he can run on water. 

Kurt’s eyes grow wide and he bounces slightly in excitement “like Jesus?” 

Oh, he will be telling Miss Margo about how his Angel can walk on water. 

“What do you mean you can run through water?” Hank asks with barely contained curiosity. He pushes his glasses up his nose. Kurt likes Hank's glasses. He wishes he had glasses. 

He wishes his hair spiked the way Hanks hair spiked. 

He wishes he looked more like Hank. 

“I did it once by accident, I hadn’t even known I could do it until I did.” Pietro throws an arm around Kurts shoulders—sweaty and hot and Kurt doesn’t complain. He lets his smell rub on him like a cat scenting its property. 

Kurt blinks. Startled. Kurt is not property. 

Kurt knows that—Miss Margo says he is not a property. Jane King said he was never property, 

He has learned this to be true. In the past he was used as a tool, an object passed around to the highest bidder. He was a body to be claimed. A mouth to correct. A hole to be filled. He was not a person.

He did not get to choose who touched him. He was not human to those people. 

But he was. And he is. Pietro is not scenting him like property. Pietro is not an animal. Kurt is not an object. Pietro is leaning on him because he’s comfortable enough to do so. Kurt is twisting things ugly in his head. He always does. 

Kurt is just confused. 

Pietro is talking about Japan. A festival and being stranded. It sounds scary even if Pietro is smiling while talking about it. Kurt doesn’t like this story very much. 

Yeah, but it was fun. The people were mostly nice.” 

Mostly nice. Who was not nice to twelve year old Pietro? 

Kurt did not mean to look upset—he hadn’t tried to be too much of anything to be honest but he must not hide his feelings well because Hank looks at Kurt and frowns. Without having said anything at all Hank is probing at the concerning story. 

“You were twelve. Where did you even stay?” Hank questions suddenly and Kurt did not want Hank to interrogate his Angel. 

Kurt had visited Japan once. In the circus. The men there got drunk faster—face flushing red—their hands were sloppier with him. They liked the exoticness of blue skin and a tail. They like the tail. They liked the tail too much. Kurt wonders if Pietro had silver hair when he was twelve. Did they like his silver hair? 

Kurt can not decide if it would be better if they did or did not fancy his hair. 

“I stayed at some guy's house.” 

Yosef had given him a long sleeved shirt—old and tattered to help protect him from the harsh winter. Kurt had slept outside. Kurt is glad Pietro did not sleep outside. The teleporter almost died of hyperthermia. 

Hank looks alarmed, Kurt admires how much he cares for the speedster. “What guy? Someone you had just met?”

Kurt can see Pietro's face freeze and then shift so quickly Kurt thinks he might’ve imagined it. 

“They wouldn’t let minors in the hostels and the people at the brothels were handsy. So a college student said I could stay at his apartment near the festival.” The people at Brothels were usually pretty handsy—but as long as you made them cum they usually let you sleep in their bed for a few hours. Kurt only learned that after he had already gotten hyperthermia. 

“And you just…went along with that?” Hanks voice was almost judgmental. No. It was. Kurt stiffens, grabbing the arm Pietro has around his shoulders and touching it gently—tugging him closer to him. 

“He would’ve had to sleep on the streets which would’ve been worse.” Kurt comes to his defense easily before Pietro could even say anything else. It’s best he doesn’t. 

Kurt fears whatever else he might say might upset Hank further. 

“The important thing is that he got back home safe. God blessed his journey.” Kurt says firmly, protectively, looking Hank in the eye like he’s daring him to say something else. 

It’s defiant in a way Kurt never is. Especially towards adults. Especially towards men. 

Kurt had initiated further physical contact with Pietro. Pietro did not seem to mind. 

A few days later. Pietro enters his room without knocking. Kurt quickly hides his McDonald’s clown toy under his pillow. He had been admiring it because Jane had called and said she’d be making a visit. He was deep in thought when Pietro barged in with a dramatic huff.

“I’m bored!” Pietro flails his arms and bounces on to Kurt's bed—nearly knocking him out of his own mattress. 

Pietros leaves the door open. He always does. Kurt has stopped assuming that every time Pietro enters his room he’s initiating sexual intercourse. 

Pietro lays still on Kurt’s bed for perhaps three whole seconds before he places an excited hand over Kurt’s chest, tapping him twice over his heart and grinning at him. “You wanna steal the professor's car and drive it around town?”

“Stealing is bad.” Kurt says with a frown. Pietro bites his lip and leans close to Kurt. 

He is not going to kiss him. Kurt’s heart jumps like he is. But he knows now from experience that Pietro is not going to kiss him just because he gets close. Even if he’s looking at him with mischief in his eyes and hovering close to his ear. “Only if we get caught.” A shiver runs down Kurt’s spine, an impossible reaction to overrule despite Kurt knowing Pietro isn’t flirting with him. 

“I do not know how to drive.” Kurt admits with a bright purple face—and Pietro is shaking his shoulder with full force adrenaline. “I can show you!” Pietro exclaims happily. 

Pietro drags him out of bed and into his fathers garage and he lets Kurt pick the car. Pietro gives him sunglasses. “Wearing cool shades while driving is the best part about driving.” Pietro tells him and Kurt nods. 

Rule number one of driving. 

Always wear sunglasses. 

Rule number two—

always wear your seatbelt. 

“No need to rush, just tap the gas gently, no need to throw your whole foot in it.” Pietro's voice sounds calm and collected. 

Kurt is not a very good driver. 

A few minutes pass and Kurt starts to do a U-turn and drives over a bit of grass that will definitely be leaving an imprint on Charles’ now Pristine yard. 

He doesn’t think they’ll leave the driveway. Not safely at least. Kurt taps the breaks and the car jerks to a stop but then he hits the gas slow—barely moving forward at snail speed. He is too cautious and inexperienced to even leave the school premises. 

Pietro makes a noise.

Something Kurt can’t really understand. Sometimes Kurt thinks Pietro speaks a secret language only he can understand. At a speed only he can comprehend. To Kurt it sounds like bells ringing at a high pitch. Maybe that’s how Angels sound when they’d roam to mortals. 

“Kurt!” Pietro shouts suddenly and his voice sounds almost strained. “Are we friends?” He asks and it’s the first time Kurt has a word for what’s happening. 

Friends. 

They are friends. 

That makes sense. 

Kurt had no idea—but besides Dori from the circus he had no other frame of reference for friends. But Dori didn’t feel like a friend—she felt like a sibling. She felt like how he feels for Frankie. 

Pietro was something new. 

Kurt looks at Pietro like maybe he really is an Angel. Fallen from heaven just to be by Kurt’s side. 

“Eyes on the road!” Pietro jabs slightly, it had been one of the rules he had disclosed to him before they began to drive. Kurt nearly ran over a squirrel. Which would’ve been bad. 

He stops the car completely, putting it in park in the middle of the road. Kurt barely thinks as he looks over to the speedster and asks “Did you just ask me if we were friends?” Kurt is breathless and he doesn’t dare look away from his Angel's face.  

Pietro meets his eyes with just as much intensity as he would with running. It’s incredibly difficult to take the full force of it. 

“Yeah.” Pietros voice is small, shy in a way it never is. “Are we?” Pietro was showing his heart to him. Frayed and anxious and true. 

Kurt opens his mouth and then closes it.

Friends

Is this why Kurt trusted him so quickly? Because they are friends? 

Kurt opens his mouth again and blurts out “Pietro, you might be my best friend.” 

Oh how he would love to be Pietro's best friend. He would love to be pietros anything

Pietro let’s out a breath. He was nervous. Kurt is in awe of that information. His sweet Angel thought he would deny him of something. 

“Your best friend,” Pietro repeats a smile marking his sweet face, as if perhaps he was also in awe of it all. 

“Of course!” Kurt smiles back—the speedsters smile is contagious and he can’t help himself. He knows he sounds eager. Desperate. But Pietro-time and time again—has proven that it’s alright to feel that way around him. The speedster doesn’t just allow Kurt’s eagerness—he reinforces it with his own

“Okay. You’re my best friend too.” Pietro says it in one breath—and Kurt can see a kiss of red on the other boys cheek. 

“You don’t have to say that just because I said that Pietro.” Kurt cannot begin to imagine that Kurt is Pietros best friend. They have only known each other a few weeks. Pietro is so—Pietro—he must have other, better, friends. 

“I can say what I want and I say you’re my best friend. So yeah. That’s law now.” Pietro is vibrating in his seat—the car is shaking slightly with him. Kurt thinks a massage chair would feel a bit like this. 

That’s law now. 

“That’s law now.” Kurt repeats with warmth. 

It was easy to be Pietro's Best friend. It was new and it was a shame that friends do not kiss but Pietro holds his hand sometimes and that makes Kurt happy. 

Kurt was happy. 

“You two are getting along swimmingly.” Miss Margo is braiding his hair—rows of loops down his neck. It feels nice. Miss Margo’s hands are practiced in her care. 

“Swimmingly?” Kurt repeats the new word. 

“It means effortlessly and successfully. You two are getting along quite well.” 

Swimmingly. Kurt fits that into his vocabulary. Ever since they’ve arrived at the mansion Kurt has been exposed to many new words. Mostly from Hank who uses big words at every moment. 

“Yeah. He’s my best friend.” Kurt had told Frankie the same thing just the other day and he pouted and said “how come you get a best friend and I don’t?”

Kurt had asked him if Wanda was his best friend and the boy responded with a whine. “No! She’s my Angel.”

Kurt had frozen at the terminology—afraid that he had let that little nickname slip from his mouth at some point. “Your Angel?” 

 “She isn’t my best friend, she’s my love. It’s different.” Frankie huffs like Kurt is purposely fully being dense. 

Kurt was just a bit confused. He was unaware that they would be separate. “Can she not be both?”

Pietro is his Angel and he’s his best friend. He assumes this was normal. He had no idea that there was even a difference. 

“Yeah, she could be but she already has a best friend. It’s Jean.” Jean Grey. She is very quiet. 

 

Kurt had been thinking about that conversation with Frankie. “He is a good friend to have.” Miss Margo says. “It makes me happy that you two are so close. When I’m gone it’ll be good to have friends.” 

Kurt freezes his tail sharpening straight. “When you are gone?” Kurt repeats breathlessly—he turns around quickly to face his mother. “What do you mean? Where are you going?”

Miss Margo smiles quickly her blind eyes shining slightly, “You know…” Miss Margo starts “I’m not gonna stay young forever. Death is natural.”

“But you’re not old.” His mother is not old—she’s beautiful and young and healthy and she’s got nowhere to be so why would she say this?

She laughs—like he’s joking. “I’m not as young as I look.”

“Has something happened?” Kurt takes her hands—suddenly worried for her health. 

“No—dear—nothing is wrong. I’m fine. I was just saying—it’s good to have friends.” She touches his face—patting it affectionately. “I love you.” She says softly. 

I love you. 

Kurt feels the words gather in his throat like a bomb. Stuck. 

She finishes his hair with a soft hum—singing a tune he’s heard her sing a million times before. She hopes he’ll be able to hear it a million times more. 

The weeks pass in the mansion. It feels lazy and yet fast-paced all at once. He’s expecting a call from Jane King. He’s added three more lollipop wrappers to the collection since he moved. 

The phone rings, and he answers it. “Hello, Mrs King?” 

Du hast dich bewegt.” The familiar German voice makes him freeze. 

You moved. 

That’s the first thing his savior has said since shipping him off to live with Miss Margo. 

Kurt is too stunned to respond. 

Es tut mir leid, wenn ich unterbrochen habe.” Raven is sorry if she interrupted? Kurt’s scheduled conversation with Jane King is long forgotten. His father has called. That takes precedence. 

Kurt shakes his head in shock “you called.” He says in English trying desperately not to sound like a little boy. 

“You thought I wouldn’t?” Raven asks in English and he could hear her frown. It makes Kurt’s shoulder bunch up to his ears. “No-I just—I was not sure. It had been so long. I thought you forgot.” He thought she had forgotten about him. 

The time they had spent together hadn’t been long compared to the time he spent with Miss Margo. He’s sure far more important or exciting things have happened in her life since he’s left her care. 

“I was on a trip.” She says as an explanation. “It was important.” The words—more important than you—went unsaid. 

“We changed numbers.” Kurt gives her. Like perhaps that was the issue at hand. 

“You live at the Mansion.” Kurt doesn’t question why she says the mansion like there’s only one. His English isn’t the best still so he thinks it’s got to go with that. 

“Yes. We had to move. It was not safe at Mama's house.” Kurt doesn’t realize he’s said mama outloud until Raven speaks into the phone. 

“You’re calling Margo, mama?” 

Kurt’s face flushes—he’s unsure if he’s being made fun of but he doesn’t like the feeling. “She said it was okay.” He says quietly—wishing he could call Raven Papa—wishing his chest didn’t hurt hearing how indifferent she sounded. 

“That’s nice. She’s—she’s a nice lady.” Raven says and he can’t tell if she’s being genuine but he takes it as such. 

“She’s amazing. She loves to sing to me and she braids my hair and she’s patient with me and she lets me play with Frankie.” He hadn’t realized how much he needed to play until he met Frankie. He loved playing and Frankie loved having a teleporter as a playmate. Pirates. Mermaids. Chefs. Astronauts. They pretended to be heroes. Villains. Monsters. They pretended and played and Miss Margo never told them to stop. 

“You’re not a little kid Kurt. Don’t bother her too much, okay? She shouldn’t have to do any of that stuff for you.” Raven says it like she’s protecting him from a hurt Kurt can’t see. 

Kurt isn’t a little kid—so he shouldn’t be sung to. But whenever he said that Frankie had wanted to follow his maturity. He wanted to grow like him and Kurt hadn’t wanted him to. 

“Miss Margo never does anything she doesn’t want to do.” Kurt defends even though his heart is hammering against his chest. 

“You could ask her yourself.” Kurt says firmly. “You can come see us. The Professor wouldn’t mind extra visitors.” 

Kurt imagines Raven meeting Charles. A shapeshifter and a mind reader. He thinks they would get along well—maybe a bit stiff at first. 

“I can’t come see you Kurt.” 

“Why not?” Kurt’s heart breaks a little. He was barely getting a call. Why would he assume she’d visit him? 

Idiot. 

“It’s complicated.” Raven says “I don’t think it would be wise for me to go to the mansion.”

“But—“ 

“I need to go now, Kurt.” Already

Kurt’s heart races and he grips the phone with both hands as if it would stop his father from hanging up. 

“Will you call back?” Kurt knows he’s asking for too much. 

“Yeah, of course. As soon as I can.” Raven says quickly—like she can’t wait to hang up and stop talking to him. 

“Okay.” Kurt spits the bomb in his throat “I love you.” 

I love you. 

Please don’t leave me. 

I love you. 

Please love me back. 

The words are loaded. Explosive and the silence that follows is earth shattering. 

He hears his father take in a breath—slightly shaken. He’s scared her. 

“Okay, be good, kid.” And she hangs up. 

Okay, be good, kid instead of I love you too. 

The first time he tells someone he loves them they do not say it back.

Okay, be good, kid. 

He’ll try to be good. Maybe then his father will say it back.

Notes:

Also if you're reading these scenes and you're like-- "that's not how Pietro described that." just know that I did that on purpose. Pietro sees events differently because he sees importance in specific things, while Kurt sees importance in others.

This is called having an unreliable narrator. And Pietro Maximoff is a fucking unreliable narrator.

for example:

Pietro thinks Kurt blushes a lot because he's shy--- Kurt is ACTUALLY blushing because he thinks Pietro is going to do rated R shit to him.

I'll stand on the fact that Kurt has a dirty mind--yet is somehow very innocent.
The Angel terminology has me in a chokehold.

Miss Margo RIP, we love you.

also very sorry about the Raven jumpscare--- didn't want y'all forgetting about her.

 

hugs kisses---happy Holidays. Until next time.

Chapter 45: Spiraling And Crying

Summary:

Wanda wrinkles her nose “Hank and him and Frankie went on a trip. They left this morning.”

 

“What?” Pietros voice cracks. “When did they decide to go? Why would he—“ Pietro can’t erase the look of panic on Kurt’s face last night. The way he brushed Pietro off him like dirt—the way he flinched when he called him baby. 

 

Pietro takes in a shaky breath and Gunther must see his distress because he’s poking him between his eyebrows—rubbing at the forming crease there. “Is okay. He be back soon. Don’t be sad.”

Pietro takes Gunther’s hand gently—taking in a deep breath. 

---or---

Pietro discovers that Kurt has left the mansion. He's not taking it well.

Notes:

I was missing my Pietro POVS/

Chapter 46 is already written. I'm just making some minor adjustments. hopefully it will be published before the new year.

Gunther is my baby. Give him lots of hugs. Pietro needs hugs, too. This chapter originally was gonna be very different--but I like how it turned out.

typos--grammer mistakes--etc
xoxo

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Wanda used to say that Pietro had the perfect arms for cuddling because they were long and squishy. His sister was always very vocal when she didn’t like something and very vocal when she did. She used to glare at him when he’d attempt to put a pillow beneath her head instead of his arm. He’d allow his arm to grow numb and tingly underneath the weight of her head for hours if it made her happy. They are perfect for sleeping. Pietro thinks that’s still the case when he wakes up and Gunther is squished in between his ribs—sucking on his thumb—cradled perfectly around his left arm. He looks smaller surrounded by pillows and blankets. 

 

For just a moment—a fraction of a second Pietro thinks last night was just a horrible nightmare. That mirage is immediately crushed when he feels the coldness in Kurt’s side of the bed and sees Monet's shirt being actively drooled on by Gunther. 

 

Pietro lets out a breath—a migraine materializing from a bad night's sleep and an ache in his heart actively growing in size as he recalls the events of the last few hours. 

“Abbah?” Gunther speaks around his thumb—his eyes still closed from sleep. He looks so precious like this—it softens the ache in Pietro's chest just a bit. 

 

“Mornin’ bug.”

 

“I’m still sleepy,”

 

“Keep sleeping then.” Pietro replies immediately—Pietro shuffles slightly.

 

“Don’t go.” Gunther removes his thumb from his mouth and grips his shirt—monets shirt—with a whine. Pietro should be grossed out by the spit and slobber but he grew up with a little sister so it’s barely a blip in his radar. 

 

“I’m not going anywhere.” Pietro says firmly—he doesn’t think he can get up anyway. He can’t leave this room and face Kurt. What would he even say? 

 

Pietro was crushed. Heartbroken, horrified. He replays the events like a bad episode in a tv show. Criticising himself at every turn. 

 

He’s incredibly embarrassed by his actions with Monet—practically throwing himself at her like a big baby. A big horny baby. It was uncalled for and super uncool and he won’t be approaching either of them anytime soon. At least until the afternoon. 12:01 pm minimum.

 

“Where’s blue?” Gunther pouts—his eyes drifting open to look up at Pietro. 

 

Fuck. 

 

“He’s—not here.” 

 

He’s not here. 

 

He hates me.

 

He probably never wants to see me again.

 

“Making waffles?” Gunther wrinkles his nose—already knowing all about Kurt’s infamous bad cooking.

 

“No he’s—I don’t know. He’s probably not awake yet. He didn’t sleep here.” Pietros mouth feels like dirt and mud and gross. 

 

He thinks he might start crying again but he’s not even sure if he ever actually stopped. His face feels puffy and he’s more then certain his eyes are red.

 

Gunther rolls over and lays his head on Pietro's chest. “Watcha doing, buddy?” 

 

“Listening to the Rain.” 

 

“The rain.” Pietro repeats—looking out the window. Clear skies. 

 

“Boomboboombbokmbooboom.” He says boom fasts and quick and it take Pietro an embarrassing amount of time to realize he’s talking about his heartbeat. Usually it isn’t perceptible to human ears but when it is it sounds fast. Kind of like a thousand rain drops falling from the ground all at once. That’s how Kurt described it once. Gunther must have heard him say it. 

 

The reminder makes Pietros wanna cry all over again. Kurt was always saying such sweet things to him. Pietro wishes he was here to reassure him that he doesn’t hate him. That he doesn’t find him disgusting, that he doesn’t regret being here—being with him. Touching him. Kissing him.

 

But him not being here is answer enough. It’s loud. It’s quiet. It’s everything Pietro was afraid of. 

 

He’s gonna have to talk to him soon. He can’t avoid him forever and strangely enough he doesn’t want to avoid him. He wants to see him—talk it out. Apologize? He doesn't know but if he needs to apologize he’ll apologize. 

 

Wanda enters the room a few minutes later—through the haunting unlocked door. He might have to rethink the whole not having a locked door thing. “Pie, you okay?” 

 

“Yeah, why?” 

 

“You look like shit.” 

 

Pietro quickly covers Gunther’s ears and glares at his sister “Wanda seriously?”

 

Wanda doesn’t even look like she feels bad “you do. Have you been crying?”

 

“Yes. If you must know I had a pretty rough night.”

 

“Is that why Charles made your room soundproof?”

 

“What?”

 

“Dad made everyone not hear anything in your room. It’s really quite. Spooky—like a haunted house.”

 

Pietro's face burns and he tries to collect himself. Of course Charles had to intervene. They where being loud

Pietro was practically moaning like some whore—oh. Oh no. 

 

Does that mean Charles heard them? 

 

His room is just down the hall. He must’ve heard some of it. Just cause he can’t hear Pietros thoughts doesn’t mean he couldn’t hear Kurt’s. He must’ve realized what they had been doing. 

 

Pietro grabs the pillow behind his head and shoves it on his face. “Gunther, kiddo, do you mind suffocating me until I stop breathing?” 

 

“Okay!” Gunther’s tiny hands pat the pillow all cutely like that would do anything to end Pietro's suffering. 

 

“Did you stop breathing yet, abbah?” Gunther lifts the pillow and smiles at Pietro. He’s so fucking adorable. 

 

“Yep. I’m dead. Good job.” Pietro says in a monotone voice. 

 

Gunther grins wider “yay! You’ll be with me forever now.” 

 

“I’ll always be with you.” Pietro pokes his bellybutton and the child giggles. “Is blue coming back soon?” He asks innocently and Pietros face must do something strange. Gunther frowns “you said he was sick. Does he feel better now?”

 

“I—“

 

“He’s not here.” Wanda says suddenly. Both Gunther and Pietro look at her from bed. Wanda looks a bit upset. “Him and Hank—“

 

“—Hank and him.” Pietro corrects. 

 

Wanda wrinkles her nose “Hank and him and Frankie went on a trip. They left this morning.”

 

“What?” Pietros voice cracks. “When did they decide to go? Why would he—“ Pietro can’t erase the look of panic on Kurt’s face last night. The way he brushed Pietro off him like dirt—the way he flinched when he called him baby. 

 

Pietro takes in a shaky breath and Gunther must see his distress because he’s poking him between his eyebrows—rubbing at the forming crease there. “Is okay. He be back soon. Don’t be sad.”

Pietro takes Gunther’s hand gently—taking in a deep breath. 

 

“Will he be back soon? How long did they say they’d be gone?” He asks Wanda. 

 

She frowns “I dunno, it was pretty last minute. Frankie and I had plans. We wanted to make a vision and speed castle in the hall. He even helped collect all the blankets we needed.”

 

“You can still build the fort.”

 

“Not a fort —a castle. It’s different. And I can’t—it’s a vision and speed castle. I can’t make it without vision. Wanda says logically. “I’ll just wait till he gets back.” She sounds sad. 

 

“They really didn’t say how long they’d be gone?”

 

“No—just said their visiting family. Hanks mom or something.” Wanda says and then leaves like the conversations over. 

 

Pietro knows close to nothing about Hanks family so he has nothing to contribute to that. He genuinely just assumed the guy's parents were dead or something. That’s probably shitty to assume. He knows he didn’t have the best relationship with his dad.

 

Okay. So Kurt is gone for the day. Maybe for the weekend. Probably needs space from Pietro—or needs time to process or—he hates Pietros guts and never wants to see him again.

 

What if he doesn’t want to be his best friend anymore? Pietro's chest feels like it’s caving in—what if Kurt doesn’t love him anymore? He seriously fucked up. 

 

He jumped the gun like he always does. Impulsive and stupid. He touched him and craved him and kissed him and Kurt left

 

He’s gone as far away from the speedster as possible. 

 

Pietro wants a hug. 

 

Gunther cannot read minds but in that moment he thinks he might because the boy slots his head in Pietro's shoulder and pulls his arms around Pietro's chest. Laying flat on top of him like a weighted blanket. “I need a hug.” Gunther says and he’s such a good kid—such a sweet boy—he can somehow just tell Pietro wants a hug and doesn’t know how to ask. So Gunther pretends he needs the hug. 

 

“No problem.” Pietro quickly wraps his arms around him—pressing him close to his chest—feeling his eyes water. 

 

“Feel better?” Pietro asks with a very obvious shake to his voice. He’s gonna start crying any second and he’s never gonna live it down. 

 

“Not yet.” Gunther—darling baby—pretends he still wants to hug him even though Pietro is the one getting snot on his shirt now. Even though it Pietro who’s shaking. 

 

It’s a few minutes of this before he hears a knock at the door and Wanda is coming back inside. Three mugs levitate beside her covered in red. 

 

“I brought hot chocolate.”

 

“Yay.” Pietro and Gunther say at the same time. Gunther slots himself beside Pietro's hips—as close as possible and grins cheekily at Wanda who sits beside him as well. 

 

The hot chocolate was made with oat milk or some very fancy mixture because it tasted extra sweet even with the floating marshmallows. 

 

“Monet made it.” Wanda says flippantly. 

 

It tastes amazing. Way better then the one Charles usually makes. 

 

“Tell her I said thanks.” Pietro shrinks into his mattress—burying his elbow into the pillow. 

 

“She says to tell her yourself.”

 

“Are you reading her mind or is she reading yours?” How does that even work?

 

“Both.”

 

“Can you read my mind?” Gunther asks with his accent. He’s sounding more and more like Kurt as the weeks go and while usually Pietro goes soft and cute for it he’s actually feeling a bit heartbroken over it. 

 

“Yes.”

 

“Really?”

 

“Yes.”

 

“Really?”

 

“Yes.”

 

“What am I thinking—-“

 

“—You’re thinking about how there’s no way I can read your mind.”

 

“Woah. You’re so cool bobah.”

 

“It’s dodah.” Pietro corrects. Dodah means auntie. It warms Pietros heart just a bit. He wishes Kurt was here to hear it. 

 

“I am super cool.”

 

“Can you read abbahs mind?”

 

“No. I can’t. I can sense that he’s stressed, though, and sad…” Wanda falters as she looks over at her brother. 

 

Pietro hates this.

 

“Blue is sick.” Gunther supplies “and he left with no hug bye-bye. Is that why you’re sad, abbah?”  Gunther leans into his arm in a side hug.

 

Pietro shakes his head “yeah, it’s silly. Just me being stupid.”



“Stupid.” Gunther repeats the word and Pietro's heart clenches. Fuck. That was not a word he wanted him to internalize. “Stupid is a bad word.”

 

Wanda nods, “It is. You fucked up pie.” Asshole.

 

“I didn’t mean to say that word. It’s not a nice word. I’m just tired.” 

 

“Okay.” Gunther says simply. Pietro really hopes he didn’t fuck that up. 

 

They drink their hot chocolate, and afterwards Pietro knocks on Monet's door.   

 

She opens the door—wearing a silk bonnet and a matching pajama set that looks new. “Hi.” Pietro fidgets. 

 

Monet rubs her eyes tiredly. “Mornin’.” She yawns loudly and unabashedly. 

 

“You’re still wearing my shirt.” Monet tugs on the hem of pietros shirt—both her eyebrows raising. Her eyebrow piercing gleams underneath the sun leading through the open window. 

 

“Yeah. I just got up.” Pietro I had spent most of the night clutching it and smelling it hoping the smell of Monet would compensate for the lack of Kurt’s smell. 

 

Monet frowns at him—looking concerned. “You haven’t slept.”

 

“False. I slept.”

 

“For how long?”

 

“I don’t know.” Pietro rubs at his eyes.

 

“Babe you look beat. Just go back to sleep.”

 

“I can’t sleep by myself. I get nightmares.” He feels so rediculous for relying on Kurt to keep his nightmares at bay. He can’t rely on him for this—clearly he won’t always be here to sleep beside him. 

 

“Didn’t you sleep with Gunther?” Monet takes a sip of her hot chocolate. Pietro takes maybe a micro step forward—close enough to smell that it wasn’t actually hot chocolate and instead was black coffee.

 

“You didn’t make yourself hot chocolate?”

 

“Stop changing the subject.”

 

“You made us hot chocolate but not yourself.” Pietro taps her purple mug with a pointer finger, voice hoarse.

 

“I needed something to wake me up. I don’t like too much sugar in the morning.”

 

“Kurt loves sugar in the morning.” Pietros says—and Monet gives him a strange look. 

 

“Yeah so do you. My little sugar freaks.” She pokes his forehead with a quirk to her lips—pushing him back creating a slight distance. “Some of us are normal.”

 

“Black coffee isn’t normal. Even Charles gets sugar and milk in his.” Pietro points out.

 

“I’m not Charles. I’m not Kurt. I’m not you. I’m just me. And me likes black coffee. Did you come see me to pester me about my beverage choices?” 

 

“No—I’m not pestering you am I?” Pietros is suddenly self conscious that he’s being a nuisance to her. “I’m sorry—you’re just waking up—fuck—-i should go. I’ll talk to you later.”

 

“Hey—“ Monet pulls at his shoulders—pulling him into a hug. Pietro melts into her like a fish to water. She smells nice. Like her shirt. “—I was just yanking your chain. You aren’t a nuisance.” She presses her warm mug against his spine—a small warmth radiating off of it. She rubs his arms soothingly and he feels his eyes burn like he might start crying. Fuck that. 

 

“Okay.” Pietro says quietly. “I know I’m a lot.”

 

“Stop it.” Monet laughs—he can feel her breath on the side of his face—laughing at his expense. “So mean to yourself for no reason.”

 

“Kurt left.” Pietro says quietly—his voice barely audible pressed against her shoulder.

 

“Yeah, i know. Im sorry. Did you try to talk to him?”

 

“No—he left. Again.”

 

“He did?” Monet squeezes Pietro tighter—it feels nice. She runs hot like Kurt. 

 

“Sorry I shouldn’t keep whining about it.” Pietro mumbles.

 

“Kurt would never do anything to purposely hurt you. He loves you like crazy.” Monet sounds so sure of herself—so sure of Kurt. 

 

“But he left.” Pietro keeps replaying the moment like some bad scene in a horror movie—sick to his stomach. 

 

“Yeah…I don’t know…he had to have a good reason.”

 

“A good reason to leave me?” Pietro pulls away from her hug suddenly irritated. This whole time she’s been seemingly on Kurt’s side. Defending his honor like she’s his friend when the two barely even talk. She has no bases for her faith in him. Pietro is the one left hurting—he’s the one left behind and it doesn’t seem fair that she’s on his side when he’s the one crying his heart out. 

 

“Why are you on Kurt’s side? He can’t even stand you.” Pietro exclaims and almost instantly feels like shit about it. Monet's face doesn’t convey any form of surprise by his outburst. Or his words. 

 

Kurt hadn’t been…unwelcoming towards Monet but it was clear to Pietro that he just didn’t click with her the way he did and that isn’t his or her fault. Maybe it’s Pietro's fault. Maybe he should’ve helped them mesh better—he can’t just assume everyone’s working at his speed. He’s always too fast. Too quick to cling to people. 

 

Bringing up that distance between them was uncalled for. 

 

“I’m sorry—I didn’t mean that. Fuck. I’m so tired.” Pietro finds the excuse flimsy. A lack of sleep is no reason to be a dick to his friend who’s just trying to be reasonable with him.

 

Monet just levels him with a calm expression. She’s so much better then him at reading the room, that might have something to do with her being a telepath though. “It’s okay. You can be mad at me if it makes you feel better.”

 

“It doesn’t.” Pietro chokes out—covering his face with his hands. He’s the fucking worst. 

 

“He left. It’s shitty and yeah…he kinda hates me but he makes you happy and that makes me a huge fan of him.” Monet says simply—like that’s enough for her. Maybe it is.

 

“He doesn’t hate you. I was just being mean.” Pietro recalls a moment when Kurt says that when Pietro feels overwhelmed he gets mean like his mother. Like his mother. It makes him swallow back the bile in his throat. 

 

“No, he does.” Monet smiles like it doesn’t bother her at all that Kurt of all people doesn’t like her. “I’ve read his thoughts. He’s very vocal about how much my ‘perfect smile’ bugs the hell outta him.’”

 

“It is pretty perfect.” Pietro says watching as her smile grows at the comment. 

 

“He thinks about your smile way more though. He thinks about you all the time. It kind of softens the blow.” Kurt hating her doesn’t hurt her as much because Kurt supposedly loves Pietro so much. 

 

“He thinks about my smile?”

 

“He thinks about your hair and your arms and legs and just about anything his Pervy little brain can think of.” 

 

“Kurt isn’t pervy.” Pietro sniffles—and when he wraps his arms around his chest he rubs his palm against the hickey Kurt left there.

 

“No. Course not.” Monet says sarcastically. “He’s a saint and you’re his Angel.” 

 

Angel?

 

“What?” 

 

Monet bites her lip and quickly shakes her head “nevermind that. What I’m trying to say is that he loves you.”

 

“How do you know?”

 

“I just told you—“

 

“—no. You told me he likes my hair and my smile and my arms and my legs. He likes my body—what if that’s all he wanted? What if he didn’t actually love me? What if—“

 

“You’re spiraling.” Monet grabs his face—her cold hands soothing under his warm cheeks. 

 

“What if he doesn’t love me? What if I was just a body and then he regretted it and now he’s avoiding me and I can’t—“ 

 

“—Pietro Maximoff. It’s Kurt.” Monet says calmly—taking in a breath—Pietro follows her lead. 

 

“It’s Kurt. You know Kurt. He’s shown you his character time and time again. One bad call can’t possibly rewrite your entire image of him. He left. That’s dumb—he’s a boy—boys are dumb sometimes. Give him time to redeem himself.”

 

“How much time?”

 

“I don’t know. Where did he go?”

 

“Visiting family.”

 

“Kurt has other family?”

 

“Yes, Hanks family, I guess. His moms.” Pietro sniffles and Monet swipes her thumb under his cheek to wipe his straying tears. 

 

“Course. Well, then maybe we can ask Charles for his moms number and then we can call them, and ask how long their planning to stay. Does that sound doable for you, babe?” 

 

“Yeah, yeah, it sounds—yeah we can do that.” Pietro takes in a breath—trying to calm himself. This is the second time in less then twenty four hours that he’s cried to Monet about this and this wasn’t even why he came here. 

 

He had wanted to apologize to her for doing just this. Using her like an emotional crutch. Pietro hates this. He hates feeling like he’s the only one being vulnerable—like he’s stripped raw and bare and being ogled. 

 

“I’m sorry for crying. Today and last night.”

 

“Don’t be sorry. You’re a pretty crier.” Monet says cheekily. 

 

“That’s a super depressing thing to say to me.” Pietro pouts. 

 

“Everyone always looks their hottest after a good cry. That’s why I always look like a knock out.”

 

“So you just cried?” Pietro grins. 

 

“Stop flirting with me Pie.” Monet shakes his head like a bobble head. “Also yes I was in fact crying.”

 

“You where?”

 

“Yes, being emotionally unstable is not just a you thing.”

 

“You think I’m emotionally unstable?”

 

“Horribly so, yes. It’s okay though—It’s a toss of the coin with the people here. I saw Wanda fighting her pillow earlier—-and Bobbyandjean are BobbyandJean. So really the statistics weren’t in your favor.” 

 

“That makes me feel a lot better, thanks.” Pietro touches the hand that’s still touching his face—holding her hand the only way he knows how. 

“Why were you crying?”

 

“Global warming— water pollution—

genocide— deforestation— crippling depression— you take your pick.” 

 

Pietros pauses—he knows that Monet feels a lot. While she might be calm and collected when it comes to other people’s problems she isn’t someone that’s emotionless. For crying out loud the first time he met her she was screaming at the top of her lungs. It was a unifying feeling. To be insane with someone else. It felt surreal and thinking back on it—he ain’t sure he would’ve felt as close to her if she hadn't displayed that level of vulnerability with him from the jump.

 

“You wanna talk about it?” 

 

“Not really.” Monet shakes her head “I know I should. That’s probably the healthiest thing to do. But—it’s a lot and I just wanna sit with it for a while.”

 

“If you ever wanna talk about anything you can always talk to me.” Pietro swears. He unloaded his entire life to Monet the first moment they met. He had trusted her so explicitly and he just wants her to trust him too. He wants her to rely on him just as much as he relies on her. 

 

He’s just been a burden if he’s the only one that’s been venting. If it’s only him getting the emotional benefit of this friendship then he’s just being neglectful of her needs. He’s being bad friend. 

 

“I owe you.” Pietro says and Monet gives him a sad smile. 

 

“Not everything is meant to be transactional, Pietro.”

 

“But—“

 

“Being around you is enough.” Monet says this so fiercely, so effortlessly that it makes Pietro pause. How can she even say that? How can she possibly think that’s true? 

 

He isn’t enough to just exist without contribution. He isn’t enough. He needs to be helpful—he needs to be able to give some relief or else what is he good for? If he doesn’t even the score she’ll realize he’s not worth anything and she’ll realize he’s not worth being friends with. She’ll leave him.

 

She’ll leave him just like Kurt left.

 

Monet takes his hand “I can’t read your mind.” She says and frowns “but I can tell from that wrinkle in your brow that you’re overthinking.”

 

“I just don’t understand.”

 

“Is Kurt really the only friend you’ve ever had?”  Monet asks suddenly. 

 

Pietro shakes his head—shy in that admission. He can never be ashamed of having Kurt as a friend but it does make him a bit of a loser that he’s his only friend. “Hank is my friend.”

 

“He doesn’t really count does he? He’s Kurt’s dad.” Monet says and Pietro is about to correct her—she’s been here a few weeks and has already made that assumption? “I knew him before he was Kurt’s dad.” The speedster says as if that sets some sort of claim on him. A claim that feels flimsy and dumb. Lately it feels like Hank doesn’t even like him anymore. Pietro doesn’t want that happening with Monet. 

 

“And Kitty’s my friend.” 

 

“Is she?” Monet lifts a brow at him and Pietro speeds away and to Kitty door—he knocks twice before barging in. 

 

“That was not a sufficient amount of time to alert me of your presence.” Kitty lifts her head from her pillow. 

 

“Why are you still awake?”

 

“Hello? Is this why you came in here? To berate me over my sleeping habits?” 

 

“No, I wanna know if we’re friends.” 

 

“Right this second? No. I want to murder you.” Kitty throws a pillow at him that dodges easily. 

 

“Okay, but like, are we friends usually? When you aren’t half awake?”

 

“No. You're like my obnoxious cousin,” Katherine sees Pietro as family. While touching, considering she doesn’t have much family, it’s completely unhelpful in this case. 

 

“Okay. Thanks.”

 

“Leave.”

 

Pietro's gone before she even finishes the word and is standing in front of a patient Monet—-crossed arms and amused smile. 

 

“New intel?” Monet asks like she already knows. 

 

“Apperently I’m family so Kitty's out of the running.”

 

“As I suspected.” Monet says “You don’t have a lot of friends so you don’t actually know how friendships work.”

 

“Yes I do.” Pietro says immediately. 

 

“You assume all friendship is a collaboration between people. Who’d pro quo. You give some—they give some. That’s not how people work. You don't have to give pieces of yourself away for the friendship to be worth something.”

 

“But then how will you know I care. I can’t just—I can’t just unload myself and then you not unload too. I can’t be a burden.” Pietros hands vibrate—a nervous habit he hasn’t done in a while—he wishes Kurt was here to hold his hand. To ground him. 

 

“That’s the problem, Pietro. You’re assuming it’s a burden. It’s not. You're allowed to take space—you’re allowed to just be.” 

 

“I don’t know how to do that.” It’s probably too truthful. 



Monet nods “it’s going to take time. But—“ she pauses “this setback with Kurt isn’t a result of you taking up too much space. He isn’t gone because you were too much. I know that’s what you’re probably thinking. Kurt did not leave because you were a bad friend.” 

 

“Then why did he?” Pietro feels like he’s small again—shrinking behind the only thing he knows.

 

“I don’t know. But it’s not because you’re a bad friend.” Monet says with so much confidence that he almost believes her. Almost

 

“Take a shower, get dressed and let’s go talk to Charles and see if he can shed some light.” 

 

Okay.

 

That’s what they do.

Notes:

:)

Chapter 46: A Phone Call Away

Summary:

“Okay.” Gunther seems to relax a bit. “I made picture for you. I’ll put it in the fridge for you.”

Gunther nods—like a bobble head—Monet says he gets it from him. Pietro is starting to believe her.
There’s a long pause, and Gunther’s smiling again, “I love you too.”

Kurt told Gunther he loved him.

It was nice.

Pietro wishes he could have heard it. He wishes he was here to say it. He wishes Kurt was here.

----or----
Some time has passed, and Pietro is adjusting as best as he can. Charles hires a therapist, and the school keeps changing despite Kurt's absence.

Notes:

time skip technically i guess...
Also i really wanted to post before the new year so i forced myself to finish this chapter so this might be a bit shorer then usual. And grammatical spelling mistakes---etc. you know the drill.

xoxo
lots of virtual hugs until next time!

Chapter Text

Kurt Wagner has been gone for 43,804 minutes. Just over Seven hundred and thirty hours. 30 days. 4 weeks. 

 

A month. 

 

Kurt has been gone for a fucking month. 

 

Pietro Maximoff isn’t spiraling. Not anymore. He was spiraling when Charles first told him of Kurt’s estimated arrival. He was spiraling the first week—moping by the second—angry by the third—and by the fourth week he’d become numb. 

 

Gunther was constantly asking where Kurt was or Blue and it had made Pietro more moody and melancholy as the weeks passed resulting in the young child halting in his questions about Kurt’s whereabouts. A lot has happened since the night Kurt left the mansion with Frankie and 

A month is a long time for a child.

 

A lot can happen in a month. Gunther has started holding crayons with fingers instead of fists—his lost tooth is growing back and Monet bought the boy a tricycle that he’s been independently pedaling with training wheels. In a month the moon has gone through all the phases. In a month Wanda and Kittys periods have synced up and Pietro has had to do several grocery runs for chocolate. In a month BobbyandJean have migrated to seperate sleeping quarters. In a month one of Miss Margo’s cats has become pregnant and we still don’t know which cat is the father. In a month Gunther has learned the monster song—from who? Pietro hasn’t a clue. A month is a long time for a child. 

 

Apparently, it’s a long time for a speedster as well. An achingly long time. Pietro was in the Friends Of Humanity facility for a month—but he had been unconscious at the beginning—in an odd dreamland of Wanda’s mind. He hadn’t felt the lapse in time as intensely as the others—he had been physically tortured, yes but it had felt bearable with Kurt by his side. This time around, he feels it. He feels every second without Kurt by his side. He feels

 

Everything reminds him of the teleporter. The red leather jacket he left behind during his mad dash to leave him behind. His journal was left untouched on Kurt’s bedside table. His spare shoes cluttered near the entrance of the mansion—collecting dust. Pietro sees something blue and he feels miserable. Blue socks. Blue books. Blue toys. He wants to erase the blue sky—drown in the blue ocean. He only dares to look at the sky when the sun floods it with orange and yellow. 

 

They’ve recruited three new students in the span of the month Kurt's been gone. Those three new students don’t know Kurt. They’ve never met him. They know stories—they see pictures. But they do not know him and that pains Pietro immensely. 

 

How can the children Pietro cares for not know the most important person in his life? 

 

Charles has hired a school therapist who comes in three times a week and Two new teachers for three upper-grade levels. Pietro greets the new teachers and he hopes he’s making a good impression but he thinks he comes off as aloof or possibly mentally unstable. He feels numb to it. 

 

Hurt. He’s still hurt of course. But Kurt's silence has made Pietro reevaluate his position in the teleporter's life. 

 

Kurt has called only once in the time he’s been gone and it wasn’t even to speak with Pietro. 

 

Charles had answered the phone—Pietro is both devastated and relieved he wasn’t the one to answer. It had been during their chess match. 

Pietro was losing—bad. He can’t seem to focus. At that point Kurt had been gone two weeks. 

 

“Hello, Charles Xavier’s—school for gifted youngsters—this is Charles speaking.” The professor has not yet grown accustomed to introducing the school over the phone. Pietro has teased him relentlessly about it. 

 

“Oh, hello Kurt.” Pietro freezes. His body is buzzing, and he’s super-speeding beside Charles in an instant. The only reason he doesn’t snatch the phone away from him is that Charles' face looks all weird. 

 

“Pietro is here if you would like to speak with him.” Charles says in an even tone—which is miraculous considering Pietro is flailing around like a headless chicken. 

 

“Oh, okay. Alright—are you certain you—“ Charles face looks serious as he nods at whatever Kurt is saying on the other end. Charles' face grows sad and he darts his eyes away from Pietro and continues speaking. “Okay, I'll get him.” 

 

Pietro extends his hand and expects to be handed the phone—assuming he’s the one he wants to speak to. Charles shakes his head, looking incredibly apologetic. “Son, will you get Gunther from class? He should be in free play.” 

 

Pietro stares at Charles like he might be confused. “Gunther?” Pietros voice cracks “he doesn’t want to talk to me?” 

 

Charles looks pained as he shakes his head. Pietro is a blurt as he goes to Gunther’s classroom and pick him up from the blocks area—he’s currently practicing his developing motor skills and has half a mind to tell Kurt to call another time. He does not. He barely even breaths as he wraps his arms around Gunther who holds him without hesitation and supersleeds to the professors office. 

 

“Someone’s on the phone for you.” Charles says with a forced smile—his voice is light and full of fake cheer. Pietro feels himself smile when Gunther looks up at him in question. “Phone for me?” 

 

“Yeah, for you, buddy.” Pietro says with a lightness to his voice that feels forced. He feels disgusting for being jealous of a five year old. Gunther missed Kurt too. 

 

Gunther holds the phone with both hands—it looks so big beside his small head. “Hello? This Gunther—school gifted youngster.” The boy fumbles over the repeated phrase. He’s trying to copy Charles. He’s heard him say that phrase so many times and Pietro's heart melts a little at the butchered sentence. He’s still learning and he’s just so fucking cute about it. Charles smiles too—a real one this time. 

 

Gunthers face practically glows and a big smile erupts from his face “Blue! My Blue! How are you?”

 

Gunther bounces and looks at Pietros with a beaming smile. “Abbah is here. You want—“ Gunther stops talking abruptly his eyebrows furrowing together “oh, okay. Why?” 

 

Gunther is in the stage of development where he asks a lot of How and Why questions. 

 

“I don’t understand.” Gunther fidgets “when you coming home? I miss you.” 

 

Pietro closes his eyes and takes in a deep breath—trying to soothe himself. This is fucking horrible. This is actually worse than not hearing Kurt at all. Gunther sounds so confused. He sounds so sad. How is he meant to explain this? 

 

“Okay.” Gunther seems to relax a bit. “I made picture for you. I’ll put it in the fridge for you.” 

 

Gunther nods—like a bobble head—Monet says he gets it from him. Pietro is starting to believe her. 

There’s a long pause and Gunther’s smiling again “I love you too.”

 

Kurt told Gunther he loved him. 

 

It was nice. 

 

He wishes he could’ve heard it. He wishes he was here to say it. He wishes Kurt was here. 

 

That’s the first and last time he called. It’s been a month now and Gunther’s original picture for Kurt has been replaced by another. Then another. And another. It was a family portrait. The one currently on the fridge has Kurt at a distance away from Gunther, Wanda and Pietro. He likes coloring Charles Wheelchair and that takes up a big chunk of the page. Monet is also featured in this version of the family portrait—her hand connected to Gunther’s hand. 

 

The drawing Pietro currently has in his hand right now still features Kurt but it’s a lot less detailed. Like Gunther’s forgotten how Kurt looks like or maybe even like he forgot to include him and added him at the last second. Pietro doesn’t know which one breaks his heart more. 

 

He replaces the orange magnet with the current updated drawing and takes the new drawing to Kurt’s room. The pile of drawings is stacked up next to the teleporter's nightstand. Neatly organized. The last time Pietro was in Kurt’s room it was to put Kurt’s laundry away. He hasn’t been here in a month.  

 

The smell of sulfur is fading as the days go by but all his clothes are still here. Pietro removed all of Kurt’s clothes from his own bedroom and placed it back into the blue boys room. He couldn’t stand to open his closet and see a glimpse of the others' clothes. He folded Kurt’s favorite blanket that he left in Pietro's room and it’s been sitting in the foot of Kurt’s bed for nearly a week now. 

 

He purged Kurt’s things from his room. Bit by bit. He’s washed the sheets. They don’t smell like Kurt anymore. He’s even cleaned the curtains and scrubbed the floors clean of anything that might linger. Any trace of Kurt has been shunned into the teleporters bedroom—locked away like a mausoleum. He’s created a harsh divide. A grand separation. 

 

Pietro didn’t even want to do it. But he wanted to cry every time he touched Kurt’s soft sweaters. Pietro was falling apart at the seams and he just wanted to feel control. 

 

Kurt has been gone a month. 

 

Pietro has visited his mother in that month. Call it insanity or maybe a relapse in judgment but he wanted his mom. He’s never wanted his mom more than when Kurt left. Not even when the maximoffs had been separated for a year. 

 

He doesn’t forgive her. He’s not sure how someone can forgive something like that but he bends. He tips in her favor—extending a branch that he otherwise wouldn’t have given. 

 

She’s still living in a hotel near town—under Charles tab of course. It’s the only way she’s able to actually stay in the hotel considering she doesn’t have a job. 

 

Their reunion was anything but mediocre. He thinks that anytime an encounter with his mom occurs it’ll always be catastrophic. He mourns the times it wasn’t painful to see his mother. 

 

“Did you know I wasn’t him?” Pietro already knows the answer but he thinks perhaps he wants the extra hurt. The extra sting of his mothers words. Maybe he just wants to feel hurt. 

 

“Did you know I wasn’t your son?” He emphasizes the words planet—foot tap tap tapping into the ground like lightning strikes. 

 

“Of course you’re my son.” Magda Maximoff was frowning deeply into her cup of tea. She’s skinnier than the last time he’s seen her. He hopes she’s doing okay. He hopes she’s eating well. He wishes he didn’t care. He wishes. He hopes. Nothing matters. 

 

He wishes he could stop caring for people that don’t care for him. 

 

He wishes Kurt was here to hold his bouncing leg down with the weight of his tail. 

 

“I was just a mirage of the son you lost. I wasn’t really him. Why’d you pretend I was?” Pietro's mind loops around his own thoughts like a bad carousel ride. 

 

Magda pauses—choosing her words carefully…like any wrong syllable will crash into Pietro. “it all happened so quickly.” She says—-her eyes falling distantly into the memory. “Pietro wasn’t a speedster—or at least he wasn’t yet—he was just a normal kid—a sweet kid and he died and I wasn’t even there.”

 

She wasn’t there. Pietro tries to take in that heartbreak as quickly as possible. 

 

“He was scared and in pain and I didn’t get to say goodbye and that kills me. It hadn’t even been a day—I went to the synagogue—I prayed—I cried for my son and when I got back home David was gone and you were there with Wanda.” Magda explains the events like a series of miracles. Reverent and all powerful. One after the other. Falling into place like a jigsaw puzzle. “I thought—I genuinely believed it was a miracle. I thought my love had somehow brought you back. I couldn’t—I couldn’t even find his body anymore. I dug at his grave and it was empty and I saw it as a sign.”

 

Pietros mind races at that information. No body? Did David take it? 

 

“You thought I was him?” Pietro focus’ on that particular fucked up nugget of information. 

 

His mom looks so sad and pained and she gazes at the speedster with such sorrow that it cripples him. Her gaze feels heavy. He wishes Charles was here to mediate. But he insisted on doing this confrontation alone

 

He’s not fully convinced Charles isn’t eavesdropping through cerebro.

 

“I had convinced myself that it had never happened. I told myself that I had created the whole ordeal in my mind—it had been a day—perhaps it was a break in sanity—a lapse in delirium. I've never been the most stable. And you acted so much like him—your memory was almost identical to his.” 

 

“But some things where different?” Pietro wants to create a web of data—of differences that could pin point to him and the other Pietro. He wants to see it all layer in front of him. Who was more Pietro? Was it him or was it me? The speedster wants to know what he doesn’t know. He wants to know what he knew too…maybe that way he can live through him. Maybe then Pietro replacing his spot in this life won’t be for nothing. 

 

“Yes—you where older—by a year or so. You had more memories of Wanda—you had slightly different memories of me.” 

 

A good mom. A bad mom. Pietro mourns them both. How does one mourn a mom that’s right in front of them sipping warm tea? 

 

“I kept thinking perhaps I brought you back from the dead and I changed you somehow. But I was desperate to keep you—desperate to have my son so I brushed it off as trauma. Too many bumps in the head.” 

 

Pietro could believe that. In her grief—in her despair—she had truly believed she had revived her son—that her son had never died at all. He wonders when that fantasy began to crack. How many times did she look at him growing up and see a stranger? How many times has his eyes caused her mental disarray? 

 

“Why did you never say anything?”

 

“If I said it then it became true but also—I was afraid that if I said anything…whatever brought you here would come take you away. I couldn’t—I couldn’t lose another son.”

 

“You—still loved me? Even though you knew I wasn’t your son?”

 

“Of course I did.”

 

“Because I looked like him.”

 

“No—perhaps it helped. But Pietro you’re my baby.”

 

“If you had a choice to choose—“

“—don’t do that. I don’t like this game Pietro.”

 

“It’s a hypothetical—if one of us had to die—-“

 

“—no! How could you even say that.” She nearly drops her tea—her outburst makes the other customers turn to their table. They move on quickly when Pietro glares at them. 

 

“I want you both. I want both my sons here. I want my two boys and my two girls and in a perfect world I’d have you all four here with me. Do not make me choose between my children Pietro it is cruel.”

 

“Okay, sorry, I didn’t mean to upset you, Mai. I just—this isn’t just hard on you okay? It’s hard on me too. There was a whole other kid I didn’t even know about. A whole other life that was just replaced. I get to feel some way about that.”

 

Pietro should be able to take up space without feeling like he’s taking someone else’s. 

 

The talk didn’t go perfectly. But it didn’t go horribly. Magda asked about Wanda. A good step in the right direction. Pietro has met up with her again once more with Wanda and it was nice. It felt like old times. Different but similar in a way. 

 

A month is a long time not to call. Especially since Wanda has gotten calls from Frankie so he knows it’s not a phone connection thing. 

 

Frankie calls nearly every other day. The only reason he doesn’t call every single day is because Wanda told him he’s being too clingy and needs to stop calling every day. 

 

Pietro's pretty sure she only said that because she’s still pissed Frankie left so suddenly and misses him a lot. Pietro has watched her answer the phone with less then a ring and twirl her hair when Frankie calls. She’s equally as obsessed with that boy and is just pretending not to be. 

 

For Frankie and Wanda distance makes the heart grow fonder. 

 

For Pietro distance is making him want to succumb to the elements. He’s numb to them now. 

 

Monet is a surprising anchor to his slow slide into sadness. “Have you spoken to Dr. Willow?” The taller woman asks as she wipes the black nail polish off of Gunthers fingernails—he wanted to match with Monet but now he wants sparkly pink nails like Kitty. Next week he’ll want silver and so on and so forth. Gunther is still figuring out which color is his favorite. 

 

“No, I have not spoken to Dr. Willow she’s a child therapist and I am not a child.” Pietro scoffs—flipping through the channels on the only functioning tv in the mansion. 

 

“Close—you act like a child.” Kitty blurts out from her sprawl on the couch—she’s just gotten back from her own appointment with the doctor. 

 

“You’re such a B-I-T-C-H.” Pietro glares at her. He’s started spelling out cusses instead of saying them around Gunther.  

 

Kitty rolls her eyes, “Maybe if you stop being such a I-D-I-O-T you could see the benefits of talking to her.” They’ve gotten in the habit of spelling out mean words too. 

 

Gunther called another kid a Fucking Moron and the other kid wouldn’t stop crying. Gunther was so confused. He hadn’t realized those were mean words—he just heard Pietro say it so many times—to himself—that he just assumed they meant something silly. Pietro had felt this horrible sinking feeling. 

 

It was a big parenting fail and that day specifically he craved to call Kurt to talk it out with him. Laugh about it or maybe even cry about it. Gunther was getting Pietro's bad habits and he was scrambling to fix it. Desperate not to fuck him up. 

 

This attempt—the spelling—was one of the latest amendments to his behavior. He’s a cusser. He cusses a lot. 

 

“She specializes in child psychology but that doesn’t mean she’s not qualified to be an adult therapist.” Monet reasons as 

 

“Money what’s psycofaly?” Gunther has been struggling with his Ts and has decided that Monets name is now Monet—which is funny considering her previous wealth—and it’s a bit adorable. 

 

“Psychology.” Monet restates— “it’s the study of the human mind and behavior.” 

 

“Dr. Hank was a phycology.”

 

“Psychology.” Pietro corrects gently. 

“And no he was a doctor but he wasn’t a phycologist. He studied medicine.”

 

“Dr Hank heals the body—Dr. Willow heals the mind.” Monet says soothingly as she looks over at Pietro expectantly. 

 

“That’s cool. I wanna be a mind doctor.” Last week he wanted to be a mermaid the week before that a firefighter. In one month he has changed career paths seven times. 

 

“So I can help Abbah and Money feel better.” Gunther says innocently as he allows Monet to give him a coat of nail polish. 

 

Pietro melts and hurts and when he looks at Monet she seems to be smiling early at him—obviously trying not to cry. “And Kurt too?” Kitty adds suddenly—breaking any sense of comfort Pietro felt. 

 

Gunther shakes his head quickly, “blue already has a mind doctor. He doesn’t need me.”

 

He doesn’t need me. 

 

Pietro shrivels and feels hot and angry and hurt, and he needs to run a few laps around the school to cool off before coming back to them. “He already has a mind doctor?” Monet asks. “How do you know that?”

 

“He told me.” Gunther says simply.

 

“When?” Pietro frowns. He’s growing worry lines on his face from all the frowning he’s been doing. 

 

“A long time ago.” A long time ago can be yesterday or it can be years ago—-Gunther has very little concept of time. It’s one of the reasons the month-long distance has pained Pietro so much. Kurt has missed so much. 

 

“The day he called you on Charles office phone?” Pietro prods gently—the conversation hadn’t lasted very long, he didn’t think therapy was included in that talk. 

 

“No when he called me in the kitchen phone. The one with butterflies on them.”

 

The kitchen phone. The one in the second floor—the one that’s rarely used. He’s been talking to Gunther. In secret. Pietros blood boils. 

 

It must show on his face before he’s able to brush it away because Monet is speaking up. “Did he tell you to keep that a secret hon? How come you didn’t tell us till now?”

 

“No, he said I shouldn’t keep secrets from the people that love me. I just forgot.” Gunther looks at Pietro and pouts “I’m sorry Abbah, I didn’t mean to lie. I just forgot. Please don’t be mad.”

 

“I’m not mad. I’m not. I promise.” He’s so fucking pissed holy shit. Pietros not mad at a Gunther of course—he’s a child—he’s forgetful—he remembers the silliest things but forgets crucial information. Pietro's mad because Kurt hasn’t called him. He’s mad because he’s been talking to Gunther in secret and without the speedsters knowledge. He’s mad because Kurt chose the one place in the school the speedster rarely goes to to call—preferring the kitchen with the bigger window downstairs.  

 

He’s mad because it all feels deliberate and cruel and Kurt has never been cruel. 

 

Monet is trying to keep the peace—making a reason where Pietro might not. “That’s the phone Jill king calls from right? He must’ve memorized that number.” 

 

Which…makes sense. 

 

Pietro's shoulders sag a bit—tired from the whole emotional whiplash. He just wanted to distract himself with his family but it’s glaringly obvious when a member is missing. 

 

“When will Blue come back home?” Gunther asks “I wanna show him my ant farm.” 

 

“Soon.” Monet and Pietro speak at the same time. Like liars. 

A month is far too long.

Chapter 47: Changing The Roots

Summary:

“That’s not true Wanda. She loves us both the same.” The lie feels almost like ash in his mouth. 

It’s a lie. He knows it’s a lie. How awful it must be to be considered the favorite and still be treated like shit. Pietro's mother has done many wrongs—and one of those wrongs is having Wanda as a sort of sacrifice for David. Every time Pietro thinks too much about it he gets sick to his stomach. How much of that does Wanda know? How much of it has she internalized? 

“You look like the man that she loved—and I look like a man that she hated.”

“You don’t look like him.” Pietro repeats. “You don’t. You look nothing like him.”

“Then why does she hate me?”

“Because you look like her.” Pietro blurts out mindlessly and immediately feels horrible. “Like Anya. You look like Anya.” 

----or----

Pietro and Wanda have a conversation and Wanda Maximoff makes a choice she can't undo.

Notes:

New Year--New Chapter! Sorry for the long wait i was visiting family in PR, and flights were temporarily halted to and from the island because of what happened with the U.S. military in Venezuela. We stayed for longer cause the prices for flights skyrocketed and we weren't able to afford a sooner flight home, but I'm grateful that I have family who are from the island, and I was able to spend more time with them during that time--not everyone who was stranded there had the same privelage and I hope they are all back home safely.

Anyway!!!! Ive lready started writing the next chapter, and I should be editing it sometime today and post it soon. But for now, enjoy the angst. Lots of love.

Thank you for the comments and kudos. I love them all.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

When Pietro and Monet originally went to Charles, inquiring about Hank's departure, the telepath simply stated that he knew very little about Beast's mother. The professor told them that the trip would just be for the weekend.

Pietro couldn’t imagine three days without Kurt, let alone an entire month. A lot can happen in a month. It feels like forever. Three days had passed, and on the day they claimed they’d arrive back home, they called Charles Xavier on his office phone.

Pietro was in the professor's office trying to distract himself by grading awfully punctuated essays that the children had made. Long run-on sentences that increased his headache but eased his anxiety about Kurt.

Charles answered the phone with one hand—the other hand holding a red pen—correcting a particularly badly crafted essay. He falters in his corrections as the voice behind the phone speaks. Charles mumbles a few responses and hangs up shortly. 

“It seems Hank's mother has taken a bad fall. They’ll be extending their stay to help her recover.” Pietro felt like the universe was conspiring against him. They are going to stay away for longer?

“He sounded strange.” Charles says offhandedly. Pietro hyper focuses on that detail. Would Hank lie about an injury? Pietro doesn’t think so but this entire ordeal feels far too coincidental for it to be real. 

Their weekend trip had turned into a recovery trip. Kurt’s original plan wasn’t to stay a month away from the mansion—he hadn’t even packed enough clothes to stay away for a month. But regardless, plans changed and he’s been gone a whole fucking month. He’ll be gone for longer if Charles's word is to be believed. 

“Do you want to talk about it Pietro?” Charles has been very admirably patient with him.

“I just want to know what he’s thinking. I want to know that he’s okay and that he doesn’t hate me.” Pietro speaks freely—feeling close enough to Charles to do so. 

“I’m sure he doesn’t hate you, Pietro.” 

“Then why leave without saying goodbye? After—-“ Pietro clamps his mouth shut, still feeling a bit embarrassed about Charles overhearing despite the older man’s insistence that he didn’t hear much. 

“Kurt is a complicated boy and Hank…something has been weighing on him for a while—something he doesn’t want to share with us yet but perhaps this trip will bring clarity for them both.”

“And Frankie?”

“Frankie pulled the short straw I fear.”

Hank refuses to leave his mother's side—Kurt refuses to leave Hanks and Frankie is too good to complain about missing Wanda when his grandmother is dying. Dying is extreme, though. Charles says it isn’t detrimental to her well-being or anything—she just took a bad fall—got a cast, and all. She needs help getting around. 

Kurt could come back at any time. He’s a damn teleporter. He can come and go as he pleases. So the fact that he isn’t here just means he doesn’t want to be here. He doesn’t want to see Pietro. 

Pietro doesn’t even know where he is. He can’t go and see him. The ball is in Kurt’s field and he’s refusing to play. He’s refusing to see Pietro. 

For a month. 

He hadn’t said goodbye. The last thing Pietro saw of Kurt was his petrified face as he puffed away into the night. The speedster thinks too much about the way the teleporter reacted to Pietro calling him baby. He thinks about what happened before that too. The touching and kissing and Pietro's hands on his dick. The hickeys had long since faded away but the physical reminders of them were evidence that he wasn’t crazy. That night did happen. He didn’t make it up. 

At first, Pietro felt disgusted looking at them, but once they began to fade, he felt sad. It was the last physical trace of Kurt he had. 

“Pie?” Wanda has grown an inch—the measurements near Charles' door sill is evidence of this. She started wearing eyeshadow last week—possibly stolen from Monets stash, and she’s pretending she’s all grown. But she’s wearing my little pony sleeping bottoms and is currently giving Pietro the biggest puppy eyes known to man. 

“Yes, twerp?” Pietro snaps out of his daze. He’d been staring at a box of Kurt’s favorite vinyls for the past thirty minutes.  

“Can you make me mama's cookies?” Without Frankie around to keep her company, Wanda has been more reserved as well. It’s sad to see. Jean Grey and Wanda have been talking far more though since Frankie’s left. Bobby’s been really grumpy about it. 

“Right now?” It’s ten pm and the mansion isn’t exactly quiet but it’s not active. People are winding down and while Charles has a curfew it’s not enforced much. 

“Yeah. I want a snack.”

“Okay.”

“Can I get extra chocolate chips?”

“Yeah.”

Pietro is mindlessly stirring the ingredients to the cookie batter and when he opens the drawer to get a different bowl he catches sight of Kurt’s favorite mug—it has a small chip in the corner.

The speedster freezes—-his brain running ahead of him as he grabs the mug with shaking hands. “What happened to this mug?”

“Hmm?” Wanda was falling asleep in the chair. 

“The cup. Why is it broken?”

Wanda looks over at it and then shrugs, “I dropped it, a while ago. It was an accident.”

“Oh.” Pietro doesn’t realize he’s about to start crying until he feels a strong tug on his shirt—red warmth covers his whole body—shades of Wanda crushing him into a hug. But she hasn’t moved from her chair. Her powers move like another entity. Comforting and strong. The red covers him tight. A ball of light is consuming him. 

“You look like Mama when you cry,” Wanda says, and Pietro seems to take the hit like a punch to the face. 

“I’m sorry.” He blinks away his tears like it would be forgotten if they don’t shed—placing the delicate ceramic on the table. 

“It’s okay.” Wanda looks sad, though. 

“It’s not okay.”

“Do I look like Mama when I cry?” Wanda asks suddenly.

“You look like mama, always.” Pietro sniffles. 

“And David?” It’s the first time they've said his name since he’s been banished. Hidden away like a squirrel's nut. It’s the first time she’s mentioned him since she’s come back home. 

She talks to Dr Willow, a new addition to the school, but Pietro knows some things Wanda doesn’t talk about—things she doesn’t realize she should be talking about. Some things she’s still processing as trauma. 

“No—you don’t really look like him.” Pietro shuffles and pretends not to see the way Wanda looks at her own reflection in the window. Her red string of powers shrivel like octopus legs, reaching for something that isn’t visible. 

“I don't want to look like him.” Wanda says suddenly and Pietro understands that. “You didn’t inherit anything from him.” 

“His temper.” Wanda says softly and sounds genuinely sad that it has Pietro shuffling past her red hue of magic to get to her—sitting in front of her. 

“You—“ Pietro tries to grasp at something—at words that might help soothe that ache in her voice. 

“Who’s your dad?” Wanda asks suddenly—it catches Pietro a bit off guard but she’s looking at him like he’s her whole world and he can’t stand disappointing her with a lie.

“He was moms first husband. He was Anya’s dad too.”

Anya. Pietro carries that name like an echo. If he thinks about it too much he’s lost two Anya’s. One from this earth and one from his. Pietro doesn’t like to think about that. 

He doesn’t want to mourn more. 

“Was he nice?” Wanda asks quietly. 

“I don’t know. I never met him. But—“ Pietro pauses thinking back “—mom loved him a lot but…she left him.”

“Why?” Wanda knows parts of this story—she knows fractions of the age-appropriate version. Magda Maximoff rarely spoke of Pietro's father. Rarely. 

“She said he was dangerous.” Pietro says—this is the most he’s talked about his father since his argument with his mother. 

“Why did she think that?” 

“The fire that killed our sister was caused by men that didn’t like him. She blames him for her death.” 

“That’s not his fault. He didn’t start the fire.” Wanda frowns—her moral compass sometimes shaky but in this instance feels justified. 

The ones to blame are always the Nazis. 

“Yeah, you’re right…” David's people started the fire. How is he meant to explain that to a ten-year-old? How is he meant to tell her that her biological father had a hand in killing their sister. 

He doesn’t tell her that. It’s too much hurt. Too much unnecessary hurt for a man who isn’t here. 

“She says you look like him.” Wanda recalls to Pietro.

“Mom said that?” It’s not a particularly new fact. He knows he doesn’t look like his mom much, therefore he must look like his dad. 

“No, she thought it.” Wanda fiddles with the hem of her shirt—a tank top she borrowed from Kitty who’s grown accustomed to cutting off her sleeves to show off her guns. Although she has nothing but noodle arms. 

“Do you think if I looked more like you, she would love me more?” What the actual fuck.

Pietro sits down. He grasps her hands—quick and almost like a blur. “Why would you say that? Mama does love you.” Pietro wants to throw up.

“Not as much as she loves you.” Oh what a fucked up thing to think.

“That’s not true Wanda. She loves us both the same.” The lie feels almost like ash in his mouth. 

It’s a lie. He knows it’s a lie. How awful it must be to be considered the favorite and still be treated like shit. Pietro's mother has done many wrongs—and one of those wrongs is having Wanda as a sort of sacrifice for David. Every time Pietro thinks too much about it he gets sick to his stomach. How much of that does Wanda know? How much of it has she internalized? 

“You look like the man that she loved—and I look like a man that she hated.”

“You don’t look like him.” Pietro repeats. “You don’t. You look nothing like him.”

“Then why does she hate me?”

“Because you look like her.” Pietro blurts out mindlessly and immediately feels horrible. “Like Anya. You look like Anya.” 

Anya looked like a combination of Magda and Pietro's father. From the picture, he’s seen Anya inherited most of Magda’s attributes—and Wanda also inherited most of Magda’s attributes. A few changes—obviously, them having different fathers changed hair color and texture, but the basis of it is the same. 

Wanda looks like Anya who both look like Magda. But Pietro doubts his mom sees herself when she sees Wanda. Before he thought maybe his mother had seen herself in Wanda. He thought maybe that was why she was always so different with Wanda then with Pietro. But Pietro knows now that it was her own way of creating distance. Protecting herself from the sacrificial lamb that was Wanda Maximoff. 

Pietro thinks it’s a horrible thought. A horrible life. Raising a child you’re preparing to be slaughtered. All for a boy that she lost already. Pietro wasn’t the one she was making this sacrifice for. It was her son. Her Pietro. 

The maximoffs are a complicated family. More complicated than anyone realizes. 

“Mama isn’t perfect.”  Pietro says—unable to voice- or simply not knowing how to voice what he really thinks. “But she does love you.” He fucking hopes he isn’t lying to his sister right now. 

He can’t see a reality where Wanda isn’t loved. It hurts too much to think about. 

“Mama says when I get angry I get dangerous just like him. I hurt people just like my dad. I implode like a bomb. I killed those people at the house and it’s only a matter of time before I do it again.”

“When did she say that?” Pietro will be fucking grilling his mom when he sees her next. What the fuck. She can’t just say that to a ten year old. 

“She didn’t need to say it. I can hear her thoughts. I can’t help it. She thinks I’m too much like David. She thinks I’m bound to end up like him.” Wanda looks near tears—her skin glowing red uncontrollably as her emotions get the better of her. 

“Hey—hey—calm down. It’s alright.” Pietro grips both her hands—her powers feel hot and fuzzy under his grip. 

“I wish David wasn’t my dad.” Wanda sniffles. “I wish Charles was my real dad instead.”

Pietro's heart breaks a bit at that. “Charles loves you like a real daughter.” 

“I wish I was your real sister.” Wanda says suddenly and Pietro's eyes widen.

“What?” 

His eyes dart across her face—puzzled and terrified by her words. “You are my real sister. Why would you even—“

“Mom said—-“

“—I don’t care what she said! Okay?! Just—fuck!” Pietro pulls her into a hug—his heart beating so fast he can barely think. Can barely breath. What is he meant to say? What is he supposed to do? He’s too fast but not fast enough. “Please don’t say that. The dad stuff is whatever but I am your brother—I will always be your brother—it doesn’t matter if I’m me or someone else. Wanda and Pietro are always siblings. A package deal. Okay?” 

“I know I just wish—I wish you weren’t only half.”

Oh. 

Oh. 

Pietro's shoulders uncoiled slightly. Relieved just a bit. That’s what this is about?

Pietro is grateful he didn’t say too much. He was thinking this was about him being from a different universe. Not about Pietro being her half brother. 

“That doesn’t matter. Blood is just blood. Even if we weren’t blood relatives you’d still be my sister. I love you.”

“But if we had the same dad mama would love us both the same,” her hands were growing warmer under his touch—blazing hot. 

This. This is not something Pietro is equipped to tackle. He wishes Charles was here to mediate. 

“The Maximoff Twins were full siblings. A lot of the Maximoff siblings had the same dad and the same mom. It’s weird that we’re half siblings. It’s rare.”

“It’s not rare. Every universe is different it’s not—“

“—it is rare. Pete told me it was.”

When the actual fuck did she have a conversation with Pete?

“He said that David was never meant to get involved in our family the way that he did. He wasn’t supposed to be my dad.”

He wasn’t supposed to be her dad. 

“That doesn’t make any sense—“ the Wanda from his Earth was David’s kid. Pietro knows that to be true. So that’s not only one half-sibling but two. It can’t be that rare. The Maximoffs being half-siblings can’t be that rare. 

It can’t be that rare. 

“—I want to be your full sibling.” Wanda grows still. Looking more determined then Pietro has seen in a while. It’s akin to how she looked when she was seconds away from pulling a big prank. Her magic grows bright. Brighter than he’s seen it in a while. Pietro grips her arms protectively. Afraid she’d fling backwards and hurt herself if he let go of her. 

“I don’t want to be related to David. I wanna be your sister.” Wanda’s hair flies back—her eyes glowing. The soft ribbon in her hair flies loose and gets lost in the kitchen. 

“You are my sister.” Pietro furrows his brows and swears he sees Wanda’s eyes shift slightly. 

“No. I wanna be more your sister. I want to be your full sister.”

“Wanda, that’s—“ Pietro's eyes grow wide—he goes into super speed—afraid his eyes are tricking him. 

“No, Wanda!” Fuck.

Wanda’s ears are changing. Morphing. Becoming Unattached ears. 

“Stop it—“ Pietro gasps, right before his eyes, Wanda seems to change herself. Is this even possible? How the hell is this possible? 

Wanda shouldn’t be able to do this. 

She shouldn’t be able to do this. 

She—her face doesn’t change much but her wavy hair begins to curl—more and more like pietros and the speedster watches as her light freckles grow darker, sprouting a few more near her nose. 

A birthmark grows on her arm—the very same one Pietro sports on his own scarred arm. One she didn’t have before. 

No. 

No.

“No.” Pietro grips her arms like maybe he could physically stop her. For just a moment he pulls her into his speed—and he watches the change slow but not stop—he sees every fleck of hair shift. He can see in slow motion as each freckle darkens and appears scattered across her face. 

What the fuck. 

How the fuck. 

Her powers swirl around them—like a tornado. The mug—Kurt’s mug—shatters on the floor during all the chaos. 

It last maybe a few seconds—the transformation isn’t drastic but Pietro notices. He notices the changes like a weight in his chest.  It’s his sister. He practically raised her—-he knows what color her eyes are.

Fuck. 

“What the fuck did you just do?” Pietro face is openly in shock. 

“Now we’re siblings. For real.” Wanda smiles and it’s still her smile but now she has canines like Pietro—something Magda says Pietro inherited from his father. 

His father. 

Their father now. 

Holy shit. 

A lot can happen in a month. 

Fuck. Fuck! 

Pietro Maximoff grabs Wanda Maximoff and super speeds up the stairs of the Xavier mansion—and is frantically knocking at Charles' door. 

Similarly to that first day at the mansion—Pietro is panicking and heading towards the only safe place he can think of and Wanda is the cause of his panic. 

Some things do not change. 

Charles opens the door, looking awfully tired. He’s wearing matching silk pajamas. 

“Hi, Charles.” Wanda says sheepishly—like she’s been caught digging her hands in the cookie jar.  Charles just smiles fondly at his children. “Hello? It’s past curfew you know.” 

Oh, the pretend curfew. Right. Whatever. 

“Forget about the damn curfew. Charles, please, just look at Wanda.” Pietro gestures at his sister and Charles looks over at the speedster and back at Wanda suspiciously.

“What’s wrong? Are you hurt?” Charles looks over at Wanda again when he finds nothing bleeding.

“Look at her Charles.” Pietro insists. 

Wanda smiles, proud of herself—proud about butchering herself. About changing her own DNA. Something that shouldn’t be possible. But Pietro recalls a moment where she had changed his. Made him heal. Made him invincible to David’s physical hurt. She changed that aspect of his powers without thought. When she was so young. 

This is not the first time something like this has happened. This is not the first time she has played against nature. 

“Did you get a perm? I thought I told you I don’t like you using all those chemicals, Wanda. It’s not safe.”

Not safe. Holy shit, he’s so far off the mark it’s laughable. 

“She changed it with her mind powers.”Pietro blurts out like she’s snitching on his sister to his dad. Well…he supposes…that’s exactly what he’s doing. 

Aright. 

“What!” Charles exclaims so loudly that it doesn’t even sound like a question—it sounds like a yell to the heavens. 

“Wanda…I loved your hair.” Charles seems genuinely upset about the hair—which is so not the issue at hand. Pietro wants him to be mad about the correct thing.

“She changed her DNA, Charles. She—tell him what you did, Wanda.” He pushes her gently towards the center of Charles, obliging her to confess to her crime. He wants to throw up. 

This is horrible. This is so bad.

Charles gives Wanda an expectant look and then—they must communicate telepathically because Charles' kind eyes droop and his face drops into one of shock. Horror really. 

“Well, that’s certainly something.” Charles takes in a small breath—his hand landing on the armrest of his wheelchair. Gripping the fabric there like he’s keeping himself upright. 

“She can’t just—she can’t just change her DNA! Can she? Charles?” Pietro looks at the older man like his word is gold. If he says the ocean is purple, Pietro would smile and nod. He just needs him to tell him. Charles wouldn’t lie to him. He just wouldn’t. 

“We don’t really know the full aspects of Wanda’s abilities. Perhaps she just changed her appearance instead of her actual genetic code. We’d have to do a DNA test. Take both of your samples and see if they match.” Charles says logically—his voice is even and perfectly measured. 

He looks between the two Maximoff siblings and seems almost in control of himself. Except Pietro doesn’t want him to be in control. He wants him to rage—to feel horrified or maybe even scared—anything to make Pietro's own feelings about this more justifiable. 

“Okay let’s do that.” Pietro nods quickly—heart still in his throat.

“I—“ Charles falters.

“What?” Pietro looks pleadingly at him. 

The professor looks mildly embarrassed “I fear I don’t actually know how to do that, my boy. I’m not that kind of doctor. Hank was usually the one to do that sort of thing.”

And Hank isn’t here. 

“Is anyone else able to do it? Dr. Willow?” 

“She’s not that kind of doctor.” Charles informs “Perhaps—I can find someone but not right this second. It’s quite late.”

Right. Of course. This isn’t exactly urgent he just—he panicked. 

“It’s going to be alright, son.” Charles insists. 

What if by Wanda inheriting his DNA she’s labeled herself as an anomaly. What if he copied his DNA too well? What if the TVA decides that two anomalies aren't good?

Is she actively rewriting history or just this detail of her personality? Is the change drastic? Will it cause any hindrance to how the TVA reacts? Any waves? 

“Perhaps the two of you should rest.” 

Wanda nods and hugs Charles quickly before leaving. She doesn’t even seem remorseful as she closes the door to her room with a soft thud. It makes Pietro incredibly more worried. 

“How can you not be worried?” Pietro huffs. 

Charles frowns, the grip on the armrest being replaced by his clasped hands. Tight and maybe painful. “I am worried. My child felt the need to change herself so drastically because she believes her mother does not love her. What if she decides she doesn’t want to have her as a mother and makes it so that she isn’t? What if she decides that her reality is the only reality that matters? What if she changes herself enough that I don’t recognize her?” Charles finally allows himself to show his concern now that Wanda is gone. “I cannot speak rashly—she internalizes so much and I’m worried about saying the wrong thing to her that might make this worse.”

Pietro sighs—strangely relieved that Charles does seem to be taking this seriously. “It’s nothing we can fix right now. We can figure it out tomorrow morning.” The calm response reminds Pietro of Monet. It significantly improves his anxiety. 

“Okay, okay.” The speedster rakes his fingers through his hair his pinky getting stuck on a knot. 

A quiet passes between them, and Charles looks at Pietro for a moment before speaking again. “Did you want to talk about your mother?”

His mother? Pietro must make a face because Charles continues. “You decided to go see her again even though you weren’t actually ready. You hadn’t spoken to me about it.”

“I wasn’t aware I had to run every decision past you.”

Charles gives him a look that makes Pietro snap his mouth shut. Charles is really mastering those Dad looks. “You don’t have to do anything, Pietro. But I’d like to be kept in the loop, especially when it comes to your life.” 

“The last time you spoke with your mother, you had a severe panic attack, and with the context I have now, I understand why. I don’t want you to have to go through that again. I love you and I don’t want you to be in any pain.”

Pietro has no idea why Charles was so worried about saying the wrong thing he’s kinda been killing it lately. 

“And with the whole Kurt thing—“

“—I don’t wanna talk about that.” Pietro rushes quickly—face hot and eyes darting away from Charles expecting eyes. He’s been good about not pushing him to talk. He knows that the telepath desperately wants to talk to him about it. 

“I know. I just…you’re not in the best frame of mind to be dealing any more mental blows.”

“I’m pretty tapped out on mental blows.” Pietro agrees.

“I’m fully aware.” And for once he’s right. Pietro confessing to Charles about his childhood and all the baggage weighing him down had been a relief for him but he’s become explicitly aware that by leaning on Charles he’s given the older man more to bear as well. This is no longer just his shame to carry. 

“I just want you to know that you can talk to me. That I’m here.” Charles nods. 

“I know, Charles.” Pietro wraps his arm around his chest—hugging himself. “I just—everytime I start talking about it I just start crying and I hate crying. I hate it so much.”

Charles looks like he’s bracing himself—gripping the armrest with white knuckles and a tight expression. 

“Pietro—be honest with me—did something bad happen with Kurt? Did he…force himself on you?”

“What? No!” Pietros gasps, godsmacked that that was what Charles had assumed. Then Pietro realizes with horrifying clarity that the speedster truly had given him no reason not to think that. That very night Pietro had confessed to being sexually abused by David and then the next day is crying after an explicit encounter with Kurt who then disappears. It doesn’t look great for Kurt from an outsiders point of view. 

“I assumed it was consensual that’s why I had soundproofed your room but I—I couldn’t live with myself if I had just made it more difficult for you to call for help. I hadn’t even thought—“

“No! Kurt would never do something like that. He—he just—I'm actually pretty sure it’s the other way around.”

Charles face pales drastically. “I need more information.” 

Pietro tries not to throw up “It all kind of happened but I did ask—and he asked too it was pretty hot that he asked too.” The speedsters mouth seems to run ahead of him. 

“and he seemed to be enjoying himself and It obviously sounded like he was enjoying himself—and I —“ Pietros face goes horribly red realizing he’s talking about sex in front of Charles. In detail. Details the professor probably did not want to know. “—I thought he liked it. I thought that Kurt felt good but then after he left like it was a—“

“—a booty call.” Charles finishes sagely. 

“I…” fuck. “..yeah I guess that's kind of how it felt. And he left right after I made him c—“

“—I think I got the gist.” Charles face was matching Pietros red cheeks. Now their both embarrassed. “Okay so I’m not understanding the part where you think you forced him into it. It sounds like it was all very vocally consensual.” 

Pietro rings his fingers “it’s the way he looked at me Charles. Like I’d done something bad. Like I was gross and he couldn’t get away from me fast enough. He ran away. Someone doesn’t run away from you unless you’ve done something bad, Charles.”

“You’ve run away from me plenty of times that doesn’t mean I did anything bad.”

“Some of those times you did do bad stuff.” Pietro sasses “let’s not forget the whole full background check debacle. And Froggys on Wanda’s birthday!”

“But other times you had just been afraid. Not of me. Maybe that’s all this is.  Maybe fear is Making his decisions. Ruling his heart.”

“If his heart is telling him to runaway from me then I don’t know what that means Charles? I can’t handle that.”

“All will be better once he’s back home. Hank will be back home soon. Soon.” Charles looks conflicted rather than optimistic and for just a moment Pietro realizes that this is probably the longest Hank has been away from the mansion in a decade. Away from Charles. 

Does Hank call Charles? Or is the seclusion of contact only towards Pietro? 

“Are you doing okay with Hank being gone?” Pietro asks—almost ashamed that he hadn’t even asked all these weeks. 

“He is reconnecting with family. I’m happy for him. I hope seeing his mother will give him the clarity he needs.”

“That’s a very diplomatic answer. How do you really feel?” Pietro frowns. 

“I miss his word of the day calendar and how he makes my hot chocolate. I want him to be back home so I can ask him if I should wear a blue tie or a black tie for the school portrait.”

He misses his best friend too. 

“He uses blocks of cheese.”

“What?”

“For the hot chocolate. He puts fancy blocks of cheese in the hot chocolate. He buys it from a special Swiss cheese company. You drink it so slow that it melts before you even see it.” 

Charles smiles fondly. 

“The blue tie makes your eyes look better.” Pietro says and it’s not enough but at least they have each other. 

 

Notes:

Plot what plot? I'm writing a telenovela as my ancestors intended.
\lots of grammar mistakes--and poor writing choices--no editing---lots of writing mistakes. Just keep on swimming, my friends.
hugs and kisses <3

Chapter 48: My Father, Our Father

Summary:

“You can take my left hand, and Peter can take my right.”

“How long will this take?" Wanda asks. 

“Not long.” Jill King assures. 

“Will it hurt them?” Charles asks worriedly. 

“Not at all.”

She extends her bare hands to the Maximoff siblings and Pietro takes in a deep breath and glances at the Professor before taking Jill Kings hand at the same time as Wanda. 

Pietro doesn’t feel anything—no weird buzzing under his skin or glowing. Nothing to indicate that it’s working. 

Jill Kings eyes are closed, and her eyebrows crease together in concentration or something else. She makes a strange noise and her grip on our hands tighten slightly. Pietro glances at Wanda with worry, but the telepath is just staring at Jill king—very focused. 

“Okay.” Jill King abruptly lets go of both their hands—her eyes shooting open with a manic look in her eyes. She pushes her glasses up her nose and her eyes flip between Wanda and Pietro quickly. 

“Okay.” She says again—like she’s soothing herself as she squirts hand sanitizer in her hands and rubs it onto her skin. 

----or----

A speedrun DNA test with our friendly neighborhood social worker.

Notes:

Sorry for the long wait. Hope you enjoy!!!!
typos---errors---etc.
im only human.

lots of hugsss

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Pietro hates hospitals for genuine and legit reasons but also he just hates how they smell. The cleanliness of them always makes his skin crawl uncontrollably. Like he’s a disease that needs to be cleansed immediately. Bobby Drakes little field trip last year to the children’s hospital was the last time he’d gone to a hospital and he’d hoped it would be the last. There’s usually no need to go to one since The X Mansion has their very own doctor on duty in the school. 

Until now of course and it does feel like an emergency when Pietro can’t sleep from Wanda’s snoring. She slept in his bed that night—cuddled behind Gunther who loves the extra cushioning. Did she always snore? Was this something she inherited now? He’d never heard her snore before. Or maybe he did and he’s misremembering like he does most things. Pietro was spiraling just a bit. 

The following morning, without a lick of sleep Pietro expects Charles to take them to the nearest hospital to get a DNA test. As quickly as possible. They'll take a swab of Pietro's DNA and a swab of Wanda’s too. A standard procedure is what Pietro would expect. Maybe wait in the break room for a while like a cheesy scene from a tekenovela. 

What Pietro does not expect is to be reintroduced to Jill King bright and early that morning. She’s a tall woman with pin straight hair and rectangular glasses. Pietro has met the social worker only twice before now. Once when she went to Miss Margo’s funeral and another time when she was evaluating Hank so that Frankie would be transferred over to his care. Pietro knows her voice more than her face—she had been doing monthly phone call check-ins with Kurt and then eventually doing monthly check-ins with Frankie. She gave the impression that she was a very busy woman—social workers usually are. 

So he’s surprised to find her sitting in Charles’ office with her satin gloves and a perfectly rolled bun on her head. 

“Jill King? What are you doing here?” Pietro thinks of Kurt and Frankie and panic shoots through him. Has something happened to them that she’s traveled all the way here? 

“Hello Peter. It’s good to see you again.” Jill Kings voice is robotic—calming in a way instead of chilling. She talks like she’s following a script, a script she doesn’t particularly like. 

“Are you okay? Did something happen?” If King is here something must’ve happened. If Jill King is here it means a child is in danger. It means something bad is happening or about to happen. 

Jill king looks over to Charles who’s sitting in behind his office chair, looking almost too happy to see her. So maybe she’s not here for anything bad. “You need to get better at your communication, Xavier.” 

“Me?” Charles points at himself like this is some sort of cheesy sitcom and the cameras on him.

“You didn’t tell him why I was here Charles?” 

“I was about to.” Charles sounds offended and then looks over at Pietro—“my boy, I have known Jill for many years, she is very good at what she does. She is a great lady and one of my dearest friends.”

“Are you guys dating?” Pietro blurts out.

“What!? No? Why would you think that?” Charles' eyes widened. 

“You said she was your dearest friend. Last person you called that; you dated.” 

“I—“ Charles face goes flush and he darts a frantic look over at Jill who looks unimpressed by Pietro's observation “-I was not dating him.” 

Sure.

“Fucking then.” Pietro amends easily just to see Charles squirm a bit. Jill King is writing something on her notebook—looking very unamused.

“Pietro!” Charles exclaims and looks over at Jill King desperately “he’s just joking.” 

“I’m married.” Jill King says. Taken. Wasn’t Erik also taken? Expecting a child? 

“That doesn’t matter to Charles.” Pietro says savagely and Charles looks about ready to ground Pietro—if that was something he could do. 

“I’m fucking with you.” Pietro breaks into a grin and Charles sags into his seat and Jill just lifts a brow at them both. “Why are you here Mrs. King? Looking for Frankie?”

“No, I’m here for you.” Jill scribbles something else on her notebook and pushes her glasses up her nose. 

“For me?” Pietro looks over to Charles for confirmation. Always Charles. 

“It’s a relatively long process—usually we’d have to ship your DNA to a specialist in town but Jill King just so happened to be in the neighborhood and she should be able to help us.” Charles says.

“I'm sorry…” Pietro frowns “how exactly is she able to? I thought—I thought you were just a social worker. Don’t you need like a doctor and have  a million degrees?”

“I’m a mutant. When I touch someone, I am able to see their lineage—I can see as far back as three generations.”

“That’s pretty cool.” Pietro is genuinely surprised Kurt has never mentioned that before. He thought his blue friend told him everything. Pietro thinks maybe that was wishful thinking. Maybe Kurt didn’t tell him everything. 

“Did Kurt know about your abilities?” Pietro can’t help but ask—feeling shallow and stupid for even asking. This isn’t about Kurt. 

Not everything is about Kurt. 

“No—I don’t usually disclose my mutant abilities to anyone, this is a very special circumstance. I came as soon as I could.”

“And thank you so much for coming. Really.” Charles says as he rolls to Pietro's side—attentive and gentle. 

“You should get Wanda. That way we know if they both share the same path of blood relatives.” 

“You won’t be able to tell from just me?” Pietro asks—curious about how it all worked. 

“It’s best to verify, no? Leave nothing to possibility.” She says smoothly, “plus I have a few questions to ask you as well.”

Pietro gestures at Charles to go get Wanda.

“I’ll go get her.” Charles is leaving the room instead of speaking to her telepathically. Odd.

It was just Pietro and Mrs. King in the room now. She begins to take off her gloves—folding them neatly and slipping them into her jacket like the table was too dirty to put them there. She doesn’t wear a wedding ring on her finger. 

“You and Charles knew each other in college?” Pietro asks before running in super speed behind Charles desk for his bag of chips. 

“Yes.”

“Was he an asshole? Was he in a fraternity? He gives off fraternity—he so definitely was a frat boy—tell me everything.” Pietro rips the bag open and rushes through half the chips before realizing he should offer some to her. “You want some cheetos?" 

Jill Kings neutral face twists a bit, a lift of her lip in a subtle smile—revealing her amusement. “no thank you. I ate before I arrived.” She turns away from him and sits at one of the free chairs. “I did not speak much with Charles while we attended school together. He was very popular and I was very to myself.” 

“Was he a dick?” Pietro tries to picture—frat boy version—Charles being snobbish and mean . 

“Not at all. He was snobbish at times but never out of malice. He was sheltered to an extent—rich and privileged and it showed.”

“He grew on you though?” Pietro finished the bag of Cheetos. 

“Unfortunately. Charles tends to do that.” 

“What did he do that made you decide to be his friend?”

“I had been trying to find funding for my mutant program for over two years—I was at a dead end—-and he saw potential in it. Nobody was interested in it and then he comes along—some twenty-something bachelor finishing up his damn doctorate, completely unrelated to my field and he finds it. It was an easy partnership.”

Pietro nods, taking in the new morsel of information.  He hadn’t known they had been in a program together—he hadn’t known that part of his story. 

“Have you considered attending college?” Jill King asks. 

“No-that’s a waste of time.” Pietro says immediately. He feels stupid saying that to someone who did go to college. “I just mean—for me—school wasn’t really fun. I didn't graduate high school technically so—I’m not even sure I’d qualify. Also, I’m like twenty… It’s a bit late for me to start.” 

“That’s not true. I started college when I was twenty—and you can still get your G.E.D. And I’m sure you’d get high scores on the exams to qualify for a scholarship. Not that you’d really need a scholarship.”

“What do you mean?”

“Charles would most likely provide money for your schooling.” Jill king says confidently—and Pietro just kind of gapes at her. 

“I’d never ask him to do that.” Pietro takes Charles' money for groceries and stupid shit all the time but paying for college would be too much. 

“Is college something you would consider though?”

“No—I mean—I’ve never really considered it. I was an athlete in high school—I was in track and I was getting a scholarship but for some fancy school but I wasn’t necessarily interested in school I just wanted to run.” Pietro doesn’t even know why he’s telling her all this. He barely knows this lady. 

“That’s a shame. But college isn’t for everyone. As long as you're passionate about what you do. Do you like it here?” 

“Yeah, it’s home.” Pietro looks away from her—feeling a bit flustered by the sudden questions. 

“I’m glad. Not everyone gets that.”

Pietro pauses and looks at her scribbling on her notebook “why are you asking me all these questions?”

“Im not just for you Pietro—im also here to evaluate that this school is a safe place for children. For some of these kids they don’t have  anywhere else to go. I’m incredibly happy that they are well taken care of. Especially by Charles and you.”

Pietro could say a million other things—he feels like he should. He feels stumped when he glances over at the door and Wanda walks through the door with Charles behind her—cutting this conversation short. 

“Hello Mrs. King!” Wanda greets Jill with an eager wave. Jill king smiles—it softens up her features and makes her look far more approachable than she usually does.  “Hello Wanda. I heard you’ve been causing quite the stir.”

“Only a little.” Wanda shrugs and Pietro shares a look with Charles. 

“Did Charles tell you why I’m here?” 

“You’re here to see if Pie and me are brother and sister for real.” Wanda rocks on her heels, looking far too innocent for the conversation. 

“You were always brother and sister for real.” Jill king says simply. She places the notebook on the desk and faces Wanda fully. Trying to meet her gaze full on. “I am here to see if you share a mom and a dad. Is that okay?”

“You’re not gonna make me reverse it, right?” Wanda frowns and Pietro's entire spine coils straight. Charles looks a bit shaken by that comment. Jill King is the only one that looks calm. 

“No, Wanda. It’s best if you don’t.” She says while squirting hand sanitizer on her palm. Pietro does not want to think about that. 

“You can take my left hand, and Peter can take my right.”

“How long will this take?" Wanda asks. 

“Not long.” Jill King assures. 

“Will it hurt them?” Charles asks worriedly. 

“Not at all.”

She extends her bare hands to the Maximoff siblings and Pietro takes in a deep breath and glances at the Professor before taking Jill Kings hand at the same time as Wanda. 

Pietro doesn’t feel anything—no weird buzzing under his skin or glowing. Nothing to indicate that it’s working. 

Jill Kings eyes are closed and her eyebrows crease together in concentration or something else. She makes a strange noise and her grip on our hands tighten slightly. Pietro glances at Wanda with worry but the telepath is just staring at Jill king—very focused. 

“Okay.” Jill king abruptly lets go of both their hands—her eyes shooting open with a manic look in her eyes. She pushes her glasses up her nose and her eyes flip between Wanda and Pietro quickly. 

“Okay.” She says again—like she’s soothing herself as she squirts hand sanitizer in her hands and rubs it onto her skin. 

“Is everything alright?” Charles asks. 

“My apologies, I need a minute.” She says before sitting back down and putting her gloves back on—her hands are shaking. 

“Are you sure? Did you over exert yourself?” Charles goes to her and Pietro thinks maybe two people at the same time was too much. 

“No, im fine—“ Jill King nods.

“I’ll go get you some water, okay? I'll be right back.” Charles hurries out to go get Jill King a water. Now it’s just the social worker and the maximoffs in Charles Xavier’s office. 

Jill King is smoothing back her hair and pushing up her glasses—serving them with a stern look. 

“You’re full siblings.” She confirms. 

“Awesome!” Wanda says cheerfully and Pietro wants to throw up. There was a sliver of a chance that he was wrong and now thT chance is gone.

“Are you sure?”

“Yes. I’m sure. It was very clear.” Jane King begins to pack her things quickly. Pietro watches as her hands shake—barely able to flip the pages in her notebook. 

“Are you okay?” Wanda asks quietly “your mind is noisy.”

Jill King grips her notebook like a reflex—like a comfort. “Yes, I’m fine. Just a bit lightheaded is all.”

“Are you sure?” Pietro takes a step towards Jill and when the woman looks at Pietro it’s like she’s seeing a ghost. 

“Who’s magneto?” Wanda asks suddenly.

The two of them stiffen like a gunshot just went off. Jill King looks pale and Pietro's heart races fast. 

“What?” Pietro looks over at Wanda in alarm—bamboozled. The Social workers grip on her notebook stiffens—her knuckles white. Miss king looks stressed—she pulls a stray piece of hair behind her ear and adjusts herself as she stands up once again with a bit more courage. Like she’s winding herself up to say something horrible. 

 “Hey, it’s okay. Charles will be here with your water soon.” Pietro looks at Jill—who looks ill. 

“Who’s magneto?” Wanda asks again, her voice quiet. Distant. 

Pietro ignores her again. He doesn’t understand why she keeps asking about him. Fuck—why is she asking about him? He doesn’t want to think about him. He doesn’t want to think about the worst thing he’s ever done. Releasing a terrorist out of the pentagon. Unleashing all the hateful propaganda that consumes the world. 

He never wanted to tell Wanda about him. He never really wanted to face her disappointment. 

Jill seems to find her courage, her face a picture of neutrality. “He’s a mutant—he has Magnetokinesis. He can bend, lift and destroy all types of metal. He is incredibly powerful at what he does.” 

It’s probably the most watered down description of Magneto pietros ever heard. She doesn’t mention that he’s a terrorist, a killer, wanted for crimes Pietro can’t even name. Jill is very kind in her description—gentle. 

“My mom knows a guy who can do that.” Wanda recalls with a big smile and Jill looks like she's having an aneurism. Pietro remembers a time where those words left his mouth as well. 

“Jesus, I can’t do this.” She says under her breath and then rubs her forehead like she might have a headache. “Where is Charles?”

“I can go get him.” 

“Please do.” Jill King nods stiffly. 

“—oh.” Wanda's body sags like she’s already got it. Pietro has no idea what she’s got. “He’s our dad.” 

Pietro stops. “What?” Pietro looks over at Wanda who’s looking directly at Jill. 

Jill king straightens her back and with the calmest voice she can muster she confirms that—“It seems that Erik Lehnsher's, also known as Magneto,  is your biological father.” 



What. 



Pietro feels the world tilt slightly. 

 

He’s stunned and confused. The speedster must’ve misheard her. 

Erik

Magneto

It sounded like this Jill King just said Erik was his fucking dad. That can’t be right. 

“What did you just say?” He doesn’t know who voiced the question. It sounds like him—it couldn’t possibly be him though. He sounds too calm. It feels like a practical joke. A bad bad joke. 

There’s no way this is real. 

Jill King speaks again—Pietros ears feel muffled and far away from this moment. There’s a loud sound and he feels Wanda’s hands grip his fingers. Holding him steady into this moment. 

What the fuck?

What the fuck?

“For both of us?” Pietro is definitely the one that asked this. He feels like he’s in a cloud. Drifting further away. 

Erik. 

Erik. 

Erik.

“Yes it seems so. I’m very sorry.” Jill King says and when she makes eye contact with Pietro the speedster can see something he hadn’t realized at first. Something akin to fear. 

The stiffness he had mistaken for professionalism was actually fear. The shaking he mistook for germaphobia was actually fear. She was terrified. 

Because of him. Jill King drops her pen and when Wanda bends down to pick it up for her the woman flinches away like Wanda was a viper instead of a ten year old girl. Jill King stands up straight and pauses—she takes in a deep breath. “I’m sorry. I’m so sorry.  This was incredibly unprofessional.” She sounds genuinely remorseful. 

Pietro imagined different ways he would find out who his father was. He imagined his mother telling him—maybe even figuring it out himself or maybe for the man himself to declare him his son. All the different versions of this moment—finding out who his dad was—none of them were in an oddly cold office room in a mansion, alone and terrified. None of the versions in his head included being looked at with fear and confusion. 

 

Erik

 

He’s being looked at like he’s Erik. 

 

“Why is that bad?”  Wanda asks quietly—she has no idea who Erik is. She’s been sheltered from that. Pietro never wanted to tell her about his involvement in his escape. He never wanted her to be exposed to that. He didn’t want her to know the other side of being a mutant. But she was already exposed to that. The hood and the bad. 

“You should get Charles.” Jill king says evenly. 

Pietro flinches. Charles.

He needs to find Charles. 

“Stay here.” He blurts out—quick and maybe too fast for anyone to understand. 

The speedster feels his body move before he’s even thought it through. His feet are running down the familiar path. The smell of cleaning supplies from a freshly waxed floor fades and blurs and he’s standing in front of a different hallway and inside the kitchen. Charles has a glass of water in his hands and is seemingly on his way back to his office. 

Pietro stops right in front of him. Charles is so used to Pietro suddenly appearing out of nowhere that he doesn’t even flinch at his presence. 

Charles rolls to a stop in front of Pietro placing the glass cup in his lap. “Did I take too long?” He says sheepishly and Pietro could literally care less. 

The speedster soaks in Charles’ face like this might be the last time he sees him like this. With adoration in his eyes. 

“What’s the matter, son?” Charles eyebrows furrow together and he’s taking Pietro's hand gently. 

Son. 

Charles calls him son and it twists the knife just a bit more. Will he still call him son? Pietro used to hate it—it used to rub him all wrong and edgy but now the term brings him comfort. 

“Your hands are shaking.” Charles says with so much concern. 

Pietro goes into super speed and he soaks him in. He takes in this expression—he memorizes the look of fatherly concern in the professor's face. Afraid this might be the last time he sees it. He drags it on for an extra moment—feeling the warmth of his hand on his for just a fraction longer.

 

Pietro's heart hurts and he drops it all on him. Bleeding out. 

 

Erik is my dad.” Pietro tells Charles immediately—despite the fear coursing through him. Despite the uncertainty.  He didn’t really  think about it. It didn’t cross his mind to keep it from the telepath not even for a second longer. He swore he’d be more honest with him. Even about this. Even about his fucking father

Erik

Holy shit. 

How is that even possible?

Holy shit! He still can’t process that. 

Pietro watches the micro expressions shift in the professor's face. Pietro has memorized them—committed them to memory. He sees the moment the words process and buffer in the professor's brain. Like a scratching vynil—buffering and glitching. 

“What?” Charles eyebrows unfurrowed together and his mouth goes a bit slack. He leans closer to the speedster, one arm resting on his chair and the other hand that’s holding his hands tightens. Needing balance. 

“Erik is my dad.” Pietro repeats it again, the words foreign in his mouth. He feels out of his own body. Cold and hot all at once. It’s wrong. It’s all wrong. This is all wrong

He’s afraid, he realizes. Just like how that Jill King was afraid but for a different reason. He doesn’t know how Charles will react. Maybe he should’ve been more hesitant in telling him. Maybe he should’ve taken a beat. The speedster didn't realize he would be afraid. It’s just Charles.

“Erik…as in Erik lehnsherr?” Charles blinks as if he’s trying to focus on something he can’t quite see. Adjusting as the information forms in his head. Clicking into place. The little blank pieces in the puzzle fitting together swiftly—linking together to fit a bigger picture. A puzzle piece smoothing into place. 

“Y-yeah, Jill just said told us. She said me and Wanda are full siblings and that our dad is Erik lehnsherr. Do you think maybe she made a mistake? Maybe she got confused with a different Erik? Erik is a very common name.” Pietro breaths anxiety into his words—horribly nervous and so fucking afraid. 

Charles face changes, his face going almost completely white—deathly pale. “His son.” He looks at Pietro and it’s as if he’s seeing him for the very first time. Pietro doesn’t know what he’s seeing. Maybe he’s seeing the worst of him reflected off of Erik. Does he see his flaws? His mistakes? Pietro can’t bare to stand still but he does. He doesn’t dare look away from Charles scrutiny. Not Charles. Whatever he’s gonna say he wants to hear it. 

Charles hands drifts away from him thoughtlessly and Pietro wants to beg him not to hate him. 

“Of course you are.” Charles says quietly, looking at Pietro with a look of curiosity. Like he’s someone he’s never met before. Like Pietro’s a new student walking into his office and not the boy he’s taken care of for the last year and a half. The boy he’s cried over—the boy who he let cry in his arms. Pietro feels that heat crawl to the back of his eyes. Burning. 

“I can’t believe It took me this long to see it. God, how could I be this stupid.”

Stupid.  

Right. Okay. Pietro doesn’t really wanna hear that, not when he’s literally in the verge of tears. “I’m so sorry.” He wants to fucking run away when his voice cracks at the last word. Why does he have to be such a god damn baby all the time. Pietro looks away and In super speed wipes away the tears before Charles could see them on his face. 

“Pietro…”  charles face looks so distraught when Pietro looks back at him. “You’ve got nothing to apologize for.” Charles instinctively reaches over to touch Pietro’s hand again, like he always does when Pietro’s upset and needs someone to remind him that someone is physically present, that he isn’t alone. But he doesn’t touch him. He stops short and retreats his hand back, unsure. 

No. No. No. no. No

Pietro downcasts his eyes afraid to look him in the eye “I’m sorry.” He repeats again—desperate and scared and he really hates this. 

“I didn’t know. I swear I didn’t know.” Pietro is shaking. “Maybe it’s a mistake. Maybe she did something wrong—let go too soon or —“ when Pietro looks at Charles it’s like he’s looking right through him. 

Like his memory of Pietro Maximoff has been erased and left behind is a stranger masquerading as Erik’s son

That’s what did it for Pietro. The retreating, the immediate regret at making a connection with the bastard son of the man that ruined the professor's life. Pietro's dad, Erik Lehnsher ruined Charles’ life. Took his mobility, took his sister and fractured his hope. Charles loves Erik but does he love him enough to love his children too? Pietro doesn’t think so. 

“I’m sorry. ” Pietro is pacing the kitchen, wanting to leave but not wanting to leave. His mind is a puddle and he just wants this to be over. How many more life altering secrets are going to be exposed? He can’t handle this anymore. He wants to start over. To rewind this whole thing and not say anything at all. To pretend for a little bit longer that Pietro is just Pietro and Wanda is just Wanda. 

“I shouldn’t have told you. I’m so fucking stupid.” Pietro curses and he wishes he knew how to rewind time for real so he can take back the last three minutes. 

“You’re not stupid.” Charles reprimands like he use to do when Pietro said it constantly when he first started staying at the mansion. Reminding him of his worth every step of the way. 

“I don’t even know why I told you.” Pietro knew exactly why he told him. Why does he lie so easily like that? 

“It doesn’t even mean anything. He’s just some guy.” Pietro tries to reason with himself. He tries to not break his own heart. Erik fucking Lehsherr. 

This is all kinds of fucked up. Does he know? Does Erik know Pietro is his son? Did he know when he saw him last? Pietro wants to throw up. 

“He’s your father.” Charles says firmly—his voice rough. 

“Yeah he’s also a bad guy. My mother told me…he’s done horrible things. Things you don’t even know about and it’s Erik? I don’t even understand how it can be the same guy that’s done all those horrible things. I don’t understand why my mom wouldn’t tell me.” Pietro wants to throw up. He might throw up. 

“Not everything they say about him is true.” Charles’ calm words do nothing to ease the tension in Pietro's body. Erik is his father. He’s met him. He met his father and he didn’t even know it. 

“But not all of it was fake.” Pietros swallows that pill—he saw some of those crimes live on tv. He knows that Erik is no saint just as he is no monster. He saw his dad almost kill the president. Pietro maximoff broke his fucking father out of prison. What the actual fuck! 

Charles stays silent looking at a loss for words. 

“Do you hate me?” Pietro didn’t even know he was gonna ask that question until it was out of his mouth—tumbling out like a desperate child asking for validation. He hadn’t known he was scared of the answer until he asked the question. 

Charles finally touches Pietro’s arm, concerned and firm in a way that Pietro always found comforting. Usually. “Pietro, please listen to me. I don’t hate you. I could never hate you. There's nothing you could say to me that could ever make me not love you. You know that.”

Charles loves Pietro. He knew this, he’s told him and shown him and it’s known. But Charles shows his love in action. The confirmation that Charles did in fact have a sliver of care for Pietro was the only reason Pietro hasn’t left yet. Running away like he always does. 

Charles loves him even if he’s Erik’s son. 

“Whenever you smile it feels like I’m looking at an old friend. I think that’s why I feel so daft for not putting those pieces together. I felt so connected to you from the very beginning. You’re all the best parts of him but he caused so much harm and did so much hurt that I couldn’t compare you and him— because you’ve done nothing but save and nourish and love and it’s incredibly poetic that you are the offspring of someone that I love so deeply.”

Pietro is—he doesn’t know what he is. A lot? He’s a lot. He’s feeling a lot. 

“Wanda has his DNA now. She’s—fuck—she’s his kid now.” Pietro thinks it’s fucked up. 

Baby trapping a terrorist with crazy witch magic is insane, honestly.  Probably crazier than mind wiping Pietro's brain as a toddler. He’s sure he can rank it another time. When he isn’t too wired up. 

“Erik always wanted a family.” Charles says and it sounds almost sad. Charles is looking at Pietro with grief, and the speedster is grappling at what exactly the professor is understanding. 

“But we’re your family.” Pietro squats down so he is at eye level with the professor—hoping that hasn’t changed. He can’t lose Charles. He just can’t. “Its just blood—it doesn’t matter—I’m still Pietro—I’m still—“

 

“—youre still my son.” Charles reaches to hold Pietro's face—with gentle eyes filled with tears. “My boy.”

Pietro sighs. Relieved. And then mortified by that relief. He drops his head for just a moment—taking in the warmth of his dad's hands on his face.  

“He’s gonna have to fight me for you.” Charles says and leans over to place a kiss on Pietro's forehead like he’s six years old and not in his twenties. Pietro is a fucking mess. 

“I wanna kiss too.” Wanda bounces over from her hiding spot—she’d been there for who knows how long—and Charles easily places a kiss on her forehead too—smiling down at her like she’s the most precious thing to him. There’s sadness in his eyes, though. Pietro can see it. He can’t erase that. Pietro doesn’t know what this means for them. 

Pietro has to have a hard conversation with his mother. Again. 

Notes:

until next time... <3

Chapter 49: Lets Be Normal, Lets Pretend

Summary:

“What's the worst that could happen?” Monet asks.
“The school goes under attack.” Again.
“Charles is here.” Monet points out.
“Wanda might need me.”
“Charles is here.”
“Gunther might need me.”
“Charles is here. Seriously, Pietro—they can handle a few hours without you.”
They both stop what they are doing and reach over to his wooden nightstand and knock on the wood three times. Not taking any chances.

-----or------

Monet and Pietro have a night out. Gunther and Wanda do their makeup.

Notes:

Sorry for the long wait!
Ive been working on multiple chapters, so the next one should be up soon.

Ignore any errors or grammar mistakes, etc.
Lots of hugs and many kisses. <3

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

So Erik Lehnsherr is Pietro's father. The speedster is still processing it— he's still wrapping his head around it. 

It’s been two days since he found out. It took two days for him to utter the words once again—easier to confess the second time around. 

“You're related to Magneto?” Monet St. Croix asks while poking her head into Pietro's closet as if the speedster just told her something as mundane as the fucking weather. Erik Lehnsherr is his father. 

“Yes. He’s my father. Apparently.” Pietro says flippantly, trying to be nonchalant, but genuinely, he’s still spiraling. It’s been less than 48 hours since he found out. He wishes he could tell Kurt. But Pietro also doesn’t know if he’d react very well. Kurt doesn’t like Magneto—he made that apparent. Magneto had hurt Raven, and Kurt has feelings about that. Would he be upset that Pietro is related to the man who tried to kill his dad– Raven? He doesn’t know. Kurt isn’t here. 

Pietro hates that he isn’t here. 

Erik Lehnsherr is his father–what is he meant to do with that?

Pietro had called his mom on the phone when he found out. He probably should’ve called her before talking to Charles about it but it was instinct to tell him first. Maybe that should say something to him. Maybe that’s a sign that he still doesn’t trust her fully. Regardless, he needed time to gather his thoughts. He calls her instead of going to her because he’s afraid he might lose his nerve or completely lose his mind on her. A phone call is safer. 

It had rung twice before she answered—“Hello?” She had answered like she’d been interrupted doing something—maybe about to head out for the day. 

“Erik Lehnsherr is my biological father?” He does no greeting—no lead up—just a spitting accusation. He really should’ve worked on that a bit better. 

Magda lets out a gasp. Small and subtle, and then falls silent. Pietro grows impatient, irritable. “Mom. Is it true?” 

He knows it’s true—Charles verified twice—and Jill King had obliged. She had been able to calm her nerves a bit more after a glass of water. 

But a part of him still wanted his mom to tell him it’s all a big misunderstanding. A giant hoax from the government. One of her off-the-wall conspiracy theories. Not all Jewish mutants are related Pietro, why would you even think that? 

Or some bullshit. He was still holding out for the chance that this was all a big prank. 

“Yes, he’s your father.” she says in a breath.

“Magneto. The mutant terrorist who tried to kill two presidents. That’s your type? Seriously?”

She has a type. Magda Maximoff likes angry powerful men. What a horrible thing for Pietro to realize. 

“He wasn’t Magneto when I met him, Pietro.“

“You knew though. You knew this whole fucking time. You said no more secrets—no more lying and still you kept this from me. You lied to me–again.”

“I thought it was best you didn’t know.” Magda says and Pietro is so outraged that he fucking hangs up. 

It was best he didnt know?

 Erik Lehnsherr is his father. 

If she had told him from the beginning, he wouldve steer clear from the man completely–he would've known what he was getting himself into when he broke him out of the pentagon. Or maybe, maybe he would've done the same thing. Maybe he would have a few more memories with the man that didnt include rescues or breaking into buildings. Maybe he wouldn't have avoided him so viciously those first few weeks he had stayed at the mansion. Maybe he could've gotten to know his father more. 

It’s a very satisfying hang-up. He thinks it's justified. He felt almost in control for a moment with the abrupt cut off. But then the phone starts ringing again, and he doesn’t even wait a second before answering it. Not wanting his mother to be left waiting even now. 

“What else could you possibly say?” He snaps at the phone.

“Brother-in-law?” Frankie’s voice bubbles through the receiver, and Pietro is stunned into silence. He hasn't heard the kid's voice in over a month now. 

“Are you there?” Frankie asks, and something about the way he sounds makes Pietro respond quickly. 

“Frankie, yeah, I’m here. Are you—are you okay?” Pietro doesn’t know what time it is—it must be late. Does Frankie usually call at this time? Wanda, along with all the other students are in class—nobody would have answered if he hadn't been here by the phone. 

“Can you come get me?” The little boy asks, and Pietro wants to cry a little at how tired he sounds. 

Can you come get me?

Pietro wants to so badly. He wants them to be home already. But he knows he can't rush Kurt. Monet insists he can't rush Kurt–but Pietro is a speedster, and all he does is rush.

“I don’t know if that’s a good idea—have you asked Hank?” Pietro asks neutrally, but he also desperately wants to know when he thinks they’ll be back. A precise timeline. 

“I don’t wanna bother him,” Frankie says, and Pietro frowns. “But I really miss everybody and…”

Frankie trails off, and Pietro prompts him to continue. “And..?” 

 “… Hanks' mom is really boring,” Frankie says suddenly, and Pietro bursts out into relieved laughter, caught completely off guard. He was afraid he’d say something else. Maybe something bad. Boring. Pietro can breathe easily with boring. 

“I’d love to come get you, but you gotta ask Hank. Just tell him you wanna come home.” 

“Okay…can you tell Wanda I love her?” Frankie moons like some besotted poet. 

“I’m sure you can manage to tell her that all on your own.” 

“I guess.”

“Can you…“ Pietro squeezes his eyes shut—he sees spots. “…just tell Kurt that Gunther misses him.” 

“He misses him, too. He Keeps Accidentally calling me Gunther. Our names don’t even sound alike.” Frankie giggles like that’s so funny. Pietro wants to claw his hair out. Why the fuck isn’t he home? Why is he torturing Pietro like this? Why can't he just fucking be here?

“He misses you too.” Frankie says it like it doesn’t make Pietro's heart race. Like it doesn’t make Pietro unreasonably upset. 

“He does?” Why doesn’t he call him?  Why doesn’t he care enough to explain it to him? 

“Yeah, we all do.” 

Pietro lets the moment linger a bit. “I miss him too.” 

The speedster fiddles with the wire on the phone, feeling stupid for even saying it. “Have you been doing your chores? Practicing your Omelet?”

“Yes–and yes. I can crack an egg with one hand now, and I only burnt one omelet because I didn't know how to work the oven in grandma’s house.” Grandma. He’s calling Hank's mom, grandma–that makes Pietro happy. It reminds Pietro that the world hasn’t stopped for Kurt either. 

“No shell in the omelet anymore?”

“Not even a bit.” 

“Good. That’s really good, Frankie. I’m glad you aren’t starving at least.” Pietro goes for a joke but feels hollow saying it. 

“I gotta go now—Martha doesn’t like it when we’re on the phone for too long.” Frankie says in a rush. 

“Okay, goodnight.” Pietro hums.

“Night brother-in-law.”

“Stop calling me that.” 

Pietro was left feeling torn after the phone call, but that’s nothing particularly new. He wishes he could tell Kurt all that’s happened in the last month. All that he’s learned. He wishes he were home. He wishes he were here to be angry with in person. 

He wishes he were here now so that he could tell Monet and Kurt together about his relationship to Erik. It would be easier. 

“The terrorist from the tv?” Monet asks again while giving him a sideways glance—not at all reacting like he thought she would. 

“Yes.” Pietro says evenly. 

“The one you broke out of the Pentagon? The same one that helped Charles rescue you from Friends of Humanity?”

Pietro pauses, he had forgotten that he had told her all that. “Yes.” 

“He’s kinda hot.” Monet says and Pietro throws a sock at her head, which she catches midair, and throws in the laundry bin effortlessly. “Monet! He is not hot he is a terrorist.”

“Aren’t you also technically a terrorist? For releasing him out of the pentagon?” She pulls out a ripped up band tshirt that he swore he lost from the back of the closet.

“No, I mean—yeah—but not officially—-and I haven’t killed anyone.”

“Didn’t you threaten to throw him off the plane.” 

Pietro gasps “who told you that? I did not tell you that information—what the hell!” 

“Alex Summers told me.” 

Ogling Alex Summers isn’t as fun without Kurt by his side doing the same. Monet would probably join if he asks nicely enough but Pietro doesn’t want her taking Kurt’s side in the tree outside. It would make him sick to his stomach. 

“I wasn’t actually going to throw him out of the plane—I was just trying to convince him to help.”

“By threatening his life.” Monet bites her lip, looking a bit too into that scenario. She pulls her hair up into a high pony but then changes her mind and lets it fall to her shoulders again. 

“I was—it was a dire situation!” Pietro huffs. 

“I bet he looked hot when you pinned him against the wall.” Monet says in a daydream voice.  

“Monet St Croix, you are a pervert.” he doesnt want to think about his father in that capacity—he's still processing that he's related to him at all.

“Guilty but never wrong. Plus I’m just saying…I can see why your mom wanted to bone him.” Monet places the shirt against her chest and looks at herself in the full-length mirror behind his door.

“Monet! Stop it! She did not bone him!” Pietro yanks the shirt away from her and hands her a different one—with more fabric.

“I beg to differ. You do know how babies are born right, hon?” Monet takes off her boots and kicks them to the side. She’s wearing blue and socks with silver lightning strikes. 

“Yes! I just mean it wasn’t like that—they were married. In love or whatever.” He throws his hands up. He’s very plainly tried not to think about this aspect of the story. Erik Lehnsherr being in love with his mom. It makes everything that much more difficult to process. 

“He’s got good genes—now that I know..,you kinda do look like him.” Monet makes a square shape with her finger and frames Pietro's face like they are cameras. “Can you say ‘a new tomorrow that starts today’.” She says in her best magneto voice.

“I am not saying that and I do not look like him!” Pietro hated it when Charles said it and he hates it even more when Monet tells him. 

“You do. But don't worry—“ she smiles at him with her perfectly sharp canines and stupidly pretty face.“—you’re cuter.” 

“Thanks.” Pietro sighs, throwing himself into the bed.

 

“Hey, hey, no slacking off—you said you'd help me pick out an outfit.” 

 

“It doesn’t matter.”

“Yes it does—I wanna look hot.” Monet says and Pietro rolls his eyes. 

“You always look hot.”

She pauses and gives Pietro a strange look and Pietro has noticed it—the blatant flirting from his part. He’s been doing it far more now that Kurt is gone—like he’s trying to input all his charm into someone else since his blue friend isn’t here. 

Because he can admit that now. He had been flirting with Kurt—probably for a lot longer than he’d realized. Pietro thought he was friendly—Kitty Pryde says he’s actually a serial flirter—which sounds worse than it is. 

How was he meant to know he was pushing a joke too far? Or that his compliments were being perceived in the wrong way? 

“I just mean—like obviously—You could wear a trash bag and everyone would still look at you.” Pietro says with a bright, blushing face—stumbling over his words. 

“…because I'd be wearing a trash bag to a club and that’s fucking weird.” Monet throws all the clothes she’s picked out onto the bed beside him. Pietro looks away quickly when Monet takes off her top—a quick thoughtless movement that makes the boy too aware of himself. Monet is possibly shirtless for four whole seconds before she switches her top to a silver button-up shirt. She misses a button in the middle, and it makes her shirt sit wonky. 

“Who’s idea was it go out anyway?” Pietro stares at the button on her shirt like it personally offended him. 

“Mine.” Monet paces the room again—thrifting through his closet. “Do you even own a belt, Pietro?”

“Why?” Pietro stares at the sliver of skin peeking below her wrongly buttoned shirt. 

“To hold your pants up? Are you just constantly three seconds away from getting pantsed?” Monet jerks the hanger harshly—distracted by her search. 

“No, I mean, why do you wanna go to the club?”

“Honestly?” Monet lifts an eyebrow at him—she plops a fedora on her head casually. He has no idea where it came from. 

“Yes, honestly.” 

“I wanna get laid.” She flicks the hat up her forehead. 

Pietro gasps, like he’s a nun at church. “Monet we are in a school.”

“I’m fully aware—hence the need to get out.” She takes off the heat and wraps a long purple scarf around her neck. “I wanna dance with a stranger and kiss a cute guy—or a girl—maybe go to their place and do adult things.” She wiggles her pierced eyebrows at him. “At least I’m having the foresight of doing it outside of the mansion unlike you—man-who-has-no-lock.” 

“I can’t believe you just brought that up. That’s cruel.” Pietro blows out a breath. Monet goes to his side and wraps the long fluffy scarf around his own neck and pulls him up into a sitting position. 

 “What’s cruel is you flashing your hickeys and trying to seduce me.” Monet's eyes dart down to Pietro's neck, which is free of any hickeys and has been free of them for quite some time now. 

Pietro grins. “I was not—trying to seduce you.”

“Sure—“ Monet flicks the scarf so that it wraps around the front and covers his neck completely. Like she’s hiding treasure. 

“--And weren’t you the one that said you didnt wanna have sex because youre not in the right head space?” Pietro brings it up because he's replayed that conversation multiple times–he still feels horrible for throwing himself at her. 

“Correction, I said I don't want to have sex with people I care about. I’m fine with being a little slutty with strangers,” she shrugs.

“What if there are creeps? You can’t just go to a stranger's house!”

“Okay, hence why I want you to go with me. You can weed out the creeps, and who knows—“ Monet gives Pietro a look. “—you might hit it off with someone too.” 

Pietro lets out a sigh, looking away from her. “I don’t think so.” He doesn’t want to hit it off with anyone. 

“You need to go out.” Monet insists. 

“I’m not really someone who does that.” Pietro squirms—he feels uncomfortable at the thought of someone he doesn’t know touching him in that way. Wanting sex from him. 

Pietro is panicking just thinking about it. 

He wishes Kurt was here. He would hold his hand. Reassure him. He would—

Monet grabs his hand. 

Pietro's train of thought halts and he seems to relax at her touch. “you don’t have to. You can just dance—or hold my drink. You can be my wingman.” Monet reassures him. She has a way of knowing when to push Pietro and when to ease away. 

“I dunno.” Pietro mumbles. 

“What's the worst that could happen?” Monet asks. 

“The school goes under attack.” Again

“Charles is here.” Monet points out.

“Wanda might need me.”

“Charles is here.”

“Gunther might need me.”

“Charles is here. Seriously, Pietro—they can handle a few hours without you.”

They both stop what they are doing and reach over to his wooden nightstand and knock on the wood three times. Not taking any chances. 

“I don’t wanna go.” Pietro says, feeling pressure on his chest. He didn’t wanna disappoint Monet but it’s just too much. He knows this is the first time she’s left the mansion since she’s gotten here—the first time she’s done something for her own enjoyment. But Pietro can’t just go out with the purpose of kissing strangers when the idea itself makes him want to crawl out of his own skin. 

“Okay.” Monet sags. 

“Okay? We can do something else?” Pietro is relieved; he thought she’d be more upset. 

“Okay, you don’t have to come.” Monet corrects. “I’m still going. With or without you.” She places a black sleeveless shirt against her chest. “Which one is better? Black or slightly lighter black?” 

“Monet you can’t go alone.” Pietro exasperates. “What about the creeps?!”

“Im not gonna force you to go but I need to get out of this school Pietro. I’m not like you. I can’t stay locked away here. I can’t live that life anymore.” 

“This isn’t a Prison. You can still go out—go grocery shopping—go to the park—go to church. You can go wherever you want.” 

Monet stops moving—looking frigid and her face does something strange. Like she’s fighting back a retort. 

“What?” Pietro eggs her on—he doesn’t know why he wants Monet to yell at him. He just feels like she might need that release. She’s always so restrained. The most he’s ever seen her lose control is in the sidewalk when he met her—screaming into the universe. 

“Nothing.” Monet says quickly—putting the shirt back in the hanger. 

“Just tell me.” Pietro wants so desperately for Monet to open up to him like he’s done to her. He wants her to vent—to over explain and spiral. He wants her to talk to him and feel like she could go on a five hour rant about nothing. He wants her to trust him just as deeply as he trusts her. 

He knows that she cares about a lot of things. He just doesn’t ever see it. 

She keeps herself at a distance and sometimes Pietro feels like he can cross it—maybe touch the surface but she always pulls away at the last second. 

Monet covers her face with her hand suddenly and for a moment Pietro thinks he might get to see her be genuinely pissed off. But then she takes in a deep breath and blinks away whatever emotion is behind her eyes and shakes her head. “You’re all I’ve got. Do you understand that? I’m in this house and the only person I can really talk to is you. I feel stuck and I want to…do something different. But I wanted to do it with you because you’re kind of my only friend right now.”

It’s the closest he’s going to get to seeing her heart. She carries it gently. 

“What about Joe?” Pietro prods quietly, pulling at a thread from his comforter—his heart racing a bit. “I hear you talking to him on the phone sometimes.” 

Pietro doesn't know why it bugs him that she talks to other people. A boy he doesn’t know. A boy she calls at odd hours of the night and talks to for hours about—Pietro doesn't know—he doesn't eavesdrop. Even though he wants to. Her voice always sounds so raw and real and Pietro always wants to listen to her when she sounds like that but he doesn’t. Because he knows Monet appreciates privacy. 

The taller girl stares at Pietro for a moment—before a smile erupts from his face that makes Pietro regret even saying anything at all. 

“You sound jealous.” 

“I’m not.” Pietro has told Monet so much and Pietro feels like he knows almost nothing about her. This Joe guy knows Monet more than him. He knows her heart. How lucky he must be. 

“I’m allowed to have other friends, Pietro.” 

“I know that.”

“Anyway, Joe is my sponsor if you must know.” 

Pietro immediately thinks of Charles sponsor—who he talks to once a week or whenever he suddenly feels the urge to drink. Pietro had no idea Monet had a problem with alcohol. Pietro suddenly feel like he took a misstep. Should he have been looking for signs of Monet's addiction? Is he putting unnecessary stress in her life by giving pieces of himself to her? Is he a horrible friend for not noticing? 

“Should you even be going to a club? They tend to serve alcohol there.”

“Not that kind of sponsor.” Monet says with clear amusement in her voice. She’s looking at him with soft eyes that make the speedster feel all strange and warm. 

“What kind of sponsor then?” Pietro looks up at Monet with curious eyes. Monet is taller than him. He’s reminded every time he has to look up to meet her eyes. 

“The kind that stops me from jumping off the roof and breaking my bones. She’s a good listener, and I did abandon her for a while, so I call her twice as often to make up for it.”

“I’m a good listener too.” Pietro mumbles—feeling stupid for even saying it. Monet stands in front of him now. He’s sitting in the bed, looking pathetic, and has to literally crane his neck up to look her in the face. 

“Pietro, my love, Joe is seventy three years old and married and while I do love a good cougar—she’s not my type.” She places her warm palms on both sides of his face—Pietro closes his eyes. “You’ve got nothing to worry about.”

“I-I wasn’t worried.” Pietro feels the warmth spread to his chest and he doesn’t register the way he leans closer to her. “I didn’t know you—-you felt that way. I mean—-I did—I just didn’t know you still wanted to hurt yourself—I guess I just…” he opens his eyes, feeling far too much as he looks at Monet. “..I wish I was someone you thought you could talk to about that stuff too.”

Monet takes that in—in the way she always takes information in—adjusting to his words like he isn’t just winging it. Like he has any clue what he’s doing. He doesn’t. She strokes a thumb over his cheek and Pietro hates the way she always makes him feel so delicate. It drives him a bit crazy. 

He doesn’t know what to do with that. 

“Maybe if you went out in the town with me I’d feel more comfortable talking to you.” She glows and Pietro groans—jerking his face free from her comfortable hands. 

“I’m being serious, Monet!” He exasperates, only half annoyed by her dismissal of him. 

“So am I! I want to dance!” Monet shakes his shoulders. 

“I don’t know how to dance.”

“Neither do I.”

“You are classically trained!” Pietro scoffs. He had caught Monet teaching Jean Grey a ballet lesson as a way to manage her anxiety. Each melodic step or gesture eased Jeans tension and she wasn’t perfect but she clearly enjoyed herself. Pietro loves that Monet gets along with Jean—he loves that she’s made an effort to connect with her. 

“I doubt they’d be playing Winterbranch or Swan Lake at the club.” 

“Okay, fine I’ll go.” Pietro hopes he doesn’t regret this. “But only if we match. And if I see you do even one Assemble’ I’m leaving.”

“Don’t be ridiculous, Pietro. Of course, we’re going to match. And I won’t have nearly enough space to do a full Assemble’.” 

They try on each others clothes. Gunther and Wanda rate their outfits from barf to superstar. Gunther was particularly fond of the bedazzled purple miniskirt Monet wore. Pietro liked it too. Wanda said it reminded her of a mermaid's tail, and Monet decided that was a compliment.

Jill King is still here. Pietro thought she’d run for the hills as soon as she was done shaking his whole fucking life, but she’s still here. Since her discovery of Pietro's parentage—Erik fucking Lehnsherr—she had made it a point to leave her gloves on the whole day. Although that might be because she’s got a thing against germs or something. Pietro could be biased. 

 

Her fear towards the Maximoff twins has since disappeared—although she still seems hesitant to speak with them. She’s a kind lady—Kurt used to tell him how she was one of the first people to see his blue skin and not be terrified. She’s a strong lady—she was just caught off guard. Or at least that’s what Monet told her. 

 

“I mean who would’ve guessed something like that? As far as she knows, that man is a known terrorist —nothing else. She only knows the bad stuff. How she responded was reasonable in the grand scheme of things.” Monet says while Gunther applies black eyeshadow on her eyelids. The little boy sticks his tongue out in concentration and looks determined to cover Monet's whole eye in black color. When he finds the glitter in the pallet he begins to lose all sense and starts going insane with it. He’s practicing his fine motor skills.

 

“What’s tourerish?” Gunther’s lisp jerks into his words. 

 

“Terrorist.” Wanda corrects. Maybe they shouldn’t be talking about this in front of the children. “Means he’s a bad guy.” Wanda says. 

 

Charles had done the whole rundown about Erik very loosely. The topic was sensitive and the telepath didn’t seem fond in talking about his friends' bad deeds. Wanda had taken it relatively well. 

 

She had seen the news when it had happened. She knew who Magento was —in a sense—just like every other young mutant here does. He’s a distant story— a person marked in history. Not a real person—not skin and bones. Not a father. But that’s not true for them anymore. Erik is someone real—tangible. Now he means something. 

 

Monet lets him smear her face with the soft brush and smudges of black and glitter. Wanda is doing much the same with Pietro—attempting to do some curling eyeliner on Pietro's eyes that he kinda hates. It’s sticky and he thinks he might sweat it off. 

 

“You’ve met him before, right Pietro?” Wanda asks as she dabs the makeup brush on a soft pink powder. 

 

“Yeah, once.” Pietro lies. “Twice. I met him twice.” Pietro amends quickly. 

 

He’s planning on telling her about him releasing Erik from the pentagon but it’s all too much to think about now. Too much all at once. 

 

“Was he nice?” Wanda’s eyes meet his mid swipe—looking very nervous. 

 

“No—I mean—sometimes. Depended on his mood.” Pietro knows that the majority of his good moods had to do with Charles. 

 

“Charles loves him.” Wanda says suddenly. “what if he’s like David?”

 

“Woah—“ Pietro sits up straighter halting the movement of her brush and forcing her to look at him. “—hey, Erik isn’t like David. Erik is a bad guy but he isn’t a monster.”

 

“Abbah, Who’s David?” Gunther asks and Pietro hates that name on his mouth. He should never say his name. 

 

“Nobody.” Monet and Pietro say at the same time. 

 

“He was my dad.” Wanda says simply. “Not anymore though.” 

 

“He die?” Gunther asks with big eyes—eyes darting around the room like he might find him in the room as a ghost. The thought itself makes Pietro want to vomit. 

 

“No—not really. He’s just away. I made it so he isn’t my dad anymore.” Wanda says with a shrug. 

 

“Can do that, doda?” Gunther looks at Wanda with big eyes. 

 

“Yeah I can do whatever I want.” Wanda says with a big smile.

 

I can do whatever I want. 

 

A chill runs up Pietro's spine. He gives Monet a look. The edgier girl looks between Gunther and Wanda quickly—like she’s gathering information.

 

“Just cause you could do something doesn’t mean you should, Wanda.” Monet says, pursing her lips. 

 

Wanda nods, placating, and Pietro makes a note to talk to Charles about Wanda’s seemingly flexible approach to her powers. 

 

“I made pretty.” Gunther says with a big smile—and Monet plants a big kiss on both his cheeks. Staining him purple lipstick and a breathy giggle that melts Pietro's heart. 

 

“Your moving! Stop smiling.” Wanda scolds as she maneuvers a pencil around his lips. Pietro rolls his eyes “why are you using a pen for my lips.”

 

“I know what I’m doing. Im a professional.” Wanda says and Pietro looks at Wanda’s chunky eyeliner that looks like she was actively midnight while coloring them. She is most definitely not a professional.

 

“Okay, just don’t make me looks weird.”

 

“You always look weird.” Wanda says and Monet snorts. 

 

“Where’s the stuff for his hairy eyeballs?” Wanda asks Monet?

 

What?! 

 

“My what now?” Pietro gasps.

 

“She means your eyelashes, hon. The mascara is right here.” Monet lifts the mascara from her bag—purposely away from Gunther who’s eyes seem to follow the wand like he just struck gold.

 

Gunther reaches for it. “I wanna—“

 

Monet pulls it away from him quickly. “It’s a bit hard to handle. I think I’ll put it on myself.”

 

“Can I use it on Pie?” Wanda asks. 

 

“I can put it on him.” Monet says simply. Wanda frowns but doesn’t argue.

 

Monet gets close to Pietro—and instructs the speedster not to move. He can count each of her own eyelashes and each time she lets out a breath he can taste the cigarette she had earlier that morning. Pietro doesn’t dare move as she puts a hand on the side of his neck—right where his pulse point is—instead of his face. He’s covered in makeup and she doesn’t want to ruin Wanda’s hard work by touching his face—even if Pietro wants her so desperately to do so. 

 

“I’ll tell you when to blink, okay?” she mumbles while taking out the bristle tip from the tube. Pietro barely hears the “yes, ma’am.” that slips from his mouth thoughtlessly. 

 

Monet pauses and gives him a look, “Stop it.” She scolds with a mocking glare.

 

“Did I move?” Pietro looks up at her batting his lashes—isn’t that what you’re meant to do when putting on mascara? 

 

Monet hums “Don’t be cute, Pietro.” She tells him not to move, and he doesn’t. She brushes his lashes, and it feels strange but nothing horrible. 

 

“You can open your eyes now. All done.” Monet taps his nose with a brush—the excess powder puffing around. 

 

 Pietro and Monet head out of the school with appropriate attire, and Monet reaches for the keys of a fancy car that Charles would have a stroke over if he knew they had taken it. 

 

“Maybe not that one.” 

 

“Why not? It’s not like he’s gonna use them anytime soon.”

 

Pietro doesn’t take much convincing to let her take the driver's seat—she adjusts the seat accordingly. 

 

“Where to?”

 

“It’s a surprise.” Monet smiles and turns the radio to its maximum capacity. 

“I’m not drinking tonight. I don’t usually drink anyway cause I’m a sad drunk and make bad decisions and I like making all my horrible decisions completely sober.” Monet says while tugging at his choker with a smirk. She’s parked the car in a sketchy public parking area and has ditched the overcoat in the trunk making her outfit far more exposing. She unbuttons one of his collar buttons and brushes his hair a bit with her fingers before looping an arm through his elbow and leading him to a long strip of bars and clubs in the area. 

He can hear the music before he gets anywhere near the door. Loud and blaring and Pietro stops short when he hears the lyrics. 

“No way.” Pietro looks over at Monet, appalled.

“It’s Ac/dc night at The Wench. Mostly covers but you never know..they might be lurking around in the seas of look-a-likes.”

“This is awesome.” 

“I knew you’d think so.” She smiles, her eyes sparkling.  

“I thought this night was supposed to be about you, though.” Pietro squeezes her hand.

“It could be about both of us.”

Notes:

Until next time, my friends.
cool.

Chapter 50: People Are Like Pizza

Summary:

“Pizza?”

“Some people like pepperoni on their pizza, some people like bacon. Some like both and some people just don’t like pizza. Me personally? I’m a meat lover's kind of girl, all day everyday.”

“I can’t have pizza with meat on it. It’s not kosher.” Pietro says stupidly. 

“I’m not talking about actual pizza, love. It’s a metaphor.” Monet laughs—her laughter makes his own smile spread through his face. 

“It’s aright. Really.” Monet smiles and it’s a good smile—Pietro really likes it when she smiles. It reminds him of thunder—sharp and dangerous and it lights up the sky for just a second. 

-----or----

Pietro and Monet go to a club and dance. They talk, they eat pizza, and Monet makes a decision.

Notes:

Back to Back post? hell yeah. Never let them know your next move.

Grammar--SPelling mistakes---etc. You know the drill.

Stay hydrated and don't forget to take your meds. <3

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

They went inside The Wench splitting off into two separate lines. They didn’t check ID—just took one look at Monet and let them both in through the left door instead of the right. They go down a flight of stairs that has booming loud music. “What was that about?” 

“Nothing you need to worry about.” Monet tugs at his arm and the hallway slims and Pietro would think they are going the wrong direction if it wasn’t for the music blaring through the walls. They reached a door—guarded by another man—large in space and height. He had red shades on and stood up as soon as he saw Monet.

“St. Croix. I didn’t know your family was in town.”

“They aren’t.” Monet says coolly, extending her wrist to him. He puts a M stamp on her hand. He does the same with Pietro who follows Monet's example.

“I’m glad to see you’re doing well.” The man says. 

“I’m glad you found an employer that would take your bullshit Jeff.”

The large man laughs and Pietro is a bit lost but Monet just pats Jeff on the shoulder and he opens the door to let them through. 

Pietro is overflowed with the smell of smoke and the flashing lights that glitter the dance floor. The space is large but hidden away. Closed off to a larger population that seems to have been rooted in the upstairs area. It’s secluded but just as large—and possibly more lively with mutants.

This is a mutant club. The red M inking Pietro's wrist is a glaringly obvious sign and also the abundance of individuals with physical mutations working and partying in the room. He’s not sure if all of them are mutants, but it’s enough that Pietro feels a sigh of relief flush through him. It’s a subtle shift–feeling safe. He hadnt even realized that was even a concern of his until he was in a room full of people just like him. Freaks. His people. 

He has that feeling at the mansion—that sense of belonging. It's rare. He knows it is. 

A small person shuffles past him—barely three feet tall and a big smile on her face as she extends a plate of jello shots towards the pair. She's wearing some sort of black and white uniform and a dashing amount of glitter in her hair. 

Una bebida?” She gestures at the tray of varying beverages.

Estoy bien gracias.” Pietro gestures at Monet like maybe she’d want one instead. She shakes her head.

The lady moves on to the next pair and Pietros watches her hair move behind her like it’s underwater—swaying against gravity. Its magnificent. He kinda wishes Charles was here—hed be having the time of his life. But they serve alcohol and hes afraid teh temptation might be too much for him this early in his sobriety. 

“How did you find this place?” Pietro asks despite it being pretty obvious.

“I know a guy.” Monet smiles and without another word she pulls him into the dance floor by his hand. 

Everyone seems to be enjoying themselves—a bit on the drunker side but it’s still early in the night and whenever he feels overwhelmed he just looks over at Monet and he’d calm down. 

They danced to T.N.T and went through the whole High Voltage album. He sees green skin and scales and people are glowing. He sings the words with gusto and Monet is in his face doing the same—shamelessly getting some of the words wrong. 

He could’ve been here for hours—seconds—he has no idea how much time is passing in this windowless dance floor. The lights flicker with energy, changing to a different color.

Body’s are jumping and swaying and a girl is pulling Monet away by the waist. Monet smiles and dances with her fluidly and at some point the speedster loses sight of her. 

The speedster sees a group of friends take shots and hype each other up on the dance floor. He sees a dance circle magically appear beside him, mutants going absolutely ape shit on the dance floor. They are happy and relaxed and having fun and their joy is contagious. 

Pietro feels the vibration of the speakers—guitars and drums overlapping in a way that makes Pietro feels alive. Like maybe it’s okay to be here. Like it might be alright to be in this universe—like he isn’t an anomaly. He feels normal amongst his peers in a place that should bring him anxiety. 

Someone is grinding against Pietro on the dance floor—a boy or a girl—Pietro can’t really tell with the flashing lights. Maybe it’s more than one person. Pietro doesn’t mind—he’s being moved like a wave in the sea—from body to body— everyone seems to sway with the speedster. Everyone seems to move him further into the dance floor. Everything feels less slow here on the dance floor. 

Everyone’s so high energy and Pietro just lets it all soak through him. Couples dance together—strangers dance together. Everyone seems to vibrate with the boom of the music. 

Someone holds Pietro by the hips—moving with him to the music. A body presses behind him, moving against him like he’s a life boat in the ocean.

Then another girl—dark skin scattered with purple glitter on her cheeks, and bright purple lipstick dances in front of Pietro—putting her hand on his chest and grabbing the speedsters hand so that it’s sitting on her hip. Pietro is blocked off—stuck in the middle of the pair. 

The music gets faster and the girl takes the hand of the person pressed behind Pietro and leans closer to Pietro's space. “I’m gonna take my boyfriend now, okay cutie?” Her voice is deeper than Pietro expected and the speedster just smiles at her. “Right on.” 

She plants a kiss on his cheek and he feels soft stubble when her boyfriend leans over and plants a kiss on his other cheek. They both leave a purple kiss print on each cheek. 

“Bye bye.” They both say with a sparing glance at him.

“Bye.” Pietro lets out a breath as the couple dance with each other in a way that makes it obvious that Pietro was the barrier stopping them from actively fucking in the dance floor. 

“Having fun?” Monet smiles at him as she approaches him by the bathroom—he had wanted to use the bathroom mirror to clean off the lipstick from his cheek but walked in on a very scandalous situation in the bathroom. 

Monet's hair is a bit of a mess and he can see her lipstick is also smudged. A lipstick stain that doesn’t belong to her is firmly on her neck and from the small part of her chest that’s exposed Pietro can see a small bruise growing. A hickey. Placed gently in between her beast. 

Pietro looks away quickly, the blood rushing in his body “clearly not as much fun as you.”

“Don’t be jealous—you know possessive boys are my weakness.” Monet teases and nudges his shoulder softly. Pietro can’t tell if she’s joking. 

Pietro can’t tell if she’s joking and he suddenly doesn’t want her to be joking. 

“Was it a boy or a girl?” 

“I bit of both. I’m not picky.”

“I am.” Pietro says suddenly, raking his hand through his hair. “Picky I mean. I can’t—with just anyone.”

“Calling me a slut Pietro?” Monet gives him a knowing look and Pietro pales.

“No! I just—i don’t do random hookups. I don’t really want or need to—I just don’t.”

“I saw you having a bit of fun with Mark and Ray, though.” Monet lifts a questioning brow.

She knew those people? How the hell does she know everyone

“It wasn’t like that. I wasn’t—trying to do anything besides dance. I didn’t want to do anything besides dance.”

Monet grabs a napkin from the passing server and dabs the cloth in water. She mindlessly begins to wipe the lipstick off of Pietro's cheeks. The speedster lets her do so without thought—feeling warm and fuzzy at the action. 

“I get it.” Monet murmurs as she wipes his other cheek. 

“I don’t think you do.”

“No I do. I get it. I used to date this girl—she was a real romantic but she never wanted to have sex. Like she’d eat me out and stuff but it was never for her enjoyment it was always for mine.” She comments like the mental image of Monet having any form of pleasure doesn’t make Pietro a bit loopy.

“I didn’t realize that was…”

“..normal?” Monet supplies.

“Yeah. Normal.” Pietro blushes—-he doesn’t even know why he feels odd about this. 

“Was it like that with Kurt? When you did stuff with him?” Monet asks and Pietro is drenched with the realization that this is the first time he’s thought of Kurt since they left the mansion. They've been talking about sex and the thought of Kurt hadn’t even crossed his mind.

“No—I definitely wanted to do it. I really did. But I’d never wanted to before...it was different with him.” Pietro doesn’t really get it. It was easier when he just assumed he never would feel that way. It was easier to assume he didn’t want sex point blank period—-easier to assume he didn’t crave it. This would all be a lot easier for Pietro if it was a switch he can flip. 

Flip the switch and then bam—a perfectly normal sex drive, but no. Nothing is ever simple.

“That happens too I think. Sometimes you just click with someone and that’s that.” 

“Right…” Pietro had known Kurt for a while. He’d been through so much with him and felt more connected with him than he ever felt with anyone. 

Pietro follows the slope of Monet's shoulder—her bra strap has slipped, and Pietro is finding it a bit distracting. He watches sweat crawl down her jaw--easily distracted by small things, especially in such a crowded area.

“Think of it like pizza.” She says, the shifting light making her piercing sparkle. 

“Pizza?”

“Some people like pepperoni on their pizza, some people like bacon. Some like both and some people just don’t like pizza. Me personally? I’m a meat lover's kind of girl, all day everyday.”

“I can’t have pizza with meat on it. It’s not kosher.” Pietro says stupidly. 

“I’m not talking about actual pizza, love. It’s a metaphor.” Monet laughs—her laughter makes his own smile spread through his face. 

“It’s aright. Really.” Monet smiles, and it’s a good smile—Pietro really likes it when she smiles. It reminds him of thunder—sharp and dangerous and it lights up the sky for just a second. 

“What if…” Pietro swallows and once again his eyes jump to the hickey on her chest. 

What if it’s not just Kurt he’s attracted to?

Pietro is on fire, and his mouth is dry. 

“What if what?” Monet turns her head to the side. The kiss mark on her cheek making something twist in his gut that he now has a name for.

“What if I want pizza sometimes but only under really specific circumstances. Like if I knew it had all my favorite ingredients and it was handmade and just right.” Pietro says quickly. 

“That would be a pretty special pizza then.” Monet says as she tosses the dirty napkin in the trash can as they walk towards the exit. “The best pizza is always made with love.” 

I think they are losing the metaphor a bit. 

He falls silent, his mind racing.

“Can I take a picture of you and your boyfriend for the theme wall?” A tall man with wide shoulders and a plush belly smiles at the two behind a fancy camera. He’s wearing the staff uniform. 

Pietro opens his mouth to respond but Monet is already talking “he’s not my boyfriend. But we’d love to pose for a picture, right Pietro?”

Not her boyfriend. 

Pietro feels hot and lightheaded and like he’s the biggest idiot in the world. Monet is looking at him—waiting for a response. “R-right. Yeah of course.”

Monet casually puts an arm around Pietro's shoulders—pulling him close and smiling widely at the camera like she’s a damn professional model or something. He wonders if she’s had to do this before when she went to big fancy events with her family. Monet doesn’t talk about her family much. 

He feels cold when she pulls away from the pose of the picture and goes to the man to look at the picture. She looks at the screen and the light of the camera lens makes her face glow. 

“I love it. You took a really great picture. Wow.” Monet looks over the picture—leaning closer to the man. Pietro watches the man’s grey eyes drop down to Monet's cleavage. 

He’s looking at her like she’s his pizza. Like she’s his to have. 

“Can I get a copy?” Monet asks—oblivious to the man’s ogling.  Or maybe she isn’t oblivious. Maybe she knows exactly how to get exactly what she wants. 

“Y-Yeah of course.” The man takes the physical picture he just took and he hands it to Monet along with a small card he pulls from his pocket. “You can just have this one.” He says. “And my card—with my number. I do events and stuff.”

Events and stuff. 

What a stupid way to pass off giving a girl your number. 

Pietro doesn’t expect Monet to laugh at his face—she isn’t that cruel—but he certainly doesn’t expect her to smile at him the way she’s smiling at the man. The speedster feels sick. 

“I’ll make sure to save it.” Pietro doesn’t know if she means the picture or the business card. The speedster wants to leave. 

He wants them to go home.

“It’s getting late.” Pietro interrupts and Monet looks down at the watch around her wrist and nods. 

Monet smiles over at him. “I could go for some pizza.” She says and Pietro's mouth goes dry. 

“What?” 

“Isn’t your metabolism killing you right now?” Monet asks—knowing him too well. She rifles through her small hand purse and takes out a small chocolate bar—heavy grade, Hank approved, speedster sized snack. It would’ve taken up most of her purse space. 

Is that why his stomach hurts? That makes sense. Yeah. He must be hungry. 

She hands him the snack bar and the speedster takes it. “Thanks, I’m starving.” 

They stop by a 24 hour pizza joint that smells faintly of marijuana and Pietro tips the cashier double the amount recommended. Monet immediately suggests eating in the car as soon as we get the pizza. 

Two and a half large pizza boxes for Pietro and half a large pizza box for Monet who has to push herself to eat the crust off the fourth one. 

“Can’t go wrong with a classic Cheese pizza.” Monet chews methodically. 

“Wise words.” Pietro wonders how pissed Charles will be to find pizza crumbs all over his car seats. 

Monet licks some sauce off her thumb. Her movements are smooth and Pietro's eyes linger there—her tongue piercing poking over her fingertips. Pietro not for the first time  wonders how her tongue piercing would feel against his skin. 

“Did you have fun?” He asks.

“The most fun I’ve had in a while. Thanks for coming with me, I know you didn’t want to.”

Pietro feels a bit guilty for dragging his feet when she invited him—considering it was planned specifically for his enjoyment. “I had lots of fun. Can I see the picture?” 

Monet gestures towards her purse on the passenger seat floor. “Go for it.” She tries to finish the fourth pizza with a full stomach. Pietro bend over to rifle through her purse with her permission and he finds the picture. He also find the mans business card—in a moment of weakness Pietro goes into super speed and he rips the card up and hides the evidence in his pocket. 

It was a thoughtless decision and as soon as he does it dread takes over. What the hell? Why did he just do that? 

Pietro sits up abruptly and pretends he didn’t just do that—all but staring at the picture of them. Not really focusing on it at all. 

“I like how the light hits your face—it makes your hair look more silver.” Monet says and then points at the oddly blank area beside Pietro that takes up a chunk of the picture. “I saw this and thought it would’ve been better if Kurt was in it.” She says softly. 

 “Instead of you?” Pietro feels offended on her behalf— a bit sad that she thinks so little of herself. 

With us. I would’ve liked a picture with all three of us.” 

Pietro feels warm and sad, and he feels determined to make this right. “If—“ when “—Kurt comes back to the mansion—“ home “we’ll take a picture together. All three of us.”

Monet looks sad, a practiced smile on her face that doesn't reach her eyes. “A girl could dream.”

Pietro doesn’t know why she thinks it’s a dream and not a very possible scenario. 

They get home, and Monet hands him makeup wipes before heading to her room, but not before she suddenly reaches over and hugs him. It was abrupt and sudden, and Pietro squeezed her back immediately. 

“Is something wrong?”

“Maybe.” She says, burying her head into his neck. “I’m gonna call my sponsor.”

“You can talk to me.” Pietro insists. 

“Not about this,” Monet says quietly. 

“What happened? I thought—I thought you were having a good time?”

Her mood had dropped almost as soon as they got back to the mansion. Nothing too drastic, but a stark difference from when they sat in the car eating pizza—talking about Gunther. Pietro loves how much Monet loves Gunther. They had stopped by the gas station to buy cigarettes. 

“This happens sometimes after a big high. I just need to recharge.” She says simply. 

“Are you—“ Pietro's thrust closes a big around the words “—gonna be okay alone?” 

“I’m not gonna kill myself in my bedroom where the kids could just walk in at any point.” Monet's reasons and her tone makes it sound too casual—robotic—like it was definitely a thought she had before. A practiced mantra. 

“I’d prefer if you stayed on this side of the living—although I’m sure Gunther wouldn’t mind having you haunting him forever, he does enjoy his little ghost friends.”

“Tempting.”

“I hope not too tempting. I’d hate to talk to you through a five year old boy.”

“Almost six.” Monet says. 

“Almost six.” Pietro nods. “Still too young to deal with coparenting from the living and the dead don’t you think?” 

“Co parenting?” Monet lifts her eyebrows in surprise. 

Oh. That—he didn’t mean to imply that she was his parent. She’s just so important to Gunther—he loves her so much. 

“Just until Kurt gets back.” He mends jokingly and Monets easy smile falters. Fuck. That was the wrong thing to say. 

“Unless! I didn’t mean—fuck—you’re just as important. Obviously. He doesn’t have any woman role models.”

“He has Deja.” Monet supplies suddenly—his infamous ghost friend. “And Wanda. And kitty.”

“Those aren’t—those aren’t the same. I didn’t mean to exclude you—I just know you’re only picking up the slack from Kurt being gone. You’ve been my literal hero this whole time—I would’ve been so much worse without you.”

“Yeah, okay.” Monet says evenly, her eyes drifting away. 

“Monet—“ Pietro frantically reaches for her hands “—I’m saying all the wrong things. But you know what I meant. You matter so much to me. You matter so much to Gunther.”

“I know. Relax.” Monet smiles squeezing his arm comfortingly before stepping towards her bedroom door. “Don’t worry so much.”

Okay. Pietro isn’t convinced he didn’t fuck that up completely. But okay. 

“I’ll see you tomorrow?” 

Monet nods—waves her cigarette box to him like that means anything and heads to her room. 

It’s late when they get home but Pietro isn’t surprised to see Gunther in his bed snuggled underneath his comforter—facing the door waiting for him. His sweet boy. Pietro makes sure to shower and change into fresh Pham as before cuddling behind the big and tugging him into his chest.

“Abbah, fun?” Gunther murmurs in his sleep. 

“Lots of fun. I missed you.” Pietro says, kissing the back of his head of curls. 

“Is blue here?” The small child asks the question in his sleep—Pietro nearly starts crying. 

“No, he’s not here.” Pietro says quietly—and his boy whines “Where is Money?” 

“Monet is In her room.” 

“Why?”

“That’s where she sleeps.”

“Why?”

“It’s where she likes to sleep.”

“Okay.” Gunther sounds sad— “Can we sleep in her room then?”

Pietro melts. If Monet was questioning her importance in Gunther’s life, she shouldn’t be. Gunther adores her. 

“I think she’s already asleep, kid.” 

“Can we ask her? Please, Abbah?” 

Pietro caves—because he always caves when it comes to Gunther. Kurt was the stronger one of the two. He was always holding his ground—and Pietro was always letting him get away with things. Monet is a good balance of the two—all in good fun but never letting it go too far off the rails. If Pietro didn’t know any better, he would’ve assumed she had kids. 

Gunther is the one leading the walk to Monet's room—holding his hand with his fingers—Pietro watches with blurry eyes as they walk down the dark hallway. Gunther knows just where to go. 

They knock, and no response.

“She’s probably asleep,” Pietro tells Gunther and the little boy just twist the doorknob and opens the door like it’s his room. 

Pietro had a talk with him about not opening other people’s doors after the incident with Kurt and him. The one left them both vulnerable to Gunther’s young eyes. The talk must not have fully stuck. 

“Money? Wakey wakey.” Gunther whisper yells into the room like it might be haunted.

Pietro apologizes, “Sorry, I told him you’d be asleep.” he looks inside the room—it’s empty. The bed looks slept on—like she might have started to lay down and then gotten up abruptly. 

Pietro scans the room in less than a second—she’s not here. He opens her closet, and everything is still there. 

“She’s not here,” Gunther says. 

The speedster frantically searches the room again as if it’s an elaborate game of hide and seek. He checks the bathroom—freshly used—makeup wipes stacked in the trash bin.  

He sees a pair of her sneakers gone. He sees her German dictionary book on her nightstand along with her rings and accessories. 

His heart races. Where did she go? Where did she go? 

Please don’t be gone. Please don’t be gone. 

“Abbah I can’t read.” Gunther lifts a paper from the dresser—folded in scrap paper. A note.

Pietro prays. 

I’m not gonna kill myself in my bedroom where the kids could just walk in at any point. 

He closes his eyes in superspeed and speaks a prayer--hoping it isn't what he thinks it is. He hopes Monet didnt do anything rash. He hopes she spoke with Joey like she said she would. He hopes--he prays. Was tonight something else? A last hurrah before she decided to kick the bucket? She was sad. she was sad when they got home. He knew that, and he was trying to push her to talk, but was he pushing her to do something else? Was he pushing her too much? 

Pietro takes the note from Gunther with a poorly concealed shake of his hand. He reads the note with bated breath. His eyes widen. 

 

Don’t worry, I haven't killed myself. I’ll be back. I’ve gone to get Kurt.

 

Notes:

I got a little excited, and I missed Kurt. I'm only human. :P

The author has listened to exactly one AC/DC song (I'm a poser, so sorry) and Google searched the first album they released and just winged it. Sorry if it's glaringly obvious. lmao. My music taste is very basic. Sorry to break any hearts.

Also, if anybody hates Monet----i dont care---lmao. I love writing her, and the next chapter is going to be from her POV. On the bright side, we get more clarity on angst, and we get to see Kurt. :)

A win is a win.

also when i originally wrote Gunther he wasnt supposed to be as big of a character as he is. he was just meant to be a student that Pietro bonded with and I even gave him a silly name. I regretted the name choice as soon as i realized i was gonna make him a bigger character but I'm too far in it now to change it, and I've grown to like it, so whatever. He is my baby, i love him so much.

Also in case it wasnt clear--Monet is a telepath (she can't read Pietro's mind) and has minor super speed (not as fast as Pietro) super strength and can fly. This is as close to comic book accurate as I decided to go because holy shit is she hella powerful in the comics. We shall see....

Hope everyone has a good valentines. <3

on an unrelated note--
In my head Kurt looks like Alfred Enoch from how to get away with murder --but blue obviously.

Chapter 51: Her Heart Races

Summary:

Monet steps closer to him. Intrigued by his madness that she feels so connected to. She feels drawn by his anguish—-moved by his pain, and she’s screaming.

She doesn’t even realize she’s screaming until her throat starts to hurt. Her eyes begin to water.

Their screams blend together, and the world falls silent, and all she hears is their screams harmonizing like some sort of tortured choir. It’s as if every mind in the world has decided to scream in unison to her heartbeat.

Her heart is racing—the screaming is making her head pound—like a high she’s never felt before. Like a drug, only tortured companionship can allow.

When she breaths after it feels like the first real breath she’s had in a long while. She doesn’t feel numb—her heart is racing.

---or---

How Pietro and Monet met, from her point of view.

Notes:

Consider this my flowers to you for valentines.

A little flashback from Monet's POV. Three Chapters in under a week???? I only work this hard for you guys. :D Next chapter, we see some moments we didnt get to see between Monet and Kurt before he dipped for a month. Nothing too crazy. :p

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Monet was more or less disowned by her very rich, very shitty family during her teen years after she turned an ugly shade of red and destroyed their family cottage. It was an adjustment to go from having everything you want at your fingertips to having no money in your name. She struggled to adjust and burned many bridges in the process. Because of her drastic drop in the tax bracket—she does not readily have certain things. For example, good health insurance. Or health insurance in general. If she got shot at this minimum wage job, she wouldn't even be able to afford the ambulance ride to the hospital. 

 

She’d much prefer if they’d just aim for the head and get it all over with. Or if she bled out in the ambulance ride, so she’d never have to see the bill. She could almost imagine the blood splatter on her manager's wall—covering the stained neon tile decoration. His office is drenched in the offending color with little remorse for people with functioning eyes. 

 

“I have to let you go.” Her manager spoke and Monet just had the shift from hell—she was spat on—dropped at least four separate orders—got yelled at by three total customers and half the staff had called out. That’s not to mention the gun that was aimed at her half way through her shift by an angry customer with a to go order that had her daydreaming death for the rest of her shift. 

 

Everything that could go wrong did and Monet wasn’t handling any of it with her usual air of calm. It was a rush all fucking day and the tips where basically none existent—everyone was in a bad mood and so the fuck was she. 

 

“I know your circumstances isn’t ideal Monet but I expected better from you.”

 

Lazy piece of shit. No wonder she can’t keep a job. 

 

The managers thoughts usually aren’t this bad so perhaps he’s having a bad day too. Half the staff did leave. Technically it was more of a walkout. If she’d been informed of it she might’ve just stayed home instead of clocking in. 

 

“Half the staff called out. I tried the best that I could under those circumstances.” Monet spoke calmly—she spoke reasonably—making sure she didn’t sound too emotional. Making sure he doesn’t— 

 

God she talks like a fucking robot. No wonder the customer hate her. 

 

Monet tries to think of calming thoughts. Snow days and perfectly buttery popcorn. 

Her old therapist—the one she had from her old job—the one that actually had good health insurance—told her she let things bottle up and then she’d crash. 

 

Her therapist thought she had PTSD and Depression—although she never did say that. She just thought it very loudly as she pretended to be invested in one of Monet's many story dumps about her father and her long family. 

 

Monet had medication—but not for that. 

 

She hasn’t had easy access to her medications in a while. Every shift is her just barely making enough to get another refill. Every shift until this one. 

 

Awful.

 

It was awful. 

Maybe it’s not worth all this hassle. Maybe she should’ve quit a long time ago. It’s not like she liked this job. The scheduled walk out was a very valid response to an overall toxic work environment. 

 

Monet has ketchup stains in her shirt that might resemble blood if she thinks about it too long.

 

She’s not even fucking listening to me. Why the fuck did I even hire her?

 

“I understand. I’m sorry to have caused any problems.” 

 

Fuck you. I hate you. I hope you never get hired anywhere else.

 

“I’m glad you understand. Please leave your badge at the hostess table.” Stupid bitch.

 

Monet is used to people thinking the opposite of what they say. People tend to think the worst of her. 

 

She should call her sponsor. 

 

Monet doesn’t have a place to go after this. She doesn’t leave her badge at the hostess table—a small rebellion in a small, meaningless existence. She got evicted this morning—her few things are stranded on the front lawn of the low-income apartment building she was staying in for the last year. She was behind on rent. Four months behind. The Landlord kicks her out with cuss words and threats, and new mutant slurs Monet hadn’t even realized existed until that morning.

 

It was the first time in a while that she had heard someone say exactly what they thought. It left the same stone in her chest regardless. Another rock to carry around with her. Maybe not for much longer. 

 

Homeless and jobless is not the lowest she’s been—she hasn’t picked up her shortest skirt and waited in the same sticky corner where all the desperate women stood needing cash. Not that she hasn’t done it before. She has. She’s just a little bit past that point. She’s a bit past hopeless now. 

 

She doesn’t need to go down on someone for cash that will do nothing to help her crippling debt. She has no apartment to keep. Shes been evicted and she’s pretty sure she has enough pills to hold her over for a week max.

 

Or she can take them all at once—let it choke her insides and turn her to endless sleep. 

 

She wants to die. 

 

It’s not the first time she’s thought about it and it isn’t the first time she’s been depressed enough to do it. She has the means and she thinks she might have the will to do it too. 

 

She should call her sponsor. She hasn’t called her in nearly a year. Joey must think she’s dead. Monet kind of wishes she was. 

 

She's leaving her ex job and hearing everyone walk around her—avoiding her—thinking either crude or rude things. Monet is unfazed. She's thinking maybe if she looks at one of them long enough, they might be bold enough to actually do what they're threatening to do in their minds. 

 

Whore

 

God, she looks a mess. 

 

Fucking freak. 

 

Bet she’s a freak in bed. 

 

Jesus, they hire anyone nowadays. 

 

The voices blend and mingle, and she can’t discern who they come from or even if they are towards her, but she hears it all. It made taking orders difficult when the customer would order one thing but think about something else completely. They’d order a salad but really want a burger. They’d order a veggie burger but actually want a double cheeseburger with bacon. Large soda instead of water with lime. It was hard when everyone was so indecisive. Difficult when no one would just say what they wanted. 

 

Everyone just fucking lies all the time. 

 

She’s watching a van swerve through traffic—her broken down black sneakers tip toeing on the edge of the sidewalk. Smoke puffs out of the exhaust—spoiling the air with its thick gas. 

 

She wants a smoke. 

 

Her friend Lana used to tell her she shouldn’t smoke because it could kill her. Monet smokes a pack a week, hoping her death would come a little quicker because of it. She doesn’t even like smoking. She doesn’t like the taste or the feel of it on her lips. She thinks it’s too expensive with her nonexistent paycheck and too time-consuming to keep doing. She’s hoping her commitment to it will pay off. 

 

Monet eyes a dog as he walks past her, sniffing her greasy shoes and pouting up at her. A stray begging for good she doesn’t have. She smells of food, but she hasn’t had any and has none to give the dog. 

 

With unfocused eyes, Monet shuffles to the diner's trash can and lifts the lid of the trashcan and spots a greasy bag of half-eaten food crumbled up and thrown away. She rips open the bag and sees fries covered in ketchup and salt. 

 

Is she desperate enough to eat out of the trash? Her stomach growls

 

She might be. She looks down at the bones and flesh of the starving animal and thinks, perhaps if she’s not long for this world, what would another meal do for her? Nothing. 

 

She drops the bag onto the floor and allows the thin animal to gobble up his meal with a feverish sigh. 

 

“Good dog.” She pats his head gently, and maybe she should be worried about lice or fleas, but his tail wags at her soft caress, and she couldn’t possibly see anything wrong with the affection. 

 

The money she has—a few coins now won’t do much to pay for a hotel or a meal. 

 

He’s a good dog. 

 

She thinks there’s an animal shelter nearby. There is a phone booth just near the left of the diner—usually she would walk towards the right to take the bus and head home, but she has no home to go to so she might as well do this one good thing. 

 

She walks towards the phone booth—her head low as she watches the small dog walk beside her like she’s worth his time. 

 

Ugly ass dog. 

 

They really gotta call someone about all these damn strays. 

 

This neighborhoods gone to shit. 

 

An onslaught of voices crash through Monet and she glares at the couple near a bench who are shooing the dog away with there heavy chains. 

 

“Fucking mutts.” The cranky old man spoke venomously at them. 

Mutts. Referring to them both. It’s a new term shes heard being thrown around in the last year or so–possibly longer, festering in the back of people's minds like a bad cough they can finally unfurl from their throat. 

 

Monet stares at them blankly—and if she still worked here, she would’ve had a different response, but today she is no longer working in customer service and could give less of a shit what these people think about her. Monet is about to cuss them out when someone suddenly just starts fucking screaming

 

Gut-wrenching screaming. The old couple startle and shuffle away from the man screaming next to the phone booth, and the stray dog runs off in a fright. 

 

Monet watches this man in a fancy suit absolutely kill his lungs and release the longest running scream she’s ever heard, and something about it just—speaks to her. 

 

Fucking nutjob. 

 

Someone should call the police. 

 

What the hell is going on out there?

 

What the fuck is wrong with him? 

 

These strangers' voices poke at her, and Monet can only think about how cathartic it must feel. All those bottled-up emotions seem to be unleashed at the sight of this young man—curly silver hair and fiery eyes screaming his feelings out into the night sky. 

 

Maybe something is wrong with him? Maybe there’s something wrong with her that his wrongness doesn’t seem to frighten her. 

 

Monet steps closer to him. Intrigued by his madness that she feels so connected to. She feels drawn by his anguish—-moved by his pain, and she’s screaming

 

She doesn’t even realize she’s screaming until her throat starts to hurt. Her eyes begin to water. 

 

Their screams blend together, and the world falls silent, and all she hears is their screams harmonizing like some sort of tortured choir. It’s as if every mind in the world has decided to scream in unison to her heartbeat. 

 

Her heart is racing—the screaming is making her head pound—like a high she’s never felt before. Like a drug, only tortured companionship can allow. 

 

When she breaths after it feels like the first real breath she’s had in a long while. She doesn’t feel numb—her heart is racing. 

 

Her heart hasn’t raced in a long time. 

 

When he sits on the ground—his clean, slick suit smudging with dirt and grime–she follows him down to the dirt. Her diner uniform feels funny compared to his slick businessman's suit. 

 

“Feel better?” Monet asks while looking at his expensive dress shoes with dull, worn soles. 

“Not really.” His voice is different from what she thought it would be. 

“Me either.” She admits—she feels different but not better. Maybe just more. She feels more. 

“Bad day?” The stranger asks, and Monet waits for his thoughts to contradict his words. 

She waits for his truth to unravel any connection she feels. 

“Bad life.” Monet pulls out a packet of cigarettes—she has one left. She looks at it for a while and considers if she wants to share it with him. She knows there’s a disease spreading around—everyone’s been super cautious about sanitation and hygiene, but she doesn’t think sharing a cigarette would do much harm. Not any more harm than smoking a cigarette would be. 

Doesn’t it only spread through fluids anyway? Through sex. Monet looks over at the man—he’s cute—definitely her type, and he dresses like he has money, so probably definitely the type of guy she’d pursue in a desperate situation. 

But she’s not sleeping with him. She’s just considering sharing a cigarette with him. Her last cigarette. 

“Me too.” He leans back on his hands on the gravel, it looks like it might leave imprints on his palms. She copies the motion—liking the sting. 

He hangs his head back and exposes the long slope of his neck—his Adam’s apple shifts and his curly silver hair hangs slightly over his eyes. He looks like a painting from a museum. Haunting and beautiful.  

“You ever feel like everything is working against you?” Monet asks even though she thinks he might be rich. He looks rich. He might be too privileged to understand. She thinks the worst of his worries might be the stock market or a promotion at his job. His suit is close to three thousands dollars—it’s the same brand her father used to wear. She knows it well. 

“I’m almost certain everything is working against me.” He says and he doesn’t  elaborate—his mind is blank. 

It’s odd. 

Usually people speak and think at the same time. But he does not. It’s like he has no thoughts behind that soft head of hair of his. But no one is that thoughtless. 

She opens up a bit—free conversation from a stranger on the street is better then deciding between methods of suicide. 

“I hate this place. I hate this town. I hate these people. I hate my job. I hate my life.” She says and is a bit more open with her words since she’s pretty sure she’s going to kill herself today. She thinks about the reef. She always did like the water. Maybe she should do it there. 

“I could've been something else. Something better.” She was smart—if she had a different family—maybe if she wasn’t who she was—then she could’ve had a different life. A different outcome to this sad slow story. A broke depressed waitress at a shitty diner. A broke depressed homeless ex-waitress sitting on a curb. 

“Why weren’t you?” The strangers voice was soft and warm and far more gentle than she’s been spoken to in a long time. Like he’s used to talking softly. Used to speaking to someone with a gentle voice. 

Why wasn’t she? She feels like the answer should be obvious but in reality she just thinks she was never meant for this world. She wasn’t meant to live this long. She never thought she’d live past thirteen and now it’s nearly a decade past that. How did she survive this long?  

“What did you want to be?” This strange boy asked her like he was trying to ask a ten year old what they wanted to be when they grew up. Monet found it charming in a way.

“I dunno—I guess just not working in a diner for less than minimum wage. Go to college, Travel the world, Fall in love, Eat a dragon fruit.” 

She’s not working at a diner anymore. College isn’t in the cards and she’s pretty sure every part of the world is just as dull as this part. The places she has traveled have never been for her benefit—never been for her freedom. 

She’s never fallen in love before but she’s come close a few times. She's had many lovers and yet none of them have ever made her feel how she believes love is meant to make someone feel. 

“A dragon fruit?” The boy asks curiously—his eyes meet hers and she holds them—entrapping him or maybe herself into this atmosphere. Calm and electric all at once. 

She tries to peak into his thoughts. Pausing deliberately—waiting for his mind to catch up. Nothing happens. She hears nothing. Something inside Monet feels like it’s catching on fire. A spark of a flame. 

“They just look so cool. I’ve never tried it.” She smiles, and it’s the first real smile she’s given in a long time. Her cheeks hurt and the exposed of her teeth is so foreign that she feels momentarily possessed. 

“What would you go to college for?”

Monet thinks about it—taking his question very seriously. “I dunno, something basic and versatile so I can get a job that makes lots of money.” 

If she had all the money she wanted she’d adopt all the stray dogs she’d find. No little girl would ever stand on the street waiting for men to use them for money. No stomach would be left hungry. If she had the money she’d never let anyone she cared about suffer ever again. 

“Big house—good job—lots of money—dragonfruit. That’s the dream.” Pietro says like maybe that’s not a stupidly naive thing for her to have said. 

It was a bit optimistic of her. But it’s a dream for a reason. A fantasy. It’s not meant to be realistic. She’s not meant to save anyone. She’s not a hero. She’s just Monet. 

She plays along to this version of reality though. “Yeah but not like those snobby rich people that just sit and do nothing with their money. I’d be charitable. I’d try to help people.” She thinks of her family. She feels a sense of disgust and anger towards them. Towards what they represent and how she’s benefited from that. 

“I wanna help people.” Maybe in the next life. 

This man, this handsome—possibly unhinged man, looks her in the eye and says “You still could do all those things.” 

“Yeah, sure.” She snorts as she pulls on the thread of her green work pollo, her black nail polish is chipped and ugly. She had stolen a bottle of nail polish from the supermarket. It wasn’t really essential but she wanted it. She wanted it so badly. She hadn’t gotten anything for herself in a long while. Everything—everything—went to bills—to her medication. Everything went to the cost of living not to the cost of happiness. She hadn’t gotten something just because. She wanted to look pretty. To feel better. To feel like a bit of herself even if it was just a slab of color on her frail fingernails. 

The bottle had run out of polish and dried out a few weeks ago and it’s visible cracks on her fingernails feels like a visual representation of her mental health right now. 

“It’s too late for me to do any of that. I’m not meant for that life anyway. Im not even sure I’m meant for this one either.” It’s maybe a bit honest—she doesn’t even really care. She starts chipping at the nail polish on her finger nails. Chip. Chip. Chip. 

“Do you ever think about dying?” She asks while staring at the caution sign on the road—the traffic is heavy tonight. The driving is reckless. 

One bad swerve and she could be resting. 

“Yeah. Doesn’t everyone?” It reflects the hurt and pain in his scream, it’s a quick response—casual in its delivery like—Yeah, duh, of course. 

But Monet feels seen. She tries to see him too—tries to dig into his thoughts again. Hesitating. Usually Monet doesn’t have to try. Usually everyone’s mind is so open. So loud and so much. 

But this strangers mind is quiet. She can’t hear any of his thoughts. She only has his words to take in. 

“Yeah, Probably just too polite to say anything.” She twirls her sister's ring around her finger, she has very few jewelry left from her time before this but the few that she does are sentimental. They are precious to her—and comforting. 

She looks at the strangers kind brown eyes and says a horrific example of a death she can think of. “If I ran into oncoming traffic and died I don’t think anyone would care.”

She thinks it would be more of an inconvenience for the driver if anything. She’d absolutely wreck their car. Which isn’t cool. Not everyone has car insurance. Maybe she should aim to get run over by an expensive looking car. They’d definitely have car insurance. Or at least afford to get a new car. 

She doesn’t think anyone would actually notice let alone care. 

Her old therapist would have a field day with Monet's internal monologue. She’d probably send her to the psychiatric facility again.  

“I’d care.” This absolute stranger says to her—his eyes look at her and when he bites his lip—possibly in thought—her eyes dart down to his pink lips. 

“For one I'd be super traumatized. Incoming traffic is a bit of a trigger for me apparently so I’d be pretty messed up about it.” He says very seriously and Monet rolls her eyes, amused by his words. 

For some reason she finds him utterly ridiculous and completely charming. 

“I’ll make sure my hypothetical doesn’t happen in front of you then, Fancy pants. Wouldn’t want to give you more trauma.” 

She thinks this is the longest conversation she’s had with someone in six months that wasn’t someone yelling at her or judging her or her taking someone’s food order. 

“I appreciate the consideration. And these pants aren’t mine.” The boy smirks—he has dimples—Monets mouth waters. 

She has a thing for dimples. 

“Really?” She looks him up and down as an excuse to trail her eyes down his body. “they fit you nice.” 

Just because she’s decided she wasn’t sleeping with him doesn’t mean she can’t look

“Everything looks nice on me.” He says like a cocky piece of shit. Monet thinks it looks nice but doesn’t really give the right vibe with his silver hair. Like he’s dressing up as someone else. Cosplaying an adult. 

“I bet. What are you doing with somebody else’s pants?” She can’t read his mind. It should be jarring. It should feel strange to feel nothing pulsing through her head. But it isn’t. It feels calming. 

“Long story.” 

She glances at her black watch—it used to belong to her mother. The pharmacy is already closed. She can’t pick up her meds until tomorrow morning. Without that she’s more or less stuck. Basically free to anything. 

“I’ve got time.”

The stranger's name is Pietro Django Maximoff. He begins his tale from some point in the beginning. He speaks fast and then at some points slow. He’s unloading all the pieces of his life like they’ve been friends for ages. Money takes those pieces and treasures them like currency. 

“Can you repeat that last bit?” Monet plays with the cigarette box—never really taking out the last cigarette—never really lighting it. He listens to this man’s story—his life story really and she feels every hit-every hurt as if it’s her own. This man has endured far too much. 

“-sorry—I talk too fast sometimes.”

She has a bit of super speed—probably not as fast as him but she actually understands him perfectly. It just sounds like a normal person talking fast, not like an inhumanly fast talker. 

“It’s okay. I just didn’t understand what you said in that last bit.”

“Oh—my future self from an alternative universe told me I was also from a different universe and was basically living in the place of a dead kid.”

Okay, wow. 

Monet nods “right that’s what I thought you said. I was just making sure I didn’t mishear. Continue.” 

He has quite the life. He seems to be realizing all his trauma as he speaks. He’s actively tearing up and choking up as he unfolds his own life like even he hadn’t realized how bizarre everything sounded. Monet should feel overwhelmed by all the information. 

Alternative timelines? Reality warping abilities? Evil mutant terrorist? And Nazi groups? 

She should be freaking out. She should be telling this guy to stop talking. To stop telling her all his business that she doesn’t fucking care. 

But she does care. She cares. 

It’s a fatal flaw. How much she cares. She cares about his delicate father-son-ish relationship with this Charles character. She cares about his decaying relationship with his mother. She cares about his body image issues and the way he keeps calling himself stupid and dumb throughout his story. She cares about his relationship with his best friend who he’s very obviously in love with. She cares about his sister and how she fits into his own trauma so delicately. She cares about his fragile relationship with his flawed mother—a victim and an abuser in her own story.

She feels a sense of sadness when he tells her about all the people he’s lost. Children. Students. Friends. Sisters. She thinks his life is built on relationships he can’t have or can’t claim. Stitched together by broken threads and shaking hands. 

She thinks he’s building his own family—and he doesn’t even realize it. 

She thinks it’s amazing. She thinks he’s flawed in a way all people are—but she understands him. She understands his insecurities like their her own—like they are mirrors of each other in a different time. 

He talk and talks and talks and he talks so much that she doesn’t even notice that his thoughts aren’t appearing to her. He doesn’t stop talking long enough for her to feel conflicted over it. 

A shiver runs up her spine. It’s getting a bit cold out. She wraps her arms around her bent legs—gathering as much heat as possible. Without stopping his story about how his sister got her powers Pietro starts shrugging off his expensive suit jacket and without a word about it wraps it around her. Monet—a bit surprised by the thoughtfulness—slips her hands through the arm holes instinctively and blinks up at him as he leans close to her from the ground. 

They're both sitting and he’s only taller than her when they're both sitting—his warm breath hits her face as he keeps talking like this isn’t the most kindness anyone’s shown her in a while. His hands slip behind her neck—his fingers grazing her skin like small sparks of warmth as he tugs at her hair outwards so it’s out from under the jacket. He smiles and Monet stares at the dimple she has full view of right in front of her. 

“All I could think about was protecting her. Taking her somewhere safe.” Pietro says softly as he buttons up one of the buttons on her jacket—his jacket—snug and warm around her frame. Monet knows he isn’t talking about her—he’s talking about his sister. Regardless she feels her heart jump at the borderline intimate gesture. 

Monet has a feeling that Pietro must do these random acts of affection instinctively—without realizing how romantic they must look to others. She feels almost a sense of envy for his best friend Kurt who must receive these gifts often. 

Pietro has no concept of personal space—no warning of stranger danger. Is he this hands on with everyone

She leans close to him and maybe she should be more hesitant about getting so close to him but she’s determined that he’s harmless. Lost. Just like her. She pulls out a change bag from her pocket—the only little money she has left in this world. “I’ve met people with less shitty stories than yours who’ve turned out to be bigger assholes than you. If it's any constellation I think you're handling everything pretty well.” She hands him her whole change bag—she has no use for it anymore. She doesn’t have enough to pay for her next refill. She has no job—no apartment to keep—no hotel she can afford. 

“Go phone home.” The money would be useless with a dead corpse. 

Pietro takes it and grabs two quarters. Taking only exactly what he needs and nothing more. He hands it back to her even if she doesn’t ask him to. “Didn’t you have somewhere to go?’ He looks at her very seriously. 

She must not be hiding it very well, she isn’t really trying to hide it. She's past that point. 

“Not really.” She looks at the road ahead of them, and she wonders how this boy can face such hardships and still be as kind as he is. He has a whole mansion full of people that would be devastated if he died this very second. 

She has a stray dog that would miss her soft ears scratches. That's it. 

She looks over at him and frowns far too deeply—a constant staple of her emotions. Most days she’s frowning. Most days she barely smiles. She liked talking to Pietro. She likes the way he talks with his hands and expresses everything with his voice and face. She wishes they could keep talking. She wishes he didn’t have to go. 

“I’m gonna make a phone call. Don’t go anywhere.” Pietro eyes her carefully—like she might disappear if he isn’t careful.

“I've got literally nowhere to be.” She says with a shrug—-the ground is uncomfortable but she doesn’t mind all that much. 

She watches him stand and walk over to the phone booth. He phones home and he’s talking to someone all soft and sad and Monet wonders who that might be in the other end. 

She doesn’t move from her spot—she doesn’t eavesdrop, not that she could with her inability to read his Mind. Charles is a full blown telepath and far more stronger then her and he isn’t able to penetrate that beautiful head of Pietro's. 

“Please, come get me.” Pietros sad voice whisks into her ears simply because of the wind and it would take a blind man not to see the way his body relaxes with the recipient's response. 

“Kurt will be here in a bit.” Pietro looks drastically more relaxed by this information. 

“You must love him a lot.” Monet comments easily—certain more than anything. 

“So much.” Pietro smiles—absolutely smitten with this Kurt boy. His best friend—who got him through so much turmoil. He must be something special. The speedster is more relaxed after just one phone call with him. 

“How’d you meet him?” Monet then buckles down for the next hour or so while this Sunshine of a man dives into a story about some off-the-wall home invasion and friends of humanity and running across counties because of some fight with his father figure. Monet felt like she was listening to her favorite audiobook—enthralled and excited as everything unfolded. 

Kurt Wagner. He sounds like a sweetheart. They are perfect for each other. 

The words he’s blue—doesn’t ever leave the speedster's mouth, so she should be a bit more surprised when a blue teleporter materialized in front of the phone booth. Pietro is grabbing him into a big body-shaking hug—almost as soon as he sees his blue friend. 

What the fuck? 

Oh my god! 

Our father who art in heaven hollowed be the name—

The internal thoughts of other people's panic over the teleporter's appearance should be more jarring than it is, but she just sat through a three-hour debrief of everything Quicksilver, and she thinks nothing can surprise her anymore.

From this angle, Monet sees blue skin and a long blue tail with a soft point. Three fingers grapple at Pietro's back like they haven’t seen each other in a decade. 

They love each other. 

“I missed you too.” Kurt speaks, and Monet is instantly enamored with his accent. Pietro did mention an accent—he said it was super adorable—Monet thinks what he meant to say was that it was super hot. 

“Wanda is home.” Kurt says with a broad smile and—dimples. Monet is reeling back and my god—leaning back into her palms, looking at the view of two beautiful dimple-faced men. 

Cute is the right word to describe Kurt Wagner—something inherently youthful and innocent in his features. But he’s strong—deceptively strong—as he lifts Pietro off the ground like he weighs nothing and twirls him around like he’s a princess. She wonders if he could do the same to her. The sight of them alone makes Monet happy—so unfathomably happy for these two boys she’s only just met. 

“I know, man. Isn't it great?” Pietro's voice is shaky—and Monet knows he has much to tell his friend. 

She should go. Give them privacy. Deal with her own shit. But she can’t look away from the boys—her eyes stuck on how the full moon reflects off of Kurt’s blue skin. He’s stunning. 

 

Angel ist traurig. Sogar am Telefon.

 

Kurt’s thoughts are drowning in devotion and Monet has to take in a breath to fully appreciate it. She tries to pinpoint the language. Familiar but she’s unpracticed. She hasn’t studied in a while. Angel is clear as day. Perhaps it’s a nickname he has for Pietro? That’s really cute. 

Kurt’s dimply smile droops a bit “what’s wrong?” His voice filled with so much emotion and care for the speedster. 

Pietro has people that care for him.

“N-nothing. It's silly. Nothing at all.”

His three fingers touch the speedsters shoulder, looking him in the eye like he’s the most important thing in the world. 

nicht albern.

Monet realizes he’s German so his thoughts must be in German. Her German is a bit rusty. She understands the words feeling—concern. Care. 

 

The way Monet's telepathy works is that she can hear people’s thoughts as they have them—she can’t really manipulate or dive into their heads. It’s like having the tv on but not really being able to change the channel or lower the volume, or write hate mail to the director. She can’t look into their memories and see something from their past. She can only hear what they are actively thinking. 

Sometimes—if the feeling is strong enough—she can feel the intent of those thoughts. Fear—love—hatred—disgust. But usually that takes time to interpret.

 

It’s not an exact science. She’s misinterpreted love for hate many times, just as she’s misinterpreted hunger with fear. 

 

“Not silly if it bothers you.” Kurt says with a deep furrowed brow. Pietro just smiles and shakes his head. “I just—“ he takes in a breath, shaking slightly—vibrating with his powers. “—I wanna go home.”

”Of course.” Kurt nods and then looks behind Pietro. His eyes hold Monet's for a beat too long—she holds eye contact.  “Who's that?” 

 

Sie ist hübsch. 

 

The accent is making a bit more sense. She’s not fluent but she knows the word for pretty. He thinks she’s pretty. 

 

She fiddles with her cigarette box in one hand and waves with her fingers with the other—looking probably super not pretty. 

 

“I’m Monet.” The tall girl says and points at the building with her thumb. “I work at the diner—“ well, not anymore. “-worked at the diner.” She corrects easily. 

 

“She’s coming to work at the school.” Pietro says suddenly and Monet—she supposes some things can surprise her because that certainly did—she feels her ears twitch and she looks over at the speedster with sharp eyes. This is not a small gesture. This is not something one should give freely. This is an invitation to his home. To his safe place. Where his sister, his father, and his child are. 

 

He cannot understand what he is doing—-inviting her to his world. 

 

“I can’t guarantee you'll travel the world but the country's pretty big and we live in a big mansion. Good pay, good cause.” Pietro stands beside Kurt who immediately wraps an arm around the speedster like instincts. 

 

They both stand beside each other and they look perfect—they look like a unit—a perfect pair. Kurt extends his hands to her, trusting Pietro's judgment of her character. 

These people are fucking insane. 

 

Monet is suicidal. She was going to kill herself—they are asking to watch her bleed herself out. Asking for another wave of hurt. Inviting her to add to that story of pain. 

Monet can’t say no. They look at her like superheroes—not like she’s someone that needs to be saved but someone that can do the saving. 

 

“You in?” Pietro looks at her, and he knows nothing about her—she has nowhere else to go. 

Nowhere to live—nowhere to work—no purpose to live for at all. 

Does he know that he just gave her all of that? It doesn’t make it all better. She feels the sadness present in her bones, but it's bearable now—it’s not gone. But it’s a start. A warm place to stay. 

 

Enough hope to live another day. Just one more day.  

 

Monet is stepping forward with a grin and taking Kurt's waiting hand. Whole. Another piece slotting into place. 

 

“Yeah, sounds like fun.” 

Notes:

Yay!

typos--errors--the whole dealio.

Chapter 52: Too Much, Zu Viel

Summary:

“Are you alive?” The boy asks suddenly, his lisp catching in his lips.

“I think so.” Monet says plainly—an easy smile dropping to her mouth like it’s all a big joke. She had told herself just one more day, and several have passed already.

The boy reaches over and pokes her knee—peaking over her ripped jeans. Ripped from actual fraying and not from style. A smile blooms on the boy's face. 

“You are alive.” He confirms, as if he knows more than she does about her status on this earth. This could be true. 

“Darn.” She jokes—maybe a bit too dark a joke for a child of his age—considering she is —you know—suicidal. She probably shouldn’t joke about death to a child. Even if he was the one to bring it up. 

Pietro swoops in and pulls the boy into an easy hug that makes the boy squeal with laughter.  

--or--

Monet learns a bit of German and allows Gunther to paint her nails. She hits it off with Gunther, but Kurt is seemingly not her biggest fan.

Notes:

I LOVED WRITING THIS CHAPTER. i really feel like you see a lot from kurts point of view in this chapter despite it not being from his point of view. I hope you're all doing well.
grammar mistakes---spelling errors---etc

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Monet St Croix did not kill herself, despite the many opportunities the Mansion gave her to do so. The first night at the school, after being assigned a room, she made good use of the large shower connected to her room. It’s been a long time since Monet has had the opportunity to use a shower with good water pressure. Pietro stocked the bathroom with good hair products—bless him—and an honest to god bonnet with the silkiest material. 

When she saw the dragonfruit-shaped bubble soaps, she considered marrying the man. Or at least a blow job if he asked nicely. 

He didn't ask for anything. He seems to just do things because he's…a good guy. Monet doesn’t know how to handle that.

In the following days after meeting Pietro Maximoff and Kurt Wagner, Monet's life changed quite a bit. She likes to sit near the window in the morning—likes to feel the warm sun against her skin. She's lost some color since she was mostly working the night shifts—staying enclosed inside in her windowless apartment. Her old apartment was more like a prison she paid for. She hated it. She has a window in this room now, which is nice. She takes that change in stride. She has a comfortable chair that she tugs near the windowsill, and she just sits in front of the window like she’s a thousand-year-old tree. She feels ancient for enjoying the sunshine, but it’s been a while since life has been this calm. Since she’s been able to just bask in the sunshine. Peaceful. 

Not that the Mansion is peaceful. Pietro was right—the school needs a lot of work. Monet used to go to prep schools, private schools and even charter schools and never has it been this disorganized. Even during her brief stint in public school, it was never this Willy nilly. Charles Xavier is an eccentric man with a big heart and money to spend. He’s educated and experienced and knows what he’s doing—by all means, the school should be thriving. Except—of course—the school isn’t his. Not really. Not even if it’s his name on the front. It belongs to his children. Wanda and Pietro are not his children, biologically, legally, or even by name—but they might as well be. 

Charles is the boss—the top of the chain of command; all organizations have them, every place has a superior. Charles is in charge—but he is swayed by his children, which makes his children the real bosses. It’s simple to see. Charles needed very little convincing to allow Monet into the fold of the school. Monet was almost concerned by his willingness to take her in. 

She could be a serial killer. 

She isn’t. 

But one never knows and he did not ask. 

Monet has been at the mercy of spineless men before— but this didn’t feel like a moment of weakness; more like a moment of love. Of trust towards Pietro. Charles trusts Pietro, and from what Pietro has told her about his life, the telepath doesn’t know all his darkness. Monet suspects he would accept him with open arms. The brown girl is glad that the speedster has someone like that looking out for him. 

In the first few days, Monet meets everyone gradually. There isn’t a big introduction, but she puts names to faces. Connecting each face to the stories Pietro told her. Some are exactly as she imagined, and others not so much.

 

A little boy looks up at Monet with big brown chocolate eyes that remind the girl of a baby cow. Her family used to have a farm—a vacation home with its own cows and chickens that were used for the breakfast diner connected to the estate. Monet was never let anywhere near the cows or chickens—the animals were always meant to be taken care of by the staff—but she was rebellious even as a young girl. She had befriended a little girl named Amari, who was around her age, whose mother worked at the farm. Amari would sneak her into the pens, and they’d chase the chickens around and pet the baby cows. Monet loved that farm. She loved the people who worked in it. She loved Amari. 

 

Monet's father had seen how happy the place had made her, and he decided to sell it for only a quarter of the price. To a rich man, losing money was not an easy thing. Crushing Monet's happiness had always been instinct for him, though. 

 

Monet looks down at the little boy's cow eyes and feels a sense of warmth.

Wow. The young boy's thoughts are filled with awe that she doesn’t understand. She’s never actually interacted with children before. Not since she herself was a child—and even then, she was not well-liked by her peers.

 

“Are you alive?” The boy asks suddenly, his lisp catching in his lips.

“I think so.” Monet says plainly—an easy smile dropping to her mouth like it’s all a big joke. She had told herself just one more day, and several have passed already.

 

The boy reaches over and pokes her knee—peaking over her ripped jeans. Ripped from actual fraying and not from style. A smile blooms on the boy's face. 

“You are alive.” He confirms, as if he knows more than she does about her status on this earth. This could be true. 

 

“Darn.” She jokes—maybe a bit too dark a joke for a child of his age—considering she is —you know—suicidal. She probably shouldn’t joke about death to a child. Even if he was the one to bring it up. 

 

Pietro swoops in and pulls the boy into an easy hug that makes the boy squeal with laughter.  

 

Oh, wow. So that’s Gunther. Monet watches the interaction with different eyes. Less cautious. More aware. Kurt stands beside Pietro, looking just as happy to see Gunther. 

 

“Monet, this is Gunther. Gunther, this is Monet.” 

 

Gunther takes his little legs over to Monet, and without any hesitation, and like he’s the big man on top, he lifts his little hands up towards Monet. Monet lets out a snort, bends over quickly, and picks up the child swiftly. 

 

Gunther sits on her hip and immediately starts playing with her hair. “You’re pretty.” Gunther says. 

 

“Thank you. You’re pretty too.”

 

“I know.” Gunther says with a cheeky grin that screams of Pietro. Monet knows Gunther isn’t Pietro's biological son, but the boy is clearly picking up his mannerisms.

 

“You say Thank you.” Kurt urges the boy as if he’s still teaching him manners. 

 

Gunther just giggles, and Monet can’t help the laugh that erupts from her mouth at the stubbornness. Kurt gives her an odd look, she barely catches, and his German thoughts rush and go quickly; she can’t grasp them. The teleporter looks over at Pietro with a pout. “He is getting that from you.”

 

“It’s good to be confident.” Pietro soothes easily and throws an arm around Kurt like second nature. 

 

“Confident, yes—but not rude.” Kurt fiddles with his tail like being rude is something that’s deeply upsetting to him. Monet wonders what the deal is there. Pietro gave him snippets of Kurt’s story—never divulging too deeply into his history. 

 

“Politeness is overrated.” Monet muses, and her lighthearted comment makes Kurt look at her strangely. 

 

“Over—ated.” Gunther repeats badly, and usually that would amuse Monet but she’s currently receiving a mental scolding from Kurt in his glassy German.

 

This time, she knows what he’s thinking. Not because she’s miraculously recalled German to perfection, but because the expression on his face is familiar. It’s one she’s very in tune with. He's annoyed. She unintentionally rubbed him the wrong way. Pissed him off in some way that warrants the wrath of his sharp gaze.

 

“Money is high.” Gunther says. Monet's eyes widen at the words—pressing back a smile—trying not to encourage the child, because clearly that rubs Kurt all wrong.

 

“is Monet.” Kurt corrects with a deep accent. He annunciates each letter carefully.   

 

“You mean to say she’s Tall.” Pietro corrects quickly as well with a bubbly laugh at the odd choice of words. Kurt doesn’t seem annoyed when Pietro laughs—perhaps suppressing her amusement was the wrong call. 

 

This would be a very different conversation if she was high. She doesn't voice that thought even if she’s tempted to. 

 

“She’s taller than Pie.” Gunther places his cheek against the side of Monet's shoulder like she’s a pillow. 

 

“Who’s pie?” Monet asks with a raised eyebrow. Kurt’s tail flick behind him—swishing side to side as he watches Gunther get comfortable in Monet's arms. 

 

“That’s me. It’s just a silly nickname.” Pietro blushes—like actual red cheeks blushing. He’s embarrassed by the nickname or maybe embarrassed that Monet knows about it. 

 

“That’s cute.” Monet likes that his nickname is a dessert, something sweet like him. It’s fitting. “Pie.” She tests out like a piece of clothing in the fitting room. For fun—nothing she’d buy. Just to see how it looks. How it feels in her tongue. She grins at him and Pietro smiles back just as bright—his cheeks a bit rosy. 

 

“Usually just the children call him that.” Kurt says quickly his German thoughts crashing into her skull like a hammer to glass. 

 

Sie darf ihn nicht so nennen.

 

She doesn’t understand the words but she can hear the irritation in his voice regardless. Monet has overstepped somehow. It was not her intention to piss him off. How was she meant to know Pie wasn’t just a casual nickname? She doesn’t want to be on the wrong foot with Kurt. She passes Gunther off to Pietro despite the little boy making no suggestion of wanting to be out of her arms. She feels strange holding the boy when his other parent is at odds with her. 

 

“Do you have a nickname for Kurt?” Monet looks at Gunther only—trying to lighten the mood a bit. Trying to take the focus away from her just a bit. 

 

Gunther smiles—his front tooth is missing. “Blue!” 

 

“Very clever.” Monet smiles back, and Gunther gasps and tries to reach over to Monet again—this time pointing at her. “You have teeth just like Blue.” His words jumble together. 

 

“Oh yeah?” Monet peers away from Gunther to look over at Kurt, who’s looking at her lips—her mouth—her teeth, most likely. Her smile stretches wider, and he’s quick to look away when she catches him—his cheeks turn a pleasant purple. 

 

Oh. She loves that he’s a blusher too. 

 

“His are cooler.” She stage whispers to Gunther who looks so happy and giggly, it’s insane. No wonder Pietro loves him. This kid is adorable. 

 

“When I grow up, I wanna have fangs too.” Gunther bares his crooked teeth. 

 

“You gotta knock out some of those baby teeth first.” Pietro jokes.

 

“Pietro! Do not encourage him.” Kurt bemoans looking beyond frantic at the idea of Gunther losing any more baby teeth. Gunther looks between Kurt and Pietro, and you can just tell how much love he has for them both. It’s clear as day.

 

Those are his parents.

 

Monet has met men who love other men– she has been with men who prefer men– it is not something she concerns herself with. Although she has never met men who have families with other men, the world is large, and there are many families in it – Monet is sure there's much she still doesn't know. 

 

I love Abbah and blue. The boy's thoughts are covered in warmth. Monet forgets that a child is meant to love their parents. She forgets that some parents actually do want what’s best for their children. Monet watches from the side as they continue to speak—diving into a conversation about cavities and too many sweets before dinner, apparently another bad habit he gets from Pietro. 

 

“You eat my sweets too.” Pietro tags on, and Kurt just points at him, “Yes, but no cavity. I clean teeth.” 

 

“I clean teeth too.” Pietro fakes a horrible German accent. 

 

“Do not mock me.” Kurt says with a pretty smile, his yellow eyes never leave the speedster, like he’s his whole world. They are each other's worlds—Monet is just here. 

 

“I’m not mocking you. I’m just saying I clean teeth too.” Pietro bares his teeth and lifts his upper lip with his fingers all dramatically. 

 

“You bully.” Kurt squirms away from him, even though he looks to be enjoying himself, and Pietro is poking his cheek and crowding close around him. Like he’s gravity to him. 

 

“I’m not bullying! Gunther tell him I’m not bullying.” Pietro is so animated when he speaks—it’s something Monet already observed, but it’s more so around the people he loves. Like, he’s not afraid to look ridiculous around them. Monet likes to watch them as they seem to create their own little bubble. A different universe cycling around them.

 

Monet doesn’t really try to insert herself—she doesn’t pop their bubble. She just falls back and listens to the mixed voices like a mixtape. German thoughts covered in warm blankets echoed in a quiet mind. Three different minds shaking into one. Monet likes the noise of them. 

 

She wasn’t a part of that moment—she was just there—watching the family together. A family she knows she can’t join. 

 

She won’t be here long. 

 

She stares out the window now and likes the view of the yard and miles and miles of trees. But most importantly, she likes the view of Pietro and Kurt relaxing by the balloon booth. They had been laughing and having too much fun to be productive. 

 

The old cigarette box was sitting at the windowsill, open, with a lighter in her hands. She considers smoking—she considers smoking every single day that passes in this mansion. She doesn’t, though. 

 

Her nail polish is gone now, chipped away from her constant need for stimulation. She was gifted a fresh bottle of black nail polish. It sat under the bathroom sink with a note written in neat cursive: I think it suits you. For Monet. 

 

She considers repainting her nails. 

 

She considers a lot of things. 

 

The speedster had invited her outside to join her in the hectic planning of the open house, but she had refused his invitation. She felt sad today—it was her own fault. She had read the newspaper. A habit she tried to get out of a long time ago. She reads all these sad stories—all these tragedies, and she feels so much all the time. She gets so fucking depressed just thinking about it. 

 

She sees a mutant woman on the third page of the newspaper, being pressed against a police car, looking terrified. Monet digests the story as best as she can. She gathers the little details it gives.

hostile mutant. It’s all the descriptions she’s given—no further analysis of her person. No name, no gender, no race. Just a mutant. Hostile. Angry. Dead

 

The words on the paper leave a bad taste in her mouth. Monet is left in a bad mood—and unfortunately, that means she’s in no spirit for a meet and greet. 

 

Monet believed she would slink away in her room—hovering from the window like some angsty girl. 

 

Wanda Maximoff had other plans. Monet hears her enter the room—she tries to be quiet but her mind is loud. 

 

She’s never gonna see this coming. 

 

The ten-year-old girl tiptoes behind Monet and shouts, “Sneak attack!” Before eventually throwing a water balloon full of paint at Monet. It was a slow launch. Not very sneaky or satisfying as it bounces against Monet's shoulder and drops to her lap and then rolls to the floor all while staying completely intact. 

 

They both look at the perfectly intact paint balloon between them. “Well that was a bust.”

 

“Not very well executed.” Monet agrees.

 

“I was so excited too.” Wanda pouts. 

 

“Maybe you shouldn’t have double knotted it.” 

 

“It’s the best way to secure a knot.” Wanda defends and sounds so much like Charles that Monet laughs. 

 

“You wanna try again?” Monet looks at her chair “I can pretend to be distracted again. Take it from the top?” 

 

“Ooooh, can we?” Wanda claps her excitedly.

 

“Only if you think of a better catch phrase then sneak attack.” 

 

“Okay—“ Wanda grabs the water balloon and hurries out the door—taking the reenactment very seriously. 

 

Monet sighs—taking this moment to really appreciate how unhinged Wanda is and sits down at her chair and just—lets it happen. 

 

She hears the door creak open—she hums under her breath—pretending not to hear Wanda sneaking behind her. “You didn’t see this coming!” And Monet feels the balloon pop against her shoulder and down her front—splattering her in Red. 

 

Monet makes a dramatic motion of exaggerated pain “oh no!” Monet stands up and turns around to face Wanda who’s giggling like a madwoman. She’s having a grand old time up until Monet steps towards her with wide arms—her smile drops—she gasps like she hasn’t realized this was an option. 

 

Monet goes to grab her all dramatically and the little girl squeals “aborting mission! Mission abort!” And she’s cheating because suddenly Kitty Pryde is walking through the walls and grabbing Wanda without even a second of hesitation. They are both sinking to the floor below—and Monet is left gaping at the escapees. 

 

She laughs—loud and obnoxious and with no one to hear her and the first thing she wants to do is tell Pietro. It’s been a long time since she’s laughed—a long time since she’s felt compelled to tell anything to anyone. It was strange and light and Monet looked at the windowsill—her cigarette perched on the edge and then she looked out the window glass and saw the boys filling up the balloons outside. She decides to go down to tell the speedster of her sister's battle tactics. 

 

What would be the harm? 

 

She goes outside—passing a few new students on the way out—they snicker at her smeared appearance. She pretends to chase after them and they run away squealing and giggling like silly children. 

 

Monet spots her favorite pair of mutants behind their booth. 

 

She slips between Kurt and Pietro covered in neon red paint and watches as Kurt’s tail flicks upward at her presence. She tries her best customer service smile. She's been told she should smile more by enough older customers that perhaps it’s what she’s missing. Maybe if she smiles, Kurt would feel less uncomfortable. 

“Your sister has assaulted me.” Monet tells Pietro robotically, a glint in her eye. “I’m here to seek vengeance.” 

“You’ve come to the right place—would you like a blue or green?” Pietro smiles and Monet thinks Pietro looks lovely next to Kurt. Blue suits Pietro—it really really does. 

“Can’t go wrong with blue.” Monet looks over at Kurt—hoping to see Kurt’s pretty dimply smile. He is not smiling though. 

“Personally my favorite color.” Pietro muses and Monet does see a quirk in Kurt’s lips. A sneaky smile. Monet feels winded. Not all is lost. 

“Color of the sky. Classic.” Monet says as she goes to Kurt and makes eye contact with him—facing him and putting her back to Pietro. She sticks her tongue out and his eyes dart to her tongue piercing and widen slightly. 

 

Nein, hör auf damit.

 

His German thoughts are quick and abrupt. Nein means no. She remembers that much. Maybe he’s caught on and can tell she’s about to fuck Pietro up with these balloons. She needs to check out an English to German translation book from this school's massive library soon. She bends over to grab from his bucket of balloons. Kurt’s eyes never leave her. She throws the paint ball at Pietro's chest. She uses her fraction of speed—enough so that the balloon doesn’t spurt and fast enough to surprise Pietro into not dodging. He could dodge—easily but it’s better if he doesn’t. 

 

“What? Why?” Pietro sobs dramatically, the blue paint is staining his shirt and pants. 

 

“You and Wanda planned it. Don’t pretend you didn’t smuggle her a whole bag of paint balls. You're a miscreant." 

 

She grabs another ball of paint and storms closer to the speedster and slams it at the top of his head with a satisfied smile. He looks absolutely ridiculous. He laughs—big and he’s leaning into her paint covered hands. 

When she goes to throw another ball at him, a twinning smile on her face as well, he grabs her by the waist and tugs her away—smearing his own blue paint onto her painted skin. A laugh curls out of her mouth—fast and loud—she looks over at Kurt. 



Sie sehen zusammen wunderschön aus.



She doesn’t know these words but they sound different. Softer. Warmer. 

Monet is tackling Pietro onto the ground, smearing her paint all over him, turning his blue mostly purple and laughing manically. It’s the same shade of purple that Kurt’s blush turns when he’s flustered enough. Monet dares a peak over at Kurt—trying to see if she could spot that pretty purple on him now. 

 

“Mercy mercy!” Pietro laughs, “Kurt, I need back up!” 

 

Monet stares at Pietro from on top of him, grinning as she spreads her red to his shirt. Payback for messing up her own shirt now covered in red—spotted with blue now. 

 

“Kurt can’t help you here—this is vengeance for disturbing my peace!” They get grass on their paint covered shirts—rolling around and playing around like a couple of little kids. Monet used to fight like this with her siblings. She used to laugh just like this. 

 

“You would’ve just stayed in your room all day!” Pietro defends himself and tries to gain momentum by grabbing at her arms, but Monet is stronger than him. Monet is stronger than a lot of people. 

 

She pins his down easily, and Pietro's eyes widen and she thinks maybe he might be intimidated by her strength, except he isn’t. She knows that look. 

 

“That’s my decision, love. And you utilizing paint was your decision. I liked this shirt, Pietro.” Monet rubs a palm onto the speedster's blue forehead, drawing a little frowny face with her paint. The speedster looks at Monet with big, wanting eyes, and Monet has already decided long ago that she wouldn’t push this. 

 

Kurt and Pietro fit together. She cannot force a space for herself. Not with them.

 

“I like it too.” Pietro's voice goes silky and quiet, and Monet catches him checking her arms out. Bare and strong and covered in paint. Monet shakes her head at him—he’s being too obvious. 

 

“It’s washable paint, promise.” He says, and Monet usually caves by now. In other scenarios with cute, pliant men with beautiful eyes—she would feast. But he is not hers to take, and she isn’t here to take anything. She just wanted to step outside. Feel the sunshine. Take it all in. It was easy to enjoy herself with Pietro and Kurt around. They are like a bottled skyline. The sun and the moon.

 

Zu viel. 

 

Kurt’s thoughts come out rough, and the smell of sulfur brings her back to reality. She climbs off of Pietro. 

 

“It’ll smell like paint for ages, though.” 

Monet's eyes scan for Kurt. Instinct. He’s not here anymore, and her mood drops just a bit. He’s not here. He left—probably because she’s here now. 

 

“Nothing a few good washes couldn’t fix, right Kurt?” Pietro looks over to the booth where Kurt had been but the teleporter is gone. Pietro is fast but sometimes he’s a bit slower on the uptake. 

 

“Where’d he go?”

 

“Maybe to get more paint? You did smuggle a whole container for Wanda.” Monet muses and wishes she had a camera to take a picture of Pietro's paint-smeared face. She wonders how Kurt would look with her red covering his face. She thinks it would look lovely against his blue skin.

 

“I’m in charge of the Yellow and Green paint. Kurt was in charge of the red and blue so it’s him that should be getting this beat down, not me.” Pietro accuses, and Monet lets that sink in. 

 

Oh. Kurt was the one that gave Wanda the paint. 

 

Kurt was the one trying to lure her out of her room. Lift up her spirits. Maybe—to bring up Pietro's spirits. 

The speedster was visibly bummed when Monet rejected his offer earlier. Kurt loves Pietro so much he’d purposely force Monet to leave her room to make him happy. Monet can see why Pietro loves him so much. She would consider herself lucky to have someone so attentive. 

 

Kurt inspires her a bit. The way he does things for Pietro without being asked to. Pietro is much the same with him. 

 

Monet thinks if there’s such a thing as soulmates in this cruel world then Kurt and Pietro would be it. They are soulmates as plainly as Monet can see.

 

Monet has Kurt in mind when she goes to the school's library the next day and finds what she’s looking for in a pile of language books. In the cover it says the date of when it was last checked out and the name of who checked it out. 

 

Wanda Maximoff. Dated back to over a year ago. Monet wonders if the telepath had the same idea as her—-or if she just had an affinity for language. Maybe she got that from Pietro. The Maximoff Siblings are borderline genius’ if you ask her. 

 

Monet writes her name in the sign off sheet on the book—writing her full name in even square blocks. Evidence that she was here. That she is alive. 

 

Even for just a while longer.

 

Kitty has her arms stacked with science books and mechanical textbooks that aren’t part of the curriculum. Monet sees her struggle with the door and Monet quickly goes to open it. Kitty could just phase through it if she really wanted to but it’s the thought that counts.

 

“I got it.” Monet tells her and Kitty almost drops her books completely but Monet takes the stacks of books easily into her own arms. They are light to her even if it is quite a bit of books. Monet can thank her minor super strength for that.

 

“Thanks.” Kitty blinks up at Monet and smiles. 

 

She's so strong. I’m so happy I’m not hallucinating.

 

Kitty's thoughts are covered in adorable adoration if not a bit concerning. Kitty has these random thoughts cluttering her every moment. Like she’s piecing together a dream or running out of a fantasy she isn’t fully certain is true. Pietro had told her about the facility. How they made them hallucinate—how that still affects some of the kids. Half of Kitty's thoughts are just her reminding herself that this is real. Life. 

 

“I’m helping you carry this to your room, if that’s okay.” Monet says easily.

 

“Could you carry me instead?” Kitty asks abruptly. 

 

“I Probably could. I won’t though. You’d enjoy it too much.”

 

“What if I asked really nicely?”

Monet shakes her head at her and when they arrive at the girls room Monet puts the stack of books on Kitty's dresser and leaves empty handed. 

 

Monet doesn’t realize she’s left her own book behind until she sees Kitty phasing through the wall and standing in front of her with a scared look on her face.

 

Monets book is in her hand—opened to the first page. “Your last name is st. croix?” 

 

Monet lifts a pierced eyebrow at her—taking the book gently. “Yeah. It is. Why?”

 

That can’t be right.

 

Kitty's thoughts pulse with anxiety—dread. Kitty opens her mouth—and closes it. She looks like a goldfish. She seems to struggle with something. Monet hates to pry but the volume in her head is on. 

 

This can’t be the same person. It can’t be her. 

 

“It’s French.” Monet supplies helpfully. 

 

It’s a coincidence. 

 

“What’s a coincidence?” Monet nudges and she can feel Kitty’s instinct to pull away—to run away and Monet watches as Kitty stands firm in her spot. Deciding against her own instincts. 

 

“I’ve heard that last name before.” Kitty says evenly and then looks away from Monet. 

 

I need to be sure. I need to leave. No. Don’t be a fucking coward. I need to—

 

“It’s okay. Whatever it is you’re freaking out about. Really. It’s fine. You can just ask.” Monet says calmly. Kitty is a child. Fourteen. Monet was kicked out of her house at fourteen. She shouldn’t be this frightened to speak with her. She just shouldn’t be. Kitty swallows something and looks Monet in the eye when she speaks—something like conflict in her irises.

 

“I think I stole from you.” Kitty says all in one breath. 

 

Monet looks at the worry in the poor girl's face and she just shakes her head “it’s okay. Probably nothing important. Don’t worry about it.” 

 

“I think it was.” Kitty looks devastated as Monet walks away from her. 

 

Monet goes to her room and she learns a new German phrase. She writes it down on paper—double checking the spelling from the German book.

 

Zu viel. 

 

It means “too much.” 

 

Kurt’s words from yesterday — from when she was roughhousing with Pietro sounded like that phrase. Monet tries not to let that sink into her bones—she’s known for a while that he doesn’t like her. Finds her too much. It’s alright. It’s nothing she hasn’t heard before. 

 

She tells herself she’s upset for other reasons. Global warming, the polar bears suffering in Antarctica, the economic state of the world. She’s upset about the woman in the paper. There’s a million other reasons why Monet is upset. 

 

A boy saying something mean to her is not at the top of the list. Even if the boy is Kurt Wagner, who doesn’t have a mean bone in his body. 

 

But what does it say about her that the guy who likes everyone—doesn’t want to be around her? 

 

She finally lights her cigarette. The one she’s been nursing and hoarding away. Her lungs fill with smoke. 

 

This was her last cigarette. 

 

She calls Joey for the first time in months—-over a year. Time feels stretched in her mind. It rings for a long time and Monet begins to assume she’s not in her office. Maybe she’s finally managed a healthy work-life balance and gets home before ten. Or maybe she’s retired, which would be reasonable at her age. 

 

She answers the phone in the last ring. 

 

“Hello, Joey Marlock speaking.”

 

“I’m alive. Sorry I haven’t called.”

 

Joey Marlock lets out a series of cuss words. “Jesus Fuck Monet. I’ve been checking the fucking newspapers waiting to see your name on the obituaries. You fucking bitch.” 

 

“I’m such a cunt. I’m sorry.” Monet had convinced herself it was for the better. She had convinced herself that she was causing her more stress being in Joey’s life than not being in it. She called less—before eventually she stopped calling at all. Her mental health has been in a drastic decline and she hadn’t been willing to drag Joey down with her. 

 

“Have you relapsed?” Joey asks stiffly. 

 

Monet considers lying—and decides against it. Joey is a bloodhound and would know if she was lying. “Yes.”

 

“Have you done your exercises?” 

 

“No. Not really.”

 

“Monet—where are you right now? Are you in a safe place?” Joey asks and Monet could incision her wrinkly brown skin and curly grey hair and her pointy purple glasses hunching over her oak desk looking beyond stress. She was always stressing this poor old lady out. 

 

“I’m safe.” Monet has called before when she hasn’t been. Monet is rarely safe—this is one of the rare occasions that she is. “I got fired.”

 

“Why? What happened?”

 

“What always happens. People don’t like me. I’m not—“ Monet bites her lip. “—great to be around.”

 

Zu viel. 

 

“I’m just too much. I feel too much.”

 

“Monet that’s your father talking. You’ve been dealt a bad hand but you are not unlovable, okay? You are not difficult to be around. You are kind and that kindness can be overwhelming. To yourself and to others.”

 

“I can tell you got your psychiatric degree since we last spoke. You sound very wise.”

 

“Don’t be smart with me St. Croix. You’ve given me enough grey hairs with worry.”

 

“You had grey hair when I met you.”

 

“But now it’s all grey. No more salt and pepper just salt now.” Joey shuffles her phone in her grip. Monet hears the distinct buzzing noise of the front door of her office opening and closing. 

 

Bzzzzz—clink—clack. 

 

Very distinct. She hears it every time she calls Joey at her office. 

 

“How did you relapse?”

 

“Wow, Straight for the gory stuff?” Monet deflects. 

 

“Monet—you called me tonight. For a reason. Tell me the reason.”

 

“I just didn’t want any unfinished business—you’ve done a lot for me and I just wanted to—“

 

“—it would be unfinished though. If you killed yourself now, you would leave behind the debt you owe me,”

 

“I know that. But I can’t—everyday is so hard Joey. I’m in a really nice place right now, probably the nicest place I’ve been to in a long time and I feel like I don’t belong. I feel like my time here is limited—borrowed. I don’t belong here.”

 

“When my granddaughter killed herself you promised you wouldn’t make me mourn you. You said you’d have the decency to do it after I was already dead and buried—so don’t you dare back out on that promise Monet.”

 

“How’s your health? Old hag.”

 

“I’m at my peak health right now. Still got a few good years in me so don’t be so damn eager.”

 

“Okay.”

 

“And don’t you dare ignore me for a year. I’m expecting a call from you tomorrow—at a reasonable time.”

 

“Okay.” 

 

“Don’t kill yourself.” Joey scolds. 

 

“Alright. To be continued.” Monet buys a new pack of cigarettes the next morning. 

 

A twelve-pack of smokes. Twelve more days. Maybe it’ll catch up to her then. 



“Can i color your nails Money?” Gunther asks her on her sixth cigarette–on her sixth day. 

 

Monet almost tells him no—that she wants to die with chipped nails–she doesn't want to die with polished hands. She looks down at Gunther whos staring up at her like he already knows shes going to let him do whatever he wants. 

“I could paint your nails if you want.” She suggests instead. 

 

Gunther smiles, “Okay! But can I color yours, too?” 

 

Monet frowns—looking at her heavily chipped nails. Barely any color left. “I don't really want to—”

 

“--please, Money I wanna match with you.” he says in a sweet voice that makes the tall girl's bones feel like jello. It's a miracle how Kurt and Pietro could parent this kid when he's just getting everything he wants when he pouts long enough. 

 

“Okay. Just this once.” Monet caves a bit, and Gunther's mind is humming a song she doesn't recognize–fully engrossed in his task of painting her nails. 

 

He's doing a genuinely horrible job—her entire finger is covered in polish. “You hurt here?” Gunther gets paint on her wrist—how?--she has no idea. Her gaze drops down to the scar perpendicular to her wrist–thin and short. Gunthers innocently rubs at the scar like its a freshwound–soothing an ache that's long been gone. “Blue can kiss better.”

 

“It doesn't hurt anymore. Its just a scar.”

 

“I have scar. Abbah says its okay to get booboos aslong as you kiss it.” Gunther nods very seriously, and Gunther does have scars. He has a few on his back and on his arms and she sees them sometimes when he decides to wipe his face with his shirt instead of a napkin like a normal person. Gunther has scars just like Pietro and Kurt have scars. Everyone here was tortured–held hostage by a terrorist group and dissected like animals, their scars were results of torture. Her scars where results of sadness. It is not the same. 

 

“Okay. Maybe you can kiss it better then.” She holds her wrists to the boy and this sweet precious kid pecks his lips against her wrist immediately with a big MUAH coming from his mouth. “All better now, Mommy?”

 

Monet freezes. Mommy? Thats not—she can't get close like that. She’s not supposed to let him get that close. “You mean Monet Right?” 

 

Gunther opens his mouth–maybe to properly respond–or maybe to say something else completely but Kurts voice pours into the room like electricity. “He has a lisp.” He says bluntly. 



Right, of course. Monet nods quickly and looks up at the blue man. 



Das ist zu viel. So etwas sollte nicht passieren.

 

Again with Zu Viel. Too much. And she learned Sollte Nicht already–it means: shouldn't happen. The rest of his thoughts are more fill in the blank then anything else. Monet doesnt really need to at this point. She knows shes crossed some invisible line in Kurts head–she doenst know how to uncross it. 

 

“Im gonna head to bed now, Gunther.” 

 

Gunther snatches her hands before she can fully rise. “Let's show Blue how we match, Money.” 

 

“Okay.” Monet looks up at Kurt—looking him dead in the eyes as his son shows off both of their nails like a new art piece that needs to be framed on the wall. Money gets front row seat to how Kurt's eyes soften around Gunther's sweetness–his hands reach out and its the first time Kurt has willingly touched her since they first met next to that phone booth. He nods appreciatively at the horrible coating of the polish–really playing up the doting father role.  Kurt is holding both their hands side by side like he's comparing the art pieces. “The color does suit you.”

 

Kurt's yellow eyes–which Monet has been greedily staring at–slip past her nails and to her wrists. He furrows his brow. Well, damn. 

 

She tugs her hand away–trying to make it seem more casual instead of retreating. 

 

“It's Money's favorite color.” Gunther provides unprompted, and the more he says Money, the less rational it is for her to imagine him saying Mommy because of his lisp. 

 

Das macht Sinn.

 

Actually, her favorite color is yellow.

Notes:

I fear the nail polish gift was too subtle, but in case anyone missed it---the black nail polish put under Monet's sink with a small note was from Kurt. Gunther being able to see ghosts and having a weird relationship with death because of it is very fun to write about.
I have a goth friend whose favorite color is pink despite not owning anything remotely pink, so this Yellow business is not completely unfounded. i hope you read some of these reframed scenes and didnt just assume Kurt hates her guts. I was trying to make it nuance but the German thoughts are really doing all the work. Pull out your Google Translate folks or be confused like Monet lmoa!

I wrote this whole thing before realizing that the AIDs Pandemic hasnt happened yet, and LGBTQ+ terminology isn't exactly accessible yet to Monet. My woke queen is as informed as she can be in these trying times.

Kitty Pryde lore coming soon!

Chapter 53: Her Head Swirls

Summary:

Blessed and dead. Her siblings' gifts did nothing to save them. Her own gift was one that barely kept her alive enough to see her family die. Surviving to not die, is no way to live. So Katherine survives to seek justice for them. Justice and revenge get a bit mixed up when you’re starving. Katherine is aware that what she’s searching for isn’t justice. It never really was. She wants revenge. She wants the people who made her family suffer to die. And she wants the man who pulled the trigger to meet the end of a bullet. 

She phases through the cuffs on her feet—stretching them out under the table in a lazy manner—and she takes in a breath—on the exasperated side of exhaustion. She can’t seek revenge if she’s starving to death, though. She smacks her cuffed hands on the table, trying to gather attention from the people watching behind that one-way mirror. 

“You said you wanted to confess.” A voice on the speaker said.
--or--

Katherine doesn't know what's real.

Notes:

:) Have fun. i did.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Katherine Pryde doesn’t like Officer Shelley. He wraps the cuffs too tightly and ignores her when she asks to go to the bathroom. Katherine can go through handcuffs pretty easily, but it’s about the principle of it. decorum. Human decency. 

 

She’s a minor—only twelve—so pissing on the precinct floor wouldn’t be a felony, just a misdemeanor. She’s desperate enough and petty enough to do it right here, right now. 

 

Officer Shelley has been on her ass ever since she evaded arrest six months ago. 

She’s managed to draw little mustaches on every wanted poster she’s seen of herself in a two-block radius. Her mother, may she rest in peace, would be rolling in her grave if she knew that Katherine went into a life of crime. Out of all her mother's children, Katherine had the brightest future—or at least that's what Rachel always said. Although Katherine would argue that her brother Ricky Pryde not going into a life of crime is more shocking than Katherine turning herself in for criminal activity. 

 

Although he was only seventeen when he was murdered in cold blood so he didn’t really have much time to stray from the path of good. Katherine had a plethora of opportunities, and she took all of those opportunities with gritting teeth and a vengeful heart.

 

Not many chances to be a good law-abiding citizen when you’re a starving homeless orphan. 

 

She needs to eat. Shelter would be nice but one can live without a roof—one cannot live without food. The longest she can go without food is eight days but she gets crabby around day four. It’s day five right now and she’s simply not in the mood for Sheriff Shelley’s shenanigans. What she is in the mood for is the state-mandatory food distribution in the Jailing system of the Colorado county. A PBJ Sandwich and water sounds absolutely amazing right now. 

 

But they didn’t give her any food. Which makes this entire “fake surrender for quick food” thing a real bust. These cuffs are really tight and her hunger is leaning on the more bitchy side so she really —really—doesn’t have time for this whole drawn out investigation thing they have going on in this weirdly cold room. 

She holds her breath—the ache in her body subsiding slightly—like it always does when she uses her gifts. Katherine’s mother always said she was blessed with gifted children by the creator of all. She never saw them as anything else besides blessings. A touch of favor for all her children.

Blessed. 

Blessed and dead. Her siblings' gifts did nothing to save them. Her own gift was one that barely kept her alive enough to see her family die. Surviving to not die, is no way to live. So Katherine survives to seek justice for them. Justice and revenge get a bit mixed up when you’re starving. Katherine is aware that what she’s searching for isn’t justice. It never really was. She wants revenge. She wants the people who made her family suffer to die. And she wants the man who pulled the trigger to meet the end of a bullet. 

She phases through the cuffs on her feet—stretching them out under the table in a lazy manner—and she takes in a breath—on the exasperated side of exhaustion. She can’t seek revenge if she’s starving to death, though. She smacks her cuffed hands on the table, trying to gather attention from the people watching behind that one-way mirror. 

“You said you wanted to confess.” A voice on the speaker said. 

 

“Can I get some food first?” Katherine is starving. 

“That law is only for overnight guests. We have no idea if we’re booking you for overnight yet.”

 

Kitty sighs. Debating the best course of action. She sits up straight and looks at the mirror with a smile, as if she might be able to change their mind by looking less degenerate and more like a civilized citizen. “I robbed the Americano Bank down Copper Street last week. I stole twenty-two thousand dollars from Danny Rand and a fancy wrist watch, which I attempted to pawn two days ago at Second Life Pawn Shop in Old Haven, but they wouldn’t take it cause I’m a minor and it’s supposedly against the law. Can I please have extra Jelly on my PB and J.” 

 

Her words were followed by silence. The speaker made a noise like static, and then the door to the investigation room opened. Officer Shelley and Sheriff Yang walked in with many questions and a nice crisp PB and J with the words extra Jelly written in the ziplock bag. They always know how to treat a girl right. 

 

“Yay.” Katherine monotones and leaves her palm up for the sandwich. “Explain.” Sheriff Shelley says bluntly —stopping the sheriff from giving her the food. 

 

Katherine wiggles her fingers for the sandwich—refusing to speak without compensation. Usually, she goes for cash, but she’ll settle for a sandwich today. Sheriff Yang, much more reasonable than Officer Shelley, drops the sandwich in her hand, unzipping it for her and everything. Very nice of him. Usually, she’d thank him—because despite popular belief, she does have manners. But she’s so hungry she can barely attempt to be civil. Let alone stomach politeness. 

 

She’s wolfing down the sandwich in big mouthfuls and she knows she’s doing it too fast and too desperately because Officer Shelley’s Cold eyes turn less chilling. His hazel eyes shift as Katherine raises her hand slightly to lift the sandwich into her mouth—her long sleeve slipping and showing off her very thin wrist. Skin and bones. A thin wrist, even for a twelve-year-old. 

 

“Who helped you?”

 

Katherine raised an eyebrow at the sheriff, chewing aggressively. 

 

“You couldn’t have done that all by yourself.”



“I did.” Katherine says simply, and Officer Shelley grows impatient. “How? You’re fourteen, how the hell are you getting into locked volts?”

 

“Twelve.”

 

“What?” Sheriff Yang frowns and Katherine finishes her sandwich. “I was twelve in this memory.” 

 

Sheriff Yang's face drops “Officer Shelley isn’t good with ages. He’s got Face blindness.” 

 

“Must be a shitty cop.” Kitty blurts out.

 

“Stop avoiding the question.” Sheriff Shelley was taller here than she remembers. They must’ve given him a few extra inches this time, so he seems more intimidating. 

 

“Sheriff Yang—or is it Sheriff Thompson? Sheriff Pine? You guys do like changing the unimportant names around.”

 

Sherrif Yang sighs, and Officer Shelley curses. “Jesus kid, what was it this time?”

 

“This is the best PBJ I’ve ever had.” Katherine confesses, “and you never had kosher.” 

 

Katherine phases through her handcuffs now, and the impostors made a good effort in trying to grab her before she went too far, but she still has her powers. She held her breath, and their hands slid past her. 

 

Last time she went through this scenario, they had kept the hallway empty. No officers or prisoners in sight. The radius of the simulation was just the interrogation room. This time when Katherine runs through the wall and down the hall, it's cluttered—the hallway is rowdy with criminals—busy body police officers blocking her escape with their body’s—which she walked through easily. 

 

“Those damn powers.” An officer hissed to her right and the floor beneath her shifted and turned. Disoriented and unsteady. 

 

“Corporate made an update to the formula.” Said another criminal chained to the wall. None of these people are real. 

 

None of this is real. 

 

“She won’t have her powers to save her next time.” said Officer Shelley with an almost sad tone. 

 

Katherine falls and she keeps falling until she’s——

 

Katherine Pryde doesn’t like Officer Shelley. He wraps the cuffs too loosely and never ignores her when she asks to go to the bathroom. He’s too nice. Katherine can go through handcuffs pretty easily but it’s about the principle of it. They should be afraid she might get out. They should be cautious. They should treat her like she isn’t some run-over puppy. 

 

Decorum. Human decency. Respect. 

 

The loose cuffs feel pathetic. The cold room feels nice in contrast to the bleaching sun outside. Cooling against her skin. She hasn’t eaten in—shit she can’t remember how long it’s been. But a long time. 

 

She doesn't phase through the cuffs on her feet—she doesn't need to since they're so loose. They really are slacking off. 

 

“You said you wanted to confess?” Did she? She can’t remember what exactly she was confessing to. 

 

“I’m pretty hungry, though.” Katherine leans back on her chair. She’s starving. How long has it been since she’s eaten? Have her wrists always been this small? 

 

“Confession—then food.” Right, the law about feeding inmates was only for overnight guests. Shit, she should’ve thought about that. She always thinks about that kind of stuff. It’s weird she hadn’t this time. 

 

“I robbed the Stark Bank on Elm Street last month. I stole thirty-seven thousand dollars from Charles Xavier and gold earrings, which I attempted to pawn five days ago at Gold for Gold Pawn Shop in Eagle Drive, but they wouldn’t take it cause I’m a minor and it’s supposedly against the law. A grilled cheese would be baller, please.”

 

“Why?”

 

“I'm really hungry.” Katherine thinks that much is obvious at least. 

 

“The money! Why did you need the money?”

 

“Cause I’m poor?” She gestures at her ragged clothes. “And hungry. Do you mind?” She pouts sarcastically, fluttering her lashes like it might tug on his heartstrings—if he had one. L

 

“But you’re still poor and hungry. Even after robbing Richard Stark and Hank Pym.”

 

“I told you about them already?” Katherine must’ve gone through here a couple times already. She’s losing track. Losing count. 

 

Losing her mind. 

 

“Yes, last time. You confessed.” Sheriff Yang clarifies 

 

“Last time…” Katherine frowns and when she holds her breath to phase through the cuffs she finds that she can’t. Panic jumps up ger throat. “Oh. That’s new.”

 

“We really should thank you.” Said Officer Shelley, who definitely grew a couple of inches. He looks bulkier too—laying off the donuts. “If it wasn’t for your stubbornness, we’d still be in Formula One.”

 

“Right…” Katherine is remembering—fragments—pieces of her memories unraveling. This isn’t real. None of this is real. 

 

She’s hungry, though. Really hungry. Starving. Her appetite was quenching for something to fill her stomach. Nourishment felt foreign to her. “Can I get that grilled cheese?”

 

Cheese. And bread. Melted butter on melted cheese–between toasted brown bread. Her stomach growls at her—a beast within her.

 

“You know it’s not actually food, right? When we start over, it’s like none of this happened. That food isn’t real. It’s all in your head. Your mind is hungry, but your body is hungrier. You haven’t eaten real food in—shit—I don’t know how long.” 

 

“I can go eight days without food.” Katherine recites like clockwork-–like a script she must follow, the words forming before she's even considered them.

 

“You can go a lot longer than that.” His voice is sad—almost sympathetic and Katherine doesn’t care because this isn’t real. He said so himself. How many times has she begged for food? How many times has she sat in this jail and craved? 

 

Katherine can’t move. She can’t use her powers. She’s stuck. But she supposed she’s been stuck for a lot longer than she’s realized. 

 

When Officer Shelley reaches over to hand her a meal, she leans forward as far as she can with a speed that no one could’ve seen, and she digs her teeth into his arm like a chew toy. Craving real nourishment–or maybe just revenge for keeping her here, compliant and starved like some animal. He screeches and hits her face with his free hand and she digs her canines deeper into his flesh, tasting blood. If she closes her eyes, she could pretend his arm is a hamburger. Medium well–with just a bit of pink in the center. Juicy and well seasoned. She could almost smell it. Almost. 

 

When her head starts to pound, she knows she’s successfully pissed him off. The lights flicker. 

 

“You fucking freak!” He hisses as the floor twists around them and the lights flicker off. On. Off. On. On Off. On.

 

Katherine Pryde doesn’t like Officer Shelley. He’s quick to rough her up when he arrests her and doesn’t care when she threatens to piss on the precinct floor to get a bathroom break. 

Katherine can go through handcuffs pretty easily, but it’s about the principle of it. Decorum. Human decency. 

 

She thinks Officer Shelley might’ve been dropped as a baby, or maybe unloved and unwanted by his parents. A real sad piece of shit. Katherine makes one up in her head—shitty car, shitty neighborhood, shitty job, shitty life, shitty death. She imagines his life as some sad sitcom episode, and she’s the background character you see on screen but never has dialogue. 

 

Separate but present. She feels like she’s here, but she isn’t. She’s hungry, but the hunger feels different. Like she can’t possibly be hungry if she’s never known food. Can’t crave something she’s never had. 

 

“You said you wanted to confess.” A voice on the speaker said—metallic and static in this quiet room. Everything feels so small. Even the cuffs feel small.

 

“I’m hungry.” She really wants a PB and J, but she doesn’t really think they’d have it. 

 

“We need a confession.”

 

That doesn’t seem very fair. She should get food first—she’s so hungry. “I robbed the GoldSmith Bank down Franklin Street last year. I stole twenty-four thousand dollars from Norman Bates and his blueprints to a conversion facility, which I attempted to use to break into—-“What did she try to break into? It’s at the top of her tongue. An itch in the back of her throat. Her mind swallows it whole. Feasting on the morsel of clues and hints. Why is she here again? How did she get here?

 

“I used the blue prints to break into the facility. I was unsuccessful.” Kitty Pryde frowns as she tries to recall it. Coming up blank. Why was she unsuccessful? She grasps at that string, hoping for an answer at the end of the line. 

 

She hears static behind the speakers. She tries to imagine a grilled cheese at the end of the string—maybe even a chicken sandwich. No. She tries to imagine breaking into the facility. How did it go? The string–she needs to tug. Pull at the thread until she recalls how it went. How did it go? It couldn't have been that long ago. She should remember. Why can't she remember?

 

“A mutant facility.” Kitty corrects suddenly—speaking before thinking. She licks her upper lip, the sweat there tasting salty and kicking her mind into overdrive. 

 

Oh, right. How silly of her. 

 

She did break into the facility. She’s just currently having a bit of trouble breaking out.  

 

She tugs at her cuffs. Unable to phase through them. Well, Damn. They updated the formula. How horribly inconvenient. How many times is that now? 

 

She wished she could’ve at least bitten into her fake sandwich before the room twisted and melted with her. Shifting in her mind and resetting back to the beginning. 

 

A different starting point. Kitty Pryde is still hungry. Walking on the busy street as civilians walked passed her without a thought. She bumps into strangers—body’s shifting—hands sliding into purses. Stealing wallets was always easier when they wore baggy clothes. Bigger purses were difficult, though. Too much storage. Too many possible errors. More than once, she’s stolen an umbrella instead of a wallet. 

 

The street is busy—huddled bodies slipping past each other as they try to get to work, unassuming and blatantly ignoring the world around them. The rush hour was always prime time for Kitty. She always tried to get the high-budget men. Businessmen in suits—fancy watches or loud, ignorant voices. Briefcases were a goldmine—an easy example of what she looks for. 

 

She's not looking for money today, though. She’s looking for a man. Tall, slim, wearing a fedora, and with porcelain pale skin. Dirty blonde hair and brown eyes. Officer Shelley said he had brown slacks and a matching worn-down blazer. Detective Janso said he’s a bad man. But the only criminal activity shes seen the man commit is jaywalking. She’s done a few jobs for the police—mostly against her will, but the legality of the situation is not for her to divulge in. She’s a minor, and the government is her warden. She’s stolen a lot of money, and as retribution, she uses her unique skills to catch bad men for them. 

 

Detective Janso says it’s a special force—that it’s not just her. A program that receives government funding for gifted rehabilitated criminals. It sounds like bullshit. She doesn’t consider herself rehabilitated; she still has all the money she stole, and she doesn’t feel bad for it. She can’t feel bad for it. Not when it’s helping her get revenge. Vengeance for her family. 

 

She’s pretty good at catching the bad guys. 

 

She holds her breath and she walks through a crowd of people—feeling their organs and flesh like some twisted up blender. Phases right through them. 

 

She catches his collar at the back of his neck. Her fingers touch his flesh briefly, and pulling away with a scream in her throat—-in that moment she saw her worst fear. 

 

Over and over again, her family dies. One by one. Over and over, and Katherine’s screaming signals a wave of action. Guns are drawn and she sees the red dot between his eyebrows before she fully even stops screaming. He’s dead on the floor—his blood pooling around her faded shoes. 

 

He’s dead cause of her. His face turns into her brothers—her sisters—her mother. He’s everyone she’s ever hurt. Indirectly and with her own hands. 

 

She’s scouting. Another mission. Darker sky—-the air is humid. 

 

Shes phasing herself through the door and is walking up the apartment building stairs.  

 

A dog barks at her and she barely escaped his teeth as she phases through the walls and into a room. A baby’s room. It’s a drug den—with a baby room. She can see the towel stuffed underneath the door to keep the odors out of the nursery. Keeping the toxins away from the child sitting in front of the tv watching cartoons. Kitty knows that behind that door is a meth lab. She knows that this child will be separated from her parents and away from all this bullshit. She hopes she turns out better than she did. With a good family. A better life than cartoons in a locked nursery about to be infected with chemicals. 

 

Katherine doesn’t consider herself a bad person—-she just thinks that maybe people think too highly of her. They expect a level of goodness from her that she’s not capable of fully giving. Or maybe they just see a little girl and expect little girls to be nurturing and gentle-hearted. She isn’t. 

 

She always pulled the heads out of her baby dolls and chased her siblings with knifes. Her sense of humour always strayed closer to meanness and her intelligence did not make her wise but instead self-righteous and stubborn in the ugly grand scheme of things. 

 

She did not help the child, she didn’t call for help or back up, she simply slipped into the room she was meant to go and let the raid go as it was supposed to go. She got what she needed and she left. She hears the child crying when the front door gets busted open and her father is wrestled on to the ground. She’ll probably be traumatized. 

 

Trauma builds character. 

 

It’s alright. 

 

Katherine helped her in the long run. Her father was a criminal. Inevitably, this was how this was going to go. 

 

Katherine does this mindlessly. Mission after mission—one task after the other. Slipping into a home—gathering intel—invading someone’s job—slipping into their car.

Quick and easy—a egregious use of her powers. This was not picking pockets of petty business men or stealing a few thousand from multi-billionaire who wouldn’t even notice. This was invading into people’s homes—regular people—seemingly innocent. Taking things—or even sometimes planting things. It was bad. Katherine knew without her frontal lobe being fully developed that what the government was making her do was super shady.

 

She can’t even remember why she agreed to do it. 

 

What did they have on her again? 

 

What did she confess to? 

 

She can’t remember but that’s probably intentional. The government is currently prodding on her brain. Katherine doesn’t forget that. She can’t forget that. It’s the only thing she knows. 

 

This isn’t real. 

 

The waffles she’s eating in this diner while she’s staking out a family eating Easter breakfast—isn’t real. The waitress asking if it’ll be cash or card isn’t real. The service dog barking at her isn’t real. None of this is real. 

 

So she slips past the waitress—walking through her—-she’s not real—and she walks past the family she’s meant to watch—they aren’t real either. She phases through the door—-looks down the street and tries to focus on the street signs but it’s all blurry. Unfocused—undersigned. Not part of the memory. Not part of the design of the hallucination. She isn’t meant to leave the diner but she does.

 

She’s sick of waffles. She wants pizza. Something she can chew and smell and feel. Cheese pizza with extra Swiss and cheddar—-crushed red peppers and ranch sauce. Just how mama used to serve it after a long day at school. She bumps into a mailman who grabs her by the wrist—face blank “You really just don’t wanna stay still.” He hisses and Katherine tries to phase through his hand and can’t. 

 

This isn’t real. 

 

“Stubborn little bitch.” The lamppost flickers, the concrete pavement cracks beneath her. “They’ve upgraded the formula. The more you resist—the more upgrades we do and the harder it’ll be for you. Don’t you get that?”

 

“You’re not real.”

 

 The mailman’s face morphs into something else. Someone else. 

 

Katherine is back home—leaving the house early to go to school. David Strucker is grabbing at her wrist tightly and abruptly stopping her from leaving out the door. 

“Your mother wants you home early tonight. She’s making something special.” He says and Katherine rolls her eyes. “Whatever.”

 

“Kitty.” David always manages to say her nickname in the strangest voice imaginable. “After school, come straight home, you hear?”

 

Katherine frowns and darts her eyes towards her mother, who’s watching from the kitchen. Katherine wishes she could stop this memory here. Capture her mother's face and store it in her eyes forever. She wishes she could photograph it and keep her face with her. She’s thought about this moment so many times. More times than the actual last moments. 

 

“Yeah, okay. Sure. Straight home.” Katherine says, and her mom smiles—her face dressed in soft red makeup—red lips and tinted eyebrows. 

 

The next time Katherine sees her she won’t be as beautiful. A different type of red would be covering her face. 

 

“I love you.” Katherine’s mother smiles at her from afar and even though Katherine knows this is not real she says “I love you too mama.” 

 

Even though she’s pretty sure she hadn’t said that at the time. None of this is real. Truths and lies twist together and nothing can be trusted. 

 

She turns her head—her head pounding—a light flickering above her. In the hospital. “Time of death 4:07 pm.” The voice isn’t speaking to her but instead to a body much like hers. A corpse long cold—a body mimicking her own but older. 

 

“Your sister is dead.” A faceless doctor chimes beside her. 

 

“This isn’t real.” Kitty wasn’t here when this happened—she never got to see them declare her dead—she never got to see the result of the attack. Kitty was bound by fear and she ran

 

“This is very real, Katherine Pryde. Your sister is dead.”

 

She swings her arms and hits someone in the face. A woman with sharp eyes and a clipboard.

 

“Are you here for someone?” The voice is familiar in a way that is irrelevant. Haunting in the way it shouldn’t be.

 

Katherine is in a different room—a waiting room. “I’m here for St. Croix.” Another mission. Another name she adds to the list of people she’s wronged. 

 

The woman looks at Katherine Pryde like she’s mistaken. She is not. 

“They sent you?” 

 

Katherine gives her a very professional “Yep.” 

 

The woman just pushes her glasses up her nose and types something in her computer for a few moments. She then goes to the back room and Katherine looks around the waiting room. She sees women sitting—only women. Two visibly pregnant women in a corner in small conversation with each other. The ladies in the waiting room vary in age and race—but they are all mutants with physical mutations. Katherine looks away from them and feels uneasy but doesn’t have much time to ponder why’d they send her here because the receptionist is back with a paper bag.

 

“You need to keep it cool.” 

 

“What is it?” Katherine doesn’t usually ask—for her peace of mind but this is the woman’s clinic her sister went to when she was pregnant.

 

Kitty thought she was escorting someone not picking something up. She wraps her hand around the paper bag. It’s heavy. Katherine has a horrible—disgusting feeling.

 

“Don’t worry about it.” The receptionist doesn’t even look at her. Katherine memorizes her face. Every mole and every wrinkle in her pale skin.

 

Katherine walks out of the women clinic with an embryo in a bag and she has no idea why the US government would want it. 

 

She opens the door and she’s somewhere else completely. Somewhere she shouldn’t be. A computer clicks and clacks under her shaking fingers and she isn’t sure what she’s looking for until she’s looking at it. 

 

The image is of a fetus—she knows from her sisters ultrasound that it’s been baking for at least six months. A visible horn protrudes from the fetus's skull. Another fetus. Another. Another. Katherine clicks through them with shaking hands and a racing heart. More mutant babies then she can count. More unborn mutant babies. She clicks a button and suddenly the walls of the room are lifting—revealing large cylinder tubes. 

 

“What the fuck.” Katherine sees dozens of fetus’ in tubes—growing and developing under Friends Of Humanity. 

 

She sees their pale sickly skins and she also sees from the files that they  are dying. This fucked up experiment is failing

 

They are using specific mutant genes—capturing specific DNA to create some kind of mutant soldier. They are building it by scratch. It’s all sorts of unethical and just the kind of thing that Katherine suspected the government of doing. These babies—most of them are stillborns. Not meant to be born. These are babies that weren’t created with anyone’s consent or permission. 

 

Katherine Pryde, at thirteen years old, realized that she played some part in this. How many times did she go to that clinic and leave with a heavy bag? How many times did she create a life that was not meant to be created? 

 

“You’re not supposed to be here little one.” A man in a hazmat suit comes from behind her and Katherine phases through him and she remembers in this memory she manages to get through four levels of the facility with barely a scratch on her. But a scratch was all they needed. A cut on her cheek made her woozy and she’s hitting her head on the way tumbling down. Someone grabs her arm and Katherine thrashes her arms and hits nothing. No doctor is with her in this room. This doorless—windowless room. 

 

She is alone here in her mind. This is all made up. A way to push her towards more insanity. Forcing her to recall everything she’s ever done wrong.

 

She can’t walk through the walls here. She doesn’t know how far they go—how thick they are. 

 

“Can I get a grilled cheese?” Kitty doesn’t have any cuffs on her wrist but she has them in her neck. Raw and frail and painful. 

 

“I don’t think they take requests.” A little girls voice speaks. Kitty turns and is surprised that the voice has a face. Not a blur of features or a vague outline. An actual realistic looking person. And she has no idea who they are. 

 

The longer the simulation goes on in her head the more realistic everything looks. Memories mix in with hallucinations—graphic and visually impaired. 

 

“Are you okay?” The little girls voice wobbles. Like she might cry. Kitty thinks it sounds very realistic. 

 

“You’re not real.” 

 

“Yes I am.”

 

“You’re not wearing a collar.” 

 

“They didn’t give me one.” 

 

Katherine disregards her and looks over at the slumped body in the room—laying still and bruised. 

 

Maybe not bruised. Maybe just blue. Katherine’s stomach curls and she flexes her finger as if maybe he could help him but what is she to do? She doesn’t remember this memory. Maybe they are starting to get creative. 

 

She heard him groan—and Kathrine takes a step back.

 

“He just got back.” The little girl says —sniffling as she wipes her face. 

 

“Stop crying.”

 

“I can’t. I need to keep crying.” Her crying annoys Katherine. 

 

“This isn’t real, okay? So quit crying.”

 

“Can you stop saying that? It is real!” The little girl sobs and Katherine whirls around and faces her with a sharp glare. 

 

“What’s your name?”

 

“What?” The little girl sniffles.

 

“I’m Heaven Miller.” 

 

“Heaven Miller was my second grade lab partner. If you’re actually her you haven’t aged a day in ten years. Stop fucking with me asshole.”

 

“I am Heaven Miller.”

 

“No you’re not. You’re some psycho pretending to be her. She didn’t cry this much.” 

 

Heaven miller sniffles and then stops. She lifts her head slowly “but all your core memories of her she was always crying.”

 

“Because her grandpa died asshole. Of course the one time I saw her cry her heart out was a core memory of her. It was traumatic—she was the strongest person I knew.” 

 

“Right—maybe that’s the problem. We need more memories not just the big ones. We need all the little moments too.” The imposter smiled with Heavens face and Kitty shook her head trying to fight back a pounding headache. 

 

“I’m fucking starving.” Kitty groans.

 

“You’re a lot more than that sweetheart.” 

 

Katherine sinks into the ground and her head swirls. She’s watching her mama get murdered. 

 

Her head swirls. 



She’s being tackled by the police.

 

Her head swirls.

 

She’s begging on the side of the raid—asking for spare change.

 

Her head swirls.

 

She's trying not to cry as her father dies in a hospital bed. 

 

Her head swirls.

 

She tries to remember the facts—the truth behind the lies forcing themselves into her vision. 

 

Her head swirls and she’s forgetting if she ever had a family at all. If she’s even real at all. 

 

Her head swirls and she’s in a windowless room with an angry blue boy and a crying girl. Not Heaven—another little girl. She thinks she’s meant to help them—or maybe their meant to help her. 

 

Her head swirls and she’s being strapped up in a hospital gurney. Rescued and taken far away from the facility. A man hovers in front of him wearing a kind smile. “I got you.” He says. Kitty doesn’t know this man. Her mind has long started creating new people that never existed. 



Her head swirls.

 

“I’m Katherine. You’re Peter right?” Kitty asks the dying speedster. She's seen this speedster before. Somewhere or maybe nowhere. A creature she’s created in her head. Something to keep her occupied. Docile. 

“How do you know that exactly?” He speaks with the same fear she has laced around her heart—with the same doubt in his mind. Kitty feels herself fall for the ruse. It’s a lie. This is all a lie. She’s certain that it is. 

It always is. These lies are more convincing the longer you’re in them. 

Her head swirls and she can’t remember the last time she ate—her throat aches. 

The silver headed speedster is back—blinking back into her hallucination like a faulty tv. Blurry—like an unfocused picture. She can’t really see much detail to his face. Just silver hair and almost present eyes. She thinks they're meant to be kind. 

“I can move fast.” The speedster says and it’s a ridiculous excuse. Stupid. So stupid. “I have superspeed.”

It’s easy to make the mistake in her mind seem like purposeful nonsense. He’s not unfocused blurry—-he’s just fast. That’s what they want her to believe. 

“I thought you weren’t real.” Katherine tests him—she has no idea how she would know if he was lying or not. They always lie. They always lie. 

“I’m definitely real.” Peter says slowly. “Are you?” 

“Yeah, I’m real.” Katherine barely blinks watching the speedster like she’d be able to tell if he decides to blink out of existence. She nods deciding to let it go—to allow the ruse to continue for just a A bit longer. Katherine had created entire realities in her mind—she’s lived through so many scenarios that she’s lost count. This is not the first time someone has ‘rescued’ her from the facility. It will not be the last. 

Her head swirls and she’s in a room sitting on a couch with a small girl—quiet and timid. Katherine must’ve forgotten to give her dialogue cause they sit beside each other for ages and she says nothing at all. 

 

“They give you any lines?” Katherine looks over at the quiet girl playing with a block. Stacking it over and over like it might grow taller when it’s only two squares. 

 

“I’m not supposed to be outside.” She says quietly and it’s the first words she’s said this whole time. Her mind had a funny way of making her look stupid. 

 

“Okay. Why not?”

 

“The others prefer when I’m inside. It’s safe inside. But it’s not safe inside anymore.” The little girl looks trapped—stuck in some unsettling loop. 

 

“Who are the others?”

 

“My sisters. My brothers. They are dying.” The little girl cries—and for moment she looks like heaven—and Katherine is compelled to reach over and hug her. She knows this isn’t real. She knows she isn’t real. This isn’t real. 

 

“Mine are already dead.” Kitty says and her mind swirls and she’s in a classroom. She hasn’t been in a classroom in a very long time. Maybe she’s forgotten how it feels. Maybe she’s always felt this lightness in her chest. Or maybe she’s finally falling for it. Losing her damn mind. Learning equations she’s already learned—rearranging grammar and reading skills like she isn’t already proficient. Reliving moments that feel like bad carbon copies. 

 

Her head swirls and she thinks maybe it’s just a headache. A pounding in her head from the trauma of it all.

 

She’s braiding her niece's hair—her face resembling her late sister. She’s beautiful just like her sister was. If it’s a ruse then it can’t possibly be so bad if she gets to see her sister again, even in the face of her child. She misses her sister so much. She misses her family so much. 

 

Her head swirls and it swirls and it swirls and at some point she realizes this must be real. This is has to be real. These people are real.they feel real. She’s out of the facility. Her mind is her own. Her actions are her own. This must be real. This must be real. She’s out. 

 

She’s not in the facility anymore but sometimes she forgets. She uses her abilities as much as possible—she couldn’t when she was in the facility. If she’s able to use them then she’s okay. She’s safe. She’s safe. She’s out. 

 

Kitty's head swirls and it’s okay because her head isn’t the only head that swirls. This fight is not hers alone. She’s surrounded by people whose heads also swirl. 

 

Her mind swirls and she’s having a bit of a moment. Falling apart at the domesticality of being back home with a family and her niece—with her own family. She feels a bit like an imposter allowing herself to have this goodness when shes done so much bad. Shes out. This is real. But it doesn’t feel real. 

 

“You’re allowed to be a kid, kid.” Kurt Wagner tells her. 

 

“I don’t know how to do that. I don’t know how to be a normal kid.” Kitty frowns and her head is pounding. Aching all over. 

 

“You’re a normal kid with Gunther and Pietro, and me.” 

 

“It’s different with them.” Katherine Pryde tries to explain clearly what she means. “These other people don’t get it. They weren’t there. They don’t know how it feels to not trust your own mind.” Kitty speaks to Kurt, a blue angry figure, with a soft cadence that she uses sparingly. “Its easier to feel less insane with people who understand. I don’t have to pretend.”

 

This is real. 

 

“Nobody said you have to pretend, Kitty. You’ve been through hell and nobody will judge you if that changed you. You’re allowed to talk about it. About everything.” 

 

Kitty's head swirls and it still freaks her out but she’s handling it better. This is real.  She’s not in the facility anymore. Her mind is her own. 

 

Her head swirls one day and instead of questioning everything around her she enters Dr. Wilson’s office for the first time.

 

Dr. Wilson is a bit boring. Her room is dull and her personality is plain and she spoke as minimally as possible.

She's the least stimulating person Kitty has ever met. She left the session knowing nothing about the doctor except her name but the therapist gained the knowledge of a thousand sins. 

 

Kitty was so bored that it felt like almost talking to a brick wall—nothing phased her. She didn’t write anything down—she didn’t make a face—she just listened. She didn’t even say anything really. She barely asked any questions. 

 

It was only at the end after Kitty had been practically bursting with unbridled information that she finally speaks. “Why do you think you are responsible for your family's death?”

 

“I-I could’ve stopped them. I could’ve called the police or—“

 

“—the police are the ones that got you involved with Friends of humanity. Why do you assume they would’ve helped you?”

 

“I could’ve used my powers. I could’ve saved my Mama or my sisters or my brothers or anybody. I could’ve done something but instead I ran.”

 

“Kitty, you were eleven years old. What could you have done against twenty five men with guns.”

 

“I could’ve died with my family like I was supposed to.” Kitty says suddenly and it’s the first time Dr. Wilson writes something down in her notepad—her face perfectly neutral. 

 

“Why didn’t you?” She says suddenly—her voice still plain and monotone and somehow that makes this so much more painful. 

 

“What?”

 

“Why did you arrive home late? You never explained why you were late. Why you weren’t there until the end.”

 

“I dunno—“

 

“—I think you do know. I think you’re mixing it up. They made you relive it so much in the facility and they changed a few things—made you remember it differently then how it went. So try to think back. Why were you late coming home? Can you try and remember that morning?”

That morning? It was normal. She'd eaten breakfast–she'd packed her lunch, she kissed her mom goodbye and she'd gotten to the bus. She’d gone to school. After school she went home. How did she get home?

 

“I missed the bus. I ended up walking home.” Katherine recalls vaguely. 

 

“Why did you miss the bus? Did something happen at school? Something that would have made you miss it?” Dr. Wilsons speaks calmly—logically and for just a moment Katherine is genuinely terrified. 

 

“I don’t know. I can’t remember. I can’t—“ Katherine blinks back tears when she realizes she can’t remember. It’s jarring and heartbreaking and probably pointless. It doesn’t really matter why she was late—she just was

 

“—I can’t remember what I ate for breakfast that day. Waffles or French toast or pancakes—it’s all blended together. I’m forgetting things—important things.”

 

“It’s okay if you forget.” Dr. Wilson says softly “it’s how our brain helps us heal. It’s how it protects us.”

 

Healing. Forgetting. Forgetting. 

 

Kitty forgot—but she remembers—just for a second—this isn’t real. 

 

This isn’t real. 

 

None of this is real. 

 

And she’s too terrified—too deep in it to say anything—or they’ll just restart it—replay her worst hits all over again. 

 

“Maybe it’s for the best.” Katherine Pryde says, agreeing with a shaky smile. 

 

She had a grilled cheese for breakfast. 

 

Her head swirls. 

 

She’s starving





Notes:

Grammar mistakes. errors--and misspellings.

Katheirne is having a bad time. More angst and mystery to be unfolded.

Chapter 54: Bathroom Conversations

Summary:

Pietro has this way of caring about people that’s like second nature to him. They’ve known each other for a few weeks and he’s telling her he loves her, and worst part is that she believes him. 

“I know you.” Pietro says firmly, heart on his sleeve. Monet wants him to protect himself better. 

“You really don’t.” Monet crosses her own arms, closing herself off physically. Pietro just shrugs, his eyes still on her like he can tell she’s retreating. “Well, maybe I don’t know all of you yet, but the parts I do know, I love.” 

“You can’t just walk around telling people you love them.”

“I don’t.” Pietro says. “I don’t walk around telling people I love them. I love you.”

-or-

Monet tries to relearn German, with varying results.

Notes:

Pietro just being oblivious 98% of the time--the other 2% hes confessing his love--in a totally platonic way--totally. I really hope yall got your German translator on the go cause you're about to use that shit. Did i rewrite an entire scene and add more context in between and just change the POV?? yes. yes i did. i do it often. get used to it dudes.

 

!!!!!!!! Trigger warning for suicidal thoughts and thoughts of self-harm. !!!!!!!!!!!!!!

 

TYpos--Grammar mistakes and errors.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Monet's St. Croix’ bones begin to relax to the familiar Bzzzz—clink—-clack of Joey's office door opening and closing. 

 

“Another long day?” Monet leans against the wall of the kitchen—the cord dangles between her and a furry orange cat that usually resides on this floor. Something about marking his territory. Monet likes to brush his fur when she’s talking on the phone—she finds it comforting—stabilizing. 

 

“Martha’s been on my ass about getting the new tenants to sign a waiver for the new dryer.” Joey drags and she can almost imagine her frustrated wrinkly face rubbing her forehead in despair over stupid landlords. 

 

“How many new tenants can there be?” Monet asks—the last time there was just a handful of elderly couples and a few busy bodied college students looking for some place cheap to 

 

“Quite a bit.” 

 

Bzzz—-clink—-clack

 

Monet tries to keep up with Joey regularly, hoping it would ease the ache in her bones for just a bit longer. 

She observes Kurt and Pietro like her new favorite tv show. Able to interact but unable to change the outcome. She didn’t watch much tv even when she was well off—her father used to claim that idle minds became lazy and every spare moment she wasn’t studying she was doing something productive. Even after she was no longer under his thumb she didn’t watch tv because she simply didn’t own a television to watch movies on. 

 

She once went on a date with a guy who took her to see Bonnie and Clyde. He tried to cop a feel and she ended the night with a cock in her mouth and no recollection of what the movie was about. The popcorn was good though. She’s not really a person that watches a lot of television willingly. Pietro on the other hand is very much a movie person. He adores to go on and on about characters and producers and the cinematography. She likes listening to him and she likes listening to Kurt when he listens to him. He always hums a soft German song in his head, completely  comfortable with Pietro's raving and outlandish voice. Monet likes the song—she understands why he likes it too. 

 

“How have you not seen the Godfather?” Pietro is taking Kurt’s hand like he might runaway from his questioning. The blue boy just smiles fondly at him and shrugs “I do not know. Is it good?”

 

“Is it good? Are you so serious? Hell yeah it’s good—it’s a cult classic!” 

 

Ich liebe es, wenn mein Engel glücklich ist.

 

Engel —Angel is what Kurt calls Pietro in the privacy of his mind. All soft and tender. Although sometimes it isn’t so sweet. Sometimes it surprises what Kurt is actually thinking when she translates it. She spends most of her nights diving into the German book. She's memorized a few key words—a few common terms and phrases but Kurt is not common. He thinks bold and intensely and he thinks of the speedster and abhorrent amount. 

 

“Didn’t that movie just come out?” Alex Summers is reading a book—something Hank had recommended to him a few days ago. He’s been slowly getting through the hefty book, she sees him writing down notes in the margins like he’s planning on discussing it’s context with Hank when he’s done. It's kinda sweet. Like a mini book club with just the of them. 

 

This is gonna take me forever. Maybe if I ask Hank nicely he’ll read it to me. 

 

Monet suppresses a snort at Alex’ words—the older man’s face is completely neutral but his thoughts are always funny. He’s funnier in his head then he is in person.

 

“I only needed to watch it one time to know it’s iconic.” Pietro says confidently. “Right Monet?”

 

Monet blinks—startled by her sudden involvement in the conversation. “Hmm?” Her eyes darted between the three men.

 

“The Godfather. It’s great right?” Pietro gives her an imploring look and Monet shrugs. “I haven’t seen it.”

 

Wir drei können den Film zusammen anschauen.

 

She understood film. Is that the same word in German and English? Maybe Kurt wants to watch the movie with Pietro. The speedsters face drops at Monets response. “No! No way! You haven’t seen it either? Am I the only one that’s seen it?”

 

“Charles saw it.” Alex points out.

 

“Pietro was the one that took him to go see it.” Kurt says with a big smile, Pietro blushes like he’s embarrassed by that.

 

“Was it a father son day?” Monet jokes, sitting on the couch handrest on the opposite side of Pietro. She watches as Kurt stiffens and Monet considers standing up and maybe moving further away. 

 

Warum sitzt sie so weit weg?

 

Charles isn’t my dad—for the millionth time. Whoever started that rumor is on my shit list.” Pietro implodes—hands waving around dramatically. 

 

It was Wanda and they all know it.

 

Kurt moves so that he’s sitting at Pietro's right, his hands grasping the speedster's hand tightly. Kurt makes eye contact with Monet. The space on Pietro left is free but Monet stays where she is. 

 

“It was just a regular movie theater trip. We went to the mall. It was chill. The movie was great.”

 

“I have never been to the mall.” Kurt says timidly. Neither has Monet, but this is a new city and Monet is still new around here. She hasn't left the mansion since she got here. Joey insists that she should—but she’s in a safe bubble here. She doesn’t want the bubble to pop when she gets a bad comment or harsh look. She knows how she looks. She is not naive enough to think that every place is like this place. 

 

“Really? You should! They have an arcade there and Wanda loves going to this one store that just sells plushies.” Pietro says excitedly and Monet waits for the speedster to offer to take Kurt. The teleporter's tail swishes back and forth eagerly. Neither has to wait very long. 

 

“Maybe we should go right now. we’re all free.” Pietro is practically shaking the couch by how excited he seems to be. “A field trip!”

 

All of us? Monet would love for all three of them to hang out but when she looks over at Kurt he looks a bit upset. This wouldn’t be a date if it was the three of them.

 

Nicht alles muss eine Gruppenaktivität sein. 

 

“I can’t go—violent movies aren’t really my thing.” Alex says suddenly and Monet hadn’t considered Alex going at all. Is she a bitch for not considering him when he’s in the room? 

 

Id rather not have a ptsd episode in front of Charles kid. I'll never live it down. 

Alex thoughts whistle into her ear like he’s embarrassed by this. 

 

"Weren't you in the war?” Pietro blurts out. 

 

The war. Like there’s only one. Monet leans back with her palm. 

 

“Not happily.” Alex chides. This kid needs to just go on a date with his boyfriend and leave me out of it. 

 

Monet agrees wholeheartedly. 

 

Es ist besser, wenn nur wir drei ausgehen.

 

Besser means better. Drei means three. Monet knows how to count in German—even if it’s virtually useless knowledge for her to have. Monet tries to piece together the jigsaw puzzle in Kurt’s head. Regardless, the two boys should have a night for themselves. 

 

She will not insert herself. “I’m not really a movie person—“ she begins. 

 

“—blasphemy—“ Pietro gasps.

 

“—maybe the two of you should go instead. If Kurt tells me it’s a good movie maybe I'll go watch it.”

 

Kurt says something in German that she can’t even begin to decipher because he thinks it so fast and then it’s gone. He’s irritated. She can feel that much. 

 

Maybe Kurt wanted Pietro to ask him without her stepping in. Did she accidentally make Pietro look bad? She hopes not. He would’ve gotten there eventually. 

 

Pietro guffawes “so it's only a good review if it comes from Kurt? Not cool.”

 

“You once told me Aristocats was the greatest movie of all time.” Monet reminds him. 

 

“IT IS!”

 

Monet lifts a brow at Pietro and then turns to Kurt. Kurt just looks at her for a few seconds before he seems to realize he’s meant to speak. 

 

“It is good—i like the kittens.” Kurt says, suddenly avoiding Monet's eyes. 

 

“Kittens are cute. But the greatest movie of all time? I don’t think so, hon.” Monet tries to keep the conversation light despite the obvious way Kurt seems to grow frustrated with her. 

 

“I like the songs.” Alex comments. Noted. Alex Summers likes musicals. Got it. 

 

“You sure you don’t wanna come?” Pietro asks just before they leave—he’s leaning against the door wearing a cozy jacket and a grey and blue crochet beanie that Jean Grey made for him. Her stitching has improved immensely. 

 

“I’m positive. Enjoy your time with Kurt.”

 

Pietro hesitates before speaking—his mind perfectly blank and soothing. “He’s been having a tough time since Margo passed. He isn’t…” Pietro falters, looking uneasy as he uncrosses his arms, letting himself be vulnerable. “Kurt isn’t being mean on purpose. He just—he just doesn’t know you. He’ll get to know you a-and he’ll love you just as much as I love you.”

“You love me? Slow down, Barry Allen. You barely know me.” Monet jokes—brushing off the moment of cadence with deflection. She suddenly feels claustrophobic—like maybe she needs to go outside and take a smoke break. Loosen up her muscles—shave off some excess time on her clicking clock. 

Pietro has this way of caring about people that’s like second nature to him. They’ve known each other for a few weeks, and he’s telling her he loves her, and the worst part is that she believes him. 

“I know you.” Pietro says firmly, heart on his sleeve. Monet wants him to protect himself better. 

 

“You really don’t.” Monet crosses her own arms, closing herself off physically. Pietro just shrugs, his eyes still on her like he can tell she’s retreating. “Well maybe I don’t know all of you yet but the parts I do know, I love.” 

 

“You can’t just walk around telling people you love them.”

 

“I don’t.” Pietro says. “I don’t walk around telling people I love them. I love you.”

 

Monet doesn’t know how Pietro can do that. After everything he’s been through. He’s been hurt and betrayed and stomped on and dissected and he still somehow has the biggest heart Monet has ever seen. He saw a broken girl next to a phone booth and saw someone worth having around. 

 

“Don’t fall in love too quickly. I’ll break your heart, punk.” Monet says cockily—jabbing his shoulder just to have an excuse to touch him. She’s not joking. She’s warning him. She’s telling him to not get so close in the only words she can manage. 

 

“Have a fun date with Kurt.” Monet says.

 

“It’s not a date.” Pietros flushes a pretty red. Monet admires the soft hue before smiling. “Sure. Okay.” 

 

“Are you sure you don’t wanna come? Kurt won’t mind.”

 

“I’m good. And he will. Trust me. He’s dying to spend time with you.” Monet smooths down his collar which was propped up on his neck tangled by his necklace that he always has on him. The one Pete gave him thats all ominous and scary.

 

“Do you want me to bring you back movie theater popcorn?” Pietro lets out a breath his eyes following the movement of her hands on his shirt.

 

Monet looks at him in surprise. 

“What?” 

 

“You like movie theater popcorn so I was just asking if you wanted some.” He says plainly. 

 

“I told you that?” Did Monet tell him that story? She didn’t think she did. 

 

“No, I just noticed you licking your lips when we where talking about the movies. And I know you weren’t dehydrated cause you had water and so I assumed it had to do with the movies. Hence movie theater popcorn.”

 

He was paying attention to Monet. He noticed something small and somehow gained unlocked knowledge Monet had no idea he could gain. He’s observant when he wants to be—-observant with the people he loves. The people he loves. Monet feels a compulsion strike her. 

 

“You really do love me, you creep. You’re so obsessed with me.” 

 

“Guilty.” Pietro smiles widely at her, unashamed.

 

“Scram before I tell Kurt you’re flirting with me.” 

 

“I’m not flirting.” Pietro denies with a light pinkness to his cheeks. Monet wants to kiss him. It’s not the first time she’s thought about it. Pietro is funny and kind and easy on the eyes—and Monet is a woman with needs and desires. But Monet can’t cross that line. She can’t act on it when she’s not planning to stay here. She can’t kiss him when he belongs to Kurt. They belong together and Monet doesn’t fit in that picture. 

 

Kurt and Pietro go to the movies—Monet fantasizes about the buttery popcorn. She ends up making some for a snack anyway and Wanda  levitates the buttery pieces into her mouth one by one while across the room. 

 

“Good practice.” She says even though Monet's pretty sure she just wants her slightly burnt popcorn. 

 

She had turned on the tv—inspired by Kurt and Pietro's date to watch some home cinema herself and accidentally flipped it to a news channel. Her gut clenches and her appetite for television, a moment of a childhood not had, was gone in a second. A baby with large deformed hands and leopard skin was found dead in a hospital trashcan. Mangled and discarded with the tampons and empty toilet rolls. Not a newborn baby—a 7 months old, just getting his vaccines. The story is run like a driven crime and disregarded with the news of the weather. Cold and breezy—possible thunderstorm tonight. Monet doesn’t have to turn off the tv. Wanda is sparking her powers and right before her eyes the box tv is crushed and pulverized into a small cube. 

 

“I hate cable.” Wanda reveals like that's a sensible response. It felt like a sensible response. 

 

“Me too.” Monet says and she ends up on the roof afterwards to smoke her last cigarette. She tried jumping once when she lived in a higher level apartment building. She’d considered it and then she actually did it. That was the day she found out she could fly. It was not a good day for her. 

 

Monet crushes her last dead cigarette under her foot and stares at the long stretching woods. 

 

She hears the inside voices of the students jabbering around the mansion.

 

I don’t wanna do the homework.

 

She’ll never forgive me.

 

If I eat a watermelon seed would a watermelon grow inside me?

 

One more snack wont kill me.

 

What is that? 

 

I wanna play outside.

 

I hate broccoli.

 

Stop it. Gross. 

 

I could just knock on his door. Ask if he wants to watch a movie. 

 

Monet is overwhelmed and she shoots up to the sky. She’s two three four five yards away from the school—touching the tippy tops of trees. The further away she gets the less voices she hears. The more messy her own thoughts become.

 

When she first discovered she could fly she would do it all the time. She’d fly so high that the air would become thin and cold. She’d stay there for as long as her lungs would allow it and It was relaxing to her—therapeutic. Too suffocate in the sky. After Lana though, it became something she hated doing. Something that brought her grief. A temptation.

 

She tries to find beauty in other things. She spots a nest of eggs in a tall tree. The mother flies beside her—like she senses the danger she can cause being up here with her. 

 

She settles back down to the rooftop  with tears running down her face. She calls Joey.

 

“I had a dream about Lana last night.” She tells her.

 

Bzzz—click—clank.

 

“You dream of her often?” Joey hums under her breath. Lana used to do the same thing. She was always singing something—a sweet birdie voice that got her in trouble. 

 

“Only when things get too loud. You?”

 

“Every night. I see her everywhere I go.” Joey says softly. “Every brown girl with light eyes I see becomes Lana. Every song I hear on the radio reminds me of her. You remember that Chinese place down the boulevard that she used to love?”

 

“Yeah, they always gave her extra fortune cookies and discounted her spring rolls.”

 

“They still ask about her everytime I go. I never had the heart to tell her she passed.”

 

“I’m sorry.”

 

“They ask about you too. I tell them you’re still thick as thieves.”

 

Monet falls silent.  

 

Bzzz—clink—-clack

 

“Thank you for calling.” Joey says suddenly. “Of course.”

 

“Call me tomorrow?”

 

“Yeah, okay.”

 

“You better. I know where you live.”

 

“I regret giving you the address.”

“Too late. Goodnight Monet.”

 

She hangs up and then the phone rings again. She answers it—thinking it must be Joey scolding her for hanging up without saying goodnight back. 

 

“Jill King speaking.”

 

“Oh—sorry—this is Monet. Who are you calling for?” Monet doesn’t hear anyone coming down the hall. Usually if they expecting a call they’d be patiently waiting for her to finish her call with Joey. 

 

“Monet? Oh, it’s nice to finally meet you. I’m calling for Kurt. I’m his social worker.”

 

It’s nice finally meet her? Has Kurt been talking about her? 

 

“Isn’t Kurt over 18?” Monet has seen his ID before—when she was being nosy and their laundry pile got mixed together. Her clothes smelled like sulfur for a week and she learned that Kurt is a Libra.

 

Twenty I assume. Not a minor but his brother Frankie is. I’m both their social workers and I like to stay updated with the children I help—make sure they are settled.”

 

Kurt is twenty. Monet is older than him—older then Pietro too. 

 

“And have debriefs about the new people in their lives?” Monet observes—wondering if Kurt has said anything bad about her to Jill. 

 

“Yes, I suppose so. Kurt speaks freely with me. I knew his mother well.” Monet has heard so many tales about the wonderful Miss Margo and every time she does she feels a sense of dread. She could’ve had much more time. She deserved to have more time. 

 

“Well—Kurt’s not here. He’s out with Pietro.”

 

“That’s alright—it was a last minute call—I’m sure he’s having a lovely time. Just tell him to call me back when he gets back.” 

 

Monet agrees to do just that and later that night it’s why she’s trailing past her door and towards the bathroom near Kurt’s room. Pietro and Kurt got back about an hour ago—and are beginning to get themselves ready for bed. Since they tend to bunk up in each other's room. Now would be the only time to tell Kurt privately that Jill is expecting a call from him. Before he heads to bed. 

 

She’s about to knock on the bathroom door when it suddenly whips open and hot steam flows out of the room. She gets an eye full of a shirtless Kurt with his scarred lean body and wet hair dripping down his neck. He’s got sweatpants dangling low on his hips, exposing far more than should be allowed in school premises. 

 

Monet's mind blanks completely. 

 

“Monet?” His voice comes out startled—-his biceps flex as he grips the towel in his hand tightly. Monet instinctively soaks him in—gathering every detail of his flesh like some starving creature. “W-what are you doing here?” His accents grows thick. 

 

Ich denke an sie und sie erscheint.

 

Kurt’s thoughts break into her mind. Quick and flustered. Understandably so—she just cornered him while he’s leaving the shower like a stalker. Kurt is staring at her as she blocks the doorway. 

 

Sie sieht so hübsch aus, wenn sie müde ist.

 

Did he just say she looks tired? Monet only understands bits and pieces of his thoughts and it’s always something so critical. She’s hoped the dark circles under her eyes would be mistaken for a smokey eye but that is apparently not the case. 

 

“Admiring the view.” Monet tells him with a cheeky closed mouth smile. His eyes dart down to her smile and she sags a bit at the way he stiffens in his spot. She’s noticed he stares at her when she smiles with her teeth—perhaps he feels self conscious of his own fangs. She has heard him think of her fangs, briefly and in a bit of a critical manner. Monet has made an effort to try and smile with her mouth closed—hoping it would make him feel more comfortable. The change only seems to make him more distracted though—almost irritated by the flash of emotion. 

 

“What?” His eyes dart up to her eyes a quick flush to his cheeks that cover down to his muscular chest. Oh. That’s nice. Monet allows herself to follow the flow of the blush and then look back up at Kurt’s pretty blue face again. 

 

“If you don’t want me to look maybe you should cover up, darling.”

 

She’s definitely taking her brazen flirting too far because he can sense his mixed feelings strangling his next string of thoughts. 

 

Engel hat mich schon ewig nicht mehr Schatz genannt.

 

Schatz is a term of endearment so he’s probably thinking about the pet name she just branded him. 

Engel is Pietro. She hasn’t heard Pietro call Kurt any pet ends but maybe he does so in private. Perhaps he doesn’t like that she’s too familiar with him. 

 

“You can do what you like. You always do.” He says stiffly and Monet takes the words like a kick to the face. Jesus, okay, damn. She definitely touched a nerve. 

 

“Kurt.” Monet says instead—Pet names are definitely not his thing—she wants to cut this interaction short. She is not in the mood to handle any pokes at her character. Not after she’s already had her talk with Joey for the day. “Jill called earlier. She’s expecting a call back from you.” She keeps her voice smooth and monotone and she moves away from the door so that Kurt can move around her. 

 

Kurt is a teleporter. If he really wanted to get away he could. He doesn’t move when she gives him room to do so—“oh, okay. I’ll call her. Thank you for telling me.”

 

“No worries. Good night.” She says as she begins to turn away—she doesn’t want to prolong this interaction any longer. 

 

“It was good.” Kurt says suddenly—stopping her retreat with his breathless words. Like he couldn’t wait to tell her. 

 

“What was good? Your shower?” Monet lifts a brow at him and doesn’t mean for it to come out so suggestive—but he really should clarify when he says things. 

 

He shakes his head, his cheeks turning a flashing color again—water splashes the floor like decoration and Monet tries to focus. “The movie. The Godfather. It was good.” He says.

 

“That’s great. I’m glad you enjoyed it, Kurt.” Monet says genuinely—she means it—so she doesn’t understand why he makes a face. 

 

“You—“ Kurt pauses, looking frustrated. 

 

Idiot

 

Well she doesn’t need to translate that. She jerks back—trying not to show how harshly the word landed in her chest. 

 

“—I’m gonna go to bed now.” Monet says with barely concealed emotion—she wasn’t even doing anything. 

 

Kurt shakes his head and he rushes to speak again despite Monet's clear dismissal. OP“You can watch it.”

 

“What?” Monet glares at him. She feels a bit like an asshole for glaring at him when he’s pouting at her like some adorable puppy. 

 

“The movie. Is good. You said you would watch—if I said it is good.” Kurt explains in a slow pace—like he’s choosing his words carefully. His eyes dart around anxiously and then land back at her like it’s inevitable. “It’s a bit gory, though. Scary.” He adds timidly. 

 

Wird sie Angst haben? Ich hatte Pietros Hand, die ich halten konnte.

 

Money recalls now the conversation they had earlier. The comment she had made about if Kurt likes the movie then she’ll watch it. She had said it to brush off the invitation—she hadn’t actually thought Kurt would give her his review. It was a throw away comment—she hadn’t thought Kurt would ever actually try to talk to her about the movie. 

 

“I’m not an easy scarer.” Monet tells him. “Maybe I'll watch it before it’s out of theatre.” She acknowledges. 

 

Kurt is flexing his hand—his grip on the towel tight as possible. “We can rent it when it’s on dvd.” He says. 

 

So kann sie Engels Hand halten. 

 

Hes always thinking of his Angel—of Pietro. 

 

We? You must’ve really liked the movie if you’re willing to watch it again.” Monet says in amusement, watching the way Kurt shuffles his f

 

“It was very good. Pietro was right.”

 

“Don’t tell him that. We’ll never hear the end of it.” Monet jokes and Kurt doesn’t even smile—he’s just staring at the wall next to Monet's head like he’s trying to will it away. 

 

“Good night, Kurt.” 

 

Gute Nacht.” He says good night in German. 

 

That night she lays in bed with her silk bonnet, gifted by Pietro, chipping away at her nail polish anxiously. Her bed is too big. Too soft. She looks over to her nightstand and finds a fresh box of cigerrettes  next to her nightstand. Her favorite brand—the one that tastes less like hell. She takes them and adds an additional twelve days to her mind. 

 

The days stretch with her locked inside her room. She leaves sometimes—she catches Kurt and Pietro doing a 3D puzzle in one of the craft tables and she’s just there—hovering, contributing little and rubbing Kurt all wrong.

 

Sie ist so klug.

 

Kurt’s thoughts are drenched with something messy and intense—she can barely decipher his emotions half the timep. Monet can feel it down to her toes and she knows it’s about her. Sie means she. 

 

She leaves swiftly. She doesn’t want to intrude during their time. Pietro looks at her with a concerned expression when she begins to pull away but he doesn’t stop her. 

 

Charles floods into her mind suddenly when she’s sitting on the roof. He interrogates her—and she answers all his questions dutifully. It’s not until a few moments later that she realizes it was an interview. 

 

Bzzz—-clink——clack

 

“Tell me about the boy.”

 

“There’s no boy.”

 

“A girl then?”

 

“No. No girl. There’s nobody. Just me and my moody thoughts keeping me afloat.”

 

“Why don't you come visit me?”

 

“I don’t think that’s a good idea.” Monet knows the second she sees her she’ll start crying. She doesn’t want to cry. She’s cried enough as is. 

 

“This place that your living at is it—“

 

“—Yes it’s safe.”

 

“Would you tell me if it wasn’t?”

 

It is.”

 

“Then why can’t you leave?”

 

“I can leave.”

 

“Then visit me. Or go out. It’s not healthy to stay in your room all day. You need to be out in the sun.”

 

“My room has a window. That’s an improvement isn’t it?”

 

Joey makes a noise from the back of her throat that Monet has fallen victim to many times. She used to reserve it for Lana but she was always the reason Lana was receiving them. 

 

Lana gets arrested defending Monet after a night out.

 

Lana has an unpaid ticket in her car because Monet ate the red light while she drove her car.

 

Lana gets mugged while waking Monet back to her apartment.

 

Lana gets punched by a dealer looking for Monet.

 

Lana overdoses at a party Monet took her to and barely survives. 

 

Lana burns herself with the lighter Monet uses to light her cigarette. 

 

Lana has a breakdown at the mall, and Monet is right there next to her. 

 

Joey was always scolding them both with a kind hand and a warm drink after a shitty week. After Lana died Monet moved. She did that a lot but Lana’s death had broken her further than she already was. 

 

“I just want you to be happy Monet. Are you happy?”

 

“I’m safe. Alive. That’s the best I can do for now.”

 

“Call me tomorrow?”

 

“Yeah okay.”

 

Bzzz—click—clack

 

Soon the sound began to fade into obscurity. 



Monet St. Croix never plans on relapsing. She just does. It’s too easy to flicker her lighter on and hover it above her hand instead of a cigarette. It’s too easy to not move it away—to soak in the curling flame and to not flinch when the sting begins to ache on her palm. 

 

She’s just in the bathroom—staring at her own reflection in the small mirror. It’s night time. It’s always night time when the voices get too loud. She went in this bathroom instead of the one in her own room to grab some extra towels. She’d looked under the sink and she spotted a cheap leave on conditioner.  It’s the same one that Lana used to hassle her to buy. 

 

“It moisturizes my hair texture really good! I swear on my dads life!” Lana didn’t have a dad but she always swore on his life. Monet always bought this shitty brand despite it only being sold at gas stations. The purple bottle makes her head spin and she’s suddenly sitting on the toilet lid gripping her thighs like she might lose her legs. 

 

“I remember her like lightning. She appears out of nowhere.” Joey told her once—soft and wary. 

 

Monet hears everything. The voices in this school—the children who are awake past their bedtime. 

 

I want the monster song.

 

Maybe a snack would be good. 

 

I hate the color of my sheets. 

 

I wonder if Charles is mad at me. 

 

That nightlight is pretty. 

 

I wanna sleep. 

 

Jean snores a bunch. 

 

I miss my mommy. 

 

I wanna go home. 

 

I need to sleep so I can grow big. 

 

I need to call Romeo tomorrow. 

 

What if god is real? 

 

Sleeping is for losers. 

 

Too many thoughts scramble for attention. Too many emotions and distractions and Monet has the lighter in her hand. She always carries it around her like some vice. The grey metal feels good on her fingers and she flicks the lighter—once—twice—-thrice. It doesn’t light. Jesus. She breaths through her nose and when she flicks it again it comes to life like a life line—or a death wish. 

 

In that very second, before she could even move her hand to touch the beautiful flame, Pietro Maximoff is bursting into the bathroom in a panic. Monet reels back—flinching at the sudden appearance. 

 

Horror rushes through her as she realizes that she hadn’t locked the door—she hasn’t thought about anyone walking in and seeing her doing this. She hadn’t thought. What if it was a child? She schools her expression and slips the lighter into her pocket. 

 

Pietro isn’t aware of his surroundings—he doesn’t seem to realize Monet is even in the bathroom. He’s crying—his face flush and he’s scrubbing at his hands under the steaming water at superspeed. A blur of soap and steam. 

 

It must burn his hands. Monet is a bit jealous. 

 

She quickly stops that thought—she reaches over to turn off the faucet with shaking hands. The steam evaporates as soon as she does so—clouding the mirror just a bit. 

 

Monet watches the speedster intently—trying to figure out what’s wrong. It looks like he got mauled by a bear. His shirt is ripped and he looks bruised and messy and—oh. 

 

“What happened?” She asks stiffly, despite seeing the hickeys. She doesn’t have all the information. He’s upset for a reason. She hopes nothing horrible happened. 

“I-I don’t know.” Pietro shakes out—he’s talking fast—Monet understands him—she always does. His whole body seems to runaway from him. His eyes are glazed over and he’s shaking. “He just left. He thinks I’m disgusting.” 

Monet watches as Pietro grips his own arms in a vice—digging his fingers in. It must hurt. He’s digging into the giant scar he has there. Monet worries he’ll sink his nails too deep and draw blood. 

“Woah, hold on, hon. Who are you talking about?” 

Monet goes to take his hand—wanting the speedster to stop accidentally hurting himself but Pietro doesn't let her. He does move them away from his arms and instead presses them against his eyelids mercilessly. It’s a move he’d seen him do beside the phone booth—while speaking in waves of information—venting about his troublesome life. 

“Kurt.” Pietro sobs and for a second all Monet sees is Lana. Crying to her at the top of a rooftop. “I messed up.” 

“You didn't.” Monet says firmly. Pietro and Kurt are soulmates. Whatever mess they’ve gotten themselves into can be fixed. She’s certain of it. 

“He’s ashamed of me. O-or he’s angry with me or —I don’t know but he isn’t happy!” Pietro starts to ramble, his voice frantic and scared and Monet tries to think logically. She shakes the image of Lana crying from her head. She tries to lock into this situation. Pietro is not Lana. Monet feels the heaviness of her warm lighter in her pocket. 

“Explain to me what happened.” Monet says softly as calmly as she can. Lana used to get mad at her when she did this. She wanted someone to freak out with her, not calm her down, not reason logically with her. She wanted to feel justified in her panic, not calmed. 

Pietro is very different from Lana in that regard. He’s a runaway car ready to collide—hoping someone will force him to hit the breaks before he causes harm. “We were in bed and we were kissing a-and touching each other. It was good and I felt him get hard and he has a really big dick—“

Monet now knows that Kurt has a big dick. She wants to crack a joke. She restrains herself from asking how big. She knows that Lana would’ve loved the back and forth—would’ve preferred it in serious situations but Pietro is not in that mind space and Monet doesn’t want him to feel worse. 

“Noted.” She says despite this. 

 She sees the speedster shuffle uncomfortably in front of her. He looks miserable. “A-and I thought he was enjoying himself. He did this thing with his tongue—it was literally life changing.”

Pietro makes a face—like he’s reimagining it—replaying it in his head and Monet bites her lip to stop herself from asking him to explain. His tongue was life changing? She needs to get laid. Jesus Christ. 

“Okay so you enjoyed yourself.” Monet refocus—trying to figure out why exactly Pietro was having a full blown panic attack in the bathroom. 

“Yes I did. I felt floaty like he could’ve done anything and I would’ve let him cause I was just that turned on.”

Floaty. Monet thinks she knows what he's talking about. She’s usually the one leading but Lana used to tell her all about getting fucked so hard that she could barely even think—just pliant and fuzzy. Lana would always pick the worst partners—they’d abuse that trusting instinct of hers. Monet always told her to be careful. She’s sure Pietro was careful—-she hopes Pietro was careful. 

“You must’ve felt very safe with him.” Monet says—because she knows enough about Pietro's sexual history that he wouldn’t just mess around with anyone. Not unless he knew they would never hurt him. Pietro is a victim of his stepfathers abuse—he had disclosed that to her the very day they had met. Monet understood with very few words that it wasn’t just physical abuse. He did not need to explain for her to understand. 

So Monet knows that he must have triggers when it comes to sex—she must be missing a vital piece of information between the encounter with Kurt. Why is he so upset? What went wrong? 

“I did. I-i used my powers.” Pietro says in dismay and Monet needs to inhale and exhale very slowly through her nose. That was not a scenario she had considered. Involving powers during entercourse would be jarring for anybody. But Kurt isn’t just anybody. Kurt Wagner is absolutely obsessed with the speedster—and even with Monets butchered German translation of his thoughts she can recall multiple instances where he voices his less than innocent thoughts about his speed

Kurt must’ve been thrilled

“Maybe he didn’t want me to get him off, maybe he just wanted a hand and maybe me using my powers reminded him who was touching him.”

Jesus Christ. Pietro is spiraling so incredibly far from reality. How can he both know his best friend and not know him at all? They talk about everything

“Okay, imma park this runaway train before it goes too far, hon. You using your powers during an intimate moment probably just rocked his world and if I know anything about Kurt I know he was looking at you the whole time.” Kurt is never not looking at Pietro. 

“He knew exactly who he was messing around with.” Monet smiles, allowing herself the mental image of the two boys cuddled up in bed—kissing—touching. She’s allowed to have inappropriate thoughts during inappropriate times as long as she doesn’t voice them.  “and knowing you you were probably being loud about it too. What happened after?” She prods gently. Maybe that was too teasing—too familiar but the speedster is genuinely spiraling.

She needs more information before he can allow him to freak out. What she didn’t expect was for him to go into so much detail. “Explain to me exactly what happened.”

Pietro with no filter at all begins to disclose everything to her like they are outside that phone booth again. 

“He said he liked to be called pet names.” So do you, Monet almost says outloud. 

“I kissed him—his body. In a friendly way. We where just playing around. Horse playing.” In a friendly way. Monet suppresses the eye roll. This poor stupid boy. 

“Horseplay doesn’t usually involve kissing.” Monet mumbles. Pietro just shakes his head boldozering on. Giving her an honest to god play by play on how he started to jerk Kurt off in his bed. As friends. 

Monet is genuinely getting a bit hot and bothered just hearing about it and she thinks she is going straight to hell for it. She doesn’t interrupt him as he continues to monologue about how Kurt moans in bed. How he likes to pull at Pietro's hair—how Pietro likes that sting. He’s talking about it like any of those things might be the reason why Kurt supposedly hates his guts now. Jesus Christ this sounds like one of Monet's midnight fantasies coming to life. 

All Monet is hearing are reasons why she should not be a sex counselor. 

“He was sucking on m-my nipples—I don’t know—maybe he didn’t like it?” Pietro's blinking away tears and Monet's eyes instinctively look down to his exposed chest and clears her throat. “He liked it. Continue.” He should not continue. Monet should tell him to give her as little information about the actual intercourse as possible. But then she thinks about how maybe something did happen—maybe something went wrong. So she needs to stand back and listen to the whole thing. Even if it’s making her inappropriately warm between her legs. 

Was she baptized as a child? She’ll have to look into it. 

“His dick turns a pretty purple when he’s close.” Monet is going to fucking hell and he is taking Pietro with her—because what the actual fuck? 

“Was that necessary for me to know, Pietro?” Monet scolds half-heartedly and Pietro just shrugs, wiping his eyes sheepishly. “I thought maybe you’d be curious.”

She was. But he’s sharing this information like she has any right to it. She’s not really entitled to know what kinks the teleporter is hiding behind is German thoughts. Even if she kind of already knows a few of them. The teleporter is sweet and kind but he’s also sexually repressed and has a concerning relationship with sex. It’s actually a testament to his will power that he didn’t try anything with Pietro sooner. 

“He made me feel good and I wanted to return the favor so I wanted to make him cum.” The speedster bites down on his lip—abusing the flesh. 

Monet did not have the good sense to disassociate during his description of tonight's events. So she knows that she did not happen to miss the fact that Pietro came. As far as she’s heard he hasn’t. He would have said if he did—he’s said everything else. 

He tells her about Gunther walking in—Not locking the door is a thing Pietro and her share apparently. 

“So he left.” Monet says after a minute. “it’s strange but he probably has a good explanation.” 

“For leaving? After we—“ Pietro clamps his mouth shut like now he was saying too much and not when he was talking about withering in his bed. “This is dumb.” He looks embarrassed and he's raking his hands through his hair and squeezing his eyes shut like he wants to disappear. 

“Hey.” Monet lifts his chin so that he’s looking her in the eye again. “It’s not dumb, and it obviously wasn’t the best decision especially since you’re clearly prone to thinking the worst but you need to trust that Kurt had a good reason.”

They need to talk. All of this would be resolved if they just talk. They love each other so much. 

“What would be a good reason for leaving?” Pietro whines, his voice breathy and sad and Monet shrugs. “I dunno, I’d assume falling asleep with cum covered pants would be pretty uncomfortable. Maybe he went to go change.” 

Doubt it. But it’s still a possibility that he stepped away to gather towels and water and maybe do proper aftercare. Maybe Kurt was being his perfectly perfect self and being a gentleman. Or maybe Monet believes in his love for Pietro a bit too much. Lana has been on the receiving end of improper aftercare on multiple occasions. 

“All of his clothes are in my room.” Pietro sniffles, snotty and red-nosed and his hands touch the ends of Monets shirt like hes instinctively searching for warmth. Monet knows that feeling—the need to be close to someone warm after something harsh. 

“You guys are a mess.” She sighs and scratches her dull nails through his hair, massaging his scalp like she used to do for her ex boyfriend Wyatt—he was always cuddly after they fucked. 

Monet feels Pietro relax into her methodical massage—he can feel him melt into his bones with every nail scratch. 

Monet does that for a few seconds and Pietro moans—Monet isn’t certain he’s even aware he’s done it but she pulls her hand away quickly—plastering a smile that feels fake. Maybe that’s why Pietro stares at her mouth—maybe he can tell it’s fake. 

“Did you get off?” She asks because the way that he’s acting—the way he clings to her shirt—crowds her space in the very large bathroom. She looks down at his sweats and she hasn’t done anything but comfort him and he’s hard. He’s too pent up. It shows. Kurt did not get him off the way he was supposed to. 

Paul, her ex boyfriend from Texas, used to say that “Sex is not quid pro quo. You don’t have to do anything you don’t want to do.” But if she gave him a blowjob he always ate her out. So maybe he was lying. 

In her experience Sex is usually transactional. Kurt did not fulfill his end of his bargain. 

Monet hates that thought immediately. She knows sex isn’t supposed to be that way. She knows there’s no obligation but Pietro described everything to her like he was enjoying the act of making Kurt feel good. Like he was getting off on the fact that he was making Kurt get off. 

She wonders if Kurt hadn’t left—if Gunther hadn’t bursted into the room the way he did—if they hadn’t been interrupted, would he have asked Kurt to get him off? Or would he have just been happy with Kurt’s own orgasm? 

“Why does that matter?” He sounds embarrassed—monet is having none of that. “You just gave me the play by play on how you teased your best friend so hard that he ended up milking your tits with his tongue—thanks for that visual by the way-“ her active imagination will be the death of her. 

“—this is not the time to be a prude about whether you did or did not climax.” Tough love—that’s what Joey usually does. Although Monet is about 98% percent sure that Joey does not have a crush on her. So not exactly the exact situation. 

“I didn’t cum.” Pietro admits awkwardly and Monet pushes his hair away from his face so he can’t hide behind it. He looks handsome like this—with his hair pushed back—away from his pretty face. She wonders if Kurt’s ever told him that. 

“Poor thing.” She says under her breath and she should stop him when he leans into her bare shoulder—his wet cheeks pressing against her bicep. He sags a bit—leaning closer and he puts some of his weight on her—like he knows she can take it. Monet places her hand on his cheek, wiping away the tears there. He looks up at her through his wet lashes and Monet knows that face. Many boys and many girls have given her that exact look when they want to be ruined by her. 

God, this is so unfair. 

“Don’t look at me like that Pietro." Monet warns—her voice dropping to a scolding tone. It’s not a voice she uses often outside of bed. 

Pietro plays dumb, because he’s a brat. Monet did have him pegged as a brat but this is not the way she wanted to find out. 

He bites his lip, his eyebrows furrowing together, looking overly innocent. “Like what?” He asks breathlessly—his hands—which had been playing with her shirt—had slipped under her second layer as well. Determined to touch skin and flesh. He’s being bold—greedy—and it’s all because Kurt left him high and dry. Unsatisfied and hard, Monet is the closest willing participant. 

She is not someone he actually wants. She will not make herself a willing participant. 

“We’re not having sex.” She says with a painful sigh. Joey would be so proud of her for setting boundaries. Lana would be horrified that she didn’t even let him get to second base. The two family members were very different in some ways. 

“I didn’t say we were." Pietro mumbles, pressing his lips against her bare shoulder, a gentle kiss that doesn’t match the way his thumb strokes underneath her tank top—like he’s trying to slowly—subtly—peel it off without her knowing. Pietro isn’t thinking straight at all. 

Monet smiles softly at him—and slowly pulls his hands away from her warm back. He begins to play with the rings on her fingers.  

“We need to stay friends.” She says firmly—she’s reminding herself of Kurt. Kurt is his soulmate. Kurt is the one that Pietro wants. 

“We will.” Pietro purses his lips and Monet wonders for a moment if Pietro thinks that Kurt and him are still just friends. Is he even aware of the line they crossed together tonight? Is he even conscious of the line he’s trying to cross with her now?

“Pietro you have a weird concept of friendship.” She informs him. 

“Weird how? I have great friendships.” He mumbles, pressing another kiss on her shoulder—a shiver runs up her spine. He twists the ring on her wedding finger—the one that looks like the devil. She wonders how he’d look wearing her rings. She wonders if they'd leave marks if she got him in all fours and—-nope. Nope. Nope. Nope.  

“Do you look at all your friends with fuck me eyes or is it just cause Kurt didn’t make you cum.” Monet gets straight to the point—no point in beating around the bush. 

“I’m not doing that.” Pietro voice shakes and his hands shake and for just a moment Monet shakes with him—his other hand still on her hip. Goosebumps run over her entire body. Her nipples got hard immediately. 

A taste of what Kurt must’ve felt. Jesus Christ. She needs to pump the breaks. 

“Pietro—darling—-I’m trying to spare you. You do not want to get on this ride. Trust me. Especially Not while I’m this fucked up in the head.” She’s so fucked up in the head. 

She was going to hurt herself just a moment ago. Doing this with Pietro would just be her hurting herself in a different way. Hurting them both in the long run. 

“You’re not fucked up. You’re perfect.” Pietro says quickly and he sounds so genuine, almost offended by her description of herself. Monet presses a kiss on his cheek. She makes a gesture with her hands that goes over Pietro's head completely. “Like—I’m seriously depressed, and you have shit going on that’s like super fucked.” 

Pietro is struggling just as much as her. Maybe even worse. 

Kurt is too. The three of them are disastrous. It’s best if Monet drew a hard line. 

“I don’t think we should start a relationship before we get our shit together.” Monet hopes that by saying relationship it would sober him enough to realize the implications of what he’s doing. Monet knows that even if she was absolutely stable she would never be able to have a relationship with Pietro because he’d have Kurt. It’s Kurt and Pietro. Always. 

“Okay. Yeah. But we’re friends.” Pietros frowns, bless him, he’s so horny he can’t even think. He leans closer—clinging to her like she’s suddenly saying she’s not his friend anymore. 

“Do you kiss all your friends?” 

“Sharing is caring,” Pietro mumbles and leaning even closer—with hooded heavy eyes and their noses touch. If she leans forward just a few inches she could press her mouth against his waiting lips.

She won’t though. 

“Cute.” She pokes his cheek, pushing his face away slightly. Trying to get herself to breath properly. “Yeah, for sure, but I’m like into you. And clearly you’re into me too. I just think we shouldn’t do anything about it without working on ourselves first.”

She’s kind of hoping he figures out himself enough to realize he doesn’t actually want her. Everything he wants is with Kurt. Not her. 

“You’re into me?” Pietro —fake confidence— Maximoff asks. 

“You’re my usual type. I know myself. I’ll try and sleep with you when I hit rock bottom and then I’ll do something shitty and we’ll never speak again.” She’s followed this pattern before. It happened with Jessie, with Wyatt, with Ben and Charlie, with Jaylin and it even happened with Lana. 

“It’s very pathetic and typical of me. And you’re very vulnerable right now. So I’m not having sex with you even if it might make you feel better because that’s gonna make me feel like shit too.” She’s trying to stop the cycle. She doesn’t want to drag him down with her. 

“I don’t want you to feel like shit.” Pietro says with a prominent frown. 

“After I’m emotionally stable and don’t wanna actively kill myself and you aren’t actively self destructing and touch starved by somebody else—if you still feel like getting on—we can make sweet sweet love on your king sized bed.” Monet traces Pietro's left eyebrow with her pointer finger and Pietro melts at the gentle caress. She knows that’ll never happen. She’ll always want to kill herself and Pietro will probably always be self destructive. It’s a lie. A comfort she gives them both. Of a maybe. Even if it’s unlikely. A fantasy. She imagines it for herself. Pietro and Monet. But she can’t seem to imagine a world where Pietro didn’t have Kurt. It felt wrong even in the privacy of her own mind to separate the two. 

“I don’t mind if Kurt joins either.” She adds—too revealing—too honest. 

Pietro shakes his head, swallowing thickly. “Don’t say that.” 

Okay. Right. Most people want one or the other. Not both. Not everyone is like Monet. 

“Sorry.” Monet says. “I'll keep it Pg 13 until then.”

She should’ve kept it pg 13 the whole time. She shouldn’t have let him touch her—he shouldn’t have let herself imagine something more. 

“Okay, okay, pg for the kiddos. But mind you you’re the one giving out handies to all your friends.” She teases him, for good measure. 

“Not all my friends and it was spur of the moment.” He says with a warm blush on his cheek. 

“Pretty long spur of the moment.” Monet says—eyes dropping to the evidence on his chest. Pietro is being super slutty right now and Monet would tell him that—but she’s pretty sure he already feels like shit. 

Lana would’ve laughed—called her a whore right back. It would’ve been in good fun. 

“Id high five Kurt for leaving that gnarly hickey on that pretty chest of yours but he did leave you in a bad state of mind so I’ll show some restraint in my support.”

“Thanks,” Pietro monotones, crossing his arms over his chest—suddenly aware that he’s flashing the evidence of his extracurricular activities.  

It’s a sad attempt at sudden modesty. Monet has already memorized the pretty shade left on his pale chest. There’s no point in hiding it anymore. 

She takes off her shirt, leaving the tank top beneath it on and tosses her shirt towards the speedster—who catches it easily. 

“Don’t walk around exposing everyone to your extracurriculars.” She says and Pietro puts the shirt on quickly. 

“And Pietro?” Monet pauses, feeling a lot more clear minded now that Pietro has a proper shirt on. 

“You know Kurt. You’ve gone through things together. I think—despite everything—Kurt deserves the benefit of the doubt. Maybe something else is going on. Just cause I can’t see a reason why he would go so suddenly doesn’t mean there was no reason. It’s Kurt. He would never do anything to hurt you.” Monet says.  

Pietro nods and Monet doesn’t know if she’s done any good. 

“Thanks for listening and trying to make me feel better, Monet. I was seriously spiraling. I—.” Pietro says, hugging her shirt against himself. He looks too soft, too domestic, with her shirt on. “I know. It’s okay. That’s what friends are for.” Monet reaches over one last time and hugs him—just cause she thinks he needs it. 

“I love you.” He says into her neck and Monet wants to cry. She doesn’t let herself cry. “I don’t know what I’d do without you.”

“I love you. I don’t know what I’d do without you.” Lana said to Monet the night before she died. The last real conversation they had. 

Monet squeezes Pietro tighter and for a moment he really is Lana. She says the thing she wishes she had said to her back then. “I love you too.” And she’s horrified to realize that she means it. 

“Your lighter.”

“What?” She pulls away and she sees that on the ground between them is her old rusted lighter. Forgotten and abandoned. It must’ve slipped out of her pocket. 

“Did you smoke the pack Kurt got you?” 

Monet blinks “what?” 

“H-he got you camels right? I told him those are the ones you like. He asked. I assumed he’d already given them to you.”

Oh. Monets chest aches. Heavy and tired. 

“I didn’t know he was the one to get them. I assumed it was you.” Monet blinks, processing the information.

“I would’ve but—I wasn’t trying to encourage you.” Lana’s you know those will kill you right? Echo in Monet's head and she can’t help but smile. 

“Kurt insisted that you needed them though.” Could he tell she was counting down the days?

Monet feels horrifically seen in a way she didn’t expect. Not by Kurt. The boy could barely look at her half the time. 

 

Pietro leaves with that and Monet feels like she’s missed a step somehow. 

Notes:

Im really writing plot points in German, hoping yall just speak the language very casually lmao. Kurt is in fact pining very hard in his head and Monet, poor girl, is only getting half the words and misunderstanding the context. ALSO all German is Google translated by my very incapable hands---because i dont actually speak German and I'm a fraud. So if anything is absolutely butchered, blame Larry Page.

In case it wasnt clear--kurt was annoyed that Alex wanted to go, not Monet --he actually was assuming she was going to go with them. Poor boy was just too awkward to ask.

 

Major Spoiler for my life: ive never seen The Godfather. I have no interest in watching the godfather-but that movie came out around this time and I needed the plot point. Thanks for understanding. I'm uncultured in tv media.

I also don't smoke. I'm such a poser for real. Please don't flame my ass if it's super obvious. ((you're just jealous of my healthy lungs, wheezer.) (I'm kidding) (or am i))

ANYWAY kudos--comments and lots of hugs, my friends. Stay sharp.

Chapter 55: Party Like There’s No Tomorrow

Summary:

There’s small handprints on the bottom of the body length mirror from where Gunther tried to help move it.

“I did good?” Gunther had asked with a big hopeful smile—his missing tooth growing and leaving a small unperceivable gap in his mouth. “So good, bug.” Pietro ruffled his hair but Gunther was looking at her. Waiting for her praise. “You helped a lot. Thank you, Gunther.”

The kids thoughts hitched a ride.

You’re welcome mommy.

And Gunther had said “you’re welcome Money.” With red cheeks and she pretended she didn’t hear his thoughts. She thinks about it now though as she stares at the handprint on the mirror.

—or—

Monet goes with the motions and stumbles upon a found family she isn’t prepared to have.

Notes:

HELLO! Another chapter for you guys. I’ve been neglecting you guys real bad. I’m sorrryyyyy

Enjoy this for now <3

Errors, mistakes, grammar is not my thing. Live long and prosper.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

A month goes by. She stretches the cigarettes as far as they go. She takes one every other day.

“You want me to add anything to the groceries list?” Alex Summers asks. 

“Camels.” Monet says hesitantly. 

“Okay. But like—juice or?”

“Yeah, juice is fine too. Gunther likes apple juice—can you get some of that?” Monet considers. 

“Yep. No problem.” 

She tells herself she has to stay long enough for Kurt to get back and be with Pietro. She can’t leave Pietro when he doesn’t have anyone to hold him steady. So she’ll wait until Kurt decides to make his grand appearance and then she’ll leave. In the meantime she studies her German book—practicing the pronunciation as best as she can without her accidental tutor, Kurt Wagner. 

He’s been gone for a long straining month. A spontaneous trip to see Hanks mom. Or what Monet assumes is a last stitch effort to avoid a hard conversation with Pietro. Both of them. Hank has been keeping a secret from Pietro—something about his father. 

Monet can never really get the full gist of it. He always thinks in fractured thoughts. Clunking words together like he’s the only one meant to understand his thoughts.  Must be insane if he’s been stressing out so much—stressed enough to take Kurt and Frankie with him in the process. 

Bzzz—clink—clack

“I hate to say it but you need to get laid.”

“Joey! Do my virgin ears deceive me?”

“There’s nothing virgin about you Monet. I’m no prude but Jesus fuck if I hear one more thing about some kids refrigerator drawing imma lose my marbles. You’ve been in that house for too damn long.” 

“Some kid is Gunther, Joey. And he’s an impeccable artist,” Monet had been absolutely glowing over his latest drawing.

“You’re only saying that cause he made you look super buff.”

“What can I say? The kids got quite the eye.”

“Have you created anything of late? You used to make such beautiful art.”

“I haven’t really been inspired.”

“Maybe if you go out—“

“Oh my god! Seriously?” Monet laughs. 

Bzzz—-clink—-clack 

“How about you? Have you gotten laid or is this heckling just for me?”

“I am a married woman. I get laid every morning and every night.”

“So jealous. How is Zachariah?”

“Still hates your guts.”

“Great. Just how I like it.”

“I’m serious about the art though. Consider it art therapy. Get all your frustrations out.”

Monet takes her advice but only once she sees how Happy Gunther gets when she pulls out canvases for him to paint on instead. She starts the second ever club at Charles Xavier’s school for gifted youngsters. An Art club. Only five members but Charles wasn’t making a fuss about the number he was just glad she’s getting more engaged. 

The first club was the Chess club which Pietro started with the help of Charles. Monet had teased him relentlessly about it. “I had no idea you knew how to play chess, nerd.”

“It’s a very relaxing game.”

“You sound like Charles.”

“Shut up.” Pietro blushes profusely and Monet keeps imagining what Kurt would say. He’d probably join the club if he was here. He’d draw posters promoting it—he’d probably be the co-president even though he’s god awful at chess according to Pietro. 

Monet thinks about what he’d say about her club as well. She wonders if he’d be interested in it or if he’d barely care what she did with her free time. Would he feel some way about it because Gunther’s in the club? She imagines he would be. He’s always so attentive towards the small boy. This last month without the teleporter has been weighing on Gunther as much as it’s been weighing on Pietro.

“I miss blue, a lot.” Gunther says while avoiding looking at Monet—like she might scold him for speaking his mind. “I miss his tail.” He says suddenly. “He always let me hold it when I got scared.”

Kurt has done the same for Pietro. Monets chest hurts a bit at the thought of Gunther missing something that only Kurt could provide.

“Are your nightmares getting worse?” 

Gunther nods “Grandma used to sing to me.”

“Not anymore?”

“She left with blue.”
She had to go with him. Gunther doesn’t voice this part. 

“I didn’t know ghost could leave.”

“Grandma Deja is Kurt’s ghost. She’s always been with him. She goes where he goes.”

Monet purses her lips—thinking about all the ghost that are in this house. How many are attached to people? How many are attached to the building? She has a million questions. A million questions she shouldn’t ask a little kid who misses his dad.

“Is there someone else that follows Kurt around?” Monet knows that Kurt has been grieving her—mourning her unexpected death. She’s never met the woman but she’s heard brilliant things about her. 

If she was still here…watching over Kurt…maybe that’s still something. 

“No. Just Deja.”

“Have you heard of a Miss Margo?”

Gunther nods “yeah, Abbah talks about her a lot. And uncle Frankie, and Blue showed me pictures. She’s not here. I checked.”

Monet wonders if someone had asked him to check or if he felt compelled to. She doubts Pietro or Kurt would ever ask him to do such a thing. 

“Oh. Okay. Does—talking about the ghosts make you uncomfortable?” Monet doesn’t sense any hesitance from the boy but he could just be showing a brave face. It couldn’t possibly be easy to talk about the dead. 

“They are my friends. I love talking to them.” Gunther scribbles onto his coloring book of turtles—purple and yellow are his colors of choice today.

“They can’t—all be your friends. I’m sure there are some scary ghosts.”

“In the bad place—scary ones there. But here is nice. Everyone’s my friend here.”

Monet nods slowly—the bad place must be the facility. It makes her sick to her stomach that little Gunther was ever there. 

“Kurt will be back soon and you’ll be able to get as many hugs as you want when he’s back.”

“For My birthday?” Gunther asks shyly—like he was nervous to ask. Scared to be disappointed. 

His birthday is in two weeks. Will Kurt be back to celebrate it? Monet doesn’t know—she doesn’t want to lie to the boy.

“Have you asked him—When you two have your talks?”

Gunther shakes his head—his soft eyes focusing on his drawing. Avoiding her eyes when she searches for them. 

“Why not? I’m sure if you tell him you want him to be here for your birthday he will be.” Monet is certain of it. Kurt and Pietro are rocky—but Kurt and Gunther are firm. He would never do anything to jeopardize Gunther’s happiness. 

Gunther shrugs. Clearly he’s holding something back—he’s a child and doesn’t know how to mask the obvious conflict in his face. Sweet boy is too young to have to mask anything at all. He should feel free to voice whatever he desires. 

“If you keep making that face it’ll be stuck that way.” Monet pokes between his little eyebrows. Her grandmother would always tell her that when she’d make a face when she refused to eat her vegetables. 

Gunther lets out a huff and leans against her arm. “What if Kurt doesn’t want to come?” 

Monet scratches the top of his head softly “he does want to come.”

“He asks about Abbah.” Children are too trusting and Monet takes that information like a shark to blood. She hadn’t known that Kurt was asking after Pietro. Pietro clearly doesn’t know either.

And you too. Gunther’s mind supplies.  

Monet blinks—genuinely surprised by the development. “What kind things does he ask about?”

“If pie is eating or if you’re painting your nails still.” Which explains why Gunther has been very insistent on painting their nails together every other day. Switching colors and retouching her own black polish. 

Sneaky kid. 

“He asks if you help with my nightmares. Like how he helps me.” The nighttime routine is usually a pietro and Kurt thing. And since Kurt left it’s just been a Pietro doing it. It mostly consists of sleepovers in his room and endless cuddles and kisses. Monet doesn’t join those. That’s not her place. 

Kurt isn’t asking Gunther—in his roundabout way—if Monet has picked up the slack since he’s been gone, what he’s really asking is if she’s replaced him. Taken his place in Pietros bed. Filled some parental hole that Kurt left behind. Monet has a moment of anger. Her mind soaks in the cracks of that logic—despising how Kurt seems to see her. Despising how little he thinks of her, how he thinks she’d try to steal his family away from him when he’s gone. 

It’s ridiculous. 

“We all help. It takes a village to take care of a rascal like you.” Monet smooths away—feeling her emotions rush away at the sight of a sad Gunther. 

“I just want blue to come home.” But he won’t ask. Cause he wants Kurt to want to come home on his own. 

 

Bzzz—clink—-clack

 

“So you’ve decided to go out?”

“Yes, I called an old friend—asked if there were any events around that would be fun.”

“Are you sure you want to go tonight?”

“Yes. You’ve been telling me forever to go out. Get a life. All that.”

“But today is different.”

“It’s not different.”

“You and I know that it is. Lana—“

“—Lana wouldn’t want me to spend this day locked away in my room. She loved going out—celebrating—meeting people, getting shitfaced."

“I just don’t want you to get overwhelmed.”

“I’m just going out with a friend—having a good time. Please don’t make me regret celebrating her Joey.”

“I know, I know. Today’s the anniversary of her death—she wouldn’t want you to spend it locked away. But—last time you went out on this day you hurt yourself and I didn’t hear from you for nearly two years.”

“-and that was super rash of me. That’s my bad.”

“Call me when you get back okay? That way I know you made it home okay.”

“It might be kind of late.” Monet tells her.

Bzzz—clink—-clack

“I’ll be here.”

“You should be home—with your husband Joey. Today of all days.”

“I’d rather stay busy.”

“Me too.” Monet agrees. 

That day Pietro is going through it. 

“Jill told me that Magneto is my father.” Oh. Wow. That solves that mysteries. Hank really must’ve been stressing out. 

She would be too. 

“You’re related to magneto?” Monet spots a slutty little crop top in the back of Pietro's closet. 

“Yes. He’s my father. Apparently.”

“The terrorist from the tv?” This would be a bad time to tell him that she had an inappropriate celebrity crush on his dad. Very minor—but very very vivid crush. And she was depressed and the gas station she used to work at only played the news channel and it would just play his speech over and over and over again. Monet was bound to find him a bit hot. Although she did find the blue lady pretty hot too. For the first publicly out mutants they’ve made history in being the hottest. Ten out of ten.

“Yes.” Pietro says evenly. 

“The one you broke out of the Pentagon? The same one that helped Charles rescue you from Friends of Humanity?” 

The longer she looks at Pietro the guiltier she feels. She had highly inappropriate fantasies about his dad. She’s also had highly inappropriate fantasies about the speedster. She’s just constantly having fantasies she knows will go nowhere. Father and son was a step too far. 

“Yes.” Pietro frowns, deep in his head. 

“He’s kinda hot.” Monet breaks the ice. 

Pietro throws a sock at her head. She catches it. “Monet! He is not hot he is a terrorist.”

Two can be true. 

“Aren’t you also technically a terrorist? For releasing him out of the pentagon?” She pulls out a ripped up band tshirt and wonders if she just has a thing for bad boys. Who is she kidding? That’s a known fact. 

Pietro tries to defend himself. 

“Didn’t you threaten to throw him off the plane.” Monet inquires cockily.

“Who told you that? I did not tell you that information—what the hell!” 

“Alex Summers told me.”  Well technically she read his mind. Close enough. 

A back and forth and Monet is rifling through his clothes trying to find the perfect shade of black amongst his silver. Monet considers rifling through Kurt’s clothes as well but then thinks Bette of it. 

“I was—it was a dire situation!” Pietro huffs. 

“I bet he looked hot when you pinned him against the wall.” Monet says, biting her lip. 

“Monet St Croix, you are a pervert.” 

Which was already established. Monet is guilty beyond any measurable doubt. 

“Guilty but never wrong. Plus I’m just saying…I can see why your mom wanted to bone him.” Monet places a shirt against her chest and looks at herself in the full-length mirror behind Pietros door. There’s small handprints on the bottom of it from where Gunther tried to help move it. 

“I did good?” Gunther had asked with a big hopeful smile—his missing tooth growing and leaving a small unperceivable gap in his mouth. “So good, bug.” Pietro ruffled his hair but Gunther was looking at her. Waiting for her praise. “You helped a lot. Thank you, Gunther.” 

The kids thoughts hitched a ride. You’re welcome mommy.

And Gunther had said “you’re welcome money.” With red cheeks and she pretended she didn’t hear his thoughts. She thinks about it now though as she stares at the handprint on the mirror. 

“Monet! Stop it! She did not bone him!” Pietro yanks the shirt away from her—interrupting her thoughts. He hands her a different slightly darker shirt. 

“I beg to differ. You do know how babies are born right, hon?” Monet takes off her boots and kicks them to the side. She loves how tall they make her but she knows she doesn’t necessarily need height. Men don't like it when women are taller than them and Monet is already working at a disadvantage. She's taller than most men. 

“Yes! I just mean it wasn’t like that—they were married. In love or whatever.” He throws his hands up. 

“He’s got good genes—now that I know…you kinda do look like him.” Monet makes a square shape with her finger and frames Pietro's face like they are cameras. She’s certain if she saw a picture of a younger Magneto 

“Can you say ‘a new tomorrow that starts today’.” She actually doesn't think he should say that. Not if she doesn’t want to end up in bed with him. It’s quite frankly too much of a turn on. 

“I am not saying that and I do not look like him!” Pietro bemoans. He doesn’t like the comparison but unfortunately the resemblance is noticeable. Not uncanny but definitely connected. 

“You do. But don't worry—“ she smiles at him and makes a show of showing off her top teeth since Kurt isn’t here to hate on them. 

“—you’re cuter.” 

“Thanks.” Pietro sighs, throwing himself into the bed. His AcDC t-shirt rides up a bit, revealing trails of white hair just above his plush navel. He’s been moody and pouty and cooking like crazy everyday to distract himself. He’s left a basket of pecan muffins at her door twice this week and made a three tier cake for Charles' six month sobriety. He’s been eating a lot. He always has but on top of his high calorie nutrition shakes and the extra sweets he’s been filling out. She mourns the pink stretch marks that appear and then heal away into faded white—mended overnight from his traitorous healing factor. 

She gets easily distracted by him. 

“Hey, hey, no slacking off—you said you'd help me pick out an outfit.” 

“It doesn’t matter.”

“Yes it does—I wanna look hot.” Monet says and Pietro rolls his eyes. 

“You always look hot.” Monet pauses in her search for clothes. Briefly considering pinning him to the bed and showing him how hot she can be. Nope. Nope. Nope. “I just mean—like obviously—You could wear a trash bag and everyone would still look at you.” Pietro over-corrects. 

“…because I'd be wearing a trash bag to a club and that’s fucking weird.” Monet pulls him out of the hole he dug himself in. She throws all the clothes she’s picked out onto the bed beside him. She begins to change out of her shirt—slipping on a different shirt distractedly. She fumbles over a few buttons—distracted by the chipping nail on her pointer finger. 

“Who’s idea was it go out anyway?” Pietro glares at her chest. Maybe this top isn’t good at all. 

“Mine.” Monet paces the room again—thrifting through his closet—exasperated. “Do you even own a belt, Pietro?”

“Why?” 

“To hold your pants up? Are you just constantly three seconds away from getting pantsed?” Monet jerks the hanger harshly—trying to distract herself. 

“No, I mean, why do you wanna go to the club?”

“Honestly?” Monet lifts an eyebrow at him—she plops a fedora on her head casually. She thinks it belongs to Hank—left over from the KurtPietro closet merger fiasco. Kurt’s clothes are no longer in Pietros room. 

“Yes, honestly.” 

“I wanna get laid.” She says—a partial truth. She needs to leave this house now or she might never do it at all. For Lana. 

Pietro gasps dramatically. “Monet we are in a school.”

“I’m fully aware—hence the need to get out.” She takes off the hat and wraps a long purple scarf around her neck. “I wanna dance with a stranger and kiss a cute guy—or a girl—maybe go to their place and do adult things.” She wiggles her pierced eyebrows at him. “At least I’m having the foresight of doing it outside of the mansion unlike you—man-who-has-no-lock.” 

“I can’t believe you just brought that up. That’s cruel.” Monet goes to his side and wraps the long fluffy scarf around his own neck and pulls him up into a sitting position. He lets himself be pulled—docile and kept. Touch starved for affection. 

 “What’s cruel is you flashing your hickeys and trying to seduce me.” Monet's eyes dart down to Pietro's neck, which is free of any hickeys and has been free of them for quite some time now but the memory of them still burns her memory. She wishes she could’ve seen it happen. Like some creepy fly on the wall. 

Pietro grins, lying. “I was not—trying to seduce you.”

“Sure—“ Monet flicks the scarf so that it wraps around the front and covers his neck completely—refusing to get distracted by his long pale neck. 

 “--And weren’t you the one that said you didn't wanna have sex because you're not in the right head space?” Pietro says and Monet is almost impressed he managed to bring that up. 

“Correction, I said I don't want to have sex with people I care about. I’m fine with being a little slutty with strangers,” she shrugs and she misses the expression on Pietro's face. 

“What if there are creeps? You can’t just go to a stranger's house!” Pietros voice pitches, looking up at her from the bed with big brown eyes. 

Pietro is such a fucking tease and he doesn’t even try to be. Monet's respect for Kurt is the only reason why she hasn’t had her way with him. She’s also trying to do better. She’s not trying to take anyone with her when she goes. She’s not trying to pull a Lana and leave behind a line of mourning loved ones. 

“Okay, hence why I want you to go with me. You can weed out the creeps, and who knows—“ Monet gives Pietro a look. She thinks maybe Pietro dipping his toes in the pool might help him think properly on the Kurt situation. 

Most of Monet's best plans happen after she’s had sex. Probably something to do with endorphins. “—you might hit it off with someone too.” 

Pietro lets out a sighs, “I don’t think so.” 

“You need to go out.” Monet nudges. 

“I’m not really someone who does that.” Pietro squirms—looking far more uncomfortable by this line of conversation. Monet suddenly feels like shit. Monet grabs his hand, stopping him from digging them into his arm subconsciously. 

Pietro hums, squeezing her hand in comfort. “you don’t have to. You can just dance—or hold my drink. You can be my wingman.” Monet reassures him. 

“I dunno.” Pietro still looks unsettled. 

“What's the worst that could happen?” Monet asks—it’s better to voice the concern out loud. Makes them less scary. That’s what Joey says at least. 

“The school goes under attack.”

“Charles is here.” Monet points out. Last time Charles wasn’t here. But he’s here this time and he’s ready. 

“Wanda might need me.”

“Charles is here.” Wanda always goes to Charles anyway. He soothes her nightmares and he dotes on her like a loving father. 

“Gunther might need me.”

“Charles is here. Seriously, Pietro—they can handle a few hours without you.” 

Words are powerful and Monet isn’t necessarily a superstitious woman but she knows Kurt is and Pietro has taken that characteristic with subtlety. Without another thought or a word of debate they both reach over and knock on the wooden nightstand. Hopefully unjinxing whatever threat she might’ve spoken into existence. 

Monet rifles through some more clothes and after a few seconds Pietros says “I don’t wanna go.” 

Monet can’t hide the fact that she’s disappointed. She was hoping someone would be there to stop her from doing anything too reckless. Or maybe she just wanted Pietro there so she wasn’t as sad about Lana. 

“Okay.” Monet isn’t going to force Pietro to spend time with her. It’s fine. She’ll just go alone. 

She doesn’t really know that many AcDc songs but she’s sure she’ll still have fun. She’ll manage to get her claws on someone easily enough. 

“Okay? We can do something else?” Pietro misunderstands.

“Okay, you don’t have to come.” Monet corrects. “I’m still going. With or without you.” She places a black sleeveless shirt against her chest. She won’t guilt trip him. She just wants to continue finding an appropriate outfit. She has very few clothes to work with. All her clothes are things Pietro saw at the store and bought for her impulsively. The basics. She didn’t pack any clothes when she left everything behind and she doesn’t go out shopping. She doesn’t go out at all. This would be the very first time.

“Which one is better? Black or slightly lighter black?” She’s leaning towards the slightly lighter black. 

“Monet you can’t go alone.” Pietro exasperates. “What about the creeps?!”

“Im not gonna force you to go but I need to get out of this school Pietro. I’m not like you. I can’t stay locked away here. I can’t live that life anymore.” 

So dramatic. Lord help her she just wants to go out. She wants to spend today listening to pounding music and dancing with strangers like Lana would’ve wanted. If she stays here she’ll just be sad.

“This isn’t a Prison. You can still go out—go grocery shopping—go to the park—go to church. You can go wherever you want.” 

Grocery shopping. The Park. Church. He’s saying all the places Kurt liked to go to. Pietro is listing things and he doesn’t even realize that he’s describing Kurt’s favorite things. She is not Kurt. 

She finds grocery shopping stressful inducing—Lana used to do grocery runs with her and now everytime she goes it just makes her anxious. The park reminds her of when she was homeless sleeping on a metal bench. And church is full of people that wish she wasn’t there. 

She’s annoyed that Pietro doesn’t know her well enough to know that. But then she’s annoyed with herself because she’s never told him those things. This is her fault. She’s annoyed.

“What?” Pietro blurts out. 

“Nothing.” Monet says quickly—putting the shirt back in the hanger. 

“Just tell me.” Pietro begs. 

Monet covers her face with her hand and blinks away whatever misplaced anger she has. She’s not angry with him. 

“You’re all I’ve got. Do you understand that? I’m in this house and the only person I can really talk to is you. I feel stuck and I want to…do something different. But I wanted to do it with you because you’re kind of my only friend right now.”

Oh god. He’s her friend. She knows that. She knew that going into this. She said she wasn’t gonna leave anyone heartbroken when she decides to leave but she’s been lying. She’s been making connections. She’s absolutely fucked.

“What about Joe?” Pietro prods quietly, pulling at a thread from his comforter. “I hear you talking to him on the phone sometimes.” 

Joe. Monet almost laughs. She stares at Pietro for a moment—before a smile erupts from her face. “You sound jealous.” 

“I’m not.” Pietro whines.  

“I’m allowed to have other friends, Pietro.” Monet has dealt with jealous boyfriends. Jealous girlfriends. She’s even dealt with jealous friends. 

“I know that.” Pietro is insecure—sensitive to rejection and she thinks it’s cute that he’s jealous, even if a bit misguided but she’ll nip this in the bud so he doesn’t hurt his own feelings. “Anyway, Joe is my sponsor if you must know.” 

Pietro looks guilty regardless—face dropping within a microsecond. “Should you even be going to a club? They tend to serve alcohol there.”

“Not that kind of sponsor,” Monet says with amusement. God, he’s so cute she can’t stand it.  He’s just ready to handle everything at face value, isn’t he? 

Monet and Pietro go back and forth. The speedster pretends he isn’t jealous of Joe. She'll definitely tell the older woman about it during tonight’s talk because that is just too funny. 

She somehow convinces the speedster to actually go to the club. Somehow. 

Gunther and Wanda contribute to the overall look. “You look pretty.” Gunther kisses her cheek, and Monets swells up and kisses his cheeks as well—leaving lipstick stains on the little boy's chubby cheeks.

“Ew!” He pretends to be grossed out, but he’s grinning big, and he doesn’t wipe it away. 

“No candy before bed.” Pietro reminds him. Even though he had just given him a toaster-strudel ten minutes ago, and it’s about ten minutes before bedtime. 

When they pull out of the driveway it feels like Monet is stepping out of a protective bubble and is suddenly ten times more anxious than she thought she’d be. 

Once they head inside the actual club—bursting with music and voices Monet realizes she’s never actually gone to one of these sober before. Usually she has something in her system to help her tone down the voices—but she has Pietro. If she wanted a moment without hearing anyone’s impulsive thoughts she’ll just focus on Pietro's buzzing head. 

The music was loud though—louder then everyone’s thoughts and so Monet was able to enjoy herself. Dancing to the beat and singing to  the lyrics she knew and eventually she heard the sickly sweet voice of a wanting man. 

God she’s hot.

Monet spots the man at the edge of the dance floor—looking straight at her. Brown skin and curly silver hair—dyed that way instead of naturally like a certain speedster. His fangs protruded outside of his mouth and Monet spots a fluffy appendage sitting behind him. A tail. Monet knew she had to have him immediately. An itch needed to be scratched and he was filling all the boxes. 

She drapes her hand around his strong wide shoulders, a serpent's smile on her face. 

“You dance?”

Fuck yeah I do. 

“Yeah, sure.” He says casually—despite his overeager thoughts. Monet suppresses an eye roll. 

And they do dance—his hands grip her hips tightly—and her hands are raking his muscular chest. It's a sorry excuse for dancing when it’s really just them groping each other on the dance floor. She looks around—spots Pietro getting pulled towards the dance floor and feels warm when he seems to be enjoying himself. She kisses the neck of the man she’s with—her sticky lipstick stains his dark skin. He gets bold and moves his hands from her hips to the curve of her ass. Monet grins—her nose tracing the curve of his jaw before whispering into his ear “let’s go somewhere private.”

Fuck. I can’t believe this is happening. Act cool. Act cool. 

“Yeah, okay.” He says gruffly—his chest pressed against hers. His dick pressed on to her leg. 

Monet drags him away from the dance floor and into the hall near the restrooms. 

I have a car. Is that private enough? 

He doesn’t say this outloud though he just lets her drag her further and further into the hall. 

God what if we fucked in my car? That would be so hot. 

Monet waits for him to suggest it but he never does. Men aren’t nearly as bold as they are in their heads. “Where did you park?” She asks and receives the exact response she wanted. 

It happened relatively quickly. 

Monet pulls at his shirt and drags him closer against her—kissing him deeply. His lips are chapped and his hands are clammy but she likes that he’s nervous. He tries to gain the advantage—trying to pin her onto the seat cushion but Monet is stronger than him and he’s docile even if he pretends not to be. She tugs at his silver dyed hair—harsh and tight— and he lets out a moan. She wishes it was someone else’s hair. 

“Oh god. Can I-“ his calm—too cool—demeanor is gone. His hands are slipping under her skirt and touching hot flesh. He only pauses when he touches the jagged scars she’s sliced there. Her thighs are marked with them. 

“Move on. Quickly.” She doesn’t want to have a whole talk about her scars. She just wants to fuck. 

“Yeah okay. Can I…” He quickly pushes past and touches her underwear—a yellow fabric that reminded her of Kurt's eyes. It wasn’t a particularly sexy underwear—she didn’t really get to choose it. She’d just bombarded Alex Summers when he was going shopping—-asked him to buy her a new bra, underwear and pads one day—no questions asked. He apparently has sisters and even his thoughts were super clinical—asking about bra size and period flow without any perverted thoughts. 

Alex Summers isn’t into her—thank god—she usually shoots for older guys and he is attractive but she doesn’t feel anything for him. Plus the only person on Alex Summers mind is Hank so she doesn’t think she has to worry about anything getting weird. 

“—yes definitely.” Monet is letting this pretty stranger slip his hand down her yellow underwear and she can almost pretend he’s someone else completely. His thick fingers aren’t as wide as Kurt’s but no one is so he can’t be blamed. 

He runs circles on her clit and pressed his mouth between her chest—he tugs at her bra and her whole tit just falls out.

Damn what a shit bra. She’s gotta tell Alex not to buy this brand again. 

He’s kissing her breast—touching and fondling and when he sucks on her nipple she’s disappointed for half a second that his tongue is normal. Not world changing. Just average. She gets lost in it anyway—kind of improbable not to when he’s working her out with his fingers—generous in his display of skill. She groans into his shoulder and then as an afterthought bites into the flesh there. 

Ouch what the hell? 

He jerks back his lips swollen from kissing and sucking on her own flesh. “Did you just bite me?”

“I claim what’s mine.” Monet says simply. She feels his finger slide inside her—digging deep and she bites her lips to suppress a moan. Her eyes are closed. 

“Don’t stop.” She says simply—breathless and close.

“O-okay.” He thrusts his finger in and out and she’s slick and wet and her walls are tightening around his finger possessively. Monet thinks his ears might be overly sensitive because they keep twitching and shuddering every time she makes a noise. 

She sounds amazing oh my god oh my god oh my god. 

He stretches her out slowly—but she likes the sting of the pain so she tugs his hair and says “add another.” Thicker. She wishes his fingers were bigger. 

She really needs to invest in a dildo. 

“I wanna cum on your hand.” Monet huffs out—eyes sharp as she looks down at this man above her. 

“I want to cum too.” He whines pathetically, jutting his hips forward and grinding his hard clothed dick against her leg.

“I don’t care.” He’s just a warm body to her—no one she’s meant to care about but she won’t leave him hanging. 

“Please.” He begs and Monet tugs at his hair and forces him to look up at her instead of her breasts. His eyes are wide and glossy and she doesn’t know how she always picks the submissive ones but she always does. “If you're a good boy maybe I’ll let you.” 

“Okay, okay.” He’s adding a second finger and then a third and the noises he’s making and the fact that she hasn’t done this in a while—it doesn’t take much longer for her to finish. He’s breathing hard—shaking. She snakes her hand down between them and puts her hand down his sweatpants in one fell swoop. His dick is already at the edge—pulsing and hard and Monet is only just now touching it. “Cum.” She says simply—jerking once-twice. He’s spilling inside his pants with barely any pressure. Finishing with a groan that makes Monet's mind melt. He was working himself up. 

“I’m sorry.” He whines into her shoulder-swear drizzling down forehead. “I haven’t…done this..in a while—my last—partner— always wanted to finish at the same time.”

I miss her everyday. She’d be so disappointed I didn’t follow directions. 

Monet is reminded that other people have reasons to be here tonight too. She isn’t the only one looking for an escape. “It’s fine. You did good.”

“Just good?”

“Adequate.” Monet bites the inside of her cheek.

“Did you want to—“

“—I should head inside, make sure my friend hasn’t been accosted too much.” She fixes her top and pulls her skirt back into place. She presses a last kiss against his jaw.

“I had fun.” She tells him sweetly—wiping the sweat off his face with a napkin she found in the backseat—she hopes it’s clean. 

“Me too.” He leans into her touch—just like Pietro does. 

“Let’s never see each other again.” She says softly. 

“Not even if you want to hook up again?” 

“This is a one time thing. Probably the last.” She says. 

“Right...” He nods sagely “That guy you’re with—the cute guy with the hair—“ he gestures at his own silver hair. “Is he your partner?”

“No. Just a friend. I definitely should NOT sleep with him.”

“Shame. He’s really hot.” He pouts and Monet is about to tell him he shouldn’t pursue him either because Pietro isn’t looking to fuck tonight. “His name's Pietro?” 

Monet blanks “how’d you guess that?”

“You were saying his name while I had my fingers inside you.” 

Oh god.

She gapes. “Shut up I did not.” 

“You definitely did. My name is Jackson it’s not even close to Pietro.”

“I didn’t know your name.”

“So you say your friends name instead? That’s kinda messy.” Jackson doesn’t sound offended—he seems amused actually. At least he’s taking it well. Monet is not. 

Jesus Christ. She didn’t even notice. 

“Yeah—well—bye Jackson. See you never.” And she’s walking back inside the club with the itch scratched and her head buzzing with music.

It was good while it lasted. 

 

Notes:

Until next time. :))

Chapter 56: It’s Time To Come Home

Summary:

Monet?” Kurt says through the phone—for once no half-baked German thought interrupting his flow. No barely interpreted insults that Monet will try not to feel. Just a phone line and his words. Nothing else to filter in or clue into what he’s feeling.

Monet freezes—straightening her back at Kurt’s voice. Kurt Wagner is on the phone right now. It’s the first time she’s heard his voice in over a month.

“Come home.” She says simply, instinctively. Anything else she wanted to say—or wanted to hear is irrelevant. Two words is all she needs. Come. home.

—or—-

Monet Talks with Pietro. She talks with Kurt too.

Notes:

Chaos—bro idk I’m tired.

Chapter Text

Monet spots Pietro near the bathroom—an unfiltered smile on his face. His dimples on full display. 

“Having fun?” Monet poke the back of his head—his eyes drop to her chest, a bruising hickey exposed to him. He looks away, his smile shrinks a bit. “clearly not as much fun as you.”

“Don’t be jealous—you know possessive boys are my weakness.” Monet teases and wraps an arm around him—a teasing pout on her face. His face does something strange and she ignores it. 

“Was it a boy or a girl?” 

Jackson wore lipstick and false lashes—his body was a man but his moans sounded like a woman. “I bit of both. I’m not picky.” She hopes that wasn’t a jab at Jackson—truly he was lovely. The itch she had is gone now. 

Pietro isn’t a sexual person. Sex isn’t something he searches for—it’s not something he wants unless he has a connection with that person. That’s why Monet thinks what he has with Kurt is so special. 

People are like pizzas. Not everybody wants pizza. Some need to get used to it—others just don’t like it at all. Monet fucking loves pizza. This conversation is making her hungry. 

“What if I want pizza sometimes but only under really specific circumstances. Like if I knew it had all my favorite ingredients and it was handmade and just right.” Pietro says quickly—and Monet nods. She wishes Kurt was here. 

“That would be a pretty special pizza then.” Monet says, thinking back to Kurt and Pietro on the couch holding hands. “The best pizza is always made with love.” 

They love each other. She wishes that wasn’t such a damn problem. She wishes she didn’t feel stuck on the outside. 

“Can I take a picture of you and your boyfriend for the theme wall?” A tall man with wide round shoulders and a plush belly smiles at the two behind a fancy camera. He’s wearing the staff uniform. 

Please say he’s not your boyfriend. 

“He's not my boyfriend. But we’d love to pose for a picture, right Pietro?”

Basically read my mind. 

Monet almost snorts at the man’s oblivious comment. She is reading his mind.

Pietro clears his throat. “R-right. Yeah of course.”

Monet puts an arm around Pietro's shoulders—pulling him close and smiling at the camera—no teeth. 

If she dies this will be the only photo Pietro will have of her and Kurt will probably see it. Kurt doesn’t like her teeth. So she’ll smile with her mouth closed so she seems more pleasant. 

“You wanna see?” The large man asks. 

She pulls away from the pose of the picture and goes to the large man to look at the picture. The quality is really good—well lit despite the darkness in the room and Pietro looks handsome. There’s an empty space next to Pietro and Monets first thought is that Kurt should be there. This picture would be so much better if all three of them were in it. 

She’s so hot. The man’s thoughts are infectious. 

“I love it. You took a really great picture. Wow.” Monet looks over the picture—leaning closer to the man. Monet crosses her arms and pushes up her breast a bit—distracting the man with her cleavage. 

“Can I get a copy?” Monet asks—pretending not to see the larger man’s trained eyes on her cleavage. The more distracted he is—the easier he’ll agree. 

“Y-Yeah of course.” The man takes the physical picture he just took and he hands it to Monet along with a small card he pulls from his pocket. “You can just have this one.” He says. “And my card—with my number. I do events and stuff.”

Monet lifts a brow at him. “Real smooth.” She whispers softly to him and his cheeks turn rosy but he doesn’t take it back or pull away. He’s a blusher. 

Monet has always had a thing for men who blush. 

She smiles—her teeth showing now—the man’s eyes seem to grow at the sight of her fangs. 

Damn. I wish I could take a picture of just her. 

“I’ll make sure to save it.” She puts the photo and the card in her hand purse—looking over the phone number on the card quickly. She has photographic memory so she’ll probably toss it later. 

“It’s getting late.” Pietro says suddenly and Monet looks down at the watch around her wrist and nods. It’s earlier then she thought it was actually. She expected to be out later but maybe they could go for some food. She’s starving. 

Monet smiles over at him. “I could go for some pizza.” She says. All that talk of pizza made her hungry. 

“What?” 

“Isn’t your metabolism killing you right now?” Monet asks—knowing him too well. She rifles through her small hand purse and takes out a small chocolate bar—heavy grade, Hank approved, speedster sized snack. 

She hands him the snack bar and the speedster eats it immediately. He Superspeeds the wrapper into the trash. 

They eat pizza in the car. Greasy overly expensive pizza with too much sauce and not enough Cheese. It’s perfect. Pietro is eating his portions with vigor and Monet is chewing with ease. They talk for a bit. Mostly Pietro. And when he runs out of movies to talk about—clearly avoiding the topic of Kurt—he starts talking about Gunther. 

“He wants a mermaid themed Birthday party. Did he tell you that?” Monet points at the speedster. 

“Yeah, but two days ago he wanted a firefighter themed party. I had to return thirty two fire shaped balloons.”

“He wants dinosaur nuggets to be served—with a side of Coca-Cola.”

“We can settle for caprisuns.” Monet says. 

“He also told Charles he wanted a real clown for his birthday. A clown Monet.”

“He went to Charles. Smart kid knows who’s got the big bucks.” 

“This isn’t funny Monet—“

“—sounds pretty funny.” Monet takes a big bite of her pizza. 

“I want everything to be perfect. After everything that happened after Wanda’s birthday I just—I want everything to be perfect.”

“It will be and even if it isn’t—he’s turning six. The only thing I remember from my sixth birthday is my neighbor breaking his leg in the bouncy house. So as long as nobody breaks their leg in a bouncy house I think he’ll be pretty happy.”

“Am I supposed to get a bouncy house?” Pietro gales at her. 

“Definitely. Stop slacking off Pietro.” Monet teases and Pietro whines. “Kids are usually so easy but with Gunther I freak out over everything.”

“Cause he’s different. He’s not your student—or your sibling—or some stray you picked up off the street. He’s your kid. Parenthood just does something to you.”

Pietro looks over at her pensively “you sound like you speak from experience.”

Monet smiles, “I’d tell you if I had a secret kid.” 

Pietro sags almost looking disappointed “right—yeah of course. Do you ever think about having kids?” And then blinks “—in general. Not like with me. Obviously.” He laughs nervously and Monet just looks at him all softly. 

Monet can imagine Pietro with a bunch of kids. A horde of them really. And he’d be great with them. “I almost did once. A couple years back I had to get an abortion.” She tells him softly. “I can’t have kids.” 

It’s not something she likes talking about. Only Lana knew—she had to drive her to the women’s clinic, she held her hand and bought her ice cream and they cried about it—not even Joey knows about it. 

“Why?” Pietro asks thoughtlessly and his face shrivels up at his own words. “fuck, that was shitty. You don’t have to answer that. 

Monet considers lying. She decides not to. “A bunch of reasons but the main one is that I’m a mutant, and have a handful of mental illnesses, and come from a bad family and all of those things would be passed down to that kid. I’m also almost always three minutes away from offing myself and I wouldn’t want to leave a child behind to fend for themselves. I can’t take care of a child by myself and give them everything they deserve if I can’t even wake up most days without crying.”

“You wouldn’t be doing it by yourself. You’d have me.” Pietro says with the confidence of a man with an illegitimately adopted child and who’s raised his sister since childhood. “Mentally ill People have kids—and those kids turn out perfectly fine.” 

Pietros mom is mentally ill and Monet hates to be a bitch but he is totally not fine. 

“You won’t always be around.” Monet says.

“I promise I will.”

Monet rolls her eyes “right.”

“Hey! You’re helping me with Gunther. I’d be throwing his sixth birthday party without a bouncy house—could you imagine the horror? Bullet dodged. So consider it a debt. An oath! If you ever decide to have kids I will help you. I'll raise that kid like my own. I’ll always be around to help you. I promise you.” He says with so much intensity that Monet feels overwhelmed. 

“Okay. Fine. Get me pregnant right now.” Monet joked dramatically and Pietro was shaking in laughter. 

Funny.” Pietro chuckles into his pizza.They devour the pizza chuckling to themselves.

“You’re so intense for no reason.” Monet smiles at him as he cleans the whole car at super speed. 

“Not for no reason.” He quips back.

“I know a bouncy house guy you can call.”

“Of course you do.”

And they keep talking but Monet just keeps thinking about how Lana had held her hand when she went to the clinic. How that was one of the last good moments she had with her before she passed. She wasn’t always a good friend but she was Monet's soulmate. She misses her so much. 

When they get to the mansion—big and spacious and all consuming—she hugs Pietro. It was sudden and maybe a bit startling to him but she needed a hug. 

“I’ll see you tomorrow?” Pietro sounded worried. She waves her cigerretes—-her lifeline for the next twelve days.

She wipes her makeup off and slips on some comfy socks before slipping downstairs to call Joey. 

The phone was already ringing. She answers mindlessly. 

“Hello?” Monet speaks quietly into the phone—unsure of who would be on the other end. 

“Monet?” Kurt says through the phone—for once no half-baked German thought interrupting his flow. No barely interpreted insults that Monet will try not to feel. Just a phone line and his words. Nothing else to filter in or clue into what he’s feeling. 

Monet freezes—straightening her back at Kurt’s voice. Kurt Wagner is on the phone right now. It’s the first time she’s heard his voice in over a month. 

“Come home.” She says simply, instinctively. Anything else she wanted to say—or wanted to hear is irrelevant. Two words is all she needs. Come. home. 

“I do not wish to discuss this with you, Monet.”

Which is basically Kurt’s version of shut the fuck up. 

“It’s been over a month, kurt. Pietro misses you. Gunther misses you.” Monet misses him too but she doesn’t think he’d care if she did or didn’t. “You need to come home. Now.”

There’s a long pause on the other end of the call. “How….how is Pietro? Is he…okay?” Kurt s voice sounds strained, like the words are painful. 

“No.”

“No he’s not okay?” Kurt’s voice spikes—sounding almost afraid. Good he should be. 

“No—I mean no. I’m not answering that question. You want to know how he is? Come here and see for yourself.” He can teleport. Anywhere in the world. 

“I can’t—“

“—yes you can. You can teleport. Anywhere in the world. I’m asking you to come to the second floor of Charles Xavier’s school—the near empty kitchen with the ugly wall phone and dingy lampshades. You can do that can’t you? It’s your gift. To be anywhere you wanna be. So why aren’t you here Kurt?”

“How much has Pietro told you?” 

“Everything.” Monet says. 

“He should not have told you. It is private.” Kurt sounds upset. Did he really think Pietro would keep what happened to himself? Did he want him to bottle it up? 

Monet remains calm “he told me how you left him right after—didn’t even say goodbye.” 

“I do not wish to discuss this with you Monet. It is private. Between Pietro and me.” He insists—she can hear the edge to his voice. He doesn’t like that she’s talking about it—he doesn’t like that she knows anything. 

“Well it’s not just between Pietro and you anymore. I’m the person who comforted him when he was crying in the bathroom. He kept saying how you found him disgusting—how you hated him—how you wish you never touched him. How you don’t want to be his best friend anymore.” 

“None of that is true.” Kurt says quietly—like he’s keeping his own words hostage. 

Komm jetzt nach Hause.” Monet speaks the butchered words in German—hoping her message is clear. He should come home now. “Dein Sohn vermisst dich.” she tells him that Gunther misses him. 

Du warst lange genug weg.” He’s been gone long enough. Monet speaks it into the phone with eyes closed and focusing on the feeling of the words. 

There’s labored breathing behind the phone. Like Monet managed to punch Kurt in the stomach all the way from here. 

“When did you learn German?” Kurt’s voice was shaky—something almost broken about his words. As if he genuinely believed she wouldn’t care enough to learn his first language. 

“I wanted to understand you better.” Monet says evenly. “Even if all you do is talk badly about me.” 

Kurt falls silent—he lets that soak in. “And what bad things have you been saying back?” His voice is low and measured and Monet scoffs—“None. I don’t talk badly about you Kurt.”

This guy has the audacity to ditch for a month and then question whether she’s said anything mean about him? Is he serious? Monet has been a subtle Kurt defender for weeks now. She’s been holding the gaping rift between Pietro and Kurt with all her superhuman strength.

“Of course not.” Kurt doesn’t sound like he believes her. Monet doesn’t know how the animosity between them got this way. She’s tried at every turn to be pleasant—maybe it’s just her. Perhaps she’s the problem in this equation. 

“I don’t care what you believe about me. What I do care about is Gunther.” 

“Gunther? D-did something happen? Is he alright?” Kurt’s voice comes out like a punch—a bit scared and much like a concerned parent. 

“He’s sad.” 

Kurt falls silent and Monet keeps talking. “Did he ask you about his birthday? He wants you to be here. Did he ask you?”

“No. He did not say.” Kurt says uncomfortably. 

“Obviously he wants you here for his birthday Kurt.” Monet says irritably and then takes a calming breath. She needs to calm down. “Regardless it should worry you that he hasn’t asked you at all. He’s afraid you wouldn’t care enough to come. He’s afraid to ask for too much. A son shouldn’t be afraid to ask his father for anything.” Monet speaks eloquently. 

“I do not know why he did not ask me. I will come if he asks. I—“

“—he shouldn’t have to ask Kurt. You should just come home.”

“It’s not that simple. I have things I need to work through—I can’t just—“

“—Gunther needs his father. Pietro needs his partner. You need to come back home. Pietro can’t handle anymore. Gunther misses you. and I can’t keep being neutral.” 

“I did not ask you to defend me.” Kurt says suddenly and he manages to say the one thing that would piss her off. Jesus fucking Christ. 

“Kurt Wagner why are you hell bent on being miserable? You have a family that people would kill for—“ and she suddenly heard the all too familiar sound of a door opening and closing. 

Bzzz—-clink—-clank

Monet knows that noise. She hears it every time she calls Joey. 

“—get your ass back home right fucking now or I will drag you back here myself. I don’t care about whatever emotional breakthrough you’re having. it is no excuse to stay away from your family for an entire month. So get over here now!” 

She hears a cuss on the other line. “It’s not up to you what I decide to do. I’ve already told you—this conversation is between Pietro and me.”

“But you won’t call him. You’re avoiding the conversation completely. So I’m forcing your hand. Come here on your own accord or I’m getting you right now. Don’t think I won’t.”

“Monet—that is not much of a choice. Don’t I get time to think?”

“Enough thinking. You have ten whole seconds to get here. Or else I’m going to get you.” 

“I’m not a Child Monet.” Kurt exasperates—she’s done the countdown thing to Gunther a handful of times. She never gets past three. 

“Nine seconds.”

“Monet. Do not be ridiculous.”

“Not ridiculous. Eight seconds. I’m in the second floor—you know which one.”  

“You can’t make me do anything—and I can not just drop what I am doing to come home.”

“Six seconds.”

“Please stop it, Monet. I need to stay away. I need to heal.”  Him getting a therapist is meant to help him make sense of things not screw his head on looser. 

Bzzz—clink—-clank

Monet knows exactly where he is. It’ll take her a half a days drive to get there but she’s willing to make the drive. She will not allow this to go further then it has. 

“—you can heal here. Five seconds.” All the authority in her voice will never erase the 

“You don’t get to decide where or how or when I get the help I need. This does not affect you. You shouldn’t care what I do.” He says she shouldn’t care not that she doesn’t care. He is not taking that claim away from her—he’s just redirecting what he deems appropriate—what he wants from this interaction. She will not give it to him.

“You don’t get to decide what does or doesn’t affect me. You don’t get to decide if I do or do not care. If you’re not here in three seconds I’m getting you.” 

“You can’t—“

“Don’t tell me what I can’t do. Two seconds.” 

“Monet St Croix Komm nicht.”

He’s not coming. He hangs up on her—irritated—and final and Monet is already running up the stairs and seething as she grabs her jacket from her room. The car keys are still in there. 

“You going somewhere?” Jean Grey is standing down the hall with her hair in a bonnet and a croquet sleeping shirt. Her stitching has gotten really good in the last few weeks. 

“I’m getting Kurt.” Monet says without batting and eye—walking right past her and marching down the stairs. “Can I come?” She’s rushing behind her—her socked feet barely making a noise.

Monet blinks—pausing in her pursuit. “Um—“ she weighs the pros and cons quickly. “—Did you want to?”

Jean Grey pauses “Can I bring Bobby?”

“Isn’t he asleep?”

“I can wake him. He won’t mind.”

“I doubt that.”

“He’ll come if I ask.” Truer things have never been said. 

“He has a visit from his parents tomorrow doesn’t he? You trynna get him out of it?”

Jean shuffles—staying quiet although her mind answers for her. Was worth a shot. 

“You’re a good friend Jean. He’s lucky to have you.”

“I’m lucky to have him.” 

“How’d you do that?”

Do what? 

“Get him to like you.” Monet answers back. “I’ve heard stories. Pietro said he tried to fight you once.”

Jean grey scratches her chin—her round face pondering. “It wasn’t that he didn’t like me—he was just scared. Boys do silly things when they are scared.”

Not just boys. “I’ve noticed.” Monet thinks of Kurt and she sets her mind. 

“Yeah, okay, you can come. No bobby though. Put some shoes on and grab a jacket.” Monet zips up her own jacket.

 “You should leave a note for Pietro. So he doesn’t worry.” Jean Grey says. 

Right. Of course. What the hell is she thinking? 

She writes the note quickly. Pietro would assume the worst. Why wouldn’t he assume the worst. She’s suicidal and Kurt has left without notice. He’s prepared for the worst outcome. She doesn't want him to get the wrong idea. 

“Buckle in.” She clicks her seatbelt on. 

 

—-

 

She had to get gas three times. Jean fell asleep three hours in. The radio was playing some country album that was stuck on repeat for some reason and all she was thinking about was that Kurt could’ve just fucking teleported home no problem but instead his stubborn ass is making her drive twelve hours to kick his ass. 

She’s preparing the speech in her head—creating bullet points and counter arguments but regardless she knows she’s not driving another twelve hours without Kurt in her fucking car. No fucking way. 

She’s seething for the first few hours and eventually she realizes she should call the mansion and update Pietro on her drastic field trip to fucking Chicago. 

She uses the pay phone in the second gas station stop—making sure to by gas station sandwich and chips for when Jean decides she’s hungry. She types in the phone number to the main line—assuming Pietro is pacing the floor waiting nearby for her to call. 

It ring for maybe half a second before someone is answering. 

“Hello?” Pietro speaks quickly “Monet? Please say it’s you?” Fast words tumble out and Monet's heart clenches a bit. She should’ve explained more in the note before she left. She was just so pissed off. 

“Yeah, it’s me hon. Take a breath.”

“Where are you? Are you with Kurt? What’s going on? Why would you leave all the sudden? Is Jean with you?”

“Yes Jean is with me.” Jesus, how could she forget to mention that? “I’m sorry for stressing you out. We’re taking a road trip to Chicago. We won’t get there for a few more hours.”

“Is that where Kurt is? Chicago? How do you even know that.”

“I can explain when I get back. It’s all—I’m being Kurt home okay? Everything’s going to be okay.”

Pietros breathing hard and Monet can count his breaths as they come in and out. “You should’ve said something before you left Monet I thought—“

“—im sorry. It was impulsive and I just—I wanted to fix this for you. I wanted…I just want this whole mess to be over and done with. I should’ve spoken to you before I left—that was not cool. I should’ve realized that you would worry. You’re a worrier. I just—“ she's not used to someone worrying about her. 

“—I didn’t want you to convince me not to go. You would’ve convinced me to take a pause or to leave him be and I just can’t do that. Okay? I needed to be a little impulsive.”

“And Jean?”

“She was being a bit impulsive too. I guess she just wanted to fresh air. Caught me when I was being agreeable and chaotic.”

“Right.”

“I’m sorry. Really.”

“Okay.” Pietro sniffles. God is he crying? Monet feels so guilty—but this was for him. For Kurt. For them. “Just…drive safely and please call me when you get there.”

“I will.”

“Promise. I’ll worry if you don’t.”

God. “Yes, I wil. I’ll call you as soon as I get my hands on him.”

“Okay.” Pietro pauses “Gunther says he loves you and to be safe.”

He says quietly. An easy facade to tell her how he feels. 

Monet just likes hurting her own feelings. Pretending he’s meaning it in a way that he doesn’t. “Yeah, don’t get emotional quicksilver. I’ll be back before he knows it.”

Pietro doesn’t say anything and Monet can tell from a hundred miles away how her response hurt him. “Don’t be sad, Pietro. I love you too. I’ll call you back.”

“Okay.” Pietro mumbles.

She hangs up and smokes a cigarette from her pack—feeling her hands shake from nerves. 

She drives another two hours and has to take a piss so bad she nearly pisses herself in a cvs. It’s morning now. Just a bit passed seven in the morning and they still have a few more hours and half a tank left. Gas station sandwich gone and running on soda.

She looks at herself in the reflection of the bathroom mirror and she looks like shit. She combs her hair back away from her face with her fingers and uses some of the sink water to tame some of the strays down her scalp. It’ll frizz but it’s better then nothing. She’s wearing pajama bottoms that Alex bought her and a tank top that’s seen better days with a faded grey zip up jacket that she’s only just now realizing belongs to Pietro. Her hands are free of any jewelry and her face feels naked without any mascara or anything. The unhinged raccoon eyes was kinda her signature look but without the black around her eyes she just looks…tired. Too much like herself. 

“Can we buy Funyuns?” Jean Grey says with a certain sparkle in her eye. Monet nods halfhearted. “Sure whatever.”

She buys the biggest bag of Funyuns with Charles school card. 

This is technically going under the field trip fund he has. She’ll worry about the money she’s spending later. “Get me a dr. Pepper.”

She waves a hand at Jean and the ginger goes to the cooler and grabs it.

She looks homeless. How can she let her daughter buy all this junk food? The cashiers thought jump as she rings them up. 

“I’m not her daughter.” Jean tells the cashier—who’s been ringing up their very unhealthy snack without uttering a word. 

The cashier blinks, her name tag says Lauren. “sorry. Did I say that outloud?” Monet gives Jean a sharp look. 

“You guys just look so much alike.”

They absolutely do not. 

“I’m white.” Jean Grey says with a straight face. 

“-And she’s like twelve.” Monet says with fully melaninated skin and a raised pierced eyebrow. Her ears twitch—a reflex. Monet is 24 she would’ve had to have been pregnant at twelve herself for Monet to be her mom. What the hell is this chick on? 

The cashier nods politely. A grimace hidden. Countries gone to shit. 

“You guys from around here?” She asks conversationally. 

We need to leave this place. Jeans thoughts come into her head like a panic button. 

“Yeah—no—not really—“ Monet pats her pockets—pretends to have misplaced her wallet. “Sheesh I’m sorry—I think...” She sighs frantically “..I left my wallet in the last gas station. What a klutz.”

“You should report that.” 

“Oh I will. Don’t worry.” Monet smiles politely and ushers Jean to leave the snacks. 

When they are in the car she lets out a sigh. “She gave me the creeps.”

Me too. 

“We gotta be careful—the further we get from the mansion the more—“ 

the more people hate mutants. Jean supplies. 

“—yeah. That.” 

2 more hours pass and Monet has passed at least three anti-mutant billboards promoting The Peculiar Legislation for primary schools. Monet turns off the radio completely when an older man begins to go into a rampage on the radio station about mutant on mutant crime tanking the country's values. 

Jean is quiet and Monet says nothing. The air feels different the further they get and when she sees the Chicago city limit sign Monet has to stop herself from throwing up. 

She hasn’t been in this city for two years. 

“How much longer?”

“Thirty minutes.” Monet's legs have been cramping for the last three hours. She refills the tank and grabs a free newspaper on the way out. 

The nursing home is large—it has to be to fit all the medical equipment it takes to keep these people alive. 

“What’s a hospice?” Jean reads the sign at the entrance. 

“It’s where people go when they're about to die.” 

“Kurt is here? Is he dying?” 

“No—probably his grandma.” Monet has been racking his brain about it the whole ride over. Charles said that Hanks mother fell—not serious—which is a lie. If shes here—at the place where Joey’s worked for over twenty years then it means she doesn’t have much time left. 

“How do you know this place?”

“An old friend of mine works here.”

“Are we gonna see her?”

“Hopefully not—likely yes. Old hag never takes a day off. And I technically never called her last night so she’s probably gonna chew me out.” 

“After we chew Kurt out first?”

“Yeah—after.”

They open the door. 

Bzzz—-clink—-clack

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 57: I Am Totally Normal.

Summary:

Monet looks at him long and hard—waiting for him to finally speak the venom he wants to say. She despises that he never lets himself be mean.

“I do not wish to say something unkind, Monet.” Kurt says evenly—his chest rising and falling with the effort of not losing his shit.

“God forbid you say something unkind. I know you prefer to keep that ugly stuff tucked away in your head. To think it instead. To internalize it.”

Kurt’s face flutters—she can almost imagine the blue again. Almost. “I do not understand what you mean.”

“Kurt—come on! You really don’t see how bad this looks?” She gestures at him—at the appearance he chose. At the mask he’s hiding behind.

—-or—-

Kurt and Monet reunite. And they clash.

Notes:

This dragged on longer than I thought. My bad. Here have some angst.

Errors will be found—grammar is not great—spelling errors are often. Just go with it.

Live long and chill. :)

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

The door is way louder in person then over the phone. Monet spots a payphone near the front desk—the only one in the whole building. How many times did Joey finish talking to her and then hand the phone over to Kurt so he can talk to Gunther? How many times have they talked to each other without realizing who the other is to Monet. 

God what a joke.

“He’s in the fourth floor. Apartment 217.” Jean Grey says and takes a blow pop lollipop from Joey's desk. She will notice that it’s missing. 

The older woman isn’t here—which is a lucky break on Monet's part. 

She types in the code on the elevator to go up. She hopes it’s still the same. 

The elevator opens with a ding. It is the same. The elevator smells the same. Like iron and spilled yum yum sauce. Monet presses the number four and leans on the rail. 

She’s always hated this damn elevator. 

“Do you think Hank's mom has much time to live?”

“Probably not.” 

Is that why they’ve been gone for so long. Jean wonders. 

“Maybe.”

“Why didn’t they just say that?”

“Because they suck.” Monet sighs. 

“Oh.” 

“They probably didn’t want to worry us. Monet adds agreeably. 

“But we were already worried.” Jean Grey says. Clearly thrown off by their stupid logic. 

“Like I said—they suck.”’ 

The elevator door opened. “They're having lunch.”

Great she’s starving. 

“Kurt is cooking,”

“Great.”

You’ve never had his food before. Jean projects into her head. 

“That bad?” Pietro is usually the one that handles the food. 

Worse.

Jean knocks on the door. A white man answers the door. Did they get the wrong room?

“Monet? Jean? What are you two doing here?” And it’s Hanks voice—but this guy is not Hank. Hank is blue. Last time Monet checked Hank is blue. 

He’s only blue sometimes. Jean provides helpfully.

What!?

“Hank?” Monet is hesitant to even identify him as the furry blue man. This guy looks nothing like him. 

The white man straightens his back “uh, yes, it’s me. Why are you two here?”

“Hopefully to eat a late lunch we’re starved.” And Monet muscles her way through the door—not that Hank doesn’t try to stop her. She’s stronger than him. She’s stronger than a lot of people. 

“We drove twelve hours.” Jean says with a yawn. 

“She slept for 7 of them.” Monet ushers Jean inside without a second glance at the gaping Hank. He looks so weird without his blue fur. 

“You two really shouldn’t be here. My mother doesn’t do well with strangers.”

“Not a stranger. I used to be a custodian here. Room 217 is Edna McCoy. Awaiting a liver transplant. Six months to live. Lived a lot longer then six months though. Been at least two years. And she’s still kicking.” 

“You’ve met my mother?” Hank sounds surprised. Monet tends to do that. 

“Not really. She was a code green patient— always sleeping or in treatments. I usually scrubbed her toilet or collected her trash. Nothing too crazy. I was on the night shift so we never had to cross paths.” Monet walks down the familiar light blue walls—same shade—same matted look. The curtains are still that  peachy color that screams old lady. And it still smells like cilantro and vanilla lotion. 

“Does Kurt know you’re here?” Hank's voice is filled with concern. 

“I did warn him.” Monet looks back at Hank and it just feels off. He shouldn’t not be blue. “Why aren’t you blue anymore?” 

Hank shakes his head “we needed to  blend in. My mother wouldn’t have recognized me if I was all Beast. If she saw me blue her heart probably wouldn’t take it.” 

“Yet she survived meeting Kurt. So what’s the problem?” Monet feels that pinching annoyance—like something rubbing her all wrong. 

This is wrong. Familiar. Jeans voice looms. 

“Monet?” Kurt’s startled voice drags her gaze away from Hank's wrongness—and towards the kitchen. 

A man stands in the kitchen. Brown skin and hazel eyes. Monet darts to the women beside him—short petite woman with box dyed red hair. Monet darts her eyes around the kitchen waiting to see a blue tail hiding behind the pantry or something. 

“Where’s—“ it doesn’t dawn on her— she looks back at the man in the kitchen and his teeth are straight and square and his eyes are a soft hazel color—he has ten fingers, a normal size and no tail. His ears—the ones that Pietro loved to say matched with hers are gone. Not pointed or long—short and rounded out. She doesn’t realize because it looks nothing like him. Nothing at all. 

It takes her a moment to connect it in her head. 

“Who are you?” The petite woman—Edna McCoy—asks with a deep frown her voice barely above a whisper. “Mama that’s Monet.” Hank says and Edna Mccoys smiles politely—her eyes dart to Monets piercings—her wild hair—her pointed ears—she doesn’t drop dead. “It’s good to finally meet you.” Edna says like they talk about her all the time.

The young man looks over at the older lady and takes the whisk from her hand. Soundlessly trying to guide her away from the room. Away from Monet. Like she might pounce on her like some monster or something 

This is her? My god what is my grandson thinking. Edna’s thoughts are a reminder that most people can’t look past her physical appearance—most people don’t like her but it’s probably made worse by whatever Kurt has been telling her. All bad things Monet assumes.

Monet feels sick—trapped in her own skin. Like a monkey in a cage. 

“You are not what I expected.” Edna says and there’s something in her voice that makes Jean take Monet's hand soundlessly. 

“You are exactly what I expected.” Monet says vaguely with a sarcastic smile. Her fangs pop out—she doesn’t bother hiding them. 

That’s when she sees it. The way the man beside her subconsciously smiles at her commentary. A quick quirk to his lips before it’s gone. 

The dimple. Kurt’s dimple. 

That’s fucking Kurt. 

Monet takes a step forward—slipping out of jeans grip with her eyes big. “Kurt is that you?”

No. 

Why is he—

She doesn’t know how Kurt looks like? Maybe this is a different Monet. The grandmothers words confirm it. 

Fast and simple. This is Kurt. 

Sie ist tatsächlich gekommen.

Kurt can’t believe she came. She can’t believe he thought she was bluffing. 

“You shouldn’t have come.” Kurt Wagner is talking—that’s his voice coming out of this person's face. Kurt’s face. Yes—it’s Kurt’s face—but once you see it in blue it’s hard to see it any other way. One doesn’t strip the ocean of color without feeling some type of way about it. It’s wrong. 

It’s wrong this way. 

This is wrong. That’s Kurt? Jeans voice sounds scared. So this isn’t a normal thing. 

This isn’t normal. Even Jean is confused. 

“Ashamed of what I’d find, Kurt?” Monet is blunt. Her eyes are sharp—taking in this version of him. 

“We’re just making lunch, nothing to berate the boy about." Edna says with a frown—oblivious to what’s going on. 

“I told you not to come here.” Kurt’s eyes look away from her. Of course he did. Of course he didn’t want her to come and see him like this. 

“If you told her not to come then why is she here?” Edna is glaring at Monet and the tall girl doesn’t really care if she has some clear bias towards her—she’s not letting Kurt get away with this. 

“She was just worried, Ma. He’s been gone for a while.” Hank supplies easily and his thoughts cloud her mind. 

Please don’t say anything. She has a bad heart. 

A bad heart. Monet isn’t going to out Kurt or Hank but it feels horrible to witness them set the table and watching their skins reflect off the open window light. Molten brown instead of Sparkling deep blue—-pinkish beige instead of shiny blue. 

When Frankie finally makes an appearance—leaving the guest room after they called for him—she’s relieved to see he looks exactly the same. Maybe a bit taller in his wheelchair—his hair has been cut a bit since he’s been gone. But he has the same bright smile. “Sister in law!” 

He’s been calling her that for a while. She has no idea why but she knows that he calls Pietro brother in law so maybe it’s because she’s close with Pietro. 

“Hi Frankie—long time no smell. You reak!” Monet makes a show of wrinkling her nose and pushing his wheelchair away from her slightly as if he truly smelled heinous. 

“It’s pubody.” Frankie says boldly. 

“Puberty.” Hank corrects. 

“Puboty.” Frankie nods. “Makes me smell like a man.”

“A stinky man.” Jean monotones “is the shower broken?”

“Yes, the water pipe bursted this morning—they’ve been tryna fix it all day.” 

No water. Or heat. Hence the stench. Hence the sandwiches for lunch and the open windows.its also probably why Joey isn’t here—dealing with that monstrosity of a problem. 

There’s no wrong way to make a sandwich. Yet somehow Kurt manages to do it. 

Jean was hungry but she’s taking small bites from her barely eaten sandwich—looking dreadful. Frankie is already done with his sandwich—munching on Hanks second half. Hank is edging through half his sandwich pretending to enjoy it. Edna has a calorie milkshake provided by the facility so she has an excuse to not eat. 

“It looks delicious. I wish I could try it.” Edna says with a wrinkling smile at Kurt who looks timid as he eats his own sandwich. 

Ungrateful girl. She’s only had one bite. Edna’s voice snips in her mind. Scolding Monet only mentally. Outwardly she says nothing about Monets full plate.

“You dodged a bullet. It’s the most inedible thing I’ve ever had. And I used to dumpster dive to survive.”

Edna’s face flushes red—looking awfully upset by her bluntness. Kurt’s face stiffens and he looks down at her plate with intense concentration like he can will the sandwich away. She wonders if he'd be flushing purple from anger. She misses it. That shade of purple was always the easiest to get out of him. He was too easy to rile up. 

“Kurt wasn’t expecting extra company. Especially one with such particular tastebuds.” Edna defends. 

“Or tastebuds at all. Or teeth.” Monet knocks the solid hard bread on the counter and it makes a thunking noise. Stiff as a board. “One bite from this and Frankie should get that last wobbly teeth out.” 

Edna scoffs.

Oma sagte nichts, während sie es schnitt.

Oma means grandma. Is he siding with her? Kurt looks uncomfortable. Or whatever uncomfortable is supposed to look like without twitching ears or flushing purple.

“Ooooh can I bite it?” Frankie agrees eagerly. Hank shakes his head no. 

“I thought you threw that piece away Ma.” Hank takes a sip of his lemonade. 

“Must’ve gotten back in the pile.” Edna says with a shrug. She should be grateful she got anything at all.

“Right…” Hank frowns and the conversation dies. The dinner table is surrounded by chewing and awkward clinking of cups and spare knives. 

Monet stares at the sandwich—starving—and decides to pry the the slice of bread open and eat the content inside instead. Since nothing else is offered. She eats with her hands. Since she wasn’t given any utensils. 

She eats like an animal.

“You’re eating with your hands as well. It’s a sandwhich.” Monet glares at the older woman. 

“Pardon?” Right—she doesn’t know she’s a telepath. As far as she knows she’s Kurt's nosy coworker he hates. 

Does she even know that Kurt is a mutant? Does she even know anything at all or are they just plain deceiving her? 

How is this growth? How is this better than living in the mansion with his real family? It feels dirty. 

Monet isn’t one to preach mutant and proud but she’s never exactly had the option of not being identified as a mutant. It’s be a mutant or nothing at all. No plan b. 

Edna clearly knows she’s a mutant. Her ears are hard to hide—her fangs glimmer under the open window. She doesn’t try to hide who she is—she just is. She doesn't have to tell this lady anything she already knows just by looking at her. 

It feels uncomfortable. A familiar type of uncomfortable. She’s used to being the only freak in the room. But she’s grown accustomed to the mansions openness. She’s grown accustomed to having the benefit of the doubt. 

She doesn’t like that she’s the only one with a physical mutation. She doesn’t like that Edna is only glaring at her. It makes Kurt’s warning of ‘do not come here.’ A bit more clear. Was he trying to spare her the humiliation or was he just trying to hide for a bit longer. Pretend to be Normal for a while longer.

Pretending to be normal when he isn’t. When he never has been. 

He needs therapy. He needs it bad. She hopes he’s actually getting it and this isn’t another elaborate lie.

It’s quiet while they eat. She hasn’t attended many of the mansion diners—preferring to eat alone or opting not to eat at all—but on the few that she’s gone to they are always loud. Always booming with conversation and laughter. It’s overwhelming at times. Overstimulating sometimes. 

But this is worse. So much worse. The dead silence is actually terrible.

“Are you his therapist?” Jean breaks the awkward silence with this absolute banger of a question. 

“Pardon?” Edna huffs, looking startled. 

“His therapist. Weren’t you a therapist like a million years ago? Are you his therapist now?”

“No, I was a child counselor—but that was a whole other life now. I have many friends who are therapist though. They where more then happy to see my sweet grandson.” Her perfectly sweet grandson. She doesn’t even know what color his eyes are. 

She doesn’t even know what color his eyes are. 

She doesn’t know what color his eyes are. 

She doesn’t even know what color his eyes are. 

He’s never shown her. Jean supplies—her words gently aching her mind.

That genuinely pisses Monet off. 

“His therapist is my friend Lauren Sullivan. She is very good at what she does—right Kurty?” She looks over at Kurt and the teleporter barely looks at his grandmother his eyes locked in on Monet. His face does something strange at the nickname. 

Ich sagte ihr, sie solle mich nicht so nennen.

Oh. He hates that nickname. He hates it enough to have had a conversation about it before with her. 

“I’m sure Kurty loves her.” Monet lifts a suspicious brow at the quiet man. Kurt is not pleased by him using the nickname. 

“She’s always been very accommodating. She takes calls at all hours of the night.” Edna says with a smile.

“Takes calls?” Monet prods. 

“Yes all the sessions have been through phone. She lives in Pittsburgh you see. But she’s a friend so she doesn’t mind doing me this favor if it’s for my grandson.” Edna blabs oblivious to the fresh pile of dog shit she just dropped in the table.

“Phone therapy session. How modern of her.” Monet glares at Kurt full on. “So he can call her whenever? Wherever? Not just here?”

“Well she only has the number here but I suppose if he needed to use a different phone she could always call a different line. The one downstairs is always so busy.”

So busy.” Monet repeats with a smile—her teeth flashing like a shark. 

Kurt fidgets—and she feels a sharp kick hit her calf. Did he just—wow— are we kicking now? Oh okay. Real mature. 

Monet ignores the warning. “Isn’t that a bit biased though? You being her friend? Wouldn’t that skew how she treats Kurt?” 

Silence. 

“Of course not. She’s a professional. She wouldn’t let our friendship affect her judgment. Right, Kurty?” Edna turns to her grandson. 

Kurt nods but doesn’t say a word. 

“Great.” Monet looks over at Hank who seems to be looking at Kurt intensely. 

Does he want her to leave? Hanks thoughts are barely uttered in his head. He looks more tense than usual. 

“We have a therapist at the school now.” Jean voices suddenly. “Dr Willow. She’s really understanding.” Even in her head. Jean provides softly. 

“You speak to her?” Hank asks curiously, his gaze landing on Jean curiously. Once upon a time it had been Hank and Jean who bonded over quiet moments. Once upon a time it had been a far smaller mansion—before Kurt. She was the first mutant to join the school as far as Monet is aware. She was Hank's first student. 

“Yes.” Jean says truthfully. 

“That’s good. She’s been helping you?” Hank is focused on Jean and doesn’t see the way Kurt shuffles in his chair—the way he fiddles with his watch. Jean speaks softly—quietly. “She’s good at listening and she—-“ should I mention her mind? Am I allowed to mention my powers here? “—she thinks logically. It helps me…organize everything.”

Monet feels that heaviness again. It never really left. Jean is censoring herself even when they are among Hank. She shouldn’t have to. 

Hank smiles and is about to respond when— “dear can you speak up? I can barely hear you.” Edna’s voice booms slightly. Breaking whatever tenderness Hank was about to display. 

Jean flinches and Monet stills. The room goes quiet and Kurt gives a fleeting look to Jean. “It was not a conversation we are all meant to hear, oma.”

“Then why have it at the dinner table?” 

“It was nothing, Ma.” Hank reassure but his dismissal seems to sink into Jeans bones. She sags in her chair and avoids his eyes when he looks back at her. 

It was nothing important. Jean repeats in her own mind and Monet frowns and wishes she could project her thoughts into Hanks head like Jean can—like Wanda—like Charles. But she can’t. She can only hear. A one way radio station. The only person that can hear her thoughts are other telepaths. 

He didn’t mean it like that. Monet tries to think this thought really hard so that Jean hears her. She will only be heard if the other telepath is actively trying to listen. 

Her telepathic abilities aren’t as powerful as theirs. Mostly inconvenient. 

“How long until you die?” Jean Grey asks suddenly. Well—that wasn’t a great continuation.

Frankie stops chewing his eyes going wide and Hank chokes on his lemonade. Kurt’s tail goes rigid and Edna’s face goes pale. Monet smiles.  “You—do not need to concern yourself with such things little girl.”

“My name is Jean.”

“Well—Jane—“

“—Jean.” Monet and Kurt correct at the same time. They give each other a quick glance.

“—you cannot simply ask when someone will die. It is rude.”

“We’re in a hospice. Monet says that’s where people go to die. I wanna know if I should get emotionally invested in you or not.” Jean then looks directly at Monet—face plain and serious.

“I don’t wanna be friends with people who are gonna die.” She continues and a chill runs up Monet's spine. Oh. 

She wonders how much she knows. 

You don’t hide it well. Jean projects into her head. 

“Well—that’s no way of thinking dear. You’d miss out on many friendships that way.”

“I don’t need a lot of friends.” Jean counteracts quietly. 

“You must not have any” Edna comments bluntly. The only verbally rude thing she’s said so far. Obvious enough that Kurt gives her a sharp look. “Oma, that’s not nice.” Frankie frowns. “Jean is our friend. She helped me woo my beloved.”

Frankie defends Jean without hesitation. He’s a good kid. 

“Wanda Maximoff right?” The troubled girl with the strange brother.

Edna’s contempt is clear. Even if she smiles when she asks the question. 

“She’s your little girlfriend? The one you’re running up my minutes for?” 

“It’s not like you’re gonna use them.” Frankie blurts out and Hank scolds him. “Frankie—manners.” 

This is getting out of hand. Hanks thoughts are stubborn and quiet. 

“Speaking of minutes. I gotta borrow a few.” Monet stands up from the dining table—the chair scraping the floor making them all wince. “I gotta phone the mansion and tell them I made it safely. Gotta update them on when we might get back.”

“Soon?” Edna smiles hopefully. 

“Today. We won’t be staying—just came to get Kurt.”

Hank lifts a brow at her and looks over at Kurt questioning him but says nothing. 

“To get Kurt? I’m confused…” Edna's voice is thin. 

Monet doesn’t bother explaining. She doesn’t care that Kurt still hasn’t agreed to come back—she doesn’t care that they haven’t technically had a conversation yet. She doesn’t care for any of it. This isn’t a debate. It isn’t an option. It’s simple. Kurt is coming home. Yes or yes. 

Monet is pressing the elevator button and walking down the lobby in record time. Not even when she worked here was she this fast to leave. 

The phone goes to voicemail. She calls again and it’s answered after the second ring. “Hello hello. It’s Wanda.”

“Hi Wanda—cute greeting.”

“Sorry-I thought you where Frankie.” She sounds bummed. 

“So the cute greeting wasn’t for me?”

“No—only for Frankie.”

“Lucky him. I’m trynna get Pietro on the phone can you get him?”

“He’s with Charles right now—playing a really long game of chess. Helps him relax.”

“He’s been stressed?”

“Yeah, his two best friends are gone. When will you two be back?” 

She hasn’t even been gone for twenty four hours. 

“Tomorrow. Just another twelve hour drive. Can you tell Pietro that? So he doesn’t stress more?”

“Yeah I can tell him.”

“And how’s Bobby?”

“Horrible. He made it snow in the living room. He got in so much trouble it was awesome.”

“How is that awesome Wanda?”

“Cause I got to play in the snow and made a snowman that looks like a robot.”

“Okay—that’s nice. Did you help clean up?”

“No.” She can practically hear Wanda’s eye roll.

“Don’t forget to tell Pietro what I told you Wanda.”

“Yeah, can you tell Frankie I’m keeping BillyTom in his room cause he’s got a bigger window and the sun hits it better?”

“Yeah I’ll tell him. Night.”

“Night night!” 

She hangs up with a huff. She was hoping to talk to Pietro. Hearing his voice would’ve made her feel better. 

“Well aren’t you a sight for sore eyes.” Joeys voice feels like a glass of cold water after a hot day. Monets muscles relax before she even fully sees her. Monet didn’t realize how tense she’d gotten. 

“When I didn’t hear from you I got worried—didn’t think I’d see you the very next day, kid.” Joeys chicago accent melts into her bones and her voice in person is a whole other beast. 

Thank Christ of Nazareth, this girl will be the death of me. Joey's thoughts are blunt and honest and completely relieving. 

Monet is pulling her into a hug. Firm and steady. She still smells the same. Like cigarettes and peach scented mist spray. Monet holds on tightly—burying her chin into her shoulder. Joey isn’t a hugger but she still places a hand on her back and lets her stay in her grasp for longer than she usually does. “I missed you too.” Joey says gruffly—like she’s trying not to cry. 

“You’ve lost weight.” The older lady pulls away with a frown—tapping Monets stomach with her palm. “You hungry? I just came back from my lunch break but I got some leftovers from that diner you and Lana liked.”

Monet smiles and nods eagerly “fuck yeah, I’m starving.”

“Okay, let’s catch up.” Joey pulls her into her office. Her office hasn’t changed. She still has the shitty too small trays bin in the corner and the thriftiest warm down couch that Lana and Monet used to sit on when Joey scolded them for doing something stupid. Monet is certain that if she peaks under her desk she’ll find the piece of blueberry gum she stuck underneath there three years ago on a dare.

The moment she has her butt on the couch and a fork in her hand she’s debriefing Joey. 

“The McCoy family—really? Edna’s grandson?” Joey takes off her glasses and rubs her eyes. 

“He is very handsome but I could’ve sworn you said he was blue.”

“He usually is.” Monet murmurs and regurgitates all her complicated feelings about it. About how that makes her feel. “It has nothing to do with me. He wants to hide himself—blend in—be normal—that’s fine. I don’t know why I feel so gross about it.”

Just like Lana. Joey thinks softly. 

“Cause it reminds you of Lana.” Joey says like it pains her just to say it. But Joey isn’t one for sugar coating even if it hurts. 

“Kurt is nothing like Lana.”

“Maybe not. But the hiding…Lana was always trying to be something she wasn’t. She always tried to hide her fins—she wore those god awful contacts that made her eyes look lifeless—she constantly colored her hair. It wasn’t easy for her to hide her mutation but she still could.”

“Does it make me an asshole for hating it? Seeing him be so normal?” Monet glares at the bowl of her half eaten food. 

“Maybe. But it’s just because you like him.” 

Or she wants to fuck him. Joey knows Monet too well. Rude.

Monet gives Joey a sharp look. “Yeah, well, he doesn’t like me. I’m pretty sure he’d be perfectly find if I didn’t go back at all.”

Joey frowns at her and Monet realizes she’s said too much. 

“Have you relapsed?” She asked bluntly. 

“No, I haven’t.” Monet sags—hunching over her food dreadfully. “Are you going to ask me that every time I say something questionable?”

I can’t tell if she has any new marks. Joey thinks. 

“Yes. Because I love you.”

“I love you too.” Monet says begrudgingly. “Sorry I didn’t come here for you.”

“It’s alright. I understood why you didn’t ever want to come back here.”

Too many memories with Lana. I feel that way too sometimes. 

“This place—where people literally come to die is the place she felt most alive. It’s where I met her. I just wasn’t ready to come back here when she isn’t here to livin it up.”

“I know. I’m glad you came. Even if it wasn’t for me.”

“Me too. Even if I wanna strangle Kurt.” 

Joey rifles through her cabinet and pulls out her box of cigarettes. Camels. “Want one?”

Monet looks at it for a long while before shaking her head. “No, I think I’m gonna head back up. “

“Go get your boy, Monet.” Joey puts her cigerrete in her mouth and then makes sure to look her in the eye. “Just remember to call when you get back alright? I don’t like to worry about you.”

“You won’t have to.” Monet sasses. 

Joey gives her a sharp look “because you’ll stop being wreckless or because you’re about to jump off a bridge?”

“Bridges are too inconvenient.”

“Don’t be smart with me young girl. I might not be your Ma, but I will ground you. I’ll handcuff you to my radiator.”

“Grounding sounds a lot like kidnapping.”

“Stop making jokes like that Monet. My heart can’t take it.”

“Not a joke.” Monet smiles even though she’s dead serious. 

Joey huffs and smacks her arm “don’t be stupid. You’ve got a good thing going at that school. A room with a window and everything remember?”

“Yeah. Yeah.” Monet nods slowly. 

Okay. 

Joey lets her leave her office only after she’s given her the address to the mansion and a promise to come call her when they got back. 

When monet trudges back up the stairwell instead of the elevator she finds Kurt sitting at the top of the steps between floor two and three. Probably waiting for Monet to make her reappearance.

Ihre Augen sind rot.

He notices the redness of her eyes. Great. She thought that she’d waited long enough for her crying eyes to settle back to normal but apparently not. 

“You ready to head back now?” Monet stops a few steps from him—from this angle—him sitting down a few steps up—they are at eye level. His eyes are brown. Matte and soft and Monet looks into them and wants to be dramatic. She wants to scream at him or punch him in the face or cry. How dare he have brown eyes. She hates it. 

“No. I am not coming with you Monet.” Kurt says evenly. “I just wanted to say I’m sorry for Edna. She is very…old. Sometimes she is very not nice.” He fidgets with fingers—all five of them.

Not nice. That’s the best Kurt can do. 

“She’s a raging bitch.” Monet blurts out. 

“Not all the time.” Kurt doesn’t even deny the raging bitch part. He stares at “She is not perfect. Nobody is.”

“Great—awesome. She was being rude to me—“ Monet mends. “—to Jean.” Because she doesn’t believe he actually cares if Monet was the one whose feelings are hurt. “Are you just willfully ignorant?”

“I heard what she said. She was wrong. I did not like that she said that. It was not true.” Kurt says with a contemplative face. 

“What if Gunther was here?” 

Erwähne ihn hier nicht.

Kurt grimaces. Don’t mention him? Why doesn’t he want him to mention Gunther?

“He is not here. He is home.” Home. At least he knows that the mansion is home. 

“But what if he was? What if he saw you like this. What would he think Kurt? Do you want him to think that this is okay?” Shes so grateful that he isn’t here. Gunther loves Kurt’s blue skin—he loves his tail and his teeth—he finds comfort in them. He loves those pieces of Kurt. He’d be so confused if he saw him like this. 

It would do irreversible damage to how he saw himself. He’s so young.

“It is not what I want. It is just for the moment.”

“How are you even doing this Kurt?” She’s been racking her brain over it. Trying to figure out how this change could happen. It looks so real. If she hadn’t known—she would’ve been fooled. 

“My father—gifted me this.” Kurt gestures at his watch. She's seen this watch before. It’s a staple in his everyday attire. So small. So subtle. So deceiving. 

“Why?”

“It was to help me assimilate into society.” Kurt says plainly. 

“Assimulate.” Monet repeats with disdain. “You don’t look like yourself.”

“I’m not meant to—I’m supposed to look...better. Normal.” 

Monet feels hot—rancid anger pulsing through her skin. “You look the part but do you feel the part Kurt? Do you feel Normal looking like this?”

Kurt stays silent. His thoughts racing. 

God made you blue, Kurt.

 

A voice that isn’t his leaves his mind. A woman—softer—gentle. He’s recalling a memory. The words are thought in English instead of German. 

 

Monet feels the sadness Kurt feels. It catches her off guard just a bit.

 

 

“Are you seriously happy like this Kurt?” 

 

“No.”

 

“Then come home.”

 

“I can’t.”

 

“Why not?” Monet asks calmly— at least she hopes she does. 

 

“Because I waited too long!” Kurt exclaims angrily. His voice echoes in the stairwell like plead. “I should not have left.” Kurt admits suddenly. 

 

“I should have stayed and me and pie—“

 

“—pie and me.” Monet corrects instinctively. 

Kurt glares at her and she clamps her mouth shut. So not the time. 

 

“—pie and me would have talked about everything—like we always do and it would have been strange at first but we would have been okay. but I left. I was too afraid to stay—too scared to talk about why I was scared and I made it worse by staying away for too long. Maybe okay if it was one day or one week—but one month is too long. I know this. I know I broke his heart and i do not know how to fix it. He is my angel and I hurt him.”

 

“Okay…” Monet thinks—-for a moment a bit stuck on what to say but allowing her mouth to just run ahead of her. “Coming home is the first step. It’ll be hard—yeah—but he’ll forgive you.”

 

“I do not deserve his forgiveness. I do not want his forgiveness.”

 

“Okay. Fuck it. He won’t forgive you then. What-fucking-ever. How about Gunther? What about your son Kurt?”

 

“He’s better off without me.”

 

Wenn er Monet und Angel hat, wird es ihm gut gehen.

 

Monet glares at his stupid normal face. “Excuse me? No he’s not!” 

 

“He likes you better than me anyway.” Kurt says suddenly and Monet loses her head. Jealousy. Is that really what it comes down to? Seriously? 

“Don’t fucking play that game Kurt?” Monet crosses her arms and gives Kurt a pointed look, like it should be obvious how wrong he is. How ridiculous he’s being. 

“I am not playing a game. My Gunther likes you more. He talks about you a lot. You are more his parent than me. Why are you making this so difficult?” Kurt throws his hands in the air. It’s a characteristic that he got from Pietro—the way he talks with his hands is an echo of the closeness he had with the speedster. Has. They are still close. They are just going through a rough patch.

“Difficult to what? Gunther likes me, okay? Whatever! Cause apparently I’m so gosh darn likable?” Monet does a faux accent that sounds too much like his to be unintentional. 

“Do not make fun of me.” Kurt blinks—looking genuinely upset.

“You’d know if I was making fun of you Kurt. I’d be real fucking mean about it. Just like you’ve been to yourself and to me.” Monet doesn’t care if she’s hurting his feelings—he’s a grown man. And he’s been hurting feelings too so they’re even. 

“I have not been mean.” Kurt denies. 

“Not in an obvious way. In a Kurt way. You’re jealous or whatever.” 

Kurt says nothing, his face smeared in irritation. 

“Kurt, I’m not tryna steal Gunther away from you. Or Pietro. I know that’s what you’re telling yourself but it’s not true.” 

“You do not know how I feel. You do not even know me. You are nobody. You are—“ Kurt cuts himself off looking almost guilty-ridden —face hot and stupid. He was going to say something cruel. Something uncalled for most likely. Something mean. And Kurt isn’t outwardly mean so he stopped himself. 

Monet hated that he stopped himself. Hates that he can’t even let himself say what he feels. Not even when it’s something that clearly weighs on him. 

“I’m what Kurt? Spit it out. Tell me what you think.” 

Sie ist anstrengend. Warum kann sie mich nicht in Ruhe lassen?

He just said she’s exhausting. Which—well—fuck you Kurt—she’s allowed to be a little exhausting she just drove twelve hours nonstop. And he wants to be left alone. Or he’s asking why she can’t leave him alone. Both versions feel just as pointed. Just as irritated. Just as selfish. 

Monet looks at him long and hard—waiting for him to finally speak the venom he wants to say. She despises that he never lets himself be mean. 

“I do not wish to say something unkind, Monet.” Kurt says evenly—his chest rising and falling with the effort of not losing his shit. 

“God forbid you say something unkind. I know you prefer to keep that ugly stuff tucked away in your head. To think it instead. To internalize it.”

Kurt’s face flutters—she can almost imagine the blue again. Almost. “I do not understand what you mean.”

“Kurt—come on! You really don’t see how bad this looks?” She gestures at him—at the appearance he chose. At the mask he’s hiding behind.

Kurt says nothing—face perfectly stiff—it looks wrong without his usual features. He’s pretending to not see what’s so wrong about this. Pretending it doesn’t break him a little to wear that stupid watch that makes him look like this.

Monet sighs “alright. I’ll help you—give you a hint.” She's suddenly a step closer to him and only through instinct he takes a step back and his back hits the wall roughly—this does not deter Monet as she takes another step to him—close and sharp. His foreign hazel eyes track her like a cornered animal—she misses the yellow. She can hear him take a shaking breath as she places both hands on the wall behind him—bracketing him. He could teleport away if he really wanted to. He doesn’t though—he stays put—looking up at her. 

She's taller than him. She's taller than Pietro. She’s tall. Kurt’s muscles tense as she leans close enough to irritate him. Close enough to rub him all wrong. She then presses her forearm against his chest—pushing him slightly with her super strength further against the hard wall. One of the doors above them opens and shuts. They both ignore it. She's trying to seem tough—overbearing—doing all the stuff she knows makes him freak out. Purposely trying to piss him off. Kurt closes his eyes—maybe to ground himself so he doesn’t blow up at her. She wants him to. Her other hand—the one that was touching the wall is now wrapped around his wristwatch. Pressing whatever stupid button is making him look like this.

Oh Gott. Sie ist so stark.

His skin glitches and finally—like an axis realigning— its blue. His ears grow long and twitch. She sees the small designs on his skin and the scars on his collar—the watch hid those too. Taking away any perceived ugly and hiding it. Monet hates it. She likes him better like this. Like himself. 

“Open your eyes sweetheart.”

Almost incapable of not following orders Kurt flutters his eyes open—his breathing crooked and sharp. Monet takes in the strange expression on his face and it takes her another second to realize that his eyes are dilated. Big and yellow and glaring daggers at her like he isn’t clearly turned on. 

Oh. 

Monet shifts so her palm lays flat above his heart. She can feel the way his chest trembles when Kurt’s eyes drop to her mouth and she’s so stupid. This whole time she was assuming he hated her voice or her smile or her teeth when in reality he just wanted to kiss her. 

He doesn’t hate her. He’s attracted to her. Which is—-not not good. Just a bit more complicated. But she can work with this. 

“You drive me mad.” Kurt’s face is stiff and his words are hoarse—he barely utters them at all. His burning gaze lands on her bare neck.  

Ist das ein Knutschfleck? Hat Pietro das getan?

His German thoughts chip at her brain like a tick. Quick and instinctive. Monet feels his irritation but senses the oddly placed jealousy there too. Underneath all that flashy annoyance is unbridled sexual tension hiding beneath the angst. 

She can’t believe she was this wrong. 

Monet smirks—fangs and all and notes the way Kurt’s eyes fall to her teeth like a beacon. The Insecurity that used to plague her at the action is now replaced with sweet revelations.

“Driving people mad is my specialty. You’re not the first person to tell their family about me, sweetheart.” 

“I don’t talk about you.“ Kurt’s face goes flush even though his face stays hard. She watches that pretty purple take over his cheeks—finally able to take a full breath of air. 

“Edna said it was good to finally meet me. That implies something doesn’t it Kurt? What do I have to do with the emotional and mental bonding you have with your dying grandmother Kurt?” 

Kurt shakes his head—eyes going anywhere but her. Monet grabs his chin and forces him to look at her. She can finally look at him properly. At him. It’s not truly forceful—he can look away if he wants. Push her off him. Poof away into smoke if she was truly out of bounds. Kurt is a very capable man. He doesn’t struggle. 

“Are you painting me as the villain in your story Kurt?” Monet looks good at his Yellow eyes and she hopes—she hopes that he hasn’t—but she knows that if he did—if he really saw her that way—it would be a lot easier to cut away. It would be easier to leave if he really saw her as some whore trying to seduce Pietro away from him or some temptation he has to overcome to go back to his family. That would make this far more bearable. 

Him being attracted to her is a bit of a shock but only because up until this moment she was unaware he was even attracted to girls. 

Kurt has only ever been smitten with Pietro. And Alex summers but that’s more or less a given. But both boys. 

It would be easier if he hated her—that way she could just leave. Cut ties. Easy. Painless. For him. 

At least he isn’t in love with her. That would’ve made things harder. It’s just attraction. That’s fine—she’s confusing him—a conflict in his dick—an awkward thing he has to get through to get back to Pietro. Fine. That’s fine. 

That’s normal for Monet. She isn’t anyone’s happily ever after. Especially not Kurt’s. 

“Sometimes feelings are ugly but it does not mean—they are bad.” Kurt says intensely—his eyes never leaving hers. His elfish ears twitch and she knows that hers do as well. Synchronizing accidentally. 

“And sometimes ugly feelings are just bad and they need to be cut out.” She fires back her fingers curling into his shirt—away from his fast beating heart and displaying a more defensive form. 

“Sometimes.” Kurt says with a grimace. “Or just time apart.” And he’s talking about himself. About being away from the mansion. About being away from his own family like he needs to be cut out.

He’s saying he’s the ugly feeling? God he's twisting everything around. That’s not what she was getting at at all. He’s so thick in the head. 

“Oh my god. You’re so full of shit.” 

“I am not.” Kurt says with a wrinkling nose—-looking absolutely and probably unintentionally adorable. 

Sie versucht, mich aufzuregen.

“Yes, you are, Kurt Wagner. You don’t have to make yourself a fucking martyr just because things got intimate with Pietro. You fucked up. It happens. You’re human.” Monet is fully aware that It’s not her right to interpret his emotions or how he feels about his trauma. Whatever trauma that may be. Monet is a sensitive soul—she understands the intricacies of a delicate soul. 

But Kurt needs to be angry with her. He needs to want her to be gone. He needs to be hurt enough—angry enough to react. To try and spite her—or to try and make up with Pietro. If it means she’ll be gone—the temptation—will be gone. 

“You are a grown ass man—you can’t let your damn emotions get ahead of you like this. You have people relying on you—-“ Kurt shifts underneath her fist, his face tight. German thoughts are quiet and she’s talking too loudly to catch them. Too on edge to even feel his emotions behind the words. “—you have Pietro losing his mind- -questioning himself at every turn. You have Gunther questioning whether you’d even want to be around—he doesn’t even have the right vocabulary to explain why he misses you. Because he’s a child and he shouldn’t have to explain to anyone why he misses his dad. You’re an adult—you should know—you shouldn’t have committed to being his dad if you didn’t want to be there forever—“ Gunther called her mommy. And it haunts her. It fucking hurts her. She’s no better. She’s so much worse. Because she was always planning on leaving. “—your hurt hurts everyone else. It hurts the people that you love—the people that love you back and you just left without a word. You just—“

Kurt is wiping tears from her face. 

She—she’s crying. Why the hell is she crying? 

He’s looking at her like she isn’t saying the meanest shit she can think of. Like she isn’t actively trying to burn it all down. 

“—you’re cruel and you’re just like your fucking father.” She sobs out. Fuck she’s actually crying. 

Kurt doesn’t even flinch. His eyes are soft and his hands are calloused and wiping at her cheeks like she isn’t actively ripping him a new one. 

“You are projecting.” Kurt says in the softest most genuine tone she’s ever heard. What a prick. 

He can’t even let her project in peace. 

“You learn that new term in your fancy phone therapy sessions?” Monet glares at his chin—feeling like a disgruntled idiot. 

“Yes.” Kurt Says plainly. 

“Before or after she told you how you disguise your attraction to me with jealousy?” 

“I am not jealous.” Which was not the thing he was supposed to deny. His eyes go anywhere but at Monet. 

“It’s not so bad, you know.” Monet tells him “it’s just a phase. You’ll get your fill of me and then you’ll see what really matters. Pietro is what really matters—he’s the one you love. He’s the one you need to go home to.”

Kurt says nothing. Just stares at her like she’s a puzzle with missing pieces in glaringly obvious places. 

She feels like a puzzle piece with missing pieces. 

“I’m leaving. Okay?”

“You should. I told you not to come.” Kurt says with a furrow in his brow. 

“I mean the mansion. I’m leaving the mansion Kurt.”

“What?” Kurt looks startled and he leans away from the wall and towards her—the hand he has on her cheek—the one he was using to wipe at her tears—the one she didn’t even realize he still had holding her—cupped her jaw. An instinctive motion to make her face him—but she was already looking at him so it just feels intimate in a way it shouldn’t. Like he’s just touching her just to touch her. 

“I’m not planning on staying or getting in between you two. It was a good thought—starting over in that place but it’s not meant for me.”

Ich habe es vermasselt. Sie glaubt, sie müsse gehen. Sie sollte nicht gehen müssen.

He’s panicking—she can feel the panic in his voice. She can feel it under her fist as his chest rises and falls. She can feel it on her face as his minty breath hits her face. 

“Why? You leave because me?” Kurt sounds strained.

“No. Because of me.” She tells him truthfully. “You were right though. I don’t belong there. You being gone just made it more apparent. I can’t—replace you Kurt—I can’t even if I try. I’m not meant for that life—I’m too much. Zu viel.”

“You’re not.” Kurt says immediately. Like a liar. Monet finally releases him—her heart racing in unison with his. Her face feels cold without his hand on it. 

“Pietro will miss you.” Kurt says desperately.

“Not if he has you.” That’s why he needs to come home. 

Kurt wrinkles his nose “you are his friend. He will miss you.”

“Soulmate trumps Friend.” 

Warum?

Kurt asks why in his head but not out loud. Outloud he is quiet and stiff. 

 

“Gunther will miss you.” He adds more quietly.

 

“He will have you.” She replies the same way and Kurt’s tail flicks to the side. 

 

His face pinches and she smells the sulfur before she’s realized he’s gone. 

 

She hears a shout and she barely has time to think before a puff of sulfur is back and he’s standing in the room again. A duffle bag in his hand. 

“It is time to go home. Both of us.”

Finally. 

“Okay. Yeah. Let’s go.” 

 

 

Notes:

Have a homemade cookie from me. 🍪

Chapter 58: There Was Only Two beds.

Summary:

“You’ve been awake for 24 straight hours; you shouldn’t drive while you’re so tired,” Kurt says, and Monet shrugs. “I’ve been awake for longer before. Could be wayyyyyyy worse.”

“You should not sleep and drive.”

“The phrase is drink and drive.” Monet mumbles. “and ive done that too, for the record. And also I’m not asleep I’m just sleepy.”

“We should stop somewhere.” Jean suggests from beside her. She looks at the highway signs. “a motel.” 

You guys are being weird. Jean whispers in her head. They are not.

“We don’t need to spend money on a motel.” Monet shakes her head. “We’ll be back home in no time.” 

We have ten hours left to drive. Jean reminds her. 

“I have money.” Kurt takes out his wallet and pulls out a card that very much says Hank McCoy on the front. 

She’s completely down for spending Hank's money. 

“Okay. Yeah. Alright. I can take a few hours to recoup.”

----or----
Monet, Kurt, and Jean stay in a motel, and eventually they make it back to the mansion in one piece.

Notes:

Bro, I don't even know. I recently drove eight hours straight to visit my auntie at the hospital, and it was literally hellish. never again. So Monet is way better than me. I wanted to cry for five hours because I was so tired. Anyway, enjoy the new chapter. Finally, the boys are back together once again--but I fear they are still sad.

Also, I'm posting this while sick with COVID ---just when I'm finally done with school ----yay---eternal suffering.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

She doesn’t know what she said exactly that finally convinced him but she doesn’t let him change his mind. 

She doesn’t say bye to Hank—he doesn’t like her and she doesn’t have the mental capacity to give a fuck right now—and she doesn’t say bye to hanks mom either. She definitely doesn’t like her. 

“Time to go.” She taps Jeans shoulder. 

Good. I don’t like it here. And Jean was being chill but Edna was eyeing the fuck out of her. 

 

“Take me with you?” Frankie pouts—poor kid is bored out of his mind—or can feel the weirdness in the apartment and doesn’t like it either. 

“Sorry kid. You gotta stay.” Monet tells him.

“Why? I miss the mansion so much.” 

“You gotta watch over Hank. Without Kurt here he’ll be easy to convince to take you back home.” Monet puts a hand on his arm rest.  “Do you accept the mission?”

“Yes, okay. I can do that. I’ll be home within the week. Can you tell Wanda I’ll be home soon?”

 “I will, don’t worry.” Monet pats his head fondly. 

“Will you give her lots of kisses for me and a really big hug?” 

“Yeah, i will.”

“Oh, And sister in law?”

“Yeah?” 

“Can you tell pie I’ve been practicing my whisk technique but—I just can’t get it right. I need him to help me.” 

“Sure. I’ll tell him.” Pietro will be pleased that he’s still been practicing. 

“And can you give him lots of kisses and a big hug too. He sounded sad last time we talked on the phone.”

“Yeah, I will. Just for you.” 

 

Everything happens swiftly. 

Kurt takes the back seat like Monet is his fucking choiffeur or something. It’s annoying. He doesn’t say anything at all and Jean mostly sleeps and stares out the window too, just like last time. She's never been much of a talker. 

Monet is two hours into driving back when her eyes start to droop. Maybe the emotion of the day has finally settled and caught up with her. It’s not long afterwards when she nearly swerves into a deer.

Kurt is quick to volunteer. “I know how to drive. Pietro taught me.” So he must be horrible at it. “I can take over if you are tired.” 

No way, I don’t want to die. Jeans panicked thoughts are fast as she grips her seatbelt tightly—all the sleep gone from her eyes.

“You don’t have a drivers license." Monet shakes her head—adjusting her grip on the wheel. She can do this. It’s fine. 

No you can’t. Jean murmurs into her head. 

“Yes—but I do have a learners permit. Miss Margo gave me one illegally.” Kurt says like that’s any better. 

“Emphasises on illegally. You should not be driving.” Monet has done a few illegal things so she’s not exactly dogging on him for that. 

“I need practice.” Kurt insists. 

“We’re not practicing on the 42 highway, no way Kurty.”

“I don’t like that nickname.” Kurt frowns.

“I’ve noticed. You got a reason or you just don’t want me being too familiar?” Monet rolls her eyes.

“My handler used to call me that.” Kurt said softly while fidgeting with his tail. 

“Your—“ his handler. Monet stops talking. “—oh. Okay. I won’t call you that again then.” 

Jesus.

What’s a handler? Jean asks in Monets' head. She’s grateful she didn’t ask out loud. 

Monet gives her a look, shaking her head subtly. She mouths the word LATER. 

She scrapes the name from her brain. Erasing its existence. She shouldn’t have pushed it. She was trying to make him mad not trigger him. 

“Did you tell Edna that?” Monet pokes. 

“No—kind of. I told her someone bad used to call me that name. Told her it made me scared.”

And she still called him that. Monet is glad they are gone from that place or else Edna would’ve had to get punched in the face.

“You’ve been awake for 24 straight hours; you shouldn’t drive while you’re so tired,” Kurt says, and Monet shrugs. “I’ve been awake for longer before. Could be wayyyyyyy worse.”

“You should not sleep and drive.”

“The phrase is drink and drive.” Monet mumbles. “and ive done that too, for the record. And also I’m not asleep I’m just sleepy.”

“We should stop somewhere.” Jean suggests from beside her. She looks at the highway signs. “a motel.” 

You guys are being weird. Jean whispers in her head. They are not.

“We don’t need to spend money on a motel.” Monet shakes her head. “We’ll be back home in no time.” 

We have ten hours left to drive. Jean reminds her. 

“I have money.” Kurt takes out his wallet and pulls out a card that very much says Hank McCoy on the front. 

She’s completely down for spending Hank's money. 

“Okay. Yeah. Alright. I can take a few hours to recoup.”

Honestly they should’ve slept at Edna’s but the idea of staying with the wretched lady made her skin crawl. She doesn’t understand how Kurt did it. 

The moment she agreed to crash at a motel it’s like her body finally decided to shut down. She doesn’t remember going to the front or paying for a room or walking down the creepy hall to get to their motel room. She just remembers seeing two beds and a very uncomfortable pull out couch. 

Without another word of anything Monet toes off her shoes and takes off her jacket and plops down on to the bed. She doesn’t have spare clothes. This trip was spontaneous and her mouth smells of joeys leftovers. She doesn’t have a tooth brush. Or toiletries to freshen up. She didn’t think this far ahead. 

“I have extra clothes.” Kurt suggests suddenly from his spot on the couch. 

Jean rifles through Kurt’s bag without another word and pulls out a Michael Jackson tshirt that looks relatively new. Like he might’ve gone shopping while at Edna’s house. Which could be true. He did leave abruptly from the mansion with no actual timeline of how long he’d be gone. Maybe Edna and him went on a little day trip to the mall. Gross. Jean grabs a pair of basketball shorts with a jaw string and Monet can’t even imagine Kurt playing basketball

The girl goes to the bathroom to change into her makeshift pajamas. 

Sie möchte meine Kleidung nicht tragen.

Kurt stands in front of Monet and hands her a baggie tshirt. It smells of sulfur and cheap shampoo and it’s not his. It’s an AC/DC t-shirt that he likely smuggled from Pietro's room. She can see the small tear at the hem from when the speedster tried to rescue one of Margo’s strays from a tree. 

It’s warm and worn and clearly Murt wears it often but it belongs to Pietro and he’s giving it to Monet to wear. 

“I’m good.”

Sie riecht nach Oma.

Did he just say she smells like his grandma? 

“You smell.” Kurt says simply and Monet lifts a brow at him. “Would you prefer if I smelled like you instead?” 

Das wäre besser.

Monet yawns. “better. Sure.”  She’s too tired to stand her ground. 

 

She doesn’t think about it when she starts taking off her pants.

 

Oh nein. Was macht sie da? 

 

Kurt takes a stumbling step away from her. “What are you—“

 

Jean ist im Badezimmer. Warum sollte sie so etwas versuchen?

Monet takes off her top and for a moment she’s just standing in front of Kurt with her bra. Kurt very politely does not look at her—eyes trained on the dusty ceiling fan. She takes the shirt from his hands and slips it on quickly. 

“Thanks.” The shirt isn’t as fitting as she expected and it falls just about mid thigh. Enough to cover her yellow underwear and scars. 

She tucks her hands inside the shirt and easily unclips her bra and slips it through an arm hole. Kurt gapes at her like she just did a magic trick. 

Die Geheimnisse der Frauen.

Jean appears from the bathroom and without a glance slips under the covers of the second bed. “Good night.” Jean mutters out. That’s their cue to sleep. 

 

“Good night.” Monet slips under her own covers—the comforter smells like cheap coffee and cigarettes. Kinda smells like Joey. 

 

“Do you want the monster song?” Kurt offers and Jean bristles a bit. “No, I’m big now. I don’t need it.” Kurt looks visibly bummed out by this but lays on the couch with the extra pillow and blanket. 

 

Niemals zu alt.

 

Monet agrees with Kurt. She’s not too old to be sung to. Regardless Jean doesn’t prompt for one and Kurt doesn’t push. 

The three of them go to sleep in their respective spots. The bed isn’t very comfortable but it’s better than a car chair. It’s maybe an hour or two into it that Monet gets rustled away by a crying child. Monet blinks all the blur from her eyes and looks at Jean in half-dazed alarm. 

Jean Grey is having a bad nightmare. Shuffling around her bed and Monet is grateful that she’s not glowing. She knows what happens when Jean glows. Pietro has talked to her about the memory hopping and Monet is not down to see anybody’s worst nightmares over and over again thank you very much. 

But she’s not glowing and the only person having a nightmare is Jean Grey. Monet stands from her bed and without a second thought she shuffles the extra feet to Jeans bed and immediately pulls the comforter up and slots beside her like a jigsaw puzzle. 

Monet smells sulfur and feels extra heat but she thinks nothing of it when she crawls into the bed with Jean and pulls her into her side—stroking her barely nail-polished fingers through her red tangled hair. Jean whines and clutches at Monets borrowed shirt and Monet tightens her grip on her. 

Armes Mädchen.

 

Kurt’s thoughts are soft as Monet feels Kurt’s arms wrapping around Jean as well from the opposite side of her. They both spoon the child and their arms clash in the middle—skin warm and tingly and Monet is focused on Jean. She doesn’t question the tail wrapping around her own waist pulling her closer towards Jean—closer to Kurt. She doesn't question when Kurt starts singing a lullaby in German—soft and soothing and it’s making her more tired than Jean. 

It was a bad nightmare and they both acted accordingly to help her. Nothing more.

Kurt is still there when Monet wakes up. Monets leg is hitched up to wrap around Kurt’s waist and his head is buried into her shoulder like a pillow, both of their arms are wrapped around each other and no space is between them at all. 

Jean is not here. 

I’m eating the customary breakfast downstairs. Jean offers from two floors down like she was waiting for Monet specifically to wake up and find herself this way. 

I tried waking you guys up but you only got more cuddly. Jean offers unhelpfully. 

Monet tries to shuffle away from Kurt’s body heat and just like Jean said, Kurt makes a disagreeable noise and his tail tightens around her bare waist. His extra appendage managed to slip under her shirt at night just to touch her skin—maybe seeking warmth that the extra layer of clothes didn’t provide. 

“No, Pie…” Kurt lets out a huff and Monet snorts. “I’m not Pietro.” She says softly—not remotely offended that he thought she was someone else. She expected as much. 

Kurt’s eyebrows furrow together in his sleep and Monet purposely blows air at his closed eyes. “I can feel your boner on my leg, perv.” 

He doesn’t budge. If anything, he manages to get closer—his large hands cradling the back of her neck like he’s her lover. Monet has been in this domestic position before—many times. With men. With women. This is the first time she’s felt gross about it, though. Kurt thinks she’s someone else. Someone far more special than her. 

“Monet..” Kurt buries his nose into her neck, and Monet softens. Well, there goes that theory. 

Ripping all the drowsiness away from her body, she makes one hard tug and pulls away from his wandering hands. Kurt is a bit too needy when he’s asleep. Monet will make sure to make fun of him later. 

Just to be annoying she put a finger in her mouth and then sticks it into his ear. He flinches away, and his eyes jerk open. “Ew!” And Monet grins when he pulls back so far that he falls off the bed taking the tangled blanket with him. 

“Ouch.” 

“They’re about to end breakfast. You better eat something edible before we hit the road.” She tells him from the edge of the bed—looking down at him. Kurt glares at her from the ground. His cheeks inflamed. 

“That was not very nice Monet. I was asleep.”

“Sleeping is for people who are driving.” Monet says flippantly—tugging the blanket off him and lying back down in the bed. “Get me a bagel, will you?”

“Okay.” Kurt agrees—even though he looks properly annoyed. He’s too easy to rile up. 

Monet finds a pay phone near the entrance of the motel—occupied by a couple making out and she has to clear her throat twice before they move.

The phone rings. “Hello, Charles Xavier school for gifted youngsters.”

“Please tell me you do not answer the phone like that, Charles.”

“Good morning, Monet. It’s good to hear from you.”

“I’m sure it is. Just wanted to make sure the school didn’t burn down since I’ve been gone.”

“It has not.” Charles reassures but then the line gets muffled—she winces when she hears a shout and a zap, and she hears Charles clear his throat. “It seems Pietro would like to speak with you Monet.”

“Okie dokie no problem. Was kinda hoping he’d be the one to answer anyway.” Monet says.

She hears him hand the phone to the speedster. “Monet! How could you leave so abruptly! I can’t even believe you!”

“I’ll be home in ten short hours. No need to panic.”

“You will?” He sounds doubtful—like he believed she’d never come back at all.

“Yeah—course, babe, I wouldn’t leave you hanging.” Monet leans her head against the white glass of the phone booth. 

“You’ll be coming home tonight?” His voice is small. 

“Yeah.”

“You and Kurt?” Pietro asks tentatively, and Monet smiles. “Yes. I told you I’d bring him home.” 

“Okay. That’s good. You have no idea the mess we’ve been up to.” Pietro confesses, and Monet nods to herself. “I can only imagine.” 

“Gunther keeps asking for you.”

“Did you tell him where I was?”

“Yeah. I told him you were getting blue. He got really happy, but he still missed you.”

“I missed him, too.” More than she thought she would. It’s only been one day, and it feels like forever. How is she going to do this when she leaves for real? 

“Bobbys pissed Jean left without telling him. Apparently, she was supposed to be the buffer between him and his parents.”

“How’d the parent-teacher conference go?”

“Better than last time. They didn’t flinch when they saw a kid crawling on the wall so that’s an improvement.” 

“At least they aren’t like Hank's mom.”

 “That bad?” Pietro asks with curiosity. 

“Yes. God, I’ll tell you about it when we’re face-to-face. I can’t even articulate how mad that lady made me over the phone.”

“Okay. Tell me when you get back. I love you.” Pietro adds the I love you at the end, like it doesn’t actively make Monet's heart skyrocket. 

Jesus. She will never get used to that. 

“Yeah, okay I’ll see you later. Love you too, man.” She says it quickly—casually—adding the man part at the end to make it seem friendlier than it is. Like if she makes it less revealing it won’t be so exposing. 

“Whatever, man.” Pietro repeats mockingly, she can hear the smile on his face. 

“Tell Gunther I love him too.” It feels less revealing when it’s Gunther. 

“Okay, I will. Bye.”

Monet eats a bagel. She buys mouthwash from the gas station two miles out and all Monet could think about while driving the next ten hours was getting to hug Gunther. She’s been spoiled with them, his hugs, these last few weeks. She misses the way he laughs at everything and the way he’s convinced the cats around the mansion are pillows. 

“How much longer?” Jean asks.

“Eight more hours.”

She drives.

“How much longer?”

“Six more hours.”

 She drives.

“How much longer?”

“Two more hours.”

She drives.

“How much longer?” Jean asks.

“Thirty minutes.” Kurt responds. 

She drives. 

They arrive at the gate and Monet expects Kurt to teleport out as quickly as possible but he doesn’t. He sits primly in his spot and the silence of the car as they roll up the long, gravel driveway is heavy—not with the tension of the trip, but with the weight of coming home. 

The mansion is just as large and marvelous as it was two days ago but now it finally feels whole with Kurt back in the picture. 

Monet st. Croix puts the car in park, but no one moves. Jean stares blankly ahead and Kurt eyes look terrified when she catches them in the mirror. 

“We’re here, Kurt.” Monet says, her voice softer than she’d ever admit. “Now go talk to him.” 

Kurt fidgets “what do I say?” 

“The truth.” Jean lifts her head and opens the door—peering to the backseat to look at Kurt. “I’m told it will set you free.” 

“Wise words.” Monet smirks and Kurt lets out a breath. He touches his watch. His wretched watch. 

They barely step out of the car and the front doors fly open; nearly off their hinges. Monet barely registers the gust of wind and the silver blue of Pietro skidding to a halt—inches from the driver’s side door. He doesn’t wait for Monet to fully get out. He tugs at her arm and hauls her up from the car and pulls her into a hug so tight it knocks the remaining highway fatigue right out of her lungs. He smells like freshly baked Cookies and something sweet. She smells like him. Like Quicksilver. Monet wraps her arm around him and squeezes tightly. 

“You’re late,” he mumbles into her hair, his heart beating like a hummingbird against her chest. He can feel his anxiety vibrating through her. 

“I had to stop for some Zs and existential crises, Pietro. Get off me.” She pulls away even though she doesn’t want to, but her hand lingers on his arm. She nods toward the back seat. “I brought him home. So now you need to talk.” 

Kurt steps out tentatively and Monet spots the moment Pietro's eyes lock onto him. 

The reunion between him and Pietro is quieter—no hug no tears—Monet thinks that maybe once upon a time there might’ve been. They are best friends and they love each other. They missed each other. But there’s too much unsaid. Too much hurt to react the way they want to. Kurt looks like he does want to hug Pietro. The speedster looks like he wants to cry when he spots Kurt. They have about three seconds of just this horrible tension before it’s interrupted by Gunther barreling out of the house. Not as fast as a speedster but still pretty fast for a four year old. The toddler doesn't care about the drama of the last forty-eight hours; he just knows his favorite person is back. 

There’s about half a second where he’s running at them where she isn’t fully certain who he’s running to. Monet? Or Kurt? She hopes he isn’t running to her—she’s only been gone a two days and Kurt’s been gone over a month. She doesn’t think Kurt would react well if he ran to her instead of him. 

She didn’t need to worry though. “Blue!” Gunther shrieks, his little legs working double time. 

Kurt drops to his knees, catching the boy in a hug, warm and happy and Monet smiles at how happy they both seem to see each other. A drastic difference between Kurt and Pietro. 

For a second, the image of Edna’s cold, sterile apartment flashes in her mind, and she pushes Pietros shoulder towards them—anchoring herself to the warmth of the mansion. Anchoring herself to this family. 

“Go hug your son.” She murmurs to him and she knows that hugging Gunther isn’t why Pietro is hesitating. 

Pietro doesn’t move immediately. He looks at Monet, his eyes searching hers for a second, asking a silent question she isn’t quite ready to answer. Then, he takes a breath and moves toward the small pile of limbs on the gravel.

When Pietro reaches them, Gunther is already trying to climb Kurt like a tree, and Kurt is laughing—a genuine, chest-deep sound that Monet realizes she hasn't heard once during the entire grueling drive. She hasn’t heard that laugh in so long. Pietro drops down too, and suddenly it’s a chaotic huddle of blue fur, silver hair, and a toddler’s exuberant shrieks.

Monet leans back against the hood of the car, crossing her arms. The metal is still ticking as it cools, a rhythmic reminder of the miles she put behind her. Beside her, Jean has finally climbed out of the passenger seat. She looks exhausted, her red hair a mess, but she’s watching the boys with a look of profound conflict. Something is weighing on her. 

“They are going to be okay.” Monet tells her quietly. Jean nods and slowly looks over at her. 

Will you be? She asks with a sad expression.

“Yes. I always am.” Monet says and pulls her gaze away from her and back at the sight of her—no—not her family. Just…a family. Not hers. Never hers. 

Pietro still hasn’t said a word to Kurt. Neither has Kurt. But Gunther is a good buffer. They tickle the toddler and their love for him brings them both peace. “Money save me!” Gunther giggles—his breaths coming out staticky and curly. 

Monet feels a tug at her heart—she takes a half a step forward—willing to do just that but then thinking better on it. 

She stands firmly in her spot. 

She shouldn’t intervene. 

“Money! Money!” Gunther does wiggly grabby fingers at her and her composure fractures. 

“To the rescue!” Money swoops in between Kurt and Pietro and picks up Gunther off the ground with a dramatic wishing sound. 

Gunther plants a kiss on her cheek and grins adoringly. “Are you excited Kurt is here?” Monet pokes his cheeks and looks over at Kurt who’s watching Gunther. And Monet. Both of them. So is Pietro—-because he’s refusing to look at Kurt. 

“Yeah! We all together now.” 

As you should be. Jeans voice melts into her head and she hears her head inside without another word of thought projected into her head. 

She doesn’t want to toe the line. She wants—she doesn’t know what she wants. 

“You have lunch already?”

“Yeah, Abbah made me grill cheesy with chartuti.”

“Charcuterie.” Monet smiles. 

“Charcoorie.”

“Char—cu—terie.”

Gunther gives her a very sassy look that he definitely learned from Pietro—Jesus Christ. “Is was grapes and strawberries, and mangoes, and apples, and—“

“—and! That’s a lot of fruit.”

“Fruits makes you grow.” Pietro says with an embarrassed look. Definitely more to it then a sudden fruit frenzy. 

“Well I hope you have some left over for me.” Monet says. 

“I can serve you som—“

“—nope!” Monet interrupts Pietro with a knowing look. “Gunther can show me. You—“ she darts her eyes towards a fidgeting Kurt. “— talk to Kurt. You two have much to discuss.”

“Discuss what?” Gunther asks—ever curious. Monet begins to walk away from the pair. 

“Debating between a bouncy house or a clown for your birthday.” Monet lies smoothly. 

“Both!” Gunther giggles. He leans close to her ear—a good distance away from the speedster and teleporter now. “Deja is back now, she says both too.” Gunther looks overjoyed. 

“I think we can figure something out.” Monet smiles. 

Gunther is hesitang to art from Kurt after just getting him back. He doesn’t say this but his little eyes follow Kurt as Monet walks away with the small child on her hip. “He won’t be going anywhere. He just needs to talk to your Abbah.”

“About me?” Gunther frowns “I do bad?” Abbah looks sad. 

“No not about you, sweetie. About adult stuff. You’ll see them at night time. Promise.” Monet kisses his forehead and the child smiles up at her. 

Money promise. Gunther’s thinks so highly of her that it makes her feel like shit sometimes. “Okie dokie.”

Monet please come to my office. 

Charles' voice smooths into her head and she begins her path to his office. She’s only gone to the professors office a handful of times to sign some employment documents and to drag Pietro away from a chess game while he was in his Kurt slump at the beginning. 

“How was your trip?” 

“Horrible.” Monet says bluntly.  “My back is killing me.” And Gunther tries to get off her hip suddenly. 

I’m hurting mommy.

“Not hurting enough to not pick Gunther up though.”  Monet says swiftly gripping Gunther tighter and refusing to put him down. Her heart clenches a bit and he settles back into her hip and drops his head on her shoulder with a sigh. 

“Of course.” Charles nods and smiles at her. At them. Charles rolls his chair around the desk—taking a few documents from his drawer. 

“I ran a background check—and a few things came up and I just have some questions. Is it alright if Gunther hangs out with Wanda for a while?”

Monet presses a kiss on Gunther’s soft cheek and crouches down and places him on the ground. I don’t wanna go. 

“I’ll come get you right after. You can catch up with Deja.” 

“Okay.” Gunther looks over at Charles and then bounces over to him. Charles leans over slightly allowing the child to place a peppered kiss on his cheek. “Bye Bye Saba! Bye Bye Money!” 

They both smile at him as he bounces out of the room and the room feels less light once he’s out of it. It’s heavier. Stuffy. Monet doesn’t particularly dislike Charles but she can never feel fully comfortable around him. It’s cause he’s her boss. She doesn’t have a good track record with bosses. 

“I figured you would’ve done the background check ages ago.”

“I’m usually hesitant on doing so. I had…an incident with Pietro regarding it and I didn’t wish to repeat the mistake.”

“Yet…you still did.” Charles nods.  “That’s fine. It’s procedure. Most jobs do that anyway.” 

“Besides a few odd jobs in the last few years and an obscene amount of unpaid car tickets—there doesn’t seem to be too much going on.”

“Except?” Monet waits for the shoe to drop. 

“Except Lana…did you want to talk about that incident?”

“Not much to say.”

“I highly doubt that.”

“She was my friend. She died.”

“How did she die?”

“It says it on the police report doesn’t it?” 

“Yes it does. But I know that sometimes the police tend to miss certain details when it’s convenient.” Charles fiddles with a ring on his finger. 

Monet purses her lips and rips the bandaid quickly. “Lana and I lived together. She needed a roommate and I needed a place to stay—a saw her listing on the bulletin board at the bar I went to a lot and we hit it off instantly. We became inseparable and we were alike in a lot more ways than one. We both struggled a lot with…with a lot and we dealt with it in ways that weren’t always healthy. But we always did them together and—she had been going through a particularly rough patch. I thought I was helping her through it—I thought she had a handle on it but she didn’t and…she loved stargazing. She loved our apartment complex because they always left the roof door unlocked and the view was amazing. The full moon was out—the sky was clear and you could see the constellations perfectly.” Monet recalls the view before she recalls the actual event. Lana always raved about the outrages pricing being worth it just for the view. 

“I didn’t know what she took but it made her sadder rather than numb—more impulsive. She didn’t mean to Jump—at least..I don’t think she did. She looked so scared when she fell and I tried to catch her. I reached for her hand and I—I was high so I wasn’t really coordinated enough and I slipped and we both went falling off the building. Only one of us made it out alive. That's how I found out I could fly. Completely by accident.” 

Charles is quiet. He doesn’t dare interrupt. He doesn’t look away from her either. He doesn’t flinch away from her words. Doesn’t tell her how she could’ve saved her. 

“She had a healing factor—I thought—that if I held her together long enough that she would piece herself back together again but her brain was smeared on the pavement and when the police came that’s how they found me. Holding her skull together like a puzzle piece hoping her heartbeat would come back. It never did.”

Charles lets the silence sit between them, heavy and suffocating, until the ghost of Lana’s memory starts to recede back into the corners of the office. Monet has told versions of this story to different people. Witness to a suicide is the wording on the report. It never sat right with Monet. She didn’t witness it—she was in it—she was part of it. 

“You spent a long time trying to hold together something that had already been broken, Monet,” Charles says softly. It isn't a judgment; it’s an observation. 

Charles leans back, his fingers interlaced over his chest. “It’s a pattern, isn't it? You tried to piece Lana back together. You’re currently trying to piece Kurt and Pietro back together. You try to fix things for others but not for yourself.”

Monet fidgets “I’m not trying to fix anyone. I’m the last person qualified to do that.” 

Charles looks over at his chessboard—halfway through a game, the pieces shining under the open window. The sun is just settling. The sky an orange mud that Lana would’ve adored. 

“You’ve been fired from every job you’ve ever had. I called each one of your old managers and they all had something bad to say…except a lady named Joey from when you worked as janitorial staff. She had only kind things to say about you. I suspect that she was a relative of Lana no?”

“Yeah, she is. I just saw her too. She didn’t mention you called.” She was not surprised that she was the only one of her employers to not despise her. They were always too eager to dismiss her.

“She was very polite and kind.”

“That doesn’t sound like Joey it all. Maybe you called the wrong person.”

Charles laughs—and then quickly covers it up with a hand to his mouth. “She was very polite up until the very end, when she threatened to kick my ass if I ever fired you. Very spunky woman.”

Monet smirks “careful Charles—she’s a married woman. Her husband is an ex-wrestler. If she won’t kick your ass, he certainly will.” 

“I’ll keep that in mind.” Charles says. “For now I just wanted to tell you that you don’t have to worry about losing your place here. You don’t have to hesitate to make roots or…or to care.” 

“I care. I care a bit too much.” 

I know

“Then why do you fight it? Why do you keep your distance from those who would help you?”

“Maybe I don’t want to get close to someone like that again.” But it might be too late. 

It’s definitely too late. He calls you mommy. Charles doesn’t look annoyed or uncomfortable he just looks sad. 

“I know.”

“I’m hiring another therapist—for the staff. Technically she was for Alex Summers he has…” Charles gestures at his head “..bad memory and he forgets where ge is sometimes. A result from his time in war. So this therapist is a bit more seasoned…I think she’d do well for you as well if you gave her a shot.”

“A therapist.” Monet frowns. She doesn’t really want to talk—-

“If Pietro sees you speaking with her perhaps he will also feel inclined to trust her as well. You can help him in that way as well.”

Sneaky bastard. It all just goes back to Pietro. His precious son. Charles is a bit manipulative when he wants to be. Monet is starting to see the cracks in his defenses—all Maximoff shaped. She might have those same cracks as well. 

“It will be fully covered by the school.”

“Alright. You had me at free.” Monet rubs at her eyes. She’s tired. 

“Did you get any sleep while driving?”

“Not much, but yeah. We stopped at a motel.”

“Do you dislike driving?”

“No, I love driving—just poorly planned. Lana and I used to take random trips across the country to blow off steam. We used to sleep in the car when we couldn’t afford a motel. It was fun.”

“Sounds fun.” Charles, the very rich man, says. “Also how was Hank? Did he look...alright” 

“he looked fine, I guess. I didn’t really talk with him much.” 

Hank doesn't like her.

"He doesnt dislike you--his opinion is just clouded," Charles says, reading her mind as easily as a textbook. Monet nods thoughtfully-she thinks that might be Kurts fault but she doenst think she has to voice that opinion for Charles to know. "He seemed sad. Lost." 

Charles seems troubled by this news. Monet knows that Charles thinks very highly of Hank and that, for a very long time, they only had each other. Monet is sure the professor misses him dearly. “He’ll be back soon enough.” Monet assures him. "Frankie will have him hightailing it back here within days." 

“Of course.” Charles murmurs.

“Have you spoken to him about it?” About missing him.

"About what?" Charles says absentmindedly--his thoughts are clouded, and Monet can't see past the heaviness of it. 

"About how you miss him." Monet sighs like she is talking to Pietro. These two can be such boys sometimes. 

“He has been trapped here with me for a very long time. I do not wish to prevent him from spreading his wings.”

Monet rolls her eyes. Even if he is her boss.

Charles and Pietro are more alike than they realize. 

Like father, like son.

Notes:

What's found family without a bit of angst?
Errors, spelling mistakes, Grammar bullshit, and all that jazz are done by me and me alone. Thank you very much.

:))

Chapter 59: Under Negotiated Divorce

Summary:

“It’s either just friends or nothing at all.” Pietro reaffirms.

Kurt shakes his head, biting his lip “if this is what you want then I will do whatever you wish.” 

Pietro wishes for a lot of things. “May I hug you?” Kurt asks and Pietro wants to say no. No you can’t hug me. If you hug me I’ll take it all back. I’ll cave and I’ll let you back in. If you remind me why I love you so much I’ll forget all about what I just said. 

“Okay.” Pietro barely lets the words tumble from his mouth and he’s immediately regretting them. Kurt is so warm. All fluff and muscle. Pietro instantly feels his chest crack slightly. Like his heart is striking to leak out. Kurt’s arms wrap around him and he fits his head in his shoulder breathing him in. Pietro gets one good sniff and is clouded with sulfur and honey. He melts slightly and then stiffens at the way he immediately lost himself in the embrace. Annoyed at himself.

---or---

Pietro and Kurt are riding slightly off course. Gunthers is in the danger zone. Monet is trying to keep the train on track.

Notes:

Happy Mothers day to all the moms! Made or Chosen, I hope you are loved.

Have a nice read. As always---writing mistakes, grammar mistakes, or typos are all mine. etc.
;)

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

The moment Monet and Gunther head inside and leave Kurt and Pietro outside it’s as if all the energy is zapped out of the speedster. The relief of having everyone back home is overshadowed by the grief Kurt left behind when he decided to leave. Pietro hasn’t smelled sulfur—hasn’t smelled Kurt in a whole month that it feels dizzying to smell him now. He’s washed him away from all his clothes—secluded any trace of him to the teleporters room. Untouched and almost forgotten. 

Pietro can barely look at Kurt, the smell of him is overwhelming. He doesn’t speak at all to him—waiting for the teleporter to make his next move. Like chess, Pietro is trying to think three steps ahead. Trying to think of a way that would make this end in a tie and not one of them losing. 

“Pie?”

Pietro can feel all retorts collapse from his mind instantly. The nickname always sounded different in his voice—in his accent. It sounds sweeter—but now it stings. Pietros looks up at Kurt and he isn’t surprised when he sees a sad looking Kurt. Pietro was always moved by a sad Kurt—he’d always comfort him—he’d always try his best to make it better. Pietro doesn’t know how to make this better. The speedsters expression stays the same—he doesn’t move towards him—he doesn’t try to ease him in. He doesn’t want to. He doesn’t want to hurt him but he doesn’t want to comfort him either. 

“Kurt.” Pietro frowns looking at the button of his blouse—he doesn’t usually wear such preppy clothes but maybe his sense of style has changed in the month he’s been gone. Can that be possible? How much has changed since he’s been gone? For Pietro so much has changed since Kurt has been gone. 

He sees Kurt take his tail into his hands, wrapping his fingers around the base anxiously. Trying to soothe himself from talking to Pietro. A month ago Pietro would’ve been devastated that Kurt was anxious to talk to him at all but now Pietro just feels justified in Kurt’s discomfort. He should feel discomfort. Pietro hasn’t heard from him in a month. Not a damn word. Not a single damn explanation. 

Not from him. 

“I wanted to say that I’m sorry.” Kurt says and Pietro doesn’t say anything. “I’m sorry. I’m really really sorry. I shouldn’t have left so suddenly after we—after what we did together. I panicked and got scared when Gunther walked in so suddenly. I—I do not like being exposed or being watched. You know that.” 

Pietro understands that. He does. He wishes he didn’t understand but he does. Kurt has a traumatic relationship with sex—with being watched while having sex. He doesn’t enjoy being on display. 

“I did not mean to hurt you by leaving. It was impulsive and—“

“—it was not impulsive.” Pietro interrupt with a surprisingly calm voice. “Leaving that night was impulsive—yes—but not calling was not impulsive. That was intentional. You intentionally did not call me. You intentionally tried to keep tabs on me through Gunther—through Charles—through Wanda—but you never called me. Even when they told you I wasn’t doing well you didn’t call me. That was not a spur of the moment decision that was a consistent choice that you made.” 

Kurt’s yellow eyes drop to the ground—shrinking slightly and Pietro should feel bad. He should ease up on him—have some consideration for his own trauma. Have mercy on his friend. But Kurt did not have mercy for Pietro. He did not consider how he felt. Or worse—maybe he did and he still made the choices he made. Maybe he decided Pietro's own trauma was less than his own. 

“Pie I—“ Kurt’s eyes go glassy. 

“—I don’t think I can handle you calling me that right now.” Pietro says, trying to keep the emotion from cracking his voice. The nickname is sweet—too sweet for this conversation. 

Kurt’s ears droop and his lower lip quivers but he does not allow himself to cry. Pietro doesn’t know if he’d be this strong if he saw Kurt crying. Pietro always loses his wits when he sees other people crying. Specifically Kurt. Especially Kurt. Kurt does not want the speedster to lose his guts—even now—even when it comes to him. Kurt is considerate of him—Pietro wishes he had been considerate of him before now. Before this incident. 

“Peter…” Kurt drops his Americanized name like a rock to a pond—rippling waves that will turn into tsunamis. Kurt has never called him Peter ever. Pietro has always been safe for him—Pie was always there for the taking—but Peter was for strangers, for men he barely knew. 

Pietro feels that name settle in his gut. He doesn’t want him calling him that either. That feels wrong. Incorrect. 

“I love you. I’m so sorry I did this. I wish I called. The longer I stayed away the more I wanted to—and the harder it got to ask for you. If I did not call you I could just pretend that nothing was wrong at all. I would not have to hear the hurt in your voice. I was a coward and I was scared that my pain would hurt you. That you wouldn’t forgive me.”

Pietro nods through his apology, through his half shed eyes. He had already made his decision. He had made it when he folded Kurt's clothes and packed it away in the teleporters room. He had made his decision when he started making plans that did not include Kurt. He made his decision when he began to differentiate and separate their shared things as Kurt’s or Pietro's. He made his decision when he ordered table sets for Gunther’s birthday and did not count Kurt as an attendant. 

“I do forgive you.” Pietro says quietly—like a secret. 

Kurt looks surprised, his tears finally falling from his face. “You do?” He takes a shaking step towards Pietro—his tail reaches out instinctively and it takes everything in Pietro to not reach for it. To not use his superspeed to cross that extra foot and embrace his best friend. The speedster takes a step back when Kurt takes a step forward. “But we can’t go back to how things were.” 

Pietro forgives him—but he doesn’t think he can ever fully trust him again. Not like before. 

“We can’t?” Kurt’s voice is heartbroken. “I don’t understand.” 

“We need to coexist for Gunther. Because Gunther loves you and we can’t be at odds with each other. For his sake.”

“Because Gunther loves me. Do you still love me?” Kurt asks wiping at his face—the tears uncontrollably rushing past his cheeks in quick succession. Any restraint he had over his tears has been snapped. 

“Of course. I love you too.” Pietro says and it feels like it takes years off of him. 

“You are my best friend.” Kurt squeezes his eyes shut. 

Pietro smiles sadly, his own glassy eyes swelling, “I know.” And he still hurt him. And Pietro can’t get past it. Not right now. Not yet.

“So Monet is your best friend now?” Kurt’s voice comes out breathless and surprisingly soft. The accusation comes out clean and Pietro is startled by its precision. By how much he means it. 

“Monet has nothing to do with this.” Pietro rebuttals. 

“You promised we would be best friends forever. ‘It’s Law Now’ remember? You said that.”

“I remember.” Pietro says eyes cascading towards the mansion like that was a lifetime ago. It feels like just yesterday and also a million years ago that Pietro had asked Kurt to be his best friend. That was before everything. 

“So we are not friends anymore?” Kurt sounds heartbroken. 

Pietro speaks softly. “We can work our way back to being friends. Just friends.” 

A boundary. An abrupt cut off point of their developing relationship. That night, the night they passed that boundary, was a fluke—a moment they shouldn’t have had—not if they wanted to stay just friends. So they can’t have more moments like that. Never again. 

Kurt looks like he wants to say something—conflicted about something Pietro isn’t privy to. He can’t read minds, that’s not his power. “You’ve made this decision for the both of us. I have no say?”

“It’s either just friends or nothing at all.” Pietro reaffirms. 

Kurt shakes his head, biting his lip “if this is what you want then I will do whatever you wish.” 

Pietro wishes for a lot of things. “May I hug you?” Kurt asks and Pietro wants to say no. No you can’t hug me. If you hug me I’ll take it all back. I’ll cave and I’ll let you back in. If you remind me why I love you so much I’ll forget all about what I just said. 

“Okay.” Pietro barely lets the words tumble from his mouth and he’s immediately regretting them. Kurt is so warm. All fluff and muscle. Pietro instantly feels his chest crack slightly. Like his heart is striking to leak out. Kurt’s arms wrap around him and he fits his head in his shoulder breathing him in. Pietro gets one good sniff and is clouded with sulfur and honey. He melts slightly and then stiffens at the way he immediately lost himself in the embrace. Annoyed at himself.

He’s too easy. Too easy to forgive. He can’t fall into it like he wants to. Kurt’s tail wraps around his waist and Pietro has to make a conscious decision to not touch it. To not stroke his hands around it like he always does. Pietro is the one that pulls away—prying two puzzle pieces back apart and deciding they don’t fit together. 

Kurt looks dazed but doesn’t fight it when Pietro tugs his tail away from his waist. 

The conversation dies…Pietro wanted to say more. To scream—to cry—but he already did that weeks ago. Pietro feels numb and helpless and exhausted. He lets Kurt do the nighttime routine for Gunther since he’s missed so many. 

Monet knocks on his door that night and looks contemplative. Like she’s winding up a big conversation. He surely doesn’t want to have it. “So you guys talked?”

“Briefly. Not much to say.”

“Right…this whole thing will pass you know. You guys will bounce back from this.” Monet sounds so certain. So grounded in her belief. 

“Maybe.” 

Definitely.” Monet says firmly—he doesn’t know who she’s trying to convince. 

“Is that my shirt?” Pietro recognizes the hole on the collar. A distressed look that was unintentional but on brand. Monet nods “Kurt gave it to me while we bunked in the motel.”

“You shared a motel?” Pietro mumbles his heart doing something strange. Jumping and falling at once in quick succession. “Yep and we made passionate love.” Monet says plainly and Pietros eyes widen in alarm. “Without me?” 

Monet cracks a smile and the stupid tension he had eased up instantly. She was joking. Of course she was joking. Why would he think she was being serious? 

“You being upset over your hypothetical exclusion instead of the actual act is quite telling.” Monet sits on his bed, his lounge chair occupied with a stack of twinkies that he’s hiding from Wanda. “We barely talked at all. He was super angsty the whole time.”

“Right…” Pietro has never described Kurt as angsty before he’s always been a perfect ray of sunshine to him. “So nothing happened at all?”

Monet pauses and Pietro purses his lips. “We cuddled a bit.”

Pietro gasps “what? Why?” Without me? Pietro should have different priorities. He doesn’t even want to cuddle with Kurt right now. He should not be upset that he cuddled with Monet. 

“It was accidental.”

Pietro pouts and Monet laughs at him—her laugh makes his face gear up in embarrassment. “Accidental. Sure. Sure. Whatever.”

“Your such a grump. I’m not stealing your man, Pie. Don’t be so jealous.” Monet muses and Pietro shakes his head “you never wanna cuddle with me.” 

Monet blinks at his words before shaking her head in amusement “we don’t do that.”

“Why not?” Pietro knows why. 

Monet stands up from the bed and stands directly in front of Pietro—smelling of Kurt after such a long drive. She hasn’t bathed. She still smells like him. Pietro's mouth waters when Monet leans close and pits both her hands on each side of his face. He holds his breath. “Because then we’ll fuck.” She says bluntly. “And I don’t wanna do that.”

“You cuddled Kurt…and you didn’t have sex with him.” The speedster  utters. 

“It was accidental—and—kurt doesnt…” Monet pauses, rethinking her logic possibly. “…Jean was there. So it was very pg.”

“Maybe we can cuddle with Gunther then.”

“No.”

“Why not?” Pietro wants to cuddle. He’s tactile and he won’t be getting cuddles from Kurt until the foreseeable future. 

“Because I said no.” Monet strokes his cheek with a smile and then pulls away. Pietro follows the retreating hand like a desperate man. 

“Will you stay with me tonight? We don’t have to cuddle.”

Monet lifts a brow at him—not believing his shit at all. The speedster wasn’t winning tonight. 

“Go to sleep baby. Tomorrows another night.”

But Pietro can’t sleep. Without Gunther to hold on to he feels cold and Kurt isn’t an option and neither is Monet. Pietro knows he’s going to have nightmares if he goes to sleep alone so he ends up going to Wanda’s room. Wanda is getting to the age where she doesn’t really mind cuddles but she doesn’t really crave them anymore from her big brother. She lets him pretend it’s for her though when he burritos her into her sheets and kisses her forehead sweetly. 

“I love you.”

“I know. I love you too.” His sister says as she digs her sharp chin into his collarbone. Pietros goes to sleep. Barely.

 

Kurt and Pietro do not talk again. For several days. This is clear as soon as Gunther starts acting as some sort of accidental phone for communications between them. 

“Abbah says I can go movies if you say so.”

“Blue said we get more rice and you put on the grocery list.” 

“Abbah said he is reading to me tonight.”

“Blue said I can have my toy.”

“Abbah says I can’t have my toy because I was bad.”

“Blue says I should not be punished for doing correct thing.”

“Abbah said hitting is not good thing.”

“Blue said—“

“Abbah said—-“

“Blue said—“

Pietro crosses his arms and Monet keeps giving Pietro pointed looks everytime Gunther starts a sentence with. “Blue said—“ or anytime Pietro follows up with a- “You can tell Kurt that—“ like some pathetic game of tug-or-war. 

Pietro knows they are doing this all wrong. Raising Gunther separately but in the same house is not what Pietro had in mind when he suggested co-existing. 

Apparently parents have to actually talk to each other to raise their child properly. Who knew? 

Pietro feels like Kurt is doing it on purpose now. Deliberately contradicting what Pietro tells Gunther to get a reaction from him. 

“Well—“ Pietro starts irritably. “You can tell blue that I said—“ Gunther lifts a hand to stop him and then drops it in front of him palm up. 

Pietro frowns “-is something wrong?”

“You need to pay me.” Gunther says sassily, shaking his palm dramatically waiting for bills. Monet, who was reading the newspaper, bites her lip trying to suppress a smile. Surely she has something to do with this. 

“Excuse me?” Pietro puts a hand on his hip and gives Gunther a stern dad look. He's seen Charles use it on Wanda multiple times. He can be stern.

Gunther nods briskly “Monet says—“ oh, that’s new. Pietro abruptly looks over at Monet who is hiding behind the newspaper. 

“—that if I'm a pay phone I should be charging you.” 

Monet flips the newspaper down and shoots a thumbs up at Gunther.

“Oh, she did. Did she?” Pietro suppresses the disbelieving laugh. 

“Yeah! And kitty says I should charge the big bucks. Mr. Alex Hammie!”

“Alex hammie?” Pietro murmurs 

“Alexander Hamilton. On the ten dollar bill.” Monet relays while sifting through her Newspaper article like an old lady. Pietro thinks she’s doing the crossword puzzle. 

Pietro gapes at Monet and then looks at Gunther’s face. Gunther didn't budge. He kept his small, chubby palm extended toward his father, his face a perfect mimicry of Monet’s "I’m waiting" expression. He’s been picking up Monets facial expressions without even realizing. 

“I ‘cept huggies too.” Gunther’s cheeks go a bit rosie and Pietro sighs and takes his son's hand and pulls him into a firm hug. Gunther melts into it immediately. 

“Hugs aren’t for negotiations.” Pietro says softly. “I’ll give them to you for free.” 

When Gunther leaves—with a crisp ten dollar bill and Monet gives Pietro a long exasperating look. “You need to figure out how to coexist together, Pietro. You guys haven’t done anything together at all and it’s been four days since he came back home.” 

“Since you had to drag him back home.” Pietro corrects bitterly fiddling with his necklace. 

“If you're pissed at him then tell him. This whole weird silent treatment isn’t healthy for you and especially not for Gunther. I thought you told him you’d work on being friends.”

“I don’t—“ Pietro falters. “I miss him but he’s here. I don’t like dealing with missing someone who’s here.” Pietro frowns. “I had to do that with my mom my whole life.”

“Okay, Pietro, I love you—really I do—but this has nothing to do with your mother or even you really. This has to do with Gunther, okay? You guys putting him in between your stuff is bad for him. If you’re serious about the whole just being coparents thing then you need to buck up and do it. For real.”

“I know—“

“—you don’t know. Gunther came to me yesterday asking if you were mad at him because you didn’t do his night time routine with him.”

“I wasn’t. I’m not. I could never be mad at him. I figured Kurt wanted to do the routine since he hadn’t done it in a while.”

“You assumed. But you didn’t ask. And neither did he. So Gunther didn’t get a nightly routine at all with you or with Kurt because you didn’t communicate the switch with him.”

Pietro's face crumbles “I didn’t know that. I thought—he didn’t look tired this morning. How did he go to sleep—fuck—who sang him his monster song?” 

“I did.” Monet crosses her arms and Pietro looks relieved. “He wet the bed and was too embarrassed to go to you so he went to me instead. I changed his sheets and I bathed him and we cuddled in my room and I sang him his song.”

“Thank you.” Pietro looks about ready to bolt and find Gunther again—maybe to give him another big hug. Maybe to apologize to him for letting him down. He’s been letting him down a lot. 

“You need to talk to Kurt. Come to a better understanding. This isn’t going to work out if you have pent up resentment.” 

“I don’t have resentment.” Pietro pouts and Monet stands up and stands behind Pietro on the reclining chair. “You do.” Monet puts her hands on his shoulders and then starts kneading the tense muscle there. Pietro sags into the chair immediately. Her strong hands  drawing patterns into his skin. His mouth waters. “You’ve been too tense.” Monet murmurs and continues to message him like his brain isn’t actively turning into mush. 

“Didn’t we discuss that you aren’t allowed to give me messages anymore.” Pietro groans when she digs her fingers into a knot. Monet doesn’t stop though. In fact, she leans in, using her weight to ground him. Her thumbs find the precise spot where Pietro carries the weight of the last month—that knot right between his shoulder blades that feels less like muscle and more like a tectonic plate waiting to shift.

“I recall,” Monet says, her voice low and steady, vibrating against the back of his chair. “But you also said you were 'fine,' and we both know that’s a lie.”

Pietro lets out a breath that sounds like a deflating balloon. The "mush brain" is winning. It’s hard to stay bitter and hyper-vigilant when someone is physically forcing the cortisol out of your system.

“He wet the bed, Monet,” Pietro whispers, his voice cracking. The guilt is finally overriding the anger. “He hasn’t done that in a year. Just after the facility. I thought we got passed that but now it’s back. I didn’t see that he was struggling right in front of me because I was too busy being weird with Kurt.”

“You’re human. So is Kurt. You’re both allowed to make mistakes. It’s how you learn from those mistakes that counts.” 

Pietro leans his head back against the back of the reclining chair so that he’s looking up at Monet's pretty face. She’s looking down at him with soft eyes and Pietro's heart jumps a bit. “I don’t want to make mistakes with Gunther.” Pietro mumbles—the space around them feeling small. Monet touches his eyebrows mindlessly and smiles like that’s funny. “No good parent ever does.” She soothes. 

“So talk to him.”

“I tried..I just—“

“-no. Talk to Gunther. Explain to him in the best way possible what’s going on. He isn’t used to you guys being at odds with each other. Fighting. He’s used to sharing nightly routines, cuddles, sharing meals together, and banter, and unprompted tickle fights and the two of you. He’s not equipped to handle you two separately—so equipped him.” Monet is a very girl and Pietro feels sick to his stomach. 

“Okay. I will.” 

“Good.” Monet settles back didn’t and friend at her newspaper crosswod puzzle. “Whats a twelve letter word for separation?”

“Divorce?”

“That’s eight letters.” Monet shakes her head and then Monet snaps her fingers.

Estrangement,” Monet mutters, the nib of her pen hovering over the newsprint before she scribbles it in with a sharp, decisive flick of her wrist. “Twelve letters. Fits perfectly.”

Pietro flinches. The word feels like a physical weight in the room, heavier than the guilt already sitting in his stomach. Estrangement. It sounds so permanent. So clinical.

“Charles is asking for you.” Monet gives him a knowing look. 

Pietro stands up abruptly and darts away to the professors office with a gust of wind.  

Pietro didn't bother knocking. He simply vibrated through the door, the air in the office swirling with the scent of ozone and the faint, lingering smell of Monet’s fancy shampoo. She’s been here recently. 

 

Charles Xavier didn't look up from the chessboard. He sat by the window, the afternoon sun catching the drizzle of silver in his hair that he refuses to acknowledge that he has. The board was already set up. From their previous game—still unfinished. Pietro Instinctually reaches for a snack from his desk before settling down on the chair across from him. 

 

“We never finished the game.” Charles says calmly. “It’s your turn son.” 

 

Pietro and Charles have been doing surprisingly well. After the whole Erik Lehnsherr is my father reveal Pietro has made it a point to go to Charles more. Maybe as a way to balance it in his head or maybe as an apology. Pietro considers Charles a father figure —despite all his huffing and puffing he looks up to him and he knows that Charles cares for him like a child. To find out you’ve been unknowingly taking care of your ex friends—ex lovers?— kid is next level drama. Pietro knows it should be strange to talk to him after this. But it’s actually not. 

 

Charles is his dad. Erik is his biological father and the only thing particularly complicated about that is that Erik doesn’t know. Pietro doesn’t know if he wants him to know. The speedster doesn’t know if he wants to invite that level of drama into his life. He’s had enough already as is with the whole—alternative dimensions and unstable little sisters of it all. On top of this whole debacle with Kurt he seriously can’t handle any more unresolved tension. 

 

“So you’ve decided to ignore it?” Charles can’t read his mind. But sometimes Pietro questions it. 

 

“What?” Pietro is moving his pawn.

 

“Pietro, we haven’t spoken about Erik at all since you told me.” Charles begins gently--broaching the topic with already cautios defaults in his voice. in his mannerisms. Like hes expecting Pietro to blow up at him for even mentioning his name. 

 

“Nothing to talk about. I barely know the guy.” 

 

“Do you want to know about him?” Charles asks gently and Pietro—he does—but he doesn’t. He doesn’t want more. He knows enough to keep him steady. Enough to keep him away. Enough to fill in blanks. 

 

“Yes. Maybe. But not right now.” The speedster responds truthfully. 

 

“Okay.” Charles lets it go. Pietro is grateful. 

 

“Dad?” Pietro speaks timidly—he’s still not used to saying it. Not used to throwing it around so casually. Wanda says it constantly. Speaking the terrying title like its not meant to be kept sacred. She tosses the title at Charles like it weighs nothing and the profesor catches it swiftly everytime, holding it cautiously--aware of its fragility. Pietro feels small when he says it. Maybe one day he wont feel so hesitant to call Charles what he is. 

 

“Yes, Pietro?” Charles responds hesitantly like he was unsure he was talking to him. Like he thinks he might be speaking to someone else entirely. 

 

“Is it normal for four year olds to pee the bed?”

 

“Did Gunther pee the bed?”

 

“Yes. Last night. He went to Monet.” Pietros relays. 

 

“Monet is very good with him. She loves him a lot.” Charles moves his pawn. “He’s adjusting to change. Its a transitional period for him.”

 

“I used to pee the bed. I didn’t stop until I got my powers.” 

 

Charles gives him a sad expression and the Speedster didn’t realize that he had said something to get that xpression. Sometimes Pietro says things that sound normal to him but makes other people , more sympathetic people, look at him like hes some run over puppy. “Your home life was very different from Gunther’s. There is no comparison.” Charles says simply. 

 

Oh. Right. Pietro straightens in his seat feeling awkward for bringing something like that up. Pietro hopes hes not fucking it up in his new special way. “I hired a new therapist.” The professor says. 

 

“I know. Dr. Willow. I remember.” Pietro plops a chip in his mouth—offering some to Charles who declines with a shake to his head.

 

“No. A new one, for adults. For the staff.” For you goes unsaid. 

 

“If you want. You can go see her. Her name is Dr. Moonstar. She’s like us…a mutant. So you can speak to her candidly.”

 

“Okay.” Pietro says flippantly.

 

“Okay?” Charles lifts a brow at him. 

 

"Okay!” 

 

Okay so I can shut up?”

 

“Okay I’ll go see her. Fuckin’ hell.” Pietro exasperates and Charles focuses his eyes on the board. 

“Good. I’m glad.” He smiles—his worry lines are smoothing.

 

“How does it feel to be a grandpa?” Pietro says suddenly just to irritate him and Charles' smile drops and he huffs. “Do not even start.” He says even though he adores Gunther. 

 

“Sabbah at 43.” Pietro jokes and he doesn’t mention The Erik of it all. He doesn’t dare. Gunther doesn’t know about that. Pietro doesn’t want to confuse him. 

 

Erik is a father to a different little girl. To a different family. Charles can have this one. Pietro will not look for him. Even if he really wants to. Even if he’s pretty sure Charles really wants to as well. 

 

“Has Miss Jill King spoken to you yet?”

 

“Was she meant to?” Pietro moves his horsey. 

 

“She mentioned it. But she’s a busy woman—maybe she hasn’t had the chance.” Charles moves his pawn. 

 

“Did she have something to say to me?”

 

“She didn’t say. Just that it was urgent. Maybe you should give her a call.”

 

“Okay.” Pietro moves his king. 

 

Charles wins the game. Checkmate. Pietro should’ve seen it coming. He lost. They play another. slower this time. 

 

Later Pietro finds Gunther in the playroom, sitting amidst a chaotic sea of plastic dinosaurs and building blocks. He’s meticulously lining them up by height—a habit he picks up when he’s overstimulated. The ten-dollar bill is tucked safely under the foot of a Brontosaurus. A common thief in Gunther’s playtime debacles. 

Pietro sits on the floor, ignoring the way his knees pop. He doesn't rush. He picks up a Pterodactyl and makes it 'fly' in a slow, lazy circle before landing it near Gunther’s hand.

“Hey, little man,” Pietro says softly.

Gunther looks up and smiles “hi Abbah.” His quick eyes look behind Pietro as if expecting someone. “No blue?”

“No he’s cooking lunch for you.” Pietro spotted his tail zig zagging under the drawer to look through the pans and quickly darted away before speaking to him. Gunther makes a grimacing face at Kurt’s cooking. It makes Pietro laugh. 

“Don’t worry it’s just canned spaghettie.” Pietro amends and Gunther smiles. 

“Okay. And then he plays with us?”

Pietro takes in a breath. He looks at Gunther’s hopeful face, then down at the Pterodactyl in his hand. The dinosaur's plastic wings are chipped—well-loved. 

“Yeah,” Pietro says, and he realizes as he says it that he’s making a promise he can’t let Kurt break. “And then he plays with us. All of us. Together.” Shit

Gunther’s eyes light up. “And Money?”

“No, I'm not giving you more money. You’re so spoiled.” Pietro teases and Gunther giggles and shakes his head. “No, Money. Money likes playing the princess.” Gunther waves his singular Barbie doll to Pietro. A pretty braid on her long blonde hair. 

Monet. Not Money. “We gotta work on your Ts buddy.” 

“I want all of us to play. I have enough toys.” Gunther immediately grabs the Brontosaurus, abandoning the strict height-line he’d been building. The ten-dollar bill flutters to the floor, forgotten in favor of the rare prospect of a unified front.

“Can we do the big battle? The one where the blocks fall down?”

“Of course.” Pietro watches his child build a giant tower and He hands him blocks and he either takes them or rejects them. “Too big.” Or “I want blue ones.” Or any varying sizes he wishes and Pietro follows his lead. Pietro musters up the courage to talk to him. It shouldn’t be hard. But it is. 

“Gunther, buddy? You know Blue and I love you a lot.” Pietro starts and Gunther doesn’t stop building his tower he just nods at his words. 

“A whole lot. To the moon and back.” Gunther says and Pietro wonders where he’s heard that before. It’s really cute. 

“Yeah and blue and me are having a hard time being friends right now. Sometimes grownups get their feelings hurt, and it makes them act… silly. And quiet. But that is never your fault. You know that right? We will always put you first.”

Gunther bites his lip, his big eyes darting around like he’s looking at someone Pietro can’t see. He probably is. His fingers falter on the block he places on the tower. “Are you gonna leave too? Like Blue did?”

Pietro straightens out and is immediately taking Gunther to face him—grabbing his face and leaving kisses on his cheek and pudgy little face. “No. No way. Never. I’m always going to be right here. I promise. And even if I go somewhere far I’ll be back the moment you tell me to. I’m fast, remember? I can go anywhere I want.” 

Pietro really did believe he’d be by his child’s side forever. He didn’t know that his time was limited.

He didn’t know. 

“You promise?”

“I promise.” 

Pietro doesn’t like breaking promises. But he’s been breaking quite a few lately. 

Pietro stands up, hoisting Gunther onto his hip. The boy is getting heavier, a constant, physical reminder of the time Pietro feels slipping through his fingers. He doesn’t realize that one day he’ll miss this. One day he’ll forget how it feels to hold his son. 

Notes:

ominious ending so sorry.

live long and prosper my friends. Until next time.

Chapter 60: Another Birthday Party

Summary:

There was Hank, halfway to crying while playing hide-and-seek of all things during a five-year-old's birthday party, confessing his deepest regrets to thin air—and suddenly Pietro was standing right in front of him like it was the most normal thing in the world. The speedster crashed forward, burying his head into Hank's shoulder. He wished Hank was still big and fluffy, but he took what he could get.

Pietro wrapped his arms around him and exhaled deeply.

A huge weight crumbled beneath them.

—-or—-

It’s Gunther’s Birthday. Things are better but not great. Pietro makes amends with Hank and receives some news.

Notes:

Happy 60th chapter!!! Nothing bad happens a swear. (:

Thanks for the wait. Here you go babes!!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“Wanda is on her period.” Bobby tells Pietro suddenly. The speedster lifts a brow at him—looking past his pac-man game to square the boy with a look. “That’s pretty sexist Bobby.”

 

“She is! Jean and her are like morphing together.” Bobby looks terrified which only amuses Pietro.

 

“Like a Super Sentai?” The series was one of Frankie’s favorites. He’s been catching up on the episodes he’s missed since he was away. Apparently Hank’s mom didn’t allow much time for watching tv. Wanda barely tolerates cable so Pietro's been mushrooming it with him on the couch catching up on the show. 

 

“Yes! But grosser.”

 

“Periods are natural. Just a normal part of puberty.” Or at least that’s what the pamphlet he collected from a health clinic said. 

 

“I thought boobs were a part of puberty.” Bobby points out suspiciously. Pietro pauses his game abruptly and give the cold boy another look. “Do not talk about my sisters boobs.”

 

She’s ten years old. Her birthday is crawling closer as the months pass. These things are to be expected. Soon enough he’ll have to forbid Frankie from sleeping over in her room. 

 

Or should he already be forbidding that? 

 

That is a conversation he’s willing to make Charles have with her. 

 

“I’m not! Gross! She doesn’t have any boobs.” Pietro had to be pulled to the side by Monet to inform him that Wanda did in fact need a starter bra. He had no idea what the fuck that even was but it sounded like a big deal and Pietro nearly had a stroke when Monet explained the concept. 

 

He hopes Gunther stays small forever. He knows he won’t. 

 

“Stop talking about boobs in general. Please.”

 

“Fine. Easy. Done, God!” Bobby’s whole face was red. “I was just trying to tell you that Jean and Wanda are being mean and they want ice cream but I don’t know what ice cream they want and they refuse to tell me.” 

 

“Fully noted.” Pietro sticks the fridge with every flavor of ice cream he can think of. Wanda’s favorite used to be Chocolate chip but lately she’s been eating strawberries so he buys an abundance. 

 

No mint though. Kurt hates mint. He’s not exactly on great terms with the teleporter but he doesn’t want him to be excluded from his decision making. 

 

Like most things in Pietro's Life it’s slow. He’s fast and everything else is achingly slow. The process of mending things with Kurt didn’t happen over one conversation or over night. It happened gradually. 

 

By the time Gunther’s birthday came Pietro and Kurt weren’t exactly on steady ground but they weren’t actively avoiding each other. Monet was a good buffer—to her utter disgruntlement. 

 

“Can you tell Kurt we need to get the balloons shaped like Dinosaurs not airplanes.” Pietro flutters his eyelashes at Monet and clasps his hands together like a begging toddler. Who says sons can’t influence their fathers? Pietro is acting more and more like a toddler every day. 

 

“No,” Monet says flatly. “You go from Gunther being a payphone to me being a payphone. I’m not charging you ten dollars, I'm charging you twenty.”

 

“It’s important,” Gunther nearly threw a damn tantrum when we bought Pink cotton candy instead of blue. 

 

“If it’s important you should tell him—yourself.” She clips out, sounding genuinely annoyed. 

 

“I will.” 

 

“Will you?”

 

“I will.”

 

“Then go tell him. Right now. You’re fast enough to run across the ocean, yet you’re terrified of crossing a hallway," she said, her voice softening just a fraction—the most mercy he was likely to get all day. Monet has not been sugarcoating her opinion. "Kurt is in the kitchen. He’s currently agonizing over whether to buy the 'Ocean Breeze' or 'Summer Linen' napkins because he’s afraid if he picks the wrong scent, you’ll take it as a personal affront to your nostrils."

Pietro winced. That sounded exactly like something Kurt would stress about. 

“Okay I’ll talk to him…About the party.” Pietro says. Monet gives him a look and she gives him a shooing motion to leave her room. “Tell him that Ocean Breeze is the definite choice.” She says.

 

Pietro sees Kurt with a stack of napkins in the living room. Two off white colors that look nearly identical. Pietro sees the deep furrow in Kurt’s face and the way he bites his lip and fiddles with his tail anxiously. Like the hue of the napkin for a five years olds birthday party was truly essential. Kurt looks unfairly adorable in his jean overalls—covered in paint—just finishing painting Gunther’s room. Pietro could’ve done it—it would’ve taken him seconds—but that would’ve required Quicksilver to lose the opportunity to see Kurt wearing his cute painting overalls. He hasn’t seen him wear them in so long and the excuse was too great to dismiss. Thinking on it now he should’ve spared himself and done the painting himself. 

 

Pietro approaches him at regular speed—eyes catching on the watch he always wears—despite the messy painting. 

 

“Kurt.” Pietro says and he might as well have screamed it with the way Kurt jumps nearly two feet in the air. Pietro and Kurt stare at each other with wide eyes. “Are you alright?” Kurt has never reacted like that with Pietro. 

 

“Yes,” Kurt responds quickly, his cheeks a soft purple. “I was just surprised.”

 

“Right.” 

 

Kurt says nothing—his soft yellow eyes attach themselves to Pietro like it was only natural. Like he was the only thing to look at. 

 

“Monet says ocean breeze is good.” Pietro blurts out and Kurt frowns—his face doing something strange. “She did?”

 

“Yeah. Although I think it’s insane you’re stressing out over napkins when they’ll be thrown out within seconds, man.” 

 

“Everything needs to be perfect, for Gunther.” Kurt says and Pietro nods. Agreeing with him. Gunther deserves things to be perfect. “He’s five…Monet says he probably won’t remember if it’s a disaster.”

 

“I don’t want it to be a disaster.” Kurt says and Pietro nods. “Me either.” 

 

He has the waffle maker prepped and ready. 

 

“Wheres the camera?” Kurt asks suddenly, looking anxious to even ask. 

 

“The camera?”

 

“The one we always use. I got a new memory card. I wanna take as many pictures as possible.” Kurt explains, his tail whisking behind him. Pietro hasn’t touched his tail in so long—his fingers itch to touch the smooth skin. 

 

“It’s…in my room.”

 

“Oh.” Kurt hasn’t stepped foot in his room since he ran away from him. It’s a clear line. A violation of crossed. Big bold. Do not enter. 

 

“Can I—-“ Kurt cuts himself off. “—May I use it for the party?”

 

“Of course. Yeah. I’m just charging it. I…I can give it to you after it’s at 100%.”

 

“Okay.” 

 

“Okay.”

 

Conversations are awkward. Stifled with unsaid tension. And even after it was said-after it was pointed out- nothing could really be done to mend it. Not really. Just time. In time they’ll trust each other and talk to each other the way they used to before. Without overthinking. Without looking like they were holding something back. Afraid of hurting the others feelings. Afraid of bending something too far back that it snaps. 

 

Pietro begins Gunther’s birthday party the same way he starts all birthday parties. Waffles. A tradition old as time. Although the last time he had successfully done this tradition was Wanda’s tenth birthday and that day didn’t end the way any of them thought it would. Some of these kids—a lot of these kids— haven’t tried Pietro's super special Birthday waffles and so he was eager to razzle dazzle their socks off. 

 

Kiss The Chef. Was across his apron and he bent down to receive a kiss on the cheek from every small child who grabbed a waffle plate. The older kids wrinkled their nose and gave him a fist bump instead or a side hug. Bobby completely ignores him and grabs his stack. Jean gives him a extra long hug to make up for it. 

 

Gunther was being held by Kurt who pulled the child close to Pietro so that the kid could plant a big wet kiss on Pietro's cheek—mouth full of toothpaste and mouthwash from Kurt’s attempt at helping him brush his teeth. “Your turn.” Gunther pokes Kurt's cheek and the two of them go still. 

 

Oh. No. 

 

They both look at each other like a bomb just exploded in the kitchen island. Kurt is holding Gunther in one hand and a plate of Waffles in another—making any half attempt at a side hug unthinkable. Pietros couldn’t possibly imagine an attempt at a kiss. Even one on the cheek. He was not expecting this kind of thing to happen so early in the day.

 

“Um…” Pietro cannot kiss Kurt. Kurt cannot kiss Pietro. He won’t be able to handle that right now. Not yet. Not now. Not ever. Never ever again. 

Monet swoops in with a yawn and hair all frizzy and effortlessly beautiful. A mug of something warm is already in her hand as she casually walks into their space and plants a kiss on Kurt’s cheek at the prompting of Gunther. The child was not prompting Monet—he was prompting Pietro but Monet either didn’t realize or didn’t care.

 

Pietro feels a spike of surprise as Kurt gets to be kissed by Monet. Pietro's eyes widen and Kurt’s do as well—his breath halting at the random affection. Monet barely misses a beat before planting a kiss on Pietro's cheek as well—the speedster's momentary jealousy is squashed at the shared and equal intimacy. He is too stunned to utter a word at the display. She then plants a kiss on Gunther’s forehead as well, who grins wide at her. She takes a waffle from Kurt’s stack and takes a large bite—a moan curls out of her mouth that rings in Pietro's head like a church bell. 

 

“This is Good stuff, Pietro.” Monet compliments quickly and then drinks the rest of her beverage before placing the mug on the sink and grabbing Gunther from Kurt. Quick. Casual. Seamless. Natural. All this happens in the span of ten human seconds and neither Kurt or Pietro say a word against it or for it. Just allowing Monet to do as she pleases. 

The spot on his cheek where her lips touched feels warm, but the ghost of the kiss she gave Kurt feels like a phantom limb—something that shouldn't be there, yet he can't stop focusing on it. 

 

Kurt is frozen, his blue hand still shaped as if he’s holding Gunther, staring at the empty space where the woman and the child just were. His purple blush has deepened, creeping all the way to the tips of his pointed ears. “She really just does what she wants. Doesn't she?” Kurt says almost with awe in his voice, barely heard over the sound of Bobby arguing with Wanda over the syrup-to-waffle ratio in the background.

 

“Yeah.” Pietro smiles looking over at Monet, settling on the dining table with a smiling Gunther on her lap. “Gunther really loves her.”

 

“He really does.” Kurt murmurs softly and it’s the first time the two have fully agreed on something in a while. 

 

Gunther wipes his face a bit with the napkin after they’ve all eaten. He makes a face. “Abbah napkin smells funny."

 

“Yeah it’s scented.” Pietro explains. He takes the napkin and smells it himself. Just to make sure he isn’t mistaken. 

 

“Ocean breeze.” Kurt says with a soft smile. 

 

“You like it?” Monet strokes Gunther’s curls with a fond smile. 

 

“Yeah, It smells like Hank.” Gunther says brightly. 

 

If things have been quiet between Kurt and Pietro then things have been utterly silent with Hank and Pietro.

Hank and Frankie came back a few days after Kurt’s arrival. Two and a half days later to be exact. Hank has spoken with Charles. He has spoken with Wanda and Jean and even Gunther. But he has not uttered a single word to Pietro. Not a damn word and the speedster has no fathomable idea why. He’s been distracted with Gunther’s birthday planning and the tension with Kurt and his feelings for whatever going on with Monet—that he’s not allowed himself to dwell on Hank's silence. 

 

He hadn’t really thought about it until yesterday when Hank had stepped out of his room, saw Pietro and then abruptly went back Inside without a word. It had driven Pietro crazy all night. He had known that before he left—before his dramatic vacation to his moms house—Hank had been at odds with him. Pietro still doesn't know why.

 

Hank hasn’t said anything to him and has given him no hints as to what could probably have him avoiding the speedster. Monet shed some light. “It’s the Erik thing.” She told him while knitting. She had picked up the hobby after she read a book on how Arts and crafts can relieve anxiety. Something about it releasing serotonin. She’s surprisingly very good at it. She's good with her hands. 

 

“The Erik thing?” Pietro repeats with disbelief “he wasn’t even here for that. And I told Charles not to tell Anyone.” He wouldn’t break that promise. Not that one. “Do you think Wanda told him?” 

 

He hadn’t explicitly told her not to tell anyone. But she’s shown no interest in Erik at all. So why she would tell Hank of all people is beyond the speedster. Unless she told Frankie and then Frankie told Hank. Which is more plausible. And if that’s the case it’s only a matter of time before Kurt finds out. Pietro was not ready for Kurt to find out. 

 

Pietro isn’t ready for a lot of things. 

 

“No. He already knew before he left. I’m pretty sure it’s one of the reasons why he left.” 

And it’s probably the worst thing Monet could’ve told him. Hank left because of him. Kurt also left because of him. They both left because of him.

 

“That came out wrong.” Monet says immediately and looks very seriously at Pietro. Mid-stitch. “Hank is like me. He’s got—“ Monet gestures at her head like that would make more sense then words. “An inherited sadness. It wasn’t just you. It was everything in his head.”

Pietro nods but Monet throws a pillow at his head and he catches it. Alert. 

“Listen to me, man. You’re spiraling over how he reacted. He's also spiraling over how he reacted.” Monet explains slowly. 

“You said he knew before he left. Is that why he was…acting weird with me.” Pietro places the pillow on his chest. If Hank knew..and didn’t tell him…that’s not something Pietro want to think about. Another lie. Another person who finds it all too easy to lie to his face. Hank isn’t like hus mother—he isn’t like her—but the feeling he has in his chest now is familiar in that same way.  

 

“Probably.” Monet says. “I don’t know. He didn’t really like me so I tried to avoid him as much as possible. Also his thoughts were usually really depressing. So overall it's just a bummer.”

 

“He doesn’t hate you.” Pietro can’t even fathom why he would. They’ve interacted very little. Most days Hank was in his room or Monet was in hers before that one month lapse. Monet is Pietro's friend and disliking her is unthinkable to him.

 

“I didn’t say hate. He would have to feel something to hate me. He doesn’t even know me. He just knows that I rub Kurt the wrong way.”

 

“Kurt doesn’t hate you either.” Pietro responds. Once upon a time he would’ve said that he did. Pietro recalls an instance where he told Monet that very thing. While she was defending him to the high heavens acting as a middle man even when he wasn’t here. 

 

Monet just snorts “yeah I know. He finds me maddening.” 

 

Pietro has no idea what she means by that? “Is that a good thing or a bad thing?” 

 

“Time will tell.” Monet begins her stitch again. 

 

When Gunther unravels presents Pietro recognizes the blue and silver flappy beanie. Each stitch is meticulously woven by Monet's hands. Gunther puts it on and Pietro notices the silver lightning bolts on the hem. Blue and Silver. Kurt and Pietro. 

 

Gunther doesn’t dare take it off—hugging Monet and Pietro swears he’s never seen Monet smile that big for that long. 

 

Kurt snaps a picture. Pietro sees the flash from the corner of his eye. 

Flash flash flash all Throughout the party. 

Charles played a giant game of hide and seek in the mansion—he pinky sweared not to use his powers— but Charles couldn’t have possibly have known Pietro and Gunther were hiding under his bed. 

 

When it was Monets turn the kids went all out. Bobby hid in the damn Kitchen Stove. Jean levitated to the ceiling and There was a diabolical team up between Wanda and Kitty that was simply embarrassing. 

 

When it was Pietro's turn, he found every single one of them in the blink of an eye. “You're a cheater.” Monet bemoans when he finds her in the pantry with Frankie—his wheelchair sticking out half way. 

 

“Or maybe you shouldn’t hide in the one place I know like the back of my hand.” Although he could say that about the entire mansion. 

 

It was Hank's turn. Gunther insisted he play since he’s a “big kid” and all the big kids are it. Beast did not argue but he didn’t seem particularly excited about it. 

 

Pietro is hiding by himself this round since Gunther decided to abandon him for Wanda—his first betrayal as a five year old—and Monet is hiding with Bobby. 

Pietro is in vents. Because he’s a bit intense about this game and can’t do this at a normal capacity. He can hear children’s giggles as he’s wiggling through the vents and spots them trying to hide in one of the classrooms. Hanks footsteps are close by and he can hear them whisper yelling at each other to Move somewhere else. 

 

They clear the room just as Hanks is about pass it and Pietro holds his breath as he stops wiggling in the vent. 

 

Hank entered the room and Pietro just sits there—staring through the vents at the top of Hank's head. Nobody’s commented on the fact that Hank is not blue anymore. Pietro knows there's a story behind that—a reason he isn’t giving. Pietro can’t breathe one to break that tension. 

 

Hank stops in the middle of the room. Freezing mid-step and Pietro thinks he’s been made. “Anyone in here?” Hank asks despite knowing nobody would ever fall for that. 

 

Nobody else is in this room besides Pietro and he is not losing this round and he’s not defrosting whatever cold shoulder Hank is giving him. 

Hank moves around the room—checks under the desks and behind the curtains and even touches wallpaper—-there’s a kid who can turn invisible so one can never be too certain. 

“I know you’re in here. I can smell you.” Hank says as if he's some sort of bloodhound. 

 

That’s cheating. Pietro thinks stubbornly. He doesn’t move though. He stays put. Allows the moment to pass and Hank doesn’t leave. He stands in the middle of the room and just sighs. 

 

“Are you in here Pietro?” 

 

Pietro stays still. Ignoring his question and hoping he just walks away and searches the next room so he can continue ignoring him. 

 

“Kid…I’m really sorry.” Hank says suddenly and Pietro stares at the back of his head like it’s not too late to dart out of the vent and scurry away. Hank is talking to Pietro. 

 

Or maybe he hopes he’s talking to Pietro. Hank can’t really be sure. 

 

Is this really the only way the guy can manage to speak to Pietro? 

 

“It all seemed like too much at the time.” Hank says softly into the not so empty room. Pietro's chest pinches. 

 

“I should’ve just told you. It wasn’t my place to keep it from you. It was—it is a big deal. I know that. But it’s…it’s Erik. I didn’t know for sure at first—I pieced it together—-slowly—fucking Alex of all people made me realize. I think I knew from the start though. I could feel that you were different from the very beginning.” Hank speaks as if it was bursting out of him—like he truly believed it was now or never. Spill your guts now or never. 

 

Pietro just held his breath—heart beating at the exhilarating rate that it always does. 

 

“Kid, do you remember when I did your first check up and I found out about what had been happening to you? Do you remember what I told you?” Hank asks the room, not expecting a response. 

“I told you that you were the strongest kid I knew. It shouldn’t have been a surprise to me that you were related to the strongest man that I knew. Charles fell in love with Erik fast and completely. It should’ve been obvious that he would’ve fallen in love with his kid just as completely and just as fast. I should’ve connected the dots faster—I should’ve…I should’ve questioned it—just a bit. But I didn’t. Cause I understood. I think for the very first time I really understood Charles and why he loved Erik so much.”

 

“You’re the spitting image of him you know.” Hank is not the first person to tell him this. “It scares me sometimes how much you look like him. Because I grew to love that stupid face of yours, kid—and damn him for taking that away from me.” Hank chokes out—and Pietro can’t breath in this damn vent anymore. 

“So I was mad at Erik. And I was mad at myself, and I was mad at Charles. But I was never mad at you okay? I get it if you’re mad at me now, though. I totally understand if you want me gone.” Hank turns his head to the side like Pietro would be able to teleport in the room like Kurt. 

“Hiding a secret like that from you—was one of the worst things I’ve ever had to experience and I’ve gone through literal torture.” 

Pietro is out of the vent in one human breath. 

There was Hank, halfway to crying while playing hide-and-seek of all things during a five-year-old's birthday party, confessing his deepest regrets to thin air—and suddenly Pietro was standing right in front of him like it was the most normal thing in the world. The speedster crashed forward, burying his head into Hank's shoulder. He wished Hank was still big and fluffy, but he took what he could get.

Pietro wrapped his arms around him and exhaled deeply.

A huge weight crumbled beneath them.  

 

“I missed you so much Hank. Don’t ever be an asshole again.”

 

“I missed you too. I’m so sorry. I won’t.” Hank wraps his arms around Pietro and they both just stay like that more a while. 

 

Pietro is soaking up all the lost time he’s missed with Hank. All the hugs he’s missed. Pietro pulls away—snot noses—and wiping it all away in super speed. Hanks eyes are red and glossy and he’s staring at Pietro like he’s afraid he might run away from him. 

 

Pietro smiles. “Also Wanda is Erik’s daughter now. I dunno if anybody told you that.”

 

“WHAT?!” 

 

So the game ended with Pietro being it but nobody liked it when he was it cause he found everyone in less then a minute. So they switched activities. 

 

The bouncy house was far larger then Pietro expected. Charles wraps Susan in bubble wrap—she’s made of rocks—so it’s essential so that she doesn’t pop the bouncy house when she gets on it. 

 

Alex Summers wore a red round nose and allowed Kitty to do his clown makeup. He attempts and fails to do balloon animals. “It looked so simple in the manuel.” 

Pietro just watches with heart eyes as Alex crudely flexes around the long balloon. He doesn’t have to see Kurt to know that he’s somewhere in the distance watching Alex defile these balloons with his strong arms. 

 

Tension or not—Alex Summers will still be their eye candy. 

 

“Deja says you're being too gentle.” Gunther interrupts the accidental foreplay Alex is unintentionally being apart of. Pietro shakes his head—he needs to focus on Gunther not on the Alex’ too tight shirt. 

 

“Which one is Deja?” Alex looks around the crowd of students and teachers playing and talking in the yard. 

 

“My friend. She says she used to be a clown's assistant.” Gunther says cheekily. 

 

“Well—tell your friend that it’s a completely unhelpful critique because you’re getting a snake now.” Alex plops the neon Yellow straight line balloon on Gunther’s hands and the five year old just beams. “Thanks Mr. Summers.”

 

“Look Abbah a sword!” Gunther waves his balloon snake that’s now a sword at Pietro and the speedster laughs. 

 

“Careful—might be too sharp.” He jokes. “No running with knives—remember Gunther?”

 

Gunther slows down his running but not by much. God he loves that kid.  

 

The cowboy piñata was an absolute hit. Everyone was far too confident but also had shit aim. In the end it was wanda who burst the piñata from the inside out after several—several—several—-

attempts. 

 

They had a face painter come in. Monet knew a guy that knew a guy. He had tattoos and dyed hair and looked terrifying but he was good with the kids and he drew a very cool unicorn on Pietro's cheek. He didn’t flinch when he saw Susan rock skin—instead he switched to a more pigmented water base color set. It was Gunther's turn to get painted and his back was facing him because  Pietro was supervising the bouncy house. The Speedster didn't get to see why Kurt suddenly shook his head at a frowning Gunther. He couldn’t make out the words as Kurt looked down at Gunther and gave the painter an expression he couldn’t see. 

 

Gunther was crying and Pietro abandoned his duties at the bounce house to go to him. “Whats wrong? What happened?” 

 

But the moment he saw Gunther’s face he knew what was wrong. Pietros entire heart drops. Holy shit. 

 

Pietro quickly looks over at Kurt who is barely holding in his emotions. The speedster grabs a wipe and immediately starts wiping the intricate lines on Gunther’s face. Pietro kept glancing over at Kurt who was speaking harshly at the painter. It was an honest mistake. The painter obviously didn’t know what the marks on Kurt’s face where. Gunther probably just told the painter he wanted to look like his blue and the clueless face painter started carving, the scars, on Kurt’s face onto Gunther’s skin. 

 

It was upsetting to look at once you realized. The red paint smeared and looked a bit too much like blood and Kurt—Kurt probably didn’t even see Gunther when he saw him just now. He probably saw himself. 

 

Monet came in just when Kurt’s voice was beginning to rise—the painter looks annoyed—obviously not understanding that Kurt wasn’t born with those scars—they had a story—they had baggage. 

 

Gunther was crying because he wanted to look like Kurt, not start a whole fight. He wanted to look like someone he loved. The painter was barely holding back a punch when Monet put a placating hand on his bicep. He doesn’t hear what she says to him but he looks over at a crying Gunther and then seems to calm down. He begins packing his things away. He’s leaving early. 

 

Kurt is decidedly not calm though. He tries to start something again but Monet levels him with a scathing look and Kurt poofs away. 

 

“Is Blue mad at me?”

 

“No, of course not. He wasn’t reacting like that because of you bud.”

 

“I just wanted to look like my blue. Since I already match you.” 

 

“You match me?” Pietro murmurs. 

 

“Yeah.” Gunther looks down at his own arms. Scarred from the facility. Pietro wants to cry when he says “my bumps are different from yours but we still match.” 

 

He says it with a smile—like he’s happy they have matching trauma —like Pietro doesn’t hate the way they look on his own skin, like he doesn’t kiss his son's hands repeatedly everyday as if he’s trying to fuse his healing ability on to him. 

 

“Oh buddy.” Pietro blinks away any moisture from his eyes. He kisses his hand. 

 

He doesn’t see Kurt again until they are bringing out the cake. Mixed languages of happy birthdays are overlapping and they get one big group picture around the birthday boy. 

 

Pietro will only realize later that it’s the first picture he has with Monet and Kurt in it. All three of them in frame looking at Gunther. 

 

Everyone was coming down from a sugar high by the time it came to sitting down and watching Charlotte's Web. The sun has dropped and Charles has made enough popcorn to feed an army. 

 

“What happens when the piggies die, blue?” Gunther whispers sadly at Kurt who frowns at the question. Taking it very seriously.

 

“They eat them.” Kitty blurts and Monet kicks her thigh with her foot and she shuts the hell up. 

 

“Yeah I know—I’m not stupid.” God—that word. Pietro cringes every time he says it—despises that he got it from Pietro's self-deprecating comments. 

 

“We don’t say that word Gunther.” Pietro reminds him gently. He needs to be better at correcting him—at not saying such mean things where his kid can hear. 

 

“I know, Abbah. I know,” Gunther says placatingly—like he’s the adult and pietros the child. 

 

“They go to heaven.” Kurt says instead, softly. Fiddling with the hem of Gunther’s beanie. 

 

“Olam Ha-ba.” Wanda says—practicing her Hebrew. Pietro smiles at her almost perfect pronunciation. 

 

“All animals go to heaven.” Kurt says—although Pietro isn’t completely sure if that’s true—-but for everyone’s peace of mind they're gonna say that they do. “In heaven everyone is happy and they are at peace. They will have lots of pig friends there too. It is very nice.”

 

“But not everyone goes to heaven, right?”

 

Pietro stands up straight from his slouch on the couch—popcorn drizzles down from his shirt. This conversation is getting a bit more intense then he realized it would get. He makes eye contact with Monet who looks pensive but doesn’t say anything. Kurt is the one that Gunther is cuddled up to so he’s the one cornered and forced to answer these existential questions. Everyone else is just trying to focus on the movie about a spider and pig. 

 

Frankie already fell asleep on Hank's lap and Jean thumb wrestling with Bobby to focus on what they are saying. 

 

“Sometimes bad people do not go to heaven. They go somewhere else.” Kurt sounds very stressed. 

 

“But they’ll only be happy if they go to heaven?” Gunther’s voice rises anxiously. Pietro and Kurt make panicked eye contact. 

Monet is the one that stands up and moves in between Kurt’s legs and takes Gunther’s hands—forcing him to look at her. 

 

Her voice was perfectly calm as she spoke. “They are happy with you.” She smiles gently. “Your friends are here but that does not mean that they are sad. No one can ever be sad when they are with you. Do you understand?” 

 

Oh. Pietro exhales. Gunther had been worried about his ghost friends. 

 

The speedster hadn’t even realized—and by the surprised expression on Kurt’s face neither did he. Only Monet understood. 

 

Gunther being able to see ghosts is always something they’ve had to tip toe around. He’s five so he doesn’t really fully grasp death. Not really. Pietro is pretty sure his kid thinks heaven is an amusement park and that his ghost friends just didn’t have tickets to go to. 

 

Gunther nods, his eyes glassy. Monet puts a hand on his head, patting the beanie he made for him. “It is a gift that they have you.” She says so softly Pietro almost couldn’t hear it. 

 

Gunther quickly wraps his arms around Monet—detaching himself off of Kurt and sticking to the woman. Pietro doesn’t realize he’s smiling at them, at his pretty family, until he feels a tab of kitty’s hand on the back of his foot. “Stop making googly eyes.”

 

“I’m not.” Pietro hisses back quietly. He totally was. 

 

“Kurt and you are so weird.” Kitty sighs. Kurt and me? Pietro's eyes trail from Monet and Gunther to just a few inches to the left to Kurt who looks too soft looking at Monet and Gunther. Pietro is surprised to see Kurt’s pretty blush crawling up his neck as Monet seamlessly soothes Gunther. Equally as entranced with the casual display between Gunther and Monet. 

 

Pietro's heart jumps when he sees Kurt's inching closer to the telepath on the couch. 

 

Any other time Pietro would have misconstrued this as Kurt trying to create distance from Pietro but the speedster sees the way Kurt’s fingers twitch. He knows how Kurt looks when he wants to hold hands. Pietro and Kurt have held hands a million times. If the speedster had seen this expression on Kurt he would’ve already attached his palms against his but he hasn’t. Kurt isn’t looking at Pietro. Hes looking at Monet and for some reason that doesn’t bother him at all. 

 

Pietro kind of wants to hold her hand too. Kurt doesn’t reach for her though. Pietro pretends he didn’t notice. 

 

He bites his lip—a bit disappointed. He would’ve liked to see them holding hands. It would’ve made him happy. Even if he’s at odds with Kurt—he still would like to see him happy. 

 

He pretends the racing ache in his chest has nothing to do with them.

 

Wanda whispers something to Kitty and she snorts. Nobody speaks for majority of the movie. 

 

The phone rings and Pietro peels himself out of the couch so that the ringing doesn’t wake up the already sleeping children or disturb the movie. 

 

“Hello?” He mumbles into the phone—eyes staying on Gunther who lays his head on Monets lap and his feet on Kurt’s lap. 

 

“Evening Peter, did I catch you at a bad time?” Mrs. Kings Voice sounds different on the phone. Like she’s using a different phone than usual. 

 

“Oh, hi, Jill. It’s real late.”

 

“Yes, my apologies. I know you are celebrating Gunther’s birthday today. Will you wish him a happy birthday for me?”

 

“Yeah, course. I already gave him the birthday card you left for him. He loved the doodles.” 

 

“I’m glad. He deserves to have a good birthday.”

 

“I can grab him and you can tell him happy birthday if you want—“

 

“—no. It’s alright Peter. I did call for Gunther but it has to do with you actually.” 

 

“Me?” Pietro fidgets with the phone. 

 

“I know last time we talked you said you wanted to start the process of legal adoption…”

 

“..but?” Pietro holds his breath. 

 

“But you have a criminal record Peter.” 

 

There's moments in everyone’s life where they think back to all the things in their life and realize just how majorly they fucked up. Pietro regrets a lot of things in his childhood—he stole to survive but he stole for the thrill—a compulsion he still struggles with even now. He regrets not caring enough to defend himself. For not asking for lawyers when people misunderstood his grief for danger. He remembers the amount of times he sat in a local jail sail and they’d say “this is going on your record kid.” And scoffing at them. Because it was better to be there then to be at home with his stepfather. 

 

He didn’t care what they wrote in his record. He didn’t care if it was true or false. He didn’t care. 

 

He should’ve cared. 

 

Because now—now it’s biting him in the ass. 

 

“What are my options?” Pietro is panicking. Vibrating. His eyes glass over as he looks over at his family.

 

At Monet and Kurt.

 

Jill is raising her voice so that it goes through the blood rushing to his head. “Nobody is taking your kid away from you, Pietro. We can annul the records—or get a special exception but it will take a while to convince a judge. But regardless—Charles is a verified foster parent. He can still stay at the school. Nothing has to change.”

 

“But he won’t be mine.” Pietro is devastated. 

 

“Outside of your childhood demeanors, You were accused of kidnapping and murder by Friends of humanity just this past year. There was a warrant for your arrest.”

 

“I didn’t do that. Friends of humanity was a terrorist group," Pietro hisses. 

 

“I know, I know, but it’s still public knowledge. It was filed through a police station. But even if that didn’t happen—how old are you Peter?”

 

“I’m 21.”

 

“Your legal papers all say you’re twenty.”

 

“It’s a long story—involving time travel—and alternative timelines,”

 

Jill without missing a beat “right—but unfortunately we are in this timeline and this timeline the age stated in your papers is twenty and the youngest age to adopt is twenty one,”

 

“I am twenty one!” He exclaims and then avoids Charles pondering eyes from the living room. 

 

“You also haven’t paid taxes ever. You’ve been working at the school for two years? More? Less? I have no record of your W2 or your income status at all.”

 

“I don’t technically get income. I get an allowance.”

 

Jill goes completely silent. 

“How much is the allowance?”

 

Pietro shrugs and says the number flippantly. 

 

“Monthly?” 

 

“Weekly.”

 

Jill cusses “Jesus Christ you’re making more money then me, kid. You probably owe so much money on taxes alone.”

 

“I do?” He’s never had a job before. Not an official one. His mom lived paycheck to paycheck. 

 

“As of right now you’re committing tax fraud. I’m going to pretend you didn’t just tell me that.” 

 

“So I’m too young, I’m a criminal, and I’m broke—“

 

“—definitely not broke—“

 

“—and that’s why I can’t adopt Gunther?”

 

“It’s a process, don’t stress. We’ll figure something out. I just wanted to update you. 

 

“I kinda wish you didn’t.” Pietro waves at Charles to come over. His heart aches. He hates this. He hates this. 

 

Why can’t they ever have a good birthday party without some bullshit happening? 

 

“What’s wrong son?” His dad looks up at him and Pietro just hands him the phone. 

 

“Jill is on the phone.” He chokes out before he runs out of the mansion and he goes to the woods at super speed and just screams. 

 

He screams. 

 

He screams again. 

At some point he’s gonna make a rule that no one is allowed to answer the phone if it’s someone’s birthday. It always ends up with Pietro screaming.

He goes back to the mansion and goes back to the couch and without a word wedges himself between Monet and Kurt and grabs both of their hands. Kurt looks surprised—Monet doesn’t—Gunther is oblivious to the change. Pietro doesn’t tell them the bad news. Not yet. He lets Gunther wiggle in his lap and eat popcorn off of Kurt’s lap without daring to think too much in the future. 

He stays with his family—for the little time that he has them. 

 

 

Notes:

Also this fanfic is almost over. But it’s part of a series so don’t worry there’s still much to get to.

I’m in it for the long game.

I gotta think of a title for the next part of the series when I finish this one. I kinda just thought of this title on the fly—and stuck with it for THREE YEARS? holy shit I’ve been writing for longer than the actual timeline in the fanfic. Goodness gracious.

As always—grammar mistakes will be found—spelling errors—etc.

I’m human.
With love.

Chapter 61: Something Blue, Something Borrowed

Summary:

There’s a knock on the door and Monet immediately brushes her discomfort away and faces the door as if nothing can shake her. As if Pietro isn’t still staring at her like she has her hand on a trigger. She switched off whatever tension was brewing and pretended as if it hadn’t existed. How is she just able to do that? Switch like that. 

“Pie?” Wanda’s already opening the door without hearing a response from them. 
“Shouldn’t you be in bed?” Pietro tries to keep the emotion from his voice. He doesn’t look at Wanda. He doesn’t dare look away from Monet. 
“Dad says I can stay up later cause it’s Gunther’s birthday.” Wanda yawns. 
“I doubt that.” Pietro rolls his eyes. 
“Were you guys kissing in here?” Wanda blurts out like an absolute mad-women. 
“No!” They both say at the same time. 

----or----

Kurt and Pietro begin to reconcile while on the brink of losing Gunther. The world keeps turning. It waits for no man.

Notes:

I've been plotting. I've been hustling to get this chapter out for you guys. I'm trynna get everything in order for y'all.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Pietro is in the bathroom— this tends to be where his most intense moments happen nowadays. He’s in the bathroom trying to wipe the unicorn off his face. But mostly he’s trying not to think about his phone call with Jill. 

“I have makeup wipes that work better,” Monet says from beside him. She’s sitting on the toilet, looking at him, struggling with a worried expression. 

“Cool, are you gonna offer them to me or just watch me struggle?” Pietro snaps irritably and gets an immediate reaction from Monet, who sits up straight and gives him a sharp look. “Well, not with that attitude.”

Pietro exhales. 

“Did something happen? Why are you being weird?” Monet keeps looking at him expectantly. 

“Nothing happened. I’m fine. I just wanna get this stupid shit off my face and just go to sleep so that this day would be over.” 

“That’s not a good thing to say about your kid's birthday,” Monet says, and it straightens him out immediately. Those are the exact words that made him sag into his bones. 

“I know—I didn’t mean—I had a really great time with Gunther, and—and with you guys. It was a really good day. Probably the best I’ve had in a while.”

“Until?” Monet lifts a brow at him—meeting his eyes. “I can’t read your mind, hon. So you’re gonna have to tell me so I can figure out how to help.”

“I got a call from Jill. Apparently im committing tax fraud and i have a criminal record, and I’m not old enough to adopt Gunther.”

“Well not a criminal criminal record, right?” 

“I was accused of kidnapping and murder, and like terrorism or something last year. Charles made it go away.” 

“Yeah, I remember. You told me. When you say made it go away do you mean he erased their minds or he made them take it off your government files?”

“I dunno? I never asked. I was really stressed out at the time.”

“And you’re committing tax fraud?”

“Apparently the IRS is like an actual thing.”

“Kittys been warning you.” Monet teases—which is so not the time. Pietro still cracks a smile, “This isn’t funny, Monet—apparently I need to file for taxes every year I have a job or something. Did you know that?”

“Yes, I’ve had like a million jobs. My W2s go crazy. The IRS loves me.” 

“Great—well great.” 

“So just file them now. I’m sure Charles can write you a W2. He wrote one for me. Easy peasy problem solved.”

“What if this is a sign or something?”

“A sign that you should file your taxes—oh yeah, definitely.”

“No—that I shouldn’t be a father. Am I…am I making a huge mistake? I’m so fucking Stupid—fuck—-Like what if I seriously mess him up? What if—“ Monet is grabbing her makeup wipes from under the sink and grabbing his chin. Pietro goes still, his heart aching. 

“—first of all, you’re way too in it now to not be a dad. You’re a dad. Done and done. No excuses. Doesn’t matter if you’re ready—you just are. Second of all, you will mess up. A lot. You’re probably currently messing up right now.” Monet stands close enough to wipe at his cheek. 

Pietro can count her individual eyelashes from this distance. He feels himself lean into her touch. 

“You’re trying your best, that’s all you can do and—“ she grips his jaw, forcing him to look up at him, she leans closer—close enough that he can feel her breath on that very unicornless cheek. “—if you keep calling yourself stupid I’m gonna have to punish you.”

Pietro's mind fritz out and her grip on his jaw leaves a pleasing sting that the speedster shouldn’t think too hard on. “This is a really bad time to flirt with me. I’m like vulnerable and stuff.” He grips the kitchen sink, his feet feeling wobbly. 

“You just looked so good today, mister super dad. It suits you. Being a dad. So I know this was meant for you.”  Monet smiles, curling some hair behind his ear, her grip on his jaw less dominant and more holding. He wishes she would kiss him again. Even if it’s just on the cheek again. 

“Kurt wanted to hold your hand.” Pietro blurts out—pure panicked energy. He shouldn’t have said that—it was uncalled for—Pietro should have kept his mouth shut. What the hell is wrong with him? But Pietro's impulse is to pull Kurt into the room with them, even if it's messy. 

Money doesn’t look surprised “he wanted to do a lot more then that.” She says with a smirk. “He could have taken my hand if he wanted to. But he didn’t.”

“Kurt doesn’t know how to ask for that stuff—it took a long time before he felt comfortable to take my hand.” But now it’s back to square one. More hesitation than before. 

“Kurt and you will figure it out. I know you will. You'll raise Gunther together and then I can step back.”

“Step back?” Pietro steps closer—a micro step—hovering over Monet like he has any right to what air she breaths. His hands grab her hands. They had held hands on the couch. It was nice. He never ever wants to not be holding her hand. He doesn’t want her to go. 

“You going somewhere?” He looks at Monet and he has no control over what his face is doing. 

“ pie…” Monet lets out a breath that hits his in the face. “People die—or they leave or they fall in love. That’s just life. Nothing is ever permanent.” 

Pietro looks at both her eyes in quick succession. Trying to take her in—read whatever she was expressing.

“Are you going to fall in love?” Which was—Pietro is fully aware that’s an insane thing to say. He jumped over and assumed she wouldn’t leave and she wouldn’t die. So his stupid mouth decided that it’s the third option. 

She’d leave them for someone else? 

He’s reminded of the man from the club—the phone number he ripped apart—too certain nothing would happen. 

“Not if I can help it.” Monet says eventually. “Although you’re making it pretty hard.”

“To see other people?” Good. She shouldn’t. She should stay here with them. Forever. 

“To not fall in love.” Monet sighs and Pietro frowns. “With who?”

The silence in the bathroom is thick, broken only by the steady drip of the sink faucet. Pietro’s hands are still gripping Monet’s, his fingers tight enough to catch the slight tremor in her pulse. His fast-paced mind, usually twenty steps ahead of everyone else, is completely stuck on the phrase to not fall in love.

“With us,” Pietro says. It isn’t a question. The realization hits him not like a lightning strike, but like a sudden drop in altitude. His fingers interlock with hers. Smooth and seamless. “You mean you don’t want to fall in love with us. With this.”

Monet tries to pull her hands back, her expression hardening into that familiar, defensive perfection, but Pietro doesn’t let go. 

“What’s so wrong with that?” His voice is warm and Monet closes her eyes like she’s trying to make it all make sense. 

“Platonic love is not the same as Romantic love.” Monet says evenly—the cute wrinkle between her furrowed eyebrows being far too distracting. 

“Why can’t it be? Why can’t I love all my friends so much that I’m in love with them? Why do I have to have a limit just because we’re friends? Why can’t…why do I have to choose between two different loves?” Pietro has spent his entire life limiting how much love he gives away—meeting Kurt, loving Kurt, has changed that for him. He has big overwhelming emotions and he doesn’t understand why that’s so bad. 

“You’re a disaster. Kurt is a disaster. This entire house is an emotional minefield, and I am entirely too smart to step on a wire on purpose.” She says with her eyes squeezed shut. She’s shaking. Pietro stops touching her completely. He takes a step back—despite instantly missing the warmth. He’s freaking her out. He wasn’t trying to freak her out. 

“It’s not the end of the world if you love us. We love you too.” Pietro says softly. 

“I can’t do this again Pietro.”

“Do what?”

“I already lost my damn soulmate I can’t—I seriously do not want to be the reason you and Kurt can’t make it work.”

“What if you’re the reason we work?”

“I don’t want that either—I don’t want you to have to rely on me to do these things I don’t want—“ she doesn’t want to leave behind broken hearts.

She’s leaving. 

She’s going to leave. 

Pietro stares at her—waiting for her to tell him otherwise. Waiting for her to prove him wrong. 

“I don’t want to disappoint you.” She says. Pietro shakes his head.

“You can never disappoint me.” Pietro wants to say more—to articulate his feelings better. 

There’s a knock on the door and Monet immediately brushes her discomfort away and faces the door as if nothing can shake her. As if Pietro isn’t still staring at her like she has her hand on a trigger. She switched off whatever tension was brewing and pretended as if it hadn’t existed. How is she just able to do that? Switch like that. 

“Pie?” Wanda’s already opening the door without hearing a response from them. 

“Shouldn’t you be in bed?” Pietro tries to keep the emotion from his voice. He doesn’t look at Wanda. He doesn’t dare look away from Monet. 

“Dad says I can stay up later cause it’s Gunther’s birthday.” Wanda yawns. 

“I doubt that.” Pietro rolls his eyes. 

“Were you guys kissing in here?” Wanda blurts out like an absolute mad-women. 

“No!” They both say at the same time. 

“No—of course not.” Pietro tacks on despite really wanting to kiss Monet. Despite knowing that Monet probably wanted to kiss him too. Despite knowing that he loved her. 

“Very convincing.” Wanda monotones, “grown ups are weird.” 

“That they are.” Monet murmurs. 

“Did you need something or do you just like walking into people peeing,”

“You aren’t peeing.” Wanda shrugs “And Gunther says he wants you to read him his bedtime stories tonight. He likes the voices you do.”

“Okay.” Pietro goes to his son. 

—-

 

The following morning Charles is sitting behind his desk, the desk lamp casting long shadows across the rows of books lining the walls. He looks tired, his hands clasped over a stack of thick legal documents that Pietro recognizes instantly from across the room. The phone is resting back on its cradle. He’s just gotten off the phone with Jill King when Pietro enters the office. 

 

The speedsters been thinking none stop about what Jill said despite saying he wouldn’t let it cloud Gunther’s Birthday. He’d barely been able to get through story time without crying. Gunther thought that Pietro was just really torn up about Sesame Street. 

 

Pietro doesn’t use his speed to cross the room. He forces himself to walk, each step heavy, dragging the heels of his custom resistant sneakers until he drops into the leather chair opposite his father, slouching. He looks everywhere but at Charles’s face—focusing instead on a silver pen rolling slightly on the desk. 

 

“Give it to me straight. Am I screwed?” Pietro doesn’t care if he sounds emotional—it’s Charles. 

 

“She said the process will be difficult,” Charles corrected gently, sliding the stack of papers forward. “There is a distinct difference. Jill is a caseworker bound by human bureaucracy, Pietro. She is looking at a set of numbers and stamps that do not account for… extraordinary circumstances. She is trying her best.” 

Pietro knows that! Jill King is overworked, underpaid and still makes phone calls at 9:37 pm even when she doesn’t have to. 

“Okay but—“

“Son, it is not as bad as it sounds. The filing errors and the allowance can be retroactively amended. I have already instructed our legal counsel to draft the proper W-2 forms for your instruction at the school,” Charles said, his voice steady and grounding. “We will pay the back taxes. It is a matter of pen strokes and checks. It is not an obstacle that will keep Gunther from you.”

Okay. Okay. Pietro takes in a shaking breath. He looked up, his chest tightening. “And the rest of it? The warrants? The age limit?”

“The Friends of Humanity’s filed charges were fraudulent, but clearing them from a federal database takes time and political leverage. Leverage I am currently utilizing,” Charles explained. He leaned forward, resting his forearms on the desk, looking at Pietro with absolute certainty. “As for your age… the law requires an adoptive parent to be twenty-one. On paper, you are twenty. We both know the truth of what you have had to endure to reach this year, but a judge will only look at your birth certificate.”

Pietro swallows thickly. “And the other records? The ones from when I was young?”

 

“Those won’t be a problem. I guarantee it. It will all take time. Its going to be okay.” Charles looks like he’s convincing himself. 

 

“Is it? You look like you’re going to puke dad.”

 

Charles straighten up and purses his lips “it’s just—something else has come up as well. Something I was only just now made aware of.”

 

“What’s wrong?” Pietro leans towards the table, brows furrowed. 

 

“Have you seen the news as of late? Read any news papers?” An image of Monet reading the newspaper every single day with intense eyes materializes into Pietro's head unprompted. 

 

“I try very hard not to.” Pietro blurts out and Charles smiles but it barely reaches his eyes. “Right—well there’s been word of a law that’s going to be passed in this upcoming month.”

 

A law. What kind of law? Pietro frowns. Charles looks concerned—no—he looks upset. He’s balling up his fist tightly under the desk—Pietro can tell. 

 

“They are Restricting mutants from being allowed to adopt.”

 

Pietro's heart drops. 

 

“What? That’s—why the hell would anyone pass that law?” Pietro isn’t naive. He’s just surprised. 

 

“There was a court case last month about a mother who was prevented from adopting a child because of her mutation—she was an empath—she could control dreams—they claimed she could manipulate the child’s dreams, give him nightmares—they argued emotional abuse. There was evidence of her doing that in the past with her ex husband—the courts ruled against her. There was this big uproar with the media and Purist groups made petitions and—they started filing for a law that prevents specific mutants from adopting.”

 

“Specific mutants.” Pietro is a mutant—he will always be a mutant—he can’t hide that—it’s a known fact. 

 

“It’s very vague on the specifications—it’s broad enough that it could be…it could be any mutant. It’s incredibly disinheartening.” 

“I can’t—can’t I just not disclose that I’m a mutant.” Pietro feels himself shrivel up at the idea—to deny himself that title—its heavy. Being a mutant has. It’s a heavy implication—but denying himself as one feels wrong. Is that the kind of message he wants to teach Gunther? To hide who he is? 

“All adoption companies are now requiring DNA tests—for legal purposes.” So it’s targeted. It’s all targeted against them. No loop whole—no legal deflection. The requirement of mandatory DNA testing slams the door on any passing or hiding mutants. It establishes the country as an active, hunting apparatus. 

“Wow. This is bullshit. The world found out about mutants and the first thing they want to do is stop them from having families.” Pietro stands from his chair—lacing the floor—once twice—fifty times. He’s leaving scuff marks on the professors floor but he’s used to it by now. 

Pietro knows this doesn’t just screw Mutant parents it screws Mutant children too. Pietro knows the likelihood of a non mutant parent adopting a mutant child is low. He knows Charles has done studies on it—it’s fucking low. Margaret Wagner was the outlier. She was the exception. Pietro does not expect another Margo to come along and adopt all the mutant children. 

“So we’re ALL screwed.” This conversation has actually made this way worse. 

“It hasn’t passed yet. We still have time to get things done—expedite the process.”

“How much time until the law is passed?” Pietro wishes he hadn’t asked.

“Two weeks.”

Two fucking weeks. Pietro can move as fast as he wants, but he cannot speed up a legislative vote or a judge's schedule.

He is not fast enough to stop the world from taking things from him. “That’s not enough time.”

Maybe if he didn’t have a record—maybe if his birth certificate wasn’t fucked, or if he was a responsible adult this whole time and filing his taxes—maybe all of this would’ve taken a week. A quick signature from a judge. But no. 

He is Pietro Maximoff and nothing is ever easy for him. 

“What are our other options?” Pietro asks desperately. Charles surely has back ups on top of back ups. Plan B Plan C and Plan D.

“I could adopt him.” Kurt’s voice cracks into the room like thunder. Pietro straightens up and looks over at Kurt who has appeared out of nowhere. 

How long has he been here? How much ahead he heard?

“Kurt—please sit.” Charles gestures at the other chair in his study. Pietro glares at his dad—this feels like an ambush. 

“I could adopt him, no?” 

“No. Kurt. You don’t even have a birth certificate.”

“Technically neither does Pie.” Which—isn’t not true. His birth certificate is in an alternative universe that no longer exists and the one he does have here was halfway fabricated by his addict mom. But still legally binding apparently. 

“Kurt, Pietro—there’s something you’re both not thinking about. The DNA test requirement is already in effect. Anything suspicious is going to be flagged.” Charles is staring at Pietro like he’s finally trying to test out that Telepathic block Pietro has.

“Suspicious?” Kurt sounds confused. He should be. Pietro isn’t though. He is very aware of what Charles is implying. Of what he’s trying to tell him.

Erik. They’ll know he’s related to Erik. Because Erik is a terrorist and his DNA has been in the system for over a decade from when he was in the pentagon. Pietro will most likely not be able to adopt Gunther because the moment they realize he’s Erik Lehnsher's son they’ll stop him. 

They’ll look at his records—expunged or smiles wouldn’t matter—they’ll look at his crimes and they’ll look at who his father is and they’ll make a conclusion. 

Like father like son. 

And they wouldn’t want Pietro to repeat that legacy with Gunther. 

“I do not understand.” Kurt doesn’t understand because he hasn’t been told about Erik yet. Hank probably never told him. 

Fuck. 

“It is because of Mystique?” Double fuck. 

Raven?” Charles is the one that sounds confused now. 

This is actually going a lot worse than the speedster expected. 

“Because Mystique is my father?” 

“Your—“ Charles eyes go comically wide. Oh wow. He looks genuinely surprised. 

“This is not why you are worried?” Kurt darts his eyes to Pietro and then back to Charles. Pietro kind of wants to kiss him. He somehow made this a them problem and not a Pietro problem. Which he’s grateful for but only Kurt could have made this situation exponentially more complicated. 

Pietro laughs hysterically—because he’s tired and yeah—he guesses this might as well happen. He leans back on his chair and just stares up at the popcorn ceiling. Wow

“You are saying that Mystique…” Charles seems to be still processing. He is a telepath. 

“How could you not know this? Did Miss Margo not tell you?” Pietro asks in bewilderment. 

“She told me your fathers name was Ronnie. She never mentioned his power or anything she just said he was blue. A LOT OF MUTANTS ARE BLUE!” Charles is going through a revelation at a very fast pace. 

He suddenly makes a face “She did ask about Raven when we reunited but I thought it was because she wanted to catch up!” 

Miss Margo was a beast. She even managed to trick a telepath!

“You never peaked into Hanks mind?” 

“Hank knows about this?” Charles looks absolutely offended. He shakes his head. “He’s thought about my sister often throughout the years—I learned to tune it out.” Charles looks like he’s betrayed by his own words. Like he’s metal scolding himself. 

“Understandable.” Pietro nods—he too would block that out. 

“This is truly a shock.”

“It was how miss King found Mama.” Kurt says with a polite smile. 

Charles just looks betrayed all over again “all my oldest friends have been keeping secrets from me. I am genuinely stunned.” 

Kurt managed to keep a secret from a telepath —this is surely a first for many. 

“You think that they will prevent me from adopting Gunther because I am related to a national hero?” 

“You’re an German refugee. Miss Margo filed for your green card when you went into her care but it didn’t go into effect until after she passed. You need to have your green card for at least two years to prove long term stability before they even consider you a candidate for adoption.”

It’s impossible. 

“So we’re screwed.” Pietro says again. 

“He will still be here. If anything happens—I will adopt him within the two week period—I already have the paperwork filled out and ready just in case. But I’m not going to give up on fixing this for you, son. It’s not over yet.”

It feels pretty over. Pietro leaves the office and he superspeeds out of the mansion and he doesn’t know where he’s going until he’s in front of the familiar hotel room door. 

He knocks. Once. Twice. 

His mom opens the door and Pietro looks at her and sees her ragged hair and sunken eyes and he knows she’s not doing well but she’s doing better than before. She’s a fucking liar that has lied to him his entire fucking life and he can’t even be upset about that right now. He has all these emotions he just wants to let out. He’s going to lose his kid. Gunther will be at the mansion but he won’t be his. 

“Do you miss him? Other Pietro?” He doesn’t even know what he was going to ask until he’s asked it. 

Magda Maximoff nods stiffly. “Everyday.”

“How can you even look at me and not just—hate me?” 

Magda’s face crumbled and she’s not a hugger—not really but she puts a hand on his arm—firm yet frail. “What’s going on Pietro? Your shaking.”

“You never stood up for me.” Pietro says suddenly. “When lever I got arrested for stuff you never got me a lawyer or tried to help me. You just let them paint me as some bad kid.”

“Half the time you did do that stuff.” She says with a furrowed brow. “It was the only way you’d learn.”

“Half the time. Half the time I didn’t. Sometimes they’d just look at me and they’d say I did it and I hadn’t. I let it happen because half the time I did but the other half I was just a scapegoat. I was a quota they needed filled and I was too young to realize it would affect me this badly later. You were a grownup, mom. You should’ve tried—you should’ve helped me.” She did the best that she could raising a reckless kid like Pietro. An impossible kid. He knew this. He was hard to deal with. He was too much all the time and he knows he never went easy on his mom. 

But right now it all feels like it could’ve been prevented. 

“I tried. At first. But it happened so often—so frequently— I was struggling Pietro. You were such a bad kid.”

Pietro was a bad kid. Or maybe he was just a kid with bad luck. In the end he was just a kid. 

“Im trying to adopt a kid.” Pietro has never spoken to his Mom about Gunther. He felt too protective over him to share him with her. 

“Oh?” His moms eyes widened in surprise—not too surprised though. 

“Is that weird?”

“No, not at all. How old is she?” 

“He's a boy. He just turned five.”

“Huh.” Magda smiles. “I always imagined you with a daughter. You were always so good with Wanda.” 

Pietro thinks about Luna. A small detour. A child not yet had. Pete had been so certain that he’d have a girl—a Luna. But Pietro doesn’t have a daughter, he has a son. He has Gunther. He can only focus on Gunther first. Luna will have to be a story for another time.  

“I might not be able to adopt him.” And he explains the technicality—the fact and the odds and Magda sits down and she takes it all in with pressed lips and a contemplative look—nodding at every uptake in the process. 

“You could always just do what I did when they tried to take you away.” Magda says suddenly. Pietro lifts brow “what’s that?”

“You could go to courthouse and marry someone with a clean record and that fills all the requirements you need.” Magda then gives him a pointed look “just make sure they aren’t abusive or a Nazi.”

Pietro stares at her and then she starts to crack—smiling. He starts laughing—caught enough off guard by his moms sudden sense of humour. The joke is enough to break the tension in his shoulders. 

“You’ll figure it out. You’ve always been scrappy.” Magda smiles. She doesn’t ask about Wanda. He doesn’t talk about her. 

He leaves feeling not lighter but better. He speeds back to the mansion after stopping by the store to get detergent. He swiped his card—where Charles puts his allowance and sighs when he thinks about taxes. Fucking taxes. Of all things. 

“I figured it out.” Kurt walks into Pietro's room—crossing that invisible barrier the speedster had placed. He doesn’t feel as upset by the intrusion as he probably should. 

“Figured what out?” Pietro is folding Gunther’s clothes at normal speed—slowing down his movements so it doesn’t mess up the thread. 

You could marry Monet.”

Pietro stops mid-fold, eyes darting to Kurt and looking him over quickly—making sure he hasn’t momentarily been possessed by Magda. 

“What did you just say?” Pietro chokes out. 

“Monet can adopt Gunther and then you could marry Monet.”

“What?” Pietro repeats like a damn echo. He must be misunderstanding him. 

“She’s paid her taxes, and has consistent income with Charles and she has a clean record and she’s 23—which is above the age limit.“

Kurt looks very serious—his eyes mixed with all sorts of emotions that Pietro can’t understand. “I asked Jill and she says It’s easier to adopt when you have a two parent household.” He says in a clipped voice—very matter of fact. 

Pietro feels like he just kicked him in the gut. 

“Gunther is in a two parent household. Me and you.” Pietro snaps and it’s the first time he’s fully said it out loud. Being co-parents in tangible words. It’s the first time they’ve addressed it outloud but it was obvious. Pietro thought it was obvious. He thought they were raising Gunther together. They are a team. A dysfunctional—emotionally unstable team. But a team nonetheless. 

“Yeah..but—“ Kurt looks down at his jittery hands—looking embarrassed. “—We can’t get married. We’re both boys.”

We’re both boys. 

And that’s really the crux of it. They’re both boys. So they can’t get married. So they can’t adopt Gunther—not together. Loving each other has nothing to do with it. Because they are both boys and in the eyes of the law they cannot get married. 

“If I could marry you I would.” Pietro says suddenly—-he hadn’t even asked him to be his boyfriend—he hasn’t even really fully forgiven him for what he did—for leaving. For making his trust issues choke him for a month. But forgiveness was inevitable—eventually he would have and he wants Kurt to know that them being apart wasn’t because Pietro didn’t want them to be together ever. They just can’t get married. Even if they love each other. Even if Gunther calls Kurt Blue and Pietro Abbah. Pietro’s confession bypasses the standard steps of dating or official forgiveness because the threat of losing Gunther strips away all his defenses. 

“I know.” Kurt’s voice is barely a whisper—“but if you did have to marry someone that wasn’t me..I’d want it to be Monet.” 

“You don’t even like Monet.”

Kurt’s ears twitch and his face flushes “I don’t not like Monet. It’s—I am—working through it, okay? We can marry her and her only.” 

We? Pietro is spiraling. Losing his train of thought completely. 

“This is bizarre. You don’t even know if she’d agree.” She's going to leave. Pietro knows this to be true. Monet is not planning forever with him. She is not going to marry him. 

The idea of Pietro marrying someone and it not being forever makes him sick to his stomach so he doesn’t even consider the thought of divorce. If he married Monet—that’s forever. No take backs. One and done. 

Nothing is ever permanent. That’s what Monet said. Pietro hates that she said that—he’s willing to prove her wrong. 

Kurt’s ears droop and he suddenly doesn’t look so sure “y-you don’t think she’d say yes to us?” 

Us? Pietro didn’t mishear him this time. 

“I mean—if we explain it maybe but we can’t just assume she wants to be stuck with us forever. She might…she might not want us.” Us could mean Pietro and Gunther. Or Us could mean them. Pietro doesn’t have the mental capacity to be jumping these hoops.

“Monet loves Gunther.” And Kurt has no follow up evidence—just the all consuming proof that Monet truly adores Gunther and would do what is best for him. “You should ask her.”

Pietro doesn’t once consider that he  might not want to marry Monet. It doesn’t even matter. It’s not just convenient—he loves Monet—if anyone gets to be married to her it should be someone he knows will treat her with respect. So it should be them. It should be them. 

He’ll be lucky if she doesn’t laugh in his face though. He isn’t even sure she would go for this. It’s a big commitment. Marriage is a big deal. He needs to do this right. Consider all the pros and cons. What could they offer her? 

 “I need a ring.” They can’t just propose without a ring. That would be ridiculous. 

Kurt nods and pulls at a chain around his neck to reveal a ring. Margo’s ring. His mother’s ring. Kurt’s mother is dead and he wants to give something that belonged to her to Monet who Pietro—up until ten seconds ago—hadn’t realized Kurt even liked. 

“You want to give her your mom’s ring? Kurt that’s…” Pietro stares at the jewel with something like reverence. Miss Margo loved this ring. She’s fiddle with it for hours—it was the only reminder she had of her marriage with her wife. 

“You don’t think your mom would’ve minded? It was her wedding ring.” Pietro takes a step towards Kurt and gazes at him with big imploring eyes. Kurt’s eyes don’t waver—he just nods “I’m giving it to you, because I love you.” He says as if it's the simplest thing in the world. 

“And you’ll give it to Monet because you love her. I see no better use of it.”

“But—“ Pietro can barely breath—looking at the ring again in awe and then back at Kurt’s open face. “—what if you want to get married one day? Wouldn’t you want this ring to propose to them?”

“Isn’t that what I’m doing right now?” Kurt frowns and Pietro can’t hold himself back anymore when he decides to kiss Kurt in between dirty laundry and a family ring. 

Pietro grabs Kurt's shirt and tugs him close as he kisses him senseless. Pietro feels Kurt’s tail wraps around him and feels Kurt's hand cup the speedsters jaw as he quickly reciprocates with tongue. 

The speedsters mind goes fuzzy for a few seconds while they kissed like starving animals—Kurt’s hand slips under Pietros tshirt—touching his spine like he’s counting the joints. His cold touch makes Pietro gasp into his mouth and it’s enough of a destabilized that he’s nudging his head away again. Kurt’s lips latch onto his jaw as easily as his lips. 

“This doesn’t mean I forgive you.” Pietro murmurs as Kurt continues to kiss down his long neck. “Okay.” Was Kurts response as he swipes his tongue between the groove of his neck and shoulder. What absolute heathen. 

“I’m serious. I’m still mad about you abandoning me for a month Kurt.” Pietro is losing his grip on his anger though as Kurt rakes his fingers through his hair, pulling at it slightly so that Pietro's neck is more exposed. 

“Hey, you kinky shit—I’m being serious.” Pietro bites his lip—trying to garner some semblance of a backbone. 

“I love you.” Kurt kisses his Adam’s apple like it’s a cute little treat and then he pulls away completely and places the ring on Pietro's shaking palm. Overwhelmed by the kissing and the emotions and everything in between. “And you love me. And you love Monet…I will have forever to grow to love her as well.”

Pietro looks at the pinkness of Kurt’s cheeks and just barely utters the words “Kurt. Do you even like girls?” 

It was a deeply personal question but Pietro has asked more personal ones before. And this question is important—because Pietro loves Monet and he wants so desperately for Kurt to love her too. To be just as enamored with her as he is—but if that’s not even an option—if he’s not capable of feeling that for her then Pietro wants to know now. He wants to adjust his expectation—to clear up whatever misunderstandings might come from this situation. 

Kurt looks flustered by the question and shrugs as if the casualness  might hide the way his voice shakes when he says, “I like pretty people. You are very pretty, and Monet is pretty too. It is not an issue.”

“But do you—“

“—yes. I do.” Kurt says firmly. 

Pietro feels his cheeks warm, “That’s good to know.” The speedster looks at the ring again—Kurt’s mother's ring that will soon be on Monet's finger. 

It will look so pretty on her.

Notes:

Me: Do they know it's legal?

Also me: No, it's not.

---
I had to look up adoption requirements from the 1970s to get this shit as accurate as possible — but this is me playing pretend, okay, so I'm not stressing out too much about it. It's all for my elaborate plot. Let me just wrap this arc up in a neat little bow before I break some more hearts.

Writing mistakes and errors are made by me.

Chapter 62: To Be A Parent

Summary:

Yvanna enters a hallway that seems familiar—the one leading to the professor's office, and on the walls are pictures of the staff she hadn’t taken a good look at the first time.

She stops in front of an unfamiliar face. A young man with grey hair and a small content smile looked directly at the camera. He did not look old enough to have gray hair, but he would not be the first person Yvanna has seen with oddly colored hair at the mansion.

Something blue—like rope or a tail—was wrapped around his hand, and off camera and in his left hand was brushing a small child’s head of dark curls—also off camera. It's cropped so that he’s the main focus, but he’s looking at the camera as if the person behind it is his main focus.

His arms were bare—revealing scars and wounds that made Yvanna wince just imagining how he got them, but he looked happy. Like he belonged. Yvanna looks down at the tag underneath that explains his role in the school.

Overseas Mutant Recruiter.

---or---

Yvanna starts working at Xavier's School for Gifted Youngsters, and she has much to adjust to.

Notes:

I wrote this last chapter a year ago---i knew how I wanted this to go, and I was just patiently waiting to get to this point. Hopefully, you won't have to wait too long to get the next part of this series. For those who have been here since the beginning--- it's been a long three years--- let's go to the next part in style.

As always, all grammar mistakes and spelling errors are my own. I'm only human. <3

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Yvanna Franklin has always wanted to be a mother. 

 

When she was a little girl growing up with six other siblings playing house she always played mom. She doted on her younger siblings, claiming it as practice for her own future family. 

 

She volunteered in the library and read children’s books to the kids who couldn’t quite read yet. She knitted onesies for the women in her church that had given birth to twins. She became a teacher and nourished the minds of happy, wondering kids. She loved children.

 

Her entire life all she's ever wanted was to marry a good man and have lots of kids. To have a family of her own. Some women might consider that to be anti-feminist but Yvanna wants to have a big family. She wants to wash children’s clothes and brush baby hairs and tend to a child’s needs. She wants to experience motherhood. Deeply in her bones. It’s what she feels she was meant to do. It’s what she craves deep in her heart. 

 

She does it properly at first, of course. She dates a lot of men, eventually she meets the man that she falls head over heels for; Samuel Tank and she pictures that life with him. She asks him to marry her, because Yvanna is a feminist thank you very much. If she wants something she’ll have it. Yvanna loves Samuel as deeply as one can love another human being. 

 

Then Samuel tells her he doesn’t want kids. He’d never wanted them. It was a shock. He had his reason. Real and genuine reasons for not wanting children, but Yvanna is stubborn, she always has been. Uncompromising in her dreams. Unrelenting in what she wants for herself.

 

They divorce young. Only two years married. Amicable and with love still in each other's eyes. But she wants kids. She needs kids. She wants to be a mother and he could never take that away from her. 

 

It was not their time. 

 

With a broken heart, she bears through it. 

 

She dates again, she meets men. Good and bad. Young and stupid. Old and bitter. No one is what she pictures. No one is perfect enough to fit that image of husband and father in her head. Too many flaws and too many battles. Too many compromises, she isn’t willing to make.

 

Eventually, she realizes no one will ever be perfect. She settled for good enough.

Bennet Lee was good enough. He taught at the school that she taught at. He was good with kids, and he was kind to her. And most importantly, he wanted kids too. He loved her, but she was not consumed by him; it wasn’t nervous butterflies or blushing cheeks meant for giddy crushes. 

 

It wasn’t an immediate infatuation like it was with Samuel. Bennet Lee didn’t make her heart race. 

 

It was bad to compare the two. She knew this, but it was unavoidable. 

 

It was a slow process for her. He was soft spoken and polite in a way that Yvanna wasn’t. At times he was too introverted compared to the chatterbox constantly overflowing her mouth. He was a different type of funny than Samuel, more cheesy and corny in a way that sometimes only he would find funny. 

 

But eventually Yvanna realized that she was actually laughing at his corny jokes more often than not. He let her lead the conversation because he—“I like the sound of your voice. Especially when you’re talking about something that you’re excited about.” He was sweet on her. He was good to her. 

 

They balanced each other out and it all made sense. It was convenient. It was as close to perfect as one can hope for. 

 

They got married but Yvanna is a little ashamed to say that she hadn’t realized she loved him until after the fact. Not until they started trying for a baby. 

 

When she became pregnant Bennet was at her beckon call. He was her shadow asking if she wanted more water, more food, more massages. He was exactly what she imagined a husband to be when their wife was carrying their child. It still hadn’t clicked in her head yet. Not yet. 

 

He built a crib. He built it. Fresh wood and soft carvings with plush pillows and cushion. It was stunning. He was perfect. 

 

Then she miscarried. 

 

It was like her entire life ended. Unmovable and unable to cope and he was there for all of it. He mourned with her but he also took care of her. He bathed her when she refused to move from their bed. He fed her and combed her hair and gave her kisses and he was present and he was loving and it still didn’t click in her head. 

 

A year later they tried again with heavy hearts. Already preparing for the worst. 

 

For a year they tried to have another child the old fashion way before eventually going to see a professional. 

 

She was infertile. 

 

The doctor said “It was a miracle you got pregnant the first time around.” It was the absolute worst thing to say to her and It was the very first time she saw Bennet genuinely look angry. His calm and polite exterior collapsing as the doctors words registered in his brain too. 

 

“It’s not your fault.” He tells her over and over again for weeks and months. “We can keep trying, we can try other things.” He never gave up on her. He never stopped trying to help her get her dream. Their dream. 

 

They tried injections, hormones, experimental treatments and drugs, herbal teas and even tribal rituals. Everything on God's green earth but nothing worked. He never gave up hope. Always her rock. Always the positive voice in her negative head. 

 

Eventually she realized she loved him. It wasn’t some big thing. It wasn’t some grand gesture that made her realize. It was everything he had done up until that moment. It was everything compiled. She loved his being, his soul. It was so obvious. She felt so silly for not recognizing it. She loved him. She loved her husband.

 

Not in the way Samuel made her heart race but in the way Bennet made her calm. He brought her peace. He was her favorite person in the whole world and she hadn’t even realized it. He had found a place in her heart—cramped and uncomfortable. But he buried his heels and made home there. Without her even trying to give him any space. He simply made some. He became the space itself. He became what she needed. 

 

She has no idea how he did it—How he manages to find comfort in her at all. She thought she had settled. But she’d won the damn lottery. 

 

“I love you.” She says to him for the first time truly meaning it “I love you too.” He says easily, like it was breathing, because he had been saying it for years. He had meant it for years. “I think we should adopt.” She told him. 

 

She had been thinking about it for a while. A growing thought in the back of her head—whispering behind every false pregnancy test. It wasn’t what she wanted. It wasn’t what she had dreamed. The little girl inside her was telling her all the reasons she shouldn’t. But the grown woman with experience and heartache is telling her to at least try. To not give up on a family. She still had hope. She still had options. She could still have the family she always wanted. 

 

“I know it wasn’t what we planned but-“

“-I think it’s perfect.” Bennet says with tears in his eyes, keeping her steady. 

Yvanna looks at him deeply “It’ll be hard.” She reasons. 

 

“We can do it together.” We. He always knew the right thing to say. 

 

A year later, after much preparation—after more heartache and frustration and tears—-they adopted a baby girl. The hand-made crib finally came in handy. The raven haired, fair skinned child with dark brown eyes had an immediate hold on the both of them. She brought such happiness into both of their lives. She was everything they imagined and more.

 

Her name came easily to them. 

Bennet was an English teacher so he was very clever with words. 

 

Jubilation.

 

A feeling of great happiness and triumph.

 

“We can call her Jubilee for short.” Yvanna says with a big smile.

 

Jubilee Franklin Lee. 

 

She was spoiled. Yvanna showered her with love and attention and Bennet was a very doting father trying his best to keep up with his daughters' every passing fancy. Much like her mother Jubilee was energetic and brazen. Yvanna felt a bit bad for her timid husband to have been stuck with two very loud and very opinionated women in his life. 

 

Jubilee was four when the White House was under attack by a terrorist. Yvanna and Bennet tried to hide the news from their young girl but she was too curious. Too much like Yvanna. 

 

“Why she blue?” It was as innocent as last weeks “how bird fly?” Or her daily enquiries of “why have eyebrows?” Although Yvanna couldn’t help the panic that shot up her spine at the question. It was not a question she had an answer to. It was not a question she ever imagined she ever had to answer. 

 

Why is she blue? Yvanna has no fathomable idea. 

 

Yvanna was learning things slowly. She was adjusting slowly. She liked to research and ingest things in small pieces, in tiny fragments. Collecting data and information. Analyzing things with an educator's eye. Mutants had been a foreign concept for Yvanna. Strange and off putting and not fitting into what she already knew about society. She was uncertain, unprepared, and uneducated about the topic. If she’s being honest she was just a bit scared. Her first glimpse at this new world of mutants was a terrorist attack on live television. It was reason enough to be a bit off balanced. To feel uneasy and maybe just a bit hesitant in answering the unnecessarily loaded question. 

 

Bennet was far more accepting, he was always far faster in adjusting than she was. Yvanna looked at the woman on the screen and she saw yellow eyes and scaled blue skin and Yvanna was scared. She was ashamed to say that she was more than a bit terrified. In contrast, Bennet saw the woman on screen and saw troubled eyes and a raw bitten lip and an easy answer came to him immediately “she was born that way, jubilee. Everyone’s born differently.” A simple, easy, answer. No opinions on the matter, no justifications or reasoning. It simply was. It simply is. 

 

Yvanna was slow to realize. Just as she always was. Just like she’s always been. It was always difficult for Yvanna to see the bigger picture. She can never see the hints or clues as they happened, always skipping to the last chapter of the book to see the ending. Much like her love life Yvanna was late in seeing the signs.  

 

Bennet had seen it in their own daughter. Something special. Something different. He was being proactive, teaching her early. Adjusting her mindset before it’s made up. 

 

Blue people are normal. They exist. 

 

Simple. Easy. 

 

Yvanna wishes she had the capability of adjusting faster. Of molding better. Of seeing things the way Bennet did. 

 

“They are calling them freaks.” Yvanna says, trying desperately to keep the dismay out of her voice. 

 

“It’s Fox News they call everyone freaks sweetheart.” He cracks a joke. She laughs. They let it go. 

 

Everything was going to be okay. 

 

Until suddenly Jubilee started exploding

 

Fireworks shooting from her fingertips. Sparks flying in the air like blood. Staining the floor and stinking the air.   She went to her father. She didn’t go to Yvanna. 

 

Some part of her knew why. She hadn’t been receptive about the whole mutant thing in the news. Words terrorist and magneto floating around in her head and scaring her. 

 

Yvanna loves Jubilee. She fought tooth and nail to have jubilee. To be able to call her daughter. Jubilee was her first and only child and Yvanna will be damned if her daughter felt like she couldn’t talk to her. 

 

“You are my jubilation. You are my life. You are my dream. Nothing will ever change that.” 

 

Yvanna cried a lot. Jubilee cried too. Bennet made them hot chocolate and handed them tissues. He was always so calm. 

 

He was her rock. He was their rock. 

 

Years had gone by. Friends of Humanity came and went. The Purists were exiled and terrorized. Hundreds, maybe thousands of mutants were captured and killed. Legislations and laws passed with a heavy majority.

 

Things became too much. Too loud and too much. Yvanna was terrified that they would find Jubilee. That they would take her from school without a word, and she would never see her daughter again. 

 

“We can homeschool her.” Bennet was always trying to fix things for her. Always trying to make the bad go away, even if the bad was the damn world. 

 

So they homeschool her. A month after making that decision, the district implemented The Unusual Policy. It didn’t say the word mutant but it was very clear. Very specific in its phrasing. 

 

Anything unusual, anyone unusual will be pulled from class and reassessed, and if found fruitful, will be sent to a different class. They were meant to be pulled and put in a special class and eventually transferred into an inclusion classroom mixed with IEP kids and children with struggling language skills. Then they were meant to be transitioned into regular education. But they never were. Once the kid was pulled from the class—they weren’t ever seen again. 

 

Every mutant child, anyone remotely unusual, in the district suddenly had a target in their heads. 

 

Bennet had told her about the abnormally tall boy in his English class that sat in the front row. He was tall. Taller then any third grader should be. Bennet had told her that he wasn’t just tall, he emphasized that he was stretchy. Long. Maybe he was. Maybe he wasn’t. It must’ve been reported—because the district had taken him away nonetheless. Her husband and the father of her child didn’t speak on the matter. But weeks later Bennet, her calm, her rock, her love, had gone into hysterics when he was grading essays and the kids name was plastered on the top of the page in choppy eight year old writing. He cried. He so rarely did, that it had shaken Yvanna to see her composed rock become liquid and mush. 

 

None of Yvanna’s students had been taken but she knows that she would’ve been equally as inconsolable as her husband had been if any of them went missing. 

 

She was only grateful that they had the foresight to pull Jubilee out of school before any of the policies were put in place. It was one after the other.

 

Height restrictions for physical education. Restricted aid for students with physical disabilities—or physical mutation. They needed doctors documentation stating that any physical abnormalities weren’t because they carried the X gene. 

 

Two more kids were taken that semester, only one grade above Jubilee.

After spring break, ten students didn’t come back. Unenrolled or simply taken. 

 

It was found out that a teacher's assistant, a fresh faced 23 year old, had been warning the kids of the “random” assessments. With a strong sense of justice the girl had managed to save four students from being taken and had successfully transferred two older students to a different school district that didn’t have any Anti-mutant policies. Yvanna considered her a blessing but the district did not. She was fired instantaneously. Or at least Yvanna hopes she was just fired. 

 

As things became more heated in the world, Jubilee's powers would spark up. 

 

It was manageable until it wasn’t. 

 

She’d get too excited or too anxious or too much of anything and her fingers would snip with freckles of fire. Snapping to life, like a blaring danger sign. 

 

One night her fireworks sparked and the house caught fire. 

It happened fast. The house burned quickly and the only thing Yvanna could do was grab Jubilee and run. 

 

Bennet died in the fire. 

 

Yvanna thought she knew loss. She thought she knew grief. She thought she knew death but she didn’t. She had never lost her rock before. She had never lost her heart. She had never lost her husband. She had never lost the father of her child. 

 

She remembers asking the fireman if he had suffered in the fire. They didn’t answer her. That was her answer. She remembers the funeral she didn’t plan and the body they cremated because an open casket would’ve been cruel. She remembers his students coming to the funeral and the wake and she remembers seeing how many people clearly loved her husband. How many lives he touched in the short life he had.

 

She remembers everything after he died but she couldn’t remember if she had told him she loved him the night before his last. Had she whispered it in their sleep as they got ready for bed? Did she say it in passing as they got ready for their day that morning. Did she say it at all? Did he hear her? Did he say it back? 

 

She can’t remember the last memory she had of him. She doesn't remember going to bed. Did he carry her after she fell asleep in the work desk grading papers that were now ash? 

 

She holds on to that. Her fickle memory dooming her. She hates how little control she has over everything. 

 

Jubilee is in shambles. She has nightmares every single night, ending with screams and sparks of her fingers. Her powers are constantly going haywire and then she constantly falls into panic attacks when they do which then proceeds to make it even worse.

 

Yvanna loves Jubilee but everytime she uses her powers she can’t help but be reminded that those powers are the reason her husband is dead. 

 

Yvanna is fully aware that she is growing distant towards her daughter. She knows that the amount of days off she’s taken consecutively is gonna affect her job. She knows that midterms are due. She also knows that Jubilee's birthday is coming up and she knows that her husband is dead. 

 

Yvanna was mourning but she needs to be stronger than this. 

 

She needs to be like Bennet. Calm and strong and always seeing the bigger picture. She needs to be better for her daughter. She’s all that she has left. 

 

She got fired from her teaching job and it barely left a blip in her brain. She was going to find a better one.

 

“Hello, I'm Charles Xavier.” A man in a wheelchair was at their new apartment. Knocking on their door with an easy flourish of a solicitor with nothing better to do.

 

She wraps herself around her cardigan feeling a bit cold with the sudden breeze outside. A teenage girl peeks her head from behind the door frame, brown eyes meeting hers “and I’m Wanda.” The girl smiled warmly at Yvanna, her long hair pulled back in a dark intricate braid. 

 

“Right…well I’m Yvanna Franklin Lee, how can I help you?” 

 

“We are here in regards to your daughter Jubilation Lee.” The older gentlemen said. 

 

“Jubilation Franklin Lee.” Yvanna corrects giving the shorter man a sideways glance. “She is at school at this moment. Is there any reason two strangers are looking for my eleven-year-old daughter?” 

 

She isn’t at school. Yvanna homeschools her—or at least she did before all this happened. 

 

The man in the wheelchair, Charles Xavier, opens his mouth to speak but the girl, Wanda, speaks instead “she’s special right? We run a school for special kids. Kids like her.” 

 

Fear strikes her. Yvanna knows all about these supposed schools—these camps. “You know nothing—“

 

“—she has remarkable abilities. Abilities she doesn’t know how to control yet. Abilities that can hurt others if not trained properly.” She has hurt people. 

 

We know. Yvanna flinches at the sudden voice in her head. 

 

“What the hell was that?” She takes a jarring step back. 

 

Im special too. The man’s voice was in her head. Loud and clear and he wasn’t speaking. His mouth was perfectly shut. Perfectly still.

 

We can help her. Wanda voice said in her head as well. 

 

Yvanna was getting better at seeing the bigger picture. She was better at molding, adapting. Maybe not as fast as she should but she was trying. She was trying

 

“You are both…” it wasn’t that she was disgusted by the word she was just afraid of others listening in. Hearing it in her voice, associating it with her family. Associating it with her daughter. She’s constantly afraid someone would take her child away at even the idea. If anyone even suspected, Yvanna has no idea how'd she rebuke it. “…special?” 

 

She looks at the teenager, tall for her age, being maybe sixteen or so. A mutant. In a couple years Jubilee would be like her. 

 

Yvanna prays that she would make it to that age. She prays that jubilee makes it to old age. Older than her father. Yvanna prays that her child will grow old enough to take care of her own child one day. But for now all Yvanna can do is try to help Jubilee survive the now.

 

“Your school…it has kids like her? Kids who are like you two?” The mother asks cautiously. 

 

“Yes.” Wanda meets her eyes. Yvanna looks between the two of them. Sees the man in the chair nod firmly—fully allowing the younger girl to take charge of the conversation.

 

“And you’ll help her…control her abilities?”

 

“Yes, ma’am.“ Wanda nods gingerly a hopeful smile growing on her face “We provide many lessons and activities to help train and tune the students abilities to-“

 

“-are you hiring?”

 

Charles Xavier looks a bit startled, his back straightening slightly. Wanda is responding quickly—without any regard to Charles clear hesitance. “you a teacher?” She’s chewing gum, popping it in her mouth, an easy going smile on her face that looks a bit closer to the unhinged side. 

 

“Yes, I am. I was. Are you hiring at that fancy little school of yours?”

 

“We are now.” Wanda says easily, like she has control of what happens at the school. Charles looks over at the teenager with a mixed expression “Wanda, dear, you can’t just-“ 

 

He calls her Dear.

 

That makes more sense. 

 

Yvanna had been unsure of the twos status. A strange sort of companionship. Finishing each other's sentences in a way that only people with the same minds do. But it makes sense that they are family. Father and Daughter. In a way she can see Bennet and Jubilee in the pair. Charles was Wanda’s rock. Calm and reasonable. 

 

“-you told me just last week that you needed more teachers.” Wanda sassed.

 

There was a pause. 

 

“I know.” Wanda says out loud and Yvanna doesn’t understand who she’s responding to. “Alex wouldn’t want us to keep it open forever.” 

 

Charles Xavier sighs and looks at Yvanna with a complicated expression. “Well…it seems we are in fact hiring.” 

 

“Good.” 

 

“When can you start?”

 

There was little to no interview process. It was a bit concerning. Not enough for Yvanna not to continue though. She was more than a little desperate for this shining light of hope. Hope for some sense of normalcy for her daughter. A chance for Jubilee to be with peers—to be with children who are like her, proudly. 

 

The moment Jubilee meets Jean Grey, she is absolutely entranced with her. The older girl, perhaps eighteen or so in age, acted older than she was—-far more reserved than her peers. More specifically—far more reserved than Wanda. The two couldn’t be any more different. Wanda was charismatic and outspoken, while Jean was more mellow and demure. They are both telepaths, though. Mind readers of some kind. It’s all a bit more than Yvanna expected. 

 

Jean Grey reminds Jubilee of a cartoon character from a disbanded kids' TV show from a few years ago. She used to watch it with her father, and Yvanna had all the physical VHS tapes. The show featured two cats, one pink one blue, a stray cat, and a pet cat. The show was simple in nature—teaching kids how to count and spell simple words. The only aspect that was different was that the stray cat would teach in Spanish. It was meant for children who were just starting preK to develop their language skills. Even that had sparked debate amongst more conservative families. In the later seasons, they introduced a Kitten who could change colors depending on how she felt. It was meant to show children how to regulate their emotions in a healthy way—-instead what many parents took out of this character was forced diversity. The children’s TV show after twelve consecutive seasons, was disbanded and stripped from all cable TV networks. The show was a victim of the unusual act implemented all across the states. One of many. 

 

Jubilee still asks about the colorful kitten everytime they sit down to watch it even though she was only featured in three episodes. Jubilations favorite character in the show is Nora the blue cat who loves cookies. It was almost too telling that Jubilee compares the stereotypical melancholy cat with Jean Grey within minutes of meeting her. 

 

It didn’t help that Jean grey just so happened to have been eating a raisin cookie at the time the two girls met. Jubilee's fingers sparkled within moments of the interaction—-far too excited to meet the live action version of her Hero. 

 

“What subject do you teach?” A child walks through the wall. Yvanna will never get used to it. Her heart nearly jumps out of her chest when, instead of dodging a refrigerator door, she just walks through it—spooking a child sneaking milk from its contents. 

 

“Kitty! Not cool.” He whines with a prominent lisp. A clear sign of a speech impediment in his voice. Young. Maybe ten or years old. 

 

“Don’t cry over spilled milk, Gunther.” Kitty teases, and the young boy pouts and crosses his arms. “Aren’t you lactose intolerant?” 

 

“It’s not for me.” Gunther carries the jug with two secure hands, and he goes to the dining table with it. 

 

The boy looks under a bin and around a mini shelf on the table, and looks disappointed. “Where’d Blue put the chocolate syrup?”

 

Kitty crosses her arms. “Aren’t you grounded?” Gunther’s eyes go big, and he pouts. Kitty leans close and grins. “He hid it in the professor's mini fridge.”

 

Gunther radiates the sun through his smile—“Thanks, Auntie.” He runs off—leaving the jug of milk out on the counter. 

 

Kitty shrugs, “That’s his dads problem.” and looks over at Yvanna—still waiting for her response. 

 

“Social studies, I teach middle school social studies. But I’m certified in all subjects.” Yvanna tries to tame her racing heart when she watches a child crawling on the ceiling like some sort of spider. 

 

Not a spider. 

 

Not a spider. 

 

Not a spider. 

 

“That’s awesome. This place is kinda short staffed right now.”

 

“Why exactly is it short staffed?” Charles doesn’t seem to be short of money—he could afford more staff. 

 

“It’s hard to find teachers that are a bit more…open minded. And Summers took a sabbatical last year and he taught like six classes so we kinda took a hit when he stepped away.” 

 

“Mr. Summers took a sabbatical, why?” Yvanna was curious and Charles wasn’t as open with answering questions as he was presenting himself to be. 

 

“Something to do with his sister.” Kitty says absentmindedly and Gunther comes hailing ads back into the kitchen with a bottle of syrup. My god the kid is fast. He sticks his tongue out while trying to squirt the vigilante onto the glass cup. Kitty snatches the bottle away when he pour half the container.  “Hey!” Gunther whines and Kitty rolls her eyes and pours some of the chocolate back into the bottle. 

 

“This is why you have two cavities.”

 

“Nah uh. Not anymore.” Gunther wags his finger and Kitty sighs again for the eleventh time. “Where is your mom?” 

 

“Moneys with Luna. She’s sickies. I’m making her chocolate so she feels better.”

 

“Hot chocolate doesn’t make sick people feel better.”

 

“It’s for Money. So she doesn’t feel sad while taking care of her.” Gunther wobbles out. 

 

Yvanna has to stop herself from openly fawning at the kid. He’s adorable.

 

“I thought it was his brother.” Jean mumbles out curiously. 

 

“What?” Kitty looks back.

 

“Alex left to go take care of his brother not his sister.” Jean correct from earlier. 

 

Kitty snaps her finger. “Yeah! It had to do with family. I didn’t really ask too many questions at the time.”  Kitty ruffles Gunther’s hair—who is busy stirring his chocolate milk.

 

“You better actually be making this for Monet or I’m gonna get an earful from Kurt.”

 

“It is!” Gunther says despite taking a long sip from the beverage. He wipes his chocolate mustache. “I’m not allowed to use the microwave though.”

 

“Why?” Yvanna blurts out—the child is tall enough to reach it—and ten is an odd age to restrict the use of such a kitchen device.

 

“Because of The big boom of 78.” Kitty said ominously. “For the safety of everyone’s eyebrows it’s best if I do it.” 

 

It’s a long story. Wanda put him up to it. Jean says softly in Yvanna’s head.

 

Yvanna doesn’t get much more information from them because they dive into a conversation about some other kid and ghosts. Yvanna for her own sanity walks away and walks through the school by herself. 

 

She tries to get a good grasp of the outline of the school. Just when she thinks she knows each room, another floor appears as if miraculously. This mansion-turned-school is quite large, and one can easily get lost. She hopes it’s not too big for Jubilee to learn. She worries she won’t be accustomed to being around other kids her age after being homeschooled for so long. 

 

Yvanna enters a hallway that seems familiar—the one leading to the professor's office, and on the walls are pictures of the staff she hadn’t taken a good look at the first time. 

 

She stops in front of an unfamiliar face. A young man with grey hair and a small content smile looked directly at the camera. He did not look old enough to have gray hair, but he would not be the first person Yvanna has seen with oddly colored hair at the mansion. 

 

Something blue—like rope or a tail—was wrapped around his hand, and off camera and in his left hand was brushing a small child’s head of dark curls—also off camera. It's cropped so that he’s the main focus, but he’s looking at the camera as if the person behind it is his main focus. 

 

His arms were bare—revealing scars and wounds that made Yvanna wince just imagining how he got them, but he looked happy. Like he belonged. Yvanna looks down at the tag underneath that explains his role in the school. 

 

Overseas Mutant Recruiter. 

 

No name. Despite everyone else on the wall having their names on display. Just PIE. Maybe those are his initials. 

“Pietro Maximoff.” A woman’s voice says from the room across. The door had been open. Yvanna turns to face the woman. She had dark alternative l makeup and her pointed oldish ears have piercings that jingle when she leans against her door frame. 

“Maximoff. “ Yvanna nods appreciatively. “Wanda’s brother?” Charles’ son. 

“Yeah, and my husband.” The woman steps out of her room—a bottle of DayQuil in her hand. Oh. 

“You must be Money.”

She laughs, loud and abrupt, “You spoke with Gunther, did you? Only he really calls me that. My name's actually Monet. I’m Gunther and Luna's mama.” 

“I haven’t had the pleasure of meeting Luna yet.” Yvanna has only seen her in pictures.

“Probably won’t for a while, she’s pretty sick right now. Being real whiny about it.” 

“How old is she?”

“Shes Four.” Monet says easily and stands in front of the picture of Pietro. 

“And Pietro is not here to help?” Yvanna has a decade of experience and training with talking to parents—yet somehow she did a misstep. She sees if the moment Monet winces at her words. 

“He would if he could.” She says with restraint. 

“I see…” Yvanna Franklin knows a thing or two about that. “…did he pass?” 

This woman—strangely beautiful—goes rigid—her ears twitching. “No, he’s alive. We would know if he was dead.” She grimaces, “Gunther would know. He’s just…away. But he’ll come back. He promised he would.”

“Right, of course.” Yvanna says gently. 

“There’s no need to patronize me. You don’t know him—he’ll fight to come back to us. He wouldn’t abandon his family.”

Yvanna looks at the woman, tall and sure of herself—eccentric makeup and spiked hair.  “Just because he isn’t dead doesn’t mean it’s not a loss. Temporary or otherwise. His absence is felt. And I am deeply sorry for that.”

“It’s—not fine. But the kids have Kurt at least. It takes a village and all that. Everyone here is family.”

“Kurt is…”

“The kids father?” Monet says as if Yvanna’s hit her head and is the one being confusing. 

Yvanna is deeply lost. 

“Right. And Pietro is also the kid's father?”

“Correct.”

“Right. And you are the mother.”  This new generation truly just does what they want don’t they. 

“I’m glad you’ve caught up.” 

“I fear I haven’t.” 

“Pietro is my husband and Kurt is our Partner.” 

“Indeed.” Yvanna takes a deep breath. She must adapt faster if these are the conversations she’s going to be having. “Partner. Of course. So the three of you are a family.”

“Yeah.”

“How long has Mr. Maximoff been away if you don’t mind me asking?” Yvanna is a gatherer of facts—she collects data—this is what she does. 

Monet shakes her head “I don’t mind. You’ll find out soon enough anyway. He’s a pretty big deal around here. He’s Charles’ kid so…” she trails off before looking at the DayQuil. “He’s been missing for three years.” 

Missing. How devastating. 

“Luna was one when he—well—She doesn’t remember him but she looks just like him.”

Luna is not adopted then. 

“No she’s not.” Monet says and then Smiles at Yvanna’s surprised look. “Telepath,” she gestures at herself. 

“There’s too many telepaths in this house.”

“I agree.” Monet laughs. “Fingers crossed that Luna isn’t a telepath.” 

“Luna doesn’t have abilities?”

“Nope. She’s still young. Maybe she will. Maybe she won’t.” She doesn’t seem opposed or concerned; she just sounds reminiscent. “She was kinda a science experiment.” Monet jokes. Yvanna hopes she’s joking. 

“I do not believe I’ve met Kurt yet.” Yvanna frowns. 

“You’d know if you have.” Monet smiles, “he’s pretty unforgettable. I’d introduce you to him but I’m currently giving him the silent treatment.”

“Ah, a Lovers quarrel. Well then I shan’t tempt you to break it. I’ve been on the giving end of those silent arguments. You must stay strong.” Yvanna misses the days where she’d be mad at her husband and all he would want is to hear her—talk to her. She doesn’t just miss her husband she misses fighting with him too. 

Monet grins and puts a firm hand on Yvanna’s shoulder and shakes it gently “I appreciate the encouragement. If you do see him you tell him I’m still mad.” 

“Are you? Still mad?”

“No, not really. But I like when he gets all pouty. And I need a new pot for the Lilly flower in my window.” Monet says smoothly. And she walks down the hall—leaving Yvanna with an ache in her heart. She misses her husband. 

Jubilee loves the school. They have an X-men program that she’s insisting she needs to join. “You’re still too young.” Yvanna tells her child—Jubilee can’t even control her powers yet and she wants to go out and save the world. 

“Quicksilver was an X-men.” Jubilee tells her and Charles' voice pops into her mind. Quicksilver is an X-men. 

At night the mansion shakes—Jean has horrible crippling nightmares that usually ricochet with Wanda’s. The two girls seem to have troubling nights. Yvanna does not ask what the nightmares are about or why Charles always makes his way to the girl's shared bedroom like a concerned father. 

Yvanna overhears a conversation with Charles on the phone talking to a Mr Summers. He’ll be coming back home with a family member. His brother. 

It’s not good to eavesdrop on a telepath. Charles says in her mind and Yvanna enters his office with assurance. 

“You speak too loudly for it to be private.” She comments and Charles laughs. “Do you play?” Yvanna looks over at the chessboard out on display in the corner of his office. They are hand painted in odd colors. One looks like a rainbow unicorn and the knights are all painted like ninjas. It looks like it’s a custom chess piece—decorated by a child. It bring a smile to Yvanna’s lips. It’s halfway through a game. Collecting dust. Gone unfinished. 

“Not with that one. I’m waiting to finish it. I have another board.”

“It looks like it’s been collecting dust for a while.”

“Yes, years now. But he’ll call me a cheat if he comes back and I’ve reset the board.” Charles does not clarify who he’s talking about.

He doesn’t need to. 

“A different board then.” They play a long game—Charles is quite good at the game and it’s been a long time since Yvanna was a middle school chess champion. Very long time indeed. 

She loses. It was a satisfying loss. They spoke while they played. Charles talked about how he opened the school—he talked about his experience as a teacher as a mutant—as a father. He talks about Gunther and Luna. He has a picture of his two grandchildren on his desk. 

“He was recruiting a mutant kid overseas. It was part of the job. Usually Mom would have been with him or Kurt—they work well together but we had a teacher fall ill that week and we needed the back up back at the mansion so Pietro went alone. He went and—-then he just disappeared.”

“Yes, I was told he went missing. I’m very sorry.”

“The kids powers had something to do with reality warping—or multiverse shifting. I still don’t fully comprehend it. Hank is better at explaining it. But he says that Pietro is still out there—just not here.”

“He’s in a different universe?” Yvanna’s mind blanks. 

“Well he’s originally from a different universe—so it was quite easy to suck him back in. Even if it wasn’t his original universe—his body is accustomed to the shift. So he likely survived.” Hopefully. 

Yvanna doesn’t know how Charles expects Pietro to be able to travel back from a different universe but she doesn’t question him. 

Yvanna is still adjusting. She’s adjusting as best as she can. 

She meets Kurt when he appears in a room with bags and bags of candy. He plops them on the counter and doesn’t even spare Yvanna a glance as he begins to organize the sweets in the kitchen island. It’s good he doesn’t at Yvanna because she’s still processing the fact that he’s fucking blue

She tries to school her expression when she sees his wispy tail trail behind him. She's adjusting. Shes adjusting! 

She clears her throat to make her presence known. The blue man’s pointing ears twitch and He turns to face Yvanna with a surprised look. He adjusted far faster than she. A smile—fangs and all—erupts from his mouth brightening his whole face. “Hello! I am Kurt, Nice to meet you.” He extends his hand—three fingers and Yvanna shakes his hand because it would be rude not to. 

He has callouses in his hands from hard labor. 

“You are Jubilations mama, no?” 

“Yes. I’m Yvanna— Jubilees mom. I’m also a teacher here, as well.”

“Yes, good. Very good. Jubilation is a pretty name. You choose it?”

“My husband did.” 

Kurt smiles “My partner chose Lunas name. That’s my daughter. Have you met Luna?”

“Briefly. She is very—-“ Yvanna had found it strange that Luna had an accent that didn’t match Monet's but now she realizes it’s because she got Kurt’s accent instead. “—cute.”

“Yes. She is. Did you meet my son too? Gunther. He is about this tall.” Kurt makes a point towards his ribs. “He is too big for me to carry. But I still try.” He is tall for his age. 

“He seems like a sweet kid. You have two very beautiful children.” 

“Thank you.” Kurt blushes—and fiddles with the candy. “Have you met Monet as well?” 

“Yes. I have. She is very beautiful as well. You have a very beautiful family.”

“She is nervensäge. I go whole city and I find her favorite candies. But still she does not speak to me. So Pingelig. I do not understand her.”

“What did you do wrong?” 

“Nothing!” Kurt denies with reddening cheeks “I only ask question. She get upset. Now i am not permitted to hear her voice.” He pouts. 

Yvanna can see why Monet enjoys the pouting. It is very endearing. 

“What question did you ask?”

Kurt straightens his back looking a bit flustered “it is private. I cannot say.”

Oh. Good heavens. He asked if she was on her period. Silly silly man. Bringing her chocolate was a good call. 

“I prefer the caramel chocolates when I’m in a more sensitive mood. Perhaps you can her something else as well.”

“Like what?”

“I hear she has a flower in her room.”

“In our room, yes.” Like it was important to him that Yvanna knows they share a bedroom. 

“Maybe she needs a new pot for it.” And Kurt’s eyes glow with its yellow. “Yes, of course. I shall get a pretty silver one. Thank you very much. Surely this will make it better.” Kurt then hands her a sour patch candy as a prize for her help. 

She shares the snack with her daughter. 

Yvanna has been working at Xavier’s School Gifted Youngsters for a semester when she officially meets Alex summers. 

Hank is trailing behind him with a very angsty looking teenager—a bandage covering his eyes.  

Hank is sometimes blue. Yvanna takes that in much faster than she usually would. She’s adjusting faster.  

Blue is good. Blue is normal. Being sometimes blue is normal as well. 

“Alex!” Kurt is teleporting from the second floor and is standing in front of Mr. summers with a blushing smile. “Your back!” 

“Just for a bit yeah.” Alex opens his arms and Kurt hugs him ferociously like a little kid on Christmas. 

“I’m back too.” Hank murmurs dejectedly. “I don’t get a happy hug?”

Alex snorts and pats Kurt’s back like he’s a little kid and not a fully grown man with his own children. 

“Who’s there?” The angsty teen grimaces. 

“Kurt Wagner.” 

“Your other son?” 

Woah. Hold on. Hank is Kurt's father? Yvanna tries not to make a face. She needs to focus! Gather more information. 

Frankie must be his other son too then since that’s Lirts little brother. 

Frankie and Wanda are dating and have. Currently. They’ve broken up and gotten back together about twice times since Yvanna has started working here. Although each time they break up it’s for silly little kid things and they get back together within a week. Wanda has clearly learned the art of the silent treatment from Monet and Frankie has learned the art of groveling from his brother Kurt. 

“Yes, although apparently I’m not good enough for a hug anymore.” Hank pouts. 

A family of pouters. 

“Go hug your dad, kid, before he pours even more.” Kurt was already pulling away when Alex spoke and he’s hugging his father with far more gentleness then he has Alex.

“I missed you.” Kurt says softly. It sounds sincere. This is nice. 

Yvanna gets pulled away from the scene when the bell rings for dismissal and she needs to go back to her classroom to relieve Miss Cook.

The angsty teenager was Scott Summers. He was about to be pulled away from public school because of The Unusual Act and Alex swooped in and rescued his younger brother. 

Charles has been working with him personally for the last few days. Hank made him goggles that would help control his blasts. 

Jubilee also received similar gloves. “They're yellow!” Jubilee was thrilled. 

“I look like a proper super hero now mama.”

“Not quite yet.” Yvanna smiles—her heart still racing at the idea. She just wants her baby to be safe. 

Something is happening. Yvanna isn’t sure what but they’re received two unannounced visitors in the last day or so. Charles hasn’t said anything to any of them but the tension in his shoulder is clear. 

Yvanna goes as normal. She teaches her class. As normal. 

Then—-

It’s loud—

—it’s hot

—a split second, maybe less maybe more—Yvanna is no longer in her classroom but in the front yard of the exploding school. 

Her ears ring to the loud booming flame and she holds the two children around her so they don’t collapse. Her heart races and her mind fogs and she’s surrounded by her students. No she’s surrounded by the whole school. Teachers—students—counselors—pets. Her daughter. 

She grabs at Jubilee, still in shock as she looks at the destroyed mansion. 

What has happened? 

The blue mutant from the news from all those years ago is right in front of them. Blue scaling skin—red fiery hair.

Blue is normal. 

Blue is fine. The children still hair and gasp at the sight of her. Not because she is blue—but because she is known as a hero. 

Jubilee grips her hand tightly and Yvanna does not imagine the hero worship in her eyes. “She’s beautiful.” Jubilee whispers. 

Bennet would be proud. 

“What happened? Was there an explosion?” A different teacher spoke—Yvanna can’t pinpoint who behind the ringing. 

“Wow.” A man faces the fire in surprise, all Yvanna sees is the back of his grey hair and leather silver combo outfit. 

She’s still trying to get the ringing out of her ear. 

Hank goes still. “Where did you—where…” hank is out of breath from being saved from a blazing fire but ask probably in shock. 

The moment the boy turns to respond to him Yvanna realizes why. She recognizes that face. 

Hank is asking: where have you been Pietro? 

Because that’s him. That’s Pietro standing in the middle of the lawn like nothing has happened. 

Yvanna looks around and doesn’t see Kurt or Monet—they had gone out with Scott, Jean and Wanda. Supervising their trip to the mall. 

What a horrible time to be away. To miss this reunion.

“I was looking for the professor. I thought he lived here.” The speedster flopped back at mansion as if Hank is of no importance. Like Hank isn’t looking at him like he’s looking a ghost. 

Did he hit his head? Why is he acting like he doesn’t know him?

“He does…” Hank frowns and approaches the speedster who looks quizzically at the man. “Are you alright Pietro? Where have you been?” 

“How do you know my name?” The speedster frowns. And Hanks face drains of all color. 

“You don’t remember me?”

“Dude I’m pretty sure I’d remember if I met a blue furry.” The speedster snorts. 

Yvanna is slowly returning to the moment. This Pietro fellow has amnesia or something. Or something of the sort. It’s good that his wife isn’t here yet—that his partner isn’t here yet. This would be difficult to adjust to. 

“Abbah?” Oh, Yvanna has forgotten about the children. Pietro's children. 

The speedster doesn’t react at all to the sudden voice squeaking in the crowd. Hank stiffens and seems to want to block Pietro from their view. 

But It’s too late. 

Gunther spots his father from a few yards away holding his sister's hand who looks very very confused. Luna barely knows Pietro. But Gunther does. That’s his Abbah. 

Yvanna grips Jubilee's hand—preparing for the heartbreak. 

Pietro looks around—even behind him—as if the child was speaking to someone else. 

“Pretty sure I got everyone.” Pietro says flippantly. “How does your dad look like?” 

He knows that Abbah means dad, but he doesn’t know that he’s the dad. Yvanna winces as Gunther’s eyes begin to water—and he points at Pietro. “You are my Abbah.”

Pietro snorts, like that’s funny. It certainly is not. “No, I'm not.” 

Gunther burst into tears, and the speedster's face glitches slightly, and he looks disbelieving at the people around him as if he expects them to fix this. As if he can press a button that can automatically make children stop crying. As if he isn’t the reason this child is sobbing. 

“You're a meanie!” Luna screams at Pietro—still holding her brother's hand. 

Pietro looks like he’s been stabbed “Hey, hold on. I’m not your dad, okay? I think you're just confused, kid. Yeah, you’re just confused…I saved you guys from the explosion, you're just shaken up.” The speedster looks away from his children–barely able to keep eye contact with them at all. 

“Where's Alex?” Hank asks in alarm. 

“Who?” 

“He was the closest to the explosion.” Blue lady—says. 

“Oh, the hot one? Oh, I dumped him in the lake—he was very flammable.” Pietro touches his goggles—fiddling with the band in a nervous tic. 

“I can go get him.” He looks uncomfortably at his crying children. Yvanna thinks of multiverses and alternative realities and considers that maybe this is not the same Pietro who left three years ago. Perhaps this is a different quicksilver altogether. 

But then he takes off his jacket—unprompted–and gives it to a kid who was shivering. Bobby Drake. The boy is making the grass frosty. The only cold boy surrounded by fire. “It’s weather-resistant,” Pietro says, and Bobby takes the jacket—gaping at the speedster. A lot of the older kids seem to be staring at the man. He recruited a lot of them. They haven't seen him in a very long time.

Yvanna’s momentary conflict on him being a different Pietro is vanquished when she sees the scars underneath his jacket. The gory, intricate detail of each wound matches the portrait in the hallway. 

The tattoo on his bicep is the same as well. And the necklace around his neck is the same from the portrait as well. 

This is the same man. No doubt about it. Yvanna realizes with mounting dread that the two people who could potentially unlock Pietro's locked mind—or be utterly destroyed by his blank stare—are currently at a public mall. 

“Let’s hope this Alex guy knows how to swim.” Pietro then superspeeds away. 

In that very instance, the mall crew comes back pulling in with Charles' yellow car. Holy smokes, this timing is awful. 

Gunther is still crying when Kurt and Monet stumble into the fiery field. Kurt looks over at the blue lady in surprise—something crossing over his face but he quickly goes to comfort his children. Monet is looking around the field—counting head—assessing the situation. 

“What happened?” Scott looks horrified as he looks at the crowd and the eradicated mansion. “Where’s Alex? Where's my brother?” He’s frantically looking around. 

“Pietros getting him.” Bobby says, and both Kurt and Monet look at him in surprise. “What?” They both say in unison. 

Wanda freezes, and her eyes widen. “My brother?”

Alex is running down the field without question, and Jean follows behind him—so does Kurt and Monet, who seem to want to find Pietro, not Alex. This is chaotic. 

Wanda looks at Frankie, who just nods slowly. She frowns. “No memories? Why not?” She fidgets with her bracelets—a nervous tick Yvanna now realizes she got from Pietro. 

“Where’s my dad?” Wanda asks Hank, who looks like he’s going to throw up. Charles isn’t here. Which is troubling. 

Yvanna would like to know where he is as well. Pietro is back—completely bypassing the people who are actively looking for him and dropping off a slightly disheveled, heavily burnt man on the lawn next to Hank. The blue man quickly takes hold of the unconscious man—holding him protectively. “Good thing I checked—he was definitely drowning.” Pietro laughs nervously. 

Wanda makes a squeaking noise of surprise. “Pie?”

The speedster's entire body goes rigid, and when he makes eye contact with his sister—his nonchalant facade fades away, and his breath comes out harshly. “Red?” 

“You remember me?” Wanda’s voice rings. 

Pietro takes a step towards his sister. Looking lost. “I was looking for you.”

“You found me.” Wanda smiles. 

“I always do.” Pietro replies, and it’s sweet until the helicopter arrives, and Yvanna doesn’t know much of what happens after that. 

There’s a high-pitched noise.

She loses consciousness, and when she wakes up, it’s the apocalypse.

Notes:

TO BE CONTINUED.

Series this work belongs to: